THE  UNIVERSITY 


OF  ILLINOIS 
LIBRARY 


.031 

H555m 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2017  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign  Alternates 


https://archive.org/details/hillsmanualofsoc00hill_0 


HILL’S  MANUAL. 


Chicago;  Moses  Warren  &  Co, 


HILL’S  MANUAL 


OF 


Social  and  Business  Forms: 


A 


lllrittm 


EMBRACING  INSTRUCTION  AND  EXAMPLES  IN 


Penmanship,  Spelling,  Use  of  Capital  Letters,  Punctuation,  Composition,  Writing  for  the  Press,  Proof-Reading, 
Epistolary  Correspondence,  Notes  of  Invitation,  Cards,  Commercial  Forms,  Legal  Business  Forms, 

Family  Records,  Synonyms,  Short-Hand  Writing,  Duties  of  Secretaries,  Parlia¬ 
mentary  Rules,  Sign-Writing,  Epitaphs,  The  Laws  of  Etiquette, 

Book-Keeping,  Valuable  Tables  of  Reference, 

Writing  Poetry,  Etc.,  Etc. 


IB  IT  T  HI  OS.  IE.  HILL. 


CHICAGO: 

MOSES  WARREN  &  CO.,  Publishers. 


BOSTON:  A.  W.  STOLP.  NEW  YORK:  WM.  H.  SHEPARD.  CLEVELAND:  A.  C.  ROWE. 
SAN  FRANCISCO:  WM.  H.  SHEPARD  &  CO. 


i879- 


COPYRIGHT, 

1878, 

By  MOSES  WARREN  &  CO. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy  seven,  by 
MOSES  WARREN  &  CO., 

In  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-six,  by 
MOSES  WARREN  &  CO., 

In  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy -five,  by 
MOSES  WARREN  &  CO., 

In  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-four,  by 
MOSES  WARREN  &  CO., 

In  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy-three,  by 
MOSES  WARREN  &  CO., 

In  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


Issued  by  subscription  only,  and  not  for  sale  in  the  bookstores. 


Residents  of  any  State  desiring  a  copy  should  address  the  Publishers,  and  an  Agent  will  call  upon  them. 


SEVENTEENTH  EDITION, 


o  3  1 

^  5  5  5  ty\J 


To 

THE  MILLIONS 

WHO  WOULD,  AND  MAY, 

anft  (©raccfullg  tfeprcss  tlje  ftigljt  ^Ijougljt, 

THIS  WORK  IS 


RESPECTFULLY  DEDICATED 


1  enable  the  individual  to  write  with  ease,  and  to  do  the  right  thing  in 
the  right  place  in  many  of  the  important  positions  in  life,  is  the  object 
of  this  book. 

There  have  been  many  excellent  works  heretofore  given  to  the 
world  treating  on  Penmanship,  that  admirably  served  their  purpose 
in  their  specialty;  but  the  student  when  done  with  their  study, 
though  proficient  in  chirography,  was  yet  ignorant  of  how  to  use  the 
same  in  the  transaction  of  business. 

Good  books  in  abundance  have  been  published  on  Grammar,  Letter-writing, 
Composition,  and  various  Business  Forms,  but,  though  proficient  in  a  knowledge 
of  their  contents,  the  student,  often  left  with  a  miserable  Penmanship,  shrinks  from 
making  use  of  this  knowledge,  because  of  the  disagreeable  labor  attendant  upon  a 
cramped  and  detestable  handwriting. 

The  result  sought  to  be  accomplished  in  this  book  is  to  combine  both  a  knowledge 
of  penmanship  and  its  application  in  the  written  forms  which  are  in  most  general  use. 
Added  to  these  are  the  chapters  on  collection  of  debts,  parliamentary  rules,  etiquette 
and  other  departments  of  action,  which  are  calculated  to  teach  how  to  do  in  many  ot 
the  important  social  and  business  relations  of  life. 

The  Teacher  of  Penmanship  will  find  its  pages  replete  with  information  pertain¬ 
ing  to  the  art  of  writing.  As  a  treatise  on  Penmanship,  it  is  more  profusely  illustrated 
than  any  work  of  the  kind  now  before  the  public;  and  though  condensed,  it  is  yet 
sufficiently  explicit  in  detail,  and  in  the  consideration  of  principles,  to  make  the  analysis 
of  letters  thoroughly  understood  by  the  student.  The  programme  ol  exercises  for  a 
course  of  writing  lessons,  together  with  suggestions  relating  to  the  organization  and 
management  of  the  writing  class,  will  be  welcomed  by  young  teachers,  whose  pen¬ 
manship  is  sufficiently  good  to  enable  them  to  teach  the  art,  but  who  fail  ol  success 
through  lack  of  knowledge  of  the  course  to  be  pursued  in  order  to  interest  and  enter¬ 
tain  the  class  after  it  has  assembled. 

The  Teacher  of  the  public  or*private  school  will  find  abundant  use  for  a  manual 
of  this  kind  in  the  school -room.  The  subject  of  letter- writing  —  an  art  almost 
universally  neglected  —  should  be  a  matter  of  daily  exercise  in  the  recitation  -  room. 
The  correct  form  of  writing  the  superscription,  the  complimentary  address,  the 
division  into  paragraphs,  the  complimentary  closing,  the  signature,  and  folding  of  the 


VI 


PREFACE. 


letter;  the  letters  of  introduction,  of  recommendation,  excuse,  sympathy,  and  business 
—  all  these  practical  epistolary  forms,  such  as  enter  into  the  every-day  transactions 
of  life,  should  be  thoroughly  taught  in  our  schools. 

The  gathering  of  news  for  the  press,  the  rules  and  typographical  marks  for  proof¬ 
reading,  the  illustrations  of  printing  types,  visiting  and  business  cards,  notes  of  invi¬ 
tation,  etc. —  all  these  exercises  and  more,  can  be  introduced  with  great  benefit  to 
pupils.  In  short,  nearly  every  chapter  of  this  Manual,  much  of  which  has  never  been 
published  before  in  any  form,  can  be  used  to  supply  practical  lessons  in  the  school¬ 
room. 

In  the  business  walks  of  life,  a  work  of  this  kind  has  long  been  required.  In 
penmanship,  use  of  capital  letters,  punctuation,  letter -writing;  the  forms  of  notes, 
bills,  orders,  receipts,  checks,  drafts,  bills  of  exchange,  articles  of  agreement,  bonds, 
mortgages,  deeds,  leases,  and  wills ;  in  selecting  the  kind  of  type  in  which  to  print 
the  hand-bill  or  card  ;  the  marking  letters;  the  law  of  the  different  States  concerning 
the  limitation  of  actions,  rates  of  interest,  usury,  and  amount  of  property  exempt  from 
forced  sale  and  execution, —  all  this  and  much  more  contained  herein,  will  be  of 
especial  service  for  reference  in  the  transaction  of  business. 

By  the  lady,  much  will  be  found  in  a  Manual  of  this  kind  that  will  particularly 
serve  her  in  the  writing  of  her  social  forms.  As  a  text-book  and  self-instructor  in 
writing,  it  admirably  serves  to  give  her  that  delicate  and  beautiful  penmanship  which 
pleases  the  eye  as  does  fine  music  the  ear.  The  rules  of  composition,  writing  for  the 
press,  the  letter- writing,  the  marriage  anniversaries,  the  notes  of  invitation  to  the 
cotton,  paper,  leather,  wooden,  tin,  silk  and  other  weddings ;  the  fancy  alphabets  for 
needle- work ;  the  selections  for  the  album,  lists  of  common  Christian  names,  and 
synonyms,  abbreviations,  foreign  words  and  phrases,  the  rules  for  writing  poetry 
and  the  laws  of  etiquette  —  all  these  will  meet  her  especial  favor. 

The  mistress  of  the  household  will  find  here  the  form  of  the  testimonial  suitable 
to  be  given  the  servant  upon  his  or  her  departure  to  seek  a  situation  elsewhere.  The 
mother  will  find  the  written  excuse  to  the  teacher  for  the  non-attendance  of  her 
child  at  school ;  the  servant,  the  form  of  letter  when  applying  for  a  situation ;  and 
the  bashful,  blushing  maiden,  the  cautious,  carefully  worded  letter,  that  will  aid  her 
in  giving  expression  to  the  hitherto  closely  guarded  secrets  of  the  heart. 

The  sign-painter  has  daily  use  for  a  reference  book  of  this  kind,  arranged  and 
adapted,  as  it  is,  to  the  comprehension  and  wants  of  the  knights  of  the  pencil  and 
brush,  with  the  rules  of  punctuation,  prepared  for  his  especial  use,  and  abundant 
examples  of  signs,  so  as  to  enable  him  not  only  to  paint  the  letters  and  words 
beautifully,  but  to  punctuate  the  same  correctly.  In  this  department  is  given  a 
large  number  of  plain  and  fancy  alphabets,  while  the  book  throughout  contains  beauti¬ 
ful  emblems  and  different  kinds  of  lettering.  The  fine  specimens  of  penmanship  and 
pen -flourishing,  including  round-hand  writing,  old  English,  German -text,  and  orna- 


PREFACE. 


yii 


mental  script  letters,  will  particularly  please,  presenting,  as  they  do,  much  that  is 
entirely  new,  calculated  to  aid  the  young  sign-painter  in  doing  his  work  elegantly 
and  correctly. 

The  artist  in  lettering  on  marble  finds  in  this  work  a  chapter  presenting  tomb¬ 
stone  inscriptions  and  epitaphs,  giving  the  modern  and  best  forms  of  wording  by 
which  to  perpetuate  the  memory  of  the  departed.  More  especially  will  this  be  valued 
by  the  marble- worker  as  giving  him  the  grammatical  wording  of  the  inscription,  the 
abbreviation  of  words,  and  their  correct  punctuation.  The  grand  and  costly  monu¬ 
ment,  designed  to  stand  for  a  thousand  years,  to  be  gazed  upon  by  multitudes,  and 
the  record  that  it  bears  to  be  read  by  millions!  How  important  tnat,  in  this  con¬ 
spicuous  place,  in  such  enduring  form,  the  inscription,  in  grammar,  capitalization,  and 
punctuation,  should  be  given  absolutely  correct.  The  ornamental  scripts,  with  the 
plain  and  fancy  alphabets,  will  also  admirably  serve  the  wants  of  marble- workers. 
This  chapter  will  likewise  assist  the  mourner  who  is  desirous  of  selecting  an  appro¬ 
priate  inscription  to  mark  the  last  resting  place  of  the  departed. 

The  reader  will  appreciate  the  forms  herein  relating  to  inscriptions  suitable  for 
use  by  the  engraver,  when  marking  the  spoon,  the  ring,  the  cane,  the  watch,  the 
modest  birth-day  gift,  or  the  costly  wedding  present.  The  engraver  will  more 
especially  value  these  examples,  from  the  fact  that  they  enable  the  customer 
to  select  at  once  the  words  desired,  and  the  style  of  lettering  in  which  they  shall  be 
executed  ;  while  the  forms  of  punctuation  and  arrangement  of  wording  will  teach  the 
youngest  apprentice  at  the  bench  how  to  execute  the  same  correctly. 

The  secretary  of  the  public  meeting,  the  presiding  officer,  every  member  of  the 
assemblage;  in  fact,  every  American  citizen  that  aspires  to  discharge  the  duties  of  a 
freeman,  will  be  aided  by  the  chapter  on  parliamentary  rules,  the  forms  of  resolutions 
appropriate  for  various  occasions,  petitions  to  public  bodies,  etc. 

The  individual  who  would  appear  at  ease  in  general  society,  who  would  do  the 
right  thing  at  the  right  time,  be  self-possessed  and  free  from  embarrassment,  will 
appreciate  the  chapter  on  etiquette.  More  especially  will  this  be  valued  because  ol  its 
beautiful  and  instructive  illustrations. 

The  chapter  assigned  to  the  writing  of  poetry,  and  the  dictionary  of  rhymes, 
will  instruct  and  aid  a  certain  class;  while  the  poetic  selections  will  be  valued  by 
all  lovers  of  poetry,  as  presenting  some  of  the  most  beautiful  and  charming  poems  in 
existence. 

In  short,  the  varied  character  of  this  work  appeals  alike  to  the  wants  of  the  old 
and  young  of  all  classes.  Realizing  this,  the  book  is  launched  on  the  sea  of  literature 
with  the  confident  belief  that  it  is  demanded,  and  that  it  will  accomplish  its  mission 
of  usefulness. 


8 


Alphabetical  Summary  of  Contents. 


Page. 

Abbreviations,  Modern  List  of . 240 

Ain ums,  Selections  for . . . . . 138 

Alphabets  of  Plain  and  Marking-  Letters . 282 

Articles  of  Agreement,  Forms  of_ . 194 

Balls,  Rules  that  should  Govern  them . 148 

Bills  of  Purchase,  Form  of. . .193 

Bills  of  Sale,  Form  of . . . . . 196 

Bonds,  Form  of. . 197 

Book  and  Newspaper  Type,  Sizes  and  Names  of . 276 

Bookkeeping;  Directions  for  Keeping  Books  of  Account . . . 190 

Bathing,  Directions  for . 170 

Beauty,  Personal  Habits  which  Make  it . . . 170 

Blondes,  Colors  They  Should  Wear . . . 172 

Brunettes,  Colors  They  Should  Wear . . 172 

Calls  for  Public  Meetings,  Form  of . .248 

Capacity  of  a  Freight  Car . . . . . . 229 

Capital  Letters,  Rules  for  Use  of. . . . . 52 

China  Weddings,  Form  of  Invitation  to . 133 

Coal,  Where  it  Comes  From . 232 

Composition,  Rules  of . 58 

Common  Christian  Names,  List  of . . . . 236 

Comparative  Value  of  Different  Woods  for  Fuel  . . 226 

Collection  of  Debts;  Howto  Proceed. . 216 

Constitution  and  By-Laws,  Forms  of . . 246 

Copyright,  Law  of . 223 

Correcting  Proof;  Typographical  Marks . 278 

Countries  of  the  World;  Population,  Size,  Government,  etc . .227 

Crystal  Wedding,  Form  of  invitation  to . 133 

Calling;  When,  Where,  and  How  to  Call . . . 144 

Carriage  Riding;  Howto  Make  it  Agreeable . . 165 

Church  Etiquette;  What  is  Proper . 166 

Conversation;  When,  Where  and  What  to  Speak . 146 

Courtship  and  Marriage;  Danger  of  Mismating . 158 

Card  Playing,  Etiquette  of . . . . . . 150 

Charming  Homes;  How  to  make  them. . . . 177 

Colors  Suitable  for  Different  Complexions . 172 

Colors  Suitable  to  Wear  at  Different  Seasons . . . 172 

Colors  in  Dress  Most  Beautiful  at  Night . 172 

Colors  in  Dress  Most  Beautiful  by  Daylight . . . 172 

Colors  that  Contrast,  yet  Harmonize . 173 

Courtship;  Suggestions  Concerning  it . 159 

Days  of  Grace  on  Drafts,  Notes,  etc.,  in  Different  States . 189 

Deeds,  Forms  of. . . . . . . . . . . 200 

Degrees  at  which  Substances  Melt,  Boil,  Freeze,  etc . 226 

Dictionary  of  Synonyms,  Giving  over  11,000  Words .  63 

Distances  to  Principal  Cities  by  Land  and  Water _ _ _ 237 

Drafts,  Forms  of . 189 

Dinner  Parties,  How  to  Conduct  Them . 153 

Engravers’  Inscriptions,  Forms  of . 295 

Epitaphs,  Forms  of . . . . . 299 

Exemptions  from  Forced  Sale  in  Different  States . 212 

Extempore  Speaking,  Directions  for . . . 57 

Etiquette,  Important  Rules  of  Conduct . 175 

Employer  ana  Employe,  Relations  Between . 168 

Family  Records,  Form  of . 131 

Fast  Trotters,  Time  of . . . . . 2132 

Flowers,  Language  and  Sentiment  of. . 234 

Foreign  Words  and  Phrases,  with  Pronunciation . 238 

Funeral  Notice,  Form  of. . 136 

Feet,  How  to  Care  for  them . 171 

Fashion,  Hints  to  Gentlemen . . . 173 

F'ashion,  Hints  to  Ladies . . . 173 

Funerals,  Rules  for  Conducting  them . .164 

Golden  Wedding,  Form  of  Invitation  to . 133 

Grammar,  Leading  Rules  of . . . . . . 55 

Hair,  How  to  Make  it  Abundant  and  Beautiful . 171 

Husbands  and  Wives;  Duty  to  Each  Other . . . 161 

Husband’s  Duty  to  Wife . 161 

Hand,  How  to  Make  it  Handsome . 171 

Horseback-Riding;  Cautions  and  Suggestions . 163 

Highest  Towers,  Monuments,  etc.,  in  the  World . . . 229 

How  to  Teach  Writing;  Programme  of  Lessons . .  36 

How  to  Ascertain  the  Present  Value  of  a  Widow’s  Dower . 237 

Introductions,  Directions  for . 141 

Influence  of  the  Moon  on  the  Growth  of  Plants . 237 

Insurance  Tables _ 233 

Interest  Tables;  How  to  Compute  Interest . 184 

Invitation  to  Receptions,  Forms  of . 129 

Kindness  to  the  Erring . 178 

Landlord  and  Tenant;  Forms  of  Leases . 202 

Largest  Churches  and  Theaters;  Their  Capacity . 229 


Page. 

Letters  Accompanying  Gifts,  Forms  of . 105 

Letters  of  Advice,  Forms  of . . . 101 

Letters  Applying  for  Situations,  Forms  of . 91 

Letters  Asking  Favors,  Forms  of . 104 

Letters  of  Congratulation,  Forms  of .  97 

Letters  of  Excuse,  Forms  of . 103 

Letters  of  Friendship  and  Relationship,  Forms  of. .  107 

Letters  of  Introduction,  Forms  of . 99 

Letters  of  Love  and  Courtship,  Forms  of. . . . 112 

Letters  of  Recommendation,  Forms  of. .  94 

Letters  of  Sympathy,  Forms  of . 95 

Letter-Writing;  General  Directions  for  Correspondence . 79 

Limitation  of  Action  in  Different  States . . . . . .183 

Marriage  Anniversaries;  When  to  Celebrate  Them . . 132 

Marriage  Certificate,  Form  of. . 127 

Marriage  License,  Form  of . . . 126 

Marriage  Notices,  Form  of . . . . . 128 

Men  that  Went  to  the  War;  Number  from  Each  State . 232 

Metric  System  of  Weights  and  Measures . . 215 

Mortgages,  Forms  of . 198 

Marriage  Ceremonies;  How  to  Conduct  Them . . . 160 

Notes  of  Invitation  to  Weddings  and  Parties . . . 134 

Number  of  Soldiers  Called  for  during  the  late  Civil  War . 232 

Neighbors;  How  they  may  be  Improved . 176 

“No”;  Importance  of  Saying  it  Politely . . . 168 

Oceans,  Lakes,  Rivers,  Mountains;  Length,  Height,  etc . . 228 

Orders,  Forms  of . . 192 

Paper  Wedding  ;  When  it  Occurs . . . . . — 132 

Parliamentary  Rules  for  the  Use  of  Public  Meetings . 259 

Partnership;  Form  of  Partnership  Agreement . 205 

Pen  and  Pencil  Flourishing . 280 

Penmanship;  Rules  and  Copies  . . . . .  17 

Petitions  to  Public  Bodies,  Forms  of.. . . . . 252 

Poetry,  Rules  for  Writing . 302 

Population,  Area,  etc.,  of  Each  of  the  United  Stales _ _ 227 

Population  of  Cities  at  last  Census . . . 230 

Precautionary  Measures  in  Transacting  Business . . 216 

Presidents  of  the  U.  S. ;  Historical  Facts  Relating  to . . . 229 

Presidents  of  the  U.  S.;  Where  they  were  Educated _ _ _ _ 232 

Principal  Exports  of  Various  Countries . . . 228 

Promissory  Notes,  Forms  of . . . . . 179 

Public  Celebrations;  How  to  Conduct  them . . ...253 

Public  Meetings;  Directions  for  Conducting  them .  . 256 

Punctuation,  Rules  of _ _ _ _ _ 52 

Parental  Government,  Rules  for . . — 167 

Partners  for  Life;  Whom  to  Marry . . . . 158 

Proposal  of  Marriage;  How  to  make  it . . . . 159 

Receipts,  Forms  of - 192 

Resolutions,  Forms  of . 249 

Skin;  How  to  make  it  Pure  and  Clear . . . 170 

Selections  from  the  Poets;  Fifty  Standard  Poems . . . 319 

Senators  and  Representatives;  Numbei  from  each  State . 232 

Short-Hand  Writing,  Rules  and  Copies  for.. . . 44 

Silk  Wedding,  Form  of  Invitation  to. . . . 132 

Silver  Wedding,  Form  of  Invitation  to .  . . 133 

Sign-Writing;  Wording  and  Punctuation.. . 291 

Spelling,  Rules  and  Directions  for . . . . 48 

State  Laws  Relating  to  Interest . . . . . 183 

Strength  of  Ice . . . . . 232 

Subscription  Papers;  How  to  Draft  them... . . . 211 

Superscriptions  on  Envelopes,  Directions  for  Writing - - 84 

Temperaments  that  Should  go  Together  in  Marriage . 159 

Teetn,  How  to  make  them  Clean  and  White — . . . 171 

Toilet,  Rules  and  Directions  for . . . — 169 

Tables  for  Reference;  Coins,  Value,  etc . . . 224 

Time  Required  to  Digest  Different  Kinds  of  Food . 229 

Titles;  His  Excellency,  Hon.,  Rev.,  Dr.,  Prof.,  Esq.,  etc .  82 

Toasts  and  Sentiments  Suitable  f6r  Public  Occasions . 255 

Tombstone  Inscriptions,  Forms  of. . 297 

Underscoring;  Rules  for  Italicizing  . . . . . 54 

United  States;  When,  Where  and  by  Whom  Settled . 228 

United  States  Army;  Its  Strength  at  Various  Dates . . 232 

Visiting  and  Business  Cards,  forms  of . .  — . . . 137 

Vocabulary  of  Rhymes;  Rhyming  Dictionary.. . - . . 309 

Wages  Table ;  Showing  Earnings  per  Hour,  Day,  etc. . . 226 

Wedding  Ceremonies,  Etiquette  of . — . 125 

Weights,  Measures,  Variations  of  Time,  etc . 225 

Weights  of  a  Cubic  Foot  of  Metals,  Liquids,  etc.-- . - . 226 

Wills,  Forms  of . 206 

Wedding  Dresses,  Directions  for . 160 

Wife’s  Duty  to  Husband . 161 

Writing  for  the  Press,  Rules  and  Directions  for . . 272 


PENMANSHIP. 

Introductory  Remarks,  - 

System  of  Penmanship, —  Copies, —  Principles, —  Im¬ 
portance  of  Practice, —  Pens,  ... 

Paper, —  Ink, —  Other  Writing  Materials, —  How  to 
Practice,  ...... 

Position  while  Writing,  - 

Position  for  Sitting  and  Holding  the  Pen, 

Legibility, —  Proportion  of  Small  Letters, —  Relative 
Proportion  of  Letters  in  Large  Round-hand, —  Ele¬ 
ments  of  Small  Letters,  - 

General  Hints  for  Small  Letters,—  Principles  of  Capi¬ 
tal  Letters, —  Capital  Letters, 

Views  ol  the  Correct  Positions  for  Holding  Hand  and 
Pen  while  Writing,  - 

Views  Representing  Incorrect  Positions  for  Hand  and 
Pen  while  Writing,  - 

Nature’s  Rules, —  Curved  Lines, —  Proportion, 
Contrast, —  Position  of  Hand  in  Flourishing, —  Plain 
Penmanship  and  Flourishing,  ... 
Correct  Position  for  Standing  while  Writing, 

Correct  and  Incorrect  Positions  for  Sitting  and  Hold¬ 
ing  the  Pen,  ..... 

Small  Letters  Contrasted,  Showing  Probable  Faults, 
Right  and  Wrong,  ..... 

Description  of  the  Plates,  .... 

Lithographic  Copies  of  Alphabets,  Figures,  Words,  and 
Sentences,  ...... 

Blackboard  Flourishing, —  Teaching  Penmanship, — 
The  Twelve-lesson  System,  - 

How  to  Organize  the  Writing  Class, —  How  to  Main¬ 
tain  Interest,  - 

Lithographic  Copies  Representing  Ladies'  Penmanship , 
Containing  Alphabets,  Figures,  Words,  and  Senten¬ 
ces, —  Business  Penmanship ,  Showing  Letter  o f  In¬ 
troduction,  ...... 

How  to  Arrange  Copies, —  Commencement  of  the 
Writing  School,  - 

Programme  of  Exercises  for  Each  Lesson.  First 
Second,  Third,  Fourth,  and  Fifth  Lessons, 
Lithographic  Copies  Comprising  Off-hand  Capitals, 
Round  -  hand,  and  Flourishing,  - 

Sixth,  Seventh,  Eighth,  Ninth,  and  Tenth  Lessons, 
Eleventh  and  Twelfth  Lessons,  ... 
Lithographic  Copies  Representing  Fine  Penmanship 
and  Flourishing, —  Pen-pictures  of  Birds,  etc., 
Suggestions  to  Teachers,  .... 


17 

18 

19 

20 

21 


22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30-31 

32 

32-33 

33 

34 


34-35 

35 

36 

36-37 

37 

38 


38-39 

39 


Concluding  Suggestions  on  Penmanship  to  Learners,— 

Reasons  Why  we  should  Write  Well,  -  -  40 

Blackboard  Flourishing, —  Chalk  and  Pencil  Drawing,  40-41 
Copies  for  the  Writing  School,  -  -  -  41 

Copies  of  Ladies’  Epistolary  Penmanship,  -  -  43 


SHORT-HAND  WRITINC. 

General  Directions  for  Writing  Short-Hand, — Posi¬ 
tion  for  Holding  the  Pen  when  Writing  Short- 
Hand,  ......  44 

SPELLINC. 

Spelling, — Names  of  Elementary  Sounds, — Letters, — 

Rules  for  Spelling, — Classified  list  of  Words  of 


Similar  Pronunciation  that  are  Spelled  Differently, 

— Spelling  by  Sound,  ....  48-51 

CAPITAL  LETTERS. 

Capital  Letters, — Rules  for  the  Use  of  Capitals,  -  52 

PUNCTUATION. 

Examples, —  Punctuation  Marks, —  Rules  for  Punc¬ 
tuation,  ......  52-53 

Marks  of  Pronunciation, — Marks  Directing  Attention, 

— Underscoring,  .....  54 

CRAMMAR. 

Grammar, — Mistakes  Corrected,  -  -  -  55 

Slang  Phrases  and  Profanity, — Declamation  of  Origi¬ 
nal  Composition,  .....  56 

Writing  as  an  Aid  to  Exte.opore  Speaking,  -  -  57 

Composition,  ......  58 

Brevity  in  Telegrams,  -  -  -  -  59 

Rhetorical  Figures, — Metaphor, — Allegory, — Personi¬ 
fication, —  Metonymy, — Synecdoche, — 1  rony,— Par- 
alipsis, — Climax,  -----  60 

Allusion, —  Exclamation, —  Interrogation, —  Euphem¬ 
ism, — Apostrophe, — Vision,  -  -  -  61 

Summary, — Laws  of  Language, — Specific  Directions, 

— Rules  of  Construction,  ....  62 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMS. 

Examples  Given  of  over  Eleven  Thousand  Synonym¬ 
ous  Words,  Whereby  the  Writer  is  Not  Only 
Given  the  Spelling  of  all  Common  Words,  but  is 
Enabled  with  this  Table  to  avoid  the  Disagreeable 
Fault  of  Tautology  or  Repetition  of  Words, 

63,  64,  65,  66,  67,  68,  69,  70 
71,  72,  73,  74,  75,  76,  77,  78 
LETTER-WRITINC. 

Style  and  Manner, — Originality,  -  -  -  79 

Parts  of  a  Letter, — Purity  of  Expression, — Form,  -  80 


lA 


10 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Position  of  the  Various  Parts, — Complimentary  Ad¬ 
dress  to  the  Business  Man, — To  the  Married  Wo¬ 
man, —  To  the  Unmarried- Woman,  —  Kinds  of 
Paper  to  Use, — Form  of  a  Letter,  -  -  81 

Etiquette  of  Letter-Writing,  -  -  -  82 

TITLES. 

To  Royalty, — To  Nobility,  -  -  -  82 

To  Baronets, — To  Knights, — Titles  of  Honor,  Profes¬ 
sion,  and  Respect,  ....  83 

SUPERSCRIPTIONS. 

How  to  Write  Straight  on  the  Envelope,  -  -  83 

Form  of  Superscription  on  Envelope,  to  Circulate 

within  the  United  States,  -  -  -  -  84 

Letter  to  England,  85 

Letter  to  Germany, — Letter  to  Ireland, — Letter  from 
Germany, — Letter  to  be  Returned  in  Ten  Days, — 
Suggestions,  .....  86 

BUSINESS  LETTERS. 

General  Directions, — Ordering  Goods,  87 

Form  of  a  Letter  Ordering  Books,  —  Form  of  an 


Order  to  a  Dry-Goods  Merchant, — From  a  Young 
Man  Commencing  Business  to  a  Wholesale  House, 
Enclosing  Order, — Requesting  Information  Con¬ 
cerning  the  Opening  of  a  Store, — Answer  to  the 
Foregoing,  -----  88 

Enquiry  Concerning  Real  Estate, —  Letters  of  Res¬ 
ignation,— Letter  Complaining  of  Error  in  Bill, 

— Answer  to  the  Foregoing — An  Application  for 
Situation  on  a  Railway, — Recommending  a  Suc¬ 
cessor  in  Business, — Notice  of  having  Forwarded 
Goods, — Requesting  a  Friend  to  make  Purchases,  89 

Requesting  Settlement  of  Account, — Reply  to  the 
Foregoing, — Urging  Payment  of  Rent, — Letter  to 
a  Pioneer  Settler  in  the  West, — Answer  to  the 
Foregoing,  ------  90 

APPLICATIONS  FOR  SITUATIONS. 

Letters  Answering  Advertisements,' —  Miscellaneous 
Advertisements, — “Wanted,” — Answer  to  an  Ad¬ 
vertisement  for  an  Assistant  Editor,  -  -  91 

General  Directions, — Letter  from  a  Boy  Applying  for 
a  Clerkship, — From  a  Young  Lady  Applying  for  a 
Clerkship  in  a  Store, — Answering  an  Advertise¬ 
ment  fora  Book-keeper, — Answering  an  Advertise¬ 
ment  for  a  Cook, — Answer  to  an  Advertisement  for 
a  Chambermaid, — Application  for  a  Situation  as  a 
Gardener,  ------  92 

Application  for  a  Situation  as  a  Coachman, — Appli¬ 
cation  from  a  Governess  Answering  an  Advertise¬ 
ment, — Requesting  Information  as  to  the  Character 
of  a  Governess, — Favorable  Reply  to  the  Foregoing, 

— Unfavorable  Reply  to  the  Foregoing, — Answer¬ 
ing  an  Advertisement  for  an  Apprentice  to  a  Dress¬ 
maker,— Answer  to  an  Advertisement  for  a  Music- 
teacher,  —  Answering  an  Advertisement  for  an 
Apprentice  to  a  Printer,  93 


LETTERS  OF  RECOMMENDATION. 

Recommending  a  Salesman,  —  Recommending  a 
School-Mistress, — Recommending  a  Book-keeper, 
Recommending  a  Waiter,  —  Recommending  a 
Cook, — Recommending  a  Washerwoman, — Recom¬ 
mending  a  Porter, — Declining  to  Recommend  a 
Cook,  ------  94 

LETTERS  OF  SYMPATHY. 

Expressions  of  Condolence,  —  To  a  Friend,  on  the 
Death  of  a  Husband, — Reply  to  the  Foregoing, — 

On  the  Death  of  a  Mother, — On  the  Death  of  a 
Brother,  ...  95 

On  the  Death  of  a  Wife, — On  the  Death  of  a  Sister, 

— On  the  Death  of  a  Daughter, — On  the  Death  of 
an  Infant, — On  a  Sudden  Reverse  of  Fortune,  -  96 

LETTERS  OF  CONGRATULATION. 

Form  of  a  Letter  Congratulating  a  Friend  upon 

Election  to  Office,  -----  97 

Congratulating  a  Friend  upon .  Receiving  a  Legacy, — 
Congratulating  a  Gentleman  upon  his  Marriage. — 
Congratulating  a  Friend  upon  the  Birth  of  a  Son, — 
Congratulating  a  Friend  upon  the  Twenty-fifth 
Anniversary  of  his  Wedding, — Congratulating  a 
Lady  upon  her  Approaching  Marriage, — Congrat¬ 
ulating  a  Friend  upon  passing  a  Successful  School 
Examination, — Congratulating  an  Author  upon  the 
Success  of  his  Book,  —  Congratulating  a  Friend 
upon  Obtaining  a  Business  Situation,  -  -  98 

LETTERS  OF  INTRODUCTION. 

General  Directions, — Form  of  Superscribing  a  Letter 
of  Introduction, — Letter  Introducing  one  Gentle¬ 
man  to  Another, — Introducing  one  Lady  to  An¬ 
other, — Introducing  a  Young  Musician  to  a  Lady 
F riend, — Introducing  an  Officer  to  a  Brother  Officer.  99 

Introducing  a  Gentleman  Seeking  a  Clerkship, — In¬ 
troducing  a  Sister  to  a  Schoolmate, — Introducing 
a  Clerk  to  an  Old  Fellow-clerk, —  Introducing  a 
Student  to  the  Writer’s  Mother, — Introducing  a 
Friend  to  a  Member  of  Congress, — Introducing  a 
Literary  Lady  to  a  Publisher, — Introducing  a 
Daughter  about  to  Make  a  Visit,  -  -  100 

LETTERS  OF  ADVICE. 

General  Directions, — Letter  Advising  a  Young  Lady 

to  Refuse  Gifts  from  Gentlemen,  -  -  -  101 

Letter  of  Advice  to  a  Young  Man  to  Beware  of  Bad 
Company, — Advising  a  Young  Gentleman  against 
a  Hurried  Marriage, — Advice  to  a  Gentleman  on 
the  Subject  of  Plealth, — Advice  to  an  Orphan  Boy,  102 

LETTERS  OF  EXCUSE. 

General  Directions, — Letter  Apologizing  for  a  Broken 
Engagement,  —  Apologizing  for  Failure  to  Pay 
Money  Promptly, — Excuse  to  a  Teacher  for  Non- 
attendance  of  Child  at  School,  —  Apology  for 
Breaking  a  Business  Engagement,  —  Apology  for 
Delay  in  Returning  a  Book,  ...  103 


TABLE  OP  CONTENTS. 


LETTERS  ASKiNC  FAVORS. 

General  Directions, — Letter  Requesting  the  Loan  of  a 
Book, — Reply  Granting  the  Favor, — Requesting 
the  Loan  of  Money, — Answer  Refusing  the  Re¬ 
quest,  —  Requesting  a  Letter  of  Introduction, — 

Reply  Granting  the  Request, — Requesting  the  Loan 
of  an  Opera-Glass, — Answer  Refusing  the  Request, 

—  Requesting  the  Loan  of  a  Pistol, — Reply  Grant¬ 
ing  the  Request,  -  -  -  -  104 

LETTERS  ACCOMPANYING  CIFTS. 

General  Directions  —  Letter  Accompanying  a  Be¬ 
trothal  Gift  of  a  Ring, — Reply  to  the  Foregoing, — 

Letter  Accompanying  Photographs,  -  -  105 

Answer  to  the  Foregoing, — Accompanying  a  Book 
Sent  by  the  Author, — Answer  to  the  Foregoing, — 
Accompanying  a  Bouquet  of  Flowers  to  a  Lady, — 

Answer  to  the  Foregoing, — Accompanying  a  Birth¬ 
day  Gift, — Answer  to  the  Foregoing, — Accompany¬ 
ing  a  Donation  to  a  Clergyman, — Answer  to  the 
Foregoing, — Accompanying  a  Gift  to  a  Superin¬ 
tendent  upon  Retirement, — Answer  to  the  Fore¬ 
going,  ------  106 

LETTERS  OF  FRIENDSHIP  AND  RELATIONSHIP. 

General  Directions,  -----  107 

Letter  from  a  Husband,  Absent  on  Business,  to  his 
Wife, — From  a  Young  Lady  to  a  Schoolmate  just 
Married, — From  a  Young  Girl,  at  Boarding-School, 
to  her  Mother,  -----  108 

Answer  of  the  Mother, — From  an  Absent  Wife  to 
her  Husband, — Answer  to  the  Foregoing — From  a 
Servant  in  the  City,  to  her  Parents  in  the  Country, 

— The  Mother’s  Reply, — Letter  from  a  Father  Re¬ 
monstrating  with  his  Son,  -  109 

The  Son’s  Reply, — From  a  Married  Man  to  a  Friend 
about  to  Marry, — From  a  Young  Man  Who  Has 
Recently  Entered  College,  —  Descriptive  Letter 
From  a  Young  Man  at  the  “Old  Home,”  to  his 
Parents  in  the  West,  -  -  -  -  no 

Descriptive  Letter  from  a  Young  Lady  Visiting  Chi¬ 
cago,  to  her  Parents  in  the  East,  -  -  -  in 

LETTERS  OF  LOVE  AND  COURTSHIP. 

General  Directions. — Importance  of  Care, — Necessity 
of  Caution, — At  What  Age  to  Write  Love-Letters, 

— Approval  of  Parents, — Times  for  Courtship, — 

Honesty,  -  -  -  -  -  112 

Marrying  for  a  Home, — Intemperate  Men, — Marry¬ 
ing  Wealth, — Poverty, — Confidence  and  Honor,  -  113 

Howto  Begin  the  Love-Correspondence, — Letter  of  a 
Gentleman  to  a  Lady,  Requesting  the  Privilege  of 
Calling  Upon  Her, — Favorable  Reply, — Unfavora¬ 
ble  Reply, — An  Invitation  to  a  Place  of  Public 
Amusement, — Reply  Accepting, — Reply  Refusing, 

— Reply  with  Conditions,  -  114 

Love  at  First  Sight, — Unfavorable  Reply, — Favorable 


Reply, — A  Lover’s  Good-Bye  Before  Starting  on  a 
Journey, — Reply  to  the  Foregoing, — Letter  Asking 
an  Introduction  Through  a  Mutual  Friend, — Reply, 

■ — Letter  of  Introduction, — To  the  Father  of  the 
Lady,  ------ 

Favorable  Reply, — Unfavorable  Reply, — Reply  Dis¬ 
carding  a  Young  Man  that  Uses  Tobacco, — Letter 
to  an  Entire  Stranger, — Unfavorable  Reply, 

Reply  More  Favorable, — A  Personal  Advertisement 
in  a  Morning  Paper, — Remarks,  with  Advice  Con¬ 
cerning  Answers  to  “  Personals,” — The  Reply, 
Personal  Advertisement,  —  A  Gentleman  Makes  a 
Frank  Acknowledgment,  Gushing  with  Sentiment, 
and  Running  Over  with  Poetry,  - 
Favorable  Reply, —  From  a  Gentleman  Confessing 
Change  of  Sentiment, — Reply  to  a  Young  Man 
Addicted  to  Intemperance,  - 

One  Way  of  Breaking  the  Ice, — An  Offer  of  Marriage, 
—Favorable  Reply, — Letter  from  a  Young  Man, 
Who  Proposes  Marriage  and  Emigration, — Reply, 

WEDDING  CARDS  AND  INVITATIONS. 

General  Directions, — Wedding  Cards, — Specimens  of 
Cards,  ------ 

Invitations  to  the  Wedding, — General  Directions, — 
Form  of  Note  of  Invitation,  with  Monogram, 

“At  Home  ”  Cards  after  the  Bridal  Tour, — Card  of 
invitation  to  the  Wedding  at  the  Bride’s  Residence, 
— Form  of  Invitation  to  the  Marriage  Ceremony  in 
Church, — Note  of  Invitation  and  an  “At  Home” 
Card  Combined,  - 

Illustration  of  Wedding  Cards,  with  Tie  in  the  Cen¬ 
ter, — Illustration  of  Cards  Fastened  Together  with 
a  Ribbon  at  the  Top, — Note  of  Invitation  to  the 
Marriage  Reception, — Note  of  Invitation  to  the 
Reception  at  the  Residence  of  the  Parents  of  the 
Bride,  the  Marriage  Ceremony  Having  Been  Pre¬ 
viously  Performed  at  Church,  - 

WEDDING  CEREMONIES. 

General  Remarks,  - 

Marriage  License, — The  Law  of  Different  States  Con¬ 
cerning  the  Age  at  which  Parties  can  Legally  Marry, 
The  Ceremony, — Form  of  Marriage, —  Form  of  Ad¬ 
dress  to  the  Husband, — To  the  Wife, — To  Both, — 
Short  Form  of  Marriage, — Marriage  Certificate,  - 

MARRIAGE  NOTICES. 

General  Directions  in  Preparing  them  for  the  News¬ 
papers, — Examples  of  Marriage  Notices, — Married, 

INVITATIONS  TO  RECEPTIONS. 

Various  Forms  of  Invitation  to  Receptions,  Parties, 
and  Balls,  ------ 

FAMILY  RECORDS. 

General  Suggestions, — The  Biography  of  Children,  - 
Condensed  Form  of  Keeping  the  Record, 


11 


115 

116 

117 

11S 

119 

120 

121 

122 

123 


124 


125 

126 


127 


128 


129 


130 

131 


12 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


MARRIACE  ANNIVERSARIES. 

Gold,  Silver,  and  Other  Weddings, —  At  What  Time 
Comes  the  Cotton  Wedding, —  The  Paper,  —  The 
Leather, —  The  Wooden, —  The  Woolen, —  The  Tin, 

—  The  Silk, —  The  Crystal, —  The  China, —  The  Sil¬ 

ver, —  The  Pearl, —  The  Ruby, —  The  Golden,  and 
the  Diamond  Weddings, —  Form  of  Note  of  Invita¬ 
tion  to  the  Silk  Wedding,  -  132 

Invitation  to  the  Crystal  Wedding, —  Invitation  to  the 
China  Wedding, —  Invitation  to  the  Silver  Wed 
ding, —  Invitation  to  the  Golden  Wedding,  -  133 

NOTES  OF  INVITATION  TO  PARTIES. 

General  Directions, — Written  Note  of  Invitation  to 

an  Intimate  Friend,  -  -  -  -  134 

Invitation  to  a  Lawn  Soiree, — Invitation  to  an  Even¬ 
ing  Party, —  Answer  Declining  the  Invitation, — 
Invitation  to  a  Dinner  Party, — Answer  Accepting 
the  Invitation, —  Answer  Declining  the  Invitation, — 
Invitation  to  a  Halloween  Party, — Invitation  to  an 
Evening  Party,  Dancing  and  Refreshments  Speci¬ 
fied,  ------  135 

Familiar  Invitation  to  a  Wedding, —  Answer  Accept¬ 
ing, —  Answer  Declining  the  Invitation, —  Party  for 
a  Young  Lady, —  Invitation  to  a  Picnic, —  Invitation 
to  a  Ball, —  Invitation  to  a  Festival,  -  -  136 

FUNERAL  NOTICE. 

General  Remarks,  -  -  -  -  136 

VISITING  ANO  ADDRESS  CARDS. 

General  Directions, —  Husband’s  Card, — Wife’s  Card, 

—  Daughter’s  Card, — Address,  Wedding,  Auto¬ 
graph  and  Business  Cards,  -  137 

SELECTIONS  FOR  THE  ALBUM. 

Prose  and  Poetic  Gems  from  the  best  Authors,  Selected 
for  Use  When  Writing  in  Albums,  -  -  -  138 

LAWS  OF  ETIQUETTE. 

What  to  Say  and  How  to  Do,—  Pleasant  Words  and 

Agreeable  Manners,  -  -  -  -  139 

Etiquette  of  Introductions, —  Salutations, —  Shopping, 

— Making  Calls,  —  Conversation, —  New  Year’s  Call¬ 
ing, — Balls, — Dinner  Parties, — Visiting,  — Parties, — 
Courtship  and  Marriage, —  Weddings,  —  Traveling, 

—  Horseback  Riding,- — Funerals, —  Carriage-Riding, 

—  At  Church, —  In  the  Home,  —  At  School,  —  On 

the  Street,  —  Among  Neighbors, —  Rules  of  the 
Toilet,  -  -  -  -  -  141-178 

COMMERCIAL  FORMS. 

Definition  of  Commercial  Terms, — Promissory  Notes,  1 79 

The  Law  Relating  to  Promissory  Notes, — Negotiable 

Notes,  ------  i80 

Form  of  Note  for  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey, — 

Note  not  Negotiable, — Note  of  Two  or  More  Per¬ 
sons, — Note  on  Demand,  -  -  -  181 


Joint  Note, —  Note  Payable  in  Installments, —  Judg¬ 
ment  Note, —  Note  in  Missouri, — Note  Payable  in 
Merchandise,  —  Due  Bills, — Form  of  Guarantee,  182 
Abstract  of  State  Laws,  Giving  Rate  of  Interest, 

Penalty  for  Usury,  and  Limitation  of  Actions,  -  183 

INTEREST  TABLES. 

How  to  Compute  Interest  at  Any  JIate  per  Cent.,  -  184-185 

BANK  FORMS. 

Importance  of  Keeping  a  Bank  Account, —  Deposit 

Ticket, — The  Pass-Book,  ....  186 

Form  of  a  Check-Book,  -  187 

Bills  of  Exchange, — Set  of  Foreign  Bills  of  Exchange, 

—  Drafts,  -  -  -  -  -  -  188 

Form  of  a  Bank  Draft, — Sight  Draft, — Time  Draft, — 
Acceptance, — Days  of  Grace,  -  -  -  189 


BOOKKEEPINC. 

Rules,  Directions  and  Forms  for  Keeping  Books  of 

Account,  ig0 

ORDERS. 

For  Money,  —  For  Merchandise, — For  Merchandise, 
not  Exceeding  in  Value  a  Certain  Specified  Sum, 

— For  Goods  Stored,  ....  192 

RECEIPTS. 

For  Money  on  Account, — In  Full  of  All  Demands, — 

In  Full  of  All  Accounts, — For  Money  Advanced  on 
Contract, — For  Rent, — For  a  Note, — For  a  Note  of 


Another  Person,  -  -  -  -  -  192 

BILLS  OF  PURCHASE. 

Forms  of  Bills  of  Purchase, — Bill  of  Goods  Paid  and 
Receipted,— Bill  of  Goods  Payable  by  Note  in 
Thirty  Days,  .....  193 

ARTICLES  OF  AGREEMENT. 

General  Definition, —  Common  Form  of  Agreement,  194 
Article  of  Agreement  for  Warranty  Deed, — Agreement 
with  Clerk  for  Services, — Agreement  for  Building  a 
House,  195 

Agreement  for  Sale  and  Delivery  of  Personal  Property,  196 

BILLS  OF  SALE. 

General  Definition, —  Common  Form  of  Bill  of  Sale,  196 
Bill  of  Sale  of  Personal  Property,  -  -  -  197 


BONDS. 

General  Definition, —  Common  Form  of  Bond, — Bond 


of  the  Cashier  of  a  Bank,  ....  197 

Bond  to  a  Corporation,  ....  198 

MORTCACES. 

General  Definition, — Form  of  a  Chattel  Mortgage,  -  198 

Remarks, — Real  Estate  Mortgage  to  Secure  Payment 

of  Money,  -  -  .  -  -  199 

Proxy.  ......  2oo 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


13 


DEEDS. 

The  Laws  of  Different  States  Relating  to  Deeds, — 

Form  of  Warranty  Deed,  with  Covenants,  -  200 

Quit-Claim  Deed, — Long  Form  of  Quit-Claim  Deed, — 
with  Homestead  Waiver,  -  201 

Release,  ------  202 

LANDLORD  AND  TENANT. 

The  Law  Relating  to  Leasing  Property,  -  -  202 

Short  Form  of  a  Lease  for  a  House, — Lease  of  a 
Dwelling  for  a  Term  of  Years,  with  Covenant  not 
to  sublet, — Lease  of  Farm  and  Buildings  thereon,  203 
Landlord’s  Agreement, — Tenant’s  Agreement, —  No¬ 
tice  to  Quit, — Tenant’s  Notice  of  Leaving,  -  204 

PARTNERSHIP. 

General  Suggestions  Relating  to  Partnerships,  -  204 

Form  of  Partnership  Agreement,  -  -  -  205 

WILLS. 

General  Definition,  and  Law  Relating  to  Wills,  -  206 

Codicils,  ------  207 

General  Form  of  a  Will  for  Real  and  Personal  Prop¬ 
erty, — Codicil,  -----  208 


Short  Form  of  Will, — Form  of  Will,  where  Property 
is  Left  to  Wife  Absolutely, — Form  of  Will,  with  En¬ 
tire  Property  Left  to  Wife,  for  Life  or  Widowhood, 
with  Disposition  of  the  same  after  her  Marriage  or 
Death,  Provision  being  made  for  Maintaining  Chil¬ 
dren,  etc., — Legacies  to  Executors,  -  -  209 

Nuncupative  Will, — Affidavit  to  the  Foregoing, — A 
Short  Form  of  Will,  Conveying  the  Entire  Real 
and  Personal  Property  to  the  Wife  of  the  Testator, 

—  Clauses  for  Insertion  in  Wills, —  Cancelling  Debts 

that  are  or  may  be  due,  -  -  -  -  210 

Desiring  that  Difference  of  Opinion  about  Provisions 
of  the  Will  be  Settled  by  Arbitrators, — Providing 
that  the  Wife  shall  have  the  Custody  of  the  Chil¬ 
dren,  and  Appointing  a  Guardian  in  case  of  her 
Death,  -  -  -  -  -  211 

SUBSCRIPTION  PAPERS. 

General  Directions  for  Writing  them, — Form  of  a 

Subscription  Heading,  -  -  -  -  211 

EXEMPTIONS  FROM  FORCED  SALE. 

Abstract  of  State  Laws,  Showing  the  Amount  of  Real 
Estate  and  Personal  Property  Exempt  from  Sale 
and  Execution  in  each  State  in  the  Union,  -  212 

HOW  TO  COLLECT  A  DEBT. 

What  to  do  when  Necessary  to  Settle  an  Account  by 
Legal  Process, —  Outline  of  Proceedings  by  Moral 
Suasion  and  Legal  Means  when  Collecting  a  Debt, 

—  How  Debts  are  Made, —  General  Suggestions  on 

the  Best  Methods  of  Doing  Business,  Precautionary 
Measures  to  be  Taken  in  the  Transaction  of  Busi¬ 
ness,  -  -  -  -  -  -  216 


Attachment  of  Goods, — The  Trial, — Attaching  the 
Body, — Form  of  Capias, — Form  of  Bond  for  Capias, 

—  Form  of  Special  Bail, —  Who  is  Exempt  from 
Arrest, —  Suing  the  Garnishee, — Levying  upon  Real 
Estate, — Appealing  to  Higher  Courts,  -  -  219 

How  Soon  the  Debt  may  be  Collected, — Expense  of 
Lawsuits, —  Collecting  Large  Amounts, — The  Laws 
of  Different  States,  -  -  -  -  220 

POWER  OF  ATTORNEY. 

General  Form  of  Power  of  Attorney, — Letter  of  Sub¬ 
stitution  Appended  to  Power  of  Attorney, —  General 
Power  of  Attorney  to  Collect  Debts, —  Letter  of 
Revocation,  -  -  -  -  -  221 

DUTIES  OF  CORONERS. 

Form  of  Verdict  of  Coroner’s  Jury  in  Case  of  Murder, 

■ — Verdict  in  Case  of  Suicide, — Verdict  in  Case  of 
Natural  Death,  -----  222 

REPORTS  OF  COMMITTEES. 

Form  of  a  Majority  Report, — Form  of  a  Minority  Re¬ 
port, — Report  of  the  Treasurer  of  an  Association,  222 

Report  of  a  Special  Committee, — Report  of  a  Com¬ 
mittee  at  an  Agricultural  Fair,  -  -  -  223 

COPYRIGHT. 

Directions  for  Securing  Copyright  under  the  Revised 

Act  of  Congress,  -  223 

TABLES  OF  REFERENCE. 

Foreign  and  United  States  Gold  Coins,  Their  Weight, 

Fineness  and  Value,  Assayed  in  the  United  States 
Mint, — Foreign  and  United  States  Silver  Coins, — 

Weights  and  Measures,  -  224-225 

WEIGHTS,  MEASURES,  HEAT  AND  COLD. 

Weights  of  Metals, — Weights  of  Woods, — Degrees  of 
Heat  and  Cold, — Ages  of  Animals, — Value  of  Woods 
for  Fuel,  ------  226 

WACES  TABLE. 

Amount  of  Wages  per  Hour  and  per  Day,  when  Work¬ 
ing  at  any  Rate  per  Week,  -  226 

POPULATION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Growth  of  the  States  in  the  Past  Ten  Years,  227 

POPULATION  OF  DIFFERENT  COUNTRIES. 

Population,  Area,  Number  of  Persons  to  the  Square 
Mile,  Capital,  Religion  and  Government,  of  the 
Principal  Countries  of  the  World,  -  -  -  227 

CEOCRAPHICAL  AND  HISTORICAL  TABLES. 

Population  of  the  Earth,  —  The  World’s  Highest 
Mountains,  —  The  Earth’s  Longest  Rivers,  —  The 
Largest  Oceans,  Seas  and  Lakes, — Exports  of  Va¬ 
rious  Countries, — When,  Where  and  by  Whom  Each 
of  the  United  States  was  Settled,  -  -  -  228 


14 


T ABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


IMPORTANT  FACTS. 

Name,  Place  of  Residence,  Age,  When  Elected, 

Length  of  Time  in  Office,  etc.,  of  the  Presidents  of 
the  United  States, —  Height  of  Monuments,  Towers, 
etc., —  Capacity  of  Large  Rooms, —  Periods  of  Di¬ 
gestion, — Origin  of  Plants, —  Quantity  of  Seed  to 
Plant  a  Garden,  ....  -  229 

POPULATION  OF  CITIES. 

Population  of  the  Principal  Cities  of  the  World, — 

The  Population  of  All  the  Principal  Cities  in  the 
United  States,  at  the  Last  Census,  Compared  with 
the  Census  of  Ten  Years  Before,  -  -  -  230 

UNITED  STATES  PUBLIC  DEBT. 

Expenditures  and  Public  Debt  of  the  United  States 
Each  Year,  from  the  First  Report  to  the  Present 
Time,  -  -  -  -  231 

IMPORTANT  FACTS  FOR  REFERENCE. 

Number  of  Men  from  each  State  who  went  to  the  war, 

—  Number  of  Men  called  for, —  Strength  of  the 
Army, —  Strength  of  Ice, —  Number  of  Electors  and 
Congressional  Representatives  that  each  State  is 
Entitled  to, —  Education  of  the  Presidents  of  the 
United  States,  — Time  of  Fast  Trotters, —  Where  we 
get  Coal,  232 

BOARD  AND  INSURANCE  TABLES. 

Tables  Showing  the  Cost  of  Board  per  Day, —  Tables 
Showing  Proportionate  Cost  of  Insurance  at  Short 
Rates,  ......  233 

“CIVEN”  NAMES  OF  PEOPLE. 

Given  Names  of  Men  and  Women,  in  Ordinary  Use,  236 

DISTANCES,  EXPECTATION  OF  LIFE.,  Etc. 

Distances  from  New  York  to  the  Principal  Cities  of 
the  World,—  Expectation  of  Life, — Influence  of  the 
Moon  on  the  Growth  of  Plants,  -  -  -  237 

FOREICN  WORDS  AND  PHRASES, 

Latin  Words  and  Phrases, —  French  Words  .  and 

Phrases,  with  Pronunciation,  -  -  -  238 

Spanish  Words  and  Phrases, —  Italian  Words  and 

Phrases,  ......  239 

LIST  OF  MODERN  ABBREVIATIONS. 

Abbreviations  Alphabetically  Arranged  for  Use  in 

Writing,  -  -  -  240-241-242-243-244-245 

CONSTITUTIONS  AND  BY-LAWS. 

General  Directions  Relating  to  Drafting  Constitu¬ 
tions,  ......  246 

Form  of  Constitutions,  By-Laws,  and  Order  of  Exer¬ 
cises  when  Conducting  a  Meeting,  -  -  -  247 


CALLS  FOR  PUBLIC  MEETINCS. 

Forms  of  Wording  in  Calling  Public  Meetings, — 

Forms  of  Headings, —  Examples, —  “  Democratic 
Rally,” — “School  Meeting,” — “Old  Settlers’  Re¬ 
union,” —  “Firemen’s  Review,” — “Woman  Suffrage 
Convention,” — “Hot  for  Horse  Thieves,” — “Rail¬ 
road  Meeting,”  -  248 

“  Fourth  of  July,” — “Shall  We  Have  an  Agricultural 
Fair?” — “Eight  Hour  Meeting,” — “Temperance 
Convention,” — “  Vermonters,  Attention  !  ”  -  249 

RESOLUTIONS. 

Forms  of  Resolutions  Appropriate  for  Many  Occa¬ 
sions,  .....  249-250-251-252 

PETITIONS. 

General  Suggestions, —  Petitions  to  a  City  Council, — 

For  Opening  a  Street, —  Remonstrating  Against  a 
Nuisance,- — Asking  fora  Policeman, —  Petitions  to 
the  State  Legislature, —  Petition  from  Farmers 
Asking  for  the  Extermination  of  the  Canada 
Thistle, — Petition  from  Farmers,  Relative  to  Stock 
Running  at  Large, — Petition  to  the  Governor,  Ask¬ 
ing  for  the  Pardon  of  a  Criminal,  -  -  -  252 

PUBLIC  CELEBRATIONS. 

General  Suggestions  Concerning  Arrangements, — 

Fourth  of  July, —  Calling  a  Meeting  to  Learn  the 
Feeling  of  the  People,  ....  253 

Appointment  of  the  Necessary  Officers  and  Commit¬ 
tees  to  Make  the  Celebration  a  Success, —  Public 
Dinners, —  Picnics  and  Festivals,  -  -  -  254 

TOASTS  AND  SENTIMENTS. 

Examples, —  For  a  Christmas  Dinner, —  For  a  Thanks¬ 
giving  Festival, —  For  the  Fourth  of  July, —  For  a 
Wooden  Wedding, —  For  the  Tin  Wedding, —  For 
the  Crystal  Wedding, —  For  the  Silver  Wedding, — 

For  the  Golden  Wedding,  ....  255 

PUBLIC  MEETINCS. 

How  to  Call,  Organize,  and  Conduct  Public  Assem¬ 
blies, —  General  Directions  Relating  to  the  Prelim¬ 
inary  Steps  to  be  Taken,  in  Order  to  Call  a  Public 
Meeting, —  Form  of  Call  for  a  Meeting,  .  -  256 

Selection  of  a  Chairman, — Appointment  of  a  Secre¬ 
tary, — Order  of  Business, —  Committee  on  Resolu¬ 
tions,  ......  257 

Adjournment,  —  The  Secretary’s  Report,  — Govern¬ 
ment  of  Conventions,  ....  258 

PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 

Rules  of  Order  in  Conducting  Public  Meetings,  -  259 

260-261-262-263-264-265 
266  267-268-269-270-271 


TABLE  OE  CONTENTS. 


15 


WRITING  FOR  THE  PRESS. 

General  Directions, — Local  Reporting, 

Important  Reportorial  Qualifications,  —  Subjects  of 
Local  and  General  Interest, —  Items  for  the  News¬ 
paper,  ..... 

RESULTS  OF  BAD  PENMANSHIP. 

The  Difficulties,  Perplexities  and  Loss  of  Time  Re¬ 
sulting  from  the  Use  of  Bad  Penmanship,  - 

NAMES  OF  SIZES  OF  BOOKS. 

Books, —  Names  of  the  Different  Sizes, —  Illustrations 
and  Explanations  of  the  Folio, —  Quarto  (4to. ), — 
Octavo  (8vo.), — Duodecimo_Jl2mo.),  etc.,  - 

BOOK  AND  NEWSPAPER  TYPE. 

Brilliant, —  Diamond, —  Pearl, — Agate, —  Nonpariel, — 
Minion,  ...... 

Brevier, —  Bourgeois, —  Long  Primer, —  Small  Pica,—1 
Pica, —  English, —  Great  Primer, — Two-Line  Small 
Pica,  ...... 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  READING  PROOF. 

Typographical  Marks, —  Explanations  of  the  Correc¬ 
tions,  --.... 

Marks  Used  in  Correcting  Proofs, 

ALPHABETS  OF  PLAIN  AND  FANCY  LETTERS. 

Directions  for  Making  Letters, — Examples  of  Differ¬ 
ent  Styles  of  Letters,  with  Alphabets  Complete, 
prepared  for  the  Use  of  Sign-Writers, — Marble- 
Workers, — Engravers,  and  Others, 

SICN-PAINTINC. 

Illustrations  of  the  Proper  Wording  and  Punctuation 
in  Sign- Writing, — General  Directions  in  Punctua¬ 
tion  for  the  Special  Use  of  Sign-Painters,  - 

ENGRAVERS’  INSCRIPTIONS. 

Wording  and  Punctuation  of  Inscriptions  for  Engrav¬ 
ing, 

TOMBSTONE  INSCRIPTIONS. 

General  Directions,  —  Examples  Showing  Correct 
Wording  and  Punctuation, — Brief  Epitaphs, 

EPITAPHS. 

Selections  from  the  Poets, — Brief  Extracts  from  the 
Best  Poems,  Suitable  to  Accompany  Tombstone 
Inscriptions,  - 

POETRY. 

Poetry  Defined, — Examples  of  Poetry  in  Prose, — 

“  The  Old  Church,”  .... 

Versification, —  Blank  Verse, —  Examples  of  Rhyme, 
and  Blank  Verse,  - 

Accent  and  Feet, —  Meters, — Tambic  Feet, — Long, 

Short,  and  Common  Meter,  - 


272 


273 


274 


275 


276 


277 


278 

279 


280 


291 


295 


297 


299 


302 

303 

304 


Trochaic  Verse, — Examples, — Anapestic  Verse, — Ex¬ 
amples,  ------  305 

Dactylic  Verse, —  Examples, —  Other  Kinds  of  Poetic 

Feet, — Poetical  Pauses,  -  306 

Vaiieties  of  Poetry, —  Epic,  —  Dramatic,  — Lyric,  — 

Elegiac,  Pastoral,  and  Didactic  Poetry, — Kinds  of 
Poems, —  Odes, —  Paeans, —  Ballads,  -  -  307 

Epigrams, —  Sonnets, —  Cantatas, —  Charades,  —  Can¬ 
zonets,  —  Epitaphs,  —  Satires,  —  Parodies,  —  Pro¬ 
logues, — Epilogues, — Impromptus, — Acrostics,  -  308 

VOCABULARY  OF  RHYMES. 

The  Poet’s  Assistant  in  Making  Rhyme,  being  a  Com¬ 
plete  Collection  of  all  Words  that  Rhyme,  -  309 

SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 

Examples  of  Beautiful  Poems, — “  Eternal  Justice,”  by 

Charles  Mackay,  -  -  -  -  -  319 

“  Hereafter,” — “  The  Planting  of  the  Apple-Tree,”  by 

Wm.  C.  Bryant,  -----  320 

“Cleon  and  I,”  by  Charles  Mackay,  —  “Hannah 
Jane,”  by  Petroleum  V.  Nasby,  ...  321 

“  The  Motherless  Turkeys,”  by  Marian  Douglas,  -  323 

“  Betsy  and  I  are  Out,”  by  Will  M.  Carleton,  -  324 

“  How  Betsy  and  I  Made  Up,”  by  Will  M.  Carleton,  325 

“  Weighing  the  Baby,”  by  Ethel  Lynn, — “  The  Old 
Oaken  Bucket,”  by  Samuel  Woodworth, — “  On  the 
Other  Side,”  -----  326 

“  Maud  Muller,”  by  John  G.  Whittier,  -  -  327 

“  Rock  Me  to  Sleep,  Mother,”  by  Florence  Percy, — 

“  Katie  Lee  and  Willie  Gray,”  -  -'  -  328 

“  Never  Again,” — “  If  I  Should  Die  To-Night,”  -  329 

“  The  Lost  Steamship,”  by  Fitz-James  O’Brien, — 

“  There  Is  No  Such  Thing  as  Death,”  -  -  330 

“  The  Vagabonds,.”  by  J.  T.  Trowbridge,  -  -  331 

“  Two  Little  Pairs,” — “Which  Shall  It  Be?”  -  332 

“  The  Little  Boy  That  Died,”  by  Joshua  D.  Robin¬ 
son, — “  Heaven  by  Littles,”  -  -  -  333 

“  There ’s  But  One  Pair  of  Stockings  to  Mend  To- 

Night,” — “Absence,”  by  Frances  Anne  Kemble,  334 
“Elegy  Written  in  a  Country  Church -Yard,”  by 

Thomas  Gray  -  333 

“You  and  I,” — “Little  Feet,”  by  Florence  Percy,  -  336 

“  The  Wants  of  Man,”  by  John  Quincy  Adams,  -  337 

“  The  Evening  Bells,”  by  Thomas  Moore,  -  -  339 

“Words  for  Parting,”  by  Mary  Clemmer  Ames, — 

“  The  Sculptor  Boy,”  -  339 

“  The  Closing  Scene,”  by  Thomas  Buchanan  Read, — 

“  Love  Lightens  Labor,”  -  340 

“  Birth-Spot  Memories,”  by  George  D.  Prentice, — 

“Oh!  Why  Should  the  Spirit  of  Mortal  be  Proud  ?”  341 

“Roll-Call,” — “Over  the  Hill  from  the  Poor-House,” 

by  Will  M.  Carleton,  -  342 

“  A  Message,”  by  Eben  E.  Rexford, — “  Changes,” — 

"We  Parted  in  Silence,”  by  Mrs,  Crawford,  -  344 

“  Rain  on  the  Roof,”  by  Coates  Kinney, — “Over  the 

River,”  by  Nancy  Amelia  Priest,  -  -  -  345 


PAGE. 

Gentlemen’s  Position  for  Sitting  while  Writing,  20 
Ladies’  Position  for  Sitting  while  Writing,  -  21 

Correct  Positions  for  the  Hand  while  Writing,  24 
Incorrect  Positions  for  the  Hand  while  Writing,  25 
The  Bird  Among  the  Flowers,  -  -  -  26 

Position  of  the  Hands  and  Pen  when  Flour¬ 


—  Eagle  and  Birds, 

—  Birds  and  Swan, 
writing  Short-hand, 


ishing,  ------- 

Position  for  Standing  while  Writing,  - 
Correct  and  Incorrect  Positions  for  Sitting 
while  Writing,  ..... 

Specimens  of  Flourishing 
Specimens  of  Flourishing 
Position  of  the  Pen  while 
The  Package  of  Letters, 

The  Friendship  Letter, 

The  Wedding, 

The  Cottage  Home, 

The  Reception,  -  -  -  -  -  -139 

The  Introduction,  .....  141 

Shaking  Hands,  ------  143 

Ung  raceful  Positions,  -  -  -  -  -  144 

Gentility  in  the  Parlor,  ....  143 

The  New  Years’  Call,  -  -  -  -  -147 

The  Table  Set  for  Dinner,  ....  151 


27 

28 

29 

40 

41 
44 

-  79 

-  107 

-  I25 

-  1 20 


PAGE. 

The  Plate  and  its  Surroundings,  -  -  -  151 

Bad  Manners  at  the  Table,  -  -  -  -  132 

Gentility  in  the  Dining-Room,  -  -  -  1 53 

Improper  Position  for  Holding  Knife  and 

Fork, . 154 

Proper  Position  for  Holding  Knife  and  Fork,  154 
Position  for  Holding  Cup  and  Spoon,  -  -  154 

The  Visitor  Who  Smokes  in  the  Parlor,  -  157 
Interior  of  a  Railway  Carriage,  -  -  -  162 

The  Horseback  Ride,  -  -  -  -  -  163 

Assisting  the  Lady  into  the  Carriage,  -  -  165 

Alighting  from  the  Carriage,  -  -  -  165 

The  Street  Promenade,  -  -  -  -  1 74 

High  Fences  Between  Neighbors,  -  -  176 

Charming,  Beautiful  Homes,  -  -  -  177 

The  Exempted  Homestead,  -  -  -  -  212 

Public  Assemblage  in  Session,  ...  256 
Books  of  Different  Sizes,  ....  275 

The  Sign-Painter,  -  -  -  -  -  291 

The  Engraver  at  Work,  ....  295 

The  Funeral  Procession,  ....  297 

Entrance  to  Washington’s  Tomb  at  Mount 
Vernon,  ......  299 

Artist’s  Brook, . 302 


STEEL  PLATE  PORTRAIT  OF  THE  AUTHOR.  FRONTISPIECE. 


PAGE. 


Alphabets,  Words  and  Figures,  -  -  -32 

Words  and  Sentences,  -  -  -  -  ’33 

Ladies’  Fine  Epistolary  Penmanship,  -  *34 

Business  Writing  —  Letter  of  Introduction,  -  35 

Off-hand  Cajjitals  —  The  SwoojDing  Eagle,  -  36 

Round  Hand  German  Text  Alphabet— Scroll,  37 


PAGE. 

Fine  Specimens  of  Flourishing,  with  Gems 


of  Penmanship,  -  -  -  -  3S 

“The  Birds,”  an  Elegant  Full-page  Specimen 
of  Pen  Flourishing,  -  -  -  39 

Pen  and  Pencil  Flourishing  -  -  -  2S0 

Specimens  of  Ornamental  Cards,  -  -  2S1 


RITING  is  the  art  of  placing 
thought,  by  means  of  written 
characters,  upon  any  object 
capable  of  receiving  the  same. 
The  origin  of  this  art  is  com¬ 
pletely  veiled  in  obscurity, 
no  history  giving  authentic 
account  of  its  first  introduc¬ 
tion  and  use.  Its  first  recorded  mention  is  in  the 
Bible,  wherein  it  is  said,  referring  to  the  prep¬ 
aration  of  the  Ten  Commandments  by  Moses  on 
Mount  Sinai,  that  “  The  Tables  were  written 
on  both  their  sides.” 

Fifteen  hundred  years  before  Christ, Cadmus, 
the  Phoenician,  had  introduced  letters  into 
Greece,  being  sixteen  in  number,  to  which 
several  were  afterwards  added.  It  is  certain 
that  the  Greeks  were  among  the  very  earliest 
of  the  nations  of  the  earth  to  invent  and  make 
use  of  written  characters  for  the  record  of  ideas, 
which  could  be  clearly  interpreted  by  succeed¬ 
ing  generations;  though  the  invention  of  the 
art  came  from  the  advancing  civilization  of  man¬ 
kind,  and  had  its  origin  with  various  nations; 
at  first  in  the  form  of  hieroglyphics,  or  picture 
writing,  which  characters  have,  as  mankind 
progressed,  been  simplified,  systematized,  and 
arranged  in  alphabets,  giving  us  the  various 
alphabetical  characters  now  in  use. 

Writing  and  penmanship,  though  nearly 
synonymous  terms,  are  quite  different  in  mean¬ 
ing.  Writing  is  the  expression  of  thought  by 
certain  characters,  and  embraces  penmanship, 
spelling,  grammar  and  composition. 


r 

ENMANSHIP  is  the  combina¬ 
tion  of  peculiar  characters  used 
to  represent  the  record  of 
thought ;  and  having,  since  its 
first  invention,  continued  to 
change  its  form  down  to  the 
present  time,  so  it  is  probable 
the  style  of  penmanship  will 
continue  to  change  in  the  future.  The  great 
defect  existing  in  the  present  system  of  pen¬ 
manship  is  the  superabundance  of  surplus 
marks,  that  really  mean  nothing.  This  fault, 
along  with  our  defective  alphabet,  consumes  in 
writing,  at  present,  a  great  amount  of  unneces¬ 
sary  time  and  labor.  Thus,  in  writing  the 
word  Though,  we  make  twenty-seven  motions, 
whereas,  being  but  two  sounds  in  the  word,  we 
actually  require  but  two  simple  marks. 

That  style  of  writing  whereby  we  use  a 
character  to  represent  each  sound,  is  known  as 
phonography,  which  system  of  penmanship 
enables  the  penman  to  write  with  the  rapidity 
of  speech.  The  phonetic  or  phonographic 
system  of  spelling,  wherein  each  sound  is 
represented  by  a  character,  gives  us  the  nearest 
approach  to  a  perfect  alphabet  in  existence, 
and  is  the  method  of  spelling  and  the  style  of 
writing  to  which  we  will,  beyond  question, 
ultimately  attain. 

It  has  been  found  extremely  difficult,  how¬ 
ever,  to  suddenly  change  a  style  of  alphabet  in 
general  use  in  a  living  language;  and  the  mass 
of  the  American  and  English  people  will,  with¬ 
out  doubt,  use  the  present  style  of  penmanship, 


2 


18 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


with  various  modifications,  many  decades  in  the 
future.  To  the  perfection  of  that  system  in 
general  use,  in  the  English  and  American 
method  of  writing,  which  the  present  genera¬ 
tion  will  be  most  likely  to  have  occasion  to  use 
throughout  their  lifetime,  this  work  is  directed, 
as  having  thus  the  most  practical  value  ;  though 
Short-hand  is  illustrated  elsewhere. 

System  of  Penmanship. 

Two  styles  of  penmanship  have  been  in  use, 
and  each  in  turn  has  been  popular  with 
Americans  in  the  past  fifty  years ;  one  known 
as  the  round  hand,  the  other  as  the  angular 
writing.  The  objection  attaching  to  each  is, 
that  the  round  hand,  while  having  the  merit  of 
legibility,  requires  too  much  time  in  its  exe¬ 
cution  ;  and  the  angular,  though  rapidly  written, 
is  wanting  in  legibility.  The  best  teachers  of 
penmanship,  of  late,  have  obviated  the  objec¬ 
tions  attaching  to  these  different  styles,  by  com¬ 
bining  the  virtues  of  both  in  one,  producing  a 
semi-angular  penmanship,  possessing  the  legi¬ 
bility  of  the  round  hand  along  with  the  rapid 
execution  of  the  angular. 

To  the  Duntons,  of  Boston,  and  the  late  P. 
R.  Spencer,  as  the  founders  of  the  semi-angular 
penmanship,  are  the  people  indebted  for  the 
beautiful  system  of  writing  now  in  general  use 
in  the  schools  throughout  the  country. 

Copies. 

The  copies,  accompanied  by  directions  in 
this  book,  will  be  found  ample  in  number  and 
sufficiently  explicit  in  detail  to  give  the  student 
a  knowledge  of  writing  and  flourishing.  In 
acquiring  a  correct  penmanship  it  is  not  the 
practice  of  many  different  copies  that  makes 
the  proficient  penman,  but  rather  a  proper 
understanding  of  a  few  select  ones,  for  a  few 
copies  embrace  the  whole  art. 

As  will  be  seen  by  an  examination  of  the 
copy  plates,  each  letter  of  the  alphabet  is  made 
in  a  variety  of  styles,  both  large  and  small,  suc¬ 
ceeded  by  words  alphabetically  arranged  in  fine 


and  coarse  penmanship,  which  are  excellently 
adapted  to  the  wants  of  both  ladies  and  gentle¬ 
men,  according  to  the  dictates  of  fancy  in  the 
selection  of  coarse  and  fine  hand. 

As  a  rule,  however,  the  bold  penmanship, 
indicating  force  of  character,  will  be  naturally 
adopted  by  gentlemen,  while  the  finer  hand, 
exhibiting  delicacy  and  refinement,  will  be 
chosen  by  the  ladies. 

Principles. 

The  principles  of  penmanship,  also  repre¬ 
sented,  give  the  complete  analysis  of  each 
letter,  while  the  proper  and  improperly  made 
letters,  representing  good  and  bad  placed  side 
by  side,  will  have  a  tendency  to  involuntarily 
improve  the  penmanship,  even  of  the  person  who 
makes  a  casual  examination  of  the  letters  of 
the  alphabet  thus  made  in  contrast. 

The  illustrations  of  curves,  proportions  and 
shades  that  accompany  these  directions  should 
also  be  carefully  studied,  as  a  knowledge  of 
these  scientific  principles  in  penmanship  will 
be  found  of  great  service  to  the  student  in 
giving  a  correct  understanding  of  the  formation 
of  letters. 

Importance  of  Practice. 

It  is  not  sufficient,  however,  that  the  student 
merely  study  the  theory  of  writing.  To  be  pro¬ 
ficient  there  must  be  actual  practice.  To  con¬ 
duct  this  exercise  to  advantage  it  is  necessary 
to  have  the  facilities  for  writing  well.  Essen¬ 
tial  to  a  successful  practice  are  good  tools  with 
which  to  write.  These  comprise  the  following 
writing  materials : 

Pens. 

Metallic  pens  have  generally  superseded  the 
quill.  They  are  of  all  styles  and  quality  of 
metal,  gold  and  steel,  however,  being  the  best. 
In  consequence  of  its  flexibility  and  great  dur¬ 
ability,  many  prefer  the  gold  pen ;  though  in 
point  of  fine  execution,  the  best  penmen  prefer 
the  steel  pen,  a  much  sharper  and  finer  hair  line 
being  cut  with  it  than  with  the  gold  pen. 


SELF -INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


19 


Paper. 

For  practice  in  penmanship,  obtain  of  the 
stationer  five  sheets  of  good  foolscap  paper. 
Midway  from  top  to  bottom  of  the  sheet,  cut 
the  paper  in  two,  placing  one  half  inside  the 
other.  Use  a  strong  paper  for  the  cover,  and 
sew  the  whole  together,  making  a  writing-book. 
Use  a  piece  of  blotting  paper  to  rest  the  hand 
on.  The  oily  perspiration  constantly  passing 
from  the  hand  unfits  the  surface  of  the  paper 
for  receiving  good  penmanship.  The  hand 
should  never  touch  the  paper  upon  which  it  is 
designed,  afterwards,  to  write. 

Ink. 

Black  ink  is  best.  That  which  flows  freely, 
and  is  nearest  black  when  first  used,  gives  the 
most  satisfaction.  The  inkstand  should  be  heavy 
and  flat,  with  a  large  opening,  from  which  to 
take  ink,  and  not  liable  to  tip  over.  The  best 
inkstand  is  made  of  thick  out  glass,  enabling 
the  writer  to  see  the  amount  of  ink  in  the 
same,  and  shows  always  how  deep  to  set  the 
pen  when  taking  ink  from  the  stand.  Care 
should  be  observed  not  to  take  too  much  ink  on 
the  pen  ;  and  the  surplus  ink  should  be  thrown 
back  into  the  bottle,  and  never  upon  the  carpet 
or  floor.  Close  the  bottle  when  done  using 
it,  thus  preventing  rapid  evaporation  of  the  ink, 
causing  it  soon  to  become  too  thick. 


Other  Writing  Materials. 

An  important  requisite  that  should  accom¬ 
pany  the  other  writing  materials  is  the  pen 
wiper,  used  always  to  clean  the  pen  when  the 
writing  exercise  is  finished,  when  the  ink  does 
not  flow  readily  to  the  point  of  the  pen,  or  when 
lint  has  caught  upon  the  point.  A  small  piece 
of  buckskin  or  chamois  skin,  obtained  at  the 
drug  store,  makes  much  the  best  wiper.  The 
student  should  be  provided  with  various  sizes 
of  paper,  for  different  exercises  to  be  written, 
such  as  commercial  forms,  letters,  notes  of 
invitation,  etc.,  with  envelopes  to  correspond  in 
size;  together  with  lead-pencil,  rubber,  ruler, 


and  mucilage.  Thus  provided  with  all  the 
materials  necessary,  the  writing  exercise,  which 
otherwise  would  be  an  unpleasant  task,  becomes 
a  pleasure. 

How  to  Practice. 


Having  the  necessary  materials  in  readiness 
for  writing,  the  student  should  set  apart  a  cer¬ 
tain  hour  or  two  each  day  for  practice  in  pen¬ 
manship,  for  at  least  one  month,  carefully 
observing  the  following  directions  : 

See  Plate  1.  Carefully  examine  each  copy 
on  this  plate.  Devote  one  page  in  the  writing 
book  to  the  practice  of  each  copy.  Commence 
with  copy  No.  1.  The  practice  of  this  copy  is 
an  important  exercise  for  two  reasons,  being  : 
first,  to  give  sufficient  angularity  for  rapidity  in 
writing;  and  second,  to  give  freedom  of  move¬ 
ment. 

The  student  who  carries  a  heavy,  cramped 
hand,  will  find  great  benefit  result  from  practic¬ 
ing  this  copy  always  at  the  commencement  of 
the  writing  exercise.  Rest  the  hand  on  the 
two  lower  fingers  —  never  on  the  wrist,  and 
rest  the  body  and  arm  lightly  upon  the  fore¬ 
arm.  Assume  thus  a  position  whereby  the 
pen  can  take  in  the  entire  sweep  of  the  page, 
writing  this  exercise,  in  copy  No.  1,  from  the 
left  to  the  right  side  of  the  page,  without 
removing  the  pen  from  the  paper  while  making 
the  same.  The  student  may  write  both  with 
pen  and  lead -pencil,  and  should  continue  the 
practice  of  this  exercise  until  perfect  command 
is  obtained  of  the  fingers,  hand  and  arm  ;  and 
all  evidence  of  a  stiff,  cramped  penmanship  dis¬ 
appears. 

Copy  No.  2  is  a  contraction  of  copy  No.  1, 


making  the  letter  'Wl.  Great  care  should  be 

used  in  writing  this  letter  to  make  the  several 
parts  of  the  same,  uniform 
in  height,  size,  and  slope  ; 
^  the  downward  slope  of  all 
the  letters  being  at  an  angle 
of  52  degrees.  See  diagram  illustrating  slope 
of  letters. 


20 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


N  object  early  to 
be  attained,  is  to 
acquire  an  easy,  graceful  and 
healthful  position  of  body  while  sitting 
or  standing,  when  writing.  To  obtain  this, 
the  writer  should  sit  with  the  right  side  to 
the  desk,  using  a  table  so  high  as  to  compel  the 
body  to  sit  erect. 

Rest  the  arm  lightly  upon  the  elbow  and  fore¬ 
arm,  and  the  hand  upon  the  two  lower  fingers,  the 
wrist  being  free  from  the  desk.  Allow  the  body  and 
head  to  incline  sufficiently  to  see  the  writing,  but  no 
more. 

Maintain  a  position  such  as  will  give  a  free  expansion 
of  the  lungs,  as  such  posture  is  absolutely  indispensable 
to  the  preservation  of  health. 

A  desk  or  table,  with  a  perfectly  level  surface,  is  best 
for  writing.  Where  a  decided  preference  is  manifested  for  sitting 
with  the  left  side,  or  square,  to  the  desk,  such  position  may  be 
taken.  If  the  desk  slopes  considerably,  the  left  side  is  preferable. 

Avoid  dropping  the  body  down  into  an  awkward,  tiresome  position.  If  wearied 
with  continued  sitting,  cease  writing.  Lay  down  the  pen,  step  forth  into  the 
fresh  air,  throw  back  the  arms,  expand  the  chest,  inflate  the  lungs,  and  take  exercise.  When 
work  is  again  resumed,  maintain  the  same  erect  position,  until  the  habit  becomes  thoroughly  fixed 
of  sitting  gracefully  and  easily,  while  engaged  in  this  exercise. 


T 


SELF-INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


21 


O  secure  the  correct  slope  of 
a  plain,  rapid  penmanship, 
when  writing,  keep  the  paper  at  right 
angles  with  the  arm,  holding  the  same 
in  position  with  the  left  hand,  the 
edge  of  the  paper  being  parallel  with  edge  of  the 
desk. 

Hold  the  pen  between  the  thumb  and  second  finger, 
resting  against  the  corner  of  the  nail,  with  the  fore¬ 
finger  on  the  back  of  the  pen,  for  the  purpose  of  steady¬ 
ing  it ;  having  the  thumb  sufficiently  bent  to  come 
opposite  the  forefinger  joint,  the  two  last  fingers  being 
bent  under,  resting  lightly  on  the  nails. 

Avoid  dropping  or  rolling  the  hand  and  pen  too  much  to 
one  side,  thereby  causing  one  point  of  the  pen  to  drag  more  heavily 
than  the  other,  thus  producing  a  rough  mark  in  writing.  A  smooth  stroke 
indicates  that  the  pen  is  held  correctly;  a  rough  one  tells  us  when  the 
position  is  wrong. 

Sit  sufficiently  close  to  the  desk  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  leaning  for¬ 
ward  or  sidewise  in  order  to  reach  the  same,  and  occupy  a  chair  that  gives  support  to  the 
back,  using  a  table  large  enough  to  comfortably  hold  all  the  writing  materials  that  are  necessary 
when  writing. 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


22 


Copy  No.  3  shows  (see  Plate  I)  the  dddy 
in  words,  and  illustrates  the  distinction  that 
should  he  made  between  the  several  letters,  to 
make  writing  plain.  See  “  Description  of  the 
Plates.” 

Legibility. 

Legibility  is  of  the  greatest  importance  in 
penmanship  ;  and  care  should  be  observed  to 
make  each  letter  very  distinctly  what  it  is 
designed  to  be.  While  practicing  with  a  view 
to  improvement,  the  student  should  beware  of 
writing  too  fast.  The  copies  are  very  simple, 
and  are  easily  imitated  by  the  student  who  may 
give  the  subject  earnest  attention  and  care. 


Proportion  of  Small  Letters. 


The  following  diagrams  represent  the  relative 
proportion  of  the  capital  and  small  letters.  As 
will  be  seen  in  the  diagram  for  the  finer  hand, 
there  are  eight  lines,  containing  seven  spaces. 
In  the  middle  space  are  made  the  contracted 
letters  which  occupy  one  space,  excepting 


d  and  &  which  are  a  little  higher. 


The  ^  d/ 


and  ft  are  each  of  the  same  height ; 


extend  the  same  distance  below  the  line.  The 
loop  letters  are  all  of  the  same  length  above  and 
below  the  line,  the  loop  being  two  thirds  the 
length  of  the  letter.  Capitals  are  of  the  same 
height  as  the  loop  letters  above  the  line. 


RELATIVE  PROPORTION  OF  LETTERS  IN  LARGE,  ROUND  HAND. 


Elements  of  Small  Letters. 

I»y  examination  of  the  small  letters  of  the 
alphabet,  it  is  seen  that  they  can  be  resolved 
into  a  few  fundamental  elements  (or  principles, 
as  they  are  called  by  many  teachers),  being  five 
in  number,  as  follows  : 


V  zd  5< 

The  1st  principle,  •£,  is  found  in  the  following 
letters,  viz  :  last  of  d/y  completely  in  the  •£, 
in  theyV,  with  the  lower  part  omitted  ;  last  of 
the  'fjy  first  of  the  d  and  dy  completely  in  the 
completely  in  the  dd  and  last  of  did. 


The  2nd  principle,  forms  the  first  of 
dddy  dd  and  upper  part  of  d. 

The  3rd  principle,  *2,  forms  the  lower  part  of 
fdy  the  lower  part  of  last  of  dddy  dd  and 
^t  and  first  of  ddy  did,  <Z  and  // . 

The  4th  principle,  forms  the  first  part  of 
-fly  left  of  -c  lower  part  of  dty  left  of  •£,  lower 
part  of upper  part  of  dfy  the  whole  of  -zZ, 
upper  part  of  <'■  and  right  of  d. 


SELF- INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


23 


The  5th  principle,  ^ forms  the  upper  part  of 

/jf.  '/l,  '/I  and  /  Inverted, it  forms 
the  lower  part  of  y^  y;  y  and  y. 

General  Hints  for  Small  Letters. 

Be  careful  to  close  the  €1  at  the  top,  else  it 

will  resemble  a  €6.  Observe  the  distinction 

between  the  dt  and  the  -M-.  The  /"and  f/ are 

shaded  at  the  top,  and  made  square.  The  -t 
is  crossed  one  third  the  distance  from  the 
top.  The  loop  is  of  uniform  length  in 
all  loop  letters.  Avoid  a  loop  in  the  upper 

part  of  'i  and  d.  The  dot  of  the  d  should 
he  at  a  point  twice  the  height  of  the  letter. 
Beware  of  making  the  extended  letters  crooked. 
The  left  hand  mark  of  the  loop  letters  should 
be  straight,  from  the  center  of  the  loop  to  the 
line,  sloping  at  an  angle  of  52  degrees.  See 
diagram  of  slope.  Figures  are  twice  the  height 
of  the  'm. 


CAPITAL  LETTERS. 

Three  standard  principles  are  used  in  the 
formation  of  Capital  Letters,  viz : 


'<g 

The  1st  principle,  (y)/ ' calle(*  the  caPital 
stem,  is  found  in  (C^f 


Principles  of  Capital  Letters. 


No.  i. 


The  capital  stem 
(see  No.  1)  can  be 
terminated  at  the 
bottom,  as  shown  in 
the  first  character. 
Observe  in  Nos.  2  and 
3  the  disposition  of 
shades,  curves  and 
parallel  lines.  Their 
application  in  capitals 
will  be  seen  in  the 
next  column. 


Capital  letters,  in  a  bold  penmanship,  are 
three  times  the  height  of  the  small  letter  dd'l. 


1 


24 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


VIEWS  OF  THE  CORRECT  POSITION  FOR  HOLDING  HAND  AND  PEN  WHILE  WRITING. 


No.  I. 


No.  I  Represents  the  first  position  to  be  taken,  when  placing 
the  hand  in  correct  position  for  writing.  As  will  be  seen,  the 
hand  is  squarely  on  the  palm,  and  not  rolled  to  one  side.  The 
wrist  is  free  from  the  desk,  and  the  two  lower  fingers  are  bent 
under,  resting  upon  the  nails. 


No.  2. 


No.  2  Exhibits  the  hand  elevated  upon  the  two  lower  fingers, 
with  the  pen  placed  in  correct  position.  The  end  of  the  large 
finger  drops  slightly  beneath  the  penholder,  giving  a  much  greater 
command  of  the  fingers  than  when  it  rests  at  the  side  or  slightly 
on  top  of  the  holder. 


No.  3. 


No.  5. 


No.  3  Shows  another  view  of  correct  position.  It  will  be  seen 
that  no  space  is  shown  between  the  pen  and  finger,  the  holder 
crossing  the  forefinger  in  front  of  the  knuckle-joint.  The  thumb 
is  sufficiently  bent  to  come  opposite  the  forefinger-joint,  supporting 
the  holder  on  the  end  of  the  thumb.  The  end  of  the  large  finger 
should  be  about  three-quarters  of  an  inch  from  the  point  of  the 
pen. 

No.  4  Represents  the  correct  position  when  the  pen  is  at  the 
bottom  of  an  extended  letter  below  the  line,  the  pen  being,  as 
shown,  nearly  perpendicular.  With  the  holder  held  snugly 
beneath  the  forefinger  and  supported  on  the  end  of  the  thumb, 
the  greatest  command  is  thus  given  to  the  fingers. 

No.  5  Exhibits  the  front  view  of  the  hand  showing  the  position 
of  the  forefinger,  which  should  rest  squarely  on  the  top  of  the 
holder.  The  large  finger  drops  beneath  the  holder,  which  crosses 
the  corner  of  the  nail.  The  hand  is  held,  as  shown,  squarely  on 
the  palm  and  not  dropped  to  one  side. 


SELF- INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


25 


VIEWS  REPRESENTING  INCORRECT  POSITIONS  FOR  HAND  AND  PEN  WHILE  WRITING. 

No.  6  Represents  the  evil  effect  of  rolling  the  hand  too  much 
to  one  side,  and  holding  all  of  the  fingers  so  straight  as  to  com¬ 
pletely  lose  command  of  them.  The  result  is  a  stiff,  heavy, 
cramped  penmanship,  and  rough  marks,  resulting  from  one  point 
of  the  pen  dragging  more  heavily  than  the  other. 


NO.  6. 


No.  7  Exhibits  the  pen  “  held  so  tightly  that  the  hand  is  wearied 
and  the  letters  look  frightfully.”  The  large  finger  should  he 
straightened,  and  the  end  caused  to  drop  lightly  beneath  the 
holder.  The  forefinger  should  be  brought  down  snugly  upon  the 
holder,  and  the  end  of  the  thumb  brought  back  opposite  the  fore¬ 
finger  joint.  Loosen  the  fingers  ,  grasping  the  holder  therein  just 
firm  enough  to  guide  the  pen  and  no  more. 


No.  7. 


No.  8  Shows  the  result  of  dropping  the  hand  too  heavily  upon 
the  wrist  and  allowing  it  to  roll  to  one  side.  The  writer  has  thus 
lost  command  of  the  hand  and  arm,  and  the  pen  scratches,  result¬ 
ing  from  one  point  dragging  more  heavily  than  the  other.  The 
large  finger  should  drop  beneath  the  holder,  and  the  hand  should 
be  brought  up  squarely  upon  the  palm. 


No.  8. 


No.  9  Represents  another  bad  position,  with  pen  held  too 
tightly.  The  writer  loses  a  command  of  the  fingers,  in  this  case, 
by  allowing  the  holder  to  fall  below  the  knuckle-joint  between 
the  forefinger  and  thumb.  All  the  fingers  are  likewise  out  of 
position. 

The  student  should  institute  a  rigid  comparison  between  the 
correct  and  incorrect  positions  herewith  shown,  with  an  earnest 
resolve  to  reject  the  wrong  and  to  hold  fast  that  which  is  good. 


No.  9. 


2r 


26 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


As  is  exhibited  in  the  above,  those 
letters  composed  of  curved  lines  pre¬ 
sent  a  grace  and  beauty  not  shown  in 
those  having  straight  lines  and  angles. 
As  a  rule,  never  make  a  straight  line 
in  a  capital  letter  when  it  can  be 
avoided. 


NATURE’S  RULES. 

HERE  are  a  few  general  prin¬ 
ciples  in  Nature  that  are  appli¬ 
cable  to  penmanship.  These 
principles  are  eternal,  and  will 
never  change. 

Curved  Lines. 

The  first  is  that  of  curved  lines. 
Those  objects  in  Nature  that  we 
most  admire  possess  a  grace  and  fullness  of 
curve  which  elicit  our  admiration.  The  edge 
of  the  flower  curves.  The  trunk  of  the  tree, 
the  leaf,  the  bud,  the  dewdrop,  the  rainbow, 
—  all  that  is  beautiful  in  Nature,  in  fact,  is 
made  up  of  curved  lines.  The  human  counte¬ 
nance,  rounded  and  flushed  with  the  rosy  hue  of 
health,  is  beautiful.  Wasted  by  disease  and 
full  of  angles,  it  is  less  attractive.  The  wind¬ 
ing  pathway  in  the  park,  the  graceful  bending 
of  the  willow,  the  rounded  form  of  every  object 
that  we  admire,  are  among  the  many  illustra¬ 
tions  of  this  principle.  This  is  finely  shown  in 
the  engraving  of  birds  and  flowers  at  the  head 
of  this  chapter. 

The  same  applied  to  the  making  of  capital 
letters  is  shown  in  the  following,  representing 
in  contrast  letters  made  of  curves  and  straight 
lines : 


Proportion. 

Another  important  principle  is  that  of  pro¬ 
portion.  Any  object,  to  present  a  pleasing 
appearance  to  the  eye,  should  have  a  base  of 
sufficient  size  and  breadth  to  support  the  same. 
Nature  is  full  of  examples.  The  mountain  is 
broadest  at  the  base  ;  and  the  trunk  of  every 
tree  and  shrub  that  grows  upon  its  sides,  is 
largest  near  the  earth,  the  roots  spreading 
broader  than  the  branches. 

The  good  mechanic  builds  accordingly.  The 
monument  is  broadest  at  the  base.  The  house 
has  a  foundation  large  enough  for  its  support, 
and  the  smallest  article  of  household  use  or 
ornament,  constructed  to  stand  upright,  is  made 
with  reference  to  this  principle  of  proportion, 
with  base  broader  than  the  top.  Tins  principle, 
applied  in  capital  letters,  is  shown  by  contrast 
of  various  letters  made  in  good  and  bad  pro¬ 
portion,  as  follows : 


Letters  should  be  constructed  self  supporting 
in  appearance,  with  a  foundation  sufficiently 
broad  to  support  that  which  is  above. 


SELF-INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


Contrast. 

A  very  important  principle,  also,  is  that  of 
contrast.  Nature  is  again  the  teacher,  and 
affords  an  endless  variety  of  lessons.  Scenery 
is  beautiful  that  is  most  greatly  diversified  by 
contrast.  That  is  more  beautiful  which  is 
broken  by  mountain,  hill,  valley,  stream,  and 
woodland,  than  the  level  prairie,  where  nothing 
meets  the  eye  but  brown  grass.  The  bouquet  of 
flowers  is  beautiful  in  proportion  to  the  many 
colors  that  adorn  it,  and  the  strong  contrast 
of  those  colors.  Oratory  is  pleasing  when 
accompanied  by  changes  in  the  tone  of  voice. 
Music  is  beautiful  from  the  variety  of  tone. 
The  city  is  attractive  from  contrast  in  the  style 
of  buildings ;  and  the  architecture  of  the  edifice 
that  is  broken  by  striking  projections,  tall 
columns,  bold  cornice,  etc.,  is  beautiful  from 
that  contrast.  Thus  in  penmanship.  Made 
Avith  graceful  curves,  and  in  good  proportion, 
the  letter  is  still  more  beautiful  by  the  contrast 
of  light  and  shaded  lines,  the  heavy  line  giving 
life  to  the  appearance  of  the  penmanship.  If 
desirous  of  observing  this  principle,  care  should 
be  taken  not  to  bring  two  shades  together,  as 
the  principle  of  contrast  is  thus  destroyed. 
The  effect  of  shade  is  shown  by  the  folloAving 
letters  in  contrast. 


In  capitals,  Avhere  one  line  comes  inside 
another,  it  is  important  for  beauty  that  the 
lines  should  run  parallel  to  each  other.  The 
equi-distant  lines  of  the  rainbow,  and  the 
circles  around  the  planets,  are  among  Nature’s 
illustrations.  A  uniformity  of  slope  and  height, 
in  all  letters  should  also  carefully  be  observed. 

Again,  as  the  well-trimmed  lawn  and  the 
cleanly  kept  park,  with  no  unsightly  weeds  or 
piles  of  rubbish  to  meet  the  gaze,  are  objects 
of  admiration,  so  the  neatly-kept  page  of  writing, 
marred  by  no  blots  or  stains,  is  beautiful  to  the 
eye. 

r 


27 


Position  of  the  Hand  in  Flourishing. 

In  executing  broad  sweeps  with  the  pen,  and 
assuming  a  position  that  will  give  greatest  com¬ 
mand  of  the  hand  in  flourishing,  the  position 
of  the  pen  in  the  hand  should  be  reversed  ; 
the  end  of  the  penholder  pointing  from  the 
left  shoulder,  the  pen  pointing  toAvards  the  body, 
the  holder  being  held  between  the  thumb  and 
tAVO  first  fingers,  as  shown  above. 

Plain  Penmanship  and  Flourishing. 

The  chief  merit  of  business  penmanship  is 
legibility  and  rapidity  of  execution.  Without 
sacrificing  these  qualities,  the  student  may  add 
as  much  beauty  as  possible.  The  business  pen¬ 
man  should  beware,  however,  of  giving  much 
attention  to  flourishing,  its  practice,  aside  from 
giving  freedom  with  the  pen,  being  rather  to 
distract  the  mind  from  the  completion  of  a  good 
style  of  business  writing.  Especially  in  plain 
penmanship  should  all  flourishing  be  avoided. 
Nothing  is  in  worse  taste,  in  a  business  letter, 
than  various  attempts  at  extra  ornamentation. 

To  the  professional  penman,  hoAvever,  in  the 
preparation  of  different  kinds  of  pen  work,  a 
knowledge  of  scientific  flourishing  is  essential 
to  the  highest  development  of  the  art. 

The  principles  of  curves,  shades  and  propor¬ 
tion  that  govern  the  making  of  capital  letters 
apply  as  Avell  also  in  flourishing. 


catsr^"* 

✓  HE  desk  at  which  tlie  individual 
stands  when  writing,  should 
slightly  incline  from  the  front 
upward.  It  should  so  project 
as  to  give  ample  room  for  the 
feet  beneath,  which  should  be  so  placed  as  to 
be  at  nearly  right  angles  with  each  other,  the 
right  foot  forward,  the  principal  weight  of  the 
body  resting  upon  the  left.  Incline  the  left 
side  to  the  desk,  resting  the  body  upon  the  left 
elbow,  as  shown  in  the  above  engraving,  thus 
leaving  the  right  arm  free  to  use  the  muscular 
or  whole  arm  movement,  as  may  be  desired. 

The  desk  should  be  so  high  as  to  cause  the 
writer  to  stand  erect,  upon  which  the  paper 
should  be  placed  with  the  edge  parallel  with 
the  desk. 


Rest  the  body  lightly  on  the  forearm,  and  the 
hand  upon  the  two  lower  fingers,  the  end  of  the 
penholder  pointing  towards  the  right  shoulder. 
Practice  in  the  position  herewith  shown,  either 
with  lead  pencil  or  pen,  upon  waste  paper, 
entirely  regardless  of  the  form  of  letters,  until 
the  pen  can  be  held  easily  and  correctly,  and 
writing  can  be  executed  rapidly.  Strike  off¬ 
hand  exercises,  and  the  whole  arm  capitals, 
making  each  letter  as  perfectly  as  may  be,  the 
practice,  however,  being  with  special  reference 
to  acquiring  the  correct  position,  and  freedom 
of  movement. 

Steady  the  paper  firmly  with  the  left  hand, 
holding  it  near  the  top  of  the  sheet,  as  shown 
in  the  illustration.  Beware  of  soiling  the  paper 
with  perspiration  from  the  left  hand. 


EREWITH  are  shown,  in  con¬ 
trast,  the  correct  and  incor¬ 
rect  position  s  for  sitting  while 
writing ;  the  upright  figure 
representing  the  youth  who 
sits  erect,  graceful  and  easy, 
holding  the  paper  at  right  angles  with  the  arm, 
steadying  the  same  with  the  left  hand. 

As  will  be  perceived,  the  correct  position, 
here  represented  is  at  once  conducive  to  health 
and  comfort,  being  free  from  labored  effort  and 
weariness. 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  table  sits  a  youth 
whose  legs  are  tired,  whose  hands  are  wearied, 
and  whose  head  and  back  ache  from  his 
struggles  at  writing.  This  boy  will  be  liable 
to  become,  ere  long,  near-sighted,  from  keeping 
his  eyes  so  close  to  his  work.  He  will  be  round¬ 


shouldered,  will  have  weak  lungs,  and  will 
probably  early  die  of  consumption,  caused  from 
sitting  in  a  cramped,  contracted  and  unhealthy 
posture. 

The  bad  positions  liable  to  be  assumed  in 
writing,  are,  first,  the  one  here  shown  ;  second, 
lying  down  and  sprawling  both  elbows  on  the 
table ;  third,  rolling  the  body  upon  one  side, 
turning  the  eyes,  and  swinging  the  head,  at  the 
same  time  protruding  and  twisting  the  tongue 
every  time  a  letter  is  made. 

An  earnest,  determined  effort  should  be  made, 
when  writing,  to  bring  the  body  into  an  easy, 
graceful  attitude,  until  the  habit  becomes 
thoroughly  established. 

This  illustration  should  be  carefully  studied 
by  youth  when  learning  to  write ;  and  all 
writers  should  give  the  matter  attention. 


T 


30 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


SMALL  LETTERS  CONTRASTED,  SHOWING  PROBABLE  FAULTS.  RIGHT  AND  WRONG. 


Ls 


■a 


Wrong:.  Right. 

1st  a  is  not  closed  at  the  top.  It  resembles  a  u. 
2nd  a  contains  a  loop  and  resembles  an  e. 


A  A 


/ 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  j  is  crooked  and  contains  too  much  loop  at 
the  bottom.  2nd  j\  loop  too  short. 


Wrong. 


<t 


Right. 

1st  s  is  too  short.  2nd  s  contains  a  loop,  top  and 
bottom. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  b  is  crooked.  2nd  b  has  a  loop  too  long. 


^3  .3 

Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  c  has  the  connecting  line  too  high .  2nd  c  has 
a  loop  too  large,  causing  it  to  resemble  the  e . 


Wrong. 

1st  d  contains  a  loop  at 
slopes  too  much. 


y 


Right. 


J2, 


-e 


I 

Wrong. 

Right. 

1st  k  resembles  an  h  and  is  crooked.  2nd  >£,  loop 
too  long  ;  lower  part  spreads  too  much. 

/ 

AA'rong. 

Right. 

1st /is  crooked.  2nd  /,  loop  too  broad  and  too 
long. 

yyty  y^yy 

Wrong, 

i 

Right. 

1st  m  lacks  uniformity  of  slope  and  appearance. 
2nd  i7i  lacks  uniformity  of  height,  and  too  angular. 

yyv  y&y 

"Wrong.  Right. 

1st  e ,  loop  too  small.  2nd  e,  loop  too  large. 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  /  is  crooked.  2nd  /  has  a  loop  too  long, 
top  and  bottom. 


Wrong. 


7 

Right. 


1st  g  is  left  open  at  the  top.  It  resembles  a  y. 
2nd  contains  a  loop  at  the  top. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  Ji  is  crooked.  2nd  h  has  a  loop  too  long. 


'Z 


Right. 


Wrong. 

1st  i  has  no  dot,  and  the  lines  unite  too  low. 
2nd  i  has  the  dot  too  near  the  letter  ;  the  lines 
are  not  sufficiently  united. 


Wrong, 


Right. 


1st  n  lacks  uniformity  of  slope.  2nd  n  resembles 
a  u  with  first  part  too  high. 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  o  is  left  open  at  the  top  and  resembles  a  v. 
2nd  o  contains  a  loop. 


Wrong. 


/ 

Right. 


1st  p  is  crooked.  2nd  p  has  been  patched  and  is 
badly  shaded. 


A  f 


/L  Zr 

Wrong. 


/ 

Right. 


1st  /,  not  crossed,  is  too  round  at  the  bottom,  with 
bad  connecting  line.  2nd  t  slopes  too  much. 


yyy 


AVrong.  Right. 

1st  u  resembles  an  n.  2nd  u  is  irregular  in 
height. 


y^  r 

AVrong. 


d U '■ 

Right. 


1st  v  is  too  angular  at  the  top  and  bottom.  2nd 
v  spreads  too  much. 


■m 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  w  is  too  angular.  2nd  w  is  irregular  in  height. 


^  * 

Wrong.  Right. 

1st  x  is  spread  too  much.  2nd  x  is  too  angular. 


7 


Wrong. 


Right. 


lst^  is  too  high  in  the  first  part.  2nd y  slopes 
too  much. 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  q  is  left  open  at  the  top.  2nd  q  contains  a 
loop  in  the  top. 


y-c 


7 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  r  contains  a  loop.  2nd  r  is  too  flat. 


s 


/ 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  z  has  a  loop  at  the  top.  2nd  z  slopes  too 
much. 


Wrong. 


Right. 


The  dollar  mark  should  have  parallel  lines  being 
crossed  by  a  character  similar  to  the  letter  S. 


SELF -INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


31 


CAPITALS  CONTRASTED,  SHOWING  PROBABLE  FAULTS.  RIGHT  AND  WRONG. 


& 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  A  is  too  broad  at  the  top.  2nd  too  much 
resembles  the  small  a. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  B  has  a  bad  capital  stem.  2nd  B ,  like  the 
first.  Is  too  large  at  the  top. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  Chas  the  loop  too  large,  with  base  too  small 
2nd  C  contains  an  angle. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  J  is  crooked.  2nd  J  is  too  broad  at  the  top, 
and  contains  a  bad  loop  at  the  bottom. 


W  rong. 


Right. 


1st  K  has  a  bad  capital  stem.  2nd  K  has  an 
angular  capital  stem,  and  spreads  too  much. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  .S'  has  the  loop  too  small  at  the  top.  2nd  .S' 
has  the  loop  too  large  at  the  top. 


J'-y 


Wrong* 


It  i  gilt. 


1st  T  has  a  bad  capital  stem.  2nd  T  has  a 
bad  top. 


"Wrong. 


Right. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  D  contains  several  angles.  2nd  D  is  out  of 
proportion. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  E  contains  angles.  2nd  A,  out  of  proportion 
by  being  too  large  at  the  top. 


<5^ 

Wrong. 


1st  L  loop  too  large  in  upper  part.  2nd  L  has 
the  loop  in  the  top  too  small. 


0k 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  M  spreads  too  much  at  the  top  and  has  a  bad 
capital  stem.  2nd  M  is  too  close  at  the  top,  has  a 
bad  capital  stem,  the  last  O  part  spreading  too 
much. 


cA 


Wrong.  Right 

1st  N  has  a  bad  capital  stem,  being  too  long  and 
angular.  2nd  N  is  out  of  proportion  by  spreading 
too  much  at  the  top. 


Right. 


0  k 


1st  A  has  the  top  too  far  to  the  left.  2nd  F con¬ 
tains  both  a  bad  top  and  capital  stem. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  G  is  too  small  at  the  top.  2nd  G  is  too  large 
at  the  top 


.  k/  (0/" 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  H  has  a  bad  capital  stem.  2nd  H  resembles 
an  X . 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  O  is  too  slim.  2nd  O  contains  an  angle  at 
both  top  and  bottom. 


Right. 


Wrong. 

1st  P  is  too  small  at  the  top.  2nd  /’has  the  top 
too  large. 


&  0 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  Q  contains  angles.  2nd  Q  is  too  large  at  the 
top. 


"Wrong.  Right. 

1st  I  is  too  broad,  and  has  the  loop  too  large.  2nd 
/  has  a  bad  capital  stem. 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  R  is  too  large  at  the  top.  2nd  R  contains 
angles. 


cr 


Wrong 


Right. 


1st  U  contains  angles  in  the  upper  part.  2nd  U 
spreads  too  much  at  the  top. 


2- 


Wrong. 


Right. 


1st  V contains  angles.  2nd  /'spreads  too  much 
at  the  top. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  W  contains  angles  in  the  upper  portion  of 
the  first  of  the  letter.  2nd  IV  is  out  of  proportion 
by  having  too  much  slope. 


Dir 


Wrong 


Right. 


1st  X  contains  several  angles  where  there  should 
be  none.  2nd  X  is  spread  too  much. 


£ 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  Y  has  the  top  too  long.  2nd  Y  is  too  small  at 
the  top.  


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  Z  resembles  a  small  letter  y.  2nd  Z  is  also 
illegible. 


Wrong.  Right. 

1st  character  &  is  too  slim.  2nd  character 
spreads  too  much.  Both  slope  badly. 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


32 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

VERY  Copy  on  Plates  Nos.  1,  2, 
3  and  4  should  be  written  with 
care  by  all  students  desirous  of 
improving  their  penmanship. 
Ladies  can,  if  they  wish,  ter¬ 
minate  with  the  finer  hand, 
while  gentlemen  will  end  with 
the  bolder  penmanship. 

Plate  I. 

Copy  I  is  a  free,  off-hand  exercise,  calculated 
to  give  freedom  and  ease  in  writing.  Observe 
to  make  an  angle,  top  and  bottom.  A  sufficient 
amount  of  practice  on  this  copy,  with  pen  or 
pencil,  will  break  up  all  stiffness  in  the  writing. 

Copy  2  is  the  contraction  of  copy  No.  1 
into  the  letter  'WZ.  giving  a  free,  open,  bold, 
business  hand. 

Copy  3  is  composed  of  words  of  greater 
length,  which  should  be  written,  if  possible,  by 
the  student,  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of 
the  word,  without  removing  the  pen  from  the 
paper  until  the  word  is  finished.  The  words 

are  composed  principally  of  the  letter  -WZ. 
which  should  be  written  with  much  care. 

Copies  4  and  5  are  the  small  letters  of  the 
alphabet.  Carefully  observe  the  shades,  and 
the  uniformity  in  slope  of  letters. 

Copy  6  exhibits  the  figures,  which  are  twice 
the  height  of  small  letters.  The  7  and  9, 
in  script,  extend  one-half  their  length  below  the 
line. 

Copies  7  and  8  are  the  capital  letters  of  the 
alphabet,  which  are  of  the  same  height  as  the 

small  letter  ^  There  is  usually  but  one  shade 

in  a  letter.  Observe  the  directions,  given  else¬ 
where,  for  the  making  of  capitals,  and  guard 
against  the  probable  faults,  as  there  expressed. 
Study  also,  carefully,  the  principles  of  curves, 


proportion  and  shades,  as  applied  in  the  making 
of  capital  letters. 

The  remainder  of  copies  on  Plates  1  and 
2  should  be  written  with  the  greatest  care, 
“  Perseverance  ”  being  the  motto.  Do  not  leave 
these  copies  until  they  are  thoroughly  mastered. 

Plate  III. 

This  plate  is  composed  of  copies  similar  4o 
the  others,  the  same  principles  being  applicable 
in  the  making  of  the  letters.  As  will  be  seen, 
this  is  a  much  more  delicate  hand,  and  is 
especially  adapted  to  fine  epistolary  writing. 

Plate  IV. 

Plate  I Y  illustrates  the  form  of  writing  a  letter 
of  introduction,  and  may  be  copied  by  the 
student  as  a  specimen  business  letter. 

Plate  V. 

This  plate  exhibits  the  off-hand  capitals, 
which  should  be  made  purely  with  the  arm 
movement,  the  hand  resting  lightly  on  the  two 
lower  fingers.  Practice,  at  first,  in  making 
them  with  a  lead-pencil  on  waste  paper,  will  be 
found  quite  beneficial. 

Plate  VI. 

The  copies  of  Round  Hand  on  this  plate 
should  be  written  with  especial  care,  being  the 
style  suitable  for  headings,  etc.  Observe  in  the 
small  letters  that  each  is  round,  and  every  dow-n 
mark  shaded.  The  alphabet  of  German  Text 
on  this  page  will  be  found  useful  for  ornamental 
work. 

Plate  VII. 

Plate  VII  exhibits  a  variety  of  pen  work, 
containing  both  fine  and  bold  penmanship,  and 
will  be  found  a  superior  copy  in  which  the 
student  can  display  a  knowledge  of  penmanship 
and  flourishing. 

Plate  VIII. 

Plate  VIII  is  an  original  off-hand  specimen 
of  flourishing,  the  curves,  proportion  and  shades 
in  which  should  be  carefully  observed.  ( See 
view  of  holding  pen  in  flourishing ,  page  27.) 


: 


. 


■ 


■ 


PLATE  I. 


i'i  Mere! el  .Qiicaao. 


PLATE  U. 


n 

' 


. 


SELF-INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP.  33 


Blackboard  Flourishing. 

The  plates,  representing  flourishing  in  white 
lines  on  dark  groundwork,  though  designed  to 
represent  off-hand  work  upon  the  blackboard, 
will  be  found  equally  useful  for  practice  with 
the  pen.  The  figure  of  the  Swan  from  Packard 
and  Williams’  “  Gems  of  Penmanship  ”  is  a 
beautiful  piece  of  flourishing,  which  finely 
illustrates  how  true  to  nature  an  object  may  be 
made  with  but  very  few  strokes  of  the  pen.  As 
will  be  seen,  the  figures  on  these  plates  are 
composed  wholly  of  curved  lines. 


TEACHING  PENMANSHIP. 

URING  the  past  twenty  years 
great  improvement  has  been 
wrought  in  the  penmanship  of 
our  youth,  by  the  general  intro¬ 
duction  of  writing  books  into 
our  common  schools,  containing 
engraved  copy  lines ;  and  yet 
statistics  show  that  vast  num¬ 
bers  of  people  in  every  State  in  the  Union  are 
unable  to  write  ;  and  some  of  these  are  to  be 
found  in  nearly  every  locality.  A  majority  of 
these  persons  have  passed  their  school  days, 
but  the  necessity  is  none  the  less  urgent  with 
them  for  improvement  in  penmanship  ;  and  they 
would  gladly  avail  themselves  of  the  opportu¬ 
nity  for  receiving  instruction,  if  a  competent 
teacher  were  to  open  a  Writing  School  in 
their  vicinity. 

There  exists  a  general  demand  for  good  in¬ 
structors  in  Writing  throughout  the  country, 
and  teachers  who  will  properly  prepare  them¬ 
selves  for  the  profession,  can  have  excellent 
remuneration  for  their  services.  It  is  true  that 
many  persons  attempt  to  teach  writing  as  a  pro¬ 
fession,  who,  through  bad  management  and 
want  of  moral  principle,  deservedly  fail ;  but  the 
earnest,  faithful,  competent  teacher  is  wanted, 
and  will  be  well  rewarded  for  his  labor. 


The  “  12  Lesson  ”  System. 

There  are  but  twenty-six  letters  in  the  alpha¬ 
bet  to  write ;  fifty-two  in  all,  capital  and 
small  letters.  The  principles  from  which  these 
letters  are  formed  are,  in  reality,  very  few ;  and 
to  obtain  a  mastery  of  these  principles  is  the 
object  of  giving  instruction.  Therefore,  to  ac¬ 
quire  a  knowledge  of  how  to  write,  a  large 
number  of  lessons  is  not  absolutely  necessary. 
The  course  of  instruction  may  be  so  arranged 
as  to  very  completely  include  all  the  principles 
pertaining  to  penmanship  in  twelve  lessons ; 
and  the  class  may  have  such  practice,  each 
lesson  being  two  hours  in  length,  as  will,  with 
many  pupils,  completely  change  their  penman¬ 
ship  in  that  time.  It  is  not  pretended  that  any 
one  can  perfect  their  writing  in  twelve  lessons. 
Real  ease  and  grace  in  penmanship  is  the  result 
of  months  and  years  of  practice ;  but  a  knowl¬ 
edge  of  how  to  practice,  to  impart  which  is  the 
mission  of  the  teacher,  may  be  learned  in  a 
short  time.  In  fact,  most  people  are  surprised 
to  see  how  much  may  be  accomplished  in  few 
lessons  when  the  class  is  properly  instructed. 

Should,  however,  the  teacher  wish  to  give  a 
more  extended  term  of  instruction,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  drill  longer  upon  each  principle, 
with  elaborate  blackboard  illustration  to  corre¬ 
spond.  If  the  time  and  means  of  the  student 
prevent  the  taking  of  the  longer  course,  the 
shorter  term  may  be  made  proportionately  ben¬ 
eficial.  Should  the  Twelve -lesson  term  be 
adopted  by  the  traveling  teacher,  the  following 
suggestions  may  be  of  service  in  the  organiza¬ 
tion  and  management  of  a  Writing  class. 

Having  acquired  proficiency  in  penmanship, 
and  having  good  specimens  of  writing  to  exhibit, 
let  the  young  teacher,  desirous  of  establishing 
a  Writing  school,  visit  any  locality  where  live 
a  civilized  people.  While  it  is  true  that  the 
more  ignorant  most  greatly  need  the  advantage 
of  such  instruction,  it  is  nevertheless  a  fact  that 
the  more  intelligent  and  educated  the  people 
of  a  community,  the  better  will  be  the  teacher’s 
patronage. 


3 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


34 


How  to  Organize  the  Class. 

Secure,  if  possible,  a  school -room  provided 
with  desks  and  a  blackboard.  It  is  no  more 
than  justice  to  present  the  directors  and  the 
teacher  of  the  school,  upon  whom  the  respon¬ 
sibility  of  management  of  the  school  building 
rests,  each  with  a  scholarship  in  the  writing  class. 
Having  obtained  a  school-room,  the  next  thing 
to  be  done  to  secure  success,  is  to  thoroughly 
advertise  the  nature  and  character  of  the  school, 
and  the  time  of  commencement.  The  teacher 
may  do  this  in  the  following  ways  : 

First ,  By  having  editorial  mention  made  in 
all  newspapers  published  in  the  vicinity. 

Second ,  By  posters,  announcing  the  school, 
liberally  distributed  about  the  town. 

Third ,  By  circulars,  giving  full  description 
of  the  school,  sent  to  each  house. 

Fourth,  By  visiting  each  school-room,  sup¬ 
posing  the  day  schools  to  be  in  session,  in  the 
vicinity,  and,  having  obtained  permission  to  do 
so,  addressing  the  pupils  of  the  school,  accom¬ 
panied  by  blackboard  illustrations,  showing 
method  of  teaching,  announcing  terms,  time  of 
commencing  school,  etc.,  and 

Fifth,  By  personally  calling  at  every  public 
business  place,  and  as  many  private  houses  as 
possible,  in  the  neighborhood,  exhibiting  speci¬ 
mens  and  executing  samples  of  writing  when 
practicable. 

A  lady  or  gentleman  well  qualified  as  a 
teacher,  pursuing  this  plan  will  seldom  fail  of 
obtaining  a  large  class.  Having  secured  an 
established  reputation  as  a  good  teacher,  per¬ 
sonal  canvass  afterwards  is  not  so  necessary. 
Personal  acquaintance  with  the  patrons  of  the 
school,  however,  is  always  one  of  the  surest 
elements  of  success  with  any  teacher. 

If  the  school  is  held  in  a  rural  district,  news¬ 
paper  and  printed  advertising  can  be  dispensed 
with.  In  the  village  or  city  it  is  indispensable. 

It  is  unwise  to  circulate  a  subscription  paper, 
the  establishment  of  the  school  being  made 
contingent  upon  the  number  of  subscribers  to 
the  class.  A  better  way  is  to  announce  the 


school  positively  to  commence  at  a  certain  time 
and  certainly  to  continue  through  the  course, 
which  announcement  inspires  confidence  and 
secures  a  much  larger  class. 

Ask  no  one  to  sign  a  subscription  paper,  or  to 
pay  tuition  in  advance.  The  fact  of  doing  so 
argues  that  the  teacher  lacks  confidence  in  the 
people,  who,  in  turn,  suspect  the  stranger  that 
seeks  advanced  pay,  and  thus  withhold  their 
patronage.  The  better  way  is  to  announce  that 
no  subscription  is  required  to  any  paper,  and 
no  tuition  is  expected  in  advance  ;  that  all  are 
invited  to  attend  the  school,  and  payment  of 
tuition  may  be  made  when  students  are  satis¬ 
fied  of  the  worth  of  the  school.  The  fairness 
of  these  terms  will  secure  a  larger  attendance 
than  could  otherwise  be  obtained,  and  will 
induce  the  teacher  to  put  forth  the  very  best 
efforts  to  please  the  patrons  of  the  school. 

Commencing  about  the  middle  of  the  term 
to  make  collection,  by  good  management  on  the 
part  of  the  teacher,  if  the  school  has  been  really 
meritorious,  all  the  tuition  will  be  paid  by  the 
time  the  last  lesson  is  reached. 

How  to  Maintain  Interest. 

To  secure  the  best  attendance,  and  the  most 
interest  on  the  part  of  pupils,  the  school  should 
be  in  session  every  evening  or  every  day,  Sun¬ 
days  excepted,  until  the  close  of  the  term.  It 
is  a  mistaken  idea  that  students  do  best  receiv¬ 
ing  but  one  or  two  lessons  per  week.  During 
the  intervening  time  between  lessons  pupils 
lose  their  interest,  and  the  probability  is  that 
the  class  will  grow  smaller  from  the  beginning 
to  the  close,  if  the  mind  of  the  student  is 
allowed  to  become  pre-occupied,  as  it  will  be, 
with  other  matters  that  occur  between  les¬ 
sons  so  far  apart.  On  the  contrary,  a  writing 
class  that  meets  every  day  or  evening,  under 
the  management  of  an  enthusiastic,  skillful 
master,  will  grow  from  the  beginning  in  size 
and  interest,  and  the  student,  like  the  daily 
attendant  at  the  public  school,  will  exhibit  a 
good  improvement,  resulting  from  undivided 


,  * 


■ 


PLATE  HI 


PLATE  IT. 


•2T  (h r-lcuT(.  tuh  .  StZovzi6 . 


Ed  Men  del ,  Ch  icc.n  o. 


. 


i 


/ 
7 


SELF -INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP.  35 


attention  to  the  study,  from  the  time  of  com¬ 
mencement  to  the  close. 

Each  pupil  in  the  class  should  be  provided 
with  pen,  ink,  and  a  writing  book.  Practicing 
in  the  evening,  each  should  be  provided  with  a 
lamp,  covered  with  a  shade,  throwing  as  strong 
light  as  possible  on  the  writing. 

For  the  writing  book,  use  five  sheets  of  best 
foolscap  paper.  Cut  in  two,  midway  from  top 
to  bottom  of  the  sheet ;  put  one  half  inside 
the  other ;  cover  with  strong  paper,  and  sew 
the  whole  together,  the  cover  extending  one 
inch  above  the  writing  paper. 

How  to  Arrange  Copies. 

Slips  are  best  for  copies,  as  they  slide  down 
the  paper  and  can  be  kept  directly  above  the 
writing  of  the  pupil  while  practicing.  Twenty- 
four  copies  will  be  generally  sufficient  to  occupy 
the  time  of  most  pupils  during  the  term,  and 
should  be  arranged  to  embrace  all  the  princi¬ 
ples  and  exercises  it  is  necessary  for  the  student 
to  understand  in  writing  plain  penmanship. 

The  copies  may  be  written  or  printed.  Writ¬ 
ten,  if  well  executed;  printed,  if  the  teacher 
can  obtain  them,  suitably  arranged  for  the 
twelve-lesson  term,  as  they  are  thus  more  per¬ 
fect  than  written  copies  are  likely  to  be,  and 
save  the  teacher  the  drudgery  of  writing  copies. 
If  printed,  the  copy  should  be  a  fine,  elegant 
lithographic  fac  simile  of  perfect  penmanship  ; 
— perfect,  because  it  takes  the  pupil  no  longer 
to  learn  to  make  a  correct  than  an  incorrect 
letter.  Numbered  in  the  order  of  their  suc¬ 
cession,  from  one  to  twenty-four,  these  slips 
should  be  wrapped  together  in  a  package,  which 
should  be  pasted  on  the  inside,  at  the  top  of 
the  cover,  whence  they  can  be  drawn  as  required 
by  the  student.  When  the  copy  is  finished, 
the  slip  should  be  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the 
package. 

The  wrapper,  holding  the  copies,  should  be 
sufficiently  firm  and  tight  to  prevent  the  copies 
falling  from  their  places  when  the  book  is  hand¬ 
led.  If  the  copies  are  kept  by  the  pupil  free 


from  wrinkles  and  blots,  an  advantage  of  this 
arrangement  is,  that  when  the  book  is  written 
through  the  copies  are  yet  carefully  preserved 
in  their  place,  when  new  writing  paper  may  be 
added  to  the  book  and  the  copies  used  again 
by  the  same  pupil  or  by  others. 

Another  plan  is,  for  the  teacher  to  keep  the 
copies  and  distribute  the  same  at  the  commence¬ 
ment  of  the  lesson  among  the  members  of  the 
class,  and  collect  them  at  the  close.  When  the 
teacher  is  short  of  copies,  this  plan  may  be  pur¬ 
sued,  though  the  other  is  the  most  systematic, 
and  is  attended  with  the  least  labor. 

The  most  advanced  and  rapid  penmen  of  the 
class,  who  write  out  their  copies  before  the 
close  of  the  term,  may  be  furnished  with  copies 
of  various  commercial  forms,  for  practice,  in 
the  last  of  the  term. 

Should  a  second  term  of  lessons  be  given, 
those  students  who  attend  it  should  review  the 
copies  of  the  first  term  for  about  six  lessons, 
after  which  they  may  be  drilled  in  the  writing 
of  commercial  forms,  business  letters,  composi¬ 
tions,  etc.,  according  to  the  capacity  and  ad¬ 
vancement  of  the  pupil. 

The  copy  should  always  be  ready  before  the 
class  assembles.  The  teacher  should  never  be 
compelled  to  write  a  copy  while  the  school  is  in 
session,  especially  if  the  class  be  large. 

Commencement  of  the  School. 

The  teacher  having  arranged  to  give  a  course 
of  lessons  in  writing,  should  open  the  school 
at  the  hour  appointed,  even  if  there  be  no  more 
than  one  pupil  in  attendance  at  the  time  of 
commencement,  and  should  conduct  the  term 
through,  unless  insurmountable  obstacles  pre¬ 
vent.  If  the  school  possesses  real  merit  the 
class  will  steadily  increase  in  size,  until  a  hun¬ 
dred  pupils  may  be  in  attendance,  even  though 
but  a  half  dozen  were  in  the  class  at  the  open¬ 
ing  lesson. 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


36 


PROGRAMME  OF  EXERCISES  FOR  EACH  LESSON. 

First  Lesson. 

Calling  audience  to  order.  Brief  statement 
of  what  it  is  proposed  to  accomplish  during 
the  course  of  instruction.  Assembling  of  the 
members  of  the  class  in  front  of  the  teacher, 
when  each  pupil,  able  to  do  so,  should  write 
a  sample  of  penmanship,  worded  as  follows  : 

“  This  is  a  sample  of  my  penmanship  be¬ 
fore  taking  lessons  in  writing,"  each  signing 
name  to  the  same. 

Pupils  should  be  urged  to  present  the  best  specimen  it  is 
possible  for  them  to  write,  in  order  that  the  improvement 
made  may  be  clearly  shown  when  the  student  writes  a  similar 
exercise  at  the  close  of  the  term. 

Specimens  written,  assume  position  for  sitting  and  holding 
pen,  full  explanation  being  given  by  the  teacher  concerning 
correct  and  incorrect  positions.  Commence  writing  on  the 
second  page,  the  first  page  being  left  blank  on  which  to  write 
the  name  of  the  owner  of  the  book.  Let  the  first  be  a  copy 
composed  of  quite  a  number  of  extended  letters,  containing 
such  words  as,  -  My  first  effort  at  writing  in  this  book." 
XV ri ting  these  words  in  the  first  of  the  term  enables  the  pupils 
to  turn  back  from  the  after  pages  and  contrast  their  writing 
with  their  first  efforts  in  the  book,  on  an  ordinarily  difficult 
copy,  thus  plainly  showing  their  improvement  as  they  could 
not  perceive  it  by  commencing  with  the  simplest  exercise. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  much  greater  exertion  when  they 
can  plainly  see  their  improvement.  Having  covered  the  first 
page  with  their  ordinary  penmanship,  let  the  class  commence 
with  Copy  No.  2,  shown  on  page  41,  in  the  set  of  writing-school 
copies,  while  the  teacher  fully  explains,  from  the  blackboard, 
the  object  of  the  copy.  Give  half  an  hour’s  practice  on  posi¬ 
tion  and  freedom  of  movement,  making  frequent  use  of  the 
blackboard  in  illustrating  the  principles  for  making  letters. 
The  blackboard  is,  in  fact,  indispensable  to  the  teacher  of  pen¬ 
manship. 

Intermission  of  fifteen  minutes.  Criticism  of  position,  ex¬ 
planation  on  blackboard  of  letter  m,  and  practice  on  the  letter 
by  the  class.  Remarks  by  the  teacher  on  the  importance  of  a 
good  handwriting,  with  brief  outline  of  what  the  next  lesson 
is  to  be. 

Second  Lesson. 

Drill  on  position;  criticism.  Use  a  separate  slip  of  paper 
for  ten  minutes’  practice  on  freedom  of  movement  for  hand  and 
arm.  See  that  every  pupil  has  the  requisite  materials.  Ex¬ 
planation  again  of  letter  m  as  made  in  words  mum,  man,  mim, 
etc.  Thorough  drill,  and  examination  by  teacher  of  each 
pupil’s  writing.  Intermission.  Writing  of  short  words,  with 
special  reference  to  perfecting  the  letter  m.  Blackboard 
explanation  of  slope  of  letters,  with  illustrations  showing  im¬ 
portance  of  uniformity  of  slope,  etc.  Hints  in  reference  to 
neatness,  order,  and  punctuality,  and  encouragement,  if  the 
improvement  of  the  class  warrants  the  same.  Love  of  appro¬ 


bation  is  one  of  the  ruling  organs  of  the  mind.  Nothing  is 
more  gratifying,  when  the  student  has  done  well,  than  to  be 
appreciated  ;  and  the  pupil  is  stimulated  to  much  greater  exer¬ 
tion,  when  receiving  judicious  praise  from  the  teacher  for  work 
well  performed.  Prompt  and  early  attendance  of  the  class  at 
the  next  lesson  should  be  urged,  and  close  by  giving  outline  of 
next  lesson.  The  teacher  should  gather  and  keep  the  books. 
Students  may  each  care  for  their  pens,  ink,  and  light. 

Third  Lesson. 

Drill  in  movement.  Explanation  of  letter  o  on  the  black¬ 
board,  and  letters  in  which  it  is  made,  such  as  a,  d,g,  q,  e,  etc., 
showing,  also,  faults  liable  to  be  made.  Careful  examination 
and  criticism  of  the  writing  of  every  student  in  the  class  indi¬ 
vidually.  Explanation  of  t,  d,  and p,  on  the  board,  showing 
probable  faults,  with  other  exercises  at  the  discretion  of  the 
teacher.  Intermission.  Explanation  of  length,  size,  and  form 
of  loop  letters,  the  class  being  supposed  to  be  practicing  simi¬ 
lar  exercises  to  those  illustrated  on  the  board.  Explanation 
and  illustration  concerning  the  writing  of  all  the  small  letters, 
representing  on  the  board  the  principles  upon  which  they  are 
made.  During  the  lesson,  two  hours  in  length,  the  students 
should  always  be  engaged  in  writing,  except  at  intermission, 
and  while  the  attention  of  the  class  is  engaged  with  the  black¬ 
board  illustrations. 

Fourth  Lesson. 

A  few  minutes’  drill  on  freedom  of  movement.  Explanation 
of  position  for  sitting  and  holding  the  pen,  showing  faults. 
Illustrations  on  the  blackboard  of  the  fundamental  principles 
for  making  capital  letters,  representing  curves,  proportion, 
shades,  parallel  lines,  etc. ;  students  practicing  the  principles 
on  a  loose  piece  of  paper.  Careful  drill  on  the  capital  stem. 
Caution  by  the  teacher  that  students  do  not  write  too  fast. 
General  practice  on  copies  including  the  capital  letters.  Indi¬ 
vidual  examination  by  the  teacher  of  all  the  writing  books. 
Intermission.  Blackboard  illustration,  showing  faults  in  the 
making  of  the  principles  ;  careful  drill  on  position  for  sitting, 
holding  pen,  and  freedom  of  movement.  Representation  by 
teacher  of  evil  effects  of  cramped  penmanship,  and  weariness 
resulting  from  sitting  improperly.  Earnest  effort  to  induce 
every  pupil  to  practice  as  much  as  possible  between  lessons,  a 
premium  being  given  to  the  member  of  the  class  who  shows 
greatest  improvement  at  the  close  of  the  lessons,  and  a  premi¬ 
um  to  the  best  penman. 

Fifth  Lesson. 

Five  minutes’  drill  on  off-hand  movement,  special  attention 
being  paid  by  the  class  to  the  position  for  sitting  and  holding 
the  pen.  Illustration  by  the  teacher,  on  the  blackboard,  of 
capital  letters  from  A  to  M,  making  each  capital  correctly, 
beside  which  should  be  made  the  same  letter  as  the  pupil  is 
liable  to  make  it,  showing  probable  faults.  Examination  by 
the  teacher  of  the  writing  in  each  book.  Intermission.  Urgent 
appeal  by  the  teacher  to  students  to  secure  the  greatest  possi¬ 
ble  excellence  in  writing,  by  practice  both  in  and  out  of  the 
school  ;  showing  not  only  the  reputation  acquired  by  receiving 
the  premium  in  the  class,  but  the  lasting  advantage  resulting 


PLATE  VI 


B-  Crer'lach.  Hrh  StLoms .  hct  Meiicv: 1  riiCCiq  0. 


v  SELF -INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


3T 


from  always  being  able  to  put  thoughts  beautifully  and  readily 
on  paper.  Blackboard  illustrations,  giving  the  capitals  from 
M  to  Z,  together  with  probable  faults.  Careful  drill  by  pupils 
on  capitals,  accompanied  by  examination  and  criticism  of  each 
pupil  by  the  teacher  pleasantly  suggesting  a  change  where 
faults  are  visible,  and  praising  all  where  improvement  is  plain. 

Sixth  Losson. 

General  drill  by  the  class  on  small  letters  and  capitals.  Re¬ 
view  by  the  teacher  of  the  capital  stem  on  the  blackboard  and 
the  making  of  all  capitals  in  which  it  occurs.  Examination 
by  teacher  of  writing  books.  General  remarks  on  punctuation, 
showing  the  importance  of  being  able  to  punctuate  correctly  ; 
followed  by  making  each  punctuation  mark  on  the  board,  its 
use  being  explained  by  sentences  written.  Each  student 
should  give  careful  attention  to  all  blackboard  illustrations. 
Different  sentences  should  be  written,  and  the  various  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  class  required  to  punctuate  the  same,  if  possible, 
correctly.  Intermission.  Continued  drill  in  penmanship. 
Special  explanation  of  the  capital  letter  O  on  the  blackboard, 
showing  faults  liable  to  be  made  ;  that  the  height  of  the  O, 
correctly  formed,  is  twice  its  width,  is  made  of  a  perfect  curve, 
with  parallel  lines,  only  one  down  mark  shaded.  The  teacher 
will  then,  on  the  board,  make  the  capitals  in  which  the  same 
is  found.  Twenty  minutes’  practice  by  the  class,  applying  the 
principle.  Rest  occasionally  by  the  class,  in  which  the  teacher 
further  illustrates  exercises  in  punctuation. 

Seventh  Lesson. 

Drill  in  penmanship,  the  teacher  yet  watching  and  exposing 
every  fault  to  be  seen  in  sitting  and  holding  the  pen  ;  also  any 
marked  fault  in  penmanship  ;  calling,  however,  no  names  of 
pupils  that  may  be  at  fault.  Blackboard  illustration,  show¬ 
ing  the  principle  found  in  the  upper  part  of  Q,  IV,  etc.  Capi¬ 
tals  made  in  which  it  occurs.  Careful  drill  by  pupils  on  this 
exercise.  Criticism  of  writing  in  each  book  by  the  teacher. 
General  remarks  by  the  teacher  on  the  use  of  capital  letters, 
followed  by  illustrations  on  the  board  showing  where  capitals 
should  be  used.  Steady  practice  in  penmanship  by  the  class, 
the  pupils  being  cautioned  to  write  with  the  utmost  care, 
making  it  a  point  to  write  every  letter  perfectly,  no  matter  how 
long  it  may  take  to  execute  the  same,  remembering  that  prac¬ 
tice  will  bring  rapid  writing,  but  care  alone,  and  attention  to 
principles,  will  bring  perfect  penmanship.  Brief  drill  by  the 
class  in  off-hand  penmanship,  from  copies  on  the  board  ;  wrist 
free  from  the  desk,  and  forearm  resting  lightly  on  the  desk. 
The  teacher  should  remind  the  pupil  of  the  importance  of 
always  holding  the  paper  with  the  left  hand,  and  having  now 
nearly  completed  the  seventh  lesson,  what  is  yet  the  fault 
with  any  member  of  the  class  ?  Students  should  ask  them¬ 
selves,  “  What  lack  I  yet  in  my  penmanship?”  Intermission. 
Continued  practice  by  the  class.  The  pupils  may  rest  while 
the  teacher  writes  several  sentences  upon  the  board  without 
capitals,  the  members  of  the  class  suggesting  where  capitals 
belong,  and  also  being  required  to  punctuate.  Several  words 
may  be  given  for  the  students  to  practice  next  day,  the  student 
presenting  the  best  specimen  of  the  same,  at  the  next  lesson, 
to  receive  honorable  mention. 


Eighth  Lesson. 

Penmanship  drill  in  the  writing  book.  Blackboard  illustra¬ 
tion,  showing  any  fault  yet  discovered  by  the  teacher.  Gen¬ 
eral  remarks  on  the  importance  of  good  penmanship,  pecuniarily 
and  intellectually,  calculated  to  inspire  the  class  with  a  due 
appreciation  of  their  work.  Students  can  generally  write  dur¬ 
ing  the  time  the  teacher  is  talking,  except  during  blackboard 
illustration.  The  teacher  will  now  give  general  remarks  on 
the  writing  of  business  forms,  concerning  the  value  and  use  of 
promissory  notes,  bills,  receipts,  orders,  checks,  drafts,  etc., 
following  by  writing  a  promissory  note  upon  the  board,  accom¬ 
panying  the  same  by  an  explanation  of  the  form  in  which  a 
note  should  be  written  to  draw  six  per  cent.,  ten  per  cent.,  no 
per  cent.,  etc.  If  sold  to  another  person,  how  it  should  be  en¬ 
dorsed,  etc.  After  writing  one  hour,  at  each  lesson,  should 
follow  Intermission.  Continued  practice  in  penmanship  in  the 
writing.  Write  one  copy  to  the  page,  a  plain  hand,  and  never 
anything  but  what  is  found  in  the  copy.  It  is  a  great  mistake 
to  practice  many  styles  of  penmanship.  In  so  doing  the  ordi¬ 
nary  pupil  becomes  proficient  in  none.  Blackboard  illustra¬ 
tions,  during  this  lesson,  on  writing  orders,  receipts,  bills,  etc., 
requiring  students  to  capitalize  and  punctuate  the  same.  The 
teacher  should  urge,  at  the  close  of  the  lesson,  the  great  impor¬ 
tance  of  practice  between  lessons  during  the  remainder  of  the 
term.  To  whom  shall  the  premiums  be  given?  That  will 
greatly  depend  upon  the  practice  out  of  the  school-room. 

Ninth  Lesson. 

Require  every  student  to  write  one  page  in  the  writing  book 
with  the  greatest  care.  The  teacher  should  examine  every 
book.  What  faults  yet  remain?  Illustrate  them  on  the  board. 
More  practice  in  the  writing  books.  General  remarks  by  the 
teacher  on  superscriptions,  followed  by  illustrations  on  the 
blackboard.  Illustrate  why  and  where  to  place  name  on  the 
envelope,  together  with  name  of  town,  county,  state  ;  where  to 
place  postage  stamp,  how  to  write  straight.  Illustrate  and  ex¬ 
plain  all  the  various  titles  used  in  addressing  Kings,  Queens, 
Presidents,  Members  of  Congress,  Governors,  Judges,  Lawyers, 
Physicians,  Clergymen,  Professors,  etc.,  etc.  Intermission.  On 
a  separate  slip  of  paper  the  students  may  then  each  write  the 
superscription  they  would  use  were  they  to  address  any  official, 
military,  or  professional  man.  Continued  practice  in  the  writ¬ 
ing  book,  the  lesson  closing  by  the  teacher  requesting  each 
pupil  to  bring  five  sheets  of  note  paper  and  five  envelopes  for 
practice  in  letter  writing  at  the  next  lesson. 

Tenth  Lesson. 

Twenty  minutes’ practice  in  writing  books  until  all  the  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  class  have  assembled.  General  remarks  by  the 
teacher  on  the  subject  of  letter  writing  and  commercial  corre¬ 
spondence,  explaining  the  various  kinds  of  letters  for  different 
purposes,  size  of  paper  and  envelopes  required  for  each,  and 
all  the  essentials  necessary  to  writing  any  kind  of  a  letter  well. 
The  teacher  will  then  write  a  brief  friendship  letter  upon  the 
board,  explaining  where  and  how  to  write  the  dating,  the  com¬ 
plimentary  address,  body  of  the  letter,  complimentary  closing, 
signature,  division  of  subjects  into  paragraphs,  etc.  The  stu- 


1 

38  PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 

dents  should  criticise  the  letter  with  reference  to  punctuation 

At  the  close  of  the  lesson,  an  invitation  should  be  extended  to 

and  capital  letters,  and  when  the  subject  is  thoroughly  under- 

all  the  people  of  the  neighborhood  to  be  present  at  the  closing 

stood  by  the  class,  let  each  pupil  copy  the  letter  from  the 

exercises  of  the  last  lesson  to  witness  the  award  of  premiums, 

board  ;  the  teacher  in  the  meantime  passing  to  the  desk  of  each 

see  the  improvement  of  the  class,  etc. 

pupil,  criticising  and  making  suggestions  to  pupils  that  may 

/ 

require  assistance.  See  that  all  copy  the  letter.  This  exercise 

Twelfth  Lesson. 

is  invaluable,  and  every  student  should  be  required,  if  possible, 

to  master  it.  This  lesson,  well  conducted  by  the  teacher,  will 

Students  in  their  seats,  and  continued  practice  in  the  writing 

give  each  member  of  the  class  information  that  is  worth  vastly 

books.  The  teacher  has  had  all  the  specimens  of  the  class. 

more  than  the  cost  of  his  tuition  for  the  entire  term.  Inter- 

first  and  last  of  each  pupil,  examined  by  a  committee  chosen 

mission.  Each  member  of  the  class  should  copy  the  letter 

for  that  purpose,  along  with  writing  books  when  thought  neces- 

once  more.  With  all  the  corrections  and  suggestions  that 

sary,  each  pupil’s  name  on  the  specimen  being  covered  by  a 

have  now  been  made,  many  of  the  class  will  write  the  exercise 

small  piece  of  oaper  pasted  across  the  same.  The  knowledge 

very  well.  The  letter  finished,  write  superscription  on  envel- 

of  who  takes  the  premiums,  however,  should  be  entirely  kept 

ope,  the  pupils  writing  such  address  as  they  may  choose.  At 

from  the  class  until  the  last  minute,  when  the  same  is  announc- 

the  close  of  the  lesson,  the  students  may  take  with  them  their 

ed,  amid  a  breathless  silence,  by  the  teacher.  All  the  members 

envelopes  and  letter  paper,  for  practice  on  the  morrow,  and 

of  the  class  having  assembled,  the  teacher  will  review  the  posi- 

the  pupil  that  will  present  the  most  correctly  and  beautifully 

tion  for  sitting,  holding  pen,  kinds  of  materials  to  use,  how  to 

written  letter,  at  the  eleventh  lesson,  shall  be  awarded  a  pre- 

preserve  materials,  etc.  He  should  dwell  on  the  importance 

mium  of  such  character  as  the  teacher  may  select.  This  will 

of  frequent  composition  and  letter  writing,  showing  that  the 

induce  a  great  deal  of  practice  in  the  next  twenty-four  hours 

writing  term,  composed  as  it  is  of  but  twelve  lessons,  cannot 

in  letter  writing,  and  will  be  very  beneficial  to  the  class. 

be  expected  to  make  the  student  a  finished  penman  in  that 

course  of  time.  That  the  object  of  the  lessons  has  been  to 

teach  the  members  of  the  class  how  to  learn  ;  that  it  now 

Eleventh  Lesson. 

simply  remains  for  the  pupils  to  build  on  their  knowledge  of 

the  principles.  Upon  the  blackboard,  the  teacher  will  then 

General  review  in  penmanship,  with  practice  in  writing 

review  the  fundamental  principles  over  which  the  class  has 

book  for  half  an  hour,  followed  by  writing  of  last  specimens, 

passed,  showing  how  the  principles  of  curves,  proportion, 

as  follows : 

shades,  and  parallel  lines  will  give  elegance  and  grace  to  the 

“  This  is  a  specimen  of  my  penmanship  after  taking  les- 

letter.  A  few  perfect  and  imperfect  letters  should  again  be 

sons  in  writing,"  each  scholar  signing  name  to  specimen. 

contrasted  together  for  the  benefit  of  the  class,  and  the  enter- 

Each  pupil  should  write  two  samples  at  the  commencement  of 

tainment  of  the  audience  present,  the  blackboard  illustrations 

the  course  of  lessons,  and  two  at  the  close,  one  of  the  first  to 

comprising  the  making  of  birds,  eagles,  swans,  pens,  etc., 

be  put  with  one  of  the  last  for  the  student  to  keep,  showing 

showing  the  application  of  the  principles  in  all  forms,  as  well 

the  advancement  made  in  a  course  of  lessons.  The  other 

as  letters  ;  thus  impressing  upon  the  class  the  necessity  of  care- 

first  and  last  will  be  preserved  by  the  teacher,  as  a  me- 

ful  attention  to  nature’s  rules,  in  the  execution  of  beautiful 

mento  of  the  pupil,  and  also  to  show,  in  other  localities,  the 

penmanship.  The  teacher  should  be  provided  with  a  small 

amount  of  improvement  made  by  students  in  this  and  pre- 

writing  desk,  containing  every  article  necessary  for  writing. 

ceding  classes.  During  this  lesson  the  teacher  will  give 

This  he  should  open  before  the  class,  and  follow  by  showing 

general  remarks  on  letters  of  introduction,  and  notes  of 

the  use  for  every  article  contained  therein,  the  concluding 

invitation  and  acceptance,  with  illustrations  on  the  black- 

remarks  on  penmanship  being  that  students  should  provide 

board,  explaining  the  circumstances  under  which  they  are 

themselves  with  every  material  necessary  for  composition  and 

used.  Before  the  recess,  the  teacher  should  appoint  three 

letter  writing,  thus  making  their  practice  in  the  future  agree- 

ladies  and  three  gentlemen  of  the  class  to  assemble  at  inter- 

able,  and  hence  their  continued  improvement  certain.  Advert- 

mission,  and  select  three  disinterested  persons  to  examine 

ing  now  to  the  promise  made  in  the  early  part  of  the  term, 

specimens  of  the  class,  to  determine  who  shall  receive  premi- 

that  those  students  should  be  rewarded  with  honorable  men- 

urns  at  the  last  lesson.  Intermission.  Every  pupil  should  write 

tion  and  premiums  who  had  exhibited  greatest  improvement 

a  last  specimen.  Most  students  will  be  surprised  to  see  their 

and  excellence  the  teacher  will  explain  the  course  pursued  in 

advancement  in  penmanship  in  the  past  ten  lessons,  though  no 

the  examination  of  writing  by  the  committee,  and  after  show- 

one  can  actually  see  all  the  improvement  that  has  been  rrade, 

ing  that  perfect  impartiality  has  been  observed,  he  will 

as  much  of  the  time  of  the  class  has  been  occupied  in  expla- 

announce  the  name  of  the  person  presenting  the  best  letter, 

nation,  thus  placing  a  knowledge  of  correct  writing  in  the  head. 

and  present  premium  ;  following  with  the  name  of  the  pupil 

In  after  months  of  practice  it  will  come  out  at  the  fingers. 

having  made  greatest  improvement,  concluding  with  the  an- 

The  remaining  blackboard  illustrations  of  the  lesson  may 

nouncement  of  the  student  that  is  regarded  the  best  penman 

relate  to  card  writing  ;  the  teacher  explaining  the  nature  of 

in  the  class,  accompanying  the  remarks  by  presentation  of 

business  cards,  wedding  cards,  visiting  cards,  and  address 

prizes.  The  exercises  of  the  lesson  should  close  with  appro- 

cards  ;  showing  how  they  should  be  written,  when  used,  etc. 

1  priate  farewell  remarks. 

' 


PLATE  W. 


PLATE  Vm 


VdM&MM  nip. 


Co  joy  right  secured. 


H.  (fra  laor.  TiXh  StloVX.' . 


- 


■ 


SELF-INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


39 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS. 

WRITING  School  conducted  thus, 
according  to  the  foregoing  ar¬ 
rangement  of  lessons,  the  princi¬ 
ples  of  penmanship  being  ex¬ 
plicitly  illustrated  on  the  black¬ 
board  and  taught  by  a  thoroughly 
competent  teacher,  will  be  of  great 
and  lasting  service  to  the  community  in  which 
it  is  held,  and  will  afford  every  member  of  the 
class  a  season  of  highly  profitable  enjoyment. 
Of  course  the  success  of  the  school  mainly 
depends  upon  the  teacher.  The  instructor  is, 
in  fact,  the  life  and  soul  of  the  class.  If  he 
possess  love  of  order,  tact,  versatility,  know¬ 
ledge  of  human  nature,  self-possession,  with 
ability  to  illustrate,  explain  and  entertain  his 
class  with  story  and  anecdote  pertaining  to 
writing,  he  will  find  his  classes  large  and  the 
profession  of  teaching  writing  as  profitable  to 
himself  and  as  beneficial  to  the  public  as  any 
upon  which  he  can  enter. 

Should  teaching  writing  be  chosen  as  a  pro¬ 
fession  for  a  series  of  years,  it  is  well  for  the 
teacher  to  select  a  dozen  or  twenty  villages  in 
which  to  teach,  and  give  instruction  in  each  of 
these  localities,  once  or  twice  a  twelvemonth 
for  years  in  succession  rather  than  teach  over  a 
very  wide  range  of  country.  The  teacher’s 
reputation  thus  becomes  established,  the  profes¬ 
sion  is  dignified  and  ennobled;  people  knowing 
the  worth  of  the  school  are  free  to  patronize, 
and  thus  the  avocation  is  made  much  more 
pleasant  and  profitable  to  the  teacher. 

The  outline  of  instruction  given  for  the  fore¬ 
going  series  of  lessons  is  but  a  brief  epitome  of 
what  each  lesson  ought  to  be.  The  enumer¬ 
ation'  of  subjects  may  guide  the  young  teacher 
somewhat,  but  the  whole  should  be  greatly 
elaborated,  and  will  be,  by  the  ingenious  teacher, 
as  circumstances  demand. 

The  usual  charge  for  a  course  of  instruction 
of  12  lessons  is  from  $2  to  $5  per  pupil. 


Teachers  should  furnish  paper  for  students, 
and  care  for  the  books  when  not  in  use  by  the 
pupils.  Students  may  take  charge  of  the 
other  materials  required. 

The  strictest  order  should  be  maintained. 
No  whispering  ought  to  be  allowed.  Such  still¬ 
ness  should  reign  in  the  school  that  every 
scratching  pen  may  be  distinctly  heard. 

To  secure  order  the  teacher  will  notice  when 
the  first  evidence  of  restlessness  begins  to  mani¬ 
fest  itself  in  the  class  ;  certain  students  becom¬ 
ing  tired  of  writing.  If  this  uneasiness  is  allowed 
to  continue  twenty  minutes,  the  school  will  be 
oftentimes  a  scene  of  confusion,  but  upon  the 
first  appearance  of  weariness,  the  attention  of 
the  class  should  be  directed  for  a  short  time  to 
the  blackboard,  or  the  time  may  be  occupied  for 
a  little  while  by  some  story,  humorous  or  other¬ 
wise,  having  a  bearing  upon  writing ;  listening  to 
which  the  students  become  rested,  and  proceed 
Avith  their  practice  afterwards  with  pleasure. 

Having  invited  the  leading  citizens  of  the 
town  to  visit  the  school,  call  upon  them  fre¬ 
quently  for  remarks  to  the  class  on  the  subject 
of  writing.  From  the  business  and  professional 
men  who  may  thus  address  the  class,  the 
teacher  and  pupils  may  oftentimes  gain  many 
valuable  ideas,  the  class  will  be  encouraged, 
and  better  discipline  will  be  secured.  The 
great  secret  of  preserving  good  order  in  school 
is  to  keep  the  mind  of  the  students  constantly 
employed  with  the  work  in  hand. 

The  subjects  pertaining  to  writing  are  abun¬ 
dant,  and  it  becomes  the  teacher  to  study  and 
present  them  to  the  class  in  familiar  lectures 
as  occasion  demands.  Many  of  the  succeeding 
chapters  of  this  book  afford  subject  matter, 
from  which  the  teacher  of  penmanship  can 
obtain  topics  to  discuss,  that  will  entertain  and 
instruct  the  class,  while  the  instructor  should, 
at  the  same  time,  be  on  the  alert  for  practical 
subjects  to  illustrate  his  work,  from  Avhatever 
source  they  may  be  obtained.  For  example, 
how  character  can  be  told  from  penmanship ; 
what  faculties  of  mind  are  employed  in  the 


PENMANSHIP  ILLUSTRATED. 


40 


execution  of  writing ;  why  some  pupils  are 
naturally  handsome  penmen  and  others  not ; 
why  Edward  Everett  should  write  elegantly 
and  Horace  Greeley  with  a  scrawl ;  why  gentle¬ 
men  naturally  write  a  large  hand,  and  ladies 
fine,  etc. 

The  effect  of  temperament  on  penmanship, 
and  the  result  of  using  stimulants,  should  be 
thoroughly  considered,  and  presented  to  the 
class.  Students  should  be  urged  to  avoid  the 
use  of  tobacco  as  a  noxious  habit  that  lays  the 
foundation  for  intemperance,  and  the  use  of 
strong  drink  as  the  destroyer  of  the  soul ;  both 
tobacco  and  stimulants  being  also  destructive 
to  that  steadiness  of  nerve  essential  to  the  exe¬ 
cution  of  beautiful  penmanship. 

Many  a  boy  may  be  deterred  from  an  evil 
habit  by  the  good  example  and  advice  of  the 
teacher,  admonishing  him  that  superiority  in 
penmanship  and  great  excellence  in  life  will 
come  from  being  strictly  temperate. 


CONCLUDING  SUGGESTIONS  ON  PENMANSHIP 
TO  LEARNERS. 

HIS  book,  as  is  designed,  will 
fall  into  the  hands  of  many 
who  will  never  have  an  oppor¬ 
tunity  of  receiving  instruction 
from  a  professional  teacher. 

To  practice  penmanship  to 
advantage,  unaided  by  the 
teacher,  students  should  pro¬ 
vide  themselves  with  necessary  materials,  as 
detailed  elsewhere. 

For  the  purpose  of  making  steady  progress 
in  the  acquisition  of  an  elegant, plain  penman¬ 
ship,  the  student  will  be  assisted  by  copying 
choice  gems  of  poetry  or  prose,  first  writing 
each  exercise  on  a  separate  slip  of  paper  and 
afterwards  transcribing  the  same  in  a  book  kept 
for  the  purpose.  In  the  writing  of  original 
compositions  and  letters,  each  exercise  should 
be  copied  as  long  as  the  student  is  desirous  of 


improving  in  penmanship;  the  copy  being  always 
a  great  improvement  upon- the  original,  not  only 
in  penmanship, but  in  spelling,  grammar,  use  of 
capital  letters,  and  composition. 

Writers  should  not  rest  satisfied  until  they 
have  absolutely  mastered  a  plain,  rapid,  and 
elegant  penmanship.  The  art,  being  almost 
purely  mechanical,  is  more  easily  acquired  by 
some  than  others;  but  every  person  from  eight 
years  of  age  upwards,  until  the  body  becomes 
tremulous  with  age,  having  ordinary  command 
of  the  hand,  who  will  persevere  in  the  attempt, 
can  write  a  legible,  easy  penmanship. 

Among  the  benefits  arising  from  a  good 
handwriting,  some  are  shown  in  the  following 

Reasons  why  we  should  write  well. 

Because,  1st.  Good  penmanship  of  itself 
adds  greatly  to  our  happiness.  The  conscious¬ 
ness  to  the  lady  or  gentleman  of  being  able  to 
write  a  letter  that  shall  win  the  admiration  and 
praise  of  the  friend  to  whom  it  is  written  is  a 
source  of  unspeakable  pleasure  to  the  writer, 
and  to  possess  this  ability  throughout  our  life¬ 
time  is  to  be  proficient  in  an  accomplishment 
which  adds  to  our  happiness,  as  does  excellence 
in  oratory,  painting  or  music.  Good  writing  is 
a  fine  art,  and  is  to  the  eye  what  good  language 
is  to  the  ear. 

2nd.  Good  writing  is  of  great  benefit  to  us 
pecuniarily.  The  person  who  may  apply  for  a 
situation  as  teacher,  clerk,  or  any  position  where 
intellectual  ability  is  required,  finds  a  beauti¬ 
fully  written  letter  the  best  recommendation 
that  can  be  sent  when  applying  for  that  position. 
Hundreds  of  instances  are  on  record,  many 
doubtless  within  the  knowledge  of  the  reader, 
where  lucrative  situations  have  been  obtained 
through  good  penmanship,  that  could  never 
have  been  secured  had  the  applicant  not  had  a 
good  handwriting. 

And,  3rd.  A  mastery  of  the  art  of  writing 
is  of  great  service  to  us  intellectually..  Persons 
who  can  write  well,  taking  pleasure  in  the 
practice,  will  write  more  than  they  other¬ 
wise  would.  Every  time  they  write  a  word 


. 

* 

r' 

*  T 


SELF-INSTRUCTOR  IN  PENMANSHIP. 


41 


they  spell  it,  and  thus  improve  in  spelling. 
Every  time  a  sentence  is  written,  an  application 
is  made  of  grammar;  and  thus  knowledge  is 
obtained  of  how  to  speak  correctly.  The  sub¬ 
ject  they  write  about,  they  become  familiar  with; 
and  thus,  in  the  act  of  writing,  they  are  intel¬ 
lectually  improved.  The  most  intelligent  and 
influential  in  any  community  are  those  who  can 
express  thought  most  easily  and  correctly  on 
paper. 


COPIES  FOR  WRITING-SCHOOL. 

TANDARD  copies  for  the 
twelve  lessons  may  consist 
of  the  following  script  lines, 
though  it  is  important  that 
they  be  as  perfectly  prepared 
as  the  copies  shown  on  Plates 
I,  II,  III  and  IY. 

The  extra  practice,  beyond  the  two  copies 


assigned  at  each  lesson,  may  be  on  a  separate 
slip  of  paper,  and  should  comprise  the  writing 
of  the  elements  of  letters,  commercial  forms,  off¬ 
hand  capitals,  letter  writing,  etc. 

Students  may  join  the  class  at  any  time,  up  to 
the  last  half  of  the  term.  Whatever  may  be 
the  time  of  commencement,  however,  each  pupil 
should  begin  with  the  first  copies,  and  write 
as  many  of  them  as  time  will  permit.  The 
occasional  review  of  the  principles,  by  the 
teacher,  will  enable  the  students  that  join  last 
to  understand  them ;  though  it  is  desirable,  for 
the  sake  of  practice,  that  each  pupil  commence, 
if  possible,  with  the  first  lesson. 

As  will  be  seen  by  examination,  the  style  of 
penmanship,  for  ladies  and  gentlemen,  is  equally 
large  up  to  the  17th  copy.  Beyond  that,  the 
size  for  ladies  is  decidedly  finer.  Though 
important  that  ladies  should  be  able  to  write  a 
bold  penmanship  for  business  and  other  writing, 
the  lady  involuntarily  chooses  a  more  delicate 
handwriting,  by  which  she  thus  expresses  her 
natural  delicacy  and  refinement  of  character. 


/. 


1 


J. 


6 


J. 


Second  Lesson. 


'Ms  'Ms  'M'Ts  -M^s  -tsts  -Ms  'M^s  'Ms  'Ms 


'KMs'MsM^s  -mmsMMs  'MMszmmms  'MMssM’/^Ms 

- Third  Lesson. - 


'2'Ms  'M^s  '(sis  M  Ms 


■MMs^M/c/  MMs&Msif 


& 


'yMs  -Ms 


Be 


COPIES  FOR  THE  WRITING  SCHOOL. 


LADIES  EPISTOLARY. 


V- 


'ddddd-veid-d-odd  ddd.  ■a-oa.'U-idddddZ.  -rzdd-o 


Ninth  Lesson, — 

■ude-c/a-e  -id  e-cddd-m-e' 


'd4c^ad£d&.  ■v-adfid'e  de-c-e-td-LSi-c/d^) 


dg . 


C$n  ^We  ojf  ^u-ad^ded-i^y  ^ue^ad-e  jf&t  -eid/izeddd^y.  (Q^iiddd.d(tdde-  ««/  (<^/d-d'ryiSZ) 


-Tenth  Lesson.- 


V- 


didd  </  d-e^edds&zddce  -a.de  cddddiddd-edd^d  €>yf  '&te  ddddd&a/&o4d. 


zo. 


j^edzddd  €i& dfXa^  -id  ^cdddd£/&  ^o=-e/ay/  ya<d  ddd-ay  deyu-Ld-e  ddf  -/d^ddd-odda-us..  Sjje*zddd. 


Eleventh  Lesson. 


*{§€4.*^  d-^dMstf  ddo/^ yo  ddytdd^ud-aA-c/ec/.  C^d-idd-^  -/dddd^e  didd-c/ ^/.-edd-edd^ed-e.  S^edd&di&d-e. 


zz. 


-idd-e  dddddOsi-cid  <i 


dMiy^ddddye  ■eddied-  ^id-oy^z'&zdCi^z  -0-^(4  ddfu  </y.  S^&oA  4ZM,  J  d^ididdd. 


Z3. 


■id  -td  -a.  dyise-c-idd^edd.  & 


-Twelfth  Lesson. - 

dCadd-c/=-tddd-i^idd-a. 


^Qy^cddddeddd  d/.  Cf edd 


zt- 


%uddddddd-y= 


■/t,  Jad  SJ^di-c/d-ed  (QAdd'&ddZdi- 


idy 


44 


SELF- INSTRUCTOR  IN  SHORT-HAND  WRITING. 


Short-Hand  Writing. 


Short-Hand  for  Business  Purposes. 


rERY  year  adds  proof,  by  the 
constantly  increasing  demand  for 
it,  how  indispensable  in  a  modern 
education  is  a  knowledge  of  rap¬ 
id  writing.  The  young,  by  all 
means,  should  acquire  it. 

It  may  be  used  by  the  author 
in  his  study,  the  editor  in  his 
“  sanctum,”  the  clergyman  in  his  library,  the 
lawyer  in  his  office  —  in  fact,  everywhere  that 
writing  is  needed,  the  simplicity  and  dispatch  of 
Short-hand  make  its  value  apparent. 

The  beginner  should  determine,  at  the  out¬ 
set,  whether  or  not  he  will,  for  a  time  at  least, 
do  verbatim  writing.  If  he  wishes  to  do  this, 
he  must  expect  to  give  much  time  and  close  at¬ 
tention  to  it.  The  man  or  system  that  promises 
to  give  verbatim  speed  in  a  few  weeks’  time,  is 
unworthy  of  confidence.  It  is  useless  to  expect 
to  be  a  good  reporter  and  follow  some  other 
business  at  the  same  time.  Reporting  is  a  pro¬ 
fession  of  itself,  and  requires  the  undivided  at¬ 
tention  of  the  person  following  it.  If,  however, 
the  beginner,  simply  wishing  relief  from  long- 
hand  in  his  daily  writing,  is  content  with  a  rate 
of  speed  that  gives  a  fully  written  and  abso¬ 
lutely  legible  manuscript,  a  style  that  is  easy  to 
learn,  write,  read,  and  remember,  let  him  take 
up  the  simplest  style,  master  it  thoroughly,  and 
depend  for  speed  upon  perfect  familiarity  with 


the  word-forms  used,  and  the  greatest  facility 
in  their  execution,  as  in  long-hand,  and  he  will 
gain  his  object  more  easily  and  quickly  than  if 
he  seeks  it  through  shorter  word-forms,  which 
must  necessarily  be  more  difficult  to  learn  and 
read.  Very  few  people  need  to  become  verba¬ 
tim  reporters ;  every  one,  however,  having  much 
writing  to  do,  can  use  a  simple  style  of  short¬ 
hand  to  advantage. 

The  grand  principle  upon  which  a  system  of 
short-hand  should  be  built  is  that  of  phonetics. 
Every  sound  in  the  language  should  be  repre¬ 
sented  by  its  individual  sign,  used  for  that 
sound  and  no  other.  As  a  simple  sound  is  ut¬ 
tered  by  one  impulse  of  the  voice,  so  should  the 
sign  representing  it  be  made  by  one  movement 
of  the  hand;  resulting  in  a  single,  simple  sound 
being  represented  by  a  single,  simple  line. 
These  lines  should  be  of  such  a  form  that  they 
may  be  easily  joined,  one  to  another,  so  that  a 
word  may  be  completely  written  without  rais¬ 
ing  the  pen.  The  most  frequently  occurring 
sounds  should  be  represented  by  the  most  easily 
written  signs ;  and  all  the  sounds  should  be 
represented  by  such  signs  as  will  give  a  free, 
flowing,  forward  direction  to  the  writing,  with¬ 
out  running  either  too  far  above  or  below  the 
line  upon  which  it  is  written.  There  should  be 
a  distinct  line  drawn  between  the  simplest  style 
for  general  use  —  which  should  contain  no  con- 


SELF -INSTRUCTOR  IN  SHORT-HAND  WRITING. 


45 


tractecl,  irregular,  or  exceptional  word-forms  — 
and  the  more  brief  and  complicated  styles  for 
the  reporter’s  use. 

Of  the  various  systems  of  Short-hand,  that 
called  Tachygraphy  (  Ta-kig-ra-fe ) ,  a  system 
invented  and  elaborated  by  D.  P.  Lindsley,  of 
Andover,  Mass.,  probably  more  nearly  meets 
the  requirements  of  the  public  than  any  now 
in  use  ;  the  advantage  of  this  system  of  Short¬ 
hand  being,  that  it  combines  rapidity  with 
completeness  of  detail  in  a  very  large  degree. 
By  permission  of  Mr.  Lindsley  we  are  enabled 
to  present  the  following  synopsis  and  illustra¬ 
tions  from  his  work,  “  Elements  of  Tachygra¬ 
phy,”  published  by  Otis  Clapp,  No.  3  Beacon 
St.,  Boston. 

THE  ALPHABET  OF  TACHYGRAPHY. 


In  writing  Tachygraphy  the  pen  should  be 
held  between  the  first  and  second  fingers,  and 
steadied  by  the  thumb  —  as  shown  in  the  cut  at 
the  beginning  of  this  chapter  —  so  that  such 

signs  as  I  \  __  may  be  easily  made,  without 
changing  the  position  of  the  pen. 

The  alphabet  should  be  thoroughly  mastered 
by  taking  up  the  signs  in  pairs,  and  writing  them 
many  times,  repeating  the  sound  represented  as 
the  sign  is  made,  so  as  to  get  the  sound  allied 
with  the  sign,  and  both  well  fixed  in  the  mind. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  all  heavy  signs  represent 
vocal  sounds,  while  nearly  all  the  light  signs 
represent  whispered  sounds. 

The  signs,  I  I  \  \  )  )  (  (  are 

always  written  downward ; 

to  right ;  /^~  J  / ,  either  upward  or  down- 


CONSONANTAL  SIGNS. 


SIGN. 

NAME. 

SOUND. 

SIGN. 

NAME 

SOUND. 

1 

Be,  b 

in  bay. 

A 

The, 

th  in  they. 

1 

| 

Pe,  p 

in  pay. 

Ith, 

th  in  oath. 

\ 

Ga,  g 

in  go. 

r 

Em, 

m  in  may. 

\ 

Ka,  k 

in  key. 

En, 

n  in  nay. 

De,  d 

in  do. 

Ing, 

ng  in  sing. 

Te,  t 

in  to. 

El, 

1  in  lay. 

T 

Vc,  v 

in  eve. 

/ 

Ra, 

r  in  ray. 

) 

Ef,  f 

in  if. 

</ 

Wa, 

w  in  we. 

( 

Zhe,  z 

in  azure. 

j 

Ya, 

y  iu  ye. 

( 

Isli,  sh 

in  show. 

s 

Ha, 

h  in  high. 

Zc,  z 

in  ooze. 

« — 

J  a, 

j  in  jail. 

— 

Es,  s 

in  so. 

•=— 

Cha, 

ch  in  each. 

VOCAL 

SIGNS 

• 

r\ 

E,  e 

in  eve. 

n 

b  i 

in  it ;  y  in  duty 

c 

A,  a 

in  ace. 

• 

Ai,  ai 

in  air. 

• 

e,  e 

in  ebb. 

V 

All,  a 

in  are. 

u 

a,  a 

in  ask,  at. 

- 

Oo,  o 

in  do. 

- 

66,  oc 

in  foot ;  u  in  full 

1 

0,  o 

in  ode. 

X 

u,  u 

in  us,  fun,  hut. 

✓ 

Au,  au 

in  aught. 

✓ 

6,  o 

in  on,  or. 

A 

Oi,  oy 

in  boy. 

V 

I,  i 

in  ice. 

4 

Off,  mv 

in  now. 

A 

Ew,  ew  in  dew. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1870,  bv  D.  P.  Ltnd*lby  iu  the  Clerk’s  Office 
of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts. 


ward,  andc^--  ^ ,  always  upward. 

In  joining  consonant  signs  with  each  other, 
acute  angles  should  be  made  where  possible, 
as  they  are  more  easily  and  rapidly  made 
than  obtuse  angles.  The  joining  of  a  vowel 
sign  with  a  consonant,  at  its  beginning,  should 
always  form  an  angle,  thus  : 

\  ~  ^  ^ 

Abe,  eke,  it,  of,  owes,  on,  oil,  are. 

At  the  end  of  a  consonant,  the  semi-circular 
vowels  are  written,  either  in  their  alphabetic 
form  or  as  hooks  on  the  consonant,  whichever 
is  most  convenient  and  adds  most  to  facility 
in  writing.  The  vowels  n  „  (distinguished 
mainly  by  size),  are  determined  by  their  being 
written  in  the  direction  the  hands  of  a  clock 
move  —  turning  far  enough  to  the  right  to 
form  a  proper  angle  with  the  following  sign  ; 


and  u  u  (also  distinguished  mainly  by  size), 
are  determined  by  their  being  written  in  the 
opposite  direction.  Examples : 


\5^ 


Be,  kid,  keen,  deep,  tick,  fish,  leap,  hid,  bad 
car,  tan,  narrow,  last. 


46 


SELF-INSTRUCTOR  IN  SHORT-HAND  WRITING. 


The  dash  vowels  should  always  form  angles 
with  consonant  signs  ;  '  "  are  varied  in  their 

direction  to  facilitate  this.  Examples  : 

V,  " — goat,  knowing,  ]  nnl  up>  cut. 

Either  the  first  or  second,  or  both  strokes  of 
the  vowel  diphthongs  may  be  made  straight  or 
curved  to  facilitate  joining,  thus  : 

Nine,  size,  noise,  now,  hew. 

The  other  vowel  signs  do  not  vary  from  the 
alphabetic  position,  and  must  be  disjoined  when 
they  will  not  form  a  proper  angle. 

Disjoined  vowels  should  be  written  to  the  left 
of  upright  and  inclined,  and  above  horizontal 
consonants,  when  the  vowel  sound  precedes  the 
consonant  sound,  and  to  the  right  of  upright 
and  inclined,  and  below  horizontal  consonants, 
when  the  vowel  sound  follows  the  consonantal. 

CONSONANTAL  DIPHTHONGS. 


I 


1  Br,  as  in  brow. 

c_Dl,  as  in  meddle. 

1  Pr,  as  in  prow. 

c_Tl,  as  in  settle. 

*\  Gr,  as  in  grow. 

J)  Yl,  as  in  evil. 

Cr,  as  in  crow. 

J)  FI,  as  in  fly. 

e —  Dr,  as  in  draw. 

^Zhl,  as  in  ambrosial. 

c —  Tr,  as  in  try. 

^j)Shl,  as  in  special. 

Vr,  as  in  over. 

Fr,  as  in  free. 

q_^N1,  as  in  kennel. 

f  Zhr,  as  in  measure. 

/  Shr,  as  in  shred. 

Thr,  as  in  other. 
^  Thr,  as  in  three. 
t__^Nr,  as  in  owner. 

[  Bl,  as  in  blow, 
f  PI,  as  in  plow. 

^  Gl,  as  in  glow. 

Cl,  as  in  cla}'. 


I  Sp,  as  in  spy. 

\  Sk,  as  in  sky. 
o_St,  as  in  stay. 

*)  Sf,  as  in  sphere. 
^Sm,  as  in  smith. 

_ _ Sn,  as  in  snow. 

SI,  as  in  slat. 
^•Sw,  as  in  sweet. 


Bz,  as  in  hubs.  ^  Mz,  as  in  hems. 

Ps,  as  in  hopes.  Nz,  Ns,  as  in  hens, 

[  also  Gz,  Ks,  Dz,  Ts,  etc.'"— J 9  hence. 

Ngz,  as  in  brings. 
Lz,  Ls,  as  in  owls, 
else. 

„  Rz,  Rs,  as  in  wars, 
horse. 

^Wh,  as  in  when. 


^  Yz,  as  in  loaves. 

^  Fs,  as  in  roofs. 

Zz,  as  in  mazes. 

Sz,  as  in  masses. 

/  e  also  Thz,  Ths,  etc. 

These  signs,  it  will  be  observed,  are  not  new 
ones,  but  modifications  of  those  already  learned. 
They  should  be  used  only  where  no  vowel 
sound  occurs  between  the  consonant  sounds.  A 
few  examples  will  explain  their  use  quite  fully. 

)  1  t  ^  V 

—  j)  y 

l  ^ 

Blow,  glow,  meddle,  evil,  brow,  upper,  gray, 

meeker,  draw,  utter,  over,  free,  measure,  shred, 
other,  owner,  spy,  stay,  sphere,  smith,  snow, 
sleep,  sweet,  when,  special,  kennel. 

Where  the  final  consonant  of  a  word  is  either 
s  or  z,  preceded  by  a  consonant,  a  circle  is  used 
for  the  s  or  z,  thus  : 

Hope,  hopes,  lad,  lads,  owl,  owls,  war,  wars. 
When  preceded  by  a  vowel,  use  the  alphabetic 
form  for  s  and  z. 

The  circle  is  also  used  between  two  conso¬ 
nants,  and  is  then  written  on  the  outside  of  the 
angle  formed  by  the  consonants  —  when  both 

are  straight  lines,  as  /  j  on  the  inside 

of  the  curve,  where  one  is  a  curve  and  the  other 
a  straight  line,  as  Y~  ;  and  on  the  inside 

of  both  curves,  when  possible,  as  in 

^  o  ^ 

It  is  sometimes  necessary  to  write  the  circle 
on  the  inside  of  one  curve  and  outside  of  the 

other,  as  in  '  ^ 


SELF-INSTRUCTOR  IN  SHORT-HAND  WRITING. 


47 


Two  or  more  words,  closely  allied  in  sense, 
may  be  joined  into  a  phrase,  where  the  signs 
composing  the  words  unite  readily,  thus  adding 
to  both  the  speed  and  legibility  of  the  writing. 
Example ; 

Of  the,  with  it,  it  is,  in  such  a  way,  I  will  be,  I 
have. 

The  first  inclined  or  perpendicular  consonant 
sign  should  rest  upon  the  line  —  the  other  signs 
following  in  their  proper  direction.  Example : 


Seek  always  to  form  a  free,  flowing,  graceful 
outline.  The  most  easily  written  forms  are  the 
most  beautiful,  and  vice  verm. 

We  have  given,  of  this  system,  only  a  synop¬ 
sis  of  the  fully  written  Common  Style',  but  suf¬ 
ficient,  however,  to  explain  the  merits  and  prin¬ 
ciples  of  Tachygraphy.  Those  who  wish  to  fit 
themselves  for  verbatim  writing  are  referred  to 
the  work  entitled,  “  The  Note  Taker.  A»Trea- 
tise  on  the  Second  Style  of  Lindsley’s  Brief 
Writing,  for  the  use  of  Lawyers,  Editors,  Re¬ 
porters,  Students,  and  all  persons  desirous  of 
taking  full  notes  in  Courts  of  Record,  Profes¬ 
sional  Schools,  Seminaries,  and  Public  Assem¬ 
blies.”  Published  by  the  firm  to  which  Ave 
have  before  alluded. 

The  following  Extracts  are  from  Pope’s 
Essay  on  Man. 

a/r  ^ — S'  '  * 

Vice  is  a  monster  of  so  frightful  mien, 

1 1— 

As,  to  be  hated,  needs  but  to  be  seen  ; 


Yet  seen  too  oft*  familiar  with'  her  face, 
We  first  endure,  then  pity,  then  embrace. 


Pope’s  Essay  on  Man.— Second  Epistle. 

)  c 


48 


RULES  FOR  SPELLING. 


SPELLING. 

IEAUTIFUL  penmanship  should  be 
accompanied  by  correct  spelling.  If 
the  person  can  possess  but  one  ac¬ 
complishment,  it  is,  in  fact,  better 
to  spell  correctly  than  to  write  well. 
Nothing  so  mars  the  effect  of  beau¬ 
tiful  chirography  as  bad  spelling, 
which  is  the  more  conspicuous  when 
set  off  by  good  penmanship.  True,  there  are 
over  a  hundred  thousand  words  in  the  English 
language,  and  we  cannot  reasonably  be  expect¬ 
ed  to  remember  the  correct  orthography  of 
them  all ;  and  not  until  the  phonetic  system  is 
received,  by  which  every  word  is  represented 
by  a  recognized  sign,  can  we  spell  all  words 
correctly  without  reference  to  the  dictionary  ; 
but  tho  few  hundred  words  in  general  use  are 
not  so  difficult  to  i  luster.  At  any  rate  the  wri¬ 
ter  should  have  at  hand  a  reliable  dictionary, 
and  no  word  should  go  from  the  hand  without 
being  correctly  yelled. 

The  following  will  aid  students  somewhat 
in  their  knowledge  of  spelling : 


Names  of  Elementary  Sounds. 

An  elementary  sound  is  the  simplest  sound 
of  the  English  language,  as  a,  e,  b,  k. 

The  English  language  contains  about  forty 
elementary  sounds. 

These  sounds  are  divided  into  three  classes — 
vocals ,  sub-vocals ,  and  aspirates. 

The  vocals  consist  of  a  pure  tone  only,  as  a, 
e,  i,  o,  u. 

The  sub-vocals  consist  of  tone  united  with 
breath ;  as  b,  d,  1,  m,  n,  r. 

The  aspirates  consist  of  pure  breath  only  ;  as 
p,  t,  k,  f. 

The  following  words  contain  the  different 
elementary  sounds  of  the  language  : 

Vocals. —  N-a-me,  b-a-11,  a- 1,  m-e ,  m-e-t, 
f-z'-ne,  p-z-n,  s-o-ld,  m-o-ve,  n-o-t,  m-zz-te,  p-zz-11, 
c-zz-p,  f-ozz-nd. 

Sub-vocals. —  B- at,  d- og,  g- o,  j- oy,  7-ife, 


m-an,  n- o,  so-ng,  ba-r,  th- ose,  zz-oice,  zzz-ise,  y-es, 
z-oue,  a-z-ure. 

Aspirates. —  -F-aith,  h- at,  ar-Jc,  p-ine,  s-un, 
£-ake,  tA-ink,  sh- one,  ch-uv-ch ,  wh-en. 

Letters. 

A  letter  is  a  character  used  to  represent  an 
elementary  sound. 

The  English  Alphabet  contains  twenty-six 
letters :  A,  a ;  B,  b  ;  C,  c  ;  D,  d  ;  E,  e  ;  F,  f ; 
Gr,  g  ;  H,  h  ;  I,  i ;  J,  j ;  K,  k  ;  L,  1 ;  M,  m  ;  N, 
n  ;  O,  o  ;  P,  p ;  Q,  q  ;  R,  r  S,  s  ;  T,  t ;  U,  u  ; 
V,  v  ;  W,  w  ;  X,  x  ;  Y,  y  ;  Z,  z. 

As  will  be'  seen,  there  are  more  elementary 
sounds  than  letters.  It  therefore  follows  that 
some  letters  must  represent  more  than  one  sound 
each. 

Those  letters  which  represent  vocals  are  called 
vowels.  They  are  a,  e,  i,  o ,  u,  and  sometimes  w 
and  y. 

Those  letters  which  represent  sub-vocals  and 
aspirates  are  called  consonants. 

The  sub-vocals  and  consonants  are  b ,  d,  g ,  l , 
m,  zz,  r,  zj,  z. 

The  aspirates  and  consonants  are  /,  7z,  Jc,  c,  q, 

P,  t,  s. 

Rules  for  Spelling. 

1.  Words  of  one  syllable  ending  in  f,  l,  or  s,  preceded  by  a  single 
vowel,  double  the  final  consi.ua., ! ;  as  staff,  mill,  pass;  except  if, 

OF,  AS,  GAS,  HAS,  WAS,  YES,  IS,  HIS,  THIS,  US,  THUS. 

2.  Words  ending  in  any  other  consonant  except  f,  l,  and  s,  do  not 
double  the  final  letter;  except  add,  odd,  egg,  ebb,  inn,  err,  purr, 
butt,  buzz,  and  some  proper  names. 

3.  Words  of  one  syllable,  and  words  accented  on  the  last  syllable, 
when  they  end  with  a  single  consonant,  preceded  by  a  single  vowel, 
double  the  final  consonant  before  an  additional  syllable  beginning 
with  a  vowel ;  as  rob,  robber  ;  permit,  permitting  ;  but  x  final,  be¬ 
ing  equivalent  to  ks,  is  an  exception,  and  is  never  doubled. 

4.  A  final  consonant,  when  not  preceded  by  a  single  vowel,  or  when 
the  accent  is  not  on  the  last  syllable,  should  remain  single  before  an 
additional  syllable;  as  toil,  toiling;  visit,  visited.  L  and  s  are 
often  doubled,  in  violation  of  this  rule,  when  the  accent  is  not  on  the 
last  syllable ;  as  travel,  traveller;  bias,  biassed.  It  is  better  to 
write  traveler  and  biased. 

5.  Primitive  words  ending  in  ll  reject  one  L  before  less  and  ly  ;  as 
skill,  skilless;  full,  fully:  but  words  ending  in  any  other  double 
letter,  preserve  it  double  before  these  terminations;  as  free,  freely  ; 
odd,  oddly. 

6.  The  final  E  of  a  primitive  word  is  generally  omitted  before  an 
additional  termination  beginning  with  a  vowel;  as  rate,  ratable; 
force,  forcible;  but  words  ending  in  ce  and  ge  retain  the  e  before 
able  and  ous;  as  peace,  peaceable;  outrage,  outrageous. 

7.  The  final  E  of  a  primitive  word  is  generally  retained  before  an 
additional  termination  beginning  with  a  consonant;  as  pale,  pale¬ 
ness;  but  whin  the  E  is  preceded  by  a  vowel  it  is  sometimes  omitUd; 
as  true,  truly  :  and  somUinus  r,tain^d  ;  as  si:oe,  shoeless. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF 


8.  The  final  y  of  a  jirimitive  word,  when  preceded  fiy  a  consonant, 
is  changed  into  I  before  an  additional  termination;  as  merrt,  mer¬ 
rily:  but  with  a  yowel  before,  the  y  is  not  changed;  as  valley, 
valleys,  and  not  vallies,  as  frequently  written;  and  before  ing  the 
y  is  retained  to  prevent  the  doubling  of  the  I ;  as  i>ity,  pitying. 

0.  Compounds  generally  retain  the  orthography  of  the  simple  words 
of  which  they  are  composed ;  as  all-wise,  blue-eyed. 

10.  Words  ending  in  f  or  fe  have  v  substituted  for  the  f  in  forming 
the  plurals:  as  wife,  wives;  knife,  knives,  etc.,  except  when  ending 
in  ff. 

11.  Some  words  are  spelt  the  same  in  both  the  singular  and  plural ; 
as  deer,  sheep,  etc.,  in  which  instance,  by  placing  a  before  the  word, 
one  is  meant,  and  by  using  the,  more  than  one. 

12.  Some  words  are  spelt  altogether  differently  in  the  singular  and 
plural;  as  mouse,  mice;  goose,  geese. 

13.  In  spelling  words  it  is  necessary  to  consider  well  the  different 
sounds  of  each  part  of  the  word.  Every  separate  sound  in  a  word 
must  have  in  it  one  of  the  following  letters,  a,  e,  i,  o,  or  u.  Take 
for  ins  ance,  contemplate,  which  consists  of  three  different  sounds, 
con-tem-plate;  there  are  the  letters  o,  e,  and  a,  respectively,  in  each 
sound  or  syllable,  as  it  is  called,  and  each  one  gives  the  sound  to  its 
syllable.  In  dividing  such  words  at  the  end  of  a  line,  you  must  not 
let  the  last  letter  be  any  one  of  the  above-mentioned  five  vowels,  but 
must  divide  according  to  the  syllable. 

Another  rule  to  be  observed  in  the  spelling  of  words  which  have 
ing  added  to  them,  when  such  words  end  in  e,  the  e  must  always  be 
left  out;  as  come,  coming;  divide,  dividing. 

It  is  also  found  difficult  when  the  letters  i  and  e  come  together  in  a 
word,  to  know  which  is  to  be  placed  first.  The  following  simple  rule 
will  obviate  such  difficulty:  When  i  and  k  follow  c  in  a  word,  the  e 
is  usually  placed  first;  as  receive,  deceive,  conceive,  etc.;  in  other 
instances  the  I  comes  before  the  e;  as  believe,  relieve,  etc. 

Words  of  Similar  Pronunciation  that  are  Spelled  Differently. 

Ail,  Ale.  Ail,  unwell ;  Ale,  a  liquor. 

All,  Awl.  All,  everyone  ;  Awl,  shoemaker’s  tool. 

Bear,  Bare.  Bear,  wild  animal  ;  Bare,  naked. 

Bier,  Beer.  Bier,  frame  for  carrying  corpse  ;  Beer,  a  malt  liquor. 
Bore,  Boar.  Bore,  carried,  or  to  make  a  hole  ;  Boar,  the  male 
swine. 

Birth,  Berth.  Birth,  to  be  born  ;  Berth,  sleeping  place. 

Bee,  Be.  Bee,  an  insect  ;  Be,  is  used  in  every  other  instance. 
Call,  Caul.  Call,  to  visit,  or  shout  after  ;  Caul,  the  covering 
on  the  heads  of  some  children  when  born. 
Currant,  Current.  Currant,  a  fruit  ;  Current,  a  stream. 

Draft,  Draught.  Draft,  commercial  form,  or  current  of  air  ; 

Draught,  to  draw  a  load,  or  a  drink. 

Dear,  Deer.  Dear,  not  cheap,  term  of  affection  ;  Deer,  an 
animal. 

Fourth,  Forth.  Fourth,  next  after  third  ;  Forth,  forward. 
Four,  Fore.  Four,  the  number  after  three  ;  Fore,  the  front. 
Great,  Grate.  Great,  large  ;  Grate,  fire  support  in  the  stove. 
Hail,  Hale.  Hail,  to  shout  after,  frozen  rain  ;  Hale,  vigorous. 
Hear,  Here.  Hear,  to  understand  ;  Here,  in  this  place. 

Hole,  Whole.  Hole,  an  opening;  Whole,  entire,  complete. 

I,  Eye.  I,  myself,  used  thus  it  should  always  be  a  capital ; 
Eye,  organ  of  sight. 

Know,  No.  Know,  to  understand  ;  No,  a  denial. 

Lief,  Leaf.  Lief,  willingly  ;  Leaf,  part  of  a  tree. 

More,  Moor,  Moore.  More,  in  addition  ;  Moor,  a  piece  of 
waste  land  ;  Moore,  a  man’s  name. 


WORDS  IN  SPELLING. 


None,  Nun.  None,  not  any;  Nun,  a  female  who  secludes 
herself  from  all  worldly  affairs. 

Piece,  Peace.  Piece,  a  bit ;  Peace,  quietness. 

Pare,  Pear,  Pair.  Pare,  to  peel ;  Pear,  a  fruit ;  Pair,  two. 

Rain,  Rein,  Reign.  Rain,  water  falling  from  clouds  ;  Rein,  a 
strap  for  guiding  a  horse  ;  Reign,  to  rule. 

Reed,  Read.  Reed,  a  kind  of  tall  grass ;  Read,  the  act  of 
reading. 

Red,  Read.  Red,  a  color;  Read,  past  tense  of  read. 

Sign,  Sine.  Sign,  a  token  ;  Sine,  a  mathematical  term. 

There,  Their.  There,  in  that  place  ;  Their,  apersonalpronoun. 

Tow,  Toe.  Tow,  rope  material  ;  Toe,  a  part  of  the  foot. 

Vain,  Vane.  Vain,  conceited;  Vane,  a  weathercock. 

Vice,  Vise.  Vice,  wickedness  ;  Vise,  a  blacksmith’s  tool. 

Ware,  Wear.  Ware,  goods,  or  earthen-ware  ;  Wear,  to  make 
use  of  clothing. 

Write,  Wright,  Rite,  Right.  Write,  to  use  a  pen  ;  Wright,  a 
man’s  name  ;  Rite,  a  ceremony  ;  Right,  not  wrong. 

Wrote,  Rote.  Wrote,  having  written  ;  Rote,  to  repeat  from 
memory. 

You,  Yew,  Ewe.  You,  yourself ;  Yew,  a  tree  ;  Ewe,  female 
sheep. 

Blew,  Blue.  Blew,  having  blown  ;  Blue,  a.  color. 

Made,  Maid.  Made,  formed  ;  Maid,  female  servant. 

Pail,  Pale.  Pail,  a  vessel ;  Pale,  white. 

Words  having  prefixes  and  suffixes  of  different  spelling, 

while  having  each  the  same  or  nearly  the  same  pronunciation. 

ible  and  able. 

The  following  words  end  in  ible.  Most  other  words  of  sim¬ 
ilar  pronunciation  end  in  able. 


Accessible, 

Decoctible, 

Fallible, 

Admissible, 

Deducible, 

Feasible, 

Appetible, 

Defeasible, 

Fencible, 

Apprehensible, 

Defectible, 

Flexible, 

Audible, 

Defensible, 

Forcible, 

Coercible, 

Depectible, 

Frangible, 

Collectible, 

Deprehensible, 

Fusible, 

Comminuible, 

Descendible, 

Horrible, 

Compatible, 

Destructible, 

Ignoscible, 

Competible, 

Digestible, 

Illegible, 

Comprehensible, 

Discernible, 

Immarcessible, 

Compressible, 

Discerptible, 

Immiscible, 

Conceptible, 

Distraciible, 

Intelligible, 

Conclusible. 

Distensible, 

Irascible, 

Congestible, 

Divisible, 

Legible, 

Contemptible, 

Docible, 

Miscible, 

Contractible, 

Edible, 

Partible, 

Controvertible, 

Effectible, 

Perceptible, 

Convertible, 

Eligible, 

Permissible, 

Convincible, 

Eludible, 

Persuasible, 

Corrigible, 

Expansible, 

Pervertible, 

Corrosible, 

Enforcible, 

Plausible, 

Corruptible, 

Evincible, 

Possible, 

Credible, 

Expressible, 

Producible, 

Deceptible, 

Extendible, 

Quadrible, 

Decerptible, 

Extensible, 

Reducible, 

4 


50 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  WORDS  IN  SPELLING. 


Referable, 

Resistible, 

Sensible, 

Reflexible, 

Responsible, 

Tangible, 

Refrangible, 

Reversible, 

Terrible, 

Regible, 

Revertible, 

Transmissible, 

Remissible, 

Risible, 

Visible. 

Reprehensible, 

Seducible, 

The  following  w 

ords  end  in  able  : 

Approvable, 

Manifestable, 

Solvable, 

Blamable, 

Movable, 

Tamable, 

Conversable, 

Provable, 

Tenable, 

Dilatable, 

Ratable, 

Transferable, 

Dissolvable, 

Referable, 

Unsalable, 

Incondensable, 

Reprovable, 

Untamable, 

Inferable, 

Salable, 

Untenable. 

The  following 

words  in  spelling  begin  with  lm.  Other 

words  of  similar  pronunciation  begin  wi 

h  Em. 

Imbibe, 

Immingle, 

Implant, 

Imboil, 

Immit, 

Implead, 

Imbound, 

Immix, 

Impart, 

Imbrue, 

Immure, 

Impose, 

Imbrute, 

Impact, 

Impound, 

Imbue, 

Impale, 

Impregnate, 

Imburse, 

Impassioned, 

Impress, 

Immanuel, 

Impawn, 

Imprint, 

Immaculate, 

Impeach, 

Impromptu, 

Immense, 

Impearl, 

Impugn, 

Imminent, 

Impel, 

Impulse, 

Immigrant, 

Impen, 

Impunity, 

Immerge, 

Imperil, 

Imputable, 

Immerse, 

Impinge, 

Impute. 

Immigrate, 

ise  and  ize. 

The  following  words  terminate  with  ise.  Other  words  of  like 

pronunciation  terminate  with  ize. 

Advertise, 

Criticise, 

Exercise, 

Advise, 

Demise, 

Exorcise. 

Affranchise, 

Despise, 

Merchandise, 

Apprise, 

Devise, 

Misprise, 

Catechise, 

Disfranchise, 

Recognise, 

Chastise, 

Disguise, 

Reprise, 

Circumcise, 

Divertise, 

Supervise, 

Comprise, 

Emprise, 

Surmise, 

Compromise, 

Enfranchise, 

Surprise. 

Words  ending 

in  d,  de,  ge,  mit,  rt, 

se,  or  SS,  take  sion  in 

derivatives.  Other  words  of  similar  pronunciation  in  their 

ending  are  usually  spelled  with  tion. 

Abscission, 

Confession, 

Divulsion, 

Abstersion, 

Confusion, 

Emersion, 

Adhesion, 

Conversion, 

Evasion, 

Admission, 

Declension, 

Evulsion, 

Cohesion, 

Decursion, 

Exesion, 

Compulsion, 

Depulsion, 

Expulsion, 

Condescension, 

Dissension, 

Impression, 

Impulsion, 

Recension, 

Revulsion, 

Incursion, 

Recursion, 

Tension, 

Intrusion, 

Remission, 

Transcursion, 

Propulsion, 

Revision, 

Version. 

Exceptional  words.  Coercion,  Suspicion,  Crucifixion. 

Words  in  En. 

Encage, 

Enfranchise, 

Ensure, 

Enchant, 

Engender, 

Entail, 

Enchase, 

Engorge, 

Entangle, 

Encircle, 

Entrance, 

Enthrone, 

Enclose, 

Enhance, 

Entice, 

Encroach, 

Enjoin, 

Entire, 

Encumber, 

Enlard, 

Entitle, 

Endamage, 

Enlarge, 

Entomb, 

Endear, 

Enlighten, 

Entrap, 

Endow, 

Enlist, 

Entreat, 

Enfeeble, 

Enroll, 

Words  in  In. 

Enure, 

Inclasp, 

Ingrain, 

Intrust, 

Incrust, 

Ingulf, 

Intwine, 

Indict, 

Inquire, 

Inure, 

Indite, 

Insnare, 

Inveigle, 

Indorse, 

Insure, 

Inwheel, 

Indue, 

Interlace, 

Inwrap, 

Infold, 

Interplead, 

Inwreathe. 

Ingraft, 

Inthrall, 

Words  ending  in 

eive. 

Conceive, 

Deceive, 

Perceive, 

Receive, 

Words  ending  in 

ieve. 

Achieve, 

Relieve, 

Sieve, 

Aggrieve, 

Reprieve, 

Thieve. 

Believe, 

Retrieve, 

Nouns  which  change  f  or  fe  into  ves  in  the  plural. 

Beeves, 

Leaves, 

Shelves, 

Calves, 

Lives, 

Thieves, 

Elves, 

Loaves, 

Wharves, 

Halves, 

Selves, 

Wives, 

Knives, 

Sheaves, 

Wolves. 

Nouns  ending  in 

f  or  fe  in  which  S 

is  only  used  in  the  plural. 

Briefs, 

Turfs, 

Woofs, 

Chiefs, 

Kerfs, 

Hoofs, 

Fiefs, 

Surfs, 

Roofs, 

Griefs, 

Fifes, 

Proofs, 

Mischiefs, 

Strifes, 

Beliefs, 

Kerchiefs, 

Safes, 

Reliefs, 

Scarfs, 

Gulfs. 

Dwarfs. 

Nouns  ending  in  eau,  ieu,  and  OU, 

terminate  the  plural  in  *. 

Beaux, 

Flambeaux, 

Morceaux, 

Bureaux, 

Rondeaux, 

Rouleaux, 

Chapeaux, 

Plateaux, 

Tableaux, 

Chateaux,  ■ 

Bijoux, 

f 


ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  SPELLING  BY  SOUND. 


51 


SPELLING  BY  SOUND. 

SYSTEM  OF  ORTHOGRAPHY,  whereby 
superfluous  letters  could  be  dispensed  with, 
educational  reformers  have  long  sought  to 
introduce.  Of  these,  the  following  method 
of  Spelling  by  Sound  was  published  some 
time  since  by  the  Hon.  Joseph  Medill, 
editor  of  the  Chicago  Tribune,  its  advantage 
over  the  strictly  phonetic  system  being  that  the  same  alphabet  is 
employed  as  that  in  general  use,  which  makes  it  much  easier 
to  introduce.  It  is  at  the  same  time  more  agreeable  to  the 
eye.  By  this  system  the  student  can  spell  any  word  after 
learning  the  sounds,  and  the  reader  can  readily  pronounce  any 
word  when  reading.  The  great  advantages  gained  are  less 
space  used  in  writing,  less  time,  correct  pronunciation,  and 
correct  spelling. 

The  application  of  this  system  of  spelling  is  shown  as 
follows : 


A  Specimen  of  His  System. 

The  extreme  [regularities  ov  our  orthografy  hav  long  ben  a  sours  ov 
inconvAniens  and  anoians.  Men  eminent  ax  skolars  and  stAtsmen  hav 
often  pointed  out  theze  absurdities  ov  speling.  Yet  the  Avil  remanes.  It 
encumbers  our  primary  educAsion  and  robs  our  yuth  ov  yeresov  time  that 
shild  be  dAvdted  tu  the  acquizision  ov  nolej.  It  impozes  a  burden  upon 
the  literary  man  thru  life  in  the  flse  ov  superfltius  leters,  and  compels 
meny  persons  tu  study  speling  from  the  crAdle  tu  the  grave  or  fale  tu  spel 
corectly.  It  iz  a  fereful  barier  tu  foriners  hu  wish  to  lern  our  langwaje  ; 
and  wors  than  aul,  it  hinders  thousands  ov  persons  from  lerning  tu  rede 
and  rite,  and  thus  largly  augments  the  ranks  ov  igndrans  and  depravity. 

Theze  Avils  ar  so  dnormus  in  the  agrdgate  that  we  fele  compeled  tu  en- 
dors  the  words  ov  the  distinguished  President  ov  the  American  FilAlojical 
AsAsiAsion,  Prof.  F.  A.  March,  hzed  in  hiz  opening  adres  at  the  last 
anilal  mdting  ov  the  SAsiety  : 

“  It  iz  no  ftse  tu  try  tu  caracterize  with  fiting  epithets  the  monstrous 
speling  ov  the  English  langwaje.  The  time  lost  by  it  is  a  larj  part  ov  the 
hole  skule  time  ov  the  most  ov  men.  Count  the  ours  which  dch  person 
wAsts  at  skule  in  lerning  tu  rede  and  spel,  the  ours  spent  thru  life  in 
kdping  up  and  perfecting  hiz  nolej  ov  speling,  in  consulting  dicshunAries 
—  a  work  that  never  ends — the  ours  that  we  spend  in  rlting  silent  leters  ; 
and  multiplying  this  time  by  the  number  ov  persons  hu  speak  English, 
and  we  hav  a  tAtal  ov  milyuns  ov  yeres  wAsted  by  dch  jenerAsion.  The 
cost  ov  printing  the  silent  leters  ov  the  English  langwaje  iz  tu  be  counted 
by  milyuns  ov  dolors  for  dch  jenerAsion.” 

“  Stiner  or  lAter  English  orthografy  must  be  simplified  and  rdformed.” 
— Benjamin  Franklin. 

“  I  fele  very  hopeful  that  a  begining  wil  be  made  before  long  in  rdform- 
ing,  not  indede  everything  but  at  ldst  sumthing  in  the  unhistorical,  unsis- 
tematic,  unintelijible,  untdchable,  but  by  no  menes  unamendable  speling 
now  curent  in  England.” — Prof.  Max  Muller. 


u  Delitful  task  !  to  rere  the  tender  thaut, 

Tu  tdch  the  yung  idda  hou  tu  shute, 

Tu  pore  fresh  instrucsion  A’er  the  mind, 

Tu  brethe  the  enlivening  spirit,  and  tu  fix 
The  jenerus  purpos  in  the  gibing  brest.” 

“O,  thautles  mortals  !  ever  blind  tu  fate, 

Tu  sune  dejected  and  tu  sune  dlate.” 

“  Worth  makes  the  man  and  want  ov  it  the  felo  ; 

The  rest  is  aul  but  lether  or  prunela.” 

Where  there  iz  a  wil  there  iz  a  wa  ;  and  while  the  evil  continues  the  ne- 
sesity  for  orthAgrafic  rAform  wil  never  cese.  If  there  ar  eny  among  us  hu 
hav  tu  litle  regard  for  there  Ane  children  tu  smuthe  for  them  the  path  on 
which  there  infant  fete  must  stumble,  we  conjure  them  in  the  name  ov  God 
and  humanity  tu  beware  ov  the  grAter  sin  ov  crushing  by  opAzing  influens 
the  rising  hopes  ov  milyuns  les  fortunate,  hu  hav  ndther  mony  nor  time  tu 
squonder,  but  hu  nede  aul  the  ades  posible  tu  enAble  them  tu  take  a  pozi- 
sion  among  the  intelijent,  vertuus  and  hapy  sitizens  ov  our  grate  and 
glorius  cuntry. 

The  foregoing  will  suffice  to  represent  Mr.  Medill’s  idea  of 
simplified  orthography.  It  is  almost  phonetic  and  yet  pre¬ 
serves  most  of  the  analogies  and  peculiarities  of  the  English 
language.  He  retains  the  general  rule  that  e  ending  a  word 
and  preceding  a  consonant  indicates  that  the  vowel  is  “long.” 
Thus  he  spells  such  words  as 


belzVve, 

rec^z've, 

release, 

fierce, 

repeal, 

feel, 

sleeve, 

league, 


beleve, 

reseve, 

relese, 

fdrse, 

repele, 

fele, 

sieve, 

lege, 


guide, 

course, 

pique, 

chaise, 

paidj 

repair, 

gauge, 

pear, 


gide, 

corse, 

peke, 

shaze, 

pade, 

repare, 

gage, 

pare, 


prove, 

proof, 

through, 

school, 

door, 

four, 

boar, 

blow, 


pruve, 

prufe, 

thru, 

skule, 

dore, 

fore, 

bore, 

bio. 


Where  the  e  sound  does  not  indicate  the  long  vowel 
sound,  he  proposes  to  use  accented  vowels,  viz.  :  &,  e,  i,  6,  fi, 
and  for  the  sound  of  u  in  full,  should,  etc  ,  he  uses  u  :  thus, 
fill,  shud.  For  the  broad  sound  of  a  heard  in  azrght,  can ght, 
aw(a\,  all,  bread,  he  employs  au  and  spells  them  out  ;  caut, 
auful,  aul,  braud,  etc.  For  the  terminals  tion,  sion,  cian, 
scion,  etc.,  he  uses  sion.  He  retains  ed  as  the  sign  of  the  past 
tense,  and  s  as  that  of  the  plural  of  nouns  and  singular  of 
verbs.  Ble  as  a  terminal  is  also  retained.  K  is  written  for  ch 
in  all  words  in  which  ch  has  the  sound  of  k.  Ex. :  arkitect, 
monark,  skule,  etc.  All  double  consonants  are  reduced  to 
single  ones,  as  only  one  of  them  is  heard  in  pronunciation.  In 
all  words  now  spelled  with  ck,  as  back,  beck,  lick,  rock,  luck, 
he  drops  the  c  as  being  wholly  superfluous.  In  words  ending 
in  ous,  he  omits  the  o,  as  in  curius,  spurius,  and  when  ou  has 
the  sound  u  he  also  drops  the  o,  as  in  duble,  jurny.  He  retains 
y  at  the  end  of  nouns  in  the  singular,  as  copy,  foly.  He  writes 
f  for ph  in  alfabet,  fonetics,  flosofy,  etc.  He  omits  all  silent 
vowels  in  digraphs,  and  writes 


In  spAking  ov  the  disgrAsful  state  ov  English  orthografy  and  the  best 
mode  ov  reforming  it.  the  grate  American  lexicografer,  Dr.  N6ah  Webster, 
in  the  intrAducsion  tu  hiz  Quarto  Dicshunary,  says  : 

“  Nothing  can  be  more  disreputable  tu  the  literAry  caracter  ov  a  nAsion 
than  the  histAry  ov  English  orthografy,  unles  it  is  that  ov  our  or- 
thAepy.”  *  *  * 


head,  hed 

earth,  erth 

though,  tho, 

phthisic,  tizic, 


said,  sed, 

heifer,  hefer, 

leopard,  lepard, 

cleanse,  clens, 


tongue,  tung, 

sieve,  siv, 

built,  bilt, 

myrrh,  mer. 


The  proposed  system  is  very  easily  written.  After  an  hour’s 
practice  the  pen  runs  naturally  into  it.  The  plan  is  one  which 
would  cost  adults  scarcely  an  effort  to  learn  to  write,  and  no 


11  Dr.  Franklin  compiled  a  dicshunary  on  hiz  skeme  ov  rAform.  and  prA- 
cured  tipes  tu  be  cast,  which  he  ofered  tu  me  with  a  vfi  tu  engaje  me  tu 
prosecute  hiz  dezine.  This  ofer  I  declined  tu  acsept  ;  for  I  wos  then,  and 
am  stil,  convinsed  that  the  skeme  ov  intrddficing  nu  caracters  intu  the 
langwaje  is  nAther  practicable  nor  expedient.  Eny  atempt  ov  this  kind 
must  sertenly  fale  of  sucses.” 

“  The  mode  ov  asertAning  the  prAnunsiasion  ov  words  by  marks,  points 
or  trifling  olterAsions  ov  the  present  caracters,  semes  tu  be  the  Anly  won 
which  can  be  rAdused  tu  practis.” 


effort  at  all  to  learn  to  read  it.  He  thinks  it  is  the  simplest 
and  most  rational  compromise  with  existing  usage,  prejudice, 
and  etymologies,  which  can  probably  be  devised  with  any  hope 
of  acceptance,  and  if  accepted  and  adopted  it  would  secure  to 
the  Anglo-American  race  throughout  the  world  one  of  the 
simplest  and  best  orthographies  in  existence. 


I 


52 


CAPITAL  LETTERS  AND  PUNCTUATION. 


CAPITAL  LETTERS. 

>ANY  people  greatly  disfigure 
their  writing,  and  stamp  them¬ 
selves  as  illiterate,  by  the 
omission  or  improper  use  of 
capital  letters. 

What  do  we  think  of  the 
man  Avho,  wishing  to  place  his 
son  in  the  care  of  a  teacher, 
wrote  a  letter,  introducing  his  boy,  thus  l 

“deer  sur  yeW  Bein  a  man  of  noleg  i  Wish  tu  Put  Mi  son 
in  yure  skull.” 

Or,  of  the  mother  who  sends  a  line  by  her 
child  to  the  boot  and  shoe  merchant  as  follows? 

“  mister  Grean  Wunt  you  let  mi  Boay  hev  a  Tare  ov  Esy 
toad  shuz.” 

Fortunately  the  rules  for  using  capitals  are 
few,  and  once  acquired,  are  easily  remembered. 

Rules  for  the  Use  of  Capitals. 

Begin  every  paragraph  with  a  capital  letter. 

Begin  every  sentence  following  a  period  with  a  capital 
letter. 

Begin  each  proper  name  with  a  capital  letter. 

Begin  the  names  of  places,  as  Boston,  Newport,  Niagara, 
with  capital  letters. 

Begin  the  words,  North,  South,  East,  West,  and  their  com¬ 
pounds  and  abbreviations,  as  North-east,  S.  W.,  with  capital 
letters,  when  geographically  applied. 

Begin  the  names  of  the  Deity  and  Heaven,  or  the  pronoun 
used  for  the  former,  as,  in  His  mercy  — Thou,  Father,  etc., 
with  capital  letters. 

Begin  all  adjectives  formed  from  the  names  of  places  or 
points  of  the  compass  as  English,  Northern,  each  with  a  capital 
letter. 

Begin  each  line  of  poetry  with  a  capital  letter. 

Begin  all  quotations  with  a  capital  letter. 

Begin  all  titles  of  books,  and  usually  each  important  word  of 
the  title,  as  Hume’s  History  of  England,  with  capital  letters. 

Begin  the  name  of  any  historical  event,  as  the  French 
Revolution,  with  capital  letters. 

The  pronoun  I  and  the  interjection  O  must  invariably  be 

capital  letters. 

Begin  names  of  the  month,  as  June,  April,  with  capital  let¬ 
ters.  Also  the  days  of  the  week,  as  Monday,  Tuesday,  etc. 

Begin  all  addresses,  as  Dear  Sir  — Dear  Madam,  with  capital 

letters. 

Capital  letters  must  never  be  placed  in  the  middle  of  a  woid. 


% 


PUNCTUATION. 


HILE  the  omission  of  punctu¬ 
ation  may  not  mar  the  appear¬ 
ance  of  writing,  as  do  bad 
spelling  and  improper  use  of 
capitals,  its  correct  use  is, 
nevertheless,  essential  to  the 
proper  construction  of  a  sen¬ 
tence. 

Very  ludicrous,  and  sometimes  serious  mis¬ 
takes  result  from  improper  punctuation.  In 
the  following  sentence,  the  meaning  is  entirely 
changed  by  the  location  of  the  semicolon. 

“  He  is  an  old  and  experienced  hand  ;  in  vice  and  wicked¬ 
ness  he  is  never  found  ;  opposing  the  works  of  iniquity  he  takes 
delight.” 

“  He  is  an  old  and  experienced  hand  in  vice  and  wickedness  ; 
he  is  never  found  opposing  the  works  of  iniquity  ;  he  takes 
delight.” 


Punctuation  Marks. 


are  the  principal  characters  or 
points  used  in  punctuation  : 


The  following 


Comma  , 

Semicolon,  ; 

Colon 
Period 

Parenthesis  (  ) 


Exclamation  ! 
Interrogation  ? 
Dash  — 

Ellipsis . 

The  Caret  A 


Hyphen 
Apostrophe 
Quotation  Marks  “ 
Brackets 


Rules  for  Punctuation. 

The  Comma  (,).  Wherever  occurs  a  distinct 
natural  division  of  a  sentence.;  or  where  two 
or  more  words  are  connected,  without  the  con¬ 
necting  word  being  expressed,  the  comma  is 
used  ;  as 

“Dealer  in  hats,  caps,  boots,  shoes,  etc.”  “  Hedges,  trees, 
groves,  houses,  and  people,  all  went  rushing  by.”  “  Towering 
far  above  us  stood  the  pines,  silent,  majestic,  and  grand.” 
“  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you.” 

The  Semicolon  (;)  is  used  where  a  sentence 
consists  of  several  members  each  constituting  a 
distinct  proposition,  and  yet  having  dependence 
upon  each  other ;  as 


RULES  FOR  PUNCTUATION. 


53 


“  Some  men  are  born  great  ;  some  acquire  greatness  ;  some 
have  greatness  thrust  upon  them.”  “Contributors:  Will.  M. 
Carleton  ;  Wm.  C.  Bryant  ;  B.  F.  Taylor  ;  John  G.  Saxe.” 
“  Contents  :  Riches  ;  Poverty  ;  Religion.” 

The  Colon  (:)  is  used  to  divide  a  sentence 
into  two  or  more  parts,  which,  although  the 
sense  is  complete  in  each,  are  not  wholly  inde¬ 
pendent  ;  as 

“  Temperance  begets  virtue  :  virtue  begets  happiness.”  “  Two 
questions  grow  out  of  the  subject :  1st :  What  is  the  necessity  of 
a  classical  education  ?  2d  :  How  far  can  a  classical  education 
be  made  applicable  to  the  ordinary  business  affairs  of  life?” 

The  Period  (.)  is  placed  at  the  end  of  every 
complete  and  independent  sentence  ;  before 
decimals  ;  between  pounds  and  shillings  ;  after 
initial  letters,  and  for  abbreviations ;  as 

“Man,  know  thyself.”  “  Chas.  Williams,  M.D.”  “J.Q. 

Adams.”  “  Genl.  Supt.  of  C.,  B.,  and  Q.  R.  R.”  “  £25.  8s.  qd.” 
“  4.24  miles.” 

The  Exclamation  Point  (!)  denotes  sudden 
or  violent  emotion  ;  as 

“  O  blissful  days  !  Ah  me!  How  soon  ye  passed  !  ”  “  Charge, 
Chester,  charge!  On,  Stanley,  on !  ”  “  Great  bargains!  Clothing 
sold  at  forty  per  cent,  below  cost !  ”  “  Rejoice!  Rejoice!  the 

summer  months  are  coming.” 

The  Note  of  Interrogation  (?)  is  used  after 
every  sentence  in  which  a  question  is  asked  ;  as 

“  What  season  of  the  year  do  you  enjoy  most  ?  ” 

It  is  also  used  to  denote  sneeringly  the 
unbelief  of  the  speaker ;  as 

“  His  wise  counsels  (?)  failed  to  accomplish  their  end.” 

Brackets  [  ]  and  Parentheses  (  )  are  employed 
to  enclose  words  thrown  into  a  sentence  by  way 
of  explanation,  which  could  be  omitted  without 
injury  to  its  construction  ;  as 

“  I  have  met  (and  who  has  not)  with  many  disappointments.” 
“  Eight  (8)  miles  and  one  hundred  (100)  yards.”  “  In  con¬ 
clusion,  gentlemen,  I  am  for  the  constitution,  the  whole  consti¬ 
tution,  and  nothing  but  the  constitution.”  [Great  applause.] 

The  Bash  ( — )  is  used  when  the  subject 
breaks  off  suddenly,  and  to  show  the  omission 
of  words,  letters  and  figures  ;  thus  : 

“  I  would  — but  ah !  I  fear  it  is  impossible  —  I  would  —  I 
will  reform.”  “The  pulse  fluttered — stopped  —  went  on  — 
stopped  again  —  moved  —  stopped.” 

“This  agreement  entered  into  this - day  of - ,  18 — , 

between - of  the  first  part,  and  - - of 

the  second  part,  witnesseth,  etc.” 


The  Hyphen  (-)  is  employed  as  a  character 
between  two  words  to  show  that  they  are  con¬ 
nected  together  as  a  compound  word  ;  thus  : 

Thirty -fold,  super-heated,  four-leaved,  etc. 

It  is  also  used  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  when 
the  remainder  of  the  word  follows  on  the  next 
line.  Also  in  dividing  a  word  to  show  its  pro¬ 
nunciation  ;  as 

Pro-cras-ti-nate  ;  val-e-tud-i-na-ri-an  ;  co-op-e-rate. 

The  Ellipsis  (....)  is  used  to  represent  the 
omission  of  words,  syllables,  and  letters,  and  is 
sometimes  represented  by  a  dash  ;  thus,  k  —  g 
for  king  :  occasionally  by  stars  ;  thus,  *  *  *  *  : 

and  sometimes  by  periods  ;  like  these . 

The  following  examples  illustrate  its  use. 

“  Mrs.  W -  - ,  of  C - ,  is  said  to  Ire  the  for¬ 

tunate  individual.”  “  This  was  in  1850.  *  *  *  *  Twenty 
years  later,  in  1870,  we  gather  up,  again,  the  thread  of  our  dis¬ 
course.”  “If  he  had  married  ....  Ah,  well !  it. was  not 
so  to  be.” 

'The  Apostrophe  (’)  is  employed  to  distinguish 
the  possessive  case  ;  thus  : 

“John’s  Book.”  “Superintendent’s  Office.”  “Wells’ 
Grammar :  ” 

And  the  omission  of  letters  in  the  beginning  or 

o  O 

middle  of  a  word  ,  thus , 

“  I’ll,  ”  for  “  I  will.”  “  Thou’lt,”  for  “  Thou  wilt.” 
“  Prop’r,”  for  “  Proprietor.”  “  In’st,”  for  “  Interest,”  etc. 

See  rules  for  punctuation,  in  the  chapter 
relating  to  “  Sign  Painting.” 

The  Caret  ( A )  is  employed,  in  writing,  to 
show  where  a  word,  or  several  words  have  been 
omitted  in  the  sentence,  and  have  been  placed 
above  the  line  ;  as 

handmaid  of  e 

“Temperance  is  the  virtue.”  “  Improvment.” 

A  A 

Quotation  Marks  (“  ”)  are  used  by  the  writer 
to  designate  a  word  or  sentence  quoted  or 
copied  from  another  author  ;  as 

“  Three  things  bear  mighty  sway  with  men, 

The  Sword,  the  Sceptre,  and  the  Pen." 

The  Marks  of  Reference  (*  f  J  §  II  IT)  are 
used  to  call  attention  to  notes  of  explanation  at 
the  bottom  of  the  page.  If  many  notes  are 
used  and  these  are  all  exhausted,  they  can  be 


54 


MARKS  DIRECTING  ATTENTION. 


doubled.  Some  writers  use  letters,  and  some 
figures,  for  reference. 

Marks  of  Pronunciation. 

For  the  purpose  of  giving  inflection  to  cer¬ 
tain  words,  or  to  designate  the  prolongation  of 
occasional  syllables  in  a  word,  tlie  author 
frequently  finds  it  convenient  to  use  certain 
characters  to  denote  such  accents.  To  illus¬ 
trate  : 

The  Acute  (4)  gives  the  rising  inflection  ;  as 

“  Will  you  ride  ?” 

The  Crave  (a)  the  falling  ;  as 

“  Will  you  wdlk  or  ride.” 

The  Circumflex  (a)  indicates  the  rising  and 
falling  inflection  in  the  same  syllable  ;  as, 

“  Machine,”  Montreal,”  etc. 

The  Macron  (-)  placed  above  a  letter  desig¬ 
nates  a  full,  long  vowel  sound  ;  as 

“  Fate.”  “Home.”  “Note.”  “  Eve,”  etc. 

A  Breve  denotes  a  short  sound,  when 

placed  above  a  vowel ;  as 

“  A-dore.”  “  Glo-ri-ous.” 

The  Diaeresis  (a)  is  used  for  the  purpose  of 
dividing  a  diphthong,  or  syllable  into  two  dis¬ 
tinct  syllables ;  as 

“  Avenged.”  “  Beloved.” 

Also  when  two  vowels  come  together,  this 
character  is  sometimes  used  to  show  that  they 
are  not  contracted  into  a  diphthong  ;  as 

“Cooperate.”  “Reiterate.”  “Reappear.” 

The  Cedilla  (p)  is  a  mark  placed  under  the 
c  to  denote  that  its  sound  is  the  same  as  the 
letter  s;  as 

“  Qhaise.”  “  Fagade.” 

The  Tilde  (n)  placed  over  an  n  gives  it  the 
sound  of  ny  ;  as 

“  Minon.”  “  Sefior.” 

Marks  Directing  Attention. 

The  Index  is  used  to  call  special 

attention  to  an  important  line  or  clause  in  the 
writing  or  printing  ,  as  : 

“  ISF"  Five  per  cent  discount  for  cash.” 


The  Asterism  or  Stars  (***)  is  used  to  desig¬ 
nate  a  general  reference  ;  as 

“  ***  The  teacher  should  make  frequent  use  of  the  black¬ 
board.” 

The  Brace  ]  is  employed  to  unite  two  or 


more  parts  of  speech  or  names  that  are  brought 
into  juxtaposition  as 

Wm.  Smith. 


Masculine. 
Gender  Feminine, 
Neuter. 


Committee  j 


John  Brown. 


A  Paragraph  is  used  by  the  author  fre¬ 
quently  to  designate,  in  the  middle  of  a  sen¬ 
tence,  when  he  re-reads  his  manuscript,  those 
words  that  he  wishes  to  have  commence  a  para¬ 
graph.  It  shows  where  something  new  begins. 

A  Section  (§)  usually  designates  the  smaller 
distinct  parts  of  a  book. 

As  references  they  are  frequently  used  with 
numbers ;  thus : 

“  If  87.  Wedding  Ceremonies  in  Different  Countries.” 

“  §  172.  The  Law  of  Usury  in  Different  States.” 

Leaders  ( - )  are  employed  to  lead  the  eye 

from  one  portion  of  the  page  to  another  across 
blank  space ;  as 

London.. . - .  . I23 

Paris . . . . . . 

New  York . . 

Underscoring. 

Words  and  sentences  that  the  writer  desires 
should  be  emphatic,  are  designated  by  lines 
drawn  beneath  the  words  that  are  to  be  empha¬ 
sized.  Thus  one  line  indicates  italics;  two 
lines,  SMALL  CAPITALS  ;  three  lines,  LARGE 
CAPITALS;  four  lines,  ITALIC  CAPITALS. 
The  words 

“  To  arms  !  to  arms  ! !  to  arms  ! ! !  they  cry,” 

Underscored  will  appear  in  print  thus  — 

“  To  arms!  to  arms!!  TO  ARMS!!  1  they  cry.” 

“Upward  and  upward  we  went !  gradually  the  scene  grew 
more  and  more  entrancing!  until  at  length,  faster ,  RICHER, 
WILDER,  GRANDER  the  weird  objects  came  and  went, 
fading  away  at  last  in  the  long  dim  distance.” 


T 


NAMES  OF  THE  PARTS  OP  SPEECH. 


55 


GRAMMAR. 

RAMMAR  is  the  art  of  writing 
or  speaking  a  language  cor¬ 
rectly.  There  are  eight  dis¬ 
tinct  parts  of  speech,  named 
as  follows  :  Noun,  Pronoun , 
Adjective,  Verb ,  Adverb ,  Prep¬ 
osition,  Conjunction  and  Inter¬ 
jection. 

The  Noun  is  the  name  of  an  object,  or  some 
quality  of  the  same  ;  as  knife,  horse,  house, 
sharpness,  speed,  beauty.  Nouns  are  of  two 
classes,  proper  and  common.  A  proper  noun 
is  the  name  of  an  individual  object ;  as  England , 
William,  Washington ;  and  should  always  be 
capitalized.  Names  given  to  whole  classes  are 
common  nouns  ;  as  sea,  land ,  rmy,  tree ,  etc. 

A  Pronoun  is  a  word  that  takes  the  place 
of  a  noun  ;  as  “  He  reads,”  “  She  studies,” 
“  It  falls.” 

An  Adjective  is  a  word  used  to  describe  a 
noun;  as  “ sweet  cider,”  “ educated  people,” 
“ fast  horse.” 

The  Verb  is  a  word  that  expresses  action; 
as  “  He  runs,”  “  She  sleeps,”  “  It  falls.” 

The  Adverb  tells  how  the  action  is  per¬ 
formed,  and  modifies  the  meaning  of  verbs, 
adjectives,  and  other  adverbs  ;  as  “  He  walks 
rapidly ,”  “  Very  soon,”  “  More  pleasing,” 

“  Directly  under,”  etc. 

A  Preposition  is  a  word  that  connects  other 
words,  and  shows  the  relation  between  them  ; 
as  “  The  snow  lies  on  the  ground,”  “  He  went 
to  Europe.” 

A  Conjunction  is  a  part  of  speech  used 
to  connect  words  and  sentences  together  ;  as 
“  Houses  and  Lands.”  “  I  walked  in  the 
meadows  and  in  the  groves,  but  I  saw  no  birds, 
nor  animals  of  any  kind,  because  of  the  dark¬ 
ness.” 

An  Interjection  is  a  word  used  to  express 
sudden  or  strong  emotion  ;  as  Of  Alas  !  Ah  ! 

As  a  full  consideration  of  the  subject  of 
grammar  requires  a  volume  of  itself,  it  is  not 


the  purpose,  therefore,  of  this  book  to  enter 
into  a  detailed  explanation  of  the  use  of  the 
various  parts  of  speech,  along  with  the  rules 
for  applying  the  same.  Fuller  instruction 
relating  to  the  nroper  construction  of  language 
may  be  obtained  in  any  of  the  various  text 
books  on  grammar,  which  may  be  procured  at 
the  bookstores. 

Mistakes  Corrected. 

The  object  in  introducing  the  subject  of  gram¬ 
mar  here  is  to  call  attention  to  the  faults  liable 
to  be  made  by  the  writer  and  speaker  unac¬ 
quainted  with  a  knowledge  of  the  correct  use 
of  language.  To  illustrate  :  special  care  should 
be  taken  to  use  the  plural  verb  when  the  plural 
nominative  is  used  ;  as  “  Trees  grows  ”  should 
be  “  Trees  groiv.”  “  Birds  flies  ”  should  be 
“Birds,/??/.”  “  Some  flowers  is  more  fragrant 

than  others,”  should  be  “  Some  flowers  are 
more  fragrant  than  others.” 

Care  should  be  exercised  in  the  use  of  the 
adjective  pronoun  ;  as  “  Them  men  ”  should  be 
“ Those  men.” 

The  past  tense  of  the  word  do  is  frequently 
improperly  used  ;  as  “  I  done  it  ”  should  be 
“  I  did  it.” 

Care  should  be  taken  with  words  terminating 
with  ly ;  as  “  Birds  fly  swift  ”  should  be  “  Birds 
fly  swiftly;”  “She  sang  beautiful”  should  be 
“She  sang  beautifully ;”  “He  walks  rapid” 
should  be  “ rapidly “He  talks  eloquent” 
should  be  “  eloquently .” 

The  word  got  is  frequently  unnecessarily 
used  ;  as  “  I  have  got  the  book  ”  should  be  “  I 
have  the  book.” 

The  word  learn  is  often  wrongly  used  in 
place  of  teach ;  as,  “  Will  you  learn  me  to 
write?”  should  be  “  WillyouteacA  me  to  write?” 

The  verbs  lay  and  lie  are  frequently  misused. 

The  following  examples  illustrate  the  dis¬ 
tinction  to  be  observed  in  their  use.  Thus, 
“  I  lie  down ;  you  lie  down ;  he  lies  down.” 
But  “  I  lay  down  the  book ;  you  lay  down  the 
carpet ;  he  lays  down  the  rules.” 


declamation  and  composition. 


56 


The  verbs  sit  and  set  are  often  used  improp¬ 
erly.  The  following  sentences  illustrate  the 
difference  between  them.  Thus, “I  sit  down ; 
you  sit  down  ;  he  sits  down.”  “  I  set  the  table  ; 
you  set  the  trap ;  and  he  sets  the  saw.’ 

Care  should  be  used  not  to  have  two  negatives 
in  a  sentence  when  affirmation  is  meant  ;  thus, 

“  Do  n’t  never  tell  a  lie  ”  should  be  “  Never  tell 
a  lie “  I  can ’t  see  nothing  ”  should  be  “  I 
can  see  nothing,”  or  “  I  cannot  see  anything.’ 

Slang  Phrases  and  Profanity. 

A  man  is  known  by  the  company  he  keeps. 
He  is  also  known  by  his  language.  No  amount 
of  good  clothes  or  outside  polish  can  prevent  a 
man  from  being  regarded  as  vulgar  and  low-bred 
who  is  addicted  to  the  use  of  profane  words.  The 
use  of  profanity  plainly  indicates  that  the  person 
employing  it  has  such  a  limited  knowledge  of 
words  suitable  to  express  ideas,  that  he  is  com¬ 
pelled  to  use  vulgar  language  in  order  to  convey 
his  thought.  And  the  same  measurably  is  true 
of  slang  phrases.  Such  words  as  u  Level  best  ” 
“  Right  smart ,  ”  “  Played  out ,”  “  You  bet,” 
“  Bottom  dollar ,”  etc.,  while  sometimes  allowed 
among  familiar  acquaintances,  are  vulgarisms, 
and  in  all  graver  speaking  and  writing  should  be 
avoided. 

The  uniform  use  of  a  chaste,  refined,  and 
beautiful  language  is  not  only  an  index  to  a 
pure,  clear,  and  cultivated  intellect,  but  is 
always,  to  the  lady  or  gentleman,  one  of  the 
surest  elements  of  success  in  any  business  where 
language  is  required. 


Declamation  of  Original  Compositions. 

'HE  man  or  the  woman  in  any  com¬ 
munity  who  can  express  ideas  cor¬ 
rectly,  plainly,  readily,  with  good 
voice  and  self  possession;  in  the 
presence  of  others,  wields  always  a 
commanding  influence,  provided  this 
accomplishment  is  guided  by  good  judgment, 
which  teaches  what  to  speak,  how  to  speak, 
when  to  speak,  and  where  to  speak. 


The  correct  and  fluent  expression  of  thought 
is  largely  a  matter  of  practice.  Our  youth 
should  be  early  taught  to  write  their  thoughts, 
and  to  declaim  in  public. 

The  writing  of  compositions  in  school  is  one 
of  the  most  important  of  the  studies  pursued, 
and,  with  every  student,  in  some  form,  should 
be  among  the  daily  exercises  of  the  school-room  ; 
as  in  the  writ  ing  of  the  composition  are  learned 
spelling,  penmanship,  punctuation,  use  of  capital 
letters,  grammar,  and  correct  expression.  And 
frequently,  during  the  week,  should  the  student 
declaim  ;  the  declamation  being,  generally,  the 
student’s  own  composition.  Thus  youth  become 
accustomed  to  the  speaking  of  their  own 
thoughts  correctly,  and  oftentimes  eloquently. 

This  art,  acquired  under  the  guidance  of  an 
experienced  teacher,  will  be  of  infinite  service 
to  the  man  in  after  life.  And  with  the  rapidly 
widening  sphere  of  woman’s  wrork,  the  ability 
to  speak  well  in  public  is  equally  desirable  for 
her. 

True,  many  people  who  have  an  ambition  for 
public  speaking  do  not  awake  to  the  necessity 
and  importance  of  this  subject  until  the  period 
of  their  school  days  has  long  passed,  when  the 
conviction  is  likely  to  force  itself  upon  their 
minds  that  they  are  too  late.  Such,  however, 
need  not  be  discouraged  in  their  efforts  towards 
the  acquisition  of  a  pleasing  style  of  oratory. 
Let  a  debating  club  be  established,  of  half  a 
dozen  or  more  persons,  to  meet  regularly  during 
the  week  at  stated  times,  for  the  discussion  of 
current  topics  of  the  day,  either  at  a  private 
residence,  some  hall  chosen  for  the  purpose,  or 
at  a  school-room;  the  exercises  of  the  occa¬ 
sion  being  interspersed  with  written  essays  by 
various  members  of  the  club,  the  whole  to  be 
criticised  by  critics  appointed.  A  few  weeks 
thus  spent  will  oftentimes  develop  in  the  club 
several  fluent  essayists  and  speakers. 

A  rule  ever  to  be  acted  upon  by  the  student 
is,  that  whatever  is  worth  doing  at  all  is  worth 
doing  well.  Aim  always  for  the  greatest  excel¬ 
lence  when  commencing  the  study  of  any  art  or 
science. 


THE  ART  OP  EXTEMPORANEOUS  SPEAKING.  57 


WRITING  AS  AN  AID  TO  EXTEMPORE 
SPEAKING. 

HE  ability  to  make  an  off-hand 
speech  without  the  aid  of  manu¬ 
script,  at  once  entertaining  and 
instructive,  is  an  accomplish¬ 
ment  very  much  to  be  desired, 
and  is  one  that  can  be  acquired 
in  most  cases  by  the  man  or 
woman  of  average  talent,  who 
has  the  requisite  amount  of  training  for  this 
purpose,  accompanied  by  the  necessary  oppor¬ 
tunities  for  intellectual  culture.  Such  being  the 
fact,  the  following  suggestions  may  be  oppor¬ 
tune,  as  giving  an  outline  of  the  requisites 
necessary  for  the  production  of  a  ready  speaker. 

First.  The  foundation  of  the  discourse  should 
be  thoroughly  fixed  in  the  mind,  and  the  order 
of  succession  in  which  the  arguments  are  to 
follow. 

Second.  These  should  be  so  arranged  that 
one  thought  should  be  the  natural  outgrowth 
of  the  other,  and  each  idea  should  be  so  dis¬ 
tinctly  marked  out  as  to  be  in  readiness  the  mo¬ 
ment  it  is  wanted. 

Third.  The  speaker  should  vividly  feel  all 
that  he  may  design  to  speak,  in  order  that  clear 
ideas  may  be  expressed.  The  mind  should  not, 
however,  be  so  absorbed  with  the  subject  in 
hand  as  to  prevent  its  acting  readily  in  the 
development  of  the  topic  under  consideration. 
It  is  possible  for  the  feelings  to  become  so 
vehement  in  their  expression  as  to  paralyze 
utterance  from  their  very  fullness. 

Fourth.  The  feelings,  in  speaking,  must  be 
resolved  into  ideas,  thoughts  intc  images,  to 
express  which  there  must  be  suitable  language. 
While  the  main  idea  should  be  firmly  grasped, 
in  its  elucidation  it  should  be  separated  into  its 
principal  members,  and  these  again  divided  into 
subordinate  parts,  each  under  perfect  command 
of  the  speaker,  to  be  called  upon  and  used  at 
will,  until  the  subject  is  exhausted. 


Fifth.  The  full,  complete,  and  ready  use  of 
the  imagination  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to 
the  extemporaneous  speaker,  which  power  may 
be  greatly  cultivated  by  reading  the  works  of 
Walter  Scott,  Dickens,  and  other  standard 
writers  who  excel  in  imaginative  description. 
To  hold  up  before  the  audience  a  clear,  distinct 
outline  of  the  subject  in  hand,  and  paint  the 
picture  in  fitting  language  so  vividly  that  the 
auditors  will  delightedly  follow  its  progress, 
step  by  step,  is  the  distinguishing  excellence  of 
the  off-hand  speaker.  With  many  persons  of 
real  talent,  the  powers  of  imagination  work  too 
slowly  to  hold  the  attention  of  the  audience. 
This  hindrance,  however,  can  be  largely  over¬ 
come  by  practice. 

Sixth.  The  difficulty  of  embarrassment,  which 
afflicts  some  people  upon  public  appearance,  is 
overcome  by  practice,  and  by  having  a  perfectly 
distinct  understanding  of  what  is  to  be  said, 
which  consciousness  tends  to  give  confidence 
and  self-possession.  To  obtain  the  ability  to 
present  this  clear  conception  of  the  subject,  the 
speaker  should  study  logic,  geometry,  and  kin¬ 
dred  subjects,  that  arrive  at  conclusions  through 
a  process  of  analytical  reasoning.  The  speaker 
should  be  able  to  think  methodically,  being 
able  to  decompose  his  thoughts  into  parts,  to 
analyze  these  into  their  elements,  to  recompose, 
regather,  and  concentrate  these  again  in  a  man¬ 
ner  such  as  will  clearly  illustrate  the  idea  sought 
to  be  conveyed. 

Seventh.  One  of  the  most  efficient  aids  to 
public  speaking  is  the  ability  to  write.  The 
public  speaker  will  do  well  to  commence  by 
writing  in  full  what  he  is  desirous  of  saying. 
He  should,  at  the  same  time,  make  a  study  of 
the  various  masters  of  oratory.  Writing  gives 
great  clearness  to  the  expression  of  thought, 
and  having  plenty  of  time  in  its  composition, 
the  mind  is  able  to  look  at  the  subject  in  every 
phase.  With  the  main  idea  clearly  defined  and 
kept  constantly  in  view,  let  the  speaker  exam¬ 
ine  the  subject  in  every  light,  the  different  fac¬ 
ulties  of  the  mind  concentrating  upon  a  single 


58 


THE  ART  OP  COMPOSITION. 


point.  Thus,  step  by  step,  the  subject  is  con¬ 
sidered  in  all  its  bearings,  the  various  details  of 
the  idea  being  completely  studied,  and  the 
whole  matter  thoroughly  developed,  until  the 
subject  has  reached  its  perfect  form. 

Eighth.  The  daily  study  of  synonymous  words 
and  their  meanings  will  give  greater  facility  of 
expression.  The  mind  should  also  be  stored  with 
a  great  variety  of  information  on  subjects  per¬ 
taining  to  the  arts  and  sciences,  from  which  one 
can  constantly  draw  in  cases  of  emergency,  xt 
is  impossible  for  the  speaker  to  extemporize 
what  is  not  in  the  mind.  And  further,  all  read¬ 
ing  and  study  should  be  done  with  such  care 
that  every  idea  thus  acquired  will  be  so  thor¬ 
oughly  wrought  out  as  to  be  available  when  we 
wish  to  communicate  our  ideas  to  others. 

Ninth.  In  public  speaking,  one  of  the  great 
secrets  of  success  is  a  knowledge  of  human  na¬ 
ture.  To  acquire  this  the  speaker  should  care¬ 
fully  study  men  —  the  passions  and  impulses 
that  influence  mankind — their  phrenological 
characteristics,  and  know  them  as  they  are.  To 
do  this,  he  should  freely  mingle  in  society,  in¬ 
terchanging  ideas,  and  seeking  every  opportu¬ 
nity  for  the  practice  of  extempore  speaking. 

Tenth.  An  important  element  necessary  to 
success  in  the  off-hand  speaker  is  courage. 
While  it  is  essential  that  he  use  choice  and  fit¬ 
ting  language  in  the  expression  of  ideas,  let  him 
not  hesitate,  when  he  has  commenced  a  sentence, 
because  he  cannot  readily  call  to  mind  the  exact 
language  necessary  to  beautifully  clothe  the 
thought.  Push  vigorously  through  to  the  end, 
even  though  at  a  sacrifice,  for  a  time,  of  the 
most  perfect  forms  of  speech.  This  courage 
that  dare  stand  up  and  speak  a  sentence  un¬ 
grammatically  even,  is  necessary  to  make  the 
good  speaker  of  the  future. 

Finally,  while  all  cannot  become  equally 
proficient  in  oratory,  the  industrious  student  of 
average  talent  who  earnestly  resolves  to  win 
success  as  an  extempore  speaker,  will  find  him¬ 
self,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  in  time,  self-pos¬ 
sessed  in  the  presence  of  others.  With  ideas 


clear  and  distinct,  vivified  and  quickened  by 
imagination,  clothed  in  fitting  words  and  beau¬ 
tiful  language,  he  will  be  enabled  to  instruct 
and  entertain  an  audience  in  a  manner  vastly 
better  than  most  people  would  suppose  who 
may  have  listened  to  his  maiden  efforts  in  the 
commencement  of  his  public  speaking. 


COMPOSITION. 

0  be  able  to  talk  correctly,  the  stu¬ 
dent  should  first  be  able  to  write 
properly.  Not  only  should  penman¬ 
ship  be  plain  and  easy,  words  rightly 
spelled,  capitals  correctly  used,  and 
sentences  grammatically  constructed 
and  punctuated,  but  much  depends,  also,  be 
yond  that,  upon  the  style  of  composition,  mode 
of  expression,  and  language  used,  whether  it 
be  acceptable  to  readers  and  hearers,  or  not. 

As  a  rule,  with  the  great  sea  of  literature 
about  us,  the  writer  of  to-day  who  is  original 
and  condenses  ideas  into  the  smallest  space, 
whether  in  the  sermon,  book,  business  letter, 
or  newspaper  article,  is  much  the  most  likely  to 
have  readers  or  hearers.  The  aim  of  the  wri¬ 
ter  should  therefore  be,  first,  to  say  something 
new,  presenting  a  subject  fraught  with  original 
ideas  and  second,  to  give  those  ideas  in  the 
fewest  possible  words  consistent  with  agreeable 
expression. 

“  Why  did  you  not  make  that  article  more 
brief  ”  said  an  editor  to  his  correspondent. 

“  Because,”  said  the  writer,  ‘  I  did  not  have 
time.” 

The  idea  sought  to  be  conveyed,  concerning 
brevity,  is  clearly  shown  in  that  answer  of  the 
correspondent.  It  is  an  easy  matter  to  dress 
ideas  in  many  words.  It  requires  much  more 
care,  however,  to  clearly  state  the  same  idea  in 
less  words. 

The  chief  merit  of  Shakespeare  is  the  thought 
conveyed  in  few  words ;  the  meaning  that  we 
catch  beyond  the  words  expressed. 

Those  poets  that  will  live  in  immortality  have 


SUGGESTIONS  ON  COMPOSITION. 


59 


written  thus.  The  reader  cannot  fail  to  recog¬ 
nize  the  truth  and  thought  conveyed  in  this 
stanza  of  Cowper’s,  beyond  the  words  them¬ 
selves  : 

“  Judge  not  the  Lord  by  feeble  sense, 

But  trust  Him  for  His  grace ; 

Behind  a  frowning  providence, 

He  hides  a  smiling  face.” 

The  idea  expressed  in  these  few  lines  brings  up 
in  long  review  the  trials  of  a  past  life,  and  the 
recollection  of  sorrows  and  afflictions  which  we 
afterwards,  not  unfrequently,  discovered  to  be 
blessings  in  disguise,  and  in  reality  seemingly 
designed  for  our  best  good. 

There  is  much  food  for  reflection  in  the  follow¬ 
ing  stanza  from  Gray’s  “  Elegy”  : 

“Full  many  a  gem,  of  purest  ray  serene, 

The  dark,  unfatkomed  caves  of  ocean  bear; 

Full  many  a  flower  is  born  to  blush  unseen, 

And  waste  its  sweetness  on  the  desert  air.” 

With  this  reading  comes  up  the  thought  of 
those  of  our  fellow  men  whom  we  know  to  be 
good,  noble,  and  worthy,  but  whose  names  will  go 
down  to  the  grave  unhonored  and  unknown. 

Very  plainly  we  see  the  meaning  beyond  the 
words  in  the  following,  also  from  Gray : 

“  Perhaps,  in  this  neglected  spot,  is  laid 
Some  heart,  once  pregnant  with  celestial  fire  — 

Hand,  that  the  rod  of  empire  might  have  swayed. 

Or  waked  to  ecstasy  the  living  lyre.” 

A  similar  idea  is  expressed  by  Whittier, 
though  in  fewer  words : 

“  Of  all  sad  words  of  tongue  or  pen. 

The  saddest  are  these,  ‘  It  might  have  been.1  ” 

Both  stanzas  are  deeply  freighted  with  thought 
beyond  what  is  expressed. 

Those  extracts,  whether  in  prose  or  poetry, 
that  are  destined  to  go  down  to  coming  genera¬ 
tions,  are  so  laden  with  ideas  and  suggestions 
that  in  listening  or  reading,  the  scenes  they 
suggest  seem  to  move  before  us,  and  we  forget 
words  in  contemplating  that  which  the  words 
describe. 

Prose  writings  often  contain  gems  of  thought 
told  very  briefly,  especially  in  the  works  of  our 
best  authors.  In  the  following,  from  Irving’s 
description  of  the  grave,  the  reader  becomes  so 
absorbed  in  the  picture  portrayed  that  the  words 
themselves  are  lost  in  the  emotions  they  enkin¬ 
dle: 


“  O,  the  grave  1  the  grave !  It  buries  every  error,  covers  every  de¬ 
fect,  extinguishes  every  resentment.  From  its  peaceful  bosom  spring 
none  but  fond  regrets  and  tender  recollections.  Who  can  look  down 
upon  the  grave  even  of  an  enemy,  and  not  feel  a  compunctious  throb, 
that  he  should  ever  have  warred  with  the  poor  handful  of  earth  that 
lies  mouldering  before  him. 

“But  the  grave  of  those  we  loved  —  what  a  place  for  meditation! 
There  it  is  that  we  call  up  in  long  review  the  whole  history  of  virtue 
and  gentleness,  and  the  thousand  endearments  lavished  upon  us,  al¬ 
most  unheeded,  in  the  daily  intercourse  of  intimacy;  there  it  is  that 
we  dwell  upon  the  tenderness,  the  solemn,  awful  tenderness  of  the 
parting  scene  — the  hed  of  death,  with  all  its  stifled  griefs,  its  noiseless 
attendants,  its  mute,  watchful  assiduities  —  the  last  testimonies  of  ex¬ 
piring  love  —  the  feeble,  fluttering,  thrilling  —  O  how  thrilling  !  —  pres¬ 
sure  of  the  hand  —  the  last  fond  look  of  the  glazing  eye,  turned  upon 
us  even  from  the  threshold  of  existence  —  the  faint,  faltering  accents 
struggling  in  death  to  give  one  more  assurance  of  affection. 

“Ay,  go  to  the  grave  of  buried  love,  and  meditate!  There  settle 
the  account  with  thy  conscience  for  every  past  benefit  unrequited, 
every  past  endearment  unregarded,  of  that  departed  being  who  can 
never  —  never  —  never  return  to  be  soothed  by  thy  contrition.” 

The  Bible  abounds  in  beautiful  and  expressive 
sayings,  that  reveal  much  in  few  words,  as  shown 
in  the  following: 

“The  wicked  flee  when  no  man  pursueth.”  “Boast  not  thyself  of 
to-morrow.  Thou  knowest  not  what  a  day  may  bring  forth.” 

“  A  soft  answer  turneth  away  wrath.”  “  Better  is  a  dinner  of  herbs 
where  love  is,  than  a  stalled  ox  and  hatred  therewith.” 

“  Hope  deferred  maketh  the  heartsick.”  “  Cast  thy  bread  upon 
the  waters,  for  thou  shalt  find  it  after  many  days.” 

Care  should  be  taken  to  prune  out  the  unnec¬ 
essary  words  with  an  unsparing  hand.  Thus, 
in  the  sentence,  “  I  have  got  back,  having  re¬ 
turned  }Testerday,”  it  is  better  to  say,  “  I  re¬ 
turned  yesterday.” 

Two  young  men,  upon  going  into  the  army 
during  the  la/te  civil  war,  were  requested  by 
their  friends  to  telegraph  at  the  close  of  any 
battle  they  might  take  part  in,  concerning  their 
condition.  At  the  close  of  the  battle  of  Perry- 
ville,  one  telegraphed  the  following  : 


“Pebryville,  Ky.,  Oct.  9, 1862. 

“Dear  Friends: 

“  As  requested,  I  take  the  first  opportunity  after  the  late  severe 
battle,  fought  at  this  place,  to  inform  you  that  I  came  from  the 
engagement  uninjured. 

“HENRY  MOSELEY.” 


The  other  telegraphed  as  follows  : 


“  Uninjured. 


“Pebryville,  Ky.,  Oct.  9,  1862. 
“  HIRAM  MAYNARD.” 


Hiram  well  knew  that  his  friends  would  hear 
immediate^  of  the  battle  from  the  newspapers, 
and  would  learn  from  the  same  source  that  his 
regiment  participated  in  the  engagement.  Their 


60 


RHETORICAL  FIGURES. 


next  question  would  then  be  “  How  is  Hiram  ? 

To  answer  that,  he  had  simply  to  telegraph  one 
word.  In  a  letter  afterwards,  he  gave  the  par¬ 
ticulars. 

The  following  rules  should  he  observed  in 
writing : 

First.  Never  use  a  word  that  does  not  add 
some  new  thought,  or  modify  some  idea  already 
expressed. 

Second.  Beware  of  introducing  so  many  sub¬ 
jects  into  one  sentence  as  to  confuse  the  sense. 

Third.  Long  and  short  sentences  should  be 
properly  intermixed,  in  order  to  give  a  pleasing 
sound  in  reading.  There  is  generally  a  rounded 
harmony  in  the  long  sentence,  not  found  in  the 
short,  though  as  a  rule,  in  order  to  express 
meaning  plainly,  it  is  better  to  use  short  sen¬ 
tences. 

Fourth.  Make  choice  of  such  words  and 
phrases  as  people  will  readily  understand. 


Rhetorical  Figures. 

HE  beauty,  force,  clearness,  and 
brevity  of  language  are  frequently 
greatly  enhanced  by  the  judicious 
use  of  rhetorical  figures,  which  are 
named  and  explained  as  follows  : 

A  Simile  is  an  expressed  comparison. 

Example  —  “  Charity,  like  the  sun ,  brightens  every  object  on  which 
itshines.” 

The  Metaphor  is  an  implied  comparison,  indi¬ 
cating  the  resemblance  of  two  objects  by  apply¬ 
ing  the  name,  quality  or  conduct  of  one  directly 
to  the  other. 


Examples  -  “  Thy  word  is  a  Icmn  to  my  feet.”  “  Life  is  an  isthmus 
between  two  eternities.”  “The  morning  of  life.”  “The  storms  oi 


life.” 

An  Allegory  is  the  recital  of  a  story  under 


which  is  a  meaning  different  from  what  is  ex¬ 
pressed  in  words,  the  analogy  and  comparison 
being  so  plainly  made  that  the  designed  con¬ 
clusions  are  correctly  drawn. 


Example  — Thou  hast  brought  a  vine  (the  Jewish  nation)  out  of 
E"ypt;  thou  hast  cast  out  the  heathen  and  planted  it.  l  liou  prepar- 
edst  room  before  it  and  didst  cause  it  to  take  deep  root,  and  it  filled  the 
land.  The  hills  were  covered  with  the  shadow  of  it,  and  the  boughs 
thereof  were  like  the  goodly  cedars.—  Bible. 


In  Hyperbole,  through  the  effect  of  imagina¬ 


tion  or  passion,  we  greatly  exaggerate  what  is 
founded  in  truth,  by  magnifying  the  good  qual¬ 
ities  of  objects  we  love,  and  diminish  and 
degrade  the  objects  that  we  dislike  or  envy. 


Examples  — “  That  fellow  is  so  tall  that  he  does  not  know  when  his 
feet  are  cold.”  “  Brougham  is  a  thunderbolt.'" 


Personification  consists  in  attributing  lile  to 
things  inanimate. 

Example  —  “  Hatred  stirreth  up  strife;  but  love  covereth  all  sins.” 


A  Metonymy  ( Me-ton-y-my )  substitutes  the 
name  of  one  object  for  that  of  another  that 
sustains  some  relation  to  it,  either  by  some  de¬ 
gree  of  mutual  dependence  or  otherwise  so 
connected  as  to  be  capable  of  suggesting  it; 
thus  cause  is  used  for  effect  or  the  effect  for  the 
cause,  the  attribute  for  the  subject  or  the  sub¬ 
ject  for  the  attribute. 

Examples  — 1.  Cause  and  effect;  as  “  Extravagance  is  the  ruin  of 
many,” — that  is,  the  couse  oj  vui?i. 

2  Attribute  and  that  to  which  it  belongs;  as  “ Pride  shall  be 
brought  low”—  that  is,  the  proud. 

A  Synecdoche  ( sin-ek-do-ke )  is  a  form  of  speech 
wherein  something  more  or  something  less  is 
substituted  for  the  precise  object  meant,  as 
when  the  whole  is  put  for  a  part,  or  a  part  for 
the  whole  the  singular  for  the  plural  or  the 
plural  for  the  singular. 

Examples  —  “  His  head  is  grey,”- that  is,  his  hair.  “The  world 
considers  him  a  man  of  talent,” —  that  is,  the  people. 


Antithesis  is  the  contrasting  of  opposites. 

Examples  -  “  Sink  or  swim,  live  or  die,  survive  or  perish,  I  give 
my  hand  and  heart  to  this  vote.”  “  Though  deep  yet  clear." 

Irony  is  a  form  of  speech  in  which  the  wiitei 
or  speaker  sneeringly  means  the  reverse  of  what 
is  literally  said,  the  words  being  usually  mock¬ 
ery  uttered  for  the  sake  of  ridicule  or  sarcasm. 
Irony  is  a  very  effective  weapon  of  attack,  the 
form  of  language  being  such  as  scarcely  to 


admit  of  a  reply. 

Example-  “Have  not  the  Indians  been  kindly  and  justly  treated? 
Have  not  the  temporal  things,  the  vain  baubles  and  filthy  lucre  of 
this  world,  which  are  too  apt  to  engage  their  worldly  and  selfish 
thoughts,  been  benevolently  taken  from  them;  and  have  they  not 
instead  thereof,  been  taught  to  set  their  affections  ou  things  above? 

Paralipsis  pretends  to  conceal  what  is  really 
expressed. 

Example—  “  I  will  not  call  him  villain,  because  it  would  be  unpar¬ 
liamentary.  I  will  not  call  him  fool,  because  he  happens  to  be  chan¬ 
cellor  of  the  exchequer.” 

Climax  is  the  gradual  ascending  in  the  expres¬ 
sion  of  thought,  from  things  lower  to  a  higher 
and  better.  Reversed,  it  is  called  anticlimax. 


RHETORICAL  FIGURES. 


61 


Examples — “A  Scotch  mist  becomes  a  shower;  and  a  shower,  a 
storm;  and  a  storm,  a  tempest;  and  a  tempest,  thunder  and  lightning; 
and  thunder  and  lightning,  heavenquake  and  earthquake.”  “Then 
virtue  became  silent,  heartsick,  pined  away,  and  died.” 

Allusion  is  that  use  of  language  whereby  in  a 
word  or  words  we  recall  some  interesting  inci¬ 
dent  or  condition  by  resemblance  or  contrast. 

Examples  —  “  Give  them  the  Amazon  in  South  America  and  we ’ll 
give  them  the  Mississippi  in  the  United  States.” 

After  the  signing  of  the  Declaration  of  Inde¬ 
pendence,  Hancock  remarked  to  his  fellow 
signers  that  they  must  all  hang  together.  “  Yes,” 
said  Franklin  “  or  we  shall  all  hang  separately.  ” 

The  allusion  in  this  case  turns  to  a  pun,  which 
is  a  play  upon  words. 

Example  —  “And  the  Doctor  told  the  Sexton 
And  the  Sexton  toiled  the  bell.” 

A  continued  allusion  and  resemblance  in 
style  becomes  a  parody. 

Example  —  “  ’Tis  the  last  rose  of  summer,  left  blooming  alone; 

All  her  lovely  companions  are  faded  and  gone; 

No  flower  of  her  kindred,  no  rosebud  is  mgb. 

To  reflect  back  her  blushes,  or  give  sigh  for  sigh. 

I  ’ll  not  leave  thee,  thou  lone  one,  to  pine  on  thy  stem  ; 
Since  the  lovely  are  sleeping,  go,  sleep  thou  with  them. 
Thus  kindly  I  scatter  tby  leaves  o’er  the  bed 
Where  thy  mates  of  the  garden  lie  scentless  and  dead.” 

Pakodt  —  “  ’Tis  the  last  golden  dollar,  left  shining  alone; 

All  its  brilliant  companions  are  squandered  and  gone; 
No  coin  of  its  mintage  reflects  back  its  hue, 

They  went  in  mint  juleps,  and  this  will  go  too  ! 

I’ll  not  keep  thee,  thou  lone  one,  too  long  in  suspense; 
Thy  brothers  were  melted,  and  melt  thou,  to  pence  ! 

I  ’ll  ask  for  no  quarter,  I  ’ll  spend  and  not  spare. 

Till  my  old  tattered  pocket  hangs  centless  and  bare.” 

Pun  —  “Ancient  maiden  lady  anxiously  remarks, 

That  there  must  be  peril  ’mong  so  many  sparks: 
Roguish-looking  fellow,  turning  to  the  stranger. 

Says  it ’s  his  opinion  she  is  out  of  danger.”  —  Saxe. 

Exclamation  is  a  figure  of  speech  used  to  ex¬ 
press  more  strongly  the  emotions  of  the  speaker. 

Examples  — “  Oh  !  the  depth  of  the  riches  both  of  the  wisdom  and 
the  knowledge  of  God  !  ” 

“  How  poor,  bow  rich,  how  abject,  how  august 
How  complicate,  how  wonderful  is  man  ! 

Distinguished  link  in  being’s  endless  chain  ! 

Midway  from  nothing  to  the  Deity  1 
A  beam  ethereal,  sullied  and  absorbed  ! 

Though  sullied  and  dishonored,  still  divine  ! 

An  heir  of  glory  !  a  frail  child  of  dust: 

A  worm  1  a  god  1  I  tremble  at  myself, 

And  in  myself  am  lost.” 

Interrogation  is  a  rhetorical  figure  by  which  the 
speaker  puts  opinions  in  the  form  of  questions 
for  the  purpose  of  expressing  thought  more  pos¬ 
itively  and  vehemently  without  expectation  of 
the  questions  being  answered. 

Examples  — “  He  that  planned  the  ear  shall  he  not  hear?  He  that 
formed  the  eye,  shall  he  not  see  ?”  “0  Death,  where  is  thy  sting  ?  O 
Grave,  where  is  thy  victory  ?” 

“  But  when  shall  we  be  stronger?  Will  it  be  the  next  week  or  the 
next  year  ?  Will  it  be  when  we  are  totally  disarmed,  and  when  a  Brit¬ 
ish  guard  shall  be  stationed  in  every  house ?  *  *  *  Is  life  so  dear, 
or  peace  so  sweet,  as  to  be  purchased  at  the  price  of  chains  and 
slavery  ?” 


“  Can  storied  urn  or  animated  bust 

Back  to  its  mansions  call  the  fleeting  breath  ? 

Can  Honor’s  voice  provoke  the  silent  dust, 

Or  Flattery  soothe  the  dull,  cold  ear  of  death  ?” 

Euphemism  ( u-fe-miz-em )  is  a  word  or  sentence 
so  chosen  and  expressed  as  to  make  a  disagree¬ 
able  fact  sound  more  pleasantly  than  if  told  in 
plain  language. 

Examples  —  “  Deceased  ”  for  “  dead ;”  “  stopping  payment,”  instead 
of  “becoming  bankrupt;”  “ falling  asleep,”  instead  of  “dying;” 
“  you  labor  under  a  mistake,”  for  “  you  lie ;  ”  “he  does  not  keep  very 
correct  accounts,”  instead  of  “he  cheats  when  he  can;”  “shecer 
tainly  displays  as  little  vanity  in^ber  personal  appearance  as  any 
young  lady  I  ever  saw ;  ”  for  “  she  is* an  intolerable  slattern.” 

“  I  see  Anacreon  laugh  and  sing; 

His  silver  tresses  breathe  perfume; 

His  cheeks  display  a  second  spring 
Of  roses  taught  by  wine  to  bloom." 

Apostrophe  like  the  exclamation  is  the  sudden 
turning  away,  in  the  fullness  of  emotion,  to  ad¬ 
dress  some  other  person  or  object.  In  this  we 
address  the  absent  or  dead  as  if  present  or  alive, 
and  the  inanimate  as  if  living. 

This  figure  of  speech  usually  indicates  a  high 
degree  of  excitement. 

Examples  —  “  O  gentle  sleep. 

Nature’s  soft  nurse,  how  have  I  frighted  thee. 

That  thou  no  more  wilt  weigh  my  eyelids  down, 

And  steep  my  senses  in  forgetfulness  ?  ” 

Thus  King  David,  on  hearing  of  the  death  of 
Absalom,  exclaims,  “  O,  my  son  Absalom,  my 
son,  my  son !  ” 

Ossian’s  Address  to  the  Moon,  is  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  illustrations  of  the  apostrophe. 

“Daughter  of  heaven,  fair  art  thou!  The  silence  of  thy  face  is 
pleasant.  Thou  comest  forth  in  loveliness.  The  stars  attend  thy  blue 
steps  in  the  East.  The  clouds  rejoice  in  thy  presence,  O  Moon  !  and 
brighten  their  dark-brown  sides.  Who  is  like  thee  in  heaven,  daughter 
of  the  night?  The  stars  are  ashamed  in  thy  presence,  and  turn  aside 
their  sparkling  eyes.  Whither  dost  thou  retire  from  thy  course,  when 
the  darkness  of  thy  countenance  grows?  Hast  thou  thy  hall  like 
Ossian  ?  Dwcllest  thou  in  the  shadow  of  grief  ?  Have  thy  sisters 
fallen  from  heaven?  and  are  they  who  rejoiced  with  thee  at  night 
no  more  ?  Yes,  they  have  fallen,  fair  light  !  and  often  dost  thou  retire 
to  mourn.  But  thou  thyself  shall  one  night  fail,  and  leave  thy  blue 
path  in  heaven.  The  stars  will  then  lift  their  heads;  they  who  in  thy 
presence  were  astonished  will  rejoice.” 

“Thou  lingering  star  with  less'ning  ray, 

That  lov’st  to  greet  the  early  morn. 

Again  thou  usher’st  in  the  day 
My  Mary  from  my  soul  was  tom. 

O  Mary  !  dear  departed  shade  !” 

Vision  is  a  figure  of  rhetoric  by  which  the 
speaker  represents  the  objects  of  his  imagina¬ 
tion  as  actually  before  his  eyes  and  present  to 
his  senses. 

Examples  — “  Soldiers  !  from  the  tops  of  yonder  pyramids,  forty  cen¬ 
turies  look  down  upon  you  1  ” 

“We  behold  houses  and  public  edifices  wrapt  in  flames ;  we  hear  the 
crash  of  roofs  falling  in,  and  one  general  uproar  proceeding  from  a 
thousand  different  voices;  we  see  some  flying  they  know  not  whither, 
others  hanging  over  the  last  embraces  of  their  wives  and  friends  ;  we 
see  the  mother  tearing  from  the  ruffian’s  grasp  her  helpless  babe,  and 
the  victors  cutting  each  others’  throats  wherever  the  plunder  is  most 
inviting.” 


62 


LAWS  OF  LANGUAGE. 


Onomatopceia  is  the  use  of  such  word  or  words 
as  by  their  sound  will  suggest  the  sense,  as 
crash ,  buzz ,  roar ,  etc.  Motion  is  thus  easily  im¬ 
itated,  as  is  also  sound,  and  even  the  reflections 
and  emotions. 


Examples  —  “Away  they  went  pell  mell,  hurry  skurry,  wild  buffalo, 
wild  horse,  wild  huntsmen,  with  clang  and  clatter,  and  whoop  and 
halloo  that  made  the  forests  ring.”  “  The  ball  went  whizzing  past. 

“While  I  nodded  nearly  napping,  suddenly  there  came  a  tapping 
As  of  some  one  gently  rapping,  rapping  at  my  chamber  door. 


General  Summary. 

Dr.  Blair’s  system  of  rhetoric  sums  up  the 
most  important  qualities  of  style  in  the  six  fol¬ 
lowing  terms,  being  thus  condensed  by  Kerl : 

“  Purity ,  propriety ,  and  precision  chiefly  in  regard  to  words  and 
phrases;  and  perspicuity ,  unity ,  and  strength,  in  regard  to  sentences, 
lie  who  writes  with  purity,  avoids  all  phraseology  that  is  foreign,  un¬ 
couth,  or  ill-derived;  he  who  writes  with  propriety,  selects  the  most 
appropriate,  the  very  best  expressions,  and  generally  displays  sound 
judgment  and  good  taste;  he  who  writes  with  'precision,  is  careful  to 
state  exactly  what  he  means  —  all  that  he  means,  or  that  is  necessary, 
and  nothing  more;  he  who  writes  with  perspicuity,  aims  to  present  his 
meaning  so°clearly  and  obviously,  that  no  one  can  fail  to  understand 
him  at  once;  he  who  observes  unity,  follows  carefully  the  most  agree¬ 
able  order  of  nature,  and  does  not  jumble  together  incongruous  things, 
nor  throw  out  his  thoughts  in  a  confused  or  chaotic  mass ;  and  he  who 
writes  with  strength,  so  disposes  or  marshals  all  the  parts  of  each  sen¬ 
tence,  and  all  the  parts  of  the  discourse,  as  to  make  the  strongest  im¬ 
pression.  A  person’s  style,  according  as  it  is  influenced  by  taste  and 
imagination,  may  be  dry,  plain,  neat,  elegant,  ornamental,  florid,  or 
turgid.  The  most  common  faulty  style  is  that  which  maybe  described 
as  being  stiff,  cramped,  labored,  heavy  and  tiresome  ;  its  opposite  is 
the  easy,  flowing,  graceful,  sprightly,  and  interesting  style.  One  of  the 
greatest  beauties  of  style,  one  too  little  regarded,  is  simplicity  or  nat¬ 
uralness;  that  easy,  unaffected,  earnest,  and  highly  impressive  lan¬ 
guage  which  indicates  a  total  ignorance,  or  rather  innocence,  of  all  the 
trickery  of  art.  It  seems  to  consist  of  the  pure  promptings  of  nature  ; 
though,  in  most  instances,  it  is  not  so  much  a  natural  gift  as  it  is  the 
perfection  of  art." 


Laws  of  Language. 

The  following  rules  by  Dr.  Campbell,  in  ref¬ 
erence  to  the  construction  of  sentences  and 
choice  of  words  will  be  found  of  service. 

1.  When  the  usage  is  divided  as  to  any  particular  words  or  phrases, 
and  when  one  of  the  expressions  is  susceptible  of  different  meanings, 
while  the  other  admits  of  only  one  signification,  the  expression  which 
is  strictly  of  one  meaning  should  be  preferred. 

2.  In  doubtful  cases,  analogy  should  be  regarded. 

8.  When  expressions  are  in  other  respects  equal,  that  should  be  pre¬ 
ferred  which  is  most  agreeable  to  the  ear. 

4.  When  none  of  the  preceding  rules  takes  place,  regard  should  be 
had  to  simplicity. 

5.  All  words  and  phrases,  particularly  harsh  and  not  absolutely  nec¬ 
essary,  should  be  dismissed. 

U  When  the  etymology  plainly  points  to  a  different  signification 
from  what  the  word  bears,  propriety  and  simplicity  require  its  dismis¬ 
sion. 


7.  When  words  become  obsolete,  or  are  never  used  but  in  particular 
phrases,  they  should  be  repudiated,  as  they  give  the  style  an  air  of  vul¬ 
garity  and  cant,  when  this  general  disuse  renders  them  obscure. 

8.  All  words  and  phrases  which  analyzed  grammatically,  include  an 
imperfection  of  speech,  should  be  dismissed. 

9.  All  expressions  which,  according  to  the  established  rules  of  lan¬ 
guage,  either  have  no  meaning,  or  involve  a  contradiction,  or  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  fair  construction  of  the  words,  convey  a  meaning  different 
from  the  intention  of  the  speaker,  should  he  dismissed. 


Specific  Directions. 

Paragraphs. — One  or  more  sentences  form 
a  paragraph.  When  a  deviation  or  change  is 
made  in  the  subject  a  new  paragraph  is  com¬ 
menced.  The  first  line  of  each  paiagraph  in 
writing  should  commence  about  one  inch  from 
the  left  side  of  the  sheet.  Preserve  a  space 
half  an  inch  in  width  between  the  left  of  the 
writing  and  the  edge  of  the  sheet.  Write  as 
close  to  the  right  edge  of  the  sheet  as  possible. 
When  lack  of  space  prevents  the  completion 
of  a  word  on  the  line,  place  the  hyphen  (-)  at 
the  end  of  the  line  and  follow  with  the  remain¬ 
ing  syllables  on  the  next  line.  Words  may  be 
divided,  but  never  divide  syllables. 


Rules  of  Construction. 

1.  The  principal  words  in  a  sentence  should 
be  placed  where  they  will  make  the  most  strik¬ 
ing  impression. 

2.  A  weaker  assertion  or  argument  should 
not  follow  a  stronger  one. 

3.  The  separation  of  the  preposition  from 
the  noun  which  it  governs,  should  be  avoided. 

4.  Concluding  the  sentence  with  an  adverb, 
preposition,  or  other  insignificant  word  lessens 
the  strength  of  the  sentence. 

Order  of  Arrangement. — Young  writers 
will  find  it  well  to  prepare  a  memorandum  of 
the  subjects  they  wish  to  treat  on  a  separate 
slip  of  paper,  and  the  points  they  wish  to  make 
relating  to  each  subject.  Having  the  subjects 
clearly  fixed  in  the  mind,  they  should  com¬ 
mence  with  the  least  important  and  follow 
through  to  the  end,  considering  the  most  import¬ 
ant  at  the  close. 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


63 


^Dictionary  of  ^Synonyms. 


ELEVEN  THOUSAND  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS, 

For  the  use  of  Writers  and  Speakers. 


UITE  a  common  fault  is  that  of 
using,  when  writing,  the  same 
word  several  times  in  a  sen¬ 
tence.  To  avoid  this  inelegant 
repetition,  the  writer  should 
give  careful  attention  to  the 
selection  of  different  words 
having  a  similar  meaning. 


Observe  the  following : 


Example. 

He  is  accurate  in  figures,  accurate  in  grammar,  accurate  in 
spelling,  accurate  in  writing. 

IMPROVED. 

He  is  accurate  in  figures,  correct  in  grammar,  exact  in  spell¬ 
ing,  precise  in  writing. 


See  the  word  accurate  in  the  dictionary,  ac¬ 
companied  by  synonymous  words. 

Example. 

He  made  an  excellent  address  in  the  morning,  and  his  col¬ 
league  made  an  excellent  address  in  the  evening. 

IMPROVED. 

He  made  an  excellent  address  in  the  morning,  and  his  col¬ 
league  entertained  the  assemblage  with  an  eloquent  speech  in 
the  evening. 

Example. 

The  patient  suffered  untold  agony  for  years  ;  during  which 
time  he  suffered  not  only  agony  of  body,  but  agony  of  mind. 

IMPROVED. 

The  patient  suffered  untold  agony  for  years  ;  during  which 
time  he  endured  not  only  torture  of  body,  but  anguish  of  mind. 


A 

Abase — humble,  lower,  degrade,  depress,  dis¬ 
grace. 

Abate— lessen,  reduce,  subside,  decrease,  di¬ 
minish. 

Abbreviate — abridge,  curtail,  condense,  com¬ 
press,  epitomize,  lessen,  reduce,  shorten. 

Abuor— abominate,  detest,  hate,  loathe. 

Ability— capacity,  power,  skill,  means,  talent. 

Able— capable,  competent. 

Abode— dwelling,  habitation,  residence. 

Abominate — abhor,  detest,  hate,  loathe. 

Abridge— contract,  diminish,  lessen,  shorten. 

Absent— abstracted,  inattentive,  heedless. 

Absorb— engross,  engulf,  imbibe,  swallow. 

Abstain— forbear,  refrain,  withhold. 

Abstruse — hidden,  obscure,  difficult. 

Absurd— foolish,  unreasonable,  preposterous, 
ridiculous,  silly. 

Abundant— ample,  copious,  plentiful. 

Abusive— insolent,  offensive,  scurrilous,  dis¬ 
graceful. 

Accede— acquiesce,  agree,  consent,  assent, 
comply,  yield. 

Accept— admit,  receive,  take. 

Acceptable— agreeable,  grateful,  welcome. 


Accession— addition,  augmentation,  increase. 

Accommodate— adjust,  adapt,  serve,  suit,  fit. 

Accomplice— abettor,  ally,  assistant,  acces¬ 
sory,  associate. 

Accomplish— complete,  effect,  achieve,  fulfill, 
execute,  realize,  finish. 

Account — explanation,  narration,  description, 
recital. 

Accumulate— heap,  collect,  gather,  amass. 

Accurate— precise,  nice,  exact,  correct. 

Accuse — asperse,  arraign,  censure,  impeach, 
defame,  calumniate,  detract,  vilify. 

Achieve — execute,  complete,  fulfill,  realize, 
accomplish,  effect. 

Acknowledgment— confession,  concession. 

Acknowledge — confess,  own,  avow,  grant. 

Acquaint— inform,  communicate,  disclose, 
make  known. 

Acquiesce — comply,  yield,  consent,  agree,  as¬ 
sent,  yield. 

Acquire — gain,  attain,  procure,  win,  obtain. 

Acquirement — attainment,  gain. 

Acquit—  free,  pardon,  forgive,  discharge,  clear. 

Active— quick,  nimble,  agile,  alert,  prompt, 
industrious,  busy,  brisk,  vigorous. 

Actual— real,  certain,  positive. 


Actuate— impel,  induce,  move. 

Acute— sharp,  keen,  subtle,  shrewd,  piercing, 
pointed,  penetrating. 

Adapt — suit,  fit,  adjust,  accommodate. 

Add— join  to,  put  to,  increase. 

Address— speech,  utterance,  ability,  court¬ 
ship,  skill,  direction. 

Addition — augmentation,  increase,  accession. 
Adhere — stick,  cleave,  hold,  attach. 

Adept— apt,  quick,  skillful,  expert. 

Adherent — disciple,  follower,  partisan. 
Adhesion—  sticking,  attachment,  adherence. 
Adjacent — close,  near,  adjoining,  contiguous. 
Adjourn — postpone,  defer,  delay. 

Adjust— settle,  fit,  suit,  adapt,  accommodate. 
Administer — give,  execute,  dispense,  manage, 
supply,  serve. 

Admiration — regard,  esteem,  wonder,  sur¬ 
prise,  amazement. 

Admission— entrance,  access,  admittance. 
Admit— allow,  permit,  tolerate,  concede,  grant. 
Admonition — warning,  advice,  counsel,  re¬ 
proof. 

Adorn — deck,  embellish,  beautify. 

Adroit — agile,  dexterous,  clever,  skillful. 
Adulterate — corrupt,  pollute,  debase,  defile. 


64 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


Advancement — progression,  improvement. 
Advantage — profit,  benefit,  use,  good. 
Adventube— chance,  casualty,  contingency, 
incident,  occurrence. 

Adversary— opponent,  antagonist,  enemy. 
Adverse — unfortunate,  hostile,  contrary,  re¬ 
pugnant,  opposed. 

Advert — notice,  turn,  regard,  allude. 

Advise — consult,  consider,  deliberate,  ad¬ 
monish. 

Advocate— plead,  argue,  defend,  support. 
Affability— civility,  courteousness,  urbanity. 
Affable— civil,  courteous,  urbane,  pleasing. 
Affair— business,  concern,  matter,  transac¬ 
tion. 

Affect — aim,  assume,  move,  pretend, arrogate. 
Affecting— feeling,  touching,  pathetic. 
Affection — love,  fondness,  attachment,  kind¬ 
ness,  tenderness. 

Affiliate — adopt,  receive,  initiate,  associate. 
Affinity— relationship,  kindred,  alliance, con¬ 
formity,  attraction. 

Affirm— assure,  assert,  aver,  declare,  protest. 
Affliction—  pain,  trouble,  distress,  grief,  sad¬ 
ness,  sorrow,  tribulation,  bereavement,  cal¬ 
amity. 

Affluence — plenty,  abundance,  riches,  opu¬ 
lence,  wealth,  concourse,  influx. 

Afford — yield,  grant,  give,  impart,  spare. 
Affright — alarm,  dismay,  shock,  terrify, 
appall,  frighten,  dishearten,  intimidate. 
Affront — provoke,  insult,  outrage,  offend. 
Afraid — fearful,  terrified,  timid,  timorous. 
Aged— elderly,  old,  senile,  advanced  in  years. 
Agent — representative,  deputy. 

Aggregate— mass,  collect,  accumulate. 
Agile— alert,  active,  lively,  quick,  sprightly, 
nimble,  brisk. 

Agitate— shake,  disturb,  move,  discuss. 
Agitation — disturbance,  trepidation,  tremor. 
Agony — pain,  distress,  torture,  anguish,  suf¬ 
fering. 

Agree — accede,  acquiesce,  assent,  consent, 
concur,  comply. 

Agreeable— suitable,  acceptable,  pleasing, 
grateful. 

Agreement — harmony,  accordance,  covenant, 
concurrence,  contract,  bargain. 

Aid — assist,  help,  succor,  relieve. 

Aim — aspire,  endeavor,  level,  point. 

Air— aspect,  manner,  appearance,  look,  mien. 
Alarm— f.ar,  consternation,  dread,  apprehen¬ 
sion,  fright,  terror,  summons,  surprise. 
Alienate— transfer,  withdraw,  estrange. 
Allege— adduce,  affirm,  advance,  assert. 
Alleviate —case,  abate,  lessen,  mitigate,  re¬ 
lieve,  diminish,  soothe,  lighten. 

Alliance— coalition,  union,  league,  combina¬ 
tion,  confederacy. 

Allot— distribute,  apportion,  assign,  appoint. 
Allowance— wages,  pay,  stipend,  salary,  per¬ 
mission,  concession,  grant. 

Allude — refer,  suggest,  hint,  intimate. 
Allure— tempt,  entice,  seduce,  decoy,  attract. 
Alter— change,  vary,  modify,  re-arrange. 
Always— ever,  perpetually,  constantly,  con¬ 
tinually,  incessantly. 

Amass— gather,  heap,  collect,  accumulate. 
Amazement— astonishment,  surprise,  winder, 
admiration. 


Ambiguous— obscure,  doubtful,  equivocal,  un¬ 
certain. 

Amenable— answerable,  responsible,  account¬ 
able. 

Amend— correct,  improve,  better,  rectify,  re¬ 
form,  mend. 

Amends— recompense,  restoration,  reparation, 
restitution. 

Amiable— lovely,  kind,  charming,  delightful, 
obliging. 

Ample — large,  extended,  spacious,  copious, 
abundant,  plenteous. 

Amusement — entertainment,  diversion,  sport, 
pastime,  recreation. 

Angry — passionate,  hot,  irascible,  hasty. 
Anguish— pain,  distress,  suffering,  agony. 
Animate — cheer,  enliven,  exhilarate,  impel, 
incite,  inspire,  urge,  encourage. 

Animation — life,  spirits,  liveliness,  buoyancy, 
gayety,  vivacity. 

Animosity— hatred,  enmity,  malignity,  hos¬ 
tility. 

Annex— attach,  affix,  subjoin,  add. 

Announce— proclaim,  declare,  advertise,  pub¬ 
lish. 

Annul — destroy,  revoke,  abolish,  cancel,  re¬ 
peal,  annihilate. 

Answer — reply,  response,  rejoinder. 
Answerable — amenable,  accountable,  re¬ 
sponsible. 

Antagonist— enemy,  foe,  opponent,  adversary. 
Antecedent — previous,  former,  anterior,  pre¬ 
ceding,  prior,  foregoing. 

Antipathy— aversion,  abhorrence,  dislike,  de¬ 
testation,  hatred. 

Anxiety— caution,  care,  perplexity,  solic¬ 
itude,  uneasiness,  disquietude. 

Apathy — unfeelingness,  indifference,  insens¬ 
ibility,  unconcern. 

Aperture — cavity,  opening. 

Apology' — defense,  plea,  excuse. 

Apparent — evident,  clear,  plain,  visible,  dis¬ 
tinct. 

Appeal— invoke,  refer,  call  upon. 
Appearance— aspect,  look,  air,  manner,  mien, 
semblance. 

Appease — calm,  soothe,  allay,  pacify,  assuage, 
tranquilize. 

Applaud — praise,  approve,  extol,  commend. 
Applause — acclamation,  shouting,  approval. 
Appoint — allot,  fix,  provide,  order,  prescribe, 
ordain,  depute,  constitute. 

Arpr.AisE— value,  estimate. 

Appreciate— value,  esteem,  prize,  estimate. 
Apprehension— fear,  terror,  alarm,  seizure, 
dread,  suspicion,  fright. 

Apprise— inform,  acquaint,  disclose. 
Approach — admittance,  access,  avenue,  pass¬ 
age. 

Approbation— approval,  concurrence,  con¬ 
sent,  sanction,  confirmation. 

Appropriate— assume,  usurp,  set  apart. 
Appropriate — peculiar,  exclusive,  adapted. 
Approve— allow,  like,  applaud,  esteem,  com¬ 
mend. 

Arbitrator— judge,  umpire,  arbiter. 
Archives  -annals,  records. 

Ardent— hot,  eager,  passionate,  fervent,  fiery, 
vehement. 

Arduous — hard,  difficult,  laborious. 


Argument— proof,  reason,  dispute. 

Arise— mount,  ascend,  rise,  stand  up. 

Arraign — charge,  accuse,  impeach. 

Arrange— place,  dispose,  class,  range. 

Arrogance— assumption,  self-conceit,  pride, 
presumption,  haughtiness. 

Artful — crafty,  artificial,  deceitful,  cunning, 
dexterous. 

Articulate— speak,  pronounce,  utter. 

Artifice — deception,  imposition,  stratagem, 
cheat,  deceit,  finesse. 

Attitude — posture,  gesture. 

Attract— charm,  captivate,  win,  allure,  draw, 
entice. 

Attractions — charms,  allurements,  entice¬ 
ments. 

Audacity— impudence,  boldness,  hardihood, 
effrontery. 

Auspicious— favorable,  propitious,  prosper¬ 
ous,  lucky,  fortunate. 

Authentic — genuine,  authorized,  true. 

Authority — power,  dominion,  force,  sway, 
influence,  ascendency. 

Avarice— greed,  covetousness,  cupidity. 

Averse  — loath,  unwilling,  reluctant,  repug¬ 
nant,  unfortunate,  unfavorable. 

Aversion— dislike,  antipathy,  repugnance,  ab¬ 
horrence,  detestation. 

Avidity— eagerness,  greediness. 

Avocation— calling,  trade,  profession,  office, 
business,  employment,  occupation. 

Avoid— shun,  elude,  eschew. 

Avow— own,  confess,  recognize,  acknowledge. 

Awake  —arouse,  provoke,  excite. 

Awe — fear,  dread,  reverence. 


B 

Babbling— idle  talk,  loquacity,  chattering, 
prattling. 

Backward  — loth,  unwilling,  reluctant, 
averse. 

Baffle— confound,  defeat,  disconcert,  elude, 
confuse. 

Balance— settle,  adjust,  regulate,  equalize. 

Banter— taunt,  ridicule,  deride,  rally,  joke, 
jest. 

Bare— stripped,  naked,  destitute,  uncovered, 
unadorned. 

Bargain — purchase,  cheapen,  contract,  buy. 

Base— mean,  low,  vile. 

Bashful — shy,  modest,  timid,  diffident. 

Basis— foundation,  pedestal,  ground,  base. 

Bastard—  spurious,  illegitimate. 

Battle — combat,  fight,  engagement. 

Bear— carry,  bring  forth,  suffer,  support,  en¬ 
dure,  sustain,  undergo. 

Beat— hit,  strike,  defeat.,  overthrow. 

Beau— sweetheart,  gallant,  fop,  dandy. 

Beautiful — handsome,  fine. 

Beautift— embellish,  decorate,  adorn,  deck, 
ornament. 

Becoming — suitable,  comely,  graceful,  decent, 
befitting,  meet,  tit. 

Beg— crave,  beseech,  entreat,  ask,  request,  im¬ 
plore,  solicit,  supplicate. 

Begin— originate,  commence,  enter  upon. 

Beguile — delude,  mislead,  deceive,  amuse,  im¬ 
pose  upon. 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


65 


Behavior— conduct,  carriage,  manner,  deport¬ 
ment,  address,  demeanor. 

Beiiold— see,  look,  observe,  view. 

Beholder— spectator,  looker  on,  observer. 
Belief — credit,  faith,  trust,  certainty,  confi¬ 
dence,  reliance,  conviction,  opinion,  assent. 
Below — under,  beneath. 

Bend— lean,  incline,  distort,  subdue,  bow. 
Beneath — under,  below. 

Bequeath — devise,  give  by  will. 

Beseech— solicit,  crave,  beg,  implore,  entreat, 
request,  urge,  supplicate. 

Bestow— grant,  confer,  give,  present. 

Better — improve,  mend,  reform,  ameliorate. 
Blame — reprove,  condemn,  reproach,  censure, 
reprehend,  upbraid,  inculpate. 

Blameless— unblemished,  innocent,  faultless, 
guiltless,  spotless,  irreproachable. 

Blast— desolate,  destroy,  wither  up,  split. 
Blemish— flaw,  spot,  defect,  fault,  speck. 
Blunt— dull,  uncouth,  insentient,  abrupt. 
Blunder— error,  mistake. 

Boaster— braggard,  braggart,  braggadocio, 
vauuter,  blusterer. 

Boasting— parade,  ostentation,  vaunting. 
Boisterous— violent,  furious,  impetuous. 

Bold — courageous,  daring,  fearless,  impudent, 
iusolcnt,  audacious. 

Bondage— servitude,  confinement,  imprison¬ 
ment,  slavery, 

Border— edge,  verge,  rim,  brim,  margin, 
brink,  side. 

Bore— pierce,  penetrate,  perforate. 

Bound— define,  confine,  restrict,  terminate, 
limit,  circumscribe. 

Bounty—  liberality,  generosity,  benevolence, 
beneficence. 

Brave— bold,  daring,  heroic,  courageous,  fin- 
daunted,  intrepid,  fearless. 

Breach — gap,  chasm,  break,  opening. 

Break — destroy,  batter,  rend,  dissolve,  tame, 
demolish,  shatter. 

Breaker — surge,  billow,  wave,  sand-bank, 
covered  rock. 

Brief — short,  concise,  succinct,  compendious, 
summary,  epitomized. 

Bright— clear,  shining,  sparkling,  brilliant, 
glistening,  glittering,  lucid,  resplendent. 
Brilliancy— brightness,  radiance,  splendor, 
luster. 

Broad — far-rcaching,  ample,  large,  extensive, 
wide. 

Broil— fight,  quarrel,  altercation,  affray. 
Bruise— break,  crush,  squeeze,  pound,  com¬ 
press. 

Build— erect,  establish,  found,  construct. 
Bulk— greatness,  largeness,  extent,  magni¬ 
tude,  size,  dimensions. 

Burden — load,  freight,  weight,  cargo. 

Burning — ardent,  fiery,  hot,  scorching. 

Burst — break,  rend,  crack,  split. 

Business— trade,  occupation,  calling,  work, 
avocation,  employment,  profession. 

Bustle— disorder,  hurry,  tumult,  confusion. 
But — except,  still,  however,  save,  nevertheless, 
yet,  notwithstanding. 

Butchery — havoc,  slaughter,  massacre,  car¬ 
nage. 

Buy— procure,  bargain,  obtain,  purchase. 


c 

CABAi^-coalition,  combination,  league,  con¬ 
spiracy,  intrigue,  plot. 

Calamity— mishap,  disaster,  misfortune. 
Calculate — count,  number,  compute,  reckon, 
estimate. 

Call — exclaim,  cry,  invite,  name,  summon, 
subpoena. 

Calling — trade,  occupation,  profession,  busi¬ 
ness,  employment,  avocation. 

Calm — soothe,  compose,  tranquilize,  pacify, 
appease,  allay,  assuage. 

Cancel — erase,  destroy,  abolish,  repeal,  annul, 
revoke. 

Candid— frank,  open,  artless,  honest,  ingenu¬ 

ous. 

Capable— able,  fitted,  competent,  qualified, 
skillful. 

Capacity— capability,  faculty,  ability,  genius, 
talent. 

Caprice— fancy,  humor,  freak,  whim,  notion. 
Capricious — notional,  variable,  fickle,  change¬ 
able,  fantastical,  whimsical. 

Captivate— charm,  enslave,  attract,  enchant, 
enrapture,  fascinate,  take  prisoner. 
Captivity— servitude,  confinement,  bondage, 
imprisonment. 

Capture — prize,  seizure. 

Care— anxiety,  solicitude,  regard,  attention, 
management,  concern,  disquietude,  worry. 
Careful— cautious,  solicitous,  attentive,  pro¬ 
vident,  guarded,  prudent,  circumspect. 
Careless— heedless,  remiss,  thoughtless,  in¬ 
attentive,  negligent,  unconcerned. 

Caress— fondle,  endear,  embrace,  stroke 
soothe. 

Carnage— massacre,  butchery,  slaughter. 
Carriage— manner,  behavior,  mien,  deport¬ 
ment,  demeanor,  walk,  bearing. 

Carry— transport,  convey,  bear. 

Cast— throw,  hurl,  turn,  fling,  direct. 

Catch— snatch,  seize,  lay  hold  of,  grasp,  cap¬ 
ture,  grip. 

Cause — origin,  source,  reason,  inducement. 
Caution— advice,  warning,  notice,  admonition, 
care,  solicitude,  circumspection. 

Cautious— careful,  wary,  watchful,  prudent, 
circumspect. 

Cease— leave  off,  desist,  discontinue,  stop. 
Celebrated— honored,  famous,  illustrious,  re¬ 
nowned. 

CELEBRATE—praise,  extol,  commend,  perpet¬ 
uate. 

Censure — rebuke,  reprimand,  condemnation, 
reproach,  blame,  stricture. 

Ceremony — form,  rite,  observance. 

Certain— manifest,  actual,  real,  sure,  constant. 
Chagrin— vexation,  mortification,  fretfuluess. 
Challenge— demand,  defy,  call,  accuse,  claim, 
object,  except. 

Chance — hazard,  casual,  fortuitous. 

Change — alteration,  variety,  mutation,  con¬ 
version,  vicissitude. 

Changeable — uncertain,  variable,  fickle,  mu¬ 
table,  inconstant,  unsteady. 

Character— manner,  reputation,  description, 
letter,  mark,  quality. 

Charity — kindness,  benevolence,  good-will, 
liberality,  beneficence,  generosity. 


Charm — attract,  bewitch,  delight,  enrapture, 
captivate,  fascinate. 

Chasten— correct,  punish,  afflict,  chastise. 
Chasteness— purity,  continence,  simplicity, 
chastity. 

Chastise— correct,  afflict,  punish. 

Chattels — effects,  movable  goods. 

Cheat— fraud,  deception,  stratagem,  deceit, 
imposition. 

Cheer— incite,  'comfort,  gladden,  encourage, 
exhilarate. 

Cheerfulness— mirth,  gladness,  liveliness, 
sprightliness,  gaycty,  jollity,  comfort. 
Cherish — help,  shelter,  warm,  nurture,  foster. 
Chide — scold,  rebuke,  reprove,  reprimand. 
Chiefly— mainly,  principally,  particularly, 
especially. 

CniLDisii— simple,  puerile,  trifling. 
CniLDnooD— infancy,  minority. 

Children — offspring,  issue,  progeny. 

Choke— stifle,  smother,  suffocate. 

Choice — selection,  election,  option. 

Choose— prefer,  select,  pick,  elect. 

Circulate —spread,  pass,  diffuse,  propagate. 
Circumscribe— limit,  confine,  enclose,  bound. 
Circumstance— event,  incident,  state,  situa¬ 
tion,  condition. 

Circumspect— watchful,  cautious,  wary,  par¬ 
ticular,  vigilant,  prudent. 

Circumstantial— minute,  particular,  inci¬ 
dental,  accidental. 

Civil— obliging,  polite,  affable,  courteous, 
complaisant,  polished,  well-bred. 
Civilization — refinement,  culture. 

Claim— demand,  pretension,  right. 
Clandestine— secret,  hidden,  private. 

Class — division,  order,  degree,  rank. 
Cleansing— purifying,  purging,  cleaning. 
Clear— free,  pure,  acquit,  absolve,  discharge, 
satisfy,  vindicate,  evident,  apparent,  obvious. 
Clearly — distinctly,  lucidly,  plainly,  mani¬ 
festly,  obviously,  visibly. 

Clemency— mercy,  mildness,  lenity,  kindness. 
Clever— adroit,  skillful,  ready,  expert. 
Climb— mount,  scale,  ascend. 

Cling— stick,  hold,  cleave,  clasp,  hang. 

Close— shut,  firm,  compact,  concise,  confined 
near. 

Clothes— raiment,  garment,  covering,  attire 
habiliments,  apparel. 

Clouded— obscured,  variegated,  dark,  gloomy, 
overcast,  sullen. 

Clumsy— awkward,  unhandy,  bungling,  un¬ 
couth. 

Coadjutor— assistant,  colleague,  ally. 
Coalition— conspiracy,  league,  union,  com¬ 
bination. 

Coarse— gross,  inelegant,  rough,  rude,  vulgar, 
unrefined. 

Coax — flatter,  wheedle,  fawn,  cajole. 

Coerce— force,  compel,  restrain. 

Cognomen — name,  appellation,  denomination. 
Coherent— consistent,  adhesive,  tenacious. 
Coincide— harmonize,  agree,  concur. 

Cold- reserved,  chill,  frigid,  shy,  unaffecting. 
Colleague— ally,  associate,  partner, coadjutor. 
Collected— calm,  placid,  unrnffled,  composed, 
gathered. 

Collection— gathering,  assemblage,  contribu¬ 
tion,  group. 


5 


66 


DICTIONARY  OP  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


Colloquy— dialogue,  conference,  talk. 

Color— dye,  hue,  tint,  paint,  tinge. 
Combination— union,  league,  coalition,  con¬ 
spiracy,  alliance,  confederacy. 

Comely— graceful,  handsome,  agreeable. 
Comfort— solace,  console,  encourage,  enliven. 
Comfortless — wretched,  desolate,  forlorn. 

Comic  —funny,  ludicrous,  ridiculous,  laughable. 
Command— direction,  behest,  order,  precept, 
injunction. 

Commanding — dictatorial,  imperative,  author¬ 
itative,  imperious. 

Commence— undertake,  begin,  originate. 
Commend — praise,  recommend,  extol,  applaud, 
approve,  laud. 

Commensurate— sufficient,  adequate,  equal, 
proportionate. 

Comment— utterance,  explanation,  exposition, 
annotation,  note,  observation,  elucidation, 
remark. 

Commiseration— feeling  for,  pity,  compassion, 
condolence,  sympathy. 

Commission— authorize,  empower,  enable. 
Commodious— fit,  suitable,  convenient. 
Commodity— goods,  merchandise,  wares. 
Common— mean,  vulgar,  low,  frequent,  general, 
ordinary,  usual. 

Commotion— perturbation,  tumult,  disturb¬ 
ance. 

Communicate — tell,  report,  make  known,  dis. 

close,  impart,  reveal. 

Communication— commerce,  intercourse,  con¬ 
ference. 

Communion— fellowship,  union,  converse,  in¬ 
tercourse. 

Commute — exchange,  barter. 

Compact— contract,  agreement,  covenant,  firm, 
solid,  close. 

Companion— ally,  accomplice,  associate,  com¬ 
rade,  friend,  confederate,  partner. 

Company — assembly,  band,  crew,  corporation, 
congregation,  association. 

Compass— attain,  enclose,  invest,  besiege,  en¬ 
viron,  encircle,  consummate. 

Compassion— tenderness,  pity,  sympathy,  com¬ 
miseration. 

Compensation— pay,  amends,  reward,  remu¬ 
neration,  requital. 

Competent — suitable,  fitted,  qualified,  able, 
capable,  efficient,  effective,  skillful. 
Competition — rivalry,  oontest,  emulation. 
Complaining— lamenting,  bemoaning,  mur¬ 
muring,  bewailing,  regretting,  repining. 
Complaisant— agreeable,  affable,  courteous, 
civil. 

Complete— conclude,  fulfill,  terminate,  effect, 
accomplish,  consummate,  execute,  finish. 
Complex— intricate,  complicate,  compound. 
Compliment— extol,  flatter,  praise,  congratu¬ 
late. 

Comply— agree,  accord,  accede,  assent,  yield, 
acquiesce,  consent. 

Compose— put  together,  form,  settle,  soothe, 
calm,  quiet,  compound. 

Comprehend— appreciate,  embrace,  include, 
understand,  conceive,  comprise. 

Compress— condense,  bind,  squeeze. 
Compulsion— constraint,  force,  restraint,  co¬ 
ercion. 


Compunction — regret,  penitence,  remorse,  re¬ 
pentance,  contrition. 

Compute— count,  number,  rate,  estimate,  cal¬ 
culate. 

Concede — yield,  grant,  allow,  deliver,  admit, 
surrender. 

Conceal— hide,  disguise,  cover,  secrete. 

Conceit — imagination,  fancy,  notion,  freak. 
Conceited— vain,  proud,  egotistical,  opinion¬ 
ated. 

Conception— perception,  knowledge,  fancy, 
idea,  imagination,  notion. 

Concern— care,  iutcrest,  affair,  business,  re¬ 
gard,  matter. 

Concert— contrive,  manage,  adjust,  consult. 
Conciliate— win,  reconcile,  propitiate. 
Conclude— finish,  terminate,  close. 
Conclusion— termination,  end,  inference. 
Conclusive— convincing,  decisive. 

Concord— harmony,  agreement,  unity,  amity, 
peace. 

Concur— agree,  coincide,  approve,  acquiesce. 
Condemn— sentence,  doom,  blame,  reproach, 
reprove. 

Condense— abbreviate,  shorten,  contract. 
Condescension — humility,  submission,  defer¬ 
ence. 

Condition — rank,  state,  bond,  case,  compact, 
situation,  stipulation. 

Condolence— compassion,  sympathy,  com 
miseratiou. 

Conduce— conduct,  tend,  lead,  contribute. 
Conduct — management,  behavior,  guidance, 
deportment. 

Confederate— ally,  accomplice,  associate. 
Confer— give,  bestow,  discourse,  grant. 
Confess— acknowledge,  grant,  own,  admit, 
avow,  recognize,  disclose. 

Confide— rely,  trust,  repose,  depend. 
Confident— impudent,  bold,  positive,  dog¬ 
matical,  absolute,  assured. 

Confined— limited,  shut  up,  circumscribed, 
restrained,  contracted,  imprisoned. 

Confirm— corroborate,  establish,  strengthen. 
Conflict— contest,  contention,  fight,  agony, 
combat,  struggle,  pang,  warfare. 

Conform— submit,  yield,  comply. 

Confuse— stupefy,  embarrass,  abash,  con- 
fouud,  disorder,  perplex. 

Congruity— agreement,  consistency. 
Conjecture— guess,  think,  surmise,  belief. 
Connected — related,  joined,  united. 
Connection— intercourse,  union,  commerce, 
association,  communion. 

Conquer— subdue,  vanquish,  overcome,  sur¬ 
mount. 

Conscious— aware,  sensible,  apprised. 
Consent— yield,  agree,  assent,  acquiesce,  com¬ 
ply,  accede. 

Consequence— result,  effect,  inference. 
Consequently— accordingly,  hence,  there¬ 
fore,  wherefore. 

Consider— ponder,  deliberate,  regard,  reflect. 
Consign — entrust,  commit,  transfer,  make 
over. 

Consistent — agreeing,  consonant,  accordant, 
firm. 

Console— comfort,  soothe,  cheer. 
Conspicuous— prominent,  noted,  distinguish¬ 
ed,  illustrious. 


Constancy— perseverance,  firmness,  steadi¬ 
ness,  stability. 

Constantly — ever,  continually,  perpetually, 
unchangeably,  incessantly. 

Construct — make,  build,  erect,  form. 

Consult — consider,  deliberate,  advise. 

Consume — waste,  destroy,  absorb,  complete. 
Consummation— perfection,  completion. 
Contagious— epidemic,  infectious. 

Contain— hold,  include,  embrace,  compre¬ 
hend. 

Contaminate— pollute,  defile,  taint,  corcupt, 
poison. 

Contemn— scorn,  despise,  disdain. 

Contemplate — consider,  meditate,  muse. 
Contemptible — paltry,  vile,  mean,  disdainful, 
despicable,  disreputable,  low. 

Contend — quarrel,  debate,  contest,  argue,  vie, 
strive. 

Contention — strife,  conflict,  contest,  oombat, 
dispute,  dissension. 

Contentment — acquiescence,  happiness,  satis¬ 
faction,  gratification. 

Contiguous— near,  approximating,  adjacent. 
Continual — perpetual,  constant,  _  incessant, 
unceasing,  continuous. 

Continuation— continuance,  duration. 
Contract— arrangement,  bargain,  agreement, 
compact,  covenant. 

Contract— curtail,  abbreviate,  abridge,  con¬ 
dense,  reduce,  shorten. 

Contradict— gainsay,  deny,  oppose. 
Contrary— opposite,  adverse,  inimical. 
Contribute— assist,  administer,  aid,  share. 
Contrition— remorse,  penitence,  repentance, 
compunction,  regret. 

Contrivance— plan,  device,  means,  scheme, 
invention. 

Control — subdue,  restrain,  check,  govern, 
curb. 

Controversy— argument,  debate,  disputa¬ 
tion,  contest. 

Convene— call  together,  assemble,  convoke. 
Convenient— handy,  adapted,  suitable. 
Conversation — dialogue,  discussion,  confer¬ 
ence,  colloquy. 

Converse— commune,  speak,  talk,  discourse. 
Convey— take,  carry,  bear,  transport. 
Conviction — persuasion,  detection,  satisfac¬ 
tion. 

Convivial — agreeable,  festal,  social,  sociable. 
Convoke— gather,  assemble,  convene,  call  to¬ 
gether. 

Copious — ample,  full,  abundant,  exuberant, 
plenteous,  beautiful. 

Cordial— hearty,  warm,  sincere. 

Correct — mend,  amend,  reform,  better,  im¬ 
prove,  rectify. 

Corroborate— establish,  confirm,  strengthen. 
Corruption— depravity,  pollution,  defilement, 
-adulteration,  contamination,  depravity,  in¬ 
fection,  putridity. 

Costly — expensive,  precious,  valuable. 
Counsel— advice,  instruction,  exhortation. 
Counteract — change,  defeat,  oppose,  hinder, 
frustrate,  prevent. 

Countenance— uphold,  favor,  encourage,  sup¬ 
port,  sanction. 

Counterfeit — forged,  feigned,  false,  spurious, 
imposture,  imitation. 


DICTIONARY  OP  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


67 


Couple— brace,  pair,  two,  join,  connect. 
Courage—  heroism,  valor,  bravery,  firmness, 
intrepidity,  fearlessness. 

Course— mode',  way,  track,  line,  career,  pro¬ 
gress,  method,  passage,  road,  route,  series, 
succession. 

Courteous — kind,  civil,  affable,  polished,  re¬ 
spectful,  polite,  well-bred. 

Covenant— arrangement,  agreement,  contract, 
pledge,  stipulation. 

Covering— concealing,  screening,  sheltering, 
hiding,  overspreading 

Covetousness — greed,  avarice,  cupidity,  in¬ 
ordinate  desire. 

Coward— sneak,  dastard,  poltroon. 

Cowardice — fear,  timidity,  cowardliness. 
Crafty  -underhanded,  cunning,  artful,  wily, 
deceitful,  sly,  subtle. 

Crave— beg,  pray,  beseech,  entreat,  implore, 
request,  solicit,  supplicate. 

Create — build,  form,  make,  cause,  invent, 
originate,  shape,  produce. 

Crime— evil,  guilt,  wickedness,  vice,  sin. 
Crisis— juncture,  critical  point. 

Criticism— stricture,  censure,  review,  remark, 
judgment. 

Crooked— bowed,  turned,  awry,  bent,  curved, 
disfigured,  deformed. 

Cross— ill-tempered,  fretful,  peevish,  spleeny, 
petulant,  splenetic. 

Cruel— barbarous,  brutal,  inhuman,  pitiless, 
inexorable,  unmerciful,  harsh. 

Cultivation— advancement,  civilization,  im¬ 
provement,  refinement,  tillage. 

Cure— heal,  restore,  remedy. 

Curious— prying,  inquisitive. 

Curse— imprecation,  malediction,  anathema, 
execration. 

Cursory— hasty,  careless,  slight,  desultory, 
superficial. 

Curtail  —  shorten,  contract,  abbreviate, 
abridge. 

Custom— habit,  manner,  usage,  prescription, 
practice. 

D 

Damage— injury,  hurt,  loss,  detriment. 
Dampness — wet,  moisture,  humidity. 

Danger — hazard,  peril,  risk,  venture. 

Daring— bold,  fearless,  valorous,  courageous, 
intrepid,  brave. 

Dark — dim,  dismal,  obscure,  gloomy. 

Date— time,  period,  epoch,  era,  age. 

Dead— still,  lifeless,  inanimate,  deceased. 
Deadly1— fatal,  mortal,  destructive. 

Dealing — trade,  practice,  commerce,  traffic. 
Dearth— famine,  need,  scarcity,  want. 

Debar— deter,  hinder,  prevent,  exclude,  pre¬ 
clude. 

Debase— lower,  degrade,  humble,  disgrace. 
Debate— argue,  wrangle,  dispute,  controvert, 
contest. 

Debilitate— impair,  weaken,  enervate,  en¬ 
feeble. 

Debility — infirmity,  weakness,  incapacity, 
imbecility,  feebleness. 

Decay— decline,  consumption. 

Decease — demise,  death,  departure  of  life. 
Deceit — fraud,  duplicity,  deception,  cunning, 
artifice,  guilt,  trickery. 


Decent— comely,  fit,  seemly,  becoming. 
Decide — settle,  resolve,  fix,  determine. 
Decision — sentence,  determination,  judgment, 
resolution,  conclusion. 

Decisive— ending,  conclusive,  convincing, 
Declare— announce,  pronounce,  testify,  pro¬ 
claim,  assure,  assert,  affirm. 

Decline— droop,  decay,  shun,  reject,  repel, 
sink,  refuse. 

Decorate — embellish,  ornament,  beautify, 
adorn. 

Decoy— allure,  tempt,  seduce,  entice,  inveigle. 
Decrease— lessen,  diminish,  lower,  subside, 
abate. 

Dedicate — devote,  consecrate,  set  apart. 
Deduction— abatement,  inference,  conclusion. 
Deed — action,  exploit,  achievement,  feat. 
Deface— mar,  disfigure,  destroy,  mutilate. 
Defame— slander,  vilify,  scandalize,  calumni¬ 
ate. 

Defeat — beat,  baffle,  conquer,  overcome,  over¬ 
power,  overthrow,  vanquish,  frustrate. 
Defect— want,  flaw,  blemish,  imperfection. 
Defective— wanting,  imperfect,  deficient. 
Defender— protector,  advocate,  pleader,  vin¬ 
dicator 

Defence — apology,  excuse,  justification,  pro¬ 
tection,  vindication. 

Defer — delay,  hinder,  prolong,  retard,  post¬ 
pone,  protract,  procrastinate. 

Deference — respect,  regard,  condescension, 
submission,  veneration. 

Defile— taint,  poison,  vitiate,  corrupt,  con¬ 
taminate,  pollute. 

Deficient — lacking,  wanting,  imperfect. 
Definite— exact,  precise,  positive,  certain, 
bounded,  limited. 

Defraud— swindle,  cheat,  rob,  deceive,  tri<;k. 
Degrade— lower,  disgrace,  lessen,  reduce,  de¬ 
cry,  depreciate,  disparage. 

Degree— rank,  position,  station,  class,  order. 
Dejection— depression,  melancholy,  lowli¬ 
ness. 

Delay — hinder,  defer,  detain,  prolong,  pro¬ 
tract,  postpone. 

Deliberate— slow,  hesitating,  considerate, 
thoughtful,  cautious. 

Delicate— frail,  fine,  nice,  tender,  beautiful, 
weak,  elegant,  dainty. 

Delighted— pleased,  glad,  grateful,  joyful. 
Delightful — sweet,  lovely,  delicious,  charm¬ 
ing,  gladsome. 

Delineate — describe,  draw,  paint,  sketch,  de¬ 
pict,  represent. 

Delinquent— criminal,  offender. 

Deliver— give  up,  save,  yield,  utter,  surrender, 
concede,  rescue,  transmit. 

Delude — mislead,  deceive,  cheat,  beguile. 
Delusion — cheat,  illusion, deception,  fallacy. 
Demand— claim,  require,  ask. 

Demolish— overthrow,  destroy. 

Demonstrate — illustrate,  show,  prove,  mani¬ 
fest. 

Denominate— name,  title,  style,  designate. 
Denote— imply,  signify,  mark,  betoken. 
Deny— refuse,  disown,  contradict,  oppose. 
Departure — leaving,  going  away,  forsaking, 
abandoning,  exit. 

Dependence— trust,  reliance,  confidence,  con¬ 
nection. 


|  Deplore— bemoan,  bewail,  lament,  mourn. 
Deportment — behavior,  character,  carriage, 
conduct,  demeanor. 

Depraved— degraded,  corrupt,  abandoned, 
profligate,  vicious,  wicked. 

Depreciate— underrate,  disparage,  detract, un¬ 
dervalue,  degrade,  lower,  traduce. 
Deprive— prevent,  hinder,  depose,  divest, 
strip,  abridge. 

Depute— authorize,  appoint,  constitute. 
Deputy— agent,  substitute,  representative, 
delegate. 

Derange— disarrange,  discompose,  disorder, 
confuse,  disconcert. 

Deride— mock,  ridicule,  make  fun  of,  banter, 
laugh  at. 

Describe— illustrate,  narrate,  delineate,  re¬ 
count,  relate,  represent. 

Description— account,  illustration,  narration, 
explanation,  recital,  relation,  detail. 
Design— intend,  plan,  scheme,  purpose,  pro¬ 
ject,  sketch. 

Designate— name,  show,  point  out, -indicate, 
choose,  distinguish,  style. 

Desist— stop,  leave  off,  discontinue,  cease. 
Desperate  -desponding,  hopeless,  mad,  care¬ 
less,  furious,  regardless. 

Despicable— mean,  vile,  worthless,  pitiful, 
outrageous,  contemptible. 

Despise— hate,  scorn,  loathe. 

Despotic— arbitrary,  self-willed,  absolute. 
Destination— point,  location,  design,  fate,  lot, 
purpose,  appointment. 

Destitute — bare,  forlorn,  poor,  scanty,  for¬ 
saken,  needy. 

Destroy — ruin,  waste,  demolish,  consume,  an¬ 
nihilate,  dismantle. 

Desultory — hasty,  slight,  loose,  roving. 
Detach — sever,  separate,  disjoin,  divide. 
Detail — account,  tale,  description,  narration, 
recital. 

Detain— keep,  restrain,  confine,  hold. 

Detect — find,  discover,  convict. 

Determine— fix,  decide,  bound,  limit,  settle, 
resolve,  adjust. 

Determined— firm,  resolute,  decided,  fixed, 
concluded,  ended,  immovable. 

Detest — hate,  loathe,  abhor,  abominate. 
Detestable— hateful,  loathsome,  abominable, 
execrable. 

Detract— defame,  degrade,  slander,  vilify,  cal¬ 
umniate,  scandalize,  derogate. 

Detriment— inconvenience,  loss,  injury,  dis¬ 
advantage,  damage,  hurt,  prejudice. 
Develop— grow,  unravel,  clear,  unfold,  dis¬ 
close,  exhibit. 

Deviate— stray,  wander,  err,  digress,  swerve. 
Device— design,  scheme,  plan,  contrivance,  in¬ 
vention,  stratagem,  show. 

Devote— give,  apply,  consecrate,  set  apart, 
dedicate. 

Devout— pious,  holy,  religious,  prayerful. 
Dexterity — adroitness,  expertness,  aptness, 
ability,  skillfulness,  skill,  tact. 

Dialect— language,  speech,  tongue. 

Dictate— propose,  direct,  order,  prescribe,  in¬ 
struct,  suggest. 

Die— expire,  depart,  perish,  languish,  wither. 
Differ— dispute,  dissent,  vary,  contend,  dis¬ 
agree. 


68 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


Different— unlike,  various,  diverse. 
Difficult— tryiug,  arduous,  hard,  trouble¬ 
some. 

DiFFicuLTY-obstacle,  embarrassment,  trouble, 
obstruction,  perplexity,  trial,  impediment. 
Diffident— retiring,  fearful,  bashful,  distrust¬ 
ful,  modest,  hesitating. 

Dignified — exalted,  elevated, honored,  stately. 
Diligent — industrious,  assiduous,  laborious, 
active,  persevering,  attentive. 

Diminish— shorten,  curtail,  decrease,  abate, 
lessen,  subside. 

Direct — show,  guide,  conduct,  manage,  regu¬ 
late,  sway. 

Direction— command,  address,  order,  super¬ 
scription. 

Directly — at  once,  quickly,  instantly,  immedi¬ 
ately,  promptly,  instantaneously. 

Disagree — dispute,  dissent,  differ,  quarrel, 
vary. 

Disappoint— foil,  defeat. 

Disaster— misfortune,  calamity,  mischance, 
mishap. 

Disavow— disown,  deny,  disclaim,  repudiate. 
Discard — cast  off.  dismiss,  discharge. 

Discern — distinguish,  discriminate,  penetrate, 
behold,  discover. 

Discernible — plain,  evident,  manifest,  per¬ 
ceptible,  apparent. 

Disclose— reveal,  discover,  divulge. 
Disconcert — disorder,  confuse,  defeat,  ruffle, 
fret,  vex,  unsettle,  interrupt,  derange. 
Discord — contention,  dissension,  inharmony. 
Discover— make  known,  detect,  communicate, 
reveal,  impart,  tell,  disclose. 

Discredit — dishonor,  scandal,  disgrace,  dis¬ 
repute,  ignominy,  reproach. 

Discretion— prudence,  judgment. 

Disdain— scorn,  contempt,  arrogance,  pride, 
haughtiness. 

Disease— sickness,  distemper,  malady,  dis¬ 
order. 

Disgrace— degrade,  debase,  dishonor,  abase. 
Disguise— cover,  disfigure,  conceal,  dissemble. 
Disgust— loathing,  nausea,  dislike,  aversion. 
Dishonor— shame,  disgrace. 

Dlslire— antipathy,  aversion,  hatred,  repug¬ 
nance,  contempt,  abhorrence. 

Dismiss— discharge,  divest,  discard. 

Disorder — confusion,  bustle,  tumult,  malady, 
disease,  distemper,  irregularity. 

Disparage— lower,  undervalue,  degrade,  de¬ 
tract,  decry,  depreciate. 

Disperse — scatter,  dissipate,  spread,  distrib¬ 
ute,  deal  out. 

Display— parade,  exhibit,  show,  ostentation. 
Displease— offend,  anger,  vex. 

Dispose— regulate,  place,  arrange,  order,  adapt. 
Dispute— contest,  debate,  quarrel,  altercation, 
difference,  controversy. 

Disseminate — spread,  circulate,  scatter,  prop¬ 
agate. 

Dissertation— discourse,  essay,  treatise,  dis¬ 
quisition. 

Dissipate— disperse,  squander,  waste,  expend, 
consume,  dispel. 

Distaste— aversion,  disgust,  contempt,  dislike, 
dissatisfaction,  loathing. 

Distinct — clear,  obvious,  different,  separate, 
unlike,  dissimilar. 


Distinguish — discriminate,  see,  know,  per¬ 
ceive,  discern. 

Distinguished — noted,  conspicuous,  eminent, 
celebrated,  illustrious. 

Distress — grief,  sorrow,  sadness,  suffering, 
affliction,  anguish,  agony,  pain,  misery. 
Distribute — deal  out,  scatter,  assign,  allot, 
apportion,  divide. 

District — locality,  section,  tract,  region,  terri¬ 
tory,  province,  county,  circuit. 

Diversion— enjoyment,  pastime,  recreation, 
amusement,  sport,  deviation. 

Divide— separate,  part,  share,  distribute. 
Divine— suppose,  conjecture,  foretell,  guess. 
Divulge— disclose,  impart,  reveal,  communi¬ 
cate,  disclose,  publish. 

Docile— gentle,  tractable,  teachable,  pliant, 
quiet,  yielding. 

Doctrine— belief,  wisdom,  dogma,  principle, 
precept. 

Dogmatical— positive,  authoritative,  arrogant, 
magisterial,  confident. 

Doleful— awful,  dismal,  sorrowful,  woeful. 

piteous,  rueful. 

Doubt  — suspt  use,  hesitation,  scruple,  per¬ 
plexity,  uncertainty. 

Doubtful— unstable,  uncertain,  dubious,  pre¬ 
carious,  equivocal. 

Drag— pull,  bring,  haul,  draw. 

Dread— fear,  apprehension. 

Dreadful— fearful,  awful,  frightful,  terrible, 
horrible. 

Dress— array,  apparel,  vestments,  garments, 
attire. 

Droop— pine,  sink,  fade,  languish,  decline. 
Dumb— mute,  still,  silent,  inarticulate. 
Durable— lasting,  constant,  permanent,  con 
tinning. 

Dutiful — submissive,  obedient,  respectful. 
Dwelling — borne,  house,  abode,  habitation 
residence,  domicile. 


Eager— earnest,  excited,  ardent,  impetuous, 
quick,  vehement. 

Earn — acquire,  win,  make,  gain,  obtain. 

Earth — globe,  world,  planet. 

Ease— rest,  quiet,  repose,  lightness,  facility. 

Economical — careful,  frugal,  close,  saving, 
thrifty,  sparing. 

Ecstasy— happiness,  joy,  rapture,  transport, 
delight,  elevation,  enthusiasm. 

Edifice— building,  fabric,  structure. 

Education— culture,  cultivation,  breeding,  re 
finement,  instruction,  nurture,  tuition. 

Efface— destroy,  obliterate,  erase,  expunge 
eradicate. 

Effect— consequence,  purpose,  result,  event, 
issue,  meaning,  reality. 

Effects— things,  goods,  chattels,  furniture, 
movables,  property. 

Efficient — competent,  capable,  able,  effect 
ual,  effective. 

Effort— endeavor,  essay,  attempt,  exertion 
trial. 

Elegant — graceful,  lovely,  beautiful,  hand 
some. 

Eligible— suitable,  fit,  worthy,  capable. 

Embarrass — trouble,  entangle,  puzzle,  per¬ 
plex,  distress. 


Embellish — ornament,  decorate,  adorn,  illus¬ 
trate,  deck,  beautify. 

Emblem— symbol,  figure,  type. 

Embrace— hold,  clasp,  hug,  comprehend,  com¬ 
prise,  include,  contain. 

Emergency— necessity,  exigency,  casualty. 
Emolument— reward,  profit,  gain,  advantage, 
lucre. 

Emotion — feeling,  tremor,  agitation,  excite¬ 
ment. 

Employment— occupation,  trade,  profession, 
business,  avocation. 

Empower — enable,  delegate,  authorize,  com¬ 
mission. 

Empty— untenanted,  vhcant,  void,  evacuated, 
unfurnished,  unfilled. 

Enchant— beguile,  charm,  bewitch,  fascinate, 
captivate,  enrapture. 

Encomium— eulogy,  praise. 

Encounter— quarrel,  assault,  attack,  combat, 
engagement,  meeting. 

Encourage— cheer,  animate,  incite,  stimulate. 

countenance,  instigate,  sanction,  support. 
Encroach— intrude,  trespass,  Infringe. 

End— finish,  close,  stop,  extremity,  termina¬ 
tion,  finish,  sequel,  cessation,  consequence, 
death,  purpose. 

Endeavor— aim,  exertion,  effort,  attempt. 
Endless— unending,  everlasting,  perpetual, 
interminable,  incessant,  infinite,  eternal. 
Endurance— submission,  patience,  fortitude, 
resignation. 

Enemy— adversary,  opponent,  antagonist,  foe. 
Energy— determination,  force,  efficacy,  vigor, 
strength,  potency,  power. 

Enervate— weaken,  enfeeble,  debilitate,  un¬ 
nerve,  deteriorate. 

Engage— employ,  enlist,  fight,  induce,  pledge, 
promise,  attract,  win. 

Enjoyment— happiness,  joy,  pleasure,  gratifi¬ 
cation. 

Enlarge— extend,  lengthen,  widen,  increase. 
Enmity— spite,  hatred,  hostility,  malignity, 
animosity. 

Enough— ample,  sufficient,  plenty,  abundance. 
Enrage— excite,  irritate,  inflame,  incense,  ag¬ 
gravate,  exasperate. 

Enrapture— charm,  attract,  captivate,  fasci¬ 
nate,  enchant. 

Enterprise— business,  adventure,  attempt, 
undertaking. 

Entertainment— pastime,  amusement,  sport, 
recreation,  diversion,  performance,  banquet, 
feast. 

Entice— tempt,  decoy,  seduce,  allure,  attract. 
Entire— full,  whole,  complete,  perfect,  total, 
integral. 

Entirely— perfectly,  completely,  wholly. 
Entitle — style,  designate,  characterize,  name, 
denominate. 

Entreat— ask,  solicit,  crave,  beg,  beseech,  im¬ 
plore,  petition,  supplicate. 

Envy — suspicion,  jealousy,  grudging. 
Epitomize— lessen,  abridge,  reduce,  curtail, 
condense. 

Equal— commensurate,  adequate,  uniform. 
Equitable— just,  right,  satisfactory,  impartial, 
fair,  reasonable,  honest. 

Eradicate— exterminate,  extirpate,  root  out. 
Erase— expunge,  efface,  obliterate,  cancel. 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


69 


Erect— build,  raise,  found,  construct,  elevate, 
establish,  institute,  set  up,  raise. 

Error— blunder,  mistake,  fault. 

Escape— elope,  evade,  elude,  fly,  avoid,  pass. 

Essential— important,  necessary,  requisite, 
indispensable. 

Esteem — respect,  regard,  value,  appreciate, 
prize,  love. 

Estimate— rate,  compute,  calculate,  appraise, 
value,  esteem,  appreciate. 

Eternal — perpetual,  forever,  endless,  infinite, 
everlasting,  immortal,  continual. 

Evade— escape,  elude,  avoid,  shun,  prevari¬ 
cate. 

Even— smooth,  level,  plain,  uniform,  equal. 

Event— incident,  adventure,  occurrence,  issue, 
result,  consequence. 

Ever— always,  constantly,  forever,  unceas¬ 
ingly,  continually,  incessantly. 

Evidence— proof,  deposition,  testimony,  wit¬ 
ness. 

Evil— sinful,  wicked,  bad. 

Exact — enjoin,  demand,  extract,  extort. 

Exact— sure,  strict,  punctual,  accurate,  pre¬ 
cise. 

Exalted — high,  elevated,  dignified,  refined, 
raised,  magnificent,  sublime. 

Examination — search,  investigation,  scrutiny, 
inquiry,  research. 

Example— copy,  precedent,  pattern. 

Exasperate— excite,  irritate,  provoke,  vex, 
aggravate,  enrage. 

Exceed— improve,  outdo,  excel,  surpass,  trans- 
scend. 

Excellence — goodness,  superiority,  purity, 
perfection,  eminence. 

Except— but,  besides,  unless,  object. 

Exchange— barter,  trade,  traffic. 

Excite— provoke,  arouse,  stimulate,  awaken, 
incite,  irritate. 

Exculpate— forgive,  acquit,  exonerate,  ab¬ 
solve,  justify. 

Excuse— pretence,  pretext,  plea,  subterfuge, 
apology,  evasion. 

Execrable— hateful,  contemptible,  abomin¬ 
able,  detestable. 

Exemption— freedom,  privilege,  immunity. 

Exercise— practice,  exert,  carry  on. 

Exhaust — empty,  drain,  spend. 

Exigency— necessity,  emergency. 

Exonerate— clear,  relieve,  justify,  acquit,  ab¬ 
solve,  forgive,  exculpate. 

Expectation— belief,  trust,  hope,  confidence, 
anticipation. 

Expedient— fit,  suitable,  necessary,  requisite. 

Expedite— hurry,  hasten,  quicken,  accelerate. 

Expeditious— speedy,  quick,  prompt,  diligent. 

Expel— exile,  banish,  cast  out. 

Expensive— dear,  costly,  valuable. 

Experience— knowledge,  trial,  experiment, 
proof,  test. 

Expert— handy,  ready,  adroit,  skillful,  dexter¬ 
ous. 

Explain— show,  elucidate,  unfold. 

Explanation — detail,  description,  account, 
relation,  explication,  recital. 

Explicit— clear,  definite,  plain,  express. 

Exploit— feat,  accomplishment,  achievement, 
deed,  performance. 

Explore— search,  examine.  I 


Extend— spread  out,  stretch  out,  enlarge,  in 
crease,  distend,  diffuse. 

Extensive— wide,  comprehensive,  large. 

Extenuate— palliate,  lessen,  diminish,  excuse. 

Exterior— outward,  outside,  external. 

Exterminate— eradicate,  destroy,  extirpate. 

External— outward,  exterior. 

Extol— commend,  praise,  laud,  eulogize,  ad¬ 
mire,  applaud. 

F 

Facetious— amusing,  jocular,  comic,  jocose. 

Fact— incident,  circumstance. 

Faculty— ability,  gift,  talent,  power. 

Failing— weakness,  frailty,  imperfection,  mis¬ 
fortune,  miscarriage,  foible,  fault. 

Fair— clear,  consistent,  right,  straight,  im¬ 
partial,  honest,  equitable,  just. 

Faith— trust,  belief,  fidelity,  credit. 

Fallacious— illusive,  visionary,  deceitful,  de¬ 
lusive,  fraudulent. 

Falsehood— falsity,  falsification,  fabrication, 
fiction,  lie,  untruth. 

Familiar— free,  intimate,  unceremonious. 

Famous— celebrated,  eminent,  renowned,  dis¬ 
tinguished,  illustrious. 

Fanciful— ideal,  imaginative,  capricious,  fan¬ 
tastical,  whimsical,  hypochondriac. 

Fancy— imagination,  taste,  whim,  caprice,  in¬ 
clination,  liking,  notion,  conceit,  conception, 
humor,  ideality. 

Fascinate— charm,  attract,  captivate,  bewitch, 
enchant,  enrapture. 

Fashion— style,  mode,  custom,  manner,  way, 
practice,  form,  sort. 

Fasten— fix,  hold,  stick,  annex,  attach,  affix. 

Fastidious— particular,  disdainful,  squeamish. 

Fate— destiny,  chance, fortune,  luck,  doom,  lot. 

Favor— civility,  support,  benefit,  grace. 

Favorable— auspicious,  propitious,  suitable. 

Fault— failing,  shortcoming,  error,  blemish, 
imperfection,  offence. 

Faultless— guiltless,  blameless,  spotless,  in¬ 
nocent. 

Fear— alarm,  dread,  timidity,  terror,  fright, 
trepidation,  apprehension. 

Fearful — dreadful,  horrible,  terrible,  awful, 
afraid,  timid,  timorous. 

Fearless — daring,  brave,  intrepid,  undaunted, 
courageous. 

Feasible— reasonable,  plausible,  practicable. 

Feat— exploit,  trick, achievement,  act,  deed. 

Feeble— frail,  infirm,  weak. 

Feeling— sensation,  sympathy,  generosity, 
sensibility. 

Felicity— joy,  delight,  happiness,  prosperity, 
bliss,  blessedness. 

Fertile— fruitful,  prolific,  abundant,  produc¬ 
tive. 

Fervor— warmth,  heat,  ardor,  vehemence, 
zeal. 

Festivity— joyfulness,  happiness,  gayety,  fes¬ 
tival. 

Fickle — unstable,  changeable,  variable,  incon¬ 
stant,  capricious,  impulsive. 

Fiction— invention,  lie,  untruth,  falsehood, 
fabrication. 

Fidelity— faith,  honesty,  loyalty. 

Fiery— hot,  fervent,  impulsive,  ardent,  pas¬ 
sionate,  vehement. 


Figure — shape,  semblance,  form,  representa¬ 
tion,  statue. 

Fine— delicate,  nice,  pretty,  elegant,  lovely, 
showy,  beautiful. 

Finish— conclude,  end,  close,  terminate,  com¬ 
plete,  perfect. 

Firm— ready,  strong,  immovable,  solid,  steady, 
sturdy,  resolute,  partnership. 

First— highest,  chief,  earliest,  primitive,  pri¬ 
mary,  pristine,  original,  commencement. 

Fitted— suited,  competent,  qualified,  adapted. 

Flag — droop,  languish,  pine,  decline,  faint. 

Flagitious— wicked,  flagrant,  heinous,  atro¬ 
cious. 

Flavor— taste,  odor,  fragrance. 

FLAW-epot,  stain,  speck,  crack,  blemish,  defect. 

Fleeting — transient,  transitory,  swift,  tem¬ 
porary. 

Fleetness— swiftness,  rapidity,  quickness,  ve¬ 
locity,  celerity. 

Fluctuate— vary,  waver,  change,  hesitate, 
vacillate. 

Follower — adherent,  believer,  disciple,  par¬ 
tisan,  pursuer,  successor. 

Fondness— affection,  love,  attachment,  tender¬ 
ness. 

Forsake — desert,  abandon,  abdicate,  leave,  re¬ 
linquish,  quit. 

Foolish— simple,  stupid,  silly,  absurd,  pre¬ 
posterous,  irrational. 

Forbear— refrain,  spare,  abstain,  pause. 

Forbid— deny,  prohibit,  interdict,  oppose. 

Force— oblige,  compel,  restrain. 

Forcible— powerful,  strong,  mighty,  potent, 
cogent,  irresistible. 

Forebode— foretell,  presage,  prognosticate, 
augur,  betoken. 

Foregoing — before,  former,  previous,  prior, 
preceding,  antecedent,  anterior. 

Forego— quit,  give  up,  resign. 

Forethought— expectation,  foresight,  antici¬ 
pation,  premeditation. 

Forfeiture— penally,  fine. 

Forge— counterfeit,  frame,  invent,  fabricate. 

Forgive— absolve,  pardon,  remit,  acquit,  ex¬ 
cuse. 

Forlorn— forsaken,  lost,  lonely,  destitute,  de¬ 
serted. 

Form — ceremony,  observance,  rite. 

Formal— ceremonious,  particular,  methodical, 
exact,  stiff,  precise. 

Fortunate— successful,  lucky,  prosperous. 

Fortune— estate,  portion,  fate,  success. 

Forward — confident,  eager,  bold,  ardent,  im¬ 
modest,  ready,  presumptuous,  progressive. 

Foster — keep,  harbor,  nourish,  cherish,  nurse. 

Fragile— brittle,  weak,  frail,  tender. 

Frailty— weakness,  unsteadiness,  instability, 
failing,  foible. 

Frame— fabricate,  compose,  contrive,  invent, 
form,  plan,  adjust. 

Fraternity'— brotherhood,  society. 

Fraud— cheat,  imposition,  deception,  deceit, 
guile. 

Freak— whim,  caprice,  humor,  fancy. 

Free— generous,  liberal,  candid,  open,  frank, 
familiar,  unconstrained,  unconfined,  unre¬ 
served,  munificent,  bounteous. 

Free — deliver,  liberate,  clear,  rescue,  affran¬ 
chise,  enfranchise. 


TO 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


Freedom — liberty,  independence,  exemption, 
privilege,  familiarity,  unrestraint. 

Freely-  spontaneously,  unreservedly,  cheer¬ 
fully,  frankly,  liberally,  unhesitatingly. 

Frequently— often,  repeatedly,  commonly, 
generally,  usually. 

Fresh — new,  recent,  novel,  modern,  cool. 

Fret— chafe,  anger,  gall,  agitate,  corrode,  vex. 

Fretful — captious,  peevish,  petulant,  angry. 

Friendly— pleasant,  kind,  sociable,  agreeable, 
amicable. 

Fright— panic,  consternation,  terror,  alarm. 

Frighten— terrify,  scare,  intimidate,  affright, 
alarm,  daunt. 

Frightful — horrid,  horrible,  terrible,  terrific, 
dreadful,  fearful. 

Fruq  al—  careful,  economical,  saving,  prudent. 

Fruitful — abundant,  plentiful,  fertile,  pro¬ 
ductive,  prolific. 

Frustrate — defeat,  hinder,  nullify,  foil,  dis¬ 
appoint. 

Fully— largely,  amply,  completely,  copiously, 
abundantly. 

Futile — useless,  frivolous,  trifling. 

c 


Grasp— gripe,  seize,  catch. 

Grateful— thankful,  agreeable,  delicious, 
pleasing. 

Gratification— indulgence,  happiness,  enjoy¬ 
ment,  pleasure,  fruition. 

Grave — slow,  solemn,  thoughtful,  serious,  im¬ 
portant,  sedate,  thoughtful. 

Greatness — size,  bulk,  magnitude,  immensity, 
power,  dignity,  grandeur. 

Greediness — ravenousuess,  rapacity,  voracity, 
covetousness,  eagerness. 

Grief — sadness,  sorrow,  regret,  melancholy, 
distress,  affliction,  anguish. 

Grieve — bemoan,  bewail,  afflict,  lament,  hurt, 
mourn,  sorrow. 

Group— cluster,  collection,  assemblage. 

Grow — sprout,  vegetate,  proceed,  increase. 

Guarantee— warrant,  vouch  for,  secure. 

Guard— protect,  defend,  shield,  watch. 

Guess — suppose,  conjecture,  surmise,  divine, 
think. 

Guest— stranger, isitor,  visitant. 

Guide — lead,  direct,  conduct,  instruct,  control, 
regulate. 

Guilty— depraved,  wicked,  sinful,  criminal, 
debauched. 


Hear— hearken,  listen,  watch,  attend,  over¬ 
hear. 

Hearty— sincere,  zealous,  warm,  strong,  cor¬ 
dial,  ardent,  healthy. 

Heaviness— sorrow,  gloom,  dejection,  weight, 
gravity. 

Heedless — dilatory,  thoughtless,  negligent, re¬ 
miss,  careless,  inattentive. 

Heighten— raise,  advance,  improve,  aggra¬ 
vate. 

Heinous— wicked,  sinful,  flagrant,  atrocious. 

Help— provide,  serve,  assist,  aid,  relieve,  sup¬ 
port,  succor. 

Hence— from,  thence,  so,  accordingly,  there¬ 
fore,  wherefore,  consequently. 

Heroic— bold,  noble,  brave,  fearless,  valiant, 
courageous,  intrepid. 

Heroism — valor,  boldness,  courage,  bravery, 
gallantry,  fortitude. 

Hesitate— pause,  falter,  wait,  delay,  scruple, 
doubt,  demur,  stammer. 

Hidden— obscure,  mysterious,  secret,  covert, 
concealed. 

Hideous— awful,  frightful,  horrible,  ghastly, 
grim,  grisly. 

Hilarity— jollity,  joviality,  mirth,  merriment, 


Gain— obtain,  get,  win,  attain,  acquire,  profit. 
Gait— bearing,  mien,  walk,  carriage. 

Gale— breeze,  storm,  tempest,  hurricane. 
Gather— collect,  muster,  assemble,  compress, 
fold,  infer. 

Gay— dashing,  showy,  merry,  sprightly,  fine, 
cheerful. 

Generally— usually,  commonly,  frequently. 
Generous — liberal,  bounteous,  beneficent,  mu¬ 
nificent,  noble. 

Genius— talent,  intellect,  ingenuity,  capacity, 
ability,  wisdom,  taste. 

Genteel — polite,  refined,  polished,  mannerly, 
cultured. 

Gentle— tame,  meek,  mild,  quiet,  peaceable. 
Genuine — real,  actual,  authentic,  unalloyed, 
unadulterated,  true,  natural. 

Germinate— sprout,  shoot,  grow,  bud,  vege¬ 
tate. 

Gesture — action,  motion,  posture,  attitude. 
Get — gain,  attain,  obtain,  procure,  realize, 
acquire,  possess. 

Gift — donation,  present,  gratuity,  benefaction, 
endowment,  ability,  talent. 

Give — impart,  confer,  bestow,  grant,  consign, 
yield. 

Glad— happy,  gay,  cheerful,  delighted,  joyful, 
joyous,  gratified. 

Glance— sight,  look,  glimpse. 

Glitter— glisten,  sparkle,  shine,  glare,  radi¬ 
ate. 

Glittering — glistening,  Bhining,  sparkling, 
bright,  brilliant. 

Gloom— dark,  sad,  dim,  dull,  cloudy,  sullen, 
morose,  melancholy. 

Glory — fame,  renown,  praise,  honor,  reputa¬ 
tion,  brightness,  splendor. 

Graceful— comely,  genteel,  becoming,  ele¬ 
gant,  neat. 

Grand— dignified,  lofty,  great,  exalted,  ele¬ 
vated,  magnificent,  majestic,  glorious,  splen¬ 
did,  superb,  sublime. 

Grant— give,  bestow,  cede,  concede,  confer, 
sell,  yield. 


H 

Hale — strong,  robust,  sound,  hearty. 

Handsome — fine,  fair,  pretty,  graceful,  lovely, 
elegant,  beautiful,  noble. 

Happiness — contentment,  luck,  felicity,  bliss. 

Harass— tire,  molest,  weary,  disturb,  perplex, 
vex,  torment. 

Harbinger— messenger,  precursor, forerunner. 

Hard — near,  close,  unfeeling,  inexorable, 
arduous,  difficult,  firm,  hardy,  solid. 

Hardened— unfeeling,  obdurate,  insensible, 
callous. 

|  Hardihood — boldness,  presumption,  audacity, 
effrontery,  bravery,  daring. 

Hardly— barely,  scarcely,  with  difficulty. 

Hardship— affliction,  oppression,  grievance, 
injury. 

Harm— evil,  injury,  damage,  hurt,  misfortnne, 
ill,  mishap. 

Harmless— gentle,  unoffeuding,  inoffensive, 
innocent. 

Harmony— unison,  concord,  melody,  agree¬ 
ment,  accordance. 

Harsh— rough,  stern,  severe,  rigorous,  austere, 
morose. 

Hasten — hurry,  expedite,  accelerate,  quicken. 

Hastiness — dispatch,  speed,,  hurry,  rashness, 
precipitancy. 

Hasty— rash,  angry,  quick,  cursory,  passion¬ 
ate. 

Hate— dislike,  abjure,  detest,  abhor,  loathe, 
abominate. 

Hateful — odious,  contemptible,  execrable,  de¬ 
testable,  abominable,  loathsome. 

■  Haughtiness— vanity,  self-conceit,  arrogance, 

pride,  disdain. 

■  Hazard— trial,  venture,  chance,  risk,  danger, 

peril. 

Headstrong — self-willed,  stubborn,  forward, 
violent,  obstinate,  venturesome. 

Heal — restore,  cure,  remedy. 

,  Healthy— well,  sound,  wholesome,  salutary, 
salubrious. 


cheerfulness,  gayety. 

Hinder— interfere,  impede,  embarrass,  retard, 
prevent,  oppose,  stop,  thwart,  obstruct. 

noLD— keep,  occupy,  maintain,  retain,  detain, 
grasp,  possess. 

Honesty— honor,  fidelity,  frankness,  integrity, 
probity,  purity,  justice,  sincerity,  rectitude, 
uprightness,  truthfulness. 

Honor— exalt,  dignify,  respect,  adorn,  revere, 
esteem,  venerate,  reverence. 

Hope— desire,  belief,  trust,  confidence,  expec¬ 
tation,  anticipation. 

Hopeless— desponding,  dejected,  despairing. 

noRRiBLE— dreadful,  terrible,  terrific,  fearful, 
frightful,  awful. 

Hostile— unfriendly,  opposite,  contrary,  re¬ 
pugnant. 

Hostility— enmity,  opposition,  animosity,  ill- 
will,  unfriendliness. 

House— domicile,  dwelling,  home,  habitation, 
family,  race,  quorum. 

However— notwithstanding,  nevertheless,  but, 
yet,  still. 

Humble — meek,  lowly,  subdued,  submissive, 
modest,  unpretending,  unassuming. 

Hurry — hasten,  expedite,  precipitate. 

Hurtful— annoying,  injurious,  detrimental, 
mischievous,  pernicious,  prejudicial. 

Hypocrisy— dissimulation,  pretence,  deceit. 

I 

Idea— notion,  thought,  conception,  imagina¬ 
tion,  perception. 

Idle— unoccupied,  unemployed,  inactive,  indo¬ 
lent,  still,  lazy,  slothful. 

Ignorant — untaught,  unskilled,  uninformed, 
unlettered,  unlearned,  illiterate. 

Illness — sickness,  disorder,  disease,  malady. 

Illusion— falsity,  deception,  mockery. 

Imagine — think,  suppose,  fancy,  conceive, 
deem,  contrive,  apprehend. 

Imbecility — weakness,  languor,  feebleness, 
infirmity,  debility,  impotence. 

Imitate— follow,  copy,  mimic. 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


71 


Immaterial — unimportant,  insignificant,  in¬ 
considerable,  inconsequential,  uncorporeal, 
unsubstantial,  unconditioned,  spiritual. 

Immediately — directly,  instantly. 

Immense — vast,  huge,  enormous,  prodigious, 
unlimited. 

Immodest— impudent,  bold,  indelicate,  shame¬ 
less,  indecent,  unchaste. 

Impair— lessen,  weaken,  injure,  decrease. 

Impart— grant,  bestow,  communicate,  reveal, 
disclose,  divulge. 

Impatient— uneasy,  restless,  eager,  hasty. 

Impeach — censure,  reproach,  arraign,  accuse. 

Impede— hinder,  delay,  obstruct,  retard. 

Impediment — obstruction,  obstacle,  hinder- 
ance. 

Impel— urge,  force,  incite,  induce,  instigate, 
animate,  encourage. 

Impending — imminent,  threatening. 

Imperative — commanding,  authoritative,  im¬ 
perious,  despotic. 

Imperfection— wanting,  blemish,  fault,  de¬ 
fect,  failing,  frailty,  foible,  weakness. 

Imperious — commanding,  haughty,  domineer¬ 
ing,  imperative,  proud,  lordly,  over  bearing, 
tyrannical. 

Impertinent— rude,  quarrelsome,  intrusive, 
insolent,  meddling,  troublesome,  irrelevant. 

Impetuous— hasty,  rough,  violent,  vehement, 
forcible,  boisterous, 

Implicate— involve,  entangle,  embarrass. 

Implore — beg,  beseech,  ask,  entreat,  suppli¬ 
cate,  solicit,  request. 

Imply— mean,  signify,  denote,  infer,  involve. 

Importance — weight,  moment,  signification, 
consequence. 

iMrosTURE— deceit,  deception,  cheat,  fraud,  im¬ 
position,  counterfeit,  artifice. 

Imprecation— execration,  curse,  malediction, 
anathema. 

Improve— cultivate,  correct,  reform,  rectify, 
amend,  advance. 

Impudent— insolent,  bold,  rude,  saucy,  imper¬ 
tinent,  uncouth,  shameless,  immodest. 

Impute— charge,  attribute,  ascribe. 

Inaeility— disability,  weakness,  impotence. 

Inactive— sluggish,  lazy,  idle,  slothful,  inert, 
drowsy. 

Inadequate— insufficient,  incompetent,  un¬ 
able,  incapable. 

Inattentive— negligent,  heedless,  careless,  in¬ 
advertent,  thoughtless,  dilatory,  remiss. 

Incessantly — constantly,  continually,  unre¬ 
mittingly,  unceasingly. 

Incident — contingency,  event,  circumstance. 

Incite— provoke,  excite,  stimulate,  arouse,  en¬ 
courage,  animate,  aggravate. 

Include — contain,  enclose,  comprise,  embrace, 
comprehend. 

Incommode — molest,  disturb,  inconvenience, 
trouble,  annoy. 

Incompetent— inapt,  insufficient,  incapable, 
inadequate,  unsuitable. 

Inconsistent— incongruous,  ridiculous,  con¬ 
trary,  absurd. 

Inconstant — unstable,  uncertain,  fickle,  vari¬ 
able,  changeable,  versatile. 

Indecent — unbecoming,  impudent,  immodest, 
indelicate. 

Indicate— show,  mark,  point  out,  reveal. 


Indifferent — passive,  neutral,  regardless,  un¬ 
concerned,  impartial. 

Indigence— poverty,  need,  want,  penury. 

Indigenous — native. 

Indignation— temper,  anger,  displeasure,  con¬ 
tempt,  resentment,  wrath. 

Indiscretion — imprudence,  folly,  injudicious¬ 
ness. 

Indispensable— important,  essential,  neces¬ 
sary. 

Indisputable— undeniable,  indubitable,  un¬ 
questionable,  incontrovertible,  conclusive, 
settled. 

Indistinct — confused,  ambiguous,  doubtful, 
dark. 

Induce — persuade,  lead,  influence,  urge,  insti¬ 
gate,  actuate. 

Industrious — diligent,  persevering,  laborious, 
assiduous,  active. 

Inevitable— unavoidable,  certain. 

Inexorable— immovable,  unyielding,  relent¬ 
less,  implacable. 

Inexpedient— unsuitable,  unfit,  inconvenient. 

Infect — taint,  corrupt,  defile,  contaminate, 
pollute. 

Inference— deduction,  conclusion. 

Inferior— less,  lower,  secondary,  subservient, 
subordinate. 

Infested— disturbed,  troubled,  plagued,  an¬ 
noyed. 

Infinite— boundless,  unbounded,  illimitable, 
unlimited,  immense,  eternal. 

Infirm-  -weak,  sickly,  decrepit,  feeble,  debili¬ 
tated,  imbecile. 

Influence— authority,  power,  credit,  favor, 
sway,  persuasion. 

Information — notice,  intelligence,  counsel, 
advice,  instruction. 

Ingenious— inventive,  talented,  skillful. 

Ingenuity — capacity,  genius,  invention,  skill, 
talent. 

Inhabit — dwell,  occupy,  reside,  stay,  abide, 
sojourn. 

Inherent — innate,  inborn,  inbred. 

Inhuman— cruel,  barbarous,  savage,  brutal, 

Iniquitous— unjust,  evil,  wicked,  nefarious. 

Injunction— order,  command,  mandate,  pre¬ 
cept. 

Injure— harm,  hurt,  impair,  damage,  deterio¬ 
rate. 

Innate— natural,  inherent,  inbred,  inborn. 

Innocent— pure,  blameless,  guiltless,  faultless, 
inoffensive,  harmless,  spotless. 

Inordinate— immoderate,  excessive,  intem¬ 
perate,  irregular. 

Inquisitive— curious,  enquiring,  anxious,  pry- 

.  ing. 

Insanity— derangement,  craziness,  madness, 
lunacy,  mania. 

Insensibility — dullness,  apathy,  indifference, 
stupidity,  torpor,  imperceptibility. 

Insidious — deceitful,  sly,  crafty,  cunning,  sub¬ 
tle,  treacherous. 

Insignificant — worthless,  meaningless,  incon¬ 
siderable,  trivial,  unimportant. 

Insinuate— hint,  suggest,  intimate. 

Insolent— insulting,  abusive,  rude,  haughty, 
saucy,  offensive,  impertinent. 

Inspire— animate,  invigorate,  cheer,  enliven, 
exhilarate,  suggest. 


Instigate — tempt,  incite,  urge,  encourage,  im¬ 
pel,  stimulate,  move. 

Instil — infuse,  implant,  sow. 

Instruction — education,  teaching,  precept, 
suggestion,  advice,  counsel. 

Insufficient— inadequate,  incapable,  incom¬ 
petent,  unfit,  unsuitable,  unable. 

Insult — abuse,  affront,  outrage,  contempt,  in¬ 
solence,  indignity. 

Integrity— purity,  probity,  truthfulness,  up¬ 
rightness,  honesty. 

Intellect— understanding,  genius,  ability,  ca¬ 
pacity,  talent. 

Intelligence— intimation,  understanding,  in¬ 
formation,  notice,  knowledge,  intellect. 

Intemperate — excessive,  immoderate,  inordi¬ 
nate. 

Intend— purpose,  mean,  design. 

Intercede— mediate,  interpose,  interfere. 

Interline— insert,  alter,  add,  correct. 

Intermission — cessation,  stop,  rest,  vacation, 
interruption. 

Intermit — abate,  suspend,  subside,  forbear. 

Interpose— mediate,  interfere,  interpose,  in¬ 
termeddle. 

Interpret— explain,  demonstrate,  elucidate, 
expound,  decipher. 

Interrogate— examine,  question,  inquire. 

Interval — space,  interstice,  time. 

Intervening— coming  between,  interposing, 
intermediate. 

Intimidate— frighten,  alarm,  daunt,  scare. 

Intoxication — infatuation,  inebriety,  drunk¬ 
enness. 

Intractable— perverse,  obstinate,  stubborn, 
ungovernable,  uncontrollable,  unmanage¬ 
able. 

Intrepid — fearless,  undaunted,  bold,  daring, 
valiant,  courageous,  brave. 

Intrinsic— real,  true,  inherent,  essential,  in¬ 
ward,  genuine. 

Introductory — preliminary,  previous,  prefa¬ 
tory. 

Intrude— invade,  infringe,  encroach,  obtrude, 
entrench. 

Intrust— confide,  commit. 

Invade— enter,  attack,  intrude,  encroach,  in¬ 
fringe. 

Invalid— weak,  sick,  infirm,  feeble,  null,  void. 

Invalidate— weaken,  injure,  destroy,  over¬ 
throw. 

Invective — censure,  abuse,  railing,  reproach, 
satire. 

Invent— feign,  fabricate,  frame,  conceive,  dis¬ 
cover,  devise. 

Invest — enclose,  surround,  confer,  adorn,  ar¬ 
ray,  endow,  endue. 

Investigation— search,  examination,  inquiry, 
scrutiny,  research. 

Inveterate — obstinate,  confirmed,  constant, 
confirmed,  fixed. 

Invigorate— restore,  strengthen,  fortify. 

Invincible — unyielding,  unconquerable. 

Involve— envelope,  enwrap,  entangle,  impli¬ 
cate. 

Irascible— irritable,  hasty,  fiery,  hot,  angry. 

Ire— anger,  temper,  passion,  wrath,  resent¬ 
ment. 

Irony— ridicule,  sarcasm,  satire,  burlesque. 


72 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


Irrational — unreasonable,  absurd,  foolish, 
silly. 

Irrefragable — undeniable,  indisputable,  in¬ 
controvertible,  unquestionable. 

Irritate — plague,  anger,  tease,  excite,  pro¬ 
voke,  aggravate,  exasperate. 

Irruption — opening,  bursting  forth,  invasion, 
inroad. 

Issue — offspring,  progeny,  end,  result,  sequel, 
egress,  evacuation,  effect,  consequence. 

J 

Jade— harass,  weary,  tire,  dispirit. 

Jealousy — suspicion,  envy,  emulation. 

Jest — fun,  joke,  sport. 

Jocose— funny,  witty,  merry,  pleasant,  jocular, 
waggish,  facetious. 

Jocund— joyful,  lively,  merry,  gay,  sprightly, 
sportive,  vivacious,  light-hearted,  mirthful. 
j0Ix— unite,  add,  combine,  adhere,  close,  con¬ 
federate,  league. 

Joke— rally,  sport. 

Jollity— hilarity,  mirth,  merriment,  gayety, 
festivity,  joviality. 

Journey— travel,  trip,  voyage,  tour. 

Joy— happiness,  delight,  gladness,  charm,  rap¬ 
ture,  ecstasy,  exultation,  felicity,  pleasure, 
transport. 

Judgment — sentence,  decision,  doom,  opinion, 
discernment,  discrimination,  penetration,  in¬ 
telligence,  sagacity. 

Just— exact,  accurate,  correct,  honest,  barely, 
upright,  righteous,  equitable,  incorrupt. 
Justify — defend,  excuse,  absolve,  maintain, 
clear. 

Justness — exactness,  accuracy,  correctness, 
equity,  propriety. 

K 

Keen— sharp,  penetrating,  piercing,  cutting, 
acute,  shrewd. 

Keep— hold,  detain,  support,  retain,  maintain, 
guard,  reserve,  sustain. 

Kind — indulgent,  compassionate,  tender,  leni¬ 
ent,  gentle,  affable,  courteous,  benignant, 
bland. 

Kind— sort,  manner,  class,  race,  species,  way, 
genus. 

Knowledge—  understanding,  learning,  percep¬ 
tion,  erudition,  skill,  acquaintance. 

L 

Labor— toil,  work,  strive,  drudge,  exert. 
Lament — sorrow,  mourn,  complain,  deplore, 
bewail,  grieve,  regret. 

Language — tongue,  speech,  dialect,  idiom. 
Languid— weary,  weak,  faint,  exhausted,  dull, 
drooping. 

Large— comprehensive,  capacious,  extensive, 
big,  great,  huge. 

Lassitude — prostration,  weariness,  languor, 
enervation,  fatigue. 

Last— latest,  hindmost,  final,  ultimate,  end. 
Lasting — durable,  continuous,  continual,  for¬ 
ever,  permanent,  perpetual,  eternal. 
Latent— unseen,  hidden,  scent. 

Laudable— praiseworthy,  commendable. 


Laughable— droll,  ridiculous,  comical,  mirth¬ 
ful. 

Lavish — profuse,  wasteful,  extravagant. 

Lazy — indolent,  idle,  slothful  inactive. 

Lean— bend,  incline,  totter,  waver. 

Learning — intelligence,  knowledge,  erudition, 
science,  literature,  information. 

Leave— abandon,  desert,  resign,  relinquish, 
bequeath. 

Legitimate — real,  legal,  lawful,  genuine. 
Lengthen — protract,  extend,  continue,  draw 
out. 

Lessen — diminish,  decrease,  abate,  reduce,  sub¬ 
side,  shrink,  degrade. 

Let— allow,  permit,  suffer,  leave,  hire. 
Lethargic— dull,  tired,  weary,  heavy,  drowsy, 
sleepy. 

Level — even,  smooth,  plain,  flat. 

Levity— giddiness,  gayety,  'vanity,  fickleness, 
lightness. 

Liable— exposed,  responsible,  subject. 
Liberal— benevolent,  generous,  munificent, 
charitable. 

Liberate— free,  set  free,  deliver,  release. 
Liberty— freedom,  permission,  license,  leave, 
exemption,  privilege. 

He— deception,  untruth,  fabrication,  fiction, 
falsehood. 

Life— being,  energy,  vitality,  vivacity,  brisk¬ 
ness. 

Lifeless  -deceased,  dead,  inanimate,  inactive, 
stale,  flat,  dull. 

Lift — raise,  elevate,  exalt,  hoist. 

Light — illuminate,  enlighten,  kindle,  nimble. 
Like— probable,  similar,  uniform,  resembling. 
Likeness — resemblance,  picture,  portrait. 
Liking— inclination,  attachment,  fondness,  af¬ 
fection. 

Linger— wait,  delay,  loiter,  saunter,  hesitate, 
tarry, lag. 

Liquid— fluid,  liquor. 

Listen— hearken,  attend,  hear,  overhear. 

Little — small,  diminutive. 

Live— exist,  subsist,  dwell,  abide,  reside. 
Lively— active,  energetic,  brisk,  nimble,  joc¬ 
und,  merry,  sprightly,  vigorous. 

Lodge— accommodate,  entertain,  shelter,  har¬ 
bor. 

Loftiness— height,  haughtiness,  stateliness, 
elevation,  dignity,  pride. 

Loiter — lag,  saunter,  linger. 

Lonely— dreary,  lonesome,  solitary,  retired. 
Look — see,  behold,  view,  inspect,  appearance. 
Loose— unconnected,  open,  unrestrained,  dis¬ 
solute,  licentious,  unjointed. 

Loss— injury,  damage,  waste,  detriment. 

Lot— share,  portion,  fate,  fortune,  destiny. 
Loud— noisy,  vociferous,  clamorous,  turbulent, 
vehement. 

Love— liking,  affection,  fondness,  kindness,  at¬ 
tachment,  esteem,  adoration. 

Lovely — attractive,  amiable,  charming,  ele¬ 
gant,  handsome,  delightful,  fine,  beautiful. 
Lover — beau,  wooer,  suitor. 

Loving — kind,  affectionate,  tender,  attentive, 
amorous. 

Low— humble,  mean,  base,  abject,  debased, 
dejected,  despicable. 

Lower— humble,  humiliate,  debase,  degrade. 
Lucky— successful,  fortunate,  prosperous. 


Ludicrous— amusing,  comical,  droll,  laugh¬ 
able. 

Lunacy— mania,  derangement,  insanity,  mad¬ 
ness. 

Luxuriant — excessive,  voluptuous,  abundant, 
exuberant. 

Luxury— profusion,  abundance,  excess. 

M 

Magnificent — noble,  grand,  glorious,  sublime, 
splendid,  superb. 

Magnitude — size,  greatnes".  bulk. 

Maintain— sustain,  keep,  support,  help,  con¬ 
tinue,  assert,  defend,  vindicate. 

Malady— evil,  disease,  affliction,  disorder,  dis¬ 
temper. 

Manage— control,  direct,  conduct. 

Mandate — command,  charge,  order,  injunc¬ 
tion. 

Mangle— cut,  lacerate,  tear,  mutilate,  maim. 
Manifest — evident,  clear,  apparent,  obvious, 
open,  plain. 

Margin— edge,  verge,  rim,  brim,  brink,  border. 
Mark— stamp,  impress,  imprint,  brand,  show, 
observe. 

Marriage— matrimony,  wedlock,  nuptials. 
Marvel — wonder,  prodigy,  miracle. 

Massive — large,  ponderous,  heavy,  bulky. 
Master — achieve,  overcome,  surmount,  con¬ 
quer. 

Mature— perfect,  complete,  ripe. 

Maxim— saying,  adage,  proverb. 

Mean — abject,  low,  despicable,  miserly,  sordid, 
penurious,  niggardly. 

Meaning— sense,  import,  signification,  inten¬ 
tion,  purpose,  design. 

Meanwhile— meantime,  interim,  intervening. 
Mechanic— artisan,  artificer. 

Meddle— interpose,  interfere,  interrupt. 
Mediate — intercede,  interpose. 

Meek— mild,  soft,  gentle,  humble. 

Meet — assemble,  join,  fit,  becoming. 

Meeting— assembly,  company,  auditory,  con¬ 
gregation. 

Melancholy— sadness,  distress,  depression, 
dejection,  gloom,  grief. 

Melcsy—  harmony,  happiness,  unison,  con¬ 
cord. 

Melt— dissolve,  soften,  liquify. 

Memory— remembrance,  reminiscence,  recol¬ 
lection. 

Mend— improve,  repair,  rectify,  correct. 
Merciful— mild,  tender,  gracious,  benignant, 
compassionate,  forgiving. 

Merciless— hard-hearted,  pitiless,  cruel,  un¬ 
merciful. 

Mercy— pity,  clemency,  compassion,  lenity. 
Merry— happy,  gay,  joyous,  cheerful,  lively, 
mirthful,  sportive,  sprightly,  vivacious. 
Messenger — bearer,  carrier,  harbinger,  fore¬ 
runner,  precursor. 

Metaphor— similitude,  trope,  allegory,  tm- 
blem,  symbol. 

Method — order,  manner,  mode,  rule,  system, 
plan,  regularity. 

Mighty— strong,  powerful,  great,  potent. 
Mild— meek,  gentle,  kind,  easy,  sweet,  tender, 
mellow. 

Mindful— heedful,  observant,  attentive. 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


73 


Minister — contribute,  supply,  administer. 
Mirth— merriment,  joy,  hilarity,  cheerfulness, 
vivacity,  jollity. 

Mischief— damage,  harm,  hurt,  misfortune, 
injury. 

Miserly— stingy,  covetous,  penurious,  nig¬ 
gardly,  avaricious. 

tills  fortune — calamity,  harm,  disaster,  mis¬ 
hap,  ill  luck. 

Mistake — error,  blunder,  misconception. 
Misuse— ill-treat,  pervert,  misapply,  abuse. 
Mitigate— lessen,  alleviate,  ameliorate,  abate, 
appease,  assuage,  soothe,  mollify. 

Model — pattern,  copy,  sample,  mould,  speci¬ 
men. 

Moderation— temperance,  sobriety,  frugality, 
forbearance,  modesty. 

Modern— recent,  late,  new,  novel. 

Modest— quiet,  retiring,  reserved,  diffident, 
bashful,  unassuming. 

Modify— re-arrange,  change,  alter,  extenuate, 
moderate. 

Molest  -annoy,  vex,  tease,  trouble,  disturb, 
incommode. 

Mollify— ease,  appease,  moderate,  mitigate, 
assuage,  soften. 

Morose— sour,  sullen,  gloomy,  peevish,  for¬ 
bidding. 

Motive— incentive,  reason,  cause,  principle. 
Mourn— grieve,  lament,  sorrow,  bewail,  be¬ 
moan. 

Move— change,  pass,  stir,  influence,  persuade, 
incite,  actuate,  instigate,  impel. 

Munificent — bounteous,  bountiful,  generous, 
beneficent,  plentiful,  liberal. 

Muse— study,  ponder,  wonder,  think,  reflect, 
meditate,  contemplate. 

Mutable— changeable,  unsteady,  inconstant, 
fickle,  wavering,  unstable,  variable,  alterable, 
irresolute. 

Mutilate— deface,  injure,  destroy,  deprive, 
mangle,  maim. 

Mutinous — turbulent,  seditious,  insubordi¬ 
nate. 

Mysterious — hidden,  obscure,  dim,  mystic, 
latent,  dark. 

N 

Naked — exposed,  nude,  unclothed,  uncovered, 
simple,  plain. 

Name— cognomen,  appellation,  title,  reputa¬ 
tion,  credit,  denomination. 

Narrow — contracted,  confined,  limited,  cur¬ 
tailed,  close. 

Native— indigenous,  genuine,  intrinsic. 

Near — adjoining,  adjacent,  close,  contiguous. 
Necessary— needful,  expedient,  indispensable, 
essential,  important,  requisite. 

Need— poverty,  want,  penury,  indigence. 
Nefarious— evil,  wicked,  unjust,  wrong,  in¬ 
iquitous. 

Negligent — careless,  heedless,  remiss,  neglect¬ 
ful,  inattentive. 

New— fresh,  late,  modern,  novel. 

Nigh — close,  adjoining,  near,  contiguous,  ad¬ 
jacent. 

Noble — distinguished,  elevated,  exalted,  illus¬ 
trious,  great,  grand. 


Noisy— boisterous,  turbulent,  clamorous,  high, 
loud,  sounding. 

Noted — renowned,  distinguished,  conspicuous, 
celebrated,  eminent,  notorious,  illustrious. 
Notice— warning,  information,  intelligence, 
advice. 

Notion— thought,  opinion,  sentiment,  whim, 
idea,  conception,  perception. 

Notorious— celebrated,  distinguished,  noted, 
public,  conspicuous,  renowned. 
Notwithstanding— nevertheless,  however,  in 
spite  of,  yet. 

Nourish— feed,  uphold,  maintain,  cherish,  nur¬ 
ture,  support. 

o 

Obdurate— inflexible,  unfeeling,  callous,  im¬ 
penitent,  hardened,  insensible,  obstinate. 
Obedient— submissive,  compliant,  yielding, 
dutiful,  respectful,  obsequious. 

Object — end,  subject,  aim. 

Object— oppose,  except  to,  against. 

Oblige — compel,  coerce,  bind,  force,  engage, 
favor,  please,  gratify. 

Obnoxious— offensive,  liable,  disagreeable,  un¬ 
pleasant,  exposed. 

Obscure— hidden,  concealed,  indistinct,  diffi¬ 
cult,  dark,  abstruse. 

Observance— ceremony,  rite,  form,  attention, 
respect. 

Observant— watchful,  attentive,  mindful,  re¬ 
gardful. 

Observe — see,  notice,  watch,  follow,  remark, 
keep. 

Obsolete — disused,  old,  worn-out,  antiquated, 
ancient,  olel-fashioued. 

Obstacle — impediment,  obstruction,  difficulty, 
liinderance. 

Obstinate— stubborn,  resolute,  headstrong. 
Obstruct— impede,  hinder,  stop,  prevent. 
Obtain — gain,  secure,  get,  win,  acquire,  pro¬ 
cure,  earn. 

Obvious— plain,  apparent,  open,  clear,  evident, 
visible,  manifest. 

Occupation— work,  profession,  calling,  trade, 
business,  avocation,  employment. 

Occuty — keep,  hold,  use,  possess. 
Occurrence— event,  contingency,  adventure, 
incident. 

Odor — smell,  fragrance,  scent,  perfume. 
Offense— trespass,  crime,  injury,  sin,  outrage, 
insult,  misdeed,  wrong,  transgression. 
Offensive— mean,  abusive,  insulting,  imper¬ 
tinent,  insolent,  rude,  scurrilous,  obnoxious, 
opprobrious. 

Officious— busy,  active,  forward,  obtrusive, 
intrusive. 

Only — solely,  singly,  alone,  simply,  merely. 
Open— unravel,  reveal,  disclose,  unlock. 
Opening — fissure,  aperture,  hole,  cavity. 
Operation— performance,  agency,  action. 
Opinion — belief,  idea,  sentiment,  notion. 
Opinionated — stiff,  obstinate,  egotistical,  con¬ 
ceited,  stubborn,  self-willed. 

Opponent— opposer,  adversary,  foe,  enemy, 
antagonist. 

Opposite — contrary,  repugnant,  adverse. 
Opprobrious — reproachful,  abusive,  offensive, 
insolent,  insulting,  scandalous,  scurrilous. 


Opprobrium — shame,  disgrace,  reproach,  in¬ 
famy,  ignominy. 

Oration — speech,  sermon,  lecture,  discourse, 
address,  harangue. 

Ordain— appoint,  invest,  order,  prescribe. 

Order— brotherhood,  fraternity,  rank,  method, 
succession,  series,  degree,  genus. 

Order — mandate,  injunction,  command,  pre¬ 
cept. 

Orderly — precise,  regular,  systematic,  me¬ 
thodical 

Ordinary — usual,  common. 

Origin — rise,  cause,  source,  foundation,  be¬ 
ginning,  descent,  fountain. 

Original— primitive,  first,  pristine,  primary. 

Ornament— decorate,  beautify,  adorn,  deck, 
embellish. 

Ornate— decorated,  adorned,  embellished,  be¬ 
decked,  garnished. 

Ostentation— parade,  display,  show,  boast. 

Outrage— insult,  injure,  affront,  violence. 

Outward— extraneous,  apparent,  extrinsic. 

Overbearing— repressive,  haughty,  imperti¬ 
nent,  lordly. 

Overcome — vanquish,  conquer,  surmount,  sub¬ 
due. 

Overflow— fill,  inundate,  deluge,  abound. 

Oversight— mistake,  error,  misapprehension, 
inattention. 

Overwhelm — overpower,  crush,  upturn,  over¬ 
throw,  subdue. 

Owner—  holder,  proprietor,  possessor,  master. 

P 

Pacify— calm,  still,  quiet,  conciliate,  soothe. 

Pain— distress,  afflict,  torture,  torment,  suffer, 
hurt. 

Paint — portray,  represent,  depict,  sketch,  color, 
describe,  delineate. 

Pair— join,  two,  couple,  brace. 

Pale— fade,  wan,  white,  pallid,  fair. 

Palpable— gross,  plain,  discernible,  percep¬ 
tible,  apparent. 

Palpitate— tremble,  throb,  beat,  flutter,  gasp, 
pant. 

Pang— torture,  torment,  distress,  agony,  an¬ 
guish,  sorrow. 

Pardon — acquit,  free,  forgive,  discharge,  re¬ 
lease,  remit,  clear. 

Parsimonious— mean,  frugal,  miserly,  avari¬ 
cious,  penurious,  niggardly. 

Part— share,  portion,  division,  piece,  concern, 
action. 

Particular— individual,  exact,  appropriate, 
circumstantial,  peculiar,  specific,  exclusive, 
punctual,  distinct. 

Particularly'— principally,  chiefly,  mainly, 
especially,  distinctly,  specifically. 

Partisan— disciple,  adherent,  follower. 

Partner — associate,  accomplice,  colleague, 
coadjutor. 

Passion — desire,  feeling,  love,  anger,  excite¬ 
ment. 

Passionate — hot,  angry,  irascible,  hasty,  ex¬ 
citable. 

Passive — submissive,  unresisting,  patient,  re¬ 
signed. 

Pathetic— affecting,  moving,  touching. 

Patience — endurance,  resignation,  fortitude. 


74 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


Patient — resigned,  composed,  enduring,  calm, 
passive,  an  invalid. 

Peaceable— quiet,  calm,  tranquil,  serene,  . 
mild,  gentle. 

Peevish — fretful,  disagreeable,  petulant  cross, 
captious,  irritable. 

Penalty — punishment,  pain,  fine,  forfeiture, 
chastisement. 

Penitence — contrition,  remorse,  compunction, 
repentance. 

Penurious — parsimonious,  sparing,  miserly, 
niggardly,  beggarly. 

Penury— want,  poverty,  indigence,  distress, 
need. 

Perceive— observe,  discern,  distinguish. 
Perception — belief,  conception,  sentiment, 
idea,  sensation,  notion. 

Peremptory — positive,  arbitrary,  dogmatical, 
absolute,  despotic. 

Perfect—  done,  complete,  finished. 

Perfidious — false,  treacherous,  faithless. 
Perforate — penetrate,  pierce,  bore. 

Perform — execute,  effect,  accomplish,  pro¬ 
duce,  achieve,  fulfill. 

Perfume — odor,  smell,  scent,  fragrance,  ex¬ 
halation. 

Period— circuit,  date,  age,  epoch,  era. 

Permit— allow,  suffer,  consent,  admit,  tolerate, 
yield. 

Pernicious — noisome,  destructive,  ruinous, 
mischievous,  hurtful,  noxious. 

Perpetual— uninterrupted,  unceasing,  inces¬ 
sant,  constant,  continual. 

Perplex— bewilder,  annoy,  involve,  confuse, 
molest,  puzzle,  harass,  embarrass,  entangle. 
Persevere— endure,  persist,  insist,  continue, 
pursue,  prosecute. 

Perspicuity— clearness,  brilliancy,  transpar¬ 
ency. 

Persuade— urge,  induce,  influence,  exhort,  en¬ 
tice,  prevail  upon. 

Perverse— stubborn,  unmanageable,  crooked, 
cross,  untractable. 

Pestilential—  destructive,  mischievous,  epi¬ 
demical,  infectious,  contagious. 

Petition — prayer,  supplication,  request,  suit, 
entreaty. 

Picture— likeness,  image,  effigy,  representa¬ 
tion. 

Pious— spiritual,  devout,  godly,  religious. 
Pique— offense,  grudge,  dislike,  malice,  spite, 
rancor. 

pITy_Bympathy,  commiseration,  compassion, 
condolence,  mercy. 

Place— position,  site,  ground,  post. 

Placid— still,  calm,  gentle,  quiet,  tranquil, 
Berene. 

Plague— perplex,  embarrass,  tantalize,  annoy, 
importune,  vex,  torment. 

Plain — perceptible,  discernible,  manifest,  ob¬ 
vious,  clear,  apparent,  evident,  distinct. 

Plan — design,  contrivance,  scheme,  arrange¬ 
ment,  device,  project,  stratagem. 

Pleasant— cheerful,  vivacious,  agreeable,  gay, 
facetious,  jocular,  witty. 

Please— gratify,  satisfy,  humor,  delight. 
Pleasure— satisfaction,  happiness,  enjoyment, 
joy,  delight. 

Pledge— pawn,  deposit,  security,  hostage, 
earnest. 


Plentiful — bounteous,  abundant,  copious,  ex-  ] 
uberant,  plenteous,  ample. 

Pliant— lithe,  limber,  yielding,  bending,  sup¬ 
ple,  flexible,  pliable. 

Plight — predicament,  situation,  state,  condi¬ 
tion,  case,  conjuncture. 

Plot — plan,  arrangement,  conspiracy,  combi¬ 
nation,  project,  scheme,  intrigue. 

Polite — courteous,  well-bred,  polished,  civil, 
refined,  genteel,  affable. 

Politeness — good  manners,  courtesy,  civility, 
good  breeding,  suavity. 

Politic— wise,  careful,  artful,  civil,  cunning, 
prudent. 

Pollute— corrupt,  taint,  defile,  contaminate, 
infect. 

Pompous— lofty,  stately,  ostentatious,  showy, 
magnificent,  dignified. 

Ponder — Btudy,  reflect,  think,  muse,  consider. 
Portion— piece,  part,  quantity,  share,  division, 
dower,  fortune. 

Positive — confident,  certain,  real,  dogmatic, 
sure,  absolute. 

Possess— keep,  hold,  have,  enjoy,  occupy. 
Postpone— retard,  delay,  prolong,  protract, 
defer,  procrastinate. 

Posture — figure,  gesture,  position,  action,  at¬ 
titude. 

Potent— powerful,  strong,  mighty,  vigorous, 
forcible. 

Poverty— want,  need,  penury,  indigence,  suf¬ 
fering. 

Practicable— possible,  feasible,  available. 
Practice— custom,  style,  form,  manner,  use, 
habit. 

Praise — eulogize,  applaud,  laud,  admire,  com¬ 
mend. 

Prayer— application,  suit,  petition,  request, 
entreaty,  supplication. 

Precarious — uncertain,  doubtful,  dubious, 
equivocal,  unreliable. 

Precedence — priority,  superiority,  preference. 
Preceding — anterior,  previous,  prior,  ante¬ 
cedent,  former,  foregoing. 

Precept — maxim,  rule,  principle,  injunction, 
law,  doctrine,  mandate,  command. 

Precious — choice,  costly,  valuable,  expensive, 
uncommon,  rare. 

Precise — careful,  particular,  exact,  accurate, 
correct,  nice. 

Preclude— intercept,  prevent,  hinder,  obviate. 
Predicament— condition,  position,  situation, 
plight. 

Predict  -prophesy,  foretell. 

Predominant— prevalent,  controlling,  over¬ 
ruling,  prevailing,  supreme. 

Predominate— prevail,  rule  over. 
Preference— advancement,  choice,  priority. 
Prejudice— bias,  injury,  hurt,  disadvantage. 
Preliminary— previous,  introductory,  ante¬ 
cedent,  preparatory. 

Prepare— arrange,  qualify,  equip,  fit,  make 
ready. 

Preposterous — impossible,  absurd,  foolish, 
ridiculous. 

Prerogative— privilege,  immunity . 

,  Prescribe — dictate,  ordain,  appoint. 

Preserve — uphold,  maintain,  protect,  spare, 

,  save. 


Pressing — urgent,  emergent,  crowding,  im¬ 
portunate,  forcing,  squeezing. 

Presume— guess,  suppose,  surmise,  think,  con¬ 
jecture,  believe. 

Presuming — forward,  presumptuous,  arrogant. 
Pretext— excuse,  pretence,  pretension. 

Pretty — lovely,  beautiful,  fine,  agreeable. 
Prevailing — dominant,  ruling,  overcoming, 
prevalent,  predominating. 

Prevent — impede,  obstruct,  hinder,  obviate, 
preclude. 

Previous— before,  prior,  anterior,  preliminary, 
introductory. 

Price — cost,  expense,  value,  worth. 

Pride— self-esteem,  arrogance,  haughtiness, 
conceit,  ostentation,  loftiness,  vanity. 
Primary — elemental,  original,  first,  pristine. 
Principal — main,  chief,  capital,  head,  leading, 
important. 

Principle — motive,  doctrine,  tenet,  element, 
constituent  part. 

Print — impress,  stamp,  mark. 

Prior— before,  previous,  former,  antecedent, 
preceding,  anterior. 

Priority — preference,  precedence,  pre-emi¬ 
nence. 

Pristine— original,  primitive,  first. 

Privacy — seclusion,  solitude,  secrecy,  retire¬ 
ment,  loneliness. 

Privilege— prerogative,  right,  advantage,  im¬ 
munity,  exemption. 

Probability — supposition,  likelihood,  chance. 
Probity'— reliability,  uprightness,  honesty,  in¬ 
tegrity,  veracity. 

Proceed— progress,  arise,  advance,  emanate, 
issue. 

Proceeding — transaction,  course,  progression, 
work. 

Proclaim — declare,  publish,  announce,  tell, 
advertise,  promulgate. 

Proclivity— liking,  tendency,  proneness,  in¬ 
clination. 

Procure  -obtain,  acquire,  gain. 

Prodigal— lavish,  extravagant,  wasteful. 
Prodigious— great,  astonishing,  vast,  large, 
amazing,  monstrous. 

Profane— secular,  irreverent,  impious,  irre¬ 
ligious. 

Profession— calling,  employment,  business, 
vocation,  work,  labor. 

Proficiency— advancement,  progress,  im¬ 
provement. 

Profit— gain,  advantage,  emolument,  benefit. 
Profligate— depraved,  wicked,  corrupt,  sin¬ 
ful,  vicious,  abandoned. 

Profuse — lavish,  wasteful,  prodigal,  extrava¬ 
gant. 

Progeny — descendants,  offspring,  race,  issue. 
Project— invent,  design,  plan,  scheme. 
Prolific— productive,  fertile,  fruitful. 
Prolix— tiresome,  tedious,  long,  diffuse. 

*  Prolong — extend,  delay,  protract,  postpone, 
retard,  procrastinate. 

Prominent  — eminent,  conspicuous,  distin¬ 
guish-.!. 

Promise — agreement,  engagement,  assurance, 
declaration,  word,  obligation,  pledge. 

,  PnoMOTE-raise,  forward,  encourage,  advance. 
Prompt— quick,  active,  ready,  assiduous. 


I 


DICTIONARY  OP  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


75 


Pronounce — say,  speak,  utter,  declare,  affirm, 
articulate,  enunciate. 

Proop— evidence,  testimony,  argument. 
Propagate— multiply,  increase,  disseminate, 
diffuse,  circulate,  spread,  extend. 
Propensity— liking,  inclination,  proneness, 
tendency,  bias. 

Proper— fit,  right,  suitable,  appropriate,  just. 
Propitious— favorable,  auspicious. 

Propitiate — conciliate,  appease,  reconcile. 
Proportionate — equal,  adequate,  commensu¬ 
rate. 

Propose— offer,  apply,  tender,  purpose,  bid, 
intend. 

Prospect — view,  landscape,  survey. 
Prospective— future,  foreseeing,  hereafter, 
forward. 

Prosperous— fortunate,  lucky,  flourishing, 
successful. 

Protect— maintain,  uphold,  guard,  shield,  de¬ 
fend,  cherish,  foster,  patronize. 

Protract— withhold,  retard,  delay,  prolong, 
defer,  postpone. 

Proud— haughty,  assuming,  arrogant,  lofty, 
vain,  conceited. 

Proverb— maxim,  saying,  adage. 

Provide— procure,  furnish,  supply,  prepare. 
Provident — cautious,  prudent,  economical, 
careful. 

Proviso— requirement,  condition,  stipulation. 
Provoke— excite,  irritate,  enrage,  aggravate, 
exasperate,  tantalize. 

Prudence— forethought,  carefulness,  wisdom, 
judgment,  discretion. 

Publish— announce,  promulgate,  proclaim,  ad¬ 
vertise,  declare. 

Puerile— infantile,  boyish,  juvenile,  childish. 
Pull— bring,  haul,  draw,  drag. 

Punctual— prompt,  particular,  exact. 

Punish— whip,  chastise,  correct,  discipline. 
Pursue— follow,  prosecute,  chase,  persist,  con¬ 
tinue,  persevere. 

Puzzle— confound,  perplex,  bewilder,  embar¬ 
rass,  entangle. 

Q 

Quack— impostor,  pretender,  empiric,  charla¬ 
tan. 

Qualified— capable,  fit,  competent,  adapted. 
Quarrel— fight,  affray,  riot,  battle,  contest, 
contention,  altercation,  dispute,  tumult. 
Query— question,  interrogatory,  inquiry. 
Question— ask,  examine,  doubt,  dispute,  con¬ 
sider,  inquire,  interrogate. 

Questionable— suspicious,  doubtful. 

Quick— rapid,  active,  lively,  swift,  prompt,  ex¬ 
peditious,  brisk. 

Quiet— calm,  repose,  tranquillity,  rest,  ease, 
peaceable,  placid,  still. 

Quit— depart,  leave,  resign,  abandon,  forsake, 
relinquish. 

Quota— rate,  share,  proportion. 

Quote— copy,  relate,  cite,  adduce. 

R 

Race — lineage,  family,  breed,  course,  genera¬ 
tion. 

Radiance— light,  brightness,  brilliancy,  glory. 
Rage — indignation,  anger,  fury. 


Raise— heighten,  elevate,  exalt,  erect,  collect, 
propagate. 

Rank — class,  degree,  place,  position. 

RansoSi — purchase,  free,  redeem. 

Rapacious — voracious,  ravenous,  greedy. 
Rapidity— swiftness,  speed,  celerity,  fleetness, 
agility,  velocity. 

Rapture — joy,  delight,  transport,  ecstacy. 
Rare— scarce,  uncommon,  singular,  excellent, 
unusual,  incomparable,  raw. 

Rash— impulsive,  hasty,  thoughtless,  violent, 
headstrong. 

Rate— price,  quota,  proportion,  ratio,  value, 
degree,  assessment. 

Ravenous — voracious,  greedy,  rapacious. 

Ray — dawn,  beam,  gleam,  streak,  glimmer. 
Real — certain,  true,  genuine,  positive,  actual. 
Realize — reach,  procure,  achieve,  consum¬ 
mate,  accomplish,  effect. 

Reason — purpose,  proof,  motive,  argument, 
origin,  understanding. 

Reasonable — fair,  probable,  moderate,  just, 
equitable,  honest,  rational. 

Rebuke -reprimand,  reproach,  reproof,  cen¬ 
sure. 

Recant — revoke,  recall,  renounce,  withdraw, 
retract,  abjure. 

Recede — retire,  retrograde,  retreat,  fall  back. 
Recite — repeat,  rehearse. 

Reckon— count,  number,  estimate,  calculate, 
compute. 

Reclaim — reform,  recover, 'correct. 
Recollection — remembrance,  reminiscence, 
memory. 

Recompense — satisfaction,  pay,  price,  reward, 
remuneration,  equivalent. 

Reconcile — propitiate,  conciliate. 

Recruit — repair,  retrieve,  replace,  recover. 
Rectify— mend,  improve,  correct,  amend,  re¬ 
form. 

Redeem— restore,  resene,  recover,  ransom. 
Redress— relief,  remedy. 

Refer— propose,  suggest,  allude,  intimate, 
hint. 

Refined— graceful,  genteel,  polished,  polite, 
elegant. 

Reform— correct,  amend,  rectify,  improve, 
better. 

Refractory— unmanageable,  unruly,  contu¬ 
macious,  perverse. 

Refrain — forego,  forbear,  abstain,  spare. 
Regale — refresh,  entertain,  feast,  gratify. 
Regard — respect,  esteem,  value,  reverence, 
mind,  heed. 

Regardless— careless,  negligent,  indifferent, 
unconcerned,  unobservant,  heedless. 
Region— section,  quarter,  district,  country. 
Regret— sorrow,  complaint,  lament,  grief. 
Regulate— control,  rule,  direct,  govern,  dis¬ 
pose,  adjust. 

Rehearse— detail,  repeat,  recite,  recapitulate. 
Reject — refuse,  deny,  decline,  repel. 
Rejoinder— response,  answer,  reply. 
Reliance— trust,  belief,  confidence,  repose,  de¬ 
pendence. 

Relieve— assist,  help,  succor,  alleviate,  aid, 
mitigate,  support. 

Religious— pious,  devout,  holy. 

Remain— continue,  stay,  abide,  tarry,  sojourn. 
Remainder — rest,  residue,  remnant. 


Remark— comment,  observation,  note. 
Reminiscence— recollection,  remembrance. 
Remiss— heedless,  negligent,  careless,  inat¬ 
tentive,  thoughtless. 

Remit— send,  transmit,  liberate,  abate,  forgive, 
pardon,  relax. 

Remorse— penitence,  distress,  contrition. 
Renew — revive,  refresh,  renovate. 

Renounce— leave,  resign,  abdicate,  abandon, 
forego,  relinquish,  quit. 

Renown— fame,  reputation,  celebrity. 
Repair— improve,  retrieve,  recover,  restore. 
Reparation— restitution,  amends,  restoration. 
Repeal— cancel,  annul,  revoke,  abolish,  abro¬ 
gate,  destroy. 

Repeat— detail,  rehearse,  recite. 

Repetition — tautology,  prolixity,  iteration, 
reiteration. 

Replenish— supply,  fill,  refill. 

Repose— ease,  sleep,  rest,  quiet. 

Reproach — blame,  reprove,  censure,  condemn, 
upbraid,  reprimand. 

Repugnance— aversion,  abhorrence,  antipathy, 
dislike,  hatred. 

Repugnant — hostile,  adverse,  opposite,  con¬ 
trary. 

Reputation— repute,  fame,  honor,  character, 
renown,  credit. 

Request— solicit,  ask,  demand,  entreat,  beg, 
beseech,  implore. 

Requisite— important,  necessary,  essential, 
expedient. 

Research— investigation,  study,  examination, 
inquiry. 

Resemblance — similarity,  semblance,  simili¬ 
tude,  likeness. 

Residence— home,  abode,  house,  dwelling, 
domicile. 

Residue— leavings,  remainder,  rest. 

Resign— yield,  abdicate,  renounce,  relinquish, 
forego. 

Resignation— patience,  endurance,  submis¬ 
sion,  acquiescence. 

Resist — endure,  oppose,  withstand. 
Resolution— firmness,  determination,  forti¬ 
tude,  courage,  decision. 

Resort— visit,  frequent,  haunt. 

Respect— esteem,  regard,  deference,  attention, 
consideration,  good-will,  estimation. 
Respectful— deferential,  dutiful,  obedient, 
civil. 

Respite— delay,  suspension,  interval,  reprieve. 
Response— reply,  answer,  rejoinder. 
Responsible — amenable,  answerable,  account¬ 
able. 

Rest— quiet,  ease,  repose,  intermission,  stop, 
cessation,  others,  remainder. 

Restore— cure,  renew,  return,  repay,  rebuild. 
Restrain— confine,  repress,  restrict,  coerce, 
limit,  constrain. 

Restrict— limit,  circumscribe,  hold,  bind. 
Result— effect,  issue,  ultimate,  consequence, 
event. 

Retain— hold,  detain,  keep,  reserve. 

Retard— hinder,  defer,  protract,  postpone,  de¬ 
lay,  procrastinate,  prolong,  prevent,  impede. 
Retire— recede,  withdraw,  retreat,  secede. 
Retract— annul,  take  back,  revoke,  recant, 
recall. 

Retrieve— renew,  recover,  regain. 


76 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


Reveal — impart,  divulge,  communicate,  dis¬ 
close,  expose. 

Revenge — vindicate,  avenge. 

Revere — adore,  worship,  reverence,  venerate. 
Review— examine,  survey,  notice,  revision. 
Revive — enliven,  renew,  reanimate,  refresh, 
renovate. 

Revoke— cancel,  annul,  abolish,  repeal,  abro¬ 
gate,  efface,  retract. 

Reward— recompense,  remuneration,  compen¬ 
sation,  satisfaction. 

Riches— wealth,  opulence,  affluence. 

Ridicule — deride,  banter,  laugh  at. 

Ridiculous — droll,  absurd,  ludicrous,  prepos¬ 
terous,  unreasonable,  improbable. 

Right— correct,  just,  honest,  proper,  privilege, 
claim,  direct,  straight,  immunity. 

Righteous — just,  godly,  upright,  honest,  incor¬ 
rupt,  virtuous. 

Rite— form,  custom,  ceremony,  observance. 
Road— path,  way,  course,  route. 

Roam— wander,  ramble,  stroll,  range,  rove. 
Room— chamber,  apartment,  space,  place. 
Rough— harsh,  uncivil,  rude,  uncouth,  unman¬ 
nerly,  unpolished,  rugged,  severe,  stormy. 
Round— globular,  spherical,  circuit,  orb,  tour. 
Route— path,  coarse,  way,  road. 

Rude— rough,  impertinent,  coarse,  impudent, 
unpolished,  saucy,  bold,  disagreeable. 

Rule— authority,  government,  law,  regulation, 
custom,  maxim,  habit,  precept,  guide. 

s 

Sacred— holy,  divine,  devoted. 

Sad— sorrowful,  mournful,  dejected,  gloomy, 
melancholy. 

Sagacity— perception,  penetration,  acuteness, 
discernment. 

Salary— wages,  pay,  stipend,  hire,  reward,  re¬ 
muneration. 

Sanction— maintain,  sustain,  uphold,  support, 
ratify,  countenance. 

Sapient— discreet,  wise,  sage,  sagacious. 
Sarcasm— satire,  irony,  ridicule. 

Satisfaction — compensation,  remuneration, 
contentment,  reward,  atonement. 

Saving—  prudent,  economical,  thrifty,  frugal, 
close,  sparing,  stingy,  penurious. 

Saying— adage,  maxim,  proverb,  by-word,  re¬ 
lating,  speaking,  uttering,  communicating. 
Scandal — disgrace,  reproach,  discredit,  base¬ 
ness,  infamy. 

Scarce— uncommon,  unusual,  singular,  rare. 
Scatter— disseminate,  dissipate,  spread,  dis¬ 
perse. 

Scent— odor,  smell,  perfume,  fragrance. 
Scoff— ridicule,  sneer,  jeer,  jibe,  belittle. 
Scope— object,  tendency,  aim,  drift. 

Scruple — hesitate,  doubt,  fluctuate. 
Scrupulous— truthful,  upright,  correct,  care¬ 
ful,  conscientious,  cautious. 

Scrutinize— search,  examine,  investigate. 
Scurrilous— disgusting,  abusive,  offensive, 
insulting,  insolent. 

Search— inquiry,  examination,  scrutiny,  pur¬ 
suit,  investigation, 

Secede— withdraw,  retire,  recede. 
Seclusion— quietude,  privacy,  solitude,  retire¬ 
ment,  loneliness. 


Secondary — subordinate,  inferior. 

Secret — hidden,  quiet,  still,  concealed,  latent, 
mysterious,  clandestine. 

Secular— temporal,  worldly. 

Secure — safe,  certain,  confident,  sure,  procure, 
warrant. 

Security- pledge,  warranty,  deposit,  defence, 
guard,  protection. 

Sedate— serene,  unconcerned,  calm,  unruffled, 
still,  composed,  quiet. 

Seduce— decoy,  betray,  attract,  allure. 

See — examine,  look,  behold,  observe,  perceive, 
view. 

Sense— idea,  feeling,  meaning,  judgment,  im¬ 
port,  reason. 

Sensitive— keen,  susceptible,  appreciative. 
Sentence — mandate,  judgment,  decision,  pe¬ 
riod,  phrase,  proposition. 

Sentiment — expression,  opinion,  notion,  feel¬ 
ing. 

Separate— dissociate,  detach,  disengage. 
Settle — determine,  fix,  establish,  arrange,  ad¬ 
just,  regulate. 

Settled — conclusive,  decided,  confirmed,  es- 
tablislied- 

Sever— separate,  disjoin,  divide,  detach. 
Several— sundry,  different,  various,  diverse. 
Severe — cold,  stern,  harsh,  sharp,  rigid,  cruel, 
heartless,  rough,  strict,  unyielding,  austere, 
rigorous. 

Shake— shiver,  quiver,  shudder,  quake,  agi¬ 
tate,  totter. 

Shame— dishonor,  disgrace,  ignominy. 
Shameless— insolent,  impudent,  immodest,  in¬ 
delicate,  indecent. 

Shape— form,  fashion,  mould. 

Share— divide,  distribute,  apportion,  partici¬ 
pate,  partake. 

Sharpness— shrewdness,  penetration,  keen¬ 
ness,  acuteness,  sagacity,  cunning. 

Shelter — shield,  defend,  screen,  harbor,  pro¬ 
tect,  cover. 

Shine— illumine,  glisten,  gleam,  glitter,  glare. 
Shining— bright,  glittering,  radiant,  glisten¬ 
ing,  brilliant. 

Shocking— disgusting,  terrible,  dreadful,  hor¬ 
rible. 

Short— brief,  concise,  scanty,  defective,  brittle. 
Shorten— lessen,  contract,  abridge,  reduce, 
curtail. 

Show— display,  exhibition,  parade,  representa¬ 
tion,  spectacle,  sight,  pomp. 

Showy — grand,  ostentatious,  gay,  gaudy,  fine, 
sumptuous. 

Shrewd— sharp,  acute,  keen,  precise. 

Suun — evade,  avoid,  elude. 

Sickly — unwell,  sick,  ill,  diseased,  indisposed. 
Sign— indication,  omen,  symptom,  signal,  note, 
mark,  token. 

Signify— imply,  express,  betoken,  denote,  de¬ 
clare,  utter,  intimate,  testify. 

Silence — quietude,  stillness,  muteness. 
Silent— dumb,  mute,  speechless,  still. 

Silly— ridiculous,  foolish,  absurd,  stupid,  dull, 
weak,  simple. 

Similarity— resemblance,  likeness,  similitude. 
Simple — weak,  silly,  artless,  foolish,  unwise, 
stupid,  plain,  single. 

Simply— solely,  merely,  only. 

I  Since— for,  as,  inasmuch,  after. 


Sincere — true,  honest,  frank,  upright,  incor¬ 
rupt,  plain. 

Singular— particular,  eccentric,  odd,  strange, 
remarkable,  rare,  scarce. 

Situation— place,  position,  employment,  site, 
locality,  case,  condition,  plight. 

Skillful — expert,  adroit,  adept,  dexterous, 
accomplished. 

Slander— defame,  vilify,  calumniate,  detract. 
Slavery — servitude,  bondage,  captivity. 
Slender — slight,  slim,  fragile,  thin. 

Slow— tardy,  dilatory,  tedious,  dull. 

Small— little,  minute,  diminutive,  narrow,  in¬ 
finitesimal. 

Smooth — easy,  mild,  bland,  even,  level. 
Smother— suffocate,  stifle,  suppress,  conceal. 
Snarling— surly,  snappish,  waspish. 

Sober — grave,  temperate,  moderate,  abstemi¬ 
ous. 

Social— sociable,  companionable,  convivial, 
familiar. 

Society— fellowship,  company,  congregation, 
association,  community. 

Soft— flexible,  ductile,  pliant,  yielding,  mild, 
compliant. 

Solicit— request,  ask,  entreat,  implore,  beg, 
beseech,  supplicate,  importune. 

Solicitation — entreaty,  invitation,  importu¬ 
nity. 

Solicitude — care,  anxiety,  earnestness. 

Solid — enduring,  firm,  hard,  substantial. 
Solitary — sole,  alone,  only,  lonely,  desolate, 
remote,  retired. 

Soothe— quiet,  compose,  calm,  appease,  tran- 
quilize,  pacify,  assuage. 

Sorrow — trouble,  grief,  affliction. 

Sort— order,  kind,  species. 

Sound — tone,  firm,  whole,  hearty,  healthy, 
sane. 

Sour— tart,  acid,  acrimonious,  sharp. 

Source— head,  origin,  fountain,  cause,  spring, 
reason. 

Spacious— large,  capacious,  ample. 

Sparkle— glitter,  glisten,  shine,  glare,  radiate, 
corruscate. 

Speak— utter,  talk,  articulate,  pronounce,  con¬ 
verse,  say,  tell,  recite,  relate. 

Species — order,  kind,  class,  sort. 

Specific— definite,  particular,  special. 
Specimen— sample,  pattern,  model. 

Spectator — beholder,  observer,  auditor. 
Speech— oration,  address,  harangue,  lecture, 
sermon. 

Speechless— dumb,  silent,  mute. 

Spend— expend,  exhaust,  squander,  dissipate, 
waste. 

Sphere— orb,  circle,  globe. 

Spirited— quick,  animated,  ardent,  vivacious, 
active. 

Spiritual— ethereal,  immaterial,  unearthly, 
incorporeal. 

Spite — pique,  malice,  grudge,  malignity,  hate. 
Splendid— superb,  magnificent,  grand,  sub¬ 
lime,  heavenly. 

Splendor— magnificence,  brightness,  luster, 
brilliancy. 

Splenetic — peevish,  melancholy,  morose,  sul¬ 
len,  gloomy,  fretful. 

Sport -play,  game,  amusement,  pastime,  di¬ 
version,  recreation. 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS. 


77 


Spotless— faultless,  unblemished,  blameless, 
unsullied,  clear,  untarnished,  pure,  innocent, 
stainless. 

Spread— distribute,  diffuse,  circulate,  expand, 
disperse,  disseminate,  propagate,  scatter,  dis¬ 
pense,  sow. 

Spring— leap,  arise,  start,  proceed,  emanate, 
flow,  jump,  issue. 

Sprinkle— besprinkle,  bedew,  water,  scatter. 
Sprout— vegetate,  bud,  germinate. 

Stability— fixedness,  continuity,  steadiness, 
firmness. 

Stain— mar,  soil,  tarnish,  blemish,  blot,  flaw, 
spot,  speck,  tinge,  color,  discolor. 

Stammer— hesitate,  stutter,  falter. 

Stamp— mark,  print,  impress. 

Standard— tt  st,  rule,  criterion. 

State— situation,  condition,  positlum,  plight, 
predicament. 

Station— place,  situation,  position,  post. 
Stay— dependence,  reliance,  staff,  prop,  abide, 
remain,  continue,  delay,  hinder,  support. 
Sterility— barrenness,  unfruitf illness. 
Stern— unfeeling,  severe,  austere,  strict,  cold, 
rigid,  rigorous. 

Still— quiet,  calm,  silent,  appease,  assuage, 
lull,  pacify. 

Stimulate— arouse,  excite,  incite,  urge,  impel, 
encourage,  instigate. 

Stock— supply,  collection,  fund,  accumulation, 
store,  provision,  cattle. 

Stop— rest,  intermission,  vacation,  cessation, 
delay,  impede,  hinder,  check. 

Story— tale,  anecdote,  incident,  memoir. 
Straight— direct,  immediate. 

Strange— unusual,  curious,  singular,  odd,  sur¬ 
prising,  eccentric. 

Stratagem— deception,  cheat,  artifice,  fraud, 
trick,  imposture,  delusion. 

Strength— potency,  authority,  power,  force, 
might. 

Strict— precise,  exact,  particular,  accurate, 
nice,  severe,  harsh,  rigorous,  stern. 

Strife— disagreement,  discord,  dissension, 
.contest. 

Strong— able,  powerful,  stout,  vigorous,  firm, 
muscular,  robust,  hardy. 

Style— custom,  mode,  manner,  phraseology, 
diction. 

Subdue— vanquish,  overcome,  subjugate,  con¬ 
quer,  subject,  surmount. 

Subject — control,  liable,  exposed,  object,  mat¬ 
ter,  material. 

Subjoin — attach,  connect,  affix,  annex. 

Sublime — lofty,  elevated,  great,  exalted,  grand, 
magnificent. 

Submissive— obedient,  yielding,  humble,  com¬ 
pliant. 

Subordinate — subject,  subservient,  inferior. 
Subsistence — livelihood,  sustenance,  living, 
maintenance,  support. 

Substantial— reliable,  strong,  solid,  stout, 
real,  responsible. 

Substitute— agent,  representative,  exchange, 
change. 

Subtle -sly,  artful,  cunning,  deceitful,  crafty, 
wily,  perfidious,  insidious,  arch,  acute,  fine. 
Subtract— withdraw,  deduct,  take  from. 
Subvert— ruin,  overthrow,  reverse,  controvert, 
invert,  reverse. 


Successful— prosperous,  lucky,  winning,  for¬ 
tunate. 

Succession— series,  order,  continuance. 
Succor— defend,  help,  aid,  assist,  relieve. 
Sudden— unexpected,  unanticipated,  unlooked 
for,  hasty. 

Suffer — endure,  tolerate,  bear,  permit,  allow. 
Suffocate— smother,  choke,  stifle. 
Sufficient— plenty,  abundance,  enough,  com¬ 
petent,  adequate. 

Suffrage— vote,  ballot,  aid,  voice. 

Suggest— propose,  insinuate,  hint,  allude,  in¬ 
timate. 

Suitable— appropriate,  fit,  becoming,  agree¬ 
able,  expedient. 

Suitor— beau,  wooer,  lover,  petitioner. 
Summon— cite,  call,  invite,  bid,  convoke. 
Sundry — several,  different,  various,  diverse. 
Superficial— shallow,  flimsy,  slight. 
Supersede— supplant,  overrule,  displace. 
Supplicate— solicit,  entreat,  beg,  beseech,  ask, 
implore. 

Support— maintain,  uphold,  sustain,  defend, 
encourage,  second,  prop,  protect,  favor,  for¬ 
ward,  cherish,  assist,  endure. 

Sure— reliable,  confident,  certain,  infallible. 
Surmise— presume,  suppose,  think,  believe, 
guess,  conjecture. 

Surmount— subdue,  overcome,  vanquish,  con¬ 
quer. 

Surpass— beat,  outdo,  excel,  exceed,  outstrip. 
Surprise— astonishment,  admiration,  wonder, 
amazement. 

Surrender— yield,  resign,  deliver,  give  up. 
Surround— encompass,  enclose,  encircle1,  en¬ 
viron. 

Survey— review,  prospect,  retrospect. 

Suspense — hesitation,  doubt,  uncertainty. 
Suspicion—  apprehension,  distrust,  jealousy,  i 
Sustain— carry,  bear,  support,  uphold,  main¬ 
tain. 

Sustenance— livelihood,  maintenance,  sup¬ 
port,  living. 

Swiftness— speed,  rapidity,  velocity,  fleetness, 
quickness,  celerity. 

Symbol— illustration,  type,  figure,  emblem, 
metaphor. 

Symmetry— proportion,  harmony. 

Sympathy'— compassion,  condolence,  agree¬ 
ment,  commiseration. 

Symptom — evidence,  token,  indication,  sign, 
mark,  note. 

System— order,  method. 

T 

Talent— faculty,  endowment,  ability,  capa¬ 
bility,  gift,  intellectuality. 

Talk— conference,  discourse,  chat,  conversa¬ 
tion,  communication,  sermon,  lecture,  dia¬ 
logue,  colloquy. 

Tantalize — plague,  tease,  provoke,  irritate, 
taunt,  torment,  aggravate. 

Taste— perception,  discernment,  judgment, 
flavor,  savor,  relish. 

Tax— duty,  assessment,  rate,  toll,  tribute,  con¬ 
tribution,  custom. 

Tedious — wearisome,  slow,  tiresome,  tardy. 
Tell— inform,  communicate,  reveal,  disclose, 
acquaint,  mention,  impart,  state,  talk,  report, 
inform. 


Temper— mood,  humor,  temperament,  dispo¬ 
sition. 

Temperate — moderate,  abstemious,  abstinent, 
sober. 

Temporal— worldly,  mundane,  sublunary,  sec¬ 
ular. 

Temporary— uncertain,  fleeting,  transitory, 
transient. 

Tempt— allure,  induce,  entice,  attract,  decoy, 
seduce. 

Tender— propose,  offer,  bid. 

Tenderness — fondness,  love,  humanity,  affec¬ 
tion,  benignity. 

Tenet— belief,  dogma,  doctrine,  principle,  po¬ 
sition,  opinion. 

Terms — conditions,  words,  expressions,  lan¬ 
guage. 

Terminate— close,  complete,  finish,  end. 
Terrible— awful,  frightful,  fearful,  shocking, 
terrific,  horrible. 

Terror— alarm,  fear,  dread,  consternation,  ap¬ 
prehension,  fright. 

Test— experiment,  proof,  experience,  trial, 
standard,  criterion. 

Testify- — prove,  declare,  swear,  signify,  wit¬ 
ness,  affirm. 

Testimony— proof,  evidence. 

Therefore — wherefore,  accordingly,  thence, 
then,  hence,  so,  consequently. 

Think — consider,  deliberate,  meditate,  ponder, 
conceive,  contemplate,  imagine,  surmise. 
TnouGH— allow,  while,  although. 

Thought— contemplation,  meditation,  fancy, 
idea,  supposition,  reflection,  conception,  con¬ 
ceit. 

Thoughtful — anxious,  considerate,  careful, 
attentive,  discreet,  contemplative. 
Thoughtless — inconsiderate,  indiscreet,  care¬ 
less,  foolish,  hasty,  unthinking. 

Throw— heave,  cast,  hurl,  fling. 

Time— period,  season,  age,  date,  duration,  era, 
epoch. 

Timely— opportune,  seasonable,  early. 

Tired — wearied,  fatigued,  harassed. 

Title— name,  appellation,  claim. 

Token— emblem,  sign,  indication,  symptom, 
mark,  note. 

Tolerate— permit,  alloev,  suffer. 

Tortuous— tormenting,  crooked,  twisted, 
winding. 

Total — complete,  whole,  entire,  gross,  sum. 
Touching — moving,  pathetic,  affecting. 

Tour— round,  circuit,  journey,  jaunt,  ramble, 
excursion,  trip. 

Trace— clue,  track,  mark,  vestige. 

Trade— occupation,  avocation,  calling,  labor, 
business,  dealing,  traffic. 

Traduce— injure,  condemn,  depreciate,  cen¬ 
sure,  degrade,  calumniate,  detract,  decry. 
Tranquillity' — stillness,  peace,  quiet,  calm. 
Transact— manage,  conduct,  negotiate. 
Transcend— surpass,  excel,  outdo,  exceed. 
Transparent— clear,  pellucid,  pervious,  trans¬ 
lucent. 

Transient— brief,  fleeting,  short. 

Transport — delight,  rapture,  ecstacy. 
Treacherous— insidious,  faithless,  dishonest, 
perfidious,  heartless. 

Trepidation — palpitation,  emotion,  agitation, 
trembling,  tremor. 


78 


DICTIONARY  OF  SYNONYMOUS  WORDS, 


Trespass — violation,  offense,  misdemeanor, 
transgression. 

Trial— endeavor,  attempt,  effort,  experiment, 
test,  proof,  temptation. 

Tmck— cheat,  fraud,  deception,  artifice,  impos¬ 
ture,  stratagem,  Jugglery 
Trifling — insignificant,  inconsiderable,  unim¬ 
portant,  light,  futile,  petty,  frivolous. 

Trip — journey,  jaunt,  tour,  ramble,  excursion, 
voyage. 

Trouble — anxiety,  vexation,  adversity,  afflic¬ 
tion,  sorrow,  distress. 

Troublesome  — annoying,  disturbing,  vexing, 
perplexing,  teasing,  harassing,  importunate, 
irksome. 

True— honest,  candid,  sincere,  reliable,  plain, 
upright. 

Truth— fidelity,  veracity,  candor,  faithfulness, 
honesty. 

Try  — endeavor,  attempt. 

Turbulent  —  raging,  tumultuous,  seditious, 
mutinous,  riotous. 

Turn  — revolve,  whirl,  twist,  wheel,  circulate, 
wind,  gyrate,  contort,  bend,  distort. 

Type  —  illustrtftion,  symbol,  figure,  emblem, 
mark. 

u 

Ultimate— latest,  last,  final,  end. 

Umpire  — judge,  arbitrator,  arbiter. 

Unbelief  — incredulity  disbelief,  skepticism, 
infidelity. 

Unblemished  — faultless,  blameless,  spotless, 
irreproachable,  stainless,  untarnished. 
Unceasingly— eternally,  perpetually,  always, 
constantly,  continually. 

Unchangeable  —  unalterable,  immutable. 
Uncommon— singular,  unusual,  rare,  unique, 
infrequent,  choice,  scarce. 

Unconcerned— careless,  regardless,  uninter¬ 
ested,  indifferent. 

Uncover  — reveal,  expose,  strip,  discover. 
Undaunted  — courageous,  fearless,  bold,  in¬ 
trepid. 

Undeniable  — indisputable,  incontrovertible, 
unquestionable. 

Under  — subordinate,  lower,  beneath,  below, 
inferior,  subject,  subjacent. 

Understanding — conception,  comprehension, 
perception,  faculty,  sense,  intelligence,  reason, 
intellect. 

Undetermined  — uncertain,  irresolute,  hesi¬ 
tating,  wavering,  unsteady,  doubtful,  fluctuat¬ 
ing,  vacillating. 

Unfaithful  — untruthful,  faithless,  dishonest, 
disloyal,  treacherous,  perfidious. 

Unfold  — explain,  divulge,  reveal,  unravel, 
develop,  expand,  open,  display. 

Unhandy — ungainly,  uncouth,  clumsy,  awk¬ 
ward. 

Unhappy — distressed,  miserable,  unfortunate, 
afflicted,  wretched. 

Uniform — even,  alike,  equal,  same. 
Unimportant — trivial,  trifling,  immaterial, 
insignificant,  petty,  inconsiderable. 
Unlearned — uninformed,unlettered,ignorant, 
illiterate. 

Unlike— distinct,  dissimilar,  different. 
Unlimited  —  infinite,  boundless,  unbounded, 
illimitable. 

Unquestionable  —  undeniable,  indubitable, 
indisputable,  incontrovertible. 

Unravel  — unfold,  disentangle,  extricate,  re¬ 
veal. 

Unrelenting  —  unforgiving,  hard  -  hearted, 
inexorable,  relentless. 

Unruly  —  unmanageable,  refractory,  uncon¬ 
trollable,  ungovernable. 


Unseasonable— ill-timed,  untimely,  unfit,  un¬ 
suitable,  late. 

Unsettled  —  doubtful,  undetermined,  vacilla¬ 
ting,  unsteady,  wavering. 

Unspeakable — unutterable,  inexpressible. 
Unstable  — inconstant,  mutable,  vacillating, 
changeable,  wavering. 

Untimely  —  inopportune,  unseasonable,  pre¬ 
mature,  unsuitable, 

Unwilling — loth,  backward,  disinclined,  dis¬ 
liking,  reluctant,  averse. 

Upbraid— reprove,  censure,  blame,  reproach. 
Uproar  —  noise,  confusion,  bustle,  tumult,  dis¬ 
turbance. 

Urbanity  — courtesy,  affability,  suavity,  civil¬ 
ity 

Urge — press,  incite,  impel,  instigate,  stimulate, 
animate,  encourage. 

Urgent  — importunate,  pressing,  earnest. 
Usage— habit,  fashion,  custom,  treatment,  pre¬ 
scription. 

Use— practice,  custom,  habit,  usage,  service, 
advantage,  utility 
Usually  —  generally,  commonly 
Utility  — use,  service,  benefit,  advantage,  con¬ 
venience,  usefulness. 

Utterly— perfectly,  completely,  fully. 

V 

Vacant— void,  empty,  devoid,  unused. 

Vague— unsettled,  indefinite. 

Vain  —  conceited,  useless,  idle,  fruitless,  inef¬ 
fectual. 

Valedictory— farewell,  taking  leave. 
Valuable— expensive,  costly,  precious,  useful, 
worthy,  estimable. 

Value — price,  worth,  rate,  appreciation,  esti¬ 
mation,  account,  appraise,  assess,  compute, 
regard,  respect. 

Vanity  — pride,  haughtiness,  arrogance,  con¬ 
ceit. 

Vanquish  — subdue,  overcome,  slay,  conquer, 
confute,  subjugate. 

Variable— transitory,  fickle,  capricious,  un¬ 
steady,  changeable,  versatile,  wavering. 
Variation  — deviation,  change,  variety,  vicis¬ 
situde. 

Variety —diversion,  change,  difference. 
Various  — sundry,  different,  diverse. 
Vehement—  hot,  eager,  fiery,  ardent,  passion¬ 
ate,  violent,  impetuous. 

Velocity— speed,  celerity,  swiftness,  fleetness, 
rapidity,  quickness. 

Venerate — worship,  respect,  reverence,  adore. 
Veracity —  honesty,  integrity,  truth. 

Verbal  — oral,  vocal. 

Vestige— evidence,  mark,  trace,  track. 
Vexation — chagrin,  uneasiness,  trouble,  sor¬ 
row,  mortification. 

Vicinity  — locality,  neighborhood,  nearness, 
section. 

View  —  picture,  prospect,  landscape,  survey, 
see,  look,  behold. 

Vigorous  — robust,  active,  energetic,  powerful, 
agile,  potent,  forcible. 

Violent— turbulent,  boisterous,  impetuous, 
furious. 

Virtue  — chastity,  purity,  goodness,  efficacy. 
Visible — apparent,  discernible,  evident,  plain, 
distinct,  manifest,  doubtless,  obvious. 
Visionary— fanatic,  enthusiast,  dreamer,  im¬ 
aginary,  fanatical. 

Volatility —lightness,  levity,  flightiness,  gid¬ 
diness,  liveliness,  sprightliness. 

Vouch  —  assure,  warrant,  affirm,  aver,  protest, 
attest. 

Vulgar— ordinary,  common,  low,  mean. 


w 

Wages  — stipulation,  hire,  pay,  salary,  allow¬ 
ance. 

Wakeful — vigilant,  attentive,  watchful,  ob¬ 
servant. 

Wander — roam,  stroll,  rove,  range,  ramble’ 
journey. 

Want— indigence,  need,  poverty,  lack. 

WARE— goods,  merchandise,  commodity. 
Warlike— military,  martial. 

Warmth  — fervor,  ardor,  cordiality,  animation, 
heat,  vigor,  glow,  zeal,  fervency,  vehemence. 
Warning— notice,  advice,  monition,  caution. 
Wary— discreet,  guarded,  watchful,  cautious, 
circumspect. 

Waste  — loose,  dissipate, 'spend,  expend,  con¬ 
sume,  lavish,  squander. 

Wasteful— profuse,  extravagant,  lavish,  prod¬ 
igal. 

Watchful  — cautious,  vigilant,  careful,  cir¬ 
cumspect,  attentive,  observant,  wakeful. 
Waver— hesitate,  vacillate,  fluctuate,  scruple, 
to  be  undetermined. 

Way— plan,  method,  course,  manner,  system, 
means,  fashion,  road,  route. 

Weak — infirm,  feeble,  enfeebled,  debilitated, 
enervated. 

Wealth  — opulence,  affluence,  riches. 
Weakness —debility,  feebleness,  frailty,  in¬ 
firmity,  languor,  failing,  imbecility,  silliness, 
folly 

Weariness — languor,  lassitude,  tediousness, 
fatigue. 

Weary— annoy,  distress,  harass,  jade,  tire,  vex, 
perplex, |subdue. 

Wedding  — marriage,  nuptials. 

Weight— load,  burden,  heaviness,  gravity,  im¬ 
portance,  signification. 

Welcome  — desirable,  agreeable,  grateful,  ac¬ 
ceptable. 

Wherefore— consequently,  accordingly,  so, 
then,  thence,  hence,  therefore. 

Whiten  —  blanch,  fade,  bleach. 

W'hole  —  undivided,  complete, 'entire,  perfect, 
total,  sum,  uninjured. 

Wicked  — sinful,  guilty,  unjust,  flagrant,  im¬ 
pious,  atrocious,  criminal,  villainous,  de¬ 
praved,  outrageous. 

Wily  — cunning,  artful,  subtle,  crafty. 
Wisdom— foresight,  prudence,  knowledge,  un¬ 
derstanding. 

Withdraw  — retreat,  recede,  retire,  take  back, 
go  back,  retrograde. 

Withhold  — forbear,  refrain,  refuse,  hinder, 
keep  back. 

Wonder— astonishment,  marvel,  surprise,  ad¬ 
miration,  amazement. 

Wonderful  —  strange,  curious,  astonishing, 
surprising,  marvelous,  admirable. 

Worthy — estimable,  deserving,  meritorious. 
Wretched —  unhappy,  miserable. 

Writer— author,  scribe. 

Y 

Yearly  —  annually. 

Yet — but,  however,  notwithstanding,  still,  nev¬ 
ertheless. 

Yield  — comply,  conform,  concede,  allow,  pro¬ 
duce,  permit,  resign,  surrender. 

z 

Zeal — warmth,  ardor,  fervor,  enthusiasm. 
Zealous  — concerned,  earnest,  ardent,  fervent, 
anxious,  enthusiastic,  warm. 


LETTERS  OE  CORRESPONDENCE. 


79 


OU  have  thoughts  that  you  wish 
to  communicate  to  another 
through  the  medium  of  a 
letter.  Possibly  you  have  a 
favor  to  bestow.  Quite  as 
likely  you  have  a  favor  to  ask. 

In  either  case  you  wish  to 
write  that  letter  in  a  manner  such  as  to  secure 
the  respect  and  consideration  of  the  person 
with  whom  you  correspond. 

The  rules  for  the  mechanical  execution  of  a 
letter  are  few ;  understanding  and  observing 
the  rules  already  considered  for  composition, 
the  writer  has  only  to  study  perfect  naturalness 
of  expression,  to  write  a  letter  well. 

Style  and  Manner. 

The  expression  of  language  should,  as  nearly 
as  possible,  be  the  same  as  the  writer  would 
speak.  A  letter  is  but  a  talk  on  paper.  The 


style  of  writing  will  depend  upon  the  terms  of 
between  the  parties.  If  to  a 
superior,  it  should  be  respectful ;  to  inferiors, 
courteous ;  to  friends,  familiar ;  to  relatives, 
affectionate. 

Originality, 

Do  not  be  guilty  of  using  that  stereotyped 
phrase, 

Sear  Friend : 

I  now  take  my  pen  in  hand  to  let  you  know  that  I  am  well, 
and  hope  you  are  enjoying  the  same  great  blessing. 

Be  original.  You  are  not  exactly  like  any  one 
else.  Your  letter  should  be  a  representative  of 
yourself,  not  of  anybody  else.  The  world  is  full 
of  imitators  in  literature,  who  pass  on,  leaving 
no  reputation  behind  them.  Occasionally  origi¬ 
nals  come  up,  and  fame  and  fortune  are  ready 
to  do  them  service.  The  distinguished  writers 
of  the  past  and  present  have  gone  aside  from 
the  beaten  paths.  Letter  writing  affords  a  fine 
opportunity  for  the  display  of  originality.  In 
your  letter  be  yourself ;  write  as  you  would  talk. 


80 


OUTLINES  OF  A  LETTER. 


PARTS  OF  A  LETTER. 


Date. 


Complimentary  address. 


Body  of  the  Letter. 


Complimentary  closing. 


Signature. 


Name. 


Address. 


Purity  of  Expression. 

Bear  in  mind  the  importance,  in  your  corre¬ 
spondence,  of  using  always  the  most  chaste  and 
beautiful  language  it  is  possible  to  command, 
consistent  with  ease  and  naturalness  of  expres¬ 
sion.  Especially  in  the  long  letters  of  friend¬ 
ship  and  love  —  those  missives  that  reveal  the 
heart — the  language  should  show  that  the  heart  is 
pure.  Let  your  letter  he  the  record  of  the  fancies 
and  mood  of  the  hour ;  the  reflex  of  your  aspira¬ 
tions,  your  joys,  your  disappointments;  the 


faithful  daguerreotype  of  your 
intellectuality  and  your  moral 
worth. 

You  little  dream  how  much 
that  letter  may  influence  your 
future.  How  much  it  may  give 
of  hope  and  happiness  to  the  one 
receiving  it.  How  much  it  may 
be  examined,  thought  of,  laugh¬ 
ed  over  and  commented  on;  and 
when  you  suppose  it  has  long 
since  been  destroyed,  it  may  ,oe 
brought  forth,  placed  in  type, 
and  published  broadcast  to  mil¬ 
lions  of  readers. 

When,  in  after  years,  the  letter 
you  now  write  is  given  to  the 
world,  will  there  be  a  word,  an 
expression,  in  the  same  that  you 
would  blush  to  see  in  print  ? 

Write  in  the  spirit  of  cheer¬ 
fulness.  It  is  unkind  to  the 
correspondent  to  fill  the  sheet 
with  petty  complainings,  though 
there  are  occasions  when  the 
heart  filled  with  grief  may  con¬ 
fide  all  its  troubles  and  sorrows 
to  the  near  friend,  and  receive 
in  return  a  letter  of  sympathy 
and  condolence,  containing  all 
the  consolation  it  is  possible  for 
the  written  missive  to  convey. 

The  length  of  letters  will 
depend  upon  circumstances.  As 
a  rule,  however,  business  letters  should  be  short, 
containing  just  what  is  necessary  to  be  said,  and 
no  more. 

Form. 

To  be  written  correctly  according  to  general 
usage,  a  letter  will  embrace  the  following  parts : 
1st,  the  date  ;  2nd,  complimentary  address  ;  3rd, 
body  of  the  letter  ;  4th,  complimentary  closing ; 
5th  signature ;  6th,  superscription. 

The  above  shows  the  position  of  the  several 
parts  of  an  ordinary  letter. 


T 


LETTER  WRITING  ILLUSTRATED. 


81 


Position  of  the  Various  Parts. 

The  following  position  of  the 
several  parts  of  a  letter  should 
be  observed : 

1.  Write  the  date  near  the  upper  right  hand 
corner  of  the  sheet. 

2.  Commence  the  complimentary  address  on 
the  line  next  beneath  one  inch  from  the  left 
side  of  the  sheet. 

3.  The  body  of  the  letter  should  be  com¬ 
menced  nearly  under  the  last  letter  of  the  com¬ 
plimentary  address. 

4.  Begin  the  complimentary  closing  on  the 
line  next  beneath  the  body  of  the  letter,  one 
half  of  the  distance  from  the  left  to  the  right 
side  of  the  page. 

5.  The  center  of  the  signature  may  be  under 
the  last  letter  of  the  complimentary  closing. 

6.  The  name  and  address  of  the  person  writ¬ 
ten  to  should  come  on  the  line  beneath  the 
signature,  at  the  left  of  the  sheet. 


The  Complimentary  Address. 

Of  late  years  it  has  become 
common,  in  business  letters,  in¬ 
stead  of  giving  name  and  ad¬ 
dress  at  the  close,  to  write  the 
same  at  the  commencement; 
thus , 


To  the  Business  Man. 

Mr.  William  B.  Ashton, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Dear  Sir ; 

\our  note  of  the  1st  inst.  received,  etc. 

To  the  Married  Woman. 

Mrs.  Helen  E.  King, 

Baltimore,  Md. 

Dear  Madam  : 

Enclosed  find  check  for,  etc. 

To  the  Unmarried  Woman. 

Miss  Harriet  A.  Kendall, 

Lowell,  Mass. 

In  reply  to  your  favor  of  the  4th  ult.,  etc. 


?ushtomar.T  *»  address  the  married  woman  by 
the  name  which  she  uses  on  her  cards.  It  is  optional  with 
the  lady  whether  she  uses  her  own  name,  “Mrs.  Helen  F 

King,  or  that  of  her  husband,  "  Mrs.  Chas.  H.  King.  ’’ 


FORM  OF  A  LETTER. 


(Dale.) 


T  ~  S  . 

( Complimentary  Address.) 

’■e-etd  ; 


(Body  of  the  Letter.) 

■addd  -adt/fcez&c/  dOo  -t-e  o  te 


df-ud  dde-idd^.  izicdeuddddyised/ 

do  d-edid^e->dd€ddd.  i-u4d-c4  dd  dtdeid  tzddidtdd. 


■od  df-a-tdd  -idddoo  /  _  _  _  _  _ _  _ 

■ei'm  -iddd'l-e  *//,  1- /.,■<.  edded.  do  -torddd 

dda<de  dd-a-iddp  doedd^ed  -ott-d-t-cd  cd  dd&doed  ddioed,  -eiddd 
■u/d-o-cd  cd  -Pid'tde 

(.Odd  dd  -odd 


d 


td&ndddt^.  d? 

-td  < ad  -mooed  -ad  cd  &ioed  -eddde 


'  d-e^ 
-e-doed 
■edded  -eddded- 


CLMd-e-ci-  J-O-d  rddddf.  dJdeZddfZf) 

cd  dodoe  dpd-td  -amed  ■y.a-dddd. 
OOOd  Od-i-ldfyi  f.-re  d  -!  <i  >>vi  r-  dlozm 


%-U  f€>-d 


dda4 


■o&ad-e  do  dde  dde  dd  e'-tird  -'re  <l  '  fd/ 


■y-o-t.  _ 

-m-e,  -added  ddadd 


r 


(Complimentary  Closing.) 

G^^d-tdoeddade-  cdd-oeddc^/ 

( Signature .) 


(Name.) 

dd  Jdo<ty  s 

(Address.) 


ecy-, 


/ded<0> 


■nND 


Kinds  of  Paper  to  Use. 

Be  particular  to  use  a  sheet  appropriate  in 
shape  to  the  purpose  for  which  it  is  employed. 
Paper  is  now  manufactured  of  every  size  adapted 
to  the  wants  of  any  article  written.  The  names 
of  the  various  kinds  of  paper  in  general  use  are 
Legal-cap ,  Bill-paper ,  Foolscap ,  Letter-paper , 
Commercial-note ,  Note-paper  and  Billet. 

In  the  writing  of  all  Legal  Documents ,  such  as 
wills,  taking  of  testimony,  articles  of  agreement, 


etc.,  legal  cap  is  generally  used,  characterized  by 
a  red  line  running  from  top  to  bottom  of  the 
sheet. 

For  Bills ,  paper  is  commonly  ruled  expressly 
for  the  purpose,  and  generally  bears  the  name 
and  business  advertisement  of  the  person  using 
the  same,  at  the  top. 

When  writing  Notes,  Orders,  Receipts,  Com¬ 
positions,  Petitions,  Subscription  Headings ,  etc., 
foolscap  paper  is  used. 

For  the  ordinary  friendship  letter  or  other 


6 


82 


ETIQUETTE  OF  LETTER  WRITING  AND  TITLES. 


long  letter,  it  is  best  to  use  letter  paper,  which 
in  size  is  four-fifths  the  length  of  foolscap. 

The  common  Business  Letter  should  be  so 
brief  as  generally  to  require  but  one  page  of 
commercial  note,  which  is  somewhat  narrower 
and  shorter  than  letter  paper. 

Note  and  billet  paper  are  the  smallest  sheets 
made,  being  suitable  for  Notes  of  Invitation , 
Parents'  Excuses  for  children  to  teachers,  and 
other  written  exercises  that  are  very  brief. 

Etiquette  of  Letter  Writing. 

As  a  rule,  every  letter,  unless  insulting  in  its 
character,  requires  an  answer.  To  neglect  to 
answer  a  letter,  when  written  to,  is  as  uncivil  as 
to  neglect  to  reply  when  spoken  to. 

In  the  reply,  acknowledge  first  the  receipt  of 
the  letter,  mentioning  its  date,  and  aftei wards 
consider  all  the  points  requiring  attention. 

If  the  letter  is  to  be  very  brief,  commence 
sufficiently  far  from  the  top  of  the  page  to 
give  a  nearly  equal  amount  of  blank  paper  at 
the  bottom  of  the  sheet  when  the  letter  is 
ended. 

Should  the  matter  in  the  letter  continue 
beyond  the  first  page,  it  is  well  to  commence 
a  little  above  the  middle  of  the  sheet,  extending 
as  far  as  necessary  on  the  other  pages. 

It  is  thought  impolite  to  use  a  half  sheet  of 
paper  in  formal  letters.  As  a  matter  of  economy 
and  convenience  for  business  purposes,  how¬ 
ever,  it  is  customary  to  have  the  card  of  the 
business  man  printed  at  the  top  of  the  sheet, 
and  a  single  leaf  is  used. 

In  writing  a  letter,  the  answer  to  which  is  of 
more  benefit  to  yourself  than  the  person  to 
whom  you  write,  enclose  a  postage  stamp  for 
the  reply. 

Letters  should  be  as  free  from  erasures,  inter¬ 
lineations,  blots  and  postscripts  as  possible.  It 
is  decidedly  better  to  copy  the  letter  than  to 
have  these  appear. 

A  letter  of  introduction  or  recommendation, 
should  never  be  sealed,  as  the  bearer  to  whom 
it  is  given  ought  to  know  the  contents. 


Titles. 

T  is  customary,  in  the  heading  of 
petitions  to  persons  in  official  posi- 
^  tions,  in  the  complimentary  address  of 
a  letter,  and  in  superscriptions,  to  give 
each  their  proper  title.  These  are 
divided  into  titles  of  respect,  military, 
and  professional  titles. 

Titles  of  respect  are:  — Mr.,  from  Master; 
Mrs.,  from  Mistress;  Miss,  from  the  French 
De-moi-selle ;  Esq.,  from  Esquire,  an  English 
Justice  of  the  Peace,  or  member  of  the  legal 
profession,  but  applied  very  indiscriminately  to 
males  throughout  this  country  generally. 

Two  titles  of  the  same  class  should  not  be 
applied  to  the  same  name.  Thus,  in  addressing 
John  Smith,  do  not  say  Mr.  John  Smith,  Esq. ; 
though  we  may  say  Mr.  John  Smith,  or  John 
Smith,  Esq. 

If  the  profession  of  the  person  addressed  be 
known,  the  professional  title  alone  should  be 
used.  If  the  person  be  entitled  to  two  titles 
the  highest  is  given. 

Titles -of  respect  are  usually  placed  before  the 
name ;  as  Mr.,  Hon.,  Rev.,  Dr.,  and  militaiy 
titles. 

Professional  titles  sometimes  precede  and 
sometimes  follow  the  name  ;  as  Dr.  John  Smith, 
or  John  Smith,  M.D. ;  Prof.  John  Smith,  or 
John  Smith,  A.M. 

The  following  list  illustrates  the  various  titles 
used  for  the  different  ranks,  among  individuals, 
either  in  the  complimentary  address  or  super¬ 
scription  on  the  envelope. 

To  Royalty. 

“  To  the  King’s  Most  Excellent  Majesty." 

To  the  Queen’s  Most  Excellent  Majesty .” 

“  To  his  Royal  Highness ,  Albert  Edward,  Prince  of  Wales.” 

In  like  manner  all  the  other  members,  male 
and  female,  of  the  Royal  family  are  addressed. 

To  Nobility. 

“  To  his  Grace  the  Duke  of  Argyle.” 

“  To  the  Most  Noble  the  Marquis  of  Westminster.” 

“  To  the  Right  Honorable  the  Earl  of  Derby.” 

«  To  the  Right  Honorable  Lord  Viscount  Sidney.” 

“  To  the  Honorable  Baron  Cranworth.” 


TITLES  IN  EUROPE  AND  AMERICA. 


83 


The  wives  of  noblemen  have  the  same  titles 
as  their  husbands  ;  thus, 

“  To  her  Grace  the  Duchess  of  Argyle.” 

“  To  the  Most  Noble  the  Marchioness  of  Westminster,” 

“  To  the  Night  Honorable  the  Countess  of  Derby.” 

“  To  the  Right  Honorable  the  Viscountess  Sidney.” 

To  the  Honorable  the  Baroness  Crauworth.” 

The  title  of  Honorable ,  in  Great  Britain,  is 
applied  to  the  younger  sons  of  noblemen  (the 
elder  son  taking,  by  courtesy,  the  title  next  in 
rank  below  that  of  his  father.)  It  is  also  given 
to  members  of  parliament  and  to  certain  persons 
holding  positions  of  honor  and  trust. 

To  Baronets. 

“Vir  Walter  Scott,  Bart.” 

To  Knights. 

“  Sir  William  Armstrong,  Kt.” 


.Ellsworth’s  “Text  Book  on  Penmanship” 
gives  the  following  classification  of  the  various 
titles  used  in  the  United  States. 


Titles  of  Honor,  Profession  and  Respect. 


President  of  the  United  States, 
“  His  Excellency  Richard  Roe,”  j  Governor  of  any  State,  or  Minister 
[  to  Foreign  Countries. 


“  Honorable  Richard  Roe.” 


“  Nev.  Richard  Roe,  D.D.” 
“  Richard  Roe,  LL.D.’ 
“  Richard  Roe,” 

“  Dr.  Richard  Roe,” 

“  Prof.  Richard  Roe,” 

“  Richard  Roe,  Esq.." 

“  Mr.  Richard  Roe.” 

“  Richard  Roe,” 

his 

“Richard  x  Roe,” 
mark 


f  Vice  President,  Senators  and  Repre- 
[  sentatives  of  the  U.  S.,  Lieut.  Gov.  of 
!  State,  State  Senators  and  Riprescnta- 
]  tives,  Judges,  Mayors,  and  Heads  of 
|  Executive  Departments  of  the  General 
^  Government. 

Doctor  of  Divinity. 

’  Doctor  of  Laws. 

Minister  of  the  Gospel. 

Physician  and  Surgeon. 

Professor  or  teacher  of  any  art  or  science. 
Member  of  the  legal  Fraternity. 
Non-professional  gentleman. 

Plain  signature. 

Unable  to  write  his  own  name. 


Superscriptions. 


NVELOPES  that  are  perfectly 
plain,  for  ordinary  letter  writing, 
are  regarded  as  in  much  the 
best  taste.  Ladies  do  well  to  use 
white.  Buff,  light  straw  color, 
or  manila  answer  for  business 
purposes,  though  it  is  always  in 
good  taste  to  use  white. 

The  upper  side  of  the  envelope  is  that  con¬ 
taining  the  flap.  Care  should  be  observed,  in 
writing  the  superscription  on  the  letter,  to  have 
the  same  right  side  up. 

Extensive  practice  enables 
business  men  to  write  com¬ 
paratively  straight  upon  the 
envelope,  without  the  aid  of 
a  line.  The  inexperienced 
penman  may  be  aided  in 
writing  on  the  buff  colored 
envelope  by  lead  pencil  lines, 
which  should  never  be  used, 
however,  unless  completely 
erased  by  rubber  after  the 
ink  is  dry. 


Care  should  be  taken  to  write  upon  the 
envelope  very  plainly,  giving  the  full  name  and 
title  of  the  person  addressed,  with  place  of 
residence  written  out  fully,  including  town, 
county,  State,  and  country  if  it  goes  abroad. 
The  designation  of  the  street,  number,  drawer, 
etc.,  when  written  upon  the  letter,  is  explained 
elsewhere. 

For  light  colored  envelopes,  a  piece  of  paper 
a  little  smaller  than  the  envelope  may  be  ruled 
with  black  ink  over  the  blue  lines,  thus,  and 
placed  inside. 


A  scrap  of  paper,  ruled  like  this,  when  placed 


inside  a  light  -  colored  envelope,  will  enable  the 


person  writing  on  the  same  to  trace  distinctly 


these  lines,  and  thus  write  the  superscription 


straight. 


FORMS  FOR  WRITING  SUPERSCRIPTIONS. 


In  writing  the  superscription,  commence 
the  name  a  little  to  the  left  of  the  center  of 
the  envelope.  The  town,  on  a  line  beneath, 
should  extend  a  little  to  the  right  of  the  name. 


The  State,  next  below,  should  stand  by  itself 
still  further  to  the  right.  The  county  may  be 
on  the  sameline  with  the  State, towards  the  left 
side  of  the  envelope;  thus 5 


FORM  OF  SUPERSCRIPTION  ON  ENVELOPES. 


For  the  convenience  of  the  mailing  clerk  in 
handling  the  letter,  the  postage  stamp  should 
be  placed  at  the  upper  right  hand  corner  of  the 
envelope. 

If  the  town  is  a  large  metropolis,  the  county 


may  be  omitted.  In  that  event  the  street  and 
number  are  usually  given,  or  the  post  office  box. 
Each  should  be  written  very  conspicuously 
upon  the  envelope,  for  the  convenience  of  the 
post  office  clerk  and  the  mail  carrier;  thus, 


?  Y 

- - - 

?  r 

!  SUMP.  I 

I  STIMP.  | 

1  1 

I  i 

SU  W  ^ 

I 


VARIOUS  FORMS  OF  SUPERSCRIPTION.  85 


If  viitten  in  the  care  of  any  one,  the  follow-  It  is  usually  safest,  in  nearljr  all  cases,  to  give 
ing  may  be  the  form  :  the  county,  even  if  the  town  is  well  known ;  thus, 


8  § 

&  § 

J  STAMP.  \ 
$  $ 

|  STAMP,  j 

SdoJ-  <&%*.  <7(Q. 

*  <7 

?df . 

If,  after  remaining  in  the  office  at  its  destina¬ 
tion  a  certain  length  of  time  uncalled  for,  the 
writer  is  desirous  of  having  the  letter  forwarded 
or  returned,  the  same  may  be  indicated  upon 
the  outside  of  the  envelope;  thus, 


Tourists,  when  receiving  letters  abroad,  fre¬ 
quently  have  their  letters  directed  in  the  care 
of  the  bankers  with  whom  they  deal  when  on 
the  continent,  the  form  of  superscription  being 
thus : 


Letter  Sent  by  a  Private  Party, 

Acknowledging  on  the  envelope  obligation  to  the  person  carrying  the  same. 


Letter  to  a  Person  in  the  Immediate  Vicinity 

Sent  by  carrier,  but  not  through  the  mail. 


86 


VARIOUS  FORMS  OF  SUPERSCRIPTION. 


SUPERSCRIPTIONS. 


A  letter  to  Germany  will  be  superscribed 
somewhat  as  follows : 


JOHN  KOENIG,  Esq., 

SPAN  DA  U, 

Near  Berlin,  Prussia.  P RUSSIA. 


When  it  is  desired  to  have  the  letter 
returned,  if  not  called  for,  sooner  than  it 
otherwise  would  be,  the  direction  may  be 
so  specified  upon  the  upper  left  hand 
corner,  similar  to  the  following : 


Letter  from  Germany  : 


If  not  called  for  in  10  days,  return  to 
W.  B.  KEEN.  COOKE  &  CO., 
Booksellers, 

Chicago,  Illinois. 


Mr.  KABL  SCHULZE, 

BLOOMINGTON, 

McLEAN  CO., 

United  States  imwms 

ofAmerica.  iLLlJSUia. 


The  county,  town,  etc.,  on  a  letter  to 
Ireland,  is  shown  on  the  envelope  as 
follows : 


GEN.  H.  B.  COOKE, 

SARATOGA  SPRINGS, 

NEW  YORK. 


Mr.  PATRICK  McGUIRE, 

ENNISKILLEN, 

IRELAND. 


County  of 

Fermanagh. 


Where  it  is  desired  to  express  the  title 
of  the  husband,  on  a  letter  or  note  of 
invitation  to  the  husband  and  wife,  the 
following  form  may  be  used  : 

His  Excellency  and  Mrs.  U.  S.  Grant. 

Governor  and  Mrs.  Wm.  H.  Brown. 

Hon.  and  Mrs.  D.  B.  Henderson. 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  Chas.  H.  Smith. 

Professor  and  Mrs.  K.  A.  Benson. 

Where  a  letter  is  addressed  to  a  husband 
and  wife,  each  of  whom  have  a  title,  the 
address  may  read  as  follows  : 

Drs.  John  E.  and  Jane  H.  Brown. 


To  a  man  and  woman,  engaged  as  part¬ 
ners  in  business,  but  unmarried,  the  ad¬ 
dress  may  read : 

Mr.  TFm.  H.  Smith  and  Miss  Mary  H.  Boone. 

Or,  Wm.  H.  Smith  and  Mary  H.  Boone. 

To  a  husband  and  wife,  where  the  wife, 
alone,  has  the  title,  the  superscription  will 
read : 

Mr.  J.  B.  and  Mrs.  Dr.  E.  L.  King. 

To  a  husband  and  wife,  each  of  whom 
have  a  title,  the  address  may  be  as  follows: 

Rev.  W  H.  and  Mrs.  Dr.  A.  B.  Smith. 

Where  the  wife  has  a  title,  and  is,  alone, 
addressed,  the  form  may  be  ' 

Rev.  Mrs.  Chas.  D.  King. 

Or,  Rev.  Mrs.  Jane  E.  King. 

Or,  Rev.  Jane  E.  King. 

If  the  lady’s  husband,  alone,  has  the 
title,  the  address  will  properly  read : 

Mrs.  Rev.  Chas.  D.  King. 

If  the  lady  is  unmarried,  and  is  a  minis¬ 
ter  of  the  gospel  or  physician,  her  address 
may  read : 

Rev.  Miss  31 ary  Williams. 

Or,  Rev.  Mary  Williams. 

Miss  Dr.  Helen  E.  Snow. 

Or,  Dr.  Helen  E.  Snow. 


Suggestions. 


If  people  wish  to  have  their  letters  perfectly 
secure  from  observation  it  is  better  to  seal  them 
with  wax,  which  cannot  be  broken  without  ex¬ 
posure.  The  ordinary  envelope  is  easily  opened, 
and  sealed  again,  leaving  no  trace  of  the  fact ; 
though  a  very  heavy  tine  is  imposed  as  a  pen¬ 
alty  on  any  one  convicted  of  opening  a  letter, 
that  is  not  authorized  to  do  so. 

In  the  United  States,  a  letter  not  called  for 
within  a  certain  length  of  time  is  then  adver¬ 
tised,  after  which  it  is  held  thirty. days,  when, 
no  owner  being  found,  the  letter  is  forwarded 
to  the  Dead-Letter  Office  at  Washington,  where 
it  is  opened.  If  the  address  of  the  person  who 
wrote  the  letter  can  there  be  learned,  the  letter 
is  then  returned  to  the  writer. 

If  the  name  or  address  be  written  or  printed 
upon  the  envelope,  instead  of  going  to  the 
Dead-Letter  Office,  the  letter  will  be  returned 
to  the  writer  at  the  expiration  of  thirty  days.  If 


desirous  of  having  it  sooner  returned,  the  writer 
should  add,  “  Return  in  5  days,”  or  “  10  days,” 
etc.,  as  seen  in  the  letter  of  W.  B.  Keen,  Cooke  & 
Co.,  shown  above. 

It  is  safest  for  persons  sending  letters  to 
place  stamps  upon  the  envelopes  themselves, 
and  not  depend  upon  postmasters  or  their  clerks 
to  do  so,  as,  in  their  haste,  they  sometimes  for¬ 
get  directions. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  the  State  be  writ¬ 
ten  first  upon  the  envelope  ;  thus, 

Missouri, 

Corning, 

John  Smith. 

As  the  State  to  which  the  letter  is  directed,  is, 
however,  no  more  conspicious  at  the  top  ot  the 
superscription  than  at  the  bottom,  there  is  no 
advantage  gained  in  this  mode  of  address,  on 
the  score  of  legibility. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  WRITING  BUSINESS  LETTERS. 


87 


N  letters  of  business,  use  as  few  words 
as  possible. 

2.  Business  letters  should  be 
promptly  answered. 

3.  Use  a  clear,  distinct  writing, 
avoiding  all  flourish  of  penmanship 

or  language. 

4.  Come  at  once  to  your  subject,  and  state 
it  so  clearly  that  it  will  not  be  necessary  to 
guess  your  meaning. 

5.  Give  town,  county,  State  and  date  ex¬ 
plicitly.  It  is  frequently  of  great  importance 
to  know  when  a  letter  was  written. 

6.  Read  your  letter  carefully  when  finished, 
to  see  that  you  have  made  no  omissions  and 
no  mistakes.  Also  carefully  examine  your 
envelope,  to  see  that  it  is  rightly  directed,  with 
postage  stamp  affixed. 

7.  Copy  all  business  letters  of  your  own  by 
hand,  or  with  the  copying  press  made  for  the 
purpose. 

8.  Send  money  by  Draft,  P.O.  Money-order, 
or  Express,  taking  a  receipt  therefor  ;  thus  you 
have  something  to  show  for  money,  guaranteeing 
you  against  loss.  Always  state  in  your  letter 
the  amount  of  money  you  send,  and  by  what 
means  sent. 

9.  W rite  date  and  by  whom  sent  across  the 
end  of  each  letter  received,  and  file  for  future 
reference,  fastening  the  letters  together  with 
rubber  bands,  or  binding  in  a  letter-file  adapted 
to  the  purpose.  The  possession  of  a  letter 


sometimes  prevents  litigation  and  serious  mis¬ 
understanding. 

Ordering  Goods. 

In  ordering  goods,  state  very  explicitly  the 
amount,  kind,  quality,  color,  shape,  size,  etc., 
and  on  what  terms  wanted.  Whether  you  wish 
the  same  sent  by  freight  or  express,  and  what 
express.  Much  inconvenience  is  experienced 
among  business  men  because  of  a  neglect  to 
designate  explicitly  what  is  wanted. 

Should  the  writer  wish  to  make  suggestions, 
ask  questions,  or  add  other  matter  to  the  letter 
which  is  foreign  to  the  subject,  such  words 
should  be  placed  entirely  separate  from  the 
order.  Of  fifty  or  a  hundred  letters  received 
to-day  by  the  merchant,  that  one  which  is 
mixed  up  with  complaints,  enquiries,  etc.,  will 
probably  be  laid  over  till  tomorrow,  or  until 
time  can  be  spared  to  read  it  through.  Had  the 
order  been  explicitly  stated,  and  the  suggestions 
placed  elsewhere,  the  goods  would  have  been 
forwarded  immediately.  It  is,  in  fact,  better  to 
write  the  order  on  a  separate  sheet  from  the 
other  matter. 

Send  your  order,  also,  early  enough  to  give 
yourself  plenty  of  time  in  which  to  receive  the 
goods  before  they  are  needed. 

Books,  being  a  common  article  ordered,  may 
be  taken  as  an  example  showing  the  importance 
of  giving  a  careful  description  of  the  goods 
wanted.  To  illustrate  :  be  explicit  in  giving 
name  of  book,  name  of  author,  by  whom  pub- 


88 


FORMS  OF  BUSINESS  LETTERS. 


lished,  style  of  binding,  price  at  which  it  is 
advertised,  etc.  Thus,  a  careless  person  order¬ 
ing  of  Harper  &  Brothers  a  United  States 
History  will  say,  “  Send  me  a  United  States 
History.”  Of  course  the  first  query  of  the 
shipping  clerk  is,  “  Whose  history?”  There 
are  many  histories  of  the  United  States  pub¬ 
lished  by  as  many  different  authors,  and  the 
clerk  is  liable  to  send  the  one  not  wanted,  in 
which  case  the  person  ordering  is  very  likely  to 
unjustly  blame  Harper  &  Brothers. 

If  the  writer  should  say,  “  Send  me  a  copy 
of  Willard’s  History  of  the  United  States,  by 
Emma  Willard,  published  by  A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co., 
bound  in  cloth,”  there  would  be  no  liability  to 
mistake.  The  following  will  serve  as  sample 
forms. 


Form  of  Letter  Ordering  Books. 

Rockford,  III.,  March  1, 18—. 

Messrs.  Jansen,  McCluro  &  Co., 

Chicago,  Ill., 

Dear  Sirs  : 

Enclosed  find  draft  for  $4S.75,  for  which  please 
send,  by  American  Express, 

10  Tennyson’s  Poems,  Published  by  Harper  &  Bros.  $1.25  $12.50 

1C  Thirty  Years  in  the  Harem.  “  “  “  “  1-50  15.00 

10  Literature  and  Art,  by  M  Fuller.  “  Fowler  &  Wells.  1.00  10.00 

5  Getting  on  in  the  World,  Mathews.  S.  C.  Griggs  &  Co.  2.25  ^U-25 

$48.75 

Thanking  you  for  the  promptitude  with  which  you  have  filled  my 
orders  heretofore,  I  am, 

Very  Respectfully, 

CASH  DOWN. 


Form  of  an  Order  to  a  Dry  Goods  Merchant. 

April  5,  18 — • 

Messrs.  A.  T.  Stewart  &  Co., 

New  York, 

Dear  Sirs : 

Enclosed  fiud  Post  Office  Order  for  .725,  for  which 
please  send,  by  American  Express,  the  following  goods: 

2  Lancaster  table  spreads  ($.3.50)  $  7.00 

4  prs.  Alexandre  Kid  Gloves  ($2.50),  No.  0‘/2,  Brown, 

Green,  Yellow,  Black. 

8  yds.  Calico,  Brown  with  small  figure  (25c.) 

12  “  “  White  “  “  pink  dot  “ 

2  Linen  Handkerchiefs  (50c.) 

4  prs.  Ladies’  Cotton  Hose  (50c.),  No.  9, 


$25.00 


Direct  to 


Mrs.  MARY  WILSON, 

Elkhart,  Ind. 


From  a  Young  Man  Commencing  Business,  to  a  Wholesale 
House,  with  Order. 

Racine,  Wis.,  Aug.  10, 18—. 

Messrs.  Field,  Leiter  &  Co., 

Chicago,  Ill., 

Dear  Sirs :  ,  ,  .  .  ,, 

Having  recently  commenced  business  for  myselt, 

with  fair  prospects  of  success,  I  shall  be  pleased  to  open  an  account 
with  your  house,  and  trust  it  will  be  to  our  mutual  advantage.  Should 
you  think  favorably  of  the  matter,  you  will  please  fill  the  accompa¬ 
nying  order  with  the  least  possible  delay  and  on  your  best  terms. 

For  testimonials,  I  refer  you.  to  Carson,  Pirie,  Scott  &  Co.,  of  your 
city,  by  whom  I  have  been,  until  recently,  employed;  but  as  this  is 
my  first  transaction  with  your  house,  upon  forwarding  me  an  invoice 
of  goods  and  deducting  your  usual  discount  for  cash,  I  will  remit  a 
sight  draft  on  the  First  National  Bank  of  your  city,  for  the  amount, 
by  return  mail.  Expecting  your  usual  prompt  attention,  I  am, 

Yours  Respectfully, 

HENRY  MAYNARD. 


Reply  from  Wholesale  House,  with  Invoice. 

Chicago,  Aug.  12,  18 — . 

Mr.  Henry  Maynard, 

Racine,  Wis, 

De(ir  '  We  take  pleasure  in  sending  this  day,  by  your  order, 
the  enclosed  invoice  of  goods,  amounting  to  $1,400,  subject  to  5  per 

cent  discount  for  prompt  cash. 

Your  references  being  entirely  satisfactory,  we  have  no  hesitation 
in  opening  an  account  and  allowing  you  our  best  terms.  1  rusting 
that  the  goods,  which  are  shipped  by  express,  will  arrive  safely  and 
meet  your  favor,  we  are, 

Yours  Truly, 

FIELD,  LEITER  &  CO. 


Requesting  Information  Concerning  the  Opening  of  a  Store. 

Boston,  Mass.,  Sept.  18, 18 — . 

Chas.  H.  Williams,  Esq., 

Bennington,  Vt., 

Deal  Sir  .  My  partner  amj  myself  being  desirous  of  establish¬ 
ing  a  branch  store  in  the  Clothing  trade,  I  take  the  privilege  of  a 
friend  in  asking  you  to  send  me  the  number  of  Clothing  stores  already 
in  your  village,  and  such  other  information  as  may  be  necessary,  con¬ 
cerning  the  feasibility  of  establishing  our  business  in  your  place.  An 

early  reply  will  greatly  oblige, 

J  Yours  Very  Truly, 

WM.  B.  HOPKINS. 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing, 

Bennington,  Vt.,  Sept.  20, 18 — . 

Mr.  Wm.  B.  Hopkins, 

Boston,  Mass., 

Dear  Sir  •*  , 

I  have  taken  occasion  to  enquire  in  relation  to  the 

extent  and  number  of  Clothing  stores  in  this  place,  and  am  happy  to 
inform  you  that,  while  that  department  of  trade  is  very  fairly  repre¬ 
sented,  there  seems  to  be  a  good  opening  for  a  first  class  store,  such  as 
your  house  would  undoubtedly  establish. 

There  is  al60  a  large  store  just  vacated,  in  the  center  of  the  village, 
one  of  the  best  locations  in  the  town,  which  can  be  had  at  reasonable 
rent.  Hoping  that  you  may  carry  out  your  design  of  locating  here, 
and  trusting  that  you  may  realize  your  expectations,  I  am, 

Yours  Truly, 

CHAS.  H.  WILLIAMS. 


FORMS  OF  BUSINESS  LETTERS. 


89 


Enquiry  Concerning  Real  Estate. 

, ,  „  „  Springlake,  Mich.,  Sept.  4,  iS— . 

Messrs.  S.  Town  &  Son, 

Aurora,  III., 

Dear  Sirs: 

Having-  heard  much  said  in  praise  of  your  beauti¬ 
ful  city,  particularly  concerning  railroad  privileges,  church  and  educa¬ 
tional  advantages,  I  have  concluded  to  make  your  town  my  permanent 
place  of  abode,  if  I  can  locate  myself  aright,  inasmuch  as  I  have  a  larg-e 
family  of  children  to  educate,  and  the  numerous  lines  of  railway  radi¬ 
ating  from  your  city  will  afford  me  the  desired  accommodations  in  my 
traveling  agency. 

My  object  in  writing  you  at  present  is  to  learn  your  best  terms  for  a 
residence  containing  not  less  than  ten  rooms,  having  from  six  to  ten 
acres  of  land  attached,  situated  not  over  a  mile  from  the  postoffice. 

An  immediate  answer  will  oblige, 

Your  Obedient  Servant, 

HARVEY  B.  WILCOX. 


Superintendent’s  Resignation. 

Galesburg,  III.,  Sept.  1,  187S. 

To  the  General  Superintendent  of  the  C.,  B.  &  R.  R., 
Chicago,  Ill., 

Dear  Sir  : 

I  herewith  tender  my  resignation  as  local  superin¬ 
tendent  of  the  railroad  repair  works  in  this  city,  my  labors  in  behalf  of 
your  company  to  cease  October  1,  1S7S. 

Respectfully  Yours, 

D.  B.  LAWSON. 

Short  Form  of  Resignation. 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Dec.  2,  1S79. 
To  the  Directors  of  the  Pittsburgh  Glass  Works, 

Dear  Sirs:  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 

Please  accept  my  immediate  resignation  as  business 
manager  of  your  manufactory. 

Yours  Respectfully, 

WM.  D.  WEBSTER. 


Clergyman’s  Resignation. 

To  the  Trustees  of  First  B  aptist  Church, 

_  ,  Pittsfield,  Mass., 

Gentlemen  : 

It  has  now  been  seven  years  since  the  commence¬ 
ment  of  my  pastoral  connection  with  the  First  Baptist  Church  of  this 
city.  During  this  time  the  church  society  has  grown  in  numbers,  the 
sabbath  school  has  been  continually  blessed  by  a  large  attendance,  and 
the  relations  between  pastor  and  congregation  have  always  been  of  a 
most  pleasant  character.  For  these  and  other  reasons  it  would  be 
agreeable  to  continue  my  connection  with  the  society  longer;  but  other 
fields  of  labor  affording  wider  and  better  opportunities,  I  feel  it  but  just 
that  I  accept  the  privileges  offered. 

Thanking  the  congregation  to  whom  I  have  ministered  for  their  kind 
and  unwavering  support,  and  praying  for  your  continued  prosperity,  I 
desire  you  to  accept  my  resignation  as  pastor  of  your  society,  to  take 
effect  January  15,  1878.  Yours  Very  Respectfully, 

CHAS.  B.  HANFORD. 


Letter  Complaining  of  Error  in  a  Gill. 

Messrs.  II.  B.  Claflin  &  Co.,  TR°V’  N’  Y>  June  I0’ 

New  York, 

Dear  Sirs  : 

Upon  examining  bill  accompanying  your  last  lot 
of  goods,  I  find  that  I  am  charged  with  four  dozen  pairs  of  cotton  hose 
which  I  never  ordered  nor  received.  I  enclose  the  bill  and  copy  of  the 
invoice  of  goods,  that  the  error  may  be  corrected.  I  am,  gentlemen, 
Yours  Very  Respectfully, 

H.  B.  MOORE. 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

,  _  _  ..  New  York,  June  n,  iS— . 

Mr.  H.  B.  Moore, 

Troy,  N.  Y., 

Dear  Sir  : 

We  regret  that  you  were  put  to  any  trouble  by  the 
carelessness  of  a  clerk,  who,  having  proved  himself  incompetent,  has 
left  our  service.  We  enclose  the  correct  bill  to  you,  and  offer  apologies 
for  the  error.  Truly  Yours, 

H.  B.  CLAFLIN  &  CO. 


An  Application  for  a  Situation  on  a  Railway. 

,,  „  „  „  Davenport,  Ia.,  Jan.  ie,  iS— . 

Hon.  B.  C.  Smith,  3 

Dear  Sir  : 

Understanding  that  you  are  a  shareholder  in  some 
of  the  principal  railways,  and  on  intimate  terms  with  several  of  the 
directors,  I  venture  to  solicit  your  kind  interest  in  behalf  of  my  eldest 
son,  William,  now  in  his  twentieth  year.  His  education  has  been 
varied  and  useful,  and  his  character,  so  far  as  I  know,  is  above  reproach. 

For  several  years  he  has  expressed  a  desire  to  enter  the  employ  of  a 
railroad  company,  and  under  the  circumstances  I  venture  to  write  to 
you,  in  the  hope  that,  should  you  have  it  in  your  power  to  oblige  me, 
you  will  kindly  intercede  in  his  favor.  By  doing  so  you  will  confer  a 
lasting  obligation  both  on  him  and  me.  I  remain,  sir, 

Your  Ob’d’t  Servant, 


Recommending  a  Successor  in  Business. 

,,  „  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Dec.  24,  iS— . 

Messrs.  Bell  &  Hardy, 

Dear  Sirs  : 

We  flatter  ourselves  that  there  are  many  friends 
among  our  connection  who  will  regret  that  we  are  on  the  point  of  relin¬ 
quishing  business.  In  doing  so  our  premises  and  stock  of  goods  will 
be  transferred  to  the  hands  of  Messrs.  Williams  &  Co.,  who  will  in 
future  carry  on  the  business  on  the  same  approved  system  and  extensive 
scale  as  ourselves,  provided  they  can  rely  upon  receiving  the  patronage 
of  our  connection;  in  the  hope  of  which,  it  is  our  pleasure  and  duty  to 
present  these  gentlemen  to  your  notice,  We  cannot  speak  too  highly 
of  the  confidence  we  feel  in  their  liberal  mode  of  conducting  mercantile 
transactions;  and,  in  the  hope  that  they  may  be  honored  with  the  same 
countenance  received  by  ourselves  from  your  respected  firm,  we  beg  to 
sign  ourselves 

Your  Most  Obedient  Servants, 

HOPE,  GOOD  &  CO. 


Notice  of  Having  Forwarded  Goods. 

South  Haven,  Mich.,  Sept.  1,  iS— . 

Messrs.  Hager,  Spies  &  Co., 

Chicago,  Ill., 

Dear  Sirs  : 

According  to  your  order,  I  have  shipped  you  this 
day,  per  Steamer  Morning  Star, 

200  baskets  Peaches,  (Marked  H.,  S.  &  Co.) 

10  bbls.  Sweet  Potatoes,  “  “  “ 

12  “  Apples,  “  “  “ 

Trusting  that  these  will  prove  as  satisfactory  as  those  heretofore  sent, 
and  bring  as  good  a  price,  I  am 

Respectfully  Yours, 

A.  M.  GOODFELLOW. 


Requesting  a  Friend  to  Make  Purchases. 

_  Kankakee,  III.,  Jan.  1,  iS — . 

Dear  Mary  : 

I  am  going  to  trespass  on  your  kindness  by  asking  you  to 
make  a  few  purchases  for  me.  Enclosed  find  twenty  dollars  and  a 
memorandum  of  what  I  want. 

My  household  duties,  combined  with  the  objection  I  have  to  leaving 
m3'  children  at  this  season  of  the  year  in  the  care  of  servants,  very 
closely  confine  me  to  my  home,  and  are  my  excuse  for  troubling  you. 


90 


FORMS  OF  BUSINESS  LETTERS. 


We  are  in  usual  health,  and  I  hope  this  note  will  find  your  family 
all  well.  With  kind  regards  to  Mr.  Webster,  and  love  to  children,  I 

remain,  Your  Sincere  Friend, 

HELEN  D.  WELLS. 

To  Mrs.  Mat  Benson, 

—  Michigan  Ave.,  Chicago. 


Requesting  Settlement  of  Account. 

Memphis,  Tenn.,  Oct.  9, 18—. 

Hiram  Baxter,  Esq., 

Nashville,  Tenn., 

'  ‘  i  enclose  your  account.  I  shall  feel  obliged  by  your 

settlement  at  an  early  date,  as  I  have  several  heavy  payments  to  make. 
Trusting  that  you  will  excuse  my  troubling  you,  I  am. 

Yours  Respectfully, 

DELOS  HARTWELL. 


Urging  Payment  of  Rent. 


young  State,  feeling  satisfied  that  a  new  country,  like  that  you  are  now 
in,  offers  attractions  for  young  and  energetic  men  not  found  in  the 
old  cities. 

You  will  much  oblige  me  by  giving  information  concerning  climate, 
soil,  water,  timber,  and  other  inducements  forsettling  in  your  vicinity. 
Trusting  that  doing  so  will  not  seriously  trouble  you,  and  that  I  may 
hear  from  you  soon,  I  remain, 

Yours  Very  Respectfully. 

CHAS.  W.  CANFIELD. 


Reply  to  the  Preceding. 

Nashville,  Tenn.,  Oet.  12, 18 — . 

Delos  Hartwell,  Esq., 

Memphis,  Tenn., 

'  As  I  am  unable  to  send  you  the  money  for  settlement 
of  our  account,  without  inconvenience,  I  enclose  my  acceptance  for 
thirty  days,  which  I  trust  you  will  be  able  to  use. 

Yours  Truly, 

HIRAM  BAXTER. 


Columbus,  O.,  March  11,  18—. 

Mr.  D.  P.  Hoyt, 

Dear  Sir ;  ^  waited  patiently  for  your  convenience  in 

the  payment  of  rent  for  the  house  you  are  at  present  occupying.  As 
however,  you  have  now  been  my  tenant  for  four  months  without 
meeting  any  of  the  payments,  which  were  to  be  made  monthly,  I  feel 
obliged  to  remind  you  of  the  fact  that  there  are  now  $80  due  to  me. 
Trusting  that  you  will  give  the  subject  your  immediate  attention,  1 

am’  YourB  Truly, 

WEBSTER  GREEN. 


Letter  to  a  Pioneer  Settler  in  the  West. 

Toledo,  Ohio,  July  19,  18 — . 

Mr.  Martin  Fuller, 

Dear  Sir:  ^  ^  ^  liberty,  though  a  stranger,  of  address¬ 
ing  you  a  few  lines  relative  to  the  inducements  for  new  settlers  in 
your  section  of  the  country,  having  been  recommended  to  do  so 
through  our  mutual  friend,  Artemas  Carter. 

As  I  have  sold  out  my  business  in  this  city  for  ten  thousan 
dollars,  I  am  anxious  to  invest  the  proceeds  in  a  large  farm  in  a 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

Big  Stranger,  Kansas,  Aug.  15, 18—. 

Mr.  Chas.  W.  Canfield, 

Toledo,  Ohio, 

Dear  Sir  «*  _ 

’  Your  welcome  letter  was  received  yesterday,  lean 

assure  you  that  I  will  be  only  too  happy  to  furnish  you  all  the  inform¬ 
ation  you  desire  relative  to  the  prospects  in  this  portion  of  Uncle 
Sam’s  domains. 

I  have  now  been  two  years  in  this  place,  and  I  can  truly  say  that 
these  years  have  been  the  happiest  of  my  life.  True,  we  have 
endured  some  hardships  incident  to  pioneer  life;  but  the  glorious 
freedom  from  the  frivolities  of  fashion,  and  the  formalities  of  aristo¬ 
cratic  life,  common  to  the  old  towns  in  the  East,  together  with  the 
pleasure  one  takes  in  making  new  improvements,  all  have  combined 
to  render  our  family  perfectly  delighted  with  the  country. 

For  a  quarter  of  the  money  in  your  possession,  you  can  purchase  all 
the  land  you  will  desire  to  cultivate;  the  remainder  you  can  loan 
hereabouts,  on  bond  and  mortgage,  at  good  interest. 

The  climate  here  is  healthy  and  invigorating;  the  soil  good,  with 
running  streams  in  sufficient  abundance  to  water  most  of  the  farms. 
Plenty  of  building  material  and  fuel  can  be  had  in  the  timber 
skirting  the  streams;  and  the  prospect  for  the  ultimate  opening  of  the 
land  in  this  section  to  a  ready  market,  through  several  lines  of  railway 
now  in  contemplation,  is  very  flattering.  At  present,  however,  the 
nearest  station  to  my  farm,  on  the  stage  route,  is  Chesterfield,  thirty- 
four  miles  distant,  at  which  place  I  will  take  great  pleasure  in  meeting 
you,  with  my  team,  at  any  time  you  may  appoint. 

A  very  excellent  farm,  adjoining  mine,  can  be  bought  for  five  dollais 
($5)  per  acre.  One  corner  of  the  land  is  crossed  by  a  never-failing 
stream,  with  considerable  timber  along  the  same. 

You  will  have  to  rough  it  for  a  little  while  after  you  arrive ;  but  the 
neighbors  will  all  turn  out  to  aid  in  getting  up  your  log  house,  after 
wMch  you  will  be  at  home  “  under  your  own  vine  and  fig  tree.” 

We  have  two  rooms  in  our  house,  and  till  your  house  is  completed 
we  will  give  one  of  them  to  your  family.  It  will  seem  a  little  odd 
at  first,  for  a  fashionable  family  of  six  or  eight  persons  to  occupy  one 
room,  with  wolf  and  deer  skins  forquiltsand  coverlets;  but,  by-and- 
by,  when  the  young  ladies  find  they  are  in  just  as  good  style  as  any¬ 
body  else,  they  will  dismiss  their  fastidiousness,  and  think  it  jolly  fun. 
These  privations,  that  we  at  first  endure,  are  necessary,'  perhaps,  to 
enable  us  to  appreciate  the  fine  homes  which  we  all  expect  to  have  in 
the  good  time  coming.  Hoping  to  have  the  pleasure  of  welcoming 
yourself  and  family  as  neighbors,  I  am, 

Yours  Very  Truly, 

MARTIN  FULLER. 


LETTERS  APPLYING  FOR  EMPLOYMENT. 


91 


Applications  for  Situations. 


Letters  answering  Advertisements. 

HE  following  advertisements,  taken 
from  metropolitan  papers,  are  but 
samples  of  hundreds  of  such  to  be 
seen  every  day  in  the  ad¬ 
vertising  columns  of  the 
leading  daily  newspapers, 
in  the  great  cities ;  showing  that 
abundant  opportunities  constantly 
offer  for  obtaining  employment,  the 
positions  to  be  secured,  however,  by 
letters  making  application  for  them. 


WANTED. 


Miscellaneous. 

yy  ANTED  — AN  EDITORIAL  ASSISTANT  ON  A 
vv  literary  paper.  A  thoroughly  competent  lady  pre¬ 
ferred.  Address  D  71,  Herald  office,  New  York. 

Y\J  ANTED  —IN  A  GRAIN  COMMISSION  HOUSE, 
v  v  a  smart  lad  for  office  work ;  must  be  a  good  pen¬ 
man.  Address,  in  own  handwriting,  stating  age  and 
salary  expected,  W  32,  Ledger  office. 

yyANTED-A  YOUNG  LADY  CLERK  IN  A  DRY 
goods  store.  Must  be  accustomed  to  the  business. 
Address,  with  refference,  B  80,  Picayune  Office. 

Vy  ANTED— AN  ASSISTANT  BOOKKEEPER,  ONE 
vv  who  writes  neatly  and  rapidly;  willing  to  work 
for  moderate  salary  and  who  can  bring  A  No.  1  recom¬ 
mendations.  Address,  stating  experience  and  particu¬ 
lars,  X.  Y.  Z.,  Bulletin  Office. 

Vy ANTED  — AN  EXPERIENCED  BOOKKEEPER 
in  a  bank.  Address,  with  references,  Z  61,  Journal 
office. 

yy ANTED  —  LADY  COPYIST,  ABLE  TO  WRITE  A 
bold,  distinct  hand.  Salary  good.  Address,  in 
applicant’s  own  handwriting,  COPY,  Republican  office. 


As  a  hundred  different  persons  will  sometimes 
make  application  for  one  position  which  will  be 
given  to  the  individual  writing  the  best  letter, 
everything  else  being  equal,  this  illustrates  in  a 
striking  manner  the  importance  of  being  able 
to  write  a  letter  elegantly  and  correctly. 

Answer  to  an  Advertisement  for  an  Assistant  Editor. 


2 


<,  df—. 


■e*z4. 


dde  aadodd  €  <d  at^dtoeddid^drieddzd 


dddOddOOdd^.  1 1 
O^^adstduddtdy.  Of, 

d4e  jddz  <2*3,  aid  cd  azddd 

ddzdod d  ’d^dddOddOl4aiay .  C^d-t 


diddie.  dd  aaddodu  ode  ad  dde 

dFdaand  geMe'e 
da  (Qcdaded/  'CazddJ 

adia^  ^ftaddi  daa>  aadad- j 

di 


ady  jdladdd.  aaadiaid 

'la-ia-ayd  (Qdaaydaidddd  aanad  cddoan-aoe^ 
eduddz&cd;  auadd  d&azddd  a d^eddad^ea/. 


cd  ddeay  do 

dddsOdddezdd . 


o  dd. 


da 


- - . .  ^laa^d.  &Se<^  edcceeede*^  M  £d 

yyANTED-A  COMPETENT  SALESMAN  TO  SELL  .  ,  />/■/>  d  a  </  S  A  / 

cfu*// <&>  ^  / 


-  -  V,  "  ‘ V..IJ/C11W1C/V/  U11U  qUUU  ICICI 

ences.  Address,  stating  salary  expected,  PIANOS 
Tribune  office. 

yy  ANTED  — AN  ACCOMPLISHED,  EDUCATED 
young  lady  as  a  companion,  to  travel  for  six 
months  in  Europe,  with  a  gentleman,  wife  and  daughter. 
Must  be  a  ready  writer,  a  good  conversationalist,  and 
possess  vivacity  and  pleasing  manners.  Wardrobe 
and  m9ney  to  pay  all  expenses.  Address 
Z.  B.  M.,  Commercial  office,  stating  where  an  interview 
can  be  had. 


di  add  aya>.ae. 


cd  dozda»  ^ztdd 


deddi= 

dlazday 


Caaidd 


'€Z-'C^/L- 


iddaed 


o 


92 


LETTERS  APPLYING  FOR  SITUATIONS. 


General  Directions. 

Letters  in  reply  to  advertisements  should  be 
written  immediately,  else  you  may  be  too  late. 

Paste  the  advertisement  at  the  bead  of  your 
letter,  thus  it  will  be  known  exactly  what  your 
communication  has  reference  to. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  speak  much  in  praise  of 
yourself,  but  you  may  state  your  reference, 
your  experience,  and  qualifications  fitting  you 
for  the  position,  the  whole  being  told  as  briefly 
as  possible. 

Write  your  application  yourself,  your  hand¬ 
writing  and  the  manner  of  expressing  yourself 
being  the  test  by  which  the  advertiser  judges 
you.  If  you  have  written  testimonials  copy  the 
same,  marking  them  as  such,  and  enclose  the 
copy. 

From  a  Boy  Applying  for  a  Clerkship. 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Nov.  4, 18—. 

879  Market  Street. 

Dear  Sir: 

I  notice  in  this  morning’s  “  Ledger,”  your  advertisement 
ol  “  a  hoy  wanted  in  a  grain  commission  house,”  which  position  I  take 
the  first  opportunity  to  apply  lor. 

I  am  fourteen  years  old,  have  been  at  school  the  most  of  the  time, 
winters,  for  the  past  seven  years,  and  understand  bookkeeping  and 
conducting  correspondence  pretty  well,  having  assisted  my  father 
much  of  the  time  while  he  was  in  the  coal  trade,  which  was  about 

three  years.  „  ,  .  .  .  . 

I  am  perfectly  willing  and  ready  to  take  my  coat  off  and  go  right  to 

work  at  handling  grain  or  anything  else  in  your  line. 

I  refer  you  to  Mr.  Ira  Belden,  Coal  Dealer,  at  56  Benton  street,  who 
has  always  known  me. 

I  will  board  at  home,  and  will  try  to  earn  for  you  five  dollars  a 

week.  ,  „  , . 

Very  Respectfully  Y  ours, 

JOHN  CLANCY. 


Answering  an  Advertisement  for  a  Book  -keeper. 

1184  Longworth  St.,  Cincinnati,  0.,  May  1,  18- 
Dear  Sir:  ^  n  p]y  tQ  ymlr  advertisement  in  to-day’s  “  Commercial  ” 
for  a  clerk  or  assistant  bookkeeper,  I  beg  to  offer  my  services  to  your 
firm. 

I  have  been  in  the  employ  of  Mr.  Wm.  H.  Wilson  for  the  past  four 
years,  until  he  sold  out  his  business  a  few  days  ago,  having  kept  the 
books  of  his  house  during  the  time. 

He  permits  me  to  refer  to  him  for  any  lestimonial  of  character  or 
ability  which  you  may  require. 

Should  my  application  meet  your  views  it  will  be  my  earnest  endea¬ 
vor  to  faithfully  and  punctually  fulfill  the  duties  required.  I  have  the 
houor  to  remain, 

Yours  Very  Respectfully. 

HOMER  BUXTON 


Answering  an  Advertisement  for  a  Cook. 

48  Wentworth  Ave.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 

March  17, 1S73. 

Mrs.  D.  N.  Haskins, 

Respected  Madam :  an  advertisement  in  this  morning's 

“  Press  ”  for  a  good  plain  and  fancy  cook,  I  take  ihe  opportunity  lo 

apply  for  the  situation.  „ 

I  have  been  with  my  present  mistress,  Mrs.  Burton,  for  three  years, 
and  only  leave  because  she  has  rented  her  house  for  the  summer,  to 
make  an  extended  visit  among  her  relatives  m  New  England. 

I  shall  remain  here  until  Tuesday  next,  unless  I  find  a  place  sooner, 
and  Mrs.  Burton  will  give  you  any  information  you  may  desire  regar  - 
ing  my  capacity. 

I  remain,  Very  Respectfully, 

SARAH  E.  WESTON. 


Answer  to  an  Advertisement  for  a  Chambermaid. 


(Advertisement  pasted  in.) 

No. - St.,  Nashville,  Tenn., 

Feb.  14, 18- . 


Dear  Madam; 


From  a  Young  Lady  Applying  for  a  Clerkship  in  a  Store. 

182  Murray  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  May  19, 18—. 

I  take  the  earliest  opportunity  of  replying  to  the  enclosed 

advertisement.  .  .  „ 

I  have  been  for  the  past  two  years  in  the  employ  of  Bennett  &  Raw- 
lev  Dry  Goods  Dealers,  492  Camden  street,  until  the  dissolution  of 
their  firm,  about  four  weeks  ago.  I  beg  to  refer  you,  for  testimon  a  s, 
to  Mr  Chas.  H.  Bennett,  of  the  firm  of  Snow,  Williams  &  Bennett, 
178  Harvard  street,  should  you  entertain  my  application. 

Your  very  Obedient  Servant, 

MARY  H.  BENSON. 


In  answer  to  the  above  advertisement,  I  beg  to  state 
that  I  am  about  to  leave  my  present  situation, as  Mrs.  Harrington,  with 
whom  I  have  been  for  the  past  six  years,  is  about  breaking  up  house¬ 
keeping;  and  I  take  the  opportunity  to  apply  for  the  position  you 

°  Mrs.  Harrington  assures  me  that  she  will  take  pleasure  in  recom¬ 
mending  me  to  any  person  who  may  apply  to  her  concerning  my 
industry  and  trustworthiness.  MARGARET  BALLENTINE. 


Application  for  a  Situation  as  Gardener. 

No. - 7th  St.,  New  York, 

Juue  10, 18—. 

Dear  Sir:  Undergtandhlg  that  you  want  a  gardener,  I  beg  to  offer 
myself  as  a  candidate  to  fill  the  place.  I  have  had  constant  experience 
for  ten  years,  both  in  nursery  grounds  and  private  gardens,  and  am 
thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  management  of  the  greenhouse  and 

hothouse.  ,  _ ,  ,  , 

The  enclosed  testimonials  from  gentlemen  for  whom  I  have  worked 
will  I  trust,  prove  satisfactory.  My  last  employer,  Mr.  Snow,  I  would 
like’to  have  you  see  personally,  concerning  my  fitness  for  the  position. 

I  am  a  married  man,  thirty-three  years  of  age.  If  favorable  to  my 
application,  please  address  as  above,  aod  oblige, 

Your  Obedient  Servant, 

JAMES  H.  HARPER. 


APPLICATIONS  FOR  EMPLOYMENT. 


93 


Application  for  a  Situation  as  Coachman. 


178 - St.,  Boston, 

April  10,  18—. 

Mb.  John  H.  Williams, 

Dear  Sir  : 

Having  been  informed  that  you  are  in  want  of  a 
coachman,  I  take  the  liberty  of  enclosing  you  the  accompanying  testi¬ 
monials,  to  which  I  ask  your  attention.  Though  reared  in  Deerfield, 
I  have  been  in  Boston  for  the  past  fourteen  years,  having  constantly 
had  charge  of  horses  during  that  time,  as  I  did  on  the  farm  before 
leaving  home. 

As  further  evidence  of  my  ability,  I  may  mention  that  I  had  chief 
charge  of  the  Tremont  Street  Livery  Stable  until  the  death  of  the 
owner,  Mr.  Paxton,  after  which  the  stock  was  sold  and  the  stable 
closed. 

Should  my  application  meet  your  favor,  I  shall  be  glad  to  engage  as 
your  coachman,  and  will  do  all  in  my  power  to  merit  your  approval. 

Yours  Respectfully, 

HIRAM  WILDER. 


Application  from  a  Governess  Answering  an  Advertisement. 

(Advertisement  pasted  in.) 


Mrs.  C.  B.  Williams, 
Dear  Madam  : 


No.  784  - St.,  Troy,  N.  Y., 

July  18,  IS—. 


In  answer  to  the  above,  I  would  say  that  I  am 
seeking  such  a  situation  as  you  offer.  My  present  term  of  teaching 
will  close  August  15th,  at  which  time  I  would  be  ready  to  enter  upon 
the  work  of  superintending  the  education  of  your  daughters. 


I  have,  for  several  years,  taught  the  higher  English  studies,  besides 
German,  Latin,  and  Drawing.  For  testimonials,  I  beg  to  refer  you  to 
the  principal  of  my  school.  Rev.  II.  B.  Watson. 

Hoping  that  I  may  hear  from  you  soon,  and  that  we  may  make  an 
arrangement  mutually  satisfactory,  I  remain. 

Very  Respectfully  Yours, 

HELEN  B.  CHANDLER. 


Requesting  the  Character  of  a  Governess. 


the  higher  English  branches,  and  is  quite  fluent  in  Latin  and  German. 
Should  you  complete  an  engagement  with  herl  feel  confident  you  will 
have  every  reason  for  being  pleased  with  having  done  so. 

Very  Truly  Yours, 

HARVEY  B.  WATSON.  . 


Unfavorable  Reply  to  the  Foregoing. 


Mrs,  Clara  B.  Williams, 
Dear  Madam: 


Glenhaven  Seminary,  N.  Y., 
July  21,  18- 


In  reply  to  your  polite  enquiries  I  am  sorry  to 
say  that  the  educational  acquirements  of  Miss  Chandler,  I  fear,  will 
not  be  up  to  the  standard  you  require.  While  she  has  taught  the 
higher  English  for  some  years,  knowing,  as  I  do,  the  proficiency  of 
your  daughters,  I  doubt  if  she  is  capable  of  advancing  them  in  their 
studies.  Another  very  unfortunate  fault  of  which  she  is  possessed, 
which  causes  me  to  dispense  with  her  services  at  the  close  of  the  pres¬ 
ent  term,  is  her  failure  to  sufficiently  command  her  temper.  In  other 
respects  I  have  nothing  to  say  to  her  prejudice. 

Regretting  that  I  cannot  give  a  more  favorable  reply  to  your  letter, 
I  remain,  Your  Most  Obedient  Servant, 


HARVEY  B.  WATSON. 


Answering  an  Advertisement  for  an  Apprentice  to  a 
Dressmaker. 

[Advertisement  pasted  in.] 

Mrs.  Harriet  Munson,  Chicago,  III.,  Aug.  1,  18—. 

Dear  Madam: 

the  situation  ^ll  answer  to  the  above  I  respectfully  apply  for 

Though  I  never  took  up  the  business  as  a  trade,  I  have  long  been  in 
the  habit  of  doing  all  the  dressmaking  for  our  family  and  feel  myself 
competent  to  do  all  plainer  kinds  of  sewing  neatly  and  rapidly. 

Having  recently,  by  the  death  of  an  only  brother,  been  thrown  upon 
my  own  resources,  I  am  thus  induced  to  seek  a  position  which  I  think  I 
will  enjoy. 

Hoping  that  you  will  accept  my  services,  I  remain, 

Very  Respectfully  Yours, 

PAMELIA  HARRISON. 


No.  84 - St.,  Troy, 


Rev.  H.  B.  Watson, 

Principal,  Glenhaven  Seminary. 
My  Dear  Sir: 


July  19,  18—. 


N.  Y. 


Having  inserted  an  advertisement  in  the  papers  requiring  the 
Services  of  a  governess  competent  to  instruct  my  two  daughters,  I  will 
esteem  it  a  great  favor  if  you  will  inform  me  concerning  the  ability  of 
Miss  Chandler  to  give  instructions  in  the  higher  English  studies, 
German  and  Drawing,  she  having  referred  mo  to  you. 

I  am  especially  desirous  of  securing  the  services  of  a  young  lady 
whose  moral  influence  will  guard  my  children  from  danger -one 
whose  amiability  of  character  will  make  her  a  pleasant  companion  as 
well  as  teacher.  I  am  much  pleased  with  the  appearance  of  Miss 
Chandler,  and,  if  your  report  is  favorable,  I  shall  not  hesitate  to  per¬ 
fect  an  engagement  with  her  at  once. 


Yours  Very  Respectfully, 

CLARA  B.  WILLIAMS. 


Favorable  Reply  to  the  Foregoing, 

Glenhaven  Seminary,  N.  Y.. 

Mrs.  Clara  B.  Williams  JlUy  31,  1S~ 

Dear  Madam: 

Your  letter  of  enquiry  in  regard  to  Miss  Chandler, 
is  before  me,  in  reply  to  which  it  affords  me  much  pleasure  to  bear 
testimony  to  the  high  moral  character  and  superior  intellectual  culture 
o  which  she  is  possessed.  During  five  years’  residence  in  our  family 
she  has  ever  been  as  one  of  our  own  household,  and  I  can  thus  speak 
understandingly  of  her  merits.  She  is  thoroughly  conversant  with 


Answer  to  an  Advertisement  for  a  Music  Teacher. 


Col.  H.  B.  Darling. 

DearSir: 


Walnut  Grove  Academy,  Mass., 
June  9,  18—. 


Seeing  your  advertisement  in  to-day’s  Journal,  I 
write  to  offer  my  services  as  music  teacher  in  your  family. 

I  am  a  graduate  of  Music  Vale  Seminary,  and  have  taught  a  music 
class  in  this  institution  for  the  past  three  terms.  My  training  has  been 
with  special  reference  to  teaching  the  piano,  the  guitar,  and  vocal 
music. 

I  am  permitted  by  Professor  WPston,  the  teacher  of  music  in  the 
Academy,  to  refer  to  him  for  any  testimonial  of  ability.  I  am. 

Yours  Very  Respectfully, 


AMELIA  D.  PORTER. 


Answering  an  Advertisement  for  an  Apprentice  to  a  Printer. 

Troy  Grove,  III., 

Mr.  A.  B.  Cook,  4  jg_ 

Dear  Sir: 

Having  seen  your  advertisement  in  the  last  Eagle ,  I 
would  respectfully  apply  for  the  position  for  my  son  Henry  who  is 
anxious  to  learn  printing.  He  is  well  versed  in  the  common  English 
branches,  having  been  regular  in  attendance  at  the  public  school  for 
the  past  seven  years.  He  is  now  fifteen. 

I  would  like  to  have  you  take  him  on  trial  for  a  few  weeks,  and,  if 
he  pleases  you,  will  arrange  to  have  him  remain  until  he  masters  the 
tra(ie-  Respectfully  Yours, 

Z.  K.  HENDERSON. 


94 


TESTIMONIALS  OF  CHARACTER  AND  ABILITY. 


NOWLEDGE  of  persons  recom¬ 
mended,  of  their  fitness  and  capacity 
for  the  work  they  engage  in,  is  always 
essential,  before  they  can  be  conscien¬ 
tiously  commended  to  others. 

A  letter  of  recommendation  should  be  written 
in  a  plain  hand,  in  as  few  words  as  can  he  used 
to  express  the  idea  distinctly. 

A  recommendation,  after  considering  the 
moral  character  of  the  individual,  should  relate 
directly  to  the  work  of  which  the  person  makes 
a  specialty. 

An  individual  giving  a  recommendation  is, 
in  a  certain  sense,  responsible  for  the  character 
and  ability  of  the  person  recommended  ;  hence, 
certificates  of  character  should  be  given  with 
caution  and  care. 


Recommending  a  Salesman. 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  April  10, 18 — . 

Messrs.  Dutton  &  Brown, 

Dear  s\vs  •*  . 

'  Your  favor  of  the  4th  inst.,  relative  to  the  ability 

of  Mr.  Benjamin  Walker,  is  received.  We  take  great  pleasure  in  testi¬ 
fying  to  his  high  moral  worth  and  his  business  capacity.  He  was  in 
our  employ  for  four  years,  as  a  salesman,  during  which  time  his  affa¬ 
bility  and  uniform  courtesy  to  customers,  coupled  with  his  truthful 
representations  in  regard  to  goods,  made  him  a  universal  favorite. 

Accurate  in  accounts,  ready  and  graceful  as  a  penman,  attentive  and 
kind  to  all,  he  is  a  most  useful  man  in  the  counting  room,  and  the  firm 
securing  his  services  may  be  congratulated  on  their  good  fortune. 

Very  Truly  Yours, 

SMITH  &  PAXTON. 


Recommending  a  Schoolmistress. 

Glen  Dale  Seminary, 

March  1, 18—. 

Gen.  A.  B.  Cottrell, 

DedT  Szv  •* 

It  gives  me  pleasure,  in  reply  to  your  note  of  the 
24th  ult.,  to  most  cordially  recommend  Miss  Fannie  Chapman  to  the 
position  of  teacher  of  your  village  school. 

As  a  graduate  of  this  Seminary,  and  subsequently  as  a  teacher,  much 
of  the  time  conducting  the  various  classes  alone,  she  has  proven  her¬ 
self  thoroughly  competent  to  conduct  a  school  under  almost  any  cir¬ 
cumstances. 

Though  very  amiable,  she  is  a  strict  disciplinarian,  and  thoroughly 
conversant  with  the  ordinary  branches  of  an  English  education. 

Yours  Respectfully, 

DELOS  SIMPSON, 

Principal  Glen  Dale  Seminary. 


Recommending  a  Book-keeper. 


Whitehall,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  10, 18 — . 

Mr.  Ransom  Fellows  having  been  in  my  employ  for  the  past  two 
years  as  a  bookkeeper,  it  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  testify  to  his 
ability.  He  is  an  upright,  conscientious,  exemplary  young  man,  a 
good  penman  and  accountant,  and  a  most  faithful  clerk.  He  leaves 
my  employ  voluntarily  ,  with  my  best  wishes. 

MARTIN  BIGELOW. 


Recommending  a  Waiter. 

Tremont  House,  Chicago, 

Aug.  11, 18—. 

Arthur  Brooks,  who  has  been  in  my  employ  for  two  yearn,  has  given 
entire  satisfaction,  both  to  myself  and  guests,  as  a  table  waiter.  Hon¬ 
est,  obliging,  and  neat,  it  affords  me  pleasure,  as  he  now  leaves  my 
employ,  to  commend  him  as  a  first-class  hotel  waiter. 

BROWN  PORTER, 

Steward  Tremont  House. 


Recommending  a  Cook. 


Harrisburg,  Pa.,  Dec.  20,  18—. 

This  is  to  certify  that  Catharine  Miller  did  the  cooking  for  my  family 
some  ten  monthB,  to  my  entire  satisfaction,  serving  me  both  as  a  plain 
and  fancy  cook.  She  is  very  attentive  to  her  work,  and  strictly  honest 

and  reliable.  MYRA  D.  ROWE. 


Recommending  a  Washerwoman. 

New  Orleans,  La.,  May  7, 18—, 

This  certifies  that  Hannah  Webber,  who  has  been  employed  in  my 
laundry  for  the  past  year,  is  au  excellent  washer  and  ironer,  under¬ 
standing  fine  starching,  crimping,  polishing,  etc. 

HELEN  MAYDWELL. 


Recommending  a  Porter. 

Charleston,  S.  C.,  Sept.  18, 18 — . 

Donald  Kennedy,  the  hearer  of  this,  has  been  in  my  employ,  as  a 
porter,  for  the  last  eighteen  mouths.  He  is  a  strong,  honest,  reliable 
man,  and  always  very  punctual,  careful,  and  faithful  in  the  discharge 
of  his  duty.  j0HN  h.  Bliss. 


Declining  to  Recommend  a  Cook. 

Savannah,  Ga.,  Oct.  10, 18—. 

Mrs.  Ballard:  ^  tQ  your  uote  of  enquiry,  I  decline  to  recom¬ 
mend  Bridget  Mallory.  She  is  both  dishonest  and  addicted  to  intem¬ 
perance.  HENRIETTA  SANFORD. 


LETTERS  OF  SYMPATHY  AND  CONDOLENCE. 


95 


Letters  of  Sympathy. 


EXPRESSIONS  OF  CONDOLENCE. 


LETTER  of  sympathy  and  condo¬ 
lence,  though  unpleasant  to  write, 
may  afford  inexpressible  comfort 
to  a  friend  in  the  hour  of  affliction. 

Make  your  letter  as  brief,  but 
earnest  and  sincere,  as  possible. 
Do  not  commit  the  mistake  of 
insinuating  that  the  misfortune  is  the  fault  of 
your  friend.  Better  leave  the  letter  unwritten. 

Admit  the  loss.  Do  not  attempt  to  make 
light  of  it.  If  you  are  satisfied  that  it  will 
eventuate  in  a  blessing,  you  may  gently  point 
the  way,  but  with  a  full  admission  of  the  pre¬ 
sent  deep  affliction. 


To  a  friend  on  the  Death  of  a  Husband. 

Newark,  O.,  Oct.  18, 18—. 

Dear  Friend  : 

I  know  that  no  words  can  make  amends  for  the 
great  loss  you  have  sustained.  I  deeply  realize,  from  having  passed 
through  a  similar  bereavement,  that  expressions  of  condolence  wholly 
fail  to  restore  the  loved  and  lost  one,  yet  I  cannot  hut  hope  that  the 
heartfelt  sympathy  of  a  sincere  friend  will  not  he  deemed  intrusion  on 
your  grief. 

It  has- well  been  said,  that  “  we  weep  for  the  loved  and  lost  because 
we  know  that  our  tears  are  in  vain.”  I  would  ease  your  sorrow,  and 
yet  I  know  not  how.  We  can  only  acknowledge  that  the  affliction  is 
God’s  will.  Over  in  the  beautiful  land  to  which  I  trust  your  life  com¬ 
panion  has  gone,  we  may  not  doubt,  he  is  free  from  the  pains  that  he 
so  long  endured  here ;  and  when  we  gather  at  the  river,  is  it  not  a  sweet 
consolation  to  think,  that  among  the  loved  and  lost  he  may  meet  you 
on  the  other  side? 

Commending  you  to  Him  who  doeth  all  things  well,  I  remain,  in  the 
tenderest  friendship, 

Your  Sincere  Friend, 

WINFIELD  BROWN. 

To  Mrs.  Clara  Wayland, 

Columbus,  0. 


Reply  to  the  Foregoing. 

Columbus,  O.,  Oct.  20, 18—. 

My  Dear  Friend  : 

I  can  scarcely  express  to  you  how  grateful  I 
am  for  your  sympathizing  letter,  yet  the  loss  of  my  husband  has  so 
prostrated  me  that  I  am  hardly  able  to  write  this  reply. 

My  friends  assure  me  that  time  will  reconcile  me  to  my  great 
bereavement.  Yes,  time,  and  the  great  consolation  that  you  speak  of, 
which  comes  from  the  hope  that  we  will  meet  our  friends  in  a  world 
where  partings  are  no  more,  will,  I  trust,  enable  me  to  bear  my  sorrow. 
God  bless  you  for  your  thought  of  me  in  .the  dark  hours,  and  your 
sweet  words  of  consolation. 

Your  Friend, 

CLARA  WAYLAND. 


To  a  Friend  on  the  Death  of  a  Mother. 

Evansville,  Tenn.,  Oct.  16, 18—. 

Friend  Albert  : 

I  have  just  learned,  on  my  return  from  a  visit 
in  the  far  west,  of  the  death  of  your  mother.  Haying  suffered  the  loss 
of  my  mother  when  a  child,  I  know  how  to  sympathize  with  you  in 
your  affliction;  though,  fortunately  for  you,  your  mother  lived  to 
guide  the  footsteps  of  her  boy  till  manhood’s  years  had  crowned  his 
intellect  with  judgment,  and  fixed  moral  principles.  It  can  truly 
be  said,  that  in  the  training  of  her  family,  in  the  church,  in  the 
social  circle,  she  always  did  her  duty  nobly,  and  was  an  ornament  to 
society.  Ripened  in  years,  and  fully  prepared  for  another  state  of 
existence,  she  passes  on  now  to  enjoy  the  reward  of  a  life  well  spent 
on  earth. 

Restored  to  maidenhood  prime,  we  cannot  doubt  that  in  the  flowery 
walks  of  spirit  life  she  is  the  same  good  woman  that  we  knew  so  well 
here. 

Truly  Y ours, 

To  A.  H.  Stewart,  HARTLEY  JONES. 

Belle  Plain,  Miss. 


To  a  Friend  on  the  Death  of  a  Brother. 

Lexington,  Mo.,  Dec.  10,  18- 

Dear  Henry; 

I  have  learned  of  the  death  of  your  brother  with 
profound  regret.  I  condole  with  you  most  sincerely  on  the  sad  event, 
and  if  sympathy  of  friends  can  be  any  consolation  under  the  trying 
circumstances,  be  assured  that  all  who  knew  him  share  in  your  sorrow 
for  his  loss.  There  is,  however,  a  higher  source  of  consolation  than 
earthly  friendship,  and  commending  you  to  that,  I  remain, 

Yours  Faithfully, 

SANFORD  F.  BARTON. 


96 


LETTERS  OF  SYMPATHY  AND  CONDOLENCE. 


To  a  Friend,  on  the  Death  of  a  Wife. 

Burlington,  Ia.,  Nov  10, 18—. 

My  Dear  Delwin.  j  know  that  this  letter  will  find  you  filled 
with  grief  at  the  loss  of  your  dear  wife.  You  have,  indeed,  suffered  a 
great  afilictiou.  A  more  faithful  partner  never  lived,  and  few  men,  I 
venture  to  say,  ever  enjoyed  more  domestic  tranquility  than  yourself. 

A  true  wife,  and  a  devoted  mother!  No  higher  eulogy  cau  be  pro¬ 
nounced  upon  any  woman.  How  the  little  motherless  children  will 
miss  her  tender  care!  How  those  fragile  little  girls  will  miss  her 
sweet  presence  at  the  evening  hour,  when  she  sat  by  the  bedside  and 
listened  to  their  innocent  prayers,  soothing  their  little  spirits  as  they 
dropped  off  to  sleep !  Truly  the  great  central  sun  of  your  household 
has  gone  down, -and  I  most  truly,  deeply  sympathize  with  you  in  your 

affliction.  .  „  .  .  T  . 

Let  us  hope,  however,  in  the  language  of  Scripture-11 1  go  to  prepare 
a  place  for  you  ”  —  that  in  the  golden  summer  of  another  life,  children, 
mother  and  father  wiH  gather  again  in  a  sweet  reunion,  where  part¬ 
ings  are  unknown. 

Though  the  days  are  dark  now,  spring  will  come  once  more.  Thus, 
1  trust,  pleasant  days  will  come  again  for  you  and  yours. 

Send  both  of  the  little  girls  to  our  home  for  a  mouth’s  visit,  and 
come  yourself  as  soon  as  you  can  find  time  to  do  so.  My  previously 
arranged  departure,  to-morrow,  prevents  my  visiting  you. 

Your  Friend, 

S.  B.  OSGOOD. 

To  D.  B.  Maxwell, 

Henderson,  Kentucky. 


To  a  Friend,  on  the  Death  of  a  Sister. 

Auburn,  N.  Y.,  July  16, 18—. 

Dear  h  riend  .  ^  bave  ]earne(j(  -with  sorrow,  of  the  death  of  your 
sister  nelen.  Though  I  never  knew  her  personally,  I  knew  her  so  well 
through  you,  that  it  seems  as  if  I,  myself,  had  lost  a  very  near  and 
intimate  friend.  1  recollect  her  from  that  sweet  face  and  gentleness 
of  manner,  as  I  saw  her  once  in  your  company,  that  impressed  me 
with  the  belief  that  she  was  one  of  the  angelic  ones  of  earth. 

X  know  how  deeply  you  must  have  grieved  at  her  death.  No  one  could 
mourn  her  loss  so  truly  as  yourself.  Younger  than  you,  frail  and 
delicate,  her  guardianship  entrusted  to  yourself,  confiding  everything 
to  you,  it  was  natural  that  to  a  sister’s  affection  should  be  added  also, 
almost  a  mother’s  love  for  your  gentle  sister  Helen.  She  died,  too,  at 
a  time  when  life  was,  apparently,  all  blossoming  before  her.  How 
hard  to  reconcile  ourselves  to  the  loss  of  dear  kindred,  when  their  con¬ 
tinued  presence  is  so  necessary  to  our  happiness.  But  may  we  not 
hope  that  the  same  sweet  voice,  and  gentle  confiding  heart,  that  was 
so  dear  to  sister  and  kindred  here,  is  waiting  for  you  in  the  summer 
land.  “Not  dead,  but  gone  before.” 

The  loss  of  near  friends  thus  calls  for  our  contemplation  of  another 
life  toward  which  we  are  all  tending,  lion  and  I,  dear  M.,  have 
talked  these  matters  over  often.  I  know  you  expect  to  meet  her  on 
the  other  side;  so  do  I.  Believing  that  your  faith  in  that  golden, 
sunny  Future,  which  you  and  I  have  so  often  considered,  will  sustain 

you,  I  am,  Your  eyer  Faithful  Friend 

JAS.  D.  HENRY. 


To  a  Friend,  on  the  Death  of  a  Daughter. 

Hartford,  Conn.,  Nov.  14, 18—. 

My  Dear  I  riend^  pr0f0und  sorrow  that  I  have  heard  of  the 

death  of  dear  Mary.  While  you  have  lost  a  dutiful  and  affectionate 
daughter,  1  have  lost  one  of  the  dearest  friends  earth.  Outside  of 
yourself,  1  am  confident  no  one  could  more  fully  appreciate  her  loss 
than  myself.  We  were  so  much  together  that  I  can  hardly  reconcile 
myself  to  the  thought  that  I  can  no  more  meet  her  here.  True,  her 
death  teaches  us  that,  sooner  or  later,  we  must  all  make  the  journey 
across  that  mystic  river.  The  angels  called,  and,  in  the  ways  of  an 


all-wise  Providence,  it  was  best  that  she  should  go.  We  all  have 
the  ordeal  to  pass.  Fortunate  it  would  be  if  all  could  be  as  certain 
of  being  among  the  exalted  angels  as  was  our  darling  Mary.  I  will 
come  and  see  you  soon.  Apropos,  I  send  you  this  little  poem,  The 

Covered  Bridge.”  _  .  .  . 

Your  Friend.  M\RA. 


THE  COVERED  BRIDGE. 

Tell  the  fainting  soul  in  the  weary  form, 

There ’s  a  world  of  the  purest  bliss. 

That  is  linked,  as  the  soul  and  form  are  linked. 
By  a  Covered  Bridge,  with  this. 

Yet  to  reach  that  realm  on  the  other  shore 
We  must  pass  through  a  transient  gloom, 

And  must  walk,  unseen,  unhelped,  and  alone. 
Through  that  Covered  Bridge  —  the  tomb. 

But  we  all  pass  over  on  equal  terms, 

For  the  universal  toll 
Is  the  outer  garb,  which  the  hand  of  God 
Has  flung  around  the  soul. 

Though  the  eye  is  dim,  and  the  bridge  is  dark. 
And  the  river  it  spans  is  wide. 

Yet  Faith  points  through  to  a  shining  mount, 
That  looms  on  the  other  side. 

To  enable  our  feet  in  the  next  day’s  march 
To  climb  up  that  golden  ridge. 

We  must  all  lie  down  for  one  night’s  rest 
Inside  of  the  Covered  Bridge. 


To  a  Friend,  on  the  Death  of  an  Infant. 

Pemberton,  Miss.,  Nov.  18,  18—. 

M\  Dear  Friend  that  this  letter  wjl]  fiuq  yon  buried  in  the 

deepest  sorrow  at  the  loss  of  your  darling  little  Emma,  and  that  words 
of  mine  will  be  entirely  inadequate  to  assuage  your  overwhelming 
gri.f ;  yet  I  feel  that  I  must  write  a  few  words  to  assure  you  that  I  am 
thinking  of  you  and  praying  for  you. 

If  there  can  be  a  compensating  thought,  it  is  that  your  darling 
returned  to  the  God  who  gave  it,  pure  and  unspotted  by  the  world’s 
temptations. 

The  white  rose  and  bud,  I  send,  I  trust  you  will  permit  to  rest  upon 
your  darling’s  pillow. 

With  feelings  of  the  deepest  sympathy,  I  remain,  dear  friend, 

Yours  Very  Sincerely, 

MARION  BRADSHAW. 


v. 

To  a  Friend,  on  a  Sudden  Reverse  of  Fortune. 

Hannibal,  Mo.,  Aug.  18,  18 — . 

Friend  Stewart: 

I  regret  to  hear  of  your  sudden  and  unexpected 
heavy  loss,  and  hasten  to  offer  you,  not  only  my  earnest  sympathy,  but 
aid  in  whatever  way  I  can  assist  you. 

I  know  your  energy  and  hopeful  spirit  too  well  to  believe  that  you 
will  allow  this  to  depress  or  discourage  you  from  further  effort.  Per¬ 
haps  there  is,  somewhere,  a  blessing  in  this  reverse.  I  have  had  my 
dark  days,  but  I  learned  to  trust  the  truth  of  that  little  stanza  of  Cow- 

Per:  “  Judge  not  the  Lord  by  feeble  seDse, 

But  trust  him  for  His  grace; 

Behind  a  frowning  Providence 
He  hides  a  smiling  face.” 

The  child  learns  to  walk  after  many  falls,  and  many  of  our  richest 
and  moBt  prosperous  men  have  attained  their  eminence  and  wealth 
only  by  the  experience  resulting  from  failure. 

I  predict  that  you  will  build  on  your  ruins  a  brilliant  future.  Hew 
can  I  serve  you?  Let  me  know;  by  so  doing,  I  shall  understand  tuat 
you  have  uot  ceased  to  value  my  friendship. 

Sincerely  Your  Friend, 

HERBERT  D.  WRIGHT. 


To  Rob’t  H.  Stewart, 

Singleton,  Me. 


CONG  HAT  CLATORY  LETTERS. 


97 


ETTERS  of  Form  of  Letter  Congratulating  a  Friend  upon  Election  to  Office. 

Congratula¬ 
tion  are  very 
properly  writ¬ 
ten  upon  re¬ 
ceiving  intel¬ 
ligence  of  the  sudden 
prosperity  of  a  near  and 
intimate  friend. 

They  should  be  writ¬ 
ten  as  soon  as  possible 
after  the  occasion  that 
calls  them  forth. 

These  letters  will  ad¬ 
mit  of  an  abundance 
of  good-natured  merri¬ 
ment. 

Do  not  indulge  in 
over-praise,  or  too  much 
flowery  exaggeration, 
lest  your  friend  may 
doubt  your  sincerity. 

No  envy  or  discontent 
should  show  itself  in 
such  a  letter.  Nor 
should  the  same  be 
marred  by  advice,  bad 
news,  the  expression  of 
any  doubt,  or  any  un¬ 
favorable  prediction 
calculated  to  throw  a 
cloud  over  the  happi¬ 
ness  of  your  friend. 


</}' nested 


'V-  d-te  ■tdid&i'Md 


'size.  '1-6.  et 


'/  d/e  ojd  you-t  C/atandy.  d/o-ctm 

■/dni'i  /y  de/ecdtd^.  you  do.  tedue^ 

d/em.  ei-j  SLJ/t'c.  d/c/oa/. 

df/  ai^dodcd)  me  tmjdet^'siecd  j/o/eada-ie  da  dead  ajd  d/e 
c/otc^e  yomde/jd  df  -am  codydc/e'sid' 

d/cid  -yio  jf/  etdO'si  id -i  yo-m.  cdi-id-ticd  cat' fed  ydif/  d/e 
^i/cice  mode  auo-id/t/y^) 

d/dcoe^t//  -my,  ca-T-iyd  cc/ii/adi  e-ied. 


//  c//td  C4a  ffe  cJ(&. 


■i-eodce-'t. 


/jetdcu  j/toaua;  df-fd 


7 


CONGRATULATORY  LETTERS. 


98 


Congratulating  a  Friend  upon  Receiving  a  Legacy. 

Appleton,  Wis.,  Jan.  1, 18—. 

Friend  George^  learncd  to.day,  through  our  friend  Charlie 
Goodwin,  of  your  good  fortune  in  receiving  a  very  material  addition 
to  your  worldly  possessions.  Good;  I  congratulate  you.  I  know  of 
no  one  who  more  justly  deserves  good  fortune,  and  of  no  person 
who  will  use  it  more  worthily.  You  would  he  ever  the  same  to 
me,  whether  good  or  ill  success  should  attend  your  pathway.  As  it  is, 
1  take  a  friend’s  delight  in  congratulating  you  upon  your  fortune. 

Your  Friend, 

DANIEL  TEMPLETON. 


Congratulating  a  Gentleman  upon  his  Marriage. 

Kingston,  Canada,  April  4, 18—. 

Dear  Will:  ^  rcccive(J  almle  missive,  which  informs  me  of 
two  happy  hearts  made  one.  I  wish  you  much  joy.  You  have  my 
earnest  congratulations  on  the  event,  and  good  wishes  for  a  long  and 
serenely  happy  married  life.  May  each  succeeding  year  find  you 
happier  than  the  one  before.  ,  .  . 

God  bless  you  and  yours,  and  surround  you  ever  with  His  choicest 
blessings  Your  Friend, 

ble  “  JOHN  K.  BUELL. 

Congratulating  a  Friend  upon  the  Birth  of  a  Son. 

Graceland,  Fla.,  Jan.  3, 18—. 

Dear  Clark:  Acc(  pt  my  warmest  congratulations  upon  the  birth  of 
your  son.  May  his  years  be  long  in  the  land  which  the  Lord  giveth 
him.  May  he  honor  his  father  and  his  mother,  and  be  the  blessing 
and  support  of  their  declining  years.  I  anticipate  holding  the  young 
gentleman  on  my  knee,  and  will  be  over  to  see  you  in  a  few  days. 

My  kindest  regards  to  Mrs.  Henry.  I  remain, 

Faithfully  Your  Friend, 

DEB.  HARTWELL. 


Congratulating  a  Friend  upon  the  Twenty-fifth  Anniversary 
cf  the  Wedding  Day. 

Dartmouth,  N.  H.,  March  5, 18—. 

Mr  Dear  Mu.  Bancroft:  ,  , 

I  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  a  kind 

invitation  to  he  present  at  the  celebration  of  the  twenty-fifth  annivers¬ 
ary  of  your  marriage.  I  have  since  learned  that  large  numbers  of 
your  friends  were  present  on  the  occasion,  presenting  you  with  an 
abundant  and  varied  collection  of  silver,  and  other  elegant  and  appro¬ 
priate  gifts.  .  .  . 

I  congratulate  you  and  yonr  good  wife  upon  passing  the  signal 
station  indicating  a  quarter  of  a  century  of  blissful  wedded  life.  That 
you  may  both  live  to  allow  your  friends  to  celebrate  your  golden  and 
diamond  wedding,  is  the  hope  of  Friend> 

PERRY  OLMSTED. 


Congratulating  a  Lady  upon  her  Approaching  Marriage. 

Bangor,  Me.,  Dec.  2, 18—. 

Dear  Catherine:  .  .  , ,  ,  .  , 

Two  beautiful  cards  on  my  table  advise  me  of  your 

approaching  nuptials.  Allow  me  to  congratulate  you  upon  the  choice 
of  such  a  noble  man,  to  whom  you  are  to  entrust  your  life’s  happiness. 
That  the  midday  and  evening  of  your  married  life  may  be  as  cloudless 
and  beautiful  as  the  morning,  is  the  earnest  wish  of 
Your  Loving  Friend, 

NELLIE  GRANT. 


Congratulating  a  Friend  on  Passing  a  Successful  School 
Examination. 


Utica,  N.  Y.,  April  6,  18—. 

Dear  Helen: 

I  was  greatly  pleased  to  hear,  through  our  friend 
Mary,  that  you  had,  through  diligent  application,  passed  through 
the  prescribed  course  of  study  in  the  Aurora  public  schools,  and  had 
graduated  with  honors.  Knowing  how  deeply  interested  your  parents 
and  relatives  have  been  in  your  success,  it  is  particularly  gratifying  to 
have  you  reward  them  by  the  achievement  of  such  rapid  progress. 
Accept  my  best  wishes  for  your  future  success. 

Y’our  Friend, 

y  DELLA  MAYNARD. 


Congratulating  an  Author  upon  the  Success  of  his  Book. 

Marengo,  Va.,  May  7, 18 — . 

Friend  Kemple: 

I  have  just  finished  an  attentive  examination 
of  your  most  valuable  book,  and  cannot  wonder,  after  a  careful  read¬ 
ing  that  it  is  meeting  so  large  a  sale.  The  world  is  greatly  indebted 
to'yoil  for  presenting  in  such  an  attractive  form  the  amount  of  useful 
information  you  have  collected  within  its, pages. 

Thanking  you  for  the  benefit  I  have  obtained  from  its  perusal, 

t  Yours  Truly. 

I  remain,  J 


Congratulating  a  Friend  upon  Obtaining  a  Business  Situation. 

Ashbury,  Pa.,  June  8,  18—. 

Friend  John: 

I  am  greatly  pleased  to  learn  that,  notwithstand¬ 
ing  the  "eneral  dullness  of  business,  you  have  succeeded  in  obtaining 
a  clerkship.  I  doubt  not  your  firm  will  regard  themselves  fortunate 
in  securing  your  services.  In  the  meantime,  accept  my  congratula¬ 
tions  upon  your  success. 

Hoping  that  your  stay  may  be  permanent  and  prosperous,  I  am, 

Y’ours  Truly, 

CHARLES  BELSI1AW. 

John  Belden. 


LETTERS  INTRODUCING  ONE  PERSON  TO  ANOTHER. 


99 


ETTERS  of  Introduction  should  be 
written  very  plainly,  and  should  be 
brief,  as  the  person  introduced  is  com¬ 
pelled  to  wait  while  the  letter  is  being  read. 

In  introducing  a  person  in  a  business  capacity, 
state  distinctly  what  is  his  business ;  if  a  pro¬ 
fessional  man,  his  profession,  and  your  knowl¬ 
edge  or  information  of  his  ability. 

The  letter  of  introduction  should  be  left 
unsealed.  It  would  be  great  discourtesy  to 
prevent  the  bearer  from  seeing  what  you  have 
Avritten. 

As  in  letters  of  recommendation,  the  person 
giving  a  letter  of  introduction  is,  in  a  measure, 
responsible  for  the  character  and  ability  of  the 
person  introduced.  Hence  such  letters  should 
be  guardedly  written,  or  given  with  full  know- 
edge  of  the  person  they  introduce. 

That  the  person  receiving  such  a  letter  may 
know  at  a  glance  its  character,  the  letter  should, 
on  the  envelope,  be  addressed  thus : 


J-i-opayyi, 


z-c/, 


Presenting  the  letter  of  introduction  at  the 
private  house,  send  it  by  the  servant  to  the  per¬ 
son  addressed,  accompanied  with  your  card. 

At  the  business  house,  send  the  letter  to  the 
counting  room,  accompanied  by  your  card. 


Introducing  one  Gentleman  to  Another. 


Friend  William:  Norway,  Maine,  July  9,  18-. 

The  hearer  of  this,  Mr.  Sterling  Hepworth,  is  a 
dry-goods  merchant  in  our  town,  who  visits  your  city  for  the  pur 
pose  of  making  purchases  for  his  fall  trade.  Mr.  II.  is  a  heavy  dealer 
in  his  line,  pays  cash  for  all  he  buys,  and  expects  the  discount 
accompanying  cash  payment.  Any  favor  you  can  render  him  by  intro¬ 
duction  to  your  leading  wholesale  houses,  or  otherwise,  will  be 
appreciated  by  Mr.  Hepworth,  and  acknowledged  by 

Your  Friend, 

William  Darling.  WALTER  KIMBALL. 


Introducing  one  Lady  to  Another. 

Dear  Annabel:  Rome,  Ga.,  Aug.  10, 18—. 

1  take  l*1'8  occasion  to  introduce  to  you  the 
bearer  of  this  letter,  Mrs.  Pemberton,  who  is  on  a  visit  to  her  relatives 
in  your  city.  Mrs.  P.  is  my  very  dear  friend,  of  whom  you  have  often 
heard  me  speak.  Believing  that  your  acquaintance  with  each  other 
would  be  mutually  agreeable,  I  have  urged  herto  call  upon  you  during 
her  stay  Any  attention  you  may  bestow  on  her,  during  her  visit  will 
be  highly  appreciated  by 

Your  Friend, 

DELIA  MAYBORNE. 

Introducing  a  Young  Musician  to  a  Lady  Friend. 

„  „  Salem,  Mass.,  Sep.  12, 18-. 

Mrs.  Stephen  Hawkins, 

Dear  Friend: 

bearer,  Miss  Serena  Snow,  visits  your  citv 
for  the  purpose  of  pursuing  a  musical  education,  being  as  yet  undeter¬ 
mined  whom  she  will  choose  as  an  instructor.  Any  advice  and  assist- 
ance  you  may  render  will  be  highly  appreciated  by  her,  and  duly 
acknowledged  by  her  parents,  who  have  great  confidence  in  your  iud- 
ment  in  matters  pertaining  to  music.  ° 

Trusting  that  you  will  find  it  agreeable  to  aid  my  youn-  friend  T 
remain,  °  ’  L 

Yours  Sincerely, 

_  MARY  A.  BARNET. 

Introducing  an  Officer  to  a  Brother  Officer. 

Dear  Captain:  Holyoke,  Mass.,  Sept.  17,  18-. 

My  old  time  comrade,  Capt.  H.  M.  Benson,  visits 
your  town  for  the  purpose  of  attending  the  Army  Reunion  on 
the  27th.  As  he  will  remain  some  little  time,  I  commend  him  to  your 
brotherly  care.  Believing  that  your  acquaintance  will  be  mutually 
agreeable,  I  remain, 

Fraternally  Yonrs, 

CAPT.  A.  M.  Bellows.  T.  M.  SEYMOUR. 


100 


LETTERS  OF  INTRODUCTION. 


Introducing  a  Gentleman  seeking  a  Clerkship. 

Denver,  Col.,  Oct.  13, 18 — . 

Friend  Patterson*. 

This  letter  will  introduce  to  you  my  young 
friend,  Morgan  Hatfield,  who  has  been  in  my  employ  as  a  clerk  for 
the  past  eighteen  months,  and  whom  I  would  still  retain,  had  not  the 
disposing  of  a  portion  of  my  business  rendered  his  services,  with  those 
of  others  of  my  clerks,  unnecessary. 

Believin'*  that  your  wide  influence  would  very  materially  aid  lnm  in 
securin'*  a°ood  position  in  the  dry-goods  trade  in  your  city.  1  presume 
upon  the  acquaintance  of  an  old  friend  in  thus  writing  you.  For 

reference  you  can  use  my  name. 

Believing  that  any  assistance  you  render  the  young  man  you  will  not 
afterwards  regret,  I  am, 

Your  Friend, 

HERBERT  nOPKINS. 

A.  B.  Patterson,  Esq. 


Introducing  a  Sister  to  a  Schoolmate. 

Salem,  Oregon,  Nov.  14,  IS—. 

Dear  Friend: 

This  will  he  brought  you  by  my  sister  Callie,  of 
Whom  you  have  heard  me  talk  so  much.  No  words  of  mine  are  neces¬ 
sary  in  introducing  you.  I  have  told  you  both  so  much  of  each  other 
that  you  are  already  acquainted.  I  bid  you  love  each  other  as  well  as 
1  love  you  both. 

Affectionately  ^  ours, 

JENNIE. 

Miss  Lizzie  Brayton. 


Introducing  a  Clerk  to  an  Old  Fellow  Clerk. 

Silver  City,  New  Mexico,  Dec.  IS,  IS—. 

Deal  IIal.  ^  fr-end  and  fei,ow  clerk,  Wm.  Bell,  will  spend  a 
week  in  your  city,  and  wants  to  look  at  the  desk  where  you  and  I  stood 
Bide  by  side,  so  long.  You  will  find  him  a  genial,  friendly  fellow,  and 

will  most  assuredly  not  regret  my  sending  him  to  you. 

Ever  Your  I?  neiul, 

CON.  BALDWIN. 

nALBERT  STEBBINS. 


Introducing  a  Student  to  the  Writer’s  Mother. 

San  Francisco,  Cal.,  Feb.  2,  18—. 

Dear  Mother: 

The  bearer  of  this  is  my  college  chum,  Barry 
Worthington.  Being  about  to  visit  his  parents  at  San  Jose,  I ^have  pcT- 
suaded  him  to  stop  over  one  train  to  see  you  and  sister  Kate.  Harry 


is  in  the  same  class  with  myself,  and  is,  I  can  assure  you,  a  splendid 
fellow.  Of  course,  you  and  Kate  will  treat  him  so  finely  as  to  make 
him  perhaps,  stay  longer  than  one  day.  He  will  tell  you  all  the  news. 

Your  ever  Affectionate  Son, 

SAMMY  DOBBIN. 


Introducing  a  Friend  to  a  Member  of  Congress. 

Dover,  Del.,  Mar.  3, 18—. 

Hon.  D.  B.  Graham, 

Respected  Sir: 

The  bearer,  Mr.  D.  II.  narmon,  is  the  son  of 
Mrs  Lieut.  W.  II.  narmon.  of  this  town,  whose  husband  was  killed  at 
the  battle  of  luka,  bravely  defending  the  flag.  This  young  man  has 
just  graduated  from  one  of  our  best  schools,  and  at  my  suggestion 
visits°Washington,  thinking  to  acquaint  himself  with  the  condition  of 
things  at  the  Capital,  and,  if  the  same  could  be  obtained,  would  gladly 
occupy  a  clerkship  for  a  time.  Should  it  be  in  your  power  to  grant 
him  such  a  favor,  it  will  be  warmly  appreciated  by  his  mottnr  and 
myself.  I  remain, 

Yours  Respectfully, 

V.  II.  MARTIN. 


Introducing  a  Literary  Lady  to  a  Publisher. 

Baton  Rouge,  La.,  March  4, 18—. 

Mr.  Warren  II.  Webster, 

Rear  Sir: 

The  bearer,  Mrs.  Lydia  nuntington,  visits 
New  York  for  the  purpose  of  conferring  with  some  publisher  relative 
to  introducing  her  first  book  to  the  public.  She  is  a  lady  of  well 
known  reputation  and  acknowledged  talent  throughout  the  South, 
and  will,  I  feel  sure,  assume  prominent  rank  erelong  in  the  literary 
world.  I  take  the  liberty  of  an  old  friend  to  ask  of  you  a  consideration 
of  her  claims. 

Yours  Very  Respectfully, 

B.  H  CAMPBELL. 


Introducing  a  Daughter  about  to  make  a  Visit. 

Charleston,  S.  C.,  May  G,  18—. 

My  Dear  Mrs.  Hamilton: 

In  compliance  with  your  oft  repeated 
request,  I  send  my  daughter  to  spend  a  few  weeks  of  her  vacation  in 
your  delightful  country  home,  trusting  that  her  visit  may  be  as  delight¬ 
ful  for  her  and  yourself  as  mine  was  a  year  ago.  Anticipating  a  visit 
from  you  all,  ere  the  close  of  the  present  summer,  I  remain. 

As  ever,  your  Devoted  Friend, 

MARY  DAVENPORT. 


LETTERS  OF  ADMONITION. 


101 


iLetters  of  ifAdvicei 


Advising  a  Young  Lady  to  Refuse  Gifts  from  Gentlemen. 


OUR  life  has 
been  a  suc¬ 
cess,”  said  an 
individual  to 
an  old  and 
prosperous 
business  man. 

“  To  what  do 
you  attribute 
your  success  ?”  “  To  an  admonition 
given  me  by  my  father,  when  a 
boy,  which  was  this  : 

“‘First,  to  attend  strictly  to  my 
own  business.  Second,  to  let  other 
people’s  business  alone.  Observing 
this,  I  incurred  no  ill  will  by  inter¬ 
meddling  with  others,  and  I  saved 
my  time  for  the  development  and 
improvement  of  my  own  business.” 

Be  very  sparing  of  letters  of 
advice.  As  a  rule,  you  will  have 
enough  to  do  to  attend  to  your 
own  affairs,  and  as  a  general  thing, 
advice  even  when  solicited  is  liable 
to  give  offence. 

If  however,  you  are  asked  to  give 
an  opinion,  you  may  plainly  state 
it.  Do  not  give  it  however  as  a 
law,  nor  feel  offended  if  your  ad¬ 
vice  is  disregarded. 

Beware  of  giving  advice  from 
selfishness.  Sooner  or  later  your 
motive  will  be  discovered.  Let 
your  admonition  be  alone  for  the 
interest  and  welfare  of  your  friend.  If  you 
expect,  however,  to  be  benefited  by  the  course 


which  you  advise  the  person  to  pursue,  you  may 
frankly  state  so. 


102 


LETTERS  OF  ADVICE. 


Letter  of  Advice  to  a  Young  Man  to  beware  of  Bad  Company. 

Washington,  D.C.,  Jan  1, 18—. 

Mr  Dear  Young  *“»»!ol)Berve  by  the  tone  0f  your  last  letter,  that 
you  are  becoming  very  intimate  with  Ilenry  Hubbard  and  Barney 
McIntosh.  I  need  not  tell  you  that  your  letter  has  given  me  much 
uneasiness.  These  young  men  are  bad  characters,  and  you  cannot 
continue  your  association  with  them,  without  contaminating  your 

morals.  ,  ,  . 

I  am  an  old  man,  and  I  write  this,  my  hoy,  with  a  most  earnest  desire 
for  your  happiness.  You  have  acquired  a  fine  education,  and  have 
entered  upon  your  profession  with  every  prospect  of  success.  You 
have  a  widowed  mother  to  support,  and  an  orphaned  sister  looking  to 
you  for  "iiidance.  It  becomes  you  therefore  to  maintain  a  reputation 
unsullied,  and  obtain  a  good  credit,  which  to  a  young  man  in  the  com¬ 
mencement  of  a  business  career,  is  equal  to  a  large  capital  of  itself. 

Association  with  these  young  men  will  certainly  carry  you  down¬ 
ward  They  are  both  without  employment,  they  drive  fast  horses, 
they  wear  flash  jewelry,  they  frequent  gambling  houses,  they  both 
use  intoxicating  drink,  chew  tobacco,  and  talk  profane  language. 
What  would  you  think  of  another  that  might  be  seen  in  their  company  ? 
People  will  judge  you  as  you  would  judge  any  one  else.  There  is 
much  truth  in  the  old  proverb,  “A  man  is  known  by  tile  company  he 
keeps,”  and  I  would  have  your  company  such  as  will  reflect  the  high¬ 
est  honor  upon  yourself. 

I  have  written  this  letter  earnestly  and  strongly,  for  I  believe  your 
good  judgment  will  take  it  kindly;  and  I  trust,  when  you  sincerely 
reflect  upon  the  matter,  you  will  at  once  dismiss  that  class  of  associates 

from  your  company.  _.  _TT.  . 

Your  earnest  Well -Wisher 

and  Sincere  Friend, 

DAVID  CLINE. 


Advising  a  Young  Man  against  a  Hurried  Marriage. 

Rutland,  Vt.,  April  5,  18-. 

Friend  Charles:  ^  agk  me  jf  you  wiu  uot  act  the  wiser  part  by 

marrying  Miss  Manchester  at  once,  and  settling  yourself  permanently; 
and  yet  you  inform  me  that  it  has  been  but  three  weeks  since  you  first 
made  her  acquaintance.  You  may  possibly  be  in  jest,  and  perhaps  in 
earnest;  in  either  case,  as  you  ask  my  advice,  I  can  but  give  it. 

The  choosing  of  a  life  companion,  dear  Charles,  is  a  too  serious 
matter  to  be  so  hastily  decided.  The  selection  of  a  partner  for  a 
dance  or  a  ride  may  be  of  little  moment.  The  choice  of  an  associate 
for  business  maybe  determined  in  a  short  time;  but  the  acceptance 
of  a  partner  for  life  requires  the  most  serious  deliberation.  You 
should  take  ample  time  for  the  study  of  the  character,  temperament, 
disposition  and  accomplishments  of  the  lady  whom  you  choose  to  be 
the  sharer  of  your  labors,  joys,  sorrows,  reverses  and  prosperity. 

Upon  this  step  hangs  a  large  share  of  your  happiness  in  life.  Do  not 
act  too  hastily.  Trusting  however,  that  I  will  some  day  see  you 
happily  married  and  settled,  I  am  as  ever. 

Your  most  Sincere  Friend, 

GEORGE  BACIIELDOR. 


2  —  Dress  In  cold  weather,  dress  warmly  with  underclothing. 
Remove  muffler,  overcoat,  overshoes,  &c„  when  remaining  any  con¬ 
siderable  length  of  lime  in  a  warm  room.  Keep  your  feet  warmaud 
drv  Wa«h  them,  in  warm  water,  two  or  three  tunes  a  week.  Wi 
warm  stockings,  large  boots,  and  overshoes  when  in  the  snow  or  wet. 

Wear  a  light  covering  on  the  head,  keeping  it  always  cool. 

■>  —Cleanliness  Have  always  a  pint  or  quart  of  water  in  the  sleep- 

throughout  the  body.  You  have  opened  the  pores  of  tlie  skin,  allow 
ing°impnrulese  in  the  body  to  pas's  off,  and  have  ^  ^ 

the  operation,  a  good  vigorous  morning  exercise.  Pursue  this  namt 
regularly,  and  you  will  seldom  take  cold. 

4.— Inflation  of  the  Lnnqs.  Five  minutes  spent  in  the  op 
rinaocincr  inflating  the  lungs,  by  inhaling  as  full  a  breath  as  pos.  1 
and  poimding  the  breast  durinj  the  off 

chest,  strengthen  the  lung  power,  and  very  effectually  wara 
consumption.  .  .  „  . 

>1  Diet  If  inclined  to  be  dyspeptic,  avoid  mince  pie,  sausage,  and 

cracked  wheat,  and  other  articles  that  are  easily  digested. 

Eat  freely  of  ripe. fruit,  and  avoid  excessive  use io 'meats •  Eat  at 

afGL-^.m*d.^.tllExerdsc%  not  too  violent,  but  sufficient  to  produce  a 
gentle  perspiration,  should  be  had  each  day  in  the  open  air. 

7  Condition  of  Mind.  The  condition  of  the  mind  has  much  to  do 

"'noping  to  hear  of  your  continued  prosperity  and  recovery  of  health, 
1  atu’  Your  very  Sincere  Friend, 

Allen  Matlock.  SIBLEY  JOHNSON,  M.  D. 


Advice  to  a  Gentleman  on  the  Subject  of  Health. 

Boston,  Mass.,  May  C,  18—. 

My  Dear  Friend  Qf  th(j  2nd  inst<  is  before  me.  I  am  pleased 

with  the  prospect  that  you  report  in  your  business,  but  regret  that 
you  should  feel  discouraged  about  your  health.  You  ask  me  what  you 
had  better  do;  I  will  answer. 

The  first  great  secret  of  good  health  is  good  habits;  and  the  next  is 
regularity  of  habits.  They  are  briefly  summed  up  in  the  following 

rY -Sleep  Give  yourself  the  necessary  amount  of  sieep.  Some  men 
require  five  bourn  of  the  twenty  four;  others  need  eight.  Avoid 
feather  beds.  Sleep  in  a  garment  not  worn  during  the  Jay.  T 
maintain  robust  health,  sleep  with  a  person  as  healthy  as  yourself,  or 

no  one. 


Advice  to  an  Orphan  Boy. 

Arlington,  N.  C.,  June  7,  IS  . 

My  Deak  CnA,1LIEf  received  your  letter  last  evening.  I  was  greatly 
pleased  to  hear  that  you  have  secured  a  position  with  Colby  Hende^ 
son  &  Co  ,  and  that  your  sisters  are  comfortably  situated  in  thu 
homes.  You  ask  me  for  advice  as  to  what  you  shall  do  to  maintai 
the  good  opinion  of  your  employers,  and  thus  ultimately,  prosperous  y 

^Tk is  desire  Uiat  you  evince  to  please  is  one  of  the  very  best  evi¬ 
dences  that  you  will  please.  Your  question  is  very  commendable, 
now  can  you  succeed?  That  should  be  the  great  que  . 

young  men.  It  is  best  answered,  perhaps,  by  the  reply  of  the  wealthy 
and  honored  old  man  who  gave  this  advice  to  his  grandson . 

”  My  boy,  take  the  admonition  of  an  old  man  who  has  seen  eve  y 

P'“  If  I  could  give  you  but  one  precept  to  follow,  it  would  be,  Keep 
good  company.  But,  adding  more,  I  will  say .  . 

“  Be  truthful ;  you  thus  always  have  the  confidence  of  others. 

“  Be  temperate ;  thus  doing,  you  preserve  health  and  money. 

-Be  industrious;  you  will  then  be  constantly  adding  to  your  acqui- 

Be  economical;  thus  you  will  be  saving  for  the  rainy  day. 

-  Be  cautious ;  you  are  not  then  so  liable  to  lose  the  work  of  years. 
“Be  polite  and  kind;  scattering  words  of  kindness,  they  are  re¬ 
flected  back  upon  yourself,  continually  adding  to  your  happiness 
Observe Thl  directions  and  you  will  prosper.  With  many  wishes 

for  vour  success,  remember  I  am  always 

'  Your  Friend, 

ABEL  MATLOCK. 


LETTERS  OF  APOLOGY, 


108 


Letters  of  Excuse. 


ETTERS  of  Excuse  should  be  written 
as  promptly  as  may  be. 

Any  damage  that  may  have  been 
caused  by  yourself,  you  should,  if  pos¬ 
sible,  repair  immediately,  with  inter¬ 
est. 

In  apologizing  for  misconduct,  failing  to  meet 
an  engagement,  or  for  lack  of  punctuality,  al¬ 
ways  state  the  reason  why. 

By  fulfilling  every  engagement  promptly,  dis¬ 
charging  every  obligation  when  due,  and  always 
being  punctual,  you  thereby  entirety  avoid  the 
necessity  for  an  excuse. 

Any  article  borrowed  by  measure,  be  certain 
to  return  in  larger  quantity  and  better  quality, 
to  make  up  the  interest.  To  fail  to  make  good 
that  which  has  been  borrowed  is  the  certain 
loss  of  credit  and  business  reputation  in  the 
neighborhood  where  you  live.  No  letter  of 
apology  can  make  amends  for  neglecting  to  pay 
your  debts. 


Apologizing  for  a  Broken  Engagement. 


Apologizing  for  Failure  to  Pay  Money  Promptly. 


Mr.  D.  B.  Frisbie, 


Danby,  N.  Y.,  July  11,  18—. 


Dear  Sir : 

I  very  much  regret  that  the  failure  of  H.  Cole 
&  Son, will  prevent  my  payment  of  your  note  on  the  20th  instant,  with¬ 
out  serious  inconveuience  to  myself.  I  shall  be  able  to  pay  it,  howev¬ 
er,  promptly  on  the  25th.  Should  the  five  days  delay  seriously  incom¬ 
mode  you,  please  write  me  at  once,  aud  I  will  aim  to  procure  the 
money  from  another  source. 


Your  Obedient  Servant, 


DANIEL  FRAZIER. 


Excuse  to  a  Teacher  fer  Non-attendance  of  Child  at  School. 


Miss  Blake: 


Wednesday  Morning,  Sept.  4,  IS--. 


You  will  please  excuse  Gertrude  for  non-attendance  at 
school  yesterday  afternoon,  she  beiug  detained  iu  consequence  of  a 
severe  headache. 


Very  Respectfully, 


MARCIA  BARROWS. 


Apology  for  Breaking  a  Business  Engagement. 


„  Monticello,  III.,  Oct.  15,  18—. 

Mr.  Paul  D.  Warren, 

Kensington. 

Dear  Sir  : 

I  very  much  regret  being  compelled  to  apologize 
for  not  meeting  you  at  the  railroad  meeting  in  Salem  last  Saturday,  as 
I  agreed  to  do.  The  cause  of  my  detention  was  the  sudden  aud  severe 
illness  of  my  youngest  child,  whose  life  for  a  time  we  despaired  of. 
Please  write  me  the  result  of  the  meeting.  Hoping  that  the  arrange¬ 
ments  we  anticipated  were  perfected,  I  am 

Yours  Truly, 

SOLOMON  KING. 


,,  Frederick,  Md.,  July  13, 18—. 

My  Dear  Miss  Merton  : 

I  fear  that  you  will  feel  injured  at  my  failure 
to  keep  my  appointment  this  evening.  You  will,  however,  I  know, 
forgive  me  when  1  explain.  Wheu  about  to  proceed  to  your  residence 
my  horse,  being  very  restive,  became  so  frightened  at  an  object  by  the 
roadside  as  to  cause  his  runaway,  throwing  me  violently  to  the  ground, 
bieakingan  arm,  and  completely  demolishing  my  carriage.  Regret¬ 
ting  my  failure  to  keep  my  engagement,  I  am  yet  rejoiced  that  the 
accident  occurred  before  you  had  entered  the  carriage. 

Trusting  that  my  excuse  is  a  sufficient  apology,  l  remain, 

Your  Faithful  Friend, 

ALBERT  BIGBEE. 


Apology  for  Delay  in  Returning  a  Book, 


My  Dear  Amy: 


Kentland,  Ind.,  Nov.  19, 18—. 


You  must -excuse  my  long  delay  in  returning  your 
book.  The  truth  is,  it  has  been  the  rounds  for  several  to  read,  though 
it  has  not  been  out  of  our  house.  When  I  had  nearly  finished  its  read¬ 
ing,  Aunt  Mary  became  interested  in  its  contents  and  read  it  through. 
Her  glowing  description  of  the  character  of  the  work  caused  mother 
to  peruse  it;  so  that  we  have  kept  it  from  you  several  iveeks.  We  feel 
very  grateful  to  you,  however,  for  furnishing  us  such  an  intellectual 
feast,  and  hope  to  have  the  pleasure  of  doing  you  a  like  favor. 

Truly  Y'our  Friend, 


LIZZIE  BRAIN ARD. 


LETTERS  ASKING  AND  GRANTING  FAVORS 


s>T  is  to  be  hoped  that  you  will  not 
often  he  compelled  to  write  a  let¬ 
ter  asking  a  favor. 

Do  not  urge  your  claims  too 
strongly.  Should  you  he  refused, 
you  would  feel  the  more  deeply 
humiliated. 

In  conferring  a  favor,  avoid 
conveying  the  impression  that  the  recipient  is 
greatly  under  obligation  to  you.  Rather  imply 
that  the  granting  and  accepting  of  the  favor  is 
mutually  a  pleasure. 

Letters  refusing  a  favor  should  he  very  kindly 
worded,  and  while  expressing  regret  at  your 
inability  to  comply  with  the  request,  state  the 
reason  why. 

- - - - - 

Requesting  the  Loan  of  a  Book. 

Wednesday  Morning,  Jan.  1, 18—. 
Dear  Bertha :  bc  kin(1  as  t0  ]oan  me,  for  a  few  days,  “How 

I  Found  Livingstone”?  By  so  doing,  yon  will  greatly  oblige, 

Your  Friend, 

NANNIE  WHITE. 


Reply  Granting  the  Favor. 

Wednesday  Morning,  Jan.  1, 18 — . 

Dear  Nannie ^  yQu  {he  1)0ok  with  pleasure,  and  hope  you  will 

enjoy  its  perusal  as  much  as  I  did.  I  shall  he  over  to  see  you  next 

Thursday  afternoon.  .  _ 

J  Affectionately  Yours, 

BERTHA. 


Answer  Refusing  the  Request. 

Lisbon,  III.,  Feh.  2, 18 — . 

Friend  Haskins: 

I  regret  that  all  the  money  I  have  at  liberty  I  am 
compelled  to  use  this  afternoon;  else  I  would  comply  with  your 
request  with  pleasure.  Respectfully, 

_  JOHN  BAKER. 

Requesting  a  Letter  of  Introduction. 

Springfield,  Mass.,  March  4, 18—. 

Friend  Rich: 

I  start  for  Boston  to-morrow,  to  make  arrangements 
for  our  Excursion.  I  shall  arrange  to  have  the  journey  extend  as  far 
as  the  Holy  Land.  Be  so  kind,  if  you  please,  as  to  give  me  a  letter  of 
introduction  to  Prof.  Wm.  Kidder,  whom  I  hope,  also,  to  enlist  in  the 
scheme. 

With  warmest  regards  to  your  family,  I  remain, 

Very  Truly  Yours, 

_  HENRY  FRENCH. 

Reply  Granting  the  Request. 

Sparta,  R.  I.,  March  G,  18—. 

I  enclose,  with  pleasure,  the  letter  to  Prof.  Kidder, 
who,  I  think,  will  he  pleased  to  join  us.  Wishing  you  much  success. 
I  am  Yours  Truly, 

BARTON  RICH. 

Requesting  the  Loan  of  an  Opera  Glass. 

Thursday  Afternoon,  April  7, 18—. 
Dear  Mabel:  „  ,  .... 

Accompanied  by  cousin  Fred  and  Jennie  Masters,  I  am 

going  to  the  theater  to-night,  aud  in  behalf  of  Fred  I  wish  you  would 
loan  me  your  opera  glass  for  the  evening.  HQWELL 


Dear  French: 


Requesting  a  Loan  of  Money. 

Lisbon,  III.,  Feh.  2,  18- 

Friend  Baker.  (lo  me  jj^dness  to  loan  me  one  hundred 

dollars  until  Wednesday  of  next  week?  Having  several  large  collec¬ 
tions  to  make  during  the  next  three  days,  I  may  return  the  loan  before 
then.  Yours  Truly, 


nT7Ail/'P  T I  A  C  IV  T  XT  C 


Dear  Beckie: 


Answer  Refusing  the  Request. 

Thursday,  April  7, 18—. 

Charlie  Hackuey  called  and  borrowed  my  glass  about 
an  hour  since.  Otherwise  I  would  take  the  greatest  pleasure  in  grant¬ 
ing  your  request.  Wishing  you  a  delightful  evening,  I  am, 

Your  Devoted  Friend, 

MABEL  GALE. 


Friend  Godard: 


Requesting  the  Loan  of  a  Pistol. 

Friday  Morn.,  May  8, 18—. 


Please  loan  me  your  pistol  this  forenoon,  and  oblige 
JOHN  OGDON. 


Reply  Granting  the  Request. 


Friday,  May  8,  18—. 

Friend  John:  „  ,,  .  ,  ,  .  .  .  t 

Accept  the  pistol.  Beware  that  you  do  not  get  hurt,  i 

shall  want  it  to-morrow.  Truly  Yours, 


tytp-vt  \  DTi 


LETTERS  ACCOMPANYING  GIFTS. 


105 


Letters  Accompanying  Gifts. 


SUALLY,  in  sending 
gifts,  it  is  custom¬ 
ary  to  accompany 
the  same  with  a 
prettily  written 
note.  Such  letters, 
with  their  answers, 
are  very  brief,  and 
are  usually  written  in  the  third  per¬ 
son,  unless  among  relatives  or  very 
intimate  friends. 

Though  a  reply  should  be  given 
immediately,  no  haste  need  be  made 
in  repaying  the  gift,  else  it  would 
seem  that  you  feel  the  obligation, 
and  will  experience  relief  by  paying 
the  debt. 


Accompanying  a  Betrothal  Gift  of  a  Ring. 

No.  84  Eldridoe  Court,  Jan.  1, 18—. 
Dear  Annie: 

Will  yon  accept  the  accompanying 
ring,  and  wear  it  as  a  pledge  of  the  undying  affection 
of 

Yours  Constantly, 

WILLIAM. 


Reply  to  the  Foregoing. 

No.  8  — - St.,  Jan.  2,  18—. 

Dear  William: 

Your  beautiful  gift  is  on  my  finger, 
where  it  will  he  ever  worn  as  a  token  of  yonr  love. 

Yours  Truly, 

ANNIE. 


Form  of  Letter  Accompanying  Photographs. 


df _ 


tYsC  ■ei-oc-O’T^yi- 


vvi.  fXj', 

dhid -if -ci dtd^ 

<zdid/  'ij.wst  dded.'utzdd,  tdd  dk-e-M  -o 


'^£■61'^  ddx-e  ■id, i-id 

dHdXdd'/'/l'P 

■/ii-e  ^td^-edad  vj?  -cidld?  -p^aid-t 
-ozi-i  fd’tMd'M'i  -c-ad'j'i^id&'hy  -eiddd/  (dfi  ddCeidd/^' 
■ut*r./cd£  -/iz-e  dddsa-i'/^  evs/i-ec'/tdt*?.  -/o  ^die-did. 

k'o  dCe-ad  pd-aid.  d-a-a-id^  (jf  4-edndi-tdi; 

c3^tt-edir/, 


(QwdtVdf,  J&edd.pp< 


106 


LETTERS  ACCOMPANYING  GIFTS. 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

Jackson,  Miss.,  Oct.  25, 18—. 

Dear  Emily  : 

I  regret  that  we  are  not  to  have  the  anticipated 
visit  from  you  this  spring.  We  are  very  thankful  for  the  photographs, 
however,  if  we  can  do  no  better.  We  regard  them  very  life-like  in 
expression  and'T ruthful  iu  representation.  When  baby  is  a  few  weeks 
older  we  will  group  ourselves  together,  and  you  shall  see  us  as  we  are. 

Our  love  to  all  your  family,  and  remember  me  as 

Your  Constant  Friend, 

HELEN  STANFORD. 


Accompanying  a  Book  sent  by  the  Author. 

Springdale,  N.  J.,  June  1, 18—. 

Miss  Harmon  will  please  accept  the  accompanying  volume  as  a  token 
of  the  high  esteem  and  regard  of  the  Author. 

ARTHUR  WELLS. 

Miss  Martha  Harmon. 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

No.  9 - St.,  Aug.  2,  18-. 

Miss  Harmon  presents  her  regards  to  Mr.  Wells,  and  accepts  with 
much  gratification  his  highly  esteemed  and  valuable  gift. 

Arthur  Wells,  Esq. 


Accompanying  a  Bouquet  of  Flowers  to  a  Lady. 

Will  Miss  Beveridge  honor  Mr.  Haines  by  carrying  the  accompany¬ 
ing  flowers  to  the  concert  this  evening? 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

Miss  Beveridge’s  compliments  and  thanks  to  Mr.  Haines.  His  beau¬ 
tiful  and  fragrant  gift  will  be  a  welcome  addition  to  her  toilet  for  this 
evening. 


Accompanying  a  Birthday  Gift. 

Belvidere,  III.,  Dec.  10,  18—. 

Friend  David: 

Sixty  years  ago,  to-day,  you  and  I  exchanged 
birthday  greetings,  then  in  our  twentieth  year.  How  the  years  have 
flown  by  since  then,  sprinkling  our  heads  with  snow,  and  finally  cover¬ 
ing  them  with  white  I  You  will  please  accept  this  statf  as  an  evidence 
that  time  cannot  dim  the  unchanging  friendship  of 

Your  Friend, 

JOSEPH  BARLOW. 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

Freeport,  III.,  Dec.  10, 18 — . 

My  Friend  Joseph: 

Your  very  valuable  and  welcome  gift  came 
to-day.  I  lean  on  it,  and  look  back.  The  noonday  of  our  life  has  passed. 
Gradually  we  are  descending  the  slope  towards  the  going  down  of  our 
life’s  sun.  It  is  appointed  for  all  to  reach  life’s  meridian,  stand  there 
for  a  little  while,  and  go  down  on  the  other  side.  Youth  may  not  be 
recovered  here,  hut  I  doubt  not  that  we  may  be  young  again  iu  that 
bourne  towards  which  we  are  fast  passing.  During  my  remaining 
years  I  will  cherish  your  gift.  Accept  my  warmest  thanks,  and  remem¬ 
ber  me  as 


Accompanying  a  Donation  to  a  Clergyman. 

To  the  Rev.  Washington  Smith, 

Pastor  of  the  — th  St.  M.  E.  Church. 

Dear  Sir:  ,  .  ,  , 

Will  you  confer  upon  us  the  great  pleasure  of 

appropriating  to  your  own  use  the  accompanying  check?  It  is  pre¬ 
sented  by  your  many  friends  in  your  congregation,  as  a  slight  token 
of  the  very  high  esteem  in  which  you  are  held  by  the  people,  as  a 
Christian  gentleman  and  a  most  eloquent  and  instructive  preacher. 

Trusting  that  its  acceptance  will  afford  you  as  much  pleasure  as  is 
given  us  in  the  presentation,  we  are, 

Very  Respectfully, 

Martin  Fuller,  ~] 

Wm.  B.  King,  l  Com.  of  Presentation. 
Cuas.  H.  Snow.  J 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Jan.  1, 18 — . 

Messrs.  Martin  Fuller,  Wm.  B.  King  and  Chas.  n.  Snow. 

Gentlemen: 

Your  very  kind  and  courteous  letter,  accompanied 
by  your  valuable  testimonial,  is  received,  for  which  please  accept  my 
grateful  acknowledgments.  The  gift  itself,  however,  is  not  more 
valued  than  the  golden  words  of  sympathy  and  encouragement  that 
accompany  its  presentation.  Trusting  that,  through  God's  blessing,  I 
may  be  able  to  serve  the  generous  donors  as  acceptably  in  the  future 
as  your  testimonial  leads  me  to  suppose  I  have  in  the  past,  I  am. 

Your  very  Obedient  Servant, 

WASHINGTON  SMITH. 


Accompanying  a  Gift  to  a  Superintendent  upon  Retirement. 


Chicago,  III.,  Feb.  2,  18—. 


Mr.  Arthur  P.  Stevens, 

11 '  The  undersigned,  employees  of  the  Northwestern 
Sheet  Lead  and  Zinc  Works,  deeply  regretting  your  departure  from 
among  us,  desire  your  acceptance  of  the  accompanying  memorial,  in 
testimony  of  our  affection  and  respect  for  you  as  a  gentleman  and  a 
mechanic,  and  as  a  faint  expression  of  our  appreciation  of  vour  kindly 
efforts  to  render  our  connection  with  this  manufactory,  not  only 
pleasant  and  agreeable  to  ourselves,  but  profitable  to  the  company. 

Deeply  regretting  that  our  connection  must  be  severed,  we  shall 
gratefully  remember  our  association  in  the  past,  and  hope  always  to 
be  held  in  pleasurable  remembrance  by  you. 

(Signed  by  the  Employees.) 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

Chicago,  III.,  Feb.  3, 18—. 

To  the  Employees  op  the  Norhwestern  Sheet  Lead  and 
Zinc  Works. 

Gentlemen : 

I  am  in  receipt  of  your  kind  letter  and  testimonial. 
Wherever  fortune  may  cast  my  lot,  I  shall  never  cease  to  remember 
the  pleasant  associations  of  the  past  few  years,  and  the  many  kind 
attentions  I  have  received  at  your  hands.  If  our  relations  and  labors 
have  been  pleasant,  I  do  not  forget  that  they  were  largely  made  so  by 
your  always  generous  efforts  and  willing  co-operation. 

I  will  ever  cherish  your  beautiful  gift  as  a  memorial  of  our  pleasant 
years  together,  and  can  only  wish  that  each  of  you,  when  occupying 
positions  of  trust,  may  be  as  warmly  supported  and  as  ably  assisted  by 
those  in  your  charge,  as  I  have  been  since  my  connection  with  your¬ 
selves.  Thanking  you  for  this  testimonial  and  your  generous  words 
of  approval,  I  remain, 


Your  Constant  Friend, 

DAVID  BINNINGER. 


YOur  Friend, 

ARTHUR  P.  STEVENS. 


LETTERS  TO  RELATIVES  AND  FRIENDS. 


107 


RITE  letters  to  friends 
and  relatives  very  often. 
As  a  rule,  the  more  frequent  such 
letters,  the  more  minute  they  are 
in  giving  particulars,  and  the  longer 
you  make  them,  the  better. 

The  absent  husband  should  write  a  letter 
at  least  once  a  week.  Some  husbands  make 
it  a  rule  to  write  a  brief  letter  home  at  the  close 
of  every  day. 

The  absent  child  need  not  ask  “  Do  they  miss 
meat  home?”  Be  sure  that  they  do.  Write  those 
relatives  a  long  letter,  often,  descriptive  of  your  jour¬ 
neys  and  the  scenes  with  which  you  are  becoming  familiar. 

And,  if  the  missive  from  the  absent  one  is  dearly  cherished, 
let  the  relatives  at  home  remember  that  doubly  dear  is  the 
letter  from  the  hallowed  hearthstone  of  the  home  fireside,  where  the 
dearest  recollections  of  the  heart  lie  garnered.  Do  not  fail  to  write  very 
promptly  to  the  one  that  is  away.  Give  all  the  news.  Go  into  all  the  little 
particulars,  just  as  you  would  talk.  After  you  have  written  up  matters  of 
general  moment,  come  down  to  the  little  personal  gossip  that  is  of  particular 
interest.  Give  the  details  fully  about  Sallie  Williams  marrying  John  Hunt,  and  her  parents 
being  opposed  to  the  match.  Be  explicit  about  the  new  minister,  how  many  sociables  you 
have  a  month,  and  the  general  condition  of  affairs  among  your  intimate  acquaintances. 

Do  n't  forget  to  be  very  minute  about  things  at  home.  Be  particular  to  tell  of  “bub,”  and 
“  sis,”  and  the  baby.  Even  “  Major,”  the  dog,  should  have  a  mention.  The  little  tit-bits  that 


108  LETTERS  TO  RELATIVES. 


are  tucked  in  around,  on  the  edge  of  the  letter, 
are  all  devoured,  and  are  often  the  sweetest 
morsels  of  the  feast. 

Let  the  young,  more  especially,  keep  up  a 
continual  correspondence  with  their  friends. 
The  ties  of  friendship  are  thus  riveted  the 
stronger,  and  the  fires  of  love  and  kind  feeling, 
on  the  altar  of  the  heart,  are  thus  kept  contin¬ 
ually  burning  bright. 


will  drop  away  into  happy  homes,  which,  if  they  do  not  make  them, 
they  will  at  least  adorn. 

And  so  yon  are  married.  Well.  I  had  some  intimation,  months 
ago,  that  such  an  event  might  sometime  take  place,  but  really  1  did 
not  think  you  would  chauge  your  name  so  soon.  Mrs.  Charles 
Blackwell  1  —  well,  that  does  sound  a  lit  tie  odd,  I  confess,  but  then  it  is 
a  pretty  name,  nevertheless.  1  assure  you  1  am  impatient  to  mee<  you, 
and  witness  how  you  dignify  the  name. 

Accept  my  most  sincere  good  wishes  for  your  fntnre  happiness,  and 
tell  your  husband  that  he  must  be  prepared  to  feel  ail  interred  in  the 
welfare  of  all  your  old  friends,  especially 

Your  Friend, 

CALI.IE  BROWN. 


From  a  Husband,  Absent  on  Business,  to 
his  Wife. 


From  a  Young  Girl,  at  Boarding  School,  to  her  Mother. 


Detroit,  Mien.,  Feb.  1,  IS—. 

Mr  Deau  Henrietta : 

I  have  been  to  the  end  of  my 
journey,  and  am  now  homeward  bound.  Another 
week,  and  I  hope  to  kiss  my  wife  and  babies,  and 
tell  them  that  this  is  my  last  ionrney  of  the  winter. 
One  or  two  journeys  next  spring,  and  then  I  am 
done  traveling  away  from  home.  What  better 
news  can  I  write  you  than  this?  Yes,  perhaps  I 
have  better  news  yet,  which  is,  that  I  have  com¬ 
pleted  such  arrangements,  during  my  absence  from 
you  this  time,  as  will  greatly  increase  my  income 
without  it  being  necessary  for  me  to  travel. 

Isu't  that  pleasant?  now  I  long  to  get  home 
and  tell  you  all  about  it.  At  present,  when  not 
closely  engaged  in  business,  I  am  busy  thinking 
of  many  improvements  that  we  will  make  around 
our  home  next  summer,  being  the  very  changes 
lliat  you  have  so  long  desired,  but  whicli  our 
means  hitherto  have  not  permitted  ns  to  make. 

Kiss  Sammie  and  Tillie  for  me,  and  accept  many 
kisses  for  yourself.  I  will  write  you  from  Cleve 
land,  if  not  before.  Good  night. 

Your  ever  Loving  Husband, 

Wm.TILDEN. 


From  a  Young  Lady  to  a  Schoolmate  just 
Married. 


Gai.va,  Ii.i..,  Dec.  20,  IS—. 

Dear  Minnie: 

I  have  just  heard,  through  our 
mutual  friend  and  former  schoolmate,  Nellie 
Crandall,  that  you  are  the  first  of  our  school-girl 
circle  who  has  taken  upon  herself  the  cares  and 
duties  of  married  life. 

Thus  one  by  one,  I  expect,  our  little  band  of 
joyous,  happy  girls,  so  short  a  time  ago  together. 


a 'll t -//Is  dJr- ddi'd'i a i-'y,, 


■tt _ 


&eaU  cMloV/t 


et'  : 


df  /a  t-u4t'/e  ddte  at 

dfe'/Yed  <t-/  ad'ic-e/  aid d-rte  /a  ccddd-e-  tmt/s 

de-e-  as-aoi'  (Q  t/ecU  /  df  aiddd.  da  faddd^ederfa  /  &/aai 

d  & 

Jddd.a'OU/  ddd.affed/  '/f'd  id  j/e  '/i-wi-e  df  'Ui-cid 


■eddied.  ■a.-iafci-y,  ^fiadt-i  0^-041  da  fadd,^/  ddd.au) 

-me  caddd-e  7 A  /  foddd-Cj  a-i  df -uu-uff  af-t  fat add.  /£  <fu€. 
a^  faddd^e-dtaf-ddadddD 


tded  atd'^/'c  fjft 


el  C/Jeddd 


-idaffdd 


cTo  cJtfrd.  M  Cf.  Bedtdd^ff 


LETTERS  OF  FRIENDS  AND  RELATIVES. 


109 


Answer  of  the  Mother. 

New  York,  Oct.  3,  18— 

My  Dear  Child  : 

I  am  sorry  that  you  should  urge  me  to  graut  you 
such  an  unreasonable  reqrnst.  Of  course,  nothing  could  please  me 
better  than  to  have  my  darling  little  Ella  sitting  on  my  lap  at  this 
very  moment,  but  think  how  seriously  the  absence  from  your  school, 
now,  would  derange  all  your  recitations  for  this  term.  You  must  not 
think  of  it;  recollect  that  all  your  brothers  and  sisters  have  been  away 
at  school,  and  always  remained  until  the  vacations.  It  is  true  that  you, 
being  the  youngest,  have  been  petted  more  than  the  rest,  but  it  would 
be  very  unfortunate  to  have  my  indulgence  interfere  with  your  studies. 
You  know  that  you  are  the  idol  of  our  hearts;  for  that  very  reason 
you  should  endeavor  to  become  proficient  in  those  branches  of  study 
that  will  render  you  an  accomplished  lady. 

Believe  me,  my  dear  child,  you  will  find  school  more  pleasant  every 
day,  as  you  get  better  acquainted  with  your  schoolmates ;  and,  through 
improvement  in  your  studies,  you  will  steadily  grow  in  favor  with 
your  teachers. 

I  will  write  Mrs.  Mayhew  to  render  your  tasks  as  light  as  possible  at 
first,  and  I  have  no  doubt  she  will  do  all  in  her  power  to  aid  you. 

Only  a  few  weeks  remember,  and  you  will  be  home  for  a  long  vaca¬ 
tion,  which  will  be  all  the  more  delightful  for  the  privation  you  are  at 
present  undergoing.  Your  father,  brothers  and  sisters  all  unite  with 
me  in  sending  you  their  love. 

I  remain,  my  dear  child, 

Your  Affectionate  Mother, 

NANCY  BENNETT. 

To  Ella  Bennett, 

Hopeville  Female  Seminary. 


From  an  Absent  Wife  to  her  Husband. 

Argyle,  N.  Y.,  March  2,  18—. 

Dearest  Love: 

I  am  at  last  safely  under  uncle’s  roof,  having  arrived 
here  last  evening,  baby  and  myself  both  well,  but  really  very  tired. 
Wtr  had  no  delay,  except  about  two  hours  at  Buffalo.  Uncle  met 
me  at  the  depot  with  his  carriage,  and  in  fifteen  minutes  from  the 
time  of  my  arrival,  I  was  cosily  seated  in  my  room,  which  was  all  in 
readiness  for  me. 

Uncle  and  aunt  seem  greatly  pleased  with  my  coming,  and  both  are 
loud  in  their  praise  of  the  baby.  They  very  much  regret  that  you 
could  not  have  come  with  me,  and  say  they  intend  to  prevail  on  von  to 
make  them  a  visit  when  I  am  ready  to  go  home. 

Baby  looks  into  my  eyes  once  in  a  while  and  says,  solemnly,  “Papa, 
papal”  I  do  actually  believe  he  is  thinking  about  home,  and  wants 
to  keep  up  a  talk  about  you.  Everybody  thinks  he  looks  like  his  papa. 

By  day  after  to-morrow  I  will  write  a  long  letter.  I  want  you  to  get 
this  by  the  first  mail,  so  I  make  it  short.  With  dearest  love  I  am 

Your  Wife, 

CAROLINE. 


Answer  to  the  Foregoing. 

Michigan  City,  Ind.,  March  7. 

Dear  Wife: 

I  was  indeed  rejoiced  to  hear  of  your  safe  arrival,  having 
had  no  little  anxiety  for  you,  which  is  relieved  by  the  receipt  of  your 
letter. 

I  miss  you  very  much,  the  house  looks  so  dreary  without  your  loved 
presence;  but  I  am,  nevertheless,  glad  that  you  are  making  your  visit, 
as  the  journey,  I  trust,  will  he  beneficial  to  your  health. 

Kiss  baby  for  me.  Only  by  his  absence  do  I  know  how  much  I  have 
enjoyed  my  play  with  our  little  Charlie. 

Do  n’t  take  any  concern  about  me.  Enjoy  your  visit  to  the  utmost 
extent.  In  one  of  my  next  letters  I  will  write  whether  I  can  go  East 
and  return  with  you. 

Remember  me  to  uncle  and  aunt. 

Your  ever  Faithful  Husband, 

ARCHIBALD. 


From  a  Servant  in  the  City,  to  her  Parents  in  the  Country. 

New  York,  June  1,  18—. 

My  Dear  Parents  : 

I  take  the  first  opportunity,  since  I  arrived  in  the 
city,  to  write  to  you.  It  was  a  sore  trial,  I  assure  you,  to  leave  home, 
but  since  coming  here  I  have  been  quite  contented,  and  I  am  get¬ 
ting  so  well  accustomed  to  my  work,  that  I  begin  to  like  my  place 
very  much. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Benedict,  are  both  very  kind  to  me.  The  family  con¬ 
sists  of  father,  mother  and  three  children,  the  youngest  being  a  little 
boy  three  years  old;  a  beautiful  little  fellow,  that  always  reminds  me 
of  brother  James.  Eliza,  the  oldest  girl  is  thirteen,  and  Martha  is 
eleven.  They  are  both  very  kind  to  me,  and  do  so  much  about  the 
house  that  it  helps  me  very  considerably. 

Mr.  Benedict  is  a  clothing  merchant  in  the  city,  and  I  judge,  is  in 
very  good  circumstances.  The  girls  are  attending  school  at  present. 
All  the  family  are  very  regular  in  their  attendance  at  church. 

For  the  first  few  days  here,  everything  seemed  very  strange.  I  hardly 
knew  what  to  make  of  so  much  noise  and  so  many  people  on  the 
streets.  I  have  now,  however,  become  accustomed  to  the  multitudes, 
and  would,  I  presume,  consider  my  native  village  very  dull  indeed, 
compared  with  the  bustle  and  activity  of  the  city. 

I  realize, every  day,  dear  parents,  the  worth  of  your  good  advice  to 
me,  which  I  never  knew  the  value  of  so  much  before;  thanking  you 
for  the  same  I  will  always  endeavor  to  follow  it. 

Givemy  love  to  Johnny,  Mary,  Jimmy  and  all  enquiring  friends.  I 
shall  anxiously  look  for  a  letter  from  you.  Write  me  in  the  care  of 
Solon  Benedict,  No. - ,  Thirteenth  Street. 

Your  dutiful  and  Affectionate  Daughter, 

BETSEY  ANN  FAIRBANKS. 

To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  II.  K.  Fairbanks, 

Swallow  Hill,  Pa. 


The  Mother’s  Reply. 

Swallow  Hill,  Pa.,  June  7,  18—. 

Dear  Betsey  : 

Your  letter  which  has  been  received,  affords  great 
pleasure  and  satisfaction  to  your  father  and  myself.  Nothing  could 
give  our  hearts  greater  happiness  than  to  know  of  your  enjoyment  and 
firm  purpose  to  do  right.  Now  that  you  are  removed  from  all  parental 
restraint,  it  is  of  the  most  vital  importance  that  you  implicitly  rely 
upon  the  religious  precepts  which  have  been  instilled  into  your  mind, 
and  that  you  daily  pray  to  God  for  guidance  and  mercy. 

We  are  greatly  pleased  that  you  are  well  situated  with  Mr.  and  Mrs, 
Benedict;  in  return  for  their  kindness  youmust  be  honest,  industrious, 
kind  and  obliging;  doing  your  duty  always  faithfully,  which  will  be  a 
rial  satisfaction  to  yourself  as  well  as  to  your  employers. 

Several  of  the  neighbors,  who  have  called,  have  wished  to  be  remem¬ 
bered  to  you  ;  Mary  and  Jimmy  unite  with  your  father  and  myself  in 
sending  you  love. 

We  shall  constantly  pray  for  your  continued  protection  and  pros¬ 
perity.  I  remain,  dear  Betsey, 

Your  Affectionate  Mother, 

HARRIET  FAIRBANKS. 


Letter  from  a  Father  Remonstrating  with  his  Son. 


Mr  Dear  Son: 


Danbury,  Conn.,  July  7, 18—. 


I  am  sorry  to  learn  that  you  are  not  inclined  to  be  as 
strict  in  your  line  of  duty  as  you  should  be.  Remember  my  son,  that 
a  down-hill  road  is  before  you,  unless  you  rouse  yourself  and  shake  off 
immediately  the  habits  of  dissipation  that  are  fastening  themselves 
upon  you.  Be  sure,  dear  boy,  that  nothing  but  sorrow  and  shame  can 
come  of  bad  company,  late  hours,  neglect  of  duty,  and  inattention  to 
the  obligations  of  morality.  I  am  willing  to  think  that  you  have  not 
given  this  matter  sufficient  thought  heretofore;  that  your  actions  are 
the  result  of  thoughtlessness  rather  than  a  disposition  to  do  wrong. 


110 


DESCRIPTIVE  LETTERS. 


But  be  forewarned  in  time.  You  must  change  your  course  of  action 
immediately  or  incur  my  severe  displeasure. 

I  urge  this,  my  boy,  for  your  sake.  Remember  that  my  happiness  is 
bound  in  your  own,  and  that  nothing  could  give  me  greater  pleasure 
than  your  prosperity.  I  trust  that  it  will  not  be  necessary  for  me  to 
use  more  severe  language  than  this. 

Your  Anxious  Father, 

RUDOLF  MATHEWS. 

The  Son’s  Reply. 

Boston,  Mass.,  June  9, 18—. 

Dear  Father:  ^  realize  that  I  need  the  good  advice  contained 

in  your  letter.  I  am  aware,  as  I  stop  and  think  of  my  conduct,  that  I 
have  given  you  reason  for  anxiety,  but  I  intend,  by  attention  to  my 
business  hereafter,  and  a  complete  reformation  of  my  habits,  to  give 
you  no  occasion  for  concern  about  me  in  the  future.  Believe  me,  I  love 
and  respect  you  too  much  to  intentionally  wound  your  feelings,  or 
to  bring  down  your  gray  hairs  with  sorrow. 

Excuse  me,  dear  father,  for  having  given  you  this  uneasiness,  and 

trust  me  as  y0ur  Affectionate  and  Repentant  Son, 

CHARLES  MATHEWS. 


From  a  Married  Man  to  a  Friend  about  to  Marry. 

Atlanta,  Ga.,  Aug.  20, 18—. 

Fr.end  Batchelder:  Canitbep088ible?  Am  I  right,  or  am  I 

dreaming?  Has  it  come  to  this  at  last?  You,  Batchelder  Button,  you 
cynic,  railer  against  women,  the  unalterable,  unchangeable  bachelor 
—  is  it  possible  that  you  have  at  last  been  captured,  and  have  surren¬ 
dered  all  your  ordnance,  heavy  guns,  and  small  arms  to  the  enemy? 

What  a  defeat !  That  large  strong  heart  of  yours  all  crumbling  to 
pieces,  and  surrendering  to  Cupid’s  battery  1 

Well,  now  seriously,  my  friend,  from  my  point  of  view,  I  think  you 
have  done  a  very  sensible  thing.  The  man  who  goes  the  journey  alone 
through  life,  lives  but  half  a  life.  If  you  have  found  the  woman  fitted 
by  temperament  and  accomplishments  to  render  your  pathway  through 
life  the  joyous  one  that  the  married  state  should  be,  you  are  certainly 
to  be  congratulated  for  awakening  to  the  true  sense  of  your  condition, 
though  rather  late  in  the  day. 

Though  but  slightly  acquainted  with  Miss  Howell,  I  have  formed  a 
very  favorable  idea  of  her  intelligence  and  worth,  which  opinion,  I 
believe,  is  generally  shared  by  those  who  know  her  best.  I  doubt  not, 
with  her  your  married  life  will  be  a  continually  happy  one. 

Your  Friend, 

HERBERT  TRACEY. 


From  a  Young  Man  who  has  Recently  Entered  College. 

Harvard  College,  Mass.,  May  18,  IS—. 

Dear  Father: 

I  am  happy  to  inform  you  that  I  passed  my 
examination  with  credit,  if  I  am  to  believe  the  commendation  bestowed 
upon  me  by  Dr.  H - . 

I  was  very  agreeably  surprised,  soon  after  my  arrival,  to  meet  my 
former  schoolmate,  Hartley  Montague,  who  is  one  of  the  most  respected 
and  influential  in  his  class,  with  whom  I  am,  as  formerly,  on  quite  in¬ 
timate  terms.  Many  things  are  quite  new  to  me  here.  The  society  is 
very  much  mixed,  and  I  cannot  tell  just  where  my  level  is,  but  I  trust 
I  shall  be  able  to  follow  the  good  advice  of  my  parents,  and  always  do 
credit  to  myself  and  my  relatives,  who  have  labored  so  assiduously  to 
advance  me  to  this  position. 

I  thank  you  for  the  check  you  so  kindly  sent  me,  which  was  fully 
adequate  to  cover  all  expenses  of  entrance,  and  leave  me  a  surplus 
sufficient  for  the  rest  of  the  term. 

Love  to  dear  mother  and  sisters.  Hoping  to  meet  you  all  at  our  forth¬ 
coming  commencement,  I  am, 

Your  Affectionate  Son, 

BARFORD  D.  CLAY. 


Descriptive  Letter. 

From  a  Young  Man  at  the  “  Old  Home,”  to  his  Parents  in  the 
West. 

Cambridge,  N.  Y.,  June  10, 1873. 

Dear  Parents:  ,  .  .  ,  . 

Agreeable  to  your  request,  I  take  the  first 

opportunity  after  my  visit  to  the  ’’old  home,”  and  a  hurried  call  upon 
our  relatives,  to  write  you  how  I  found  the  people  and  scenes  that  you 
knew  so  well,  in  the  days  lang  syne,  and  that  I  remember  as  a  boy. 

I  arrived  at  Cambridge  in  a  ninety  minutes’  ride  from  Troy.  What 
a  great  change  in  traveling  !  When  last  I  was  here,  it  was  a  day  s 
journey  from  Troy,  by  stage  coach.  To-day,  New  York,  in  time,  is 
nearer  to  our  old  home  than  Troy  was  then;  and  Troy,  after  traveling 
among  the  thriving,  driving  cities  of  the  great  West,  seems  like  a  way- 
side  village,  instead  of  the  great  ipetropolis  that  it  once  seemed  to  be; 
though  it  is  a  beautiful,  growing,  wealthy  manufacturing  city  to-day, 
nevertheless.  It  is  not  that  the  villages  and  cities  that  we  once  knew 
grow  less,  but  by  observation  and  comparison  we  class  them  where 
they  belong. 

At  Cambridge  I  secured  a  livery  team  for  a  three  days’  sojourn 
among  the  scenes  of  my  boyhood.  Up  the  Battenkill.  Could  it  be  that 
this  was  the  great  river  in  which  my  parents  were  in  such  constant 
fear  of  their  boy  being  drowned?  Was  this  the  Mississippi  of  my 
childhood?  Alasl  that  I  had  floated  down  the  Ohio  river  to  the  real 
Mississippi,  that  I  had  been  up  the  Missouri,  two  thousand  miles 
from  its  mouth,  and  that  I  had  navigated  the  Father  of  Waters,  from 
its  fountain-head  to  its  outlet,  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Had  the  Battenkill  been  drying  up?  Not  at  all.  Though  a  brook, 
comparatively,  there  are  the  same  mill-dams,  the  same  trout-holes, 
aud  the  same  bending  willows  by  its  side;  and  the  first  to  meet  me 
among  our  old  neighbors  was  uncle  Nat  ,  the  same  old  jolly  fisherman, 
returning  from  his  daily  piscatorial  excursion,  with  a  small  string  of 
trout.  Uncle  Nat  complains  bitterly  of  the  scarcity  of  fish  at  present 
in  the  river,  caused,  he  says,  by  “  them  city  chaps  ”  from  Troy,  New 
York  aud  Albany,  who  are  in  the  habit  of  sojourning  during  the  sum¬ 
mer  months,  in  the  hotels  among  the  mountains  hereabouts. 

Stopping  first  at  uncle  Henry’s,  I  visited  the  old  homestead  towards 
evening  on  the  day  of  my  arrival.  Whatever  may  be  said  about  the 
village  and  rivers  growing  smaller,  it  must  certainly  be  admitted  that 
the  mountains,  hills,  and  rocks  hold  their  own.  Up  there,  on  the  hill¬ 
side,  was  “  the  old-house  at  home,”  which  I  had  not  seen  for  fifteen 
year's.  I  went  up  the  walk.  There  were  the  maples  that  I  assisted 
father  in  planting,  twenty  years  ago  — great  spreading  trees  now. 
There  was  the  same  rosebush  that  mother  and  I  cared  for  sixteen  years 
ago.  No  other  evidence  of  the  flowers  and  shrubbery  that  mother  so 
much  delighted  in  remained  about  the  premises. 

I  had  learned  that  the  place  had  passed  into  the  hands  of  an  Irish¬ 
man  named  Sweeny,  so  I  rapped  at  the  front  door,  and  was  met  by 
Mrs.  S.,  from  whom  I  obtained  permission  to  stroll  around  the  place. 
"  oh,  yes,”  said  the  kind-hearted  woman,  ”  go  all  about,  and  when 
Mr.  Swainy  comes,  he’ll  go  wid  ye.” 

So  I  strolled  in  the  quiet  evening  hour,  alone,  among  the  scenes  of 
my  childhood,  where  we  boys  picked  stones,  and  played  ball  in  the 
summer ;  aud  slid  down  hill,  and  chopped  firewood  in  the  winter.  The 
barn  was  the  same  old  barn.  I  clambered  to  its  old  girt  beam,  and  sat 
lookino-  down  on  the  haymow  where  I  had  jumped,  hundreds  of  times, 
iuto  the  hay  below.  I  climbed  to  the  box,  close  under  the  rafters, 
where  we  boys  used  to  keep  doves.  The  same  box  is  there  yet.  I  went 
down  into  the  stables,  where  we  hunted  hens’  eggs.  Apparently,  the 
same  speckled  hens  are  there  now.  And  down  around  the  barn  are 
the  same  old  maples,  and  willows  beside  the  brook. 

I  went  out  to  the  fields.  What  immense  tracts  of  land  I  thought 
these  ten-acre  fields,  when  I  was  a  boy  1  The  same  orchards  are  there. 
The  old  Jones  sweet-apple  tree  is  dead,  however,  and  none  of  the  trees 
are  looking  thrifty.  I  took  a  drink  from  the  upper  spring,  in  the 
Barnes  lot,  which  tasted  just  as  cool  as  ever,  and  getting  down  on  my 
hands  and  knees  to  drink  seemed  like  old  times.  I  saw  a  woodchuck 
and  several  squirrels,  in  my  walk,  and  heard  the  same  old  caw,  caw, 
of  the  crows,  which  brought  back  the  past  the  most  vividly  of  any¬ 
thing  I  had  heard. 


DESCRIPTIVE  LETTERS.  Ill 


Returning,  and  looking  through  the  house,  I  found  almost  every¬ 
thing  changed.  Two  American,  and  three  Irish  families  had  occupied 
it  since  we  left,  and  each,  evidently  thinking  that  they  would  soon 
leave,  did  not  pretend  to  make  any  improvements  for  their  successors 
to  enjoy.  To  sum  up  the  description  of  the  house  —  it  has  never  been 
painted  since  we  left;  the  door  yard  fence  is  gone;  the  wood-house 
has  been  removed;  the  out-door  cellar  has  caved  in;  the  wagon- 
house  leans  so  badly  it  is  liable  to  fall  over  at  any  time;  the  house 
itself,  in  a  few  years,  will  go  the  way  of  the  fences;  and  most  of  the 
out  buildings  are  already  gone.  Nearly  every  American  family  that 
once  lived  here  has  gone  West;  the  population  of  the  vicinity,  at  the 
present  time,  being  largely  made  up  of  Irish.  Another  generation, 
and,  it  is  probable,  scarcely  an  American  will  be  left  to  tell  the  tale. 
Though  sorrowing  to  see  the  wreck  of  our  old  home,  I’ am  greatly 
enjoying  the  visit.  The  scenery  is  truly  beautiful ;  though,  unfortu¬ 
nately,  the  people  here  know  nothing  of  its  beauties,  and  it  takes  us 
some  years  on  the  level  plains  of  the  West  to  learn  to  appreciate  it. 

One  thing  must  be  said  of  the  people  here,  however,  especially  the 
Americans  that  are  left  —  they  take  their  full  measure  of  enjoyment. 
With  continuous  snow  four  months  in  the  year,  the  winter  is  made  up 
of  sleigh-riding  to  parties  and  festal  occasions;  the  sunshine  of 
spring  is  the  signal  for  maple  sugar  making,  and  sngaring-off  parties; 
the  hard  work  of  summer  is  broken  up  by  fishing,  berrying,  and  fre¬ 
quent  excursions  to  various  parts  of  the  country;  the  fall  is  charac¬ 
terized  by  apple  parings  and  corn  huskings;  so  that  with  their  maple 
sugar,  berries,  cream,  trout,  honey,  and  pumpkin  pies,  they  are  about 
the  best  livers  and  happiest  people  I  ever  met.  I  never  knew  till  I 
returned  that  they  enjoyed  themselves  so  well. 

I  will  continue  the  record  of  my  visit  in  my  next. 

Yours  Affectionately, 

ALFRED  T.  WEEKS. 


Descriptive  Letter. 

From  a  Young  Lady  Visiting  Chicago,  to  her  Parents  in  the 
East. 

Chicago,  III,  June  1,  1873, 

Dear  Parents: 

Having  been  the  rounds  among  our  relatives  here, 
I  seat  myself  to  give  you  something  of  an  idea  of  this  wonderful 
city,  in  many  respects  one  of  the  most  remarkable  on  the  face  of  the 
earth,  having  a  population,  to-day,  of  over  300,000. 

You  have  heard  so  much  of  the  city  that  I  must  give  you  a  brief 
sketch  of  its  history. 

The  first  white  man  ever  known  to  have  set  foot  on  the  spot  where 
Chicago  now  stands,  was  a  French  missionary,  from  Canada,  named 
Pitrre  Jacques  Marquette,  who,  with  two  others  having  been  on  a 
missionary  tour  in  the  southern  part  of  Illinois,  when  homeward 
bound  was  detained  at  this  place  in  the  fall  of  1673,  in  consequence 
of  the  severe  cold,  until  the  following  spring.  That  was  two  hun¬ 
dred  years  ago. 

The  first  settler  that  came  here  was  Point-au-Sable,  a  St  Domingo 
negro,  who,  in  1796,  commenced  a  few  improvements  — seventy-seven 
years  since.  Au-Sable  soon  afterwards  removed  to  Peoria,  Ill.,  his  im¬ 
provements  passing  into  the  hands  of  one  Le  Mai,  a  Frenchman,  who 
traded  considerably  with  the  Indians.  The  first  permanent  settler  here 
was  John  Kiuzie,  who  came  over  from  St.  Joseph,  Michigan,  and  com¬ 
menced  his  improvements  in  1804;  sixty-nine  years  ago.  Mr.  Kinzie 
was,  indeed,  what  Romulus  was  to  Rome,  the  founder  of  the  city. 
There  was  a  fort  built  that  year,  a  block  house  made  of  logs,  a  few  rods 
southwest  of  what  is  now  known  as  Rush  street  bridge.  Mr.  Kinzie 
had  a  house  near  the  south  end  of  the  bridge,  which  bridge,  of  course, 
had  no  existence  in  those  days.  An  employe  of  Mr.  Kinzie  named 
Ouilmette,  a  Frenchman,  had  a  cabin  little  west  of  Mr.  Kinzie;  and 
a  little  further  west  was  the  log  cottage  of  one  Burns,  a  discharged 
soldier.  South  of  the  fort,  on  the  south  side,  a  Mr.  Lee  had  a  farm,  in 
the  low  swamp  lands,  where  now  stands  the  heart  of  the  business 
center  of  the  city,  and  his  cabin  was  a  half  mile  or  so  down  the  river. 


For  a  quarter  of  a  century  the  growth  of  the  village  was  remarkably 
slow,  as  shown  by  the  fact,  that,  in  1830,  there  were  but  twelve  houses 
in  the  village,  with  three  suburban  residences  on  Madison  street,  the 
entire  population,  whites,  half  breeds,  and  negroes,  making  about  one 
hundred.  That  was  forty  years  ago. 

I  should  have  told  you  that  Chicago  has  a  river,  which  is  doubtless 
the  cause  of  the  wonderful  commercial  growth  of  the  place,  of  late 
years,  which,  at  the  time  of  its  discovery,  was  two  hundred  feet  wide, 
and  twenty  feet  deep,  with  banks  so  steep,  that  vessels  could  come  up 
to  the  water’s  edge,  and  receive  their  lading.  A  half  mile  or  more, 
from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  the  stream  divides;  that  portion  north 
of  the  stream,  being  known  as  the  North  Side ;  that  between  the  forks, 
the  West  Side;  and  that  south  of  the  river,  the  South  Side. 

At  that  time,  the  North  Side  was  covered  with  a  dense  forest  of  black 
walnut  and  other  trees,  in  which  were  hears,  wolves,  foxes,  wild  cats, 
deer  and  other  game  in  great  abundance;  while  the  South  Side,  now 
the  business  center,  was  a  low,  swampy  piece  of  ground,  being  the  resort 
of  wild  geese  and  ducks.  Where  the  court  house  stands,  was  a  pond, 
which  was  navigable  for  small  boats.  On  the  hanks  of  the  river, 
among  the  sedgy  grass,  grew  a  wild  onion,  which  the  Indians  called 
Chikago,  and  hence  the  name  of  the  city. 

On  a  summer  day,  in  1831,  the  first  vessel  unloaded  goods  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river.  In  1S32,  the  first  frame  house  was  built,  by  Geo. 
W.  Dole,  and  stood  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Dearborn  and  South 
Water  streets.  At  an  election  for  township  trustees  in  1833,— just  forty- 
one  years  since,  there  were  twenty-eight  voters.  In  1840,  there  were 
less  than  5,000  people  in  the  place.  Thus  you  see  this  city,  now  the 
fifth  in  the  order  of  the  population  in  the  United  States,  has  grown 
from  5,000  to  300,000  in  thirty-three  years. 

It  is  needless  for  me  to  describe  the  wonderfully  rapid  up-building  of 
the  city  since  the  fire.  You  have  heard  all  about  it.  What  I  want  to 
tell  you  more  especially  is  concerning  our  relatives.  Uncles  John, 
William  and  James,  you  recollect  perhaps,  all  came  here'  in  1836. 
They  worked  that  summer  for  different  parties,  and  until  the  next 
spring  when,  in  the  summer  of  1837,  each  of  the  men  they  had 
labored  for  failed,  uncle  John  had  due  him  $150.  Fortunately,  as  he 
thought,  he  was  able  to  settle  the  claim  at  fifty  cents  on  the  dollar,  and 
with  the  $75,  he  left  the  place  in  disgust,  and  went  to  work  for  a  farmer 
in  Dupage  County,  a  little  distance  west  of  Chicago.  Uncle  William, 
could  not  get  a  cent.  He  even  proposed  to  take  $50  for  the  $175  that 
were  due  him,  but  cash  could  not  possibly  he  obtained.  He  finally 
settled  his  claim  by  taking  six  acres  of  swampy  laud  on  the  South 
Side,  which  he  vainly  tried  to  sell  for  several  years  that  he  might 
leave  the  city,  hut,  unable  to  do  so,  he  continued  to  work  in  Chicago. 
Uncle  James  took  fifteen  acres  in  settlement  of  his  claim,  which  he 
also  found  it  impossible  to  sell,  his  experience  being  about  the  same  as 
that  of  uncle  William.  Well,  now  the  luck  begins  to  come  in.  Uncle 
William  got  independent  of  his  land  by  and  by,  but  sold,  at  last 
an  acre  for  money  enough  to  put  up  one  of  the  most  elegant  residences 
you  ever  beheld.  He  sold  afterwards  another  acre  for  money  with 
which  he  bought  a  farm  three  miles  from  the  court  house,  that  is  now 
worth  $500,000.  With  two  acres  more,  he  got  money  enough  to  put  up 
five  business  blocks,  from  which  he  gets  a  revenue,  each  year,  sufficient 
to  buy  several  farms. 

Uncle  James’  experience  is  almost  exactly  similar  to  uncle  William’s 
ne  has  sold  small  portions  of  his  land  at  various  times,  re-investi  ^g 
his  money  in  real  estate,  until  he  is  worth  to-day  about  $2,000,000. 
Uncle  William  is  said  to  be  worth  about  the  same  amount.  Uncle  John 
came  in  from  the  country  a  few  years  ago,  and  in  various  capacities,  is 
working  for  his  brothers  around  the  city,  being  to-day  a  poor  man; 
but  will,  I  presume,  be  just  as  rich  in  eternity,  as  uncles  James  and 
William. 

All  have  interesting  families  of  intelligent  children,  among  whom 
I  have  almost  terminated  one  of  the  most  delightful  visits  I  ever  made. 
Such  in  brief  is  the  history  of  Chicago,  and  a  sketch  of  two  of  its 
sample  rich  men,  who  were  made  wealthy  in  spite  of  themselves. 

In  my  next  I  will  describe  the  parks  and  boulevards  about  the  city. 
Till  then  adieu. 

Your  Affectionate  Daughter, 

AMELIA  SPARLAND. 


T 


112 


HINTS  ON  WRITING  LOVE  LETTERS. 


letters  of  Love.1 


F  all  letters,  the  love  letter 
should  be  the  most  carefully 
prepared.  Among  the  written 
missives,  they  are  the  most 
thoroughly  read  and  re-read, 
the  longest  preserved,  and  the 
most  likely  to  be  regretted  in 
after  life. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  CARE. 

They  should  be  written  with  the  utmost  re¬ 
gard  for  perfection.  An  ungrammatical  expres¬ 
sion,  or  a  word  improperly  spelled,  may  seriously 
interfere  with  the  writer’s  prospects,  by  being 
turned  to  ridicule.  For  any  person,  however, 
to  make  sport  of  a  respectful,  confidential  lettei, 
because  of  some  error  in  the  writing,  is  in  the 
highest  degree  unladylike  and  ungentlemanly. 

NECESSITY  OF  CAUTION. 

As  a  rule,  the  love  letter  should  be  very 
guardedly  written.  Ladies,  especially,  should  be 
very  careful  to  maintain  their  dignity  when 
writing  them.  When,  possibly,  in  after  time 
the  feelings  entirely  change,  you  will  regret 
that  you  wrote  the  letter  at  all.  If  the  love 
remains  unchanged,  no  harm  will  certainly  be 
done  if  you  wrote  with  judgment  and  care. 

AT  WHAT  AGE  TO  WRITE  LOVE  LETTERS. 

The  love  letter  is  the  prelude  to  marriage,  a 
state  that,  if  the  husband  and  wife  be  fitted  for 
each  other,  is  the  most  natural  and  serenely 
happy  ]  a  state,  however,  that  none  should 
enter  upon, until,  in  judgment  and  physical  de¬ 
velopment,  both  parties  have  completely  ma¬ 
tured.  Many  a  life  has  been  wrecked  by  a  blind , 


impulsive  marriage,  simply  resulting  •  from  a 
youthful  passion.  As  a  physiological  law,  man 
should  be  twenty-five,  and  woman  twenty-three, 
before  marrying. 

APPROVAL  OF  PARENTS. 

While  there  may  be  exceptional  cases,  as  a 
rule,  correspondence  should  be  conducted  only 
with  the  assent  and  approval  of  the  parents.  If 
it  is  not  so,  parents  are  themselves  generally  to 
blame.  If  children  are  properly  trained,  they 
will  implicitly  confide  in  the  father  and  mother, 
who  will  retain  their  love  until  they  are  suffi¬ 
ciently  matured  to  choose  a  companion  for  life. 
If  parents  neglect  to  retain  this  love  and  confi¬ 
dence,  the  child,  in  the  yearning  for  affection, 
will  place  the  love  elsewhere,  frequently  much 
too  early  in  life. 

TIMES  FOR  COURTSHIP. 

Ladies  should  not  allow  courtship  to  be  con¬ 
ducted  at  unseasonable  hours.  The  evening 
entertainment,  the  walk,  the  ride,  are  all  favor¬ 
able  for  the  study  of  each  other’s  tastes  and 
feelings.  For  the  gentleman  to  protract  his 
visit  at  the  lady’s  residence  until  a  late  hour,  is 
almost  sure  to  give  offence  to  the  lady’s  parents, 
and  is  extremely  ungentlemanly. 

HONESTY. 

The  love  letter  should  be  honest.  It  should 
say  what  the  writer  means,  and  no  more.  For 
the  lady  or  gentleman  to  play  the  part  of  a  co¬ 
quette,  studying  to  see  how  many  lovers  he  or 
she  may  secure,  is  very  disreputable,  and  bears 
in  its  train  a  long  list  of  sorrows,  frequently 
wrecking  the  domestic  happiness  for  a  life-time. 
The  parties  should  be  honest  also  in  the  state- 


SUGGESTIONS  ON  MARRIAGE. 


113 


ment  of  their  actual  prospects  and  means  of  sup¬ 
port.  Neither  should  hold  out  to  the  other 
wealth  or  other  inducements  that  will  not  be 
realized,  as  disappointment  and  disgust  will  be 
the  only  result. 

MARRYING  FOR  A  HOME. 

Let  no  lady  commence  and  continue  a  corre¬ 
spondence  with  a  view  to  marriage,  for  fear  that 
slid  may  never  have  another  opportunity.  It  is 
the  mark  of  judgment  and  rare  good  sense  to 
go  through  life  without  wedlock,  if  she  cannot 
marry  from  love.  Somewhere  in  Eternity,  the 
poet  tells  us,  our  true  mate  will  be  found.  Do 
not  be  afraid  of  being  an  “  old  maid.”  The 
disgrace  attached  to  that  term  has  long  since 
passed  away.  Unmarried  ladies  of  mature  years 
are  proverbially  among  the  most  intelligent, 
accomplished,  and  independent  to  be  found  in 
society.  The  sphere  of  woman’s  action  and 
work  is  so  widening  that  she  can  to-day,  if  she 
desires,  handsomely  and  independently  support 
herself.  She  need  not,  therefore,  marry  for  a 
home. 

INTEMPERATE  MEN. 

Above  all,  no  lady  should  allow  herself  to 
correspond  with  an  intemperate  man,  with  a 
view  to  matrimony.  She  may  reform  him,  but 
the  chances  are  that  her  life’s  happiness  will  be 
completely  destroyed  by  such  a  union.  Better 
a  thousand  times,  the  single,  free,  and  indepen¬ 
dent  maidenhood,  than  for  a  woman  to  trail 
her  life  in  the  dust,  and  bring  poverty,  shame, 
and  disgrace  on  her  children,  by  marrying  a 
man  addicted  to  dissipated  habits. 

MARRYING  WEALTH. 

Let  no  man  make  it  an  ultimate  object  in  life, 
to  marry  a  rich  wife.  It  is  not  the  possession,  but 
the  acquisition  of  wealth,  that  gives  happiness. 
It  is  a  generally  conceded  fact  that  the  inherit¬ 
ance  of  great  wealth  is  a  positive  mental  and 
moral  injury  to  young  men,  completely  destroy¬ 
ing  the  stimulus  to  advancement.  So,  as  a  rule, 
no  man  is  permanently  made  happier  by  a 
marriage  of  wealth  ;  while  he  is  quite  likely  to 


be  given  to  understand,  by  his  wife  and  others, 
from  time  to  time,  that  whatever  consequence 
he  may  attain,  it  is  all  the  result  of  his  wife’s 
money.  Most  independent  men  prefer  to  start, 
as  all  our  wealthiest  and  greatest  men  have 
done,  at  the  foot  of  the  ladder  and  earn  their 
independence.  Where,  however,  a  man  can 
bring  extraordinary  talent  or  distinguished  rep¬ 
utation,  as  a  balance  for  his  wife’s  wealth,  the 
conditions  are  more  nearly  equalized.  Obser¬ 
vation  shows  that  those  marriages  prove  most 
serenely  happy  where  husband  and  wife,  at  the 
time  of  marriage,  stand,  socially,  intellectually, 
and  pecuniarily,  very  nearly  equal.  For  the 
chances  of  successful  advancement  and  happi¬ 
ness  in  after  life,  let  a  man  wed  a  woman 
poorer  than  himself  rather  than  one  that  is 
richer. 

POVERTY. 

Let  no  couple  hesitate  to  marry  because  they 
are  poor.  It  will  cost  them  less  to  live  after 
marriage  than  before,  one  light,  one  fire,  etc., 
answering  the  purpose  for  both.  Having  an 
object  to  live  for,  also,  they  will  commence  their 
accumulations  after  marriage  as  never  before. 
The  young  woman  that  demands  a  certain 
amount  of  costly  style,  beyond  the  income  of  her 
betrothed,  no  young  man  should  ever  wed.  As  a 
general  thing,  however,  women  have  common 
sense,  and,  if  husbands  will  perfectly  confide  in 
their  wives,  telling  them  exactly  their  pecuniary 
condition,  the  wife  will  live  within  the  husband’s 
income.  In  the  majority  of  cases  where  men 
fail  in  business,  the  failure  being  attributed  to 
the  wife’s  extravagance,  the  wife  has  been  kept 
in  entire  ignorance  of  her  husband’s  pecuniary 
resources.  The  man  who  would  be  successful 
in  business,  should  not  only  marry  a  woman 
who  is  worthy  of  his  confidence,  but  he  should 
at  all  times  advise  with  her.  She  is  more  inter¬ 
ested  in  his  prosperity  than  anybody  else,  and 
will  be  found  his  best  counselor  and  friend. 

CONFIDENCE  AND  HONOR. 

The  love  correspondence  of  another  should 
be  held  sacred,  the  rule  of  conduct  being,  to  do 


8 


114 


LOVE  LETTERS. 


to  others  as  you  wish  them  to  do  to  you.  No 
woman,  who  is  a  lady,  will  be  guilty  of  making 
light  of  the  sentiments  that  are  expressed  to 
her  in  a  letter.  No  man,  who  is  a  gentleman, 
will  boast  of  his  love  conquests,  among  boon 
companions,  or  reveal  to  others  the  correspond¬ 
ence  between  himself  and  a  lady.  If  an  en¬ 
gagement  is  mutually  broken  off,  all  the  love 
letters  should  be  returned.  To  retain  them  is 
dishonorable.  They  were  written  under  cii- 
cumstances  that  no  longer  exist.  It  is  better 
for  both  parties  to  wash  out  every  recollection 
of  the  past,  by  returning  to  the  giver  every  me¬ 
mento  of  the  dead  love. 

HOW  TO  BEGIN  A  LOVE  CORRESPONDENCE. 

Some  gentlemen,  being  very  favorably  im¬ 
pressed  with  a  lady  at  first  sight,  and  , having 
no  immediate  opportunity  for  introduction,  make 
bold,  after  learning  her  name,  to  write  her  at 
once,  seeking  an  interview,  the  form  of  which 
letter  will  be  found  hereafter.  A  gentleman  in 
doing  so,  however,  runs  considerable  risk  of  re¬ 
ceiving  a  rebuff  from  the  lady,  though  not 
always.  It  is  better  to  take  a  little  moie  time, 
learn  thoroughly  who  the  lady  is,  and  obtain  an 
introduction  through  a  mutual  acquaintance. 
Much  less  embarrassment  attends  such  a  meet¬ 
ing,  and  having  learned  the  lady  s  antecedents, 

'  subjects  are  easily  introduced  in  which  she  is 
interested,  and  thus  the  first  interview  can  be 
made  quite  agreeable. 

The  way  is  now  paved  for  the  opening  of  a 
correspondence,  which  may  be  done  by  a  note 
inviting  her  company  to  any  entertainment  sup¬ 
posed  to  be  agreeable  to  her,  or  the  further 
pleasure  of  her  acquaintance  by  correspondence, 
as  follows : 

143 - St.,  July  2,  18—. 

Miss  Myra  Bronson  ; 

Having  greatly  enjoyed  our  brief  meeting  at 
the  residence  of  Mrs.  Powell,  last  Thursday  evening,  I  venture  to  write 
to  request  permission  to  call  on  you  at  your  own  residence.  Though 
myself  almost  entirely  a  stranger  in  the  city,  your  father  remembers, 
he  told  me  the  other  evening,  Mr.  Williams  of  Syracuse,  who  is  my 
uucle.  Trusting  that  you  will  pardon  this  liberty,  and  place  me  on 
your  list  of  gentlemen  acquaintances,  I  am, 

Yours  Very  Respectfully, 

HARMON  WILLIAMS. 


Favorable  Reply. 

914  — •  St  July  2,  13—. 

Mu.  Harmon  Williams, 

Dear  ir .  ^  g.yc  mucij  pleasure  to  see  yon  at  our  resi¬ 
dence  next  Wednesday  evening.  My  father  desires  me  to  state  that  he 
retains  a  very  favorable  recollection  of  your  uncle,  in  consequence  of 
which  he  will  be  pleased  to  continue  your  acquaintance. 

Yours  Truly, 

MYRA  BRONSON. 


Unfavorable  Reply. 


944  - St.,  July  2,  18--. 

Miss  Myra  Bronsor.  making  it  a  rule  to  receive  no  gentlemen  visitors 
upon  such  brief  acquaintance,  begs  to  decline  the  honor  of  Mr.  Will¬ 
iams’  visits. 

Harmon  Williams,  Esq. 


An  Invitation  to  a  Place  of  Public  Amusement. 

462 - St.,  April  4, 18—. 

Miss  Farrington.  ^  request  the  very  great  pleasure  of  escorting 
yon  to  Barnum’s  Museum,  at  any  time  which  may  suit  your  conveni¬ 
ence?  To  grant  this  favor  will  give  me  very  much  pleasure.  No  pains 
will  be  spared  by  myself  to  have  you  enjoy  the  occasion,  and  I  will 
consult  your  wishes,  in  every  particular  as  to  time  of  calling  for  you 
and  returning.  Waiting  an  early  reply  to  this,  I  remain, 

Most  Sincerely, 

CUAS.  STEVENSON. 


Reply  Accepting. 

870  - St.,  April  7,  18—. 

Mr.  Stevenson,  . 

Dear  Sir:  I  thank  you  for  your  very  kind  invitation,  which 
I  am  happy  to  accept.  I  will  appoint  next  Monday  evening,  at  which 
time,  if  you  will  call  for  me,  at  our  house,  I  will  accompany  you. 
Yours  Sincerely, 

CLARA  FARRINGTON, 


Reply  Refusing. 


876  - St„  April  4,  18—. 

Mr.  Stevenson,  ^  j  ^  gratef ul  to  you  f or  your  very  polite  invita  • 
tion  but  as  I  should  go  only  with  my  own  family,  were  1  to  attend 
any ’place  of  amusement,  I  am  unable  to  avail  myself  of  your  kind¬ 
ness.  Thanking  you,  I  remain, 

Yours  Truly, 

CLARA  FARRINGTON. 


Reply  with  Conditions. 

876  - St.,  April  4,  18—. 

Mr.  Stevenson, 

Dear  Sir :  I  shall  be  most  happy  to  visit  Barnum  s  Museum 
with  you,  but  will  prefer  being  one  of  a  company  in  which  yourself  is 
included,  such  also  being  the  wish  of  my  mother  who  sends  her  kind 
regards.  A  visit  from  you,  at  pur  house,  next  Tuesday  evening,  will 
enable  us  to  decide  upon  the  time  of  going. 

Very  Sincerely, 

CLARA  FARRINGTON. 


LOVE  LETTERS. 


115 


Love  at  First  Sight. 

Dear  Miss  Hawley:  96  ~  Sr'’  June  18~- 

You  will,  1  trust,  forgive  this  abrupt  and  plainly 
spoken  letter.  Although  I  have  been  in  your  company  but  once  I 
cannot  forbear  writing  to  you  in  defiance  of  ail  rules  of  etiquette. 
Affection  is  sometimes  of  slow  growth,  but  sometimes  it  springs  up  in 
a  moment.  I  left  you  last  night  with  my  heart  no  longer  my  own  I 
cannot,  of  course,  hope  that  I  have  created  any  interest  in  you,  but 
will  you  do  me  the  great  favor  to  allow  me  to  cultivate  your  acquaint¬ 
ance?  Hoping  that  you  may  regard  me  favorably,  I  shall  await  with 
much  anxiety  your  reply.  I  remain, 

Yours  Devotedly, 

BENSON  GOODRICH. 


Unfavorable  Reply. 

Mr.  Goodrich,  694 - St”  June  18~- 

Sir:  Your  note  was  a  surprise  to  me, considering  that 

we  had  never  met  until  last  evening,  and  that  then  our  conversation 
had  been  only  on  common-place  subjects.  Your  conduct  is  indeed 
quite  strange.  You  will  please  be  so  kind  as  to  oblige  me  by  not  repeat¬ 
ing  the  request,  allowing  this  note  to  close  our  correspondence. 

MARION  HAWLEY. 


Favorable  Reply. 

Mr.  Goodrich,  694  - St“  J,lne  L 1 8~- 

Dear  Sir :  Undoubtedly  I  ought  to  call  you  severely 
to  account  for  your  declaration  of  love  at  first  sight,  but  I  really  can¬ 
not  find  it  in  my  heart  to  do  so,  as  I  must  confess,  that,  after  our  brief 
interview  last  evening,  I  havf  thought  much  moreof  you  than  I  should 
have  been  willing  to  have  acknowledged  had  you  not  come  to  the  con¬ 
fession  first.  Seriously  speaking,  we  know  but  very  little  of  each 
other  yet,  and  we  must  be  very  careful  not  to  exchange  our  hearts  in 
t  ie  dark.  I  shall  be  happy  to  receive  you  here,  as  a  friend,  with  a 
view  to  our  further  acquaintance.  I  remain,  dear  sir, 

MARION  HAWLEY. 

A  Lover’s  Good-bye  before  starting  on  a  Journey. 

My  Darling  Minnie:  104 - St"  May  10’  18~- 

,  1  SO  west  to-morrow  on  business,  leavin"  mv 

heart  in  your  gentle  keeping.  You  need  be  at  no  expense  in  placing  a 
guard  around  it,  for  I  assure  you,  that  as  surely  as  the  needle  points 
towards  the  pole,  so  surely  my  love  is  all  yours.  I  shall  go,  deanst 
by  the  first  train,  hoping  thereby  to  return,  just  one  train  sooner,  which 
means  that  not  an  hour,  not  a  minute  longer  will  I  be  absent  from  you 
than  is  imperatively  necessary.  Like  the  angler,  I  shall  “drop  a  line’’ 
frequently,  and  shall  expect  a  very  prompt  response,  letter  for  letter 
No  credit  given  in  this  case;  business  is  business,  I  must  have  prompt 
returns.  F  * 

Ever  Faithfully  Yours, 

WINFIELD  BAKER. 


Reply  to  the  Foregoing. 


Dear  Winfield  : 


814 - St.,  May  10, 18—. 

I  have  had  my  cry  over  your  letter-a  long  hard 


^  ichci — a.  lULiiT  nara 

cry.  Of  course,  I  know  that  does  not  help  the  matter  any.  I  suppose 
you  must  go,  but  I  shall  be  so  lonely  while  you  are  gone.  However 
you  promise  that  you  will  return,  at  the  earliest  moment,  and  that  is 
one  little  ray  of  sunshine  that  lines  the  cloud.  Shall  we  be  enough 
happier  after  your  return,  to  pay  for  this  separation  >  Thinkin-  that 


we  may  be,  I  will  let  that  thought  sustain  me.  In  the  meantime,  from 

this  moment,  until  your  return,  I  will  think  of  you,  just  once _ a 

long  drawn  out  thought. 

Yours  Affectionately, 

MINNIE  LA  SURE. 

Letter  asking  an  Introduction  through  a  Mutual  Friend. 

Friend  Henry:  912  - St’’  APrfl  2’  18~- 

^  am  very  desirous  of  making  the  acquaintance  of 
Miss  Benjamin,  with  whom  you  are  on  terms  of  intimate  friendship. 
Will  you  be  so  kind  as  to  give  me  a  letter  of  introduction  to  her?  I 
am  aware  that  it  may  be  a  delicate  letter  for  you  to  write,  but  you 
will  be  free,  of  course,  to  make  all  needed  explanations  in  your  letter 
to  her.  I  will  send  her  your  letter,  instead  of  personally  calling  upon 
her  myself,  thus  saving  her  from  any  embarrassment  that  may  result 
from  my  so  doing.  By  granting  this  favor,  you  will  much  oblige, 
Yours  Very  Respectfully, 

WM.  H.  TYLER. 


Reply. 

Friend  Tyler:  117 - St.,  Apr.  2,  IS-. 

Enclosed,  find  the  note  yon  wish.  As  you  will  observe 
I  have  acted  upon  your  suggestion,  of  giving  her  sufficient  explanation 
to  justify  my  letter.  Your  desire  to  please  the  lady,  coupled  with  your 
good  judgment,  will,  I  doubt  not,  make  the  matter  agreeable. 

Truly  Yours, 

HENRY  PARSONS. 

LETTER  OF  INTRODUCTION. 

Wn,ET^,M.ISS,BE^JAMIN:J  T-his  wil1  introduce  to  you,  my  friend 

VoTi 

Very  Respectfully, 

HENRY  PARSONS. 


To  the  Father  of  the  Lady. 

Burlington,  Iam  Jan.  1, 18— 

Respected  Sir: 

I  take  this  means  of  consulting  you,  on  a  subject, 
hat  deeply  interests  myself,  while  it  indirectly  concerns  you;  and  I 
trust,  that  my  presentation  of  the  matter  will  meet  with  your  approval 
For  several  months,  your  daughter,  Mary,  and  myself,  have  been  on 
ntimate  terms  of  friendship,  which  has  ripened  into  affection  oil  mv 
part,  and  I  have  reason  to  think,  that  my  attentions  are  not  indifferent 
to  her.  My  business  and  prospects  are- such,  that  I  flatter  myself  I 
can  provide  for  her  future,  with  the  same  comfort  that  has  surrounded 
her  under  the  parental  roof.  Of  my  character  and  qualifications  I 
have  nothing  to  say;  I  trust  they  are  sufficiently  known  to  you,  to  give 
confidence  m  the  prospect  of  your  child's  happiness. 

Believing  that  the  parents  have  suchan  interest  in  the  welfare  of  the 
daughter  as  makes  it  obligatory  upon  a  lover  to  consult  their  desires 
before  taking  her  from  their  home,  I  am  thus  induced  to  request  you 
to  express  your  wishes  upon  this  subject. 

I  shall  anxiously  await  your  answer. 

Your  very  Obedient  Servant, 

To  Wm.  Franklin,  Esq.,  DANIEL  HARRISON. 

184 - St. 


116 


LOVE  LETTERS. 


Favorable  Reply. 

.  184 - St.,  Jan.  1, 18—. 

Mr  Dear  Mr.  Harrison:  .  ,  , 

I  very  highly  appreciate  the  manly  and 

honorable  way  in  which  you  have  addressed  me  in  reference  to  my 

daughter  Mary.  .  _  „ _ . 

Believing  you  to  be  honest,  industrious,  ambitious  to  do  well,  and 
possessed  of  excellent  moral  character,  I  unite  with  Mrs.  Franklin 
in  the  belief  that  our  darling  child  may  very  safely  trust  her  happi- 

^Ti  agreeable* ^convenient  to  you,  we  shall  be  happy  to  have  you 

dine  with  us  to-morrow. 

Very  Sincerely  Yours, 

WM.  FRANKLIN. 

To  Mb.  Daniel  Harrison. 


Unfavorable  Reply. 

184 - St 

Dear  Sib:  .  ,  _ 

Highly  appreciating  the  straightforward  and  gentlemanly 

manner  iu  which  you  have  written  me  concerning  a  subject  that 
every  parent  has  an  interest  in,  I  am  compelled  to  inform  you  that, 
though  my  daughter  has  treated  you  with  much  friendliness  as  she  is 
accustomed  to  with  all  her  friends,  she  will  be  unable  to  continue  with 
you  a  love  acquaintance  with  a  view  to  marriage,  owing  to  a  prior 
engagement  with  a  gentleman  of  worth  and  respectability,  which  con- 
tract  she  has  had  no  occasion  to  regret. 

Fully  sensible  of  your  most  excellent  qualities,  and  the  complimen 
paid  in  your  selection  of  her,  my  daughter  unites  with  me  in  the  wish 
that  you  may  meet  with  a  companion  in  every  way  calculated  to 

ensure  your  happiness.  your8  Very  Respectfully, 

WM.  FRANKLIN. 

To  Mr.  Daniel  Harrison. 


that  the  person  using  the  same  involuntarily  craves  strong  drink, 
in  order  to  taste  it.  Therein  lies  the  foundation  of  a  large  share  of  the 
drunkenness  of  the  country.  Observation  proves  that,  while  many 
men  use  tobacco  that  are  not  drunkards,  almost  every  drunkard  is  a 
user  of  tobacco,  having  nearly  always  formed  the  habit  from  the  use 

of  this  narcotic  weed.  . 

U  would  surround  me  with  flUh.  To  say  nothing  of  the  great  drain 
on  the  physical  health  by  the  constant  expectoration  of  saliva,  thus 
ruining  the  health  of  many  robust  constitutions,  1  could  not  endure 
the  fetid  breath  of  the  tobacco  user.  I  sicken  the  sight  of  the  brown 
saliva  exuding  from  between  the  lips;  physiology  proving  that,  with 
tobacco  chewers,  nearly  all  the  waste  fluids  from  the  body  pass 
through  the  mouth.  I  am  immediately  faint  at  the  thought  of  dragging 
my  skirts  through  spittle  in  a  railway  car,  or  any  place  where  it  is 
thrown  upon  the  floor;  I  turn  with  disgust  at  the  atmosphere-God  s 
pure,  fresh  air-that  is  tainted  with  the  stench  of  tobacco  smoke. 

It  would  corrupt  my  husband's  morals.  All  the  associations  of  tobacco 
are  had.  It  is  true  that  many  good  men  use  tobacco.  It  is  also  trut 
that  nearly  every  man  that  is  bad  is  addicted  to  its  use.  To  smoke,  in 
peace,  the  man  must  resort.to  the  place  where  others  smoke.  In  that 
room  are  profanity,  obscene  language,  and  every  species  of  vulgarity. 
There  may  he,  occasionally,  an  exception.  The  fact  is  patent,  how¬ 
ever,  that,  in  the  room  in  which  vulgarity  and  obscenity  prevail,  there 
is  al  ways  tobacco  smoke  in  the  air,  and  the  vile  spittle  on  the  floor. 

You  will  forgive  me  for  speaking  thus  plainly.  I  love  you  too  wtll 
to  disguise  my  feelings  on  the  subject.  I  could  not  possibly  constantly 
love  a  tobacco  user,  for  the  reasons  that  I  have  given. 

While  I  devotedly  love  yon,  I  cannot  consent  that  yon  should  bestow 
your  affections  upon  a  person  that  would  instinctively  repel  you.  Be¬ 
lieving  therefore,  under  the  circumstances,  that  our  further  corres¬ 
pondence  should  cease,  I  remain, 

Your  Friend  and  Well-wisher, 

MARIETTA  WILCOX. 


Reply  to  a  Young  Man  that  uses  Tobacco. 

662 - St.,  July  18  ,  — . 

Mr.  Bannister, 

I  am  in  receipt  of  your  courteous  letter,  containing  a 
declaration  of  love.  I  will  be  frank  enough  with  you  to  admit,  that 
while  I  have  been  sensible  of  your  affectionate  regard  for  me  orsom 
months,  I  also  have  cherished  a  growing  interest  in  you  In  truth  to 
make  a  candid  confession,  I  most  sincerely  1  °  vey  ° "  -  If" l' fjuld  ’  ^ 
haps,  say  no  more,  but  I  feel  it  due  to  you,  as  well  as  to  myself,  to  be 
strictly  honest  in  my  expression,  lest  we  foster  this  glowing  o  c, 
which,  under  present  conditions,  must  be  broken  o  . 

I  have  always  admired  your  natural  ability;  I  appreciate  you  fo 
your  industry  ;  I  respect  you.  for  your  filial  conduct  towards  you 
parents.  In  fact,  I  consider  you  quite  a  model  young  man,  were  it 
for  one  habit,  which  has  always  been,  heretofore,  a  very  delicate  sub¬ 
ject  for  me  to  speak  of,  fearing  that  it  might  give  you  offense.  But, 
believing  it  best  that  I  be  true  to  my  convictions  and  state  my  objec¬ 
tions  plainly,  I  thus  freely  write  them.  . 

I  have  reference  to  the  use  of  tobacco.  Apparently,  this  is  a  little 
thin®  I  am  aware  that  ladies  generally  consider  it  beneath  their 

notice,  but  so  thoroughly  convinced  am  I  that  it  is  one  of  the  most 

destructive  habits,  sapping  the  morality  and  vigor  of  our  youn0  men, 
that  I  could  never  consent  to  wed  a  man  addicted  to  its  use,  my  reasons 
being  as  follows: 

It  would  impoverish  my  home.  Only  ten  cents  a  day  expended  for  a 
ci®ar,  in  a  lifetime  of  forty  years,  with  its  accumulations  of  interest, 
amounts  to  over  four  thousand  dollars  I  The  little  sum  of  eleven  cents 
per  day,  saved  from  being  squandered  on  tobacco  and  properly  put  at 
interest,  amounts  in  that  time  to  $5,1601  No  wonder  that  so  many 
homes,  the  heads  of  which  use  tobacco,  are  without  the  comforts  of 

life 

It  might  wreck  my  happiness.  It  is  a  well  known  pbysiological  fact 
that  the  use  of  tobacco  deadens  the  sense  of  taste;  that  water  and  a 
common  drinks  become  insipid  and  tasteless  when  tobacco  is  used,  so 


Letter  to  an  Entire  Stranger. 

478 - St.,  Jan.  1, 18—. 

Miss  Henderson:  .. 

I  beg  to  apologize  for  addressing  you  thus, 

being  au  entire  stranger;  but  having  the  misfortune  to  be  unknown  to 
you  is  my  excuse  for  this  strange  proceeding,  which,  I  am  well  aware, 
is  entirely  at  variance  with  the  rules  of  etiquette.  I  have  for  two  Sab¬ 
baths  seen  you  at  church  and  I  am  k  to  confess  that  your  appear, 
ance  has  made  so  deep  an  impression  upon  me  as  to  make  me  extremely 
desirous  of  forming  our  acquaintance.  I  am,  at  present,  a  clerk  in 
the  ribbon  department  at  Smith  &  Brown’s  store.  Will  you  do  me  the 
great  favor  of  allowing  this  to  commence  a  friendship,  which,  I  trust, 
will  never  be  regretted  by  yourself.  Please  deign  to  give  me  at  least 

a  single  line  in  reply  to  this,  and  oblige, 

Your  Sincere  Admirer, 

WESLEY  BARNUM. 


Unfavorable  Reply. 

Mr.  Barnum, 

Sir  *  •  a 

I  considerably  question  whether  it  is  due  to  propriety 

to  answer  your  note  at  all.  But  as  you  might  fear  that  your  letter  had 
miscarried,  and  thus  be  induced  to  write  again,  it  is  best,  probably, 
for  me  to  make  an  immediate  reply,  and  thus  settle  the  affair  entirely, 
and  relieve  you,  possibly,  of  further  suspense.  It  will  be  impossible 
for  me  to  recognize  you,  or  to  think  under  any  circumstances,  of  per¬ 
mitting  an  acquaintance  to  be  commenced  by  such  an  introduction  as 
you  seem  to  deem  sufficient.  More  especially  should  I  regret  allow¬ 
ing  a  friendship  to  he  formed  by  recognitions  m  the  hours  of  divine 
service  in  church,  while  the  mind  should  be  employed  tn  ^ligmue 
observances.  You  will,  therefore,  please  understand  that  I  am 
not  favorable  to  further  recognition,  nor  to  a  continuance  of  cor 

spondence.  AMELIA  HENDERSON. 


LOVE  LETTERS. 


Reply  More  Favorable. 


Mr.  Barnum, 
Dear  Sir: 


355  — —  St.,  June  10,  18—. 


I  am  in  receipt  of  your  note,  and  must  confess  that  I 
am  surprised  at  your  request.  I  am  entirely  opposed  to  commencing, 
on  general  principles,  an  acquaintance  with  such  an  introduction  and 
consider  it  very  improper,  especially  to  allow  it  to  originate  in 
church  during  the  hours  of  divine  service.  Wire  it  not  that  I  think  your 
meaning  kind  and  your  intentions  good,  I  would  return  your  letter 
unanswered.  As  it  is,  I  will  take  your  request  under  consideration, 
and,  if  I  think  best  to  grant  it,  yon  may  know  of  the  fact  by  my 
recognition  at  the  close  of  the  service  in  the  Sabbath  school. 

Respectfully, 

AMELIA  HENDER80N. 


An  Advertisement  in  a  Morning  Paper. 

PERSONAL.  —  Will  the  lady,  who  rode  up  Broadway  last  Thursday 
afternoon,  about  two  o’clock,  in  an  omnibus,  getting  out  at 
Stewart’s,  accompanied  by  a  little  girl  dressed  in  blue  suit,  please 
send  her  address  to  D.  B.  M.,  Herald  office. 

REMARKS. 

It  is  useless  to  advise  people  never  to  reply  to 
a  personal  advertisement  like  the  above.  To  do 
so  is  like  totally  refusing  young  people  the  priv¬ 
ilege  of  dancing.  People  will  dance,  and  they 
will  answer  personal  advertisements.  The  best 
course,  therefore,  is  to  properly  direct  the  dan¬ 
cers,  and  caution  the  writers  in  their  answers 
to  newspaper  personals.  If  the  eye  of  the 
young  lady  referred  to  meets  the  above  adver¬ 
tisement,  she  will  possibly  be  indignant  at  first, 
and  will,  perhaps,  resolve  to  pay  no  attention 
to  it.  It  will  continue  to  occupy  her  attention 
so  much,  however,  and  curiosity  will  become  so 
great,  that,  in  order  to  ease  her  mind,  she  will 
at  last  give  her  address ;  in  Avhich  case  she 
makes  a  very  serious  mistake  ;  as  any  lady  re¬ 
plying  to  a  communication  of  such  a  character, 
giving  her  name  and  residence  to  a  stranger, 
places  herself  to  grea  t  disadvantage.  Should  her 
communication  never  be  answered,  she  will  feel 
mortified  ever  afterwards,  that  she  committed 
the  indiscretion  of  replying  to  the  advertisement 
at  all;  and  should  the  person  she  addresses 
prove  to  be  some  worthless  fellow  who  may 
presume  to  press  an  acquaintance  upon  the 
strength  of  her  reply,  it  may  cause  her  very 
serious  perplexity  and  embarrassment. 


117 


It  is  clearly  evident,  therefore,  that  she  should 
not  give  her  name  and  address  as  requested ; 
and  yet,  as  the  advertisement  may  refer  to  a 
business  matter  of  importance,  or  bring  about 
an  acquaintance  that  she  will  not  regret,  she 
may  relieve  her  curiosity  on  the  subject  by 
writing  the  following  note  in  reply : 

THE  REPLY. 

(  Advertisement  pasted  in.  ) 

D.  B.  M.: 

I  find  the  above  advertisement  in  the  “Herald”  of  this 
morning.  I  suppose  myseif  to  be  the  person  referred  to.  You  will 
please  state  your  object  in  addressing  me,  with  references. 

Address  A.  L.  K.,  Herald  office. 

It  is  probable  that  the  advertiser,  if  a  gentle¬ 
man,  will  reply,  giving  his  reasons  for  request¬ 
ing  the  lady’s  address,  with  references,  upon 
receiving  which,  the  lady  will  do  as  she  may 
choose  relative  to  continuing  the  correspond¬ 
ence  ;  in  either  case,  it  will  be  seen  that  she  has 
in  no  wise  compromised  her  dignity,  and  she  re¬ 
tains  the  advantage  of  knowing  the  motive  and 
object  that  prompted  the  advertisement,  while 
she  is  yet  unknown  to  the  advertiser. 

Great  caution  should  be  exercised  in  answer¬ 
ing  personals.  The  supposition  is,  if  the  adver¬ 
tiser  be  a  gentleman,  that  he  will  honorably 
seek  an  interview  with  a  lady,  and  pay  court  as 
gentlemen  ordinarily  do.  Still,  an  occasion  may 
happen  to  a  man,  who  is  in  the  highest  sense 
a  gentleman,  wherein  he  sees  the  lady  that  he 
very  greatly  admires,  and  can  learn  her  address 
in  no  other  way  without  rendering  himself  of¬ 
fensive  and  impertinent;  hence,  the  apparent 
necessity  of  the  above  personal  advertisement. 

Instances  have  also  occurred  where  gentlemen, 
driven  with  business,  and  having  but  little  time 
to  mingle  in  female  society,  or  no  opportunity, 
being  strangers  comparatively,  desirous  of  form¬ 
ing  the  acquaintance  of  ladies,  have  honestly 
advertised  for  correspondence,  been  honestly 
answered,  and  marriage  was  the  result. 

Those  advertisements,  however,  wherein 
Sammy  Brown  and  Coney  Smith  advertise  for 


118 


LOVE  LETTERS. 


correspondence  with  any  number  of  young 
ladies,  for  fun,  mutual  improvement,  “and  what 
may  grow  out  of  it,  photographs  exchanged, 
etc.,  young  ladies  should  be  very  wary  of  ans¬ 
wering.  Instances  have  been  known  where 
scores  of  young  ladies,  having  answered  such 
an  advertisement,  could  they  have  looked  in 
upon  those  young  men,  a  week  afterwards, 
would  have  seen  them  with  a  pile  of  photo¬ 
graphs  and  letters,  exhibiting  them  to  their 
companions,  and  making  fun  of  the  girls  who 
had  been  so  foolish  as  to  answer  their  advertise¬ 
ment. 

It  is  true  that  no  one  but  the  meanest  kind  of 
a  rascal  would  be  guilty  of  such  a  disgraceful 
act  as  to  advertise  for  and  expose  correspond¬ 
ence  thus,  and  it  is  equally  true  that  the  young 
lady  who  gives  the  advertiser  the  opportunity 
to  ridicule  her  shows  herself  to  be  very  foolish. 


Personal  Advertisement. 

PERSON  \L.— A  gentleman,  a  new  comer  in  the  city,  having  a  stiffi- 
ckucyof  this  world’s  goods  to  comfortably  support  himself  and 
wife  is  desirous  of  making  the  acquaintance  of  a  lady  of  middle  years, 
with  a  view  to  matrimony.  Address,  in  the  strictest  confidence,  giving 
name,  residence,  and  photograph,  H.  A.  B.,  Station  H,  Post  Office. 


THE  REPLY. 

To  H.  A.  B., 

Sir : 

1  am  led  to  suppose,  from  the  reading  of  the  above,  that 
it  is  dictated  in  sincerity,  by  a  desire  to  meet  with  a  lady  who  would 
he  treated  with  candor  and  respect.  I  have  at  present  no  acquaintance 
to  whom  I  am  inclined  to  give  a  very  decided  preference,  nor  have  I 
ever  had  any  very  distinct  ideas  on  the  subject  of  marriage.  I  am  free, 
however,  to  confess  that,  should  circumstances  favor  my  acquaintance 
with  a  gentleman  whom  I  could  honor  and  respect,  I  might  seriously 
think  o°f  a  proposal.  Believing  that  you  wish,  as  you  intimate,  this 
letter  in  confidence,  I  will  say  that  I  am  -  years  old,  am  in  receipt  of 

_ annually,  from  property  that  is  leased.  I  have  been  told  that  I 

was  handsome,  though  others,  probably,  have  a  different  opinion.  Of 
lhat  fact,  you  must  be  the  judge.  I  am  entirely  free  to  select  whom¬ 
soever  I  may  choose.  My  social  standing,  I  trust,  would  be  satisfac¬ 
tory,  and  my  accomplishments  have  not  been  neglected.  It  is  not  nec¬ 
essary  that  I  should  write  more.  I  shall  be  happy  to  correspond  with 
you  with  a  view  to  better  acquaintance,  when,  if  mutually  agreeable, 
an  introduction  may  take  place.  You  desire  me  to  send  name,  ad¬ 
dress,  and  photograph,  which,  I  trust  you  will  perceive,  would  be 
improper  for  me  to  do.  It  is  due  to  myself,  and,  under  certain  cir¬ 
cumstances,  to  you,  that  I  should  he>very  guarded  as  to  the  manner  of 
my  introduction.  A  letter  addressed  to  M.  A.  L.,  Station  A,  Post 
Office,  will  reach  me. 

I  sign  a  fictitious  name,  for  obvious  reasons. 

Respectfully, 

NANCY  IIILLIS. 


A  Gentleman  makes  a  Frank  Acknowledgment.  —  Gushing 
with  Sentiment,  and  Running  over  with  Poetry. 

White  Mountains,  N.  H.,  Oct.  1,  18 — . 

Mv  Dear  Mary^^  one  the  brown  leaves  are  falling,  reminding 
ns  that  the  golden  summer  that  we  have  so  delightfully  loitered 
through  approaches  its  close.  How  thickly  our  pathway  has  been 
strewn  with  roses;  how  fragrant  have  been  the  million  blossoms; 
how  sweetly  the  birds  have  sung;  how  beautiful  have  been  the 
sunny  days;  how  joyous  have  been  the  starry  nightsl  pear  M.,  Ido 
not  need  to  tell  you  that  this  delightful  summer  has  been  to  me  one 
grand  elysian  scene.  I  have  gazed  on,  and  dreamed  of  thy  beauty.  I 
have  been  fed  by  thy  sparkling  repartee  and  merriment;  I  have 
drank  at  the  fountain  of  thy  intellectuality;  but  the  feast  is  ended, 
and  gradually  the  curtain  is  falling.  Dear,  beautiful  summer  1  So 
beautiful  to  me,  because  of  thy  loved  presence.  And  standing  now  on 
the  threshold  of  a  scene  all  changed,  I  take  a  last,  fond,  long,  lingering 
look  on  the  beautiful  picture  that  will  return  to  me  no  more;  and  yet 
who  knows,  but  on  in  that  great  eternity  we  may  live  again  these  Eden 
hours. 

“  Like  a  Foundling  in  slumber,  the  summer  day  lay 
On  the  crimsoning  threshold  of  Even, 

And  I  thought  that  the  glow  through  the  azure-arched  way, 

Was  a  glimpse  of  the  coming  of  Heaven. 

There  together  we  sat  by  the  beautiful  stream ; 

We  had  nothing  to  do  but  to  love  aud  to  dream 
In  the  days,  that  have  gone  on  before. 

These  are  not  the  same  days,  though  they  bear  the  same  name, 
With  the  ones  I  shall  welcome  no  more. 

But  it  may  be  the  angels  are  culling  them  o’er, 

For  a  Sabbath  aud  Summer  forever. 

When  the  years  shall  forget  the  Decembers  they  wore, 

And  the  shroud  shall  be  woven,  no,  never  1 
In  a  twilight  like  that,  darling  M.  for  a  bride, 

Oh  1  what  more  of  the  world  could  one  wish  beside, 

As  we  gazed  on  the  river  unroll’d^  _ 

Till  we  heard,  or  we  fancied,  its  musical  tide, 

Where  it  flowed  through  the  Gate-way  of  Gold?” 

Dearest,  you  must  forgive  my  ardent  expressions  in  this  letter. 
With  a  temperament  gushing  to  the  brim  aud  overflowing  with  senti¬ 
ment  and  rhapsody,  I  have  passed  the  fleeting  summer  in  thy  charming 
presence,  in  one  continual  dre'am  of  poesy.  I  cannot  now  turn  back 
to  the  solemn  duties  before  me,  without  telling  you  what  trembled 
on  my  tongue  a  thousand  times,  as  we  gathered  flowers  together  and 
wove  our  chaplets  in  the  sunny  days  gone  by.  Dear,  darling  Mary, 
Hove  you ,  I  adore  you.  How  often  in  the  beautiful  moonlight  nights, 
as  we  strolled  among  the  lilacs  aud  the  primroses,  have  I  been  on  the 
verge  of  clasping  your  jeweled  hand  and  telling  you  all  my  heart. 
BiU,  Ohl  I  did  not  quite  dare;  the  hours  were  so  delightful,  even  as 
they  were.  Fearing  that  I  might  be  repulsed,  I  chose  to  accept  the 
joy  even  that  there  was,  rather  than  run  the  risk  of  losing  it  all. 

How  many  a  morning,  have  I  arisen  and  firmly  resolved,  that,  ere 
another  day,  I  would  know  my  fate  1  But  ah  1  the  twilight  would  fall, 
and  the  evening  hour  would  pass  by,  and  I  never  completely  dared  to 
risk  the  result  of  a  declaration.  The  morrow  I  knew  would  be  joyous 
if  I  bridled  my  impulse;  it  might  not  be  if  I  made  -a  mistake.  But 
the  dream  has  passed  by.  To-morrow,  I  bid  adieu  to  these  sylvan 
groves,  the  quiet  meadows,  and  the  gurgling  brooks,  to  go  back  to 
the  prose  duties  of  business.  Aud  now,  at  the  close  of  this  festal 
season,  as  I  am  upon  the  verge  of  going,  having  nothing  to  lose  and 
everything  to  gain,  I  have  told  you  my  heart.  I  have  not  the 
slighest  idea  what  your  reply  will  be.  You  have  been  to  me  one  con¬ 
tinual  puzzle.  If  your  answer  is  adverse,  I  can  only  entertain  the 
highest  respect  for  you  ever  in  the  future;  aud  memory  shall  keep 
alive  the  recollection  of  the  most  blissful  summer  I  have  ever  known. 
If  your  reply  is  favorable — dearest,  may  I  fondly  hope  that  it  will  be  1 
—then  opens  before  me  a  great  volume  of  happiness,  of  which  this 
joyous  summer  has  been  but  the  opening  chapter. 

Dear  M.,  may  I  come  again  and  see  you,  and  address  you  hence¬ 
forth  as  a  lover?  The  messenger  that  brings  you  this,  will  return 
a<min  in  an  hour  for  your  answer.  I  need  not  tell  you  what  an  hour 
of  suspense  this  will  be  to  me.  Upon  your  reply  hangs  my 
future.  H  your  reply  is  favorable,  I  shall  tarry  another  day,  and  will 


LOVE  LETTERS. 


119 


yon  grant  me  a  long  Interview,  as  I  have  much  to  talk  over  with  you  ? 
If  unfavorable,  please  return  this  letter  with  your  note.  Accept  my 
warmest  thanks  for  the  entertainment  which  I,  in  common  with 
others,  have  received  at  your  haud  in  the  past ;  and  if  I  may  not  sign 
myself  your  devoted  lover,  I  shall  at  least,  I  trust,  have  ever  the 
pleasure  of  subscribing  myself. 

Your  Sincere  Friend, 

CLARENCE  HARRINGTON. 


Favorable  Reply. 

Dear  Clarence  : 

I  shall  not  attempt,  in  this,  to  answer 
with  the  same  poetic  fervor  that  colors  your  letter  from 
end.  While  it  is  given  you  to  tread  the  emerald 
pavements  of  an  imaginative  Eden,  in  my  plainer 
nature,  I  can  only  walk  the  common  earth. 

I  fully  agree  with  you  in  your  opinion  of  the 
beautiful  summer,  just  passed.  Though  in  seasons 
heretofore  many  people  have  been  here  from  the 
cities,  I  have  never  known  a  summer  so  delightful. 

Yes,  Clarence,  these  three  months  have  been  joyous, 
because— shall  I  confess  it— because  you  have  been 
here.  I  need  not  write  more.  Yon  have  agreed  to 
stay  another  day;  I  shall  be  at  home  this  after¬ 
noon,  at  two  o’clock,  and  will  be  happy  to  see 
you. 

Yours  Very  Truly, 

MARY  SINGLETON. 


your  missive 
beginning  to 


the  lady  who  knows  how  to  get  an  excellent  breakfast  early  in 
the  morning,  who  is  not  only  a  model  of  neatness  herself,  hut  relieves 
her  mother  in  household  duties,  keeping  her  younger  brothers  and 
sisters  clean  and  orderly. 

I  have  admired  and  loved  you  for  your  musical  talent,  and  your 
fine  conversational  powers,  but  as  I  could  not  keep  the  necessary 
servants  to  enable  you  constantly  to  gratify  those  talents  to  the 
exclusion  of  the  more  substantial  duties,  I  feel  that  our  marriage 
would  be  a  mistake  for  both  of  us. 

You  asked  my  reason  for  my  changing  love,  I  have  reluctantly, 
yet  plainly,  stated  it.  Hoping  however,  that  you  may  always  be 
happy  in  life,  I  am, 

Your  Friend, 

CLINTON  HOLMES. 


To  a  Lady,  from  a  Gentleman,  Confessing 
Change  of  Sentiment. 

844 - St.,  April  2,  18 — . 

Miss  Marion  Thornton  : 

Your  note  accusing  me 
of  coldness  is  before  me.  After  spending  several 
hours  in  a  consideration  of  this  subject,  to  deter¬ 
mine  what  is  my  duty,  I  have  concluded  that  it  is 
decidedly  best  for  me  to  be  perfectly  frank  with 
you,  and  give  my  reasons  for  a  change  of  sentiment. 

I  do  not  think  we  could  live  happily  together  if 
we  were  married,  because,  from  disparaging  re¬ 
marks  I  have  heard  you  make  concerning  people 
that  are  not  wealthy,  I  think  you  would  be  entirely 
dissatisfied  with  my  circumstances ;  and  the  further 
fact  that  you  allow  your  mother  to  do  all  the 
drudgery  of  the  household,  you  sitting  in  the  parlor 
entertaining  gentlemen  and  affecting  to  have  no 
knowledge  of  housekeeping,  is  proof  that  our 
tastes  would  not  accord  in  home  matters.  I  con¬ 
sider  it  just  as  honorable,  and  just  as  important, 
that  young  ladies  should  do  something  to  support 
themselves  as  that  young  men  should.  If  the  op¬ 
portunities  are  not  as  great  for  them  to  go  abroad, 
they  can,  at  least  while  at  home,  learn  to  be  good 
in  sewing,  cooking,  and  housekeeping,  and  thus  be 
prepared  when  opportunities  offer,  to  make  pru¬ 
dent,  economical,  tidy  housewives.  I  do  not 
under-value  the  importance  of  being  proficient  in 
the  lighter  accomplishments  which  go  to  make 
a  lady  at  ease  in  society;  but  I  vastly  more  prize 


Reply  to  a  Young  Man  addicted  to  Intemperance. 


£  £7 


■a-n/  7; 


y-exzA. 

/ty/xx-uA  d-tOAgd  tAAsiddeidt.  044 
da  xzgxa-o  4447/4414474,  -u  da  d/te  da=444soAA.4tAti 

-u  ■t-e&eMt&c/. 


)444de4  a4a/i- 


4<J  't&oe^n&cz.  'Ci444Z^A  4i4az.44A4ZA4£.  -c-tA- 

C44444da/cl444>ed ,  dd 44Xa4lda/ d&  a/ede^ddead  da 

■474x44;  deddu4444 
44404-d  aKC^d/dld  4Z€44dd4444l44'  df  Ueddo  ■eic/c/. 


aid  deaiAd;  da  de  -i-e-addf. 


doAaeAXAA,  ddad  dd  d-eiAx-e  aanado-uddead  axaga/e-aiaa  -ad 
'  / 

dde  jdz-cd  dd-cid  744144  44444  ddxaaxx  144,77  ^didco/ead  da 
44d-e  417/  dde  44444444  4444^1/  dd 4€^,tZ'i4d /d -exud-iA 

44.44,74  7^43444^. 

4447^.  44444144  44744), 


do.  4444.444/4. 


■444,44,-e.  41 44, 


-tAtdi 


■4444,441444,4.  444.4- 


44  44.4X444 


444,4144,  4f/l4).44,  44xdxX4 


ciOAce' 


4,414. 44,44dd ^,4.4/77444  j/x  l  474)44.4  4 7/4) 4, 444X4 dg-OAA;  0444  4// 


doa  did-C;  dd 

€414  -ad  4144,  €444)/ 


4144  da  €4444. 


).)/:■) 


a444  444. 


44,dt- 


T' 


■4/4 


'dd 


120 


LOVE  LETTERS. 


One  Way  of  Breaking  the  Ice. 

584 - St.,  July  1, 18—. 

Mt  Dear  Friend  Caroline: 

X  returned  yesterday,  from  a  brief  trip 
into  Canada,  my  journey  being  most  agreeable,  only  one  little  episode 
breaking  the  monotony,  as  I  neared  home,  which  was  this:  in  the 
next  seat  behind  me  in  the  car  sat  a  young  couple  who  were  evidently 
regretting  that  their  ride  was  so  near  an  end.  Though  buried  in  my 
reading,  I  could  not  avoid  hearing  much  that  they  said.  One  question 
asked  by  the  young  man  made  a  striking  impression  ou  my  mind. 
“  Maggie,”  said  he,  “  we  have  now  been  acquainted  a  good  while ;  yon 
know  me,  and  I  know  yon.  I  do  not  need  to  tell  you  that  I  love  you 
with  all  my  heart;  now  do  you  love  me?” 

X  knew  the  young  fellow  had  taken  that  occasion,  when  the  cars 
were  thundering  along,  so  that  he  might  not  be  knocked  down  by 
the  beating  of  his  own  heart.  I  confess  to  have  been  guilty  of  eaves¬ 
dropping  then.  I  listened  intently  for  the  lady’s  answer,  but  just  at 
that  moment,  as  my  ill  luck  would  have  it,  another  train  came  thun¬ 
dering  by  us,  and  her  voice  was  drowned  in  the  noise.  I  got  to  think¬ 
ing  like  this  suppose  you  and  I  were  riding  thus,  and  I  should  ask 
precisely  the  same  question;  what  would  be  your  reply?  I  am  very 
curious  to  know  what  your  answer  would  be,  and  shall  await  a  letter 
from  you,  with  much  anxiety. 

Most  Truly  Yours, 

ROLAND  MILLS. 


An  Offer  of  Marriage. 

248  -  St.,  Dec.  10,  18—. 


Dearest  Bertha  * 

I  have  intended,  O  how  many  times!  when  we 
have  been  together,  to  put  the  simple  question  which  I  intend  this 
note  shall  ask;  but  although  apparently  a  very  easy  matter  to  ask  the 
hand  in  marriage  of  one  I  so  deeply  love  as  yourself,  it  is  no  easy  task. 
I  therefore  write  what  I  have  never  found  courage  in  my  heart  to 
speak.  Dearest,  will  you  bestow  upon  me  the  great  happiness  of  per¬ 
mitting  me  to  call  you  mine?  If  I  have  spoken  this  too  boldly,  you 
will  forgive;  but  I  fondly  hope  that  you  will  not  be  indifferent  to  my 
appeal.  I  trust,  if  you  answer  this  in  the  affirmative,  that  you  will 
never  regret  doing  so.  Anxiously  awaiting  your  answer,  I  remain, 
Yours  Affectionately, 


HARLAN  DEMPSTER. 


Favorable  Reply. 

367 - St.,  Dec.  10, 18—. 

Dear  Sir:  .  ,  ,  ,  .....  j 

Your  proposal  is  quite  unexpected  to  me,  but  it  is  made 

with  such  candor  and  frankness  that  I  can  take  no  offence.  I  cannot, 
in  this  note,  give  you  a  definite  reply.  Marriage  is  a  very  serious  mat¬ 
ter;  and  while  I  regard  you  with  the  greatest  favor,  I  desire  to  consult 
my  near  relatives,  and  consider  the  subject  myself  carefully  for  a  few 
days,  ere  I  give  you  a  final  answer.  I  think  I  can  assure  you,  however, 
that  you  may  hope.  Very  Sincerely, 

FANNIE  KIMBALL. 


Letter  from  a  Young  Man  who  Proposes  Marriage  and 
Emigration. 

4S2 - St.,  April  16, 18—. 

Dear  Clara:  „  .  ....  .  m  .. 

You  have  doubtless  heard  of  my  intention  to  go  West 

in  the  coming  month.  Though  surrounded  here  with  my  relatives  and 
all  the  many  friends  of  my  boyhood,  I  have  an  intense  desire  to  try 
my  fortune  amid  new  scenes,  feeling  that  the  fetters  that  now  bind  me 
and  seem  to  hinder  my  upward  progress,  will  then  be  broken. 

I  shall  sunder  my  ties  with  some  regrets,  but  to  commence  my  busi¬ 
ness  career  as  I  am  desirous  of  doing,  I  must  make  the  sacrifice ;  in 
doing  so,  I  do  no  more  than  thousands  have  done  before  me.  In  the 
great  broad  fields  of  the  growing  West,  a  young  man  of  resolution, 
ambition,  honesty,  temperance,  and  perseverance  cannotfail,  I  believe, 
to  better  his  condition  much  more  rapidly  than  he  can  here;  you 
will,  I  think,  coincide  with  me  in  this  opinion. 

Dear  Clara,  of  all  my  farewells,  none  will  be  so  sad  to  me  as  that  I 
shall  bid  to  you.  Dear,  dear  Clara,  you  cannot  be  indifferent  to  the 
fact  that  I  have  long  devotedly  loved  you;  and,  at  the  hour  of  parting, 

I  feel  that  I  cannot  go  without  telling  you  my  heart,  and  asking  you  if 
1  may  not  have  your  love  in  return.  And  now,  while  I  am  asking, 
will  you  not  take  me  with  my  heart,  and  in  turn  allow  me  to  be  your 
protector  through  life? 

Dearest,  I  am  going  to  press  my  suit  still  further.  Will  you  Dot  be 
mine  before  I  go,  and  accompany  me  on  my  journey?  I  know  this  is 
asking  a  great  deal  of  you.  To  accept  of  this  proposition  is  to  take 
you  from  a  home  of  affluence,  where  you  are  surrounded  with  every 
desired  comfort.  I  have  no  right  to  ask  the  sacrifice ;  and  yet  I  have 
resolved  to  make  bold  before  I  go,  and  tell  you  all.  If  you  accept  my 
offer  and  will  consent  to  cast  your  fortunes  with  me  out  in  the  great 
Sea  of  the  Hereafter,  I  can  assure  you  that  no  trouble  or  sorrow  will 
come  to  you  through  me,  and  that,  as  you  will  be  my  dear,  dear  com¬ 
panion  and  sacred  trust,  so  will  I  be  to  you  all  that  lover  and  husband 
can  be. 

Now,  dearest,  if  you  will  accept  my  future  as  your  own,  and  place 
yonrself  by  my  side,  accepting  the  sorrow  and  partaking  of  the  joy 
that  is  in  store  for  me,  yon  will  make  me  the  happiest  of  men.  If  you 
assent,  God  grant  that  yon  may  never  regret  your  faith.  Do  not  decide 
the  question  hastily.  The  sacrifice  is  such,  in  leaving  home  and  kin¬ 
dred,  that  you  may  not  accept  of  my  proposal  even  though  you  love. 
When  you  have  fully  determined,  however,  please  send  the  answer, 
which  I  shall  most  anxiously  await.  Ever  dear  Clara, 

Your  Affectionate, 

HENRY  ADAMS. 


Reply. 

172 - St.,  April  16, 18—. 


Dear  Hen  ^  can  make  a  reply  to  your  candid  question  at  once. 
I  do  not  need  to  deliberate  upon  it  long.  I  love  you ;  I  confide  in  you. 
I  will  trust  you ;  I  will  go  with  you ;  I  will  accept  the  love  and  the  fu¬ 
ture  you  offer.  You  may  have  many  joys ;  you  may  experience  some 
sorrows.  I  will  share  and  bear  them  all  with  you,  trusting  that  patient, 
earnest,  willing  effort  may  crown  our  labors  with  success.  Believing 
that  God  will  guide  and  prosper  us,  I  can  only  add,  hoping  to  see  you 
soon  .that  I  am  Ever  Yours, 

CLARA  DUNHAM. 


NOTES  OF  INVITATION  AND  WEDDING  CARDS, 


121 


Wedding  Cards  f  Invitations. 


*  r& 


WEDDING  CARDS. 


F  the  lady  who  marries  resides 
with  her  parents,  with  relatives, 
guardians,  or  friends,  and  the 
marriage  receives  the  approval  of 
those  parties,  the  ceremony  usu¬ 
ally  takes  place  at  the  residence 
of  the  bride,  or  at  the  church 
where  she  generally  attends ;  a 
reception  being  held  at  her  resi¬ 
dence  soon  afterwards  or  upon  the  return  from 
the  bridal  tour. 

Some  parties  prefer  to  marry  very  quietly, 
having  but  few  guests  at  the  wedding.  Others 
make  more  elaborate  display,  and  observe  the 
time  as  an  occasion  of  general  rejoicing.  Where 
many  guests  are  invited,  it  is  customary  to  issue 
notes  of  invitation  to  those  persons  whose  at¬ 
tendance  is  desired,  accompanied  by  wedding 
cards  bearing  the  name  of  the  bride  and  groom. 
The  form  of  wording  such  notes  and  cards  has 
changed  but  little  for  several  years,  though  the 
style  in  which  such  wording  appears,  changes 
frequently. 

Two  methods  are  pursued  in  preparing  the 
invitations  and  cards :  one  being  to  have  them 
neatly  printed  from  type  ;  the  other,  and  more 
expensive  manner,  is  to  have  them  engraved  and 
printed  in  the  metropolis,  by  a  card-engraver, 
who  makes  an  exclusive  business  of  preparing 
such  cards. 

The  later  style  for  cards  and  notes  of  invita¬ 
tion  is  to  have  the  most  of  the  wording  in  a 
light  script,  upon  very  fine,  white,  billet  paper, 
and  the  cards  upon  thin  bristol-board,  some¬ 
times  long,  and  frequently  nearly  square,  accord¬ 
ing  to  fancy. 

The  following  cards  and  notes  of  invitation, 
while  expressing  the  suitable  wording,  do  not, 


in  all  cases,  represent  the  size  of  the  card  or 
note  of  invitation.  They  are  of  various  sizes, 
according  to  fancy,  and  generally  a  little  larger 
than  here  illustrated. 

In  sending  the  note  of  invitation,  it  is  cus¬ 
tomary  to  inclose  the  cards  in  the  same  envel¬ 
ope.  In  cases  where  no  guests  are  invited,  yet 
it  is  desired  to  inform  the  acquaintances  through¬ 
out  the  country  of  the  marriage,  it  is  usual  to 
inclose  the  cards  alone.  Formerly,  it  was  com¬ 
mon  to  use  but  one  card,  having  Mr.  &  Mrs. 
Chas.  H.  Smith  in  the  center  of  the  card,  while 
the  lady’s  maiden  name  was  placed  upon  the 
lower  left-hand  corner.  Of  late,  it  is  regarded 
more  in  style  to  use  two  cards,  one  considera¬ 
bly  larger  than  the  other ;  the  larger  bearing 
the  names,  Mr.  &  Mrs.  Chas.  H.  Smith,  the 
smaller,  the  lady’s  name  alone,  thus: 


122 


NOTES  OF  INVITATION  TO  WEDDINGS. 


If  it  is  definitely  decided  where  the  future 
permanent  residence  of  the  newly  wedded 
couple  is  to  be,  it  is  proper  to  place  the  name 
of  the  town  and  state,  at  the  lower  left-hand 
corner  of  the  larger  card,  as  shown  herewith. 


Invitations  to  the  Wedding. 

HE  following,  are  among  the  many 
of  the  various  styles  of  notes  of  invita- 
the 


r#. 


NEWARK,  N.  J. 


tion  to 
wedding  cere¬ 
mony.  The 
form  shown 
here,  is  printed  on  paper 
about  the  width,  but  a 
little  shorter  than,  com¬ 
mercial  note  paper,  the 
wording  being  on  the 
lower  half  of  the  sheet. 
In  the  center  of  the 
upper  half  of  the  sheet 
is  the  monogram,  com¬ 
posed  of  the  initial  let¬ 
ters  of  the  surnames  of 
the  bride  and  groom, 
blended  together.  This 
monogram  is  also  printed 
upon  the  flap  of  the  en¬ 
velope  containing  the 
invitation  and  cards. 
The  accompanying  is  the 
note  of  invitation  issued 
by  Mr.  &  Mrs.  D.  Col¬ 
lins,  on  the  occasion  of 
the  marriage  of  their 
daughter,  M.  Louise,  to 
Jay  H.  Sabray ;  the  cere¬ 
mony  taking  place  at 
their  residence.  Two 
cards  accompany  this 
note,  one  reading  Mr.  $ 
Mrs.  Jay  H.  Sabray ,  the 
other,  M.  Louise  Collins. 


Actual  size  of  one  form  of  Note  orTnvltntlon.  This  dotted  line  shows  the  fold. 


6*3 


&weaunt  de  fdeaiule  yoai  dom^amy  at  de  ^//aUiaye 
o/ deli  ddaup/tJelj 

HfCHoms?  tcfjjag  jSp£abrag, 

m^ay,  tfe/Jem/ei  Jfd,  J at  <?  o' c/oc A  AA.  Ul. 

AT  THEIR  HOME,  ATLANTA,  GA. 


NOTES  OF  INVITATION  TO  WEDDINGS  AND  RECEPTIONS. 


123 


If  desirous  of  giving  information  of  the  time 
of  return  from  the  bridal  tour,  and  an  invita¬ 
tion  to  receptions  afterwards,  the  address  is 
omitted  on  the  larger  card,  and  a  third  card 
may  accompany  the  other  two,  worded  as  fol¬ 
lows  : 


This  style  of  invitation,  printed  on  a  fine  card 
about  the  size  of  a  large  envelope,  is  frequently 
employed.  If  desirous  of  using  colored  card¬ 
board,  a  light  olive  or  pink  tint  is  sometimes 
admissible,  though  white  is  always  in  best 
taste. 


After  December  14,  1872, 

Cor.  of  Seventh  and  Clinton  Sts.  MILWAUKEE,  WIS. 


THOS.  H.  CUMMINGS. 


MARY  C.  BENHAM. 


2e4.pc/e-n 


oe  v-p  fr  xw.  G/JeM-Speiin. 

WEDNESDAY  EVE’ G,  MAH.  40,  1872, 

At  Eight  o’clock. 


This  style  of  invitation,  requiring  no  cards,  is  |  The  following  note,  announcing/4  At  Home,’ 
frequently  used  :  |  after  October  15,  requires  no  cards : 


v 

m 

^  Paul,  Minnesota. 

■ 

H.  D.  MILES.  MARY  D.  WILLIAMS. 

>  CER E AYE Qi 

©fjirti  IJresfjijtniaii  ©fjurcJj 

( 

( 

CHICAGO, 

'S/VuiUc/ay  (^venehtyJ  'Hfiec. 

-A-7T  8  O’CLOCK. 

GEORGE  H.  VANCE.  ALICE  SPENCER. 

AT  FOUB  O’CLOCK,  P.  11. 

At  Home,  After  October  15lh.  No.  ,2  Oakland  Street. 

124 


NOTES  OF  INVITATION  TO  WEDDINGS  AND  RECEPTIONS. 


The  cards  are  often  made  in  this  proportion, 
and  fastened  with  a  ribbon,  thus  : 


Not  unfrequently  the  cards  are  fastened  at 
the  top,  as  shown  in  this  illustration. 


The  following  invitation  is  accompanied  by 
the  cards  shown  above,  fastened  by  a  ribbon  in 
the  center.  The  larger  card  bears  the  names  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Wilson ;  the  other,  the 
name  of  the  bride,  Angeline  Sherman. 


The  succeeding  invitation  is  issued  by  the 
parents  of  the  bride,  the  reception  taking  place 
at  their  residence,  after  the  ceremony  at  chui  ch. 
As  with  the  other  invitations,  this  is  also  accom¬ 
panied  by  the  monogram. 


I{r.  Si  lifts.  {( l|«s.  Ij .  ^hcrman. 

IffleyuaU  i/it  /JeaMiie  cf  yout  %cm/iany  al 
//ie  Q/f/a'iUctye 


-sf' 


*,  h  lifts,  Xytmtu'i  TfcmUtsoii, 


Of  their  Daughter,  Angeline,  Tuesday  Eve’g,  Apr.  23d,  '72, 


112  Clinton  St.,  Boston. 


Henry  D.  Hand. 


Jennie  L.  Henderson. 


CLEVELAND,  O. 


MARRIAGE  CEREMONIES, 


125 


will  determine  when  the  cere¬ 
mony  shall  take  place. 

No  peculiar  form  of  cere¬ 
mony  is  requisite,  nor  is  it  im¬ 
perative  that  it  he  performed  by  a  particular 
person.  In  the  United  States,  marriage  is 
regarded  as  a  civil  contract,  which  may  be  entered 
into  by  a  simple  declaration  of  the  contracting  parties, 
made  in  the  presence  of  one  or  more  witnesses,  that  they,  the 
said  parties,  do  respectively  contract  to  be  husband  and  wife.' 

In  consequence  of  the  recognized  vast  importance  of  mar¬ 
riage  to  the  parties  contracting  the  same,  long  usage  has  estab¬ 
lished  the  custom,  almost  universally,  of  having  the  ceremony  perform¬ 
ed  by,  or  in  presence  of,  a  clergyman  or  magistrate. 

To  be  entitled  to  contract  marriage,  the  following  requisites  are  necessary  : 

1st,  That  they  be  willing  to  marry  ;  2d,  That  they  be  of  sound  mind ;  3d,  That  they 
have  arrived  at  the  age  allowed  by  law  ;  4th,  That  neither  of  the  parties  is  mar¬ 
ried  already  to  another  who  is  living,  and  from  whom  such  party  has  not  obtained  a  divorce 
from  the  bonds  of  matrimony ;  and  5th,  That  the  parties  are  not  so  nearly  related  by  consan¬ 
guinity,  as  to  prohibit  their  marriage,  by  the  laws  of  the  State  in  which  the  marriage  is  contrac¬ 
ted. 


126 


THE  MARRIAGE  LICENSE. 


In  most  of  the  States,  the  common  law  re¬ 
quires  that  the  male  be  fourteen  and  the  female 
twelve  years  of  age,  before  the  marriage  can 
take  place.  In  certain  States,  seventeen  for 
males  and  fourteen  for  females ;  in  others,  the 
age  for  males  is  eighteen,  for  females,  fourteen. 

Formerly  in  certain  Eastern  States,  parties  in¬ 
tending  to  marry  were  required  by  statute  to  re¬ 
cord  a  notice  of  such  intent  with  the  town  clerk 
for  three  weeks,  at  the  expiration  of  which  time, 
if  no  objection  was  interposed,  the  clerk  was  au¬ 
thorized  to  give  a  certificate  to  that  effect,  and  the 
clergyman  or  magistrate  was  empowered  to  per¬ 
form  the  ceremony.  In  various  States,  the  law 
requires  that  parties  intending  marriage  shall 


previously  obtain  from  the  city  or  town  clerk,  a 
certificate  of  their  respective  names,  occupa¬ 
tions,  ages,  birth-places,  and  residences  upon 
receipt  of  which,  any  clergyman  or  magistrate 
is  authorized  to  perform  the  ceremony. 

In  several  States  of  the  Union,  the  consent 
of  the  parents  or  guardians  is  required,  before 
the  proper  officer  can  issue  a  license,  if  the  male 
be  under  twenty-one  years,  or  the  female  under 
eighteen 

In  some  of  the  States,  a  license  to  marry  must 
first  be  procured  of  the  city,  town,  or  county 
clerk,  empowering  the  clergyman  or  magistrate 
to  marry  the  contracting  parties,  which  is  word¬ 
ed  as  follows : 


ParriagF 


-State  of— 


EirfnsF. 

— Qocjmty  of— 


<£AAe  ftecfi/e  t/ie  dAtate  c^. . ,  to  any  fieldon  Aeya/ly  au/AoltJed  to  do/emntye 

od/alltaye,  t  you  ale  AielcAy  auiAioltyed  to  join  tn  tAie  Aio/y  Aondd  o^ Qy//atltmony- ,  and 

to  ce/eAlate  /Ate  itted  and  celemonied  o^ odAalliaye,  Aeiuteen  Jrtflt. . , 

CM  dm .  . ,  accoldtny  to  tAe  udual cudtom  and  Annul  ojf  t/ie  dAtate 

. ,  and  you.  ale  leyuiled  to  letuln  t/itd  Atcende  to  me  uittAtn  tAitlty  dayd,  lorn 

tAe  ocAeAlatton  ojf  due  A.  odlalliaye,  eat  u  a  Veltt^tcate  o^ the  dame,  attended  /delete,  and  dtyned  Ay-  you, 
undel  tAe y ’tenalty  o^ (fine  yAundled  AAoAAald. 

M-ttness . ,<&/«  /</ 

oul  datd  Vault  and  the  dAeaA tAcleo^,  at  Aid  ojj^tce,  tn . , 

tn  datd  Vounty,  tAitd  day  . ,  Qjd.AA., . A J . 


County  Clerk. 


irtate  of  ,  *, . 

. Coutitg.  )  ‘  ‘  « . - . -  . ,  tieleAy  celtt^y-  tAiat  on 

. day  o^,_ . .  t AJ . ,  8^ yotned  in  od/alltaye, 


tAu 


JFlt. . . . ,  and  jftfl . . .  . - . ayleeaA/e  to  iAe 

tAe  i  tty.-  ytuen  tn  the  aAove  AAtcende,  and  tAie  cudtomd  and  Aaivd  o^ tAtd  dAtate. 

Aytuen  undel  my-  Aland  an  d  deal,  tAitd . day-  o^„ . ,Qid.  Q^tAj . . 


SEAL 

■QO'OQv-t^ 


CEREMONY  OF  MARRIAGE  AND  MARRIAGE  CERTIFICATE. 


127 


The  Ceremony. 

The  license  procured,  the  ceremony  of  mar¬ 
riage  may  take  place  wherever  it  best  suits  the 
convenience  of  the  parties  marrying,  and  may 
be  performed  by  a  clergyman,  justice  of  the  su¬ 
preme  court,  judge  of  an  inferior  court,  justice 
of  the  peace,  or  police  justice  ;  one  or  more  wit¬ 
nesses  being  present  to  testify  to  the  marriage. 
The  clergyman  or  magistrate  may  visit  the 
candidates  for  matrimony  at  a  private  residence, 
hotel,  hall,  church,  or  other  place  ;  or  the  par¬ 
ties  may  call  upon  the  clergyman  at  his  resi¬ 
dence,  or  visit  the  magistrate  in  his  office,  where 
the  rite  may  be  performed.  When  the  ceremo¬ 
ny  is  conducted  by  the  magistrate,  the  following 
is  the  usual  form. 

Form  of  Marriage. 

( The  man  and  woman  rising ,  the  justice  will  say  to  the  man :) 

“Will  you  have  this  woman  to  he  your  wedded  wife,  to  live  together 
after  God’s  ordinance,  in  the  holy  estate  of  Matrimony,  to  love  her, 
comfort  her,  honor  and  keep  her,  in  sickness  and  in  health,  and  for¬ 
saking  all  others,  keep  thee  only  unto  her,  so  long  as  you  both  shall 
live?" 

(  Then  addressing  the  woman ,  the  justice  will  say : ) 

“  Will  you  have  this  man  to  be  your  wedded  husband,  to  live  togeth¬ 
er  after  God’s  ordinance,  in  the  holy  estate  of  Matrimony,  to  love, 
honor,  and  keep  him,  in  sickness  and  in  health,  and  forsaking  all  others 
keep  thee  only  unto  him  so  long  as  you  both  shall  live?  ” 

(The parties  answering  in  the  affirmative ,  the  justice  will  then  instruct 
them  to  join  hands ,  and  say :) 

“  By  the  act  of  joining  hands  you  take  upon  yourselves  the  relation 
of  husband  and  wife,  and  solemnly  promise  and  engage,  in  the  pres¬ 


ence  of  these  witnesses,  to  love,  honor,  comfort,  and  cherish  each  other 
as  such,  so  long  as  you  both  shall  live ;  therefore,  in  accordance  with 

the  laws  of  the  State  of  - ,  I  do  hereby  pronounce  you  bus- 

band  and  wife.” 


Short  Form  of  Marriage. 

(  The  justice  will  instruct  the  parlies  to  rise  and  join  hands,  and 
then  say : ) 

“  By  this  act  of  joining  hands  you  do  take  upon  yourselves  the  rela¬ 
tion  of  husband  and  wife,  and  solemnly  promise  and  engage,  in  the 
presence  of  these  witnesses,  to  love  and  honor,  comfort  and  cherish 
each  other  as  such,  as  long  as  you  both  shall  live;  therefore,  in  accord¬ 
ance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  - ,  I  do  hereby  pronounce 

you  husband  and  wife.” 

The  form  used  by  clergymen  is  essentially 
the  same,  though  the  wording  may  vary  slightly 
to  suit  the  occasion  and  conform  to  the  rites  of 
the  church  under  which  the  parties  marry. 

The  marriage  license  is  returned  by  the  mag¬ 
istrate  or  clergyman  to  the  clerk  that  granted 
it,  for  record.  At  the  time  of  procuring  the 
license,  however,  the  bridegroom  or  other  per¬ 
son  should  obtain  a  blank  marriage  certificate, 
usually  furnished  by  the  clerk,  which  should 
be  filled  by  the  clergyman  or  magistrate  at  the 
close  of  the  ceremony,  certifying  to  the  mar¬ 
riage  of  the  parties  ;  which  certificate  should  be 
always  preserved  by  the  husband  and  wife,  as 
proof  of  marriage,  if  necessary,  when  they 
have  removed  to  other  parts  of  the  country. 

The  following  is  the  form  of  the  marriage 
certificate  : 


That _ of . in  the  State  of. . and. . of . . in  the  State  of. 

were  at . . . in  the  said  County,  by  me  joined  together  in 


128 


NOTICES  OF  MARRIAGE. 


<3 


Marriage  Notices,  etc. 

9 

IDE  from  the  entertainments  of 
guests  at  the  residence  of  the  bride, 
the  expenses  of  the  marriage  are 
entirely  borne  by  the  groom,  who 
is  understood  to  be  the  winner  of 
the  prize.  If  the  parties  marrying 
are  wealthy  and  of  undoubted 
standing  and  respectability  in  so¬ 
ciety,  they  can  appropriately  celebrate  the  nuptial 
ceremony  in  an  expensive  manner,  the  occasion 
being  taken  by  the  relatives  and  friends  as  an 
opportunity  for  the  making  of  every  description 
of  present  to  the  bride  and  groom.  If,  how¬ 
ever,  the  parties  move  in  the  humbler  walks  of 
life,  an  expensive  bridal  tour,  and  very  great 
display  at  the  wedding,  are  not  advisable.  It  is 
much  better  for  the  newly  wedded  couple  to 
commence  life  in  a  manner  so  plain  and  modest 
that  succeeding  years  cannot  fail  to  steadily  in¬ 
crease  their  wealth  and  give  them  better  oppor¬ 
tunities.  People  always  more  highly  respect 
those  persons  who  steadily  go  upward,  no  matter 
how  slowly,  than  those  that  attempt  a  display 
beyond  their  ability  honestly  to  maintain. 

To  legally  marry  in  the  United  States,  only  a 
few  incidental  expenses  are  really  necessary.  Of 
these,  the  license  costs,  in  different  States,  from 
one  to  two  dollars,  and  the  magistrate,  for  per¬ 
forming  the  ceremony,  is  allowed  by  law  to 
charge  two  dollars.  While  no  law  regulates 
the  price,  it  is  customary  to  quietly  present  the 
clergyman  five  dollars  or  more,  according  to  the 
ability  and  liberality  of  the  groom.  In  giving 
notice  of  the  marriage  to  the  newspaper,  it  is 


courtesy  always  to  enclose,  with  the  same,  a 
dollar  bill. 

The  wording  of  the  marriage  notice  will  de¬ 
pend  upon  circumstances.  If  the  parties  have 
a  large  circle  of  acquaintances,  to  whom  they 
desire  to  offer  an  apology  for  not  having  invited 
them  to  the  wedding,  they  will  announce,  with 
the  notice,  that  no  general  invitation  was  ex¬ 
tended,  thus: 

MARRIED. 

Leonard — Reynolds.  —  In  this  city,  at  the  residence  of  the  bride’s 
father,  January  1,  1873,  by  the  Rev.  Chas.  G.  Robinson,  rector  of 
Christ  Church,  Mr.  Therou  D.  Leonard  and  Mrs.  A.  B.  Reynolds, 
daughter  of  Wm.  Fairbanks,  Esq.,  all  of  Philadelphia.  No  cards. 

Other  marriage  notices,  according  to  circum¬ 
stances,  will  read  as  follows  : 

In  this  city,  by  the  Rev.  n.  A.  nenderson,  Charles  II.  Williams 
and  Myra  B.  Cooley,  both  of  Chicago. 

On  Tuesday,  the  7th  inst,,  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Belmont,  at  the  residence 
of  the  bride’s  uncle,  Harvey  Baker,  Esq.,  Cyrus  E.  Maynard,  of  New 
York,  and  Miss  Lizzie  H.  Wentworth,  of  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

On  Thursday,  January  20th,  at  the  residence,  of  Mr.  Asa  Sprague,  144 
Mayberry  St.,  Anton  D.  Miller,  of  St.  Joseph,  Mich.,  and  Harriet  A. 
Sprague,  of  this  city. 

St.  Joseph  papers  please  copy. 

At  the  Leland  House,  Springfield,  Ill.,  January  30.  by  the  Rev.  J.  L. 
Stoddard,  Stephen  M.  Byron,  of  Detroit,  Mich.,  aud  Carrie  D.  Paine, 
of  Springfield,  Ill. 

On  the  evening  of  the  30th,  at  the  Revere  nouse,  by  Winfield  Gard¬ 
ner,  Miss  Emma  Brown  to  William  Wedgewood,  all  of  this  city. 

In  this  city,  on  Monday,  at  the  residence  of  the  bride’s  father,  Mr.  H. 
A.  Waldron  and  Miss  Agnes  E.  Willett. 

The  ceremonies  took  place  at  the  residence  of  Henry  Wil¬ 
lett,  Esq.,  on  Beverly  Place,  yesterday  morning  at  nine  o’clock, 
only  a  select  company  of  friends  being  present.  The  happy 
couple  departed  at  once  on  their  wedding  tour,  with  New  York 
as  their  main  point  of  destination.  Their  visit  will  be  protracted 
until  the  middle  of  next  month,  when,  upon  their  return,  Mr. 
Waldron  will  assume  the  secretaryship  of  the  Great  Western 
Mutual  Insurance  Company,  of  this  city,  to  which  position  he 
has  been  recently  called  by  the  directors  of  the  Company. 


NOTES  OF  INVITATION. 


a*- 


129 


Invitations  to  Receptions  and  Parties. 


PBI3STTED  OUST  C-A.E,X)S  .A-HSTID 


CJIIR.C'Cri.A.IRS. 


Receive  J^hiends, 


At  8  o’clock. 


*•  |  5pts.  ijJiKiaiit  iMcuiart, 


Mx.  &  Jto.  a®.  f$.  Bartlett, 


iM 

BXJBLIITGTOIT 


(3^-t^c/eZ^.  (Q 


At  8  1-2  o’clock. 


- 


Jhursday  Evening,  ^Jan.  4th,  1871. 

—»  COMPLIMENTARY.  «>_ 


AT  EIGHT  O’CLOCE. 


Yourself  and  Ladies  are  Cordially  Incited. 

Committee  of  Arrangements : 

Lewis,  Wm.  W.  Brown,  D.  B.  Sno. 
Hikam  D.  King,  Chas.  Wilson,  H.  E.  Potwin. 


How  to  Prepare  the  Register;  giving  Names  of  the  Family,  Births,  Marriages  and  Deaths. 


URING  LIFE,  a  carefully  prepared 
record  of  the  family,  which  should 
be  arranged  by  the  head  of  the 
household,  is  of  great  convenience  for 
reference.  This  register  should  con¬ 
tain  the  name,  birth,  marriage,  and  death 
of  each  member  of  the  family.  It  may  be 
kept  in  the  Bible,  on  a  paper  prepared 
especially  for  the  purpose,  suitable  for  framing,  or 
in  any  manner  whereby  the  same  may  be  preserved 
It  may  also  contain  brief  biographical  sketches  of 
members  of  the  family. 


N  preparing  the  register,  care  should  be 
taken  to  give  the  names  of  the  family  in 
full,  the  town  and  state  where  each  was 
born,  and  date  of  birth;  the  state  and 
town  where  each  died,  and  date  of  death ; 
town  and  state  where  each  married,  and 
date,  together  with  the  name  of  the 
officiating  clergyman,  or  magistrate,  and  of  one  or 
more  witnesses  to  the  marriage.  In  proving  claims 
to  pensions,  or  heirship  to  estates,  this  is  frequently 
of  great  importance.  Observe  carefully  the  form 
of  record  shown  on  the  opposite  page. 


CHILD  REN.C?< 


.  UARDIANS  and  parents  are  also 
recommended  to  prepare  in  a  book 
%  of  blank  pages,  made  for  the  pur- 
pose,  a  biographical  sketch  of  each 
|T^  child  under  their  charge,  noting  pecul¬ 
iarities  of  birth,  attending  physician,  color 
s  of  hair,  eyes,  &c.,  when  born  ;  strength  of 
constitution,  subsequent  disposition,  age  at 
which  the  child  first  walks,  talks,  reads,  writes,  first 
attends  school,  and  so  on  upwards  until  the  child 
is  able  to  take  up  the  record  itself. 


HE  child’s  record  should  be  made  very 
full  and  explicit  for  many  reasons,  the 
principal  being  that  it  may  be  of  great 
service  to  the  future  biographer  of  the 
child ;  while  the  physiologist  may  draw 
an  important  lesson  by  a  comparison  be¬ 
tween  the  habits  of  infancy  and  those 
of  mature  years.  This  record  will  certainly  be  a 
matter  of  value  to  the  family,  and  like  the  mfan  - 
picture,  it  will  be  of  especial  interest  to  the  man  and 
woman  as  a  daguerreotype  of  their  early  years. 


becord  and  biographical  sketches  oe  the  family 


FORM  OF  FAMILY  RECORD. 


131 


IIENRY  DANIEL  BAKER. 
MARY  EMILY  BAKER. 


Children. 

WILLIAM  WARD  BAKER. 
niRAM  KING  BAKER. 
WALTER  IIENRY  BAKER. 
MARY  EMILY  BAKER. 

SARAH  ADOLINE  BAKER. 
CIIAS.  ALBERT  DOW  BAKER, 


May  2,  1S00,  at  Concord,  N.  H. 
June  7,  1810,  at  Troy,  N.  Y. 


August  6,  1834,  at  Rome,  N.  Y. 
April  14,  1837,  at  Rome,  N.  Y. 
July  2,  1839,  at  Rome,  N.  Y. 
May  10,  1842,  at  Rome,  N.  Y. 
Nov.  18,  1845,  at  Detroit,  Mich. 
Oct.  4,  1848,  at  Detroit,  Mich. 


ARRIAG 


DEATHS. 

f^®®®®®®  »e«!K>88!>®8«3a®SasC 
»  Dec.  8,  1850,  at  Rome,  N.  Y. 

I 

0  . 

« 

9  . - . 

9 

0 

|  June  9,  1862,  at  Detroit,  Mich. 

April  17,  1S69,  at  Rome,  N.  Y. 

Feb.  6,  1855,  at  Detroit.  Mich. 


HENRY  DANIEL  BAKER 
and 

MARY  EMILY  MUNSON. 


Children. 

WILLIAM  WARD  BAKER 
and 

BERTHA  JANE  CORBETT. 

WALTER  HENRY  BAKER 
and 

ALICE  ANN  BAILEY. 

MARY  EMILY  BAKER 
and 

MYRON  BURTON  ELDRIDGE. 

CHAS.  A.  D.  BAKER 
and 

FLORENCE  PERCY  BRIGGS. 


By  the  Rev.  A.  n.  Buuling, 
June  2, 1831, 

At  Troy,  New  York. 


By  the  Rev.  D.  P.  Smith, 
S,  pt.  1,  1859, 

At  Saratoga  Springs,  N.  Y. 

By  the  Rev.  Arthur  Beown 
Si  pt.  4,  1865, 

At  Rome,  New  York. 

By  the  Rev.  D.  O.  Smith, 
Aug.  16,  1865, 

At  Detroit,  Michigan. 

By  Wm.  M.  Kellogg,  J.  P., 
March  4,  1872, 

At  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 


( A.  D.  Baker, 

In  Presence  of  Maiiy  E.  Siierman, 
(  Cynthia  Benson. 


(  HANNAH  E.  HoLMBS, 
In  Presence  of  8  Thos.  E.  Andrews, 

(  W.  H.  Burton. 

( D.  R.  Newell, 

In  Presence  of  -j  Selden  Marshall, 

(  Susan  Maynard. 


In  Presence  of 


Capt.  0.  D.  Kemple, 
Malvina  Simpson, 
Harriet  Putnam. 


(  Anna  E.  Moore 
In  Presence  of  Ciias.  D.  Wells,' 

(  Abigail  Minard. 


132 


ANNIVERSARIES  OF  MARRIAGE. 


Marriage  Anniversaries, 


GOLD,  SILVER  AND  OTHER  WEDDINGS. 


ASHION  has  established  the 
custom,  of  late  years,  of  cele¬ 
brating  certain  anniversaries 
of  the  marriage,  these  being 
named  as  follows : 

The  celebration  at  the  expi¬ 
ration  of  the  first  year  is  called 
the  cotton  wedding;  at  two  years  comes  the 
paper  ;  at  three,  the  leather  ;  at  the  close  of 
five  years  comes  the  wooden  ;  at  the  seventh 
anniversary  the  friends  assemble  with  the  wool¬ 
en,  and  at  ten  years  comes  the  TIN.  At  twelve 
years  the  silk  and  fine  linen  ;  at  fifteen  the 
CRYSTAL  wedding.  At  twenty,  the  friends  gather 
with  their  china,  and  at  twenty-five  the  married 
couple,  that  have  been  true  to  their  vows  for  a 
quarter  of  a  century,  are  rewarded  with  silver 
gifts.  From  this  time  forward,  the  tokens  of 
esteem  become  rapidly  more  valuable.  At  the 
thirtieth  anniversary,  they  are  presented  with 
pearls  ;  at  the  fortieth,  come  the  rubies  ;  and 
at  the  fiftieth,  occurs  the  celebration  of  a  glo¬ 
rious  golden  wedding.  Beyond  that  time  the 
aged  couple  are  allowed  to  enjoy  their  many 
gifts  in  peace.  If,  however,  by  any  possibility 
they  reach  the  seventy-fifth  anniversary,  they 
are  presented  with  the  rarest  gifts  to  be  ob¬ 
tained,  at  the  celebration  of  their  diamond  wed¬ 
ding. 

In  issuing  the  invitations  for  celebrating  these 
anniversaries,  it  is  customary  to  print  them  on 
a  material  emblematical  of  the  occasion.  Thus, 
thin  wood,  leather,  cloth,  tin-foil,  silk,  silver 


and  gold  paper,  and  other  materials  are  hi  ought 
into  use. 

Of  course,  those  who  accept  of  such  an  invi¬ 
tation,  and  partake  of  the  hospitalities  of  the 
host  and  hostess,  are  expected  to  contribute 
to  the  collection  of  gifts  that  will  grace  the  oc¬ 
casion. 

The  form  of  invitation  for  such  an  anniver¬ 
sary  is  represented  in  the  following  . 


v- 


c Sid,  vr/A 


COUNCIL  BLUFFS,  IOWA. 


INVITATIONS  TO  WEDDING  ANNIVERSARIES, 


133 


Invitation  to  the  Crystal  Wedding. 


Invitation  to  the  China  Wedding. 


crystal  £ 

1858. 


WEDDING. 

1813. 


-itidt/tzy,  C yi/U&z'i-ofi.  &S;  gf/3^ 


=/ 


^  dF^  (Q'FLA. 


ROME, 


N.  Y. 


Invitation  to  the  Silver  Wedding. 


■v  ${  H-  R-  Me\d, 

//oic/ictfi/y.  mvi/e  you  /o  /o ^ileden/  ctl  ///Of  l  /fiffif/i/y  = 

/fifi/^/fit  ///c/o/iny 


3 


ANNIVERSARY, 

(fin  Qsf/onc/a.y-  Sveni-ny,  ine  /6 }  3. 

No.  7oo  Broadway,  New  York.  Ceremony  at  8  o’clock. 


r~ 


r^jxva  WcddgT 

1850  i  1870 


WILL  RECEIVE  TIIEIR  FRIENDS  AT  THE  " 

TWENTIETH  ANNIVERSARY 

OP  THEIR 


^RIAG3 

=5p 

(//'ue-dida^  (Q'ii^ey  we  36,  dgyo. 


LONG  BRANCH. 


Invitation  to  the  Golden  Wedding. 


■/g£3SZ) 
f  r 


'■t/cjO 


r.i 


'/'yldFeZ'^.  (Q'U'eddsidt^  fifi/fips'.,  zoy  dgys^ 
174  MAYWOOD  ST.,  CHICAGO. 


134 


INVITATIONS  TO’  PARTIES. 


% 


Notes  of  Invitation  to  Parties 


OUST'D  ELSEWHEBE. 


_ 


OTES  of  invitation  to 
a  large  party  are 
usually  printed  and 
displayed  in  a  style 
similar  to  the  an¬ 
nexed,  "being  always 
worded  in  the  third 
^  person.  If  written, 

and  among  intimate  friends,  a  more 
familiar  style  may  he  adopted. 

Invitations  should  be  written  or 
printed  upon  a  whole  sheet  of  small 
note-paper,  and  should  be  issued  at 
least  a  week  before  the  time  appointed 
for  the  party,  so  that,  if  necessary, 
a  suitable  dress  may  be  obtained.  For 
a  costume  ball  or  masquerade,  two 
weeks  is  the  usual  time  allowed  for 
preparation. 

The  letters  E.  S.  V.  P.  are  some¬ 
times  put  at  the  end  of  a  note.  They 
stand  for  the  French  phrase,  “  Re- 
pondcz  s'  il  vous  plait" — an  answer,  if 
you  please.  It  is  better,  however, 
"when  an  answer  is  particularly 
desired,  to  say,  “An  answer  will 
oblige.” 

It  is  courtesy  to  reply  promptly  to 
a  note  of  invitation  requesting  an 
answer. 

If  no  reply  is  requested  and  you 
send  no  regrets,  it  is  understood  that 
you  accept  the  invitation. 

Send  invitations  to  persons  in 
your  own  city  or  neighborhood,  by 
your  own  messenger.  It  is  regarded 
a  violation  of  etiquette  to  send  them 
by  mail. 


Invitation  to  an  Intimate  Friend. 

Mrs.  Langford  may  write  to  her  intimate  friend,  Miss 
Burling,  as  follows : 


(//feezd  s/yyce : 

(/}/&  ezde  /e>  ■/ci'iee  ez 

^ccid/yd 

add/  (/}/&e/uid.e/ezy/  enee-nedny/ 

/t///  d-a-ctez'/ 


-/e  needy  edica-idyi/e/e.  -uetde/eiu/ yeneS  C/Zeezde 
tiddJ  Ae^iy  you*  y**- 


■uee/c 


c  diddle. 


(//ice-ide/, 


'idt-ed 


’.■c/e ine.  (Qneemed', 


INVITATIONS  TO  PAKTIES. 


135 


Invitation  to  a  Lawn  Soiree. 

MR.  &  MRS.  HARRINGTON. 

Mr.  D.  C.  Harrington. 

Request  the  pleasure  of  j’our  company,  at  a  Lawn  Sciree,  Friday  eve¬ 
ning,  from  half  past  seven  to  half  past  ten  o’clock,  June  20th,  1872, 
weather  permitting. 

R.  S.  V.  P. 


Invitation  to  an  Evening  Party. 

Mrs.  Langford  requests  the  pleasure  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bell’s  company 
on  Thursday  evening,  7th  inst.,  at  seven  o’clock. 

No. - St.,  Dec.  1st. 


Answer  Accepting  the  Invitation. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bell  accept,  with  pleasure,  Mrs.  Langford’s  kind  invi¬ 
tation  for  Thursday  evening,  the  7th  inst. 

No, - -  St.,  Dec.  2d. 


Answer  Declining  the  Invitation. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bell  regret  their  inability  to  accept  Mrs.  Langford’s 
kind  invitation  for  Thursday  evening,  the  7th  inst. 

No. - St.,  Dec.  2d. 


Invitation  to  a  Dinner  Party. 

Mr.  Conklin  presents  his  warm  regards  to  Mr.  Beklen,  and  requests 
the  pleasure  of  his  company  to  dinner,  on  Thursday  next  (18th),  at  5 
o’clock.  Mr.  Conklin  expects  the  pleasure,  also,  of  receiving  Mr.  Wil¬ 
bur,  of  Buffalo. 

An  answer  will  oblige. 

No. - St.,  June  16,  18 — . 


Answer  Accepting  the  Invitation. 

Mr.  Belden  presents  his  kind  regards  to  Mr.  Conklin,  and  accepts, 
with  pleasure,  his  polite  invitation  for  Thursday  next. 

No. - St.,  June  17,  18 — . 


Answer  Declining  the  Invitation. 

Mr.  Belden  regrets  that  a  previously  arranged  business  engagement 
will  prevent  his  accepting  Mr.  Conklin’s  kind  invitation  for  to-mor¬ 
row.  Mr.  Belden  has  delayed  answering  until  to-day,  hoping  to  effect 
a  change  of  appointment,  but  has  learned  this  forenoon  that  no  change 
can  be  made  without  serious  disappointment  to  others. 

No.  - - St.,  June  17,  18—. 


136 


INVITATIONS  TO  PARTIES  AND  EUNERAES, 


Familiar  Invitation  to  a  Wedding. 

No. - St.,  Dec.  12,  18—. 

Dear  Hattie  : 

I  have  issued  but  few  invitations 
for  our  Aggie’s  wedding,  as  we  desire  to  be  almost 
entirely  private;  but  the  presence  of  a  few  dear 
friends  will  give  us  all  pleasure.  Can  we  count  you 
among  those  few?  The  ceremony  will  be  at  seven, 
on  Tuesday  evening  next,  December  18th,  and  at 
eight  we  will  receive  the  other  invited  guests. 

Hoping  to  see  you  early,  I  am, 

Yours  Affectionately, 

BERTHA  HANSON. 


Answer  Accepting  the  Invitation. 

No. - St.,  Dec.  13,  18— 

My  Dear  Bertha: 

I  accept  with  great  pleasure 
your  kind  invitation  to  Aggie’s  wedding,  and  will 
he  punctual.  I  most  earnestly  pray  that  she  may 
be  very  happy  in  her  new  life  and  home.  Please 
give  her  my  kindest  love  and  best  wishes. 

Your  Friend, 

HATTIE  HARMON. 


Answer  Declining  the  Invitation. 

No. - St.,  Dec.  13,  18— 

My  Dear  Bertha: 

My  recent  great  bereavement 
must  plead  my  excuse  for  notattending  the  wedding 
of  your  dear  daughter  Aggie.  I  would  not  cloud  the 
festal  scene  by  my  heavy  weeds  of  mourning,  and  I 
could  not  lay  them  aside,  even  for  an  hour,  while 
the  wound  in  my  heart  is  so  fresh  with  grief. 

Deeply  regretting  that  I  cannot  attend,  I  can  only 
wish  Aggie,  in  her  new  relations,  the  joyous  life  of 
happiness  she  so  richly  deserves. 

Your  Sincere  Friend, 

HATTIE  HARMON. 


The  following  exhibits  the  size  of  paper,  and  the  wording  of  a  Funeral 
Notice,  in  common  use  in  the  metropolitan  cities,  where  it  is  impossible, 
frequently,  for  all  the  friends  to  know  of  the  death. 


Invitation  to  a  Picnic. 


Invitation  to  a  Ball. 


Invitation  to  a  Festival. 


STf )t  |5oung  ILahics  of  i®t.  Ibopr  Seminars 

Solicit  the  presence  of  Yourself  and  Friends 

AT  TIIEIR 

JLttnual  Reunion,  anh  pa\\c 

ON  THE  GROUNDS  OF 


AT  TWO  O’CLOCK. 


Fete  Champetre, 


ON  THE  GROUNDS  OF 


SPRINGDALE, 

WEDl^ESD/Y  /FTE^NOO^  JU^E  10,  1874. 


Entrance  Ticket ,  50  Cents. 


The  above  cards  may  be  displayed  in  this  manner,  but  for  actual  use  should  he  about  four  times  larger. 


VISITING  AND  OTHER  CARDS. 


137 


OUR  kinds  of  cards  are  in 
general  use,  viz. :  Wedding, 
Autograph  or  Visiting,  Ad¬ 
dress,  and  Business  cards. 
The  wedding  has  already 
been  described.  The  visiting 
card  is  used  principally  by 
the  lady  in  her  calls  among  acquaintances  in  the 
city.  The  address  card  is  also  frequently  used 
for  the  same  purpose,  and  is  useful  to  present 
when  it  may  be  desired  to  open  future  corre¬ 
spondence.  The  business  card  is  valuable  for 
advertising  and  as  being  introductory  to  busi¬ 
ness  acquaintance.  In  the  autograph  card, 
Chas.  H.  B  riggs  will  write  his  name  as  follows : 


His  wife  will  write  her  name: 


His  daughters  will  add  Miss  to  their  names, 
thus : 

Note.-A  former  rule  of  etiquette,  not  now  so  much  observed,  was  for  the  eldest  daughter,  only,  to  prefix  “  Miss 


Or  the  name  may  be  without  the  Miss,  thus : 


Tiie  address  card  may  read  thus : 


Or  it  may  read  thus  : 


cJk-u.  ^ 

Appleton,  Wis. 

Autograph  cards  should  be  used  only  among 
those  acquaintances  to  whom  the  residence  is 
well  known.  Business  cards  should  contain 
upon  their  face  the  name,  business,  address  and 
references,  if  references  are  used. 

to  her  name. 


138 


C5 


TROSE  AND  POETIC  GEMS  FROM  THE  BEST  AUTHORS. 


Selections! 


Album. 


:HE  individual  is  frequently  called 
upon  for  his  or  her  autograph.  In 
complying,  it  is  customaiy  to 
couple  with  the  same  a  senti¬ 
ment,  signing  the  name  beneath. 
If  the  matter  written  is  original, 
be  it  long  or  short,  it  is  usually 
more  highly  valued.  If  a  brief  selection 
be  made,  some  of  the  following  quotations 
may  be  appropriate: 

0  NATURE!  though  blessed  and  bright  are  thy 
rays. 

O’er  the  brow  of  creation  enchantingly  thrown, 
&Yet  faint  are  they  all  to  the  luster  that  plays 
O  In  a  smile  from  the  heart  that  is  dearly  our 
.D  own ! 

TAKE  heart,  nor  of  the  laws  of  fate  complain, 
Though  now  ’tis  cloudy,  ’t  will  clear  up  again. 


OO  far  is  it  from  being  true  that  men  are  naturally  equal,  that  no 
O  two  people  can  be  half  an  hour  together  but  one  shall  acquire 
evident  superiority  over  the  other. 

IF  others  be  as  fair, 

What  are  their  charms  to  me? 

I  neither  know  nor  care, 

For  thou  art  all  to  me. 

PURCHASE  not  friends  by  gifts;  when  thou  ceasest  to  give,  such 
i  will  cease  to  love. 

SMALL  service  is  true  service  while  it  lasts ; 

Of  friends,  however  humble,  scorn  not  one : 

The  daisy,  by  the  shadow  that  it  casts, 

Protects  the  lingering  dew-drop  from  the  sun. 


H 


0 


I.D  Time  will  end  our  story, 

But  no  time,  if  we  end  well,  will  end  our  glory. 


T 


E  who  labors  with  the  mind  governs  others;  he  who  labors  with 
the  body  is  governed  by  others. 

THERE  is  pleasure  in  the  pathless  woods, 

There  is  rapture  on  the  lonely  shore, 

There  is  society,  where  none  intrudes, 

By  the  deep  Sea,  and  music  in  its  roar: 

I  love  not  Man  the  less,  but  Nature  more. 

HE  who  surpasses  or  subdues  mankind, 

Must  look  down  on  the  hate  of  those  below. 

T  ET  us  deal  very  gently  with  the  erring.  We  should  always  re- 
Lv  member  that  had  we  been  born  with  a  like  unfortunate  organiza¬ 
tion,  and  been  trained  amid  as  unfavorable  circumstances,  we  would 
have  done  as  badly  ourselves. 

I  DEEMED  that  time,  I  deemed  that  Pride 
Had  quenched  at  length  my  boyish  flame; 

Nor  knew,  till  seated  by  thy  side, 

My  heart  in  all,  save  hope,  the  same. 

EARTH  holds  no  other  like  to  thee, 

Or  if  it  doth,  in  vain  for  me. 

OH!  many  a  shaft,  at  random  sent, 

Finds  mark  the  archer  little  meant; 

And  many  a  word,  at  random  spoken, 

May  soothe  or  wound  a  heart  that ’s  broken. 

'T'HOSE  who  have  finished  by  making  others  think  with  them,  have 
1  usually  been  those  who  began  by  daring  to  think  with  themselves. 


D 


,ESIRE  not  to  live  long,  but  to  live  well; 

How  long  we  live,  not  years,  but  actions  tell. 


w 


HO  does  the  best  his  circumstance  allows, 

Does  well,  acts  nobly;  angels  could  do  no  more. 


PIE  most  delicate,  the  most  sensible  of  all  pleasures,  consists  in 
promoting  the  pleasures  of  others. 

AND  what  is  fame?  the  meanest  have  their  day; 

The  greatest  can  but  blaze  and  pass  away. 

AH!  could  you  look  into  my  heart 
And  watch  your  image  there! 

You  would  own  the  sunny  loveliness 
Affection  makes  it  wear. 


API,  well!  for  us  all  some  sweet  hope  lies 
Deeply  buried  from  human  eyes; 

And,  in  the  hereafter,  angels  may 
Roll  the  stone  from  its  grave  away. 

TIE  who  sedulously  attends,  pointedly  asks,  calmly  speaks,  coo''> 
n  answers,  and  ceases  when  he  has  no  more  to  say,  is  in  the  pos¬ 
session  of  some  of  the  best  requisites  of  man. 

OOMETIME,  when  all  life’s  lessons  have  been  learned, 

O  And  sun  and  stars  forever  more  have  set, 

The  things  which  our  weak  judgments  here  have  spurned, 

The  things  o’er  which  we  grieved  with  lashes  wet, 

Will  flash  before  us  out  of  life’s  dark  night. 

As  stars  shine  most  in  deeper  tints  of  blue ; 

And  we  shall  see  how  all  God’s  plans  were  right, 

And  how  what  seemed  reproof  was  love  most  true. 


THE  KULES  OF  CONDUCT  THAT  GOVERN  GOOD  SOCIETY. 


139 


versal  ambition.  The  ever  constant  desire 
of  all  is  to  be  happy.  This  never  varying 
instinct  lies  at  the  foundation  of  every  ac¬ 
tion  ;  it  is  the  constantly  propelling  force  in  our 
every  effort. 

To  be  happy,  we  strive  for  the  acquisition  of 
wealth,  for  position  and  place,  for  social  and  po¬ 
litical  distinction.  And  when  all  is  obtained,  the 
real  enjoyment  in  its  possession  comes  from  the 
thousand  little  courtesies  that  are  exchanged  be¬ 
tween  individuals  —  pleasant  words  and  kindly 
acts,  which  the  poor  may  enjoy  as  well  as  the  rich. 


In  reality  it  need  not  take  much  to 
make  one  happy.  Our  real  wants  are 
very  few.  To  be  fed  and  clothed,  and 
provided  with  comfortable  shelter,  are  the 
prime  necessities.  Added  to  these  are 
kindness  and  love  from  those  with  whom 
we  associate.  Given  all  these,  with  a  con¬ 
tented  spirit,  and,  however  lowly  our  posi¬ 
tion,  we  may  be  very  happy. 

There  is  one  perpetual  law,  however,  running 
through  all  our  intercourse  with  others,  which  is 
that  we  may  rightly  possess  nothing  without  ren¬ 
dering  therefor  just  compensation.  This  law  is 
recognized  in  the  commercial  world,  and  it  should 
be  strictly  observed  in  the  etiquette  of  social  life. 


140 


THE  LAWS  OF  ETIQUETTE  IN  SOCIAL  AND  BUSINESS  LIFE. 


In  short,  in  the  many  varied  amenities  of  life, 
the  fundamental  rule  of  action  should  he  the 
golden  rule:  u  To  do  unto  others  as  we  would 
that  others  should  do  unto  us.” 

We  are  at  ease,  we  are  made  peaceful,  satis¬ 
fied  and  happy,  by  words  and  acts  of  kindly  feel¬ 
ing  extended  to  us-,  and  in  like  manner  we  may 
strew  the  pathway  of  others  with  roses  and  sun¬ 
shine,  by  courteous  action,  and  kind,  gentle  and 
loving  conduct;  to  do  which  may  cost  us  no 
effort,  but  on  the  contrary  may  afford  us  real 
pleasure. 

Iu  a  business,  social  and  artistic  view,  it  is  of 
very  great  advantage  to  most  people  to  be  pos¬ 
sessed  of  ease  and  grace  of  manner.  By  the 
possession  of  confidence  and  self-command,  a  sin¬ 
gle  individual  will  oftentimes  cause  a  large  com¬ 
pany,  that  otherwise  would  be  socially  very  inhar¬ 
monious,  to  be  satisfied,  composed  and  perfectly 
at  ease;  and  in  a  thousand  ways  such  a  person 
will  scatter  happiness  and  blessings  among  those 
with  whom  he  or  she  may  come  in  contact. 

Natural  and  Acquired  Politeness. 

To  some,  a  pleasing  manner  comes  very  natu¬ 
rally.  If  bom  to  the  possession  of  an  easy  flow 
of  language,  agreeableness  of  address,  poetical 
and  imaginative  power,  and  large  knowledge  of 
human  nature,  the  whole  accompanied  by  judi¬ 
cious  training,  good  education  and  wide  oppor¬ 
tunities,  such  persons  will  most  surely,  without 
studied  effort,  be  self-possessed  and  at  ease  in  any 
company,  upon  any  occasion. 

On  the  contrary,  if  the  natural  advantages 
have  been  few,  and  the  opportunities  for  acquir¬ 
ing  polished  deportment  limited,  then  we  may 
very  appropriately  make  a  study  of  the  subject 
of  liow  to  please;  and  hence  the  necessity  for 
special  instruction  on  the  subject  of  Etiquette. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  however,  that 
there  be  no  labored  effort  to  behave  by  rule,  and 
that  the  forms  of  etiquette  be  not  carried  too  far. 
The  law  of  common  sense  should  rest  at  the  basis 
of  our  intercourse  with  society,  and  a  kindly  de¬ 
sire  to  make  happy  everybody  with  whom  we 


come  in  contact,  should  actuate  our  conduct. 
Still,  with  all  this,  there  are  thousands  of  people 
of  the  kindest  intentions,  with  much  breadth  of 
intellect,  who  continually  violate  the  common 
usages  of  society,  and  who  are  liable  to  do  the 
wrong  thing  at  important  times,  and  thus  em¬ 
barrass  their  warmest  friends.  Hence,  the  need 
of  a  treatise  on  general  conduct  is  evidently  as 
much  a  necessity  as  is  the  text-book  on  grammar, 
penmanship  or  mathematics. 

If  the  soldier  is  more  efficient  by  drill,  the 
teacher  more  competent  by  practice,  the  pailia- 
mentarian  more  influential  by  understanding  the 
code  of  parliamentary  law,  then  equally  is  the 
general  member  of  society  more  successful  by 
an  understanding  of  the  lawrs  of  etiquette,  which 
teach  how  to  appear,  and  what  to  do  and  say  in 
the  varied  positions  in  which  we  may  be  placed. 

In  the  study  of  etiquette,  much  may  be  learned 
by  observation,  but  much  more  is  learned  by 
practice.  Wfi  may  listen  to  the  finest  oiatoiy 
for  a  dozen  years,  and  yet  never  be  able  to  speak 
in  public  ourselves;  whereas,  by  practice  in  the 
art  of  declamation,  with  passable  talent,  we  may 
become  quite  proficient  in  half  that  time.  We 
may  thoroughly  study  the  theory  and  art  of  lan¬ 
guage  for  twenty  years,  and  yet  be  very  poor 
talkers.  We  may  practice  the  art  of  conversa¬ 
tion  by  familiar  and  continuous  intercourse  with 
the  cultured  and  refined,  and  become  fluent  and 
easy  in  communicating  thought  in  a  few  years. 

Such  is  the  difference  between  theory  and 
practice.  Both  are  necessary  the  former  in 
pointing  the  way ;  the  latter  by  making  use  of 
theory  in  practical  application.  Thus  we  may 
acquire  ease  and  grace  of  manner:  First,  by  un¬ 
derstanding  the  regulations  which  govern  social 
etiquette;  and  secondly,  by  a  free  intermingling 
in  society,  putting  into  continual  practice  the  the¬ 
ories  which  we  understand.  To  avail  ourseB  es, 
however,  to  the  fullest  extent  of  society  advan¬ 
tages,  we  must  have  acquaintance;  and  hence,  we 
introduce  the  rules  of  etiquette  by  a  chapter  on 
the  forms  of  presentation  —  the  art  of  getting 
acquainted. 


FORMS  OF  INTRODUCTIONS  AND  SALUTATIONS. 


141 


tiquette  of  Introductions, 


'HERE  are  various  forms  of  intro¬ 
duction  to  be  used,  each  depending 
on  particular  circumstances.  Thus 
when  introducing  a  gentleman  to  a  lady 
the  party  introducing  them  will  say,  bow 
ing  to  each  as  the  name  of  each  is  pronounced,  “  Miss  Wil 
liamson,  allow  me  to  introduce  to  you  my  friend  Mr.  Grant 
Mr.  Grant,  Miss  Williamson.” 

Some  prefer  the  word  “present”  instead  of  the  word 
“introduce.”  The  words  are  not  very  material.  The  form 
is  all  that  is  essential. 

Of  two  gentlemen  being  introduced,  one  of  whom  is 
more  eminent  in  position,  look  first  at  the  elder  or  superior, 
with  a  slight  bow,  saying,  “Mr.  Durham,  I  make  you  acquainted  with 
Mr.  Stevens;  Mr.  Stevens,  Mr.  Durham.” 


of  New  Haven,  Connecticut;  and,  upon  the  close  of  her 
visit  here,  is  going  to  California  for  a  visit  of  a  year. 

Miss  Swift  is  from  Buffalo,  New  York,  and  is  attending 
Hopedale  Seminary  in  this  city.” 

General  Suggestions  About  Introductions. 

Ladies  being  introduced  should  never  bow  hastily,  but  with  slow  and 
measured  dignity. 

The  inferior  is  to  be  introduced  to  the  superior;  the  younger  to  the 
older;  the  gentleman  to  the  lady. 

It  is  the  lady’s  privilege  to  recognize  the  gentleman  after  an  introduc¬ 
tion,  and  his  duty  to  return  the  bow. 

Introductions  on  the  streets  or  in  public  places  should  be  made  so 
quietly  as  not  to  attract  public  attention. 


The  last  clause  repeating  the  names,  “  Mr.  Stevens,  Mr.  Durham,” 
may  be  justly  regarded  a  useless  formality,  and  is  not  necessary  unless 
for  the  purpose  of  making  the  names  more  distinct  by  their  repetition. 

Parties  being  introduced  have  an  opportunity  for  conversation, 
and  are  immediately  set  at  ease  by  the  person  introducing  giving  the 
place  of  residence  and  the  business  of  each,  with  the  introduction, 
thus:  “Mr.  Snow,  allow  me  to  make  you  acquainted  with  Mr.  Burton. 
Mr.  Burton  is  extensively  engaged  in  mining  in  Colorado.  Mr.  Snow 
is  one  of  our  lawyers  in  this  city.”  He  may  still  continue,  if  he  wishes 
to  aid  the  parties  he  is  introducing,  by  saying,  “Mr.  Burton  comes  East 
for  the  purpose  of  disposing  of  mining  stpek  to  some  of  our  capitalists, 
and  it  is  possible,  Mr.  Snow,  that  with  your  large  acquaintance  you  can 
give  him  some  information  that  will  aid  him.”  Such  an  introduction 
will  immediately  lead  to  a  general  conversation  between  the  parties, 
and  the  person  having  introduced  them  can  then  retire  if  he  desires. 

It  is  always  gratifying  to  anyone  to  be  highly  esteemed,  hence  you 
will  confer  pleasure  by  always  conveying  as  favorable  an  impression  as 
possible  when  giving  thei  introduction. 

Always  apply  the  titles  when  making  introductions,  where  the  parties 
are  entitled  to  the  same,  as  Honorable,  Reverend,  Professor,  etc.  Thus, 
in  introducing  a  clergyman  to  a  member  of  the  legislature,  it  is  etiquette 
to  say:  “Mr.  Shelden,  permit  me  to  present  to  you  the  Reverend  Mr. 
Wing.”  Addressing  Mr.  Shelden,  he  says:  “Mr.  Wing  is  the  pastor  of 
the  First  Presbyterian  church  at  Troy,  New  York.”  Addressing  Mr. 
Wing,  he  continues  :  “  Mr.  Shelden  is  at  present  our  representative  in  the 
State  Legislature,  and  author  of  the  “Shelden  Letters”  which  you  have 
so  much  admired.” 

If  there  are  many  introductions  to  be  made,  the  simple  words,  “  Mr. 
Smith,  Mr.  Jones,”  will  serve  the  purpose.  Mr.  Smith  and  Mr.  Jones  will 
then  take  up  the  weather  or  some  other  topic,  and  proceed  with  their 
conversation.  A  very  proper  reply  for  either  party  to  make  when  intro¬ 
duced  is,  “  I  am  glad  to  meet  you,”  or,  “  I  am  happy  to  make  your 
acquaintance.” 

If  several  persons  are  introduced  to  one,  mention  the  name  of  the  sin¬ 
gle  individual  but  once,  as  follows:  “  Mr.  Belden,  allow  me  to  introduce 
Mr.  Maynard,  Mr.  Thompson,  Miss  Hayward,  Mrs.  Rice,  Mr.  Harmon, 
Mr.  Brown,”  bowing  to  each  as  the  name  is  mentioned. 

When  introducing  a  couple  that  may  be  somewhat  diffident,  the  par¬ 
ties  will  be  materially  aided  in  becoming  sociable  and  feeling  at  ease,  by 
a  very  full  introduction,  thus :  “  Miss  Kennicott,  allow  me  to  present  to 
you  my  friend  Miss  Swift.  Miss  Kennicott  is  from  the  far-famed  city 


Perfect  ease  and  self-possession  are  the  essentials  to  the  making  and 
receiving  of  graceful  and  happy  introductions. 

Etiquette  requires  that  a  gentleman  always  raise  his  hat  (Fig.  2)  when 
introduced  to  either  a  lady  or  gentleman  on  the  street. 

Introduce  to  each  other  only  those  who  may  find  acquaintance  agree¬ 
able.  If  any  doubt  exists  on  the  subject,  inquire  beforehand. 


When  introducing  parties,  pronounce  the  names  distinctly.  If  you 
fail  to  understand  the  name  when  introduced,  feel  at  liberty  to  inquire. 

One  of  the  duties  of  the  host  and  hostess  of  a  private  party  is  to  make 
the  guests  acquainted  with  each,  other.  Guests  may,  however,  make  in¬ 
troductions. 


Fig.  2.  Introduction  on  the  Street. 


Introductions  are  of¬ 
ten  dispensed  with  at  a 
private  ball,  it  being 
taken  for  granted  that 
only  those  are  invited 
who  ought  to  be  ac¬ 
quainted.  Thus  ac¬ 
quaintance  may  begin 
without  formal  intro¬ 
duction. 

If  upon  any  occasion 
you  are  introduced  at  a 
friend’s  house  to  even 
your  bitterest  enemy, 
courtesy  requires  that 
you  salute  him,  or  her, 
and  give  no  sign  of  ill- 
feeling  while  you  are 
the  guest  of  your  friend. 


If  casually  introduced  to  a  stranger,  when  making  a  call  at  the  house 
of  a  friend,  etiquette  does  not  require  a  subsequent  recognition.  It  is 
optional  with  the  parties  whether  the  acquaintance  be  continued  or  not 
after  such  accidental  meeting  and  introduction. 

Always  pronounce  the  surname  when  giving  the  introduction.  To  be 
introduced  to  “my  cousin  Carrie”  leaves  the  stranger  at  a  loss  how  to 
address  the  lady.  In  introducing  a  relative,  it  is  well  to  sav,  “My 
brother,  Mr.  Wells;”  “My  mother,  Mrs.  Briggs,”  etc. 


To  shake  hands  when  introduced,  is  optional;  between  gentlemen 
it  is  common,  and  oftentimes  between  an  elderly  and  a  young  person.  It 
is  not  common  between  an  unmarried  lady  and  a  gentleman,  a  slight 


142 


FORMS  OF  INTRODUCTIONS  AND  SALUTATIONS. 


bow  between  them  when  introduced  being  ail  that  etiquette  requires. 
The  married  lady  will  use  her  discretion  when  introduced  to  gentlemen. 

Two  parties  meeting  on  the  street,  accompanied  by  friends,  may  stop 
and  speak  to  each  other  without  the  necessity  of  introducing  their  friends, 
though,  when  parting,  it  is  courtesy  for  each  to  give  a  parting  salutation 
as  though  acquaintance  had  been  formed. 

Parties  who  may  meet  by  chance  at  your  house,  when  making  calls, 
need  not  necessarily  be  introduced  to  each  other.  If,  however,  they  con¬ 
tinue  their  calls  together,  it  may  be  agreeable  to  make  them  acquainted  in 
order  to  more  pleasantly  carry  forward  conversation. 

If  you  are  a  gentleman,  do  not  let  the  lack  of  an  introduction  pre¬ 
vent  you  from  rendering  services  to  any  unattended  lady  who  may  need 
them.  Politely  offer  your  protection,  escort  or  assistance,  and,  when  the 
service  has  been  accomplished,  politely  bow  and  retire. 

A  visitor  at  your  house  should  be  introduced  to  the  various  callers, 
and  the  acquaintance  should  continue  while  the  friend  remains  your 
£uest  All  callers  should  aim  to  make  the  visit  of  the  friend  as  pleas- 
ant  as  possible,  treating  the  guest  as  they  would  wish  their  friends  to  be 
treated  under  similar  circumstances. 

If  thrown  into  the  company  of  strangers,  without  the  formality  of 
an  introduction,  as  is  often  the  case  when  traveling  and  at  other  times, 


acquaintance  may  be  formed  between  gentlemen  and  ladies,  with  proper 
reserve,  but  duty  requires  that  the  slightest  approach  toward  undue 
familiarity  should  be  checked  by  dignified  silence. 

Persons  who  have  been  properly  introduced  have  claims  upon 
the  acquaintance  of  each  other  which  should  call  for  at  least  a  slight 
recognition  thereafter,  unless  there  be  very  decided  reasons  for  cutting 
the  acquaintance  entirely.  To  completely  ignore  another  to  whom  you 
have  been  rightly  introduced,  by  meeting  the  person  with  a  vacant  stare, 
is  a  mark  of  ill-breeding. 

Introductions  at  Court  and  Presidential  Receptions. 

In  paying  your  respects  to  the  President  of  the  United  States,  you 
Will  be  introduced  by  the  master  of  ceremonies  on  public  occasions. 
At  other  times,  to  send  in  your  card  will  secure  you  audience,  although 
the  better  way  is  to  be  introduced  by  a  mutual  acquaintance,  or  a  member 
of  Congress.  Introductions  at  Court  in  foreign  countries  are  accom¬ 
panied  by  a  good  deal  of  formality.  At  the  English  Court,  the  stran¬ 
ger,  having  the  credential  of  the  American  Ambassador,  will  be  intro¬ 
duced,  if  a  lady,  by  a  lady  ;  if  a  gentleman,  by  a  gentleman.  Elsewhere 
abroad  the  proper  method  in  each  case  can  be  best  learned  from  our  na¬ 
tional  representative  at  each  capital.  Court  etiquette  requires  that  the 
lady  appear  in  full  dress,  and  the  gentleman  in  black  suit,  with  white 
vest,  gloves  and  necktie. 


FORMS  OF  SALUTATION 


SUGGESTIONS  CONCERNING  THE  BOW. 


|  OMMON  forms  of  salutation,  in  America,  are  the  bow,  the 
I  kiss,  words  of  address,  and  shaking  hands. 

Acquaintances  are  usually  entitled  to  the  courtesy  of  a 
bow.  It  is  poor  policy  to  refuse  recognition  because  of  a 
trifling  difference  between  parties. 

The  young  lady  should  show  a  similar  deference  to  an  elderly  lady, 
or  to  one  in  superior  position,  that  a  gentleman  does  to  a  lady. 

A  gentleman  who  may  be  smoking  when  he  meets  a  lady,  should  in 
bowing  remove  the  cigar  from  his  mouth  and  from  her  presence. 

When  bowing  to  ladies,  it  is  etiquette  for  the  gentleman  to  raise  his 
hat  from  his  head,  and  slightly  incline  his  body.  The  bow  should  not  be 
a  mere  nod. 

A  bow  or  graceful  inclination  should  be  made  by  ladies  when  recog- 
nizing  their  acquaintances  of  the  opposite  sex.  It  is  the  privilege  of  the 
lady  to  bow  first. 

A  gentleman  on  horseback  should  grasp  whip  and  reins  in  his  left 
hand,  and  raise  his  hat  with  his  right,  when  saluting  a  lady.  The  lady 
salutes  by  bowing  slightly. 

To  a  casual  acquaintance  you  may  bow  without  speaking ;  but  to  those 
with  whom  you  are  well  acquainted,  greater  cordiality  is  due.  A  bow 
should  always  be  returned;  even  to  an  enemy  it  is  courtesy  to  return 
the  recognition. 

When  a  gentleman,  accompanied  by  a  friend,  meets  a  lady  upon  the 
street,  it  is  courtesy,  in  the  salutation,  for  the  gentleman’s  friend  to  bow 
slightly  to  the  lady  also,  as  a  compliment  to  his  companion,  even  though 
unacquainted  with  the  lady. 

On  meeting  a  party,  some  of  whom  you  are  intimately  acquainted 
with,  and  the'others  but  little,  the  salutation  should  be  made  as  nearly 
equal  as  possible.  A  slight  recognition  of  some,  and  great  demonstra¬ 
tion  of  pleasure  toward  others,  is  a  violation  of  etiquette. 

A  gentleman  should  return  a  bow  made  him  upon  the  street,  even  if 
the  one  making  the  same  is  not  recognized.  The  person  may  possibly  be 
a  forgotten  acquaintance;  but,  even  if  a  mistake  has  been  made,  there 
will  be  less  embarrassment  if  the  bow  is  returned. 


A  gentleman  should  not  bow  from  a  window  to  a  lady  on  the  street, 
though  he  may  bow  slightly  from  the  street  upon  being  recognized  by  a 
lady  in  a  window.  Such  recognition  should,  however,  generally  be 
avoided,  as  gossip  is  likely  to  attach  undue  importance  to  it  when  seen 
by  others. 

A  warm  cordiality  of  manner,  and  a  general  recognition  of  acquaint¬ 
ances,  without  undue  familiarity,  is  the  means  of  diffusing  much  happi¬ 
ness,  as  well  as  genial  and  friendly  feeling.  In  thinly  settled  localities,  the 
habit  of  bowing  to  every  one  you  meet  is  an  excellent  one,  evincing,  as  it 
does,  kindliness  of  feeling  toward  all. 

When  meeting  a  lady  who  is  a  stranger,  in  a  hallway,  upon  a  stair¬ 
case,  or  in  close  proximity  elsewhere,  courtesy  demands  a  bow  from  the 
gentleman.  In  passing  up  a  stairway,  the  lady  will  pause  at  the  foot  and 
allow  the  gentleman  to  go  first ;  and  at  the  head  of  the  stairway  he  should 
bow,  pause,  and  allow  her  to  precede  him  in  the  descent. 

How  to  Address  Others  — Nicknames. 

Use  the  title,  when  speaking  to  others,  whenever  possible.  Thus, 
addressing  John  Brown,  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  say,  “  Squire;”  Dr.  Bell, 
you  will  address  as  “  Doctor;”  Mayor  Williams,  as  “  Mayor;”  Senator 
Snow,  as  “Senator;”  Governor  Smith,  as  “Governor;”  Professor 
Stevens,  as  “Professor,”  etc. 

Before  all  public  bodies,  take  pains  to  address  those  in  authority  very 
respectfully,  saying  to  the  presiding  officer,  “  Mr.  President,”  or  if  he  be 
a  Mayor,  Judge,  or  Justice,  address  him  as  “Your  Honor,”  etc. 

When  stopping  at  the  house  of  a  friend,  ascertain  the  Christian  names 
of  all  the  children,  and  of  those  servants  that  you  frequently  have  to 
address;  and  then  always  speak  respectfully  to  each,  using  the  full 
Christian  name,  or  any  pet  name  to  which  they  are  accustomed. 

To  approach  another  in  a  boisterous  manner,  saying,”  Hello,  Old  Fel¬ 
low!’  “  Hello  Bob!”  or  using  kindred  expressions,  indicates  ill-breeding. 
If  approached,  however,  in  this  vulgar  manner,  it  is  better  to  give  a  civil 
reply,  and  address  the  person  respectfully,  in  which  case  he  is  qui  e 
likely  to  be  ashamed  of  his  own  conduct. 


AVOID  NICKNAMES. - HOW  TO  SHAKE  HANDS. - ETIQUETTE  WHEN  SHOPPING.  143 


Husbands  and  wives  indicate  pleasant  conjugal  association  existing 
where  they  address  each  other  in  the  family  circle  by  their  Christian 
names,  though  the  terms  of  respect,  “Mr.”  and  “Mrs.,”  maybe  applied 
to  each  among  strangers.  When  speaking  of  each  other  among  near 
and  intimate  relatives,  they  will  also  use  the  Christian  name;  but  among 
general  acquaintances  and  strangers,  the  surname. 

Never  call  anyone  by  a  nickname,  or  a  disrespectful  name.  Treat 
all  persons,  no  matter  how  lowly,  in  addressing  them,  as  you  would  wish 
to  be  addressed  yourself.  You  involuntarily  have  more  respect  for  peo¬ 
ple,  outside  of  your  family  or  relatives,  who  call  you  “  Mr.  Smith,”  or 
“Mr.  Jones,”  than  for  those  who  call  you  “Jack,”  or  “Jim.”  Hence, 
when  you  speak  to  others,  remember  that  you  gain  their  favor  by  polite 
words  of  address. 

When  speaking  to  a  boy,  under  fifteen  years  of  age,  outside  of  the 
circle  of  relatives,  among  comparative  strangers,  call  him  by  his  Christian 
name,  as  “Charles,”  “William,”  etc.  Above  that  age,  if  the  boy  has 
attained  good  physical  and  intellectual  development,  apply  the  “Mr.” 
as  “Mr.  Brown,”  “Mr.  King,”  etc.  To  do  so  will  please  him,  will  raise 
his  self-respect,  and  will  be  tendering  a  courtesy  which  you  highly  val¬ 
ued  when  you  were  of  the  same  age. 


It  is  an  insult  to  address  a  boy  or  girl,  who  is  a  stranger  to  you,  as 
“  Bub  ”  or  “  Sis.”  Children  are  sometimes  very  sensitive  on  these  points, 
resenting  such  method  of  being  addressed,  while  they  very  highly  ap¬ 
preciate  being  spoken  to  respectfully.  Thus,  if  the  child’s  name  is 
unknown,  to  say  “My  Boy,”  or  “My  Little  Lad,”  “My  Girl,”  or  “My 
Little  Lady,”  will  be  to  gain  favor  and  set  the  child  a  good  example  in 
politeness.  Children  forever  gratefully  remember  those  who  treat  them 
respectfully.  Among  relatives,  nicknames  should  not  be  allowed.  Pet 
names  among  the  children  are  admissible,  until  they  outgrow  them, 
when  the  full  Christian  name  should  be  used. 

THE  PRACTICE  OF  KISSING. 

Upon  the  meeting  of  intimate  friends  among  ladies,  at  the  private 
house,  the  kiss  as  a  mode  of  salutation  is  yet  common;  but  even  there  it 
is  not  as  customary  as  formerly.  The  custom  ought  to  be  abolished  for 
physiological  and  other  reasons. 

Upon  the  meeting  or  departure  of  a  young  person,  as  between  parents 
and  children,  or  guardians  and  wards,  the  kiss  is  not  inappropriate  in 
public.  Between  all  other  parties  it  is  a  questionable  propriety  in  public 
places,  it  being  etiquette  to  avoid  conduct  that  will  attract  the  attention 
of  strangers. 


ETIQUETTE  OF  SHAKING  HANDS.— SUGGESTIONS  ABOUT  SHOPPING. 


WAYS  OF  CLASPING  HANDS. 


ACCOMPANYING  the  salutation  of  hand-shaking,  it  is  com¬ 
mon,  according  to  the  customs  of  English-speaking  people,  to 
inquire  concerning  the  health,  the  news,  etc. 

Offer  the  whole  hand.  It  is  an  insult, 
and  indicates  snobbery,  to  present  two 
fingers  (Fig.  3)  when  shaking  hands.  It 
is  also  insulting  to  return  a  warm,  cordial 
greeting  with  a  lifeless  hand  (Fig.  4),  and 
evident  indifference  of  manner,  when 
hand -shaking.  Present  a  cordial  grasp 

5)  and  clasp  the  hand  firmly,  shak-  p.g  g  The  snob  that  Bticks  out  tw0 
ing  it  warmly  for  a  period  of  two  or  three  lingers  when  shaking  hands, 
seconds,  and  then  relinquish  the  grasp  en¬ 
tirely.  It  is  rude  to  grasp  the  hand  very  tightly  or  to  shake  it  over- vigor¬ 
ously.  To  hold  it  a  long  time  is  often  very  embarrassing,  and  is  a  breach 
of  etiquette.  It  is  always  the  lady’s  privilege  to  extend  the  hand  first. 
In  her  own  house  a  lady  should  give  her  hand  to  every  guest. 


Fig.  4.  The  cold-blooded,  languid  per¬ 
son,  that  exhibits  only  indifference 
as  you  shake  the  hand. 


If  both  parties  wear  gloves,  it  is  not 
necessary  that  each  remove  them  in 
shaking  hands;  if  one,  however,  has  un¬ 
gloved  hands,  it  is  courtesy  for  the  other 
to  remove  the  glove,  unless  in  so  doing 
it  would  cause  an  awkward  pause;  in 
which  case  apologize  for  not  removing  it, 
by  saying,  “  Excuse  my  glove.”  The 
words  and  forms  will  always  very  much 
depend  upon  circumstances,  of  which  in¬ 
dividuals  can  themselves  best  judge.  Kid  and  other  thin  gloves  are  not 
expected  to  be  removed  in  hand-shaking;  hence,  apology  is  only  nec¬ 
essary  for  the  non -removal  of  the  thick,  heavy  glove. 

As  a  rule  in  all  salutations,  it  is  well 
not  to  exhibit  too  much  haste.  The  cool, 
deliberate  person  is  much  the  most  likely  * 
to  avoid  mistakes.  The  nervous,  quick- 
motioned,  impulsive  individual  will  need 
to  make  deliberation  a  matter  of  study; 
else,  when  acting  on  the  spur  of  the  mo¬ 
ment,  with  possibly  slight  embarrass¬ 
ment,  ludicrous  errors  are  liable  to  be 
made.  In  shaking  hands,  offer  the  right 

hand,  unless  the  same  be  engaged;  in  which  case,  apologize, by  saying 
“Excuse  my  left  hand.”  It  is  the  right  hand  that  carries  the  sword  in 
time  of  war,  and  its  extension  is  emblematic  of  friendliness  in  time  of  peace. 


Fig.  5.  The  generous,  frank,  whole- 
souled  individual,  that  meets  you 
with  a  warm,  hearty  grasp. 


CONDUCT  IN  THE  STORE. 


PURCHASERS  should,  as  far  as  possible,  patronize  the  merchants 
of  their  own  town.  It  is  poor  policy  to  send  money  abroad  for  arti¬ 
cles  which  can  be  bought  as  cheaply  at  home. 

Do  not  take  hold  of  a  piece  of  goods  which  another  is  examining. 
Wait  until  it  is  replaced  upon  the  counter  before  you  take  it  up. 

Injuring  goods  when  handling,  pushing  aside  other  persons,  loung¬ 
ing  upon  the  counter,  whispering,  loud  talk  and  laughter,  when  in  a 
store,  are  all  evidences  of  ill -breeding. 

Never  attempt  to  “beat  down”  prices  when  shopping.  If  the  price 
does  not  suit,  go  elsewhere.  The  just  and  upright  merchant  will  have 
but  one  price  for  his  goods,  and  he  will  strictly  adhere  to  it. 

It  is  an  insult  to  a  clerk  or  merchant  to  suggest  to  a  customer,  about 
to  purchase,  that  he  may  buy  cheaper  or  better  goods  else  where.  It  is 
also  rude  to  give  your  opinion,  unasked,  about  the  goods  that  another  is 
purchasing. 

Never  expect  a  clerk  to  leave  another  customer  to  wait  on  you;  and 
when  attending  upon  you,  do  not  cause  him  to  wait  while  }'ou  visit  with 
another.  When  the  purchases  are  made,  let  them  be  sent  to  your  home, 
and  thus  avoid  loading  yourself  with  bundles. 

Treat  clerks,  when  shopping,  respectfully,  and  give  them  no  more 
trouble  than  is  necessary.  Ask  for  what  is  wanted,  explicitly,  and  if  you 
wish  to  make  examination  with  a  view  to  future  purchase,  say  so.  Be 
perfectly  frank.  There  is  no  necessity  for  practicing  deceit. 

The  rule  should  be  to  pay  for  goods  when  you  buy  them.  If,  how¬ 
ever,  you  are  trusted  by  the  merchant,  you  should  be  very  particular  to 
pay  your  indebtedness  when  you  agree  to.  By  doing  as  you  promise,  you 
acquire  habits  of  promptitude,  and  at  the  same  time  establish  credit  and 
make  reputation  among  those  with  whom  you  deal. 

It  is  rude  in  the  extreme  to  find  fault  and  to  make  sneering  remarks 
about  goods.  To  draw  unfavorable  comparisons  between  the  goods  and 
those  found  at  other  stores  does  no  good,  and  shows  want  of  deference 
and  respect  to  those  who  are  waiting  upon  you.  Politely  state  that  the 
goods  are  not  what  you  want,  and,  while  you  may  buy,  you  prefer  to  look 
further. 

If  a  mistake  has  been  made  whereby  you  have  been  given  more  goods 
than  you  paid  for,  or  have  received  more  change  than  was  your  due,  go 
immediately  and  have  the  error  rectified.  You  cannot  afford  to  sink 
your  moral  character  by  taking  advantage  of  such  mistakes.  If  you  had 
made  an  error  to  your  disadvantage,  as  a  merchant,  you  would  wish  the 
customer  to  return  and  make  it  right.  You  should  do  as  you  would  be 
done  by.  Permanent  success  depends  upon  your  being  strictly  honest. 


144 


REGULATIONS  THAT  GOVERN  SHORT  AND  FORMAL  CALLS. 


HE  morning  call  should  be  very  brief.  This  formal  call 
is  mainly  one  of  ceremony,  and  from  ten  to  twenty 
minutes  is  a  sufficient  length  of  time  to  prolong  it. 
It  should  never  exceed  half  an  hour. 

In  making  a  formal  call,  a  lady  does  not  remove  her 
bonnet  or  wraps. 

Unless  there  be  a  certain  evening  set  apart  for  receiv¬ 
ing,  the  formal  call  should  he  made  in  the  morning. 

It  is  customary,  according  to  the  code  of  etiquette, 
to  call  all  the  hours  of  daylight  morning,  and  after 
nightfall  evening. 

Calls  mav  be  made  in  the  morning  or  in  the  evening.  The  call  in  the 
morning  should  not  be  made  before  12  M.,  nor  later  than  5  P.  m. 


A  gentleman,  making  a  formal  call  in  the  morning,  must  retain  his 
hat  in  his  hand.  He  may  leave  umbrella  and  cane  in  the  hall,  but  not 
his  hat  and  gloves.  The  fact  of  retaining  hat  indicates  a  formal  call 


During  the  visits  of  ceremony,  however,  strict  attention  should  be  given 
to  entertaining  the  callers. 

Gentlemen  may  make  morning  calls  on  the  following  occasions:  To 
convey  congratulations  or  sympathy  and  condolence,  to  meet  a  friend 
who  has  just  returned  from  abroad,  to  inquire  after  the  health  of  a  lady 
who  may  have  accepted  his  escort  on  the  previous  day.  (He  should  not 
delay  the  latter  more  than  a  day.)  He  may  call  upon  those  to  whom  let¬ 
ters  of  introduction  are  given,  to  express  thanks  for  any  favor  which 
may  have  been  rendered  him,  or  to  return  a  call.  A  great  variety  of  cir¬ 
cumstances  will  also  determine  when  at  other  times  he  should  make  calls. 


Evening  Calls. 

Evening  calls  should  never  be  made  later  than  9  p.  m.,  and  never  pro¬ 
longed  later  than  10  p.  m. 

In  making  a  formal  call  in  the  evening,  the  gentleman  must  hold  hat 
and  gloves,  unless  invited  to  lay  them  aside  and  spend  the  evening. 


When  a  gentleman  accompanies  a  lady 
at  a  morning  call  (which  is  seldom),  he 
assists  her  up  the  steps,  rings  the  bell, 
and  follows  her  into  the  reception-room. 

It  is  for  the  lady  to  determine  when  they 
should  leave. 

All  uncouth  and  ungraceful  positions 
are  especially  unbecoming  among  ladies 
and  gentlemen  in  the  parlor.  Thus  (Fig. 

6),  standing  with  the  arms  akimbo,  sitting 
astride  a  chair,  wearing  the  hat,  and 
smoking  in  the  presence  of  ladies,  lean¬ 
ing  back  in  the  chair,  standing  with  legs 
crossed  and  feet  on  the  chairs  —  all  those 
acts  evince  lack  of  polished  manners. 

If  possible,  avoid  calling  at  the  lunch 
or  dinner  hour.  Among  society  people 
the  most  fashionable  hours  for  calling 
are  from  12  M.  to  3  p.  m.  At  homes 
where  dinner  or  lunch  is  taken  at  noon, 
calls  may  be  made  from  2  to  $  p:  m. 

Should  other  callers  be  announced,  it 
is  well,  as  soon  as  the  bustle  attending 
the  new  arrival  is  over,  to  arise  quietly, 
take  leave  of  the  hostess,  bow  to  the 
visitors,  and  retire,  without  apparently 
doing  so  because  of  the  new  arrivals. 

This  saves  the  hostess  the  trouble  of  en¬ 
tertaining  two  sets  of  callers. 

To  say  bright  and  witty  things  during  the  call  of  ceremony,  and  go  so 
soon  that  the  hostess  will  desire  the  caller  to  come  again,  is  much 
the  more  pleasant.  No  topic  of  a  political  or  religious  character  should 
be  admitted  to  the  conversation,  nor  any  subject  of  absorbing  interest 
likely  to  lead  to  discussion. 

A  lady  engaged  upon  fancy  sewing  of  any  kind,  or  needlework,  need 
not  necessarily  lay  aside  the  same  during  the  call  of  intimate  acquaint¬ 
ances.  Conversation  can  flow  just  as  freely  while  the  visit  continues. 


In  making  an  informal  call  in  the  eve¬ 
ning,  a  gentleman  may  leave  hat,  cane, 
overshoes,  etc.,  in  the  hall,  provided  he 
is  invited  to  do  so,  and  the  lady  may  re¬ 
move  her  wraps. 

The  evening  call  should  not  gener¬ 
ally  be  prolonged  over  an  hour.  With 
very  intimate  friends,  however,  it  may 
be  made  a  little  longer;  but  the  caller 
should  be  very  careful  that  the  visit  be 
not  made  tiresome. 

Ceneral  Suggestions. 

Calls  from  people  living  in  the  coun¬ 
try  are  expected  to  be  longer  and  less 
ceremonious  than  from  those  in  the  city. 

When  it  has  been  impossible  to  at¬ 
tend  a  dinner  or  a  social  gathering,  a 
call  should  be  made  soon  afterwards,  to 
express  regret  at  the  inability  to  be 
present. 

A  gentleman,  though  a  stranger,  may 
with  propriety  escort  an  unattended  lady 
to  the  carriage,  and  afterwards  return 
and  make  his  farewell  bow  to  the  hostess. 

Should  a  guest  arrive  to  remain  for 
sometime  with  the  friend,  those  who  are 
intimate  with  the  family  should  call  as 
soon  as  possible,  and  these  calls  should  be  returned  at  the  earliest  op- 
portunity. 

Unless  invited  to  do  so,  it  is  a  violation  of  etiquette  to  draw  near  the 
fire  for  the  purpose  of  warming  one’s  self.  Should  you,  while  waiting 
the  appearance  of  the  hostess,  have  done  so,  you  will  arise  upon  her 
arrival,  and  then  take  the  seat  she  may  assign  you. 

When  a  lady  has  set  apart  a  certain  evening  for  receiving  calls,  it  is 
not  usual  to  call  at  other  times,  except  the  excuse  be  business  reasons. 


Fig.  6.  UNGRACEFUL  POSITIONS. 


No.  1.  Stands  with  arms  akimbo. 

“  2.  Sits  with  elbows  on  the  knees. 

“  3.  Sits  astride  the  chair,  and  wears 
his  hat  in  the  parlor. 

41  4.  Stains  the  wall  paper  by  press¬ 
ing  against  it  with  his  hand ; 
eats  an  apple  alone,  and  stands 


with  his  legs  crossed. 

No.  5.  Rests  his  foot  upon  the  chair- 
cushion. 

“  6.  Tips  back  his  chair,  soils  the 
wall  by  resting  his  head  against 
it,  and  smokes  in  the  presence 
of  ladies. 


ADDRESS,  VISITING,  BUSINESS  AND  PROFESSIONAL  CARDS  WHEN  CALLING. 


145 


THE  USE  OF  CARDS  WHEN  CALLING. 

The  gentleman’s  card  should  bear  nothing  but  the  name  and  address 
of  the  caller,  in  small  script  or  card  text.  In  addition,  the  lady’s  card 
may  bear  the  “Mrs.”  or  the  “ Miss, ”  thus : 

CHARLES  BELDEN  MRS.  H.  B.  KING, 

Cambridge,  Mass.  /7  Belmont  Place. 

At  Home  Thursday  Evenings. 

The  eldest  daughter  and  unmarried  sisters  often  adopt  the  following: 
MISS  CLARA  D.  WELLS,  THE  MISSES  HAMMOND, 

No.  44  Birch  Street.  No.  1  Day  Street. 

The  physician  may  have  his  professional  title,  as 

DR.  ROBERT  HOLLAND,  or  ROBERT  HOLLAND,  M.  D. 
No.  70  Henderson  St.  No.  70  Henderson  St. 

The  officers  of  the  army  and  navy  may  have  their  titles  thus : 

LIEUT.  HENRY  H.  WEBSTER,  U.  S.  A. 

LIEUT.  HARVEY  B.  SNOW,  U.  3.  N. 

A  card  left,  during  your  illness,  should  be  answered  by  a  call  as  soon 
as  your  health  will  permit. 

The  honorary  titles  of  Prof.,  Hon.,  Esq.,  etc.,  are  not  allowable  upon 
the  calling  card  in  the  United  States. 

When  about  leaving  town,  the  card  which  is  left  will  bear  on  the 
lower  left-hand  corner  the  letters  “  P.  P.  C.  Presents  parting  compli¬ 
ments,”  from  the  French  “Pour  Prendre  Conge ” — to  take  leave.  The 
card  may  also  be  sent  by  mail  or  private  carrier,  the  latter  mode  of  con¬ 
veyance  showing  most  respect.  * 


WHAT  SHOULD  BE  AVOIDED  WHEN  CALLING. 

Do  not  stare  around  the  room. 

Do  not  take  a  dog  or  small  child. 

Do  not  linger  at  the  dinner-hour. 

Do  not  lay  aside  the  bonnet  at  a  formal  call. 

Do  not  fidget  with  your  cane,  hat  or  parasol. 

Do  not  make  a  call  of  ceremony  on  a  wet  day. 

Do  not  turn  your  back  to  one  seated  near  you. 

Do  not  touch  the  piano,  unless  invited  to  do  so. 

Do  not  handle  ornaments  or  furniture  in  the  room. 

Do  not  make  a  display  of  consulting  your  watch. 

Do  not  go  to  the  room  of  an  invalid,  unless  invited. 

Do  not  remove  the  gloves  when  making  a  formal  call. 

Do  not  continue  the  call  longer  when  conversation  begins  to  lag. 

Do  not  remain  when  you  find  the  lady  upon  the  point  of  going  out. 
Do  not  make  the  first  call  if  you  are  a  new-comer  in  the  neighborhood. 

Do  not  open  or  shut  doors  or  windows  or  alter  the  arrangement  of  the 
room. 

Do  notenter  a  room  without  first  knocking  and  receiving  an  invitation 
to  come  in. 

Do  not  resume  your  seat  after  having  risen  to  go,  unless  for  important 
reasons. 

Do  not  walk  around  the  room,  examining  pictures,  while  waiting  for 
the  hostess. 


A  card  sent  to  a  person  who  is  ill  or  in  affliction,  from  the  loss  of  a 
relative,  should  be  accompanied  by  verbal  inquiries  regarding-  the  per¬ 
son’s  health. 

Cards  may  be  left  immediately  where 
a  death  is  known,  but  a  call  of  sympa¬ 
thy  and  condolence  is  not  usually  made 
within  a  week  after  the  bereavement. 

The  lady  in  mourning  who  may  not 
desire  to  make  calls,  will  send  mourn¬ 
ing  cards  instead  of  making  calls  for 
such  period  of  time  as  she  may  not  de¬ 
sire  to  mingle  in  general  society. 

Should  the  servant  reply  to  a  gentle¬ 
man  that  the  lady  of  the  house,  to 
whom  the  call  is  made,  is  not  at  home, 
but  the  daughter  is,  he  should  send  in 
his  card,  as  it  is  not  usual  for  young  la¬ 
dies  to  receive  calls  from  gentlemen  un¬ 
less  they  are  quite  intimate  friends. 

It  is  well  to  have  cards  in  readiness 
at  every  call.  If  a  servant  meets  you  at 

the  door,  to  send  up  a  card  will  save  mis-  Fig  7  CFNTTT  TTY 

pronouncing  your  name,  and  if  the  lady  '  1  1  * 

is  not  at  home  it  will  show  that  you  have  - 

called.  Should  there  be  two  or  more  la-  The  figures  in  the  above  illustra- 

dies  in  the  household,  to  turn  down  one  bon  represent  graceful  postures  to 
corner  of  the  card  will  signify  that  the  be  assumed  by  both  ladies  and  gen- 

call  was  designed  for  all  the  family  tlemen  in  the  1,arlor-  As  "m  be 

seen,  whether  holding  hat  or  fan, 


either  sitting  or  standing,  the  posi¬ 
tions  are  all  easy  and  graceful. 


The  handsomest  style  of  card  is  that 
which  is  engraved ;  next  is  that  which  is 
prettily  written.  Succeeding,  comes  the 
printed  card,  which,  with  some  of  the  modern  script  or  text  types,  makes 
a  most  beautiful  card  if  neatly  printed.  Extra  ornament  is  out  of  place. 

"When  desirous  of  seeing  anyone  at  a  hotel  or  parlor,  send  up  your 
card  by  the  waiter,  while  you  wait  in  the  reception-room  or  office. 

‘The  hostess  should,  if  not  desiring  to  see  anyone,  send  word  that  she 
is  “engaged”  when  the  servant  first  goes  to  the  door,  and  not  after 
the  card  has  been  sent  up.  Should  she  desire  certain  persons  only  to  be 
admitted,  let  the  servant  understand  the  names  definitely. 

*  p.  P.  C.  cards  are  no  longer  left  when  leaving  home  to  be  absent  a  few  months. 


Do  not  introduce  politics,  religion  or  weighty  topics  for  conversation 
when  making  calls. 

Do  not  prolong  the  call  if  the  room 
is  crowded.  It  is  better  to  call  a  day  or 
two  afterwards. 

Do  not  call  upon  a  person  in  reduced 
circumstances  with  a  display  of  wealth, 
dress  and  equipage. 

Do  not  tattle.  Do  not  speak  ill  of 
your  neighbors.  Do  not  carry  gossip 
from  one  family  to  another. 

Do  not,  if  a  gentleman,  seat  yourself 
upon  the  sofa  beside  the  hostess,  or  in 
near  proximity,  unless  invited  to  do  so. 

Do  not,  if  a  lady,  call  upon  a  gentle¬ 
man,  except  officially  or  professionally, 
unless  he  may  be  a  confirmed  invalid. 

Do  not  take  a  strange  gentleman 
with  you,  unless  positively  certain  that 
his  introduction  will  be  received  with 
favor. 

Do  not,  if  a  gentleman,  leave  the  hat 
-  in  the  hall  when  making  merely  a  for- 

m  mal  call.  If  the  call  is  extended  into  a 

To  assume  an  easy,  genteel  atti-  ...  ““  lmu  “ 

tude,  the  individual  must  be  self-  Vlsit,  it  may  then  be  set  aside.  W  hether 

possessed.  To  be  so,  attention  must  sitting  or  standing  (Fig.  7),  the  hat  may 

be,  given  to  easy  flow  of  language,  be  gracefully  held  in  the  hand, 

happy  expression  of  thought,  study 

of  cultured  society  and  the  general  Duty  of  the  Hostess, 

laws  of  etiquette.  She  should  greet  each  guest  with 

quiet,  easy  grace. 

She  should  avoid  leaving  the  room  while  guests  are  present. 

She  should  furnish  refreshments  to  those  callers  who  come  a  long  dis¬ 
tance  to  see  her. 

She  should  be  aided,  upon  important  occasions,  by  a  gentleman,  in  the 
reception  of  guests. 

She  should  avoid  speaking  disrespectfully  of  those  who  have  previ¬ 
ously  called  upon  her;  she  should  equally  divide  her  attentions  among 
the  several  callers,  that  none  may  feel  slighted. 


IN  THE  PARLOR. 


10 


146 


WHAT  TO  CULTIVATE  AND  WHAT  TO  AVOID  WHEN  TALKING. 


- - 

>  Etiquette  of  Conversation. 


HOW,  WHEN  AND  WHERE  TO  SPEAK. 


lo  ACQUIRE  the  art  of  conversation  in  a  superior  degree, 

I  V  Me  there  must  be  intimacy  with  those  who  possess  refinement 
and  general  information.  There  must  also  be  observed 
certain  general  rules  in  order  to  accomplish  the  best  results, 
prominent  among  which  are  the  following: 

In  the  first  place,  in  order  to  converse  well,  there  must  he  knowledge; 
there  must  be  a  command  of  language,  assisted  by  imagination;  there 
must  be  understanding  of  the  rules  of  construction,  to  frame  sentences 
aright;  there  must  be  confidence  and  self-possession,  and  there  must  be 
courage  to  overcome  failure. 

To  be  an  excellent  conversationalist  is  a  very  desirable  accomplish¬ 
ment  We  talk  more  than  we  do  anything  else.  By  conversation  we 
may  make  friends,  we  mav  retain  them,  or  we  may  lose  them.  We  may 
impart  information;  we  may  acquire  it.  We  may  make  the  company 
with  whom  we  associate  contented  with  itself,  or  we  can  sow  inharmony 
and  discord.  Our  success  in  life  largely  rests  upon  our  ability  to  con¬ 
verse  well;  therefore  the  necessity  of  our  carefully  studying  what  shou 
and  what  should  not  be  said  when  talking. 

How  to  Please  in  Conversation. 

Use  clear,  distinct  words  to  express  your  ideas,  although  your  voice 

Sh°B(f cool^coilected  and  self-possessed,  using  respectful,  chaste  and  ap¬ 
propriate  language. 

Always  defend  the  absent  person  who  is  being  spoken  of,  as  far  as 
truth  and  justice  will  permit. 

Allow  people  that  you  are  with  to  do  their  full  share  of  the  talking 
if  they  evince  a  willingness  to  converse. 

Beware  of  talking  much  about  yourself.  Your  merits  will  be  discovered 
in  due  time,  without  the  necessity  of  sounding  your  own  praises. 

Show  the  courtesy,  when  another  person  joins  the  group  where  you 
are  relating  an  incident,  of  recapitulating  what  has  been  said,  for  the  ad¬ 
vantage  of  the  newcomer. 

Recollect  that  the  object  of  conversation  is  to  entertain  and  amuse; 
the  social  gathering,  therefore,  should  not  be  made  the  arena  of  dispute. 
Even  sS  mistakes  and  inaccuracies  it  is  well  to  overlook,  rather  than 
to  allow  inharmony  to  present  itself. 

Aim  to  adapt  your  conversation  to  the  comprehension  of  those  with 
whom  you  are  conversing.  Be  careful  that  you  do  not  undervalue  them. 
It  is  possible  that  they  are  as  intelligent  as  yourself,  and  their  convers  - 
tion  can,  perhaps,  take  as  wide  a  range  as  your  own. 

Remember  that  the  person  to  whom  you  are  speaking  is  not  to  blame 
for  the  opinion  he  entertains.  Opinions  are  not  made  Jy  us,  but  they  are 
made  for  us  by  circumstances.  With  the  same  organization,  training 
and  circumstances  around  us,  we  would  have  the  same  opinions  ourselves. 

Remember  that  people  are  fond  of  talking  of  their  own  affairs.  The 
mother  likes  to  talk  of  her  children,  the  mechanic  of  his  workmanship, 
the  laborer  of  what  he  can  accomplish.  Give  everyone  an  opportunity, 
and  you  will  gain  much  valuable  information  besides  being  thoug 
courteous  and  well-bred. 

Be  patient.  The  foreigner  cannot,  perhaps,  recall  the  word  he  de¬ 
sires;  the  speaker  may  be  slow  of  speech;  you  may  have  heard  he 
story  a  dozen  times;  but  even  then  you  must  evince  interest,  and  listen 
patiently  through.  By  so  doing,  you  gain  the  esteem  of  the  person  wi 
whom  you  are  conversing. 


What  to  Avoid  in  Social  Conversation. 

Do  not  manifest  impatience. 

Do  not  engage  in  argument. 

Do  not  interrupt  another  when  speaking. 

Do  not  find  fault,  though  you  may  gently  criticise. 

Do  not  talk  of  your  private,  personal  and  family  matters. 

Do  not  appear  to  notice  inaccuracies  of  speech  in  others. 

Do  not  allow  yourself  to  lose  temper  or  to  speak  excitedly. 

Do  not  allude  to  unfortunate  peculiarities  of  anyone  present. 

Do  not  always  commence  a  conversation  by  allusion  to  the  weather. 
Do  not,  when  narrating  an  incident,  continually  say,  y  ou  see,  >  ou 
know,”  etc. 

Do  not  introduce  professional  or  other  topics  that  the  company  gen¬ 
erally  cannot  take  an  interest  in. 

Do  not  talk  very  loud.  A  firm,  clear,  distinct,  yet  mild,  gentle  and 
musical  voice  has  great  power. 

Do  not  be  absent-minded,  requiring  the  speaker  to  repeat  what  has 
been  said  that  you  may  understand. 

Do  not  speak  disrespectfully  of  personal  appearance  when  anyone 
present  may  have  the  same  defects. 

Do  not  try  to  force  yourself  into  the  confidence  of  others.  If  they 
give  their  confidence,  never  betray  it. 

Do  not  use  profanity,  vulgar  terms,  slang  phrases,  words  of  double 
meaning,  or  language  that  will  bring  the  blush  to  anyone. 

Do  not  intersperse  your  language  with  foreign  words  and  high  sound¬ 
ing  terms.  It  shows  affectation,  and  will  draw  ridicule  upon  you. 

"do  not  carry  on  a  conversation  with  another  in  company  about  mat¬ 
ters  which  the  general  company  knows  nothing  of.  It  is  almost  as  im¬ 
polite  as  to  whisper. 

Do  not  allow  yourself  to  speak  ill  of  the  absent  one  if  it  can  be 
avoided;  the  day  may  come  when  some  friend  will  be  needed  to  de¬ 
fend  you  in  your  absence. 

Do  not  speak  with  contempt  and  ridicule  of  a  locality  where  you  may 
be  visiting.  Find  something  to  truthfully  praise  and  commend;  thus 
make  yourself  agreeable. 

Do  not  make  a  pretense  of  gentility,  nor  parade  the  fact  that  you  are  a 
descendant  of  any  notable  family..  You  must  pass  for  just  what  you  arc, 
and  must  stand  on  your  own  merit. 

Do  not  contradict.  In  making  a  correction  say,  “I  beg  your  pardon, 
but  I  had  an  impression  that  it  was  so  and  so.  Be  careful  in  contra¬ 
dicting,  as  you  may  be  wrong  yourself. 

Do  not  be  unduly  familiar;  you  will  merit  contempt. if  you  are. 
Neither  should  you  be  dogmatic  in  your  assertions,  arrogating  to  your- 
self  much  consequence  in  your  opinions. 

Do  not  be  too  lavish  in  your  praise  of  various  members  of  your  own 
family  when  speaking  to  strangers;  the  person  to  whom  you  are  speak¬ 
ing  may  know  some  faults  that  you  do  not. 

Do  not  feel  it  incumbent  upon  yourself  to  carry  your  point  In ^conver- 
sation.  Should  the  person  with  whom  you  are  conversing  feel  the  same, 
your  talk  will  lead  into  violent  argument. 


NEW  YEARS. - HOW  LADIES  RECEIVE,  AND  GENTLEMEN  MAKE  THEIR  CALLS. 


147 


Do  notallow  yourself  to  use  personal  abuse  when  speaking  to  another, 
as  in  so  doing  you  may  make  that  person  a  life-long  enemy.  A  few 
kind,  courteous  words  might  have  made  him  a  lifelong  friend. 

Do  not  discuss  politics  or  religion  in  general  company.  You  proba¬ 
bly  would  not  convert  your  opponent,  and  he  will  not  convert  you.  To 
discuss  those  topics  is  to  arouse  feeling  without  any  good  result. 

Do  not  make  a  parade  of  being  acquainted  with  distinguished  or 
wealthy  people,  of  having  been  to  college,  or  of  having  visited  foreign 
lands.  All  this  is  no  evidence  of  any  real  genuine  worth  on  your  part. 

Do  not  use  the  surname  alone  when  speaking  of  your  husband  or  wife 
to  others.  To  say  to  another,  that  “I  told  Jones,’  referring  to  your  hus¬ 
band,  sounds  badly.  Whereas,  to  say,  “I  told  Mr.  Jones,”  shows  respect 
and  good  breeding. 

Do  not  yield  to  bashfulness.  Do  not  isolate  yourself,  sitting  back  in  a 
corner,  waiting  for  some  one  to  come  and  talk  with  you.  Step  out;  have 
something  to  say.  Though  you  may  not  say  it  very  well,  keep  on.  You 
will  gain  courage  and  will  improve.  It  is  as  much  your  duty  to  entertain 
others  as  theirs  to  amuse  you. 

Do  not  attempt  to  pry  into  the  private  affairs  of  others  by  asking  what 
their  profits  are,  what  things  cost,  whether  Melissa  ever  had  a  beau,  and 
why  Amarette  never  got  married.  All  such  questions  are  extremely  im¬ 
pertinent,  and  are  likely  to  meet  with  rebuke. 

Do  not  whisper  in  company;  do  not  engage  in  private  conversation; 
do  not  speak  a  foreign  language  which  the  general  company  present 


may  not  understand,  unless  it  is  understood  that  the  foreigner  is  unable 
to  speak  your  own  language. 

Do  not  take  it  upon  yourself  to  admonish  comparative  strangers  on 
religious  topics;  the  persons  to  whom  you  speak  may  have  decided  con¬ 
victions  of  their  own  in  opposition  to  yours,  and  your  over-zeal  may 
seem  to  them  an  impertinence. 

Do  not  aspire  to  be  a  great  story-teller;  an  inveterate  teller  of  long 
stories  becomes  very  tiresome.  To  tell  one  or  two  witty,  short,  new 
stories,  appropriate  to  the  occasion,  is  about  all  that  one  person  should 
inflict  on  the  company. 

Do  not  indulge  in  satire;  no  doubt  you  are  witty,  and  you  could  say  a 
most  cutting  thing  that  would  bring  the  laugh  of  the  company  upon  your 
opponent,  but  you  must  not  allow  it,  unless  to  rebuke  an  impertinent 
fellow  who  can  be  suppressed  in  no  other  way. 

Do  not  spend  your  time  in  talking  scandal;  you  sink  your  own  moral 
nature  by  so  doing,  and  you  are,  perhaps,  doing  great  injustice  to  those 
about  whom  you  talk.  You  probably  do  not  understand  all  the  circum- 
stances.  Were  they  understood,  you  would  doubtless  be  much  more 
lenient. 

Do  not  flatter;  in  doing  so  you  embarrass  those  upon  whom  you 
bestow  praise,  as  they  may  not  wish  to  offend  you  by  repelling  it,  and 
yet  they  realize  that  if  they  accept  it  they  merit  your  contempt.  You 
may,  however,  commend  their  work  whenever  it  can  truthfully  be  done; 
but  do  not  bestow  praise  where  it  is  not  deserved. 


NEW  YEAR’S  CALLING. 


OF  LATE  years  it  has  become  fashionable,  for  ladies  in  many 
cities  and  villages,  to  announce  in  the  newspapers  the  fact  of 
their  intention  to  receive  calls  upon  New  Year’s  day,  which  prac¬ 
tice  is  very  excellent,  as  it  enables  gentlemen  to  know  positively  who  will 
be  prepared  to  receive  them  on  that  occasion;  besides,  changes  of  resi 
dence  are  so  frequent  in  the  large  cities  as  to  make  the  publication  of 
names  and  places  of  calling  a  great  convenience. 

The  practice  of  issuing  personal  notes  of  invitation,  which  is  some¬ 
times  done,  to  a  list  of  gentleman  acquaintances,  stating  that  certain 
ladies  will  receive  on  New  Year’s  day,  is  not  to  be  commended.  It  looks 
very  much  like  begging  the  gentlemen  to  come  and  see  them;  besides, 
should  this  practice  generally  prevail,  it  would,  in  a  brief  time,  abolish 
New  Year’s  calls  altogether,  as  gentlemen 
would  not  feel  at  liberty  to  make  calls  unless 
personally  invited;  and  thus  the  custom  would 
soon  go  into  disuse. 

Upon  calling,  the  gentlemen  are  invited  to 
remove  overcoat  and  hat,  which  invitation  is 
accepted  unless  it  is  the  design  to  make  the  call 
very  brief.  If  refreshments  are  provided,  the 
ladies  will  desire  to  have  the  gentlemen  par¬ 
take  of  them,  which  cannot  conveniently  be 
done  in  overcoat,  with  hat  in  hand.  Gloves 
are  sometimes  retained  upon  the  hand  during 
the  call,  but  this  is  optional.  Cards  are  sent 
up,  and  the  gentlemen  are  ushered  into  the  re¬ 
ception-room.  The  call  should  not  exceed  ten 
or  fifteen  minutes,  unless  the  callers  are  few  and  it  should  be  mutually 
agreeable  to  prolong  the  stay. 

Best  taste  will  suggest  that  a  lady  having  the  conveniences  shall  receive 
er. guests  at  her  own  home,  but  it  is  admissible  and  common  for  several 
adies  to  meet  at  the  residence  of  one,  and  receive  calls  together. 
Whether  ladies  make  announcement  or  not,  however,  it  will  be  usually 
safe  for  gentlemen  to  call  on  their  lady  friends  on  New  Year’s,  as  the 
visit  will  be  generally  received  with  pleasure. 

It  is  customary  for  the  ladies  who  announce  that  they  will  receive,  to 
make  their  parlors  attractive  on  that  day,  and  present  themselves  in  full 
dress.  They  should  have  a  bright,  cheerful  fire  if  the  weather  be  cold, 


Fig.  8.  Gentlemen  Making  New  Year's  Calls. 


and  a  table,  conveniently  located  in  the  room,  with  refreshments,  con¬ 
sisting  of  fruits,  cakes,  bread  and  other  food,  such  as  may  be  deemed 
desirable,  with  tea  and  coffee.  No  intoxicating  drinks  should  be  allowed. 
Refreshments  are  in  no  case  absolutely  essential.  They  can  be  dispensed 
with  if  not  convenient. 

Ladies  expecting  calls  on  New  Year’s  should  be  in  readiness  to  re¬ 
ceive  from  10  a.  M.  to  9  p.  m.  It  is  pleasant  for  two  or  more  ladies  to 
receive  calls  together  on  that  occasion,  as  several  ladies  can  the  more 
easily  entertain  a  party  of  several  gentlemen  who  may  be  present  at  one 
time.  While  gentlemen  may  go  alone,  they  also  frequently  go  in  pairs, 
threes,  fours  (Fig  8)  or  more.  They  call  upon  all  the  ladies  of  the  party, 
and  where  any  are  not  acquainted,  introductions  take  place,  care  being 
taken  that  persons  do  not  intrude  themselves 
where  they  would  not  be  welcome.  Each  gen¬ 
tleman  should  be  provided  with  a  large  num¬ 
ber  of  cards,  with  his  own  name  upon  each, 
one  of  which  he  will  present  to  every  lady  of 
the  company  where  he  calls. 

The  ladies  keep  these  cards  for  future 
reference,  it  being  often  pleasant  to  revive  the 
incidents  of  the  day  by  subsequent  examina¬ 
tion  of  the  cards  received  upon  that  occasion. 

An  usher  should  be  present  wherever 
many  calls  are  expected,  to  receive  guests, 
and  care  for  hats  and  coats.  The  calls  are 
necessarily  very  brief,  and  are  made  delight¬ 
fully  pleasant  by  continual  change  of  face  and 
conversation.  But,  however  genial  and  free  may  be  the  interchange  of 
compliments  upon  this  occasion,  no  young  man  who  is  a  stranger  to  the 
family  should  feel  at  liberty  to  call  again  without  a  subsequent  invitation. 

The  two  or  three  days  succeeding  New  Year’s  are  the  ladies’  days  for 
calling,  upon  which  occasion  they  pass  the  compliments  of  the  season, 
comment  upon  the  incidents  connected  with  the  festivities  of  the  holiday, 
the  number  of  calls  made,  and  the  new  faces  that  made  their  appearance 
among  the  visitors.  It  is  customary  upon  this  occasion  of  ladies’  meeting, 
to  offer  refreshments  and  to  enjoy  the  intimacy  of  a  friendly  visit.  This 
fashion  of  observing  New  Year’s  day  is  often  the  means  of  commencing 
pleasant  friendships  which  may  continue  through  life. 


148 


SUGGESTIONS  CONCERNING  THE  DANCE. 


tiquette  of  the  Party  and  Ball, 

ll  •  -•  Jtr^s^ 


THE  dance-rules  that  should  govern  it. 


Y‘ 


rOU  purpose  giving  a  larger  entertainment 
than  the  dinner  party —  one  to  which  you 
A  will  invite  a  greater  number  of  your 
friends  and  associates- so  great  a  number,  indeed,  of  young 
and  middle-aged  people,  that  the  serious  question is  how  t  y 

shall  be  entertained;  you  conclude  that  you  wi 

dance,  and  you  will  name  your  entertainment  a  ba  . 

In  this  connection  we  will  express  no  opinion  concerning 
the  propriety  or  the  impropriety  of  dancing.  n  1 

act  classing  through  the  figures  of  the  dance,  there  need  be 

no  wrong  committed ;  but,  as  the  ball  is  often  conducted,  very 
serious  and  unfortunate  results  follow. 

Evils  of  the  Ball. 

more  especially  at  the  public  ball,  with  disreputable  men,  is  sometimes 
form  alliances  that  will  make  a  lifetime  of  sorrow. 

Well  may  the  watchful  parent  look  with  anxiety  and  suspicion  upon 
the  b  ill  because  its  associations  are  so  frequently  dangerous.  I  m  tins 
chapter’ we  may  give  admonitions  and  suggestions  that  shall  tend  to  cor 
reel  some  of  the  evils  of  the  dance,  our  labors  will  not  be  in  vain. 

The  dancing-master  should  be  in  the  highest  sense  of  the  term  a  gen- 
tleman  •  he  should  be  thoroughly  schooled  in  the  laws  of  etiquette ,  he 
Ihould  be  a  man  of  good  moral  character ;  he  should  be  a  physiologist ,  he 
should  be  a  reformer.  Such  a  man  at  the  head  of  a  danc.ng-schoo  would 
be  of  infinite  assistance  to  the  young  men  and  women  coming  upon  the 
Stage  of  action.  In  his  class  he  would  teach  his  pupils  the  laws  of  good 
bZYor  he  would  warn  them  concerning  the  evils  of  bad  association 
he  would  instruct  them  in  the  importance  of  regularity  of  habit  and  of 
keeping  proper  hours:  with  which  instruction  he  would  reform  many 
abuses  that  now  exist  at  public  entertainments. 

Fortunately  we  have  some  instructors  who  appreciate  the  importance 
of  their  work,  and  are  thus  instrumental  in  doing  a  great  amount  of  good 
to  those  who  are  so  favored  as  to  attend  their  classes. 

How  to  Conduct  the  Ball. 

The  management  of  the  ball  will  largely  depend  upon  whether  it  is  a 
public  or  private  entertainment.  If  public,  it  will  be  under  the  control  of 
managers  who  will  send  out  tickets  to  those  likely  to  attend,  often  several 
weeks  before  the  ball  is  given.  These  tickets  are  sent  only  to  gentlemen 
who  fnvite  such  ladies  to  attend  the  ball  with  them  as  they  may  choose. 

In  tendering  the  invitation,  the  gentleman  frequently  visits  the  lady 
personally.  If  he  sends  a  written  note  of  invitation,  the  form  may  be  as 

follows:  Wednesday,  Oct.  io. 

Miss  Hammond :  .  .. 

May  I  have  the  pleasure  of  your  company  to  the  ball  at  the 

Grand  Central  Hotel,  in  New  Pork,  on  the  evening  of  October  25th,  at 
eight  o'clock  ?  Very  Respectfully , 

W.  H.  SIMPSON. 


The  following  may  be  the  reply: 

Thursday ,  Oct.  ll. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Simpson  : 

/  shall  be  happy  to  accompany  you  to  the  ball  at  the 
Grand  Central ,  on  the  evening  of  October  25th. 

CARRIE  D.  HAMMOND. 

Or,  if  the  invitation  is  declined,  the  note  may  have  this  form' 

Thursday,  Oct.  u. 

Mr.  W.  II.  Simpson  :  , 

/  regret  that  absence  from  the  city,  (or  assign  such 

other  cause  as  mar  occasion  the  refusal)  will  deprive  me  of  the  pleasure 
of  accompanying  you  to  the  ball  at  the  Grand  Central,  on  the  evening  oj 
October  25th. 


CARRIE  D.  HAMMOND. 

If  the  ball  is  to  be  given  at  a  private  residence,  the  notes  of  invitation 
to  ench  guest,  two  or  thiee  weeks 
should  be  sent  by  messenger  or  post,  to  cac  g  , 

before  the  dance,  and  will  read  as  follows: 

Mrs.  Conklin's  compliments  to  Miss  Henry, 
of  her  company  at  a  ball  on  Thursday  evening,  April  nth,  ea 

o'clock.  .  . r 

This  should  invariably  be  answered  within  a  day  or  two,  and,  tf  ac- 
cepted,  the  reply  may  read  in  the  following  lorm: 

Miss  Henry's  compliments  to  Mrs.  Conklin,  accepting  with  pleasure 

her  kind  invitationfor  Thursday  evening,  April  nth. 

If  declined,  the  answer  may  be  — 

Miss  Henry's  compliments  to  Mrs.  Conklin,  regretting  that  the  recent 
death  of  a  relative  (or  assign  such  other  cause  as  may  occasion  the 
refusal) Yu'//  prevent  her  acceptance  of  the  kind  invitation  for  the 
evening  of  April  12th. 

Invitations  to  all  the  Family. 

In  sending  invitations  to  a  family  where  there  are  parents,  sons  and 
daughters,  aU  of  whom  rou  desire  to  invite,  enclose  an  invitation  fu  1  and 
complete  to  the  heads  of  the  family,  one  to  the  daughters,  and  one  to  the 
sis  Should  there  be  a  visitor  staying  with  the  family,  a  distinct  card 
must  be  sent,  but  all  can  be  enclosed  in  one  envelope,  and  addressed 
the  lady  of  the  house.  The  invitations  to  each  may  read  as  follows. 

(To  the  Parents.) 

Mrs.  Hobart's  compliments  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  ^nson,  re^estji Z 
pleasure  of  their  company  at  a  ball  on  the  evening  of  Sept.  8th, 

8  o'clock. 

R.  S.  I .  P.*  (To  the  Daughters.) 

Mrs  Hobart's  compliments  to  Misses  Ruth  and  Mary  ^on,re- 
questing  the  pleasure  of  their  attendance  at  a  ball,SePt.  8th,  at  8o  Cock. 

R.S.  VP.  t  (To  the  Sons_) 

Mrs.  Hobart's  regards  to  Messrs.  Robert  D  Henry  *“*?<*"■* 
Hanson,  soliciting  their  company  at  a  ball  on  the  evenma  J  p  ■ 
at  8  o'clock. 

R.  S.  V.  P. 


-„R  B  V  P  From  the  French,  ,'U  vous  plait.”  Answer  if  you  please. 

K.  S.  V.  V.  mnv  be  considered  unnecessary,  as  a  reply  should  abvays  be  rna  •_ 


WHAT  TO  OBSERVE  AND  WIIAT  TO  AVOID  AT  THE  BALL. 


149 


(To  the  Visitor.) 


Mrs.  Hobart  s  respects  to  Miss  Williamson ,  desiring  the  pleasure 
of  her  company  at  a  ball  on  the  evening  of  Sept.  8th,  at  8  o'clock. 

R.  S.  V.  P. 


The  acceptance  or  regrets  from  each  party  invited  should  be  enclosed 
in  one  envelope,  and  directed  to  the  hostess,  being  sent  by  a  messenger 
within  from  one  to  three  days  from  the  time  the  invitations  are  received. 

The  hostess  having  considered  how  many  sets  may  be  accommodated 
in  the  dancing-room,  it  may  be  well  to  invite  twice  that  number  to  the 
entertainment,  thus  allowing  for  those  who  will  decline  and  for  those 
who  will  desire  to  rest  while  the  others  are  engaged  in  the  dance. 

The  requisites  of  a  room  suitable  for  dancing  purposes  are  a  smooth 
floor  and  good  ventilation;  added  to  these, an  elaborate  trimming  of  the 
room  with  various  decorations  will  be  appropriate.  Floral  embellish- 
ment  gives  much  attraction,  and  if  an  abundance  of  flowers,  shrubbery 
and  evergreens  are  about  the  music-stand,  concealing  the  musicians  from 
view,  the  effect  will  be  all  the  more  charming. 

.The  dressing-room  should  be  provided  with  servants  to  receive  the 
wraps,  to  each  of  which  a  card  should  be  attached  bearing  the  name  of 
the  owner,  or  checks  may  be  provided  and  the  same  system  pursued  as  is 
ordinarily  observed  in  checking  baggage. 

A  dressing-table  in  the  ladies’  room  should  be  supplied  with  soap, 
water,  towels,  brushes,  combs,  pomade,  face-powder,  cologne,  needles, 
thread,  pins,  etc.;  while  water, soap,  towels,  brush-broom,  comb,  hair¬ 
brush,  bootjack,  and  blacking-brush  with  a  box  of  blacking,  should  be 
in  the  gentlemen’s  dressing  apartment. 


Unlike  the  dinner-party,  it  is  not  absolutely  necessary  that  each 
guest  come  promptly  at  a  certain  time ;  still,  for  the  sake  of  regularity  of 
sleep,  it  is  well  for  each  to  go  early  and  retire  early,  though  it  will  be 
allowable  to  go  somewhat  later  than  the  hour  appointed. 


The  host  and  hostess  should  be  near  the  door  to  welcome  arrivals, 
occupying  any  unused  time  in  making  the  guests  acquainted  with  each 
other  by  introductions.  Other  members  of  the  family  will  also  inter¬ 
mingle  with  the  company,  making  introductions  and  seeing  that  all 
are  provided  with  partners  for  dancing. 

It  is  expected  that  those  who  accept  an  invitation  to  a  ball  are  able 
to  dance;  otherwise  it  is  better  to  decline,  as  the  wall-flower  serves  but  to 
embarrass  the  hostess  and  other  members  of  the  company. 

A  gentleman,  having  arranged  to  accompany  a  lady  to  a  ball,  may 
very  appropriately  send  her  a  bouquet  of  flowers  in  the  afternoon,  and  in 
the  evening  he  should  call  promptly  with  his  carriage  at  the  appointed 
hour.  Upon  reaching  the  house  where  the  entertainment  is  given,  he 
will  conduct  the  lady  immediately  to  the  ladies’  dressing-room;  when, 
retiring  to  the  gentlemen’s  apartment  and  putting  his  own  toilet  in  order, 
he  will  return  to  the  door  of  the  ladies’  room,  meet  his  charge,  and  con¬ 
duct  her  to  the  ball-room  and  the  hostess. 

Etiquette  requires  that  the  lady  dance  first  with  her  escort,  and  after¬ 
wards  he  should  see  that  she  is  provided  with  partners,  and  that  she  en¬ 
joys  herself,  though  she  may  dance  with  whom  she  pleases.  He  should 
conduct  her  to  supper,  and  will  hold  himself  in  readiness  to  escort  her 
home  whenever  she  desires  to  go. 


In  inviting  a  lady  to  dance,  various  forms  of  invitation  may  be  used 
to  avoid  repetition,  as,  “  Will  you  honor  me  with  your  hand  for  the  qua¬ 
drille?  ”  “  May  I  have  the  honor  of  dancing  this  set  with  you?  ”  “  May 
I  have  the  pleasure  ?  ”  “  Will  you  give  me  the  pleasure  ?”  etc. 

A  gentleman  who  may  be  at  the  party  unattended,  will  invite  one  of 
the  ladies  of  the  house  for  the  first  dance,  but  she,  possibly  being  other¬ 
wise  occupied  or  engaged,  will  quite  likely  introduce  him  to  another 
lady,  whom  he  must  accept. 

The  music  will  first  play  a  march,  then  a  quadrille,  a  waltz,  a  polka, 
a  galop,  etc.,  interspersed  with  several  round  dances  to  each  quadrille, 
usually  ending  with  a  march,  prior  to  supper,  when  the  gentleman,  pre¬ 
senting  his  arm  to  the  lady  he  is  dancing  with  at  the  time,  unless  she 
has  come  with  another  gentleman,  will  proceed  to  the  table,  where  pos¬ 
sibly  a  little  more  freedom  will  prevail  than  at  the  dinner-party,  though 
essentially  the  same  etiquette  will  govern  it. 

If  any  lady  is  without  an  attendant,  it  should  be  the  duty  of  the  lady 
of  the  house  to  see  that  she  is  provided  with  an  escort.  After  supper, 


several  dances  will  follow,  the  company  dispersing,  let  us  hope,  at  an 
early,  temperate  hour. 

Each  dancer  should  be  provided  with  a  ball-card  bearing-  a  printed 
programme  of  the  dances,  having  a  space  for  making  engagements  upon 
the  same,  with  a  small  pencil  attached.  Much  care  should  be  taken  to 
keep  each  engagement.  It  is  a  great  breach  of  etiquette  to  invite  a  lady 
to  dance,  and  then  fail  to  remind  her  of  her  promise  when  the  time  comes 
for  its  fulfillment. 

It  is  customary  for  the  lady  and  gentleman,  who  accompany  each 
other  to  the  ball,  to  dance  together  once  or  twice  only;  to  dance  as  part¬ 
ners  oftener  is  likely  to  excite  remark,  though,  if  the  parties  be  indifferent 
to  comment,  no  harm  will  be  done.  To  dance  together  continually  is 
impolite,  and  will  deservedly  provoke  severe  criticism. 

\\  hile  upon  the  floor,  awaiting  the  music,  a  lady  and  gentleman  should 
avoid  long  conversations,  as  they  are  likely  to  interfere  with  the  dance; 
but  a  pleasant  word  or  two  in  light  conversation  will  be  appropriate  if 
the  parties  are  acquainted;  if  not,  they  may  quietly  wait.  The  bow 
should  be  given  at  the  commencement  and  close  of  each  dance. 

General  Suggestions  to  those  who  Attend  Balls. 

When  all  the  ladies  are  provided  for  at  the  table,  then  the  gentlemen 
may  think  of  their  own  supper. 

Ladies  will  consult  their  own  pleasure  about  recognizing  a  ball-room 
acquaintance  at  a  future  meeting. 

Gently  glide  in  the  dance,  wearing  a  pleasant  expression.  “  Bow  the 
head  slightly  as  you  touch  hands  lightly.” 

Should  you  make  a  mistake  in  taking  a  position,  apologize  to  the  party 
incommoded,  and  take  another  place  in  the  set. 

Any  difficulty  or  misunderstanding  at  a  public  ball  should  be  referred 
to  the  master  of  ceremonies,  whose  decision  should  be  deemed  final. 

In  tendering  an  invitation  to  the  lady  to  dance,  allow  her  to  designate 
what  set  it  shall  be,  and  you  are  expected  to  strictly  fulfill  the  engage- 
ment. 

A  gentleman  who  goes  to  a  ball  should  dance  frequently;  if  he  does 
not,  he  will  not  receive  many  invitations  afterwards;  he  is  not  invited  to 
ornament  the  wall  and  “wait  for  supper.” 

After  dancing,  a  gentleman  should  conduct  the  lady  to  a  seat,  unless 
she  otherwise  desires;  he  should  thank  her  for  the  pleasure  she  has  con¬ 
ferred,  but  he  should  not  tarry  too  long  in  intimate  conversation  with  her. 

A  gentleman  having  taken  a  lady’s  seat  during  a  dance,  must  rise  as 
soon  as  it  is  over,  and  invite  her  to  come  and  take  it  again.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  bow  more  than  once,  though  you  frequently  meet  acquaint¬ 
ances  upon  the  promenade  ;  to  bow  every  lime  would  be  tiresome. 

What  Conduct  to  Avoid  at  the  Ball. 

A  ball-room  engagement  should  not  be  broken. 

A  lady  should  not  enter  or  woss  the  hall  unattended. 

No  gentleman  should  enter  the  ladies’  dressing-room  at  a  ball. 

No  evidence  of  ill-nature  should  ever  show  itself  at  the  ball. 

Never  lead  a  lady  in  the  hall  by  the  hand;  always  offer  the  arm. 
Guests  should  remain  at  the  supper-table  no  longer  than  is  necessary. 

A  couple  should  not  engage  in  a  long,  private,  confidential  talk  in  a 
ball-room. 

While  one  dance  is  in  progress,  it  is  not  in  good  taste  to  be  arranging 
for  another. 

Do  not  engage  yourself  for  the  last  two  or  three  dances;  it  may  keep 
you  too  late. 

Neither  married  nor  unmarried  ladies  should  leave  a  ball-room 
assemblage  unattended. 

A  gentleman  should  not  wait  until  the  music  has  commenced,  before 
selecting  his  partner. 

Do  not  aim  to  put  in  all  the  steps  in  the  quadrille.  The  figures  are 
now  executed  in  a  graceful  walk. 

A  gentleman  should  not  insist  upon  a  lady  continuing  to  dance, 
when  she  has  expressed  a  desire  to  sit  down. 


150 


SUGGESTIONS  AND  CAUTION  ABOUT  PLAYING  CARDS. 


Excepting'  the  first  set,  it  is  not  etiquette  for  married  people  to  dance 
together  at  either  a  public  or  private  ball. 

Do  not  contend  for  a  position  in  the  quadrille  at  either  head  or  sides. 

It  indicates  frivolity.  You  should  be  above  it. 

A  gentleman  should  not  take  a  vacant  seat  beside  a  lady,  without  ask- 
ing  permission,  whether  he  is  acquainted  or  not. 

The  lady  should  never  accept  of  an  invitation  to  dance  with  one  gen¬ 
tleman  immediately  after  having  refused  another. 

No  lady  at  a  ball  should  be  without  an  escort  at  the  supper-table. 
The  hostess  should  see  that  she  is  provided  with  one. 

A  gentleman  should  never  presume  upon  the  acquaintance  of  a  lady 
after  a  ball;  ball-room  introductions  close  with  the  dancing. 

Ladies  should  not  boast  to  others,  who  dance  but  little,  of  the  great 
number  of  dances  for  which  they  are  engaged  in  advance. 

No  gentleman  should  use  his  bare  hand  to  press  the  waist  of  a  lady 
in  the  waltz.  If  without  gloves,  carry  a  handkerchief  in  the  hand. 

A  lady  should  not  select  a  gentleman  to  hold  her  bouquet,  fan  and 
gloves  during  the  dance,  unless  he  be  her  husband,  escort  or  a  relative. 

Gentlemen  should  never  forget  that  ladies  are  first  to  be  cared  for,  to 
have  the  best  seats,  and  to  always  receive  the  most  courteous  attention. 

A  gentleman  in  waltzing  should  not  encircle  the  waist  of  a  lady  until 
the  dancing  commences,  and  he  should  drop  his  arm  when  the  music 
ceases. 

No  gentleman  whose  clothing  or  breath  is  tainted  with  the  fumes  of 
strong  drink  or  tobacco,  should  ever  enter  the  presence  of  ladies  in  the 
dancing-room. 

When  the  company  has  been  divided  into  two  different  sets,  you 
should  not  attempt  to  change  from  one  to  the  other,  except  by  permission 
of  the  master  of  ceremonies. 

A  ladv  should  not  refuse  to  be  introduced  to  a  gentleman  at  a  pri¬ 
vate  ball.  At  a  public  ball  she  will  use  her  discretion,  and  she  can  with 
propriety  refuse  any  introduction. 

Never  eat  your  supper  in  gloves.  White  kids  should  be  worn  at 
other  times  throughout  the  dancing.  It  is  well  to  have  two  pairs,  one 
before  supper,  the  other  afterwards. 


Ladies  should  not  be  allowed  to  sit  the  evening  through  without  the 
privilege  of  dancing.  Gentlemen  should  be  sufficiently  watchful  to  see 
that  all  ladies  present  are  provided  with  partners. 

Do  not,  unless  for  very  urgent  reasons,  withdraw  from  a  quadrille  or 
a  set  where  your  assistance  is  required.  Even  then  you  should  infoim 
the  master  of  ceremonies,  that  he  may  find  a  substitute. 

A  gentleman  should  not  invite  a  lady  to  be  his  partner  in  a  dance 
with  which  he  is  not  perfectly  familiar.  It  is  tiresome  and  embarrass¬ 
ing  to  a  lady  to  have  a  partner  who  appears  awkward. 

No  gentleman  should  play  the  clown  in  the  ball-room.  Dancing  a 
break-down,  making  unusual  noise,  dressing  in  a  peculiar  style,  swag¬ 
gering,  swinging  the  arms  about,  etc.,  are  simply  the  characteristics  of 
the  buffoon. 

The  lady  is  not  obliged  to  invite  her  escort  to  enter  the  house  when 
he  accompanies  her  home,  and  if  invited  he  should  decline  the  invita¬ 
tion.  But  he  should  request  permission  to  call  the  next  day  or  evening, 
which  will  be  true  politeness. 

No  display  should  be  made  when  leaving  the  ball.  Go  quietly.  It  is 
not  necessary  to  bid  the  host  and  hostess  good-bye.  To  do  so  may 
cause  others  to  think  it  later  than  it  is,  and  thus  the  ball  may  be  broken 
up  sooner  than  the  hostess  might  desire. 

A  lady  may  not  engage  herself  to  two  gentlemen  for  the  same  dance, 
excepting  the  waltz,  the  first  of  which  may  be  danced  with  one  and  the 
last  with  another,  she  explaining  the  matter  to  her  first  partner,  that  he 
may  not  be  offended  when  she  leaves  him  for  the  other. 

The  members  of  the  family  where  the  ball  is  given  should  not  dance 
too  frequently.  It  is  possible  that  others  may  desire  to  fill  their  places, 
and  they  should  have  the  opportunity.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  family  to 
entertain  the  guests,  and  not  usurp  their  opportunities. 

A  gentleman  should  not  be  offended  if  a  lady  that  has  declined  an 
invitation  from  him  is  seen  dancing  with  another.  Possibly  she  did  not 
despise  the  one,  but  she  preferred  the  other,  or  she  may  have  simply 
redeemed  a  forgotten  promise.  Special  evidences  of  partiality  should, 
however,  as  much  as  possible  be  avoided  at  places  where  all  should  be 
courteous  to  each  other. 


ETIQUETTE  OF  CARD-PLAYING.  Jgp 


The  topics  of  conversation  have  become  exhausted  at  the  party ;  you 
have  no  musicians  in  the  company,  possibly,  or  if  you  have  music,  it  no 
longer  entertains.  Under  the  circumstances,  you  bethink  yourself  of  some 
light,  pleasant  indoor  game  that  nearly  all  can  play,  and  very  likely  you 
may  select  cards,  about  which  the  following  suggestions  may  be  appro- 
priate : 

Should  you  engage  in  the  game,  do  so  simply  for  recreation  and 
sociability.  Never  bet  on  cards.  Like  all  bets,  it  leads  to  demoraliza¬ 
tion.  If  you  cannot  play  without  gambling  and  spending  too  much  time, 
then  dismiss  the  game  from  your  mind.  In  the  simple  matter  of  playing 
cards  there  is  no  harm,  but  in  the  abuse  of  the  game  there  is  very  much 
injury. 

It  is  the  province  of  the  hostess,  not  of  the  guests,  to  introduce  the 
game.  New,  bright,  clean  cards  should  be  kept  in  readiness  for  occa¬ 
sions  like  the  evening  party. 

In  taking  a  seat  at  the  table,  where  there  may  be  a  choice,  the  elder 
and  married  ladies  take  precedence  over  the  younger  members  of  the 
company,  only  those  persons  being  urged  to  join  in  the  game  who  have 
no  conscientious  scruples  against  playing. 

Rules  of  the  Came. 

Do  not  remove  the  cards  from  the  table  until  all  are  dealt. 

Partners  should  give  no  appearance  of  an  understanding  between 
themselves  by  signals  of  any  kind. 

Never  play  with  an  air  of  indifference.  If  tired,  you  will  ask  to  be  ex¬ 
cused,  and  retire;  but  evince  interest  while  you  play. 


It  is  a  violation  of  etiquette  to  converse  upon  other  topics  while  play¬ 
ing  the  game,  especially  if  at  the  table  there  are  those  who  are  interested, 
and  desire  to  confine  their  attention  to  the  play. 

It  is  not  courtesy  to  hurry  others  when  playing.  It  is  very  annoying 
to  have  an  opponent,  or  even  a  partner,  continually  saying,  “Come, 
hurry  up!  ”  “  We  are  waiting  !  ”  “  Any  time  to-day !  ”  etc. 

The  object  of  the  game  is  to  give  rest.  Therefore  all  topics  liable  to 
lead  to  long  argument  should  be  avoided  when  conversing  in  the  pauses 
of  the  play.  Small  talk,  that  requires  no  mental  effort,  is  all  that  should 
be  indulged  in  while  at  the  game. 

If  possible,  never  violate  the  rules  of  the  game,  and  never  be  guilty 
of  cheating.  Should  you  observe  any  one  doing  so,  quietly  and  very 
politely  call  their  attention  to  the  fact,  and  be  careful  that  you  do  not  get 
excited.  People  who  lose  patience,  and  experience  ill-feeling  at  the 
game,  should  avoid  playing.  .  . 

It  is  unkind  in  those  who  may  have  continued  success  to  irritate  the 
opponent;  and,  whatever  maybe  the  ill-luck,  it  is  a  serious  breach  ot 
etiquette  to  lose  temper.  Neither  should  there  be  reflections  made  upon 
the  playing  of  the  partner  nor  criticisms  upon  the  opponents. 

It  is  the  duty  of  those  who  play  to  make  themselves  proficient  in  the 
game,  and  thus  not  embarrass  a  partner  when  playing;  and  courtesy 
requires  that  those  who  play  much  together  should  not  play  with  each 
other  in  general  company,  as  they  would  thus  be  taking  unfair  advantage 
of  their  opponents. 


HA. BITS  AND  MANNERS  WHICH  INDICATE  GENTILITY  WHEN  EATING. 


151 


Etiquette 


1^3}  ■■ 


THE  TABLE-HOW  TO  SET  AND  ARRANGE  IT. 


HE  dinner-hour  will  completely  test  the  refinement,  the  cul¬ 
ture  and  good  breeding  which  the  individual  may  pos¬ 
sess.  To  appear  advantageously  at  the  table,  the  person 
must  not  only  understand  the  laws  of  etiquette,  but  he 
must  have  had  the  advantage  of  polite  society.  It  is  the 
province  of  this  chapter  to  show  what  the  laws  of  the  table 
are.  It  will  be  the  duty  of  the  reader,  in  the  varied  relations  of  life,  to 
make  such  use  of  them  as  circumstances  shall  permit. 


If  asked  at  the  next  course  what  you  desire,  you  will  quietly  state,  and 
upon  its  reception  you  will,  without  display,  proceed  to  put  your  food  in 
order  for  eating.  If  furnished  with  potatoes  in  small  dishes,  you  will 
put  the  skins  back  into  the  dish  again;  and  thus  where  there  are  side- 
dishes  all  refuse  should  be  placed  in  them  —  otherwise  potato-skins  will 
be  placed  upon  the  table-cloth,  and  bones  upon  the  side  of  the  plate.  If 
possible,  avoid  putting  waste  matter  upon  the  cloth.  Especial  pains 
should  always  be  taken  to  keep  the  table-cover  as  clean  as  may  be. 


Rules  to  be  Observed. 

Sit  upright,  neither  too  close 
nor  too  far  away  from  the  table. 

Open  and  spread  upon  your  lap 
or  breast  a  napkin,  if  one  is  pro¬ 
vided  —  otherwise  a  handkerchief. 

Do  not  be  in  haste;  compose 
yourself;  put  your  mind  into  a 
pleasant  condition,  and  resolve  to 
eat  slowly. 

Keep  the  hands  from  the  table 
until  your  time  comes  to  be  serv¬ 
ed.  It  is  rude  to  take  knife  and 
fork  in  hand  and  commence  drum¬ 
ming  on  the  table  while  you  are 
waiting. 

Possibly  grace  will  be  said  by 
some  one  present,  and  the  most 
respectful  attention  and  quietude 
should  be  observed  until  the  exer¬ 
cise  is  passed. 

It  is  the  most  appropriate  time, 
while  you  wait  to  be  served,  for  you 
to  put  into  practice  your  knowledge  of  small  talk  and  pleasant  words 
with  those  whom  you  are  sitting  near.  By  interchange  of  thought,  much 
valuable  information  may  be  acquired  at  the  table. 

Do  not  be  impatient  to  be  served.  With  social  chit¬ 
chat  and  eating,  the  meal -time  should  always  be  pro¬ 
longed  from  thirty  minutes  to  an  hour. 

Taking  ample  time  in  eating  will  give  you  better 
health,  greater  wealth,  longer  life  and  more  happiness. 

These  are  what  we  may  obtain  by  eating  slowly  in  a 
pleasant  frame  of  mind, thoroughly  masticating  the  food. 

If  soup  comes  first,  and  you  do  not  desire  it,  you  will 
simply  say,  “  No,  I  thank  you,”  but  make  no  comment; 
or  you  may  take  it  and  eat  as  little  as  you  choose.  The 
other  course  will  be  along  soon.  In  receiving  it  you 
do  not  break  the  order  of  serving;  it  looks  odd  to  see 
you  waiting  while  all  the  rest  are  partaking  of  the 
first  course.  Eccentricity  should  be  avoided  as  much 
as  possible  at  the  table. 

The  soup  should  be  eaten  with  a  medium-sized  spoon,  so  slowly  and 
carefully  that  you  will  drop  none  upon  your  person  or  the  table-cloth. 
Making  an  effort  to  get  the  last  drop,  and  all  unusual  noise  when  eating, 
should  be  avoided. 


Eating  with  the  Fork. 

Fashions  continually  change. 
It  does  not  follow,  because  he  does 
not  keep  up  with  them,  that  a  man 
lacks  brains;  still  to  keep  some¬ 
where  near  the  prevailing  style, 
in  habit,  costume  and  general  de¬ 
portment,  is  to  avoid  attracting 
unpleasant  attention. 

Fashions  change  in  modes  of 
eating.  Unquestionably  primitive 
man  conveyed  food  to  his  mouth 
with  his  fingers.  In  process  of 
time  he  cut  it  with  a  sharpened 
instrument,  and  held  it,  while  he 
did  so,  with  something  pointed.  In 
due  time,  with  the  advancement  of 
civilization,  there  came  the  two- 
tined  fork  for  holding  and  the 
broad -bladed  knife  for  cutting  the 
food  and  conveying  it  to  the  mouth. 
As  years  have  passed  on,  bringing 
their  changes,  the  three  and  four- 
tined  forks  have  come  into  use, 
and  the  habit  of  conveying  food  with  them  to  the  mouth;  the  advantage 
being  that  there  is  less  danger  to  the  mouth  from  using  the  fork,  and  food  is 
less  liable  to  drop  from  it  when  being  conveyed  from  the  plate.  Thus  the 
knife,  which  is  now  only  used  for  cutting  meat,  mash¬ 
ing  potatoes,  and  for  a  few  other  purposes  at  the  table, 
is  no  longer  placed  to  the  mouth  by  those  who  give 
attention  to  the  etiquette  of  the  table. 

Set  the  table  as  beautifully  as  possible.  Use  only  the 
snowiest  of  linen,  the  brightest  of  cutlery,  and  the 
cleanest  of  china.  The  setting  of  the  table  (Fig.  9) 
will  have  fruit-plates,  castors  and  other  dishes  for  gen¬ 
eral  use,  conveniently  placed  near  the  center.  The  spe¬ 
cific  arrangement  (Fig.  10)  of  plate,  knife,  fork,  nap¬ 
kin,  goblet  and  salt-cup,  is  shown  in  the  accompanying 
illustration. 

It  is  customary  for  the  gentleman  who  is  the  head 
of  the  household,  in  the  ordinary  family  circle,  to  sit 
at  the  side  of  the  table,  in  the  center,  having  plates  at 
his  right  hand,  with  food  near  by.  When  all  the 
family  are  seated,  and  all  in  readiness,  he  will  serve  the  guests  who  may 
be  present;  he  will  next  serve  the  eldest  lady  of  the  household,  then  the 
ladies  and  gentlemen  as  they  come  in  order.  The  hostess  will  sit  oppo¬ 
site  her  husband,  and  preside  over  the  tea,  sauces,  etc. 


Fig.  9  The  general  arrangement  of  the  table  set  for  a  party  of  twelve  persons. 
The  plates  are  often  left  off,  and  furnished  by  the  waiter  afterwards. 


Fig.  10.  Relative  position  of  plate, 
napkin,  goblet,  salt-cup,  knife  and 
fork,  when  the  table  is  set. 


152 


ACTIONS  WHICH  INDICATE  BAD  MANNERS  WHEN  EATING. 


ERRORS  TO  BE  AVOIDED. 


«0  NOT  speak  disrespectfully  to  the  wait¬ 
ers,  nor  apologize  to  them  for  making 
them  trouble ;  it  is  their  business  to 
.  bring  forward  the  food  called  for. 
It  is  courtesy,  however,  when  asked 
,  if  you  desire  a  certain  article,  to  reply, 
“If  you  please;”  “Not  any,  I  thank 
”  etc.;  when  calling  for  an  article, 
to  say,  “Will  you  please  bring  me,”  etc.;  and 

"when  the  article  has  been  furnished,  to  say,  “Thank  you.” 

Never  eat  very  fast. 

Never  fill  the  mouth  very  full. 

Never  open  your  mouth  when  chewing-. 

Never  make  noise  with  the  mouth  or  throat. 

Never  attempt  to  talk  with  the  mouth  full. 

Never  leave  the  table  with  food  in  the  mouth. 
Never  soil  the  table-cloth  if  it  is  possible  to  avoid  it. 
Never  carry  away  fruits  and  confectionery  from  the  table. 
Never  encourage  a  dog  or  cat  to  play  with  you  at  the 
table. 

Never  use  anything  but  fork  or  spoon  in  feeding 
vourself. 


Never  explain  at  the  table  why 
certain  foods  do  not  agree  with 
you. 

Never  introduce  disgustingor 
unpleasant  topics  for  conversa¬ 
tion. 

Never  pick  your  teeth  or  put 
your  hand  in  your  mouth  while 
eating. 

Never  cut  bread;  always  break 
it,  spreading  with  butter  each 
piece  as  you  eat  it. 

Never  come  to  the  table  in 
your  shirt-sleeves,  with  dirty 
hands  or  disheveled  hair. 

Never  express  a  choice  for  any 
particular  parts  of  a  dish,  unless 
requested  to  do  so. 

Never  hesitate  to  take  the  last 
piece  of  bread  or  the  last  cake; 
there  are  probably  more. 

Never  call  loudly  for  the  wait¬ 
er,  nor  attract  attention  to  your¬ 
self  by  boisterous  conduct. 

Never  hold  bones  in  your  fin¬ 
gers  while  you  eat  from  them. 
Cut  the  meat  with  a  knife. 

Never  use  your  own  knife 
when  cutting  butter.  Always 
use  a  knife  assigned  to  that  pur¬ 


,  Tips  back  his  chair. 

2.  Eats  with  his  mouth  too  full. 

3.  Feeds  a  dog  at  the  table. 

4.  Holds  his  knife  improperly. 

5.  Engages  in  violent  argument  at  the 
meal-time. 

6.  Lounges  upon  the  table. 

7.  Brings  a  cross  child  to  the  table. 


Never,  when  serving  others,  overload  the  plate  nor  force  upon  them 
delicacies  which  they  decline. 

Never  pour  sauce  over  meat  and  vegetables  when  helping  others. 
Place  it  at  one  side,  on  the  plate. 

Never  make  a  display  of  finding  fault  with  your  food.  Very  quietly 
have  it  changed  if  you  want  it  different. 

Never  pass  your  plate  with  knife  and  fork  on  the  same.  Remove 
them,  and  allow  them  to  rest  upon  a  piece  of  bread. 

Never  make  a  display  when  removing  hair,  insects  or  other  disagree¬ 
able  things  from  your  food.  Place  them  quietly  under  the  edge  of  your 
plate. 

Never  make  an  effort  to  clean  your  plate  or  the  bones  you  have  been 
eating  from  too  clean;  it  looks  as  if  you  left  off  hungry. 

Never  tip  back  in  your  chair  nor  lounge  upon  the  table;  neither  as¬ 
sume  any  position  that  is  awkward  or  ill-bred. 

Never,  at  one’s  own  table  or  at  a  dinner-party  elsewhere,  leave  before 
the  rest  have  finished  without  asking  to  be  excused.  At  a  hotel  or 
boarding  house  this  rule  need  not  be  observed. 

Never  feel  obliged  to  cut  off  the  kernels  with  a  knife  when  eating 
green  corn ;  eaten  from  the  cob,  the  corn  is  much  the  sweetest. 

Never  eat  so  much  of  any 
one  article  as  to  attract  atten¬ 
tion,  as  some  people  do  who  eat 
large  quantities  of  butter,  sweet 
cake,  cheese  or  other  articles. 

Never  expectorate  at  the  ta¬ 
ble;  also  avoid  sneezing  or 
coughing.  It  is  better  to  arise 
quietly  from  the  table  if  you 
have  occasion  to  do  either.  A 
sneeze  is  prevented  by  placing 
the  finger  firmly  on  the  upper  lip. 

Never  spit  out  bones,  cherry 
pits,  grape  skins,  etc.,  upon  your 
plate.  Quietly  press  them  from 
your  mouth  upon  the  fork,  and 
lay  them  upon  the  side  of  your 
plate. 

Never  allow  the  conversa¬ 
tion  at  the  table  to  drift  into  any¬ 
thing  but  chit-chat;  the  con¬ 
sideration  of  deep  and  abstruse 
principles  will  impair  digestion. 

Never  permit  yourself  to  en¬ 
gage  in  a  heated  argument  at 
the  table.  Neither  should  you 
use  gestures,  nor  illustrations 
made  with  a  knife  or  fork  on  the 
table-cloth.  The  accompanying 
engraving  (Fig.  ii)  very  forci¬ 
bly  illustrates  several  faults  to 
which  many  people  are  ad- 


Fig.  ii.  BAD  MANNERS  AT  THE  TABLE 


No.  8.  Drinks  from  the  saucer,  and  laps  with 
his  tongue  the  last  drop  from  the  plate. 

“  9.  Comes  to  the  table  in  his  shirt-sleeves, 
and  puts  his  feet  beside  his  chair. 

“  10.  Picks  his  teeth  with  his  fingers. 

“11.  Scratches  her  head  and  is  frequently 
unnecessarily  getting  up  from  the 
table. 


pose. 

Never  pure  an  apple,  peach  or  pear  for  another  at  the  table  without 
holding  it  with  a  fork. 

Never  wipe  your  fingers  on  the  table-cloth,  nor  clean  them  in  your 
mouth.  Use  the  napkin. 

Never  allow  butter,  soup  or  other  food  to  remain  on  your  whiskers. 
Use  the  napkin  frequently. 

Never  wear  gloves  at  the  table,  unless  the  hands  from  some  special 
reason  are  unfit  to  be  seen. 


Never  pass  forward  to  another  the  dish  that  has  been  handed  to  you, 
unless  requested  to  do  so;  it  may  have  been  purposely  designed  for  you, 
and  passing  it  to  another  may  give  him  or  her  what  is  not  wanted. 

Never  put  your  feet  so  far  under  the  table  as  to  touch  those  of  the 
person  on  the  opposite  side;  neither  should  you  curl  them  under  nor  at 
the  side  of  your  chair. 

Never  praise  extravagantly  every  dish  set  before  you;  neither  should 
you  appear  indifferent.  Any  article  may  have  praise. 


REGULATIONS  THAT  SHOULD  GOVERN  THE  DINNER-PARTY. 


153 


POLITENESS  AT  THE  TABLE. 


ROPERLY  conducted,  the  dinner-party 
IP  should  be  a  pleasant  affair;  and  if 
rightly  managed,  from  the  beginning 
to  the  end,  it  may  prove  a  very  en- 
v*  joyable  occasion  to  all  in  attendance, 
the  dinner  being  from  5  to  8  P.  M.,  the 
L  guests  continuing  at  the  table  from 
one  to  two  hours. 

For  a  very  pleasant  social  affair  the 
’  rule  is  not  to  have  the  company  when 
J  k  seated  exceed  twelve  in  number.  With  a  party  of 
that  size  the  conversation  can  be  general,  and  all  are 
likely  to  feel  more  at  ease  than  if  the  number  be  larger, 
provided  a  selection  of  guests  is  made  that  are  con¬ 
genial  to  each  other.  None  of  them  should  be  con¬ 
spicuously  superior  to  the  others,  and  all  should  be 
from  the  same  circle  of  society. 

Having  determined  upon  the  number  of  guests  to  be 
invited,  the  next  thing  in  order  will  be  the  issuing  of 
notes  of  invitation,  by  special  messenger,  which  should 
be  sent  out  ten  or  twelve  days  before  the  dinner  is 
given.  Their  form  will  be  — 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  L 

f>any  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T - 

at  dinner  on  Wednesday , 
the  10th  of  March ,  at  six 
o'clock  P.  M. 

%R.  S.  V.  P. 

The  answer  accepting  the  in¬ 
vitation  may  read  — 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  T -  ac¬ 

cept  with  much  pleasure  Mr. 

and  Mrs.  L - 's  invitation 

for  dinner  on  the  ioth  of  March. 

If  declined,  the  form  may  be 
as  follows: 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  T -  re¬ 

gret  that  a  previous  engage¬ 
ment  (or  for  other  reasons 
which  may  be  given)  will  pre¬ 
vent  their  accepting  Mr.  and 

Mrs.  L - 's  kind  invitation 

for  dinner  on  the  ioth  of  March. 

Should  the  invitation  be  de¬ 
clined,  the  declination,  which 
should  state  the  reason  for  non- 
acceptance  of  the  invitation, 
should  be  sent  immediately  by 
a  messenger,  that  the  hostess 
may  have  an  opportunity  for 
inviting  other  guests  in  the 
place  of  those  who  decline. 


-request  the  pleasure  of  the  com- 


Fig.  12.  GENTILITY  IN  THE  DINING-ROOM. 


The  evidences  of  good  breeding  with  a  party 
of  ladies  and  gentlemen  seated  about  a  table, 
who  are  accustomed  to  the  usages  of  polite 
society,  are  many.  Among  these  will  be  the  fact 
that  the  table  is  very  beautifully  and  artistically 
spread.  This  need  not  require  much  wealth,  but 
good  taste  is  necessary  to  set  it  handsomely. 

Again,  the  company  evince  gentility  by  each 


Should  the  invitation  be  ac¬ 
cepted,  nothing  but  serious 
difficulty  should  preventthe  ap¬ 
pointment  being  fulfilled. 

Should  anything  happen  to 
prevent  attendance,  notification  should  be  given  the  hostess  immediately. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  all  of  the  company  be  punctual, 
arriving  from  ten  to  fifteen  minutes  before  the  appointed  time.  To  be 
ten  minutes  late,  keeping  the  dinner  waiting,  is  a  serious  offense  which 
no  one  should  be  guilty  of. 

The  host,  hostess  and  other  members  of  the  family  should  be  early  in 


the  drawing-room  to  receive  guests  as  they  arrive,  each  of  whom  should 
be  welcomed  with  a  warm  greeting. 

The  hostess  having  determined  who  shall  accompany  each  other  to 
the  table,  each  gentleman  should  be  informed  what  ladv  he  is  expected. 
to  escort.  The  hour  having  arrived,  the  host  offers  his  left  arm  to  the 
most  honored  or  possibly  the  eldest  lady  guest,  and  the  gentleman  most 
distinguished  will  escort  the  lady  of  the  house. 

Proceeding  to  the  dining-room  when  all  is  in  readiness,  the  host  will 
take  his  seat  at  the  foot  of  the  table,  and  the  hostess  at  the  head,  the  lady 
escorted  by  the  host  taking  her  seat  at  his  right,  and  the  escort  of  the 
hostess  sitting  also  at  hey  right.  The  next  most  honored  seat  is  at  the 
left  of  the  hostess.  The  illustration  (Fig.  12)  upon  this  page  shows  a  com¬ 
pany  thus  seated. 

It  is  fashionable  to  have  cards  laid  upon  the  table,  bearing  the  name, 
sometimes  printed  very  beautifully  upon  silk,  indicating  where  each 
guest  shall  sit,  which  saves  confusion  in  being  seated.  The  ladies  having 
taken  their  places,  the  gentlemen  will  be  seated,  and  all  is  in  readiness  for 
the  dinner  to  be  served,  unless  grace  be  said  by  a  clergyman  present  or 
by  the  host. 

Let  us  hope  if  there  is  any  carving,  it  will  be  done  before  the  meat  is 
brought  to  the  table,  and  the  time  of  the  company  saved  from  this  some¬ 
times  slow  and  tedious  work.  Should  soup  be  passed,  it  is  well  for  each 
one  to  take  it,  and  also  the  various  courses  as  they  are  served,  making  no 

special  comment  on  the  food. 

The  gentleman  will,  when  a 
dish  is  brought,  having  seen 
the  lady  he  escorted  provided 
for,  help  himself  and  pass  it 
on;  he  will  pay  no  attention  to 
the  other  lady  near  him,  but 
will  leave  that  to  her  escort. 
In  all  cases  he  will  be  careful 
and  attentive  to  the  wants  ot 
the  lady  in  his  charge,  ascer¬ 
taining  her  wishes  and  issuing 
her  orders  to  the  waiters. 

N o  polite  guest  will  ever  fas¬ 
tidiously  smell  or  examine  anv 
article  of  food  before  tasting 
it.  Such  conduct  would  be 
an  insult  to  those  who  have 
invited  him;  neither  will  the 
host  or  hostess  apologize  for 
the  cooking  or  find  fault  with 
each  other,  the  cook  or  the 
waiters;  all  having  done  the 
best  they  could,  there  is  noth¬ 
ing  left  to  do  but  to  make  the 
best  of  everything  that  is  pro¬ 
vided. 

Especial  pains  should  be 
taken  by  the  host  and  hostess, 
as  well  as  all  the  company,  to 
introduce  topics  of  conversa¬ 
tion  that  shall  be  agreeable  and 
pleasing,  that  the  dinner  hour 
may  be  in  the  highest  degree 
entertaining.  When  all  the 
guests  have  finished  their  eating,  the  hostess,  with  a  slight  nod  to  one 
of  the  leading  members  of  the  party,  will  rise,  as  will  all  the  company, 
and  repair  to  the  drawing-room,  where,  in  social  converse,  the  time  should 
be  spent  for  the  next  two  or  three  hours.  Etiquette  demands  that  each 
member  of  the  company  remain  at  least  an  hour  after  the  dinner  is  fin¬ 
ished,  it  being  impolite  to  hurry  awaj’  immediately  after  rising  from  the 
table.  Should  he  do  so,  however,  he  will  ask  to  be  excused. 


assuming  a  genteel  position  while  eating.  It  is 
not  necessary  that  an  elaborate  toilet  be  worn  at 
the  table,  but  careful  attention  should  always  be 
given  to  neatness  of  personal  appearance,  how¬ 
ever  plain  may  be  the  dress  which  is  worn. 

Another  evidence  of  good  manners  is  the 
self-possession  with  which  the  company  deport 
themselves  throughout  the  meal. 


154 


POSITION  FOK  HOLDING  KNIFE,  FORK  AND  CUP. 


CORRECT  AND  INCORRECT  POSITIONS. 


€KX>jS>: 


ill 


Fig.  13.  Incorrect  Position  fur  Holding  Knife 
and  Fork. 


HEREWITH  is  shown 
a  fault  common  with  many 
people  of  holding-  knife  and 
fork  above  the  hand  (Fig. 
13)  when  mashing  pota¬ 
toes,  cutting  meat,  etc.  The 
position  is  not  only  unfa¬ 
vorable  for  obtaining  a 
good  command  of  knife 
and  fork,  but  it  is  likewise 
ungraceful.  The  contrast¬ 
ing  illustration  (Fig.  14) 
represents  an  easy,  grace¬ 
ful  posture  for  hands,  when 
eating.  The  habit  of  holding  the  hands  thus  in  correct  positions  can  be 
acquired  as  easily  as  any  other. 

It  is  well  to  become  accustomed  to  eating  with  the  left  _ 

hand,  so  as  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  changing  the  fork  b 
from  the  left  to  the  right  hand  frequently  when  eating 
meat  When  no  knife  is  required  for  spreading,  mash¬ 
ing  or  cutting,  lay  it  aside  entirely  and  eat  only  with 
the  fork,  holding  it  with  the  right  hand. 

Drinking  from  the  Teacup. 

Formerly  it  was  the  fashion  to  pour  tea  into  the  sau¬ 
cer;  not  so  now.  Tea  should  be  gently  sipped  from  the 
spoon  or  cup,  taking  cup  and  spoon  in  hand  (Fig.  15) 
when  drinking,  as  shown  in  the  accompanying  diagram 


Fig.  14. 


Correct  Position  for  Holding  Knife 
and  Fork. 


The  spoon  should  never  be 
removed  from  the  cup  when 
the  guest  is  satisfied  with 
its  contents.  Should  the 
cup  be  empty,  and  more  be 
desired,  to  take  the  spoon 
out  and  place  it  beside  the 
cup  in  the  saucer  is  an  in¬ 
timation  to  the  waiter  to 
have  it  refilled.  If  not 
empty,  and  the  spoon  is 
placed  thus  beside  the  cup, 
it  is  an  intimation  to  the 
waiter  that  you  want  the  tea 

or  coffee  changed.  Do  not  call  for  “milk;”  call  for  and  speak  only  of 
“  cream.”  Never  set  your  teacup  upon  the  table-cloth.  In  taking  sugar, 
use  only  the  sugar -spoon. 

— - A1  As  in  all  the  affairs  of  life,  common  sense  must 

always  rise  superior  to  fashion  or  forms  of  etiquette.  In 
this  chapter  on  “The  Table”  we  have  aimed  to  give 
the  leading  outlines  which  should  govern  conduct  in 
the  dining-room.  Much  judgment  will  be  required  to 
always  understand  where  these  rules  should  be  applied. 
Certainly  to  meet  a  company  of  people  at  the  table,  ap¬ 
pear  to  advantage,  carry  forward  an  intelligent  con¬ 
versation,  be  agreeable  and  finish  the  meal,  having 
eaten,  in  kind  and  quantity,  sufficient  to  preserve  health 


Fig.  15.  Position  for  Holding  Cup  and  anj  vigor,  requires  much  wisdom  and  experience.- 


The  cup  with  handle,  or  of  unusual  size,  may  be  held  differently. 


of  4lPartiss  in 


Sociables,  Tea-Parties,  Private  Theatricals,  Picnics,  Etc. 


5  HERE  are  many  other  kinds  of  gatherings,  aside  from  the 
formal  dinner-party  and  the  ball,  where  less  formality  is  re¬ 
quired,  but  where  the  rules  of  etiquette,  nevertheless,  must 
^  be  continually  brought  into  service.  These  comprise  con- 
Va'SJ' n  versations,  or  sociables,  private  concerts,  readings,  tea-parties, 
private  theatricals,  card-playing,  etc.  At  these  entertainments 
(id  some  prefer  dancing,  some  music,  some  conversation,  and  some 

T  the  playing  of  games. 

Whatever  may  be  the  nature  of  the  entertainment,  it  is  well  to 
specify  it  in  the  invitation.  Thus,  for  a  large,  full-dress  party,  the  in- 
vitation  will  read: 

Miss  J - V  compliments  to  Miss  II - ,  requesting  the  pleas¬ 

ure  of  her  company  for  Friday  evening,  March  10,  at  eight  o'clock. 

For  the  small  party  meeting  for  a  specific  purpose,  the  invitation  will 
read  thus: 

Miss  B -  requests  the  pleasure  of  Miss  K - — company  on 

Friday  evening  next  at  8  o'clock,  to  meet  the  members  of  the  Salem  Liter¬ 
ary  Club,  to  which  Miss  B - belongs. 

Or, 

Miss  B - -would  be  happy  to  have  Miss  K- -  take  part  in  an 

entertainment  consisting  of  readings  and  recitations,  at  her  residence,  on 
Wednesday  evening,  March  15th,  at  eight  o'clock. 

Like  the  dinner-party  and  ball,  an  answer  should  be  promptly  re¬ 
turned.  The  reply  may  read; 

Miss  K - accepts  -with  pleasure  Miss  B - V  hind  invitation 

for  next  Wednesday  evening. 

Unable  to  accept  the  invitation,  the  reply  may  read  as  follows; 


Miss  IC _ regrets  that  a  previous  engagement  (or  other  reason) 

^prevent  her  accepting  Miss  B—'s  kind  invitation  for  Wednesday 

evening  next.  . 

Should  there  be  any  probability  of  mistake  as  to  time,  and  identity  of 
the  person  sending  the  invitation,  the  date  should  be  explicitly  given  in 
the  body  of  the  note,  and  the  full  name  and  address  may  be  placed  in 
the  lower  left-hand  corner. 

As  upon  other  occasions,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  host  and  hostess  to 
welcome  arrivals  and  make  all  the  guests  feel  at  ease.  To  do  this,  much 
depends  upon  the  hostess,  who,  by  self-possession,  geniality  and  contin¬ 
ual  movement  among  the  guests,  will  make  all  feel  at  home.  More 
especially  if  the  entertainment  partakes  of  the  character  of  a  socia .  , 

much  tact  is  necessary  upon  the  part  of  the  family  to  have  the  gathering 
entertained. 

To  keep  the  attention  of  the  company  occupied,  as  many  rooms 
should  be  thrown  open  as  possible,  and  many  objects  of  interest  should 
be  scattered  around  the  apartments  to  interest,  amuse  and  instruc  . 

If  among  the  company  there  are  those  particularly  eminent,  there 
should  be  also  other  notables,  that  attention  may  not  be  entirely  concen- 
trated  upon  the  few. 

Special  pains  should  be  taken  that  the  party  does  not  divide  itself  up 
into  cliques,  twos,  threes  or  more,  leaving  a  number  out  who  seem  o 
possess  no  power  to  get  into  conversation. 

While  it  is  not  ahvavs  advisable  to  break  up  a  pleasant  convention 
o-oing  forward  between  two,  three  or  four,  care  must  be  exercised  that 
those  inclined  to  drop  aside  and  spend  the  time  in  conversing  with  each 
other  are  prevented  by  the  hostess  as  much  as  possible  from  so  doing, 
as  the  best  conversationalists,  thus  going  by  themselves,  would  cause 


WAYS  AND  MEANS  BY  WHICH  A  COMPANY  MAY  BE  ENTERTAINED. 


155 


the  remainder  of  the  company  to  be  wanting-  in  spirit  and  animation. 
The  introduction  of  others  into  the  group,  the  calling  for  a  story,  the 
reading  of  a  poem,  the  singing  of  a  song,  with  instrumental  music,  will 
thus  effectually  break  up  the  monotony. 

Piano-Playing. 

Should  dancing  form  a  principal  feature  of  the  entertainment,  and 
the  piano  be  used  to  furnish  music,  the  hostess  or  one  of  the  family 
should  play  the  instrument.  One  of  the  guests  should  not  be  depended 
upon  to  furnish  all  of  the  music.  If  the  hostess  cannot  play,  a  pianist 
for  the  occasion  should  be  engaged.  Either  a  lady  or  gentleman -guest 
may  with  propriety  volunteer  to  play,  if  they  choose;  but  the  hostess 
cannot  expect  that  music,  thus  voluntarily  offered,  will  be  cheerfully 
furnished  for  more  than  one  dance. 

It  is  courtesy,  while  anyone  is  playing  an  instrument,  or  singing,  to 
preserve  as  much  stillness  as  possible.  Should  you  converse,  do  it  so 
quietly  as  not  to  be  heard  by  those  near  the  piano.  Should  your  con¬ 
versation  be  animated,  it  is  well  to  retire  to  another  room. 

Amateur  performers  upon  the  piano  should  thoroughly  commit  to 
memory  a  few  pieces  to  play  independently  of  notes,  as  to  take  sheet- 
music  to  a  party  is  a  hint  that  they  expect  to  be  invited  to  play. 
If  possible,  have  the  voice  in  good  condition  also,  so  as  not  to  be 
obliged  to  complain  of  a  cold.  To  eat  a  small  amount  of  horse-radish 
just  previous  to  reading,  singing  or  speaking,  will  quite  effectually  re¬ 
move  hoarseness. 

Any  ladv-guest  being  invited  to  play  the  piano,  it  is  courtesy  for  the 
gentleman  nearest  her  to  offer  his  arm  and  escort  her  to  the  instru¬ 
ment.  While  she  is  playing  he  will  hold  her  bouquet,  fan  and  gloves, 
and  should  also  turn  the  leaves  if  he  can  readily  read  music,  but  he 
should  not  attempt  it  otherwise. 

When  a  guest  is  invited  by  another  guest  to  play  the  piano,  it  will  be 
well  to  wait  until  the  request  is  seconded  by  others;  and  even  then  the 
guest  may  not  play  unless  it  should  meet  the  favor  of  the  hostess,  and  it 
is  believed  to  be  the  pleasure  of  the  majority  of  the  company.  If  certain 
that  the  playing  will  be  acceptable,  it  is  well  to  suggest  to  the  hostess  to 
invite  your  friend. 

It  is  very  impolite  to  speak  disparagingly  of  the  piano,  however 
much  it  may  be  out  of  tune,  or  however  inferior  it  may  be.  More  espe¬ 
cially  is  it  a  breach  of  etiquette  to  draw  unfavorable  comparisons  be¬ 
tween  the  instrument  and  another  elsewhere. 

How  to  Entertain  the  Party. 

If  it  happens  to  be  stormy  on  the  evening1  of  your  party,  an  awning 
erected  from  the  carriage -landing  to  the  house,  or  a  large  umbrella  car¬ 
ried  by  a  servant,  will  be  a  kind  provision  for  the  comfort  of  the  guests 
as  they  alight  from  their  carriages. 

Suppers  have  wisely  been  dispensed  with  of  late  years  at  the  ordi¬ 
nary  evening  party.  To  furnish  a  full,  late  supper  is  a  piece  of  folly  for 
various  reasons;  among  them  being  the  fact  that  it  is  positively  injuri¬ 
ous  to  the  health  of  the  company  to  eat  it.  The  majority  of  the  party, 
in  all  probability,  do  not  desire  it;  and  consequently  it  is  time,  labor 
and  expense,  upon  the  part  of  the  hostess,  worse  than  thrown  away. 
She  should  have  all  of  her  time  to  devote  to  her  company ;  to  do  which, 
she  can  provide  only  light  refreshments,  which  may  be  passed  around. 

Among  the  methods  of  entertainment  resorted  to,  aside  from  conver¬ 
sation  and  dancing,  may  be  those  of  a  literary  character.  Thus  a  de¬ 
batable  question  may  be  propounded,  a  presiding  officer  selected, 
assisted  by  two,  four  or  six  others,  two  leading  disputants  appointed, 
debaters  chosen  upon  each  side,  and  the  speakers  given  each  two,  three 
or  five  minutes  to  talk;  the  president  and  board  of  arbitration  to  decide 
the  question  according  to  the  weight  of  argument.  This  is  a  pleasant 
and  profitable  way  of  spending  the  evening,  if  all  can  be  enlisted  and 
be  interested  in  listening  or  have  something  to  say. 

Another  intellectual  and  pleasant  mode  of  spending  an  evening  is 
for  each  member  of  the  company  to  read  or  recite  something  that 
shall  interest,  amuse,  instruct  and  entertain  the  audience.  To  do 
this  rightly,  some  one  should  be  appointed  to  act  as  master  of  cere¬ 
monies  for  the  evening,  being  assisted  by  two  or  three  others,  who  will 
make  suggestions.  It  will  be  the  duty  of  the  presiding  officer,  at  these  l 


parlor  recitations,  to  ascertain  in  the  beginning-  what  each  one  will  re¬ 
cite,  make  out  a  programme,  and  then  announce  the  various  readers  and 
speakers  of  the  evening,  as  they  come  in  turn,  having  the  exercises  suit¬ 
ably  interspersed  with  music.  The  pleasure  of  the  occasion  will  much 
depend  upon  having  every  piece  upon  the  programme  short,  and  clearly 
announced  by  the  presiding  officer. 

Parlor-theatricals  and  parlor-concerts  are  a  pleasant  means  of  enter¬ 
taining  an  evening  gathering  — a  company  of  six,  eight,  or  more,  thor¬ 
oughly  mastering  a  play  and  giving  it  to  an  audience  that  may  assemble 
in  the  parlors.  To  have  an  entertainment  of  this  kind  pass  smoothly 
through,  some  competent  person  must  take  upon  himself  or  herself  the 
duties  of  manager.  Each  player  should  be  consulted  before  parts 
are  assigned,  and  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the  players  be 
each  prompt  in  rendering  their  parts.  It  is  the  province  of  the  hostess 
to  act  the  part  of  stage -manager,  unless  she  appoints  some  one  from  the 
audience  to  conduct  the  exercises. 

Croquet  parties  are  very  fashionable,  and  are  a  healthful,  pleasant 
means  of  diversion.  The  essentials  necessary  to  make  the  game  pleas¬ 
ant  are  good  grounds  that  can  be  shaded,  and  clean,  comfortable,  cool 
seats.  A  table  may  be  set  in  the  shade,  and  refreshments  served  thereon  ; 
or  they  may  be  passed  to  the  guests  as  they  sit  in  their  seats. 

On  all  occasions  when  a  number  of  people  convene  together,  whether 
indoors  or  out,  the  laws  of  courtesy  should  be  obeyed.  It  is  the  duty 
of  the  gentlemen  to  be  ever  attentive  to  the  ladies.  If  it  be  a  picnic, 
the  gentlemen  will  carry  the  luncheon,  erect  the  swings,  construct  the 
tables,  bring  the  water,  provide  the  fuel  for  boiling  the  tea,  etc.  On  the 
fishing  excursion  they  will  furnish  the  tackle,  bait  the  hooks,  row  the 
boats,  carry  the  fish,  and  furnish  comfortable  seats  for  the  ladies.  In 
gathering  nuts,  they  will  climb  the  trees,  do  the  shaking,  carry  the  nuts, 
and  assist  the  ladies  across  the  streams  and  over,  the  fences.  If  possible, 
in  crossing  the  fields,  go  through  the  bars  or  gateway,  and  avoid  the  ne¬ 
cessity  of  compelling  the  ladies  to  clamber  over  the  fences.  Should  it 
be  necessary  to  climb  them,  it  is  etiquette  for  the  gentleman  to  go  over 
first,  and  when  the  lady  is  firmly  on  the  top,  he  will  gently  help  her 
down. 

It  should  ever  be  the  rule,  with  both  ladies  and  gentlemen,  upon  all 
such  occasions,  to  render  every  assistance  possible  to  entertain  the 
company.  Self  should  be  forgotten.  More  or  less  assistance  is  all  the 
time  required  by  the  managers  of  the  outdoor  gatherings,  and  labor  is 
continually  necessary  to  make  the  occasion  pleasant.  To  aid  in  render¬ 
ing  the  affair  agreeable  by  needed  assistance  will  very  likely  give  you 
more  pleasure  than  to  be  entertained  yourself. 

Etiquette  for  Public  Places. 

It  is  not  etiquette  for  a  young1  lady  to  visit  a  place  of  public  amuse¬ 
ment  with  a  gentleman,  alone,  with  whom  she  is  but  slightly  acquainted. 
Her  escort  should  the  first  time  invite  another  member  of  the  family  to 
accompany  her. 

The  gentleman  should  make  a  point  of  extending  his  invitation  to  the 
lady  long  enough  before  the  entertainment  to  be  able  to  secure  desirable 
seats.  Most  of  the  pleasure  of  the  occasion  will  depend  upon  being  so 
seated  as  to  be  able  to  witness  the  performance  to  advantage. 

The  lady  having  received  a  note  of  invitation,  she  should  reply  to  the 
same  immediately,  that  the  gentleman  may  make  his  arrangements  ac¬ 
cordingly. 

Should  the  weather  be  stormy,  and  for  other  reasons,  it  will  be  a 
very  graceful  way  of  complimenting  the  lady  to  provide  a  carriage  for 
the  occasion. 

Seats  having  been  secured,  it  is  not  necessary  to  arrive  until  about 
five  minutes  before  the  commencement  of  the  performance.  It  is  bad 
manners  to  go  late  to  a  public  entertainment;  the  bustle  and  noise  inci¬ 
dent  to  the  late  arrival  is  often  a  serious  interference  with  the  exercises 
of  the  occasion. 

Upon  entering  the  hall,  secure  a  programme  for  each  member  of  your 
party,  and  follow  the  usher  to  the  designated  seats.  The  gentleman  will 
go  first,  and  pause  at  the  entrance,  allowing  the  lady  to  pass  into  the 
seat,  when  he  will  follow. 


156 


HOW  TO  MAKE  TIXE  VISIT  AGREEABLE. 


Etiquette  of  -f  Visiting. 


WHEN,  WHERE  AND  HOW  TO  VISIT. 


EFORE  making  a  visit,  you  should  be  per¬ 
fectly  certain  that  your  visit  will  be 
agreeable. 

It  is  common  for  some  people  to  be  very 
cordial,  and  even  profuse  in  their  offers 
of  hospitality.  They  unquestionably  mean 
what  they  say  at  the  time,  but  when  they 
tender  you  an  invitation  to  come  and  tarry 
-weeks,  it  may  seriously  incommode  them 
if  you  should  pay  them  a  visit  of  even  a 
few  days , 

a  visit  should  never  be  made  upon  a  gen- 
invitation.  Should  you  visit  a  city  where  a  friend 
resides,  it  will  be  best  to  go  first  to  the  hotel,  unless  you 
have  a  special  invitation  from  the  friend.  From  the  hotel 
you  will  make  a  polite  call,  and  if  then  you  are  invited, 
you  can  accept  of  the  hospitality. 

In  all  cases  when  you  contemplate  a  visit,  even  with 
relatives,  it  is  courtesy  to  write  and  announce  your  com¬ 
ing,  giving,  as  nearly  as  possible,  the  day  and  exact 
time  of  your  arrival. 

Anhfwtation  to  visit  a  friend  should  be  answered  as  soon  as  may  be; 
stating  definitely  when  you  will  come,  and  how  long  you  intend  to  stay. 

When  near  your  destination,  it  is  well  to  send  a  prepaid  telegram, 
stating  upon  what  train  you  will  arrive.  As  a  reward  for  this  fore¬ 
thought,  you  will  probably  find  your  friends  waiting  for  you  at  the  depot, 
and  the  welcome  will  be  very  pleasant. 

What  is  Expected  of  the  Guest  when  Visiting. 

You  are  expected  to  pleasantly  accept  such  hospitality  as  your  friends 
can  afford. 

If  no  previous  understanding  has  been  had,  the  visit  should  be  limited 
to  three  days,  or  a  week  at  most. 

You  should  make  your  visit  interfere  as  little  as  possible  with  the 
routine  work  of  the  household  in  which  you  are  a  guest. 

You  should  aim  to  conform  your  action,  as  much  as  may  be,  to  the 
rules  of  the  house,  as  to  times  of  eating,  retiring  to  rest,  etc. 

You  should  state  upon  your  arrival  how  long  you  intend  to  stay,  that 
your  friends  may  arrange  their  plans  to  entertain  accordingly. 

Letters  and  papers  being  received  in  the  presence  of  the  host,  hostess 
and  others,  the  guest  should  ask  to  be  excused  while  reading  them. 

Furnish  your  own  materials  in  doing  work  for  yourself  when  you  are 
visiting,  as  much  as  possible,  and  never  depend  upon  your  entertainers. 

A  kind  courtesy,  while  you  remain,  will  be  to  execute  some  work 
representing  your  own  skill,  to  be  given  the  hostess  as  a  memento  of 
the  occasion. 

You  should  in  shopping  or  transacting  business,  when  you  desire  to 
go  alone,  select  the  hours  of  the  day  when  your  friends  are  engaged  in 
their  own  duties. 

The  guest  should  beware  of  making  unfavorable  comment  about  the 
friends  of  the  host  and  hostess,  or  of  offering  unfavorable  criticism  upon 
what  they  are  known  to  favor  or  admire. 


Should  you  happen  to  injure  any  article  or  other  property  while 
visiting,  you  should  have  the  same  immediately  repaired,  and,  if  possible, 
the  article  put  in  better  condition  than  it  was  before. 

You  should  not  treat  your  friend’s  house  as  if  it  was  a  hotel,  making 
your  calls,  visiting,  transacting  business  about  the  town,  and  coming 
and  going  at  all  hours  to  suit  your  own  convenience. 

Never  invite  a  friend  who  may  call  upon  you  to  remain  to  dinner  or 
supper.  This  is  a  right  which  belongs  to  the  hostess,  and  it  is  for  her  to 
determine  whether  she  wishes  your  guest  to  remain  or  not. 

The  guest  should  aim  to  render  efficient  assistance  in  case  of  sickness 
or  sudden  trouble  at  the  house  where  the  visit  may  be  made.  Oftentimes 
the  best  service  will  be  rendered  by  considerately  taking  your  leave. 

Invitations  accepted  by  the  lady-guest  should  include  the  hostess,  and 
those  received  by  the  hostess  should  include  the  guest.  Thus,  as  much 
as  possible,  at  all  places  of  entertainment  hostess  and  guest  should  go 
together. 

While  husbands  and  wives  are  always  expected  to  accompany  each 
other,  where  either  may  be  invited,  it  is  a  trespass  upon  the.  generosity 
of  the  friend  to  take  children  and  servants  unless  they  are  included  in 
the  invitation. 

Never  invite  a  friend  who  calls  upon  you  into  any  other  room  than  the 
parlor,  unless  it  is  suggested  by  the  hostess  that  you  do  so.  While  you 
may  have  the  right  to  enter  various  rooms,  you  have  no  authority  for 
extending  the  privilege  to  others. 

Immediately  upon  the  return  to  your  home,  after  paying  a  visit,  you 
should  write  to  your  hostess,  thanking  her  for  hospitality  and  the  enjoy¬ 
ment  you  received.  You  should  also  ask  to  be  remembered  to  all  of  the 
family,  mentioning’  each  one  by  name. 

Expenses  which  the  friends  may  incur  in  removal  and  care  of  bag¬ 
gage,  in  repairs  of  wardrobe,  or  any  other  personal  service  requiring  cash 
outlay,  the  guest  should  be  careful  to  have  paid.  Washing  and  ironing 
should  be  sent  elsewhere  from  the  place  where  the  guest  is  visiting. 

The  lady-guest  should  beware  of  receiving  too  many  visits  from 
gentlemen,  and  if  invited  to  accompany  them  to  places  of  amusement  or 
on  rides,  she  should  consult  with  the  hostess  and  learn  what  appoint¬ 
ments  she  may  have,  and  whether  the  going  with  others  will  be  satis- 
factory  to  her. 

Should  a  secret  of  the  family  come  into  your  possession  while  on  a 
visit  you  should  remember  that  the  hospitality  and  privileges  extended 
should  bind  you  to  absolute  secrecy.  It  is  contemptibly  mean  to  become 
the  possessor  of  a  secret  thus,  and  afterwards  betray  the  confidence 
reposed  in  you. 

Be  careful  that  you  treat  with  kindness  and  care  servants,  horses,  car- 
riages  and  other  things  at  your  friend’s  house  which  are  placed  at  your 
disposal.  To  pluck  choice  flowers,  to  handle  books  roughly,  to  chive 
horses  too  fast,  to  speak  harshly  to  servants-all  this  indicates  selfishness 
and  had  manners. 

The  visitor  should  beware  of  criticism  or  fault-finding  with  the  family 
of  the  hostess.  It  is  also  in  extremely  bad  taste  for  the  guest  to  speak 
disparagingly  of  things  about  the  home  or  the  town  where  the  visit  is 
being  made,  being  at  the  same  time  enthusiastic  in  praise  of  people  and 
places  elsewhere. 


WIIAT  TO  BO  AND  WHAT  TO  AVOID  WHEN  VISITING. 


~i  m  hr 

lo7 


When  a  child  is  taken  alon^,  the  mother  should  be  very  watchful 
that  it  does  no  injury  about  the  house,  and  makes  no  trouble.  It  is  ex¬ 
cessively  annoying  to  a  neat  housekeeper  to  have  a  child  wandering 
about  the  rooms,  handling  furniture  with  greasy  fingers,  scattering 
crumbs  over  the  carpets,  and  otherwise  making  disturbance. 

The  gentleman  visitor  should  be  certain  that  smoking  is  not  offensive 
to  the  various  members  of  the  family,  before  he  indulges  too  freely  in 
the  pipe  and  cigar  about  the  house.  For  the  guest,  without  permission, 
to  seat  himself  in  the  parlor  (Fig.  1 6),  and  scent  the  room  with  the 
fumes  of  tobacco,  is  a  serious  impoliteness. 

When  you  can  at  times  render  assistance  to  those  you  are  visiting,  in 
any  light  work,  you  will  often  make  your  visit  more  agreeable.  A  lady 
will  not  hesitate  to  make  her  own  bed  if  there  be  few  or  no  servants,  and 
will  do  anything  else  to  assist  the  hostess.  If  your  friend,  however, 
declines  allowing  you  to  assist  her,  you  should  not  insist  upon  the  mat¬ 
ter  further. 

Guests  should  enter  with  spirit  and  cheerfulness  into  the  various 
plans  that  are  made  for  their  enjoyment.  Possibly  some  rides  will  be 
had,  and  some  visits  made,  that  will  be  tiresome,  but  the  courteous  guest 
should  find  something  to  admire  everywhere,  and  thus  make  the  enter¬ 
tainers  feel  that  their  efforts  to  please  are  appreciated. 

Of  various  persons  in  the  family  where  the  guest  may  be  visiting, 
gifts  may  most  appropriately  be  given  to  the  hostess,  and  the  baby  or 
the  youngest  child.  If  the  youngest  has  reached  its  teens,  then  it 
may  be  best  to  give  it  to  the  mother.  The  visitor  will,  however,  use 
discretion  in  the  matter.  Flowers  and  fancy  needle-work  will  always 
be  appropriate  for  the  lady.  Confectionery  and  jewelry  will  be  appre¬ 
ciated  by  the  children.  Small  articles  of  wearing  apparel  or  money 
will  be  suitable  for  servants  who  have  been  particularly  attentive  to  the 
guest. 

Special  pains  should  be  taken  by  guests  to  adapt 
themselves  to  the  religious  habits  of  those  with 
whom  they  are  visiting.  If  daily  prayers  are  had, 
or  grace  is  said  at  meals,  the  most  reverent  attention 
should  be  given;  though  when  invited  to  participate 
in  any  of  these  exercises,  if  unaccustomed  to  the 
same,  you  can  quietly  ask  to  be  excused.  As  a  rule, 
it  is  courtesy  to  attend  church  with  the  host  and  host¬ 
ess.  Should  you  have  decided  preferences,  and  go 
elsewhere,  do  so  quietly  and  without  comment,  and 
under  no  circumstances  should  there  be  allowed 
religious  discussion  afterwards.  You  visit  the  home 
of  your  friends  to  entertain  and  be  entertained.  Be 
careful  that  you  so  treat  their  opinions  that  they  will 
wish  you  to  come  again. 

Hints  to  the  Host  and  Hostess. 

Take  the  baggage-checks,  and  give  personal  attention  to  having  the 
trunks  conveyed  to  your  residence,  relieving  the  guest  of  all  care  in  the 
matter. 

Having  received  intelligence  of  the  expected  arrival  of  a  guest,  if 
possible  have  a  carriage  at  the  depot  to  meet  the  friend.  Various  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  family  being  with  the  carriage  will  make  the  welcome  more 
pleasant. 

Have  a  warm,  pleasant  room  especially  prepared  for  the  guest,  the 
dressing-table  being  supplied  with  water,  soap,  towel,  comb,  hair-brush, 
brush-broom,  hat-brush,  pomade,  cologne,  matches,  needles  and  pins. 
The  wardrobe  should  be  conveniently  arranged  for  the  reception  of 
wearing  apparel.  The  bed  should  be  supplied  with  plenty  of  clothing, 
a  side-table  should  contain  writing  materials,  and  the  center-table  should 
be  furnished  with  a  variety  of  entertaining  reading  matter. 

Arrange  to  give  as  much  time  as  possible  to  the  comfort  of  the  guest, 
visiting  places  of  amusement  and  interest  in  the  vicinity.  This  should 
all  be  done  without  apparent  effort  on  your  part.  Let  your  friends  feel 
that  the  visit  is  a  source  of  real  enjoyment  to  you ;  that  through  their 
presence  and  company  you  have  the  pleasure  of  amusements  and  recrea¬ 
tion  that  would,  perhaps,  not  have  been  enjoyed  had  they  not  come. 
Treat  them  with  such  kindness  as  you  would  like  to  have  bestowed 
upon  yourself  under  similar  circumstances. 


At  the  close  of  their  stay,  if  you  would  be  happy  to  have  the  visitors 
remain  longer,  you  will  frankly  tell  them  so.  If  they  insist  upon  going, 
you  will  aid  them  in  every  way  possible  in  their  departure.  See  that 
their  baggage  is  promptly  conveyed  to  the  train.  Examine  the  rooms 
to  find  whether  they  have  forgotten  any  article  that  they  would  wish  to 
take.  Prepare  a  lunch  for  them  to  partake  of  on  their  journey.  Go  with 
them  to  the  depot.  Treat  them  with  such  kindness  and  cordiality  to  the 
close  that  the  recollection  of  their  visit  will  ever  be  a  bright  spot  in  their 
memory.  Remain  with  them  until  the  train  arrives.  They  would  be 
very  lonely  waiting  without  you.  You  will  ever  remember  with  pleasure 
the  fact  that  you  made  the  last  hours  of  their  visit  pleasant.  And  thus, 
with  the  last  hand-shaking,  and  the  last  waving  of  adieu,  as  the  train 
speeds  away,  keep  up  the  warmth  of  hospitality  with  your  guests  to  the 
very  end.  It  is,  perhaps,  the  last  time  you  will  ever  see  them. 


CONDUCT  AT  PLACES  OF  PUBLIC  AMUSEMENT. 

While  a  quiet  conversation  is  allowable  in  the  intervals  after  the 
opening  of  the  performance,  close  attention  should  be  given  to  the  stage. 
Should  it  be  a  concert,  the  utmost  stillness  should  be  observed,  as  the 
slightest  whisper  will  disturb  the  singers.  This  considerate  attention 
should  be  given  to  the  very  end.  It  is  in  exceedingly  bad  taste,  near  the 
close  of  the  last  act,  for  the  audience  to  commence  moving  about,  putting 
on  wraps  and  outer  clothing,  preparatory  to  leaving.  Those  who  do  so, 
lose  the  choicest  part  of  the  entertainment ;  they  distract  others  who 
wish  to  be  attentive,  and  they  advertise  the  fact  that  they  have  no  private 
carriage  of  their  own,  but  on  the  contrary  go  by  some  public  convey¬ 
ance,  and  with  characteristic  selfishness  they  intend  to  rush  out  first  and 
secure  the  best  seats. 

If  the  entertainment  be  a  fancy  fair,  where  goods 
which  have  been  manufactured  by  a  company  of  la¬ 
dies  are  sold  for  church  or  charitable  purposes,  good 
sense  will  immediately  suggest  that  as  large  a  price 
should  be  realized  as  possible,  and  hence  it  is  not 
etiquette  for  the  purchaser  to  attempt  to  buy  under 
price.  It  is  also  courtesy  for  the  saleswoman,  when 
a  larger  sum  is  presented  than  is  charged,  to  deduct 
the  price  and  promptly  return  the  change,  unless  the 
surplus  be  donated  to  the  charity. 

Bad  Manners. 

Do  not  forget,  while  you  make  yourself  comforta¬ 
ble,  that  others  have  rights  which  should  be  always 
considered. 

Do  not  talk  loudly,  laugh  boisterously,  or  make 
violent  gestures. 

Do  not  talk  or  whisper  so  loudly  during  the  entertainment  as  to  dis¬ 
turb  those  sitting  near  you. 

Do  not  make  a  display  of  secrecy,  mystery,  or  undue  lover-like  affec¬ 
tion  with  your  companion. 

Do  not  prevent  your  companion  from  giving  attention  to  the  exercises, 
even  though  they  may  be  without  interest  to  yourself. 

Do  not,  in  a  picture-gallery,  stand  conversing  too  long  in  front  of 
pictures.  Take  seats,  and  allow  others  to  make  examination. 

Do  not,  if  a  lady,  allow  a  gentleman  to  join  you,  and  thus  withdraw 
your  attention  from  vour  escort.  And  do  not,  if  a  gentleman,  allow  your 
attention  to  be  taken  up,  to  any  great  extent,  with  a  lady  other  than  the 
one  you  have  in  charge. 

Do  not,  if  a  gentleman,  be  continually  going  from  the  hall  between 
the  acts  of  the  play.  To  be  passing  up  and  down  the  aisle,  eating  pep¬ 
pers  and  cardamom  seeds,  advertises  the  fact  that  you  are  addicted  to 
the  too  frequent  use  of  liquors. 

Do  not  join  a  party  about  to  visit  a  place  of  amusement  unless  invited 
to  do  so.  Should  the  party  consist  of  one  gentleman  and  two  ladies,  a 
gentleman,  if  well  acquainted,  may  ask  the  privilege  of  attending  one  of 
the  ladies.  Should  a  ticket  be  furnished  him,  he  should  return  the  favor 
by  an  equal  politeness  bestowed  upon  the  party,  if  possible,  during  the 
evening. 


Fig.  17.  The  Visitor  who  Converts  the  Par¬ 
lor  into  a  Smoking-Room. 


158 


WHOM  TO  SELECT  AS  A  PARTNER  FOR  LIFE. 


Courtship  and  Marriage. 


CONDITIONS  THAT  PROMOTE  HAPPINESS. 


HE  happiness  of  married  life  comes 
from  pleasant,  harmonious  relations 
existing  between  husband  and  wife. 

If  rightly  mated  in  the  conjugal  state, 
life  will  be  one  continual  joy.  If  un¬ 
happily  wedded,  the  soul  will  be  for¬ 
ever  vearning,  and  never  satisfied ; 
happiness  may  be  hoped  tor,  may  be 
dreamed  of,  may  be  the  object  ever  labored  for,  but 
it  will  never  be  realized. 

In  view,  therefore,  of  the  great  influence  that 
marriage  has  upon  the  welfare  and  happiness  of  all 
those  who  enter  the  conjugal  relation,  it  becomes 
the  duty  of  everyone  to  study  the  laws  which 
make  happy,  enduring  companionships  between 
husbands  and  wives.  It  is  a  duty  which  not  only 
the  unmarried  owe  themselves,  but  it  is  an  obliga¬ 
tion  due  to  society,  as  the  well-being  of  a  commu¬ 
nity  largely  rests  upon  the  permanent,  enduring 
family  relation. 

Very  properly  does  the  highest  civilization  not 
only  recognize  one  woman  for  one  man,  and  one 
_  v  man  for  one  woman,  but  it  ordains  that  mar¬ 

riage  shall  be  publicly  solemnized;  and  in  view  of  its  sacred  nature 
and  its  vast  influence  on  the  welfare  of  society,  that  its  rights  shall  be 
jealously  guarded,  and  that  a  separation  of  those  who  pledge  themselves 
to  each  other  for  life  shall  be  as  seldom  made  as  possible. 

The  young  should,  therefore,  be  thoroughly  imbued  with  the  idea  that 
the  marriage  state  may  not  be  entered  upon  without  due  and  careful  con¬ 
sideration  of  its  responsibilities,  as  explained  in  the  introductory  remarks 
found  in  the  department  devoted  to  “  Love  Letters.” 

The  province  of  this  chapter  is  to  consider  the  etiquette  of  courtship 
and  marriage,  not  its  moral  bearings;  and  yet  we  may  in  this  connection 
very  appropriately  make  a  few  suggestions. 

Whom  to  Marry. 

There  are  exceptions  to  all  rules.  Undoubtedly  parties  have  married 
on  brief  acquaintance,  and  have  lived  happily  afterwards.  It  is  some¬ 
times  the  case  that  the  wife  is  much  older  than  the  husband,  is  much 
wiser,  and  much  his  superior  in  social  position,  and  yet  happiness  in  the 
union  may  follow.  But,  as  a  rule,  there  are  a  few  fundamental  requi 
sites,  which,  carefully  observed,  are  much  more  likely  to  bring  happiness 
than  does  marriage  where  the  conditions  are  naturally  unfavorable. 

Of  these  requisites,  are  the  following: 

Marry  a  person  whom  you  have  known  long  enough  to  be  sure  of 
his  or  her  worth  — if  not  personally,  at  least  by  reputation. 

Marry  a  person  who  is  your  equal  in  social  position.  If  there  be  a 
difference  either  way,  let  the  husband  be  superior  to  the  wife.  It  is  diffi¬ 
cult  for  a  wife  to  love  and  honor  a  person  whom  she  is  compelled  to  look 
down  upon. 

Marry  a  person  of  similar  religious  convictions,  tastes,  likes  and  dis¬ 
likes  to  your  own.  It  is  not  congenial  to  have  one  companion  deeply 


religious,  while  the  other  only  ridicules  the  forms  of  religion.  It  is  not 
pleasant  for  one  to  have  mind  and  heart  absorbed  in  a  certain  kind 
of  work  which  the  other  abhors;  and  it  is  equally  disagreeable  to 
the  gentle,  mild  and  sweet  disposition  to  be  united  witn  a  cold,  heartless, 
grasping,  avaricious,  quarrelsome  person.  Very  truthfully  does  Luna 
S.  Peck,  in  the  “  Vermont  Watchman,”  describe  one  phase  of  inhar¬ 
mony,  in  the  following  poem: 


MISMATED. 

HAWK  once  courted  a  white  little  dove, 

With  the  softest  of  wings  and  a  voice  full  of  love; 
And  the  hawk  — O  yes,  as  other  hawks  go  — 

Was  a  well-enough  hawk,  for  aught  that  I  know. 
But  she  was  a  dove, 

And  her  bright  young  life 
Had  been  nurtured  in  love, 

Away  from  all  strife. 

Well,  she  married  the  hawk.  The  groom  was  delighted; 
A  feast  was  prepared,  and  the  friends  all  invited. 

(Does  anyone  think  that  my  story’s  not  true  ? 

He  is  certainly  wrong  —  the  tacts  are  not  new.) 

Then  he  flew  to  his  nest, 

With  the  dove  at  his  side, 

And  soon  all  the  rest 
Took  a  squint  at  the  bride. 

A  hawk  for  his  father,  a  hawk  for  his  mother, 

A  hawk  for  his  sister,  and  one  for  his  brother, 

And  uncles  and  aunts  there  were  by  the  dozens, 

And  oh,  such  a  number  of  hawks  for  his  cousins! 

They  were  greedy  and  rough  — 

A  turbulent  crew, 

Always  ready  enough 
To  be  quarrelsome,  too. 

To  the  dove  all  was  strange;  but  never  a  word 
In  resentment  she  gave  to  the  wrangling  she  heard. 

If  a  thought  of  the  peaceful,  far  away  nest 

Ever  haunted  her  dreams,  or  throbbed  in  her  breast, 

No  bird  ever  knew; 

Each  hour  of  her  life. 

Kind,  gentle  and  true 
Was  the  hawk’s  dove-wife. 

But  the  delicate  nature  too  sorely  was  tried; 

With  no  visible  sickness,  the  dove  drooped  and  died; 
Then  loud  was  the  grief,  and  the  wish  all  expressed 
To  call  the  learned  birds,  and  hold  an  inquest. 

So  all  the  birds  came, 

But  each  shook  his  head: 

No  disease  could  he  name 
Why  the  dove  should  be  dead; 

’Till  a  wise  old  owl,  with  a  knowing  look, 

Stated  this:  “The  case  is  as  clear  as  a  book; 

No  disease  do  I  find,  or  accident’s  shock; 

The  cause  of  her  death  was  too  much  hawk  / 

Hawk  for  her  father,  and  hawk  for  her  mother, 

Hawk  for  her  sister,  and  hawk  for  her  brother, 

Was  more  than  the  delicate  bird  could  bear; 

She  hath  winged  her  way  to  a  realm  more  fair! 

She  was  nurtured  a  dove; 

Too  hard  the  hawk’s  life  — 

Void  of  kindness  and  love, 

Full  of  hardness  and  strife.” 

And  when  he  had  told  them,  the  other  birds  knew 
That  this  was  the  cause,  and  the  verdict  was  true ! 


SUGGESTIONS  CONCERNING  COURTSHIP. 


159 


Natural  Selection. 

In  the  first  place,  observation  proves  that  selections  made  in  nature 
by  the  beasts  of  the  field  and  fowls  of  the  air,  of  couples  which  pair, 
the  male  is  always  the  strongest,  generally  the  largest,  the  most  brave, 
and  always  the  leader.  The  female  follows,  trusting  to  her  companion, 
leaving  him  to  fight  the  heavy  battles,  apparently  confident  in  his  bravery, 
strength  and  wisdom. 

If  nature  teaches  anything,  it  is  what  observation  and  experience 
in  civilized  life  has  also  proved  correct,  that  of  husband  and  wife,  rightly 
mated,  the  husband  should  represent  the  positive  —  the  physical  forces, 
the  intellectual  and  the  strongly-loving;  while  the  wife  will  represent 
the  negative  —  the  sympathetic,  the  spiritual,  and  the  affectional.  The 
husband  should  be  so  strong  as  to  be  a  natural  protector  to  his  family. 
He  should  be  brave,  that  he  may  defend  his  companion.  He  should  be 
wise,  and  he  should  be  so  thoroughly  true  and  devoted  to  his  wife  that 
he  will  delight  in  being  her  guardian  and  support. 

The  wife,  confident  in  the  husband’s  strength  and  wisdom,  will  thus 
implicitly  yield  to  his  protecting  care.  And  thus  both  will  be  happy  — 
lie  in  exercising  the  prerogatives  which  belong  naturally  to  the  guardian 
and  protector;  and  she  in  her  confidence,  love  and  respect  for  her  com¬ 
panion,  whom  she  can  implicitly  trust. 

Peculiarities  Suitable  for  Each  Other. 

Those  who  are  neither  very  tall  nor  very  short,  whose  eyes  are  neither 
very  black  nor  very  blue,  whose  hair  is  neither  very  black  nor  very  red, 
—  the  mixed  types  —  may  marry  those  who  are  quite  similar  in  form, 
complexion  and  temperament  to  themselves. 

Bright  red  hair  and  a  florid  complexion  indicate  an  excitable  tem¬ 
perament.  Such  should  marry  the  jet-black  hair  and  the  brunette  type. 

The  gray,  blue,  black  or  hazel  eyes  should  not  marry  those  of  the 
same  color.  Where  the  color  is  very  pronounced,  the  union  should  be 
with  those  of  a  decidedly  different  color. 

The  very  corpulent  should  unite  with  the  thin  and  spare,  and  the 
short,  thick-set  should  choose  a  different  constitution. 

The  thin,  bony,  wiry,  prominent-featured,  Roman -nosed,  cold-blooded 
individual,  should  marry  the  round -featured,  warm-hearted  and  emo¬ 
tional.  Thus  the  cool  should  unite  with  warmth  and  susceptibility. 

The  extremely  irritable  and  nervous  should  unite  with  the  lymphatic, 
the  slow  and  the  quiet.  Thus  the  stolid  will  be  prompted  by  the  nervous 
companion,  while  the  excitable  will  be  quieted  by  the  gentleness  of  the 
less  nervous. 

The  quick-motioned,  rapid-speaking  person  should  marry  the  calm 
and  deliberate.  The  warmly  impulsive  should  unite  with  the  stoical. 

The  very  fine-haired,  soft  and  delicate-skinned  should  not  marry  those, 
like  themselves;  and  the  curly  should  unite  with  the  straight  and  smooth 
hair. 

The  thin,  long-face  should  marry  the  round -favored;  and  the  flat  nose 
should  marry  the  full  Roman.  The  woman  who  inherits  the  features  and 
peculiarities  of  her  father  should  marry  a  man  who  partakes  of  the  char¬ 
acteristics  of  his  mother;  but  in  all  these  cases  where  the  type  is  not 
pronounced,  but  is,  on  the  contrary,  an  average  or  medium,  those  forms, 
features  and  temperaments  may  marry  either. 

Etiquette  of  Courtship. 

But  however  suitable  may  be  the  physical  characteristics,  there  are 
many  other  matters  to  be  considered  before  a  man  and  woman  may  take 
upon  themselves  the  obligation  to  love  and  serve  each  other  through  life, 
and  these  can  only  be  learned  by  acquaintance  and  courtship,  concern¬ 
ing  which  the  following  suggestions  may  be  appropriate: 

Any  gentleman  who  may  continuously  give  special,  undivided  atten¬ 
tion  to  a  certain  lady,  is  presumed  to  do  so  because  he  prefers  her  to 
others.  It  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  others  will  observe  his  action. 
It  is  also  to  be  expected  that  the  lady  will  herself  appreciate  the  fact, 
and  her  feelings  are  likely  to  become  engaged.  Should  she  allow  an 
intimacy  thus  to  ripen  upon  the  part  of  the  gentleman,  and  to  continue, 
it  is  to  be  expected  that  he  will  be  encouraged  to  hope  for  her  hand;  and 


hence  it  is  the  duty  of  both  lady  and  gentleman,  if  neither  intends  mar¬ 
riage,  to  discourage  an  undue  intimacy  which  may  ripen  into  love,  as  it 
is  in  the  highest  degree  dishonorable  to  trifle  with  the  affections  of  an¬ 
other.  If,  however,  neither  has  objections  to  the  other,  the  courtship 
may  continue. 

The  Decisive  Question. 

At  length  the  time  arrives  for  the  gentleman  to  make  a  proposal.  If 
he  is  a  good  judge  of  human  nature,  he  will  have  discovered  long  ere 
this  whether  his  favors  have  been  acceptably  received  or  not,  and  yet  he 
may  not  know  positively  how  the  lady  will  receive  an  offer  of  mar¬ 
riage.  It  becomes  him,  therefore,  to  propose. 

What  shall  he  say?  There  are  many  ways  whereby  he  may  intro¬ 
duce  the  subject.  Among  these  are  the  following: 

He  may  write  to  the  lady,  making  an  offer,  and  request  her  to  reply. 
He  may,  if  he  dare  not  trust  to  words,  even  in  her  presence  write  the 
question  on  a  slip  of  paper,  and  request  her  laughingly  to  give  a  plain 
“ no  ”  or  “yes.”  He  may  ask  her  if  in  case  a  gentleman  very  much  like 
himself  was  to  make  a  proposal  of  marriage  to  her,  what  she  would  say. 
She  will  probably  laughingly  reply  that  it  will  be  time  enough  to  tell 
what  she  would  say  when  the  proposal  is  made.  And  so  the  ice  would 
be  broken.  He  may  jokingly  remark  that  he  intends  one  of  these  days  to 
ask  a  certain  lady  not  a  thousand  miles  away  if  she  will  marry  him,  and 
asks  her  what  answer  she  supposes  the  lady  will  give  him ;  she  will  quite 
likely  reply  that  it  will  depend  upon  what  lady  he  asks.  And  thus  he 
may  approach  the  subject,  by  agreeable  and  easy  stages,  in  a  hundred 
ways,  depending  upon  circumstances. 

Engaged. 

An  engagement  of  marriage  has  been  made.  The  period  of  court¬ 
ship  prior  to  marriage  has  been  passed  by  the  contracting  parties,  doubt¬ 
less  pleasantly,  and  we  trust  profitably. 

Let  us  hope  that  they  have  carefully  studied  each  other’s  tastes,  that 
they  know  each  other’s  mental  endowments,  and  that  by  visits,  rides 
and  walks,  at  picnics,  social  gatherings  and  public  entertainments,  they 
have  found  themselves  suited  to  each  other. 

Upon  an  engagement  being  announced,  it  is  courtesy  for  various 
members  of  the  gentleman’s  family,  generally  the  nearest  relatives,  to 
call  upon  the  family  of  the  lady,  who  in  turn  should  return  the  call  as 
soon  as  possble.  Possibly  the  families  have  never  been  intimate;  it  is 
not  necessary  that  they  should  be  so,  but  civility  will  demand  the  ex¬ 
change  of  visits.  If  the  betrothed  live  in  different  towns,  an  exchange 
of  kind  and  cordial  letters  between  the  families  is  etiquette,  the  parents 
or  near  relatives  of  the  gentleman  writing  to  the  lady  or  her  parents. 

A  present  of  a  ring  to  the  lad)’,  appropriately  signalizes  the  engage¬ 
ment  of  marriage.  This  is  usually  worn  on  the  fore-finger  of  the  left 
hand.  If  the  parties  are  wealthy,  this  may  be  set  with  diamonds;  but  if 
in  humble  circumstances,  the  gift  should  be  more  plain.  Other  presents 
by  the  gentleman  to  the  lady,  of  jewelry,  on  birthdays,  Christmas  or 
New  Year’s,  will  be  very  appropriate;  while  she,  in  turn,  may  recip¬ 
rocate  by  gifts  of  articles  of  fancy-work  made  with  her  own  hands. 

Aside  from  the  engagement-ring,  a  gentleman  should  not,  at  this 
period  of  acquaintance,  make  expensive  presents  to  his  intended  bride. 
Articles  of  small  value,  indicative  of  respect  and  esteem,  are  all  that 
should  pass  between  them.  Should  the  marriage  take  place,  and  coming 
years  of  labor  crown  their  efforts  with  success,  then  valuable  gifts  will 
be  much  more  appropriate  than  in  the  earlier  years  of  their  acquaint¬ 
ance. 

Arrangements  for  a  Permanent  Home. 

It  remains  to  be  seen  whether  the  intended  husband  will  prove  a  finan¬ 
cial  success  or  not.  He  may  be  over  benevolent;  he  may  be  too  ready  to 
become  security  for  others;  he  may  prove  a  spendthrift;  he  may  lose  his 
property  in  a  variety  of  ways.  It  is  therefore  wise  for  the  lady  and  her 
friends  to  see  that,  previous  to  the  marriage,  if  she  have  money  in  her 
own  right,  a  sufficient  sum  be  settled  upon  her  to  provide  for  all  contin¬ 
gencies  in  the  future.  This  is  a  matter  that  the  gentleman  should  him¬ 
self  insist  upon,  even  using  his  own  money  for  the  purpose,  as  many  a 
man  has  found,  when  his  own  fortune  was  wrecked,  the  provision  made 
for  his  wife  to  be  his  only  means  of  support  in  declining  years. 


160 


IIOW  THE  WEDDING  IS  CONDUCTED. 


Conduct  During  the  Engagement. 

An  engagement  having  been  made,  it  is  desirable  that  it  be  cariied  to 
a  successful  termination  by  marriage.  To  do  this,  considerable  depends 
upon  both  parties. 

The  gentleman  should  be  upon  pleasant  terms  with  the  lady  s  family, 
making  himself  agreeable  to  her  parents,  her  sisters  and  her  brothers. 
Especially  to  the  younger  members  of  her  family  should  the  gentleman 
render  his  presence  agreeable,  by  occasional  rides  and  little  favors, 
presents  of  sweetmeats,  etc. 

He  should  also  take  pains  to  comply  with  the  general  regulations  of 
the  family  during  his  visits,  being  punctual  at  meals,  and  early  in  retir¬ 
ing;  kind  and  courteous  to  servants,  and  agreeable  to  all. 

He  should  still  be  gallant  to  the  ladies,  but  never  so  officiously  atten¬ 
tive  to  anyone  as  to  arouse  uneasiness  upon  the  part  of  his  affianced. 
Neither  should  he  expect  her  to  eschew  the  society  of  gentlemen  entirely 
from  the  time  of  her  engagement. 

The  lady  he  has  chosen  for  his  future  companion  is  supposed  to  have 
good  sense,  and  while  she  may  be  courteous  to  all,  receiving  visits  and 
calls,  she  will  allow  no  flirtations,  nor  do  anything  calculated  to  excite 
jealousy  on  the  part  of  her  fiancd. 

The  conduct  of  both  after  the  engagement  should  be  such  as  to  in¬ 
spire  in  each  implicit  trust  and  confidence. 

Visits  should  not  be  unduly  protracted.  If  the  gentleman  makes 
them  in  the  evening,  they  should  be  made  early,  and  should  not  be  over 
two  hours  in  length.  The  custom  of  remaining  until  a  late  hour  has 
passed  away  in  genteel  society.  Such  conduct  at  the  present  time,  among 
the  acquaintance  of  the  lady,  is  certain  to  endanger  her  reputation. 

For  the  gentleman  and  lady  who  are  engaged  to  isolate  themselves 
from  others  when  in  company,  or  do  anything  that  shall  attract  the 
attention  of  the  company  to  themselves,  is  in  bad  taste.  Such  conduct 
will  always  call  forth  unfavorable  comments.  The  young  ladies  will 
sneer  at  it  from  jealousy,  the  young  men  will  pronounce  it  foolish,  and 
the  old  will  consider  it  out  of  place. 

And  yet,  by  virtue  of  engagement,  the  gentleman  should  be  consid¬ 
ered  the  rightful  escort,  and  upon  all  occasions  the  lady  will  give  him 
preference;  and  he  will  especially  see,  however  thoughtful  he  may  be  of 
others,  that  her  wants  are  carefully  attended  to. 

Should  a  misunderstanding  or  quarrel  happen,  it  should  be  removed 
by  the  lady  making  the  first  advances  towards  a  reconciliation.  She 
thus  shows  a  magnanimity  which  can  but  win  admiration  from  her 
lover.  Let  both  in  their  conduct  towards  the  other  be  confiding,  noble 
and  generous. 

The  Wedding. 

The  wedding-day  having  arrived,  the  presents  for  the  bride,  if  there 
be  any,  which  may  be  sent  at  any  time  during  the  previous  week,  will 
be  handsomely  displayed  before  the  ceremony.  The  presents,  which 
have  the  names  of  the  donors  attached,  are  for  the  bride  —  never  the 
bridegroom,  although  many  of  them  may  be  sent  by  friends  of  the  latter. 

The  form  and  ceremony  of  the  wedding  will  be  as  various  as  are  the 
peculiarities  of  those  who  marry,  and  comprise  every  description  of  dis¬ 
play,  from  the  very  quiet  affair,  with  but  a  few  friends  present,  to 
the  elaborate  occasion  when  the  church  is  filled  to  repletion,  or  in  the 
palatial  residence  of  the  father  of  the  bride,  “the  great  house  filled 
with  guests  of  every  degree.” 

We  will  suppose  that  the  parties  desire  a  somewhat  ostentations  wed¬ 
ding,  and  the  marriage  tikes  place  in  church.  In  arranging  the  prelim¬ 
inaries,  the  bride  may  act  her  pleasure  in  regard  to  bridesmaids.  She 
may  have  none;  she  may  have  one,  two,  three,  four,  six  or  eight,  and, 
while  in  England  it  is  customary  to  have  but  one  groomsman,  it  is 
not  uncommon  in  the  United  States  to  have  one  groomsman  for  every 
bridesmaid. 

The  bridegroom  should  make  the  first  groomsman  the  manager  of 
affairs,  and  should  furnish  him  with  money  to  pay  necessary  expenses. 

Ushers  are  selected  from  the  friends  of  the  bride  and  groom,  who, 
designated  by  a  white  rosette  worn  on  the  left  lapel  of  the  coat,  will 


wait  upon  the  invited  guests  at  the  door  of  the  church,  and  assign  them 
to  their  places,  which  will  be  a  certain  number  of  the  front  seats. 

The  bridegroom  should  send  a  carriage  at  his  expense  for  the  officiat¬ 
ing  clergyman  and  his  family.  He  is  not  expected  to  pay  for  the  carriage 
of  the  parents  of  the  bride,  nor  for  those  occupied  by  the  bridesmaids 
and  groomsmen. 

The  latter  will  furnish  the  carriages  for  the  ladies,  unless  otherwise 
provided.  The  invited  guests  will  go  in  carriages  at  their  own  expense. 

The  clergyman  is  expected  to  be  within  the  rails,  and  the  congrega¬ 
tion  promptly  in  their  seats,  at  the  appointed  hour.  The  bridegroom  will 
proceed  to  the  church,  accompanied  by  his  near  relatives,  and  should 
precede  the  bride,  that  he  may  hand  her  from  the  carriage,  if  not  waited 
upon  by  her  father  or  other  near  relative. 

The  bride  goes  to  the  church  in  a  carriage,  accompanied  by  her 
parents,  or  those  who  stand  to  her  in  the  relation  of  parents  (as  may 
other  relatives,  or  legal  guardian),  or  she  may  be  accompanied  by  the 
bridesmaids. 

When  the  bridal  party  is  ready  in  the  vestibule  of  the  church,  the 
ushers  will  pass  up  the  center  aisle,  the  first  groomsman,  accompanied 
by  the  first  bridesmaid,  coming  next,  the  others  following  in  their  order. 
The  groom  walks  next  with  the  bride’s  mother  upon  his  arm,  followed 
by  the  father  with  the  bride.  At  the  altar,  as  the  father  and  mother 
step  back,  the  bride  takes  her  place  upon  the  left  of  the  groom. 

Another  mode  of  entering  the  church  is  for  the  first  bridesmaid  and 
groomsman  to  lead,  followed  by  the  bride  and  groom.  When  in  front  of 
the  altar,  the  groomsman  turns  to  the  right,  the  bridesmaid  to  the  left, 
leaving  a  space  in  front  of  the  minister  for  the  bride  and  groom,  the 
near  relatives  and  parents  of  the  bride  and  groom  follow  closely,  and 
form  a  circle  about  the  altar  during  the  ceremony. 

The  former  mode  is,  however,  established  etiquette.  At  the  altar  the 
bride  stands  at  the  left  of  the  groom,  and  in  some  churches  both  bride 
and  groom  remove  the  right-hand  glove.  In  others  it  is  not  deemed 
necessary.  When  a  ring  is  used,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  first  bridesmaid  to 
remove  the  bride’s  left-hand  glove.  An  awkward  pause  is,  however, 
avoided  by  opening  one  seam  of  the  glove  upon  the  ring  finger,  and  at 
the  proper  time  the  glove  may  be  turned  back,  and  the  ring  thus  easily 
placed  where  it  belongs,  which  is  the  third  finger  of  the  left  hand. 

The  responses  of  the  bride  and  groom  should  not  be  too  hastily  nor 
too  loudly  given. 

Following  the  ceremony,  the  parents  of  the  bride  speak  to  her  fiist, 
succeeded  by  the  parents  of  the  groom  before  other  friends. 

Essentially  the  same  ceremonies  will  be  had,  the  same  positions  will 
be  assumed,  and  the  same  modes  of  entering  will  be  observed,  in  the 
parlors  at  the  residence,  as  at  the  church. 

The  bride  and  groom,  after  the  ceremony,  will  go  in  the  same  carriage 
from  the  church  to  the  home  or  to  the  depot. 

Should  a  breakfast  or  supper  follow  the  ceremony,  the  bride  will  not 
change  her  dress  until  she  assumes  her  traveling  apparel.  At  the  party 
succeeding  the  ceremony,  the  bridesmaids  and  groomsmen  should  be 
invited,  and  all  may,  if  they  prefer,  wear  the  dresses  worn  at  the  wed¬ 
ding. 

The  Wedding  Trousseau. 

It  is  customary,  at  the  wedding,  for  the  young  bride  to  wear  only 
pure  white,  with  a  wreath  of  orange  flowers  to  adorn  the  full  veil  of  lace. 
The  widow  or  elderly  lady  will  wear  pearl  color  or  tinted  silk,  without 
wreath  or  veil.  The  bridesmaid  of  the  youthful  bride  may  wear  colors, 
but  a  very  beautiful  effect  is  produced  by  pure  white,  with  colored  trim¬ 
mings.  In  some  cases,  one-half  of  the  bridesmaids  will  wear  one  color, 
andtfie  other  half  another  color.  No  black  dresses  should  be  worn  by 
the  guests.  Any  in  mourning  may,  for  the  time,  wear  purple,  lavender, 
iron-grav  and  other  quiet  colors. 

The  bridegroom  and  groomsmen  will  wear  white  gloves,  vest  and 
neckties. 

The  bride’s  traveling  dress  should  be  very  quiet  and  modest,  and  not 
such  as  in  any  way  to  attract  attention. 


CONDUCT  OF  HUSBANDS  AND  WIVES  TOWARD  EACH  OTHER. 


161 


Only  the  bridegroom  is  congratulated  at  the  wedding;  it  is  he  who  is 
supposed  to  have  won  the  prize.  Acquaintances  of  both  should  speak 
to  the  bride  first;  but  if  acquainted  with  but  one,  they  will  address  that 
one  first,  when  introductions  will  take  place. 

At  the  wedding  breakfast  or  supper  the  bride  sits  by  the  side  of  her 
husband,  in  the  center  of  the  table,  at  the  side;  her  father  and  mother 
occupy  the  foot  and  head  of  the  table,  and  do  the  honors  of  the  occasion, 
as  at  the  dinner-party. 

The  festivities  of  the  occasion  being  over,  and  the  hour  of  departure 
having  arrived,  the  guests  disperse,  it  being  etiquette  for  them  to  make  a 
formal  call  on  the  mother  of  the  bride  in  the  succeeding  two  weeks. 

Etiquette  Between  Husbands  and  Wives. 

Let  the  rebuke  be  preceded  by  a  kiss. 

Do  not  require  a  request  to  be  repeated. 

Never  should  both  be  angry  at  the  same  time. 

Never  neglect  the  other,  for  all  the  world  beside. 

Let  each  strive  to  always  accommodate  the  other. 

Let  the  angry  word  be  answered  only  with  a  kiss. 

Bestow  your  warmest  sympathies  in  each  other’s  trials. 

Make  your  criticism  in  the  most  loving  manner  possible. 

Make  no  display  of  the  sacrifices  you  make  for  each  other. 

Never  make  a  remark  calculated  to  bring  ridicule  upon  the  other. 

Never  deceive;  confidence,  once  lost,  can  never  be  wholly  regained. 

Always  use  the  most  gentle  and  loving  words  when  addressing  each 
other. 


A  lowering  of  dignity,  a  looseness  of  expression  and  vulgarity  of  words, 
may  greatly  lower  the  standard  of  the  husband’s  purity  of  speech  and 
morals. 


Whatever  may  have  been  the  cares  of  the  day,  greet  your  husband  with 
a  smile  when  he  returns.  Make  your  personal  appearance  just  as  beau¬ 
tiful  as  possible.  Your  dress  may  be  made  of  calico,  but  it  should  be 
neat.  Let  him  enter  rooms  so  attractive  and  sunny  that  all  the  recol¬ 
lections  of  his  home,  when  away  from  the  same,  shall  attract  him  back. 

Be  careful  that  you  do  not  estimate  your  husband  solely  by  his  ability 
to  make  display.  The  nature  of  his  employment,  in  comparison  with 
others,  may  not  be  favorable  for  fine  show,  but  that  should  matter  not. 
The  superior  qualities  of  mind  and  heart  alone  will  bring  permanent 
happiness. 

To  have  a  cheerful,  pleasant  home  awaiting  the  husband,  is  not  all. 
He  may  bring  a  guest  whom  he  desires  to  favorably  impress,  and  upon 
you  will  devolve  the  duty  of  entertaining  the  visitor  so  agreeably  that 
the  husband  shall  take  pride  in  you.  A  man  does  not  alone  require 
that  his  wife  be  a  good  housekeeper.  She  must  be  more;  in  conver¬ 
sational  talent  and  general  accomplishment  she  must  be  a  companion. 


The  Husband’s  Duty. 

A  very  grave  responsibility  has  the  man  assumed  in  his  marriage. 
Doting  parents  have  confided  to  his  care  the  welfare  of  a  loved  daugh¬ 
ter,  and  a  trusting  woman  has  risked  all  her  future  happiness  in  his 
keeping.  Largely  will  it  depend  upon  him  whether  her  pathway  shall 
be  strewn  with  thorns  or  roses. 


Let  your  wife  understand  fully  your  business.  In  nearly  every  case 
she  will  be  found  a  most  valuable  adviser  when  she  understands  all 
your  circumstances. 


Let  each  study  what  pleasure  can  be  bestowed  upon  the  other  during 
the  day. 

Always  leave  home  with  a  tender  good-bye  and  loving  words.  They 
may  be  the  last. 

Consult  and  advise  together  in  all  that  comes  within  the  experience 
and  sphere  of  each  individually. 

Never  reproach  the  other  for  an  error  which  was  done  with  a  good 
motive  and  with  the  best  judgment  at  the  time. 

The  Wife’s  Duty. 

Never  should  a  wife  display  her  best  conduct,  her  accomplishments, 
her  smiles,  and  her  best  nature,  exclusively  away  from  home. 

Be  careful  in  your  purchases.  Let  your  husband  know  what  you 
buy,  and  that  you  have  wisely  expended  your  money. 

Let  no  wife  devote  a  large  portion  of  her  time  to  society-work  which 
shall  keep  her  away  from  home  daytimes  and  evenings^  without  the 
full  concurrence  of  her  husband. 

Beware  of  efitrusf ing  ‘the  confidence  of  your  household  to  outside  par¬ 
ties.  The  moment  you  discuss  the  faults  of  your  husband  with  another, 
that  moment  an  element  of  discord  has  been  admitted  which  will  one  day 
rend  your  family  circle. 

If  in  moderate  circumstances,  do  not  be  over  ambitious  to  make  an 
expensive  display  in  your  rooms.  With  your  own  work  you  can  embel¬ 
lish  at  a  cheap  price,  and  yet  very  handsorr  aly,  if  you  have  taste.  Let 
the  adornings  of  your  private  rooms  be  largely  the  work  of  your  own 
hands. 

Beware  of  bickering  about  little  things.  Your  husband  returns  from 
his  labors  with  his  mind  absorbed  in  business.  In  his  dealings  with  his 
employes,  he  is  in  the  habit  of  giving  commands  and  of  being  obeyed. 
In  lus  absent-mindedness,  he  does  not  realize,  possibly,  the  change  from 
his  business  to  his  home,  and  the  same  dictatorial  spirit  may  possess 
him  in  the  domestic  circle.  Should  such  be  the  case,  avoid  all  disputes. 
What  matters  it  where  a  picture  hangs,  or  a  flower- vase  may  sit.  Make 
tile  home  so  charming  and  so  wiaely-ordered  that  your  husband  will 
gladly  be  relieved  of  its  care,  and  will  willingly  yield  up  its  entire  man¬ 
agement  to  yourself. 

Be  always  very  careful  of  your  conduct  and  language.  A  husband 
is  largely  restrained  by  the  chastity,  purity  and  refinement  of  his  wife. 


Do  not  be  dictatorial  in  the  family  circle.  The  home  is  the  wife’s 
province. .  It  is  her  natural  field  of  labor.  It  is  her  right  to  govern  and 
direct  its  interior  management.  You  would  not  expect  her  to  come  to 
your  shop,  your  office,  your  store  or  your  farm,  to  give  orders  how  your 
work  should  be  conducted;  neither  should  you  interfere  with  the  duties 
which  legitimately  belong  to  her. 

If  a  dispute  arises,  dismiss  the  subject  with  a  kind  word,  and  do  not 
seek  to  carry  your  point  by  discussion.  It  is  a  glorious  achievement  to 
master  one’s  own  temper.  You  may  discover  that  you  are  in  error,  and 
if  your  wife  is  wrong,  she  will  gladly,  in  her  cooler  moments,  acknowl- 
edge  the  fault. 

Having-  confided  to  the  wife  all  your  business  affairs,  determine  with 
her  what  your  income  will  be  in  the  coming  year.  Afterwards  ascertain 
what  your  household  expenses  will  necessarily  be,  and  then  set  aside 
a  weekly  sum,  which  should  regularly  and  invariably  be  paid  the  wife 
at  a  stated  time.  Let  this  sum  be  even  more  than  enough,  so  that 
the  wife  can  pay  all  bills,  and  have  the  satisfaction  besides  of  accu¬ 
mulating  a  fund  of  her  own,  with  which  she  can  exercise  a  spirit  of 
independence  in  the  bestowal  of  charity,  the  purchase  of  a  gift,  or  any 
article  she  may  desire.  You  may  be  sure  that  the  wife  will  very  seldom 
use  the  money  unwisely,  if  the  husband  gives  her  his  entire  confidence. 

T  our  wife,  possibly,  is  inexperienced ;  perhaps  she  is  delicate  in  health, 
also,  and  matters  that  would  be  of  little  concern  to  you  may  weigh 
heavily  upon  her.  She  needs,  therefore,  your  tenderest  approval,  your 
sympathy  and  gentle  advice.  When  her  efforts  are  crowned  with  suc¬ 
cess,  be  sure  that  you  give  her  praise.  Few  husbands  realize  how  happy 
the  wife  is  made  by  the  knowledge  that  her  efforts  and  her  merits  are 
appreciated.  There  are  times,  also,  when  the  wife’s  variable  condition 
of  health  will  be  likely  to  make  her  cross  and  petulant ;  the  husband 
must  overlook  all  this,  even  if  the  wife  is  at  times  unreasonable. 

Endeavor  to  so  regulate  your  household  affairs  that  all  the  faculties 
of  the  mind  shall  have  due  cultivation.  There  should  be  a  time  for  labor, 
and  a  time  for  recreation.  There  should  be  cultivation  of  the  social’ 
nature,  and  there  should  be  attention  given  to  the  spiritual.  The  wife 
should  not  be  required  to  lead  a  life  of  drudgery.  Matters  should  be  so 
regulated  that  she  may  early  finish  her  labors  of  the  day;  and  the  good 
husband  will  so  control  his  business  that  he  may  be  able  to  accompany 
his  wife  to  various  places  of  amusement  and  entertainment.  Thus  the 
intellectual  will  be  provided  for,  and  the  social  qualities  be  kept  contin- 
ually  exercised. 


11 


162 


WHAT  TO  DO  AND  WHAT  TO  AVOID  WHEN  TRAVELING. 


The  wise  husband  will  provide  for  the  moral  and  spiritual  growth  of 
his  family  bv  regular  attendance  at  church;  the  spiritual  faculties  o 
our  nature  ar'e  given  for  a  beneficent  purpose;  their  exercise  and  cul 
vation  leads  up  into  the  higher  and  the  better;  one  day  in  seven,  at  least, 
should  therefore  be  set  apart  for  the  spiritual  improvement  of  the  familj  . 
Select  a  church,  the  religious  teaching  in  which  is  nearest  m  accord 
with  the  views  of  yourself  and  wife,  and  be  regular  in  your  attend¬ 
ance;  accompany  your  wife;  give  her  the  pleasure  of  your  escort 
see  that  she  is  provided  with  a  good  seat  and  all  the  advantages  wh.c 
the  church  has  to  give;  enter  fully  and  freely  into  the  religious  wo.k  of 
your  church,  and  your  family  will  be  blessed  in  consequence. 

Give  your  wife  every  advantage  which  it  is  possible  to  bestow.  Shut 
up  with  her  household  duties,  her  range  of  freedom  is  necessarily  cir¬ 
cumscribed,  and  in  her  limited  sphere  she  is  likely  to  remain  station,  y 
in  her  intellectual  growth.  Indeed,  oftentimes,  if  her  ^imly  be  la  g 
and  her  husband’s  means  are  limited,  in  her  struggle  to  care  for  the 


family  she  will  sacrifice  beauty,  accomplishments,  health— life,  almost 

rather  than  that  her  husband  shall  fail.  In  the  meantime,  with  wide  op¬ 
portunities  and  intellectual  advantages,  he  will  be  likely  to  have  better 
facilities  for  growth  and  progression.  There  is  sometimes  thus  a  lia¬ 
bility  of  the  husband  and  wife  growing  apart,  an  event  which  both 
should  take  every  pains  to  avert.  In  avoiding  this,  much  will  depend 
upon  the  wife.  She  must  resolutely  determine  to  be  in  every  way  the 
equal  of  her  companion.  Much  also  will  depend  upon  the  husband. 
The  wife  should  have  every  opportunity  whereby  she  may  keep  even 
pace  with  him. 

Possibly  the  wife  in  social  position,  intellectual  acquirement,  and  very 
likely  in  moral  worth,  may  be  superior  to  her  husband.  It  is  equally 
necessary,  therefore,  that  the  husband  put  forth  every  effort  to  make  him¬ 
self  worthy  of  his  companion.  ’  It  is  a  terrible  burden  to  impose  on  a  wife 
to  compel  her  to  go  through  life  with  a  man  whom  she  cannot  love  or 
respect. 


W 


W- 


HE  reader  will  call  to  mind  people  who  always  appear  at 
ease  when  they  are  traveling.  Investigation  will  prove 
that  these  individuals  have  usually  had  a  wide  experience 
in  journeying,  and  an  extensive  acquaintance  with  t  le 
wfFworld.  The  experienced  traveler  has  learned  the  necessity  of 
always  being  on  time,  of  having  baggage  checked  early,  of 
purchasing  a  ticket  before  entering  the  cars,  and  of  procuring  a 
T  seat  in  a  good  location  before  the  car  is  full. 

The  inexperienced  traveler  is  readily  known  by  his  flurry 
and  mistakes.  He  is  likely  to  be  behind  time,  and  he  is  likely  to  be  an 
hour  too  early.  For  want  of  explicit 
direction,  his  baggage  often  fails  to 
reach  the  train  in  time,  or  does  not 
come  at  all.  His  trunks,  from  lack  of 
strength,  are  liable  to  be  easily  broken. 

In  his  general  confusion,  when  he 
buys  a  ticket  he  neglects  to  place  it 
where  it  will  be  secure,  and  conse¬ 
quently  loses  it.  He  forgets  a  por¬ 
tion  of  his  baggage,  and  thus  in  a 
dozen  ways  he  is  likely  to  be  in 
trouble. 

If  the  person  be  a  lady  who  is  un¬ 
acquainted  with  travel,  she  reveals 
the  fact  by  a  general  impatience, 
restlessness,  and  absent-mindedness. 

In  her  want  of  self-possession  she 
forgets  several  things  she  had  in¬ 
tended  to  bring,  and  her  continual 
fault-finding  at  flies,  dust,  heat,  delay 
and  other  trials,  all  betray  the  fact 
that  she  has  not  heretofore  been  ac¬ 
customed  to  these  difficulties, 


At  least  a  day  before  you  go,  consider  carefully  what  baggage  you 
need  to  take,  and  have  it  packed.  Take  just  as  little  as  possible.  Have 
your  trunks  very  secure,  and  pack  all  articles  of  baggage  in  such  a  man- 
ner  that  they  cannot  shake  and  thus  be  broken. 

Provide  among  your  baggage  necessary  toilet  articles  — a  linen  wrap 
to  exclude  the  dust  from  your  finer  clothing,  and  a  small  amount  of  read¬ 
ing-matter  with  very  coarse  type.  See  that  your  baggage  is  perfectly 
in  order,  and  an  hour  before  you  start  engage  an  authorized  express- 
man  to  take  your  baggage  to  the  depot.  State  very  distinctly  where  you 
want  the  baggage  taken,  and  for  what  train.  It  is  also  a  wise  prov  ision 
to  have  your  trunk  labeled  with  a  card 
_ _ -v  bearing  your  name  and  destination. 


Fig. 17. 


The  following  suggestions  relating  to  railway  traveling  may  be  ot 

^Whenever  you  contemplate  a  journey,  consider  carefully  what  route 
you  want  to  take,  and  decide  it  definitely.  Learn  accurately  what  time  the 
train  leaves,  and  provide  yourself  with  a  table  giving  the  running  .me 
of  the  road,  stations  on  the  way,  etc.,  which  will  save  you  the  trouble  of 

aSkHyoTdesiqreeto'r°idein  a  sleeping-car,  secure  your  berth  a  day  or  two 
previous  to  the  time  of  going,  in  order  that  you  may  be  in  time  to  take  your 
choice.  The  most  desirable  sections  are  in  the  center  of  the  car,  away  from 
L  annoyance  of  dust,  drafts  of  air  and  sudden  noises  resulting  from 
opening  and  closing  doors. 


Take  the  number  of  the  express- 
man,  ascertain  his  charge,  and  with¬ 
hold  payment  until  he  has  assisted  in 
finding  baggage,  and  has  aided  in 
getting  it  checked  at  the  depot.  Be 
very  sure  that  your  watch  or  clock  is 
perfectly  correct  with  railroad  time, 
and  that  you,  half  an  hour  before  the 
starting  time  of  the  train,  arrive  at  the 
depot,  buy  a  ticket,  and  take  your  seat- 
in  the  car.  You  are  probably  early 
enough  to  take  your  choice  of  loca- 
tion  in  the  seats. 

If  in  the  summer  time,  and  the  train 
runs  east  or  west,  the  north  side  will 
probably  be  most  pleasant.  -Seats 
midway  in  the  car  are  easiest  to  ride 
in,  and  the  left  side  is  freest  from  sud¬ 
den  gusts  of  wind  which  may  come 
in  at  the  open  doors. 

Having  selected  a  seat,  it  is  cus¬ 
tomary  to  deposit  the  satchel,  umbrella  or  some  article  of  wearing- 
apparel  in  the  same,  should  you  not  be  ready  to  occupy  it;  and 
etiquette  for  anyone  finding  a  seat  so  occupied  to  look  further. 

You  should  carry  just  as  little  baggage  into  the  car  as  possible,  and 
all  separate  pieces  should  have  your  name  plainly  written  or  printed 
upon  them,  which  will  secure  their  being  forwarded  to  you  in  case  they 

"'mvingpaMforte  ticket,  you  are  entitled  toonly  one  seat.  It  shows 
selfishnesf  therefore,  when  the  coach  is  quite  full  to  deposit  a  large 
amount  of  baggage  in  the  surrounding  seats  and  occupy Three  or  four 
and  engage  in  reading,  while  others  look  in  vain  for  a  place 
down. 


The  couple  that  make  themselves  appear  ridiculous  when  traveling. 


ETIQUETTE  FOE  GENTLEMEN  TKAVELING  WITH  LADIES. 


163 


It  is  courtesy  for  a  gentleman  when  sitting  alone  to  offer  the  vacant 
seat  beside  himself  to  a  lady  who  may  be  unattended.  lie  will  also  give 
his  seat  to  two  ladies,  or  a  lady  and  gentleman  who  desire  to  sit  together, 
and  take  a  seat  elsewhere.  Such  attention  will  often  be  a  greaf’kindness 
while  the  individual  bestowing  it  may  suffer  but  very  little  inconvenience. 

The  true  lady  or  gentleman  will  always  consult  the  convenience  of 
others  when  traveling.  Thus,  care  should  be  exercised  that  no  one  be 
incommoded  by  your  opening  doors  or  windows  in  a  railway  coach.  If 
possible,  so  arrange  that  the  air  of  a  window  that  you  may  open  shall 
strike  full  upon  yourself,  and  not  upon  those  in  the  rear;  certainly  not  if 
it  is  unpleasant  to  them. 

What  to  Avoid  when  Traveling. 

A  lady  and  gentleman  should  avoid  evidences  of  undue  familiarity  in 
the  presence  of  strangers.  Couples  who  may  evince  a  silly  affection  by 
overfondling  of  each  other  in  public  (Fig.  17)  make  themselves  appear 
extremely  ridiculous  to  all  who  may  see  them. 

People  with  weak  eyes  should  avoid  reading  on  the  train,  and  those 


having  weak  lungs  should  avoid  much  talking,  as  an  undue  effort  will 
be  required  to  talk  above  the  noise  of  the  train. 

Passengers  should  avoid  eating  at  irregular  times  on  the  journey,  and 
gentlemen  should  avoid  smoking  in  the  presence  of  those  to  whom  it 
may  be  offensive. 

Avoid  leaving  the  pockets  so  open  and  money  so  exposed  that  thieves 
may  steal  your  effects.  In  the  sleeping-car  the  valuables  should  be 
put  in  some  article  of  wearing-apparel  and  placed  under  the  pillow. 

Avoid  undue  haste  and  excitement  when  traveling,  by  forethought. 
Have  a  plan  matured,  and  when  the  time  comes  to  act  you  will  know 
what  to  do,  and  with  self-possession  you  accomplish  your  work  very 
much  better. 

Avoid  wearing  laces,  velvets,  or  any  articles  that  naturally  accumu¬ 
late.  and  hold  dust.  Excessive  finery  or  a  lavish  display  of  jewelry 
are  in  bad  taste  on  extended  journeys.  Before  commencing  a  journey, 
consider  carefully  what  will  be  most  suitable  to  wear,  and  study  how 
little  baggage  may  be  taken. 


Conduct  for  Gentlemen 

TRAVELING  WITH  LADIES. 


The  Horseback  Ride, 

-NS-AND  THE-gai-, 

RULES  THAT  GOVERN  IT. 


If  the  gentleman  is  an  authorized  escort  he  will,  if  an  old  acquaintance, 
accompany  the  lady  in  his  charge  from  her  residence  to  the  depot.  If 
the  acquaintance  is  of  short  duration,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  her 
at  the  depot  in  ample  time  to  purchase  tickets  and  see  that  her  baggage  is 
checked,  while  she  remains  in  the  sitting-room  at  the  station. 

Arrangements  being  made,  he  will  secure  her  a  seat  upon  the  train, 
will  find  a  place  for  packages,  will  attend  to  her  wants  in  adjusting  the 
window,  and  will  aim  to  put  her  entirely  at  ease. 

In  getting  on  and  off  the  train,  the  gen¬ 
tleman  will  care  for  all  parcels  and  see  that 
nothing  is  left.  He  will  assist  the  lady 
into  the  coach  or  omnibus  before  getting  in 
himself,  and  in  getting  out  he  will  precede 
her,  and  afterwards  turn  and  help  her  care¬ 
fully  down. 

If  requested  by  the  lady  to  defray  her 
expenses  from  her  purse,  the  gentleman 
may  take  the  same  and  keep  it  the  entire 
journey,  or  he  may  pay  from  his  own  pocket 
and  keep  an  account  of  expenses  which  she 
will  refund  at  the  end  of  the  journey. 

He  should  purchase  the  needed  confec¬ 
tions  or  literature  on  the  train.  He  should 
be  fruitful  in  the  introduction  of  topics  that 
will  enliven,  amuse  and  instruct  the  lady, 
if  she  is  inclined  to  be  reticent;  and  at  her 
journey’s  end  he  should  go  with  her  to  her 
home,  or  the  place  where  she  is  to  stop.  He 
may' call  next  day,  and  if  the  acquaintance 
seems  desirable  it  may  be  continued.  The 
gentleman  should  be  very  careful  not  to  continue  his  visits  unless  cer- 
tain  that  they  are  acceptable. 

If  a  hotel  be  the  point  of  destination,  the  gentleman  will  accompany 
the  lady  to  the  parlor.  He  will  then  secure  for  her  a  room,  and  leave  her 
in  care  of  a  waiter;  her  desire  being  probably  to  proceed  to  her  apart¬ 
ments  at  once,  where  she  will  remove  the  dust  and  travel  stains  of  the 
journey,  and  meet  him  again  at  a  concerted  hour  in  the  parlor. 

Ladies  and  gentlemen  who  are  strangers,  being  thrown  into  the  com¬ 
pany  of  each  other  for  a  long  journey,  need  not  necessarily  refuse  to 
speak  to  each  other.  While  the  lady  should  be  guarded,  acquaintance 
may  be  made  with  certain  reserve. 


Fig.  iS.  THE  RIDE  ON  HORSEBACK. 
The  gentleman  takes  his  position  at  the  right  of  the  lady. 


A  gentleman  who  may  act  as  escort  for  a  lady  when  riding  should  be 
very  careful  that  the  horse  selected  for  her  is  entirely  reliable  and  gentle. 
If  he  has  no  horse  of  his  own,  and  she  has  none  to  which  she  is  accus¬ 
tomed,  he  must  understand  that  there  is  considerable  danger  in  allow¬ 
ing  her  to  use  a  horse  that  has  not  been  tried,  no  matter  what  may 
be  the  representations  of  the  liverymen  or  servant. 

A  trustworthy  horse  having  been  secured  for  the  lady,  it  is  the  gentle¬ 
man  s  duty  before  mounting  to  give  a  very 
thorough  examination  of  the  saddle  and 
bridle,  to  see  that  all  are  secure.  It  will 
not  do  to  leave  this  matter  to  the  stable¬ 
men.  They  are  accustomed  to  such  con¬ 
tinuous  handling  of  harness  that  they  be¬ 
come  careless,  and  are  liable  to  overlook 
defects  in  buckles,  girths,  etc.,  that  might 
cause  a  severe  accident. 

When  all  is  in  readiness,  it  is  the  gentle¬ 
man’s  province  to  assist  the  lady  in  mount¬ 
ing.  To  do  this,  it  is  well  to  have  some 
one  hold  the  horse,  otherwise  he  holds  the 
bridle  with  his  left  hand.  The  lady,  then, 
with  her  skirt  in  her  ieft  hand,  will  take 
hold  of  the  pommel  of  the  saddle  with  her 
right,  her  face  turned  towards  the  horse’s 
head.  The  gentleman  will  stand  at  the 
horse’s  shoulder,  facing  the  lady,  and  stoop, 
allowing  her  to  place  her  left  foot  in  his 
right  hand.  She  will  then  spring,  while  he 
lifts  her  gently  and  steadily  into  her  seat, 
following  which  he  will  place  her  left  foot 
in  the  stirrup  and  arrange  her  riding  habit. 
After  the  lady  is  in  position,  the  gentleman  will  still  remain  with  her 
until  she  has  whip  and  reins  properly  in  hand  and  is  securely  in  her 
seat,  when  he  will  mount  his  horse  and  take  his  place  (Fig.  iS)  upon 
her  right,  as  shown  in  the  accompanying  illustration. 

Should  there  be  two  ladies  on  horseback,  the  gentleman  should  ride 
to  the  right  of  both  of  them,  unless  they  may  need  his  assistance,  in 
which  case  he  will  ride  between  them. 

In  dismounting,  the  gentleman  should  take  the  lady’s  left  hand  in  his 
right,  remove  the  stirrup  and  take  her  foot  in  his  left  hand,  lowering  her 
gently  to  the  ground. 


164 


THE  GENERAL  MANAGEMENT  OF  THE  FUNERAL. 


_SNg< 

(*/6 


r Etiquette  of  the  Funeral. 


CONDUCT  WHICH  IS  APPROPRIATE. 


I IOULD  there  be  no  competent,  near  friend 
of  the  family  to  take  charge  of  the  funeral, 
then  its  management  should  devolve  upon 
the  sexton  of  the  church,  the  undertaker,  or 
other  suitable  person. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  person  having  the 
funeral  in  charge  to  have  one  interview 
with  the  nearest  relatives  as  to  the  man¬ 
agement,  after  which  they  should  be  re¬ 
lieved  of  all  care  in  the  matter. 


The  expense  of  the  funeral  should  be  in  accord¬ 
ance  with  the  wealth  and  standing  of  the  deceased, 
both  ostentation  and  parade  being  avoided,  as  should 
also  evidences  of  meanness  and  parsimony.  It  is 
well,  in  the  interview  between  the  manager  and  the 
relatives,  to  have  a  definite  understanding  as  to  the 
expense  that  should  be  incurred. 

In  the  large  city,  where  many  friends  and  even 
relatives  may  not  hear  of  the  death,  it  is  common 
to  send  invitations  to  such  friends  as  might  not 
otherwise  hear  of  the  fact,  worded  somewhat  as 
follows: 

Yourself  and  family  are  respectfully  invited  to  attend  the  funeral  of 

fj  II  B _ ,  on  Thursday ,  the  27th  of  June ,  1878,  at  2  o'clock  P.  1  ., 

from  his  late  residence ,  No.  ib, - street,  to  proceed  to  Rosehill  Ceme¬ 

tery. 

Or,  if  the  services  are  conducted  at  a  church: 

Yourself  and  family  are  respectfully  invited  to  attend  the  funeral  of 

jl  //  B _ ,  from  the  church  of  the  Redeemer,  on  Thursday,  the  27th 

of  June,  18 _ -,  at  2  o'clock  P.  M.,  to  proceed  to  Rosehill  Cemetery. 

It  is  customary  to  have  these  invitations  printed  according  to  the  forms 
shown  elsewhere  under  the  head  of  “notes  of  invitation  and  to  send 
them  by  private  messenger.  The  list  of  invited  persons  should  be  given 
to  the  manager,  that  he  may  provide  a  suitable  number  of  carriages 
the  invited  friends  who  may  be  likely  to  attend.  It  is  a  breach  of  eti 
quette  for  any  who  have  been  thus  personally  invited  not  to  attend. 

Persons  attending  a  funeral  are  not  expected  to  be  present  much 
before  the  hour  appointed.  Previous  to  this  time  it  is  well  for  the  family 
of  the  deceased  to  take  their  last  view  of  the  remains,  and  thus  avoid 
confusion. 

In  assembling  at  the  house,  it  is  customary  for  some  near  relative,  but 
not  of  the  immediate  family,  to  act  as  usher  in  receiving  and  seating  Hie 
people.  The  ladies  of  the  family  are  not  expected  to  notice  the  arrival 
of  guests.  With  gentlemen  it  is  optional  whether  they  do  so  or  not. 

The  clergyman,  or  person  chosen  to  make  remarks  upon  the  funeral 
occasion,  should  be  one  whose  religious  views  would  be  most  nearly  in 
accord  with  those  entertained  by  the  deceased.  But  even  if  the  deceased 
had  no  religious  convictions,  and  a  clergyman  of  any  denomination  may 
be  chosen,  he  should  use  the  courtesy  of  saying  nothing  in  his  discourse 
which  could  in  the  least  offend  the  mourners. 


The  remains  should  be  so  placed,  either  in  the  house  or  church,  that 
when  the  discourse  is  finished,  if  the  corpse  is  exposed  to  view  the 
assembled  guests  may  see  the  same  by  passing  in  single  file  past  the 
coffin,  going  from  foot  to  head,  up  one  aisle  and  down  another. 

While  in  the  house  of  mourning,  the  hat  should  be  removed  from  the 
head  of  the  gentlemen,  and  not  replaced  again  while  in  the  house. 

Loud  talk  or  laughter  in  the  chamber  of  death  would  be  a  great 
rudeness.  All  animosities  among  those  who  attend  the  funeral  should 
be  forgotten,  and  interviews  with  the  family  at  the  time  should  not  be 

£X^riie  exercises  at  the  house  or  church  being  finished,  the  clergyman 
enters  a  carriage,  which  heads  the  procession.  The  coffin  being  placed 
in  the  hearse,  the  bearers,  who  are  usually  six  in  number,  will  go  111 
threes,  on  each  side  of  the  hearse,  or  in  a  carriage  immediately  before 
while  the  near  relatives  directly  follow  the  hearse,  succeeded  by  those 
more  distantly  connected.  As  the  mourners  pass  from  the  house  to  the 
carriages,  no  salutations  are  expected  to  take  place,  the  gentlemen 
among  the  guests  in  the  meantime  standing  with  uncovered  heads,  as 
they  do  also  when  the  coffin  is  carried  from  the  house  to  the  hearse. 

The  master  of  ceremonies  should  precede  the  mourners  to  the  car¬ 
riages,  see  that  the  proper  carriages  are  in  attendance,  assist  the  ladies 
to  their  place,  and  signal  the  drivers  to  pass  forward  as  their  carriages 
are  filled.  Should  the  attending  physician  be  present,  he  will  occupy 
the  carriage  immediately  following  the  near  relatives  of  the  deceased. 

The  pall-bearers  are  selected  from  among  the  immediate  friends  of 
the  deceased,  and  should  be  as  near  as  possible  of  corresponding  age, 
worth  and  intelligence. 

It  is  common,  upon  the  coffin  of  the  infant  or  young  person,  to  lay  a 
wreath  of  white  flowers,  and  upon  that  of  a  married  person  a  cross  of 
white  blossoms.  Upon  the  coffin  of  a  navy  or  army  officer  the  hat, 
epaulets,  sash,  sword  and  the  flag  may  be  borne;  while  h.s  horse, 
if  a  mounted  officer,' will,  without  a  rider,  be  led  behind  the  hearse, 
is  sometimes  the  case  that  the  private  carriage  of  the  deceased,  with  no 
occupant  save  the  driver,  follows  the  hearse  in  the  procession. 

Arriving  at  the  cemeterv,  the  clergyman  will  precede  the  mourners 
to  the  grave;  when  gathered  around,  the  bearers  will  place  the  coffin  in 
Its  last  resting  place?  and  the  final  prayer  will  be  said.  This  done,  the 
guests  will  depart  for  their  several  homes,  each  informing  the  drivers 
where  they  desire  to  be  left. 

With  the  more  hopeful  view  of  death  which  comes  with  the  Christian 
belief,  there  is  less  disposition  to  wear  evidences  of  mourning.  It  is 
well,  however,  to  drape  the  door-knob,  especially  of  the  residence  with 
crape,  during  the  days  between  the  death  and  the  funeral;  and  tbefami  y 
should  go  out  as  little  as  possible  during  that  time.  The  dress  of  all 
guests  at  the  funeral  should  be  of  subdued  and  quiet  colors,  and  while 
fdr  the  young  person  it  is  customary  to  trim  the  hearse  in  white  it  is 
common  to  drape  it  in  dark,  with  black  plumes,  for  the  person  of  ma¬ 
ture  years.  . 

Should  the  deceased  have  been  a  member  of  an  organization  that 
might  desire  to  conduct  the  funeral,  immediate  notification  of  his  death 
should  be  sent  to  the  organization,  that  its  members  may  have  time 
make  arrangements  for  attending  the  funeral. 


GETTING  INTO  AND  ALIGHTING  FROM  A  CARRIAGE. 


165 


Etiquette  of  Carriage -Riding. 


PRECAUTIONS  AGAINST  ACCIDENTS. 


I  IE  mode  of  entering  a  carriage  will  depend  somewhat 
upon  circumstances.  Should  the  team  be  very  restive, 
and  the  gentleman  remain  in  the  carriage  the  better 
to  control  his  horses,  the  lady  will  enter  upon  the  left 
side,  the  gentleman  assisting  her  by  the  hand.  While 
circumstances  may  sometimes  prevent,  it  is  always 
etiquette  for  the  gentleman  to  see  that  the  lady  enters 
the  carriage  first.  To  aid  in  entering  and  alighting 
from  a  carriage  easily  and  safely,  every  residence  should  be  provided 
with  an  elevated  platform  near  the  walk,  beside  which  the  vehicle  may 
be  driven,  as  represented  in  the  illustration. 

Of  two  seats  in  the  carriage  facing  each  other,  that  in  the  rear,  and 
facing  the  horses,  is  the  most  desirable;  th.e  place  of  honor  being  the 
right  side  of  this  seat,  which  should  be  given  to  any  elderly  person, 
an  honored  guest  or  ladies,  during  the  carriage  ride. 

The  la- 
dies  being- 
in  place, 
the  gen¬ 
tlemen 
will  take 
the  seat 
with  their 
backs  to 
the  hors¬ 
es,  care 
being-  ob- 
served 
that  dres¬ 
ses  and 
shawls 
are  not 
shut  in  the 
doorwhen 
it  is  clos¬ 
ed.  The 

gentleman  last  in  will  sit  on  the  right,  and  upon  him  should  devolve  the 
giving  of  orders  to  the  driver,  and  any  other  directions  which  the  com- 
pany  may  determine  upon. 

At  the  close  of  the  ride,  the  gentlemen  will  dismount  first,  and  after¬ 
wards  help  the  ladies  carefully  from  the  carriage,  taking  care  to  keep 
their  dresses  from  being  soiled  upon  the  wheels. 

The  single  carriage  should  be  driven  as  near  the  curbstone  as  possible, 
on  the  right  side.  The  driver,  having  the  top  of  the  carriage  down, 
should  then  turn  the  horses  to  the  left,  spreading  the  wheels  on  the  right 
side,  giving  an  opportunity  for  the  lady  to  get  into  the  carriage  without 
soiling  her  dress  upon  the  wheels.  The  lady  should  have  both  of  her 
lands  free  to  assist  herself,  while  the  gentleman  (Fig.  19)  should  aid  her 
as  shown  in  the  illustration.  The  lady  being  in  her  place,  herescort  will 
uke  his  seat  upon  the  right  side,  will  spread  a  lap-robe  in  front  of  the 
lady  and  himself  to  ward  off  dust  and  mud,  and  all  is  in  readiness 
101  the  ride. 

In  setting  from  the  carriage,  the  gentleman  should  alight  first.  He 
ould  quiet  the  team,  and  turn  them,  that  the  wheels  may  spread  apart 
retaining  the  reins  in  his  hand,  that  he  may  hold  the  horses  in  case  of 


Fig.  19.  Assisting  the  lady  into  the  carriage 


fright.  The  lady  should  then  place  her  hands  upon  the  gentleman’s 
shoulders  (Fig.  20),  while  her  escort,  taking  her  by  the  elbows,  will  assist 
her  carefully  to  the  ground.  Being  aided  thus  in  safely  alighting,  a 
lady  will,  oftentimes,  be  saved  from  severe  injury. 

The  gentleman  on  the  pleasure  ride  should  not  drive  so  fast  as  to 
throw  mud  upon  the  occupants  of  the  carriage.  He  should  avoid  fast 
driving  if  the  lady  is  timid,  and  at  the  close  of  the  ride  he  should  take 
the  friend  to  his  or  her  residence. 

Horses  should  not  have  their  heads  checked  painfully  high.  They 
will  be  less  shy  if  trained  and  driven  without  blinds.  They  should  be 
driven  with  tight  rein,  and  care  should  be  observed  to  avoid  accidents. 

Ladies  Unattended. 

For  the  advantage  of  the  unattended  lady  who  may  be  stopping  at  a 
hotel,  the  following  suggestions  are  made. 

The  la¬ 
dy  should 
enteraho- 
tel  by  the 
ladies’ en- 
trance. 
When,  in 
the  parlor, 
sheshould 
send  for 
the  pro¬ 
prietor  or 
clerk,  pre¬ 
sent  her 
card,  and 
state  the 
length  of 
time  that 
she  d e  - 
signs  to 
remain. 

By  requesting  the  waiter  to  do  so,  he  will  meet  the  lady  at  the  entrance 
to  the  dining-room  and  conduct  her  to  a  seat;  thus  saving  her  the  neces¬ 
sity  of  crossing  the  room  without  an  escort. 

Meeting  friends  at  the  table,  the  lady  should  converse  in  a  voice  so  low 
and  quiet  as  not  to  attract  attention  from  strangers.  Particularly  should 
she  avoid  loud  laughter  or  any  conspicuous  evidence  of  commenting 
upon  others. 

To  make  the  time  spent  at  the  hotel  pass  agreeablv,  care  should  be 
taken  to  obtain  a  pleasant  room  that  will  allow  the  entrance  of  sunshine 
and  fresh  air. 

Orders  at  the  table  should  be  given  in  a  low,  yet  clear,  distinct  voice. 

In  the  interval  while  waiting  to  be  served,  it  is  allowable  to  read  a  paper. 
Staring  about  the  room,  handling  of  the  knife,  spoons,  or  other  articles 
upon  the  table,  should  be  avoided. 

Do  not  point  to  a  dish  wanted.  A  look  in  the  direction  of  the  article 
desired,  and  a  request  to  the  waiter  that  it  be  passed,  will  secure  the  dish 
without  trouble. 

The  lady  in  the  dining-room,  unless  accompanied  by  an  escort,  should 
avoid  dressing  ostentatiously.  A  very  modest  dress  is  in  best  taste. 


Fig.  20.  Assisting  the  Indy  when  alighting  from  the  carriage. 


166 


CONDUCT  IN  THE  CHURCH. - HOW  TO  TEACH  SUCCESSFULLY. 


The  ladv  should  not  take  her  supper  very  late  in  the  evening,  in  the 
dining-room,  without  an  escort.  It  is  in  better  taste  to  have  the  meal 
sent  to  her  room.  A  lady  should  also  avoid  loitering  in  the  halls  or 
standing  alone  at  the  hotel-windows. 

Unless  invited,  a  lady  should  not  play  upon  the  piano  in  the  hotel - 
parlor  nor  sing  if  there  are  others  in  the  room,  neither  should  she  sing  or 
hum  tunes  when  passing  through  the  halls. 

Trunks-and  rooms  should  be  carefully  locked  when  leaving  them,  and 
valuables  should  be  given  into  the  hands  of  the  proprietor  for  deposit  in 
the  safe,  the  guest  ringing  whenever  she  may  require  them  during  her 
stay. 

The  lady  in  her  unattended  condition  will  probably  require  considera¬ 
ble  assistance  from  some  one  of  the  waiters,  who  should  be  suitably  re- 
numerated  when  she  leaves. 

Instead  of  scolding  at  servants  who  are  neglectful  of  their  duty,  com¬ 
plain  to  the  housekeeper  or  proprietor.  Polite  requests  of  the  servants 
will,  however,  usually  secure  an  immediate  and  pleasant  response. 

When  intending  to  leave  upon  a  special  train,  care  should  be  had  Unit 
trunks  are  packed,  tickets  purchased  and  all  arrangements  made  suffi¬ 
ciently  long  before  the  time  of  starting  to  avoid  hurry  and  mistakes. 


ETIQUETTE  IN  THE  SCHOOL. 


HE  following  are  the  requisites  for  successful  manage¬ 
ment  in  the  schoolroom: 


ETIQUETTE  IN  CHURCH. 

^  CHURCH  should  be  entered  with  a  most  reverent 


feeling.  The  object  of  attending  divine  service  is  to 
improve  the  spiritual  nature,  and  hence  business  and 
everything  of  a  secular  character  should  be  left  be¬ 
hind  when  you  enter  the  church  portals. 

If  a  stranger,  vou  will  wait  in  the  vestibule  until 
the  arrival  of  the  usher,  who  will  conduct  you  to 
a  seat. 

Enter  the  church  quietly,  removing  the  hat,  and  never  replacing  it 
until  the  door  is  reached  again  at  the  close  of  the  service. 

If  a  stranger,  and  accompanied  by  a  lady,  you  will  precede  her,  and 
follow  the  usher  up  the  aisle  until  the  pew  is  reached,  when  you  will 
pause,  allow  her  to  pass  in,  and  you  will  follow,  taking  seats  at  the 
further  end  if  you  are  first,  so  that  you  will  not  be  disturbed  by  later 
arrivals.  It  is  no  longer  a  custom,  as  formerly,  for  the  gentleman  to  step 
into  the  aisle  and  allow  ladies  that  are  strangers  to  pass  to  the  inside. 

The  gentleman  will  place  his  hat,  if  possible,  under  the  seat,  and 
while  in  church  the  occupant  should  avoid  making  a  noise,  staring 
around  the  building,  whispering,  laughing  or  nodding  to  others. 

All  greetings,  recognitions  and  conversation  should  be  conducted  in 
the  vestibule  after  service.  While  in  church,  the  passage  of  a  fan  or 
hymn-book  to  another  should  be  recognized  by  merely  a  quiet  bow. 

Should  you  see  a  stranger  waiting,  you  may  invite  him  to  enter  your 
pew.  No  speaking  is  necessary  then,  nor  when  you  open  the  book 
and  point  out  the  service. 

If  a  stranger,  it  is  best  to  conform  to  the  rules  of  the  service,  rising 
and  sitting  down  with  the  congregation ;  and,  although  the  forms  may  be 
radically  different  from  what  you  are  accustomed  to,  you  should  comport 
yourself  with  the  utmost  attention  and  reverence. 

Avoid  making  a  noise  when  you  enter  a  church  after  the  services  have 
commenced.  It  is  disrespectful  to  come  late,  and  shows  bad  manners  to 
leave  before  the  service  is  through.  You  should  wait  until  the  benedic¬ 
tion  is  pronounced  before  you  commence  putting  your  articles  in  order  for 
leaving1. 

It  is  a  breach  of  etiquette  for  a  number  of  young  men  to  congregate 
in  the  vestibule,  and  there  carry  forward  a  conversation,  commenting  upon 
the  services  and  various  members  of  the  congregation  present. 

If  a  member  of  a  church,  you  should  be  regular  in  attendance.  While 
the  pastor  has  put  forth,  possibly,  extra  effort  to  prepare  an  effective  ser¬ 
mon,  it  is  poor  encouragement  to  find  members  of  the  congregation  absent 
because  of  a  trivial  storm,  or  away  upon  the  pleasure  drive. 


The  teacher  must  be  a  good  judge  of  human  na¬ 
ture.  If  so,  his  knowledge  will  teach  him  that  no 
two  children  are  born  with  precisely  the  same  organiza¬ 
tion.  This  difference  in  mentality  will  make  one  child  a 
natural  linguist,  another  will  naturally  excel  in  mathe¬ 
matics,  another  will  exhibit  fondness  for  drawing,  and 
another  for  philosophy.  Understanding  and  observing  this, 
he  will,  without  anger  or  impatience,  assist  the  backward 
student,  and  will  direct  the  more  forward,  ever  addressing 
each  child  in  the  most  respectful  manner. 

As  few  rules  as  possible  should  be  made,  and  the  object  and  necessity 
for  the  rule  should  be  fully  explained  to  the  school  by  the  teacher.  When 
a  rule  has  been  made,  obedience  to  it  should  be  enforced.  Firmness, 
united  with  gentleness,  is  one  of  the  most  important  qualifications  which 
a  teacher  can  possess. 

Everything  should  be  in  order,  and  the  exercises  of  the  day  should 
be  carried  forward  according  to  an  arranged  programme.  The  rooms 
should  be  swept,  the  fires  built,  and  the  first  and  second  bells  rung,  with 
exact  punctuality.  In  the  same  manner  each  recitation  should  come 
at  an  appointed  time  throughout  the  school  hours. 

The  programme  of  exercises  should  be  so  varied  as  to  give  each  pupil 
■i  variety  of  bodily  and  mental  exercise.  Thus,  music,  recreation,  study, 
i-ecitation,  declamation,  etc.,  should  be  so  varied  as  to  develop  all  the 
child’s  powers.  Not  only  should  boys  and  girls  store  their  minds  with 
knowledge,  but  they  should  be  trained  in  the  best  methods  of  writing 
and  speaking,  whereby  they  may  be  able  to  impart  the  knowledge 
which  they  possess. 

The  teacher  should  require  the  strictest  order  and  neatness  upon  the 
part  of  all  the  students.  Clean  hands,  clean  face  and  neatly  combed 
hair  should  characterize  every  pupil,  while  a  mat  in  the  doorway  should 
remind  every  boy  and  girl  of  the  necessity  of  entering  the  schoolroom 
with  clean  boots  and  shoes.  Habits  of  neatness,  and  order  thus  formed 
will  go  with  the  pupils  through  life. 

At  least  a  portion  of  each  day  should  be  set  apart  by  the  teacher,  in 
which  to  impart  to  the  pupils  a  knowledge  of  etiquette.  Students  should 
be  trained  to  enter  the  room  quietly,  to  always  close  without  no.se  the 
door  through  which  they  pass,  to  make  introductions  gracefully,  to  bow 
with  case  and  dignity,  to  shake  hands  properly,  to  address  others  cour¬ 
teously,  to  make  a  polite  reply  when  spoken  to,  to  sit  and  stand  grace¬ 
fully,  to  do  the  right  thing  in  the  right  place,  and  thus,  upon  all  occa¬ 
sions,  to  appear  to  advantage. 

All  the  furnishings  of  the  schoolroom  should  be  such  as  to  inspire 
the  holiest,  loftiest  and  noblest  ambition  in  the  child.  A  schoolroom 
should  be  handsomely  decorated.  The  aquarium,  the  trailing  vine,  the 
blossom  and  the  specimens  of  natural  history  should  adorn  the  teac  - 
er’s  desk  and  the  windows,  while  handsome  pictures  should  embellish 
the  walls  In  short,  the  pupils  should  be  surrounded  with  such  an  array 
of  beauty  as  will  constantly  inspire  them  to  higher  and  nobler  achieve- 
merits. 

Boys  and  girls  should  be  taught  that  which  they  will  use  when  they 
become  men  and  women.  In  the  first  place  they  will  talk  more  than  they 
will  do  anything  else.  By  every  means  possible  they  should  be  !  f“"ed 
to  be  correct,  easy,  fluent  and  pleasant  speakers;  and  next  to  this  they 
should  be  trained  to  be  ready  writers.  To  be  this,  they  should  be 

schooled  in  penmanship,  punctuation,  capitalization  compos,  ion  and 
the  writing  of  every  description  of  form,  from  the  note  of  invitation  to 
an  agreement,  from  the  epistle  to  a  friend  to  the  promissory  note,  from 
the  letter  of  introduction  to  the  report  of  a  meeting. 


Above  all,  the  teacher  should  be  thoroughly  imbued  with  the  import¬ 
ance  of  inculcating  in  the  mind  of  the  student  a  knowledge  of  genera 
principles.  Thus,  in  the  study  of  geography,  the  pupil  should  be  taug 
that  the  earth  is  spherical  in  form;  that  its  outer  surface  is  divided  into 


ETIQUETTE  IN  THE  FAMILY. - IIOW  TO  GOVERN  THE  CHILD.  107 


land  and  water;  that  the  land  is  divided  into  certain  grand  divisions, 
peopled  with  different  races  of  human  beings,  who  exhibit  special  char¬ 
acteristics.  That  civilization  is  the  result  of  certain  causes,  and  progress 
in  the  human  race  arises  from  tire  inevitable  law  of  nature  that  every¬ 
thing  goes  from  the  lower  steadily  toward  the  higher.  A  study  of  the 
causes  which  make  difference  in  climate,  difference  in  animals,  difference 
in  intellectual  and  moral  developments  among  the  races  —  a  general 
study  of  causes  thus  will  make  such  an  impression  upon  the  child’s  mind 
as  will  never  be  effaced;  while  the  simple  study  of  facts,  such  as  load 
the  mind  with  names  of  bays,  islands,  rivers,  etc.,  is  the  crowding  of 
the  memory  with  that  which  is  likely,  in  time,  to  be  nearly  all  forgotten. 

Thus,  in  the  study  of  history,  dates  will  be  forgotten,  while  the  out¬ 
lines  of  the  rise  and  fall  of  kingdoms,  and  the  causes  which  produced  the 
same,  if  rightly  impressed  by  the  teacher,  will  be  ever  stored  in  the  mind 
of  the  pupil. 

So  should  the  teacher  instruct  the  student  in  every  branch  of  study, 
remembering  that  facts  are  liable  to  be  forgotten,  but  fundamental  prin¬ 
ciples  and  causes,  well  understood,  will  be  forever  remembered. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  also,  that  the  teacher  continuously 
and  persistently  keep  before  the  student  the  importance  of  temperance, 
justice  and  truth;  as  without  these,  however  superior  the  education,  the 
individual  is  entirely  without  balance,  and  is  always  liable  to  fall.  The 
teacher  should  never  relax  his  efforts  in  this  direction. 

The  good  teacher  will  be  a  living  example  in  all  that  ho  Teaches 
to  others.  If  wise,  he  will  seldom  if  ever  resort  to  the  infliction  of 
corporal  pain  on  the  pupil,  although  if  a  law  or  rule  be  violated,  it 
is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  a  just  punishment  follow  the  violation, 
but  this  should  never  be  such  as  will  destroy  the  child’s  self-respect. 

Duty  of  the  Pupil. 

It  should  be  the  aim  of  the  student  to  be  punctual  in  attendance  at 
school,  to  be  thorough  in  study,  and  good  in  the  recitation.  The  boy  or 
girl  who  would  be  successful  in  after  life  must  lay  the  foundation  of 
success  in  youth.  They  should  fully  understand  the  importance  of  im¬ 
proving  their  school-days  for  this  purpose. 

The  student  that  seeks  every  opportunity  to  idle  away  his  time  in 
making  sport  and  amusement  for  himself  and  fellow-students,  will  live 
to  regret  that  he  thus  wasted  his  time.  The  happy,  sportive,  joyous, 
laughing  boy  and  girl  shed  happiness  wherever  they  go,  if  they  are 
careful  to  control  their  gayety,  and  allow  its  flow  only  in  the  proper 
place;  but  they  should  never  permit  the  love  of  the  mirthful  to  infringe 
on  the  rules  of  the  schoolroom  or  the  laws  of  etiquette.  On  the  contrary, 
true  courtesy  should  teach  them  to  use  every  endeavor  to  aid  the  teacher 
in  his  work,  as  in  so  doing  they  are  themselves  reaping  the  benefit. 

The  boy  and  the  girl  at  school  foretell  the  future  man  or  woman. 
Those  who  are  prompt,  punctual  and  orderly,  will  be  so  in  after  life. 
Those  who  are  truthful,  reliable  and  honest  in  childhood,  will  be  trusted 
in  position  and  place  in  after  years;  and  those  who  store  the  mind  in 
youth  with  valuable  knowledge,  will  possess  that  which  can  never  be 
lost,  but  on  the  contrary  will  always  be  a  means  by  which  they  may  pro¬ 
cure  a  livelihood;  and,  if  united  with  energy  and  perseverance,  will  be 
sure  to  give  them  reputation,  eminence  of  position,  and  wealth. 

The  boy  should  never  take  pride  in  disobedience  to  the  rules  of  school. 
To  be  a  truant,  to  be  indolent,  to  be  working  mischief,  evinces  no  talent; 
any  rowdy  could  do  this;  most  worthless  men  did  this  when  they 
attended  school.  It  requires  effort  to  be  a  good  scholar;  it  evinces  brain¬ 
power  to  be  a  good  student. 

The  youth  should  earnestly  resolve  to  achieve  an  honorable  and  noble 
position  in  life.  With  the  wide  opportunities  which  open  to  the  ambi¬ 
tious  and  the  enterprising  in  this  age  of  progression,  there  is  no  limit 
to  the  greatness  which  the  thoroughly  earnest  student  may  attain.  The 
idle  and  the  dissolute  will  naturally,  of  their  own  weight,  drop  out  by  the 
wayside  and  sink  from  sight.  The  plodder  who  is  content  to  go  the  dull, 
daily  round  in  the  same  narrow  rut  will  get  the  reward  of  his  labor, 
though  he  never  betters  his  condition.  But  the  earnest,  original,  aspir- 
ing,  energetic,  intelligent  worker,  can  always  be  sure  of  new  fields  to 
enter,  nobler  victories  to  gain,  and  grander  work  to  be  accomplished. 


ETIQUETTE  IN  THE  HOME. 

PARENTS  AND  CHILDREN. 

N  temperament,  physical  characteristics,  mental  development  and 
3WC  moral  inclinations,  the  child  is  what  it  has  been  made  by  its  in- 
wfMIal  heritance  and  the  training  it  has  received  since  infancy.  If  born 
of  parents  happy  in  disposition,  harmonious  in  conjugal  rela- 
tion,  and  pleasant  in  circumstances,  the  child  will  as  certainly  be 
/  Ik  sweet  in  temper  as  that  sweet  fluid  will  flow  from  a  maple  tree. 

4  V  F  More  especially  will  this  be  true  if  the  child  was  welcome, 

A  and  the  days  of  the  mother  prior  to  its  birth  were  full  of  sun¬ 
shine  and  gladness. 

If,  on  the  contrary,  a  badly-developed  and  unhappy  parentage  has 
marked  the  child,  then  a  correspondingly  unfortunate  organization  of 
mind  and  unhappy  disposition  will  present  itself  for  discipline  and 
training. 

Fortunate  is  it  for  the  parent  who  can  understand  the  cause  of  the 
child’s  predilections  thus  in  the  beginning.  As  with  the  teacher,  when 
the  causes  that  affect  the  child’s  mind  are  understood,  the  correct  system 
of  government  to  be  pursued  is  then  more  easily  comprehended.  The 
result  of  this  early  appreciation  of  the  case  is  to  teach  the  parent  and 
teacher  that,  whatever  may  be  the  manifestation  of  mind  with  the  child, 
it  should  never  be  blamed.  This  is  a  fundamental  principle  necessary  to 
be  understood  by  any  person  who  would  be  successful  in  government. 

When  thoroughly  imbued  with  that  understanding,  kindness  and  love 
will  take  the  place  of  anger  and  hatred,  and  discipline  can  be  com¬ 
menced  aright. 

One  of  the  first  things  that  the  child  should  understand  is  that  it 
should  implicitly  obey.  The  parent  should  therefore  be  very  careful  to 
give  only  such  commands  as  should  be  observed,  and  then  the  order 
should  be  firmly  but  kindly  enforced. 

To  always  secure  obedience  without  trouble,  it  is  of  the  utmost  im¬ 
portance  that  the  parent  be  firm.  For  the  parent  to  refuse  a  request  of  a 
child  without  due  consideration,  and  soon  afterward,  through  the  child’s 
importunities,  grant  the  request,  is  to  very  soon  lose  command.  The 
parent  should  carefully  consider  the  request,  and  if  it  be  denied  the 
child  should  feel  that  the  denial  is  the  result  of  the  best  judgment,  and  is 
not  dictated  by  momentary  impatience  or  petulance.  A  child  soon  learns 
to  discriminate  between  the  various  moods  of  the  fickle  parent,  and  very 
soon  loses  respect  for  government  that  is  not  discreet,  careful  and  just. 

If  a  command  is  disobeyed,  parents  should  never  threaten  what  they 
will  do  if  the  order  is  disobeyed  again,  but  at  once  withhold,  quietlv,  yet 
firmly  and  pleasantly,  some  pleasure  from  the  child  in  consequence  of  the 
disobedience.  The  punishment  should  be  very  seldom,  if  ever,  the  inflic¬ 
tion  of  bodily  pain.  A  slight  deprivation  of  some  pleasure — it  may  be 
very  slight,  but  sufficient  to  teach  the  child  that  it  must  obey —will  be 
of  great  service  to  its  future  discipline  and  government  by  the  parent. 
Commencing  thus  when  the  child  is  very  young,  treating  it  always  ten¬ 
derly  and  kindly,  with  mild  and  loving  words,  the  child  will  grow  to 
womanhood  or  manhood  an  honor  to  the  parents. 

What  Parents  Should  Never  Do. 

Never  speak  harshly  to  a  child. 

Never  use  disrespectful  names. 

Never  use  profane  or  vulgar  words  in  the  presence  of  a  child. 

Do  not  be  so  cold  and  austere  as  to  drive  your  child  from  you. 

Never  misrepresent.  If  you  falsify,  the  child  will  learn  to  deceive 
also. 

Never  withhold  praise  when  the  child  deserves  it.  Commendation  is 
one  of  the  sweetest  pleasures  of  childhood. 

Never  waken  your  children  before  they  have  completed  their  natural 
slumbers  in  the  morning.  See  that  they  retire  early,  and  thus  get  the 
requisite  time  for  sleep.  Children  require  more  sleep  than  older  per¬ 
sons.  The  time  will  come  soon  enough  when  care  and  trouble  will  com¬ 
pel  them  to  waken  in  the  early  morning’.  Let  them  sleep  while  they  can. 


168 


ETIQUETTE  BETWEEN  PARENTS  AND 


CHILDREN;  BETWEEN  EMPLOYER  AND  EMPLOYE. 


Do  not  reproach  a  child  for  a  mistake  which  was  done  with  a  good 
motive  at  the  time.  Freely  forgive,  wisely  counsel,  and  the  child  will 
thus  be  taught  that  there  is  no  danger  in  telling  the  truth. 

Never  give  your  children  money  indiscriminately  to  spend  for.  their 
own  use.  However  wealthy  you  may  be,  teach  the  child  the  value  of 
money  by  requiring  it  to  earn  it  in  some  manner.  Commencing  young, 
let  the  child  perform  simple  duties  requiring  labor,  which  the  parent 
may  reward  bv  pennies  and  very  small  sums.  Let  the  child  thus  spent 
only  money  of  its  own  earning.  The  boy  who  thus  early  learns  by 
labor  the  value  of  a  dollar,  knows  how  to  accumulate  the  same  in  after¬ 
life,  and  how  to  save  it. 

Never  demean  yourself  by  getting  angry  and  whipping  a  child.  The 
very  fact  of  your  punishing  in  anger  arouses  the  evil  nature  of  the 
child  Some  day  this  punishment  thus  inflicted  will  react  upon  yourself. 


What  Parents  Should  Do. 

Always  speak  in  a  pleasant  voice. 

Teach  your  children  how  to  work;  how  to  obtain  a  living  by  their 
own  efforts.  Teach  them  the  nobility  and  the  dignity  of  labor,  that  they 
may  respect  and  honor  the  producer. 

Explain  the  reason  why.  The  child  is  a  little  walking  interrogation 
point.  To  it  all  is  new.  Explain  the  reason.  Your  boy  will  some  day 
repay  this  trouble  by  teaching  some  other  child. 

Teach  your  children  the  evil  of  secret  vice,  and  the  consequences  of 
using  tobacco  and  spirituous  liquors ;  teach  them  to  be  temperate,  orderly, 
punctual,  prompt,  truthful,  neat,  faithful  and  honest. 

Encourage  vour  child  to  be  careful  of  personal  appearance;  to  return 
every  tool  to  its  place;  to  always  pay  debts  promptly;  to  never  shirk  a 
duty;  to  do  an  equal  share,  and  to  always  live  up  to  an  agreement. 

Teach  your  children  to  confide  in  you,  by  conference  together.  Tell 
them  your  plans,  and  sometimes  ask  their  advice;  they  will  thus  open 
their  hearts  to  you,  and  will  ask  your  advice.  The  girl  who  tells  all  her 
heart  to  her  mother  has  a  shield  and  a  protection  about  her  which  can 
come  only  with  a  mother’s  advice  and  counsel. 

Give  your  children  your  confidence  in  the  affairs  of  your  business. 
They  will  thus  take  interest,  and  become  co-workers  with  you.  If  you 
enlist  their  respect,  then  their  sympathy  and  cooperation,  they  will  quite 
likely  remain  to  take  up  your  work  when  you  have  done,  and  will  go 
ahead  perfecting  what  you  have  commenced. 

If  vou  are  a  farmer,  do  not  overwork  your  children,  and  thus  by  a 
hard  and  dreary  life  drive  them  off  to  the  cities.  Arise  at  a  reasonable 
hour  in  the  morning,  take  an  hour’s  rest  after  meals,  and  quit  at  five  or 
six  o’clock  in  the  afternoon.  Let  the  young  people,  in  games  and  other 
amusements,  have  a  happy  time  during  the  remainder  of  the  day.  There 
is  no  reason  why  a  ftirmer’s  family  should  be  deprived  of  recreation  and 
amusement,  any  more  than  others. 

Teach  your  child  the  value  of  the  Sabbath  as  a  day  for  the  spiritual 
improvement  of  the  mind;  that  on  the  Sabbath  morn  the  ordinary  work 
of  the  week  should  not  be  resumed  if  it  is  possible  to  avoid  it;  that  the 
day  should  be  passed  in  attendance  upon  religious  service  of  some  kind, 
or  exercises  that  will  ennoble  and  spiritualize  the  nature.  W  hile  rest 
and  recreation  may  be  a  part  of  the  day’s  programme,  true  philosophy 
dictates  that  the  spiritual  faculties  of  the'  nature  should  be  cultivated  by 
setting-  apart  a  portion  of  the  time  for  their  improvement. 

Teach  your  children  those  things  which  they  will  need  when  they 
become  men  and  women.  As  women  they  should  understand  how  to 
cook,  how  to  make  a  bed,  how  to  preserve  cleanliness  and  order  throng 
out  the  house,  how  to  ornament  their  rooms,  to  renovate  and  preserve 
furniture  and  clothing,  how  to  sing,  and  play  various  games,  that  they 
may  enliven  the  household.  They  should  be  taught  how  to  swim,  how 
to  ride,  how  to  drive,  how  to  do  business,  and  how  to  preserve  health. 
The  mother  should  earlv  intrust  money  to  the  girl,  with  which  to  buy 
articles  for  the  household,  that  she  may  learn  its  value.  Think  what 
a  man  and  woman  need  to  know  in  order  to  be  healthy,  happy,  prosper- 
perous  and  successful,  and  teach  them  that. 


SAY  “NO”  POLITELY. 

COMMON  saying  is,  “A  man’s  manners  make  his  fortune.’ 
This  is  a  well-known  fact,  and  we  see  it  illustrated  every 
day.  The  parents  who  considerately  train  a  child  amid 
kindness  and  love,  rear  a  support  for  their  declining  years. 
The  teacher  that  rules  well  and  is  yet  kind,  is  beloved  by 
/j|k  his  pupils.  The  hotel  proprietor,  by  affability  and  an  ac- 

T  Yl  commodating  spirit,  may  fill  his  hotel  with  guests.  The 

*  railway  conductor,  who  has  a  pleasant  word  for  the  lonely 

traveler,  is  always  remembered  with  favor.  The  postoffice  clerk  who 
very  carefully  looks  through  a  pile  of  letters  and  says,  “not  any,”  very 
gently,  pleasantly  adding  a  word  of  hope  by  saying,  “it  may  come  on 
the  afternoon  train,”  we  always  gratefully  recollect.  When  the  time 
comes  that  we  can  return  the  kindness,  we  take  great  pleasure  in 
doing  so. 

The  man  who  shows  himself  to  be  a  gentleman,  even  though  he  may 
not  buy  what  we  have  to  sell  when  we  solicit  him,  we  always  know 
will  get  his  reward.  His  affability,  when  he  declined,  demonstrated  that 
he  could  say  “no”  with  a  pleasant  word.  The  very  fact  of  impressing 
us  so  favorably,  even  when  he  did  not  purchase,  clearly  indicated  that 
he  was  thoroughly  schooled  in  the  ways  of  politeness,  and  that  he  lived 
up  to  the  golden  rule  of  doing  to  others  as  he  desired  others  to  do  to  him. 

Thus  every  day,  in  the  multifarious  relations  of  life,  it  is  in  the  power 
of  persons  to  grant  favors  by  at  least  kind  words.  And  when  pleasant 
manners  are  exhibited,  how  strongly  these  stand  out  in  contrast  with  the 
short  curt,  rough,  uncouth  manner  which  so  frequentlyaccompan.es  the 
refusal  of  a  favor.  We  realize,  as  we  see  the  contrast,  that  no  one  can 
be  a  gentleman  who  ignores  the  laws  of  etiquette. 


TREATMENT  OF  EMPLOYES. 

PT  takes  every  °rade  of  society  to  make  the  complete  whole.  One 
'  class  is  just  as  necessary  as  the  other.  In  carrying  forward 
great  enterprises,  how  plainly  do  we  see  this  manifested.  Take 
the  building  of  a  railroad  as  an  illustration: 

A  certain  grade  of  mind  is  essential  to  prepare  the  road-bed 
and  lay  the  track.  This  class  of  men  must  have  strong  physi¬ 
cal  natures,  and  the  qualities  that  give  the  necessary  force  and 
W  energy  to  hew  down  rocks,  tunnel  mountains  and  remove  all 
obstructions.  Another  class  will  act  as  foremen  of  the  laborers,  another 
will  serve  as  engineers,  another  is  fitted  to  act  as  officers,  while  still 
another  grade  of  mind  projected  the  enterprise  and  furnished  the  means 
for  carrying  it  to  a  successful  conclusion. 

As  in  the  materials  that  enter  into  the  erection  of  the  b«ilding,  the 
foundation  stones  that  support  the  superstructure  down  deep  in The  ear*, 
while  they  are  never  seen,  are  nevertheless  just  as  essential  to  the  co 
pletion  of  the  building  as  are  the  ornamental  capstones  above  the 
windows ;  so,  in  associated  labor,  each  grade  of  mind  does  its  approp.  .ate 
work.  We  could  not  dispense  with  either,  and  all  should  have  due  pra.s  . 

Each  class  being  thus  dependent,  one  upon  the  other,  all  should  labor 
in  harmony  together.  The  workman  should  guard  his  employer  s  inter¬ 
est  He  should  always  be  promptly  on  time  and  faithful  to  the  last  hour. 
He  should  make  his  work  a  study  ;  he  should  give  it  thought,  as  thereby 
renders  his  services  so  much  the  more  valuable,  and  Ins  compensaUon in 
the  end  so  much  better.  Probably,  if  faithful,  he  may  --eed  o  the 
business  of  his  employer,  or  may  enter  a  separate  field  I  s  certam  a 
any  rate,  if  he  proves  himself  a  competent  assistant  he  is  the  more 
likely,  in  time,  himself  to  become  a  manager  of  others. 

The  employer,  through  kind  and  pleasant  manner, 
toward  making  the  subordinate  worthy  and  competent  The  workman 

should  thoroughly  understand  what  the  duty  is  which  he  is  expected 

perform,  and  he  should  be  required  pleasantly  yet  firmly to  execute  ft  to 
the  letter  When  once  there  is  a  definite  understanding  ' 

!vhat  explicitly  required,  it  is  not  necessary  that  an  employer  use  harsh 
mLns  or  amanner  in  any  way  discourteous  in  order  to  secure  obedience 
to  his  commands. 


THE  SCIENTIFIC  PRINCIPLES  WHICH  APPLY  TO  DRESS. 


169 


ELEMENTS  OF  THE  BEAUTIFUL. 


To  develop  beauty,  it  is  necessary  to  understand  that  the  combination 
of  a  few  fundamental  principles  forms  the  basis  in  the  construction  of  all 
that  we  admire  as  beautiful.  Of  these  are  — 

i.  Curved  Lines.  2.  Symmetry.  3.  Contrast.  4.  Harmony  of 
Color.  5.  Harmony  of  Association. 

The  Curved  Line. 

A  prominent  feature  of  beauty  everywhere  is  the  curved  line.  The 
winding-  pathway,  the  graceful  outline  of  tree,  cloud  and  mountain  in 
the  distance,  the  arched  rainbow,  the  well-trimmed  shrub,  the  finely- 

featured  animal,  the  rounded  form  of  everything  that  is  beautiful _ all 

illustrate  this  principle.  The  delicately,  finely  rounded  face,  hands  and 
general  features,  are  essential  to  the  highest  forms  of  beauty  in  the  per¬ 
son,  and  the  same  principles  apply  in  the  manufacture  of  dress.  Every 
line  and  seam  should  run  in  curves. 


HE  love  of  beautiful  adorn¬ 
ment  is  innate  in  the  human 
mind,  and  in  reality  has  a 
great  influence  in  elevating 
and  refining  the  race.  It  is 
true  that  the  mind  may  some¬ 
times  be  too  much  given  to 
personal  decoration,  but  the 
instincts  which  cause  us  to 
clothe  ourselves  beautifully 
are  all  refining  and  elevating 
in  character. 


The  desire  to  please  and  to 
be  beautiful  surrounds  us  on 
every  hand  with  grace,  ele¬ 
gance  and  refinement. 


The  person  who  cares  nothing  for  personal  appearance  is  a  sloven. 
Were  all  to  be  thus,  the  human  race  would  rapidly  degenerate  toward 
barbarism.  The  person  who  is  careless  of  dress  is  likely  to  be  equally 
regardless  concerning  purity  of  character. 

The  little  girl  that  studies  her  features  in  the  mirror,  while  she  evinces 
possibly  a  disposition  to  be  vain,  nevertheless  in  this  act  shows  herself 
to  be  possessed  of  those  instincts  of  grace  which,  rightly  directed,  will 
beautify  and  embellish  all  her  surroundings  through  life. 

The  boy  that  cares  nothing  for  personal  appearance,  that  does  not 
appreciate  beauty  in  others,  is  likely  to  develop  into  the  man  who  will 
be  slovenly  in  habits,  whose  home  will  quite  probably  be  a  hovel,  and 
himself  very  likely  a  loafer  or  a  tramp.  But  the  boy  — the  rolicsome, 
frolicsome  boy,  ready  to  roll  in  the  dirt,  possibly —  who,  under  all  this, 
aspires  to  appear  handsome,  who  desires  a  clean  face,  clean  hands 
and  a  clean  shirt,  who  admires  a  well-dressed  head  of  hair  and  a  good 
suit  of  clothes  —  that  boy  possesses  the  elements  which  in  the  man,  in  an 
elegant  home,  will  surround  him  with  the  artistic  and  the  charming. 

The  love  of  the  beautiful  ever  leads  to  the  higher,  the  grander  and 
the  better.  Guided  by  its  impulses,  we  pass  out  of  the  hut  into  the  larger 
and  better  house;  into  the  charming  and  elegantly-adorned  mansion. 
Actuated  by  its  influence,  we  convert  the  lumbering  railway  carriage 
into  a  palace-car,  the  swamp  into  a  garden,  and  the  desolate  place  into 
a  park,  in  which  we  wander  amid  the  trees,  the  streams  of  limpid  water, 
and  the  fragrance  of  beautiful  flowers. 

All  along  the  world’s  highway  are  the  evidences,  among  the  most 
elevated  and  refined,  of  the  love  of  the  beautiful,  which,  perhaps  more 
than  in  any  other  manner,  finds  expression  in  dress. 

This  love  of  personal  adornment  being  an  inherent,  desirable,  refining 
element  of  character,  it  does  not,  therefore,  become  us  to  ignore  or  to 
suppress  it.  On  the  contrary,  it  should  be  our  duty  to  cultivate  neatness 
of  appearance  and  artistic  arrangement  in  dress,  the  whole  being  accom¬ 
panied  by  as  much  personal  beauty  as  possible. 

,  cultivation  of  beauty  in  dress,  it  will  become  necessary  to  dis¬ 

criminate  between  ornament  as  displayed  by  the  savage,  and  the  science 
of  beauty  as  observed  in  a  more  highly  civilized  life.  Ornament  is  one 
thmg;  beauty  is  quite  another. 


Symmetry  of  Proportion. 

As  harmonious  proportions  always  please  the  eye  in  every  object,  so 
we  are  pleased  with  the  symmetry  displayed  in  the  human  form  and 
features.  Thus  symmetry  will  give  a  well-shaped  head,  a  moderate 
length  of  neck,  a  clearly- defined  nose,  mouth  not  too  large,  shoulders  of 
even  height,  and  all  parts  of  the  body  of  proportionate  length  and  size. 
The  clothing  should  be  made  to  set  off  the  natural  features  of  the  body 
to  the  best  advantage.  Thus  the  coat  should  be  so  cut  as  to  make  the 
shoulders  of  the  man  look  broad.  The  dress  should  be  so  fitted  as  to 
cause  the  shoulders  of  the  woman  to  appear  narrow  and  sloping. 

Long  garments  will  make  the  individual  appear  taller.  Short  gar¬ 
ments  will  cause  the  person  to  seem  shorter.  Lines  that  run  perpendic¬ 
ularly  add  to  the  apparent  height ;  horizontal  lines  shorten  it. 

Contrast. 

Another  feature  of  beauty  in  personal  appearance  is  contrast,  or  those 
qualities  which  give  animated  expression  and  vivacity  of  manner.  Thus 
the  sparkling  eye,  clear-cut  features,  a  color  of  hair  that  contrasts  with 
the  skin;  happy,  lively  expression  of  face;  graceful,  animated  movement 
of  body;  interesting  conversational  powers  — all  these  make  the  face 
attractive  by  variety  and  contrast. 

The  lady’s  dress  is  relieved  by  flounce,  frill,  and  various  other  trim¬ 
mings,  with  colors  more  or  less  pronounced,  according  to  the  complexion 
of  the  wearer.  ,The  gentleman’s  dress,  as  now  worn,  does  not  admit  of 
so  great  variety. 

Harmony. 

The  harmony  of  colors  suitable  for  various  complexions  is  quite  fully 
detailed  elsewhere.  Harmony  of  association  will  include  those  princi¬ 
ples  that  derive  their  beauty  chiefly  from  their  association  with  other 
objects.  Thus  the  best  height  and  form  for  man  or  woman  will  be  the 
average  form  of  men  and  women  with  whom  they  associate.  Anything 
unusual  will  detract  from  this  beauty. 

Any  article  of  jewelry  or  dress  which  may  appear  out  of  place  for 
the  occasion,  or  not  appropriate  with  the  other  articles  worn,  is  also 
included  under  this  head. 


170 


HABITS  BY  WHICH  TO  MAKE  HANDSOME  PERSONAL  APPEARAt.CE. 


CARE  OF  THE  PERSON. 

It  is  assumed  that  the  reader  desires  health  and  beauty,  and  is  will¬ 
ing  to  govern  habits  accordingly.  Observe  then  the  following  regu- 
lations: 

Retire  sufficiently  early  to  get  the  necessary  rest  and  sleep,  that  you 
may  arise  early  in  the  morning. 

Be  sure  that  plenty  of  fresh  air  is  admitted  to  the  room  throughout 
the  night,  by  the  opening  of  windows.  Avoid  feathers.  A  perfectly 
clean,  moderately  hard  bed  is  best  for  health. 

The  Bath. 

Upon  arising,  take  a  complete  bath.  A  simple  washing  out  of  the 
eyes  is  not  sufficient.  The  complete  bathing  of  the  body  once  each  day  is 
of  the  utmost  importance  to  health  and  beauty.  Not  more  than  a  quart 
of  water  is  necessary.  Use  the  hands  the  same  as  you  do  upon  the  face. 
No  sponge  is  required,  and  water  is  more  agreeable  to  the  skin  when 
applied  with  the  bare  hand.  Use  rainwater;  and,  for  a  healthy  person 
the  temperature  of  that  which  has  been  in  the  room  throughout  the  night 
is  about  right  Use  plenty  of  soap,  and  wash  quickly.  Follow  by 
wipino-  the  skin  perfectly  dry  with  a  soft  towel,  and  afterward  give  the 
body  and  limbs  a  thorough  rubbing.  The  glow  that  is  diffused  through¬ 
out  the  face  and  body  by  this  exercise  is  worth  more  in  giving  a  ruddy, 
beautiful  complexion,  than  all  the  rouge  and  powder  in  the  world. 

The  arrangements  for  this  bath  are  very  simple.  There  is  nothing 
required  but  a  small  amount  of  soft  water,  a  piece  of  soap,  and  a towel- 

No  elaborately-fitted-up  bathroom  is  necessary.  We  have  detailed  all 

the  appliances  that  are  essential,  and  they  are  so  simple  that  the  laboring 
classes  and  the  poor  can  have  them,  and  be  clean,  as  well  as  the  rich. 
Occasionally,  warm  water,  with  sponge,  may  be  necessary  to  remove 
completely  all  the  oily  exudations  from  the  body,  but  for  the  ordinary 
bath  this  is  not  essential. 

The  sun  and  air  bath  is  very  excellent  for  health;  therefore  to  leave 
the  body  exposed  in  the  sun  for  a  short  time  previous  to  dressing  is 
very  invigorating. 

Before  the  breakfast  hour  the  lungs  should  be  completely  inflated  with 
fresh  air.  The  meals  should  be  partaken  of  with  regularity,  while  more 
or  less  of  fruit,  oatmeal,  rice,  cracked  wheat,  graham  bread,  etc.,  will  be 
found  necessary  as  a  diet,  in  order  to  keep  the  skin  clear. 

The  Breath. 


The  breath  should  be  watched,  lest  it  become  offensive.  Unfortunately, 
it  is  one  of  the  troubles  which  we  may  not  be  aware  of,  as  our  friends 
may  not  feel  at  liberty  to  inform  us  of  the  difficulty.  Offensive  breath 
may  arise  from  the  stomach,  the  teeth,  the  lungs,  or  catarrhal  affection  of 
the  throat  and  nose. 

Unquestionably,  the  best  remedy  for  bad  breath  is  a  system  of  diet 
and  treatment  that  shall  remove  the  cause.  As  a  temporary  expedient, 
when  offensiveness  arises  from  a  peculiar  food  or  drink  which  has  been 
partaken  of,  a  few  grains  of  coffee,  or  cassia  buds,  cloves,  cardamom 
seeds  or  allspice,  may  be  used;  although  if  the  breath  be  very  strong 
these  will  not  always  prove  effective.  It  is  better  to  remove  the  cause. 

The  following  remedies  for  offensive  breath  are  commended  by  those 
who  have  had  experience  in  testing  the  matter: 

Powdered  sugar,  %  ounce;  vanilla,  %  ounce;  powdered  charcoal,  I2 
ounce;  powdered  coffee,  ounces;  gum  arabic,  K  ol”lce-.11  ^ake  mto 
pellets  of  iS  grains  each,  and  take  six  a  day.  Bad  breath  will  disappear. 

Disagreeable  breath  arising  from  decay  or  secretions  about  the  teeth 
may  be  removed  by  the  following: 

Rose-water,  1  ounce,  and  permanganate  of  potash,  1  grain.  Rinse 
the  mouth  every  three  hours. 

To  remove  catarrh,  the  following  is  highly  commended: 

In  a  pint  of  water  put  two  tablespoonfuls  of  common  fine  table  salt. 
Heat  the  water  in  a  tin  cup.  With  the  aid  of  a  nasal  douche,  obtained 
at  the  drugstore,  or  even  without  that,  snuff  about  a  teaspoonlul  ol 


the  brine  up  each  nostril,  requiring  it  to  pass  into  the  mouth.  Use 
twice  a  day  —  morning  and  night. 

For  offensive  breath  arising  from  foul  stomach,  the  following  is 
recommended : 

To  a  wine-glass  of  water  add  3  grains  of  chloride  of  lime.  Take  a 
tablespoonful  three  times  a  day,  before  the  meal,  and  eat  of  simple  food 
which  is  easily  digested. 

Another  remedy  for  foul  breath  is  powdered  charcoal,  half  a  tea¬ 
spoonful,  spread  on  a  piece  of  bread,  and  eaten  once  a  day  for  two  or 
three  days.  Another  is  a  drink  of  pure  water,  taken  twice  a  day,  contain¬ 
ing  each  time  20  grains  of  bisulphate  of  soda.  The  taste  is  made  pleas¬ 
ant  by  a  few  drops  of  peppermint  essence. 

The  following  is  recommended  as  beneficial  for  the  teeth,  and  effect¬ 
ive  in  removing  the  acidity  of  the  stomach: 

Take  of  gum  arahic  5  drachms;  vanilla  sugar,  3  drachms;  chlorate 
of  lime,  7  drachms,  and  mix  with  water  to  a  stifl  paste.  Roll  and  cut 
into  the  ordinary-sized  lozenge,  and  eat  six  each  day. 

The  Skin. 

Beware  of  exterior  application  of  cosmetics  for  the  purpose  of  beau¬ 
tifying  the  skin.  The  greatest  beautifiers  in  existence  are  plenty  of  exer¬ 
cise  in  the  fresh  air,  the  keeping  of  the  pores  of  the  skin  completely 
open  by  bathing,  the  feeding  of  the  body  with  a  sufficiency  of  simple, 
healthy  food,  and  the  obtaining  of  the  requisite  amount  of  sleep. 

It  is  true  that  sometimes  a  slight  touch  of  art  may  improve  the  per¬ 
sonal  appearance.  The  very  sallow  complexion  may  be  improved  by  a 
small  amount  of  color  applied;  the  hair,  if  naturally  dry  and  stiff,  may 
be  kept  in  place  by  a  simple  hair  preparation,  and  a  white  eyebrow  may 
be  brought  into  harmonious  color  with  the  hair  oi  the  head  by  a  dye; 
all  this  being  done  so  adroitly  that  the  external  application  cannot  he 
detected.  But,  as  a  rule,  greatest  beauty  is  obtained  by  a  strict  observ¬ 
ance  of  the  laws  of  health. 

The  following  preparations,  culled*  from  De  la  Banta’s  “Advice  to 
Ladies,”  are  recommended  for  improving  the  complexion: 

Take  a  teaspoonful  of  powdered  charcoal  (kept  by  druggists),  mixed 
with  ^veeS  water  or  rliilk,  for  three  nights  successive y.  ft?*™* 
be  followed  by  a  gentle  purge  afterwards,  to  remove  it  from  the  system. 
Taken  once  mtwo  or  three  months,  this  remedy  will  prove  efficacious  in 
making-  the  complexion  clear  and  transparent. 

ANOTHER. 

Tincture  of  balsam  of  Peru,  2  drachms;  tincture  of  tolu,  2  drachms; 
tincture  of  benzoin,  2  drachms.  Mix  with  one  gill  of  distilled  water,  and 
take1  of  melted  white  wax,  1  ounce;  spermaceti,  ^  ounce  ;  sweet 
oil  ,CS  drachms,  and  rose-water,  ,  ounce  Mix  all  the  ingredients  together, 
and  beat  thoroughly,  applying  to  the  skm  with  a  sponge. 


This  may  be  used  with  benefit  where  the  skin  presents  a  greasy  ap- 
pearance: 

To  1/  nint  of  rose-water,  add  chlorate  of  potash,  iS  grains;  glycerine, 

1  ounce  PMix  carefully,  and  use  in  a  pure  state.  Apply  with  a  sponge 
or  linen  cloth.  Should  it  irritate  the  skm,  dilute  with  more  water.  11  e 
lotions  should  be  applied  with  care,  and  are  best  used  at  night. 

The  greasy  skin,  inclined  to  pimples,  is  benefited  by  the  following 
preparation : 

Bicarbonate  of  soda,  18  grains;  essence  of  Portugal,  6  drops;  distilled 
water,  K  pint.  Mix>  and  bathe  the  face‘ 

The  shiny,  polished  skin,  which  is  caused  by  fatty  secretions  beneath 
it,  may  have  the  difficulty  removed  by  this  preparation: 

Take  ,  quart  of  camphor  water  pure ; 
few  minuted  after^applyi'ng^t^then  wa^h  the  face  thoroughly  with  soft 
water. 

If  the  skin  is  very  pallid,  it  is  improved  by  the  bath  in  lukewarm 
water,  followed  by  brisk  rubbing  with  a  coarse  towel,  and  ™rc«m 
the  aft  and  sun.  The  pale  skin  is  improved  also  by  the  sunshine  The 
rough  skin  is  made  smooth  by  the  application  of  glycerine  at  night,  fol¬ 
lowed  by  its  removal  with  water  and  fine  soap  in  the  morning. 

The  skin  may  be  whitened  by  the  following  prescription: 

d  -  rjfjssr  jsbsv'.m  sa 

once  a  day. 


HOW  TO  PRESERVE  HEARTH  AND  BEAUTY. 


171 


The  sallow  and  muddy  skin  is  improved  by  this  preparation: 

To  one  pint  of  water  add  2  drachms  of  iodide  of  potassium  and  1 
ounce  of  glycerine.  Mix,  and  apply  with  a  sponge  once  a  day. 

To  keep  the  skin  clear,  beware  of  pork,  cheese  and  other  substances 
containing  much  grease.  Also  avoid  alcoholic  drinks.  Keep  the  bowels 
loose  by  fruit  and  a  sufficiency  of  coarse  food.  Take  exercise  sufficient, 
if  possible,  to  produce  a  gentle  perspiration  each  day;  bathe  daily,  and 
get  into  the  sunshine  and  open  air. 

The  Hand. 

Various  are  the  recipes  for  keeping  the  hand  beautiful.  If  not  en¬ 
gaged  in  hard  manual  labor,  and  it  is  very  desirable  to  make  the  hands 
present  as  handsome  an  appearance  as  possible,  there  are  a  few  direc¬ 
tions  necessary  to  keep  them  well  preserved.  Among  these  is  perfect 
cleanliness,  which  is  produced  by  a  thorough  washing,  using  an  abund¬ 
ance  of  good  toilet  soap,  and  frequently  a  nail-brush. 

Should  the  hands  be  inclined  to  chap,  they  will  be  relieved  of  the  dif¬ 
ficulty  by  washing  them  in  glycerine  before  going  to  bed.  In  the  winter 
season,  to  wash  them  in  snow  and  soap  will  leave  them  smooth  and 
soft. 

To  make  the  hands  very  white  and  delicate,  the  person  is  assisted  by 
washing  them  several  times  for  two  or  three  days  in  milk  and  water,  and, 
upon  retiring  to  rest,  bathing  in  palm  oil,  and  encasing  them  in  a  pair  of 
woolen  gloves,  cleaning  with  warm  water  and  soap  the  next  morning. 
They  should  be  thoroughly  rubbed  to  promote  circulation,  and  a  pair 
of  soft  leather  gloves  should  be  worn  during  the  day. 

Should  the  hands  become  sunburned,  the  tan  may  be  removed  by 
using  lime-water  and  lemon-juice. 

Should  warts  make  their  appearance,  they  may  be  removed  by  paring 
them  on  the  top  and  applying  a  small  amount  of  acetic  acid  on  the  summit 
of  the  wart,  with  a  camel’s  hair  brush,  care  being  taken  that  none  of  the 
acid  gets  upon  the  surrounding  skin.  To  prevent  this,  wax  may  be  placed 
upon  the  finger  or  hand  during  the  operation,  or  an  old  kid  glove  may  be 
used,  the  wart  being-  allowed  to  project  through. 

The  nails  should  be  cut  about  once  a  week,  directly  after  a  bath  and 
should  never  be  bitten.  In  rough,  hard  labor,  if  it  is  desired  to  protect 
the  hands,  gloves  should  be  worn. 

But  however  beautiful  it  may  be,  the  hand  should  do  its  full  share  of 
work.  The  hand  that  is  beautiful  from  idleness  is  to  be  despised. 

The  Feet. 

Much  care  should  be  taken  to  keep  the  feet  in  good  condition.  The 
first  important  consideration  in  their  management  is  perfect  cleanliness. 
Some  people  find  it  necessary  to  wash  the  feet  morning  and  evening! 
Many  find  it  indispensably  necessary  to  wash  them  once  a  day,  and  no 
one  should  fail  of  washing  them  at  least  three  times  a  week,  and  the 
stockings  should  be  changed  as  frequently  if  much  walking  be  done. 

.  Wi‘hout  cashing,  the  feet  are  liable  to  become  very  offensive  to  others 
in  a  short  tune.  The  feet  of  some  persons  will  become  disagreeably 
so  sometimes  within  a  week  if  they  are  not  washed,  more  especially  if 
they  perspire  freely. 

A  foot  bath  using  warm  water,  followed  by  wiping  the  feet  com- 
pletely  dry,  and  afterward  putting  on  clean  stockings,  is  very  invigor¬ 
ating  after  a  long  walk,  or  when  the  feet  are  damp  and  cold. 

To  escape  chilblains,  avoid  getting  the  feet  wet.  Should  they  become 
damp,  change  shoes  and  stockings  at  once.  Wear  woolen  stockings 
and  do  not  toast  the  feet  before  the  fire.  The  app roach  of  the  chilblain 
IS  frequently  prevented  by  bathing  the  feet  in  a  strong  solution  of  alum. 

With  the  first  indications  of  chilblains,  as  revealed  by  the  itching  sen- 
sation,  it  is  well  to  rub  them  with  warm  spirits  of  rosemary,  addins 
to  the  same  a  little  turpentine.  Tint,  soaked  in  camphorated  spirits" 
opodeldoc,  or  camphor  liniment,  may  be  applied  and  retained  when  the 
part  is  affected. 

It  is  claimed  also  that  chilblains  may  be  cured  by  bathing  the  feet  in 
water  in  which  potatoes  have  been  boiled. 

Wear  boots  and  shoes  amply  large  for  the  feet,  but  not  too  laro-e,  and 
thus  escape  corns.  A  broad  heel,  half  an  inch  in  height,  is  all  that  com- 
tort  will  allow  to  be  worn. 


The  Hair. 

The  head  should  be  washed  occasionally  with  soap  and  water.  Fol¬ 
low  by  wiping  perfectly  dry,  and  afterward  brush  the  hair  and  scalp 
with  a  hairbrush  of  moderate  hardness.  When  the  hair,  is  inclined  to  be 
harsh  and  dry,  a  moderate  supply  of  olive  oil,  bear’s  grease  or  other 
dressing  may  be  used.  With  many  heads  no  oil  is  necessary,  and  with 
any  an  over-abundance  is  to  be  avoided.  Frequent  brushing  with  a  per¬ 
fectly  clean  brush  is  of  great  service  in  giving  a  glossy,  beautiful 
appearance  to  the  hair.  The  brush  may  be  kept  clean  by  washing  every 
day  or  two  in  warm  water  and  soda,  or  in  diluted  ammonia. 

For  removing  dandruff,  glycerine  diluted  with  a  little  rosewater  is 
recommended.  Rosemary  in  almost  any  preparation  is  a  very  cleansing 
wash.  ** 

T  he  yolk  of  an  egg,  beaten  up  in  warm  water,  makes  an  excellent 
application  for  cleansing  the  scalp. 

To  clip  the  ends  of  the  hair  occasionally  is  an  excellent  plan  for 
ladies,  as  it  prevents  the  hair  from  splitting-. 

It  is  doubtful  if  a  hair-dve  is  ever  advisable,  though  an  eyebrow  is 
sometimes  improved  by  a  light  application,  to  bring  it  into  harmonious 
color  with  the  hair,  as  is  also  hair  which  grows  white  in  patches.  There 
is  no  objection  to  the  hair  growing  gray.  Indeed  the  gray  is  often  fully 
as  beautiful  as  the  former  color. 

Baldness  is  usually  avoided  by  keeping  the  head  cool.  Women  sel¬ 
dom  have  bald  heads,  but  men  often  do,  the  baldness  commencing  upon 
the  head  at  a  point  which  is  covered  by  the  hat.  In  order  to  preserve 
the  hair,  gentlemen  must  avoid  warm  hats  and  caps,  and  whatever  is 
worn  must  be  thoroughly  ventilated  by  apertures  sufficient  in  quantity 
and  size  to  allow  all  the  heated  air  to  escape.  The  silk  hat  should  have 
at  least  twenty  holes  punched  in  the  top  to  afford  sufficient  ventilation. 

The  beard  is  nature’s  badge  to  indicate  manhood.  It  was  an  unwise 
fashion  that  ordained  that  the  face  should  be  shaved.  Gradually  men 
begin  to  learn  that  health,  comfort  and  improved  appearance  come  with 
the  full  beard,  and  in  later  years  the  beard  is  acquiring  the  prestige  it 
held  in  olden  times.  Care  should  be  taken  to  keep  the  "Beard  and  liair  so 
cut  and  trimmed  that  they  may  present  a  handsome  appearance. 

The  Teeth. 

The  teeth  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  with  a  toothbrush  each  morn¬ 
ing  after  breakfast.  Some  persons  clean  the  teeth  after  every  meal, 
which  is  a  most  excellent  habit.  By  cleaning  the  teeth  regularly,  no 
washes  are  necessary,  though  occasionally  castile  soap  will  be  beneficial. 
Should  tartar  collect  in  such  quantity  as  to  be  difficult  to  remove,  the 
dentist  should  be  consulted.  Should  the  teeth  begin  to  decay,  they 
should  be  immediately  cared  for  by  the  dentist.  Powdered  charcoal 
easily  removes  stains,  and  makes  the  teeth  white. 

The  following  also  is  an  excellent  wash  for  the  teeth: 

Tincture  of  myrrh,  1  ounce;  compound  tincture  of  cinchona  1  ounce- 
water  I  ounce.  Put  five  drops  on  the  toothbrush,  dip  the  brush  then 
in  water,  and  wash  the  teeth. 

Keep  the  teeth  clean.  They  look  badly  if  not  perfectly  white  and 
clean. 

Ears,  Eyes  and  Nose. 

In  the  daily  bath,  all  the  crevices  of  the  ears  should  be  thoroughly 
cleaned,  and  the  earwax  carefully  removed  whenever  it  shows  itself. 

Special  pains  should  be  taken  to  keep  the  eyes  clean.  It  shows  filthy 
habits  to  see  matter  gathered  in  the  corners.  If  dirt  accumulates  between 
washings,  the  eyes  should  be  carefully  wiped  with  a  soft  handkerchief. 

Keep  the  nasal  passages  perfectly  clear.  If  there  is  an  inclination 
for  accumulations  to  stop  there,  snuff  water  up  the  nose,  and  afterward 
blow  it,  placing  the  thumb  on  one  side  while  you  blow  the  other.  Keep 
the  nose  so  clear  that  you  can  breathe  through  it  with  ease,  and  avoid 
the  coarse  habit  of  picking  it. 

Regularity  of  Habits. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  if  the  individual  would  enjoy  health 
and  possess  beauty,  that  all  the  personal  habits  be  perfectly  regular,  and 
that  attention  be  given  to  these  each  twenty-four  hours  at  a  regular  time. 


Do  not  let  visiting  traveling  or  business  interfere  with  them.  You  must 
be  regular  in  sleep,  in  evacuation  of  the  bowels,  in  bathing  and  in  eat- 
ins  '  Nature  will  not  he  cheated.  She  requires  perfect  attention  to 
certain  duties.  If  you  attempt  to  violate  her  requirements,  you  will  be 
certainly  punished. 

Whenever  the  person  complains  of  sickness,  he  confesses  to  a  viola¬ 
tion  consciously  or  unconsciously,  unavoidably  or  otherwise,  of  some  of 
tion,  consuo  i  y  ks  on  «  Health,”  in  the  “  Letters  of 

nature’s  requirements,  (bee  remarKs 
Advice,”  elsewhere  in  this  volume.) 


WHAT  COLORS  MAY  BE  WORN. 

Nature  has  her  peculiar  shades  and  contrasts,  with  which  she  embel¬ 
lishes  all  her  works. 

Over  the  retreating  dark  gray  cloud  in  the  east  does  the  rainbow 
show  itself,  strong  by  contrast,  and  beautiful  in  the  harmony  of  its  sur¬ 
roundings.  Surpassingly  lovely  are  the  brilliant  rays  of  the  golden  sun¬ 
set,  as  they  lie  reflected  upon  the  fleecy  clouds  at  eventide,  their  charm 
coming  from  their  surroundings  of  the  gray  and  azure  blue.  Daz¬ 
zling  bright  are  the  twinkling  stars  as  they  smile  upon  us  in  their 
bed  of  cerulean  blue;  and  very  beautiful  is  the  rose,  as  it  perfumes  the 
air  and  charms  the  eye  amid  its  accompaniments  of  green. 

Nature  thus  robes  all  her  works  with  shades  that  complement  and 
harmonize;  the  result  being  to  show  the  object  to  the  best  advantage. 

In  the  higher  civilization,  men  have  donned  the  conventional  suit  of 
black  and  have  abandoned  the  domain  of  color  to  woman,  who  with  her 
keenly  esthetic  nature  can  never  be  induced  to  forego  the  pleasure  that 
comes  from  brilliant  and  harmonious  hues.  Alive  as  woman  is,  theie- 
fore,  to  the  principles  that  make  beauty,  it  becomes  us  to  investigate  the 
subject  of  personal  appearance  as  affected  by  color. 

Colors  that  Suit  Different  Complexions. 

Two  distinct  types  of  complexion  exist  among  the  white  race,  namely, 
the  light-haired,  fair  and  ruddy  complexions,  termed  Blondes;  and  the 
dark-haired  and  dark-skinned,  called  Brunettes. 

Between  these  are  several  intermediate  tints  and  shades,  all  requiting* 
much  close  observation  to  fully  discriminate  as  to  the  colors  most  suitable 
to  be  worn,  to  harmonize  with  the  different  shades  of  complexion. 

Investigation  has  proven  that  the  light- haired  and  rosy-cheeked,  with 
red  or  golden  hair  and  ruddy  complexion,  require  certain  colors  in  head¬ 
dress  and  drapery  to  harmonize;  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  dark  com- 
plexion,  with  dark  hair  and  eyebrows. 

The  Shades  that  Blondes  May  Wear. 

Dark  violet,  intermixed  with  lilac  and  blue,  give  additional  charms 
to  the  fair-haired,  ruddy  blonde.  Green,  also,  with  lighter  or  darker 
tints,  is  favorable.  With  the  very  ruddy,  the  blue  and  green  should 
he  darker  rather  than  lighter.  An  intermixture  of  white  may  likewise 
go  with  these  colors. 

The  neutral  colors  arc  also  suitable  to  the  ruddy  blondes.  Of  these 
are  the  russet,  slate,  maroon,  and  all  the  hues  of  brown.  Light  neutral 
tints  are  also  pleasing,  such  as  gray,  drab,  fawn  and  stone  colors. 

Transparent  and  delicate  complexions,  with  light,  chestnut  or  brown 
hair,  should  have  the  same  set  otf  by  contrast.  Thus  blue,  pale  yel¬ 
low,  azure,  lilac  and  black,  trimmed  with  rose  or  pink,  are  suitable,  as 
are  also  the  various  shades  of  gray. 

Colors  that  become  the  Brunette. 

Glossy  black  becomes  the  brunette;  so  do  white,  scarlet,  orange  and 
yellow.  The  scarlet  blossom  in  the  hair,  gold -colored  ribbon  and 
poppy  colors,  deftly  but  not  too  conspicuously  woven  about  the  neck 
and  breast,  will  display  the  face  to  fine  advantage.  Green  also  befits 
the  dark  complexion. 

The  sallow  complexion  is  improved  by  the  different  shades  of  dark 
green  and  red.  A  yellow  complexion  is  made  handsomer  by  the  reflec¬ 
tion  of  yellow  about  it;  especially  if  relieved  by  poppy  colors  or  black. 


The  red  and  yellow  face  is  benefited  by  coming  in  contact  with  blue 
or  orange.  The  red  face  is  improved  by  red  around  it,  red  and  blue  tints 
being  developed  thereby.  Red  and  blue  are  relieved  by  purple,  and  the 
blue  and  yellow  by  green.  White  and  black  become  the  pale  face,  but 
red  and  blue  become  it  better.  Light  colors  harmonize  with  and  befit  the 
pale  skin,  while  the  dark  skin  is  improved  by  the  darker  tints. 

Colors  in  Bonnets. 

Black  Bonnets ,  with  white,  pink  or  red  flowers  and  white  feather, 
become  the  fair  complexion.  They  also  become  the  black-haired  type 
when  trimmed  with  white,  red,  orange  or  yellow. 

White  Bonnets ,  made  of  lace,  muslin  or  crape,  suit  all  complexions, 
though  not  so  becoming  to  the  rosy  complexion  as  other  colors.  A 
white  bonnet  may  be  trimmed  with  white  or  pink,  but  with  the  blonde  is 
handsomest  when  trimmed  with  blue  flowers.  For  the  brunette,  prefer¬ 
ence  should  be  given  to  trimmings  of  red,  pink,  orange  and  yellow 
never  blue. 

Blue  Bonnets  are  suitable  only  for  fair  or  light,  rosy  complexions. 
They  should  never  be  worn  by  the  brunette. 

Tellozv  and  Orange  Bonnets  suit  the  brunette,  their  appropriate  trim¬ 
ming  being  poppy  colors,  scarlet,  white  and  black,  black  and  scarlet, 
black,  scarlet  and  yellow. 

Light  Blue  Bonnets  are  very  suitable  for  those  having  light  hair. 
They  may  be  trimmed  with  white  flowers,  and  in  many  cases  with  orange 

and  yellow.  , . 

Green  Bonnets  best  become  the  fair  and  rosy  complexion.  VV  hite 
flowers  will  harmonize  in  the  trimmings,  but  pink  is  preferable. 

Colors  Suitable  for  the  Different  Seasons. 

Red,  in  its  various  tints,  being  a  warm  color,  when  worn  in  dress,  has 
a  pleasing*  effect  in  winter. 

Purple  is  appropriate  in  winter,  spring  and  autumn. 

Green  is  becoming  in  late  summer  and  in  autumn,  by  contrast  with 
the  general  somber  appearance  of  dead  foliage  at  that  season  of  the  year. 

White  and  light  tints  in  clothing  give  an  appearance  of  coolness  and 
comfort  in  summer. 

Black  and  dark  colors  are  appropriate  at  all  seasons. 

Colors  We  See  First. 

Of  a  variety  of  colors  to  be  seen,  the  white  or  light-colored  will  usu¬ 
ally  attract  attention  first  and  farthest,  from  the  fact  that,  most  objects 
being  of  dark  shades  of  color,  it  is  strongest  in  contrast.  Next  to  white 
comes  the  scarlet  red,  which,  close  by,  is  one  of  the  most  brilliant  and 
attractive  colors.  Yellow  is  one  of  the  most  noticeable,  succeeded  by 
the  orange,  crimson,  blue  and  purple. 

Colors  in  Dress  Most  Beautiful  at  Night. 

A  dress  of  a  color  that  may  be  beautiful  during  the  day,  may  be  lack¬ 
ing  in  beauty  at  night,  owing  to  the  effect  of  gaslight;  and  another,  most 
charming  in  the  evening,  may  possess  little  beauty  in  the  daytime.  Thus, 
crimson,  which  is  handsome  in  the  evening,  loses  its  effect  upon  e 
complexion  in  the  daytime.  So  white  and  yellow,  that  add  beauty  a 
night,  are  unbecoming  by  day. 

The  scarlet,  orange  and  the  light  brown  are  also  most  charming 

1  u"  Colors  Most  Beautiful  by  Daylight. 

Pale  yellow,  which  is  handsome  by  day,  is  muddy  in  appearance  by 
gaslight.  So  purple  and  orange,  that  harmonize  and  are  beautiful  by 
daylight,  lose  their  charm  at  night. 

The  beauty  of  rose  color  disappears  under  the  gaslight;  and  all  the 
shades  of  purple  and  lilac,  the  dark  blues  and  green  lose  their  brilliancy 
in  artificial  light.  Ordinarily,  the  complexion  will  bear  the  strongest 

color  at  night.  $ize  Affected  by  Color. 

The  apparent  size  is  affected  by  colors.  As  white  upon  the  building 
will  make  it  appear  larger,  so  a  light-colored  dress  will  have  the  same 
effect  upon  the  person.  Thus  the  large  figure  will  appear  best  in  close- 
fitting  black,  and  next  best  in  the  sober  hues.  The  smaller  figure  will 


COLORS  THAT  HARMONIZE. - WHY  FASHIONS  CHANGE. 


173 


show  to  advantage  in  the  light  colors.  Black,  however,  for  a  person  of 
any  size,  is  the  most  suitable  color  for  nearly  all  occasions;  and,  hand¬ 
somely  made,  well  fitted,  artistically  trimmed,  and  suitably  relieved  at 
throat  and  bodice  with  ribbons,  lace  and  flowers  corresponding  with  the 
complexion,  makes  always  a  most  beautiful  costume. 

Persons  whose  resources  are  limited  and  who  cannot  afford  a  varied 
wardrobe  should  by  this  fact  be  guided  to  a  constant  preference  for  black. 

Colors  that  Contrast  and  Harmonize. 

The  object  of  two  or  more  different  tints  in  dress  is  to  obtain  relief  by 
variety,  and  yet  the  two  shades  brought  thus  in  contrast  should  harmo¬ 
nize,  else  the  beauty  of  each  will  be.  lessened.  Thus,  a  lady  with  a  blue 
dress  would  greatly  injure  its  effect  by  wearing  a  crimson  shawl;  as  she 
would  also  a  lilac-colored  dress  by  trimming  it  with  a  dark  brown. 

That  the  reader  may  understand  the  colors  that  will  contrast  and  yet 
blend,  the  following  list  of  harmonizing  colors  is  given: 

Blue  and  gold;  blue  and  orange;  blue  and  salmon  color;  blue  and 
drab;  blue  and  stone  color;  blue  and  white;  blue  and  gray;  blue  and 
straw  color;  blue  and  maize;  blue  and  chestnut;  blue  and  brown;  blue 
and  black;  blue  and  white;  blue,  brown,  crimson  and  gold. 

Black  and  white;  black  and  orange;  black  and  maize;  black  and 
scarlet;  black  and  lilac;  black  and  pink;  black  and  slate  color;  black 
and  buff;  black,  white,  yellow  and  crimson;  black,  orange,  blue  and 
yellow. 

Crimson  and  gold;  crimson  and  orange;  crimson  and  maize;  crimson 
and  purple;  crimson  and  black;  crimson  and  drab. 

Green  and  gold;  green  and  yellow;  green  and  orange;  green  and 
crimson;  green,  crimson  and  yellow;  green,  scarlet  and  yellow. 

Lilac  and  gold;  lilac  and  maize;  lilac  and  cherry;  lilac  and  scarlet; 
lilac  and  crimson ;  lilac,  scarlet,  white  and  black;  lilac,  gold  and  chest¬ 
nut;  lilac,  yellow,  scarlet  and  white. 

Orange  and  chestnut;  orange  and  brown;  orange,  lilac  and  crimson- 
orange,  red  and  green;  orange,  blue  and  crimson;  orange,  purple  and 
scarlet;  orange,  blue,  scarlet,  green  and  white. 

Purple  and  gold;  purple  and  orange;  purple  and  maize;  purple, 
scarlet  and  gold  color;  purple,  white  and  scarlet;  purple,  orange,  blue 
and  scarlet;  purple,  scarlet,  blue,  yellow  and  black. 

Red  and  gold;  red,  white  or  gray;  red,  green  and  orange;  red,  black 
and  yellow;  red,  yellow,  black  and  white. 

Scarlet  and  purple;  scarlet  and  orange;  scarlet  and  blue;  scarlet  and 
slate  color;  scarlet,  black  and  white;  scarlet,  white  and  blue;  scarlet, 
gray  and  blue;  scarlet,  yellow  and  blue;  scarlet,  blue,  yellow  and  black. 

Tellovj  and  red;  yellow  and  brown;  yellow  and  chestnut;  yellow  and 
violet;  yellow  and  blue;  yellow  and  purple;  yellow  and  crimson;  yellow 
and  black;  yellow,  purple  and  crimson;  yellow  and  scarlet. 


FASHION -WHY  DOES  IT  CHANGE? 

Because  change  is  one  of  nature’s  laws.  If  there  was  no  change, 
there  would  be  no  motion;  and  without  motion  there  would  be  no  life! 

Change  is  ever  going  forward  in  nature.  To-day  it  is  spring,  and  all 
nature  is  waking  to  new  life.  A  few  weeks  hence,  and  every  tree  and 
shrub  will  be  clothed  in  a  garb  of  green,  sprinkled  with  blossoms. 
Later,  the  green  of  various  shades  will  merge  into  the  autumn  tints;  and 
later  still,  nature  will  doff  her  garb  entirely,  only  to  clothe  herself  in  the 
coming  years  again  with  various  changes,  according  to  the  seasons. 

So  mankind  instinctively  changes  in  style  of  costume,  oftentimes  for 
better,  and  sometimes,  it  must  be  admitted,  for  the  worse.  But  the  change 
ever  goes  forward,  fashion  repeating  itself  within  the  century,  often 
within  a  generation,  almost  as  certainly  as  the  seasons  do  within  the 
year. 

There  is  no  use,  therefore,  in  issuing  a  fiat  against  changes  of  fashion. 
Best  judgment  is  shown  in  accepting  of  the  inevitable  and  adapting 
ourselves  to  the  circumstances. 


Hints  to  Gentlemen. 

It  is  best  taste  to  conform  to  fashion,  avoiding  extremes. 

While  it  is  well  to  guard  against  the  adoption  of  a  decidedly  unwise 
fashion,  it  is  well  also  to  avoid  an  oddity  in  dress. 

Well  dressed  gentlemen  wear  dark  clothing  cut  and  made  to  mea¬ 
sure.  Watch-chain,  one  ring,  shirt-stud  and  sleeve-buttons  are  all  the 
jewelry  allowable  for  the  gentleman. 

Other  colors  than  black  will  be  appropriate  in  their  season  and  for 
various  kinds  of  employment. 

Hints  to  Parents. 

Give  the  boy  a  good  suit  of  clothes,  if  you  wish  him  to  appear  manly. 
An  ill-fitting,  bad-looking  garment  destroys  a  boy’s  respect  for  himself! 

To  require  the  boy  to  wear  men’s  cast-off  clothing,  and  go  shambling 
around  in  a  large  pair  of  boots,  and  then  expect  him  to  have  good  man¬ 
ners,  is  like  giving  him  the  poorest  of  tools,  because  he  is  a  boy,  and 
then  expecting  him  to  do  as  fine  work  with  them  as  a  man  would  with 
good  tools. 

Like  the  man  or  woman,  the  boy  respects  himself,  and  will  do  much 
more  honor  to  his  parents,  when  he  is  well  dressed  in  a  neatly  fitting 
suit  of  clothes.  Even  his  mother  should  relinquish  her  rights,  and  let 
the  barber  cut  his  hair. 

As  a  rule,  well  dressed  children  exhibit  better  conduct  than  children 
that  are  careless  in  personal  appearance.  While  vanity  should  be 
guarded  against,  children  should  be  encouraged  to  be  neat  in  person 
and  dress. 

The  mother  should  strive  also  to  make  her  boy  manly.  Possibly,  as  a 
pet,  her  boy  has  in  infancy  had  his  hair  curled.  Even  now,  when  he  is 
six  or  eight  years  of  age,  the  curls  look  very  pretty.  But  the  mother 
must  forego  her  further  pleasure  in  the  curls;  for  the  boy,  to  take  his 
Place  along  with  the  others,  to  run  and  jump,  to  grow  manly  and  strong, 
must  wear  short  hair.  His  mother  can  no  longer  dress  it  like  a  girl’s. 
It  will  be  necessary  and  best  to  cut  oft'  his  curls. 

Hints  to  Ladies. 

Best  taste  will  dictate  an  observance  of  fashion,  avoiding  extremes. 

Dress  the  hair  so  that  it  will  exhibit  variety  and  relief,  without 
making  the  forehead  look  too  high. 

Have  one  pronounced  color  in  the  dress,  all  other  colors  harmonizing 
with  that.  See  “Harmony  of  Colors.” 

A  dress  should  fit  the  form.  Well  fitted  and  judiciously  trimmed,  a 
calico  dress  is  handsomer  than  an  ill-fitting  silk  dress. 

To  present  a  handsome  appearance,  all  the  appurtenances  of  the  lady’s 
dress  should  be  scrupulously  neat  and  clean.  Every  article  that  is  de¬ 
signed  to  be  white  should  be  a  pure  white,  and  in  perfect  order. 

Much  taste  maybe  displayed  in  dress  about  the  neck,  and  care  should 
be  observed  not  to  use  trimmings  that  will  enlarge  the  appearance  of 
the  shoulders.  The  dress  should  be  close-fitting  about  the  waist  and 
shoulders,  though  the  lady  should  not  lace  too  tightly. 

As  with  the  gentleman,  quiet  colors  are  usually  in  best  taste.  Heavy, 
rich,  dark  materials  best  suit  the  woman  of  tall  figure;  while  light,  full 
draperies  should  be  worn  only  by  those  of  slender  proportions.  Short 
persons  should  beware  of  wearing  flounces,  or  horizontal  trimmings 
that  will  break  the  perpendicular  lines,  as  the  effect  is  to  make  them  ap¬ 
pear  shorter. 

Care  should  be  taken  to  dress  according  to  the  age,  the  season,  the 
employment  and  the  occasion.  As  a  rule,  a  woman  appears  her  loveliest 
when,  in  a  dress  of  dark  color,  we  see  her  with  the  rosy  complexion  of 
health,  her  hair  dressed  neatly,  her  throat  and  neck  tastefully  cared 
for,  her  dress  in  neither  extreme  of  fashion,  while  the  whole  is  relieved 
by  a  moderate  amount  of  carefully  selected  jewelry. 

We  have  aimed,  in  this  chapter  on  the  toilet,  to  present  the  scientific 
principles  of  dress  —  principles  that  can  be  applied  at  all  times,  whatever 
may  be  the  fashion.  It  will  now  become  the  reader  to  study  these  prin¬ 
ciples,  and  apply  them  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  common  sense 
and  the  fashions  as  they  may  prevail. 


174 


SUGGESTIONS  ABOUT  TRAILING  DRESSES.  —  CONDUCT  IN  THE  STREET-CARS. 


(T 


.V 


RULES  OF  CONDUCT  TO  BE  OBSERVED. 


Tad 

I  ' 

1  J 


ADIES  and  gentlemen,  when  meeting  on  the  side¬ 
walk,  should  always  pass  to  the  right.  Should  the 

_ /  walk  be  narrow  or  dangerous,  gentlemen  will 

always  see  that  ladies  are  protected  from  injury. 

Ladies  should  avoid  walking  rapidly  upon  the  street,  as 
it  is  ungraceful  and  unbecoming. 

Running  across  the  street  in  front  of  carriages  is  dan¬ 
gerous,  and  shows  want  of  dignity. 

The  gentleman  should  insist  upon  carrying  any  package  which  the 
lady  may  have,  when  walking  with  her. 

Before  recognizing  a  lady  on  the  street,  the  gentleman  should  be  cer¬ 
tain  that  his  recognition  will  meet  with  favor. 

No  gentleman  should  stand  on  the  street- 
corners,  steps  of  hotels,  or  other  public  places, 
and  make  remarks  about  ladies  passing  by. 

A  gentleman  may  take  two  ladies  upon  his 
arms,  but  under  no  circumstances  should  the 
lady  take  the  arms  of  two  gentlemen. 

Upon  the  narrow  walk,  for  her  protection, 
the  gentleman  should  generally  give  the  lady 
the  inside  of  the  walk  (Fig.  ai),  passing  behind 
her  when  changing  at  corners. 

Allowing  a  dress  to  trail  on  the  street  is  in 
exceedingly  bad  taste.  Such  a  street  costume 
simply  calls  forth  criticism  and  contempt  from 
the  more  sensible  people. 

A  gentleman  walking  with  a  lady  should 
accommodate  his  step  and  pace  to  hers.  For 
the  gentleman  to  be  some  distance  ahead,  pre¬ 
sents  a  bad  appearance. 

Should  protection  on  the  street  be  necessary, 
it  is  customary  for  the  gentleman  to  give  his 
right  arm  to  the  lady;  but  if  more  convenient, 
he  may  give  the  left. 


It  is  courtesy  to  give  silent,  respectful  attention  as  a  funeral  pro¬ 
cession  passes.  It  shows  want  of  respect  to  pass  between  the  carnages 
while  the  procession  is  moving. 

Staring  at  people,  spitting,  looking  back  after  they  pass,  saluting  peo¬ 
ple  across  the  street,  calling  out  loudly  or  laughing  at  people  as  they 
go  by,  are  all  evidences  of  ill-breeding. 

The  gentleman  accompanying  a  lady  should  hold  the  door  open  for 
the  lady  to  enter  first.  Should  he  be  near  the  door  when  a  lady,  unat¬ 
tended,  is  about  to  enter,  he  will  do  the  same  for  her. 

In  the  evening,  or  whenever  safety  may  require,  a  gentleman  should 
give  a  lady  his  arm.  It  is  not  customary  in  other  cases  to  do  so  on  the 

street,  unless  with  an  elderly  lady,  or  the  couple  be  husband  and  wife.^  whether 

Some  authorities  claim  that  it  is  most  sensible  for  the  a  y  freg  t0  ^old  trail,  fan,  or  parasol. _ 


A  gentleman  will  assist  a  lady  over  a  bad  crossing,  or  from  an  omni¬ 
bus  or  carriage,  without  waiting  for  the  formality  of  an  introduction. 
When  the  service  is  performed,  he  will  raise  his  hat,  bow,  and  pass  on. 

In  a  street  car  or  an  omnibus,  the  passengers  who  are  seated  should 
strive  to  give  seats  to  those  who  are  standing,  rendering  such  accommo¬ 
dation  as  they  would  themselves  desire  under  similar  circumstances. 

When  crossing  the  pavement,  the  lady  should  raise  her  dress  with  the 
right  hand,  a  little  above  the  ankle.  To  raise  the  dress  with  both  hands, 
is  vulgar,  and  can  be  excused  only  when  the  mud  is  very  deep. 

No  gentleman  will  smoke  when  walking  with,  or  standing  in  the 
presence  of,  a  lady  on  the  street.  He  should  remove  the  cigar  from  her 
presence  entirely,  even  though  permission  be 
granted  to  continue  the  smoking. 

A  gentleman  should  give  his  seat  to  any  lady 
who  may  be  standing  in  a  public  conveyance. 
For  this  favor  she  should  thank  him,  which 
courtesy  he  should  acknowledge  by  a  slight 
bow.  In  an  omnibus  he  will  pass  up  the  la¬ 
dies’  fares. 

A  true  lady  will  go  quietly  and  unobtru¬ 
sively  about  her  business  when  on  the  street, 
never  seeking  to  attract  the  attention  of  the  op¬ 
posite  sex,  at  the  same  time  recognizing  ac-. 
quaintances  with  a  courteous  bow,  and  friends 
with  pleasant  words  of  greeting. 

Swinging  the  arms  when  walking,  eating 
upon  the  street,  sucking  the  parasol  handles, 
pushing  violently  through  a  crowd,  very  loud 
and  boisterous  talking  and  laughing  on  the 

=  _  ^  streets,  and  whispering  in  public  conveyances, 

~ are  all  evidences  of  ill-breeding  in  ladies. 

A  lady  should  have  the  escort  of  a  gen¬ 
tleman  in  the  evening.  A  gentleman  at  the 
house  where  she  may  call  may  return  with  her 
if  she  goes  unattended;  gossip  and  scandal  are  best  avoided,  however, 
if  she  have  some  one  from  her  home  call  for  her  at  an  appointed  hour. 

On  the  narrow  street-crossing  the  gentleman  will  allow  the  lady  to 
precede  him,  that  he  may  see  that  no  injury  befalls  her. 

Should  a  lady  stop  in  the  street,  when  meeting  a  gentleman,  it  is 
courtesy  for  him  to  stop  also.  Should  his  business  be  urgent,  he  will 
apologize  for  not  continuing  the  conversation,  and  ask  to  be  excused. 
Should  it  be  desirable  to  lengthen  the  interview,  and  the  lady  resumes 
her  walk  in  the  midst  of  her  conversation,  it  is  courtesy  for  him  to  turn 
and  accompany  her.  Should  she  desire  to  end  the  conversation,  a  slight 
bow  from  her  will  indicate  the  fact,  when  he  should  bid  her  “  good  day 
and  take  his  lea ve.  ^  ^  ind00rs.  her  rigbt  hand  being  thus 


Fit  21.  The  street- promenade.  The  gentleman  gives  the 
lady  the  inside  of  the  walk.  * 


A  FEW  RULES  WHICH  SHOULD  NEVER  BE  FORGOTTEN. 


175 


Unclassified  LT  Etiquette. 


IMPORTANT  RULES  OF  CONDUCT. 


EVER  exaggerate. 

Never  point  to  another. 

Never  betray  a  confidence. 

Never  wantonly  frighten  others. 

Never  leave  home  with  unkind  words. 

Never  neglect  to  call  upon  your  friends. 

Never  laugh  at  the  misfortunes  of  others. 

Never  give  a  promise  that  you  do  not  fulfill. 

Never  send  a  present,  hoping  for  one  in  return. 
Never  speak  much  of  your  own  performances. 

Never  fail  to  be  punctual  at  the  time  appointed. 

Never  make  yourself  the  hero  of  your  own  story. 

Never  pick  the  teeth  or  clean  the  nails  in  company. 

Never  fail  to  give  a  polite  answer  to  a  civil  question. 

Never  question  a  servant  or  a  child  about  family  matters. 

Never  present  a  gift  saying  that  it  is  of  no  use  to  yourself. 

Never  read  letters  which  you  may  find  addressed  to  others. 

Never  fail,  if  a  gentleman,  of  being  civil  and  polite  to  ladies. 

Never  call  attention  to  the  features  or  form  of  anyone  present. 

Never  refer  to  a  gift  you  have  made,  or  favor  you  have  rendered. 
Never  associate  with  bad  company.  Have  good  company,  or  none. 
Never  look  over  the  shoulder  of  another  who  is  reading  or  writing. 
Never  appear  to  notice  a  scar,  deformity,  or  defect  of  anyone  present. 
Never  arrest  the  attention  of  an  acquaintance  by  a  touch.  Speak  to 


him. 


Never  punish  your  child  for  a  fault  to  which  you  are  addicted  your- 
self. 

Never  answer  questions  in  general  company  that  have  been  put  to 
others. 

Never,  when  traveling  abroad,  be  over  boastful  in  praise  of  your  own 
country. 

Never  call  a  new  acquaintance  by  the  Christian  name  unless  requested 
to  do  so. 

Never  lend  an  article  you  have  borrowed,  unless  you  have  permission 
to  do  so. 

Never  attempt  to  draw  the  attention  of  the  company  constantly  upon 
yourself. 

Never  exhibit  anger,  impatience  or  excitement,  when  an  accident 
happens. 

IS  ever  pass  between  two  persons  who  are  talking-  together,  without 
an  apology. 

Never  enter  a  room  noisily;  never  fail  to  close  the  door  after  you,  and 
never  slam  it. 

Never  forget  that,  if  you  are  faithful  in  a  few  things,  you  may  be 
ruler  over  many. 

Never  exhibit  too  great  familiarity  with  the  new  acquaintance;  you 
may  give  offense. 

Never  will  a  gentleman  allude  to  conquests  which  he  may  have 
made  with  ladies. 

Never  be  guilty  of  the  contemptible  meanness  of  opening  a  private 
letter  addressed  to  another. 


Never  fail  to  offer  the  easiest  and  best  seat  in  the  room  to  an  invalid, 
an  elderly  person,  or  a  lady. 

Never  neglect  to  perform  the  commission  which  the  friend  entrusted 
to  you.  You  must  not  forget. 

Tv  ever  send  your  guest,  who  is  accustomed  to  a  warm  room,  off  into 
a  cold,  damp,  spare  bed,  to  sleep. 

Never  enter  a  room  filled  with  people,  without  a  slight  bow  to  the 
general  company  when  first  entering. 

Never  fail  to  answer  an  invitation,  either  personally  or  by  letter,  with¬ 
in  a  week  after  the  invitation  is  received. 

Never  accept  of  favors  and  hospitalities  without  rendering  an  ex¬ 
change  of  civilities  when  opportunity  offers. 

ever  cross  the  leg  and  put  out  one  foot  in  the  street-car,  or  places 
where  it  will  trouble  others  when  passing  by. 

Never  fail  to  tell  the  truth.  If  truthful,  you  get  your  reward. 
You  will  get  your  punishment  if  you  deceive. 

Never  borrow  money  and  neglect  to  pay.  If  you  do,  you  will  soon 
be  known  as  a  person  of  no  business  integrity. 

Never  write  to  another  asking  for  information,  or  a  favor  of  any  kind, 
without  inclosing  a  postage  stamp  for  the  reply. 

Never  fail  to  say  kind  and  encouraging  words  to  those  whom  you 
meet  in  distress.  Your  kindness  may  lift  them  out  of  their  despair. 

Never  refuse  to  receive  an  apology.  You  may  not  revive  friendship, 
but  courtesy  will  require,  when  an  apology  is  offered,  that  you  accept  it. 

Never  examine  the  cards  in  the  card-basket.  While  they  may  be  ex 
posed  in  the  drawing-room,  you  are  not  expected  to  turn  them  over  un¬ 
less  invited  to  do  so. 

Never,  when  walking  arm  in  arm  with  a  lady,  be  continually  chang¬ 
ing  and  going  to  the  other  side,  because  of  change  of  corners.  It  shows 
too  much  attention  to  form. 

Never  should  the  lady  accept  of  expensive  gifts  at  the  hands  of  a  gen¬ 
tleman  not  related  or  engaged  to  her.  Gifts  of  flowers,  books,  music  or 
confectionery  may  be  accepted. 

Never  insult  another  by  harsh  words  when  applied  to  for  a  favor. 
Kind  words  do  not  cost  much,  and  yet  they  may  carry  untold  happiness 
to  the  one  to  whom  they  are  spoken. 

Never  fail  to  speak  kindly.  If  a  merchant,  and  you  address  your 
clerk;  if  an  overseer,  and  you  address  your  workmen;  if  in  any  position 
where  you  exercise  authority,  you  show  yourself  to  be  a  gentleman  by 
your  pleasant  mode  of  address. 

Never  attempt  to  convey  the  impression  that  you  are  a  genius,  by  imi¬ 
tating  the  faults  of  distinguished  men.  Because  certain  great  men  were 
poor  penmen,  wore  long  hair,  or  had  other  peculiarities,  it  does  not  fol¬ 
low  that  you  will  be  great  by  imitating  their  eccentricities. 

Never  give  all  your  pleasant  words  and  smiles  to  strangers.  The 
kindest  words  and  the  sweetest  smiles  should  be  reserved  for  horrte. 
Home  should  be  our  heaven. 

“We  have  careful  thought  for  the  stranger, 

And  smiles  for  the  sometimes  guest ; 

But  oft  for  our  own  the  bitter  tone, 

Though  we  love  our  own  the  best. 

Ah:  lips  with  the  curl  impatient — 

Ah!  brow  with  the  shade  of  scorn, 

’T  were  a  cruel  fate  were  the  night  too  late 
To  undo  the  work  of  the  morn.” 


176 


THE  NEIGHBORHOOD  WHERE  DOMESTIC  ANIMALS  RUN  AT  LARGE. 


Etiquette  Among  Neighbors 


— &6 


DIVISION  FENCES  BETWEEN  HOUSES. 


BE  kind,  and  to  treat  politely  the  persons  with  whom 
we  are  immediately  associated,  is  not  all,  nor  should 
civility  cease  with  the  casual  intercourse  between 
neighbors;  it  should  go  beyond.  We  should  regard  the 
rights  of  the  individual.  Were  all  to  do  so,  mankind 
would  take  a  long  stride  in  advance  of  the  present  sel¬ 
fish  and  thoughtless  conduct  which  too  often  actuates 
even  those  who  are  reputed  to  be  good  and  respectable. 
This  want  of  regard  for  the  rights  of  others  is  shown  in  many  ways. 
To  illustrate: 

The  individual  who  will  conduct  a  house  or  an  establishment  that  is 
unpleasant,  injurious  to  health,  or  detrimental  to  the  community,  evinces 
a  disregard  for  the  courtesy  that  is  due  to  his  neighbors. 

The  parents  who  al¬ 
low  children  to  annoy 
their  neighbors,  are  al¬ 
ways  a  most  undesira¬ 
ble  people  to  have  in 
the  vicinity. 

The  people  of  a  com¬ 
munity  who  will  de¬ 
liberately  turn  horses, 
cattle  and  hogs  into 
the  street,  entirely  dis¬ 
regarding  the  fact  that 
the  animals  are  liable 
to  do  much  damage  to 
others,  demonstrate  a 
lack  of  regard  for 
neighbors  which  is  in¬ 
excusable,  and  can  on¬ 
ly  be  explained  on  the 
ground  that  the  habit 
is  so  common  that  they 
do  not  realize  the  in¬ 
jury  they  are  doing. 

The  fact  that  we  ac¬ 
costed  Mr.  Jones  po¬ 
litely,  and  said  pleas¬ 
ant  things  in  his 
presence,  was  good  so 
far  as  it  went,  but  the 
further  fact  that  we 
turned  our  cattle  into  the  street,  well  knowing  they  were  liable  to  tram¬ 
ple  Mr.  Jones’  sidewalk  to  pieces,  and  break  down  his  trees,  demonstrates 
that,  while  we  are  very  agreeable  to  his  face,  we  care  but  little  what  we 
may  do  behind  his  back. 

This  utter  disregard  for  the  wants  of  others  causes  people  generally 
to  become  suspicious  of  their  neighbors.  It  is  true  that  this  suspicion  is 
gradually  becoming  lessened.  The  time  was  when  the  inhabitants 
built  a  castle  as  nearly  as  possible  impregnable;  around  that  was  built 
a  high  enclosure,  and  still  outside  of  that  was  a  canal  with  a  draw¬ 
bridge.  Gradually  the  fact  has  dawned  that  we  need  not  be  thus  suspi¬ 


cious.  We  need  not  build  a  house  of  stone,  we  need  not  construct  a 
canal,  but  we  still  adhere  to  the  high  wall  or  fence,  as  we  are  oftentimes 
compelled  to  because  of  the  disposition  of  the  neighbor  to  trample  upon 
our  rights  by  allowing  his  animals  to  destroy  our  property. 

The  reader  has  doubtless  seen  a  town  in  which  the  people  allowed 
their  domestic  animals  to  run  at  large,  the  hogs  to  root  the  turf  to  pieces 
by  the  roadside,  the  cattle  to  destroy  sidewalks,  to  break  through  fences 
and  to  tear  down  trees.  This  want  of  courtesy  is  not  uncommon.  In  short, 
it  is  altogether  too  common  in  many  towns  of  the  country,  and  upon  the 
part  of  the  owners  of  animals  it  shows  a  complete  disregard  of  the 
rights  of  those  who  would  beautify  their  homes,  and  thus  correspond¬ 
ingly  beautify  the  town. 

The  code  of  etiquette  should  not  alone  apply  among  individuals  when 

directly  associated  to¬ 
gether.  It  should  ex¬ 
tend  further.  It  should 
go  out  and  permeate  a 
neighborhood.  It 
should  diffuse  itself 
throughout  a  town.  It 
should  bind  together 
the  people  of  a  State — 
of  a  nation.  It  should 
be  a  rule  of  action 
among  all  nations. 
Already  the  evidences 
of  courtesy  among  na¬ 
tions  begins  to  mani¬ 
fest  itself.  The  Inter¬ 
national  Congress  is 
based  upon  this  princi- 
ple.  The  idea  of 
friendly  association  of 
the  representatives  of 
nations  for  mutual  ad¬ 
justment  of  differen¬ 
ces,  is  the  beginning 
of  a  recognition  ot  the 
rights  of  each  other. 


Fig.  22.  PEOPLE  WHO  ARE  TROUBLED  BY  THEIR  NEIGHBORS. 


The  above  illustration  represents  a  common  scene.  The 
neighbors  suspect  each  other,  and  they  destroy  the  beauty 
of  their  grounds  in  the  attempt  to  shut  each  other  out.  Sus¬ 
picion  and  selfishness  rule.  Regardless  of  the  rights  of 


others,  animals  are  allowed  to  trample  to  pieces  the  side¬ 
walks,  to  destroy  shade  trees  and  to  despoil  the  neighbor's 
yard.  Inharmony,  disorder,  and  ill-feeling  among  the  peo¬ 
ple  arc  characteristics  of  the  neighborhood. 


This  is  evidence  of 
a  higher  civilization. 
When  we  can  rise  su¬ 
perior  to  selfishness, 
when  we  are  willing  to  consider  the  rights  and  the  requirements  of  others, 
when  we  are  governed  by  the  generous  spirit  of  doing  unto  others  as 
we  would  that  they  should  do  unto  us,  then  wc  are  directed  by  a  power 
that  will  make  an  entire  people,  as  a  whole,  what  the  laws  of  etiquette 
determine  they  shall  be  individually,  in  their  intercourse  with  each  other. 

The  illustration  (Fig  22)  upon  this  page  represents  a  scene  which  may 
be  observed  in  many  villages  or  cities— a  group  of  residences,  modern 
and  beautiful  in  architecture,  surrounded  and  disfigured  by  high  mclos- 
ures  put  up  to  guard  against  people  who  allow  their  cattle  and  other 
animals  to  destroy  their  neighbor’s  property. 


PEOPLE  WHO  DO  TO  OTHERS  AS  THEY  WISH 


OTHERS  TO  DO  TO  THEM. 


177 


E  fences  shown  upon  the  opposite  page,  separating' 
houses  and  lots,  often  prevent  acquaintance  with  neigh¬ 
bors  being  made.  The  result  of  this  non-intercourse 
is  usually  a  suspicion  that  the  neighbor  is  unworthy  of 
confidence,  an  opinion  which  is  never  overcome  except 
by  interchange  of  civilities  which  would  show  each 
the  worth  of  the  other. 

Unacquainted  with  his  neighbors,  the  resident,  ceas¬ 
ing  to  consider  their  rights,  grows  careless  of  his  obligations  toward 
others,  and  consequently  becomes  a  less  worthy  citizen. 

The  illustration  upon  this  page  (Fig.  z3)  represents  the  scene  very 
much  changed.  Again  we  have  the  same  residences,  and  the  same 
neighbors,  who  have  become  acquainted  and  have  learned  to  value 
each  other.  The  re¬ 
sult  of  this  social  in¬ 
tercourse  and  evident 
observance  of  the 
rights  of  others  has 
wrought  a  vast  change 
in  the  appearance  of 
the  homes,  which  is 
manifest  at  a  glance. 

It  is  plainly  appar¬ 
ent  in  the  scene  that  a 
higher  civilization 
pervades  the  neigh¬ 
borhood.  The  animals, 
that  broke  down  the 
trees  and  devastated 
the  sidewalks  and 
grounds,  have  been 
w  i  t  h  d  r  a  w  n  by  thei  r 
owners,  and  sent  to 
pastures,  where  they 
belong.  This  of  itself 
is  evidence  of  decided 
advancement. 

Examine  the  scene 
further.  The  fences 
have  disappeared 
save  a  low  coping  that 
determines  the  outer 
edge  of  the  lot.  In 


fiG.  23.  I  HE  NEIGHBORHOOD  WHERE  PEOPLE  LIVE  IN  HARMONY. 


all  are  improved.  Even  the  cat  and  dog  that  quarrelled  in  the  former 
scene  are  now  acquainted  with  each  other,  and  happily  play  together. 

Io  maintain  pleasant  relations  among  neighbors,  there  are  a  few 
things  which  the  citizen  must  avoid.  Among  these  are  the  following: 

Never  allow  children  to  play  upon  a  neightfor’s  grounds  or  premises 
unless  they  are  invited  and  made  perfectly  welcome  by  the  neighbor. 

Never  allow  fowls  or  animals  of  any  kind,  which  you  have  control 
over,  to  trespass  upon  the  premises  or  rights  of  other  people. 

Never  borrow  of  neighbors  if  it  be  possible  to  avoid  it.  It  is  better 
to  buy  what  you  need  than  to  frequently  borrow.  There  are  a  few  things 
which  a  neighbor  should  never  be  expected  to  lend.  Among  these  are 
fine-edged  tools,  delicate  machinery,  and  any  article  liable  to  easily  get 
out  of  order.  The  less  business  relations  among  neighbors,  the  better. 

Never  fail  to  return, 
with  thanks,  any  arti¬ 
cle  borrowed,  as  soon 
as  you  have  finished 
using  it,  and  see  that 
it  is  in  as  good  or  bet¬ 
ter  condition  than 
when  you  received  it. 

Articles  of  provi¬ 
sions  which  may  be 
borrowed  should  be 
very  promptly  return¬ 
ed  in  larger  quantity, 
to  pay  interest,  and 
better  in  quality  if  pos¬ 
sible.  In  no  way  can 
a  neighbor  lose  char¬ 
acter  more  effectually 
in  business  dealing 
than  by  the  petty  mean¬ 
ness  of  borrowing  and 
tailing  to  pay,  or  by 
paying  with  a  poorer 
quality  and  in  less 
amount. 


This  illustration  represents  a  neighborhood  where  the  peo¬ 
ple  evidently  do  unto  others  as  they  wish  others  to  do  unto 
them.  They  trust  each  other.  The  barriers  between  them 
are  removed.  No  animal  is  allowed  to  do  injury.  Enjoying 


peace  and  beauty  they  evidently  desire  that  the  neighbor 
shall  share  the  same.  This  co-operation,  kindness  and  re¬ 
gard  for  all,  give  the  beauty,  the  harmony,  the  peace,  and 
the  evident  contentment  which  are  here  presented. 


a‘°ne  'l  ‘tem  of  expense  has  been  removed,  while  with  it  has 

me  le  enlargement  of  grounds,  which,  studded  with  finely  trimmed 
with  r  ,crsected  with  w!ndi"g-  pathways,  surround  every  residence 
in  fL  elegant  park.  That  this  improvement  is  enjoyed,  is  shown 
“n»r^atlnff  of  tire  neighbors  together  in  the  shady  nook,  the 
fL s  0f  ‘1,e  chiIdren  on  the  lawn,  and  the  promenade  of  the  ladies  and 

gentlemen  throughout  the  beautifully  embellished  grounds.  All  delight  in 

c-rr/!1  are  made  better  hy  it.  While  the  resident  could  be 
coarse  and  selfish  in  his  own  little  lot,  he  is  now  thrown  upon  bis  good 
cnavior  as  he  mingles  with  others  on  the  beautiful  grounds,  and  thus 


Avoid  speaking  evil 
of  your  neighbor.  As 
a  rule  it  is  only  safe 
to  compliment  and 
praise  the  absent  one. 

It  any  misunderstanding  arises  between  yourself  and  a  neighbor,  en¬ 
deavor  to  effect  a  reconciliation  by  a  full  explanation.  When  the  matter 
is  fully  understood  you  will  very  likely  be  better  friends  ever  afterwards. 

Never  fail,  if  the  grounds  run  together,  to  keep  your  premises  in  as 
good  order  as  your  neighbor’s.  Should  you  own  the  house  and  grounds, 
and  others  occupy  the  same,  you  will  do  well  to  arrange  to  keep  the  exte¬ 
rior  of  the  premises  in  order  at  your  own  expense,  as  tenants  have  not 
the  same  interest.  The  improvements  of  grounds  among  neighbors  thus 
will  always  be  kept  up;  you  will  be  compensated  by  securing  the  best 
1  c*ass  tenants,  and  the  neighborhood  will  be  greatly  improved. 


Charming,  Beautiful  Homes. 


BARRIERS  BETWEEN  NEIGHBORS  REMOVED. 


178 


I  might  have  done  the  same  under  the  same  circumstances. 


Kindness  to  the  Erring. 

A  PLEA  FOR  THE  UNFORTUNATE. 


e 


N  officer  of  the  law  vou  may  be,  and  it  be¬ 
comes  you  to  care  for  the  prisoner  in 
your  charge.  While  law  should  be  en¬ 
forced,  for  the  good  of  the  criminal  as 
well  as  the  protection  of  society,  it  does 
not  become  you  to  be  unkind.  Perhaps 
investigation  may  prove  that  your  pri¬ 
soner  is  innocent  and  has  been 
wrongly  arrested.  But  if  guilty,  at 
he  is  simply  unfortunate.  He 
r  .  ......  no  power  to  say  what  qualities 

of  mind  he  should  inherit,  what  his  temperament 
should  be,  or  what  training  he  should  receive  in  in¬ 
fancy;  all  of  which  are  usually  determining  causes 
that  fix  man’s  destiny  in  after-life. 

He  stands  before  you  largely  the  victim  of  unfortu¬ 
nate  circumstances.  He  lacks  the  moral  strength 
which  others  possess,  and  hence  his  weakness  and  us 
errors.  True,  he  must  pay  the  penalty  of  his  trans¬ 
gression,  but  you  can  temper  the  administration  ot 
your  government  with  such  justice  as  will  tend  to  the 
improvement  and,  possibly,  the  reformation  of  the 
„  -  criminal.  Whatever  the  conduct  of  the  prisoner,  you 

should  always  rise  superior  to  the  feelings  of  passion  or  revenge. 

In  a  thousand  ways  our  paths  in  life  will  be  crossed  by  those  who 
commit  errors.  It  will  be  easy  to  find  fault;  it  will  be  natural  to  blame 
But  we  must  never  forget  that  further  back,  far  beyond  our  sight,  he 
causes  that  tended  to  produce  these  results. 

Well  may  the  mother  look  with  deep  anxiety  upon  the  infant,  wonder - 
ln<r  what  destiny  lies  before  it.  Alas!  that  a  mother’s  hopes  and  prayers 
often  do  not  avail.  Drifted  away  from  parental  control,  the  footsteps 
fall  amid  temptation,  and  a  life  of  sorrow  is  the  result. 

We  should  never  forget,  in  our  treatment  of  the  erring,  that,  were 
the  mother  present,  she  would  plead  with  us  to  deal  gently  with  her 
child.  Very  touchingly  does  the  following  poem  ask  that  we  be  lenient 
for  her  sake : 

Some  Mother’s  Child. 

e  T  home  or  away,  in  the  alley  or  street, 

Whenever  I  chance  in  this’wide  world  to  meet 
A  girl  that  is  thoughtless,  or  a  boy  that  is  wild. 

My  heart  echoes  sadly,  “  *T  is  some  mother  s  child . 

And  when  I  see  those  o’er  whom  long  years  have  ro"e^>  _ 
Whose  hearts  have  grown  hardened,  whose  spirits  are  cold 
Be  it  woman  all  fallen,  or  man  all  defiled, 

A  voice  whispers  sadly,  “Ah!  some  mother  s  child  . 

No  matter  how  far  from  the  right  she  hath  strayed; 

No  matter  what  inroads  dishonor  hath  made; 

No  matter  what  element  cankered  the  pearl  — 

Though  tarnished  and  sullied,  she’s  some  mother  s  girl. 

No  matter  how  wayward  his  footsteps  have  been , 

No  matter  how  deep  he  is  sunken  in  sin; 

No  matter  how  low  is  his  standard  of  joy  — 

Though  guilty  and  loathsome,  he’s  some  mother  s  boy. 

That  head  hath  been  pillowed  on  tenderest  breast; 

That  form  hath  been  wept  o’er,  those  lips  have  been  pressed , 
That  soul  hath  been  praved  for  in  tones  sweet  and  mild, 

For  her  sake  deal  gently  with  “  some  mother  s  child. 


WHILE  error  must  be  deplored  and  virtue  ever  commended,  we 
should  deal  carefully  and  considerately  with  the  erring,  ever 
remembering  that  a  myriad  of  untoward  circumstances  are 
continually  weaving  a  network  around  the  individual,  fettering  and 
binding  a  soul  that  otherwise  would  be  white  and  pure. 

It  is  a  most  fortunate  circumstance  for  the  child  to  be  born  of  an  ex¬ 
cellent  parentage,  to  be  reared  amid  kindness,  and  to  be  guided  in  youth 
by  wise  counsels.  Given  all  these  favoring  circumstances,  and  the 
chances  are  that  the  pathway  in  life  will  be  honorable.  Deprived  of 
these  advantages,  the  individual  is  likely  to  fall  short  in  . excellence  in 
proportion  as  the  circumstances  have  been  unfavorable. 

There  are  those  who  seemingly  have  only  a  smooth  pathway  in  life. 
They  were  so  fortunate  as  to  be  born  with  an  excellently  balanced  organ¬ 
ization  of  mind.  They  have  no  passion  unduly  in  excess.  They  have 
no  abnormal  longings,  no  eccentricities,  no  weaknesses.  Roses  strew 
their  way,  and  they  live  a  life  well  rounded  out  and  full  of  honor. 

But  while  there  are  those  who  are  apparently  exempt  from  temptation, 

all  are  not  so  fortunate  in  ability,  in  strength  of  purpose  and  in  power  o 
will  which  may  enable  them  to  resist  evil.  Some  are  liable  to  easi  y 
err,  and  it  will  take,  possibly,  but  a  trivial  circumstance  to  carry  them 
aside.  In  the  transgression  they  will  get  their  punishment -they  will 
suffer  sufficiently.  It  does  not  become  the  more  fortunate,  therefore  to 
take  too  much  credit  to  themselves  for  being  more  virtuous  and  freef.  om 
error  It  is  vastly  n,ore  noble  and  charitable  to  extend  sympathy  and 
compassion.  This  sentiment  is  *>ell  expressed  in  the  following  poem, 
by  Millie  C.  Pomeroy: 


You  Had  a  Smooth  Path. 

NE  morning,  when  I  went  to  school, 

'  rmi  jn  the  long-vanished  Yesterday, 

I  found  the  creek  had  burst  its  banks, 
And  spilled  its  waters. o’er  my  wav. 
The  little  path  was  filled  with  mud, 

I  tried  to  cross  it  on  a  log; 

My  foot  slipped,  and  I,  helpless,  tell 
Into  a  mass  of  miry  bog. 

\  ' 

Mv  clothes  were  pitiful  to  see, 

MV  hands  and  face  were  covered I  quite. 

The  children  laughed  right  heai  tilv, 

And  jeered  me  when  I  came  m 
Sweet  lessie  BroArn,  in  snow-w  hite  dress, 
Stood,  smiling,  by  the  teacher  s  desk, 

The  while  he,  gjavelv  as  he  might, 
Inquired  the  secret  of  my  plight. 

Then  Tessie  shook  her  snow-white  dress, 
And  said,  “What,  will  ydu  five  tome 
For  coming. here  ^o  nice  and  clean. 

Mv  verv  sWies  from  dirt,  are  free. 

The  tutor  frowned,  and  answered  he  , 

“  You  merit  no  reward  to  day; 

Your  clothes  and  hands  are  clean,  because 
-  You  had  a  smooth  papi  all  the  waj . 

And  so.  I  think,  when  children  erown 
'  Arc  white  in  srrace  or  black  with  sin, 

We  should  not  j.udsre  until  we  know  ■ 

The  path  fate  had  them  travel  in . 

For  some  are  led  on  sunny  heights, 
BevoDd -the -power ’of  Sin  to  sway; 

While  others  ^rope  in  darksome  patns, 
'And  face,  temptation  all  the  way. 


BUSINESS  AND  COMMERCIAL  FORMS. 


179 


Commercial  Forms. 


NOTES,  BILLS,  ORDERS,  CHECKS,  DRAFTS 
RECEIPTS,  Etc.,  Etc. 


the  transaction  of  business,  it 
becomes  necessary  for  all  per¬ 
sons  to  occasionally  write  various 
business  forms.  Among  those  in 
most  frequent  use  are  Receipts, 
Orders,  Bills  of  Articles  Pur¬ 
chased,  Promissory  Notes,  Checks, 
Drafts,  etc. 

To  better  understand  these,  it 
is  well  to  be  acquainted  with  the  meaning  of 
the  various  commercial  terms  to  be  constantly 
seen  in  our  general  reading. 

Definition  of  Commercial  Terms. 

means  dollars ,  being  a  contraction  of 


U.  S.,  which  was  formerly  placed  before  any 
denomination  of  money,  and  meant,  as  it  means 
now,  United  States  Currency. 

<£ - means  pounds ,  English  money. 

@  stands  for  at  or  to.  lb  for  pound ,  and  bbl. 
for  barrel;  f  for  per  or  by  the.  Thus,  Butter 
sells  at  20@30c  ^  lb,  and  Flour  at  $8@12  bbl. 
%  for  per  cent  and  for  number. 

May  1.— Wheat  sells  at  $1.20@1.25,  “seller 
June.”  Seller  June  means  that  the  person  who 
sells  the  wheat  has  the  privilege  of  delivering 
it  at  any  time  during  the  month  of  June. 

Selling  short ,  is  contracting  to  deliver  a  cer¬ 
tain  amount  of  grain  or  stock,  at  a  fixed  price, 
within  a  certain  length  of  time,  when  the  seller 
has  not  the  stock  on  hand.  It  is  for  the  inter¬ 
est  of  the  person  selling  “  short,”  to  depress  the 


maiket  as  much  as  possible,  in  order  that  he 
may  buy  and  fill  his  contract  at  a  profit.  Hence 
the  “shorts  ”  are  termed  “bears.” 

Buying  long ,  is  to  contract  to  purchase  a  cer¬ 
tain  amount  of  grain  or  shares  of  stock  at  a 
fixed  price,  deliverable  within  a  stipulated  time, 
expecting  to  make  a  profit  by  the  rise  of  prices’ 
The  “longs”  are  termed  “bulls,”  as  it  is  for 
their  interest  to  “  operate  ”  so  as  to  “  toss  ”  the 
prices  upward  as  much  as  possible. 

Promissory  Notes. 

A  promissory  note  is  a  promise  or  engagement 
in  writing  to  pay  a  specified  sum  at  a  time 
therein  limited,  or  on  demand,  or  at  sight,  to  a 
pei  son  therein  named,  or  his  order  or  assigns, 
or  to  the  bearer.  The  person  making  the  note 
is  called  the  drawer  or  maker. 

A  note  is  void  when  founded  upon  fraud. 
Thus,  a  note  obtained  from  a  person  when  in¬ 
toxicated,  or  obtained  for  any  reason  which  is 
illegal,  cannot  be  collected.'^  A  note  given  upon 
Sunday  is  also  void  in  some  States. 

Notes  bear  interest  only  when  it  is  so  ex¬ 
pressed;  alter  they  become  due,  however,  they 
draw  the  legal  rate  ol  the  State,  f  Notes  payable 
on  demand  or  at  sight,  draw  no  interest  until 
altei  presentation  or  demand  ot  the  same  has 

*  If,  however  the  note  is  transferred  to  an  innocent  holder,  the  claim 
of  fraud  or  no  value  received  will  not  avail.  The  party  holding  the  note 
can  collect  it  if  the  maker  is  able  to  pay  it.  " 

t  If  it  is  intended  to  have  the  note  draw  more  than  the  lesral  rate  of 
nnoteref0’f  n"  mat"rlfo  worils  should  so  specify  in  the  body  of  the 
note  as  follows,  with  interest  at  the  rate  of - per  cent  until  paid 


180 


COMMERCIAL  AND  BUSINESS  FORMS. 


been  made,  unless  they  provide  for  interest  trom 
date  on  their  face;  they  then  draw  the  legal  rate 
of  interest  of  the  State. 

If  “with  interest”  is  included  in  the  note,  it 
draws  the  legal  rate  of  the  State  where  it  is 
given,  from  the  time  it  is  made. 

If  the  note  is  to  draw  a  special  rate  of  interest 
higher  than  the  legal,  but  not  higher  than  the 
law  allows,  the  rate  must  be  specified. 

If  the  note  is  made  payable  to  a  person  or 
order,  to  a  person  or  bearer,  to  a  person  or  his 
assigns,  or  to  the  cashier  of  an  incorporated 
company  or  order,  such  notes  are  negotiable. 

When  transferring  the  note,  the  indorser  frees 
himself  from  responsibility,  so  far  as  the  payment 
is  concerned,  by  writing  on  the  back,  above  his 
name,  “  Without  recourse  to  me  in  any  event. 

When  a  note  is  made  payable  at  a  definite 
period  after  date,  three  days  beyond  the  time 
expressed  on  the  face  of  the  note  (called  days  of 
grace)  are  allowed  to  the  person  who  is  to  pay 
the  same,  within  which  to  make  such  payment. 
Notes  payable  on  demand  are  not  entitled  to 
days  of  grace. 

If  a  note  is  payable  at  a  bank,  and  is  held 
there  on  the  day  upon  which  it  falls  due,  until 
the  usual  hour  for  closing,  ready  lor  receiving 
payment  thereon,  no  further  demand  upon  the 
maker  is  necessary,  in  order  to  charge  the  in¬ 
dorser.  The  demand  must,  in  all  cases,  be  made 
upon  the  last  of  the  days  of  grace;  a  demand 


before  that  time  passing  for  nothing  as  against 
the  indorser. 

The  days  of  grace,  which  must  be  computed 
according  to  the  laws  of  the  State  where  the 
note  is  payable,  are  to  be  reckoned  exclusive  of 
the  day  when  the  note  would  otherwise  become 
due,  and  without  deduction  for  Sundays  or 
holidays;  in  which  latter  case,  by  special  enact¬ 
ments  in  most  of  the  States,  notes  are  deemed  to 
become  due  upon  the  secular  day  next  preced¬ 
ing  such  days.  Thus,  a  note,  due  upon  the 
twenty -fifth  day  of  December,  is  payable  on  the 
twenty-fourth,  as  the  day  when  due  is  Christ¬ 
mas  day;  if  the  twenty -fourth  chance  to  be 
Sunday,  it  is  due  upon  the  twenty-third.  . 

In  order  to  charge  an  indorser,  the  note,  it 
payable  at  a  particular  place,  must  be  presented 
for  payment  at  the  place  upon  the  very  day  it 
becomes  due;  if  no  place  of  payment  be  named, 
it  must  be  presented,  either  to  the  maker  per¬ 
sonally,  or  at  his  place  of  business,  during  busi¬ 
ness  hours,  or  at  his  dwelling  house,  within  rea¬ 
sonable  hours;  if  payable  by  a  firm,  a  present¬ 
ment  may  be  made  to  either  of  the  partners,  or 
at  the  firm’s  place  of  business;  if  given  by  sev¬ 
eral  persons  jointly,  not  partners,  the  demand 
must  be  made  upon  all.  If  the  note  has  been 
lost,  mislaid,  or  destroyed,  the  holder  must  still 
make  a  regular  and  formal  demand,  offering  the 
party,  at  the  same  time,  a  sufficient  indemnity  in 
the  event  of  his  paying  the  same 


*The  simple  indorsment  of  the  name  of  the  person  selling  he  note, 
which  serVes  as  a  transfer,  upon  the  back  of  the  same  is  not  in  some 
States  a  guarantee  for  the  payment  of  the  note  at  m“turi*y-  'Jib"  ‘lC 
designed  particularly  to  be  a  guarantee.it  should  be  so  stated  on  the 
back  of  the  note,  as  follows: 

RICHARD  ROE. 

"For  value  received,  /(or  we)  hereby  guarantee  the  payment , oj  the 
within  note  at  maturity,  or  at  any  time  thereafter,  with  interest  at 
Jer  cent,  until  paid {  and  agree  to  pay  all  costs  or  expenses  paid  or  ,n  - 
curred  in  collecting  the  same."  RICHARD  ROE. 

To  avoid  the  danger  of  the  signer  of  the  guarantee  claiming  at  a 
future  time  that  said  guarantee  was  written  above  his  name  without  his 
knowledge,  it  is  best  to  have  his  signature  written  twice,  once  above  the 
guarantee,  to  serve  as  a  transfer,  and  once  below  to  serve  as  the  guaran¬ 
tee,  as  shown  above. 


Negotiable  Note. 

With  interest  at  legal  rate  per  cent,  from  date. 
jgOQ  Chicago,  III.,  Jan.  1,  18— . 

Three  months  after  date,  for  value  received ,  I  promise  to 
pay  Charles  Mix ,  or  order ,  Five  Hundred  dollars ,  with 

lHtercst ’  ORSON  KENDALL. 


Negotiable  Note. 

With  interest  at  ten  per  cent,  after  maturity,  until  paid. 
g100_  Des  Moines,  Ia.,  April  2,  18— 

For  value  received ,  ninety  days  after  date,  I  promise  to 
pay  Orlando  Warner ,  or  order ,  One  Hundred  dollars,  with 
interest  at  ten  per  cent,  after  maturity,  until  paid. 

CHESTER  BUTTERFIELD. 


4 


COMMERCIAL  AND  BUSINESS  FORMS. 


181 


Form  for  Pennsylvans 


00 ■  ^Ay  M,  A<? 

C^t-4-  dtdzdd  dddddueA;  c$  jAudd^ddd  Ad  ^^y  Ad  AAd 

■a-lJe-i  Y  cAAIm  Sma  AjuddJteA  -tAAAu,  dU^Ay 

Aiyd-  -ayf/e-d  dA/.A  f  dd/AA-adA  AdAiAdZ /-uddid^) 

AAQ'U-gi'm  ^deAiAdAd-AAdrD 


Note  not  Negotiable. 


/S00. 


'yjuz/.russ,  cJ^ 


yA 


'dAS  A,  Sf 


aL™.  miwA0d  aj&4  Ad  va/ue  le-cd-pueA,  cf 
fu^didde  A  yiay  A0^<y  M<A&Ah,  SAe  A§u«AuA  A/Aitdd^ 

^■al/c/AZ  j 


Note  for  Two  or  More  Persons. 


000. 


dzAd<ny  cS$a.  CsAAu/ A  y<f 


4  dA  dAAAidA  df  dZd 


€■ 


Anddd  Ad  jAdiy  Ad  Add  dide 


Add  edAAedd) 


jLzAdddi,  (pidd  SdaudddnA  ddAda^  jdat  aazAu 


dtdAe-i 

A 


4.  CyddddldAl  dAZ  A0 
/ 

OdAuddS 


Note  on  Demand. 


$100. 


Northampton,  Mass.,  March  i,  i3— . 
Oil  demand,  I  promise  to  pay  Clinton  Briggs,  or  order, 
One  Hundred  dollars,  value  received,  with  interest. 

McREA  BROWN. 


Married  Woman’s  Note  in  New  York. 

$5°-  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  April  io,  18— . 

For  value  received,  I  promise  to  pay  A.  B.  Smith,  or 
order,  Fifty  dollars,  one  year  from  date,  with  interest.  And 
I  hereby  charge  my  individual  property  and  estate  with  the 
payment  of  this  note. 

MARY  H.  WILLIAMS. 


Note  Payable  by  Installments. 

4„„  Nashville,  Tenn.,  Feb.  10,  18— . 

For  value  received,  I  promise  to  pay  to  Simon  Butterfield,  or  order. 
Seven  Hundred  dollars,  in  manner  following:,  to- wit:  Two  Hundred 
dollars  in  one  month  from  date;  Two  Hundred  dollars  in  two  months; 
and  Three  Hundred  dollars  in  three  months,  with  interest  on  the  several 
i  _  CALEB  PRINDLE. 

sums  as  they  become  due.  ^ 


Judgment  Note. 

$999  SSL  Chicago,  III.,  Oct.  i,  1S7S. 

Ninety  days  after  date,  we  promise  to  pay  to  the  order  of  The  Mer¬ 
chants’  Savings,  Loan  and  Trust  Co.  of  Chicago,  at  its  office,  Nine  Hun¬ 
dred  and  Ninety-Nine  and  99- 100  dollars,  for  value  received,  with  interest 
at  the  rate  of  ten  per  cent,  per  annum,  after  due. 

CLARK  D.  BROWN.  [seal.] 
SOLON  P.  WELLS.  [seal.] 

Know  all  Men  by  these  Presents,  That  we,  the  subscribers,  are  justly 
indebted  to  The  Merchants’  Savings,  Loan  and  Trust  Co.,  of  Chicago, 
upon  a  certain  Promissory  Note,  bearing  even  date  herewith,  for  the  sum 
of  Nine  Hundred  and  Ninety-Nine  and  99-100  dollars,  with  interest  at 
the  rate  of  ten  per  cent,  per  annum,  after  due,  and  payable  ninety  days 
.  after  date. 

Now  therefore,  in  consideration  of  the  premises,  we  do  hereby 
make,  constitute  and  appoint  Wm.  H.  King,  or  any  Attorney  of  any 
Court  of  Record, -to  be  our  true  and  lawful  Attorney,  irrevocably,  for  ns 
and  in  our  names,  place  and  stead,  to  appear  in  any  Court  of  Record,  in 
term  time  or  vacation,  in  any  State  or  Territory  of  the  Un.ted  States,  at 
any  time  before  or  after  said  note  becomes  due,  to  waive  the  service  ot 
process,  and  confess  a  judgment  in  favor  of  The  Merchants’  Savings, 

I  oan  and  Trust  Co.,  of  Chicago,  or  its  assign  or  assigns,  upon  the  said 
Note  for  the  amount  thereof,  and  interest,  together  with  costs,  and  ten 
dollars  Attorney’s  fees,  and  also  to  file  a  cognovit  for  the  amount  thereof, 
with  an  agreement  therein  that  no  writ  of  error  or  appeal  shall  be  prose¬ 
cuted  upon  the  judgment  entered  by  virtue  hereof,  nor  any  bills  m  equity 
filed  to  interfere  in  any  manner  with  the  operation  of  said  judgment,  and 
to  release  all  errors  that  may  intervene  in  the  entering  up  of  such  judg¬ 
ment,  or  issuing  the  execution  thereon;  and  also  to  waive  all  benefit  or 
advantage  to  which  we  may  be  entitled  by  virtue  of  any  Homestead  or 
other  exemption  law  now  or  hereafter  in  force,  in  this  or  any  other  State 
or  Territory,  where  judgment  may  be  entered  by  virtue  hereof.  Hereby 
ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  our  said  attorney  may  do  by  virtue 
hereof. 

Witness  our  hands  and  seals  this  first  day  of  October,  A.  D.  1878. 


Joint  Note. 

$900'  5  o__  Springfield,  III.,  May  10,  18—. 

One  year  after  date,  we  jointly  and  severally  promise  to  pay  Smith 
Fairbanks,  or  order,  Nine  Hundred  and  50- 100  dollars,  Tor  value  received, 
with  interest  at  ten  per  cent. 

PAUL  KENYON. 
JACOB  HAWKINS. 


IN  PRESENCE  OF  ^ 

NATHAN  WHITMAN,  j 


CLARK  D.  BROWN. 
SOLON  P.  WELLS. 


[seal.] 

[seal.] 


Form  of  a  Note  for  Indiana. 

$100.60  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  March  1,  iS— . 

On  demand  for  value  received,  I  promise  to  pay  Clinton  Briggs,  or 
order,  One  Hundred  and  50- 100  dollars,  with  interest;  payable  without 
any  relief  whatever  from  valuation  or  appraisement. 

DANIEL  BURLINGAME. 


Note  in  Missouri. 

^  St.  Joseph,  Mo.,  June  1,  18 — . 

Three  months  after  date,  I  promise  to  pay  to  Orson  Barber,  Four 
lundred  dollars,  for  value  received;  negotiable  and  payable,  without 
efalcation  or  discount.  MURRAY  SIMPSON. 


Form  of  Guarantee. 

For  and  in  consideration  of  One  Dollar,  to  me  paid  by//.  B.  Claflin 
dr  Co.,  of  New  York,  who,  at  my  request,  purpose  opening  a  credit  with 
John  Smith,  of  Aurora,  III.,  I  do  hereby  guarantee  the  payment  to 
II.  B.  Clafin  &  Co.,  their  successors  and  assigns,  of  all  indebtedness 
which  said  John  Smith  has  incurred  or  may  incur  for  goods  and  mer¬ 
chandise  sold  to  him,  or  delivered  at  his  request,  by  said  II.  B.  Claflin 
dr  Co.,  their  successors  and  assigns,  upon  credit  or  for  cash,  or  on  note, 
or  otherwise,  without  requiring  any  notice  in  respect  thereto. 

This  guarantee  to  be  open  and  continuing,  covering  all  interest  on 
any  such  indebtedness,  and  also  any  costs  and  expenses  which  may  be 
incurred  by  //.  B.  Claflin  dr  Co.,  their  successors  and  assigns,  in  col- 
lecting. 

Further,  it  shall  remain  in  full  force  until  revoked  by  a  written  no¬ 
tice  from  me,  provided,  however,  that  my  liability  hereunder  for  pur¬ 
chases  made  shall  not  at  any  time  exceed  $y,ooo. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  [ 

New  York,  Jan.  1,  1878.  1 


WM.  H.  HAWKINS. 


DUE-BILLS. 

Form  of  Due-Bill  Payable  in  Money. 

-  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  z ,  18— . 

Due  Walter  P.  Kimball,  or  order,  on  demand,  One  Hundred  dollars, 


value  received. 


C.  T.  MARSH. 


Note  Payable  in  Merchandise. 

$1,500.  Chester,  Vt.,  July  14,  «8— . 

For  value  received,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  October  next,  we 
promise  to  pay  H.  Miller  &  Co.,  or  order,  Fifteen  Hundred  dollars,  in 
good  merchantable  White  Wheat,  at  our  warehouse  in  this  city,  at  the 
market  value,  on  the  maturity  of  this  note. 

ARMSTRONG  &  PHELPS. 


Payable  in  Flour. 

*  Kalamazoo,  Mich.,  Feb.  1,  18—. 

Due  on  demand,  to  Sanford  Burton,  Four  Hundred  dollars,  in  Flour, 
at  the  market  value  when  delivered.  Value  received. 

CHAS.  H.  WALKER. 


Payable  in  Money  and  Merchandise. 

Keokuk,  Iowa,  May  19,  18— . 

Due,  on  the  .oth  of  June  next,  to  A.  B.  Condit,  or  order,  One  Hun¬ 
dred  dollars  in  cash,  and  One  Hundred  dollars  in  merchandise  from  our 

store-  BELDEN,  GREEN  &  CO. 


Payable  in  Merchandise. 


g_,a  West  Arlington,  Vt.,  April  9,  iS— . 

Due  Wright  Marsh,  Twenty  Dollars,  in  merchandise  from  our 
store.  R  T.  HURD  &  CO. 


RATES  OF  INTEREST,  AND  LIMITATION  OF  ACTIONS.  183 


STATE  LAWS  RELATING  TO  RATES  OF  INTEREST,  AND  PENALTIES  FOR  USURY. 


States 

and 

Territories. 

Legal 
Rate  of 
Interest 

Rate 

allowed  by 
Contract. 

Penalties  for  Usury. 

Alabama . . 

per  cent 
.  .8.. 

per  cent. 
_ 8 

Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

Forfeiture  of  prin’l  and  int. 

Arizona _ 

Arkansas . 

California . 

Colorado _ 

Connecticut _ 

-.10.. 
_ 6_. 

--IO__ 

_ 6-- 

Any  rate. 

...10 _ 

Any  rate. 
Any  rate. 
Any  rate. 

Dakota _ 

Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 
Forfeiture  of  principal. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

Delaware  _ _ 

...6.. 

_ 6 

Dist.  of  Columbia. 
Florida _ 

...6.. 
..  8 

_ IO___ 

Any  rate. 

Georgia _ 

_ 7_  . 

Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 
Fine  and  imprisonment. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 
Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 
For.  of  ex.  of  int.  above  12 %. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

Idaho _ -s _ 

Illinois . 

..  6 

Indiana . 

..  6.. 

Iowa . . 

...6. 

Kansas _ 

.  7 

Kentucky . 

..  6. 

-  -  8 

Louisiana  . . 

8 

Maine . . 

..  6 

Any  rate. 
6 

Maryland _ 

...6.. 

Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 

Massachusetts _ 

..  6.. 

Any  rate. 

Michigan . 

_ 7_  . 

For.  of  ex.  of  int.  above  7%. 
Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 
Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

Minnesota . 

Mississippi _ ... 

---7-- 

...6.. 

...12... 

.  _  IO 

Missouri 

...6  . 

- TO 

States 

and 

Territories. 

Legal 
Rate  of 
Interest 

Rate 

allowed  by 
Contract. 

Penalties  for  Usury. 

Montana _ 

Nebraska . 

Nevada _ 

New  Hampshire. 

New  Jersey _ 

New  Mexico. . . . 

per  cent 
. _IO__ 

.. IO__ 

—  6. . 
_ 6, . 

per  cent. 
Any  rate. 
...12... 
Any  rate. 
...6... 
--..7... 
Any  rate. 
-...7... 
....8... 
...  8 

Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

For.  of  thrice  the  ex  &  costs 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

New  York . 

North  Carolina  . 
Ohio . . . 

...7.. 

...6.. 

...6.. 

Forfeiture  of  contract. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 
For.  of  excess  above  6%. 

For.  of  principal  and  int. 
Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 

Ontario,  Canada. 
Oregon _  . 

_ 6__ 

. . 10. . 

Any  rate. 

Pennsylvania _ 

...6.. 

...  6 

Quebec,  Canada. 
Rhode  Island _ 

...6.. 

...6 

Any  rate. 
Any  rate. 

. 7— - 

.  .6 

South  Carolina. . 
Tennessee . 

...7.. 

...6.. 

Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 
Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 
Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 

Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

Forfeiture  of  excess  of  int. 
Forfeiture  of  entire  interest. 

Texas . . 

...8 

Utah . 

Vermont _ 

Any  rate. 
...  6 

Virginia . 

...6. 

Wash.  Territory. 
West  Virginia  .. 
Wisconsin _ 

.. IO__ 
...6.. 

_ 7. . 

Any  rate. 

_ 6  *  . 

10 

Wyoming _ 

. .  12. . 

Any  rate. 

*  Except  in  cases  defined  by  Statute;;  of  the  State. 


STATE  LAWS  RELATING  TO  LIMITATION  OF  ACTIONS. 

LIMIT  OF  TIME  IN  WHICH  ACTION  MAY  BE  BROUGHT  ON  THE  FOLLOWING  : 


States  and 
Territories. 

Assault 

and 

dander. 

Open 

Acc’ts. 

Notes. 

Judg- 

ment. 

Sealed 
and  wit¬ 
nessed 
Instru¬ 
ments. 

Alabama . 

Years. 

Years. 

Years. 

Years. 

Years. 

Arkansas . 

California . 

Colorado. . 

Connecticut . . . 

Dakota _ 

Delaware . 

District  of  Columbia.... 

Florida  . . 

Georgia . . 

Idaho  _ 

Illinois _  .  .  . 

Indiana.. . 

Iowa _ 

Kansas  .... 

Kentucky _ 

Louisiana.... 

Maine  . . 

Maryland  _. 

Massachusetts  . 

6 

_ .20. _ 
f) 

. _  20 . . 

Michigan _ 

2**[ 

6 

6 

Minnesota  .. 

...6.. 

Mississippi _ 

Missouri . . 

States  and 
Territories. 

Assault 

and 

slander. 

Open 

Acc’ts. 

Notes. 

Judg- 

ment. 

Sealed 
and  wit¬ 
nessed 
Instru¬ 
ments. 

Montana . 

Years. 

Years. 

Years. 
__-6. . 

Vears. 

Years. 

Nebraska _ 

Nevada _ 

New  Hampshire _ 

...6.. 

...6.. 

New  Jersey _ 

...6. 

...6.. 

20 

T(S 

New  Mexico _ 

...6.. 

New  York  . . . 

...6.. 

...6. 

North  Carolina  . . 

Ohio _ _ 

Ontario  (U.  Canada) _ 

. .  .2. . 

...6 

..  6 

20 

Oregon . 

6 

6 

IO. 

.  .  20.  _ 

Pennsylvania _ 

..  6 

...6 

Quebec  (L.  Canada) _ 

Rhode  Island _ _ 

.  I,  2  _ 

---5-- 

...6 

...6. 

--30-. 

--30-- 

South  Carolina . . 

_ 2.  . 

...6 

..  .6.. 

Tennessee . 

.  6 

..  6. 

6 

Texas _ _ 

Utah _ _ 

Vermont _ _ 

..  6 

8 

8 

Virginia . . .  _ 

Washington  Territory.. 

_ 2_  _ 

_ _ 

_ 2  . 

...6-. 

..  6 

6 

West  Virginia  . . 

.  -  I 

5  Nil 

IO 

TO 

TO 

Wisconsin . . 

...6. 

6 

Wyoming .  . . 

...4.. 

---5-- 

--15-- 

*  Promissory  notes  in  Massachusetts,  Maine  and  Vermont  barred  in  six  years,  unless  signed  by  attesting  witnesses, 
t  Slander,  6  months.  ^  Slander,  6  years. 

X  Seals  abolished.  §  Assault,  4  years. 


0  Store  accounts,  2  years. 
II  Store  accounts,  3  years. 


184 


HOW  TO  COMPUTE  INTEREST. 


ifRates  of  Interest. 

? 


Showing  Accumulations  of  Interest  on  Moneys 
for  Days,  Months  and  Years. 


HOW  TO  COMPUTE  INTEREST  ON  ANY  AMOUNT  OF  MONEY  AT  ANY  RATE  PER  CENT. 


On  the  following  page  will  be  found  several 
valuable  Interest  Tables,  giving  the  principal 
legal  rates  of  interest  as  adopted  by  the  various 


States  in  the  Union,  and  the  means  by  which 
the  interest,  at  any  rate,  on  any  amount  of 
money,  can  be  almost  instantly  computed. 


Explanation  of  flpjnterest  Tables. 


By  reference  to  the  table  on  the  following 
page,  the  time  or  number  of  days,  months,  and 
years,  will  be  found  at  the  top  of  the  columns  ; 
and  the  amount  of  money  up¬ 
on  which  interest  is  comput¬ 
ed,  in  the  left  hand  column. 

Thus :  If  we  wish  to  find 
the  interest  on  $1,108  for  one 
year,  3  months,  and  29  days, 
at  7  per  cent  we  trace  from 
amounts  towards  the  right, 
and  from  time ,  downwards ;  resulting  as 
shown  in  the  accompanying  example. 


EXAMPLE. 

Inter’st  on  $1000  for  1  year  at  7  per  cent.  $70 


100 

8 

1000 

100 

8 

1000 

100 

8 


1 

..  a  .. 

”  3  m’lis 
..  3  .. 

••  3  “ 

“  29  days 
"29  “ 
“29  “ 


To  find  the  interest  for  more  than  one  year 
multiply  by  the  number  of  years.  For  $20,  $40, 
,  etc.,  multiply  the  interest  on  $10,  by  2,  4, 
and  so  on.  The  same  rule 
applies  for  hundreds  or  thou¬ 
sands.  The  interest  at  five 
per  cent  is  one-half  of  ten  per¬ 
cent  ;  hence,  divide  by  2. 
The  interest  at  12  per  cent 
is  double  6  per  cent ;  hence, 
multiply  by  2.  Other  rates 
will  be  found  thus  by  division  and  multiplica¬ 
tion. 


Interest  on  the  Amount . $103.20 


■ 


186 


BANK  FORMS. 

Importance  of  Keeping  a  Bank  Account. 


BANK  FORMS. 


wording  in  script  illustrates  what  is  written  by 
the  depositor  ,  thus : 


O  business  men  or  women,  the  keep¬ 
ing  of  a  bank  account  is  a  matter  of 
yery  considerable  convenience,  as 
well  as  pecuniary  benefit.  If  much 
business  is  done,  money  is  constantly 
^  accumulating,  which  is  easily  depos¬ 
ited,  and  is  usually  more  secure  from  burglary 
in  a  reliable  bank  than  elsewhere.  It  is  true  that 
money  will  sometimes  be  lost,  through  the  10b- 
berv  or  failure  of  a  bank  ;  but  of  all  the  chances 
for  loss  which  business  people  have  to  contend 
with,  that  by  failure  of  banks  is  the  least ;  while 
it  is  found  that  the  practice  of  depositing  each 
day’s  accumulations  in  a  bank,  having  the  same 
in  readiness  to  draw  whenever  wanted,  as  a 
whole,  works  greatly  to  the  advantage  of  people 
doing  a  large  amount  of  business. 

Of  course,  where  the  deposits  are  large,  and 
the  rates  of  interest  are  good,  the  banker  is 
considerably  benefited  by  having  the  use  of  the 
money.  Bankers,  however,  realize  their  indebt¬ 
edness  to  the  customer,  and  in  various  ways, 
through  their  acquaintance  and  influence  with 
wealthy  men,  often  render  such  aid  to  their 
patrons  in  a  time  of  need,  as  enables  them  to 
carry  forward  certain  enterprises  that  would  be 
found  oftentimes  very  difficult  to  accomplish 
without  such  aid. 

If  it  is  intended,  when  depositing  money  in 
a  bank,  to  allow  the  same  to  remain  for  several 
weeks  or  months,  the  banker  will  usually  give 
the  person  so  depositing  a  “  Certificate  of  De¬ 
posit  ;  ”  if,  however,  it  is  desired  to  draw  the 
money  out  frequently,  while  daily,  perhaps, 
adding  more,  the  banker  will  present  the  depos¬ 
itor  with  a  Pass  Book,  a  Check  Book,  and  De¬ 
posit  Tickets.  The  Deposit  Ticket  is  a  blank 
form,  which  the  customer  will  fill  up,  indicating 
when,  as  well  as  the  amount,  and  kind  of  funds 
deposited.  The  following  exhibits  the  form  of 
a  deposit  ticket.  That  printed  in  Ptoman  type 
represents  the  printed  matter  on  the  same ;  the 


Deposit  Ticket. 


Beposttrt  in  THIRD  NATIONAL  BANK 

By 

New  York,^iL^«  s/  18 

73. 

$o,500 

2,000 

oOO 

2  ,oOO 

■$6{,OCO 

The  Pass  Book. 


The  Pass  Book  is  a  memorandum  book,  in 
which  the  receiving  teller  of  a  bank  enters  the 
date  and  amount  of  deposits.  On  the  opposite 
page  is  shown  the  amounts  drawn  out.  From 
time  to  time  a  balance  is  struck,  showing  the 
amount  of  deposits  then  in  bank.  The  follow¬ 
ing  shows  the  ordinary  form  of  keeping  the 
bank  account : 


Dr.  Thikd  National  Bank  in  cic. 


1873.  | 

June  8  To  Cash 
‘  iO 
1  15 
July  7 
‘  20 


8.000 
1,400 1 
300] 
150, 
5,000 1 


14,850 


Aug.  7  Balance .  9,079  75 


with  Giioroe  Smith. 


Cr. 


1873. 


800  10 
400  15 
500 
1.010 
3,000 
9,079  75 


Aug.  7  Balance 

5  Voucll’8  ret’d  14,850 


The  Check  Book  is  a  book  of  blank  orders, 
or  checks  as  they  are  called,  with  a  margin  on 
which  to  make  a  memorandum  of  date,  amount, 
and  to  whom  the  check  is  given.  When  the 
check  is  filled,  it  goes  to  the  bank  where  the 
individual  giving  the  check  deposits  money, 
while  the  memorandum  remains  in  the  book. 
An  idea  of  the  check  book  may  be  obtained 
from  the  following : 


I 


BANK  FORMS. 


187 


No.  1. 


'■C4e. 


^■U'yi-e  y/. 


No.  2. 


(NY  cYTi-c/e^t  e'yi-c/e'vi-/, 

jb'1-  CyYcYi/^-iYtdi-yi^.. 


Jg/3. 


No.  3. 

G^m.  (§<&. 

4ZCC.. 


No.  4. 


^Uc'uw.  & ’ 


li'Ctwjynd  ■a.'M.-a  -ei-c-ed 


r/  77/ja 


Form  of  a  Check  Book. 


8oo 


400 


15 


s,  -*$73.  560 


V 


No.  5. 

■YY-di'idid  ft'  J2f(Qe*iY, 


G^tiiz.ud'^  y/  jg 73. 


3, °°° 


-ZVb*  1.  New  York ,  y  /,  1873. 

THIRD  NATIONAL  BANK, 

ay  to  G//.  J^T  SJ'tei-uwi.;  or  Order, 

G&'-'t-idier/ "::  ;;r:::  ■  ■  jV,,  Dollars , 

^Soo-j^oV  J&eosi^,-e  ’GYneYY. 

P~°-  2.  iVew  York,  jft-tYtg.  7  1873. 

THIRD  NATIONAL  BANK, 

Puy  to  G^e-tu  crfwtzb^i.-e-izc/esyiY,  or  Order , 

CsGu-i  -jVV  Dollars, 

$4°OT*iHj'  jy&ea'i-^e  . 

No'  3-  iV<?w  Y ork,  JfteAf,  g/  1873. 

THIRD  NATIONAL  BANK, 

Pay  to  G^tne'i-uxzsn  (Qx^u-edd  <Y§a./  or  Order, 
cTfti'U-e/  <Y(^^dd-cYe<Y  -ooz  tG&xYy,/  YoV  Dollars, 
$560  (GYn-iYY. 

0 •  New  York,  jfuYy.  .gy,  1873. 

THIRD  NATIONAL  BANK, 

Pay  1°  Scha-uiaa.  cY ^odtedy  or  Order, 

cTyTiaydd-aadd/'  ^sn^Y  d^eWo  j%\  Dollars. 
$i)Oio.  xYe- od^e  YdYmc-Y/z. 

N°-  5.  New  York,  ^  1873. 

THIRD  NATIONAL  BANK, 

Pay  to 

^YgYYLc Z'tdld  js€wf  or  Order, 

d7Y'iodS  -  Dollars, 

$3,000.  <GYyitYY. 


1S8 


I5ILLS  OF  EXCHANGE. 


BILLS  OF  EXCHANGE. 

A  Bill  of  Exchange  is  an  order  addressed  to 
some  person  at  a  distance,  directing  him  to  pay 
a  certain  amount  to  the  person  in  whose  favor 
the  bill  is  drawn,  or  to  his  order.  A  merchant 
in  Chicago,  owing  a  sum  of  money  for  goods  to 
a  merchant  in  London,  instead  of  remitting 
money  or  goods  to  the  amount  of  the  debt,  goes 
into  the  hank  and  buys  from  the  banker,  who 
keeps  an  account  in  London,  a  bill  of  exchange 
for  the  amount,  and  sends  it  to  his  creditor  ;  in 
this  way  the  creditor  gets  payment  from  a  person 
in  his  own  city,  generally  a  banker,  who  keeps 
an  account  with  some  American  banker  for  the 
purpose  of  paying  such  drafts. 

Letters  of  Credit  have  come  largely  into  use, 
of  late  years,  with  tourists  abroad,  though  Bills 
of  Exchange  are  yet  frequently  used  by  per¬ 
sons  who  wish  to  travel  in  foreign  countries. 
Thus,  if  A,  an  American,  wishes  to  travel 
over  Europe,  he  estimates  the  expense  of  the 
journey,  and  finds  it  to  be,  perhaps  $3,000.  To 
carry  this  with  him,  in  gold,  would  be  unsafe 
and  troublesome.  He,  therefore,  goes  to  a  ban¬ 
ker  and  gets  a  bill  of  exchange  for  a  thousand 


dollars,  which  is  the  amount  he  thinks  he  may 
require  Avhile  in  England.  The  banker  also 
having  money  deposited  in  Paris,  perhaps,  and 
also  in  Vienna,  he  takes  a  bill  for  a  thousand 
on  a  bank  in  each  of  those  places.  With  these 
bills  in  his  possession,  he  commences  his  journey, 
with  only  money  in  his  pocket  sufficient  to  pay 
the  incidental  expenses  of  the  trip,  and  draws 
on  the  London,  Paris,  and  Vienna  bankers  as 
occasion  requires.  The  object  of  this  arrange¬ 
ment  is  to  secure  travelers  against  loss,  the 
bankers  affording  this  accommodation  to  mer¬ 
chants  and  travelers  for  a  percentage,  which  is 
paid  them  when  they  sell  the  bill  of  exchange. 

In  issuing  these  bills  of  exchange,  it  is  cus¬ 
tomary  for  the  banker  to  issue  a  set  of  two  or 
three,  worded  nearly  alike.  One  of  these  is 
kept  by  the  purchaser,  to  be  presented  by  him 
to  the  foreign  banker,  the  other  two  are  trans¬ 
mitted  by  mail,  at  different  times,  to  the  same 
bank.  Thus,  if  the  first  bill  is  lost,  the  second 
or  third,  that  goes  by  mail,  will  still  be  available, 
and  the  holder  can  obtain  the  money  without 
being  subjected  to  the  delay  of  writing  to 
America  for  another  bill.  These  bills  are 
worded  as  follows : 


Set  of  Foreign  Bills  of  Exchange. 


1  Chicago ,  III.,  July  10, 18— . 

Exchange  for  ) 

£200.  j  Sixty  days  after  sight, 
of  this  our  first  of  exchange  (second 
and  third  of  the  same  tenor  and  date  un¬ 
paid),  pay  to  the  order  of  Abel  Cummings, 
Two  Hundred  Pounds  Sterling,  value  re- 
ceived,  and  charge  the  same  to 

Iienry  Greenebaujn  Co. 

To  the  Union  Hank  of  London,  1 
No.  840.  London,  Eng.  ) 


1 

! 

0 

0 

9 

0 

$ 

1# 

2  Chicago,  July  io,  18 — . 

Exchange  for  ) 

£.200.  )  Sixty  days  after  sight,  of  this 

our  second  OF  exchanoe  (first and  third 
of  the  same  tenor  and  date  unpaid),  pay  to 
the  order  of  A  hel  Cummings ,  Two  Hu  ndred 
Pounds  Sterling,  value  received,  and  charge 
the  same,  withou  t  f  urther  advice,  to 

Henry  Greenebaum  6°  Co. 

To  the  Union  Bank  of  London,  ) 

No.  840.  London,  Eng.  £ 


3  Chicago ,  July  io,  18 — . 

Exchange  for  ) 

£200.  f  Sixty  days  after  sight,  of  this 
our  third  of  exchange  (first  and  second 
of  the  same  tenor  and  date  unpaid),  pay  to 
the  order  of  Abel  Cummings,  Two  Hundred 
Pounds  Sterling,  value  received,  and  charge 
the  same,  without  further  advice,  to 

Henry  Greenebaum  Co. 

To  the  Union  Bank  of  London,  ) 

No.  840.  London,  Eng.  ) 


DRAFTS. 

A  draft  may  properly  be  called  an  inland  bill 
of  exchange.  It  is  customary  for  the  bankers 
in  all  large  cities,  to  make  deposits  with  bankers 
in  other  large  cities,  and  also  for  the  banks  in 
the  interior  towns  to  make  deposits  with  some 
one  bank  in  the  nearest  metropolis.  Thus,  the 
bankers  of  Milwaukee,  Chicago,  and  St.  Louis, 
have  deposits  in  New  York,  so  that  any  person 
wishing  to  pay  a  certain  sum  of  money  to  another 
person,  East,  has  only  to  step  into  a  bank  and 


purchase  a  draft  for  the  amount  on  New  York, 
which  he  sends  by  mail  to  the  creditor,  who 
can  usually  get  the  amount  the  draft  calls  for, 
at  the  nearest  bank. 

The  banker,  as  with  bills  of  exchange,  charges 
a  certain  commission  to  pay  him  for  his  trouble, 
which  is  termed  “  Exchange.”  There  being  less 
liability  to  lose  these  inland  bills,  only  one  is 
usually  issued.  The  merchant  in  the  interior 
town,  or  other  person,  wishing  to  send  money  to 
Milwaukee,  St.  Louis,  Cincinnati,  or  any  other 


BANK  DRAFTS. 


189 


large  city,  can  generally  buy,  of  their  home 
bank,  drafts,  thus,  on  the  nearest  metropolis,  by 
the  payment  of  the  exchange. 

The  object  in  purchasing  a  draft  is  to  avoid 


the  danger  of  loss  when  sending  money  from 
one  part  of  the  country  to  another.  Such 
form  is  worded  as  follows,  and  is  known  as  a 
bank  draft. 


Form  of  a  Bank  Draft. 


DUPLICATE  UNTAID. 


In  making  collections  of  money,  drafts  are 
frequently  used,  which  are  usually  sent  through 
the  banks.  A  sight  draft  is  used  where  the 
person  upon  whom  it  is  drawn  is  expected  to 
pay  the  debt  immediately.  In  the  time  draft 
the  same  is  made  payable  in  a  certain  number 
of  days. 


Sight  Draft, 

Cincinnati,  O.,  June  10,  IS—. 

At  eight,  pay  to  the  order  of  Higgins  &  Co.,  Four  Hun¬ 
dred  dollars,  value  received,  and  charge  the  same  to  our  account. 

To  B.  L.  Smith,  Milwaukee,  Wis.  POLLOK  BROS.  &  CO. 


Time  Draft. 

$50,  Memphis,  Tenn.,  April  4,  18—. 

Thirty  day-s  after  date,  pay  to  the  order  of  Cobb  &  Co., 
hifty  dollars,  value  received,  and  charge  to  our  account. 

To  Haumon,  Mosher  &  Co.,  a.  B.  MOORE  &  CO. 

Buffalo,  N.  Y. 


Acceptance. 

The  acceptance  of  a  draft  is  effected  by  the 
drawee,  or  the  person  upon  whom  the  same  is 
drawn,  if  he  consents  to  its  payment,  writing 
across  the  face  of  the  draft,  thus  :  “  Accepted, 
June  12,  1873.  B.  L.  Smith.” 


LAWS  OF  GRACE  ON  SIGHT  DRAFTS. 


Grace  on  Sight  Drafts 
following  States  : 

Alabama, 

Arkansas, 

Dakota, 

Indiana, 

Iowa, 

Kentucky, 

Maine, 

Massachusetts. 

Michigan, 

Minnesota, 

Mississippi, 

Montana, 


is  allowed  in  the 

Nebraska, 

New  Hampshire, 

New  Jersey, 

North  Carolina, 

Oregon, 

Rhode  Island, 

South  Carolina, 

Utah, 

Wisconsin, 

Wyoming, 

Canada. 


Grace  on  Sight  Drafts  is  not  allowed  in 


the  following  States 

California, 

Colorado. 

Connecticut, 

Delaware, 

District  of  Columbia, 
Florida, 

Georgia, 

Idaho, 

Illinois, 

Kansas, 

Louisiana, 


Maryland, 

Missouri, 

Nevada, 

New  York, 
Ohio, 

Pennsylvania, 

Tennessee, 

Texas, 

Vermont, 

Virginia, 

West  Virginia. 


forms  of  ^Book-Keeping. 


RULES,  DIRECTIONS,  AND  FORMS  FOR  KEEPING  BOOKS  OF  ACCOUNT. 


VEKY  person  having  occasion  to  keep  an  account 
•with  others,  is  greatly  benefited  by  a  knowledge 
of  book-keeping.  There  are  two  systems  of  keep¬ 
ing  books  in  use:  one  known  as  Single  Entry  ; 
the  other,  as  Double  Entry. 

In  this  chapter  it  is  the  design  to  give  simply  an 
outline  of  Single  Entry,  a  method  of  keeping  books 
which  answers  every  purpose  with  the  majority 
of  people,  besides  being  a  system  so  plain  and 
simple  as  to  be  readily  comprehended. 

The  books  used  in  Single  Entry  are  generally  a  Day-book,  in  which 
are  recorded  each  day’s  sale  of  goods,  or  labor  performed,  and  money, 
service,  or  goods  received;  and  a  Ledger,  in  which  t  le  sum  o  a  o 
each  transaction  is  put  in  its  proper  place,  so  arranged  as  to  show,  on  a 
brief  examination,  how  the  account  stands.  These  books,  of  different 
sizes,  may  be  found  at  the  bookstores;  though,  in  case  of  necessity,  they 
can  easily  be  made  with  a  few  sheets  of  foolscap  paper,  ruled  as  here- 


Persons  having  many  dealings  with  customers  should  use  a  Day¬ 
book,  in  which  is  written  each  transaction;  these  being  afterwards 
transferred  to  the  Ledger.  Where,  however,  accounts  are  few,  the  ac¬ 
count  may  be  made  complete  in  the  Ledger,  as  shown  in  several  forms 
on  the  following  page. 

In  making  charges  in  a  book  and  giving  credit,  it  is  necessary  to  keep 
clearly  in  mind  whether  the  person  of  whom  we  write  gives  or  receives. 
If  the  individual  gives  he  is  a,  creditor,  which  is  designated  by  the  abbre¬ 
viation,  Cr.  If  the  person  receives,  he  is  a  Debtor ,  the  sign  lor  which 
is  Dr.  In  the  passage  from  the  creditor  to  the  debtor  of  any  article, 
we  get  the  word  “  To,”  with  which  the  creditor  commences  the  ac¬ 
count.  In  the  reception  by  a  debtor  of  an  article  from  a  creditor,  we 
get  the  word  “  By.” 

The  following  forms  show  the  manner  of  keeping  an  account  by  Ar¬ 
thur  Williams,  a  merchant,  with  Chas.  B.  Strong,  a  farmer,  who  buys 
goods  and  settles  his  bills,  usually,  at  the  end  of  every  month;  in  the 
meantime  taking  to  the  store  various  kinds  of  produce,  for  which  the 
merchant  gives  credit  according  to  the  market  value.  Mr.  Williams 
keeps  two  books,  a  Day-book  and  Ledger. 


DAY  BOOK. 

c //aCuia/ay,  /S  /S'/S. 

14 

Chas.  B.  Strong ,  Dr. 

To  I  lb.  Tea ,  $1.25 

“  10  “  Sugar,  io c.  loo 

2 

25 

^/f/onc/ciy^  ^ Sy/  ■ 

38 

Chas.  B.  Strong,  Dr. 

To  20  Yds.  Calico ,  iou.  2.00 

“  1  Scoop  Shovel,  1.25 

Cr  _ _ _ 

3 

25 

Bv  2  Bu.  Totatocs,  80 c.  1.60 

“  10  Lbs.  Butter,  25 c.  2.50 

4 

IO 

SOatau/ay,  fu/y  33,  IS/S.  80 

Chas.  B.  Strong,  Dr. 

To  I  Pr.  Rubber  Boots, 

Per  D.  Wilcox,  7.00 

l  7 

OO 

SSiic/ay,  /y  S  S,  /S/’S. 

84 

Chas.  B.  Strong,  Cr. 

By  Cash,  to  Balance  Account, 

8 

40 

LEDGER. 


^H)l.  (Jjhcny. 


66 


34f5 

fufy- 


34'f5 

30 

So 

14 

2 

25 

*9 

34 

4 

30 

'9 

CC  cc 

34 

3 

23 

CC 

30 

CC  CC 

44 

4 

40 

24 

cc  cc 

4o 

7 

00 

/ 

32 

50 

/ 

32 

50 

Remarks  Concerning  the  Ledger. 

S  will  be  seen  by  the  example  in  the  Ledger,  the  first  column  contains 
months;  second,  day  of  the  month;  third,  “To  D”  means  To  Day-book. 
In  the  fourth  column,  the  14,  38,  and  80  refer  to  the  No.  of  the  page  in  the 
Day-book  which  by  reference  fully  explains  the  transaction.  The  fifth 
and  sixth  columns  contain  the  totals  of  each  purchase  or  sale  as  recorded 
In  the  Day-book.  The  Ledger  should  have  an  index  in  the  first  part  which,  under 
the  head  of  S,  will  contain  “ Strong ,  Chas.  B.”  opposite  which  is  the  number  66, 
showing  that  Strong’s  account  may  be  found  on  page  66  of  the  Ledger.  When  the 
account  is  balanced  and  closed,  a  sloping  line  is  drawn  down  the  space  containing  the 
least  writing  and  double  lines  are  made  beneath  the  totals,  indicating  that  the  account 
is  "closed.” 

The  Day-Book. 

In  the  foregoing  example  only  Chas.  B.  Strong’s  account  is  shown  on  a  page  of  the 
Day-book.  This  is,  however,  a  long  book  usually,  each  page  being  of  sufficient  length 
to  contain  the  accounts  of  several  customers.  At  the  top  of  each  page,  the  day  of  the 
week,  day  of  the  month,  and  year,  should  always  be  written.  If  the  day’s  entries  com¬ 
mence  in  the  middle  of  the  page,  write  the  day  of  the  week  and  day  of  the  month  dis¬ 
tinctly  above  the  first,  and  thus  at  the  beginning  of  each  day’s  entries. 

When  the  total  of  the  entry  on  the  Day-book  is  transferred  to  the  Ledger,  the  No. 
of  the  page  in  the  Ledger  where  the  account  is  kept,  is  placed  beside  the  entry  in  the 
Day-book,  which  shows  that  the  account  has  been  “posted”  to  the  Ledger. 


FORMS  OF  ACCOUNTS  ACCORDING  TO  ESTABLISHED  RULES  OF  BOOK-KEEPING.  191 


Importance  of  Book-Keeping. 

TRANGE  as  it  may 
seem,  there  are 
but  very  few  peo¬ 
ple  who  can  keep 
the  simplest  form 
of  account  cor¬ 
rectly.  Most  in¬ 
dividuals  are  ev¬ 
idently  deterred 
from  learning  correct  forms,  from 
the  supposition  that  the  art  of 
book-keeping  is  difficult  to  master. 
The  fact  is,  however,  all  the  book¬ 
keeping  necessary  to  be  understood 
by  people  having  few  accounts,  is 
very  easily  learned,  as  will  be  seen 
by  studying,  for  a  little  time,  the 
accompanying  forms. 

The  importance  of  this  know¬ 
ledge  cannot  be  over-estimated. 

THE  MERCHANT 

who  is  successful  in  business,  keeps 
his  accounts  in  a  form  so  condensed 
and  clear,  that  his  assets  and  lia¬ 
bilities  can  be  determined  in  a  few 
minutes  of  examination. 

THE  FARMER 

who  would  be  prosperous  keeps 
his  books  in  such  a  mannei,  that  he 
can  tell  at  a  glance  what  product 
is  most  profitable  to  raise,  what  he 
owes,  and  what  is  due  him  from  any 
source. 

THE  MECHANIC 

who  keeps  himself  free  from  litiga¬ 
tion,  and  conducts  his  business 
successfully,  has  his  dealings  all 
clearly  expressed  in  his  accounts, 
and  settles  with  his  customers,  if 
possible,  once  a  month. 

THE  TREASURER 

of  an  association,  whose  accounts 
are  clear,  explicit,  and  correct,  is 
justly  appreciated  for  the  evident 
honesty  of  the  financial  exhibit, 
and  is  selected  for  other  places  of 
responsibility  and  trust. 

THE  HOUSEKEEPER 

who  avoids  misunderstandings  with 
her  servants,  has  her  account  writ¬ 
ten  so  clearly  that  no  mistake  is 
made,  and  no  ill  feeling  is  thus  en¬ 
gendered  in  her  settlements. 

ALL  PERSONS, 

in  short,  who  have  occasion  to  keep 
accounts  with  others,  should  have 
a  plain  condensed  form,  which  will 
show  at  a  glance  how  the  account 
stands. 

The  accompanying  forms  Show 
the  correct  methods  of  keeping 
accounts  in  the  Ledger,  according 
to  the  established  principles  of 
book-keeping  by  Single  Entry. 


Dr. 


1875 

July 


ARTHUR  WILLIAMS. 


To  2  Bu.  Potatoes,  80c. 

“  10  Lbs.  Butter,  25c. 

“  Cash,  to  Balance, 


1 

60 

1875. 

J  uly. 

10 

2 

50 

10 

8 

40 

“ 

19 

~12~ 

50  | 

“ 

19 

24 

Cr. 


By  1  Lb.  Tea, 

“  10  “  Sugar, 

“20  Yds.  Calico, 

“  1  Scoop  Shovel, 

“  1  Pair  Rubber  Boots 


10c. 

10c. 


1 

25 

1 

00 

2 

00 

25 

1 

7 

00 

12 

50 

— 

- - 

state  the  contract  between  the'fanner  andhl?4d  man?  “xb eLedg  j  r  s  ho  ws ' lEwthei  a£  eouutds?ands.°Uld 


Dr. 


HENRY  WELLS. 


1875 

April 

May 

July 

Sept, 


Ci 


To  1  Pair  of  Boots, 

“  Wm.  Wells,  for  Clothing, 
R.  R.  Ticket  to  Boston, 

“  Cash. 

“  Note  at  3  Mos.  to  Bal. 


7 

50 

1875. 
J  uly 

8 

11 

50 

Aug. 

31 

8 

00 

Sept. 

8 

5 

60 

92 

00 

00 

00 

By  4  Months  Labor  at  16.00 

‘I  2  ■ . 10.00 

8  Days  “  “  1.00 


92 


00 


V'Hi’kc  ^vTth^wv  eyte0rfnri‘se.Cr°I)S’ he 


Dr. 


1876. 

May 


June 

Sept. 

Nov. 

1877. 

Mar. 

May 


Acc’t  with  Cornfield;  16  Acres. 


Cr. 


To  6  Days  Plowing,  2.50 
“  2  “  Harrowing,  2.00 

4  “  Planting,  1.00 

3  Bu.  Seed  Corn,  50 
“  2  Days  Cultivating,  2.00 

2  “  “  2.00 
10  “  Cutting,  1.00 

“  Husking  and  Cribbing, 

Shelling  800  Bushels, 

Cost  of  Taking  to  Market, 
“  Interest  on  the  Land, 

“  Profits  on  the  Crop, 


15 

00 

1876. 

Oct. 

12 

4 

00 

“ 

18 

4 

00 

‘  ‘ 

20 

1 

50 

1877. 

4 

00 

Mar. 

15 

4 

00 

10 

00 

30 

00 

32 

00 

32 

00 

51 

20 

270 

30 

458 

00 

By  Stalks  for  Fodder, 

“  Husks  for  Beds, 

“  “  Mats, 

“  800  Bushels  Corn,  50c. 


30 

20 

8 

400 


45K 


00 


Blacksmith’s  Account  w  ith  Farmer  where  Day-book  and  Ledger  are  Kept. 

carried  over  ?ntotheInextIinonStht,ta^foHotws:en<i  of  tbe  month>  14  may  he  “closed,”  and  the  balance 


Dr. 


JAMES  H.  WATSON. 


1874. 

Aug. 

12 

18 

22 

24 

To  Shoeing  2  Horses, 

“  Repairing  Wagon, 

‘  Shoeing  Horse, 

“  Mending  Shovel, 

* 

7 

11 

15 

17 

4 

10 

2 

16 

— i 

8 

17 

00 

00 

00 

50 

50 

10 

00 

00 

Sept. 

1 

9 

15 

To  Bal.  Bro’t  Down, 

“  Repairing  Reaper, 

“  Ironing  Wagon, 

30 

42 

29 

10 

Cr 


1874. 

Aug. 

Sept. 

Sept. 


By  4  Bu.  Potatoes,  60c. 
“  6  “  Apples,  50c. 
“  1  Ton  Hay, 

“  Bal.  to  NewAcc., 


By  20  Lbs.  Butter,  20c. 
“  2  Cds.  Wood,  7.00 

“  Cash,  to  Balance, 


* 

2 

14 

3 

15 

7 

29 

4 

16 

4 

34 

14 

50 

11 

29 

Tl'°  li^U^C!,  in  thi,  COh,mU  rCfCr  10  thC  °U,llber  °f  tbe  in  th°  i  >  i°  which  should  be  fully  recorded  each  daj’s  transaction,. 


Book- 

cable  to  all 


^nues\k^gah,^g^ifa^ea>^ounts'wlt!lfgyoce^mneu,n|>oaMera!leh;.W^^  theservailt-  *»  aPP>- 


Dr. 


MRS.  ELLEN  STRONC. 


1873. 

June 

17 

24 

27 

28 

To  8  Yds.  Cotton  Cloth,  10c. 

“  Cash, 

“  4  pairs  Stockings,  25c. 

“  Cash,  to  Balance, 

1 

5 

80 

75 

00 

45 

1873. 
J  une. 

7 

14 

21 

28 

8 

00 

Cr, 


By  Washing  and  Ironing, 
“  Washing  and  Cleaning, 
Cleaning  Windows, 

"  Washing  and  Ironing, 


met5md>oVSepmg1Ui^?I'a^ouhts1hffhe?olllowhigeftfrm?'reaSUl  eiS  S°CieUes  are  show“  the  correct 


1872. 
Jan' a 

7 

M  ar. 

8 

April 

in 

Dec. 

7 

31 

31 

1>r- _ Salem  Lyceum  in  Acc’t  with  Wm.  Brown. 


To  6  Months  Rent  of  Hall 
“  2  Tons  of  Coal.  10.00 
“  Lecture  by  J.  Webb, 

“  Gas, 

“  6  Months  Rent  of  Hall 
“  Balance  on  Hand, 


50 

00 

1872. 

J  an. 

1 

20 

00 

Mar. 

10 

25 

00 

Nov. 

10 

10 

00 

Dec. 

1 

50 

00 

183 

50 

338 

50 

Cr. 


By  Cash  from  Last  Year, 
“  Dues, 

“  Initiation  Fees, 

“  Dues 


338 


50 


192 


ORDERS  —  RECEIPTS. 


ORDERS. 


For  Money. 


For  Merchandise  not  Exceeding  in  Value  a 
Specified  Sum. 

Sandusky,  O.,  Aug.  9, 18 — . 
Messrs.  Brown,  .Jones  &  Co.: 

Please  deliver  to  the  hearer, 
W.  II.  Wing,  such  goods  as  he  may  desire  from  your 
store,  not  exceeding  in  value  the  sum  of  Fifty  dollars, 
and  charge  the  same  to  my  account. 

K.  L.  BAXTER. 


For  Merchandise. 


For  Goods  Stored. 


Mr.  J.  M.  Hunter: 

Please  pay 

merchandise,  and  charge  to 


Austin,  Texas,  Dec.  1, 13—. 
John  Wilkins,  Seventy-live  dollars  in 
GOODRICH  &  SMITn. 


Hannibal,  Mo.,  April  11, 18 — . 

Messrs.  Stevens,  Coee  &  Co.: 

Please  deliver  to  B.  Hooper,  or  order,  One  Hundred 
barrels  of  Flour,  stored  by  me  in  your  warehouse. 

GEORGE  WAKEFIELD. 


RECEIPTS. 

For  Money  on  Account.  _ 

S<Qecei'ue</,  .C&a.,  c/fc-u.  </!,  OJ^ 


For  Money  Advanced  on  a  Contract. 

$1,000.  Henderson,  Ky.,  July  1G,  18—. 

Received  of  Harvey  Maynard,  One  Thousand 
dollars  in  advance,  on  a  contract  to  build  for  him  a 
brick  house  at  No.  1171  Walnut  Street,  St.  Louis. 

SMITH  MERRIAM. 


For  Rent. 


In  Full  of  all  Demands. 


cA-tdr^/  ~J  dS - . 

w  ^  €&«*****£  & 

In  Full  of  all  Accounts. 

Sfy-acA,  O&A.,  40;  - . 

v'sic/  </a^&t4d.,  i/si,  -o^ ■tzd&y 


$25.  Richmond,  Va.,  May  1,  1877. 

Received  of  Walter  B.  Haskins,  Twenty-Five 
dollars,  for  rent  of  dwelling  at  Ho.  784  Washington 
Street,  for  month  of  May,  1877. 

P.  H.  WATERMAH. 


For  a  Note. 

$500.  Charleston,  S.  C.,  Dec.  31, 18—. 

Received  of  Goldwin  Hubbard,  his  note  at 
sixty' days  for  Five  Hundred  dollars,  in  full  of  account. 

MURRAY  CAMPBELL. 


For  a  Note  of  Another  Person. 

$200.  Pensacola,  Fla.,  May  2, 18—. 

Received  of  Herbert  Spencer,  a  note  of 
Robt.  Hatfield,  for  the  sum  of  Two  Hundred  dollars, 
which,  when  paid,  will  be  in  full  of  all  demands  to 

dll,e’  SAMPSON  &  COLLINS. 


I 


WHITTEN  FORMS  OF  BILLS  OF  PURCHASE. 


193 


BILLS  OF  PURCHASE. 


A  Bill  of  Purchase  is  a  statement  of  goods  or 
wares  bought  at  one  time,  embracing  both  the 
quantity  and  price  of  each  article  and  the 
amount  of  the  whole.  If  paid  at  the  time  of 


purchase,  it  should  be  receipted  by  the  seller, 
as  in  the  first  of  the  following  examples ;  if 
settled  “  by  note  ”  as  in  the  second  example, 
or  if  “  charged  on  acc’t,”  it  may  be  so  stated. 


Forms  of  Bills  of  Purchase. 


gr 


.  df.  ^  ' 


3.  CS  cttA  jS^'da^e*) , 
2  cJ'a.C'l 


m 


7.  < 


4.00. 


vs.74 

S.2£ 

2.00 


fyeoeiioec/  (rfrfs.  wi^-nrf 

1 7  ' 


erf&tZ'l'M.  Cdrf.  (rf-t.t-i'i'i-i-i'tt-S'i  r'-l. 


ren 


■dui 


i. 


ddd. 

y  " 


ddl. 


•/ 


'rfe.  //<¥/£. 


edd  eyj-difzd.  -fr/rf  t  o  y/ 


iddaid  (Q^urt.a-1 

'd-CC, 

A 


y  77 


c 7. ,  - 


7 

a-ci 


77  •  ^  y ; 


77 


-  Srf.0 

■ 7 * 

./s 


'iceedd-cd/  d/cz'u-ndcdi'/. 

/  ' 


c  dz/  O  0  d/d7/Ud 


T 

d/xdd  c(@. 


194 


LEGAL  FORMS. 


m 


ifLegal  ^Business  iForms, 


FORMS  OF  ARTICLES  OF  AGREEMENT,  BONDS,  BILLS  OF  SALE,  DEEDS,  LEASES, 
MORTGAGES,  RELEASES,  WILLS,  ETC.,  ETC. 


Articles  of  Agreement. 

N  agreement  is  virtually  a  contract, 
by  which  a  certain  person,  or  pei- 
sons,  agrees  or  contracts  to  perform 
certain  duties  within  a  specified 
time. 

It  is  of  much  importance,  in  all 
rTtlcT  matters  upon  which  may  arise  a 
difference  of  opinion,  or  misunder¬ 
standing,  that  contracts  be  reduced  very  ex¬ 
plicitly  to  writing,  thereby  frequently  saving 
the  parties  to  the  contract,  a  long  and  expensive 
law-suit.  No  particular  form  is  necessary. 

Agreements  should  show  that  they  are  made 
for  a  reasonable  consideration,  else  they  aie 
void  in  law. 

Agreements,  the  provisions  of  which  are  not 
to  be  fulfilled  within  one  year  from  the  time  of 
making  the  same,  should  be  in  writing. 

While  a  signature,  or  marks,  written  with  a 
pencil,  if  proven  by  witnesses,  are  good  in  law, 
it  is  always  safest  to  execute  the  contract  with 
pen  and  ink. 

A  discovery  of  fraud,  or  misrepresentation  by 
one  party  to  the  agreement,  or  changing  of  the 
date,  renders  the  contract  void. 

Every  agreement  should  state  most  distinctly 
the  time  within  which  its  conditions  are  to  be 
complied  with. 


Copies  of  an  agreement  should  always  be  pre¬ 
pared  in  duplicate,  and  each  party  to  the  agree¬ 
ment  should  retain  a  copy. 


General  Form  of  Agreement. 

This  Agreement,  made  the  First  day  of  August,  18  ,  be¬ 

tween  Isaac  E.  Hill,  of  Irish  Grove,  County  of  Atchison,  State 
of  Missouri,  of  the  first  part,  and  Vard  Blevins,  of  the  same 
place,  of  the  second  part  — 

WITNESSETH,  that  the  said  Isaac  E.  Hill,  in  consideration 
of  the  agreement  of  the  party  of  the  second  part,  hereinafter 
contained,  contracts  and  agrees  to  and  with  the  said  Vard 
Blevins,  that  he  will  deliver ,  in  good  and  marketable  condition ,  at 
the  village  of  Corning,  Mo.,  during  the  month  of  September,  of  this 
year,  One  Hundred  Tons  of  Prairie  Hay,  in  the  following  lots , 
and  at  the  following  specified  times;  namely,  twenty-five  tons 
by  the  seventh  of  September,  twenty-five  tons  additional  by  the 
fourteenth  of  the  month,  twenty-five  tons  more  by  the  twenty- 
first,  and  the  entire  one  hundred  tons  to  be  all  delivered  by  the 
thirtieth  of  September. 

And  the  said  Vard  Blevins,  in  consideration  of  the  prompt 
fulfillment  of  this  contract,  on  the  part  of  the  party  of  the  first 
part,  contracts  to  and  agrees  with  the  said  Isaac  E.  Hill,  to 
pay  for  said  hay  six  dollars  per  ton,  for  each  ion  as  soon  as  de¬ 
livered. 

In  case  of  failure  of  agreement  by  either  of  the  parties  here¬ 
to,  it  is  hereby  stipulated  and  agreed  that  the  party  so  failing 
shall  pay  to  the  other,  One  Hundred  Dollars  as  fixed  and  set¬ 
tled  damages. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands  the  day 
and  year  first  above  written. 

ISAAC  E.  HILL, 
VARD  BLEVINS. 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS — AGREEMENTS. 


195 


Articles  of  Agreement  for  Warranty  Deed. 

Articles  of  Agreement,  made  this  seventh  day  of  June, 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sev¬ 
enty-three,  between  Luther  Henderson,  of  Sandy  Hill,  Wash¬ 
ington  County,  State  of  New  York,  party  of  the  first  part,  and 
William  W.  Stewart,  of  Jamaica,  County  of  Windham,  State 
of  Vermont,  party  of  the  second  part  — 

WITNESSETH,  that  said,  party  of  the  first  part  hereby  cove¬ 
nants  and  agrees,  that  if  the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  first 
make  the  payment  and  perform  the  covenants  hereinafter  men¬ 
tioned  on  his  part  to  be  made  and  performed,  the  said  party  of 
the  first  part  will  convey  and  assure  to  the  party  of  the  second 
part,  in  fee  simple,  clear  of  all  incumbrances  whatever,  by  a 
good  and  sufficient  Warranty  Deed,  the  following  lot,  piece,  or 
parcel  of  ground,  viz  :  The  west  fifty-five  (55)  feet  of  the  north 
half  of  lot  number  six  (6),  in  block  number  three  (3),  Whit- 
ford’s  Addition  to  Chicago,  as  recorded  at  Chicago,  Cook 
County,  Illinois. 

And  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  hereby  covenants  and 
agrees  to  pay  to  said  party  of  the  first  part  the  sum  of  One 
I  housand  Dollars,  in  the  manner  following:  Three  Hundred 
Dollars,  cash  in  hand  paid,  the  receipt  whereof  is  heteby  ac¬ 
knowledged,  and  the  balance  in  three  annual  payments,  as  fol¬ 
lows,  viz  :  Two  Hundred  Dollars,  June  7,  1874  ;  Two  Hundred 
Dollars,  June  7,  1S75  ;  and  Three  Hundred  Dollars,  June  7, 
1S76;  with  interest  at  the  rate  of  ten  per  centum,  per  annum! 
payable  on  the  dates  above  specified,  annually,  on  the  whole 
sum  remaining  from  time  to  time  unpaid,  and  to  pay  all  taxes, 
assessments,  or  impositions,  that  may  be  legally  levied  or  im¬ 
posed  upon  said  land,  subsequent  to  the  year  1873.  And  in 
case  of  the  failure  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  to  make 
either  of  the  payments,  or  perform  any  of  the  covenants  on  his 
part  hereby  made  and  entered  into,  this  contract  shall,  at  the 
option  of  the  party  of  the  first  part,  be  forfeited  and  deter¬ 
mined,  and  the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  forfeit  all  pay¬ 
ments  made  by  him  on  this  contract,  and  such  payments  shall 
be  letained  by  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  in  full  satisfac¬ 
tion  and  in  liquidation  of  all  damages  by  him  sustained,  and 
he  shall  have  the  right  to  re-enter  and  take  possession  of  the 
premises  aforesaid,  with  all  the  improvements  and  appurte¬ 
nances  thereon,  paying  said  Wm.  W.  Stewart  the  appraised 
value  of  said  improvements  and  appurtenances ;  said  appraise¬ 
ment  to  be  made  by  three  arbitrators,  one  being  chosen  by  each 
of  the  said  parties,  the  other  being  chosen  by  the  first  two. 

It  is  mutually  agreed  that  all  the  covenants  and  agreements 
herein  contained  shall  extend  to  and  be  obligatory  upon  the 
heirs,  executors,  administrators,  and  assigns  of  the  respective 
parties. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  parties  to  these  presents  have  here¬ 
unto  set  their  hands  and  seals,  the  day  and  year  first  above 
written. 

Signed,  sealed,  and  1 

delivered  in  pre-  I  LUTHER  HENDERSON, 

senceof  f  WM.  W.  STEWART. 

IIartly  D.  Wells,  j  'IT'' 


Agreement  with  Clerk  for  Services. 

1  his  Agreement,  made  this  fourteenth  day  of  April,  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-one,  between  Thomas 
Babcock  of  Ohio  City,  County  of  Cuyahoga,  State  of  Ohio, 
party  of  the  first  part,  and  Perley  White  of  Cleveland,  County 
of  Cuyahoga,  State  of  Ohio,  party  of  the  second  part  — 

WITNESSETH,  that  said  Perley  White  agrees  faithfully  and 
diligently  to  work  as  clerk  and  salesman  for  the  said  Thomas 
Babcock,  for  and  during  the  space  of  one  year  from  the  date 
hereof,  should  both  live  such  length  of  time,  without  absenting 
lnm self  from  his  occupation  ;  during  which  time,  he,  the  said 
White,  in  the  store  of  said  Babcock,  of  Ohio  City,  will  care¬ 
fully  and  honestly  attend,  doing  and  performing  all  duties  as 
cleik  and  salesman  aforesaid,  in  accordance  and  in  all  respects 
as  directed  and  desired  by  the  said  Babcock. 

In  consideration  of  which  services,  so  to  lie  rendered  by  the 
said  White,  the  said  Babcock  agrees  to  pay  to  said  White  the 
annual  sum  of  twelve  hundred  dollars,  payable  in  twelve  equal 
monthly  payments,  each  upon  the  last  day  of  each  month  ;  pro¬ 
vided  that  all  dues  for  days  of  absence  from  business  by  said 
White,  shall  be  deducted  from  the  sum  otherwise  by  the  agree¬ 
ment  due  and  payable  by  the  said  Babcock  to  the  said  White. 

Witness  our  hands. 

THOMAS  BABCOCK, 
PERLEY  WHITE. 


Agreement  for  Building  a  House. 

This  Agreement,  made  the  tenth  day  of  April,  one  thous¬ 
and  eight  hundred  and  seventy-two,  between  Jesse  Perry  of 
Germantown,  County  of  Philadelphia,  State  of  Pennsylvania, 
of  the  first  part,  and  Abijah  Howe,  of  the  same  town,  county, 
and  State,  of  the  second  part  — 

V.  n  nesseth,  that  the  said  Jesse  Perry,  party  of  the  first 
par  t,  foi  considerations  hereinafter  named,  contracts  and  agrees 
with  the  said  Abijah  Howe,  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs, 
assigns,  and  administrators,  that  he,  the  said  Perry,  will,  within 
one  hundred  and  twenty  days,  next  following  this  date,  in  a  good 
and  workmanlike  manner,  and  according  to  his  best  skill,  well 
and  substantially  erect  and  finish  a  dwelling  house  on  lot  num¬ 
ber  six,  in  block  number  nine,  in  Solomon’s  addition  to  Ger¬ 
mantown,  facing  on  Talpehocken  Street,  which  said  house  is  to 
be  of  the  following  dimensions,  with  brick,  stone,  lumber,  and 
other  materials,  as  are  described  in  the  plans  and  specifications 
hereto  annexed. 

[ Here  describe  the  house ,  niateiial  for  construction,  and  plans 
in  full J 

In  consideration  of  which,  the  said  Abijah  Howe  does,  for 
himself  and  legal  representatives,  promise  to  the  said  Jesse 
Perry,  his  heirs,  executors,  and  assigns,  to  pay,  or  cause  to  be 
paid,  to  the  said  Perry,  or  his  legal  representatives,  the  sum  of 
Eight  Thousand  Dollars,  in  manner  as  follows,  to-wit :  One 
Thousand  dollars  at  the  beginning  of  said  work,  one  thousand 
dollars  on  the  fifteenth  day  of  May  next,  one  thousand  dollars 


196 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS —  AGREEMENTS,  BILLS  OF  SALE. 


on  the  first  day  of  June  next,  two  thousand  dollars  on  the  first 
day  of  July  next,  and  the  remaining  two  thousand  dollars  when 
the  work  shall  be  fully  completed. 

It  is  also  agreed  that  the  said  Jesse  Perry,  or  his  legal  rep¬ 
resentatives,  shall  furnish,  at  his  or  their  own  expense,  all  doors, 
blinds,  glazed  sash,  and  window  frames,  according  to  the  said 
plan,  that  may  be  necessary  for  the  building  of  said  house. 

It  is  further  agreed  that  in  order  to  be  entitled  to  said  pay¬ 
ments  (the  first  one  excepted,  which  is  otherwise  secured),  the 
said  Jesse  Perry,  or  his  legal  representatives,  shall,  according 
to  the  architect’s  appraisement,  have  expended,  in  labor  and 
material,  the  value  of  said  payments,  on  the  house,  at  time  of 
payment. 

For  failure  to  accomplish  the  faithful  performance  of  the 
agreements  aforesaid,  the  party  so  failing,  his  heirs,  executors, 
or  assigns,  agrees  to  forfeit  and  pay  to  the  other  party,  or  his 
legal  representatives,  the  penal  sum  of  Fifteen  Hundred  Dol¬ 
lars,  as  fixed  and  settled  damages,  within  one  month  from  the 
time  of  so  failing. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands,  the  year 

“d  **  Srs'  *bOV'  JESSE  PERRY. 

ABIJA1I  IIOWE. 


herein  contained,  shall  extend  to  and  be  obligatory  upon  the 
heirs,  executors,  administrators,  and  assigns  of  the  respective 
parties. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  parties  to  these  presents  have  here¬ 
unto  set  their  hands,  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 

ARTHUR  BELDEN, 
LEMUEL  BALDWIN. 


Agreement  for  Sale  and  Delivery  of  Personal  Property. 

Articles  of  Agreement,  made  this  eighteenth  day  of  June, 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sev¬ 
enty-three,  between  Arthur  Belden,  of  Salem,  Washington 
County,  New  York,  party  of  the  first  part,  and  Lemuel  Bald¬ 
win,  of  Jackson,  Washington  County,  New  York,  party  of  the 
second  part  — 

Witnesseth,  That  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  hereby 
covenants  and  agrees,  that  if  the  party  of  the  second  part  shall 
first  make  the  payments  and  perform  the  covenants  hereinafter 
mentioned  on  his  part  to  be  made  and  performed,  the  said  party 
of  the  second  part  will,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  August 
next,  deliver,  in  a  clean  and  marketable  condition,  twelve 
hundred  pounds  of  wool,  of  lus  own  production,  at  the  wool 
house  of  Barnard  &  Cline,  in  Albany,  New  York.  And  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part  heieby  covenants  and  agrees 
to  pay  to  said  party  of  the  first  part  the  sum  of  fifty-five  cents 
per  pound,  in  the  manner  following:  one  hundred  dollars 
cash  in  hand  paid,  the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby  acknowl¬ 
edged,  and  the  balance  at  the  time  of  delivery  of  said  wool. 
And  in  case  of  the  failure  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part 
to  make  either  of  the  payments,  or  perform  any  of  the  cove¬ 
nants  on  his  part  hereby  made  and  enteied  into,  this  contract 
shall,  at  the  option  of  the  party  of  the  first  part,  be  forfeited 
and  determined,  and  the  party  of  the  second  part  shall  forfeit 
all  payments  made  by  him  on  this  contract,  and  such  payments 
shall  be  retained  by  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  in  full  sat¬ 
isfaction  and  in  liquidation  of  all  damages  by  him  sustained, 
and  he  shall  have  the  right  to  take  possession  of  said  wool,  re¬ 
move,  and  sell  the  same  elsewhere  as  he  may  deem  for  his 
interest. 

It  is  mutually  agreed  that  all  the  covenants  and  agreements 


BILLS  OF  SALE. 

A  Bill  of  Sale  is  a  written  agreement  by 
which  a  party  transfers  to  another,  for  a  con¬ 
sideration  on  delivery,  all  his  right,  title,  and 
interest  in  personal  property. 

The  ownership  of  personal  property,  in  raw, 
is  not  considered  changed  until  the  delivery  of 
such  property,  and  the  purchaser  takes  actual 
possession  i  though  in  some  States  a  hill  of  sale 
is  primd  fctcie  evidence  of  ownership,  even 
against  creditors,  provided  the  sale  was  not 
fraudulently  made,  for  the  purpose  of  avoiding 
the  payment  of  debts. 

Juries  have  power  to  determine  the  fairness 
or  unfairness  of  a  sale,  and  upon  evidence  of 
fraud  such  bill  of  sale  will  be  ignored,  and  de¬ 
clared  void. 


Common  Form  of  Bill  of  Sale. 

Know  all  Men  by  this  instrument,  that  I,  Fhiletus 
Howe  of  Middlebury,  Vermont,  of  the  first  part,  for  and  in 
consideration  of  Four  Hundred  and  Fifty  Dollais,  to  me  paid 
by  Charles  Rose  of  the  same  place,  of  the  second  pait,  the  re¬ 
ceipt  whereof  is  hereby  acknowledged,  have  sold,  and  by  this 
instrument  do  convey  unto  the  said  Rose,  party  of  the  second 
part,  his  executors,  administrators,  and  assigns,  my  undivided 
half  of  twenty  acres  of  grass,  now  growing  on  the  farm  of  Lo¬ 
renzo  Pease,  in  the  town  above  mentioned  ;  one  pair  of  mules, 
ten  swine,  and  three  cows,  belonging  to  me,  and  in  my  posses¬ 
sion  at  the  farm  aforesaid  :  to  have  and  to  hold  the  same  unto 
the  party  of  the  second  part,  Ins  executors  and  assigns,  forever. 
And  I  do,  for  myself  and  legal  representatives,  agree  with  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part,  and  his  legal  representatives, 
to  warrant  and  defend  the  sale  of  the  afore-mentioned  property 
and  chattels  unto  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  and  his 
legal  representatives,  against  all  and  every  person  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  affixed  my  hand,  this  tenth 
dav  of  Tune,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy. 

1  P1IILETUS  HOWE. 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  BONDS. 


197 


Bill  of  Sale  of  Personal  Property. 

Know  all  Men  by  these  presents,  that  1,  John  T.  Hall, 
of  Montgomery,  Alabama,  planter,  in  consideration  of  Six 
Hundred  and  Seventy-five  Dollars  ($675)  to  me  in  hand  paid 
by  Oscar  D.  Scott,  of  Montgomery,  Alabama,  the  receipt  where¬ 
of  is  hereby  acknowledged,  do  hereby  bargain,  sell,  and  deliver 
unto  the  said  Oscar  D.  Scott,  the  following  property,  to-wit  — 


Four  mules  @  $125 . $500 

Two  sets  Harness  @  $20 .  40 

Two  Farm  Wagons  @$35 _ 70 

One  Corn  Planter  @  $20-. . -  20 

Three  Plows  @$15 .  45 

Total . $675 


To  have  and  to  hold  the  said  goods  and  chattels  unto  the  said 
Oscar  D.  Scott,  his  executors,  administrators,  and  assigns,  to 
his  own  proper  use  and  benefit  forever.  And  I,  the  said  John 
T.  Hall, 'do  avow  myself  to  be  the  true  and  lawful  owner  of 
said  goods  and  chattels  ;  that  I  have  fail  power,  good  right,  and 
lawful  authority  to  dispose  of  said  goods  and  chattels  in  man¬ 
ner  as  aforesaid  ;  and  that  I  will,  and  my  heirs,  executors,  and 
administrators,  shall  Warrant  and  Defend  the  said  bargained 
goods  and  chattels  unto  the  said  Oscar  D.  Scott,  his  executors, 
administrators,  and  assigns,  from  and  against  the  lawful  claims 
and  demands  of  all  persons. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  John  T.  Hall,  have  hereto 
set  my  hand  this  first  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord, 
Eighteen  Hundred  and  Seventy-three. 

JOHN  T.  HALL. 


BONDS. 

A  Bond  is  a  written  admission  of  an  obliga¬ 
tion  on  the  part  of  the  maker,  whereby  he 
pledges  himself  to  pay  a  certain  sum  of  money 
to  another  person  or  persons,  at  a  certain  speci¬ 
fied  time,  for  some  bona  fide  consideration. 

The  person  giving  the  bond  is  termed  the 
obligor  ;  the  person  receiving  the  same  is  called 
the  obligee. 

A  bond,  as  defined  above,  is  a  single  bond  ; 
but  generally  conditions  are  added  to  the  bond, 
whereby  the  jrerson  giving  the  same  must  per¬ 
form  some  specific  act  or  acts,  in  which  case  the 
bond  becomes  void  ;  otherwise  it  remains  in  full 
force  and  effect. 

The  penalty  attached  to  the  bond  is  usually 
sufficient  to  cover  debt,  interest,  and  costs,  be¬ 
ing  generally  placed  at  a  sum  twice  the  amount 
of  the  real  debt,  the  fact  being  stated  that  such 
penalty  is  the  sum  fixed  upon  as  liquidated  or 


settled  damages,  in  event  of  failure  to  meet 
payments  according  to  conditions  of  the  bond. 

The  bond  may  be  so  drawn  as  to  have  the 
penalty  attach  and  appertain  to  either  the  obli¬ 
gor  or  obligee. 

Though,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  the 
bond  is  in  full  effect,  yet  an  act  of  Providence, 
whereby  its  accomplishment  is  rendered  impos¬ 
sible,  relieves  the  party  obligated  from  an  en¬ 
forcement  of  the  penalty. 

Action  on  such  instrument  must  be  brought 
within  twenty  years  after  right  of  action  ac¬ 
crues,  or  within  such  time  as  provided  by  the 
statutes  of  the  different  States. 


Common  Form  of  Bond. 

Know  all  Men  by  this  instrument,  that  I,  Jonas  Clayton 
of  Wilmington,  Hanover  County,  State  of  North  Carolina,  am 
firmly  bound  unto  Henry  Morse  of  the  place  aforesaid,  in  the 
sum  of  one  thousand  dollars,  to  be  paid  to  the  said  Henry 
Morse,  or  his  legal  representatives  ;  to  which  payment,  to  be 
made,  I  bind  myself,  or  my  legal  representatives,  by  this  in¬ 
strument. 

Sealed  with  my  seal,  and  dated  this  first  day  of  July,  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-three. 

The  condition  of  this  bond  is  such  that,  if  I,  Jonas  Clayton, 
my  heirs,  administrators,  or  executors,  shall  promptly  pay  the 
sum  of  five  hundred  dollars  in  three  equal  annual  payments 
from  the  date  hereof,  with  annual  interest,  then  the  above  ob¬ 
ligation  to  be  of  no  effect  ;  otherwise  to  be  in  full  force  and 
valid. 

Sealed  and  delivered  inj 
presence  of  }- 

George  Downing.  J 


JONAS  CLAYTON,  j^.  }> 

YY 


Bond  of  Cashier  of  a  Bank. 

Know  all  Men  by  this  instrument,  that  I,  Nathaniel  How¬ 
ard  of  the  town  of  San  Antonio,  County  of  Bexar,  and  State 
of  Texas,  am  firmly  bound  to  the  First  National  Bank  corpo¬ 
ration  of  said  town,  county,  and  state,  in  the  sum  of  One  hun¬ 
dred  thousand  dollars,  to  be  paid  to  the  First  National  Bank 
corporation,  or  assigns,  aforementioned  ;  for  which  payment  I 
bind  myself,  my  heirs,  executors,  and  administrators,  by  this 
instrument. 

Sealed  with  my  seal,  and"  dated  this  third  day  of  February, 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-two. 

Whereas,  the  above  bounden  Nathaniel  Howard  has  been 
appointed  Cashier  of  the  First  National  Bank  of  San  Antonio, 
aforementioned,  by  reason  whereof,  various  sums  of  money, 
goods,  valuables,  and  other  property,  belonging  to  said  Bank 
corporation,  will  come  into  his  custody  ; 


198 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  BONDS,  CHATTEL  MORTGAGES. 


Therefore,  the  condition  of  the  above  bond  is  such,  that,  if 
the  said  Nathaniel  Howard,  his  executors  or  administrators,  at 
the  expiration  of  his  time  of  service  to  said  Bank,  upon  request 
to  him  or  them  made,  shall  deliver  unto  the  said  Bank  coipo- 
ration,  or  their  agent,  or  their  attorney,  a  correct  account  of 
all  sums  of  money,  goods,  valuables,  and  other  property,  as  it 
comes  into  his  custody,  as  Cashier  of  said  Bank,  and  shall  pay 
and  deliver  to  his  successor  in  office,  or  any  other  person  au¬ 
thorized  to  receive  the  same,  all  balances,  sums  of  money, 
goods,  valuables,  and  other  property,  which  shall  be  in  his 
hands,  and  due  by  him  to  said  Bank  corporation  ;  and  if  the 
said  Nathaniel  Howard  shall  justly,  honestly,  and  faithfully,  in 
all  matters,  serve  the  said  Bank  corporation  as  Cashier,  during 
his  continuance  in  such  capacity,  then  the  above  obligation  to 
be  of  no  effect ;  otherwise  to  remain  valid  and  in  full  force. 
Signed,  sealed,  and  de¬ 
livered  in  presence  of 
John  Stoddard. 


Bond  to  a  Corporation. 

Know  all  Men  by  these  presents,  that  I,  Cornelius  Burr,  of 
West  Chester,  Chester  County,  State  of  Pennsylvania,  am 
firmly  bound  unto  the  Chester  County  Beet  Sugar  Manufactur¬ 
ing  Company,  in  the  sum  of  Twenty  Thousand  dollars,  to  be 
paid  to  the  said  Company,  or  their  assigns,  for  which  payment 
to  be  made,  I  bind  myself  and  representatives  firmly  by  these 
presents. 

Sealed  with  my  seal,  and  dated  this  August  first,  eighteen 
hundred  and  seventy. 

The  condition  of  the  above  bond  is  such  that,  if  I,  the  said 
Cornelius  Burr,  my  heirs,  administrators,  or  assigns,  shall  pay 
unto  the  said  Chester  County  Beet  Sugar  Manufacturing  Com¬ 
pany,  or  assigns,  Ten  Thousand  dollars,  in  two  equal  payments, 
viz. :  Five  Thousand  dollars  January  first,  1871,  and  Five  Thou¬ 
sand  dollars  July  first  next  following,  with  accrued  interest, 
then  the  above  to  be  void  ;  otherwise  to  remain  in  full  force 
and  effect. 

Sealed  and  delivered  in 
presence  of 
Charles  Royce. 


CHATTEL  MORTGAGES. 

A  Chattel  Mortgage  is  a  mortgage  on  person¬ 
al  property,  given  by  a  debtor  to  a  creditor,  as 
security  for  the  payment  of  a  sum  or  sums  that 
may  be  due. 

The  mortgaged  property  may  remain  in  the 
possession  of  either  party,  while  such  mortgage 
is  in  force.  In  order  to  hold  the  property  secure 
against  other  creditors,  the  mortgagee  (the  per¬ 
son  holding  the  mortgage)  must  have  a  true 
copy  of  the  mortgage  filed  in  the  Clerk's  or 


Recorder’s  office  of  the  town,  city,  or  county 
where  the  mortgagor  (the  person  giving  the 
mortgage)  resides,  and  where  the  property  is, 
when  mortgaged. 

In  some  States,  a  justice  of  the  peace,  in  the 
voting  precinct  where  such  property  mortgaged 
is  located,  must  acknowledge  and  sign  the 
mortgage,  taking  a  transcript  of  the  same  upon 
his  court  docket,  while  the  mortgage  itself  should 
be  recorded,  the  same  as  real  estate  transfers. 


Chattel  Mortgage. 

This  Indenture,  made  and  entered  Into  this  tenth  day  of 
March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  seventy-two,  between  Amos  W.  Barber,  of  the  town  of 
Waukegan,  of  the  County  of  Lake,  and  State  of  Illinois,  party 
of  the  first  part,  and  Alonzo  W.  King,  of  the  same  town, 
County,  and  State,  party  of  the  second  part. 

Witnesseth,  that  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  for  and  in 
consideration  of  the  sum  of  Six  hundred  dollars,  in  hand  paid, 
the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby  acknowledged,  does  hereby  grant, 
sell,  convey,  and  confirm  unto  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part,  his  heirs  and  assigns  forever,  all  and  singular,  the  follow¬ 
ing  described  goods  and  chattels,  to  wit : 

Two  four-year  old  cream-colored  horses,  one  Chickering  pi¬ 
ano,  No.  6132,  one  tapestry  carpet..  16x18  feet  in  size,  one  mar¬ 
ble-top  center  table,  one  Stewart  cooking  stove,  No.  4jz>  one 
black  walnut  bureau  with  mirror  attached,  one  set  of  parlor 
chairs  (six  in  number),  upholstered  in  green  rep,  with  lounge 
corresponding  with  same  in  style  and  color  of  upholstery,  now 
in  possession  of  said  Barber,  at  No.  8  State  St.,  Waukegan,  Ill.  , 

Together  with  all  and  singular,  the  appurtenances  thereunto 
belonging,  or  in  any  wise  appertaining  ;  to  have  and  to  hold 
the  above  described  goods  and  chattels,  unto  the  said  party  of 
the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  forever. 

Provided,  always,  and  these  presents  are  upon  this  express 
condition,  that  if  the  said  Amos  W.  Barber,  his  heirs,  execu¬ 
tors,  administrators,  or  assigns,  shall,  on  or  before  the  tenth 
day  of  March,  A.  D.,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seven¬ 
ty-three,  pay,  or  cause  to  be  paid,  to  the  said  Alonzo  W.  King, 
or  his  lawful  attorney  or  attorneys,  heirs,  executors,  adminis¬ 
trators,  or  assigns,  the  sum  of  Six  Hundred  dollars,  together 
with  the  interest  that  may  accrue  thereon,  at  the  rate  cf  ten 
per  cent,  per  annum,  from  the  tenth  day  of  March,  A.  D.  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-two  until  paid,  according 
to  the  tenor  of  one  promissory  note  bearing  even  date  herewith 
for  the  payment  of  said  sum  of  money,  that  then  and  from 
thenceforth,  these  presents,  and  everything  herein  contained, 
shall  cease,  and  be  null  and  void,  anything  herein  contained 
to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

Provided,  also,  that  the  said  Amos  W.  Barber  may  retain  the 
possession  of  and  have  the  use  of  said  goods  and  chattels  until 
the  day  of  payment  aforesaid  ;  and  also,  at  his  own  expense, 


-Si-s 

-NATHANIEL HOWARD. 

‘V*T 


CORNELIUS  BURR. 

p-yrK 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS — REAL  ESTATE  MORTGAGES. 


199 


shall  keep  said  goods  and  chattels  ;  and  also  at  the  expiration  of 
said  time  of  payment,  if  said  sum  of  money,  together  with  the 
interest  as  aforesaid,  shall  not  be  paid,  shall  deliver  up  said 
goods  and  chattels,  in  good  condition,  to  said  Alonzo  W.  King, 


or  his  heirs,  executors,  administrators,  or  assigns. 

And  provided,  also,  that  if  default  in  payment  as  aforesaid, 
by  said  party  of  the  first  part,  shall  be  made,  or  if  said  party 
of  the  second  part  shall  at  any  time  before  said  promissory 
note  becomes  due,  feel  himself  unsafe  or  insecure,  that  then 
the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  or  his  attorney,  agent,  assigns, 
or  heirs,  executors,  or  administrators,  shall  have  the  right  to 
take  possession  of  said  goods  and  chattels,  wherever  they  may 
or  can  be  found,  and  sell  the  same  at  public  or  private  sale,  to 
the  highest  bidder  for  cash  in  hand,  after  giving  ten  days’  no¬ 
tice  of  the  time  and  place  of  said  sale,  together  with  a  descrip¬ 
tion  of  the  goods  and  chattels  to  be  sold,  by  at  least  four  ad¬ 
vertisements,  posted  up  in  public  places  in  the  vicinity  where 
said  sale  is  to  take  place,  and  proceed  to  make  the  sum  of 
money  and  interest  promised  as  aforesaid,  together  with  all 
reasonable  costs,  charges,  and  expenses  in  so  doing  ;  and  if 
there  shall  be  any  overplus,  shall  pay  the  same  without  delay 
to  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  or  his  legal  representatives. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  has 
hereunto  set  his  hand  and  affixed  his  seal,  the  day  and  year 
first  above  written. 

Signed,  sealed  and  de-  "] 
livered  in  presence  of  V 
Robert  Kendall.  I 


AMOS  W.  BARBER. 


Remarks. 

When  the  person  giving  the  mortgage  re¬ 
tains  possession  of  the  property,  it  is  customary 
to  empower  the  party  holding  the  mortgage 
with  authority  to  take  the  goods  and  chattels 
mortgaged,  into  his  possession  at  any  time  he 
may  deem  the  same  insufficient  security  for  his 
claims  ;  or  if  he  shall  be  convinced  that  an  ef¬ 
fort  is  being  made  to  remove  such  property, 
whereby  he  would  be  defrauded  of  his  claim, 
or  for  any  reason  whatsoever,  when  he  may 
deem  it  necessary  to  secure  his  claim,  he  can 
proceed  to  take  possession  of  it ;  which  pro¬ 
perty,  after  having  given  legal  notice  of  sale, 
according  to  the  law  of  the  State  governing  the 
same,  he  is  allowed  to  sell  at  public  sale,  to  the 
highest  bidder.  Out  of  the  money  obtained 
therefrom,  he  can  retain  sufficient  to  liquidate 
his  demand,  and  defray  the  necessary  expenses, 
rendering  the  overplus  unto  the  mortgagor. 


Real  Estate  Mortgage  to  Secure  Paymer.t  oi  Money. 


This  Indenture,  made  this  nineteenth  day  of  October,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy- 
one,  between  Benjamin  Harrison,  of  Urbana,  County  of  Cham¬ 
paign,  and  State  of  Illinois,  and  Helen,  his  wife,  party  of  the 
first  part,  and  Robert  Fairchild,  party  of  the  second  part. 

Whereas,  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  is  justly  indebted  to 
the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  in  the  sum  of  Four  Thousand 
dollars,  secured  to  be  paid  by  two  certain  promissory  notes 
(bearing  even  date  herewith)  the  one  due  and  payable  at  the 
First  National  Bank  in  Champaign,  Ill.,  with  interest,  on  the 
nineteenth  day  of  October,  in  the  year  one  thousand  eight  hun¬ 
dred  and  seventy-two  ;  the  other  due  and  payable  at  the  First 
National  Bank  at  Champaign,  Ill.,  with  interest,  on  the  nine¬ 
teenth  day  of  October,  in  the  year  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  seventy-three. 

Now,  therefore,  this  indenture  witnesseth,  that  the  said  party 
of  the  first  part,  for  the  better  securing  the  payment  of  the 
money  aforesaid,  with  interest  thereon,  according  to  the  tenor 
and  effect  of  the  said  two  promissory  notes  above  mentioned  ; 
and,  also,  in  consideration  of  the  further  sum  of  one  dollar  to 
them  in  hand  paid  by  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  at  the 
delivery  of  these  presents,  the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby  ac¬ 
knowledged,  have  granted,  bargained,  sold,  and  conveyed,  and 
by  these  presents  do  grant,  bargain,  sell,  and  convey,  unto  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  forever, 
all  that  certain  parcel  of  land,  situate,  etc., 

[. Describing  the  premises .] 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same,  together  with  all  and  singular 
the  Tenements,  Hereditaments,  Privileges,  and  Appurtenances 
thereunto  belonging  or  in  any  wise  appertaining.  And  also, 
all  the  estate,  interest,  and  claim  whatsoever,  in  law  as  well  as 
in  equity,  which  the  party  of  the  first  part  have  in  and  to  the 
premises  hereby  conveyed  unto  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  and  to  their  only  proper  use,  bene¬ 
fit,  and  behoof.  And  the  said  Benjamin  Harrison,  and  Helen, 
his  wife,  party  of  the  first  part,  hereby  expressly  waive,  relin¬ 
quish,  release,  and  convey  unto  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part,  his  heirs,  executors,  administrators,  and  assigns,  all  right, 
title,  claim,  interest,  and  benefit  whatever,  in  and  to  the  above 
described  premises,  and  each  and  every  part  thereof,  which  is 
given  by  or  results  from  all  laws  of  this  State  pertaining  to  the 
exemption  of  homesteads. 

Provided  always,  and  these  presents  are  upon  this  express 
condition,  that  if  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  their  heirs, 
executors,  or  administrators,  shall  well  and  truly  pay,  or  cause 
to  be  paid,  to  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs,  exec¬ 
utors,  administrators,  or  assigns,  the  aforesaid  sums  of  money, 
with  such  interest  thereon,  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner  spe¬ 
cified  in  the  above  mentioned  promissory  notes,  according  to 
the  true  intent  and  meaning  thereof,  then  in  that  case,  these 
presents  and  everything  herein  expressed,  shall  be  absolutely 
null  and  void. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  hereunto 
set  their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 


Signed,  sealed,  and  de¬ 
livered  in  j  resence  of 
Otis  Ober, 
Andrew  Austin. 


BENJAMIN  HARRISON. 
HELEN  HARRISON. 


200 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  DEEDS. 


Proxy. 


Know  all  Men  by  these  presents,  that  I,  Winfield  Bennett, 
do  hereby  constitute  and  appoint  Hiram  D.  King  attorney  and 
agent  for  me,  and  in  my  name,  place,  and  stead,  to  vote  as 
proxy  at  the  annual  election  for  directors  of  the  Chicago,  Bur¬ 
lington  and  Quincy  Railroad,  at  Chicago,  Illinois,  according  to 
the  number  of  votes  I  should  be  entitled  to  if  then  personally 
present,  with  power  of  substitution. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal 
this  eighth  day  of  June,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sev¬ 


enty-one. 

Witness, 
Barton  Cook. 


WINFIELD  BENNETT.  -<fu  s.> 
w 


DEEDS. 

An  instrument  in  writing,  by  which  lands 
and  appurtenances  thereon  are  conveyed  from 
one  person  to  another,  signed,  sealed,  and  prop¬ 
erly  subscribed,  is  termed  a  deed.  A  deed  may 
be  written  or  printed  on  parchment  or  paper, 
and  must  be  executed  by  parties  competent  to 
contract. 

The  law  provides  that  an  acknowledgment 
of  a  deed  can  only  be  made  before  ceitain  pei- 
sons  authorized  to  take  the  same ;  these  includ¬ 
ing,  in  different  states,  Justices  of  the  Peace, 
Notaries,  Masters  in  Chancery,  Judges  and 
Clerks  of  Courts,  Mayors  of  Cities,  Commis¬ 
sioners  of  Deeds,  etc.  In  certain  states  one 
witness  is  required  to  the  deed  besides  the  per¬ 
son  taking  the  acknowledgment.  In  others, 
two  witnesses  are  necessary.  In  other  states 


none  are  required. 

To  render  a  deed  valid,  there  must  be  a  realty 
to  grant,  and  a  sufficient  consideration. 

To  enable  a  person  legally  to  convey  property 
to  another,  the  following  requisites  are  neces¬ 
sary:  1st,  He  or  she  must  be  of  sane  mind; 
2nd,  Of  age ;  and  3rd,  He  or  she  must  be  the 
rightful  owner  of  the  property. 

The  maker  of  a  deed  is  called  the  grantor ; 
the  person  or  party  to  Avhom  the  deed  is  deliv¬ 
ered,  the  grantee.  The  wife  of  the  grantor,  in 
the  absence  of  any  statute  regulating  the  same, 
must  acknowledge  the  deed,  or  else,  after  the 
death  of  her  husband,  she  will  be  entitled  to  a 
one-third  interest  in  the  property,  as  dower, 


during  her  life.  Her  acknowledgment  of  the 
deed  must  be  of  her  own  free  will  and  accord, 
and  the  Commissioner,  or  other  officer,  before 
whom  the  acknowledgment  is  taken,  must  sign 
his  name  as  a  witness  to  the  fact  that  her  con¬ 
sent  was  without  compulsion. 

Special  care  should  be  taken  to  have  the  deed 
properly  acknowledged  and  witnessed,  and  the 
proper  seal  attached. 

The  deed  takes  effect  upon  its  delivery  to  the 
person  authorized  to  receive  it. 

Any  alterations  or  interlineations  in  the  deed 
should  be  noted  at  the  bottom  of  the  instru¬ 
ment,  and  properly  'witnessed.  After  the  ac¬ 
knowledgment  of  a  deed,  the  parties  have  no 
right  to  make  the  slightest  alteration.  An  al¬ 
teration  after  the  acknowledgment,  in  favor  of 
the  grantee,  vitiates  the  deed. 

By  a  general  Warranty  Deed,  the  grantor 
agrees  to  warrant  and  defend  the  property  con¬ 
veyed  against  all  persons  whatsoever.  A  Quit 
Claim  Deed  releases  what  interest  the  grantor 
may  have  in  the  land,  but  does  not  warrant  and 
defend  against  others. 

Deeds,  upon  their  delivery,  should  be  record¬ 
ed  in  the  Recorder’s  office  without  delay. 


Warranty  Deed  with  Covenants. 

This  Indenture,  made  this  eighteenth  day  of  March,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy- 
three,  between  Henry  Botsford  of  Lee,  County  of  Berkshire, 
State  of  Massachusetts,  and  Mary,  his  wife,  of  the  first  part, 
and  Calvin  Daggett  of  the  same  place,  of  the  second  part, 
Witnesseth,  that  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  for  and  in 
consideration  of  the  sum  of  Three  Thousand  Dollars  in  hand, 
paid  by  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  the  receipt  whereof 
is  hereby  acknowledged,  have  granted,  bargained,  and  sold, 
and  by  these  presents  do  grant,  bargain,  and  sell,  unto  the  saul 
party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  all  the  follow¬ 
ing  described  lot,  piece,  or  parcel  of  land,  situated  in  the  town 
of  Lee,  in  the  County  of  Berkshire,  and  State  of  Massachu¬ 
setts,  to  wit : 

[Here  describe  the  property.\ 

Together  with  all  and  singular  the  hereditaments  and  appur¬ 
tenances  thereunto  belonging  or  in  any  wise  appertaining,  and 
the  reversion  and  reversions,  remainder  and  remainders,  rents, 
issues,  and  profits  thereof;  and  all  the  estate,  right,  title,  inter¬ 
est,  claim,  and  demand  whatsoever,  of  the  said  party  of  the 
first  part,  either  in  law  or  equity,  of,  in,  and  to  the  above  bar- 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  DEEDS. 


201 


gained  premises,  with  the  hereditaments  and  appurtenances  : 
To  have  and  to  hold  the  said  premises  above  bargained  and 
described,  with  the  appurtenances,  unto  the  said  party  of  the 
second  part,  his  heirS  and  assigns,  forever.  And  the  said  Hen¬ 
ry  Botsford,  and  Mary,  his  wife,  parties  of  the  first  part,  hereby 
expressly  waive,  release,  and  relinquish  unto  the  said  party  of 
the  second  part,  his  heirs,  executors,  administrators,  and  assigns, 
all  right,  title,  claim,  interest,  and  benefit  whatever,  in  and  to 
the  above  described  premises,  and  each  and  every  part  thereof, 
which  is  given  by  or  results  from  all  laws  of  this  State  pertain¬ 
ing  to  the  exemption  of  homesteads. 

And  the  said  Henry  Botsford  and  Mary  Botsford,  his  wife, 
party  of  the  first  part,  for  themselves  and  their  heirs,  executors, 
and  administrators,  do  covenant,  grant,  bargain,  and  agree,  to 
and  with  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns, 
that  at  the  time  of  the  ensealing  and  delivery  of  these  presents 
they  were  well  seized  of  the  premises  above  conveyed,  as  of  a 
good,  sure,  perfect,  absolute,  and  indefeasible  estate  of  inheri¬ 
tance  in  law,  and  in  fee  simple,  and  have  good  right,  full  pow¬ 
er.  and  lawful  authority  to  grant,  bargain,  sell,  and  convey  the 
same,  in  manner  and  form  aforesaid,  and  that  the  same  are  free 
and  clear  from  all  former  and  other  grants,  bargains,  sales, 
liens,  taxes,  assessments,  and  encumbrances  of  what  kind  or 
nature  soever  ;  and  the  above  bargained  premises  in  the  quiet 
and  peaceable  possession  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part, 
his  heirs  and  assigns,  against  all  and  every  person  or  persons 
lawfully  claiming  or  to  claim  the  whole  or  any  part  thereof,  the 
said  party  of  the  first  part  shall  and  will  warrant  and  forever 
defend. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  parties  of  the  first  part  have 
hereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first  above 
Written. 

Signed,  sealed,  and  deliv-1  HENR\  BOTSFORD,  s.  ^ 
ered  in  presence  of  l 
Abial  Ketchum.  J  MARY  BOTSFORD. 


Quit-Claim  Deed. 

This  Indenture,  made  the  fourth  day  of  July,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-one,  be¬ 
tween  Oscar  Joy,  of  Nashville,  County  of  Davidson,  State  of 
Tennessee,  party  of  the  first  part,  and  Lorenzo  Fisher,  of  the 
same  place,  party  of  the  second  part, 

Witnesseth,  that  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  for  and  in 
consideration  of  Eight  Hundred  dollars  in  hand,  paid  by  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part,  the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby  ac¬ 
knowledged,  and  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  forever  re¬ 
leased  and  discharged  therefrom,  has  remised,  released,  sold, 
conveyed,  and  quit-claimed,  and  by  these  presents  does  remise, 
release,  sell,  convey,  and  quit-claim,  unto  the  said  party  of  the 
second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  forever,  all  the  right,  title, 
interest,  claim,  and  demand,  which  the  said  party  of  the  first 
part  has  in  and  to  the  following  described  lot,  piece,  or  parcel 
of  land,  to  wit : 

[Here  describe  the  land.] 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same,  together  with  all  and  singular 
the  appurtenances  and  privileges  thereunto  belonging,  or  in 


anywise  thereunto  appertaining,  and  all  the  estate,  right,  title, 
interest,  and  claim  whatever,  of  the  said  party  of  the  first  part, 
either  in  law  or  equity,  to  the  only  proper  use,  benefit,  and  be¬ 
hoof  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns 
forever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  hereunto 
set  his  hand  and  seal  the  day  and  year  above  written. 

Signed,  sealed,  and  deliv-  ) 

ered  in  presence  of  V  OSCAR  JOY.  seal.^ 

Azro  Hollis.  ) 


Long  Form  Quit-Claim  Deed  — Homestead  Waiver. 


This  Indenture,  made  the  fourteenth  day  of  October,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy- 
two,  between  Park  Converse,  of  Burlington,  County  of  Des 
Moines,  State  of  Iowa,  party  of  the  first  part,  and  Elbritlge 
Robinson,  of  the  same  place,  party  of  the  second  part, 

Witnesseth,  that  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  for  and  in 
consideration  of  Four  Thousand  dollars  in  hand,  paid  by  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part,  the  receipt  whereof  is  hereby 
acknowledged,  and  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  forever 
released  and  discharged  therefrom,  has  remised,  released,  sold, 
conveyed,  and  quit-claimed,  and  by  these  presents  does  remise, 
release,  sell,  convey,  and  quit-claim,  unto  the  said  party  of  the 
second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  forever,  all  the  right,  title, 
interest,  claim,  and  demand  which  the  said  party  of  the  first 
part  has  in  and  to  the  following  described  lot,  piece,  or  parcel 
of  land,  to  wit : 


\Here  describe  the  land.] 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same,  together  with  all  and  singu¬ 
lar  the  appurtenances  and  privileges  thereunto  belonging,  or  in 
any  wise  thereunto  appertaining  ;  and  all  the  estate,  right,  title, 
interest,  and  claim  whatever,  of  the  said  party  of  the  first  part, 
either  in  law  or  equity,  to  the  only  proper  use,  benefit,  and  be¬ 
hoof  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs  and  assigns 
forever. 

And  the  said  Park  Converse,  party  of  the  first  part,  hereby 
expressly  waives,  releases,  and  relinquishes  unto  the  said  party 
of  the  second  part,  his  heirs,  executors,  administrators,  and  as¬ 
signs,  all  right,  title,  claim,  interest,  and  benefit  whatever,  in 
and  to  the  above  described  premises,  and  each  and  every  part 
thereof,  which  is  given  by  or  results  from  all  laws  of  this  State 
pertaining  to  the  exemption  of  homesteads. 

And  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  for  himself  and  his  heirs, 
executors,  and  administrators,  does  covenant,  promise,  and 
agree,  to  and  with  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  his  heirs, 
executors,  administrators,  and  assigns,  that  he  hath  not  made, 
done,  committed,  executed,  or  suffered,  any  act  or  acts,  thing 
or  things,  whatsoever,  whereby,  or  by  means  whereof,  the  above 
mentioned  and  described  premises,  or  any  part  or  parcel  there¬ 
of,  now  are,  or  any  time  hereafter,  shall  or  may  be  impeached, 
charged,  or  incumbered,  in  any  way  or  manner  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  hereunto 
sets  his  hand  and  seal  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 
Signed,  sealed,  and  deliv-  ) 
ered  in  oresence  of  v 


ered  in  presence  of 
Gerry  Hobbs. 


PARK  CONVERSE. 


202 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  LANDLORD  AND  TENANT. 


STATE  OF  IOWA,  ) 

des  moines  county.  }  SS'  I,  Gerry  Hobbs,  a  Justice  of 
the  Peace  in  and  for  the  said  County,  in  the  State  aforesaid,  do 
hereby  certify  that  Park  Converse,  who  is  personally  known  to 
me  as  the  same  person  whose  name  is  subscribed  to  the  fore¬ 
going  instrument,  appeared  before  me  this  day  in  person,  and 
acknowledged  that  he  signed,  sealed,  and  delivered  the  said 
instrument  as  his  free  and  voluntary  act,  for  the  uses  and  pur¬ 
poses  therein  set  forth,  including  the  release  and  waiver  of  the 
right  of  homestead. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal,  this  fourteenth  day  of  Octo- 

b.,.A.D.,8,2.  GERRV  HOBBS,  r?| 

Justice  of  the  Peace,  feosxi 


Release. 

Know  Ali,  Men  by  these  presents,  that  I,  Arthur  Babcock 
of  Loganspcrt,  of  the  County  of  Cass,  and  State  of  Indiana, 
for  and  in  consideration  of  One  dollar,  to  me  in  hand  paid, 
and  for  other  good  and  valuable  considerations,  the  receipt 
whereof  is  hereby  confessed,  do  hereby  grant,  bargain,  remise, 
convey,  release,  and  quit-claim  unto  Barton  Mclnhill  of  Lo- 
gansport,  of  the  County  of  Cass,  and  State  of  Indiana,  all  the 
right,  title,  interest,  claim,  or  demand  whatsoever,  I  may  have 
acquired  in,  through,  or  by  a  certain  Indenture  or  Mortgage 
Deed,  bearing  date  the  tenth  day  of  September,  A.  D.  1870, 
and  recorded  in  the  Recorder’s  office  of  said  County,  in  book 
A  of  Deeds,  page  84,  to  the  premises  therein  described,  and 
which  said  Deed  was  made  to  secure  one  certain  promissory 
note,  bearing  even  date  with  said  Deed,  for  the  sum  of  Six 
Hundred  dollars. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this  sixth  day  of  August,  A.  D. 
1873- 


ARTHUR  BABCOCK. 


STATE  OF  INDIANA, ) 

CASS  county.  p  Archibald  Clinton,  a  No¬ 

tary  Public  in  and  for  said  County,  in  the 
State  aforesaid,  do  hereby  certify  that  Ar¬ 
thur  3abcock,  personally  known  to  me  as 
the  same  person  whose  name  is  subscribed 
to  the  foregoing  Release,  appeared  before 
me  this  day  in  person,  and  acknowledged 
that  he  signed,  sealed,  and  delivered  the 
said  instrument  of  writing  as  his  free  and 
voluntary  act,  for  the  uses  and  purposes 
therein  set  forth. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal,  this  sixth 
day  of  August,  A.  D.  1873. 

ARCHIBALD  CLINTON,  N.  P. 


LANDLORD  AND  TENANT. 

A  person  leasing  real  estate  to  another  is 
termed  a  landlord  ;  the  person  occupying  such 
real  estate  is  known  as  a  tenant.  The  person 
making  the  lease  is  known  in  law  as  the  lessor; 
the  person  to  whom  the  lease  is  made,  as  the 
lessee.  No  particular  form  of  wording  a  lease  is 
necessary.  It  is  important,  however,  that  the 
lease  state,  in  a  plain,  straightforward  manner, 
the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  agreement,  so 
that  there  may  he  no  misunderstanding  between 
the  landlord  and  tenant. 

It  is  essential  that  the  lease  state  all  the  condi¬ 
tions,  as  additional  verbal  promises  avail  nothing 
in  law.  It  is  held,  generally,  that  a  written  in¬ 
strument  contains  the  details,  and  states  the  bar¬ 
gain  entire,  as  the  contracting  parties  intended. 

The  tenant  can  sub-let  a  part,  or  all,  of  his 
premises,  unless  prohibited  by  the  terms  of  his 
lease. 

A  lease  by  a  married  woman,  even  if  it  be 
upon  her  own  property,  at  common  law,  is  not 
valid;  but,  by  recent  statutes,  she,  in  many 
States,  may  lease  her  own  property  and  have 
full  control  of  the  same ;  neither  can  the  husband 
effect  a  lease  that  will  bind  her  after  his  death. 
His  control  over  her  property  continues  only  so 
long  as  he  lives. 

Neither  a  guardian  nor  a  minor  can  give  a 
lease,  extending  beyond  the  ward’s  majority, 
which  can  be  enforced  by  the  lessee  ;  yet  the 
latter  is  bound  unless  the  lease  is  annulled. 

If  no  time  is  specified  in  a  lease,  it  is  gene¬ 
rally  held  that  the  lessee  can  retain  possession 
of  the  real  estate  for  one  year.  A  tenancy  at 
will,  however,  may  be  terminated  in  the  East¬ 
ern  States  by  giving  three  months’  notice  in 
writing  ;  in  the  Middle  and  Southern  States, 
six  months;  and  in  the  Western  States,  one 
month ;  though  recent  statutes,  in  some  States, 
have  somewhat  modified  the  above. 

The  lease  that  specifies  a  term  of  years  with¬ 
out  giving  the  definite  number  is  without  effect 
at  the  expiration  of  two  years.  A  lease  for 
three  or  more  years,  being  signed  by  the  Com- 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  LANDLORD  AND  TENANT. 


203 


missioner  of  Deeds,  and  recorded  in  the  Recor¬ 
der’s  office,  is  an  effectual  bar  to  the  secret  or 
fraudulent  conveyance  of  such  leased  property; 
and  it  further  obviates  the  necessity  of  procur¬ 
ing  witnesses  to  authenticate  the  validity  of  the 
lease. 

Duplicate  copies  of  a  lease  should  always  he 
made,  and  each  party  should  retain  a  cop}r  of 
the  same. 

A  new  lease  invalidates  an  old  one. 

A  landlord  misrepresenting  property  that  is 
leased,  thereby  subjecting  the  tenant  to  incon¬ 
venience  and  loss,  such  damages  can  be  recovered 
from  the  landlord  by  deduction  from  the  rent. 

A  lease  on  property  that  is  mortgaged  ceases 
to  exist  when  the  person  holding  such  mortgage 
forecloses  the  same. 

A  landlord,  consenting  to  take  a  substitute, 
releases  the  first  tenant. 

Where  there  is  nothing  but  a  verbal  agree¬ 
ment  the  tenancy  is  understood  to  commence  at 
time  of  taking  possession.  When  there  is  no 
time  specified  in  the  lease,  tenancy  is  regarded 
as  commencing  at  the  time  of  delivering  the 
writings. 

If  it  is  understood  that  the  tenant  is  to  pay 
the  taxes  on  the  property  he  occupies,  such  fact 
must  be  distinctly  stated  in  the  lease,  as  a  ver¬ 
bal  promise  is  of  no  effect. 


Short  Form  of  Lease  for  a  House. 

This  Instrument,  made  the  first  day  of  May,  1872,  wit- 
nesseth  that  Theodore  Shonts  of  Asheville,  County  of  Bun¬ 
combe,  State  of  North  Carolina,  hath  rented  from  Tilgham 
Schnee  of  Asheville  aforesaid,  the  dwelling  and  lot  No.  46 
Broadway,  situated  in  said  town  of  Asheville,  for  four  years 
from  the  above  date,  at  the  yearly  rental  of  Two  Hundred  and 
Forty  dollars,  payable  monthly,  on  the  first  day  of  each  month, 
in  advance,  at  the  residence  of  said  Tilgham  Schnee. 

At  the  expiration  of  said  above  mentioned  term,  the  said 
Shonts  agrees  to  give  the  said  Schnee  peaceable  possession  of 
the  said  dwelling,  in  as  good  condition  as  when  taken,  ordina¬ 
ry  wear  and  casualties  excepted. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  place  our  hands  and  seals  the  day 
and  year  aforesaid. 

Signed,  sealed,  and  de-  '1  THEODORE  SHONTS, 

livered  in  presence  of  I 

John  Edminster,  f  TILGHAM  SCHNEE.  J&fx. 

Notary  Public.  J 


Lease  of  Dwelling  House  for  a  Term  of  Years,  with  a 
Covenant  not  to  Sub  let. 

This  Indenture,  made  this  first  day  of  May,  1873,  between 
Hiram  Wilcox,  of  Oxford,  County  of  Benton,  and  State  of  Ala¬ 
bama,  party  of  the  first  part,  and  Barton  D.  Maynard,  of  the 
same  town,  county,  and  state,  party  of  the  second  part,  ' 

Witnesseth,  that  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  in  consider¬ 
ation  of  the  covenants  of  the  said  party  of  the  second  part, 
hereinafter  set  forth,  does  by  these  presents  lease  to  the  said 
party  of  the  second  part,  the  following  described  property,  to 
wit :  The  dwelling  house  and  certain  parcel  of  land,  situated 
on  the  south  side  of  Main  street,  between  Spring  and  Elm 
streets,  known  as  No.  82  Main  street. 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same  to  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part,  from  the  first  day  of  May,  1873,  to  the  thirtieth  day 
of  April,  1875.  And  the  said  party  of  the  second  part,  in  con¬ 
sideration  of  the  leasing  the  premises  as  above  set  forth, 
covenants  and  agrees  with  the  party  of  the  first  part  to  pay 
the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  as  rent  for  the  same,  the  sum 
of  One  Hundred  and  Eighty  dollars  per  annum,  payable 
quarterly  in  advance,  at  the  residence  of  said  party  of  the  first 
part,  or  at  his  place  of  business. 

The  said  party  of  the  second  part  further  covenants  with  the 
party  of  the  first  part,  that  at  the  expiration  of  the  time  men¬ 
tioned  in  this  lease,  peaceable  possession  of  the  said  premises 
shall  be  given  to  said  party  of  the  first  part,  in  as  good  condi¬ 
tion  as  they  now  are,  the  usual  wear,  inevitable  accidents,  and 
loss  by  fire,  excepted  ;  and  that  upon  the  non-payment  of  the 
whole  or  any  portion  of  the  said  rent  at  the  time  when  the 
same  is  above  promised  to  be  paid,  the  said  party  of  the  first 
part  may,  at  his  election,  either  distrain  for  said  rent  due,  or 
declare  this  lease  at  an  end,  and  recover  possession  as  if  the 
same  were  held  by  forcible  detainer  ;  the  said  party  of  the 
second  part  hereby  waiving  any  notice  of  such  election,  or  any 
demand  for  the  possession  of  said  premises. 

And  it  is  further  covenanted  and  agreed,  between  the  parties 
aforesaid,  that  said  Barton  D.  Maynard  shall  use  the  above 
mentioned  dwelling  for  residence  purposes  only,  and  shall  not 
sub-let  any  portion  of  the  same  to  others,  without  permission 
from  said  Hiram  Wilcox. 

The  covenants  herein  shall  extend  to  and  be  binding  upon 
the  heirs,  executors,  and  administrators  of  the  parties  to  this 
lease. 

Witness  :he  hands  and  seals  of  the  parties  aforesaid. 

HIRAM  WILCOX, 

BARTOND.  MAYNARD.  s£f. V 

yy 

Lease  of  Farm  and  Buildings  Thereon. 

This  Indenture,  made  this  first,  day  of  March,  1873,  be¬ 
tween  Moses  Waite  of  the  town  of  Doylestown,  State  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  of  the  first  part,  and  Abijah  Hazellon  of  the  same 
place,  of  the  second  part, 

Witnesseth,  that  the  said  Moses  Waite,  for  and  in  consider¬ 
ation  of  the  covenants  hereinafter  mentioned  and  reserved,  on 
the  part  of  the  said  Abijah  Hazelton,  his  executors,  adminis- 


20± 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  LANDLORD  AND  TENANT. 


trators,  and  assigns,  to  be  paid,  kept,  and  performed  ;  hath  let, 
and  by  these  presents  doth  grant,  demise,  and  let,  unto  the 
said  Abijah  Hazelton,  his  executors,  administrators,  and  assigns, 
all  that  parcel  of  land  situate  in  Doylestown  aforesaid,  bound- 
ed  and  described  as  follows,  to  wit : 

[ Here  describe  the  landi\ 

Together  with  all  the  appurtenances  appertaining  thereto. 
To  have  and  to  hold  the  said  premises,  with  appurtenances 
thereto  belonging,  unto  the  said  Hazelton,  his  executors,  ad¬ 
ministrators,  and  assigns,  for  the  term  of  five  years  from  the 
first  day  of  April  next  following,  at  a  yearly  rent  of  Eight  Hun¬ 
dred  dollars,  to  be  paid  in  equal  payments,  semi-annually,  as 
long  as  said  buildings  are  in  good  tenantable  condition. 

And  the  said  Hazelton,  by  these  presents,  covenants  and 
agrees  to  pay  all  taxes  and  assessments,  and  keep  in  repair  all 
hedges,  ditches,  rail,  and  other  fences  ;  (the  said  Moses  \\  aite, 
his  heirs,  assigns,  and  administrators,  to  furnish  all  timber, 
brick,  tile,  and  other  materials  necessary  for  such  repairs  .) 

Said  Hazelton  further  covenants  and  agrees  to  apply  to  said 
land  in  a  farmer-like  manner,  all  manure  and  compost  accum¬ 
ulating  upon  said  farm,  and  cultivate  all  the  arable  land  in  a 
husband-like  manner,  according  to  the  usual  custom  among 
farmers  in  the  neighborhood  ;  he  also  agrees  to  trim  the  hedges 
at  a  seasonable  time,  preventing  injury  from  cattle  to  such 
hedges,  and  to  all  fruit  and  other  trees  on  the  said  premises. 
That  he  will  seed  down  with  clover  and  timothy  seed  twenty 
acres  yearly  of  arable  land,  ploughing  the  same  number  of 
acres  each  spring  of  land  now  in  grass,  and  hitherto  unbroken. 

It  is  further  agreed,  that  if  the  said  Hazelton  shall  fail  to 
perform  the  whole  or  any  one  of  the  above  mentioned  cove¬ 
nants,  then  and  in  that  case  the  said  Moses  Waite  may  declare 
this  lease  terminated,  by  giving  three  months’  notice  of  the 
same,  prior  to  the  first  of  April  of  any  year,  and  may  distrain 
any  part  of  the  stock,  goods,  or  chattels,  or  other  property  in 
possession  of  said  Hazelton,  for  sufficient  to  compensate  for 
the  non-performance  of  the  above  written  covenants,  the  same 
to  be  determined,  and  amounts  so  to  be  paid  to  be  determined 
by  three  arbitrators,  chosen  as  follows :  Each  of  the  parties  to 
this  instrument  to  choose  one,  and  the  two  so  chosen  to  select 
a  third  ;  the  decision  of  said  arbitrators  to  be  final. 

In  witness  whereof,  we  have  hereto  set  our  hands  and  seals. 
Signed,  sealed,  and  de¬ 


livered  in  presence  of 
Harry  Crawley. 


MOSES  WAITE, 


ABIJAII  HAZELTON.  -fL.  s.}- 


Tenant’s  Agreement. 

This  certifies  that  I  have  hired  and  taken  from  Jonas  Ahee- 
lock,  his  house  and  lot,  No.  18  North  Front  street,  in  the  city 
of  Philadelphia,  State  of  Pennsylvania,  with  appurtenances 
thereto  belonging,  for  one  year,  to  commence  this  day,  at  a 
yearly  rental  of  twelve  hundred  dollars,  to  be  paid  monthly  in 
advance  ;  unless  said  house  becomes  untenantable  from  fire  or 
other  causes,  in  which  case  rent  ceases  ;  and  I  further  agiee  to 
give  and  yield  said  premises  one  year  from  this  first  day  of 
May,  1872,  in  as  good  condition  as  now,  ordinary  wear  am 
damage  by  the  elements  excepted. 

Given  under  my  hand  this  day. 

DENNIS  HOLDEN. 


Jr.  s.> 

w 


Notice  to  Quit. 

To  Chandler  Peck, 

Sir:  Please  observe  that  the  term  of  one  year,  for  which 
the  house  and  land,  situated  at  No.  14  Elm  street,  and  now 
occupied  by  you,  were  rented  to  you,  expired  on  the  first  day 
of  May,  1873,  and  as  I  desire  to  repossess  said  premises,  you 
are  hereby  requested  and  required  to  vacate  the  same. 

Respectfully  Yours, 

DENSLOW  MOORE. 
Newton,  Mass.,  May  4,  1873. 


Tenant’s  Notice  of  Leaving. 

Dear  Sir  : 

The  premises  I  now  occupy  as  your  tenant,  at  No.  14 
Elm  street,  I  shall  vacate  on  the  first  day  of  May,  1873.  Lou 
will  please  take  notice  accordingly. 

Dated  this  first  day  of  February,  1873. 

CHANDLER  PECK. 

To  Denslow  Moore,  Esq. 


Landlord’s  Agreement. 

This  certifies  that  I  have  let  and  rented,  this  first  day  of 
May,  1872,  unto  Dennis  Holden,  my  house  and  lot,  No.  iS 
North  Front  street,  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia,  State  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  and  its  appurtenances  ;  he  to  have  the  free  and  un¬ 
interrupted  occupation  thereof  for  one  year  from  this  date,  at 
the  yearly  rental  of  Twelve  Hundred  dollars, to  be  paid  monthly 
iu  advance;  rent  to  cease  if  destroyed  by  fire,  or  otherwise 
made  untenantable. 

JONAS  WHEELOCK. 


PARTNERSHIP. 

An  agreement  between  two  or  more  persons 
to  invest  their  labor,  time  and  means  togethei, 
sharing  in  the  loss  or  profit  that  may  arise  from 
such  investment,  is  termed  a  partnership. 

This  partnership  may  consist  in  the  contri¬ 
bution  of  skill,  extra  labor,  or  acknowl¬ 
edged  reputation  upon  the  part  of  one  partner, 
while  the  other,  or  others,  contribute  money, 
each  sharing  alike  equally,  or  in  fixed  propor¬ 
tion,  in  the  profits,  or  an  equal  amount  of  time, 
labor  and  money  may  be  invested  by  the  part¬ 
ners,  and  the  profits  equally  divided ;  the  test 
of  partnership  being  the  joint  participation  in 
profit,  and  joint  liability  to  loss. 


LAW  OF  PARTNERSHIP - PARTNERSHIP  AGREEMENT. 


205 


A  partnership  formed  without  limitation  is 
termed  a  general  partnership.  An  agreement 
entered  into  for  the  performance  of  only  a  par¬ 
ticular  work,  is  termed  a  special  partnership ; 
while  the  partner  putting  in  a  limited  amount 
of  capital,  upon  which  he  receives  a  correspond¬ 
ing  amount  of  profit,  and  is  held  correspond¬ 
ingly  responsible  for  the  contracts  of  the  firm, 
is  termed  a  limited  partnership,  the  conditions 
of  which  are  regulated  by  statute  in  different 
states. 

A  partner  signing  his  individual  name  to 
negotiable  paper,  which  is  for  the  use  of  the 
partnership  firm,  binds  all  the  partners  thereby. 
Negotiable  paper  of  the  firm,  even  though  given 
on  private  account  by  one  of  the  partners,  will 
hold  all  the  partners  of  the  firm  when  it  passes 
into  the  hands  of  holders  who  were  ignorant  of 
the  facts  attending  its  creation. 

Partnership  effects  may  be  bought  and  sold 
by  a  partner  ;  he  may  make  contracts  ;  may  re¬ 
ceive  money ;  endorse,  draw,  and  accept  bills 
and  notes  ;  and  while  this  may  be  for  his  own 
private  account,  if  it  apparently  be  for  the  use 
of  the  firm,  his  partners  will  be  bound  by  his 
action,  provided  the  parties  dealing  with  him 
were  ignorant  of  the  transaction  being  on  his 
private  account;  and  thus  representation  or  mis¬ 
representation  of  a  partner  having  relation  to 
business  of  the  firm,  will  bind  the  members  in 
the  partnership. 

An  individual  lending  his  name  to  a  firm,  or 
allowing  the  same  to  be  used  after  he  has  with¬ 
drawn  from  the  same,  is  still  responsible  to 
third  persons  as  a  partner. 

A  partnership  is  presumed  to  commence  at 
the  time  articles  of  copartnership  are  drawn,  if 
no  stipulation  is  made  to  the  contrary  and  the 
same  can  be  discontinued  at  any  time,  unless  a 
specified  period  of  partnership  is  designated  in 
the  agreement ;  and  even  then  he  may  with¬ 
draw  by  giving  previous  notice  of  such  with¬ 
drawal  from  the  same,  being  liable,  however,  in 
damages,  if  such  are  caused  by  his  withdrawal. 

Should  it  be  desired  that  the  executors  and  I 


representatives  of  the  partner  continue  the 
business  in  the  event  of  his  death,  it  should  be 
so  specified  in  the  articles,  otherwise  the  part¬ 
nership  ceases  at  death.  Should  administrators 
and  executors  continue  the  business  under  such 
circumstances,  they  are  personally  responsible 
for  the  debts  contracted  by  the  firm. 

If  it  is  desired  that  a  majority  of  the  partners 
in  a  firm  have  the  privilege  of  closing  the  affairs 
of  the  company,  or  in  any  way  regulating  the 
same,  such  fact  should  be  designated  in  the 
agreement ;  otherwise  such  right  will  not  be 
presumed. 

Partners  may  mutually  agree  to  dissolve  a 
partnership,  or  a  dissolution  may  be  effected  by 
a  decree  of  a  Court  of  Equity.  Dissolute  con¬ 
duct,  dishonesty,  habits  calculated  to  imperil 
the  business  of  a  firm,  incapacity,  or  the  necessi¬ 
ty  of  partnership  no  longer  continuing,  shall  be 
deemed  sufficient  causes  to  invoke  the  law  in 
securing  a  dissolution  of  partnership,  in  case  the 
same  cannot  be  effected  by  mutual  agreement. 

After  dissolution  of  partnership,  immediate 
notice  of  the  same  should  be  given  in  the  most 
public  newspapers,  and  a  notice  likewise  should 
be  sent  to  every  person  having  special  dealings 
with  the  firm.  These  precautions  not  being 
taken,  each  partner  continues  liable  for  the  acts 
of  the  others  to  all  persons  who  have  no  knowl- 
edge  of  the  dissolution. 

Partnership  Agreement. 

This  Agreement  made  this  tenth  day  of  June,  187 — ,  be¬ 
tween  Charles  R.  Field,  of  Salem,  Washington  County,  N.  Y., 
of  the  one  part,  and  David  G.  Hobart,  of  the  same  place,  of 
the  other  part,  witnesseth  : 

The  said  parties  agree  to  associate  themselves  as  copartners, 
for  a  period  of  five  years  from  this  date,  in  the  business  of 
buying  and  selling  hardware  and  such  other  goods  and  com¬ 
modities  as  belong  in  that  line  of  trade  ;  the  name  and  style  of 
the  firm  to  be  “  Field  &  Hobart." 

For  the  purpose  of  conducting  the  business  of  the  above 
named  partnership,  Chas.  R.  Field  has,  at  the  date  of  this 
writing,  invested  Five  Thousand  Dollars  as  capital  stock,  and 
the  said  David  G.  Hobart  has  paid  in  the  like  sum  of  Five 
Thousand  Dollars,  both  of  which  amounts  are  to  be  expended 
and  used  in  common,  for  the  mutual  advantage  of  the  parties 
hereto,  in  the  management  of  their  business. 

It  is  hereby  also  agreed  by  both  parties  hereto,  that  they  will 


206 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  WILLS. 


not,  while  associated  as  copartners,  follow  any  avocation  or 
trade  to  their  own  private  advantage  ;  but  will,  throughout  the 
entire  period  of  copartnership,  put  forth  their  utmost  and  best 
efforts  for  their  mutual  advantage,  and  the  increase  of  the  cap¬ 
ital  stock. 

That  the  details  of  the  business  may  be  thoroughly  under¬ 
stood  by  each,  A  is  agreed  that  during  the  aforesaid  period, 
accurate  and  fu '•  book  accounts  shall  be  kept,  wherein  each 
partner  shall  record,  or  cause  to  be  entered  and  recorded,  full 
mention  of  all  moneys  received  and  expended,  as  well  as  every 
article  purchased  and  sold  belonging  to,  or  in  anywise  apper¬ 
taining  to  such  partnership  ;  the  gains,  profits,  expenditures 
and  losses  being  equally  divided  between  them. 

It  is  further  agreed  that  once  every  year,  or  oftener,  should 
either  party  desire,  a  full,  just  and  accurate  exhibit  shall  be 
made  to  each  other,  or  to  their  executors,  administrators,  or 
representatives,  of  the  losses,  receipts,  profits  and  increase  made 
by  reason  of,  or  arising  from  such  copartnership.  And  after 
such  exhibit  is  made,  the  surplus  profit,  if  such  there  be  result¬ 
ing  from  the  business,  shall  be  divided  between  the  subscribing 
partneis,  share  and  share  alike. 

Either  party  hereto  shall  be  allowed  to  draw  a  sum,  the  first 
year,  not  exceeding  six  hundred  dollars  per  annum,  from  the 
capital  stock  of  the  firm,  in  monthly  installments  of  fifty  dollars 
each  ;  which  amount  may  be  increased  by  subsequent  agree¬ 
ment. 

And  further,  should  either  partner  desire,  or  should  death 
of  eithei  of  the  parties,  or  other  reasons,  make  it  necessary,  they, 
the  said  copartners,  will  each  to  the  other,  or,  in  case  of  death 
of  either,  the  surviving  party  to  the  executors  or  administra¬ 
tors  of  the  party  deceased,  make  a  full,  accurate  and  final 
account  of  the  condition  of  the  partnership  as  aforesaid,  and 
will,  fairly  and  accurately,  adjust  the  same.  And  also,  upon 
taking  an  inventory  of  said  capital  stock,  with  increase  and 
profit  thereon,  which  shall  appear  or  is  found  to  be  remaining 
all  such  remainder  shall  be  equally  apportioned  and  divided 
between  them,  the  said  copartners,  their  executors  or  adminis¬ 
trators,  share  and  share  alike. 

It  is  also  agreed  that  in  case  of  a  misunderstanding  arising 
with  the  partners  hereto,  which  cannot  be  settled  between 
themselves,  such  difference  of  opinion  shall  be  settled  by  aibi- 
tration,  upon  the  following  conditions,  to-wit :  Each  party  to 
choose  one  arbitrator,  which  two  thus  elected  shall  choose  a 
third  ;  the  three  thus  chosen  to  determine  the  merits  of  the 
case,  and  arrange  the  basis  of  a  settlement. 

In  witness  whereof  the  undersigned  hereto  set  their  hands 

the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 

J  Charles  R.  Field. 

David  G.  Hobart. 

Signed  in  presence  of 

Abel  Smith. 

Myron  Brown. 


WILLS. 

The  legal  declaration  of  what  a  person  deter¬ 
mines  to  have  done  with  his  property  after  death, 
is  termed  a  Will. 

All  persons  of  sufficient  age,  possessed  of 
sound  mind,  excepting  married  women  in  cer¬ 
tain  States,  are  entitled  to  dispose  of  their  pro¬ 
perty  by  will.  Children  at  the  age  of  fourteen, 
if  males,  and  females  at  the  age  of  twelve,  can 
thus  dispose  of  personal  property. 

No  exact  form  of  words  is  necessary  in  order 
to  make  a  will  good  at  law  ;  though  much  care 
should  be  exercised  to  state  the  provisions  of 
the  will  so  plainly  that  its  language  may  not  be 
misunderstood. 

The  person  making  a  will  is  termed  the  tes¬ 
tator  (if  a  'female,  a  testatrix). 

A  will  is  of  no  force  and  effect  until  the  death 
of  the  testator,  and  can  be  cancelled  or  modi¬ 
fied  at  any  date  by  the  maker. 

The  last  will  made  annuls  the  force  of  all 
preceding  wills. 

The  law  regards  marriage  and  offspring  re¬ 
sulting,  as  a  primd  facie  evidence  of  revocation 
of  a  will  made  prior  to  such  marriage,  unless 
the  wife  and  children  are  provided  for  by  the 
husband,  in  some  other  manner,  in  which  case 
the  will  remains  in  full  force. 

To  convey  real  estate  by  will,  it  must  be  done 
in  accordance  with  the  law  of  the  State  or  coun¬ 
try  where  such  land  is  located ;  but  personal 
property  is  conveyed  in  harmony  with  the  law 
that  obtains  at  the  place  of  the  testator  s  lesi- 
dence. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  wills,  namely,  written 
and  verbal  or  nuncupative.  The  latter,  or  spo¬ 
ken  wills,  depending  upon  proof  of  persons 
hearing  the  same,  generally  relate  to  personal 
property  only,  and  are  not  recognized  in  all  the 
States,  unless  made  within  ten  days  previous  to 
the  death.  Verbal  or  unwritten  wills  are  usu¬ 
ally  unsafe,  and  even  when  well  authenticated, 
often  make  expensive  litigation  ;  hence  the  ne¬ 
cessity  of  having  the  wishes  of  the  testator 
fully  and  clearly  defined  in  a  written  will. 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  WILLS. 


207 


To  give  or  make  a  devise  of  property  by  will 
and  subsequently  dispose  of  the  same,  without 
altering  the  will  to  conform  to  such  sale,  de¬ 
stroys  the  validity  of  the  entire  will. 

A  will  made  by  an  unmarried  woman  is  le¬ 
gally  revoked  by  marriage ;  but  she  can  take 
such  legal  steps  in  the  settlement  of  her  prop¬ 
erty,  before  marriage,  as  will  empower  her  to 
dispose  of  the  same  as  she  may  choose,  after 
marriage. 

No  husband  can  make  a  will  that  will  deprive 
the  wife  of  her  right  of  dower  in  the  property  ; 
but  the  husband  can  will  the  wife  a  certain 
amount  in  lieu  of  her  dower,  stating  it  to  be  in 
lieu  thereof.  Such  bequest,  however,  will  not 
exclude  her  from  her  dower,  provided  she  pre¬ 
fers  it  to  the  bequest  made  in  the  will.  Unless 
the  husband  states  distinctly  that  the  bequest  is 
in  lieu  of  dower,  she  is  entitled  to  both. 

Property  bequeathed  must  pay  debts  and  in¬ 
cumbrances  upon  the  same  before  its  distribu¬ 
tion  can  be  made  to  the  legatees  of  the  estate. 

Though  property  may  be  willed  to  a  corpora¬ 
tion,  the  corporation  cannot  accept  such  gift 
unless  provision  is  made  for  so  doing  in  its  char¬ 
ter. 

A  will  may  be  revoked  by  marriage,  a  codicil, 
destruction  of  the  will,  disposing  of  property 
devised  in  a  will,  or  by  the  execution  of  another 
will. 

The  person  making  a  will  may  appoint  his 
executors,  but  no  person  can  serve  as  such  ex¬ 
ecutor  if,  at  the  time  of  proving  of  the  will,  he 
be  under  twenty-one  years  of  age,  a  convict,  a 
thoroughly  confirmed  drunkard,  a  lunatic,  or  an 
imbecile.  No  person  appointed  as  an  executor 
is  obliged  to  serve,  but  may  renounce  his  ap¬ 
pointment  by  legal  written  notice  signed  before 
two  witnesses,  which  notice  must  be  recorded 
by  the  officer  before  whom  the  will  is  proved. 

In  case  a  married  woman  possesses  property, 
and  dies  without  a  will,  her  husband  is  entitled 
to  administer  upon  such  property  in  preference 
to  any  one  else,  provided  he  be  of  sound  mind. 

Any  devise  of  property  made  to  a  subscribing 


witness  is  invalid,  although  the  integrity  of  the 
will  in  other  respects  is  not  affected. 

In  all  wills  the  testator’s  full  name  should  be 
made  at  the  end  of  such  will.  If  he  be  unable 
to  write,  he  may  have  his  hand  guided  in  mak¬ 
ing  a  mark  against  the  same.  If  he  possesses  a 
sound  mind,  and  is  conscious  at  the  time  of  the 
import  of  his  action,  such  mark  renders  the  will 
valid. 

Witnesses  should  always  write  their  respect¬ 
ive  places  of  residence  after  their  names,  their 
signatures  being  written  in  the  presence  of  each 
other  and  in  the  presence  of  the  testator. 

It  should  be  stated  also,  that  these  names  are 
signed  at  the  request  of,  and  in  the  presence  of 
the  testator,  and  in  the  presence  of  each  other. 

Different  States  require  a  different  number  of 
witnesses.  To  illustrate,  Missouri,  Illinois,  Ohio, 
Kentucky,  Arkansas,  North  Carolina,  Tennes¬ 
see,  Iowa,  Utah,  Texas,  California,  New  Jersey, 
Delaware,  Indiana,  Virginia,  and  New  York 
require  two  subscribing  witnesses. 

The  States  of  Florida,  Mississippi,  Maryland, 
Louisiana,  Georgia,  South  Carolina,  Wisconsin, 
Oregon,  Minnesota,  Michigan,  Massachusetts, 
Rhode  Island,  Connecticut,  Maine,  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  and  Vermont  demand  three  witnesses  to 
authenticate  a  will. 

Witnesses  are  not  required  to  know  the  con¬ 
tents  of  a  will.  They  have  simply  to  know  that 
the  document  is  a  will,  and  witness  the  signing 
of  the  same  by  the  testator. 

Proof  of  signature  of  the  testator  by  the 
oath  of  two  reputable  witnesses,  is  sufficient  to 
establish  the  validity  of  a  will  in  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania ;  no  subscribing  witnesses  being 
absolutely  demanded. 

CODICILS. 

An  addition  to  a  will,  which  should  be  in 
writing,  is  termed  a  codicil. 

A  codicil  is  designed  to  explain,  modify,  or 
change  former  bequests  made  in  the  body  of  the 
will.  It  should  be  done  with  the  same  care  and 
precision  as  was  exercised  in  the  making  of 
the  will  itself. 


208 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  WILLS. 


General  Form  of  Will  for  Real  and  Personal  Property. 

I,  Warren  P.  Holden,  of  the  town  of  Bennington,  County  of 
Bennington,  State  of  Vermont,  being  aware  of  the  uncertainty 
of  life,  and  in  failing  health,  but  of  sound  mind  and  memory, 
do  make  and  declare  this  to  be  my  last  will  and  testament,  in 
manner  following,  to  wit : 

First.  I  give,  devise  and  bequeath  unto  my  oldest  son,  Lucius 
Denne  Holden,  the  sum  of  One  Thousand  dollars,  of  bank 
stock,  now  in  the  First  National  Bank  of  Troy,  New  York,  and 
the  farm  owned  by  myself  in  the  town  of  Arlington,  consisting 
of  one  hundred  and  forty  acres,  with  all  the  houses,  tenements, 
and  improvements  thereunto  belonging  ;  to  have  and  to  hold 
unto  my  said  son,  his  heirs  and  assigns,  foiever. 

Second.  I  give,  devise  and  bequeath  to  each  of  my  daughters, 
Fanny  Almira  Holden  and  Hannah  Oriana  Holden,  each  One 
Thousand  dollars  in  bank  stock,  in  the  First  National  Bank  of 
Troy,  N.  Y.,  and  also  each  one  quarter  section  of  land,  owned  by 
myself,  situated  in  the  town  of  Mount  Pleasant,  Iowa,  and  re¬ 
corded  in  my  name  in  the  Recorder’s  office  in  the  County  where 
such  land  is  located.  The  north  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres 
of  said  half  section  is  devised  to  my  eldest  daughter,  Fanny 
Almira. 

Third.  I  give,  devise  and  bequeath  to  my  son,  Emory  Randor 
Holden,  Five  shares  of  Railroad  stock  in  the  Troy  and  Boston 
Railroad,  and  my  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres  of  land  and  saw 
mill  thereon,  situated  in  Muskegon,  Michigan,  with  all  the  im¬ 
provements  and  appurtenances  thereunto  belonging,  which 
said  real  estate  is  recorded  in  my  name  in  the  County  where 
situated. 

Fourth.  I  give  to  my  wife,  Mary  Leffenwell  Holden,  all  my 
household  furniture,  goods,  chattels,  and  personal  property, 
about  my  home,  not  hitherto  disposed  of,  including  Six  Thous¬ 
and  dollars  of  bank  stock  in  the  First  National  Bank  of  Troy, 
New  York,  Fifteen  shares  in  the  Troy  and  Boston  Railroad, 
and  the  free  and  unrestricted  use,  possession,  and  benefit  of  the 
home  farm,  so  long  as  she  may  live,  in  lieu  of  dower,  to  which 
she  is  entitled  by  law  ;  said  farm  being  my  present  place  of 
residence. 

Fifth.  I  bequeath  to  my  invalid  father,  Walter  B.  Holden, 
the  income  from  rents  of  my  store  building  at  144  Water  St., 
Troy,  New  York,  during  the  term  of  his  natural  life.  Said 
building  and  land  therewith  to  revert  to  my  said  sons  and 
daughters  in  equal  proportion,  upon  the  demise  of  my  said 

father.  ,  ,  .  r 

Sixth.  It  is  also  my  will  and  desire  that,  at  the  death  of  my 
wife,  Mary  Leffenwell  Holden,  or  at  any  time  when  she  may 
arrange  to  relinquish  her  life  interest  in  the  above  mentioned 
homestead,  the  same  may  revert  to  my  above  named  children, 
or  to  the  lawful  heirs  of  each. 

And  lastly.  I  nominate  and  appoint  as  executors  of  this  my 
last  will  and  testament,  my  wife,  Mary  Leffenwell  Holden,  and 
my  eldest  son,  Lucius  Denne  Holden. 

I  further  direct  that  my  debts  and  necessary  funeral  expenses 
shall  be  paid  from  moneys  now  on  deposit  in  the  Savings  Bank 
of  Bennington,  the  residue  of  such  moneys  on  deposit  to  revert 
to  my  wife,  Mary  Leffenwell  Holden,  for  her  use  forever. 


WARREN  P.  HOLDEN.  -<[l.  s> 

Y  Y 


In  witness  whereof,  I,  Warren  P.  Holden,  to  this  my  last 
will  and  testament,  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal,  this 
tenth  day  of  September,  eighteen  hundred  and  sixty-seven. 
Signed,  sealed,  and  de-  J  AA 

dared  by  Warren  P. Hol¬ 
den,  as  and  for  his  last 
will  and  testament,  in  the 
presence  of  us,  who.athis 
request,  and  in  his  pres¬ 
ence,  and  in  the  presence 
of  each  other,  have  sub¬ 
scribed  our  names  here¬ 
unto  as  witnesses  there¬ 
of. 

Luther  O.  Wescott, 

Manchester,  Vt. 

Hartley  B.  Hawley, 

Bennington,  Vt. 

Daniel  R.  Bottom, 

Bennington,  Vt. 


Codicil. 

Whereas  I,  Warren  P.  Holden,  did,  01.  the  tenth  day  of 
September,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-seven,  make 
my  last  will  and  testament,  I  do  now,  by  this  writing,  add 
this  codicil  to  my  said  will,  to  be  taken  as  a  part  thereof. 

Whereas,  by  the  dispensation  of  Providence,  my  daughter, 
Fanny  Almira,  has  deceased  February  third,  eighteen  hun¬ 
dred  and  sixty-eight,  and  whereas,  a  son  has  been  born  to  me, 
which  son  is  now  christened  Francis  Allen  Holden,  I  give 
and  bequeath  unto  him  my  gold  watch,  and  all  right,  interest, 
and  title  in  lands  and  bank  stock  and  chattels  bequeathed  to 
my  deceased  daughter,  Fanny  Almira,  in  the  body  of  this 
will. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  hereunto  place  my  .hand  and  seal,  this 
first  day  of  January,  eighteen  hundred  and  seventy. 

Signed,  sealed,  published, 


and  declared  to  us  by  the 
testator,  Warren  P.  Hol¬ 
den,  as  and  for  a  codicil 
to  be  annexed  to  his  last 
will  and  testament.  And 
we,  at  his  request,  and 
in  his  presence,  and  in 
the  presence  of  each  oth¬ 
er,  have  subscribed  our 
namesas  witnesses  there¬ 
to,  at  the  date  hereof. 

Hartley  B.  Hawley, 

Bennington,  Vt. 

Reuben  T.  Hurd, 

Arlington,  Vt. 

Daniel  R.  Bottom, 

Bennington,  Vt.  J 


WARREN  P.  HOLDEN.  '■]> 

Y  Y 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS — WILLS. 


209 


Shorter  Form  of  Will. 

I,  Alvin  B.  Adams,  of  the  city  of  Pittsburg,  in  the  County 
of  Alleghany,  and  State  of  Pennsylvania,  being  of  sound  mind 
and  memory  and  understanding,  do  make  my  last  Will  and 
Testament,  in  manner  and  form  following: 

First.  I  give,  devise  and  bequeath  to  my  wife,  Mary,  her 
heirs  and  assigns  forever,  one  half  of  all  my  property,  real, 
personal,  and  mixed,  of  what  nature  and  kind  soever,  and 
wheresoever  the  same  shall  be  at  the  time  of  my  death  ;  the 
same  to  be  in  lieu  of  her  dower  at  common  law. 

Second.  I  give,  devise  and  bequeath  unto  such  of  my  children 
as  may  be  living  at  the  time  of  my  death,  one  half  of  all  my 
property,  real,  personal,  and  mixed,  of  what  nature  and  kind 
soever,  and  wheresoever  the  same  shall  be  at  the  time  of  my 
death,  to  be  divided  among  them,  share  and  share  alike. 

Third.  I  hereby  direct  and  empower  my  executor  to  sell 
and  dispose  of  all  my  personal  property  to  the  highest  bidder 
at  auction,  as  soon  as  practicable  after  my  decease,  and  to 
sell  my  real  estate  at  auction  or  private  sale,  as  it  may  in  his 
judgment  seem  most  advantageous,  or  for  the  interest  of  my 
said  devisees. 

Fourth.  I  direct  that  the  net  avails  of  my  real  and  personal 
property,  so  disposed  of  as  aforesaid,  and  converted  into 
money,  shall  be  divided  and  paid  to  my  said  devisees  within 
one  year  after  my  decease. 

Fifth.  I  hereby  appoint  my  wife,  Mary,  guardian  of  the  per¬ 
son  and  estate  of  such  of  my  children  as  may  be  minors  at  the 
time  of  my  death. 

Sixth.  I  hereby  appoint  William  H.  Adams  executor  of 
this  my  last  Will  and  Testament. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  Alvin  B.  Adams,  the  testator,  have,  to 
this  my  last  Will  and  Testament,  set  my  hand  and  seal  this 
tenth  day  of  April,  A.  D.,  1865. 

Signed,  sealed,  published,  . 

and  declared, by  the  above  ALVIN  B.  ADAMS.  ^lTsA 

named  Alvin  B.  Adams, as 
and  for  his  last  Will  and 
Testament,  in  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  us,  who  have  here¬ 
unto  subscribed  our  names 
at  his  request,  as  witness¬ 
es  thereto,  in  the  presence 
of  the  said  testator  and  of 
each  other. 

Winfield  D.  Brown, 

Charles  Campbell. 

John  Doe. 


Form  of  a  Will  Where  Property  is  Left  to  Wife  Absolutely. 

This  is  the  last  will  and  testament  of  me,  Thomas  Wedge- 
wood,  made  this  18th  day  of  September,  1872,  in  Chicago, 
County  of  Cook,  and  State  of  Illinois,  as  follows  : 

I  bequeath  all  my  lands,  tenements,  and  hereditaments,  and 
all  my  household  furniture,  ready  money,  securities  for  money, 
money  secured  by  life  assurance,  goods,  and  chattels,  and  all 


14 


other  parts  of  my  real  and  personal  estate  and  effects  whatso¬ 
ever  and  wheresoever,  unto  my  wife,  Clara  Wedgewood,  her 
heirs,  administrators,  and  assigns,  to  and  for  her  and  their  ab¬ 
solute  use  and  benefit,  according  to  the  nature  and  quality 
thereof  respectively,  subject  only  to  the  payment  of  my  just 
debts,  funeral  and  testamentary  expenses,  and  the  charge  of 
proving  and  registering  this  my  Will.  And  I  appoint  my  said 
wife  executrix  of  this  my  Will,  and  hereby  revoke  all  other 
wills. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal,  the 
day  and  year  above  mentioned. 

Signed,  sealed,  published,  ■ 
and  acknowledged  by  the 


said  Thomas  W edgewood 
as  and  for  his  last  Will 
and  Testament,  in  the 
presence  of  us,  who,  in 
his  presence,  and  at  his 
request,  and  in  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  each  other,  have 
subscribed  our  names 
hereunto  as  witnesses 
thereof. 

Solon  W.  Watson, 
Chas.  D.  Snyder. 


THOS.  WEDGEWOOD, 


Form  of  Will  with  Entire  Property  Left  to  Wife,  for  Life 
or  Widowhood,  with  Disposition  of  the  Same  after  Her 
Marriage  or  Death,  Provision  being  made  for  Maintain¬ 
ing  Children,  etc.  Legacies  to  Executors. 

Realizing  the  uncertainty  of  life,  I,  Charles  W.  Freeman  of 
Kenosha,  in  the  County  of  Kenosha,  and  State  of  Wisconsin, 
make  this  last  Will  and  Testament,  while  in  the  possession  of 
sound  mind  and  memory,  this  14th  day  of  August,  1870. 

I  give,  devise  and  bequeath  unto  my  executors,  hereafter 
named,  all  my  estate  and  effects  that  I  may  die  possessed  of  or 
entitled  to,  upon  trust,  to  be,  as  soon  as  conveniently  can  be, 
after  my  decease,  sold  and  converted  into  money,  and  the  pro¬ 
ceeds  invested  in  one  or  other  of  the  public  funds,  and  the 
dividends  arising  therefrom  to  be  paid,  yearly  each  and  every 
year,  unto  my  wife,  Harriet  D.  Freeman,  during  the  term  of  her 
natural  life,  should  she  so  long  continue  my  widow  ;  the  first 
yearly  payment  thereof  to  commence  and  be  payable  at  the 
expiration  of  the  first  year  after  my  decease,  if  my  wife  remains 
a  widow. 

Upon  her  second  marriage,  I  direct  that  one  third  of  all 
moneys  fiom  my  estate,  set  apart  for  her  use  by  my  executors, 
be  given  her  for  her  use  and  behoof  forever,  to  control  as  she 
may  choose,  and  the  remaining  two  thirds  I  will  to  be  given  to 
my  children,  to  be  divided  equally  among  all  my  children  by 
my  said  wife,  the  share  of  each  child  to  be  paid  on  his  or  her 
respectively  attaining  the  age  of  lawful  majority  ;  and  I  di¬ 
rect  that  the  dividends  arising  therefrom  shall  be  applied,  at 
the  discretion  of  my  executors,  towards  the  maintenance  and 


1 


210 


LEGAL  BUSINESS  FORMS  —  WILLS. 


education  of  my  said  children,  until  they  shall  severally  and 
respectively  attain  the  said  age.  And  in  case  any  or  either  of 
my  said  children  shall  happen  to  die  under  lawful  majority, 
then  I  give  and  bequeath  the  share  or  shares  of  him,  her,  or 
them,  so  dying,  unto  the  survivor  or  survivors  of  them. 

And  I  nominate  and  appoint  my  wife,  Harriet  D.  f  reeman, 
mv  eldest  son,  Clinton  W.  Freeman,  and  Walter  C.  Kimball, 
and  the  survivor  of  them,  and  the  executors  or  administrators 
of  such  survivor,  to  be  the  executors  of  this  my  will,  and  in 
consideration  of  the  trouble  thus  imposed  on  them,  I  do  hereby 
give  and  bequeath  unto  each  of  my  said  executors  the  egacy 
or  sum  of  five  hundred  dollars,  free  of  legacy  duty  and  all  other 
deductions.  And  hereby  revoking  all  former  or  other  wills  by 
me  at  any  time  made,  I,  the  said  Charles  W.  Freeman,  to  this 
which  I  declare  to  be  my  last  will  and  testament,  set  my  hand 
and  seal. 

Signed  by  the  said  testator 
Charles  W.  F reeman.and 
acknowledged  by  him  to 
be  his  last  will  and  tes¬ 
tament,  in  the  presence 
of  us,  present  at  the  same 
time,  and  subscribed  by 
us  in  the  presence  of  the 
said  testator  and  of  each 
other. 

Barnard  McDole, 

Richard  Wilson, 

Hiram  Fleming, 


CHAS.  W.  FREEMAN. 


Affidavit  to  the  Foregoing. 

STATE  OF  IOWA,  ) 
county  of  lee.  f 

Personally  appeared  before  me,  George  Hartwell,  Clerk  of 
the  Court  of  Probate  for  said  County,  Abial  Gooding,  Artemas 
White,  and  Peter  H.  Smith,  who  deposed  that  they  were  pres¬ 
ent  on  the  first  day  of  July,  A.  D.  1871,  at  the  dwelling  of  the 
said  Jonas  Lyman,  situate  at  84  Huron  street,  Burlington, 
Iowa,  and  did  hear  Jonas  Lyman  utter  what  is  specified  in  the 
foregoing  writing ;  that  he  wished  them  to  witness  that  it  was 
his  last  will  ;  and  that,  at  the  time  he  was  of  sound  mind  and 
memory,  to  the  best  of  their  knowledge  and  belief. 

Sworn  and  subscribed  before  me,  this  I2ih  day  of  July,  A.D. 

g  George  Hartwell,  Clerk. 


Nuncupative  Will. 

In  the  matter  of  the  nuncupative  will  of  Jonas  Lyman,  de- 

Ce  ofthe  first  day  of  July,  in  the  year  one  thousand  eight  hun¬ 
dred  and  seventy-one,  Jonas  Lyman,  being  m  his  last  sickness 
in  his  dwelling,  situate  in  Burlington,  Iowa,  at  84  Huron  street 
in  the  presence  of  the  subscribers,  did  declare  h.s  last  will  and 
wishes  concerning  the  disposition  of  his  property,  in  the  fo  - 

lowing  words,  viz.  :  ,T 

He  desired  that  his  seven  hundred  dollars  in  the  First  Na¬ 
tional  Bank  of  Burlington,  and  two'  hundred  dollars  in  the 
hands  of  Silas  Holmes,  should  be  given  to  his  mother.  He 
also  expressed  a  desire  to  have  Silas  Holmes  act  as  his  execu¬ 
tor,  to  collect  the  same  as  soon  as  possible,  with  interest  due, 
paying  the  entire  amount,  when  collected,  to  his  mother.  He 
also  said,  “All  my  other  property  I  want  my  mother  to  have 
for  her  separate  use,  except  my  house  and  lot  where  I  live, 

which  I  will  to  my  sister  Mary.  _ 

At  the  time  the  said  Jonas  Lyman  stated  the  foregoing  as  is 
will,  he  was  of  sound  mind  and  memory,  and  desired  us  to  bear 
witness  that  such  was  his  wish  and  desire.  _ 

Reduced  to  writing  by  us,  this  tenth  day  of  July,  in  t  e 
year  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-one. 

Abial  Gooding, 

Artemas  White, 

Peter  H.  Smith. 


A  Short  Form  of  Will,  Conveying  the  Entire  Real  and 
Personal  Property  to  the  Wife  of  the  Testator. 

A  will  which  bequeaths  all  the  property  of 
the  testator,  real  and  personal,  wheresoever  it 
may  be,  carries  with  it  property  acquired  after 
its  publication,  without  a  repetition  of  any  for¬ 
malities. 

The  question  in  relation  to  a  bequest  in  such 
cases,  is  one  of  intention,  not  of  power.  .  The 
following  will  of  Onslow  Peters,  the  legality  of 
which  was  tested,  and  sustained  by  the  courts, 
was  found  to  be  amply  sufficient  in  length  for 
the  purpose  for  which  it  was  designed.  It  read 
as  follows : 

I,  Onslow  Peters,  do  make  and  publish  this  my  last  will  and 
testament,  hereby  revoking  all  former  wills  by  me  made. 

I  bequeath  all  my  property,  real  and  personal,  wheresoever 
the  same  may  be,  to  my  beloved  wife,  Hannah  F.  Peters 

I  appoint  my  said  wife  the  executrix  of  this  my  last  will  and 
testament.  My  will  is  that  my  said  wife  shall  not  be  required 
to  give  any  bonds  or  security  to  the  judge  of  probate  for  the 
faithful  execution  of  the  duties  of  executrix. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal, 
this  thirteenth  day  of  September,  A.  D.  eighteen  hundred  and 
thirty-eight. 

CLAUSES  FOR  INSERTION  IN  WILLS. 

Cancelling  Debts  That  are,  or  May  be,  Due. 

Whereas,  there  are  certain  sums  of  money  due  me,  upon 
mortgages,  bills,  and  otherwise,  from  persons  hereafter  named 
(naming  them),  it  is  my  will  that  such  indebtedness,  immedi¬ 
ately  after  my  death,  shall  be  cancelled  by  my  executors.  And 
I  do  hereby  release  those  persons  aforesaid  from  the  paymen 
of  all  debts  due. 


SUBSCRIPTION  PAPERS. 


211 


Desiring  that  Difference  of  Opinion  about  Provisions  of 
the  Will  be  Settled  by  Arbitrators. 

It  is  my  desire  that,  if  any  dispute,  question,  or  controversy 
shall  happen,  concerning  any  bequest  or  other  matter  in  this, 
my  will,  such  question  shall  be  referred  to  the  arbitration  of 
my  friends,  A.  D.  and  C.  L.,  with  provision  for  them  to  choose 
an  umpire  ;  but  should  they  not  be  able  to  act  in  the  matter, 
then  I  desire  that  my  wife  and  eldest  son  shall  each  appoint  an 
arbitrator  or  arbitrators,  with  the  power  of  choosing  a  third 
arbitrator;  and  what  a  majority  of  them  shall  determine 
therein,  shall  be  binding  upon  all  and  every  person  or  persons 
therein  concerned. 


Providing  that  the  Wife  shall  have  the  Custody  of  the 
Children,  and  Appointing  a  Guardian  in  Case 
of  her  Death. 

And  in  case  I  shall  leave  any  child  or  children,  at  the  time 
of  my  death,  my  will  is  that  my  wife  shall  have  the  guardian¬ 
ship  of  them  during  their  minority  ;  and  in  case  of  her  death, 
during  the  minority  of  said  children,  then  I  desire  that  my 
friend,  D.  M.,  shall  have  the  guardianship  of  them  during  their 
minority ;  should  he  refuse,  I  will  that  A.  J.  shall  take  such 
supervision  and  guardianship. 


A  subscription  heading  should  be  written 
very  plainly  and  as  briefly  as  may  be  and  ex¬ 
press  the  object  for  which  the  money  is  sub- 


APERS. 


scribed.  The  following,  with  variations  to  suit 
the  circumstances,  will  give  the  reader  a  general 
idea  of  the  manner  of  preparing  such  a  form  : 


Form  of  a  Subscription  Heading. 


{Here  give  Town,  State  and  Dale.) 


ddm^d. 


'dz-t-yi 


■c-fz-ei.. 


edit 


■od-ned. 


£<5.00 


212 


absteact  oe  state  laws  eelating  to  exemption  eeom  foeced  sale. 


*•)(? 


Exemptions  i  Forced  Sale. 


abstract  of  state  laws. 

Showing  Property  Exempt  from  Attachment,  or  Levy  and  Sale  on  Execution. 


Alabama.-  Ms  sTafe.W  vLiue  ^Sl'oOMo 

personal  property  of  any  i)e  exempted  from  sale  on  execution, 

be  selected  by  such  resident,  shj  ue(i  for  t lie  collection  of  any  debt 
or  other  final  P™cess  c>f  ni  y  c tlie  present  constitution  (1868.)  Every 
contracted  since  the  adoption .‘’5, '  of  )anj  tlie  dwelling  and  appur- 
nomestead  not  exceeding  eighty  acres  oimnu^  unot  in  village,  town,  or 
tenances  thereon  to  be  selectee  b>  t ne  <  owner,  any  lot  in  a  city 

City  or  in  lieu  thereof,  at  the  opuon^ cn  “‘”rtenan(,e3  thereon,  owned 
town,  or  village,  with  the  dwell  K  mate  and  not  exceeding  the  value 

<4ts.M8?st«affi^S?i£SrrSSS 

improvements  theretc^'helongin^^o^he  vaiue  of  62,500.  and  personal 
property  to  the  value  of  6500. 

Californi  c ee di n g1! 5 f OOO^i n ^ a U?e , ^ f1  d e chini ti o n  nf” lm  inesteadrt s 

homestead  not  exceeding  $5,0UU  county  where  situate,  by  a 

properly  filed  in  the  recorde if*  office  ^^gmpt  from  execution 

husband  or  wife,  or  other  head  oi  ere  the  judgment  was  obtained 
except  in  the  following  od  onjudgments  for  liens  of 

before  the  declaration  of  *wmrs  of^ the  land;  3d,  on  debts  secured  by 
mechanics,  laborers,  or  vendors  o  ,  and  wjfej  oran  unmarried 

mortgage  on  the  land,  executed  y  ^  OI1  vjie  land  before  the 

claimant;  4th  on  .de';?iL?f!;JileTheotlier  exemptions  are  chairs,  tables, 
declaration  of  the  homestead.  T  necessary  household,  faille  ami 

desks  and  books,  to  the  value  of  #200  i pessary  ^  p. .  in  act- 
kitchen  furniture  Inrluding  one  sewing  n  gt0  stove  plpe  ami 
ual  use  in  a  family,  or  j  emngn  g  o  a  w °  dd|  all(i  bedsteads  and 
stove  furniture:,  wearing  app»' ^{5. Df®“^ingutensils  or  implements  of 
provisions  sufficient  for  one  mont  ,  p  t wo  mules,  and  their  har- 

husbandry ;  also  two  oxen  01 -two  horses  Sxei  etc.,  for  one  month;  all 
ness,  one  cart  or  wagon 1,  and  food l  for  “,ded 'for  planting  or  sowing 

seed,  grain,  or  vegetables  Aftua  y  P™  di  6100  in  value;  tools  of  a 

within  the  ensuing  six  months,  not  exce  I«t'flri  l  s(.al  anil  reeords  of 

mechanic  or  artisan  necessai  y  to 1  his  "ej,n  physician,  surveyor,  den- 
a  notary;  instruments  f"^',^nofwaitb  tfieir ’scientific  and  professional 
tist,  necessary  to  their  l)r?£f-s^nV,V^ries  a  id  office  furniture  of  attorneys 
libraries;  the  law  professional  libraries  aim  omce  1  cabln  or  dwell- 

and  judges,  and  ‘francs  of  minis  ers  of  ti  e  g  i  hisghlices  plpeSi  hose, 

ingof  a  miner  not  exceeding  6500  in  v.uiie,  and  appliances  nec- 

windlass,  derricks,  cars  ■ pumps, ,  to  )ls  imi plena* :  J  ^  and  tw0 
essary  for  mining  operations,  not  e. xceei 1  *  i »of  horseSi  etC„  for  one 
horses,  oxen,  or  inules,  and  harness,  ana  10  windl;iss,  derrick,  car 
month,  when  necessary  to  he  used  m  any  rn  with  harness,  and 

pump  or  hoisting  gear;  two  horses,  oxen  or  mu  ,  un  team- 

hack  carriage,  car  ,  etc., l.y  which  a  c; artmai n,  aray n  ,1  harnpss  of  a 
ster  etc.  earns  his 1  living  ant l  the  horse,  venicie,  ^  month;  four 
physician  or  minister  of  the  gospel,  wiin  i  htheJf  SUCking  pigs; 

cows  with  their  sucking  cal ves,  and  four  nogs  w  d(.lltor  for  services 
poultry,  not  exceeding  650  in  value  earmiigs  for  tbe  use  0f  his 
rendered  within  bis  labor;  shares  in  a  home- 

family  residing  in  the  stafe,  sxxpportecl  1  >yi 11  .  },en  tbe  holder  does 
stead  corporation  not  exceeding  S10<m^  annual  pre- 

not  own  a  homestead;  all  benefits  of  Me  •"^Hre  companies:  arms 


a  family  owning  and  occupying  the  A^^tjz^of^tmfarnily.  such 
articles  of  personal  propeirty-  according  tortile  size °working  animals, 
as  is  usually  determined  by  the  statutes.  ne  ,  js  exempted  to 

and  kept  for  the  pur¬ 
poses  carrying  011  a  business  or  tiade. 

sHta& 

are  protected,  and  certmn  specified  amo^ harness  (not  exceeding  in  value 
the  horse,  saddle  and  bridle,  buggy  and  harness  ^  pwil)g  machine  in 

■*  v,i“ 

acre  in  a  viLl 
defined  by  statute. 

personal  property  not  enumerated  above,  6~00. 

District  of,  Cplumbia.-^»'  ”ny'ot  K 

Property  of  the  following  value  .  J*'®,  ,ngat  or  sale  011  execution,  ex¬ 
holder  is  exempt  from  distraint,  attaclimenr.  o^^  pal.pl.  household 

cept  for  servants’  or  laborers onn^uro visions  and  fuel  for  three  months: 
furniture  to  the  amount  of  6300  •  P™  t  °  dP  to  the  value  of  6200,  with 

sssr;'^ 

Florida.  —  Farm,  or  House  and  Lot,  'jn.^n-dfa®d?li'Jap'^ovements. 
Homestead  of  one  hundred  and  sixty  ba[f  |£Pe'of  ground,  if  in  a  village 
if  in  the  country ;  a  residence  and  one- h i-lf  acre  si property.  An.  addi  - 

Hon&m^f $"000  woM  property  is  exempt  from  all  debts  incur- 
red  prior  to  May  10,  1865. 

Georgia.— Home  worth  62.000,  and  a^«r*0^vobmiMT^hHdrem 
head  of  aTamily,  or  guard  1  an,  or  ti ustee,  ef  >of  l#y2t000  in  specie,  and 


L,eOr{ii«* — Home  wui  w*  ***2  o  fnmilv  of  minor  ciiiuiren. 

head  of  aTamily,  tottie  value  of  ^2,000  in  specie,  and 

personal' ^mopwlytotht  value  61,000  in  specie,  to  he  valued  at  the  time 
they  are  set  apart. 

Idaho  —Home  worth  $5,000,  .a,nd--Pf,r®h^!I(i  J^wnfe^inay'select  a 
ofa  faimly,  being  a  house! l? “hllef urniture,  teams,  tools 
sto'c^mKl^other  personal  properrtr^ei^n’erated^hy^statiite.^to  the  vaffie 
thinfexccpt1  upo’^a'judgment  'recovered,  for  its  price,  or  upon  a  mort¬ 
gage  thereon. 


ABSTEACT  OF  STATE  LAWS  EEL  A  TING  TO  EXEMPTION  FEOM  EOECED  SALE.  213 


Illinois  .—Borne  worth  81,000.  and  Personal  Property.  —  Lot  of 
ground  and  buildings  thereon,  occupied  as  a  lesidence  by  the  debtor, 
being  a  householder  and  having  a  family,  10  the  value  of  81,000.  Ex¬ 
emption  continues  after  the  death  of  the  householder  for  the  benefit  of 
widow  and  family,  some  one  of  them  occupying  the  homestead  until 
youngest  child  shall  become  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  until  death  of 
widow.  There  is  no  exemption  from  safe  for  taxes,  assessments,  debt 
or  liability  incurred  for  t lie  purchase  or  improvement  of  such  home¬ 
stead.  No  release  or  waiver  of  exemption  is  valid,  unless  in  writing, 
and  subscribed  by  such  householder  and  wife  if  he  have  one),  and  ac¬ 
knowledged  as  conveyances  of  real  estate,  are  required  to  be  acknowl¬ 
edged.  The  following  articles  of  personal  property  owned  by  the 
debtor,  are  exempt  from  execution,  writ  of  attachment,  and  distress  for 
rent:  First.  —  Neoessary  wearing  apparel,  Bibles,  school  books,  and 
family  pictures  of  every  person.  Second.—  Other  property  worth  $100 
to  be  selected  by  the  debtor.  When  the  deb'or  is  the  head  of  a  family, 
and  resides  with  the  same,  in  addition,  other  property  worth  $300  may 
be  selected;  though  such  exempt  on  shall  not  lie  allowed  from  any 
money  due  such  debtor.  A  debtor  taking  the  benefit  of  this  act  shall 
make  a  schedule,  subscribed  and  sworn  to,  of  all  his  or  her  personal 
property,  including  moneys  on  hand  and  due  the  debtor;  and  any  prop¬ 
erty  owned  by  the  debtor,  and  not  Included  in  said  schedule,  shall  not 
be  exempt  as  aforesaid.  And  thereupon  the  officer  having  an  execution 
against  the  same,  shall  summon  three  householders  who.  upon  oath, 
will  appraise  and  fix  a  fair  value  upon  each  article  in  said  schedule  and 
the  debtor  shall  then  select  from  such  schedule  such  articles  as  he  or 
she  may  desire  to  retain,  the  aggregate  value  of  which  shall  not  exceed 
the  amount  exempted,  to  which  he  or  she  may  be  entitled,  and  deliver 
the  remainder  to  the  officer  having  the  writ.  The  officer  having 
the  writ  is  authorized  to  administer  the  oath  to  the  debtor  and 
appraisers. 


Indiana. -Home,  and  Personal  Property  of  the  following  valve: 
Any  resident  householder  has  an  exemption  from  levy  and  sale  under 
execution,  of  real  or  personal  property,  or  both,  as  he  may  select,  to  the 
value  of  $300.  The  law  further  provides  that  no  property  shall  be  sold 
by  virtue  of  an  execution  for  less  than  two  thirds  of  its  appraised  cash 
value.  The  provisions  of  this  law  can  be  waived  in  contracts.  To  do 
this,  the  note  or  contract  should  read;  '• Payable  without  any  relief 
whatever  from  valuation  or  appraisement  laws." 


Iowa. — Farm  of  40  Acres,  or  House  and  Lot  in  City  and  Personal 
Property  .—The  homestead  must  embrace  the  house  used  as  a  home  by 
the  owner  thereof,  and  if  he  has  two  or  more  houses  thus  used  bv  him, 
at  different  times  and  places,  he  may  select  which  he  will  retain  as  a 
homestead.  If  within  a  town  plat  it  must  not  exceed  one-half  acre  in 
extent,  and  if  not  in  a  town  plat  it  must  not  embrace  in  the  aggregate 
more  than  forty  acres.  But  if  when  thus  limited,  in  either  case  its 
value  is  less  than  $500,  it  may  be  enlarged  till  its  value  reaches  that 
amount.  All  wearing  apparel  kept  for  actual  use,  and  suitable  to  the 
condition  of  the  party,  and  trunks  to  contain  the  same,  one  shot-gun, 
or  rifle,  the  proper  tools,  instruments,  or  books  of  any  faimer,  me¬ 
chanic  surveyor,  clergyman,  lawyer,  physician,  teacher  or  professor  ; 
the  horse  or  team  consisting  of  not  more  than  two  horses  or  mules,  or 
two  yoke  of  cattle  and  wagon  with  harness,  by  use  of  which  any  physi¬ 
cian.  public  officer,  farmer,  teamster,  or  other  laborer,  habitually  earns 
his  living.  All  private  libraries,  family  Bibles,  portraits,  pictures, 
musical  instruments,  and  paintings  not  kept  for  sale.  If  the  debtor  is 
the  head  of  a  family  there  is  further  exempt,  two  cows,  one  calf,  one 
horse,  fifty  sheep,  their  wool  and  goods  manufactured  therefrom,  six 
stands  of  bees,  five  hogs,  and  all  pigs  under  six  months;  the  necessary 
food  for  all  animals  exempt  for  six  months;  all  flax  raised  by  the  de¬ 
fendant  on  not  exceeding  one  acre;  one  bedstead  and  necessary  bed¬ 
ding  for  every  two  in  the  family;  all  cloth  manufactured  by  the 
defendant,  notexceeding  100  vardsin  quantity;  household  and  kitchen 
furniture  notexceeding  $200  in  value;  all  spinning-w  heels,  one  sewing- 
machine,  looms,  and  other  instruments  of  domestic  labor  kppt  for 
actual  use;  the  necessary  provisions  and  fuel  for  the  use  of  the  family 
for  six  months;  apewin  church,  and  a  lot  in  hurying-ground  Dot  ex¬ 
ceeding  one  acre.  The  printer  has  exempted  the  necessary  type, 
presses,  etc.,  for  his  office  to  the  value  of  $1,200.  The  earnings  of  a 
debtor  for  personal  services,  or  those  of  his  family,  at  any  time  within 
ninety  days  next  preceding  the  lew  are  also  exeiinptfrom  attachment 
and  execution.  None  of  the  foregoing  exemptionsare  for  the  benefit  of 
a  single  man  not  the  head  of  the  family,  nor  of  non-residents  nor  of 
those  who  have  started  to  leave  the  state,  but  their  property  is  liable  to 
execution,  with  the  exception  of  ordinary  wearing  apparel  and  trunks 
to  contain  the  same;  and.  in  the  latter  case,  of  such  wearing  apparel 
and  such  property  as  the  defendant  may  select,  not  to  exceed  $75,  to  he 
selected  by  the  debtor  and  appraised.  But  no  exemptions  shall  extend 
to  property  against  an  execution  issued  for  the  purchase  money  thereof. 


Kansas.  —  Home  of  160  Acres  of  Farm  Land,  or  House  and  One 
Acre  in  a  I  illage  or  City,  and  Personal  Property.  —  A  homestead  to  the 
extent  of  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres  of  farming  land,  or  of  one  acre 
within  the  limits_  of  an  incorporated  town  or  city,  occupied  as  a  resi- 
dence  by  the  family  of  the  owner,  together  with  all  the  improvements 
on  the  same,  shall  lie  exempt  from  forced  sale  under  any  process  of  law, 
and  shall  not  be  alienated  except  by  joint  consent  of  husband  and  wife, 
when  that  relation  exists.  No  value  is  affixed  to  the  homestead.  It 
maybe  worth  a  million  dollars.  No  personal  property  is  exempt  for 
the  wages  of  a  servant,  mechanic,  laborer,  or  cleric.  Every  person  resid¬ 
ing  in  this  State,  and  being  the  head  of  a  family,  shall  nave  exempt 
trom  seizure  upon  attachment  or  execution,  or  other  process  issued  from 
any  court  in  this  State:  Family  Bibles,  school  books,  and  family  library; 
iamily  pictures  aud  musical  instruments  used  by  the  family;  all  wear- 
I',e  fhmily;  all  beds,  bedsteads  and  bedding  used  by  the 
debtor  and  his  family ;  one  cooking  stove  and  appendages,  and  all  other 
cooking  utensils  and  all  other  stoves  and  appendages,  necessary  for 
tne  use  of  the  debtor  and  his  family;  one  sewing  machine,  spinning 
wheel,  and  all  other  implements,  and  all  other  household  furniture  not 
herein  enumerated,  notexceeding  $500;  two  cows,  ten  hogs,  one  yoke 
or  oxen,  and  one  horse  or  mule,  or  in  lieu  of  one  yoke  of  oxen  and  one 
horse  or  mule,  a  span  of  horses  or  mules,  and  twenty  sheep  and  their 
wool;  necessary  food  for  the  support  of  the  stock  for  one  year;  one 
wagon, two  plows,  drag,  and  other  farming  utensils  notexceeding  $300; 
grain,  meat,  vegetables,  groceries,  etc.,  for  the  family  for  one  year;  the 


tools  and  implements  of  any  mechanic,  miner,  or  other  person,  kept  for 
the  purpose  of  carrying  on  his  business,  and  in  addition  thereto  stock 
in  trade  not  exceeding  $400  in  value;  library,  implements,  and  office 
furniture  of  any  professional  man. 

Kentucky.  —  Home  worth  $1,000,  and  Personal  Property.  — On 
all  debts  or  liabilities  created  after  tne  lust  day  of  June,  I860,  so 
much  land,  includiiigthe  dwelling  house  and  appurtenances,  as  shall 
not  exceed  in  value  $1,000;  one  work  beast  or  yoke  of  oxen,  two  cows 
and  calves,  five  sheep;  wearing  apparel,  and  the  usual  household  and 
kitchen  furniture,  of  about  the  value  of  $100;  also  one  sewing  machine. 


Louisiana.  — Home  of  160  Acres  of  Land,  and  Personal  Prop¬ 
erty,  in  all  worth  $2,000. —One  hunured  and  sixty  acres  of  land,  v.  iili 
buildings  and  improvements  thereon,  occupied  as  a  residence,  and  bona 
fide  owned  by  the  debtor,  having  a  family,  a  person  or  persons  de¬ 
pendent  upon  him  for  support;  together  with  personal  property, 
making  in  all  a  value  not  exceeding  $2,000. 

M  a  i  n  ©.  —  Home  worth  $500,  and  Personal  Property.—  There  Is  ex¬ 
empted  a  lot  of  land,  dwelling  house,  etc.,  not  exceeding  $500  in  value; 
necessary  apparel,  a  bed,  bedstead,  and  bedding  for  every  two  mem¬ 
bers  of  a  family;  one  cooking  stove,  all  stoves  used  for  wanning  build¬ 
ings,  and  other  necessary  furniture  to  the  value  of  $50;  one  sewing  ma¬ 
chine  for  use,  notexceeding  $100  in  value ;  ail  tools  necessary  fur  the 
debtor’s  occupation ;  all  Bibles  and  school  books  lor  use  of  the  family; 
one  copy  of  the  Statutes  of  the  State,  and  a  library  not  exceeding  $150 
in  value;  one  cow  and  one  heifer,  two  swine,  ten  sheep,  and  the  wool 
and  lambs  from  them;  0"e  pairof  working  ca.tle.  or  instead  thereof, 
one  pair  of  mules,  or  two  horses  not  exceed,  ng  $300  in  value;  all  pro¬ 
duce  of  farms  until  harvested;  corn  and  grain  for  use  of  debtor  and 
family,  not  exceeding  thirty  bushels;  all  potatoes  raised  or  purchased 
for  use  in  family;  one  barrel  of  flour;  a  sufficient  quantity  of  hay  to 
winter  all  exempted  stock;  all  flax  raised  for  use,  on  one-half  acre  of 
land;  lumber  to  the  amount  of  $10,  twelve  cords  of  fire-wood,  five  tons 
of  anthracite  coal,  fifty  bushels  of  bituminous  coal,  and  all  charcoal  for 
use  in  the  family ;  one  pew  in  meeting-house  where  debtor  worships; 
one  horse-sled  or  ox-sled,  $20  in  value;  one  harness  wortli  $20  for  each 
horse  or  mule;  one  cart  or  truck  wagon,  one  harrow,  one  plow,  one 
yoke,  two  chains,  and  one  mowing  machine;  for  fisherman,  one  boat 
not  exceeding  two  tons  burthen. 

Mary  land No  Homestead  Exemption,  but  Personal  Property. 
The  property  exempted  is  the  personal  property  actually  necessary  ior 
tiie  sustenance  of  the  family,  and  the  implements  or  tools  necessary 
to  earn  a  livelihood,  and  wearing  apparel.  The  constitution  of  the 
State  directs  the  legislature  to  pass  laws  exempting  from  judicial  sales 
property  not  exceeding  $500.  One  hundred  dollars  is  the  amount  fixed 
and  exempted  in  pursuance  Of  this  constitutional  requirement.  (The 
exact  language  of  the  law  is,  “all  wearing  apparel,  books,  and  the  tools 
of  mechanics.”) 


Massachusetts.  — Home  worth  $800,  and  Personal  Property. 
Every  householder,  having  a  family,  is  entitled  to  a  homestead,  valued 
at  $800,  in  farm,  or  lot  of  laud,  and  buildings  thereon,  owned  and  occu¬ 
pied  by  him  as  a  residence.  Necessary  clothing,  one  bedstead,  bed, 
and  necessary  bedding  for  every  two  of  the  family;  one  stove  used  for 
the  dwelling,  and  fuel  not  exceeding  file  value  of  $20,  for  the  use  of  the 
family:  one  sewing  machine,  of  a  value  not  exceeding  $100,  in  actual 
use  by  such  debtor,  or  family:  other  household  furniture  necessary  for 
him  and  his  family,  not  exceeding  $300  in  value;  Bibles,  school  books, 
and  library  used  by  lnm  or  his  family,  not  exc  eding  $50  in  value;  one 
cow,  sixsheep.  one  swine,  and  twotonsof  bay:  the  tools,  implements  and 
fixtures  necessary  for  carrying  on  his  trade  or  business,  not  exoeed’ng 
$100  in  value:  materials  and  stock  necessary  for  carrying  on  his  trade  or 
business,  and  intended  to  be  used  therein  not  exceeding  $100  in  value; 
provisions  necessary  for  the  family  not  exceeding  $50  in  value:  the  boat, 
fishing  tackle,  and  lietsof  fishermen,  actually  used  by  them  in  the  prose¬ 
cution  of  their  business,  to  the  value  of  $100:  the  uniform  of  an  officer 
or  soldier  in  the  mili'ia,  and  the  arms  and  accoutrements  required  by 
law  to  be  kept  by  him;  one  pew  in  church  unless  required  to  be  sold 
because  of  some  tax  legally  laid  thereon,  and  shares  in  co-operative  as¬ 
sociations,  not  exceeding  $20  in  the  aggregate;  also  rights  of  burial,  aud 
tombs  while  in  use  as  repositories  for  the  dead. 


M  iSSISSi  P[T  L  —  Home  worth  $2,000,  and  Personal  Property. — On 
debts  contracted  after  September  1,  1870,  only  eighty  acres  of  land  to 
the  head  of  every  family  being  a  housekeeper;  to  a  resident  of  any  in¬ 
corporated  town,  being  the  head  of  a  family,  and  a  housekeeper,  $2,000 
worth  of  real  property,  comprising  the  proper  homestead.  It  is  under¬ 
stood  that  on  debts  contracted  before  September,  1870,  the  exemptions 
of  the  code  of  1857  are  applicable,  viz;  One  hundred  and  sixty  acres  of 
land,  homestead,  $1  500;  tools  of  a  mechanic,  agricultural  implements 
of  a  farmer,  implements  of  a  laborer;  wearing  apparel;  books  of  a 
student,  libraries,  books  and  maps;  two  horses  or  mules  (the  new  ex¬ 
emption  gives  an  additional  mule  or  horse,  making  two  exemptions), 
one  hundred  and  fifty  bushels  of  corn,  four  cows  and  calves,  eight  hun¬ 
dred  pounds  of  pork,  twenty  bushels  of  wheat;  one  yoke  of  oxen,  one 
wagon;  furniture,  $250. 

M  iSSOUri.  —Home worth  $1,500  to  $3,000,  and  Personal  Property. 
Married  men  are  allowed  a  homestead  of  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres 
of  land  to  the  value  of  $1,500.  In  cities  of  forty  thousand  inhabitants 
or  over,  homesteads  shall  not  include  more  than  eighteen  square  rods 
of  ground,  nor  exceed  in  value  $3,000.  Ill  cities  of  less  size,  homestead 
shall  not  include  over  thirty  square  rods,  nor  exceed  $1,500  in  value. 
Personal  property  to  the  value  of  not  less  than  $300  to  the  heads  of  fam¬ 
ilies.  Before  1865,  certain  property  of  husband,  hut  not  that  acquired 
by  purchase  after  marriage,  was  exempt  from  liabilities  of  wife  incur¬ 
red  before  marriage.  Since  statute  of  1865,  husband  Is  so  liable. 

Michigan.  — Home  worth  $1,500,  and  Personal  Property.—  Any 
quantity  of  land,  not  exceeding  forty  acres,  and  the  dwelling  bouse 
thereon,  with  its  appurtenances,  to  be  selected  by  the  owner  thereof. 


214 


ABSTRACT  OF  STATE  LAWS  RELATING  TO  EXEMPTIONS  FROM  FORCED  SALE, 


and  not  Included  in  any  recorded  town  plat,  city  village,  or  Instead 
thorpof  attlie  oution  of  the  owner,  a  quantity  of  land  not  exceeding  m 
amount  one  lot  being  within  a  recorded  town  plat,  or  city,  or  village, 
and  the  dwelling  house  thereon,  and  its  appurtenances,  owned  and  oc- 
cunicd  hv  any  resident  of  the  State,  not  exceeding  in  value  $1,500. 
Household  furniture  to  amount  of  $250;  stock  m  trade,  a  teanh  or  other 
things  which  maybe  necessary  to  carry  on  the  pursuit  of  pai  titular 
business  i  d  to  $250;  library  and  school  liooks  not  exceeding  $150;  to  a 
bousehoider  ten  sheep,  two  cows,  five  swine,  and  some  minor  things 
There  are  some  other  exemptions  beside  a  homestead,  but  they  ai 
trivial. 

Minnesota  -  Home  of  Eighty  Acres  in  Farm  Lands  or  House 
nmJTotin^naaeor  City ,  and  Personal  Property.  —  Eight v  acres  of 
l-iiul  selected  as  a  homestead,  ora  lot  aiul  dwelling  house  tneieon,  in 
™ v  i  imornorated  town  plat,  city,  or  village,  being  a  homestead:  the 
family  Bible,  family  pictures,  school  books,  or  library,  a 1  [ jJ . " 
<druments*  all  wearing  apparel  of  the  debtor  and  his  family,  all  beds, 
bedsteads  ’and  bedding  kept  and  used  by  the  debtor  and  his  family ;  all 
stoves  and  appendages  put  up  or  kept  for  the  use  of .the  debtor  and  his 
family  all  cooking  utensils,  and  all  other  household  furniture  not 
herein  enumerated  not  exceeding  f500in  values  three  cows,  two  swine, 
one  voke  of  oxen  and  a  horse,  or  in  lieu  of  one  yoke  of  oxen  and  a  horse, 
p  loan  of  horses  or  mules,  twenty  slump  and  the  wool  from  the  same, 
eitEer  ?n  thfraw  mateidal,  or  manufactured  into  cloth  or  yarn;  the 
necessary  food  for  all  the  stock  mentioned  in  this  section,  for  °ne  year  s 
snnnort  either  nrovided  org  -owing,  or  both,  as  the  debtor  may  choose: 
SBP' one walon 'cart,  or  "ay,  one  sleigh,  two  plows,  one  drag,  ami 
other  farming  titensils,  including  tackle  for  teams,  not  exceeding^ $300 
in  value;  the  provisions  for  the  debtor  and  his  J]u<H?p?'ne<§ssarv 

i-pnr’Q  sunnort  either  nrovided  or  growing,  01  botli.  ami  tucl  necessai  y 
for  one  ??arhhe  too?s  a',d  instruments^  any  mechanic  minor  or 
other  person,  used  and  kept  for  the  purpose  of  cart  >  nig  on  histr,  , 

and  in  addition  thereto,  stock  in  trade  not  exceeding  $400  in  value- 

Also  the  library  and  implements  of  any  professional  man  All  of  which 
articles  hereinbefore  intended  to  be  exempt  shall  be  chosen  by  the 
debtor  his  agent  cierk  or  legal  representative,  as  the  case  may  be,  one 
sewing  malfiie;  the  earnings  of  minor  children.  None  of  these  arti¬ 
cles  of  personal  property  are  exempt  from  execution  01  attachment  for 
the  purchase  money  thereof. 

Montana  -Home  worth  $2,500,  and  Personal  Property  .-A 
homcsteml  not  exceeding  in  value  $2,500;  m  a  city  or  village  not  to  ex¬ 
ceed  one-quarter  of  an  acre,  or  farm  land  not  exceeding  J'flT;’,’ 

t lie  debtor  taking  his  choice  selecting  eitheix  with  all  improvements 
t  ereon  includedln  the  valuation.  The  Hen  of  a  mechanic,  laborer  or 
mortgage  lawfully  olitained  upon  the  same,  is  not  affected  hy  such  ex¬ 
emption.  In  addition  to  the  homestead,  personal  Property  to  the  Value 
of  si  400  and  more,  according  to  value  of  articles  enumerated  by  stat 
ute,  is  allowed  to  the  householder  occupying  the  same. 

Nebraska.-  Home  worth  $500,  and  Personal  Property.- A  home¬ 
stead consisting  of  any  quantity  of  land  not  exceeding  one  hundred  and 
sixtv  acres  and  the  dwelling  house  thereon,  and  its  appurtenances,  to 
be  selected’  l'V  the  owner  thereof,  and  not  included  in  any  incorporated 
city  or  village;  or,  instead  thereof,  attlie  option  of  the  owner  a  quan¬ 
tity  of  contiguous  land,  not  exceeding  two  lots,  being  within  an  lncor- 
nornted  town  citv  or  village,  and  according  to  the  recorded  plat  of  said 
incorporated  town  city  or  village;  or,  in  lieu  of  the  above,  a  lot  or  par¬ 
cel  of^contigiious  fani^not  exceeding  twenty  acres,  being  within  the 
limits  of  an  incorporated  town,  city  or  village,  the  said  paicel  or  lot  of 
land  not  being  laid  off  into  streets,  blocks  and  lots,  owned  and  occupied 
bv  anv  resident  of  the  State,  being  the  head  of  a  family,  shall  not  h® 
subiect  to  attachment,  levy,  or  sale  upon  execution,  or  other  piocess 
issuing  out  of  any  court  in  this  State,  so  long  as  the  same  shall  he  occu¬ 
pied  by  the  debtor  as  a  homestead.  All  heads  of  families  Yl1Cn,!mpe 
neither  lands  town  lots  nor  houses  entitled  to  exemption  as  a  home¬ 
stead  under  the  laws  of  this  State,  shall  have  exemption  from  forced 
sale  on  execution  thesum  of  $500  impersonal  property.  Other  personal 
property  is  exempted,  which  is  enumerated  by  statute. 

Nava  da  —Home  worth  $5,000,  and  Personal  Property.- The 
husband  wHe,  or  other  head  of  the  family,  is  entitled  to  a  homestead 
not  exceeding  in  value  $5,000,  and  a  debtor  has  exempted  from  attach¬ 
ment  persona  property  not  exceeding  in  value  $1,500,  enumerated  in 
the  statute. 

NewHampshire.  —  Home  worth  $500,  and  Person  at  Property. 
Homestead  to  the  value  of  $500;  necessary  apparel  and  bedding,  and 
household  furniture  to  tile  value  of  $100;  llibles  and  school  books  in 
use  in  the  family;  library  to  the  value  of  $200;  one  cow,  one  hog  and 
one  pig  and  pork  of  same  when  slaughtered;  tools  of  occupation  to  the 
value  of  $100-  six  sheep  and  their  fleeces;  one  cooking  stove  and  its 
furniture;  provisions  and  fuel  to  the  value  of  $50,  and  one  sewing  ma¬ 
chine;  beasts  of  the  plow,  not  exceeding  one  yoke  of  oxen,  or  a  horse, 
and  hay  not  exceeding  four  tons. 

New  Jersey.  —  Home  worth  $2,000  and  Personal  Property—  Lot 
and  buildings  thereon,  occupied  as  a  residence  and  owned  by  1 the 
deotor,  being  a  householder  and  having  a  family,  to  the  value  of  $1,500, 
Personal  pi  opertv  to  the  amount  of  $200,  owned  by  a  resident  head  of 
a  family,  appraised  liy  three  persons  appointed  by  the  sheriff ;  and  the 
widow  or  administrator  of  a  deceased  person  may  claim  the  same  ex¬ 
emption  of  $200  as  against  tho  creditors. 

Now  York  —Home  worth  $1,000,  and  Personal  Property.— 
Homestead tothe  value  of  $1,000,  owned  and  occupied  by  debtor  be¬ 
ing  a  householder  and  having  a  family.  In  addition  to  the  household 
articles  usually  enumerated  as  exempt  from  the  sale  under  execution, 
and  the  tools  of  any  mechanic,  not  exceeding  $25  in  value,  there  are 
exempted  necessary  household  furniture  and  working  tools ,  team  and 
food  for  said  team  for  a  period  not  exceeding  ninety  days ;  professional 
instruments,  furniture  and  library  owned  liy  any  person  being  a  house¬ 
holder,  or  having  a  family  for  which  he  provides,  to  the  value  of  not 
exceeding  $250,  and  a  sewing  machine.  Such  exemption  do?s  not  apply 
to  any  execution  issued  ou  a  demand  for  purchase  money  of  such  fui  - 


nitnre  tools  or  team  or  the  food  of  said  team,  or  professional  instru¬ 
ment?’  fnrnlture  or  library;  sewing  machine,  or  the  articles  now  enu¬ 
merated  bylaw;  nor  to  any  judgment  rendered  for  a  claim  accruing 

for  work  and  labor,  performed  in  a  family  as  a  domestic^nor^ 

h/any’ffmaie  employee,  when  such 
amount  does  not  exceed  the  sum  of  $15  exclusive  of  costs. 

N  ow  Mexico  — Home irorth  $1,000;  Provisions,  $25;  Furniture, 
«in7Ws smo.-Keal  estate  to  t  lie  value  of  $1,000  is  exempt  in  faim 

bed^loUU^ 

Sble's'^iyrmfbook^imstarnents,  ^amiseb^o^boo^^jsed  b^^ 

and  family” and  religious  pictures;  "gShtS'S  se- 

fectedhy  Hie  deb  tor^'alscftool's  and  implements  1 1  el  oi^; '  busHies? 

praised  value. 

rnrnlina  -Home  worth  $1,000;  Personal  Property, 

lage,  with  the  dwellings  used  thereon,  owned  and  occupied  yai'S 
blent  of  the  State,  and  not  exceeding  the  value  of  $1,UUU.  reisonui 
property  to  the  value  of  $500. 


There  is  ex- 


Oh  io  -Home  worth  $1,000,  find  Personal  Prope.^. -  ----- ^000. 

SSiiiliiliiiii 

$500,  in  addition  to  the  chattel  property  as  aforesaid. 

Ontario  Canada.—  Grants  that  are  Free,  and  Homesteads  in 

exempt  from  seizure. 

O  regon .  -  Personal  Property.  -  Pm^rtbe^al^o^llOo' 

tools,  implements,  apparatus,  r  e  a  *  V  ’  ?A C  alucfement  debtor,  tothe 

with  one  year’s  fleece,  two  cows  five  ^vine,  houi ot  property'  is  exempt 
fromUexecuti'on>  issu^uponfa^uilgmeut  for*  ?he  purchas^  price. 

Pennsylvania.  — Heal  or  Personal,  $300,  —  Property,  either 
real  oi- personal,  to  the  value  of  $300.  The  exemption  may  be  waived 
in  note  or  contract. 

Quebec,  Can  ad  a. -Personal  Property  enumerated  as /ollows, 
is  exempt  from  forced  sale,  b  ei  n  g  use  dan  do  w  u  ^  ^  ^  ^  an(\  family ;  set  of 
table  anil^toveffur^itur^fall^^nnuig  wjieels  and  weavewMooms  in 

comnmn^uset'mKrkn'^oUinies  of  liooks;  fuel  ^Ji^m^ce^sar^food^or 
worth  $20 ;  one  cow  four  sheep  two  hogs  with  nocessa  Qf  $20; 

fiftemi^hfve’s'of  bees^an^wagesmul  salaries  not  yet  due;  besides  cer- 

tain  other  properties  granted  by  the  couits. 

Rhode  1.1  and.  - WoS&’ffif'fSSS 

ceed  in  value  $200;  a11  tooTs  or  implements of  a  debtor’s  pro- 

ttioVenvTu^r$5S.°^ 

South  Cpr0llna,-H^  ^J^^ns1P^U^S? 

$500. -There  is  exempt  from  sale  and  exec  furniture,  lieds,  and 

stead  not  exceeding  in  value  $1,000  waeons  farming  implements, 
bedding,  family  library,  arms,  carts,  £  d  sheep,  not  to  exceed  in 

fntbe' aggregate  the  sSumVo'”Ib00>Dh  addition  thereto  all  necessary 

wearing  apparel. 

Tennessee.— 

apmnflmiantAo  th^value  of1$l,000;1a?S)  personal  property  to  the  value 
of  $500. 

Texas. -Nome  worth  $5,000.  fc^esli^eare^ 

citizen,  householder,  or  ').e^of  » countr^orany  lot  or  lots  in  a  town  or 
tate,  including  homestead,  in  the  iSJwf’ss  000  in  value  attlie  time  of 
city,  used  as  a  homestead,  not  to  ^f.^L^ent  increase  in  value  by  im- 

their  designation  as  a  homestead,  (suhseq  t  d  ale)  household 

provements  or  otherwise )  does .not subject « »  ^  h  head-  ’ f  a  family, 
and  kitchen  furniture  $500.  {°®veryci el  and  tools,  liooks,  and 
one  horse,  saddleandbridle,  all  weaving  a^par  ^  ^  twenty  hogs:  one 
apparatus  of  his  trade  or  professio  .  husband,  the  court  will  set 

year’s  provisions,  and in  case of  death “  "^^’“bmney  to  the  value 

of  ttmforegoing^eiiiptioiisf  if  the  estatS  has  not  got  tho  specific  articles 
exempted. 


I 


ABSTRACT  OF  STATE  LAWS  RELATING  TO  EXEMPTIONS  FROM  FORCED  SALE.  215 


Utah.  —  Borne  worth  $1,000,  and  Personal  Property.  To  each 
member  of  the  family,  $250. —  To  the  head  of  the  family  is  allowed  a 
homestead  not  exceeding  in  value  $1,000,  to  be  selected  by  the  debtor, 
and  personal  property  to  the  value  of  $700  or  more,  according  to  tbs 
value  of  articles  exempt  by  statute;  aside  from  t lie  homestead  each 
member  of  the  family  is  allowed  $250.  Mo  property  shall  be  exempt 
from  sale  on  a  judgment  received  for  its  price,  on  a  mechanic’s  lieu,  or 
a  mortgage  thereon. 

Vermont.  —  Home  worth  $500,  and  Personal  Property.  —  Home¬ 
stead  to  the  value  of  $500,  and  products;  such  suitable  apparel,  bed¬ 
ding,  tools,  arms,  and  articles  of  furniture  as  may  be  necessary  for  up¬ 
holding  life;  one  sewing  machine  kept  for  use;  one  cow,  the  best  swine, 
or  the  meat  of  one  swine:  ten  sheep,  and  one  year’s  product  of  said 
sheep  in  wool,  yarn  or  cloth;  forage  sufficient  for  keeping  not  exceed¬ 
ing  ten  sheep  and  one  cow  through  one  winter;  ten  cords  of  firewood, 
twenty  bushels  of  potatoes;  such  military  arms  and  accoutrements  as 
the  debtor  is  required  by  law  to  furnish ;  all  growing  crops,  ten  bushels 
of  grain,  one  barrel  of  flour,  three  swarms  of  bees  and  hives,  together 
with  their  produce  in  honey;  two  hundred  pounds  of  sugar,  and  all  let¬ 
tered  gravestones;  the  Bibles  and  all  other  books  used  in  a  family;  one 
pew  or  slip  in  a  meeting  house  or  place  of  religious  worship ;  livfe  poul¬ 
try  not  exceeding  in  amount  or  value  the  sum  of  $10;  the  professional 
books  and  instruments  of  physicians,  and  the  professional  books  of 
clergymen  and  attorneys  at  law,  to  the  value  of  $200;  and  also  one  yoke 
of  oxen  or  steers,  as  the  debtor  may  select,  or  two  horses,  kept  and  used 
for  team  work,  and  such  as  the  debtor  may  select,  in  lieu  of  oxen  or 
steers,  lmt  not  exceeding  in  value  the  sum  of  $200,  with  sufficient  for¬ 
age  for  the  keeping  of  t  lie  same  through  the  Winter;  provided,  however, 
the  exemption,  as  to  one  yoke  of  oxen  or  steers,  and  the  forage  there¬ 
for,  is  not  to  extend  to  any  attachment  issued  on  any  contract  made 
on  or  before  the  twenty-first  day  of  November,  1859.  or  the  exemption 
as  to  two  horses  and  tlie  forage  therefor,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of 
December,  1866,  or  any  execution  issued  on  a  judgment  founded  on  any 
such  contract. 

Virginia.  —  Borne  and  Personal  Property,  $2,000.  —  Every  house¬ 
holder  or  head  of  a  family  shall  be  entitled  to  hold  exempt  from 
levy  his  real  and  personal  property,  or  either,  including  money  or 
debts  due  him,  to  a  value  not  exceeding  $2,000,  to  be  selected  by  him. 
The  personal  property  exempted  is  defined  by  the  statute  of  the  State. 

West  Virginia.  —  Home  worth  $1,000,  and  Personal  Property.— 
Homestead  to  the  value  of  $1,000  is  exempt,  where  the  property  of  Unit 
value  is  devised  or  granted  to  debtor,  being  a  husband  or  parent,  and 
resident  in  the  State,  as  a  homestead;  and  where  lie,  previously  to  con¬ 
tracting  the  debt  or  liability  has  placed  a  declaration  of  his  intention 
to  keep  the  property  as  a  homestead  on  the  land  records  of  the  county 
in  which  the  real  estate  is  situate.  Personal  property  to  the  value  of 
$300  is  also  exempted,  provided  debtor  is  a  resident  and  a  parent. 

Washington  Territory.  —  Home  worth  $1,000,  and  Per¬ 
sonal  Property.  —  To  each  householder,  being  the  head  of  a  family,  a 
homestead  worth  $1,000,  while  occupied  by  such  family.  All  wearing 


apparel,  private  libraries,  family  pictures  and  keepsakes;  to  each 
householder,  one  bed  and  bedding,  and  oneladditional  bed  and  bedding 
for  every  two  additional  members  of  the  family,  and  other  household 
goods  of  the  coin  value  of  $1,500;  twocows  and  their  calves,  five  swine 
two  stands  of  bees,  twenty-five  domestic  fowls,  and  provisions  and  fuel 
for  six  months.  To  a  farmer,  one  span  of  horses  and  harness,  or  two 
yoke  of  oxen  and  one  wagon,  with  farming  utensils  not  exceeding  $200 
coin  v.  lue.  To  attorneys  and  clergymen,  their  libraries  valued  at  not 
to  exceed  $500,  with  office  furniture  and  fuel.  Small  boats  and  firearms 
kept  for  use,  not  exceeding  $50  in  coin  value;  parties  engaged  in  light¬ 
ering,  two  lighters  and  a  small  boat,  valued  at  $250;  the  team  of  a 
drayman. 


W  i  SCOn  Si  n .  —Farm  of  Forty  Acres,  or  Bouse  and  Lot  in  Village 
or  City,  and  Personal  Property.  —  A  homestead  consisting  of  any  quan¬ 
tity  of  land  not  exceeding  forty  acres,  used  for  agricultural  purposes, 
and  the  dwelling  house  thereon  and  its  appurtenances,  to  he  selected 
by  the  owner  thereof,  and  not  included  in  any  town  plat,  or  city,  or  vil¬ 
lage,  or  instead  thereof,  at  the  option  of  the  owner,  a  quantity  of  land 
not  exceeding  in  amount  one-fourth  of  an  acre,  being  within  a  recorded 
town  plat,  or  city,  or  village,  and  the  dwelling-house  thereon,  and  Its 
appurtenances,  owned  and  occupied  by  any  resident  of  tlie  State,  shall 
not  be  subject  to  forced  sale  on  execution,  or  any  other  final  process 
from  a  court,  for  any  debt  or  liability  contracted  after  January  1,  1849. 
Family  Bible,  family  pictures,  or  school  books;  library  of  debtor,  but 
not  circulating  libraries;  wearing  apparel  of  debtor  and  family;  all 
stoves  put  up  and  kept  for  use,  all  cooking  utensils,  and  all  other 
household  furniture  not  herein  enumerated,  not  exceeding  $200  in 
value;  two  cows,  ten  swine,  one  yoke  of  oxen  and  one  horse,  or  a  span 
of  horses  or  mules;  ten  sheep  and  the  wool  from  same,  either  raw  or 
manufactured;  the  necessary  food  for  above  stock  for  a  year’s  sup¬ 
port;  one  wagon,  cart,  or  dray,  one  sleigh,  one  plow,  one  drag,  and 
other  farming  utensils,  including  tackle  for  teams,  not  exceeding  $50  in 
value;  provisions  and  fuel  for  one  year;  tools  and  implements  or  stock 
in  trade  of  a  mechanic  or  miner,  or  other  person,  not  exceeding  $200 
in  value;  library  or  implements  of  any  professional  man  not  exceeding 
$200  in  value;  all  moneys  from  insurance  of  exempt  property ;  earnings 
of  all  persons  for  sixty  days  next  preceding  the  issuing  of  any  process ; 
all  sewing  machines  kept  for  use;  any  swords,  plate,  books,  or  other 
articles,  presented  by  Congress  or  the  members  thereof. 


Wyoming.  —  Home  worth  $1,500,  and  Personal  Property.  — A 
homestead  consisting  of  a  bouse  and  lot  in  a  village  or  city,  or  laud  not 
exceeding  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres,  the  value  not  in  either  case  ex¬ 
ceeding  $1,500,  Is  allowed  to  a  householder  occupying  the  same.  Also 
the  following  property  of  a  householder  being  the  head  of  a  family,  is 
exempt.  Wearing  a pparel,  family  Bibles,  pictures,  school  books,  cem¬ 
etery  lots,  bedding,  furniture,  provisions,  and  such  other  articles  as  the 
debtor  may  select,  not  exceeding  in  value  $500.  Tools,  team,  or  stock 
In  trade  or  a  mechanic,  miner,  or  other  person,  kept  and  used  for  the 
purpose  of  carrying  on  his  business  or  trade,  not  exceeding  $3(10,  are 
exempt.  Library,  Instruments  and  implements  of  any  professional 
man,  worth  not  more  than  $300.  The  person  claiming  exemption  must 
be  a  bona  fide  resident  of  the  territory. 


METRIC  SYSTEM  OF  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES. 


The  following  system  of  Measures  ami  Weights,  owing  to  its  com¬ 
plete  decimal  character,  and  tlie  consequent  freedom  from  labor  it 
affords  in  calculation,  by  converting  one  denomination  into  another, 
has  been  adopted  by  most  European  nations. 


Its  use  has  also  been  legalized  in  the  United  States,  and  its  ultimate 
adoption,  as  a  uniform  system  of  measurement  and  weight,  by  all  the 
civilized  countries,  it  is  believed,  will  he  only  a  matter  of  time. 


MEASURES  OF  CAPACITY. 


WEIGHTS. 


Dry  Meas'e 

Liquid 

Measure. 

Peck 

Bus. 

Gills. 

Pints 

QrtsJGals. 

Centilitre. 

.08 

1UU  oiaAaie 

Decilitre. . 

jij  of  a  litre 

.84 

.211 

Litre . 

Unit  of  capac- 

2.11 

1.05 

0.26 

ity . 

1.13 

2.64 

Hectolitre 

100  litres . 

2  83 

26.41 

MEASURES  OF  LENGTH. 


Weight  or  quantity 
of  water  at  maxi¬ 
mum  density. 


Equip.  in  English  Weigh 


Troy 

Grains. 


Avoird. 

Ounces. 


Pound 


Milligramme... 

Centigramme.. 

Decigramme... 

Gramme . 

Dekagramme. . 
H  ctogramme.. 
Kilogramme... 
Mynagramme.. 

Quintal . 

Millier  or  Ton¬ 
neau . 


TFoo  of  a  g^mme. 
j-i-j-  of  a  gramme, 
of  a  gramme. 

Unit  of  weight . 

10  grammes.. 
100  grammes.. 
1,000  grammes.. 
10,000  grammes.. 
100,000  grammes.. 

1,000,000  grammes. . 


1  millimetre . 0154 

10  millimetre . 1543 


^  cubic  centimetre.  1.543 
1  cubic  decimetre.  15.43 

10  cubic  decimetre . 

100  decimetre . 

1  litre . . 

10  litre . 

1  hectolitre . 


.3527 

3.527 


2.2046 

22.046 

220.46 


1  cubic  metre 


2204.6 


Equivalents  in  English  Standard  Measures. 

Inches. 

Feet. 

Yards. 

Rods. 

Fur¬ 

longs. 

Miles 

Millimetre. 

Centimetre. 

Decimetre.. 

Metre . 

Dekametre. 
Hectometre 
Kilometre. . 
Myriametre 

0.0397 

0.3937 

3.937 

39.37 

393.7 

Unit  of  measure 
10  metres.. 
100  metres. 
1,000  metres.. 
10,000  metres.. 

3  28 
32.80 
328. 
3280. 

1.09 

10.94 

109.36 

1093.63 

1.99 

19.9 

199. 

.497 

.62 

6.21 

MEASURES  OF  SURFACE. 


Equivalent  in  English  Standard  Measures. 


Inches 

Square 

Feet. 

Square 

Yards. 

Square 

Poles. 

Roods. 

Ac¬ 

res. 

Square  Centimetre.. . . 

Square  Decimetre .... 

.155 

15.50 

1,550.06 

.107 

10.76 

1.20 

119.60 

11.960.33 

Sqv.  Dekametre,  or 

3.95 

395.38 

.099 

9  88 

0.247 

2.47 

Hectare . 

216 


GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS  ON  THE  COLLECTION  OF  DEBTS. 


WHAT  TO  DO  WHEN  NECESSARY  TO  SETTLE  AN  ACCOUNT 
BY  LEGAL  PROCESS.  OUTLINE  OF  PROCEEDINGS. 


ow  to  Collect  a  Debt. 


an  earnest  effort  be  made  to  do 
business  upon  a  strictly  cash  basis,  debts 
will  be  incurred  which  dishonest,  care¬ 
less,  improvident  and  unfortunate  people 
will  neglect  to  pay.  To  understand  the 
necessary  steps  to  be  taken  in  the  collec¬ 
tion  of  such  debts  is  a  matter  which, 
while  it  concerns  all,  is  nevertheless 
understood  only  by  the  few  ;  and,  thus 
lacking  acquaintance  with  the  course 
which  should  be  pursued,  vast  num- 
of  people  are  defrauded  of  their  hard  earnings 
anu  honest  dues,  and  themselves  frequently  thrown 
into  bankruptcy,  when  prompt  and  decisive  measures 
pursued  in  the  collection  of  debts  would  have  saved 
to  them  fortune  and  independence. 

Indebtedness  having  occurred,  and  the  party  owing 
the  same  neglecting  to  pay,  what  shall  be  the  first  step 
taken  in  its  collection  ?  N aturally  that  will  very  mate¬ 
rially  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  indebtedness  and 
the  circumstances  under  which  the  debt  was  made. 
To  illustrate,  the  following  are  among  the  various 
means  by  which  debts  are  incurred  : 


How  Debts  are  Made. 


By  buying  goods  to  be  paid  for  when  convenient. 

By  buying  goods  on  credit,  settlement  being  made  at  certain  times. 

By  employing  service,  to  be  paid  for  at  certain  stated  periods. 

By  obtaining  the  use  of  lands,  houses  and  other  property,  and  con¬ 
tracting  to  pay  for  the  same  as  per  agreement. 

By  purchasing  houses,  lands  and  other  property,  giving  a  mortgage 
on  the  same  as  security  for  balance  unpaid. 

By  borrowing  money ;  usually  secured  by  note  and  mortgage,  or 
responsible  indorsement,  as  the  case  may  be. 


General  Suggestions. 

To  avoid  any  of  these  various  classes  of  indebtedness,  the  following 
safeguards  can  be  used : 

First,  do  a  strictly  cash  business.  Mark  goods  in  the  beginning  as 
low  as  you  intend  they  shall  be  sold,  and  then  part  with  them  only  for 
cash  in  hand,  unless  in  cases  of  emergency.  This  is  the  best  way  to 
obviate  all  necessity  of  collecting,  and  is  by  far  the  best  course  to 
pursue  alike  for  the  buyer  and  the  seller. 


By  adopting  the  cash  system  as  the  method  of  dealing,  the  price  would 
rule  much  lower,  and  yet  the  merchant  would  suffer  no  loss,  while  the 
customer  would  thus  be  enabled  to  buy  much  cheaper,  and  paying  for 
everything  at  time  of  purchase,  would  buy  more  sparingly,  more 
economically,  and  hence  would  save  and  lay  up  money. 

Precautionary  Measures. 

Send  goods  abroad  only  to  be  paid  for  when  taken. 

If  goods  are  bought  on  account,  to  be  paid  for  at  stated  periods,  let 
such  period  be  as  short  as  possible,  and  collect  promptly  at  the  time 
specified. 

If  engaged  in  the  service  of  others,  secure  payment  if  possible  once 
a  week,  unless  engaged  in  working  for  a  strictly  responsible  firm  who 
make  it  a  rule  to  pay  monthly. 

If  furnishing  boarding-house  or  hotel  accommodations,  make  it  a 
positive  rule  to  collect  all  bills  at  periods  not  exceeding  a  week  apart. 
To  do  otherwise  is  almost  certainly  to  meet  with  loss,  though  there  are 
exceptional  cases  with  strictly  responsible  parties  who  may  arrange  to 

pay  monthly.  ,  ,  , 

If  renting  houses,  lands  or  other  property,  always  have  leases  made 
in  duplicate,  one  of  which  should  be  kept  by  the  landlord,  and  the 
other  by  the  tenant ;  the  wording  of  the  lease  being  specific  as  to  the 
conditions  of  payment,  and  forfeiture,  (see  “  Landlord  and  Tenon  , 
page  202),  if  payment  be  not  made  promptly.  In  cities  it  is  customary 
to  have  rent  paid  weekly  or  monthly,  in  advance.  The  payments  shou 
always  be  made  at  the  landlord’s  residence  or  place  of  business.  Ac¬ 
knowledgment  of  the  payment  should  be  made  on  the  back  of  the 
lease  when  rent  is  paid. 

Loaning  Money. 

If  loaning  money,  always  requirea  promissory  note  of  the  borrower. 
(See  “Promissory  Notes,"  page  179.)  Some  exceptions  may  be  made, 
of  course,  where  the  amount  is  quite  small,  among  very  intimate  friends. 
Ordinarily,  however,  always  take  a  note;  and  if  the  amount  is  consid¬ 
erable,  or  the  responsibility  of  the  borrower  in  the  least  doubtful,  have 
the  payment  of  the  note  secured  by  a  mortgage  on  property  ™°rthsev- 
eral  times  the  amount  loaned.  ( See  “ Mortgages ,”  page  19&)  When 
difficulty  is  experienced  in  collecting  an  account,  get  the  same,  if  pos¬ 
sible,  converted  into  a  note,  as  it  is  much  easier  to  handle  and  collect. 

Be  very  certain,  when  loaning  money  on  real  estate,  that  the  amount 
of  security  is  not  only  sufficient  to  pay  the  note,  but  that  it  is  free 
from  encumbrance.  If  a  loan  is  made  taking  personal  property  as 
security,  covered  by  chattel  mortgage,  see  that  no  other  mortgage  has 
been  placed  on  the  same  property  before. 


FIRST  LEGAL  STEPS  IN  COLLECTING  THE  DEBT. 


217 


If  the  loan  is  secured  by  mortgage  on  real  estate,  which  is  much  the 
safest,  an  Abstract  of  Title  should  be  required  of  the  borrower,  signed 
by  the  county  clerk  or  other  responsible  person,  showing  that  the  prop¬ 
erty  mortgaged  is  entirely  free  from  encumbrance.  Or,  if  there  be 
encumbrance  already  upon  the  same,  ascertain  what  its  amount  may  be. 
See  also  that  3'our  mortgage,  taken  as  security,  is  recorded  immediately. 

W  e  have  thus  enumerated  some  of  the  means  with  which  loss  by 
credit  may  be  avoided;  but  should  credits  be  given,  and  the  par¬ 
ties  owing  neglect  or  refuse  to  pay,  the  following  suggestions,  it  is 
hoped,  may  aid  in  the  collection  of  the  debt. 


Preliminary  Proceedings. 

Of  course  the  first  steps  to  be  taken  in  the  collection  of  a  debt  will 
depend  upon  circumstances.  The  party  owing  may  have  met  with  a 
sudden  reverse  of  fortune' — maybe  willing,  but  unable,  without  great 
sacrifice,  to  pay  at  present;  and  thus  a  variety  of  circumstances  will 
tend  to  determine  the  action  to  be  pursued  in  the  commencement — - 
whether  it  be  sharp,  positive  and  energetic,  or  mild  and  lenient. 

We  will  suppose,  however,  that  the  debtor  neglects  or  refuses  to  pav 
a  just  debt.  It  becomes  necessary,  therefore,  to  proceed  to  its  collection 
by  the  various  discreet  and  legal  steps  at  command.  These  are : 

First ,  To  write  a  letter  calling  attention  to  the  account  unpaid,  stat¬ 
ing  the  time  when  the  obligation  was  due,  and  accompanying  the  same 
with  a  bill  of  goods  bought,  when,  etc. 

Second ,  Another  letter,  a  little  more  pointed  than  the  first,  urging 
the  necessity  of  immediate  settlement. 

Third ,  To  sue  for  the  same  before  a  competent  legal  officer. 


First  Efforts  at  Collection. 

The  necessary  forms  will  be  very  similar  to  the  following: 
DUNNING  LETTER  NO.  I. 

Mk.  A.  B.  Cushman,  Elyria,  O.,  Feb.  10,  1S77. 

Oberlin,  O. 

Dear  Sir  :  Please  find  enclosed  a  statement  of  your  account  to  Jan¬ 
uary  first,  at  which  time  we  had  hoped  to  have  settled  with  all  our  cus¬ 
tomers.  Early  attention  to  this  will  greatly  oblige. 

Yours  Respectfully, 

BROWN,  MEYER  &  CO. 

DUNNING  LETTER  NO.  2. 

Mr.  A.  B.  Cushman,  Elyria,  O.,  Feb.  20,  1S77. 

Oberlin,  O. 

Dear  Sir  :  We  are  compelled  to  place  some  of  our  accounts  in  the 
hands  of  collectors  for  settlement;  but  our  relations  with  you  have 
always  been  so  pleasant,  we  wish  to  avoid  doing  so  in  your  case.  As 
all  uncollected  bills  go  into  the  hands  of  the  collector  next  Monday 
you  will  please  call  upon  us  before  then,  and  oblige, 

Yours  Respectfully, 

BROWN,  MEYER  &  CO. 


Borrowed  Money. 


In  case  the  indebtedness  is  for  borrowed  money,  possibly  a  small 
amount,  for  which  no  promissory  note  was  given,  the  easiest  method, 
probably,  of  disposing  of  the  matter,  when  it  is  discovered  that  the 
individual  does  not  intend  to  pay,  is  to  erase  the  transaction  from  the 
memorandum  and  forget  the  affair  entirely,  if  possible;  considering 
yourself  fortunate  in  discovering,  before  loaning  a  larger  amount, 
that  the  borrower  was  a  dead  beat.  It  may  be  best  that  you  continue 
on  friendly  terms,  and  you  cannot  afford  to  break  pleasant  relations 
tor  a  small  amount  of  money,  though  by  this  neglect  the  borrower  has 
forever  forfeited  yo\jr  confidence,  unless  the  matter  is  satisfactorily 
explained.  Should  you  propose,  however,  to  press  collection,  a  letter 
similar  to  the  following  may  be  written: 

REMINDER  NO.  I. 


Mr.  Webster  : 


Galesburg,  III.,  Aug.  15,  1S77. 


The  ten  dollars  borrowed  by  you  on  the  Fourth  of  July  was  to  have 
been  paid,  according  to  agreement,  on  last  Monday.  Thinking  that, 
possibly,  the  matter  had  escaped  your  recollection,  I  take  this  means  of 
reminding  you  of  the  fact. 


Respectfully  Yours, 

CHAS.  B.  WEEKS. 


No  attention  being  paid  to  this  letter,  it  may  be  well  enough  to  write 
one  letter  more,  as  follows: 

REMINDER  NO.  2. 

Galesburg,  III.,  Aug.  24,  1S77. 

Mr.  Webster: 

I  mailed  a  note  to  your  address  some  days  since,  in  relation  to  money 
borrowed  of  me  on  the  Fourth.  I  fear  you  must  have  failed  to  receive 
it,  otherwise  you  surely  would  have  given  it  your  attention.  As  I  put 
all  unsettled  accounts  into  the  hands  of  a  justice  for  collection  next 
week  on  Wednesday,  I  should  like  to  see  you  before  that  time. 

Respectfully  Yours, 

CHAS.  B.  WEEKS. 

Leg?l  Proceedings. 

You  have  exhausted  the  usual  moral  means  of  collecting- your  due, 
and  the  debt  is  not  yet  paid.  It  is  proposed  now  to  collect  it,  if  possi¬ 
ble,  by  legal  process. 

In  the  first  place,  can  it  be  collected  ?  Is  the  debtor  worth  enough  to 
be  compelled  to  pay  it,  aside  from  the  property  which  the  law  exempts? 
What  does  the  law  exempt?  {See  “ Exemptions  from  Forced  Sale” 
p acre 212),  which  applies  to  heads  of  families;  also,  (“  Limitations ,”  on 
page  zSj). 

Being  satisfied  that  the  debt  is  collectible,  you  now  place  the  account 
in  the  hands  of  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  unless  the  amount  to  be  collected 
is  so  large  as  to  be  out  of  the  justice’s  jurisdiction.  The  amount  which 
can  be  collected  through  a  justice  varies  in  different  States. 

Limit  of  Jurisdiction  with  Justice  of  the  Peace. 


The  following  shows  the  largest  amount  in  the  different  States  and 
Territories  which  the  justice  of  the  peace,  through  his  official  position, 
can  have  jurisdiction  over: 


Alabama _ 

..  -$IOO 

Louisiana . : 

$100 

Ohio . : 

$30° 

Arkansas _ 

...  300 

Maine . 

20 

Oregon . 

250 

California _ 

..-300 

Maryland . 

IOO 

Pennsylvania _ 

100 

Colorado . 

...  300 

Massachusetts  .. 

300 

Rhode  Island _ 

IOO 

Connecticut .. 

- IOO 

Michigan _ 

300 

South  Carolina. . 

IOO 

Dakota  Ter. . . 

...  ICO 

Minnesota _ 

IOO 

Tennessee . 

500 

Delaware _ 

. ..  IOO 

Mississippi . 

*5° 

Texas . . 

200 

Florida . 

- IOO 

Missouri . 

300 

Utah  Ter . 

300 

Georgia . 

--  .  IOO 

Nebraska . 

IOO 

Vermont . 

200 

Idaho  Ter.  ... 

_ IOO 

Nevada . . 

3  00 

Virginia . 

5° 

Illinois . . 

...  200 

New  Hampshire 

IOO 

Washington  Ter. 

IOO 

Indiana  . 

New  Jersey . 

IOO 

West  Virginia.. 

IOO 

Iowa . . 

-  - .  IOO* 

New  Mexico  Ter 

IOO 

Wisconsin . 

300 

Kansas . . 

...  300 

New  York . 

200 

Wyoming  Ter.. . 

IOO 

Kentucky _ 

---  IOO 

North  Carolina.. 

200 

*  By  consent  of  parties,  $300. 

First  Legal  Steps. 

The  amount  to  be  collected  being  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
justice,  he  will  issue  a  Summons^  which  will  be  taken  by  a  constable 
to  the  debtor,  if  he  can  be  found,  and  read  to  him,  which  is  termed 
“serving  a  summons”  upon  the  person  owing  the  debt. 


Form  of  Summons. 

The  wording  of  this  summons  will  be  somewhat  as  follows: 

STATE  OF - ) 

- County,  f ss* 

The  People  of  the  State  of - to  any  Constable  of  said  County — 

Greeting  : 

You  are  hereby  commanded  to  summon  A.  B.  to  appear  before  me 

at - on  the - day  of - ,  at - o’clock - M.,  to  answer 

the  complaint  of  C.  D.  for  a  failure  to  pay  him  a  certain  demand  not 

exceeding  - ;  and  hereof  make  due  return  as  the  law  directs.  Given 

under  my  hand  this  — - day  of - iS — . 

JOHN  DOE,  J.  P. 

It  may  be  remarked  that  the  law  varies  in  different  States  as  to  where 
a  debtor  may  be  sued.  In  some  States  he  cannot  be  sued  out  of  the  town 
where  he  resides.  In  others  more  latitude  is  given,  the  facts  concerning 
which  the  justice  will  explain,  upon  application,  as  to  his  own  State. 

Upon  the  issuance  of  a  summons,  the  constable  will  proceed  to 
serve  the  same  immediately.  But  if  the  defendant  cannot  be  found, 
or  shall  evade  the  service  of  process  by  refusing  to  listen,  or  by 
secreting  himself,  the  constable  may  leave  a  copy  of  the  summons 
with  some  member  of  his  family  of  the  age  of  ten  years  or  upward; 


and  afterward  report  to  the  justice  when  and  how  his  summons  was 
served,  and  the  circumstances  attending  the  same. 

In  the  summons  the  justice  will  specify  a  certain  place,  day  and 
hour  for  the  trial,  not  less,  usually,  than  five,  nor  more  than  fifteen  days 
from  the  date  of  such  summons,  at  which  place  and  time  defendant  is 
notified  to  appear.  A  summons  is  usually  served  at  least  three  days 
before  the  trial  is  to  take  place. 

The  justice  indorses  on  the  summons  the  amount  demanded  by  the 
plaintiff,  with  the  costs  due  on  the  same,  and  upon  the  serving  of  the 
summons  the  debtor  may  pay  to  the  constable  the  demand  and  sts, 
taking  his  receipt  for  the  same,  which  will  satisfy  the  debt  and  pre 
vent  all  further  costs. 

The  Costs. 

The  average  costs  accruing  up  to  this  point  are:  justice  for  issuing 
summons,  25  cents';  constable  for  serving,  35  cents  ;  the  entire  cost  de¬ 
pending,  somewhat,  upon  how  far  the  constable  has  to  travel,  he  being 
entitled,  ordinarily,  to  five  cents  per  mile  each  way  for  mileage. 

In  many  cases,  when  served  with  a  summons,  the  debtor  will  imme¬ 
diately  settle  the  claim  rather  than  allow  a  greater  accumulation  of  costs ; 
but  should  he  refuse  to  make  settlement,  the  constable  will  return  t  le 
summons  indorsed  somewhat  as  follows. 

..Served  by  reading  the  within  to  ^defendan^on  the  Jth^day  of 
July,  107O.  *' 

In  suing  an  incorporated  company,  a  copy  of  the  summons  must  be 
left  with  the  president.  If  he  is  absent,  then  with  the  secretary,  gene¬ 
ral  agent,  cashier,  or  principal  clerk,  if  either  can  be  found  in  the  county 
in  which  suit  is  brought.  If  neither  can  be  found  in  the  county,  then 
by  leaving  a  copy  of  the  summons  with  any  clerk,  engineer,  director, 
station  agent,  conductor,  or  any  such  agent  found  in  the  county. 

At  the  time  appointed  for  the  trial,  both  the  plaintiff  and  defendant, 
or  their  representatives,  are  required  to  be  promptly  in  attendance,  the 
plaintiff  being  present  for  the  purpose  of  proving  his  claim,  and  the 
defendant  for  the  purpose  of  stating  his  defense,  or  the  reasons  why  the 
claim  should  not  be  paid.  Should  either  party  fail  to  appear,  he  must 
suffer  the  penalty  hereafter  explained. 


Trial  by  Justice  and  Jury. 


When  the  parties  appear,  the  justice  will  proceed  to  try  the  case,  and 
after  hearing  the  allegations  and  proofs,  will,  if  the  claim  be  proved, 
cive  judgment  against  the  defendant,  including  costs  and  such  interest 
as  the  law  allows.  If  no  claim  is  proved,  the  judgment  will  be  against 
the  plaintiff,  who  will  be  held  responsible  for  costs. 

Should  either  party  demand  a  jury,  he  can  have  the  same  in  all  cases 
of  trial  before  a  justice  of  the  peace,  upon  making  a  deposit  with  the 
justice  of  the  jury  fees.  The  jury  shall  comprise  any  number  from  six 
to  twelve,  as  the  parties  may  agree,  though  the  number  usually  provided 
by  law  is  six  or  twelve. 

Upon  determining  to  have  the  case  tried  by  jury,  the  justice  will  put 
into  the  hands  of  the  constable,  or  other  authorized  officer,  the  following 

FORM  OF  WRIT  FOR  SUMMONING  JURORS. 

STATE  OF 


-  County, 


The  People  of  the  Slate  oj - to  any  Constable  of  said  County— 

We  command  you  to  summon - lawful  men  of  your  county  to 

amrear  before  me  at - o’clock - M„  who  are  not  related  to  -  — 

plaintiff,  or  to - defendant,  to  make  a  jury  between  said  parties  in 

a  certain  cause  pending  before  me;  and  have  then  and  there  the  names 
of  this  jury  and  this  writ. 

Witness  my  hand  this - day  of  ,  Q-HN  DQEj  y  p 

In  the  case  of  jury  trial,  the  justice  will  enter  judgment  according  to 
the  verdict  of  the  jury. 

Who  are  Competent  as  Jurors. 

In  most  States  the  following  requisites  are  necessary  to  make  the 
individual  competent  to  serve  on  a  jury : 


,.  lie  should  be  a  resident  of  the  county,  and  not  exempt  from 
serving  on  jury. 

2.  Twenty-one  years  old  and  under  sixty. 

7  Of  fair  character,  in  the  possession  ot  natural  faculties,  free  from 
legal  exceptions,  of  sound  judgment,  well  informed,  and  who  under¬ 
stands  the  English  language. 

Who  are  Exempt  from  Serving  on  Juries. 

In  general,  the  following  persons,  according  to  the  statutes  of  many 
States"  are  exempt  from  serving  on  juries,  namely:  the  governor,  lieu¬ 
tenant  governor,  secretary  of  state,  auditor  of  public  accounts,  treasurer, 
superintendent  of  public  instruction,  attorney  general,  members  of  the 
general  assembly  during  their  term  of  office,  judges  ot  courts,  clerks  o 
courts,  sheriffs,  coroners,  postmasters,  mail  carriers,  practicing  attor¬ 
neys  all  officers  of  the  United  States,  officiating  ministers  of  the  gospel, 
school  teachers  during  their  terms  of  school,  practicing  physicians,  con¬ 
stant  ferrymen,  mayors  of  cities,  policemen,  and  active  members  of  the 
fire  department. 

The  Result  of  Failing  to  Appear. 

Should  the  plaintiff  fail  to  appear  within  the  hour  appointed,  the 
jury,  or  the  justice,  alone,  being  in  readiness  to  hear  the  trial,  and  no 
good  reason  being  given  for  his  non-attendance,  the  suit  is  dismissed, 
unless  the  defendant  should  desire  to  have  the  case  tried  then  or  a 

another  time.  _ 

Should  the  defendant  fail  to  appear,  the  justice  will  hear  the  case, 
and  if  the  claim  is  proved,  he  will  enter  Judgment  against  the  defend¬ 
ant  for  the  amount  which  is  due  the  plaintiff,  and  will  issue  an  Execution 

for  its  collection.  . 

A  “Judgment”  is  simply  the  decision  of  the  court  that  a  certain 
demand  or  claim  shall  be  paid,  and  no  particular  form  is  required  in 
rendering  it. 

The  Execution. 

An  execution  is  a  writ  which  authorizes  an  officer,  to  whom  it  is 
directed,  to  carry  into  effect  the  decision  of  the  court.  In  some  States 
the  law  permits  the  imprisonment  of  a  debtor  if  he  refuses  to  pay  t  c 
claim  against  him,  and  an  execution  can  be  issued  directing  the  proper 
officer  to  imprison  the  delinquent  until  the  claim  is  satisfied.  It  is  more 
common,  however,  to  issue  an  execution  authorizing  an  officer  to  levy 
upon  personal  property  of  the  debtor,  and  a  judgment  being  rendered 
by  the  justice  against  a  party.. the  next  step  usually  taken  is  to  issue  an 
execution  for  the  collection  of  the  amount  due. 

'  ir  the  plaintiff  is  satisfied  that  the  debt  will  be  lost  unless  execution 
issue  immediately,  he  may  take  oath  to  that  effect,  and  the  justice  will 
issue  an  execution  authorizing  an  officer  to  make  levy  upon  goods  at 
once,  but  sale  of  the  same  usually  will  not  take  place  under  twenty  days. 

If  no  fear  of  losing  the  debt  is  expressed,  execution  will  issue,  gene¬ 
rally,  in  about  twenty  days  from  the  time  judgment  was  rendered  and 
the  officer  usually  has  about  seventy  days  to  make  a  levy  and  sell  the 
property  to  satisfy  said  execution. 

FORM  OF  EXECUTION  AGAINST  GOODS  AND  CHATTELS. 

STATE  OF - lss 

-  County,  jsb’ 

The  People  of  the  State  of - 
We  c-Xu,  tlm^of^oods^chattels  of  A- B.  in  = 

county,  you  make  the  sumof  ‘  which  C.  D.  lately  recovered 

befoiT^Tin”  certain  plea  against  th| said  A.  B„  and  hereof  make  re¬ 
turn  to  me  within  seventy  days  fiom  tins  date.  _ 

Given  under  my  hand  this  day  01  joilN  DOE,  J.  P- 

When  the  Writ  of  Execution  against  personal  property  is  placed  in 
his  hands,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  constable  to  make  a  levy  “Pon  a"d 
sell  such  personal  property  as  he  can  find  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  debt 
which  is  not  exempted  from  sale  by  law,  giving  ten  days  previous 
notice  of  such  sale  by  advertisement  in  writing  to  be  posted  up  at  three 
of  the  most  public  places  in  the  vicinity  where  the  sale  is  to  be  made 
and  on  the  day  appointed  for  the  sale,  the  constable  sells  to  the  highest 


-  to  any  Constable  of  said  County— 


| 


WHO  CANNOT  BE  ARRESTED. 


219 


bidder  the  property  levied  upon,  or  as  much  of  the  same  as  may  be 
necessary  to  pay  the  judgment,  interest  and  costs. 

Of  course  discretion  must  be  used  by  the  constable  in  selecting  prop¬ 
erty  not  exempted  from  sale,  and  not  already  attached  or  covered  by 
chattel  mortgage ;  and  when  covered  by  the  latter,  whether  it  will  sell 
for  enough  to  pay  both  claims. 


Attachment  of  Goods. 

If  a  creditor,  his  agent  or  attorney,  has  good  reason  to  believe  that 
there  is  danger  of  losing  his  claim,  because  the  debtor  is  a  non  resident 
of  the  State,  or  conceals  himself,  in  defiance  of  an  officer,  so  that  process 
cannot  be  served  upon  him,  or  has  departed  from  the  State  with  the  in¬ 
tention  of  removing  his  goods  from  the  State,  or  has  fraudulently  con¬ 
veyed  or  assigned  his  effects  so  as  to  hinder  or  delay  his  creditors,  or  is 
about  to  do  so,  he  can  go  before  a  justice  of  the  peace  and  make  affidavit 
setting  forth  the  nature  and  amount  of  the  indebtedness,  after  allowing 
all  just  credits  and  set-offs,  for  any  one  or  more  of  the  causes  mentioned. 
H  e  will  also  state  the  place  of  residence  of  defendant,  if  known,  and  file  a 
bond  with  said  justice  in  double  the  amount  sworn  to  be  due,  with  suf¬ 
ficient  security,  payable  to  defendant,  against  whom  the  writ  is  issued, 
conditioned  for  satisfying  all  costs  and  damages  awarded  to  such  defend¬ 
ant,  for  wrongfully  suing  out  said  attachment. 

That  being  done,  the  justice  will  issue  a  Writ  of  Attachment,  which 
authorizes  the  constable  in  whose  hands  it  is  placed  to  proceed  at  once 
to  the  residence  or  place  of  business  of  the  debtor,  or  elsewhere  where 
he  may  have  goods  and  effects  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court,  and 
immediately  take  possession  of  a  sufficient  amount  of  personal  prop¬ 
erty  with  which  to  pay  the  claim  and  all  costs;  provided,  however,  if 
at  the  residence  of  the  debtor  he  is  allowed  to  enter.  Should  the 
debtor  be  present  when  the  constable  has  got  possession,  he  will  read 
the  writ  to  him,  the  time  being  specified  in  the  same  when  his  trial 
will  take  place.  In  the  meantime  the  constable  or  officer  will  take 
possession  of  the  goods  by  removing  them  or  putting  them  in  charge 
of  some  person  until  the  day  of  the  trial.  If  the  goods  are  being  re¬ 
moved  to  another  county,  he  can,  in  most  States,  follow  and  take  them 
there. 

The  Trial. 

At  the  trial,  if  it  is  proven  that  the  debtor  had  no  intention  of  leaving 
or  refusing  to  pay  his  just  due,  and  any  damage  has  been  done  by  the 
seizure  of  the  property,  the  creditor  will  be  held  responsible  for  such 
damage.  If  the  defendant  or  his  representative  does  not  put  in  an 
appearance,  after  having  been  notified,  the  justice,  at  the  day  appointed, 
which  is  usually  within  a  month  from  the  time  the  attachment  was 
issued,  will  hear  the  case,  and  if  the  claim  be  proved,  will  render  judg¬ 
ment  accordingly,  and  order  a  sale  of  the  necessary  amount  of  goods  to 
pay  the  debt  and  all  costs. 


Attaching  the  Body. 

Where  an  attachment  has  been  issued  against  a  defendant  and  the 
constable  returns  no  property  found,  and  yet  the  plaintifF  is  satisfied 
that  the  defendant  has  property  concealed,  removed  or  assigned  with 
intent  to  defraud  his  creditors,  and  that  there  is  danger  of  losing  his 
claim  unless  the  debtor  is  held  to  bail,  it  is  common  in  several  States  for 
the  justice  to  issue  a  Capias  for  the  arrest  of  the  debtor,  the  form  of 
which  is  as  follows: 


STATE  OF  - 

- County, 


FORM  OF  CAPIAS. 


The  People  of  the  State  of - to  any  Constable  cf  said  County — 

Greeting  : 

You  are  hereby  commanded  to  take  the  body  of - and  bring  him 

forthwith  before  me,  unless  special  bail  be  entered;  and  if  such  bail  be 

entered,  you  will  then  command  him  to  appear  before  me  at - ,  on 

the - day  of - ,  at - o’clock  — M.,  to  answer  to  the  com¬ 

plaint  of  A.  B.  for  failure  to  pay  him  a  certain  demand  not  exceeding 

—  dollars;  and  hereof  make  due  return  as  the  law  directs. 

Given  under  my  hand,  this - day  of - ,  iS — . 

JOHN  DOE,  J.  P. 

Before  issuing  a  capias,  the  justice  will  take  from  the  plaintiff,  or  his 
representative,  a  bond  with  approved  surety,  which  is  substantially  in 
the  following  form: 


FORM  OF  BOND  FOR  CAPIAS. 

A -  B - ,  1 

vs.  v  Before - ,  Justice  of  the  Peace. 

C -  D - .  ) 

STATE  OF  - ) 

-  County,  j  ss* 

We  hereby  bind  ourselves  to  pay  all  damages  and  costs,  if  any, 
which  may  be  wrongfully  occasioned  by  a  capias  in  this  case. 

Dated  this - day  of - ,  iS — .  [seal.] 

- (seal.J 

Ordinarily  the  capias  is  issued  only  as  a  last  resort,  and  when  it  is 

evident  that  the  claim  can  only  be  collected  by  arresting  the  defendant 
and  depriving  him  of  his  liberty,  unless  he  give  satisfactory  bail. 

Being  provided  with  a  warrant  for  the  apprehension  of  the  debtor, 
the  defendant  is  arrested,  if  found,  and  brought  forthwith  before  the 
justice,  unless  some  friend  or  other  person  will  guarantee  that  the 
debtor  will  promptly  appear  at  the  hour  and  place  appointed  for  trial. 
This  guarantee,  termed  “giving  bail,”  is  in  the  following  form,  written 
on  the  back  of  the  capias: 

FORM  OF  SPECIAL  BAIL. 

I,  A.  B.,  acknowledge  myself  special  bail  for  the  within  named  C.  I). 
Witness  my  hand,  this - day  of - ,  iS — . 

A.  B. 

This  indorsement  must  be  signed  by  one  or  more  responsible  persons 
whom  the  constable  is  willing  to  take  as  security,  the  condition  being 
that  the  defendant,  if  judgment  is  rendered  against  him,  at  the  time  of 
trial  will  pay  the  same,  with  costs,  or  surrender  himself,  according  to 
the  terms  of  the  capias.  And  in  case  he  fails  to  pay,  or  surrender,  the 
persons  who  signed  the  bail  are  held  for  the  payment  of  the  claim. 

Who  Cannot  be  Arrested. 

By  constitutional  right,  the  following  persons  are  privileged  from 
arrest:  Members  of  congress,  except  for  treason,  felony,  and  breach 
of  the  peace,  are  not  liable  to  arrest  during  their  attendance  upon 
the  session  of  their  respective  houses,  nor  while  going  to  or  returning 
from  the  same.  Electors  are  also  privileged  from  arrest,  except  for  trea¬ 
son,  felony  or  breach  of  the  peace,  while  in  attendance  upon  elections, 
or  while  going  to  or  returning  from  the  same.  In  many  States,  also,  the 
militia,  except  in  the  above  cases,  are  exempt  during  their  attendance  at 
musters,  or  while  going  or  returning.  Attorneys  and  counselors  at 
law,  judges,  clerks,  sheriffs,  and  all  other  officers  of  the  several  courts 
are  likewise  free  from  arrest  while  attending  court,  and  while  going  to 
and  returning  from  the  same,  as  are  also  witnesses  and  other  persons 
necessarily  attending  any  courts  of  record  on  business. 


Suing  the  Garnishee. 

Another  means  left  open  for  the  collection  of  a  claim  in  various 
States  of  the  Union,  is  that  of  securing  the  debt  by  suing  a  third  person 
who  may  be  owing  the  defendant.  In  such  case  the  plaintiff  can  pro¬ 
ceed  against  this  third  person,  who  is  called  the  garnishee,  in  the  same 
manner  as  against  the  debtor,  though  a  certain  amount  of  the  money 
owing  is,  in  some  States,  exempt,  and  cannot  be  garnisheed. 

Levying  upon  Real  Estate. 

When  no  personal  property  can  be  found  with  which  to  pay  the 
debt,  and  the  debtor  is  known  to  possess  real  estate  in  sufficient  amount 
to  pay  the  claim,  then  it  is  allowable,  in  certain  States,  for  the  justice 
to  certify  to  the  clerk  of  the  circuit  court,  in  the  county  where  judgment 
was  rendered,  a  transcript  of  the  judgment,  which  shall  be  filed  by  the 
clerk;  and  thereupon  the  same  will  become  a  lien  upon  the  real  estate 
of  the  debtor,  and  execution  may  issue  from  that  court,  and  proceedings 
be  had  for  the  sale  of  the  land  and  payment  of  the  debt  and  costs  from 
the  proceeds  of  the  sale. 

Appealing  to  Higher  Courts. 

Where  an  action  has  been  brought  before  a  justice  to  secure  a  claim, 
a  summons  has  been  issued,  the  day  has  been  set  for  a  hearing,  and  judg¬ 
ment  has  been  rendered  by  a  justice  or  a  jury,  and  the  decision  is  that 


220 


EXPENSE  OF  A  LAWSUIT. 


the  debtor  must  pay  the  claim  with  costs,  the  debtor  can  then  appeal  to 
the  next  higher  legal  tribunal,  being  the  circuit,  district  court,  court  o 
common  pleas,  or  other  courts,  which  are  known  by  different  names  in 

different  States.  .  . 

Before  the  defendant  can  appeal,  however,  he  is  required  to  give  a 
bond,  which  must  be  signed  by  one  or  more  responsible  persons,  >y 
which  he  guarantees,  in  a  sum  twice  the  amount  of  the  claim,  to  pay 
the  debt  and  all  costs  if  he  is  beaten  in  the  higher  court. 

The  case  is  then  entered  upon  the  docket  of  the  clerk  of  the  higher 
court  for  trial,  and  if  time  permits  will  be  tried  at  the  next  term  of  that 

court.  .  ,  , 

Upon  trial  in  this  court,  if  the  defendant  is  beaten  again  he  can,  by 
giving  bond  as  before,  in  double  the  amount  of  the  debt  and  costs  then 
accrued,  carry  the  case  for  trial  up  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State, 
where' the  matter  generally  ends. 


How  Soon  the  Debt  may  be  Collected. 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  where,  in  each  trial,  the  defendant  promptly  de¬ 
fends  his  case  and  appeals  to  the  higher  courts  when  he  finds  himself 
beaten,  he  can  escape  the  payment  of  the  original  debt  for  one,  two  or 
more  years.  As  each  appeal  is  attended  with  heavy  costs,  however,  few 
men  care  to  punish  themselves  so  much  for  the  sake  of  wreaking  re¬ 
venue  upon  anybody  else.  In  most  casps  the  debtor  will  pay  the  debt  in 
the  earlier  part  of  the  prosecution,  unless  he  thinks  he  has  good  reason 
for  not  doing  so. 

What  does  Law  Cost? 

What  will  it  cost  to  collect  the  debt?  That  question  naturally  arises, 
and  is,  very  properly,  one  that  should  be  considered.  Of  course  it  is 
impossible  to  determine,  definitely,  what  the  costs  will  be.  If  a  lawyer 
be  emploved  for  an  ordinary  justice  suit,  occupying  the  time  but  an  hour 
or  so,  his"  fee  will  be  five  dollars.  Should  the  claim  be  of  considerable 
amount,  and  the  time  of  the  attorney  be  employed  a  day  or  two,  the  law¬ 
yer’s  charge  will  be  from  ten  to  twenty  dollars.  Should  the  plaintiff 
come  off  victorious,  and  obtain  judgment  against  the  debtor,  the  other 
costs  will  be  mainly  borne  by  the  debtor.  Should  it  be  shown  that  the 
plaintiff  has  no  just  claim,  the  justice,  or  jury,  if  there  be  a  jury,  will 
decide  that  there  was  no  cause  of  action,  and  will  assess  the  costs  o 
suit  to  the  plaintiff. 

The  costs  of  an  ordinary  justice  suit  in  most  States,  will  average 
about  as  follows : 

Docketing  the  suit,  25  cents;  issuing  summons,  25  cents;  constable 
for  serving  summons,  35  cents;  each  mile  traveled  in  serving  summons 
by  constable,  5  cents;  justice  fee  for  entering  up  judgment,  25  cents;  tor 
discharge  of  docket,  25  cents;  fee  of  justice  for  hearing  statement  of 

each  party  and  giving  decision,  $2.  _ 

The  above  are  the  inevitable  costs  which  will  be  incurred  if  the 
plaintiff  and  defendant  have  a  trial  without  witnesses,  lawyers  or  jury, 
and  then  settle  according  to  the  decision  of  the  justice. 

If  witnesses  are  called,  the  expense  is  50  cents  per  day  for  each  wit¬ 
ness,  to  be  claimed  at  time  of  trial.  Fee  of  justice  for  issuing  each  sub¬ 
poena  for  witness,  25  cents;  constable  for  serving  each  subpuma,  25 


cents;  for  mileage  each  way  in  serving  a  subpoena,  Scents;  for  admin- 
istering  oath  to  each  witness,  5  cents. 

Should  the  suit  be  tried  by  a  jury,  each  juryman  is  entitled,  before  a 
justice,  to  50 cents  for  hearing  the  case,  should  the  jury  agree  ;  for  en¬ 
tering  verdict  of  the  jury,  .5  cents;  fee  of  constable  for  waiting  on  )i.ry, 
50  cents;  for  entering  satisfaction  of  judgment,  10  cents. 

Should  judgment  be  obtained  against  the  debtor,  and  he  refuse  to 
settle,  the  justice  will  issue  an  execution  to  levy  upon  and  sell  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  debtor’s  goods  to  pay  the  debt  and  all  costs.  Fee  for  cxecu- 
tion,  50  cents;  fee  of  constable  for  serving  and  returning  execution,  50 
cents;  for  advertising  property  for  sale,  50  cents;  commissions  on 
sales,  not  exceeding  ten  dollars,  10  per  cent. ;  for  all  in  excess  of  that 
amount,  5  per  cent.;  except,  when  through  settlement  or  other  cause 
the  property  is  not  sold,  in  that  case  the  commissions  will  be  one  half 
the  above  amount. 

The  defendant,  thinking  that  equity  may  not  be  had  before  a  certain 
justice,  may  have  the  case  tried  before  the  nearest  justice;  this  procedure 
is  termed  a  “  Change  of  Venue.”  Fee  of  justice  for  transcript  in  change 
of  venue,  50  cents. 

Should  either  party  desire  to  appeal  to  a  higher  court,  the  expenses 
of  appeal  before  the  justice  will  be:  For  bond,  35  cents;  for  entering 
appeal,  25  cents;  for  transcript  of  judgment  and  proceedings  in  case  of 
appeal,  50  cents. 

In  the  higher  court  the  cost  of  trial  will  usually  average  from  twenty 
to  fifty  dollars. 

Collecting  Large  Amounts. 


When  the  amount  to  be  collected  exceeds  the  jurisdiction  of  the  jus¬ 
tice,  the  plaintiff  will  apply  to  the  clerk  of  such  higher  court  m  has 
jurisdiction  in  the  case.  This  is  the  circuit  court,  district  c°“rt>  c°l'rt 
common  pleas,  or  other  court  of  similar  character.  The  clerk  of  th  * 
court,  upon  application,  will  issue  a  summons,  which  is  placed  inti 
hands  of  a  sheriff  or  his  deputy,  is  served  upon  the  debtor  as  before. 


term  of  that  court.  .  .  , 

The  proceedings  in  this  court  are  usually  so  intricate  as  to  make 
advisable  for  the  person  unaccustomed  to  legal  technicalities  to  employ 
an  attorney  to  conduct  the  case,  as  is  also  generally  most  convenient 


The  Law  of  Different  States. 

We  have  given  thus,  in  outline,  the  principal  methods  resorted  to  in 

the  different  States  for  the  collection  of  debt  The  forms  here  shown 

while  not  conforming  fully  to  the  exact  methods  pursued 

States,  are  yet  sufficiently  accurate  to  enable  the  reader  to  possess  . 

general  understanding  of  the  methods  of  procedure. 

The  special  law  of  the  State  where  the  creditor  may  reside,  as  it 
relates  to  the  collection  of  debt,  can  be  learned  by  application  to  the 
justice  of  the  peace  in  that  State,  who,  upon  the  plaintiff  stating  the 
circumstances,  will  usually  give  the  necessary  information  with  which 
legal  proceedings  may  be  commenced. 


POWER  OF  ATTORNEY  TO  COLLECT  DEBTS. 


221 


"u-’.'vju’OL.-v'.-o-; 


iscellaneous  |Forms.i 


GENERAL  FORMS  OF  POWER  OF  ATTORNEY. 


nJSINESS  firms  and  individuals  having  a 
large  trade,  where  indebtedness  is  una¬ 
voidably  incurred  for  a  long  or  short 
time,  frequently  find  it  necessary  to  em¬ 
ploy  collectors  whose  special  and  entire 
duty  it  is  to  promptly  collect  such  indebt¬ 
edness  or  see  that  the  same  is  paid  when 
due.  Oftentimes  their  work  of  collec¬ 
tion  will  be  in  portions  of  the  country 
hundreds  or  thousands  of  miles  from 
the  place  of  business  or  residence  of  the 
creditor.  It  is  usual  under  these  circum¬ 
stances  to  invest  such  an  agent,  thus  doing  business, 
with  what  is  termed  “  Power  of  Attorney,’*  which 
is  done  by  a  written  instrument  usually  under  seal. 
The  person  or  persons  so  authorized  are  called  attor¬ 
neys,  and  the  person  or  persons  so  appointing  are  termed 
constituents. 

If  a  power  of  attorney  is  to  be  recorded,  it  should  be 
acknowledged.  Where  any  act  of  the  attorney  is  to  be 
by  deed,  the  authority  to  execute  it  must  also  be  by  deed. 
A  document  authorizing  the  attorney  to  execute  a  sealed 
instrument,  must  of  itself  be  under  seal,  and  a  power  to 
convey  lands  requires  the  same  regulations  in  its  acknowledgment  by 
both  husband  and  wife,  in  many  States,  as  a  deed  by  them  would 
require.  The  following  illustrates  the  general  form  and  wording  of 
such  a  document,  together  with  other  papers  related  thereto: 


GENERAL  FORM  OF  POWER  OF  ATTORNEY. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  I,  Henry  G.  Holden,  of 
Londonderry,  in  the  County  of  Windham,  and  State  of  Vermont,  have 
made,  constituted  and  appointed,  and  by  these  presents  do  make,  con¬ 
stitute  and  appoint  James  H.  Hill,  of  Downer’s  Grove,  County  of  Du¬ 
page,  and  State  of  Illinois,  a  true  and  lawful  attorney  for  me,  and  in  my 
name,  place  and  stead,  and  in  my  behalf,  to  [//ere  insert  tl/e  things  which 
the  attorney  is  to  </<?],  hereby  giving  and  granting  unto  my  said  attorney 
full  power  and  authority  in’the  premises  to  use  all  lawful  means  in  my 
name  and  for  my  sole  benefit,  for  the  purposes  aforesaid.  And  generally 
to  do  and  perform  all  such  acts,  matters  and  things  as  my  said  attorney 
shall  deem  necessary  and  expedient  for  the  completion  of  the  authority 
hereby  given,  as  fully  as  I  might  and  could  do  were  I  personally  present. 


Letter  of  Substitution  Appended  to  Power  of  Attorney. 

It  is  customary  to  authorize  the  attorney  to  employ  another  to  assist 
him  when  necessary,  which  person  so  appointed  is  termed  a  substitute. 
The  power  to  appoint  such  sub-agent  generally  accompanies  the  docu¬ 
ment  giving  power  of  attorney,  and  is  worded  as  follows: 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  I,Jas.  H.  Hill,  of  Downer’s 
Grove,  in  the  County  of  Dupage  and  State  of  Illinois,  named  in  the  let¬ 
ter  of  attorney  above  mentioned,  have  made,  appointed  and  substituted, 
and  by  these  presents  do  make,  appoint  and  substitute  John  Holland,  of 
said  Downer’s  Grove,  to  be  the  true  and  lawful  attorney  of  the  said 
Henry  G.  Holden  in  the  above  letter  of  attorney  named,  to  do  and  per¬ 
form  all  such  acts,  matters  and  things  as  he  may  deem  necessary  or 
expedient  for  the  complete  execution  of  the  authority  therein  given,  as 
fully  in  all  respects,  and  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  as  I  myself  might 
and  could  do  by  virtue  of  the  power  and  authority  therein  delegated,  if  I 
were  personally  present. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  Jas.  H.  Hill,  have  hereunto  set  n\y 
hand  and  seal,  the  fifth  day  of  December ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy -six. 

Signed  and  sealed  in  presence  ot  /  JAS.  H.  HILL,  [seal.] 

.  ) 


GENERAL  POWER  OF  ATTORNEY  TO  COLLECT  DEBTS. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  I,  Henry  G.  Holden,  in 
the  town  of  Londonderry,  County  of  Windham,  and  State  of  Vermont, 
have  made,  constituted  and  appointed,  and  by  these  presents  do  make, 
constitute  and  appoint  Jas.  II.  Hill  my  true  and  lawful  attorney,  for  me 
and  in  my  name,  to  ask,  demand,  sue  for,  recover  and  receive  of  John 
Holland,  and  of  all  and  every  person  and  persons  whomsoever  indebted 
to  me  by  note,  account,  or  otherwise,  all  such  sums  of  money,  debt,  and 
demands  whatsoever,  as  now  are  or  may  be  due  and  owing  to  me  from 
them  or  either  of  them.  And  in  default  of  payment  of  the  same  by 
them  or  either  of  them,  to  take  all  lawful  means,  in  my  name  or  other¬ 
wise,  for  the  recovery  thereof,  by  attachment,  arrest  or  otherwise,  and 
to  arrange  and  agree  for  the  same;  and  on  receipt  thereof  to  discharge 
the  same,  and  seal  and  deliver  in  a  lawful  manner,  and  do  all  lawful 
acts  concerning  the  premises  as  I  would  do  myself  were  I  personally 
present;  and  make  and  revoke  such  attorneys  under  him  as  may  be 
necessary  for  the  purposes  aforesaid. 

Hereby  confirming  all  my  said  attorney  shall  in  my  name  lawfully 
do,  or  cause  to  be  done,  in  or  about  the  premises. 

In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  Ilenrv  G.  Holden,  have  hereto  set  my 
hand  and  seal,  this  ninth  day  of  December ,  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  seventy -six. 

Signed  and  sealed  in  presence  of  ^  HENRY  G.  HOLDEN,  [seal.] 
.  ) 


In  witness  whereof,  I,  the  said  Henry  G.  Holden,  have  hereunto  set 
my  hand  and  seal,  this  first  day  of  December,  in  the  yearot  our  Lord  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  seventy-six. 

Signed  and  sealed  in  presence  of  \  HENRY  G.  HOLDEN,  [seal.] 


LETTER  OF  REVOCATION. 

Whereas  I,  Henry  G.  Holden,  of  Londonderry,  County  of  Windham, 
and  Stale  of  Vermont,  did  on  the  first  day  of  December,  in  eighteen 
hundred  and  seventy-six,  by  a  certain  instrument  in  writing  or  letter  of 


222 


VERDICT  OF  A  CORONER’S  JURY  AND  REPORTS  OF  COMMITTEES. 


attorney,  make  and  appoint  Jas.  H.  Hill,  of  Downer’s  Grove,  County  of 
Dupage,  State  of  Illinois,  to  be  my  lawful  attorney  in  my  name  and  tor 
my  use,  to  [ here  set  forth  what  the  attorney  was  authorized  to  do ,  pre¬ 
cisely  in  the  language  of  the  original  power),  as  by  the  same  writing-, 
reference  thereto  being  had,  will  fully  appear:  Now  know  all  by 

these  presents,  that  I,  the  said  Henry  G.  Holden,  for  a  just  cause,  nave 
revoked,  recalled  and  made  void  the  said  letter  of  attorney,  and  all 
powers  or  authorities  therein  granted,  and  all  acts  which  shall  or  may 
be  done  bv  virtue  thereof.  .  .  c 

[ Tf  another  attorney  is  to  be  appointed  continue  thus.')  And  further 
know  ve,  that  I,  the  said  Henry  G.  Holden,  do  by  these  presents  name, 
constitute  and  appoint  John  N.  Hurd,  of  Aurora,  County  of  Kane,  and 
State  of  Illinois,  to  be  my  lawful  attorney.  r 

Signed  and  sealed  in  presence  of  I  HENRY  G.  HOLDEN,  [seal.] 


DUTIES  OF  CORONERS. 

The  office  of  coroner  is  one  which  the  people  of  every  community 
must  provide  for.  Sudden  deaths,  which  take  place  through  violence, 
poison,  suicide,  and  accident,  demand  investigation  by  persons  compe¬ 
tent  to  determine  the  cause  of  such  death;  hence  Jn  every  State  there 
are  statutes  regulating  the  manner  of  holding  the  coroner  s  inquest. 

The  duty  of  the  coroner,  upon  being  notified  of  a  person  being  found 
dead,  supposed  to  have  come  to  his  or  her  death  through  violence  or 
unnatural  means,  is  to  summon  a  jury  of  twelve  men,  usually.  Upon 
their  assembling  he  will  appoint  one  of  the  number  a  foreman,  who, 
upon  their  being  sworn  to  do  their  duty,  will  carefully  proceed  to  inves¬ 
tigate  the  cause  of  the  death,  witnesses  being  sworn  by  the  coroner,  and 
all  other  measures  taken  calculated  to  arrive  at  the  true  facts  of  the  case. 

As  soon  as  the  inquest  is  held  and  the  verdict  of  the  jury  is  rendered, 
if  the  deceased  is  unknown  and  is  unclaimed  by  friends,  immediate 
measures  are  taken  to  bury  the  body,  which  is  done  at  the  expense  of 
the  deceased  person’s  estate  if  such  there  be.  If  not,  then  at  the  ex¬ 
pense,  generally,  of  the  county.  All  goods  found,  after  ten  days’  notice, 
according  to  the  law  of  various  States,  are  sold,  and  the  proceeds,  along 
with  the  moneys,  papers  or  other  valuable  thing  or  things,  deposited 
with  the  county  treasurer,  the  coroner  taking  a  receipt  therefor.  In  the 
hands  of  the  county  treasurer  they  are  to  remain  five  years,  subject  to 
the  order  of  the  legal  representatives  of  the  deceased.  If  in  that  time 
they  are  not  called  for,  then  the  property  vests  in  the  county. 

It  is  made  the  duty  of  the  coroner  to  keep  a  book  of  record  in  which 
is  fully  detailed  all  the  circumstances  attending  every  inquest,  the  testi¬ 
mony  of  witnesses,  etc.,  and  where  any  person  or  persons  are  implicated 
in  the  death,  to  arrange  to  have  such  witness  or  witnesses  knowing  the 
fact  appear  at  the  next  term  of  court. 

It  is  made  the  duty  of  the  foreman  to  bring  in  the  verdict,  which  will 
vary  according  to  circumstances,  as  follows: 


VERDICT  IN  CASE  OF  MURDER. 

STATE  OF  - I  „ 

- County, 

At  an  inquest  held  at  the  house  of  A.  B.  in  the  town  of - ,  countv 

0p _  on  the _ day  of - ,  iS— ,  before  C.  D.,  acoroner  or  justice  of 

the  peace  in  said  countv,  upon  the  body  of  E.  F.  [or,  a  person  unknown], 
there  lving  dead,  the  following  jurymen  being  sworn  to  inquire  into  all 
the  circumstances  attending  the  death  of  the  said  E.  F.  [or,  a  person 

unknown],  decide  that  one  G.  H.,  of  [or,  late  of]  the  town  of - ,  m 

the  county  of - ,  aforesaid,  [or  as  the  case  may  be)  on  the - day 

0f _ Jin  the  year  iS— ,  at - o’clock  in  the  afternoon  of  that  day, 

made  an  assault  upon  the  body  of  the  deceased  with  a  rod  of  iron  [or  as 
the  case  maybe),  from  which  assault  wounds  were  inflicted  on  his  left 
breast,  causing  the  death  of  the  deceased  on  the - day  of - , 

others  were  implicated  in  the  murder,  state  the  fact,  and  who.) 

In  witness  whereof,  the  jurors  have  to  this  verdict  set  their  hands  on 
the  day  of  the  inquest.  .  .... 

[To  be  signed  by  the  jurors.) 

The  justice  or  coroner  should  indorse  on  the  verdict  of  the  jury  his 
acceptance  thereof,  which  may  be  as  follows: 

The  within  verdict  was  made,  signed  and  delivered  to  me  this  — - 

day  0f - ,  iS— .  A.  B.,  Coroner  or  Justice  of  the  Peace. 


VERDICT  IN  CASE  OF  SUICIDE. 

At  an  inquest  held  [proceed  as  in  case  op  verdict  for  murder),  decide 

that  the  said  O.  P.  [or,  person  unknown]  did  on  the - day  of - — , 

iS— ,  at  the  town  of- - ,  in  said  countv  of - ,  voluntarily  and  with 

his  own  hand  [here  state  the  nature  of  his  death),  from  which  act  he 
instantly  died  [or  as  the  case  may  be). 

In  witness  whereof,  etc.  [ox  in  case  of  verdict  for  murder). 


VERDICT  WHERE  DROWNED  BY  ACCIDENT. 

STATE  OF - 1 

- County,  J 

At  an  inquest  held  [proceed  as  in  case  of  verdict  for  murder),  decide 

that  the  said  R.  II.,  on  the - day  of - ,  at  — —  o’clock  .  M.,  at 

- ,  in  the  county  aforesaid,  went  into  -  river  m  the  town  of 

- ,  to  bathe,  and  was  accidentally  drowned. 

In  witness,  etc.  [ax  in  case  of  verdict  for  murder). 

VERDICT  IN  CASE  OF  NATURAL  DEATH. 

STATE  OF  - I 

- County,  f  “  ' 

At  an  inquest  held  [proceed  as  in  case  of  verdict  for  murder),  decide 

that  the  said  E.  B.  on  the - day  of - :,  at - in  the  town  of 

- ,  in  the  county  aforesaid,  being1  found  lying  on  the  highway  in  the 

town  of  [or  as  the'  case  maybe),  with  no  marks  of  violence  upon  his 
body,  came  to  his  death  from  natural  causes. 

In  witness  whereof,  etc.  [as  in  case  of  verdict  for  murder.) 


REPORTS  OF  COMMITTEES. 

It  is  common  with  societies  and  assemblies  of  various  kinds  to  entrust 
the  special  work  of  such  society  or  assembly,  requiring  considerable  in¬ 
vestigation,  to  a  committee  usually  consisting  of  three,  five  or  more,  who 
are  expected  to  examine  the  subjectwhich  theyare  appointed  to  investi¬ 
gate,  and  at  a  certain  specified  time,  or  at  their  earliest  convenience, 
bring  in  a  written  report  of  their  conclusions. 

It  is  customary  to  have  such  committee  of  an  odd  number,  as  three, 
five,  etc.,  so  that  in  case  of  the  committee  failing  to  agree  there  can  be  a 
majority  vote,  and  a  majority  as  well  as  a  minority  report. 

The  following  may  serve  as  specimens  of  various  kinds  of  reports: 


MAJORITY  REPORT. 

To  the  Mayor  and  Aldermen  of  the  City  of  Aurora,  in  Common  Council 
assembled  : 

Your  committee,  to  whom  was  referred  the  proposition  of  John  Jones 
to  sell  to  the  city  a  gravel  bed,  comprising  a  piece  of  land  oi  four  rods 
bv  ten  in  size,  being  lot  four  in  block  ten  in  the  original  plat  of  the  city 
of  Aurora,  having  had  the  same  under  advisement,  ask  leave  to  report 
as  follows,  to  wit : 

The  gravel  in  this  bed,  though  not  of  the  uniform  quality  that  may 
be  desired,  is  yet  sufficiently  good  to  answer  the  purpose  of  grading  the 
streets.  The  quantity  in  this  lot,  according  to  estimate,  will  be  sufficient 
for  the  city’s  use  in  the  east  division  of  the  city  for  the  next  five  years, 
and,  considering  its  accessibility,  the  city  is  recommended  to  buy  the 
lot  at  the  price  offered,  namely,  five  hundred  dollars. 

L.  O.  HILL, 

H.  FI.  EVANS. 

MINORITY  REPORT. 

To  the  Mayor  and  Aldermen  of  the  City  of  Aurora,  in  Common  Council 
assembled  : 

The  undersigned,  the  minority  of  a  committee  to  whom  was  referred 
the  proposition  of  John  Jones  to  sell  to  the  city  a  gravel  bed,  comprising 
a  piece  of  land  four  rods  by  ten  in  size,  being  lot  tour  in  block  ten  in  the 
original  plat  of  the  city  of'Aurora,  having  had  the  same  under  advise¬ 
ment,  asks  leave  to  report  as  follows,  to  wit: 

The  gravel  in  this  bed  is  not  such  as  the  city  should  purchase  as  a 
covering  for  the  streets,  being  in  certain  veins  too  fine,  and  in  other 
places  altogether  too  coarse.  As  there  are  other  points  in  the  citv  where 
lots  can  be  purchased  containing  gravel  which  is  much  better  adapted 
to  the  purpose  of  graveling  streets,  just  as  accessible  and  quite  as  cheap, 
the  undersigned  therefore  recommends  that  the  city  do  not  purchase  the 
lot  at  the  price  offered,  namely,  five  hundred  dollars. 

o.  i>.  HAWLLi. 


REPORT  OF  THF  TREASURER  OF  AN  ASSOCIATION. 

The  undersigned,  treasurer  of  the  New  York  Mutual  Benefit  Associa¬ 
tion,  herewith  submits  his  annual  report: 

The  balance  in  the  treasurer’s  hands  at  the  commencement  of  the 
present  year,  was  forty-four  (44)  dollars.  During  the  year,  as  shown  bv 
the  accompanying  exhibit  A,  which  is  hereto  appended,  there  have  been 
received  into  the  treasury,  from  all  sources,  five  hundred  and  ninety  one 
(mi)  dollars  and  eighty-four  (S4)  tents.  During  the  same  time  the  ex¬ 
penditures  have  been  two  hundred  and  fifty-seven  (257)  dollars  and  ten 
(10)  cents,  leaving  a  balance  in  the  treasury,  and  subject  to  the  order  ot 
the  society,  the  stun  of  three  hundred  and  thirty-four  (334)  dollars  and 
seventy-four  (74)  cents. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

A  VAN  OSDEL,  Treasurer,  N.  T.  M.  B.  A. 


COPYRIGHT  LAW. 


223 


A. 

Dr.  New  York  Mutual  Benefit  Association, 

To  A.  Van  Osdel,  Treas., 


Cr. 


1S77. 

Dec.  31.  To  cash  paid  to  as¬ 
sist  various  mem¬ 
bers  . $110.00 

To  rent  paid  S.  B.,  70.00 

“  carpet _  41.00 

“  stationery .  5.10 

“  advertising -  31.00 


$-57- 10 

Balance  on  hand..  334-74 


Pi-84 


1877. 

Jan.  1.  By  balance  on  hand 
from  last  year’s 

account . $  44.00 

Dec.  31.  By  dues  . .  4S2.00 

“  initiation  fees  ..  64.00 

“  fines .  1.84 


$591.84 


The  undersigned,  a  committee  appointed  for  the  purpose,  have  com- 
nared  the  foregoing  account  with  the  vouchers,  and  find  it  to  be  correct. 
v  a  B  ARTHUR  II.  KING, 

L.  A.  BRADLEY. 


REPORT  OF  A  SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  ON  CITY  HALL- 

-  The  Committee  on  City  Hall  beg  leave  to  submit  the  following  report: 

The  present  state  of  the  building  requires  the  early  attention  of  the 
city,  both  in  reference  to  needed  changes  in  the  arrangement  of  some  of 
the  rooms  and  in  general  repairs. 

The  roof  is  in  need  of  immediate  repair,  the  paint  being  so  worn 
away  as  to  leave  much  of  the  tin  exposed  to  the  weather,  which  is,  con¬ 
sequently,  badly  rusted.  The  ceiling,  walls  and  seats  of  the  upper  hall 
also  require  calcimining  and  painting,  and  many  lights  of  glass  need 
resetting.  They  recommend  that  this  room  be  generally  repainted, 
which,  by  the  painter’s  estimate,  annexed  and  marked  A,  can  be  done 
for  ninetv-one  (91)  dollars. 

In  connection  with  this  improvement,  they  recommend  the  remodel¬ 
ing  of  the  office  of  city  clerk,  by  constructing  a  platform  eight  inches  in 
height  and  seven  feet  in  width  on  the  south  and  west  sides  of  the  room, 


with  a  low  railing  on  the  outer  side  of  the  same.  This  change  can  be 
cheaply  made  from  the  present  high  railing  in  the  room,  which  should 
be  taken  down.  The  outer  doors  should  also  be  changed  to  swing  out, 
instead  of  in  as  they  now  do.  The  cost  of  these  changes  will  be  but 
eightv-nine  (89)  dollars.  The  entire  sum  required  for  the  above  pur¬ 
poses  will  amount  to  one  hundred  and  eighty  (1S0)  dollars. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

*  A.  B.  CUMMINGS,  ) 

N.  E.  CUSHMAN,  \  Committee  on  City  Hall. 
A.  W.  HARTMAN.  ) 

A. 

ESTIMATE  FOR  PAINTING  ROOF  AND  INTERIOR  OF  UPPER  HALL. 


For  painting  roof  two  coats,  mineral  paint... . . $26.00 

For  calcimining  ceiling  of  upper  hall. . . . . .  14.00 

For  setting  seventeen  panes  of  large  glass . . .  9.00 

For  painting  walls  two  coats . - . . .  24.00 

For  painting  and  graining  seats .  1S.00 


$91.00 

BARNARD  &  STONE,  Painters. 

REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  AT  AN  AGRICULTURAL  FAIR. 

To  the  President  and  Superintendent  of  the  Washington  County  Fair : 

Gentlemen— Your  committee  to  whom  was  assigned  the  duty  of 
deciding  concerning  the  relative  merit  of  swine  on  exhibition  at  this 
show,  make  the  following  report: 

The  exhibit  of  different  breeds  is  good,  there  being  nine  distinct 
classes  in  the  exhibition.  Of  these,  for  sHe,  cleanliness  and  generally 
superior  condition,  the  first  premium  is  awarded  to  four  animals  of  the 
Poland  China  breed,  in  pen  C,  division  four.  The  second  premium  is 
given  to  pen  D,  division  three,  containing  three  animals,  Suffolks,  which 
are  to  be  commended  for  their  great  weight,  considering  their  age. 

Very  Respectfully  ARTHUR  MONROE, 

WILBUR  HANCHETT, 
DEXTER  D.  BROWN. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  SECURING  COPYRIGHTS. 


PRINTED  TITLE  FOR  ENTRY  BEFORE  PUBLICATION. 

1.  A  printed  copy  of  the  title  of  the  book,  map,  chart,  dramatic  or 
musical  composition,  engraving,  cut.  print,  photograph,  or  a  descrip¬ 
tion  of  the  painting,  drawing,  chromo,  statue,  statuary,  or  model  or 
design  for  a  work  of  the  fine  arts,  for  which  copyright  is  desired,  must 
be  sent  by  mail,  prepaid,  addressed 

LIBRARIAN  OF  CONGRESS, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

This  must  be  done  before  publication  of  the  book  or  other  article. 

COPYRIGHT  FEES. 

2.  A  fee  of  50  cents,  for  recording  the  title  of  each  book  or  other 
article,  must  be  inclosed  with  the  title  as  above,  and  50  cents  in  addi¬ 
tion  (or  $1  in  all)  for  each  certificate  of  copyright  under  seal  of  the 
Librarian  of  Congress,  which  will  be  transmitted  by  return  mail. 

WHAT  IS  REQUIRED  TO  PERFECT  COPYRIGHT. 

3.  Within  ten  days  after  publication  of  each  book  or  other  article, 
two  complete  copies  of  the  best  edition  issued  must  be  seut,  to  perfect 
the  copyright,  with  the  address 

LIBRARIAN  OF  CONGRESS, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

It  is  optional  with  those  sending  books  and  other  articles  to  perfect 
copyright  to  send  them  by  mail  or  express;  but,  in  either  ease,  the 
charges  are  to  be  prepaid  by  the  senders.  Without  the  deposit  of 
copies  above  required,  the  copyright  is  void,  and  a  penalty  of  $25  is 
incurred.  No  copy  is  required  to  be  deposited  elsewhere. 

NOTICE  OF  COPYRIGHT  TO  BE  GIVEN  BY  IMPRINT. 

4.  No  copyright  hereafter  issued  is  valid  unless  notice  is  given  by 
inserting  in  every  copy  published,  on  the  title  page,  or  the  page  fol- 
lowing,  if  it  he  a  book;  or,  if  a  map,  chart,  musical  composition,  print, 
cut,  engraving,  photograph,  painting,  drawing,  chromo,  statue, 
statuary,  or  model  or  design  intended  to  be  perfected  as  a  work  of  the 
fine  arts,  by  inscribing  upon  some  portion  of  the  face  or  front  thereof, 
or  on  the  face  of  the  substance  on  which  the  same  is  mounted,  the  fol¬ 
lowing  words,  viz. :  Entered  according  to  art  of  Congress,  in  the  year 

- ,  liy - ,  in  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress ,  at  Wash~ 

ina'on.  Or  thus:  Copyright ,  IS - ,  by  A.  B. 

The  law  imposes  a  penalty  of  $100  upon  any  person  who  has  not 
obtained  copyright  who  shall  insert  the  notice  “ entered  according  to 
act  of  Congress ,”  etc.,  or  words  of  the  same  import,  in  or  upon  any 
book  or  other  article. 

TRANSLATIONS,  ETC. 

5.  Any  author  may  reserve  the  right  to  translate  or  to  dramatize  his 
own  work.  In  this  case,  notice  should  be  given  by  printing  the  words, 
Bight  of  translation  reserved ,  or  All  rights  reserved ,  below  the  notice 


of  copyright  entry,  and  notifying  the  Librarian  of  Congress  of  such 
reservation,  to  be  entered  upon  the  record. 

DURATION  OF  COPYRIGHT. 

C>.  Each  copyright  secures  the  exclusive  right  of  publishing  the  hook 
or  article  copyrighted  for  the  term  of  twenty-eight  years.  At  the  end 
of  that  time,  the  author  or  designer,  or  his  widow  or  children,  may 
secure  a  renewal  for  the  furtherterm  of  fourteen  years,  making  forty- 
two  years  in  all.  Applications  for  renewal  must  be  accompanied  by 
explicit  statement  of  ownership,  in  the  case  of  the  author,  or  of  rela¬ 
tionship,  in  the  case  of  his  heirs,  and  must  state  definitely  the  date  aud 
place  of  entry  of  the  original  copyright. 

TIME  OF  PUBLICATION. 

7.  The  time  within  which  any  work  copyrighted  may  he  issued  from 
the  press  is  not  limited  by  any  law  orregulatiou,  but  depends  upon  the 
discretion  of  the  proprietor.  A  copyright  may  be  secured  for  a  pro¬ 
jected  work  as  well  as  for  a  completed  one. 

ASSIGNMENTS. 

8.  Any  copyright  is  assignable  in  law  by  any  instrument  of  writing, 
but  such  assignment  must  lie  recorded  in  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of 
Congress  withiii  sixty  days  from  its  date.  The  fee  for  this  record  is 
fifteen  cents  for  every  Kill  words,  aud  ten  cents  for  every  100  words  for 
a  copy  of  the  record  of  assignment. 

COPIES,  OR  DUPLICATE  CERTIFICATES. 

0.  A  copy  of  the  record  (or  duplicate  certificate)  of  any  copyright 
entry  will  be  furnished  under  seal,  at  the  rate  of  fifty  cents  each. 

SERIALS  OR  SEPARATE  PUBLICATIONS  TO  BE  COPYRIGHTED  SEPARATELY. 

10.  Ill  the  case  of  books  published  in  morethan  one  volume,  if  issued 
or  sold  separately,  or  of  periodicals  published  in  numbers,  or  of  en¬ 
gravings,  photographs,  or  other  articles  published  with  variations,  a 
copyright  is  to  he  taken  out  for  each  volume  of  a  book,  or  number  of 
a  periodical,  or  variety,  as  to  size  or  inscription,  of  any  other  article. 

COPYRIGHTS  FOR  WORKS  OF  ART. 

11.  To  secure  a  copyright  for  a  painting,  statue,  model  or  design  in¬ 
tended  to  lie  perfected  as  a  work  of  the  fine  arts,  so  as  to  prevent  in¬ 
fringement  by  copying,  engraving,  or  vending  such  design,  a  definite 
description  must  accompany  the  application  for  copyright,  and  a 
photograph  of  the  same,  at  least  as  large  as  “cabinet  size,”  must  he 
mailed  to  the  Librarian  of  Congress  within  ten  days  from  the  comple¬ 
tion  of  the  work. 

FULL  NAME  OF  PROPRIETOR  REQUIRED. 

12.  Every  applicant  for  a  copyright  must  state  distinctly  the  name 
and  residence  of  the  claimant,  and  whether  the  right  is  claimed  as 
author,  designer,  or  proprietor.  No  affidavit  or  formal  application  is 
required 


IMPORTANT  FACTS  FOR  USE  IN  PREPARING 


FOREIGN  AND  UNITED  STATES  GOLD  COINS. 

Their  Weight,  Fineness  and  Value  as  Assayed  at  the  United.  States 
Mint. 

Note. — The  weight  is  given  in  Troy-ounces  and  decimals  of  the 
same;  the  fineness  shows  how  many  parts  in  1000  are  fine  gold;  the 
value  is  the  intrinsic  relative  value,  as  compared  with  the  amount  of 
fine  gold  in  United  States  coin. 


Countries. 


Denominations. 


Weight 


Fine¬ 

ness. 


Chili  . 


Australia . |  Found  of  1852 . — 

••  . Sovereign,  1855  and  I860. . 

Austria .  Ducat . 

“  . ]  Sovereign . 

“  . 'New  Union  Coin. . 

Belgium _ 25  Francs . . 

Bolivia . i  Doubloon . 

Brazil . .  Twenty  Milreis . 

Central  America.  Two  Escudos . 

"  “  Four  Beals . 

.  Old  Doubloon . . 

.  Tm  l’esos  . 

_  Ti  n  Thalers  . 

_  Four  Escudos . . 

,.  Pouud  or  Sovereign,  uew. 

“  .  “  “  average 

Frauce.. .  Twenty  Francs,  new . . 

“  . . i  “  “  avcrage.. 

Germauy,.. . Ten  Thalers . 

“  _ |Ten  Mark . — . 

“  .  Krone  (crown) . 

“  _ Twenty  Mark . 

Greece .  . .  Twenty  Drachms . 

llindostan .  Mohur . 

Italy . Twenty  Lire . 

Japan . Old  Cobaug  . 


Denmark  . 
Ecuador . . 
England.. 


Mexico 


Naples _ 

Netherlands  . . 
N  e w  Granada . 


Pi  rn . 


Yen  (new,  assumed) . 

Doubloon,  average  . . 

“  new  .  . . 

Twenty  Pesos  (Max.) . 

“  “  (Repub.) . 

Six  Ducacti  . 

Ten  Guilders . . . 

Old  Doubloon  (Bogota) _ 

“  “  (Popayan)  .. 

Ten  Pesos . . 

Old  Doubloon . 

Twenty  Sols . 

Gold  Crown . . 

New  Crown  (assumed) . 

2(4  Sciuli  (new) . 

Five  Rubles . .  .. 

100  Reals... . 

80  “  . . . 

Ducat . . 

Carotin,  10  frs . . 

Tunis . 25  Piastres . 

Turkey .  100  “  . 

Tuscany _ 7  Seguin . . . 

United  States _ Dollar . . 

“  “  _ Quarter  Eagle . 

“  “  _ Three  Dollar  . . 

“  “  _ | Half  Eagle . 

“  “  _ Eagle . 

“  “  _ Double  Eagle . 


Portugal . 

Prussia . 

Rome . 

Russia . 

Spain . . 


Sweden. 


0.281 
0.2565 
0.112 
0.363 
0.357 
0.254 
0.867 
0.575 
0.209 
0.027 
0.867 
0.492 
0.427 
0.433 
0.2567 
0.2562 
0.2075 
0.207 
0.427 
0.123 
0  357 
0.2’6 
0.185 
0.374 
0.207 
0.362 
0.289 
0.535 
0.8675 
0.8675 
1.086 
1.090 
1.245 
0.215 
0.868 
0.867 
0.525 
0.867 
1.055 
0.308 
0.357 
0.140 
0.210 
0.268 
0.215 
0.111 
0.104 
0.161 
0.231 
0.112 
0.05375 
0.13437 
0.16125 
0.26875 
0.5375 
1.075 


Value 


916.5 
916 
986 
900 
900 

899 
870 

917.5 

853.5 
875 
870 

900 
895 
844 

916.5 
916 
899 

899 

895 

900 
900 
90 ' 
900 
916 

898 
568 
572 
900 
866 

870.5 
875 
875 
996 

899 
870 
858 

891.5 
868 
898 
912 

900 
900 
916 

896 

869.5 
875 
900 
900 
915 
999 
900 
900 
900 
900 
900 
900 


$5,324 

4.857 
2.283 
6.754 
6.642 
4.78 

15.593 
10.906 
3.688 
0.488 
15.593 
9.154 
7.90 
7-555 
4  863 
4.851 

3.858 
3.847 
7.90 
2.38 
6.642 
4.76  . 
3.4-12 
7  082 
3.843 
4.44 
3.576 
9.956 

15.53 

15.611 

19.643 

19.72 

5.044 

3.997 

15.611 

15.378 

9.675 

15.557 

19.213 

5.807 

6.642 

2.605 

3976 

4.964 

3.864 

2.237 

1.935 

2.995 

4.369 

2.313 

1.00 

2.50 

3.00 

5.00 

10.00 


FOREIGN  AND  UNITED  STATES  SILVER  COINS. 

As  Assayed  at  the  United  States  Mint,  the  basis  of  valuation  being 
$1.22J^  per  ounce  of  standard  fineness. 

Note.— Weight  in  Troy  ounces;  fineness  In  thousandths. 


Countries. 


Denominations. 


Austria . ...  Old  Rix  Dollar. 

“  . . Old  Scutlo. 


Belgium 
Bolivia  . 
Brazil  .. 
Canada . 


Florin  before  1858 . 

New  Florin... . . 

New  Union  Dollar . . 

Maria  Tlu-resa  Dollar,  1780. . . 

Five  Francs . 

New  Dollar . 

Double  Milreis . 

Twenty  Cents . 

*•  . . jTwenty-five  Cents . 

Central  America.  Dollar . 

Chili .  Okl  Dollar . 

“  . [New  Dollar . 

China  . (Dollar  (English)  assumed - 

“  . . | Ten  Cents . 

Denmark . |Two  Rigsdaler . 

England . Shilling,  new. . 

“  . .  “  average . 

France . |Five  Francs,  average . 

“  _  I  Two  Francs. . 

Germany, _ _ _ jOueMark . .  . 

“  . 'New  Thaler  . . 

“  _  Florin  before  1S57 . 

“  . New  Florin,  assumed . 

Greece...!.’ . 'Five  Drachms . 

llindostan .  Rupee . 

Japan .  Itzabu . . 

“  . .'New  Itzabu . . .  - 

“  . jlO  Sen  (new  coinage) - 

Mexico . jDollar,  new . 

“  .  “  average . 

“  . iPcso  of  Maximilian . 

Naples .  Scutlo  . 


Weight 


Netherlands - - 

Norway  . . 

New  Granada... . 
Peru . . 


Prussia 


Rome . 

Russia - 

Sardinia . 

Spain . 

Sweden - 

Switzerland 
Tunis - 


2>/2  Guilders . 

Specie  Daler . . 

Dollar  of  1857 . . 

Old  Dollar . 

Dollar  of  1858 . 

Half  Dollar,  1835  and  1838.. 

Sol . . 

Thaler  before  1857 _ 

New  Thaler . 

Scndo  . 

Ruble . . 

Five  Lire . 

New  Pistareen . 

Rix  Dollar. . 

Two  Francs . 

Five  Piastres . 


Turkey _ _ 'Twenty  Piastres  . 

Tuscany . . j  Florin . 

United  States _ Dollar.. . 

“  •'  Half  Dollar _ 

“  “  _ 'Quarter  Dollar  . 

“  “  Dime . 

“  “  Half  Dime . 

“  “  -Three  Cent . 


0.902 

0.836 

0.451 

0.397 

0.596 

0.895 

0.803 

0.801 

0.820 

0.150 

0.1875 

0.866 

0.864 

0.801 

0.866 

0.087 

0.927 

0.1825 

0.178 

0.800 

0.320 

0.402 

0.595 

0.340 

0.340 

0.719 

0.374 

0.279 

0.279 

0.804 

0.8675 

0.866 

0.861 

0.844 

0.804 

0.927 

0.803 

0.866 

0.766 

0.433 

0.802 

0.712 

0.595 

0.864 

0.667 

0.800 

0.166 

0.092 

0.323 

0.511 

0.770 

0.220 

0.S59K 

0.400 

0.200 

0.080 

0.040 

0.024 


Fine- 


Value 


833 

902 
833 
900 
900 
838 
897 

900 

918.5 
925 
925 
850 

908 

900.5 

901 
901 
877 

924.5 
925 
900 
835 
900 
900 
900 
9C0 

900 
916 
991 
890 
800 

903 

901 
902., 
830 
944 
877 
896 
901 

909 
650 
900 
750 
900 
900 
875 
900 
899 
750 

899 

898.5 
830 
925 
9u0 

900 
900 
900 
900 
9oO 


;i,02a 

1.026 

.511 

.486 

.731 

1.021 

.98 

.981 

1.025 

.189 

.236 

1.002 

1.068 

.982 

1.062 

.106 

1.107 

.23 

.224 

.98 

.364 

.19 

.729 

.417 

.417 

.881 

.466 

.376 

.338 

.985 

1.066 

1.062 

1.055 

.953 

1.033 

1.107 

.98 

1.062 

.948 

.383 

.982 

.727 

.729 

1.058 

.794 

.98 

.203 

1.115 

.395 

.625 

.87 

.276 


ilulted  States  Trade  Dollar. 


20.00 

Weight,  420  Grains;  900  Fine.  The  values  of  United  States  Silver  Coins  are  not  given  owing  to  theii  fluctuation. 


TABLES  OF  WEIGHTS,  MEASURES,  AND  VARIATION  OF  TIME. 


225 


WEIGHTS. 


Troy. 

24  (Trains  ( gr.)  1  pennyw’ht,— dwt. 

20  (Ivvts . 1  ounce, —  oz. 

3.2  grains,  1  carat,  diamond  wt. 
By  this  weight  gold,  silver,  and 
jewels  only  are  weighed.  The 
ounce  and  pound  in  this,  are  the 
same  as  in  apothecaries’  weight. 

Apothecaries’. 

20  grains . 1  scruple. 

3  scruples . 1  drachm. 

8  drs . 1  ounce. 

12  ozs.  .  1  pound. 

Avoirdupois. 

36  drams  (  drs.)  1  ounce,— oz. 

16  ozs . 1  pound, —  lb. 

25  lbs . 1  quarter,— qr.* 

4  quarters . 100  weight,— cwt. 

20  cwls .  1  ton. 

*  Formerly  28  lbs.  were  allowed 
to  the  quarter,  but  the  practice  is 
now  nearly  out  of  use  excepting 
in  the  coal  mines  in  Pennsylvania, 
the  Eastern  fish  markets,  and  the 
U.  S.  Custom  House. 

Grains  are  the  same  in  each  of 
the  above  weights. 

5,760  grains,  apothecaries’ or  troy 

weight . 1  lb. 

7,000  grains,  avoirdupois 

weight . 1  lb. 

Therefore,  144  lbs.  avoir,  equal 
175  lbs.  apoth.  or  troy. 

Of  Liquids. 

1  gallon  oil  weighs  9.32  lbs.  avoir. 

1  gallon  distilled  water,  10  lbs. 

1  gallon  sea  water,  10.32  lbs. 

1  gallon  proof  spirits,  9.08  lbs. 

Miscellaneous. 

IRON,  LEAD,  ETC. 

14  lbs . 1  stone. 

21)4  stones . 1  pig, 

.  1  fother. 


I  ptgs . 


BEEF,  PORK,  ETC. 

200  ibs . 1  barrel. 

196  lbs.  (flour) . l  barrel. 

300  lbs.  (fish) . l  quintal. 


Railway  Signals. 


One  pull  of  bell-cord  signifies  “stop.” 

Two  pulls  mean  “go  ahead.” 

Three  pulls  signify  “back  up.” 

One  whistle  signifies  “down  brakes.” 

Two  whistles  mean  “  off  brakes.” 

Three  whistles  signify  “back  up.” 
Cortinued  whistles  indicate  “danger.” 
Rapid  short  whistles,  “a  cattle  alarm.” 

A  sweeping  parting  of  the  hands,  on  a  level 
with  the  eyes,  signifies  “  go  ahead.” 

A  slowly  sweeping  meeting  of  the  hands 
over  the  head,  means  “  back  slowly.  ” 

(•».w?^w„nwartl  m?lion..of  the  hands.  With  ex¬ 
tended  arms,  signifies  “stop.” 

"ba1ckC”<ming  motion  of  one  hand.  indicates 
“datige?d”  flag  WaVed  Up  the  track'  siSRifies 

“dang’lrahaead.t”ndlng  by  the  roadside’  me“ns 

A  red  flag  carried  on  a  locomotive  si"-nifies 
“an  engine  following.”  ’  °  es 

“stop1”11  dag  raisedat  a  station,  is  a  signal  to 

ticaUyfis^a'signal  to  “  start/’  a°d  ]°Wered  Vel'- 
track, 'means  “'stopf’^*’  r'ght  aUg,es  across  the 
the  U-ahit”rn  Swuns  in  a  circle-  signifies  “back 


MEASURES. 

Dry. 

2  pints .  1  quart, —  qt. 

8  quarts .  1  peck,—  pk. 

4  pecks  .  1  bushel, —  bu. 

36  bushels .  1  chaldron. 

1  United  States  standard  (Win¬ 

chester)  bushel  —  18K  inches 
in  diameter,  and  8  inches 
deep— contains  2150.42  cubic 
inches. 

Liquid  or  Wine. 

4  gills . 1  pint— pt, 

2  pints . 1  quart— qt. 

4  quarts . 1  gallon— gal. 

31M  gallons . 1  barrel— bbl. 

2 barrels . 1  hogshead— hhd. 

U.  S.  standard 

gallon . 2.31  cubic  inches. 

Reer  gallon  ...282 
36  “  “  ....1  bbl. 

Time. 

60  seconds  ...1  minute. 

60  minutes . 1  hour. 

24  hours . l  day 

7  days . l  week. 

4  weeks . 1  lunar  month. 

31  days,01  ^ 1  calendar  month. 
30  days..! . 1  month,  ( in  com¬ 

puting  interest ). 

52  weeks  and  1  day.... ) , 

12  calendar  months. . .  )  *  year. 
365  days,  5  hours,  48  minutes,  and 
49  seconds . 1  solar  year. 

Circular. 

60  seconds .  l  minute, 

60  minutes . l  degree. 

30  degrees . 1  sign. 

90  degrees . l  quadrant. 

4  quadrants . )  ,  .  , 

360  degrees . j  1  circle. 

A  convenient  method  of  finding 
tile  difference  in  time  between 
two  places,  is  to  notice  their  dis¬ 
tance  apart  in  degrees  of  longi¬ 
tude,  and  allow  4  minutes  to  each 
degree,  based  on  the  following 
CALCULATION: 

1440  minutes . 1  day 

or  revolution  of  the  earth! 

1  revolution  of  the  earth  is 
360  degrees;  therefore, 

1  degree . 4  minutes. 


MEASURES. 


Long. 

DISTANCE. 

3  barleycorns..  1  inch,— in. 

12  ins . 1  foot, —  ft. 

3  ft . i  yard, —  yd. 

5K  yds . l  rod,—  rd. 

40  rds . 1  furlong,—  fur. 

8  fur . l  mile. 

CLOTH. 

2K  inches . i  nail. 

4  nails... . l  quarter. 

4  quarters . l  yard. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

3  inches . 1  palm. 

4  indies . l  hand. 

6  inches . 1  span. 

18  inches . 1  cubit. 

21.8  inches . 1  Bible  cubit. 

2 Yi  feet . l  military  pace. 

3  feet . i  common  pace. 

Square. 

144  sq.  ins . 1  sq.  foot. 

9  sq.  ft . l  sq.  yard. 

30K  sq.  yds . 1  sq.  rod. 

40  sq.  rods . l  rood. 

4  roods . i  acre. 


Surveyors’. 


7.92  inches . 1  link. 

25  links .  1  rod 

4  rods . i  chain. 

10  square  chains.  1  .  „„„„ 

160  square  rods _ (  f  acre. 

640  acres . 1  square  mile 

Cubic. 

1728  cubic  inches . 1  cubic  foot. 

27  cubic  feet . 1  “  yard 

128  cubic  feet . 1  cord  (wood.) 

40  cubic.feet. . .  1  ton  (shipping. ) 
2150.42  cubic  in ...  1  standard  bu. 
268.8  “  “  . . .  1  “  gal. 

1  cubic  ft.,  four-fifths  of  a  bushel. 

.  To  find  the  number  of  bushels 
in  a  bin  of  any  dimensions,  find 
the  number  of  cubic  feet  by  mul¬ 
tiplying  the  three  dimensions  of 
the  bin  in  feet;  deduct  one-fifth, 
and  the  result  is  the  number  of 
bushels. 


PAPER. 

The  Sizes  in  Inches. 

Flat  Writing-Papers. 

Fiat  Letter . 10  x  16 

Flat  Cap .  14x17 

Double  FTat  Letter . 16  x  20 

F’lat  Foolscap .  13x16 

Crown  . 15  k  19 

Folio  Post . 17  x  22 

Demy . 16x21 

Medium  . 18x23 

Check  Folio . 17  x  24 

Bank  F’olio . 19  x  24 

Double  Cap . 17  x  28 

Royal .  19x24 

Super  Royal . 20  x  28 

Imperial . 23  x  31 

Of  the  different  sizes  there  are 
also  several  different  weights  of 

and  Demy  20’  22 24’  26, 

aim  i  os.  per  ream. 

Stationers  usually  rule,  cut  and 
told  the  sizes  required  to  make 
‘lie  various  styles  of  letter  and 
note  papers  — a  flat  sheet  making 
one,  two  or  four  sheets  of  letter 
or  note  paper. 

Ledger  Papers. 

Fiat  Cap . i4  x  17 

Sjown . 15  x  19 

Demy . ...'.'.16  x  21 

Medium . 18  x  23 

Royal  ....  . 19x24 

Super  Royal . 20x28 

Imperial . 23  x  31 

Elephant . 23x28 

Book  Papers. 

The  usual  sizes  of  these,  from 
the  different  American  and  Eng¬ 
lish  manufacturers,  differ  but 
little  from  the  above,  except  to 
fill  special  orders. 

Paper  Counts. 

24  sheets . l  quire. 

10K  quires . l  token. 

20  quires . i  ream. 

2  reams . i  bundle. 

5  bundles . l  bale. 

Units  of  Anything. 

12  pieces . 1  dozen. 

12  dozen . i  gross. 

12  gross . l  great  gross. 

20  units . l  score, 


Difference  of  Time  between  Washington 
and  other  Cities  of  the  World. 


12.00  o’clock  (noon)  at. 


12.12 
12.24  .. 
12.27  .. 
1.37  .. 
3.19  .. 
4.31  .. 
4.43  .. 
4.55  .. 
5.07  .. 
5.17  .. 

5.58  .. 
6.02  .. 
6.14  .. 
6.23  .. 
7.04  .. 

11.01  .. 
12.54  .. 
2.48  .. 
4.51  .. 

8.58  ..  1 
9.40  .. 

11.08  ..  ' 
11.18  .. 
11.52  ..  ' 
12.00  ..  ' 


.Washington. 


. P  M . New  York, 

.  “ . Boston. 

.  “ . Portland. 

.  “ . St.  John  (N.  F). 

.  “ . Angra(Azores) 

.  “ . Lisbon. 

.  “ . Dublin. 

.  “ . Edinburgh. 

.  “ . London. 

—  “ . Paris. 

.  “ . Rome. 

.  “ . Berlin. 

.  “ . Vienna. 

.  “  . . Cape  Town. 

.  “ . Constantinople. 

-  “ . Calcutta. 

•  ••A.M . Pekin. 

-  “ . Melbourne. 

—  “ . Auckland. 

—  “ . San  Francisco. 

—  “ . Salt  Lake. 

•  •  •  “ . New  Orleans. 

—  “ .  ..Chicago. 

—  “ . Buffalo. 

.  .(noon) . Lima  (Peru). 

For  Metric  System  of  Weights  and  Measures,  see  page  i 


United  States  Land  Measure,  f 


TOWNSHIP. 


6 

5 

4 

3 

1  2 

1 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

18 

- 

16 

15 

14 

13 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

30 

29 

28 

27 

26 

25 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

N.  W. 

N.  E. 

S.  W. 

S.  E. 

Each  section  has 
four  quarter-sec¬ 
tions,  designated 
as  above,  each 
containing  160 
acres. 


-fin  Several  States. 

The  township  is  six  miles  square,  divided  int< 
36  square  miles  or  sections,  numbered  as  above 
each  containing  640  acres. 

SMALLER  LAND  DIVISIONS. 

The  following  table  will  assist  in  making  ai 
estimate  of  the  amount  of  land  in  fields  and  lots 

§10  rods  x  16  rods .  i  aere 

t  5  yards  x  968  yards .  i 

t  220  feet  x  198  feet .  i  <• 

25  feet  x  125  feet . .  .0717  “ 

4356  sq.  ft.,  .10  acre.  10890  sq.  ft.,  .25  “ 

21780  “  .50  “  32670  “  .75  “ 

§  Or  any  two  numbers  whose  product  is  160. 
t  Or  ajiy  two  numbers  whose  product  is  4,840. 
t  Or  any  two  numbers  whose  product  is  43,560. 


15 


226 


TABLES  OF  WEIGHTS,  MEASURES,  WOODS,  HEAT,  COLD,  WAGES,  Etc. 


Weights  of  a  Cubic  Foot. 


Metals. 


WEIGHT  OF  A  CUBIC  FOOT. 


Substance. 


Lbs.  Oz. 


PLatina . 1.218  J3 

Pure  Gold* . 1,203  10 

Mercury  . 848  12 

Lead .  109  8 

pure  Silvert . 625  13 

Steel . 487  12 

Tin . 455  11 

Cast  Iron . 450  7 

Copper . 547  4 

Brass  . 543  12 

Zinc . 428  13 

♦The  value  of  a  ton  of  pure 
cold  is  $602,799.21. 

-fTlie  value  of  a  ton  of  silver 
is  $37,704  84. 

‘$1,000,000  cold  coin  weigh 
3,685.8  lhs.  avordupois.  . 
+$1,000,000  silver  coin  weigh 
58,929.9  lbs.  avordupois. 


Groceries. 


W MIGHT  OF  A  CUBTC  FOOT. 

Substance. 

Lbs. 

Oz. 

Sugar . 

..100 

5 

Beeswax . 

5 

Lard . 

3 

Butter . 

..  58 

14 

Tallow . 

13 

Castile  Soap . 

. .  .56 

15 

Miscellaneous. 

Substance. 

Lbs. 

O  z. 

India  Rubber... 

....56 

7 

Pressed  Hay.... 

Pressed  Cotton. 

Woods. 

Substance. 

Lbs. 

Oz. 

Earth,  Stone,  Sc c. 


Substance. 


Lbs.  Oz. 


Italian  Marble  ...169  4 

Vermont  Marble. 165  9 
Window  Glass....  165  2 

Common  Stone. ..157  8 

Moist  Sand . 128  2 

Clay  . 120  10 

Brick  . 118  12 

Mortar . 109  b 

Mud . 101  14 

Loose  Earth .  93  12 

Lehigh  Coal,  loose, 56  4 

Lackawanna,  loose, 48  10 


Lignum  Vital . 83 

Ebony . §3 

Mahogany . bb 

White  Oak . 53 

Beech . 53 

Ash . 52 

Red  Hickory . 52 

Apple . 49 

Maple . 4b 

Cherry........ . . 44 

Shellbark  Hickory.43 

Pitch  Pine . 41 

Chestnut . 38 

Birch . 35 

Cedar . 35 

White  Poplar . 33 

Spruce . 31 

Yellow  Pine . 28 

Butternut . 23 

Cork . 15 


5 
7 

12 

4 

13 

6 

9 

14 
11 

2 

4 

2 

7 
1 
1 
4 

13 

8 


Woods  for  Fuel. 

Taking  shellbark  hickory  as 
the  highest  standard  of  our 
forest  trees,  and  calling  that 
one  hundred,  other  trees  will 
compare  with  it  in  real  value, 
for  fuel,  as  follows- 

Shellbark  Hickory . 100 

Pignut  Hickory .  95 

White  Oak .  84 

White  Ash .  77 

Dogwood .  75 

Scrub-Oak .  73 

White  Hazel .  72 

Apple  Tree .  70 

White  Beech .  69 

Black  Birch .  65 

Hard  Maple .  65 

Black  Walnut .  62 

Yellow  Oak .  60 

White  Elm .  5b 

Red  Oak. .  5b 

Red  Cedar .  5b 

Wild  Cherry .  55 

Yellow  Pine .  54 

Chestnut .  52 

Yellow  Poplar .  51 

Butternut .  43 

White  Birch .  43 

White  Pine .  30 


Heat  and  Cold. 


Ages  of  Animals. 


Degrees  of  beat  above  zero  at 
which  substances  melt. 


Substance. 


Deg. 


Liquids. 


Lbs.  Oz. 


I  Difference  in  Weight  of  Wood, 
Green  and  Dry. 


Honey . 

Vinegar 
Blood 


.90 

.67 

.65 


10 

8 

14 


GREEN. 


Substance. 


Lbs.  Oz. 


Beer . 64  10 

Milk . 64  8 

Cider  . 63  10 

Tar . 63  7 

Rain  Water . 62  8 

LinseedOil . 58  12 

Brandy . 57  12 

Ice . 57  8 

Alcohol . 49  10 


English  Oak . 71  10 

Beech . 60 

Ash  . 58  3 

American  Pine . 44  12 


DRY. 

English  Oak . 43 

Beech . 53  4 

Ash . 52  b 

American  Pine . 30  11 


Qaantlty  of  Seed  ( o  an  Acre. 

Wheat . i%to2bu. 

Rye . 134  to  2  “ 

Oats . 3  '* 

Barley . 3 

Buckwheat . %  “ 

Corn,  broadcast . 4 

Corn,  in  drills... 2  to  3 
Corn,  in  hills — 4  to  8  qts 

Broom  Corn . %  bu. 

Potatoes . 10  to  15  “ 

Rutabagas . X  lbs 

Millet . H  bu. 

Clover,  white . 4  qt. 

Clover,  red . 8 

Timothy . 6 

Orchard  Grass . 2  bu. 

Red  Top . 1 1°  2  pk. 

Blue  Grass . 2  bu. 

Mix’d  Lawn  Grass,  1-2  “ 
Tobacco . 3  oz- 


Wrought  Iron . 3,980 

Cast  Iron . 3.4,9 

Platinum . 3,080 

Gold . 2,590 

it°epefr::::::::::::::l:56o 

Glass.V . 2,377 

Brass . 1.900 

Silver . 1-250 

Antimony . 951 

Zinc . 740 

Lead . 594 

Tin . 421 

Arsenic . 365 

Sulphur . 226 

Beeswax . 151 

Gutta  Perclia . 14o 

Tallow .  97 

Lard .  95 

Pitch .  91 

Ice .  a3 


Animal. 


Degrees  of  cold  above  zero  at 
which  substances  freeze. 


Olive  Oil . §6 

Water . 32 

Milk . 30 

Sea  Water . 28 

Vinegar . 28 

Wines . 20 

Spirits  of  Turpentine. ..14 


Degrees  below  zero  at  which 
the  following  freeze: 


Whale,  estima'd.  ..100 

Elephant . 400 

Swan, . 300 

Tortoise . 100 

Eagle . 100 

Raven . ‘00 

Camel . 100 

Lion... . ;••••  ™ 

Porpoise .  go 

Horse .  20 

Lear .  20 

Cow .  20 

Deer .  20 

Rhinoceros .  ^0 

Swine .  20 

Wolf .  20 

Cat . 

Dog .  10 

Sheep .  10 

Rahliit .  7 

Squirrel .  7 


Rates  of  Speed 

At  which  Birds  Fly. 


PER  HOUR. 


Birds. 


Miles. 


Brandy .  7 

Proof  Spirit .  7 

Mercury . 40 

Cold  experienced  by 
Arctic  Navigators . 70 

Greatest  Artific’l  Cold.  220 


Hawks . 150 

Sparrows .  92 

Ducks .  90 

Falcon .  '•> 

Crows .  20 

Fair  winds  make  their 
flight  much  more  rapid. 


Degrees  of  heat  above  zero  at 
which  substances  boil. 


Ether .  98 

Alcohol . 173 

Water . 212 

Petroleum  . 30b 

Linseed  Oil . 640 

Blood  Heat .  98 

Eggs  Hatch . 104 


Interest. 

Money  Doubles  at  Com¬ 
pound  Interest  as  follows: 
At  3  per  cent,  in  23  years. 

4  “ 

5  “ 

6  " 

7  “ 


‘  9 

‘10 


17 

14 

12 

10 

9 

8 

7 


TABLE*  OF  WAGES; 

COMPUTED  ON  A  BASIS  OF  TEN  HOURS  LABOR  PER  DAY. 


TWTgr.«i  ■•«! ;»  ; 


.1% 


|  .3%  1  -5  i 


‘  714  |  ,8%'|  .9/6  I  ,10  I  .uJlJd^_LiigT-i3M  1  -15 

,8hi  .io-TMKnm^-r^Lm\  -2°  tmstm*  n* 


|  ,2%  1  .3%  I  -414  |  ,5  |  .6  l_ 


^TT~30~n33Ml  -36%  I 


.5 


I  .7%  I  .10 

|  .13%  I  -16M 


AW,  I  .15  I  .17%  I  20  1  -22%  I  -35 


|  .6%  |  .10  .  _ _ 

IP  j~T8 %  1  .12%  I  •  !»%  I  -21 _ 

fi  |  .10  1  .15  |  .20  |  25  |  .30  | 


.20  |  .23%  |  .23%  I  -32 _ 

,25  |  .29j .4  I  .33%  1  -31 '%  I  -41% 

.30  |  .35  |  .40  I  .45  |  .50 


.27%  |  .30  |  .32%  I  -35 
.43% 


.37%  |  .40  |  .45  |  -50  I  .55  I  .60 

j  .53%  |  .60  I  -66%  I  .73%! 


.35 


.41 


A7  I  .11%  I  .1734  I  .23 %  I  -29'4  _ 

"8  |  .13%  I  .20  |  .26%  1  .3:1%  |  .40  |  .41  _ 

|  .22%  1  .30  I  .37 %  |  .45  |  .52%  1  .60 


|  .40%  |  .5214  |  .58%  |  .64% 
.60 


.53% 


U58«nia^M«%  !  .75  |  ■  83%N11^LML 

- Tsisg  1  .87U  I  .93%  I  1.05  |  1.16%|1.28%  1  1.40__ 

1  ^ - -  -  1.33%' 1.46%  |  1.60 


|  .70  |  .76  I  .81! 


.15 


Days 


|3-M  |3.33%j3.66%Jjl:OOJ4.33%_|4.B««,|b.OO  |5.33%_Lb.w 


1_ L-16%  1  .25 

_2 _ I  -33%  |  .50 

3  |  .50  |  .75 


R.00  I  5.50  I  6.00 
6.66%  |  7.33%  |  _8.00_ 


li:33%ni66%T2dKn2-33%  |3.33%>6fi% .50^33% HUOMMyOO, 

75  M?M^_iL66%^  !M2 — — iio1oo_^i^w_>i2^_ 


EXPLANATION. 


tub  1  nr  ere  fln-ures  at  the  top  of  the  columns  show  the  rate  per  week, 
while  theSsmuller  figures  indicate  the  amount  per  hour  or  per  tfay-  Th 


headed  by  $8.00,  wher, maunerwe  find'h^price  onfseveTaPl  l'mu” 

labor  at  $8.00  per  week.  In  like  manner  we  uuu  uu  y 

one  day,  or  several  ai6  0r  more,  per  week,  find  the 


POPULATION  AND  GROWTH  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


227 


States 

AND 

Territories. 


States. 

Alabama  .... 

Arkansas . 

California  .... 
Connecticut . . 
Delaware  .... 

Florida . 

Georgia . 

Illinois . 

Indiana . 

Iowa . 

Kansas . 

Kentucky . 

Louisiana . 

Maine . . 

Maryland . 

Massac liusetcs.. . 

Michigan* . 

Minnesota . 

Mississippi . 

Missouri . 

Nebraska . 

Nevada . 

New  Hampshire. 

New  Jersey . 

New  Yorl . 

North  Carolina. . 

Ohio . 

Orc~on  . 


Area  in 
s(|iiaie 
Miles. 


50  722 
52,198 
188  981 
4.674 
2.120 
59.268 
58.000 
55,410 
33.809 
55,045 
81.310 
37.600 
41,346 
31.776 
11.184 
7.800 
56.451 
83,531 
47.150 


Population. 


Miles  R.R. 


1860. 


964,201 

435,450 

379,994 

460.147 

112,216 

140.424 

1,057,286 

1.711,951 

1,350,428 

674,913 

107,209 

1.155.684 


1870. 


996,992 
484,471 
560.247 
537,454 
125,015 
187.748 
1.184  109 
2,  >39,891 
1.680,63 
1,191.792 
364,399 
1,32  uOll 


08,0i2|  726  915 
628.279  626.915 

687.0491  780  894 
1,231,066  1.457,351 
749,113  1.184  051- 
'  439.706 

827.922 
1,721,295 
123  993 


172,023 

_  791,305 

65,3501  1,182.012 
75,995  28  841 

112  090  6 


9.280 

8.120 

47,000 

50.704 

39,964 

95,244 


3‘P.  0,3 
6,2  035 
3,880.735 
992.622 
2.339,511 
52,465 


42.491 
318.300 
906,096 
4,3  '2.759 
1  071.361 
2,665,260 
90,923 


1875. 


1862.  1872. 


1,350, 

528. 


857,039 


1.651. 

1,334, 

598. 


246, 

53, 


1,026 

4,705, 


805 
38 
23 
630 
12 
402 
1  420 
2.998 
2, 1 75 
731 


567 

355 

505 

408 

1,285 

853 

”862 

8d8 


661 
633 
2  728 
931 
3.100 
4 


1,671 
25 
1,013 
820 
22, 
466 
2  108 
o  904 
3  529 
3,160 
1.760 
1,123 
539 
871 
820 
1  606 
2,235 
1.612 
990 
2,580 
828 
593 
790 
1.265 
i.470 
1.190 
3,740 
159 


•LastCensus  of  Michigan  taken  In  1874. 


States 

AND 

Territories. 


States. 
Pennsylvania. 
Rhode  Island.. 
South  Carolina 

Tennessee . 

Texas . 

Vermont . 

Virginia  . 

West  Virginia 
Wisconsin . 


Total  States . 


Territories. 

Arizona . 

Colorado** . 

Dakotah . 

District  of  Columbia, 

Idaho . 

Montana . 

New  Mexico . 

Utah . 

Washing  on  . 

Wyoming . 


Total  Territories. 


Area  in 
square 
Miles. 


46,000 

l,3o6 

29,385 

45,600 

237,504 

10,212 

40,904 

23,000 

53.924 


Population. 


1860. 


1,950,171 


2,906,215 

174,620 

703,708 

1,109,801 

604,215 

315,098 

1.219.630 

376,688 

775.881 

31,183,744 


1870. 


34,277 
4  837 
75,080 


93.516 

40.273 

11,594 


964.982 


259,57 


38,113,253 

9,658 

39,864 

14,181 

131,70:1 

14,999 

20.595 

91.874 

86.786 

23.955 

9,118 


442,  730 


1875. 


258, 

925, 


1,236,729 


Miles  R  R. 


1862.  1872 


,006 
108 
973 
253 
451 
5(  2 
379 
3(  1 
961 


32,120 


59,587 


5  113 
136 
1.201 
1,520 
865 
675 
1,41:0 
4  85 
1,725 


392 


Aggregate  of  the  U.S.,2, 915, 203131. 443,321138  555,983  00,000,000  32,120  60,852 
*  Included  in  thp  Railroad  Milage  of  Maryland. 

•Colorado  admitted  to  the  Union  us  a  State,  Aug.  1,  1876. 


Principal  Countries  of  the  World ;  Population,  Area,  Religion,  and  Government. 


Countries. 


Population. 

Date  of 
Census. 

Area  in 
Sq.  Miles. 

Inhabitants 

to 

Sq.  Mile. 

Capitals. 

Population. 

Prevailing 

Religion. 

Form  of 
Government. 


China . 425, 000, 000. ...1871 

British  Empire . 225, i 

Russia . 85, ( 

United  States,  with  Alaska . 38, { 

France . 36  J 


Japan .  . 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland  . 

German  Empire . . 

Turkey . 

Italy . 


Brazil . 9.448,233 

Mexico . . . 9,1 


Persia . 


Portugal . 3,995,152 


Columbia  (New  Granada). 

Chili . . 

Switzerland . 

Peru . 1 _ 


.2,058,447 


Denmark  . 


Baden  . 
Greece. 


Ecuador . 


.1,457.864 


.  682.399 

. 718,000 

. 4134.520 


Hesse _ 

Liberia _ 

San  Salvador 

Hayti . 

Nicaraugua .  350, 665 

Uruguay.  . .  450  000 

Honduras .  250,000 

San  Domingo .  250.000 

Costa  Rica .  165,000 

Hawaii  . .  71,000. 


) - 1871. 

.113.3  ... 

8 _ 1871. 

....4,677.432 . 

..49.6 . 

5.  ...1871. 

....  8,003, 778 . 

.-10.7 . 

) _ 1870. 

...2,60.3,884 . 

-.14.9 . 

1 - 1872. 

_  204,091 . 

.176.8 . 

5. ...1869. 

_  240,348 . 

.149.4 . 

7 - 1875. 

_ 119,399 . 

.219.5 . 

4 - 1871. 

....  121,315. . 

.260.7 . . 

\ - 1875. 

....  160,207 . 

.266.6 . . 

)t  ..1856. 

...1,742,874 . 

-  16.0 _ 

4 _ 1871. 

....  118,847 . 

.225.5 . 

) _ 1870. 

_  195,775 . 

-.85.0 

1 - 1872. 

...3,253,029 . 

...2.9 . 

1 - 1874. 

-  761,526. . 

.12.0 . 

....1875. 

....  170,096 . 

..25.2 . 

'--..1870. 

-  635,964 . 

...6.9 . 

....1873. 

.  11,372 . 

.461.9 . 

- 1875. 

.  29.292 . 

.171.5 . 

....1868. 

...  .  34,494 . 

.115.8 . 

....1875. 

.  12,680 . 

.300.4 . 

...1871. 

....  475, 000 . . 

....1875. 

....  132,616 . 

-.15.6 . 

....1870. 

.  15,992 . 

.106.9 . 

....1871.. 

....  471,838 . 

...6.8 . 

....4861.. 

....  842,729 . 

...2.3 . 

- 1875.. 

...1869.. 

....  515,700 . . 

...3.4 . 

....1875- 

.  7,533 . 

.249.7 . 

....1874.. 

.  14,753 . . 

.127.0 . 

--..1873.. 

....  368,238 . . 

...4.8 . 

....1875.. 

. 5,912. . 

.254  8 . 

...1870.. 

.  19,353 . 

...1865.. 

.  40,879 . 

..28.9 . 

....  218,928 . 

...5.9 _ 

....1873.. 

.  63.787 . . 

...3.4 . 

...1875.. 

.  2,969. . 

.297.2 . 

...-1871.. 

.  9,576 . 

.  .74.9 . 

....1870.. 

.  7,335 . 

..59.2 . 

.  10.205 . , 

..56.0 . 

..--1876.. 

. 58,171 . . 

...6.0 . 

....1873.. 

.  66,722 . . 

...6.7 . 

.  47,092 . 

...5.3 . 

-  17,827 . 

.140 . 

-.--1870.. 

.  21,505 . 

...7.7 . 

-Yeddo . 1,554,900 - Buddhic  "I 

London . 3,254,260 _ Protestant. 


.  Pekin.. . ......  — . .  .1,648,800  —  .Buddhic ...  Monarchy. 

•London . 3,254,260 _ Protestant . Monarchy 

■St.  Petersburg .  667, 926.... Greek  Church  ....Monarchy. 

Washington .  109,199. .. .  Protestant . Republic. 

■Pans . 1,794, 380.. ..Catholic . Republic. 

.Monarchy. 
.Monarchy. 

_ Monarchy. 

-"v.aaaa .  966,872 - Protestant  . Empire.* 

-Constantinople . 1,075, 000.. ..Mohammedan  ....Monarchy. 

.Rome  .... - ...  244,482 - Catholic  _ _ Monarchy 

■Madrid .  475.785.. ..Catholic . Monarchy.' 

Rio  Jamero .  274,972....  Catholic .  Monarchy 

■Mexico .  210,300.  ..Catholic . Republic. 

■Stockholm .  152, 582.... Protestant _ Monarchy. 

.Teheran -  85,000 - Mohammedan _ Monarchy. 

Brussels .  365,404.. ..Catholic . Monarchy. 

Munich .  169, 693....  Catholic .  Monarchy 

■Lisbon .  275,286. . . .  Catholic . .Monarchy. 

Hague .  100,254 - Protestant . Monarchy. 

Bogota .  45, 000....  Catholic _ _ Republic. 

Santiago.. .  148,264....  Catholic _ _ Republic. 

Berne . .36,000 - Protestant . .  Confederation,  t 

Lima . .  160  056 - Catholic.. . -Republic. 


Chuquisaca .  25.000.  ...Catholic  .. 

Christiana .  77.041 _ Protestant 

Buenos  Ayres .  177,800 _ Catholic  .. 

■  Stuttgart .  91,623....  Protestant 

Copenhagen  .  . . t . 181 ,291 _ Protestant . 

47,000 - Catholic 


.  Republic. 

.Monarchy, 

-Republic. 

.  Monarchy. 
.  Monarchy. 
-Republic." 


7,633 .  9.3. 


Carlsruhe . 36, 600.... Catholic . Grand  Duchy 

■Athens .  46,000.... Greek  Church  ....Monarchy. 

Guatemala .  45,000 _ Catholic . Republic." 

Quito - —  70  000 - Catholic _ Republic. 

■  Asuncion .  48,000 - Catholic . Republic. 

■  Darmstadt .  30  000.... Protestant . Grand  Duchy. 

Monrovia .  13,000 - Protestant . .Republic. 

.San  Salvador .  16.000 _ Catholic . .Republic. 

Port  au  Prince .  22.000 _ Catholic . Republic. 

Managua .  8.000 _ Catholic . Republic. 

Monte  Video .  105,295 _ Catholic .  Republic. 

Comazagua . 12,000 - Catholic . Rupublic. 

San  Domingo . 15.000 _ Catholic . Republic. 

...Republic, 

. .  Monarchy. 


San  Jose .  2  000 _ Catholic.. 

Honolulu . . 7,633_ Protestant 


*  Imperial  Confederation. 


t  Republican  Confederation. 


nn  thk  ri  ,  .1,  -  .  .  . . ,  .....  ..  ■■■“■■■.  ‘u  u.  ,iiu.  >  in  iui  aisu  nruiema,  including  tne  important  seaport  of  Batoum 

on  the  Black  Sea,  and  Bessarahia,  taken  from  Ronmama  for  that  purpose,  were  ceded  by  Turkev  to  Russia;  all  of  which  materiall/diminishes  the 


nr,.  ,  .,„u  i  »•  - -  - -  .r.,  ...a.  wc.c  .uitu  uy  lurncv  to  rvussia  au  ot  which  materi; 

area  and  population  of  Turkey.  The  settlement  leaves  Turkey  with  a  population  of  about  22,000,000,  and  an  area  of  about  700,000 


square  miles. 


228 


GEOGRAPHICAL,  HISTORICAL,  AND  STATISTICAL  TABLES. 


Area  and  Population  of  the  Earth. 


Divisions. 


j  Area.  |  Population.  |  Pop,  to  Sij.Miie. 


14,700,000  •■••88,061,148 

3,800,000  ...296,713,500 


America . 

Asm1’':::::::':::::::::::::  iI’qoo.’ooo  "SjjgjsetEooo 

Africa . 

Cceanica . 


10  800.000  _ 67,414,000  .. 

4,500  000  ....25,924,000  .. 


Total .  .  48.800.000  1.177.975.648 


The  Longest  Rivers  of  the  World. 


Rivers. 


Locality. 


Bise. 


Discharge. 


|  Miles 


Missouri . N.  America..  Rocky  Mountains . 

Mississippi . N.  America...  Lake  Itaska . 

h"ho.:  ::::  “:: : ::::":  kSSSSouH  Mountains: 

Murray . Australasia...  Australian  Alps . 

S  y  Siberia . Altaian  Mountains... 

GUI . i  i hvssinia 


Gulf  of  Mexico.. 

.  Gulf  of  Mexico.. 
.  Atlantic  Ocean.. 

.  Yellow  Sea . 

.  Encounter  Bay. . 
.  Arctic  Ocean  — 


4,500 

3,200 

3,200 

3,000 

3,000 

2.800 


ah  these  collectively  are  estimated  to  speak  3.064  languages,  and 
to  possess  about  1,000  different  So  000^33  'or  91  954  per  day, 

3  fcZ^fer  'pe^second?’ This ’loss  Ss  com¬ 
pensated  by  an  equal  or  the  globe  is  thirty-three 

The  average  duration  of  life  fhrougnour  iue  *  seventh  year, 

androne^half^hefore°thejseventeeidh.  Out  of.10,000  persons  only 
one  reaches  his 


hundredth  yeaL  only  one  in  500  ids  eightieth;  and 
ob.'y  the ‘earth’s  population,  classified  by  race  and 


Nile::::::::;;:::  Sjgpifcfc:  |S^»‘a:::::  lIBi \ 

Yang-tse-Kia. .  China . .  V„i,nfov  a  vct.i c  Ocean _  2.500 


Yang-tse  -  -  . 

Lena . Siberia 

Niger . . Soudan 

St.  Lawrence  . .  Canada 

Volga . 

Mayklang. . 


Bussia . 

Siam 


Another  estimate 
religion,  is  as  follows: 

°  l?  ACES 

Whites  . •••••■•'550,000,000 

Mongolians . 529’?,8n’nnn 

lilark*  173,000,000 

Copper  Colored. ....  12,000,000 

THE  CHEISTIANS  are  divided  as ^follows 

CU 170  000  000  90  000f000  60,000,000 


Pagans  BELIG.IO.d?76,000,000 
Christians  '  . 320,000.000 

3^vsamm!d^ns:'.v.'.'.d(i:oo0o;°ooo 


Oceans,  Seas,  Bays  and  Lakes. 


Oceans.  Sq.  JSUlcs. 

pacific,  about . ?i{’Rnn’noo 

Atlantic  “  . 40,000,000 

iinUan  ’  “  20.000,000 

Southern.  “  . 10,000  000 

Arctic,  “  : . 5  000  000 

Note.  The  seas,  hays,  gull's,  etc., 
connected  with  each  ocean,  arc  included 
in  the  foregoing  estimate.  It  may  be 
proper  to  remark,  however,  that  the 
exact  superficial  extent  of  the  several 
oceans  is  not  known  with  certainty,  nor 
the  exact  proportion  of  laud  and  water. 
Seas.  Length  in  Miles. 

Mediterranean,  about . 2,000 

Caribbean .  {’Sx!! 

China .  .. 

;;;  <•  _ 1,000 


Bags.  Length  in  Miles. 

Hudson’s,  about . L~uy 


Heights  of  Irkutsk . Arctic  Ocean 

Base  of  Mt.  Loma . Gulf  of  Guinea.. 

Biver  St.  Louis . G1  St.  Lawrence 

Lake  in  Volhonsky .  Caspian  Sea  . ... . 

Thibet  . Chinese  Gulf  — 

im^r.6::::::  Ifndosm::::  Lime  Thibet . sea . 

Kefmie:::::  gSfe:::  gMab^a:::::::::  Arctic 

|UAmerici:::  goeky Mountains ........  Pacific -Oge.^ ; ; 

sSsqtfeh°an.'ia:.  ^  America...  Lake jOtsego.  8SpltkI|ay. 

I ISSSS::: 


2,500 

2,300 

1,960 

1,900 

1,700 

1,700 

1,630 

2.500 

1.500 
1.090 
1,000 

400 

500 

400 

325 


Historical  Facts  Relating  to  the  United  States. 


Year 

Settled 


States. 


Where  Settled. 


By  'Whom. 


Admit’d 

to  the 
Union 


Capitals. 


- - vr- - Augustine  Spaniards .  1845  Tallahassee. 

1565  Florida  . . English .  1788t  Bichmond. 

1607  Virginia*  . . Dutch .  1788+  Albany. 

1614  New  York*  ... ..  Manhattan . English  Puritans.,  1788t  Boston. 

1620  Massacliusetfi  *  . English .  1788t  Concord. 


Baffin’s. . .  ■ 
Chesapeake 

Lakes. 


Length. 
M lies. 

. 380.. 

...360. 
.330. 


..600 

. 250 

iVidth. 

Miles. 

. 120 

. 35 

..60 


Bed . 

Japan. 


Black  . 

Caspian.... 

Baltic . 

Okhotsk . . . 

White . 

Aral . 


.932 

. 640 

. 600 

. 600 

. 450 

. 250 


Superior. 

Baikal . 

Great  Slave . 300 . 45 

Huron . 250 . 90 

Winnipeg . 240 . 40 

■Rrie  . 2  <o . Xx 

Athabasca . 200 . 20 

Ontario . 180 . 4U 

Maracaybo . 150  . 60 

Great  Bear . 150 .  40 

Ladoga . 125 . <h 

Champlain . 123 . 

L.  of  the  Woods....  70 . ~5 

Geneva . 50 . in 

Constance . 45 . to 

. 3b . a 

. 36 . 3 


1623  N.  Hampshire 

1624  New  Jersey* 

1625  Maine . 

1627  Delaware* 

1633  Connecticut* 

1634  Maryland*  ... 


1787t  Trenton. 
1820  Augusta. 


Hover  . English . 

:  Bergen’. . Dutch  and  Danes.. 

■  rane  Heneiopen'  Swedes  and  Finns.  1787+  Dover, 
n  fdsor  From  Massachu’ls  1788+  Hartford. 

.  1788+ Annapolis. 

1790t  Prov.tfe  N’port 


.  Windsor . Fr 

.  St.  Mary’s . English. 

•-’ -  English . 


1636  Rhode  Island*.  Prpviden-e . Eng  isn . 

1663  NorthCarolina*  Albemarle .  vrmtcl  . 

1669  Wisconsin . Green  Bay . Frenc  . 

1670  Michigan.......  Detroit . Hench . 


1789+  Raleigh. 
1848  Madison. 
1837  Lansing. 
1788+  Columbia. 


Cayuga. 
George  . . 


The  Highest  Mountains  of  the  World. 

- Nam^  |  Country.  I  Feet.  |  Miles 


Kunchainyunga  (Himalayas).. .  . . • •  Thibet .... •  •  •  -  ||:||§  ;  f4 


Sorata,  the  highest  in  America . .  BoUvja . 


...  21,780  AH 


Illimani .  .  Ecuador .  21,444  .4% 

Chimborazo... . Afghanistan..  20,600  .33? 

^piml^Qx'i^M^rdmst'vol'cano in t'he’w'orld'.  Ecuador .  19.408  .3H 


Cotopaxi,  highest  volcano  in  tun  wo*. j^iso  .$% 

St?  EJiast  highest  in  North  America : : :  BritUhPoss  18  000  -3H 

Popocotepetl,  volcano....... . Hawaii  ’  '  16,000.3 

Mt.  Boa,  Iti^hestmOceMlc^^.^...  {'S'.  Am'ei'k'a.  15,900  .3 

15,7ob  .o 


1  o7U  lviiciiixtu  .  ... . .  •  English .  1 788t  coiumma. 

1670  South  Carolina*  Port  Boya  .. . Engj  s  .  17  87+ Harrisburg. 

1882  Pennsylvania.*  I  htladelphia  E“|“sh  .  1826  Little  Bock. 

It+QK  AvVansaS .  Al  Kansas  r  OSL. .  .  i'oucii  .  T0.4C  Anotin 


1720  Illinois. . . Fort  D ummer  From  Massacliu’ts  1791  Montpelier. 

1733  Georgia* . Fort  London . From  N.  Carolina.  1796  Nashville. 

1757  Tennessee . gil  t  London . j-rencli . 1821  Jefferson  City. 

1764  Missouri . |S  nmS . Spaniards .  1850  Sacramento. 

1769  California . San  Diego  . From  Virginia  1792  Frankfort, 

1775  Kentucky . 0 . From N England.  1803  Columbus. 

1788  Ohio . . From  New  fork  ..  1859  Salem.  . 

1811  Oregon . unDinit'on . From  N.  England.  1846  Des  Moines. 

1833  I?wa  . . ISp’Sf0  . From  N  England.  1857  St.  Paul. 

1846  Minnesota . St.  P aul. -  ■ ■■■■ ••  •  -  ”  |  N.E.&W.States.  1861  Topeka. 

1850  Kansas . Washoe  From  California.. .  1864  Carson  City. 

1861  Nevada...,..,...  w jshpe  .........  -  J,  d  fr.  Va .  1862  Charleston. 

1862  West  Virginia..  (See  Virginia). . .  *c >yn w  states.  1867  Lincoln. 

}|g|  coeioradoa: : : : : : :  Denver.: :::: : v::::  Fr.  Western  States  1876  Denver. - 


Mt.  Brit- Araerica'  -§ 


Mt.  Whitney . 

Mt.  Fairweather... 

Mt.  Shasta . 

Pike’s  Peak. 

Dem 
Mt.  t  . 

Fremont 
Lon] 

Mt,  - 

Mt,  \rarat.......... 

Peak  of  Teneriffe  .  .  . 

Miltsin,  highestof  Atlas  Mountains.. 

Mt.  Hood . 

Mt.  Lebanon . •••  . •■• 

Mt  Perdu,  highestof  Pyrenees 

Mt.  St.  Helen’s . 

Mt.  A'ltna,  volcano . 


IX 

California .  15,000  .2% 

Bussian  i'oss.  14,796  .2% 

California .  14,450  .2% 

Coloi'ado .  14,320  .2X 


Canaries'. . 

.Morocco .  12.(00  .2K 


The  thirteen  original  States,  t  Date  of  adoption  of  Constitution. 


. ..  Oregon.. 

. Syria . 

... _ France.... 

. Oregon _ 

. Sicily . 

Monfe  CorAorhighest of  App'enines. . . .  Naples  . . . 

Sneehattan,  highest  Dovreheld  Mts....  Norway . -•  j  Ay, 

Mount  Sinai. . . . Grpece'"'  .  ..7,677  .1  H 

Pintlus,  liighestin.... ....••• . N  Carolina  .  ..6,476  A'A 

Black  Mountain,  highest  in  . .....  -  •  ■  N.  y^““gire  ..6  284  .IK 

Mt.  Washington,  lughest  White  Mts....  N.  Damps ni  g  ^ 


11.570  .2K 

11.000  .2 X 

.  10,950  .2 
.  10.150  .VA 
.  10.050  .1  % 
..9,523  AX 
",.115  AH 


Principal  Exports  of  Various  Countries. 

Arabia— Coffee,  aloes,  myrrh,  frankincense  gvtm  arahia  anufactUres. 

w».PTKi  it  and  SOUTHERN  Afeica  -Gold  ivory,  ostri 


,  ostrich  feathers. 


China- 

DENMARK-  v, - _ _ , _ 

France 


— 'silks, ^vootens.  nnen’7,  cotton’s^  wine’^hraiKl)8  Porcelani,  WIS- 

rv _ T.inp.n  orai n. var ious manufactures oi  siivei,  ^  ii 


lanufactures. 


Mt.  Marry,  highest  in.... 

Mt  Hecla,  volcano . .  •  •  ■  •  •  •  •  • 

Peaks  of  Otter . . 

Bound  Top,  highestof  Catskili  Mts... 


Iceland . 

8cotlanrt . :l;l8o  ::l 

^a-:::::: -3:932  :::| 

New  York . 3,804  ...^ 


Great  BRiTAiN^—^ooleriaf’cott'onsi^imens^'a'i'dware,  poi'cefain,  etc. 

— * 

Sweden  and  Norway  — Iron,  steef,  copp^  timber,  nsn.  silk  goods>  etc. 

SWITZERLAND- Watches,  jewelry,  paper  laces,  niiemusiin  swords 

Turkey  —Grain,  fruits,  cotton,  °l1! ;,m1hPerS>bee/) poi-k  fish,  cottons,  woolens. 

™zxuNDiAEr-S;L°r?m;  SSSlhSWS  cott6n’ lndlgo- fruits- 


etc. 


IMPORTANT  FACTS  FOR  REFERENCE. 


229 


Presidents  of  the  United  States. 


Name. 


George  Washington  . 

John  Adams . 

Thomas  Jefferson _ 

James  Madison . 

James  Monroe . 

John  Quincy  Adams. 

Andrew  Jackson . 

Martin  Van  Buren. . . 
William  H.  Harrison 

John  Tyler . 

James  k.  Polk . 

Zachary  Taylor . 

Millard  Fillmore . 

Franklin  Pierce . 

James  Buchanan . 

Abraham  Lincoln . 

Andrew  Johnson . 

Ulys'es  S.  Grant . 

Rutherford  B.  Hayes . . 


Va . 

Mass. . 

Va . 

Va . 

Va . 

Mass. . 
Tenn. . 
N.  Y... 
Ohio .. 

Va . 

Tenn. . 


stalled 

Office. 


1732 
1735 
1743 
1751 
1758 
1767 
1767 
1782 
1773 
90 
1795 
1784 
1800 
1804 
1791 
1809 

.1808  .... 

HI . '1822118691 

Ohio. .1182211877' 


N.  Y.. 
N.  H. 
Penn. 
Ill.... 
Tenn. 


1789 

179 

1801 

1809 

1817 

1825 

1829 

1837 

1841 

1841 

1845 

1849 

1850 
1853 
1857 
1861 
1865 


Term  of  Office. 


8  yrs. 
4  ■*  . 
8  “  . 
8  “  . 
8  “  . 
4  “  . 
8  “  . 


4 

1  month . 

3  yrs.  11  mos . 

4  “  . 

1  y.  4  m.  5  d... 

2  y.  7  m.  26  d.. 

4  yrs . 

4  “  . 

52  4  y.  1  m.  10  d... 
57  1 3  y.  10  ill.  20  d. 

47  8  years . 

55  I . 


Died. 


Deo.  14, 
July  4, 
July  4, 
June  23, 
July  4, 
Feb.  23, 
June  8 
July  24, 
April  4, 
Jan.  17 
June  15, 
July  9, 
Mar.  8, 
Oct.  8, 
June  1, 
Apr.  14, 
July  31. 


1799 

1826 

1826 

1836 

1831 

1848 
1845 
1862 
1841 
1862 

1849 

1850 

1874 
1860 
1868 
1865 

1875 


Ago 


Height  of  Monuments,  Towers,  Etc. 

NAMES.  PLACES.  FEET. 

Pyramid  of  Cheops .  Egypt  543 

Antwerp  Cathedral .  Belg.um .  476 

Strasburg  Cathedral .  France  .  474 

St.  Martin’s  Church  at  Landshut . Bavaria  . 456 

Pyramid  of  Cephrenes . Egypt.  456 

St.  Peter’s  Church .  Rome  448 

St.  Paul’s  Church,  London . England  . 404 

Salisbury  Cathedral . England . ”  "  400 

Cathedral  at  Florence . Italy .  384 

Cathedral  at  Cremona . Lombardy  372 

Church  at  Fribourg . Germany  370 

Cathedral  of  Seville . Spain .  360 

Cathedral  of  Milan . Lombardy .  355 

Cathedral  of  Utrecht.... .  Holland  dm 

Pyramid  of  Sakkarah . i  ! ! .  Egypt ... 356 

Cathedral  of  Notre  Dame,  Munich . Bavaria .  348 

St.  Mark’s  Church . Venice .  328 

Assinelli  Tower,  Bologna .  Italy  314 

Column  at  Delhi . Hindostan .  262 

I  orcelatn  Tower,  Nankin . China .  248 

Church  of  Notre  Dame .  Paris  232 

Bunker  Hill  Monument . Massachusetts .  220 

Leaning  Tower  of  Pisa . Italy .  202 

Washington  Monument . Baltimore .  183 

Monument,  Place  Vendome . Paris .  153 

J  rajan’s  Pillar,  Rome . Italy...  151 

Obelisk  of  Luxor,  now  in .  Parts .  110 


Capacity  of  Large  Rooms. 

Estimating  a  person  to  occupy  an 
area  of  19.9  inches  square. 
CHURCHES.  "Will  Contain 

No.  Persons. 

St.  Peter’s,  Rome .  54,000 

Cathedral,  Milan .  37,000 

St.  Paul’s,  Rome .  32,000 

St.  Paul’s,  London .  25,600 

St.  Petronio,  Bologna .  24,400 

Cathedral,  Florence .  24,300 

Cathedral,  Aiitwerp .  24  000 

St.Sophia’s, Constantinople  23,000 

St.  John’s,  Lateran .  22,900 

Notre  Dame,  Paris .  21,000 

Cathedral,  Pisa .  13,000 

St.  Stephen’s,  Vienna .  12,400 

St.  Dominic’s,  Bologna _  12,000 

St.  Peter’s,  Bologna .  11,400 

Cathedral,  Vienna .  11  000 

St.  Mark’s,  Venice .  7,500 

Opera-Houses  and  Theaters. 

B  a  r  n  u  m  ’  s  Hippodrome, 

New  York . 

Stadt  Theater,  New  York.. 
Academy  of  Music,  Phila¬ 
delphia . 

Carlo  Felice,  Genoa .  2!660 

Acad,  of  Music,  Brooklyn. . 

Opera-House,  Munich . 

Alexander,  St.  Petersburg. 

San  Carlos,  Naples . 

Adelphi  Theater,  Chicago. 
Imperial,  St.  Petersburg. . 

La  Scala,  Milan .  2  113 

Academy  of  Paris,  Paris.. .  2,092 
Covent  Garden,  London...  ~  ‘ 

Academy  of  Music,  N.  Y... 

Boston  Theater,  Boston.... 

Music  Hail,  Boston . 

Grand  Opera -Hall,  New 

Orleans . 

St.  Charles  Theater,  New 
Orleans . 


8,433 

3,000 


2,865 


2,307 

2,332 

2,240 

2,238 

2,160 


2,684 

2,526 

2.972 

2,585 

2,052 

2,178 


Grand  Opera-House,  N.  Y. 
Booth’s  Theater,  N.  York. 

Opera-House,  Detroit . 

McVicker’s  Theater,  Chi¬ 
cago  . 

Grand  Opera-House,  Chi¬ 
cago . 

Ford’s  Opera-House,  Bal¬ 
timore . 

National  Theater,  Wash¬ 
ington . 

De  Bar’s  Opera-House,  St. 

Louis . 

California  Theater,  San 

Francisco . 

Euchu  Ave.  Opera-House, 

Cleveland  . 

Opera-House,  Berlin . 

Opera-House,  Albany . 

Hooley’s  Theater,  Chicago 
Coulter  Opera-House,  Au¬ 
rora,  Ill . 

Opera-House,  Montreal _ 


1,883 

1.807 

1,790 

1,786 

1,786 

1,720 

1,709 

1,696 

1,651 

1,650 

1,636 

1,404 

1,373 

1,004 

928 


Periods  of  Digestion. 

Substance.  Hrs.  Mia. 

Rice,  boiled .  l 

Eggs,  whipped,  raw .  1  30 

Trout,  fresh,  fried .  1  30 

Soup,  Barley,  boiled .  1  30 

Apples,  sweet,  mellow,  raw.  1  30 

Venison  steak,  broiled .  1  45 

Sago,  boiled .  l  45 

Tapioca,  boiled .  2 

Barley,  boiled .  2 

Milk,  boiled .  2 

Liver,  beef,  fresh,  broiled..  2 

Eggs,  fresh,  raw . 2 

Apples,  sour,  mellow,  raw..  2 
Cabbage,  with  vinegar,  raw  2 

Milk,  raw . 2  15 

Eggs,  fresh,  roasted .  2  15 

Turkey,  domestic,  roasted  .  2  30 
Goose,  wild,  roasted .  2  30 


Substance. 

Cake,  sponge,  baked . 

Hash,  warmed . 

Beans,  pod,  boiled . 

Parsnips,  boiled . 

Potatoes,  Irish,  baked _ 

Cabbage,  head  raw . 

Custard,  baked  . 

Apples,  sour,  hard,  raw... 

Oysters,  fresh,  raw . 

Eggs,  fresh  soft  boiled. . . . 

Beefsteak,  broiled . 

Mutton,  fresh,  broiled .  3 

Mutton,  fresh,  boiled .  3 

Soup,  bean,  boiled .  3 

Chicken  soup,  boiled .  3 

Dumpling,  apple,  boiled....  3 

Oysters,  fresh,  roasted .  3 

Pork,  salted,  broiled .  3 

Porksteak,  broiled .  3 

Mutton,  fresh,  roasted . 3 

Bread,  corn,  baked . 3 

Carrot,  orange,  boiled .  3 

Sausage,  fresh,  broiled .  3 

Oysters,  fresh;  stewed .  3 

Butter,  meited .  3 

Cheese,  old,  raw .  3 

Oyster  soup,  boiled .  3 

Bread,  wheat,  fresh,  baked.  3 

Turnips,  flat,  boiled .  3 

Potatoes,  Irish,  boiled  .  3 

Eggs,  fresh,  hard  boiled ....  3 

Eggs,  fresh,  fried .  3 

Green  corn  &  beans,  boiled.  3 

Beets,  boiled .  3 

Salmon,  salted,  boiled .  4 

Beef,  fried .  4 

Veal,  fresh,  broiled .  4 

Fowls,  domestic,  boiled .  4 

Beef,  old,  salted,  boiled.. 

Pork,  salted,  fried . 

Pork,  salted,  boiled . 

Veal,  fresh,  fried . 

Cabbage,  boiled . 

Pork,  roasted  . 

Suet,  beef,  boiled . 


Capacity  of  a  Freight  Car. 

A  load,  nominally,  is  20,000  pounds. 
The  following  number  can  be  carried. 

Whisky — _  . 60  barrels. 

Salt . 70  “ 

Lime . 70  “ 

Flour . 90  “ 

Eggs . .  100  to  1(,0  “ 

El  our . 200  srcks. 

W  ood . 0  cords. 

Cattle . . 18  to  20  head. 

Hogs . . F.O  to  (,0  “ 

Sheep . £0  to  100  “ 

Lumber . 6,000  feet. 

Barley . . 300  bushels. 

Wheat . 340  “ 

Flax  Seed . 3(0  “ 

Apples  — . 370  “ 

Corn . 4Q0  “ 

Potatoes . 430  “ 

Oats . . . OPO  “ 

Bran . 1,000  “ 

Butter - — . 20.000  pounds. 

Quantity  of  Seed  to  Plant. 

Asparagus.— 1  oz.  produces  1,000 
plants. 

Asparagus  Roots,— 1,000  plants  to 
bed  4  x  225  feet. 

Beans.— 1  qc.  plants  150  ft.  of  row. 
Beefs.— 1  oz.  plants  150  ft.  of  row. 
Cabbage.— 1  oz.  gives  2  500  plants. 
Celery— 1  oz.  gives  7,000  plants. 
Cucumber  —1  oz.  for  150  hills. 
Lettuce.— 1  oz.  gives  7.000  plants. 
Melon.— 1  oz.  for  120  hills. 

Onion. — Four  pounds  to  the  acre. 
Radish.— 1  oz.  to  100  ft.  of  ground. 
Spinage.—l  oz.  to  250  ft.  of  row. 
Squash.— 1  oz.  to  75  hills. 

Tomato.— 1  oz.  g'ves  2,500  plants. 
Turnip.— \y2  pound  to  the  acre. 


CHRONOLOGY  OF  IMPORTANT  EVENTS. 


Before  Christ. 

The  Deluge .  2348 

Babylon  built .  2247 

Birth  of  Abraham . ldua 

Death  of  Joseph .  1635 

Moses  horn .  1571 

Athens  founded .  1556 

The  Pyramids  built . .”.’.'.1250 

Solomon’s  Temple  finished .  1004 

Rome  founded .  753 

Jerusalem  destroyed . 587 

Babylon  taken  by  Jews .  S38 

Death  of  Socrates .  '  400 

Rome  taken  l>y  the  Gauls . 385 

Paper  invented  in  China .  170 

Carthage  destroyed .  146 

Ciesar  landed  in  Britain .  55 

Ciesar  killed .  41 

Birth  of  Christ . 0 

After  Christ. 

Death  of  Augustus .  14 

Pilate,  governor  of  Judea . ’  27 

Jesus  Christ  crucified .  33 

Claudius  visited  Britain .  '  4,3 

St.  Paul  put  to  death .  67 


After  Christ. 

Death  of  Josephus .  93 

Jerusalem  rebuilt .  131 

The  Romans  destroyed  580,000  Jews  ail'd 

banished  the  rest  from  Judea .  1,35 

The  Bible  in  Gothic .  373 

Horseshoes  made  of  iron .  ’  481 

Latin  tongue  ceased  to  be  spoken. . . .  i  i . .  i  i  580 

Pens  made  of  Quills .  635 

Organs  used .  ' ' "  999 

Glass  in  England . . ’ ' '  393 

Bank  of  Venice  established .  1157 

Glass  windows  first  used  for  lights . 1180 

Mariner’s  compass  used . 1200 

Coal  dug  for  fuel .  1234 

Chimneys  first  put  to  houses .  1236 

Spectacles  invented  by  an  Italian .  1240 

The  first  English  House  of  Commons . 1258 

Tallow  candles  for  lights . 1290 

Paper  made  from  linen . 1302 

Gunpowder  invented . 1340 

"Woolen  cloth  made  in  England . 1341 

Printing  invented . 1436 

The  first  almanac .  1470 

America  discovered . i  1492 

First  book  printed  in  England . 1507 


After  Christ. 

Luther  began  to  preach . 1517 

Interest  fixed  at  ten  per  cent,  in  England.  1547 

Telescopes  invented . 1549 

First  coach  made  in  England .  1564 

Clocks  first  made  in  England . 1568 

Bank  of  England  incorporated . 1594 

Shakspeare  died . 1 . 1616 

Circulation  of  the  blood  discovered . 1619 

Barometer  invented . 1623 

First  newspaper . 1629 

Death  of  Galileo . 1643 

Steam  engine  invented . 1649 

Great  fire  in  London .  1666 

Cotton  planted  in  the  United  States . 1759 

Commencement  of  the  American  war.... 1775 
Declaration  of  American  Independence. .  1776 
Recognition  of  American  Independence.  .1782 
Bank  of  England  suspended  cash  paym’t.  1791 

Napoleon  I.  crowned  emperor . 1804 

Death  of  Napoleon . l§20 

Telegraph  invented  bv  Morse . 1832 

First  daguerreotype  in  Fi  ance . 1839 

Beginning  of  the  American  civil  war . 1861 

End  of  the  American  civil  war .  1865 

Great  fire  in  Chicago .  1871 


T 


230 


POPULATION  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  CITIES  OF  THE  WORLD,* 


OUTSIDE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES.  HAYING  100.000  INHABITANTS  AND  OVER.  ACCORDING  TO  THE  LATEST  AUTHORITIES. 


Abbeokoota,  Africa . 

Adrianople,  Turkey . 

Agra,  India . 

Ahmedabad,  India . 

Alexandria,  Egypt . 

Algiers,  Africa . 

Amoy,  China  . 

Amste  dam.  Holland . 

Antwerp,  Belgium . 

Bahia,  Brazil . 

Bangalore,  India . 

Bangkok,  Siam . 

Barcelona  Spain . 

Bareilly,  India . 

Baroda,  India . 

Belfast,  Ireland . 

Benares,  India . 

Iieyrout,  Syria . 

Bhurtpoor,  India . 

Birmingham,  England. . 

Bombay,  India  . 

Bordeaux,  France . 

Bradford,  England . 

Breslau,  Prussia . 

Bristol,  England . 

Bucharest,  Turkey 


.100,000 
.100,000 
.140.008 
.130,000 
.180,796 
.100,000 
.250  000 
.289.9-2 
.141,910 
..129.109 
.142,513 
.500,000 
.252,015 
..111,332 
.140,000 
.174.394 
..200,000 
..100.000 
..100,000 
..343,696 
..644,405 
..194.241 
..145  827 
..171.926 
..182,524 
..121,734 


Cairo,  Egypt . 282,348 

Calcutta  India . 794,645 

Canton,  China  . 1,236,601 

Cawnpore,  India . 122,770 

Chang-Clioo,  China . I,000,0n0 

Cologne,  Prussia . 135,371 

Damascus,  Turkey . 120.000 

Delhi.  India . 152,406 

Dhar,  India . 100,000 

Dresden,  Germany . 156,024 

Dublin,  Ireland . 215,722 

Dundee.  Scotland  . 118,974 

Edinburgh,  Scotland . 196,500 

Erzeroum,  Turkey . 100,000 

Fez,  Morocco . 100,00  ) 

Florence,  It  ily . 167,093 

Foo-Choo,  China .  ,.6d0,OO0 

Fyzabad,  India . lOO.OOO 

Genoa,  Italy  . 130,269 

Ghent,  Belgium . 126,203 

Glasgow,  Scotland . 477,144 

Greenwich,  England . 167,632 

Hamburg,  Germany . 224,974 

Han-Keoo,  China . 800,000 

Havana,  Cuba . 205,676 

Herat.  Afghanistan . 100,000 


Hull,  England . 121,596 

Hyderabad,  India . 200.000 

Joodpoor,  India . 150,000 

Konigsberg,  Prussia . 122  636 

Leeds,  England . 259,201 

Liege,  Belgium . 111,853 

Lille,  France . 154  749 

Liverpool,  England . 493,346 

Lucknow,  India . 300.000 

Lvons,  France . 323,954 

Madras,  India . 427.771 

Manchester,  England . 383,843 

M  tnila.  I'hil’ppine  Is . 160,000 

Marseilles,  France . 300,131 

Miako,  Japan . 500,000 

Milan,  Italy  . 261,976 

Montreal,  Canada . 107,225 

Monrshedaliad,  India . 146,963 

Moscow,  Russia . 611,970 

Nagpoor,  India . 111,231 

Nanking,  China . 400,000 

Nantes,  France . 111,956 

Naples,  Italy . 448,743 

Newcastle-on-Tyne,  Eng.,  128, 160 

Ningpo,  China . 400,000 

Odessa,  Russia . 162,814 


Ooroomtsee,  Toorkistan 

Osaka,  Japan . 

Palermo,  Italy . 

Patna,  India . 

Pestli,  Hungary . 

Portsmouth,  England... 

Prague,  Bohemia . 

Riga,  Russia . 

Rotterdam,  Holland - 

Rouen,  France . 

Saigon,  Anam . 

Salford,  England . 

Seville,  Spain . 

Shang-H-ii,  China  . 

Sheffield,  England . 

Smyrna,  Asia  Minor — 

Soo-Choo,  China . 

Stoke-upon  -Trent,  Eng 

Toulouse,  France . 

Trieste,  Austria . 

Tunis,  Africa . 

Turin,  Italy . 

Valencia,  Spain . 

Venice,  Italy . 

Warsaw,  Poland . 

Yarkand,  Toorkistan... 


...150.000 
..373,000 
..219.938 
..158  900 
...201,911 
...112.954 
...157.123 
...102  043 
...118.837 
...102.649 
...200.000 
...124,805 
...118.298 
....395.000 
....239,947 
...150,000 
..2,000,000 
....130,507 
...113.229 
...104.707 
...125.000 
....207.770 
...107,703 
...128,901 
....243  512 
...125,000 


«  F0r  population  of  several  other  large  cities,  see  capitals  of  the  principal  countries  of  the  world,  page  227. 

Population  of  the  Principal  Cities  of  the  United  States. 


CITIES. 

1875. 

1870. 

Adrian,  Mich . 

10,072 

8.438 

Akron,  Ohio . 

*  *  * 

10.006 

AlbaifyN.  Y . 

86,013 

69.422 

Alexandria,  Va . 

*  *  * 

13,570 

Allegheny,  Pa . 

72,000 

53.180 

Allentown,  Pa . 

*  *  * 

13.884 

Alton,  Ill . 

11.773 

8,6o5 

Altoona,  Pa . 

15,329 

10,610 

Atlanta,  Ga . 

*  *  * 

21.789 

Auburn,  N.  Y . 

18,359 

17,225. 

Augusta,  Ga . 

*  *  * 

15,389 

Aurora,  Ill . 

11,162 

Raltimorp,  Md . 

.  *  . 

267.354 

Bangor,  Me . 

*  *  * 

18.289 

Belleville  11! . 

10,249 

8  146 

Biddefortl,  Me . 

*  *  \ 

10.282 

Binghamton,  N.  Y  — 

.  15.550 

12.692 

Bloomington,  111 . 

.  23  130 

14.590 

Boston.  Mass . 

.341,919 

250.526 

Bridgeport,  Conn - 

*  *  * 

19  876 

Brooklyn,  N.  . 

.484,616 

396,099 

Buffalo,  N.  Y . 

.134.573 

117  714 

Burlington,  Iowa - 

.  20.000 

14,930 

Burlington,  Vt . 

*  *  * 

14,387 

Cambridge,  Mass.... 

.  47,833 

39  634 

Camden,  N.  J . 

.  *  *  * 

20,045 

Canton,  Ohio . 

9.109 

Chicago,  111 . 

293.977 

Charleston  S.  O . 

.  *  *  * 

4S956 

Charlestown.  Mass.. 

*  *  * 

28  323 

Chillicothe,  Ohio . 

8,920 

Chester,  Pa . 

*  *  * 

9  485 

Cincinnat i,  Ohio . 

216,239 

Cleveland,  Ohio . 

*  *  * 

92  329 

Columbia,  tS.  C . 

*  *  * 

9  298 

Columbus,  Ohio . 

*  *  * 

31.274 

Cohoes.  N.  Y . 

.  17,516 

15.3  7 

Concord,  N.  H.  . 

.  *  *  * 

12.241 

Count-  1  iiluffs,  Iowa. 

.  *  *  * 

10  (121) 

Covington,  Ky . 

.  28,574 

24,505 

Davenport,  Iowa . 

.  21,234 

20.038 

Dayton,  onio . 

.  *  *  * 

30.473 

])es  Moines.  Iowa — 

..  18.343 

12,035 

Detroit,  Mich . 

.101,083 

79.577 

Dover,  N.  JI . 

.  *  *  * 

9,294 

Dubuque,  Iowa . 

.  23,605 

18,434 

Ea«t  Saginaw,  Midi. .  17,174 

Elizabeth.  N.  J .  25,923 

Elmira,  N.  Y .  20.538 

Erie,  Pa .  26,037 

Evansville,  Ind .  *  * 

Fall  River,  Mass .  45,340 

Fond  du  l.ac,  Wis _  15,308 

Fort  Wayne,  lad .  25,000 

Frederick,  Md .  *  *  * 

Galesburg,  Ill .  *  *  * 

Galveston,  Texas —  34.213 

Georgetown,  D.  C .  «  *  » 

Grand  Rapids,  Mich..  26,692 


11,350 

20,832 

15.863 

19,646 

21,830 

26  766 
12,704 
17,718 
8,526 

10,158 

13,818 

11,384 

16,507 


1860. 

6.213 

3.477 

62,367 

12,652 

28,702 

8,025 

3,585 

3.591 

9.554 
10,986 
14,875 

6,011 

212  418 
16,41-0 
7,527 
9,349 
8,325 
7.075 
202,977 
13,299 
266,661 
81,129 
6,706 
7,713 

32,606 
14,358 
4,041 
112,172 
40,467 
25.065 
4.581 
4,631 
161,044 
43  417 
8,052 

18.554 
8,799 

10,890 

2,011 

16,471 

11,267 
20,081 
3  965 
45  619 
8.502 
13,000 

3,001 
11,567 
8.6  <2 
9,419 
11,484 

14  026 
5,450 
9,000 
8,143 

4.953 

7,307 

8,733 

8,084 


CITIES. 


1875. 


1870.  1860. 


Hamilton,  Ohio .  *  *  * 

Hannibal,  Mo .  10,000 

Harrisburg,  l'a .  27,926 

Hartford,  Conn .  *  *  * 

Haverhill,  Mass .  14.700 

Hoboken,  N.  J .  26,000 

Hen-ton,  Texas .  25,960 

Hudson  N.  Y .  8,828 

Indianapolis,  Ind .  *  *  * 

Jackson,  Mich .  13,889 

Jacksonville,  Ill .  *  *  * 

Janesville.  Wls .  10,115 

Jersey  City,  N.  J . 109,229 

Kansas  City,  Mo .  32,732 

Keokuk,  Iowa .  14,500 

Knoxville,  Teun .  *  *  * 


11,081 

10,125 

23,104 

37.180 

13.092 

20,197 

9.3-82 

8.615 


7,223 

6,505 

13.405 

17.956 

9,995 

9,669 

4.848 

7,187 


48,244  18,611 


Lafayette,  Ind . 

Lancaster  Pa . 

Lawrence,  Kansas.... 

Lawrence,  Mass . 

Leavenworth,  Kansas 

Lewiston,  Me . 

Lexington,  Ky . 

Little  Rock,  Ark . 

Lockport,  N.  Y . 

Logansport,  Ind . 

Louisville,  Ky . 

Lowell.  Mass . 

Lynn,  Mass . 


18,200 
25,421 
8.149 
35  400 
16,000 
*  *  * 

19,733 
20  475 
12,624 


49.688 

32,600 


557 

039 


750 

ooo 

,000 


Macon,  Ga .  * 

Manchester,  N.  H .  * 

Madison,  Iml .  11. 

Madison,  Wis .  10, 

Mansfield,  Ohio .  ‘ 

Memphis,  Tenn .  * 

Milwaukee,  Wis . 100 

Minneapolis,  Minn. . .  34 
Mobile,  Ala .  46 

Nashua.  N,  H .  *  *  * 

Na-hville,  Teun .  27,950 

Natchez,  Miss .  *  *  * 

New  Albany,  Ind .  *  *  * 

Newark,  N.  J . 123.310 

New  B-dford,  Mass..  25  876 

Newburg,  N.  Y .  17.327 

Newburyport,  Mass..  13,323 
New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  16,660 
Hew  Haven,  Conn —  *  *  * 

New  Orleans,  La . 203.489 

i>  wport,  Ky .  22.000 

Newport,  R.  1 .  14,028 

New  York,  N.  Y . 1,046.037 

Norfolk.  Va .  23,500 

Norwich,  Conn .  * 


Ogdensburg,  N.  Y....  ... 

Omaha,  Neb .  *  *  ’ 

Orange,  N.  J .  10,813 

Oshkosh,  Wis .  1 7,015 

Oswego,  N.  Y .  22,455 


11.447 

9,203 

8.789 

82,546 

32.260 

12,766 

8,682 

13.506 

20.233 

8.320 
28.921 
17.873 
13,600 
14,801 
12,380 
12,426 

8,950 

100,753 

40.928 

28.233 

19,304 

23.536 

10,709 

9,176 

8,029 

40.2--6 

71,440 

13.066 

22,034 

10,543 

25.865 

9  057 
15,396 

105,059 

21.320 
17.014 
12.595 
15.058 
50,810 

191.418 

15.087 

12.521 

942,292 

19,229 

16,653 

10  076 
16,083 

9.348 

12,643 

20,910 


4,799 

5,520 

7.702 

29,226 

4.418 

8.136 

6,000 

9.387 

17,630 

1  645 
17.639 

7,429 

7,424 

9,321 

3,727 

13.523 

2.979 

68,033 

36.827 

19,083 

8.247 

20,107 

8.137 
6,611 
4,581 

22.621 

45,246 

2  563 
29,458 

10,065 
16  988 
6,612 
12,647 
71,941 
22,300 
15,196 
13,401 
11,256 
39,267 
118,670 
10.046 
10,508 
805,651 
14,620 
14,048 

7,409 

1,831 

8,877 

6,086 

16,816 


CITIES.  1875. 

Paterson,  N.  J .  38,824 

Peoria,  Ill .  30,639 

Petersburg,  Va .  *  *  * 

Philadelphia,  Pa . 817,448 

Pittsburgh,  Pa .  *  *  * 

Portland,  Me .  35,031 

Portland.  Oregon .  *  *  * 

Portsmouth,  N.  II —  10,043 

Portsmouth,  Ohio .  13,140 

Portsmouth,  Va .  *  *  * 

Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y..  19,859 
Providence,  R.  1 . 100,675 

Quincy,  Ill .  35,181 


1870.  1860. 


33,579 
22  849 
18,950 
674,022 
86.076 
31,413 
8,293 
9.211 
10.592 
10,492 
20.080 
68,904 


19,586 
14  045 
18  266 
565.529 
49,219 
26.341 
2.868 
9.335 
6,268 
9.480 
14.726 
50,066 


24,052  13,718 


Racine,  Wis . 

Raleigh,  N.  C . 

Reading,  Pa  . . 

Richmond,  Ind . 

Richmond,  Va . 

Rochester.  N.  Y . 

Rome,  N.  Y . 


Sacramento,  Cal . 

St.  Joseph,  Mo . 

St.  Louis,  Mo . 

St.  Paul,  Minn . . 

Salem.  Mass . 

Salt  Lake  City.  Utah. 
San  A  utonio,  Texas.. 

Sandusky,  Ohio . 

San  Francisco, Cal... 

Savannah,  Ga . 

Schenectady,  N.  Y. . . 

Scranton,  Pa . 

Springfield,  III . 

Springfield,  Mass - 

Springfield,  Ohm  — 
Steubenville,  Ohio... 

Stockton,  Cal . 

Syracuse,  N.  Y . 


13,300 

15,500 

40,109 

13,124 

81,673 

11,922 


33.400 
25,958 
*  *  * 

13,861 


12,748 
*  *  * 

25.000 

31,053 


13.360 

48,315 


20.429 

19.265 


48,821 

32,070 


Taunton,  Mass . 

Terre  Haute,  ind . 

Titusville,  Pa . 

Toledo,  Ohio . 

Tie  non,  N.  J . 

Troy,  N.  Y . 

Utica,  N.  Y . 

Vicksburg,  Miss . 


Washington,  D.  C .  * 

Waterbury,  Conn .  16.032 

Watertown,  N.  Y .  10.041 

Wheeling,  W.  Va .  29,000 

Williamsport,  Pa .  *  *  * 

Wlimingt-m,  Del .  ’ 

Wilmington,  N.  C .  *** 

Worcester,  Mass .  49,265 

York,  Pa .  *  *  * 

Zanesville,  Ohio .  *  *  * 


9  880 
7.790 
33.930 
9.345 
51.038 
62  386 
11,000 

16.283 
19  565 
310.864 
20.030 
24.117 
12.854 
12,256 
13  000 
149.473 
28.235 
10,026 
35  092 
17.364 
26.703 
12  652 

8  107 
10,966 
43,051 

18.629 

16,11)3 

8,639 

31.594 

22.874 

46,465 

28,801 

12,443 

109.199 

10.826 

9  336 
19.280 
16.030 
30,841 
13,446 
41  105 

11,003 

10,011 


7.822 
4,780 
23.162 
6.623 
37.907 
48  204 
10,584 

12.797 

8,932 

160,773 

10.400 

22.252 
8,207 
8.325 
8.408 

.  56,802 
22.292 
9,576 
9.223 
9,320 
15,199 
7.002 
6,154 
3.679 
28,119 

15.376 

8,594 

438 

i3.768 

17.228 

39.252 

22.529 

4,591 

61,122 
10  004 
7  562 
14  083 
5.564 
21.258 
9.552 
24,960 

8,605 

9,229 


No  census  taken  since  1870. 


FINANCIAL  HISTORY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES; 


231 


Showing  Expenditures  and  Debt  of  the  Country  during  the  various  Political  Administrations  from  the  Founding  of  the 
Government  to  the  present  time  ;  also  Presidents  and  Vice  Presidents. 


Yr. 

President. 

Vice  President. 

Puolic 

Expenditures. 

Public 

Debt. 

Yr. 

President. 

Vice  President. 

Public 

Expenditures. 

Public 

Debt. 

]7KQ 

1837 

M.  VanBuren. . 

R.  M.  Johnson . D 

37,265,037  15 

3,308,124  07 

1838 

M.  VanBuren.. 

R.  M.  Johnson . D 

39,455,438  35 

10,434,221  14 

1791 

G.  Washington 

John  Adams . F 

$3,797  436  78 

$75,463,476  52 

1839 

M.  VanBuren.. 

R.  M.  Johnson . D 

37  614,936  15 

3,573,343  82 

1792 

G.  Washington 

John  Adams . F 

8,962,920  00 

77,227,924  66 

1840 

M.  VanBuren.. 

R.  M.  Johnson . D 

28,226,533  81 

5,250,875  54 

1793 

G.  Washington 

John  Adams . F 

6,479,977  97 

80,352,634  04 

1841 

W.H. Harrison 

lohn  Tylerf . W 

31,797,530  03 

13,594,480  73 

1794 

G.  Washington 

John  Adams . F 

9,041,593  17 

78,427,404  77 

1842 

John  Tyler.... 

Wm.  P  Mangum. .  W 

32,936,876  53 

20,601,226  28 

1795 

G.  Washington 

John  Adams . F 

10.151,240  15 

80,747,587  39 

1843 

John  Tyler.... 

Wm.  P.  Mangum. .  W 

12,118,105  15 

32,742,922  00 

1796 

G.  Washington 

John  Adams . F 

8,367,776  84 

83,762,172  07 

1844 

John  Tyler.... 

Wm.  P.  Mangum..  W 

33,642,010  85 

23,461,652  50 

1797 

John  Adams.. 

Thomas  Jefferson.  .F 

8,625,877  37 

32,064,479  33 

1845 

Jas.  K.  Polk... 

George  M.  Dallas  .  .D 

30,490,408  71 

15,925,303  01 

1798 

John  Adams. 

Thomas  Jefferson.  .F 

8,583,618  41 

79,228.529  12 

1846 

Jas.  K.  Polk... 

George  M.  Dallas  .  .D 

27,632,282  90 

15,550.202  97 

1799 

John  Adams.. 

Thomas  Jefferson. .F 

11,002,396  97 

78,408  669  77 

1847 

Jas.  K.  Polk.. . 

George  M.  Dallas  . .  D 

60,520,851  74 

38,826,534  77 

1800 

John  Adams.. 

Thomas  Jefferson.  .F 

11,952,534  12 

82,798,294  35 

1848 

Jas.  K.  Polk.. 

George  M.  Dallas  . .  D 

60,655,143  19 

47,044,862  23 

1801 

Thos. Jefferson 

Aaron  Burr . B 

12,273,376  94 

83,038,050  80 

1849 

Zach.  Taylor.. 

Millard  Fillmore?,  ir 

56,386,422  74 

63,061,858  69 

1802 

Thos.  Jefferson 

Aaron  Burr . B 

13,270,487  31 

80,712,632  25 

1850 

M.  Fillmore... 

Wm.  R.  King . H’ 

44,604,718  26 

63,452,773  55 

1803 

Thos.  Jefferson 

Aaron  Burr . R 

11,258,983  67 

77,054,686  30 

1851 

M.  Fillmore... 

D.  R.  Atchison _ W 

48,476,104  31 

68,304,796  02 

1804 

Thos  Jefferson 

Aaron  Burr . B 

12,615,113  72 

86,427,120  88 

1852 

M.  Fillmore... 

D.  R.  Atchison —  TV 

46,712,608  83 

66,199,341  71 

1805 

Thos. Jefferson 

George  Clinton . B 

13.598,309  47 

82,312,150  50 

1853 

Frank.  Pierce. 

Wm.  R.  Kingl . D 

54,577,061  74 

59,803,117  70 

1806 

Thos.  Jefferson 

George  Clinton . R 

15.021,196  26 

75,723,270  66 

1854 

Frank.  Pierce. 

D.  R.  Atchison . D 

75,473,170  7b 

42,242,222  42 

1807 

Thos.Jefferson 

George  Clinton . R 

11,292,292  99 

69,218,398  64 

1855 

Frank.  Pierce. 

Jesse  D.  Bright..  ..D 

66,164,775  96 

35,586,956  56 

1808 

Thos. Jefferson 

George  Clinton . B 

16,762,702  04 

65,196,317  97 

1856 

Frank.  Pierce. 

Jesse  D.  Bright . D 

72,726,341  57 

31,972,537  90 

1809 

Jas.  Madison.. 

George  Clinton . 7? 

13,867,226  30 

57,023,192  09 

1857 

Jas.  Buchanan 

J.  C.  Breckenrldge.D 

71.274,587  37 

28,699,831  85 

1810 

Jas.  Madison. . 

George  Clinton . R 

13,309,994  49 

53,173,217  52 

1858 

Jas.  Buchanan 

J.  C.  Breckenridge.D 

82.062,186  74 

44,911,881  03 

1811 

Jas.  Madison. . 

George  Clinton . R 

13.592,604  86 

48,005,587  76 

1859 

Jas.  Buchanan 

J.  C.  Breckenridge.D 

83,678,642  92 

58,496,837  88 

1812 

Jas.  Madison. . 

George  Clinton . B 

22,279,121  15 

45,209,737  90 

1860 

Jas.  Buchanan 

J.  C.  Breckenridge.D 

77,055,125  65 

64,842,287  88 

1813 

Jas.  Madison. . 

Elbridge  Gerry . R 

39,190,520  36 

55,962,827  57 

1861 

A.  Lincoln . 

Hannibal  Hamlin..!? 

85,387,313  08 

90,580,873  72 

1814 

Jas.  Madison. . 

Elbridge  Gerryt....!? 

38,028,230  32 

81,487,846  24 

1862 

A.  Lincoln . 

Hannibal  Hamlin.  .R 

565,667,563  74 

524,176,412  13 

1815 

Jas.  Madison. . 

John  Gaillard . R 

39,582,493  35 

99,833.660  15 

1863 

A.  Lincoln . 

Hannibal  Hamlin..!? 

899,815,911  25 

1,119,772,138  63 

1816 

Jas.  Madison. . 

John  Gaillard . B 

48,244,495  51 

127,334,933  74 

1864 

A.  Lincoln . 

Hannibal  Hamlin..!? 

1,295,541,114  86 

1,815,784,370  57 

1817 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins _ R 

40,877,646  04 

123,491,965  16 

1865 

A.  Lincoln . 

Andrew  JohnsonIT .  i? 

1,906,433,331  37 

2,680,647,869  74 

1818 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins _ R 

35,104,875  40 

103.466.633  83 

1866 

A.  Johnson _ 

Lafayette  S.  Foster.!? 

1,139,344,081  95 

2,773,236,173  69 

1819 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins — R 

24,004,199  73 

95.529.648  28 

1867 

A.  Johnson _ 

Benj.  F.  Wade . It 

1,093,079,655  27 

2,678,126.103  87 

1820 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins - R 

21,763,024  85 

91,015,566  15 

1868 

A.  Johnson — 

Benj.  F.  Wade . !? 

1,069,889,970  74 

2,611,687,851  19 

1821 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins _ R 

19,690,572  69 

89.987,427  66 

1869 

U.  S.  Grant . . . . 

Schuyler  Colfax. . . . !? 

584,777,996  11 

2,588.452,213  94 

1822 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins _ R 

17,676,592  63 

93,546,676  98 

1870 

U.  S.  Grant.... 

Schuyler  Colfax. . . . R 

702,907,842,88 

2,480.672.427  81 

1823 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins. ....R 

15.314,171  00 

90,875,877  28 

1871 

U.  S.  Grant.... 

Schuyler  Colfax .... !? 

691  680,858  90 

2,353.211,332  11 

1824 

James  Monroe 

D.  D.  Tompkins _ R 

31,898,538  47 

90,269,777  77 

1872 

U.  S.  Grant.... 

Schuyler  Colfax. ...R 

682,525,270  21 

2,253,251,328  78 

1825 

Jno.  Q.  Adams 

John  C.  Calhoun... R 

23,585,804  72 

83,788,432  71 

1873 

U.  S.  Grant . . . . 

Henry  Wilson . R 

524,044,597  91 

2,144,818,713  57 

1826 

Jno.  Q.  Adams 

John  C.  Calhoun...!? 

24,103,398  46 

81,054,059  99 

1874 

U.  S.  Grant .... 

Henry  Wilson . !? 

724.698.933  99 

2,143.088,241  16 

1827 

Jno.  Q.  Adams 

John  C.  Calhoun.  ..R 

22.656,764  04 

73,987,357  20 

1875 

U.  S.  Grant  ... 

Henry  Wilson**  ...!? 

682.000,885  32 

2,128,688,726  32 

1828 

Jno.  Q.  Adams 

John  C.  Calhoun...!? 

25,459,479  52 

67,475,043  87 

1876 

D.  S.  Grant.... 

Thos.  W.  Ferry _ i? 

707,805.070  13 

2,099.439.344  99 

1829 

A.  Jackson _ 

John  C.  Calhoun... D 

25,044,358  40 

58,421,413  67 

1877 

R.  B.  Hayes. . . 

Wm.  A.  Wheeler...!?. 

565,299,898  91 

2,205.301,392  10 

1830 

A.  Jackson _ 

John  C.  Calhoun. . . D 

24,585.281  55 

48,565,406  50 

1831 

A.  Jackson _ 

John  C.  Calhoun... D 

30,038.446  12 

39,123,191  68 

Note.—' Though  the  principles  of  the  various  administrations,  from  1801 

1832 

A.  Jackson _ 

John  C.  Calhoun. ..D 

34,356,698  06 

^4,332(235  18 

to  1 829.  are  designated  as  Republican,  it 

inav  lie  remarked  thattbe  prill- 

eiples  of  both  the 

Democratic  and  Republican  parties 

have  materially 

changed  sine*'  the  establishment,  of  these 

parties,  which  changes  have  been 

183; 

A.  Jackson _ 

Martin  VanBuren.  .D 

24,257,298  49 

7,001,698  83 

wrought  by  the  new  political  Issues  that 

rave  from  time  to  time  sprung  up 

1834 

A.  Jackson _ 

Martin  VanBuren.. D 

24,601,982  44 

4,760,082  08 

in  the  history  of  the  government. 

1835 

A.  Jackson _ 

Martin  VanBuren.. D 

17.573,141  56 

37,513  05 

183b 

A.  Jackson. .  . 

Martin  VanBuren. .  V 

30.868,164  04 

336,957  83 

*  The  political  complexion  of  the  different  Presidential  terms  is 
Indicated  by  a  single  letter  opposite  each  year,  defined  as  follows  : 
F,  Federalist;  B,  Republican;  D,  Democratic;  TV,  Whig. 

t  Elbridge  Gerry  died  November  13, 1814,  and  was  succeeded  by  John 
Gaillard,  Vice-President  pro  tern. 

x  Wm.  H.  Harrison  died  April  4,  1841,  after  being  one  month  in  office. 
John  Tyler  succeeded  to  the  Presidency,  and  VV in.  P.  Mangum  became 
Vice-President  pro  tem. 

5  Zachary  Taylor  died  July  9,  1850,  being  succeeded  by  Millard  Fill¬ 
more;  Wm.  R.  King  succeeding  to  the  Vice-Presidency  the  first  half 


of  the  Presidential  term,  and  David  R.  Atchison  the  last  half. 

II  Wm.  R.  King  died  April  17,  1853;  David  R.  Atchison  becoming 
Vice-President  pro  (cm.  for  the  first  half  of  the  Presidential  term,  and 
Jesse  D.  Bright  for  the  last  half. 

H  Abraham  Lincoln  was  assassinated  by  J.  Wilkes  Booth,  April  14' 
1865.  Andrew  Johnson  succeeded  to  the  Presidency;  and  Lafayette  S. 
Foster  to  the  Vice-Presidency  the  remainder  of  the  first  half  of  the 
Presidential  term,  and  Benj.  F.  Wade  the  last  half. 

•*  Henry  Wilson  died  November  22,  1875,  and  was  succeeded  by 
Thomas  W.  Ferry,  Vice-President  pro  tem. 


232 


IMPORTANT  FACTS  FOR  REFERENCE. 


United  States  Soldiers  in  the  Late  Civil  War. 


Education  of  Presidents. 


The  Time  of  Fast  Trotters. 


Number  of  men  furnished  by  each  State  and  Territory  from  April 
15,  1S61,  to  June  30,  1865. 


States  and  Men 

Territories.  Furnished. 

New  York .  445*959 

Pennsylvania . 33^»  T55 

Ohio . 310,654 

Illinois . 258,162 

Indiana .  194*363 

Massachusetts .  146,467 

Missouri . .  ioS,i62 

Wisconsin . 91,021 

Michigan .  8S,m 

Iowa .  75*793 

New  Jersey .  75»3X5 

Kentucky .  75,275 

Maine .  69,738 

Connecticut .  55*755 

Maryland .  46,053 

New  Hampshire .  33,913 

Vermont . - .  33>272 

West  Virginia .  32,003 

Tennessee .  31,092 

Minnesota .  24,002 


States  and 

Men 

Territories.  Furnished. 

Rhode  Island . . 

...  23,243 

Kansas . 

. . .  20,095 

Dist.  of  Columbia - 

-6.534 

California . 

-  IS.725 

Delaware . . 

12,265 

Arkansas . . 

8,289 

New  Mexico  Territory. 

...  6,561 

Louisiana . . 

...  5.224 

Colorado  Territory . 

4.903 

Indian  Nations. . 

...  3.530 

Nebraska  Territory.... 

3.-57 

North  Carolina . . 

3.-56 

Alabama . . 

...  2,576 

1,065 

Oregon . - . . 

I,8lO 

Nevada . 

1  ,oSo 

Washington  Territory. 

964 

Mississippi . 

545 

Dakota  Territory . 

206 

Number  of  Men  Called  for  by  U.  S.  Government  During 
the  Civil  War. 

Number  of  men  called  for,  periods  of  service,  and  number  of  men 
obtained  under  each  call. 


Date  of  Call. 


Number  | 

Periods 

Number 

Called  For. 

of  Service. 

Obtained. 

April  15,  1861 . . 

May  3,  1S61 . 

July  22  and  25,  1S61. 
May  and  June,  1S62, 

July  2,  1S62 . . 

August  4,  1S62 . 

June  15,  1S63 . . 

October  17,  1S63 _ 

February  1,  1S64. ... 

March  14,  1S64 . . 

April  23,  1S64 . 

July  iS,  1S64 . 

December  19,  1S64.-. 


75,000 . 3  months .  93,326 

500^000  f  —  -  3  years .  7H.23I 

. 3  months .  15,007 

300,000 . 3  years .  431,958 

300,000 . 9  months .  87,588 

ioo.ooo . 6  months .  16,361 

*5SS}-—  syears . 374,  S07 

200,000 . 3  years .  284,021 

85,000. .  .100  days .  83,652 

500,000 _ 1,  2,  3  years _  384,882 

300,003..  .1,  2,  3  years _  204,568 


Totals. 


2,942,743. 


2,690,401 


Strength  of  the  United  States  Army  at  Various  Dates. 


Date. 


Present. 


Absent. 


Total. 


January  1,  iS6t .  14,663  ..  1,701  ..  16,367 

July  1,  1861 . 183,588..  3,163..  186,751 

January  1,  1862 .  527*204  --  A7*3  --  575*9^7 

January  1,  1863 . . . 698,802  ..  219,389  ..  918,191 

January  1,  1864 . 61 1,250  ..  249,487  ..  860,737 

January  1,  1S65 . . 620,924  ..  338,536  ..  959,460 

May  i,  1S65 . 797*807  ..  202,709  ..  1,000,516 

May  1,  1S75 .  25,000 


EXPLANATORY. 

The  calls  of  October  17,  1S63,  and  February  1,  1864,  were  combined, 
and  the  product  of  the  draft  of  July,  1863,  was  credited  thereon. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  number,  63,322  men  were  obtained, 
chiefly  from  the  territories  and  the  seceding  States,  under  different  calls 
and  for  various  periods  of  service. 

The  whole  number  of  men  obtained  by  draft  was  168,649.  The 
whole  number  of  colored  troops  obtained  was  186,097. 


Strength  of  Ice. 

Thickness.  Strength. 

Two  inches — Will  support  a  man. 

Four  inches — Will  support  a  man  on  horseback. 

Five  inches — Will  support  an  eightv-pounder  cannon. 

Eight  inches — Will  support  a  battery  of  artillery,  with  carriages  and 
horses  attached. 

Ten  inches — Will  support  an  army;  an  innumerable  multitude. 


Washington..  Fair  English  edu¬ 


cation. 

Adams . Harvard. 

Jefferson . William  and  Mary 

Madison . Princeton. 

Adams,  J.  Q^.  .Harvard. 

Jackson . Limited  education 

Van  Buren _ Academic  course. 

Harrison . Hampden  Sidney 

College. 

Tyler . William  and  Mary 

Polk  . . University  of  N.  C 

Taylor . Slight  rudiments. 

Fillmore . Limited  education 

Pierce _ _ Bowdoin. 

Buchanan . Dickinson. 

Lincoln . Education  limited 

Johnson . Self-educated. 

Grant . West  Point. 

Hayes . Kenyon  College. 


Monroe  and  Harrison  did  not 
graduate.  Monroe  left  college  to 
join  the  revolutionary  army.  Fi¬ 
nancial  embarrassment  prevented 
Harrison  from  pursuing  a  full 
course.  Polk  graduated  at  23, 
Tyler  at  17.  The  majority  gradu¬ 
ated  at  20. 


Political  Representation. 

Number  of  Presidential  Elect¬ 
ors,  United  States  Senators  and 
Representatives  in  Congress  that 
each  State  is  entitled  to  by  Con¬ 
gressional  apportionment  between 
1S70  and  1S80. 


States. 

Elect¬ 

ors. 

Sen¬ 

ators 

Rep- 

re- 

sen - 

ta- 

tives 

Alabama . 

. IO... 

.  .2.. 

...  s 

Arkansas . 

..  6... 

..2... 

...  4 

California . 

..  6... 

..2... 

...  4 

Colorado . 

-.2... 

_ I 

Connecticut.... 

..  6... 

2 

—  4 

Delaware . 

--  3--- 

-.2.. 

_ I 

Florida . 

..  4... 

...  2 

Georgia . 

-.2.. 

.  ..  9 

Illinois . 

.  .21 _ 

..2.. 

...19 

Indiana . 

—  >5— 

..2.. 

...13 

Iowa . 

—  9 

Kansas . 

..  5— 

.  .2.. 

—  3 

Kentucky . 

Louisiana . 

..  s... 

...  6 

Maine . 

..  7... 

—  5 

Maryland . 

..  8... 

...  6 

Massachusetts  . 

..13... 

..2.. 

---II 

Michigan . 

—  9 

Minnesota . 

..  5... 

..2.. 

—  3 

Mississippi 

..  8... 

...  6 

Missouri . 

-15-- 

..2.. 

...-3 

Nebraska . 

..  3... 

..2.. 

_ I 

Nevada _ 

..  3-.. 

N.  Hampshire. 

..  5... 

.  .2.  . 

—  3 

New  Jersey _ 

..  9... 

..2.. 

New  York _ 

--3S--- 

.  .2.. 

---33 

North  Carolina 

..10... 

..2.. 

...  S 

Ohio . 

Oregon . 

..  3-.. 

Pennsylvania  . . 

..29... 

.  .2.  . 

...27 

Rhode  Island.. 

..  4... 

_  .2.. 

...  2 

South  Carolina. 

Tennessee . 

..12... 

.  .2.. 

...  10 

Texas . 

..  8... 

...  6 

Vermont . 

-.2.. 

—  3 

Virginia . 

..II... 

...  9 

West  Virginia. 

--  5--- 

---  3 

Wisconsin . 

..10... 

...  S 

Totals . 

369-- 

76 

293 

The  Territories  of  Arizona,  Da¬ 
kota,  Idaho,  Montana,  New  Mex¬ 
ico,  Utah,  Washington  and  Wyo- 
I  ming  have  each  one  delegate. 


Horses  that  have  trotted  a  mile  in  2  min¬ 
utes  and  21  3-4  seconds,  and  in  less  time.  * 


Goldsmith  Maid . 

Lula . . 

Smuggler _ 

Rarus . . 

Lucille  Golddust . 

American  Girl . 

Occident . . 

Gloster . 

Dexter . 

Hopeful . 

Judge  Fullerton . 

Nettie . 

Red  Cloud . 

Lady  Maud . . 

Lady  Thorn . 

Lucy . 

Slow  Go . 

Cozette . 

Great  Eastern . 

Bodine . . . 

Comee . 

George  Palmer . 

Hannis . . 

Thomas  L.  Young... 

Camors . - . 

Flora  Temple . 

Albemarle . 

Fleety  Golddust . 

Frank - - 

Little  Fred . . 

Mambrino  Gift - 

May  Queen . . 

Prospero . . 

Henry . . . 

Martha  Washington 

Mazo-Manie . 

Gov.  Sprague . 

Sam  Purdy . . 

Huntress . 

Mountain  Boy . 

Banquo . . 

Castle  Boy . 

Clementine . . 

Gazelle . 

General  Garfield - 

General  Grant . 

John  H . 

King  Philip . 

May  Bird . 

Susie . . 

White  Stockings _ 

Kansas  Chief . . 

Powers . . - 

Voltaire . . 

Adelaide . 

Jay  Gould . . 

Music . . 

Richard  . 

Moisey . 

Rosalind . 


...2  14 
...2:15 
— ‘-MS* 
...216 
-.-2:16# 

_ 2:  i b\4 

-- 2:16 yK 


2:17 
2: 1714 

2: 1734 

.2:18 
.2:18 
2:  18 
2:iSX 
.2:18 J4 

.2: 1SJ4 

.2: 18  -| 
2: 19 
.2:19 
.2:19-4 
2:19-4 
2- >9lA 
2:1914 
.2: 1934 
2:19% 
.2: 1934 
.2:20 
.2:20 
.2:20 
.2:20 
.2:20 
.2:20 
.2:20 
.2:2014 
.  2 : 20/4 
.2:20  yx 
.  2 :  2Q>y2 
.  2  :  20/2 

.  2  :  2C 24 

.  2 : 20% 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.  2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21 

.2:21% 

.  2:  21% 

.2:21-4 

.2:2114 

.2:2114 

.  2: 21  y2 

.2:21  y2 

-2:21% 

.2:21^ 


*  This  list  represents  the  best 
record  made  by  fast  trotters,  in  the 
United  States,  during  the  year 

1877.  During  the  season  of 

1878,  Rarus  has  made  the  time  of 
2  1VX,  and  several  other  horses 
have  materially  improved  their 
record;  while  many  horses  have 
entered  the  lists  that  are  not  here 
mentioned. 


Where  We  Get  Coal. 


Area  Sq.  Miles. 

1874,  Tons. 

Gt.  Britain. 
Germany  __ 

11,900 

1,800 

125,070,000 

46,658,000 

U’d  States. 

192,000 

50,000,000 

France  .... 

i,Soo 

17,060,000 

Belgium  ... 

900 

14,670,000 

Austria .... 

•  i,Soo 

I2,2S0,000 

Russia . 

Nova  Scotia 

11,000 

18,000 

1,392,000 

1,052,000 

58O.OOO 

Spain . 

2,000 

Elsewhere- 

28,000 

5,000,000 

BOARD,  AND  SHORT  RATE  INSURANCE  TABLES. 


233 


EXPENSE  OF  BOARD  PER  DAY. 


The  following-  table  will  be  found  convenient  for  the  proprietors  of 
hotels  and  boarding-houses  in  giving  the  price  per  day  where  the  board 
is  a  certain  specified  price  per  week.  Thus  if  it  is  desired  to  find  the 


price  of  five  day’s  board,  at  $3.00  per  week,  it  will  be  found  by  reference 
to  be  $3.57.  (See  table.)  When  the  board  exceeds  $10.00  per  week, 
double  the  numbers. 


Days. 

|  50c[75c  $1.00  $1.35j 

$1.50 

$1.75 

$3 

$3.35 

$3.50 

$3 

$3.50| 

$4 

$4.50  | 

$5  | 

$6  | 

$7  | 

88  | 

89  j 

810 

1 

1  -7  1  ■” 

1 

•'4  1 

-18  | 

.21  | 

•25 

.29 

•32  ! 

•36  1 

•43  1 

•5°  1 

•57  1 

.64  | 

•7'  1 

,S6  | 

1.00  | 

I.I4  1 

1.29 1 

M3 

2 

1  -'4  1  -21 

1 

.29  | 

•36  1 

•43  1 

•5° 

•57 

.64  | 

•7i 

.86  | 

1. 00  | 

i.i4  1 

1.29  | 

1-43  1 

1.71  | 

2.00  | 

2.29  | 

2-57  1 

2.S6 

3 

1  -21  1  -32 

1 

■43  1 

■54  1 

•64  1 

•75 

.86 

.96  | 

1.07 

1.29  | 

■•5°  1 

1.71  | 

i-93  1 

2.14  | 

2-57  1 

3.00  | 

3-43  1 

3-86  | 

4.29 

4 

1  -29  1  -43 

1 

■57  1 

•7‘  1 

.86  | 

1. 00 

i->4 

1.29  | 

1-43  1 

1.71  | 

2.00  | 

2.29  | 

2-57  1 

2.86  | 

3-43  1 

4.00  | 

4-57  1 

5-14  1 

5-7i 

5 

1  -36  1  -54 

1 

•7<  1 

-«9  1 

1.07  | 

'•25 

i-43 

1. 6l  | 

1-79  1 

2.14  | 

2-5°  ! 

2.86  | 

3-2i  1 

3-57  1 

4-29  1 

5.00  | 

S-7I  1 

6-43  1 

7-i4 

6 

1  -43  1  -64 

1 

.82  | 

1.07  | 

1.29  | 

1.50 

i-7i  1 

i-93  1 

2.14  1 

2-57  1 

3.00  | 

3-43  1 

3-86  | 

4-29  1 

5-H  1 

6.00  | 

6.S6  | 

7-71  1 

S.57 

7 

I  -5°  1  -75 

1 

I. OO  | 

'•25  1 

■•5°  1 

i-75 

2.00  | 

2- 2j  1 

2-50  i 

3.00  | 

3-50  1 

4.00  | 

4-5°  1 

5.00  | 

6.00  | 

7.00  | 

S.00  | 

9.00  | 

10.00 

SHORT  INSURANCE  RATES. 


By  the  following  table  may  be  seen  the  customary  short  rates  of  in¬ 
surance  for  periods  less  than  a  year  or  month. 

Explanation. — Where  the  rate  is  one  per  cent.,  or  $i  on  $100  for  a 


year,  the  rate  for  one  month  is  4-20  of  the  annual  rate,  or  20  cents.  (See 
table.)  For  six  months  it  would  be  14-20  or  70  cents.  (See  following 
table,  which,  by  a  little  study,  will  be  readily  understood.) 


ANNUAL.... 

3° 

35 

4°  | 

45 1 

5°| 

ss| 

60 1 

6s| 

7°| 

73 1 

80 

S5| 

9°  | 

95 

100 

‘05 

I  IO 

II5|  1 20 J 

■2S| 

■3°  >35 

I40 

>So|i75|aoo|22s|aso|27s|3oo|325|35o|37s|4<xij'Soo|6oo 

1  Month.... 

6 

7 

8I 

10 

1  1 

12 

I3I 

I4I 

■s 

16 

'7I 

i8| 

I9I 

20 

21  | 

22 

23I  *4) 

2S| 

26  j 

27l 

2S| 

3°|  3s|  4°  45 1  5°|  S5|  6o|  65  70  75  So[ioo  120 

2 

Months.... 

9\ 

n 

12 

14 

's[ 

I7I 

iS| 

20 

21 

23 1 

h\ 

26 1 

27| 

29| 

30 

32| 

33 

35 1  36 

3S| 

39 

40 

42 

45|  s*|  6o|  6S|  75 |  83]  9o|  9S| 105] i 13] 120] 1 50] 1S0 

3 

Months.... 

12 

14 

l6| 

iS| 

20 

22 

24 1 

26| 

28 1 

3°| 

32l 

34 1 

36| 

3SI 

40 

42 

44 

46|  4S 

5°| 

52 1 

S4I 

56| 

60 1  7°|  80 1  90 1  ioo|  1 1 0 1  i2o|  130^  140J 1 50 j  i6o|  200^40 

4 

Months _ 

is| 

iS 

20 

2.3 1 

2S  | 

2S  j 

3° 

33 1 

35 1 

3s  | 

40 

43 1 

■45 1 

4s| 

5°| 

53 1 

55 

5s |  60 | 

6.3 1 

6s| 

68| 

70 

75 |  8S| ioo| 1 13) 125 ji3S| 150] 163 | 175) iSS|2oo| 250(300 

5 

Months _ 

lSl 

2II 

24I 

27 1 

3° 

33 

3<3I 

39 

42 1 

45 

4®  | 

5!| 

S4I 

57| 

60 

63| 

66 

69I  72| 

75 1 

78l 

8ll 

S4| 

90 1 105|  I2o|  135]  I5o|  165I l8o|  195 |2Io|225|24o|30o|36o 

6 

Months.... 

21 

25 

2S| 

32 

3S| 

39| 

42 1 

46 1 

49| 

53 1 

56| 

60 1 

63 1 

67l 

70 

74 1 

77 

81 1  84 1 

87 1 

9°| 

94j 

97 1 105]  123]  140]  1  ss|  175]  ic>3|2io|22S|24s|263|2So|3So|420 

7 

Months.... 

23 

27 

3° 

34 

3Si 

42 1 

4s| 

49 

S2| 

56| 

60 1 

64 1 

67 

7'l 

75 

79 1  83  S7|  9o| 

94 1 

102 

io6| 1 i3| 13 1 | 150J 169I 18SI206I225I244I263J2S1 |3oo|37s|43o 

S 

Months _ 

24  J 

2S 

32 

36| 

4°| 

44 1 

4s| 

5*| 

56 1 

60 1 

64 1 

6S| 

72 

76| 

80 1 

84| 

88 1 

92 1  9^| 

00 

°4I 

ioS| 

1 1 2  J 

20J  i4o|i6o|i8o|20o|22o|24o|26o|2So|30o|32o|40o|4So 

9 

Months.... 

26 1 

3°| 

34 1 

39l 

43 1 

47 

S>| 

55 1 

60 1 

<h| 

<5g|  72| 

77 1 

81 1 

8s|  89) 

93 1 

9S|  io2| 

06 1 

I0| 

14 

I9I 

■2S|i45  170  191  2I3|234[252|270  290  3'5|34°|42S|5io 

10 

Months..  .. 

27| 

3*| 

36| 

41 1 

45l 

5° 

54 1 

59| 

63 1 

6S| 

72 1 

77| 

81 

S6| 

90 

95 1 

99]  i04|  ioS| 

12 

i6| 

1 2 1 

25|i3S|i57|iSo|203|225|24S|27o|293[3is|33S|36o|4so|s40 

II 

Months.... 

29I 

34l 

3s| 

43 1 

47 1 

S2 

S7I 

62 1 

67 1 

72 1 

76| 

So 

8S| 

9°  | 

95|i°°|io5 

1 1 0 1 1 1 5 1 

20 

25|129| 

33 1 

■43| >67  190  214  237|26i|2S4|30S|33i|3S5|37S[47s|s70 

FOR  PERIODS  LESS  THAN  ONE  MONTH. 


These  tables  will  be 
found  convenient  by  the 
general  public  who  may 
frequently  desire  to  insure 
various  kinds  of  property 
for  a  brief  time,  or  longer 
periods  than  one  year. 
With  this  table  they  may 
understand  what  propor¬ 
tion  they  are  to  pay. 


Annual. . 

60 1  7°|  80 1  9o|ioo|no|i2o|i3o|i4o|i5o|i75|2oo|225j25o|275|3oo|35o[4oo|5oo|6oo 

5  Days . 

4|  s|  6|  7  8  p|  10  ii|  12J  i3|  14!  15  i6|  xS|  19  21 1  25  2SJ  35  42 

10  Days . 

6(  7]  8j  9|  io|  n|  12]  14]  15I  i6|  iS|  20 J  23 [  2s|  2S j  3oj  35]  40 1  50 1  Co 

15  Days . . 

8|  g|  11  1 2 1  14  is|  i6|  iS|  ip|  20 1  22 1  26  28 (  33  36 1  39  46  52 1  65 1  78 

20  Days . 

io|  n|  13  14  16  17)  19  21 j  23  24  2S  32]  34J  40  44]  4S(  56  64 |  80 |  96 

Thus  it  will  be  seen,  by 
examination  of  table,  that 
should  property  be  insur¬ 
ed  at  one  per  cent,  the  rate 
on  $100  worth  of  insur¬ 
ance  will  be,  for  5  days, 
Scents;  for  20  days,  16 
cents.  At  two  per  cent,  for 
5  days,  15  cents;  for  10 
days,  20  cents,  and  so  on. 


For  Periods  of  Several  Years. 


For  Periods  Less  than  One  Year. 


I  YEAR. 

2  YEARS. 

3  YEARS. 

4  YEARS. 

5  YEARS. 

CHARGE  THIS 
PROPORTION  OF 
WHOLE  PREMIUM. 

I 

mo. 

2 

mo. 

3 

mo. 

4 

mo. 

s 

mo. 

4 

ST) 

or  20  per  cent. 

2 

4 

6 

a 

8 

a 

IO 

a 

6 

ST) 

“  30 

it 

3 

6 

9 

a 

12 

15 

“ 

H 

v<T 

“  40 

te 

4 

8 

a 

12 

it 

l6 

a 

20 

“ 

1  0 
77T 

“  50 

“  1 

b 

IO 

15 

a 

20 

“ 

25 

“ 

1  2 
ST) 

“  60 

a 

6 

w 

12 

a 

18 

u 

24 

“ 

30 

“ 

1  4 

ST) 

“  70 

a 

7 

14 

21 

a 

28 

“ 

35 

a 

1  5 
20 

“  75 

a 

8 

l6 

ct 

24 

u 

32 

66 

40 

“ 

1  6 
ST) 

“  80 

it 

9 

18 

tt 

27 

a 

36 

“ 

45 

a 

1  7 

^TT 

“  85 

a 

10 

20 

a 

30 

a 

40 

a 

5° 

“ 

1  H 

S(T 

“  90 

a 

11 

22 

33 

a 

44 

a 

55 

“ 

1  9 

SIS 

“  95 

u 

yu 

6 

STT 


STT 
1  2 
ST) 


7  mo’s,  of  annual  rate. 

8 


16 
STS 
1  7 
STS 
1  8 
STS 
1  9 
^0 


For  Periods  Less  than  One  Month. 


5  days, 3^  of  monthly  ratei  1 5  days,  T6^  of  monthly  rate. 
10  “  -50  «  u  20  11  A  0  u  u 

T7Y7T  T7fn 


Language 


ilFlowersi 

55 

A  DICTIONARY  OF  THE  LANGUAGE  OF  FLOWERS. 


VERY  charming  and  interesting  method  of  commu¬ 
nicating  thought  is  by  the  aid  of  flowers,  their  lan¬ 
guage  and  sentiment  being  understood  by  the  parties 
who  present  them.  Although  the  following  list  is 
very  complete,  this  vocabulary  may  be  still  enlarged 
by  the  addition  of  other  definitions,  the  parties 
having  an  understanding  as  to  what  language  the 
flower  shall  represent.  Thus  an  extended  and  some¬ 
times  important  correspondence  may  be  carried  on 
by  the  presentation  of  bouquets,  single  flowers  and 
even  leaves;  the  charm  of  this  interchange  of 
thought  largely  consisting  in  the  romance  attendant 
upon  an  expression  of  sentiment  in  a  partially  disguised  and  hidden 


lady  replies  bv  a  Daisy,  in  which  she  says — “IwiU  think  of  it.”  The 
gentleman,  in  his  enthusiasm,  plucks  and  presents  a  Shepherd’s  Purse— 
“I  offer  you  my  all.”  The  lady,  doubtingly,  returns  a  sprig  of  Laurel  — 
«  Words,  though  sweet,  may  deceive.”  The  gentleman  still  affirms  his 
declaration  by  a  sprig  of  Heliotrope — “I  adore  you.”  The  lady  ad¬ 
mits  a  tenderness  of  sentiment  by  the  Zinnia  —  ”1  mourn  your  absence. 

LANGUAGE  OF  TIIE  BOUQJJET. 

A  collection  of  flowers  in  a  bouquet  may  mean  very  much.  Thus  a 
Rose,  Ivy  and  Myrtle  will  signify  “Beauty,  Friendship  and  Love.”  A 
Bachelor’s  Button  “  Hope,  ”  and  a  Red  Rose  “  Love,  ”  will  indicate  that 
“I  hope  to  obtain  your  love.” 

I  DESIRE  TO  MARRY  YOU. 


language. 

'  Of  course  much  of  the  facility  with  which  a  conversation  may  be 
conducted,  thus,  will  depend  upon  the  intimate  knowledge  possessed  of 
the  language  of  flowers  and  the  variety  from  which  to  select. 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Jonquil  —  Linden. 

I  HAVE  SWEET  MEMORIES  IN  MY  SOLITUDE. 
Periwinkle — Heath. 

PRAY  FOR  ME  IN  MY  ABSENCE. 
White  Verbena — Wormwood. 


A  declaration  of  feeling  between  a  lady  and  gentleman  may  be  ex¬ 
pressed  by  single  flowers,  as  follows: 

The  gentleman  presents  a  Red  Rose — “I  love  you.”  The  lady 
admits  a  partial  reciprocation  of  the  sentiment  by  returning  a  Purple 
Pansy  —  “You  occupy  my  thoughts.”  The  gentleman  presses  his  suit 
still  further  by  an  Everlasting  Pea— “Wilt  thou  go  with  me  ?  ”  The 


Thus  longer  and  shorter  sentences  may  be  readily  expressed  by 
flower-language;  and  by  agreement,  if  the  variety  of  flowers  is  not  suf¬ 
ficient,  a  change  of  definition  may  be  given  the  more  common  blossoms 
and  plants,  whereby  the  language  and  correspondence  maybe  conducted 
without  inconvenience. 


heedless- 


Acacia,  Rose . Friendship. 

Acanthus . - . Art. 

Adonis,  Flos . Painful  recollections. 

Ao-nus  Castus . Coldness;  life  without 

“  love. 

Agrimony _ Gratitude. 

Almonds' . Giddiness; 

ness. 

Aloe . . Bitterness. 

Amaranth _ Immortality;  Unfad  - 

ing. 

Amaryllis . Beautiful  but  timid. 

Anemone,  Garden _ horsaken;  Withered 

hopes;  Illness. 

Amethyst . Admiration. 

Anemone,  Windflower  — Desertion. 

Angelica . Inspiration. 

Apple  Blossom . Preference. 

Arbor  Vitae . - . Unchanging  Friend- 

ship. 

Arbutus . Thee  only  do  I  love. 

. Grandeur. 

Aspen'!’." . Sighing. 

Asphodel . Remembered  beyond 

the  tomb. 

Aster,  Double  German  ..Variety. 

Aster,  Large  flowered.  ..Afterthought;  Love  of 
variety. 

Bachelors’  Button . ..Hope;  Single  Bless¬ 

edness. 

Balm,  Mint . Pleasantry. 

Balm  of  Gilead  . . Healing;  I  am  cured. 

Balsamine . Impatience. 

Barberry . ..Petulance;  Ill  temper. 

Basil  . Give  me  y°ur  good 

wishes. 

Bay  Leaf . I  change  but  in  death. 

Beech . Lovers’  tryst;  Pros¬ 

perity. 

Begonia . Deformed. 

Bindweed . Humility;  Night. 

Birch . . Grace;  Elegance. 

Bittersweet  Nightshade. Truth. 

Blackthorn,  or  Sloe - Difficulties. 

Bladder  Tree . Frivolous  amusement 


Flowers  and  their  Sentiment. 

Blue  Bell . Constancy. 

Blue  Bottle . Delicacy. 

Borage . Abruptness. 

Box . Stoicism. 

Briers . Envy. 

Broom . . . Neatness;  Humility. 

Bryonv,  Black _ _ Be  my  support. 

Buckbean . . Calmness;  Repose. 

Bugloss . . . Falsehood. 

Bulrush _ _ Docility. 

Burdock . . Touch  me  not;  Impor- 

tunity. 

Buttercup _ _ ....Riches;  IMemorics  of 

childhood. 

Cabbage . Profit. 

Cuba. . . . Delicacy;  Modesty'. 

Camill’ia . - . Gratitude;  Perfect 

Loveliness. 

Camomile . Energy  in  Adver- 

sity. 

Candytuft . Indifference;  Archi¬ 

tecture. 

Canterbury  Bell . Constancy. 

Cardinal  Flower . Distinction;  Prefer¬ 

ment. 

Carnation _ _ ..Pure  and  deep  love. 

China  Aster . Love  of  variety. 

Cedar  Leaf . I  live  for  thee.  _ 

Cherry . .A  good  education. 

Chestnut . Do  me  justice. 

Cereus,  Night  Blooming-Transient  Beauty. 

Chiccory . Frugality;  Economy. 

Chrysanthemum . . A  heart  left  to  desola¬ 

tion. 

Cinnamon  Tree..*. . Forgiveness  of  inju¬ 

ries. 

Cinquefoil . A  beloved  daughter. 

Cistus . Surety. 

Clover,  Rod . ....Industry. 

Clematis . . Mental  Beauty;  Ar¬ 

tifice. 

Clover,  White . I  promise. 

Clover,  Four  Leaved . Be  mine. 

C0ckie . Vain  is  beauty  without 

merit. 


Coltsfoot . -Justice  shall  be  done 

you. 

Columbine,  Red - Anxious  and  trem¬ 

bling. 

Coreopsis _ _ Always  cheerful. 

Coriander . . . Hidden  merit. 

Corn . Riches;  Abundance. 

Cornelian,  Cherry . Continuance;  Dura¬ 

tion. 

Cowslip . Native  grace;  Pen¬ 

siveness. 

Coxcomb . Fopperv. 

Crocus . Cheerfulness. 

Cresses . Stability. 

Crowfoot . Ingratitude. 

Currant . Thy  frown  will  kill  me 

Crown,  imperial . Power;  Pride  of  birth 

Cucumber - - Criticism. 

Cypress . Despair;  Mourning. 

Dahlia . . . . . Dignity  and  elegance. 

Daffodil . Unrequited  love. 

Daisy,  Garden. . I  share  your  feelings. 

Daisy,  Single  Field - 1  will  think  of  it. 

Dandelibn . Oracle;  Coquetry. 

Datura . Deceitful  charms. 

Dew  Plant  . . Serenade. 

Dittany  of  Crete - Birth. 

Dodder . Meanness;  Baseness. 

Ebony  Tree . Blackness. 

Eglantine . Poetry;  1  W°Und  t0 

Elder . Compassion. 

Elecampane . Tears. 

Everlasting  . . Ahvavs  remembered. 

Everlasting  Pea  . . Wiltthougo  with  me? 

Fennel . - . Force;  Strength. 

Fern . Sincerity. 

Fir . Elevation. 

Flax . I  feel  your  benefits. 

Flos,  Adonis . Painful  recollections. 

Forget-me-not . Do  not  forget. 

Foxglove . Insincerity  ;  Occupa¬ 

tion. 

Fraxinella . Fire. 

Fuchsia . Taste;  Frugality. 


A  DICTIONARY  OF  THE  LANGUAGE  AND  SENTIMENT  OF  FLOWERS.  235 

Gentian . 

...Intrinsic  worth. 

Meadow  Saffron . 

.Mv  best  days  are  past 

Rose,  Wild,  Single . 

-Simplicity. 

Geranium,  Ivy _ 

...I  engage  you  for  the 

Mezercon . 

.Desire  to  please. 

Rose,  Yellow . 

-Infidelity ;  Unfaithful  - 

next  dance. 

Mignonette . 

.Your  qualities  sur- 

ness. 

Geranium,  Oak 

...A  melancholy  mind. 

pass  your  charms. 

Rosemary . 

-Remembrance;  Your 

Geranium,  Rose _ 

.. .I  prefer  you. 

Milfoil . 

.  War. 

presence  revives  me 

Geranium,  Scarlet 

.  ..Silliness, 

Mint . . 

.Virtue, 

Rue . 

.  Disdain. 

Gillyflower,  Common  . 

...Lasting  Beauty. 

Milkweed . . 

.Hope  in  misery. 

Rush . 

-Docility. 

Gillyflower,  Stock. 

.. -Promptness. 

Mistletoe . 

-I  surmount  everything 

Saffron,  Meadow . 

.  My  best  days  arc  past. 

Gladiolus . 

Mock  Orange . . 

.Counterfeit;  Uncer- 

Saffron^  Crocus . 

.Do  not  abuse  me. 

Goats’  Rue . 

_ Reason. 

tainty. 

Sage . 

.  Domestic  Virtue  ;  Es- 

Gold  Basket . 

...Tranquility. 

Monkshood . 

.Treachery;  A  foe  is 

teem. 

Gooseberry . 

..Anticipation. 

near. 

St.  John’s  Wort . 

.Animosity. 

Grape  Vine _ 

_ Intemperance. 

Morning  Glorv . 

.Coquetry;  Affection. 

Sardonia . 

.Irony. 

Grass . . 

...Utility;  Submission. 

Mountain  Ash . 

.1  watch  over  vou. 

Satin  Flower . 

.Forgetfulness. 

Greek  Valerian.... 

.  .Puipture. 

Moss . 

.Maternal  love. 

Scratch  Weed . 

.  Roughness. 

Golden  Ro.l . 

..  .Encouragement. 

Mourning  Bride . 

.1  have  lost  all. 

Scotch  Thistle . 

.Retaliation. 

Gorse,  or  T urze _ 

.  .Anger. 

Mug  wort . 

.  Good  luck ;  Happiness 

Sensitive  Plant . 

.Sensitiveness;  Mod- 

Harebell . . . 

. . Retirement ;  Grief. 

Mulberry,  Black . 

.I  shall  notsurvive  you 

esty. 

Hawthorn . . 

.  .Hope. 

Mulberry,  White  . . 

.  Wisdom. 

Serpent  Cactus . 

.Horror. 

Hazel . . 

...Reconciliation. 

Mullen . 

.Good  nature. 

Service  Tree,  or  Sorb  . . . 

.  Prudence. 

Heath . . 

..  .Solitude. 

Mushroom . 

.Suspicion. 

Shepherd’s  Purse . 

.  I  offer  you  my  all. 

Heliotrope . 

. .  I  adore  you  ;  Devotion 

Musk  Plant . 

.Weakness. 

Silver  Weed . 

.Naivetd. 

Henbane . 

...Blemish;  Fault. 

Myrtle . 

.Love  in  Absence. 

Snapdragon . 

-Presumption. 

Hibiscus . 

..Delicate  beauty. 

Myrrh  . . . 

-Gladness. 

.Goodness;  Thoughts 

Hoarhound . 

. .  b  ire. 

Narcissus . 

.Egotism;  Self-Love. 

of  Heaven. 

Holly . 

..Am I forgotten?  Fore- 

Nasturtium . 

.Patriotism;  Splendor 

Snowdrop . 

.Consolation  ;  A  friend 

sight. 

Nettle . 

.Crueltv. 

in  adversity. 

Honey  Flower . 

..Sweet and  secret  love. 

eery. 

Speedwell . 

.Fidelity. 

Honeysuckle . 

. .  Devoted  love ;  Fidelity 

Oak . 

.Hospitality;  Bravery. 

Spindle  Tree . 

-Your  cnarins  are  gra- 

Hop . 

.  .Injustice. 

Oleander . 

.Beware. 

ven  on  my  heart. 

Hornbean . 

.  .Ornament. 

Olive . 

.  Peace. 

Star  of  Bethlehem . 

-Reconciliation;  Pu- 

Horse  Chestnut .... 

..Luxury, 

Orange  Flower . 

.Chastity. 

rity. 

Houseleek . 

..Domestic  economy. 

Orchis,  Spider . 

.Skill. 

Straw'. . 

.Agreement;  United. 

Hyacinth . 

. .  Constancy  ;  Bencvo- 

Osier . 

.Frankness. 

Strawberry . 

.Perfect  excellence. 

lence. 

Osmunda . 

.Reverie. 

Sumach.. . 

.Splendid  misery. 

Hydrangea . 

..Vain-glorv;  Heart- 

Oxalis . 

.Wood  sorrel. 

Sunflower,  Tall . 

.Lofty  and  wise 

lessness. 

Pansv,  Purple . 

-You  occupy  my 

thoughts. 

Ice  Plant . 

..Your  looks  freeze  me. 

thoughts. 

Sunflower . 

.False  riches. 

Indian  Plum . 

.  .Privation. 

Parsley . 

-Festivitv;  Banquet. 

Sunflower,  Dwarf . 

.Adoration. 

Iris,  Common  Garden.. 

..A  message  for  thee. 

Passion  Flower . 

-Devotion;  Religious 

Sweet  Flag . 

-Fitness. 

Iris,  German . 

..Flame, 

fervor. 

Sweet  Pea . 

.A  meeting. 

Ivy . 

.  .Friendship ;  Marriage 

Peach  Blossom . 

.1  am  your  captive. 

Sweet  Sultan . 

-Happiness. 

Jasmine,  White _ 

.  .Amiability. 

Peony  . 

-Ostentation  ;  Anger. 

Sweet  William . 

.Gallantry;  Finesse; 

Jasmine,  Yellow  .. 

..Grace  and  elegance. 

Persimmons . 

.Bury  me  amid  Na- 

Dexterity. 

turned. 

Peppermint . 

.Warmth  of  feeling. 

love. 

Jumper . 

..Asylum;  Aid;  Pro. 

Pennyroyal _ _ 

.Flee  away. 

Sycamore . 

-Curiosity. 

tection. 

Periwinkle  . . 

.Sweet  memories. 

Tare . 

.Vice. 

Laburnum . 

..Pensive  beauty. 

Phlox... . 

.Our  hearts  are  united. 

Teasel . 

-Misanthropy. 

Ladyslipper . 

..Capricious  beauty. 

Pimpernel . 

-Rendezvous;  Change. 

Thistle . 

-Austerity. 

Larch . . 

..Boldness;  Audacity. 

Pine . 

.Endurance;  Daring. 

Thorn  Apple . 

.  Disguise. 

Larkspur,  Pink _ 

..Lightness;  Fickleness 

Pine  Apple . 

.You  are  perfect. 

Thrift . . 

.Sympathy. 

Laurel,  American.. 

.  .Words,  though  sweet, 

Pink,  Red . . 

.Pure  love. 

Thyme . 

.Activity. 

Lantana . 

..Rigor. 

Plum  Tree . 

.Keep  vour  promises. 

Tube  Rose . 

.Dangerous  Pleasure ; 

Laurel,  Mountain.. 

-Glory;  Victory;  Am- 

Plum,  Wild . . 

.Independence. 

Voluptuousness; 

bition. 

Polyanthus _ 

.Heart’s  mystery 

Sweet  voice. 

Laurestine . 

..I  die  it  neglected. 

Pomegranate . . 

-Conceit. 

Tulip,  Variegated . 

-Beautiful  eyes. 

Lavatera . 

..Sweet  disposition. 

Pompion,  or  Pumpkin  .. 

.Grossness;  Coarseness 

Tulip,  Red. . 

-Declaration  of  love. 

Lavender . 

..Mistrust. 

Poplar,  Black . 

.Courage. 

Valerian,  Common . 

.Accommodating  dis- 

Lemon  Blossom _ 

..Prudence;  Discretion. 

Poplar,  White . 

.Time. 

position. 

Lettuce . 

..Cold  hearted;  Cool- 

Poppy,  Corn . 

.Consolation. 

Valerian _ _ _ 

-Facility. 

ness. 

Poppy,  White . 

.Sleep;  Oblivion. 

Venus’s  Looking  Glass. 

-Flattery. 

Lichen . . 

..Dejection. 

Potatoe . 

.Benevolence. 

Verbena . 

-Sensibility;  Sensitive- 

Lilac,  Purple . 

..First  emotions  of  love 

Primrose . 

.Modest  worth;  Silent 

ness. 

Lilac,  White . 

..Youth. 

love. 

Verbena,  Purple . 

-I  weep  for  you;  Re- 

.Lily,  Water . 

..Eloquence. 

Privit,  or  Prim . 

.Prohibition. 

gret. 

Lily,  White . 

..Majesty;  Purity. 

Purple  Scabious _ 

.Mourning. 

Verbena,  White . 

-Pray  for  me. 

Lilv  of  the  Valley  _ 

..Return  of  happiness. 

Linden,  or  Lime... 

. .  Conjugal ;  Marriage. 

Quince . 

.Temptation. 

Vernal  Grass . 

-Poor,  but  happy. 

Liverwort . . 

..  Conti  aence. 

Ranunculus,  Garden  .... 

.You  are  radiant  with 

Vetch . . . . 

.1  cling  to  thee. 

Locust  Tree,  Green 

. .  Lovebeyond  the  grave 

charms. 

Violet,  Blue . . 

.Faithfulness. 

Lotus  Leaf . 

..Recantation, 

Reeds . 

.Music. 

Violet,  White . 

-Purity ; Candor;  Mod- 

|  Lucern . 

..Life, 

Rest  Harrow . . . 

.Obstacle. 

esty. 

Lupine . 

..Dejection. 

Rhododendron . 

.Agitation. 

Volkamenia . 

-May  you  be  happy. 

Madder . 

..Calumny. 

Rhubarb . 

.Advice. 

Wall  Flower . 

.Fidelity  in  misfor- 

Magnolia . 

..Love of  Nature. 

Rosebud . 

.Confession  of  love. 

tune. 

Maiden  Hair . 

..Discretion. 

Rosebud,  White . 

.Too  young  to  love. 

Weeping  Willow . 

.Melancholy. 

Marjoram . 

..Blushes, 

Rose,  Cinnamon . 

.Without  pretension. 

Wheat . 

-Wealth. 

Manchineel  Tree _ 

..Falseness. 

Rose,  Hundred  leaved.. 

.The  graces. 

Whortleberry . 

.Treachery. 

Mandrake . 

.  .Rarity. 

Rose,  Austrian . 

.Thou  art  all  that  is 

Willow,  Common _ 

-Forsaken. 

Maple . 

.  .Reserve. 

lovely. 

Willow  Herb . 

.  Pretension. 

Marigold . . 

..Sacred  affection. 

Rose  Leaf. . 

.1  never  trouble. 

Wood  Sorrel... . 

-Joy. 

Marigold,  Garden .. 

..Grief;  Chagrin. 

Rose,  Monthly . . 

.Beauty  ever  new. 

Woodbine . 

.Fraternal  love. 

Marigold,  Rainy... 

..A  storm. 

Rose,  Moss . . 

.Superior  merit;  Vo- 

Wormwood . 

.Absence. 

Marigold  and  Cv press. 

..Despair. 

luptuousness. 

Yarrow . . . 

-Cure  for  the  heart- 

Marshmallow . 

..Beneficence. 

Rose,  Musk . 

.Capricious  beauty. 

ache. 

Marvel  of  Peru.... 

.  .Timidity. 

Rose,  Red . 

.I  love  you. 

Yew . 

.Sadness. 

Mayflower . 

..Welcome. 

Rose,  White _ 

-Silence. 

Zinnia. . . 

.1  mourn  your  absence. 

236 


VOCABULARY  OF  “GIVEN”  NAMES,  FOR  REFERENCE 


Aaron. 

Abel. 

Abiel. 

Abijah. 

Abner. 

Abraham. 

Abram. 

Adam. 

Addison. 

Adelbert. 

Adolphus. 

Adoniram. 

Alanson. 

Alaric. 

Albert. 

Alexander. 

Alexis. 

Alfred. 

Allan. 

Alonzo. 

Alpheus. 

Alphonso. 

A 1  vah. 

Alvan. 

Alvin. 

Alwin. 

Amariah. 

Amasa. 

Ambrose. 

Ammi. 

Amos. 

Andrew. 

Anselm. 

Anson. 

Anthony. 

Antony. 

Archibald. 

Artemas. 

Arthur. 

Asa. 

Asahel. 

Asaph. 

Asher. 

Ashur. 

Augustin. 

Augustine. 

Austin. 

Augustus. 

Azariah. 

Barnabas. 

Barnard. 

Bartholomew. 

Barton. 

Basil. 


Abigail. 

Aclisa. 

Ada. 

Adaline. 

Addie. 

Adela. 

Adelaide. 

Adelia. 

Adelina. 

Adeline. 

Adoline. 

Adora. 

Agatha. 

Agnes. 

Alethea. 

Alexandra. 

Alexandrina. 

Alice. 

Alicia. 

Aimed  a. 

Almira. 

Althea. 

Alvaretta. 

Alzina. 

Amabel. 

Amanda. 

Amarilla. 

Amelia. 

Amy. 

Angelica. 

Angelina. 

Angeline. 

Ann. 

Anna. 

Annabel. 

Anne. 

Annette. 

Antoinette. 

Antonia. 

Antonina. 

Arabella. 

Ardelia. 

Ariana. 

Aseneth. 

Athena. 

Augusta. 

Aurelia. 


Names  of  Men,  Alphabetically  Arranged. 


Benjamin. 

Beriali. 

Bernard. 

Bertram. 

Bertrand. 

Boniface. 

Burnell. 

Burton. 

Byron. 

Cadwallader. 

Caesar. 

Caleb. 

Calvin. 

Casimir. 

Cass. 

Cassimer. 

Cecil. 

Chauncey. 

Charles. 

Christian. 

Christopher. 

Claudius. 

Clarence. 

Clark. 

Claude. 

Clement. 

Columbus. 

Conrad. 

Constant. 

Constantine. 

Cornelius. 

Cuthbert. 

Cyprian. 

Cyril. 

Cyrus. 

Dale. 

Dm. 

Dana. 

Danforth. 

Daniel. 

Darius. 

David. 

Delos. 

Delwin. 

Demetrius. 

Denis. 

Dennis. 

Derrick. 

Dionysius. 

Donald. 

Earl. 

Eben. 


Ebenezer. 

Edgar. 

Edmund. 

Edward. 

Edwin. 

Egbert. 

Elbert. 

Elbridge. 

Eldred. 

Eleazer. 

Eli. 

Eliab. 

Elias. 

Elihu. 

Elijah. 

Eliphalet. 

Elisha. 

Elizur. 

Ellis. 

Ellsworth. 

Elmer. 

Elmore. 

Elnathan. 

Emanuel. 

Emery, 

Emilius. 

Emmerson. 

Emmery. 

Emory. 

Enoch. 

Enos. 

Ephraim. 

Erasmus. 

Erastus. 

Eric. 

Ernest. 

Erving. 

Ethan. 

Eugene. 

Eustace. 

Evan. 

Everett. 

Ezekiel. 

Ezra. 

Felix. 

Ferdinand. 

Fernando. 

Festus. 

Fletcher. 

Forrest. 

Francis. 

Frank. 

Franklin. 

Frederic. 


Frederick. 

Gabriel. 

Gail. 

Gaius. 

Gamaliel. 

Gardner. 

Garret. 

George. 

Gerald. 

Gerard. 

Gersliom. 

Gideon. 

Gilbert. 

Giles. 

Given. 

Goddard. 

Godfrey. 

Gregory. 

Griffith. 

Gustavus. 

Guy. 

Hainan. 

Hanford. 

Hannibal. 

Harold. 

Harrie. 

Harrison. 

Heinan. 

Henry. 

Herbert. 

Herman. 

Hezekiah. 

Hiram. 

Homer. 

Horace. 

Horatio. 

Hosea. 

Howard. 

Howe. 

Howell. 

Hubert. 

Hugh. 

Hugo. 

Humphrey. 

Ichabod. 

Immanuel. 

Ingram. 

Imgo. 

Ira. 

Irving. 

Irwin. 

Isaac. 


Isador. 

Isaiah. 

Israel. 

Ivan. 

Jabez. 

Jacob. 

Jairus. 

James. 

Japeth. 

Jared. 

Jason. 

Jasper. 


•)  Grill. 

Jedediah. 

Jefferson. 

Jeffrey. 

Jeremiah. 

Jeremy. 

Jerome. 

Jesse. 

Jethro. 

Job. 

Joel. 

John. 

Jonah. 

Jonas. 

Jonathan. 

Joseph. 

Josephus. 

Joshua. 

Josiah. 

Josias. 

Jot  ham. 
Joy. 

Jiulah. 

Julian. 

Julius. 

Justin. 

Justus. 

Kenneth. 

King. 

Kinnie. 

Laban. 

Lambert. 

Langdon. 

Laurence. 

Lawrence. 

Lafayette. 

Lazarus. 

Legrand. 


Leander. 

Lemuel. 

Leo. 

Leon. 

Leonard. 

Leonidas. 

Leopold. 

Leroy. 

Levi. 

Lewis. 

Lincoln. 

Linus. 

Lionel. 

Llewelyn. 

Loami. 

Lorenzo. 

Lot. 

Louis. 

Lucian. 

Lucius. 

Ludovic. 

Ludwig. 

Luke. 

Luther. 

Lycurgus. 

Lyman. 

Lysander. 

Madoc. 

Madison. 

Mahlon. 

Manasseh. 

Mansfield. 

Marcellus. 

Marc  ius. 

Marcus. 

Mark. 

Marmaduke. 

Martin. 

Marvin. 

Matthew. 

Matthias. 

Maurice. 

Melvin. 

Merton. 

Merwin. 

Maximilian. 

Mi  call. 

Michael. 

Miles. 

Milton. 

Morgan. 

Morris. 

Moses. 


Nahum. 

Nathan. 

Nathaniel. 

Neal. 

Neil. 

Nehemiah. 

Newton. 

Nicolas. 

Niles. 

Noah. 

Noel. 

Norman. 

Norton. 

Obadiah. 

Obed. 

Octavius. 

Octavus. 

Oley. 

Oliver. 

Ona. 

Orestes. 

Orlando. 

Orrion. 

Oscar. 

Osmond. 

Oswald. 

Othello. 

Otto. 

Owen. 

Patrick. 

Paul. 

Peleg. 

Peregrine. 

Peter. 

Philander. 

Philemon. 

Philip. 

Philo. 

Phineas. 

Pius. 

Pluto. 

Pompey. 

Pontus. 

Queen. 

Quincy. 

Quintin. 

Ralph. 

Ransom. 

Raphael. 

Ray. 


Names  of  Women,  Alphabetically  Arranged. 


Aurora. 

Azalia. 

Barbara. 

Beatrice. 

Beatrix. 

Belinda. 

Belle. 

Bertha. 

Bessie. 

Betsey. 

Beulah. 

Blanch. 

Blanche. 

Bridget. 

Camilla. 

Capitola. 

Caroline. 

Carrie. 

Cassandra. 

Cassie. 

Catharina. 

Catharine. 

Catherine. 

Cecilia. 

Cecily. 

Cedeiia. 

Celeste. 

Celestine. 

Celia. 

Charity. 

Charlotte. 

Chloe. 

Christina. 

Cicely. 

Clara. 

Clarice. 

Clarissa. 

Claudia. 

Clementina. 

Clementine. 

CleoDatra. 

Constance. 

Cora. 

Cordelia, 

Coriuna. 


Cornelia. 

Cynthia. 

Darina. 

Deborah. 

Dele. 

Delia. 

Della. 

Diana. 

Dinah. 

Dora. 

Dorcas. 

Dorinda. 

Dorothy. 

Doxie. 

Edessa. 

Edith. 

Edna. 

Effie. 

Eleanor. 

Electa. 

Electra. 

Elida. 

Elinor. 

Elisabeth. 

Elizabeth. 

Eliza. 

Ella. 

Ellen. 

Ellie. 

Eloise. 

Elsie. 

Elvira. 

Eme. 

Emeline. 

Emily. 

Emma. 

Emmerett. 

Eola. 

Ercilla. 

Ernestine. 

Esmerelda. 

Esther. 

Estusia. 

1  Etta. 


Ettie. 

Ethel. 

Ethelind. 

Etheliuda. 

Eudora. 

Eudosia. 

Eugenia. 

Eugenie. 

Eunice. 

Euphemia. 

Eva. 

Evangeline. 

Eve. 

Evelina. 

Fama. 

Fanny. 

Fara. 

Fatima." 

Faustina. 

Felicia. 

Fidelia. 

Flora. 

Floralia. 

Florena. 

F'lorence. 

Florenia. 

Frances. 

Francelia. 

Fredrica. 

Gabriella. 

Genet. 

Geneva. 

Genevieve. 

Genieve. 

Georgiana. 

Geraldine. 

Gertie. 

Gertrude. 

Hagar. 

Hattie. 

Hannah. 

Harriet. 

Harriot. 


Hebe. 

Helen. 

Helena. 

Henrietta. 

Hessa. 

Hester. 

Hestlier. 

Hilda. 

Honora. 

Honoria. 

Hortensia. 

Huldah. 

Ida. 

Imogene. 

Inez. 

Ionia. 

Irene. 

•Isabel. 

Isabella. 

Isadora. 

Jane. 

Janet. 

Jean. 

Jeanne. 

Jeannette. 

Jemima. 

Jennie. 

Jenny. 

Jerusha. 

Jessie. 

Joan. 

Joanna. 

Josepha. 

Josephine. 

Joyce. 

Judith. 

Julia. 

Julianna. 

Juliet. 

Julietta, 

Junietta. 

Katharine, 

Katherine. 


Katie. 

Katrina. 

Keziah. 

Kittie. 

Uarelda. 

Laura. 

Lauriet. 

Laurietta. 

Laurinda. 

Lavinia. 

Lena. 

Leonora. 

Letitia. 

Lettice. 

Lexie. 

Libbie. 

Lillian. 

Lillie. 

Lilly. 

Lois. 

Lorana. 

Lou. 

Louisa. 

Louise. 

Lucia. 

Lucinda. 

Lucrctia. 

Lucy. 

Lulu. 

Lurelia. 

Lurella. 

Lureno. 

Lurietta. 

Lydia. 

Mabel. 

Madeline. 

Maggie. 

Mahala. 

Malvina. 

Marcella. 

Marcia. 

Margaret. 

Maria. 

|  Marie. 


Marianne. 

Marietta. 

Mari  11a. 

Marion. 

Martha. 

Mary. 

Mathilda. 

Matilda. 

Maud. 

May. 

Meggie. 

Melietabel. 

Mehitable. 

Melicent. 

Melissa. 

Meta. 

IMetta. 

Mildred. 

Minnie. 

Miranda. 

Miriam. 

Morelia. 

Myra. 

Nancy. 

Nannie. 

Nanza. 

Naomi. 

Nellie. 

Nettie. 

Nina. 

Nora. 

Oetavia. 

Olive. 

Olivia. 

Ophelia. 

Olympia. 

Ora. 

Orianna. 

Oriet. 

Orletta. 

Othalia. 

Orlinda. 

Pansy. 


Raymond. 

Reuben. 

Reuel. 

Reynold. 

Richard. 

Robert. 

Roderic. 

Roderick. 

Rodman. 

Rodolph. 

Rodolplius. 


Rollo. 

Romeo. 

Roswell. 

Rowland. 

Roval. 

Rudolph. 

Rudolphus. 

Rufus. 

Rupert. 

Salem. 

Salmon. 

Samson. 

Sampson. 

Samuel. 

Saul. 

Seba. 

Sebastian. 

Sem. 

Sereno. 

Serenus. 

Seth. 

Shelden. 

Sherman. 

Sigismund. 

Silas. 

Silvanus. 

Silvester. 

Simeon. 

Simon. 

Solomon. 

Solon. 

Stephen. 

Steven. 

Sylvan. 

Sylvanus. 

Sylvester. 

Tamer. 

Taylor. 

Thaddus. 


Theobald. 

Theodore. 

Theodoric. 

Theophilus. 

Theron. 

Thomas. 

Thompson. 

Timothy. 

Titus. 

Tobias. 

Tristram. 

Ulysses. 

ITmphrey. 

Uranus. 

Urban. 

Uriah. 

Urian. 

Uriel. 

Valentine. 

Vard. 

Vardemond. 

Vernet. 

Veronus. 

Victor. 

Vincent. 

Virgil. 

Vivian. 

Wade. 

Walter. 

Washington. 

William. 

Willis. 

Winfield. 

Winfred. 

Winton. 

Zabdiel. 

Zaccheus. 

Zachary. 

Zadok. 

Zabadiah. 

Zachariah. 

Zedekiali. 

Zelotes. 

Zenas. 

Zenia. 

Zeno. 

Zenos. 

Zephaniah. 

Zeri. 

Zerus. 


Paulina. 

Pauline. 

Penelope. 

Pera. 

Perebel. 

Perrine. 

Petti  e. 

Phebe. 

Philip. 

Phoebe. 

Phyllis. 

Pina. 

Polly. 

Poreia. 

Priscilla. 


Rachel. 

Rebecca. 

Rebekali. 

Rena. 

Revella. 

Rhoda. 

Rosa. 

Rosabel. 

Rosalia. 

Rosalie. 

Rosalind. 

Rosamond. 

Rose. 

Rosella. 

Rosetta. 

Roxana. 

Roxie. 

Ruth. 


Salome. 

Samantha. 

Samima. 

Sara. 

Sarah. 

Sarepta. 

Selina. 

Serena. 

Sibyl. 

Sibylla. 

Sonora. 


Sophia. 

Sophronia. 

Stella. 

Surelia. 

Susan. 

Susanna. 

Susannah. 

Sylvia. 


Tabitha. 

Terine. 

Theodora. 

Theodosia. 

Theresa, 

Thomasine. 

Tilda. 

Tillie. 

Tina. 

Tryphena. 

Ulrica. 

Ureneo. 

Uretta. 

Urexie. 

Ursula. 

Uvenia. 

Valeria. 

Valina. 

Victoria, 

Victorine. 

Viletta. 

Viola, 

Violet. 

Viorene. 

Virginia. 

Vivian. 


Welthy. 
Wilhelmina. 
Wincie. 
Winnie. 


Zella. 

Zelia. 

Zenobia. 


TABLES  OF  DISTANCES,  EXPECTATION  OF  LIFE,  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  MOON,  Etc.  237 


Expectation  of  Life  and  Present  Value  of  Widow’s  Dower. 


Age. 

Ex- 

pec* 

ta- 

tion 

in 

years. 

Age. 

Ex- 

pec- 

ta- 

tion 

in 

years. 

Age. 

Ex- 

pec- 

ta- 

tion 

in 

years. 

Age. 

Ex- 

pec- 

ta- 

tion 

in 

years. 

Age. 

Ex- 

pec* 

ta- 

tion 

in 

years. 

O 

28.15 

36.7s 

20 

34-22 

40 

26.04 

60 

15-45 

So 

s-Ss 

I 

21 

33-84 

4' 

25.61 

6i 

14.86 

81 

5-5o 

2 

3S.74 

22 

33-46 

42 

25- 19 

62 

14.26 

82 

5.16 

3 

40.01 

23 

33-oS 

43 

24.77 

63 

13.66 

83 

4.87 

4 

4°-73 

24 

32.70 

44 

24-35 

64 

■3-05 

84 

4.66 

5 

40.  ss 

25 

32-33 

45 

23.92 

65 

12.43 

85 

4-57 

6 

40.69 

26 

3'-93 

46 

23-37 

66 

II.96 

86 

4.21 

l 

40.47 

40.14 

27 

28 

3i-5o 

31.0S 

47 

48 

22.83 

22.27 

% 

I  I.48 

1  I. OI 

87 

SS 

3-9° 

3-67 

9 

39-72 

29 

30.66 

49 

21.72 

69 

10.50 

89 

3-56 

IO 

39-2.3 

30 

30-25 

5° 

2I.I7 

70 

10.06 

90 

3-73 

II 

38-64 

3' 

29.83 

Si 

20.61 

71 

9.60 

9i 

3-32 

12 

38.02 

32 

29-43 

52 

20.05 

72 

9.14 

92 

3.12 

■3 

37-4 1 

33 

29.02 

53 

19.49 

73 

8.69 

93 

2.40 

■4 

36-79 

34 

28.62 

54 

l8.92 

74 

8.25 

94 

I.98 

15 

16 

36-17 

35-76 

35-37 

35 

36 

37 

2S.22 

27.7S 

27-34 

55 

56 

57 

18-35 

17.78 

17.20 

75 

76 

77 

7-33 

7.40 

6.99 

95 

1.62 

■9 

34-98 

34-59 

3« 

39 

26.91 

26.47 

58 

59 

16.63 

16.04 

73 

79 

6-59 

6.21 

In  the  settlement  of  estates  where  the  widow  is  entitled  to  a  third 
interest  in  the  real  estate,  or  a  “  dower  ”  interest,  as  it  is  termed,  as  long 


as  she  may  live,  it  becomes  necessary  that  some  definite  calculation  be 
made  as  to  how  long  the  widow  will  probably  live  to  receive  this  in¬ 
terest.  This  matter  being  determined,  a  calculation  can  readily  be  made 
as  to  how  much  she  is  entitled  to  at  present,  which  being  ascertained, 
the  estate  can  be  satisfactorily  settled.  To  illustrate,  by  the  above  table, 
which  is  generally  adopted  in  the  settlement  of  estates,  it  will  be  seen 
that,  if  the  widow  be  60  years  of  age,  she  will  probably  live  15  and  45- 100 
years  longer,  or  until  her  age  is  75  and  45-100  years. 

By  the  following  table  is  given  the  value  of  an  annuity  of  one  dol¬ 
lar  from  1  to  35  years  at  5  per  cent,  per  annum.  Thus  for'  15  years  the 
value  of  one  dollar  will  be  $10.3796.  Suppose  the  widow’s  dower  in¬ 
terest  in  the  estate  to  be  $100  per  year.  To  find  the  present  value  of  the 
widow’s  interest,  therefore,  multiply  the  $100  by  10.3796,  and  the  result  is 
$1,037.96,  which  is  the  amount  that  the  widow  is  entitled  to  in  the  set- 
tleinent. 


Years 

Dollars, 

Cents 

and 

iooths. 

Y  ears 

Dollars, 

Cents 

and 

iooths. 

Years 

Dollars, 

Cents 

and 

iooths. 

Years 

Dollars, 

Cents 

and 

iooths. 

! 

•9523 

10 

7.7217 

19 

12.0853 

28 

14.S981 

2 

1-8594 

11 

8.3064 

20 

12.4622 

29 

15.1401 

3 

2.7232 

12 

8.S632 

21 

12.821 1 

30 

■5-3724 

4 

3-5459 

■3 

9-3935 

22 

13.1630 

31 

15.5928 

5 

4-3294 

14 

9.89S6 

23 

13.4SS0 

32 

1 5.8026 

6 

5-o756 

IS 

IO.37Q6 

24 

13.7986 

33 

16.0025 

7 

S-7863 

16 

10.S377 

25 

14.0939 

34 

16. 1929 

8 

6.4632 

17 

I  1.2740 

26 

■4-3751 

35 

16.3741 

9 

7.  IO78 

iS 

11.6S95 

27 

14.6430 

Miles. 

Adrian,  Mich .  775 

Akron,  Ohio. .  610 

Albany,  N.  Y .  143 

Alexandria,  Va _  238 

Algiers,  La . 1,551 

Allegheny,  Pa .  434 

Allentown,  Pa .  92 

Alton,  Ill . . 1,060 

Annapolis,  Md .  222 

Ann  Arbor,  Mich...  716 

Atchison,  Kansas _ 1,368 

Atlanta,  Ga . i,oiS 

Auburn,  N.  Y .  32S 

Augusta,  Me .  407 

Augusta,  Ga .  8S7 

Aurora,  Ill .  951 

Baltimore,  Md .  iSS 

Bangor,  Me .  482 

Bath,  Me .  382 

Baton  Rouge,  La...  1,320 

Belfast,  Me _  424 

Bellefontaine,  Ohio.  65S 
Binghamton,  N.  Y__  215 

Blackstone,  Mass _  27 2 

Bloomington,  Ill _ 1,037 

Boston,  Mass .  236 

Bristol,  R.  1 .  215 

Bucvrus,  Ohio .  632 

Buffalo,  N.  Y .  433 

Burlington,  N.  J. _  74 

Burlington,  Iowa _ 1,122 

Burlington,  Vt .  2S0 

Cambridge,  Mass...  239 

Camden,  N.  J._ .  91 

Canandaigua,  N.  Y.  377 
Carson  City,  Nevada  2,Soo 
Chambersburg,  Pa..  246 

Charleston,  S.  C .  874 

Charlestown,  Mass.  235 


Distances  From  New  York  City  to 


Miles. 

Chattanooga,  Tenn__  980 

Chicago,  Ill _  91 1 

Chillicothe,  Ohio... .  645 
Cincinnati,  Ohio....  744 
Circleville,  Ohio....  640 

Cleveland,  Ohio .  581 

Columbia,  S.  C .  744 

Columbus,  Ohio .  624 

Concord,  N.  H .  308 

Covington,  Ky .  745 

Cumberland,  Md _  364 

Davenport,  Iowa. ___  1,093 

Dayton,  Ohio .  804- 

Den  ver  City,  Col....  1, 980 
Des  Moines,  Iowa...  1,251 

Detroit,  Mich .  679 

Dover,  N.  H .  304 

Dubuque,  Iowa. . 1,100 

Dunkirk,  N.  Y .  460 

Elmira,  N.  Y .  274 

Erie,  Pa .  508 

Evansville,  Ind . 1,021 

Fall  River,  Mass...  1S0 
Fitchburg,  Mass....  2S6 
Fort  Kearney,  Neb.  .1,598 

Fort  Wayne,  Ind _  763 

Fredericksburg,  Va.  296 

Galena,  Ill . 1,083 

Galesburg,  Ill . 1,076 

Galveston,  Texas _ 1,900 

Georgetown,  D.  C__  22S 

Hamilton,  Ohio .  766 

Harrisburg,  Pa .  182  , 

Hartford,  Conn .  112 

Indianapolis,  Ind _  83S 

Jackson,  Miss. . 1,498 

Jefferson  City,  Mo. . .1,210 

Kalamazoo,  Mich _  822 

Knoxville,  Tenn  ....  868 


Miles. 

Lafayette,  Ind .  903 

Lansing,  Mich .  785 

Lawrence,  Mass  ....  262 
Leavenworth,  Kan..  1,393 

Lexington,  Ky. .  S40 

Lexington,  Mo . .1,354 

Little  Rock,  Ark....  1,430 

Lockport,  N.  Y _  507 

Louisville,  Ky .  900 

Lowell,  Mass .  261 

Lvnchburg,  Va .  404 

Macon,  Ga . 1,121 

Madison,  Wis . 1,049 

Memphis,  Tenn . 1,289 

Milledgeville,  Ga _ 1,100 

Milwaukee,  Wis ....  996 

Mobile,  Ala . 1,370 

Montgomery,  Ala _ 1 , 1 93 

Montpelier,  Vt .  454 

Nashua,  N.  H .  275 

Nashville,  Tenn . 1,085 

New  Albany,  Ind...  903 
New  Bedford,  Mass  181 
New  Brunswick,  N.J  32 

Newburg,  N.  Y _  53 

New  Haven,  Conn..  76 

New  Orleans,  La _ 1,550 

Newport,  Ky .  744 

Newport,  R.  1 .  162 

Norwalk,  Conn .  45 

Omaha,  Neb . 1,455 

Oswego,  N.Y _  237 

Paterson,  N.J .  17 

Peoria,  Ill. . 1,072 

Petersburg,  Va .  37S 

Philadelphia,  Pa....  S3 

Pittsburgh,  Pa .  431 

Portland,  Me .  334 

Providence,  R.  I _  193 


Miles. 

Quincy,  Ill . 1,176 

Racine,  Wis .  976 

Raleigh,  N.  C _  669 

Reading,  Pa _  128 

Richmond,  Va .  356 

Rochester,  N.  Y _  3S6 

Rock  Island,  Ill . 1,093 

Rome,  N.  Y .  264 

Roxbury,  Mass .  238 

Sacramento,  Cal _ 2,900 

St.  Joseph,  Mo  . . 1,384 

St.  Louis,  Mo . 1,084 

St.  Paul,  Minn . 1,441 

Salem,  Mass . .  25 2 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  2,410 
San  Francisco,  Cal.. 3, 038 

Sandusky,  Ohio _  642 

Savannah,  Ga .  974 

Scranton,  Pa . .  142 

Springfield,  Ill . 1,062 

Springfield,  Mass...  138 
Springfield,  Ohio...  S2S 

Staunton,  Va . .  486 

Stonington,  Comr...  143 

Syracuse,  N.  Y .  302 

Taunton,  Mass .  210 

Tallahassee,  Fla  ....1,190 
Terre  Haute,  Ind....  912 

Toledo,  Ohio .  742 

Tonawanda,  N.  Y...  463 

Trenton,  N.J .  58 

Troy,  N.  Y .  148 

Utica,  N.  Y .  249 

Vicksburg,  Miss _ 1,542 

Washington,  D.  C._  230 
Wheeling,  W.  Va...  522 
Wilmington,  Del....  116 
Wilmington,  N.  C__  604 
Worcester,  Mass....  192 


The  Influence  of  the  Moon  on 
the  Growth  of  Plants. 

Does  the  light  of  the  moon  affect 
the  growth  of  plants?  Does  it 
make  any  difference  in  the  growth 
of  a  plant  what  time  in  the  moon  it 
is  planted?  Undoubtedly  it  does. 

Light  is  a  great  promoter  of 
growth,  and,  the  more  brilliant  the 
light,  the  stronger  and  more  vigor¬ 
ous  the  growth,  all  the  other  con¬ 
ditions  being  favorable.  It  is  a  fact, 
also,  with  certain  plants,  that  when 
young  they  require,  like  young  ani¬ 
mals,  considerable  time  for  rest  and 
sleep.  To  have  this  sleep  is  to  give 
them  ultimate  strength  and  vigor, 
which  is  essential  to  their  subse¬ 
quent  complete  development. 

To  illustrate:  The  seeds  of  cer¬ 
tain  vines  and  other  plants  sown  in 
the  new  of  the  moon  will  vegetate, 
and  the  plants  are  likely  to  appear 
above  ground,  near  the  old  of  the 
moon,  at  a  time  when  the  moon’s 
radiance  is  so  brilliant  that  they  are 
compelled  to  grow  under  its  strong 
light.  Upon  the  rising  of  the  sun, 
the  growth  is  still  forced  forward, 
and  the  tender  plant,  thus  in  its  in¬ 
fancy,  gets  no  rest. 

The  seed  sown  in  the  old  of  the 


Miles. 


Amsterdam . 3,510 

Barbadoes .  1,905 

Batavia . 13,066 

Bermudas .  660 

Bombay . 1 1,574 

Bordeaux _ _ 3,3 10 

Boston.. .  310 

Botany  Bay . ...13,294 

Buenos  Ayres . 7, 1 10 

Calcutta..’ . 12,425 

Canton _ 13,900 

Cape  Horn . 8, 1 1 5 


Cape  of  Good  Hope  6,830 


Distances  by  Water  From  New  York  City  to 


Miles. 

Chagres . 2,308 

Charleston .  750 

Columbia  River... .  15,965 

Constantinople . 5, 140 

Copenhagen  . . 3,640 

Dublin . 3,225 

Gibraltar .  7,300 

Halifax .  612 

Hamburg - 3,775 

Havana . .  1,420 

Havre... . 3,210 

Kingston .  1,640 

Lima . 11,310 


Lisbon . 

Liverpool. ... 

London . . 

Madras . . 

Malta . . 

Monrovia 

Naples . . 

New  Orleans. 

Panama . . 

Pekin . 

Pernambuco  . 
Philadelphia  . 
Qjiebec . . 


Miles. 


-  3,U5 

-  3»2I° 

-  3,375 
.11,850 

-  4,325 

-  3.82s 


4.330 

2,045 

2,358 

■5,325 

4,760 


240 

1,400 


Miles. 

Rio  Janeiro . 3,840 

Sandwich  Islands..  15,300 

San  Francisco . 15,858 

St.  Petersburg . 4,420 

Singapore . 12,710 

Smyrna .  5, 000 

Stockholm . 4*050 

Tahiti . 12,225 

Trieste .  5,130 

Valparaiso . 9,7*50 

Vera  Cruz . 2,250 

Washington .  400 

Round  the  Globe... 25,000 


moon  will  bring  forth  the  plant  in 
the  new  of  the  moon,  or  during  the 
dark  nights;  at  which  time  it  ob¬ 
tains  the  needed  rest  and  sleep,  in 
the  darkness,  which  is  essential  to 
its  future  productiveness. 

That  the  light  of  the  moon  has 
thus  a  very  perceptible  and  impor¬ 
tant  influence  upon  the  growth  of 
plants  when  very  young  and  tender, 
is  a  fact  which  thousands  have  veri¬ 
fied,  though  few  understand  the  phi¬ 
losophy  of  the  same. 


COMMON  FOREIGN  WORDS  AND  PHRASES. 


23S 


THE  following  Foreign  Words  and  Phrases  are 
frequently  met  in  reading : 


oreign  Words  and  Phrases. 


Ad  cafitandum ,  For  the  purpose  of  captivating. 
Ad  infinitum ,  To  an  unlimited  extent. 

Ad  libitum ,  At  pleasure. 

Alias ,  Otherwise. 

Alibi ,  Elsewhere. 

Alma  mater y  Gentle  mother;  often  applied  to 
the  institution  where  one  is  educated. 

A  mor  patrice ,  Love  of  country. 

Anglicl ,  In  English. 

A  nnus  mirabilis ,  A  year  of  wonders. 

^  priori ,  Beforehand  ;  from  previous  knowledge. 

fide ,  In  good  faith  ;  genuine. 

5A  dat  quicitodat ,  He  gives  twice  who  gives 
promptly. 

Becitce  memories ,  Of  blessed  memory. 

Cacocsthes  Scribendi.  A  ridiculous  fondness  for 
writing. 

Caput  mortuum,  The  lifeless  head. 

Car  nr  &///,  A  case  for  war. 

Caveat ,  Let  him  beware. 

Contra ,  On  the  other  hand ;  against. 

Contra  bonos  mores ,  Contrary  to  good  manners. 
De  facto ,  In  fact. 

De  jure ,  By  right. 

Detritus,  Worn  off. 

Dramatis  personts.  Characters  of  the  play. 
Ergo,  Therefore. 

tV  genus  omne ,  And  all  of  that  sort. 

Ex  officio.  By  virtue  of  the  office. 

Exit,  He  (or  she)  goes  out. 

Exeunt  omnes ,  They  all  go  out. 

Ex  parte ,  O'1  one  side  only. 


LATIN  WORDS  AND  PHRASES 

Ex  tempore ,  On  the  moment. 

Facet  ice.  Witty  sayings. 

Fac  simile ,  An  exact  copy. 

Let  it  be  done  ;  a  command. 

Fiat  just  it  ia  ruat  ccelum ,  Let  justice  be  done 
though  the  heavens  crash. 

Finis,  The  end. 

Genius  loci ,  The  genius  of  the  place. 

In  propria  persona ,  In  person. 

In  transitu ,  On  the  way. 

Imprimis ,  In  the  first  place. 

Impromptu ,  Off-hand. 

Interim ,  In  the  mean  time. 

Item ,  Also. 

Lapsus  lingua,  A  slip  of  the  tongue. 

Magna  chart The  great  charter. 

Maximum,  The  greatest  quantity. 

Mens  sana  in  corpore  sano,  A  sound  mind  In  a 
healthy  body. 

Meutn  et  tuum.  Mine  and  thine. 

Minimum,  The  least  quantity. 

Ne  plus  ultra.  The  greatest  extent  attainable.  . 
Nil  desperandum.  Never  despair. 

Nolens  volens.  Willing  or  not. 

Noli  me  taiigere.  Touch  me  not. 

Non  compos  mentis.  Not  of  sound  mind. 

Non  est  inventus.  Not  to  be  found. 

Non  sequitur,  It  does  not  follow. 

Not  a  bene,  Mark  well. 

Nudum  pactum.  An  invalid  agreement 
Nunc  aut  nunquam.  Now  or  never. 

Omnia  vincit  amor.  Love  conquers  all  things. 


Onus  probandi,Bv.rden  of  proving. 

Orator  fit,  poeta  nascitur.  The  orator  is  made, 
but  the  poet  is  born. 

Otium  cum  dignitate.  Ease  with  dignity. 

Pari  passu.  With  equal  pace. 

Par  nobile  fratrum,  A  noble  pair  of  brothers  ; 
two  alike. 

Passim,  Everywhere. 

Paterfamilias,  Father  of  a  family. 

Pcccavi,  I  have  sinned. 

Per  capita.  By  the  head. 

Per  diem.  By  the  day 

Per  fas  et  nefas.  Through  right  or  wrong. 

Per  se.  By  itself. 

Poeta  ?iascitur  ?ion  fit,  A  poet  is  born,  not  made. 
Pritna  facie.  On  the  first  view. 

Pro  et  con.  For  and  against. 

Pro  forma.  For  form’s  sake. 

Pro  tempore.  For  the  time  being. 

Quondam,  Former. 

Quid  nunc?  What  now? 

Rus  in  Urbe,  The  country  in  town. 

Semper  idem.  Always  the  same. 

Sub  rosa,  Privately. 

Sui  generis,  Cf  its  own  kind  ;  unique. 

Tempus  fu git.  Time  flies. 

Vale,  Farewell. 

V eni,  vidi,  vici,  I  came,  I  saw,  I  conquered. 
Vcrbum  sat,  A  word  is  enough. 

Viva  voce.  By  the  living  voice. 

Vice  versa.  The  case  being  reversed. 


FRENCH  WORDS  AND  PHRASES,  with  Pronunciation. 


A  BA3  ( ah-bah ),  Down  with. 

A  BON  CHAT  BON  rat,  To  (or  for)  a  good  cat,  a 
good  rat. 

A  bon  MARCHE  ( ah-bong-mar-shai ),  Cheap. 

A  cheval  ( ah-sheh-val ),  On  horseback. 

Affaire  d’ amour  ( ah-faire-dah-moor ),  A  love 
affair. 

Affaire  d’honneur  (< ah-f air  e-don- ai-ur ),  An 
affair  of  honor. 

A  genoux  yah-ge-noo).  Upon  the  knees. 


Aide-toi  et  le  ciel  t’aidera,  Help  yourself 
and  heaven  will  help  you. 

A  la  mode  ( ah-lah-mod ),  In  the  fashion. 

A  l’improviste  ( ah-lam-pro-vist ),  Unawares. 

Amateur  (ak-ma-iair) ,  An  admirer  of  and  un¬ 
professional  practitioner  in  any  art. 

Amour  ( ah-moor ),  Love. 

A  il o\JTRANCE(ah-loo-trangsse),T o  the  utmost. 

A  propos  ( ah-pro-poe ),  By  the  way ;  to  the 
purpose. 


A  tout  prix  ( au-too-pree ),  At  any  cost. 

Au  contraire  {p-kong-t  ray  re) ,  On  the  contrary. 
Au  fait  ( o-fay ),  All  right ;  instructed. 

Au  revoir  io-ruh-voo-ar).  Till  we  meet  again. 
Avant  coureur  {ah-va ng-koo-rayre) ,  Fore¬ 
runner. 

A  VOTRE  SANTE  (au-vottr-sang-tai),  To  your 
health. 

Bas  bleu  ( bah-bluhe ),  Blue-stocking. 

Beau  MONDE  {bo-mongde),  The  gay  world. 


FOREIGN  WORDS  AND  PHRASES.  239 

Belles  lettres  (< hell-lay-tr ),  Polite  literature. 

Eclaircissement  C ai-klair-siss-mang ),  Expla- 

Mise  En  scene  {ineeze-ang-seyne).  Putting  on 

Blase  {blah  zai ),  Time-worn,  faded. 

nation. 

the  stage  ;  getting  up. 

Bijou  ( be-joo ),  A  jewel,  or  gem. 

Eclat  ( ai-klah ),  Splendor;  brilliancy. 

Nom  de  plume  {nong-duh-pioom).  Literary 

Billet-doux  ( be-yay-doo ),  A  love  letter. 

Elite  (< ai-litt ),  Choice  ;  select. 

nickname. 

Bon  gre  mal  gre  {, bon-grai-inai-grai ),  Willing 

Embonpoint  (< ong-bong-poo-aing ),  Plumpness; 

Nous  verrons  {noo-7>ai-rong) ,  We  shall  see. 

or  not. 

fatness. 

On  dit  {ong-de).  It  is  said. 

Bonhomie  {bun-no-mee),  Good  nature. 

En  ami  {ang-ah-me),  As  a  friend. 

Outre  ( oo-tray ),  Extravagant ;  outlandish. 

Bonjour  ( bong-joor ),  Good  day. 

Encore  ( ong-kor ),  Again. 

Papier  mache  ( pah-pyai-ma-shai ),  Paper  pulp 

Bon-mot  {bong-7110),  A  witticism. 

Enivre  ( ai-ne-vrai ),  Intoxicated. 

prepared  for  use  and  ornament. 

i  Bonsoir  ( bong-sooar ),  Good  night. 

En  masse  (0«£--wrt.s\y),  In  a  body. 

Par  exemple,  For  example. 

Bon  ton  ( bong-tong ),  High  fashion. 

Ennui  ( ah-noo-e ),  Weariness. 

Parvenu,  An  upstart. 

Bon  vivant  {bong-vi-vang) ,  A  high  liver. 

En  revanche  ( ung-ruh-vanghshe ),  In  return. 

Petit  {puh-te).  Small,  little  ;  (feminine  petitel) 

Bonne  bouche  ( bun-looshe ),  A  tid-bit. 

Entente  cordiale  (< ong-tangte-kor-dyol ),  Good 

Protege  ( pro-tai-hjai ),  One  protected  by  an- 

Bonne  foi  ( bun-foo-ah ),  Good  faith. 

understanding. 

other  *  (feminine  protegee). 

Canaille  ( kan-ayh ),  The  rabble. 

Entree  ( ang-traie ),  Entrance 

Qui  vi vr  tX-e  viv),  (On  the).  On  the  alert. 

Carte  blanche  ( kart-blansh ),  Full  power. 

Entre  nous  (i angtr-noo ),  Between  ourselves. 

Recherche  (ruh-sher-sha),  Of  rare  attraction. 

Ce  n’est  que  le  I'REMIER  fas  qui  coute,  It  is 

Esprit  de  corps  ( es-prec-duh-kor ),  Pride  of 

Resume  {rai-zoo-inai),  A  summary. 

only  the  first  step  that  is  difficult. 

association. 

Revenons  a  nos  moutons,  Let  us  return  to  our 

Chacun  a  son  gout,  Every  one  to  his  taste. 

Faux  pas  {foe-paw's.  False  step;  misconduct. 

subject. 

Chateaux  en  Espagne,  Air-castles. 

Fete  {fayte),  A  festival. 

Role  {role).  Part  in  a  drama  or  performance. 

Chef  d’ceuvre  {shay-duhvr),  A  masterpiece. 

Feu  de  joie  {fuh-dh-joo-au),  Bonfire;  illumina- 

Sans-culottes  {sang- hit  -loti).  Tatterdemalions. 

Cher  ami  {shair-ah-me) .  Dear  friend  (male). 

tion. 

Sans  facon  {sang-f ah-song) ,  Without  formality. 

Chere  amie  {shay  re-ah-mee) ,  Dear  friend  (female) 

Fourgon  ( foor-gong ),  A  heavy  military  wagon. 

Sans  peur  et  sans  reproche,  Without  fear  and 

Ci-devant  ( se-duh-vang, ),  formerly. 

Guerre  a  mort  {gayre-ah-mohr),  War  to  death. 

without  reproach. 

Comme  il  faut  {koin-ill-foh),  As  it  should  be. 

Gens  d’armes  {jang-dann)%  Soldier  police. 

Sans  souci  {sang-sou-se).  Without  care. 

j  COMPAGNON  DE  VOYAGE  ( kong-pang-yong ), 

IIaut  ton  (, ho-tont- )  Highest  fashion. 

Sauve  qui  peut.  Save  himself  who  can. 

Traveling  companion. 

Honi  soit  qui  AiAL  Y  PENSK,  Shamed  be  he  that 

Savant  {sah-vang),  A  man  of  science. 

Contretemps  {kongtr-tang)  Disappointment,  ac 

evil  thinks. 

Savoir  vivre.  Good  breeding. 

cident. 

J e  ne  cherche  qu’  une,  I  seek  but  one. 

Soi-disant  (soo-ah-de-zu ng) ,  Self-styled. 

Coup  d’etat  {koo-daih-tah) ,  A  stroke  of  policy. 

Je  ne  sai.  quoi,  I  know  not  what. 

Soiree  (soo-ah-raie).  An  evening  entertainment. 

Coup  de  grace  ( koo-de-grass ),  The  finishing 

Jeu  de  mots,  A  play  upon  words. 

Tant  mieux  ( tang-niyuhe ),  So  much  the  better. 

stroke. 

Jeu  d  esprit  {juh-dess-pree),  A  witticism. 

Tant  pis  {tang-pec).  So  much  the  worse. 

Coup  d’ceil,  A  glance, 

Le  bon  temps  viendra,  There  is  a  good  time 

Tete  a  tete  ( layte-ah-tayte ),  Face  to  face. 

Coute  qu’il  coute  {koot-key-koot).  Cost  what  it 

coming. 

Tout  a  vous  {toot -ah -voo) ,  Wholly  yours. 

may. 

Lettre  de  cachet,  Letter  under  seal ;  a  war- 

Tout  ensemble  ( too-ang-sangbl ),  The  whole  to- 

Debut  {dai-boo),  First  appearance. 

rant. 

gether. 

Denouement,  {dai-noo-mang) ,  solution  ;  result. 

L’homme  propose  et  Dieu  dispose,  Man  pro- 

Vis  a  \\%{vee-zah-vee) ,  Opposite. 

Dieu  et  mon  droit,  God  and  my  right. 

poses  and  God  disposes. 

Vive  le  roi  {vivv-luh-roo-ah).  Long  live  the 

Dot  ( doh ),  A  dowry. 

Malgre  moi  ( mal-grai-inooah ),  In  spite  of  my- 

king. 

Double  entendre  ( doo-bl-ang-tangdr),  Double 

self. 

Voila  TOUT  {voo-ah -lak-too) ,  That  is  all. 

meaning. 

Matinee  {mah-te-naie) ,  A  daytime  entertain- 

Doux  yeux  {> dooz-yuhe ),  Tender  glances. 

ment. 

SPANISH  WORDS  AND  PHRASES. 

A  Dios ,  Good  bye. 

Hacienda,  A  farm. 

Poco  dinero.  Little  money. 

J  Adobe ,  A  sun-baked  brick. 

Hidaigo,  An  aristocrat. 

Pronunciamento,  A  declaration. 

A  Ima  iiua.  My  dear. 

La  metitira  tiene  las  piernas  cortas ,  Lies  have 

Quien  sabe  ?  Who  knows. 

Cation ,  A  deep  gulch  or  gorge. 

short  legs. 

Seiior,  Mr.  or  Master. 

Carrai !  Zounds! 

Olla  podrida.  An  incongruous  mass. 

Seilora ,  Mrs.  or  Mistress. 

Carrambo  !  Pest  on  it ! 

I’oco  6 aria,  poco  vergiienza ,  Little  beard,  little 

Seiiorita ,  Miss. 

Chaparral ,  A  thicket  of  shrub  oak. 

shame. 

Sierra,  Chain  of  mountains. 

Corral ,  An  inclosure  for  hoises,  etc. 

Poco  tiempo ,  In  a  little  while. 

Vamos  !  Let  us  go  ! 

ITALIAN  WORDS  AND  PHRASES. 

Cantatrice ,  A  singer. 

Giovine  santo ,  vecchio  diavolo.  Young  saint,  old 

Signor ,  Mr.  or  Master. 

Chiaroscuro ,  Light  and  dark  shade  in  painting. 

devil. 

Signora,  Mrs.  or  Mistress. 

J  Conzfersazione ,  Social  gathering. 

Impresario,  A  theatrical  proprietor  or  manager. 

Signor ina.  Miss. 

j  Dilettante ,  A  lover  of  the  fine  arts. 

Pntna  donna.  First  lady,  or  “star,”  in  an  opera. 

Virtu ,  Curious  or  fine. 

ZWre  yhr  niente,  Pleasant  idleness.  ' 

2i0 


LIST  OF  MODERN  ABBREVIATIONS. 


ist  of  Modern  Abbreviations. 


Abbreviations  Alphabetically  Arranged 


For  use  in  Writing. 


A. A.G.— Assistant  Adjutant  General. 

A. A. P.S.— American  Association  for  the  Pro¬ 
motion  of  Science. 

A.A.S.— Academia  Americana  Socius,  Fellow 
of  the  American  Academy  (of  Arts  and 
Sciences). 

A.A.S.S.— Americana  Antiquarians.  Societatis 
Socius ,  Member  of  the  American  Antiquarian 
Society. 

A.B.—  Arliurn  Baccalaureus ,  Bachelor  of  Arts. 
A.B.C.F.M. —  American  Board  of  Commis¬ 
sioners  for  Foreign  Missions. 

Abp.— Archbishop. 

Abr. — Abridgment. 

A.C .—Ante  Christum ,  before  Christ. 

A.  C.— Archchancellor. 

Acct.— Account. 

A.C. S.— American  Colonization  Society. 

A.D.— Anno  Domini ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord. 
A.D.  C.— Aide-de-camp. 

Adj.— Adjective.  Ad.— Advertisement. 

Adjt.— Adjutant. 

Adjt. -Gen.— Adjutant-General. 

Ad  lib. — Ad  libitum ,  at  pleasure. 

Adm.— Admiral;  Admiralty. 

Adm.  Ct.— Admiralty  Court. 

Admr.— Administrator. 

Admx.— Administratrix. 

Ad  v.—Ad  valorem ,  at  (or  on)  the  value. 

Adv.— Adverb. 

Mt .—JEtatis,  of  age;  aged. 

A.F.&A.M.  — Ancient  Free  and  Accepted 
Masons. 

A. F.B.S.— American  and  Foreign  Bible  Society. 
A.G. — Adjutant-General. 

Alaska— Alaska  Territory. 

Agr.— Agriculture. 

A. G.S.S.— American  Geographical  and  Statis¬ 
tical  Society. 

Agt.— Agent. 

AM— Anno  Hegira1,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira. 
A.H.M.S.— American  IIomeMissiouary  Society. 
Ala.— Alabama. 

Aid.— Alderman. 

Alex.— Alexander. 

Alg.— Algebra. 

Alt.— Altitude. 


A.M.— Anno  mundi,  in  the  year  of  the  world. 
A.M.—  Artium  Magister,  Master  of  Arts. 

A.M. — Ante  meridiem,  before  noon ;  morning. 
Arab.  —Ambassador. 

Amer.— American. 

KtAM.—Amalgama,  amalgamation. 

Amt.— Amount. 

An.— Anno,  in  the  year. 

An.  A.C.  -Anno  ante  Christum,  in  the  year 
before  Christ. 

Anat.— Anatomy. 

Anc.— Ancient;  anciently. 

And.— Andrew. 

Ang. -Sax.— Anglo-Saxon. 

Anon.— Anonymous. 

Anth.— Anthony. 

Aor.  or  aor.— Aorist. 

A.O.S.S.  —  Americana  Orientalis  Societatis 
Socius,  Member  of  the  American  Oriental 
Society. 

Ap.— Apostle;  Appius. 

A\).—Apud,  in  the  writings  of ;  as  quoted  by. 
Apo.— Apogee. 

Apoc.— Apocalypse. 

App.— Appendix. 

Apr.— April. 

A.Q.M  G.— Assistant  Quartermaster-General. 
A.R.— Anna  Regina,  Queen  Anne. 

KM— Anno  regui,  year  of  the  reign. 

A.R.A.— Associate  of  the  Royal  Academy. 

Ariz.  Ter.— Arizona  Territory. 
Arg.—Argimiento,  by  an  argument  drawn  from 
such  a  law. 

Arith.— Arithmetic. 

Ark.  — Arkansas. 

A.R.R. — Anno  regni  regie,  in  the  year  of  the 
reign  of  the  king. 

A.R.S.S.  —  Antiquariorum  Reg'ue  Societatis 
Socius,  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Anti¬ 
quaries. 

Art.— Article. 

A.S.  or  Assist.  Sec.— Assistant  Secretary. 

A. S. A. —American  Statistical  Association. 

A.S  S.U.— American  Sunday-School  Union. 
Astrol.— Astrology. 

Astrou.— Astronomy. 

A  .T.— Arch  treasurer. 


A. T.S.— American  Tract  Society. 

Ats.— At  suit  of. 

Atty.— Attorney. 

Atty.-Gen.— Attorney-General. 

A. U.A.— American  Unitarian  Association. 

Aub.  Theol.  Sem.— Auburn  Theological  Sem¬ 
inary. 

A.U.C  —  Antiourbis  conditx,  or  ab  urbe  condita, 
in  the  year  from  the  building  of  the  city 
(Rome). 

Aug.— August. 

Aur.  —Aurum,  gold. 

Auth.  Ver.— Authorized  Version  (of  the  Bible). 
Av.— Average ;  Avenue. 

Avoir.  —  Avoirdu  pois. 

A. Y.M.— Ancient  York  Masons, 
b.— Born. 

B.  A.— Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Bal.— Balance. 

Balt.— Baltimore. 

Bar.— Baruch. 

Bart,  or  Bt.— Baronet. 

Bbl.— Barrel. 

B.C.— Before  Christ. 

B.C.L.— Bachelor  of  Civil  Law. 

B.D .—Baccalaureus  Divinitatis,  Bachelor  of 
Divinity. 

Bc’.s.  or  bds.— Boards  (bound  in). 

Beuj.— Benjamin. 

Bk.— Book. 

B.LL — Baccalaureus  Begum,  Bachelor  of  Laws. 
B.M.— Baccalaureus  Medicines,  Bachelor  of 
Medicine. 

Bost.— Boston. 

Bot.— Botany. 

Bp.—  Bishop. 

B.R.— Banco  Regis  or  Regina:,  the  King’s  or 
Queen's  Bench. 

Brig.— Brigade;  Brigadier. 

Brig. -Gen. — Brigadier-General. 

Brit.  Mus.— British  Museum. 

Bro.— Brother. 

Br.  Univ.— Brown  University. 

B.S.— Bachelor  in  the  Sciences. 

B .Y.—Beata  Virgo,  Blessed  Virgin. 

B. V.— Bene  vale,  farewell. 

C. ,  Ch.  or  Chap.— Chapter. 


LIST  OF  MODERN  ABBREVIATIONS. 


241 


C.  or  Cent.—  Centum,  a  hundred, 
cset.  par. —  Caiteris  paribus ,  other  things  being 
equal. 

Cal.— California;  Calends. 

Can.— Canon. 

Cant.— Canticles. 

Cap.  or  c Caput,  capitulum,  chapter. 

Caps.— Capitals. 

Capt.— Captain. 

Capt. -Gen. -Captain-General. 

Cash.— Cashier. 

ca.  resp.— Capias  ad  respondendum, aiwgaX  writ, 
ca.  sa.—  Capias  cd  satisfaciendum ,  a  legal  writ. 
Cath.— Catherine. 

C.B.— Companion  of  the  Bath. 

C.B.  —  Commun'.s  Concur ,  Common  Bench. 
C.C.— Caius  College;  Account  Current. 

C.C.— Chancellor  Commander. 

C.C.C.— Corpus  Christi  College. 

C.C.P.— Court  of  Common  Pleas. 

C.E.— Civil  Engineer. 

Cel.  or  Celt.— Celtic. 

Cf.  or  cf Confer,  compare. 

C.G.— Commissary-General ;  Consul-General. 

C.  H.  -Court-house. 

Ch. — Church;  Chapter;  Charles. 

Chanc.— Chancellor. 

Chap.— Chapter. 

Chas.— Charles. 

Chem.— Chemistry. 

Chr.— Christopher. 

Chrou.— Chronicles. 

Cin.— Cincinnati. 

C.J.— Chief -J  ustice. 

Clk— Clerk. 

C.M.— Common  Meter. 

C.M.G.— Companion  of  the  Order  of  St.  Michael 
and  St.  George. 

Co.— Company ;  county. 

C.O.D.— Cash  (or  collect)  on  delivery. 

Col.— Colonel ;  Colossians.  [tion 

Coll.— Collector;  Colloquial;  College;  Collec- 
Colo.— Colorado. 

Com.— Commerce ;  Committee;  Commentary; 

Commissioner;  Commodore. 

Com.  Arr.-  Committee  of  Arrangements. 
Comdg.— Commanding. 

Comm.— Commentary. 

Comp.— Compare;  Compound. 

Com.  Ver.— Common  Version  (of  the  Bible). 
Con.— Contra,  against;  in  opposition. 

Con.  Cr.— Contra,  credit. 

Conch.  — Conchology. 

C  ong.  —Congress. 

Conj.  or  conj.— Conjunction. 

Conn,  or  Ct. — Connecticut. 

Const.— Constable ;  Constitution. 

Cont.— Contra. 

Cor.— Corinthians. 

Corol.— Corollary. 

Cor.  Sec.— Corresponding  Secretary. 

C.P.— Common  Picas. 

C.P.— Court  of  Prohate. 

C.P.S — Custos  Privati  Sigilli,  Keeper  of  the 
Privy  Seal. 

C.R.— Custos  Eotulorum ,  Keeper  of  the  Rolls. 
Cr.— Creditor;  credit. 

Crim.  Con. — Criminal  conversation;  adultery. 
C.S  —  Court  of  Sessions. 

C.S  -  Custos  Sigilli ,  Keeper  of  the  Seal. 


Ct.,  cts.— Cent;  Cents. 

C.  Theod. —  Codice  Theodosiano ,  in  the  Theo- 
dosian  Code. 

Cwt.—  Ilund  red  weight. 

Cyc. — Cyclopedia. 

d.— Denarius  or  Denarii ,  penny  or  pence, 
d.— Died. 

D.  — Five  hundred. 

Dak.— Dakota. 

Dan.— Daniel ;  Danish. 

D.C.—Da  Capo ,  again. 

D.C. — District  of  Columbia. 

D.C.L. — Doctor  of  Civil  Law. 

D.D. — Divinitatis  Doctor ,  Doctor  of  Divinity. 
Dea. — Deacon. 

Dec. — December:  Declaration. 

Deg. — Degree  or  degrees. 

Del.— Delaware:  Delegate. 

Del.  or  del. — Delineavil ,  he  (or  she)  drew  it. 
Dep.— Deputy. 

Dept.— Department. 

Deut. — Deuteronomy. 

D.F. — Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

Dft.  or  Deft.— Defendant. 

D.G.— Dei  gratia ,  by  the  grace  of  God. 

D.G.— Deo  gratias ,  thanks  to  God. 

Diam.— Diameter. 

Diet, — Dictator;  Dictionary. 

Dim.— Diminutive. 

Disc.— Discount. 

Diss.— Dissertation. 

Dist.— District. 

Dist.-Atty.— District-Attorney. 

D.M.— Doctor  of  Music. 

Do. — Ditto,  the  same. 

Dols.— Dollars. 

D.O.M. — Deo  optimo  maximo,  to  God,  the  best, 
the  greatest. 

Doz.— Dozen. 

D.P.— Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

Dr.— Debtor;  Doctor. 

D.S. — Dal  segmo,  from  the  sign. 

d. s.b. — Debit  sans  breve. 

D.T.— Doctor  Theologies,  Doctor  of  Theology. 

D. V.— Deo  volenfe,  God  willing. 

Dwt. — Pennyweight. 

E. -  East, 
ea. — Each. 

E.  by  S.— East  by  South. 

Eben. — Ebenezer. 

Eccl. — Ecclesiastes. 

Ecclus.— Ecclesiasticus. 

Ed.— Editor;  Edition. 

Edm.— Edmund. 

Ed  w.— Edward. 

E.E. — Errors  excepted. 

e. g.— Exempli  gratia,  for  example. 
e.g.—Ex  grege,  from  the  flock ;  among  the  rest. 
E.I. — East  Indies  or  East  India. 

Eliz.— Elizabeth. 

E.  Ion.— East  longitude. 

Encyc.— Encyclopedia. 

E.N.E. — East-Northeast. 

Eng.— England ;  English. 

Ent. — Entomology. 

Env.  Ext.— Envoy  Extraordinary. 

Ep. — Epistle. 

Eph. —Ephesians;  Ephraim. 

Esd. — Esdras. 

E.S.E.— East-Southeast. 


Esq. — Esquire. 

Esth. — Esther, 
et  al. — Et  alii ,  and  others, 
et  seq .—El  sequenlia,  and  what  follows, 
etc.  or  &C.—E!  cater),  el  ccelerce ,  et  cce/era,  and 
others ;  and  so  forth. 

Ex.— Example. 

Ex. — Exodus. 

Exc.— Excellency ;  exception. 

Exch. — Excheque  r. 

Exec.  Com.— Executive  Committee. 

Execx.— Executrix. 

Exr.  or  Exec.— Executor. 

Ez. — Ezra. 

Ezek.— Ezekiel. 

E.  &  O.  E. — Errors  and  omissions  excepted. 
Fahr. — Fahrenheit. 

F. A.M.— Free  and  Accepted  Masons. 

Far.— Farthing. 

F.A.S.— Fellow  of  the  Antiquarian  Society, 
fcap.  or  fcp.— Foolscap. 

F.D.— Fidel  Defensor  or  Defensalrix,  Defender 
of  the  Faith. 

F e.—Ferrum,  iron. 

Feb.— February. 

Fee.— Fecit,  he  did  it. 

Fern. — Feminine. 

F.E.S. — Fellow  of  the  Entomological  Society; 

of  the  Ethnological  Society. 

Ff.— The  Pandects. 

F.G.S. — Fellow  of  the  Geological  Society. 
F.II.S. — Fellow  of  the  Horticultural  Society, 
fi.  la..— Fieri  facias,  cause  it  to  be  done. 

Fid.  Del— Defender  of  the  Faith. 

Fig.— Figure. 

Fir.— Firkin. 

Fla.— Florida. 

F.L.S.— Fellow  of  the  Linnasan'Society. 

Fol.— Folio. 

For. — Foreign. 

F.P.S.— Fellow  of  the  Philological  Society. 

Fr.— Franc;  francs;  French. 

Fr. — Frcgnientum,  fragment. 

Fr.— Francis. 

F.R.A.S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Astronomical 
Society. 

F.R.C.S.L.— Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Surgeons,  London. 

Fred.— Frederick. 

F.R.G.S.— Fellow  of  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society. 

Fri. — Friday. 

F.R.S.— Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society. 

Frs.— Frisian. 

F.  R.S.E. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society,  Edin¬ 
burgh. 

F.R.S.L.  — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society,  Loudon. 
F.R.S.L.— Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of 
Literature. 

F.S.A. — Fellow  of  the  Society  of  Arts. 

F.S.A.E. — Fellow  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries, 
Edinburgh. 

Ft.— Foot;  feet;  Fort. 

Fur. — Furlong. 

F. Z.S.— Fellow  of  the  Zoological  Society. 

G.  or  g.— Guineas. 

G.A. — General  Assembly. 

Ga.— Georgia. 

Gal. — Galatians;  Gallon. 

G.B.— Great  Britain. 


16 


242 


LIST  OF  MODERN  ABBREVIATIONS. 


G.C.— Grand  Chancellor. 

G.C.— Grand  Chapter. 

G.C.B.— Grand  Cross  of  the  Bath. 

G.C.H.— Grand  Cross  of  Hanover. 

G.C.L.H.—  Grand  Cross  of  the  Legion  of  Honor. 
G.E.— Grand  Encampment. 

Gen.- Genesis;  General. 

Gent.— Gentleman. 

Geo. — George. 

Geog.— Geography. 

Geol.— Geology. 

Geom.— Geometry. 

Ger. — Germany;  German. 

G.L.— Grand  Lodge. 

Gl. —  Glossa,  a  gloss. 

G.M.— Grand  Master. 

G.O.— General  Order. 

Goth.— Gothic. 

Gov. — Governor. 

Gov.-Gen.— Governor-General. 

G. R.-  Georgius  Hex,  King  George. 

Gr.— Greek;  Gross. 

Gram. — Grammar. 

Gro.— Gross. 

Grot  — Grotius. 

h.a .—Hoc  anno ,  this  year. 

Hab.— Habakkuk. 

Hab.  corp.— Habeas  corpus ,  you  may  have  the 
body. 

Hab.  fa.  poss.— Habere  facias  possessionem. 

Hab.  fa.  seis.— Ilabere  facias  seisinam. 

Hag.— Haggai. 

Ham.  Coll.— Hamilton  College. 

H. B.C.— Hudson’s  Bay  Company. 

H.B.M.— His  or  Her  Britannic  Majesty. 

II. C— House  of  Commons. 

Hdkf.— Handkerchief. 

h.e. — Hoc  esl ,  that  is,  or  this  is. 

Heb.— Hebrews. 

Her.— Heraldry. 

Hf.-bd.— Half-bound. 

Hg.— Hydrargyrum,  mercury. 

Hhd.— Hogshead. 

Hist.-  History. 

H.J.S.— ITic  jacet  sepullus.  Here  lies  buried. 
H.L.— House  of  Lords. 

II. M.— His  or  Her  Majesty. 

H.M.P.— Hoc  monumenlam  posuil ,  erected  this 
monument. 

Hon.— Honorable. 

Hort.— Horticulture. 

Hos.— Hosea. 

H.R.— House  of  Representatives. 

U.R.E.— Holy  Roman  Emperor. 

I  H.R.H.— His  Royal  Highness. 

H.R.I.P. — 2/tc  requiescil  in  pace.  Here  rests  in 
peace. 

H.S.-  JRc  situs,  nere  lies. 

H. S.H.— His  Serene  Highness. 

h.t. — IRc  titulus,  this  title;  hoc  titulo,  in  or 
under  this  title. 

h.v.— Hoc  verbum,  this  word;  his  verbis ,  in 
these  words. 

Hand. — Hundred. 

I,  H,  HI.— One,  two,  three,  or  first,  second, 
third. 

la. — Iowa. 

lb.  or  ibid.— Ibidem,  in  the  same  place. 

Ich.— Ichthyology. 

Ictus.—  Jurisconsultus,  Counselor  at  Law. 


Id. — Idem,  the  same. 

Idaho.— Idaho  Territory, 
i.e.— Id  est,  that  is. 

I.H.S. —  Jesus  hominum  Salvator,  Jesus  the 
Saviour  of  men. 
ij.— Two  (medical). 

Ill. — Illinois. 

In.— Inch ;  inches, 

incog. — Incognito,  unknown. 

Incor. — Incorporated. 

Ind.— Indiana ;  Index. 

Ind.  Ter.— Indian  Territory. 

Indef.— Indefinite. 

Inf.— Infra,  beneath  or  below, 
in  f .—In  fine,  at  the  end  of  the  title,  law,  or 
paragraph  quoted, 
in  lim. — Ri  limine,  at  the  outset, 
in  Ioc. — 1  n  loco,  in  the  place;  on  the  passage, 
in  pr.— In.  principio,  in  the  beginning  and  be¬ 
fore  the  first  paragraph  of  a  law. 

I.N.R.I.  —Jesus  Naznrenus,  Rex  Judceorum, 
Jesus  of  Nazareth,  King  of  the  Jews. 

Inst.— Instant,  of  this  month;  Institutes. 

In  sum.— In  summa,  in  the  summary. 

Int.— Interest. 

Interj.— Interjection. 

in  crane. — in  transitu,  an  the  passage. 

Introd.— Introduction, 

I.O.G.T.—  Independent  Order  of  GoodTemplars. 
I.O.O.F. — Independent  Order  of  Odd-Fellows. 
I.O.U.— I  owe  you. 

I. q. — Idem  quod,  the  same  as. 

Isa. — Isai  ah. 

Isl. —  Island. 

X.s.M.  —  Jesus  salva'.or  mundi,  Jesus  the 
Saviour  of  the  world. 

Ital.—  Italic;  Italian. 

IV.— Four  or  fourth. 

XX.— Nine  or  ninth. 

J. — Justice  or  Judge.  JJ.— Justices, 
j. — One  (medical). 

J.  A. —Judge- Advocate. 

Jac.— Jacob. 

Jan.— January. 

Jas.— James. 

J.C.D. — Juris  Civilis  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Civil 
Law. 

j.D. — Jurum  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Laws. 

Jer.— Jeremiah. 

Jno.— John. 

Jona. — Jonathan. 

Jos.— Joseph. 

Josh.- -Joshua. 

J.P.— Justice  of  the  Peace. 

J.  Prob.— Judge  of  Probate. 

J. R.—  Jacobus  Rex,  King  James. 

Jr.  or  Jun. — Junior. 

J.U.D.  or  J.V.D. — Juris  ulriusque  Doctor ,  Doc 
tor  of  both  Laws  (of  the  Canon  and  the 
Civil  Law). 

Jud.— Judith. 

Judg.— Judges. 

Judge-Adv.—  Judge-Advocate. 

Jul.  Per.— Julian  Period. 

Jus.  P.— Justice  of  the  Peace. 

Just.— Justinian. 

J. W.— Junior  Warden. 

K. — King. 

K.A.— Knight  of  St.  Andrew,  in  Russia. 

K. A. N.— Knight  'of  Alexander  Nevskoi,  in 
Russia. 


Kan.— Kansas. 

K.B.— King’s  Bench. 

K.B. — Knight  of  the  Bath. 

K.B.  A.— Knightof  St.  Bento  d’Avis,  in  Portugal. 
K.B.E.— Knight  of  the  Black  Eagle,  in  Russia. 
K.C.— King’s  Council. 

K.C.— Knight  of  the  Crescent,  in  Turkey. 

K.C.B.— Knight  Commander  of  the  Bath. 

K.C. II.— Knight  Commander  of  Hanover. 
K.C.S.— Knight  of  Charles  III.  of  Spain. 

K.E.— Knight  of  the  Elephant,  in  Denmark. 
K.F.— Knightof  Ferdinand  of  Spain. 

K.F.M.— Knight  of  St.  Ferdinand  and  Merit,  in 
Sicily. 

K.G.— Knight  of  the  Garter. 

K.G.C.— Knight  of  the  Grand  Cross. 

K.G.C.B.— Knight  of  the  Grand  Cross  of  the 
Bath. 

K.G.F.— Knight  of  the  Golden  Fleece,  in  Spain. 
K.G.H.— Knight  of  the  Guelphs  of  Hanover. 
K.G.V.— Knight  of  Gustavus  Vasa,  in  Sweden. 
K.H.— Knight  of  Hanover. 

Ki.— Kings. 

Kingd.— Kingdom. 

K.J.— Knight  of  St.  Joachim. 

K.L.  or  K.L. A.— Knight  of  Leopold  of  Austria. 
K.L.II.— Knight  of  the  Legion  of  Honor. 

K.M.— Knight  of  Malta. 

K.  Mess.— King’s  Messenger. 

K.M.H.— Knight  of  Merit,  in  Holstein. 

K.M.J.  —  Knight  of  Maximilian  Joseph,  in 
Bavaria. 

K.M.T.— Knight  of  Maria  Theresa  in  Austria. 
Knick.— Knickerbocker. 

K.N.S.— Knight  of  the  Royal  North  Star,  in 
Sweden. 

Knt.— Knight. 

K.P.— Knight  of  St.  Patrick;  Knight  of  Pythias. 
K.R.C.— Knight  of  the  Red  Cross. 

K.R.E.— Knight  of  the  Red  Eagle,  in  Prussia. 
K.S.— Knight  of  the  Sword,  in  Sweden. 

K.S.  A.— Knight  of  St.  Anne,  in  Russia. 

K.S.E.— Knight  of  St.  Esprit,  in  France. 
K.S.F.— Knight  of  St.  Fernando,  in  Spain. 

K.S. G.— Knight  of  St.  George,  in  Russia. 

K  S  U.— Knight  of  St.  Hubert,  in  Bavaria. 

K.S. J.— Knight  of  St.  Januarius  of  Naples. 
K.S.L.— Knight  of  the  Sun  and  Lion,  in  Persia. 
K.S.M.  & S.G.— Knight  of  St.  Michael  and  St. 

George  in  the  Ionian  Islands. 

K.S.P.— Knight  of  St.  Stanislaus,  in  Poland. 
K.S. S.  —  Knight  of  the  Southern  Star,  in 
Brazil. 

K.S. S.— Knight  of  the  Sword,  in  Sweden. 
K.S.W.— Knight  of  St.  Wladimir,  in  Russia. 
K.T.— Knight  of  the  Thistle;  Knight  Templar. 
Kt.— Knight. 

K.T.S.— Knight  of  the  Tower  and  Sword,  in 
Portugal. 

K.W.— Knight  of  William,  in  the  Netherlands. 

K. W.E.— Knight  of  the  White  Eagle,  in  Poland. 
Ky.— Kentucky. 

L  —  Fifty  or  fiftieth. 

L. — Liber,  book. 

L,  £,  or  1  —Libra  or  Librae,  pound  or  pounds 
sterling. 

L,  or  £,  s.  A.—Libroe,  solidi ,  denarii.  Pounds, 
shillings,  pence. 

La.— Louisiana. 

Lam.— Lamentations. 


- - 


LIST  OF  MODERN  ABBREVIATIONS. 


243 


Lat.— Latitude;  Latin. 

Lb.  or  lb.  Libra  or  Libra:,  pound  or  pounds  in 
weight. 

L.C.— Lord  Chancellor;  Lord  Chamberlain. 

Li v.—Livre,  book, 
l.c.— Lower-case. 

L.C.J.— Lord  Chief-Justice. 

L.D.— Lady-Day. 

Ltl.— Lord. 

Ldp.— Lordship. 

Leg.— Legate. 

Legis.T-  Legislature. 

Lev.— Leviticus. 

Lex.— Lexicon. 

L.I.— Long  Island. 

Lib.— Liber,  book. 

Lieut.— Lieutenant. 

Lieut. -Col. — Lieutenant-Colonel. 

Lieut. -Gen.— Lieutenant-General. 

Lieut. -Gov.— Lieutenant-Governor. 

Linn.— Linntean. 

Lit.— Literally ;  Literature, 

LL.B .—Legurn  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Laws. 
LL.D .—Legum  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Laws. 

1.1. — Loco  laudato,  in  the  place  quoted, 
loc.  cit.  -Loco  citato,  in  the  place  cited. 

Lon.— Longitude. 

L. S.— Locus  sigilli,  place  of  the  seal. 

Lt.— Lieutenant. 

LX.— Sixty  or  sixtieth. 

LXX.— Seventy  or  seventieth. 

LXX.— The  Septuagiut  (Version  of  the  Old 
Testament.) 

LXXX.— Eighty  or  eightieth. 

M.  -  Me  r  idles,  noon. 

M.—  Mille,  a  thousand. 

M.orMons.— Monsieur,  Sir. 

SLA. — Master  of  Arts. 

Macc.— Maccabees. 

Mad.— Madam. 

Mad.  Univ.— Madison  University. 

Maj  -  Major. 

Maj. -Gen. —Major-General. 

Mai.— Malachi. 

Man. — Manasses. 

Mar.— March. 

March.— Marchioness. 

Marg.—  Margin. 

Marg.  Tran.-  Marginal  Translation. 

Marq.— Marquis. 

Masc.— Masculine. 

Mass. — Massach  usetts. 

Math. — Mathematics ;  Mathematician. 

Matt.— Matthew. 

Max.— Maxim. 

M.B.  —  Medicinoe  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of 
Medicine. 

M.  B.— Musical  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Music. 
M.B.G.  et  II.  —  Magna  Britannia,  Gallia  et 
Hibernia,  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Ire¬ 
land. 

M.C.— Member  of  Congress. 

Mch. — March. 

M.D.— Medicinoe  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Medicine. 

Md. — Maryland. 

Mdlle.— Mademoisel'e. 

M.E.— Methodist  Episcopal;  Military  or  Me¬ 
chanical  Engineer. 

Me.— Maine. 

Med. — Medicine. 


Mem.— Memorandum. 

Mem. — Memento,  remember. 

Merc.— Mercury. 

Messrs,  or  M  M. — Messieurs,  Gentlemen. 

Met.— Metaphysics. 

Metal.— Metal  1  urgy. 

Meteor. — Meteorology. 

Meth.— Methodist. 

Mex. — Mexico  or  Mexican. 

M.-Goth.  -Mceso-Gotliic. 

M.II.S.— Massachusetts  Historical  Society. 

M.  II. S.— Member  of  the  Historical  Society. 
Mic.— Micah. 

Mich.— Michigan. 

Mil.— Military. 

Min.— Mineralogy. 

Min.— Minute. 

Minn.— Minnesota. 

Min.  Plen.— Minister  Plenipotentiary. 

Mies. — Mississippi. 

M.L. A.— Mercantile-Library  Association. 
MM.— Their  Majesties. 

MM.— Messieurs,  Gentlemen. 

MM.— Two  thousand. 

M.M  S.— Moravian  Missionary  Society. 
M.M.S.S.— Massachusettensis  Medicince  Socie- 
tatis  Socius.  Fellow  of  the  Massachusetts 
Medical  Society. 

Mo.— Missouri ;  Month. 

Mod.— Modern. 

Mon.— Monday. 

Mous.— Monsieur,  Sir. 

Mos.— Months. 

Mont.  T,r.— Montana  Territory.  [Police. 

M.  P.  —  Member  of  Parliament;  Member  of 
M.P.P.—  Member  of  Provincial  Parliament. 
M.R.— Master  of  the  Rolls. 

Mr.— Mister. 

M.R.A.S.— Member  of  the  RoyalAsiaticSociety; 

Member  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Science. 
M.R.C.C.— Member  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Chemistry.  "* 

M.R.C.S.— Member  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Surgeons. 

M.R.G.S. -Member  of  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society. 

M.R.I.— Member  of  the  Royal  Institute. 

M.R. I.  A.— Member  of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy. 
Mrs.  -  Mistress. 

M.R.S.L.— Member  of  the  Royal  Society  of 
Literature. 

M.S. — Memorial  sacrum.  Sacred  to  the  memory. 
M.S. — Master  of  the  Sciences. 

MS.— Man uscripfum,  manuscript. 

MSS.  —Manuscripts. 

Mt.— Mount  or  mountain. 

Mils.  B.— Bachelor  of  Music. 

Mas.  D.— Doctor  of  Music. 

M. W.— Most  Worthy;  Most  Worshipful. 

Myth.— Mythology. 

N. — North;  Number;  Noun;  Neuter, 
n.— Note. 

N. A.— North  America. 

Nah. — Nahum. 

Nat.— Natural. 

Nat.  Hist.— Natural  History. 

Nath.— Nathanael  or  Nathaniel. 

N.B.— New  Brunswick;  North  British. 

N.B. — Not  a  Bene,  mark  well ;  take  notice. 

N.C. — North  Carolina. 


N.E.— New  England;  Northeast. 

Neb. —Nebraska. 

Neh.— Nehemiah. 

u.e.i. — Non  est  inventus ,  he  is  not  found, 
nem.  con.  ornem.  diss. — Nemine  contradicente, 
nemine  dissentients,  no  one  opposing;  unani¬ 
mously. 

Neut. — Neuter  (gender). 

Nev.— Nevada. 

New  Test,  or  N.T.— New  Testament. 

N.F.—  Newfoundland. 

N.G. — New  Granada;  Noble  Grand. 

N.H.— New  Hampshire;  New  Haven. 

N.H.H.S. — New  Hampshire  Historical  Society. 
Ni.  pri.—  Nisi prius  (law). 

N.J.— New  Jersey. 

n.l. — Non  liquet,  it  does  not  appear. 

N.  lat.— North  latitude. 

N.  Mex.— New  Mexico. 

N.N.E.— North-northeast. 

N.N.W.— North-northwest. 

N.O.— New  Orleans. 

No. — Numero,  number. 

Nol.  pros. — Nolens  prosequi,  unwilling  to  pro¬ 
secute. 

Nom.  or nom- Nominative. 

Non  con.— Not  content;  dissenting  (House  of 
Lords). 

Non  cul. — Non  cvlpabilis.  Not  guilty. 

Non  obet. — Non  obstante,  notwithstanding. 

Non  pros.— Non  prosequitur ,  he  does  not  prose¬ 
cute. 

Non  seq  —Non  sequitur,  it  does  not  follow. 

Nos. — Numbers. 

Nov. — November. 

N.P. — Notary  Public. 

N.S. — New  Style  (after  1752);  Nova  Scotia. 
N.T.— New  Testament; 

N.u. — Name  or  names  unknown. 

Num.— Numbers;  Numeral. 

N.V.M.— Nativity  of  the  Virgin  Mary. 

N.W. — Northwest.' 

N.Y.  — New  York. 

N. Y.H.S.— New  York  Historical  Society. 

O.  — O— io. 

Ob. — Obiit,  he  or  she  died. 

Obad.— Obadiah. 

Obs.— Obsolete;  Observatory;  Observation. 

Obt.  or  obdt.— Obedient. 

Oct.— October. 

O.F.—  Odd-Fellow  or  Odd-Fellows. 

Old  Test,  or  O.T.— Old  Testament. 

Olym.— Olympiad. 

Ont.—  Ontario. 

Or.— Oregon. 

Orig.— Originally. 

Ornith.— Ornithology. 

O.S.— Old  Style  (before  1752). 

O.T. — Old  Testament. 

O. U.A. — Order  of  United  Americans. 

Oxf.— Oxford. 

Oxon .—Oxoniensis,  Oxonii,  of  Oxford,  at  Ox¬ 
ford. 

Oz.— Ounce. 

P.  — Pondere,  by  weight. 

P.  or  p.— Page;  Part;  Participle. 

Pa.  —Pennsylvania. 

Pal. — Palaeontology. 

Par.— Paragraph. 

Par.  Pas.— Parallel  passage. 


LIST  OF  MODERN  ABBREVIATIONS. 


241 


Pari.— Parliament. 

Pathol.— Pathology. 

Payt.— Payment. 

Pb . — Plumbum,  lead. 

V.R.— Philosophies  Baccalaureus ,  Bachelor  of 
Philosophy 

P.C  —Patres  Conscripti ,  Conscript  Fathers; 
Senators. 

p.C. —Privy  Council;  Privy  Councilor. 

P.D.— Philosophies  Doctor ,  Doctor  of  Phil¬ 
osophy. 

Pd.— Paid. 

P.E.— Protestant  Episcopal. 

P.E. I.— Prince  Edward  Island. 

Penn.— Pennsylvania. 

Pent.— Pentecost. 

Per  or  pr. — By  the. 

Per  an.— Per  annum,  by  the  year. 

Per  cent.—  Per  centum ,  by  the  hundred. 

Peri.— Perigee. 

Pet.— Peter. 

P.G.— Past  Grand. 

Phar.— Pharmacy. 

Ph.  B. — Philosophies  Baccalaureus ,  Bachelor  of 
Philosophy. 

ph.D. — Philosophies  Doctor ,  Doctor  of  Phil¬ 
osophy. 

Phil.— Philip;  Philippians;  Philosophy;  Phile¬ 
mon. 

phila.  or  Phil.— Philadelphia. 

Philem.— Philemon. 

Philom.— Philomathes,  a  lover  of  learning. 
Philomath.— Philomathematicus,  a  lover  of  the 
mathematics. 

Phil.  Trans.— Philosophical  Transactions. 
Phren.— Phrenology. 

P.II.S. — Penusylvannia  Historical  Society, 
pinx. — Pinxit,  he  (or  she)  painted  it. 

Pi.  or  plur.— Plural, 

Pill.— Plaintiff. 

P.M. — Post  Meridian,  afternoon,  evening. 
P.M.—  Postmaster;  Passed  Midshipman. 

P.M.G.  —  Postmaster-General ;  Professor  of 
Music  in  Gresham  College. 

P.O.— Post-Office. 

Poet.— Poetical. 

Pop.— Population. 

Port.— Portugal  or  Portuguese. 

p.p .—Pater  Pofrio'.the  father  of  his  country. 

PPG  .—Pour  prendre  conge ,  to  take  leave. 

Pp.  or  pp.— Pages. 

Pph.  Pamphlet. 

p.K  —Populus  Domanus ,  the  Roman  people. 
P.K. A.— President  of  the  Royal  Academy. 
P.K.C.  —  Post  Domain  conditam ,  after  the 
building  of  Rome. 

Pref. — Preface. 

Prep.— Preposition. 

Pres.— President. 

Priu.— Principally. 

Prob. — Problem. 

Prof.— Professor. 

Pron.— Pronoun ;  Pronunciation. 

Prop.— Proposition. 

Trot.— Protestant. 

Pro  tern.— Pro  tempore,  for  the  time  being. 
Prov.— Proverbs ;  Provost. 

Prox.—  Proximo,  next  (month). 

P.R.S.— President  of  the  Royal  Society. 
p.S.— Post  scriptum,  Postscript. 


P.S.— Privy  Seal. 

Ps.— Psalm  or  Psalms. 

Pt.— Part;  Pint;  Payment;  Point;  Port. 

P.t.— Post-town. 

P.  Th.  G.— Professor  of  Theology  in  Gresham 
College. 

Pub.  — Publisher;  Publication;  Published; 
Public. 

Pub.  Doc.— Public  Documents. 

P. v. — Post-village. 

Pwt.— Penny  weight ;  pennyweights. 

Pxt .—  Pinxit,  he  (or  she)  paiuted  it. 

Q. — Queen ;  Question. 

q.—  Quasi,  as  it  were;  almost, 

Q.B.— Queen's  Bench. 

Q.C.— Queen's  College. 

Q.C.— Queen’s  Counsel. 

q.d.—  Quasi  dicut,  as  if  he  should  say;  quasi 
dictum,  as  if  said ;  quasi  dixisset,  as  if  he  had 
said. 

q.e.—  Quod  est,  which  is. 

q.e.d.—  Quod  eral  demonstrandum,  which  was 
to  be  proved. 

q.e.f. —  Quod  eral  faciendum,  which  was  to  be 
done. 

q.e.i.— Quod  erat  inveniendum,  which  was  to  be 
found  out. 

q.l .—Quantum  libet,  as  much  as  you  please. 

Q.M.— Quartermaster. 

qm.— Quomodo,  how;  by  what  means. 

Q.M.G.— Quartermaster-General, 
q.p.  orq.pl.— Quantum  placer,  as  much  as  you 
please. 

Qr.— Quarter. 

Q. S.— Quarter  Sessions. 

q.s .—  Quantum  suffic'd,  a  sufficient  quantity. 
Qt.— Quart. 

qu.  orqy. — Qucere,  inquire;  query. 

Quar.— Quarterly. 

Ques.— Question. 

q .y  —  Quod  vide,  which  see;  quantum  vis,  as 
much  as  you  will. 

I).— Recipe,  take. 

R. —Degina,  Queen ;  Bex,  King. 

R.— River;  Rood;  Rod. 

R.A.— Royal  Academy;  Royal  Academician. 
R.A.— Royal  Arch. 

R.A.— Royal  Artillery. 

RC\— Descript  am,  a  Rescript,  re-written. 

R.E.— Royal  Engineers. 

Itec. — Recipe  or  Recorder. 

Heed.— Received. 

Rec.  Sec.  —Recording  Secretary. 

Rect.— Rector;  Receipt. 

Ref.— Reference. 

Ref.  Ch.— Reformed  Church. 

Reg.— Register;  Regular. 

Reg.  Prof.  —  Regius  Professor. 

Re.gr.—  Registrar. 

Kegt.— Regiment. 

Rel.— Religion. 

Rep.— Representative ;  Reporter. 

Rev.— Reverend;  Revelation  (Book  of);  Re¬ 
view;  Revenue;  Revise. 

Rhet.— Rhetoric. 

R.I.— Rhode  Island. 

Richd.— Richard. 

R.I.H.S.—  Rhode  Island  Historical  Society. 
R.M.— Royal  Marines;  Royal  Mail. 

R.M.S.— Royal  Mail  Steamer. 


R.N.— Royal  Navy. 

R.N.O.—  Diddare  af  Nordstjerne  Orden,  Knight 
of  the  Order  of  the  Polar  Star. 

Ro. — Decto,  right-hand  page. 

Robt.— Robert. 

Rom. — Romans  (Book  of). 

Rom.  Cath.— Roman  Catholic. 

R.  P.—Degius  Professor,  the  King’s  Professor. 
R.R.— Railroad. 

R.S.— Recording  Secretary. 

Rs. — Desponsum,  answer;  respondere,  to  an¬ 
swer. 

R.S.A.— Royal  Society  of  Antiquaries;  Royal 
Scottish  Academy. 

R.S.D.— Royal  Society  of  Dublin. 

R.S.E.— Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh. 

R.S.L.— Royal  Society  of  London. 

R.S.V.P. — Repondez  s’ it  Tons  plait  —  An  an¬ 
swer,  if  you  please. 

Rt.  Hon.— Right  Honorable. 

Rt.  Rev.— Right  Reverend. 

Rt.  Wpful.— Right  Worshipful. 

R.W.— Right  Worthy. 

R. W.O.— Diddare  af  Wasa  Orden,  Knight  of 
the  Order  of  Wasa. 

S. — South;  Saint;  Scribe;  Sulphur;  Sunday; 
Sun;  Series. 

S .—Solidus,  a  shilling. 

S.A.  — South  America;  South  Africa;  South 
Australia. 

s.a.— Secundum  artem ,  according  to  art. 

Sam.— Samuel. 

Sansc.— Sanscrit. 

S.A.S .—Societatis  Antiquariorum  Socius,  Fel¬ 
low  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries. 

Sat.— Saturday. 

Sax.— Saxon. 

Sax.  Chrou.— Saxon  Chronicle. 

S.C.  —  Senatus  Consult  urn,  a  decree  of  the 
Senate;  South  Carolina. 

Sc .—Sculpsit,  he  (or  she)  engraved  it. 
sc.  orscil.— Scilicet,  namely. 

Scan.  Mag Scandulum  magnatum,  scandal; 

or  scandulum  magnum,  great  scandal. 

S.  caps.— Small  capitals. 

Schol.— Scholium,  a  note. 

Schr.— Schooner. 

Sci.  fa  .—Scire  fucias,  make  known  (legal). 
Sclav.— Sclavonic. 

Sculp,  or  sculp.— Sculpsit,  he  (or  she)  engraved 
it. 

S.D. — Saluiem  died,  sends  health. 

S.E.— Southeast. 

Sec.— Secretary ;  Second. 

Sec.  Leg.— Secretary  of  Legation. 

Sec.  leg.— Secundum  legem ,  according  to  law. 
Sec.  reg.  —  Secundum  regulam,  according  to 
rule. 

Sect.— Section. 

Sem. — Semble,  it  seems. 

Sen.— Senate;  Senator ;  Senior. 

Sept.— September;  Septuagint. 

Seq.— Sequentia,  following;  sequdur,  it  fol¬ 
lows. 

Ser.— Series. 

Serg.— Sergeant. 

Serg.-Maj.— Sergeant-Major. 

Servt.— Servant. 

S.G.— Solicitor-General. 

Shak.— Shakspeare. 


LIST  OP  MODERN  ABBREVIATIONS 


2i5 


S.H.S.— Socie/afis  ITistorics  Socius ,  Fellow  of 
the  Historical  Society. 

Sing.— Singular. 

S.  Isl. — Santhviclr  Islands. 

S.J.— Society  of  Jesus. 

S.J.C.— Supreme  Judicial  Court. 

Skr.— Sanscrit. 

S.L.— Solicitor  at  Law  (Scot.) 

S.  lat.— South  latitude. 

S.M.— State  Militia;  ShortMeter;  Sergeant-Ma¬ 
jor  ;  Sons  of  Malta. 

S.M.  Lond.  Soc.  Cor. — Societatis  Medicce  Lon- 
dinensis  Socius  Correspondeus ,  Correspond¬ 
ing  Member  of  the  London  Medical  Society, 
s.  n. — Secundum naiuram,  according  to  nature. 
Soc.  Isl.— Society  Islands. 

Sol.— Solomon ;  Solution. 

Sol.-Gen.  Solicitor-General. 

S.  of  Sol. — Song  of  Solomon. 

S.P Sine  prole,  without  issue. 

S.P.A.S.—  Societatis  Philosophical  Americana! 
Socius,  Member  of  the  American  Philosophi¬ 
cal  Society. 

S.P.G.— Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the 
Gospel. 

Sp.  gr.— Specific  gravity. 

S.P.Q.R.  —  Senatus  Populusque  Romani,  the 
Roman  Senate  and  people. 

Sq.  ft.— Square  foot  or  square  feet. 

Sq.  in. — Square  inch  or  inches. 

Sq.  m.— Square  mile  or  miles. 

Sq.  r. — Square  rood  or  roods. 

Sq.  yd.— Square  yard. 

Sr.— Sir  or  Senior. 

S.R.I. —  Sacrum  Romanian  Imperium ,  Holy 
Roman  Empire. 

S.R.S.—  Societatis  Regies  Socius,  Fellow  of  the 
Royal  Society. 

5.5. —  Sunday-school. 

SS.— Saints. 

SS.  or  ss.— Scilicet,  to  wit. 
ss.— Semis,  half. 

5.5. C.— Solicitor  before  the  Supreme  Court 

(Scotland). 

5.5. E.— South-southeast, 

5.5. W.— South  -southwest. 

St.— Saint;  Street;  Strait. 

Stat.— Statute. 

S.T.D.— Sacree  Theologies  Doctor,  Doctor  of 
Sacred  Theology. 

Ster.  or  Stg.— Sterling. 

S.T.P.— Sacrce  Theologies  Professor,  Professor 
of  Sacred  Theology. 

Su.— Sunday. 

Subj. — Subjunctive. 

Subs  t.— Substantive. 

Su.-Goth.— Suio-Gothic. 

Sun.  or  Sund.—  Sunday. 

Sup.— Supplement;  Superfine. 

Supt.— Superintendent. 

Surg.— Surgeon ;  Surgery, 

Surg. -Gen. —Surgeon-General. 

Surv. — Surveyor. 

Surv.-Gen. — Surveyor-General. 

Sus.— Susannah. 

6'v- — Sub  vsrbo,  under  the  word  or  title. 

S.W.—  Southwest. 


Syn.— Synonym;  Synonymous. 

T.— Terri,  ory. 

T .  —  TutH,  all  together. 

T.  or  tom.— Tome,  volume. 

To..— Tantalum  (Columbium). 

T.E.— Topographical  Engineers. 

Tenn. — Tennessee. 

Ter.— Terrilory. 

Tex.— Texas. 

Text.  Rec.—  Text itsReceptus,  the  Received  Text. 
Th.  or  Thurs.— Thursday. 

Theo.— Theodore. 

Theol.— Theology ;  Theological. 

Theoph. — Thcophilus. 

Thess.— Thessaloniaus. 

Tho'.— Though. 

Tlios.— Thomas. 

Thro’.— Through. 

Tim.— Timothy. 

Tit.— Titus. 

T. O.— Turn  over. 

Tob.— Tobit. 

Torn.— Volume. 

Topog.— Topography ;  Topographical. 

Tr.— Transpose;  Translator;  Translation. 

Tr.— Trustee.  Trs. — Trustees, 
tr. —  Trillo,  a  shake. 

Trans.— Translator;  Translation ;  Transactions. 
Treas.— Treasurer. 

Trin.— Trinity. 

Tues.  or  Tu.— Tuesday. 

Typ.— 1 Typographer. 

U. C.—  Urbis  condiles,  year  of  Rome. 

U.E.I.C.— United  East  India  Company. 

U.J.C.—  Ulriusque  Juris  Doctor ,  Doctor  of 

both  Laws  (Civil  and  Canon). 

U.K. — United  Kingdom. 

ult. —  Ultimo,  last;  of  the  last  month. 

Unit.— Unitarian. 

Uuiv.— University. 

U.S.— United  States. 

u. e. —  Ut  supra  or  uli  supra,  as  above. 

U.S.A. — United  States  Army. 

U.S.A— United  States  of  America. 

U. S.M. —United  States  Mail. 

U. S.M. —United  States  Marine. 

U.S.M.A. — United  States  Military  Academy. 
U.S.N.— United  States  Navy. 

U.S.N. A.— United  States  Naval  Academy. 

U. S.S.— United  States  Senate. 

Utah— Utah  Territory. 

V. — Five  or  fifth. 

V. — Violin.  VV. — Violins. 

v.  or  vid. —  Vide ,  see. 

v.  or  vs.—  Eerai/,«,  against ;  Versiculo,  in  such  a 
verse. 

Va.— Virginia. 

Vat.— Vatican. 

V.-C.— Vice-Chancellor. 

V.D  M. —  Verbi  Dei  iDuisler,  Minister  of  God’s 
Word. 

Ven.— Venerable. 

Ver.— Verse. 

V. -G.— Vicar-General. 

v.g.—  Verbi  Gratia,  as  for  example. 

VI. — Six  or  sixth. 


VII.  — Seven  or  seventh. 

VIII.  — Eight  or  eighth. 

Vice-Pres.  or  V.P.— Vice-President. 

Vise. — Viscount. 

viz.  or  vi. —  Videlicet,  to  wit;  namely;  that  is  to 
say. 

Vo  .—  'Verso,  left-hand  page. 

Vol. — Volume. 

V.  S. — Veterinary  Surgeon. 

Vt.— Vermont. 

Vul. — Vulgate  (Latin  version  of  the  Bible). 

W. — West. 

Wash.  Ter. — Washington  Territory. 

Wed.-  Wednesday. 

West.  Res.  Coll.— Western  Reserve  College, 
w.f.— Wrong  font. 

Whf.— Wharf. 

W.I.— West  India. 

Wise. — Wisconsin. 

Wisd. — Wisdom  (Book  of). 

Wk. — Week. 

W.  Ion.— West  longitude. 

W.M.— Worshipful  Master. 

Wm.— William. 

W.M.S.— Wesleyan  Missionary  Society. 
W.N.W.— West-northwest. 

Wpf  ul.— Worshipful. 

W.S. — Writer  to  the  Signet. 

W.S.W. — West-southwest. 

Wt. — Weight. 

W.  Va.— West  Virginia. 

Wyo.  Ter.— Wyoming  Territory. 

X. — Ten  or  tenth. 

XI. — Eleven. 

XII. — Twelve. 

XIII.  — Thirteen. 

XIV. — Fourteen. 

XV. — Fifteen. 

XVI. — Sixteen. 

XVII.  — Seventeen. 

XVIII. — Eighteen. 

XIX— Nineteen. 

XX.— Twenty. 

XXX. — Thirty. 

XL. — Forty. 

XC— Ninety. 

X.  or  Xt.— Christ. 

Xmas  or  Xm.— Christmas. 

Xn.  or  Xtian. — Christian. 

Xnty  or  Xty.— Christianity. 

Xper  or  Xr.— Christopher. 

Yd.— Yard, 
y.  or  y°-  —The. 
ym — Them, 
yn — Then. 
yr — Their;  your. 
y3— 1 This. 
yl-  —That. 

Y’.M.C.A.— Young  Men’s  Christian  Association. 
Yrs.— Years;  Yours. 

Zach.— Zachary. 

Zech. — Zechariuh. 

Zeph. — Zephaniah. 

Zool — Zoology. 

And. 

&c. — El  ccetera ,  and  the  rest;  and  so  forth. 


246 


CONSTITUTIONS  AND  BY-LAWS. 


Forms  of  Constitutions. 


ARTICLES  AND  SECTIONS. 


General  Directions  Relating  to  Constitutions  and  By-Laws. 


Constitutions. 

BASIS  of  action  in  the  government  of  an 
association  of  people,  who  propose  to  hold 
regular  and  frequent  meetings,  it  becomes 
necessary  to  make  a  specific  agreement  by 
such  association  of  the  course  of  action  they 
will  pursue,  and  the  rules  by  which  they 
shall  be  governed  in  their  deliberations. 
This  agreement  is  termed  a  “  Constitution.” 

In  its  preparation,  care  should  be  taken,  while  making  it 
sufficiently  explicit,  to  have  the  document  as  concise,  clear  and 
distinct  as  possible. 

In  the  adoption  of  a  constitution  by  an  assembly,  it  is  usually 
customary  to  consider  it  section  by  section.  After  it  has  been 
accepted,  the  secretary  should  make  record  of  the  constitution 
in  a  blank-book  suitable  for  the  purpose.  This  should  be 
signed  by  the  members  of  the  society,  who  consent  to  accept 
of  the  same  as  their  fundamental  rule  of  action. 

Amendments  to  the  constitution  should  be  made  in  the  same 
book  with  convenient  marks  for  reference  showing  where  they 
may  be  found. 

By-Laws, 

When  it  is  desired  to  add  matter  more  clearly  defining  cer¬ 
tain  articles  of  the  Constitution,  such  explanatory  notes  are 
termed  ‘  By-Laws.”  When  the  Constitution  is  quite  explicit, 
for  most  associations  by-laws  are  unnecessary.  If  it  is  desir¬ 
able,  however,  to  be  very  minute  in  explanation,  that  members 
of  an  association  may  fully  understand  their  rights  and  duties, 
by-laws  are  sometimes  quite  essential.  When  added,  they 
should  follow  immediately  after  the  Constitution. 

Explanatory  words  giving  the  character  of  each  article  in 
the  Constitution,  may  be  placed  above,  or  at  the  left  side  of 
the  article,  as  shown  in  the  following  forms. 


Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals. 


PREAMBLE. 

RTJELTY  to  Animals  being  a  prevailing  fault,  cal¬ 
culated  to  cultivate  the  baser  passions  of  man’s 
nature,  it  becomes  necessary,  in  order  to  counteract 
the  same,  to  take  individual  and  united  action  in 
opposition  thereto.  The  better  to  accomplish  a  re¬ 
form  in  this  direction,  the  undersigned  agree  to 
form  an  association,  and  be  governed  in  their  fun¬ 
damental  action  by  the  following 

CONSTITUTION 


TITLE. 

ARTICLE  I.  The  title  and  name  of  this  Society  shall  be  “The  Sac¬ 
ramento  Society  for  the  prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals,” 


objects. 

ARTICLE  II.  The  objects  of  this  Society  are  to  provide  effective 
neans  for  the  prevention  of  cruelty  to  animals  within  the  limits  of  the 
litv  of  Sacramento;  to  enforce  all  law's  which  are  now  or  may  hereafter 
le  enacted  for  the  protection  of  dumb  animals,  and  to  secure  by  lawful 
neans  the  arrest,  conviction  and  punishment  of  all  persons  violating 


Article  III.  The  officers  of  this  Society  shall  be  a  President,  six 
Vice  -  Presidents,  a  Counsel,  a  Secretary,  a  Treasurer,  and  an  Executive 
Committee  of  nine  persons,  who  shall  constitute  the  Board  of  Directors. 
The  President,  Counsel,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer  shall  be  ex-officio 
members  of  the  Executive  Committee.  The  officers  shall  be  elected  an¬ 
nually  by  ballot,  and  shall  hold  their  offices  until  others  are  elected  to 
fill  their  plaoes. 

MEMBERS. 

Article  IV.  Any  person,  male  or  female,  may  become  a  member  of 
this  Society  upon  election  by  t lie  Society,  or  Executive  Committee,  and 
the  payment  of  the  sum  of  two  dollars  ;  and  the  annual  membership 
fee  shall  not  exceed  that  amount. 

Sec.  2  .—Any  person  may  become  a  life -member  of  this  Society,  upon 
the  payment  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  sum  of  twenty-five  dollars. 

ANNUAL  MEETING. 

Article  V.  The  annual  meeting  of  this  Society  shall  be  held  on  the 
first  Thursday  in  April  of  each  year,  when  the  annual  election  of  officers 

8 'sec/f.  — -l?ve ry  member  of  the  Society  who  has  been  such  for  ten  days 
or  more,  and  who  is  not  in  arrears  for  dues,  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  at 
t>li6  said  election. 

Sec.  3.— At  the  annual  meeting  the  Executive  Committee  shall  present 
a  general  report  of  its  proceedings  during  the  past  year,  and  the  Secre¬ 
tary  and  Treasurer  shall  al«o  present  their  annual  reports. 

Sec,  4._special  meetings  of  the  Society  may  be  called  by  the  President. 
Cor  in  case  of  his  absence  or  inability,  by  one  of  the  Vice-Presidents), 
and  shall  be  so  called  upon  the  written  request  of  fifteen  members. 
Notice  of  such  meeting  shall  be  inserted  in  at  least  two  daily  papers  of 
the  city  of  Sacramento. 


CONSTITUTIONS  AND  BY-LAWS. 


247 


Article  VI,  The  Counsel  shall  he  the  legal  adviser  of  the  Society, 
Its  Officers  and  Executive  Committee,  and  shall  have  general  charge 
and  conduct  of  all  suits  and  proceedings  instituted  by  or  against  it,  or 
them,  or  either  of  them,  or  in  which  the  Society  may  be  interested.  He 
shall  receive  for  his  services  such  pecuniary  compensation,  or  fees,  as 
shall  be  determined  by  the  Executive  Committee. 

SECRETARY. 

Article  VII.  Itsliall  betlieduty  ofthe  Secretary  to  keep  minutes  of 
all  tlie  proceedings  of  the  Society  and  of  the  Executive  Committee,  and 
to  record  the  same  in  the  Society’s  books  provided  for  that  purpose  ;  to 
conduct  the  correspondence  and  keep  copies  thereof,  and  to  perform 
such  other!  duties  as  are  customary  for  such  an  officer,  under  the  direc¬ 
tion  oi  the  Executive  Committee. 

TREASURER. 

Article  VIII.  The  Treasurer  shall  have  charge  of  all  the  funds  be- 
longtng  tothe  Society,  and  shall  disburse  the  same  under  the  direction 
ofthe  Executive  Committee.  He  shall,  previous  to  the  annual  meeting 
of  the  Society,  prepare  and  submit  to  the  Executive  Committee  for 
audit,  a  detailed  account  of  his  receipts  and  disbursements  during  the 
past  year,  which  annual  account,  duly  audited,  he  shall  present  to  the 
Society  at  its  annual  meeting. 


Article  IX.  The  Executive  Committee  may  appoint  from  time  to 
time  such  special  agents  as  it  may  deem  advisable,  and  shall  have  the 
power  to  remove  the  same  at  its  pleasure. 

Sec.  2.— The  appointment  of  every  agent  of  the  Society  shall  be  In 
writing,  and  he  shall  receive  such  pecuniary  compensation  for  his  ser¬ 
vices  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Executive  Committee. 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 

Article  X.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  have  the  management. 

>rti»  f  >  1  n  ,,  ,1  . 1 ;  on/mlt  i,o.  ih..  . . i  i  _  _  »  V.  .  ’ 


S<rc\2,TNo  member  of  the  Executive  Committee,  except  the  Counsel 
and  the  Secretary,  shall  receive  or  derive  any  salary  or  pecuniary  com¬ 
pensation  for  his  services.  J 

Sec.  3.— -The  Executive  Committee  shall  hold  meetings  for  the  trans¬ 
action  of  business  at  least  once  in  every  month,  and  at  all  such  meetings 
five  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  6 

ALTERATION’S  OR  AMENDMENTS. 

Article  XI  This  constitution  may  be  altered  or  amended  by  a  two- 
a  the  members  present,  at  any  regular  orspecial  meeting 
of  the  Society,  provided  such  alteration  or  amendment  has  been  propos¬ 
ed  and  entered  on  the  minutes,  together  with  the  name  of  the  member 
proposing  it,  at  a  previous  meeting  of  the  Society. 


By  -  Laws. 

HOURS  OF  MEETING. 

Article  I.  The  hours  of  assembling  for  tlie  stated  meetings  of  the 
Society  shall  lie  as  follows:  From  I  lie  1st  of  April  until  the  1st  of  Octo¬ 
ber,  at  eight  o’clock  P.  M.,  and  from  the  1st  of  October  until  the  1st  of 
April,  at  half -past  seven  o’clock,  P.M. 

ADMISSION  OF  MEMBERS. 

Article  TT.  The  names  of  all  persons  desiring  admission  to  this 
Society  shall  he  presented  to  tlie  Secretary,  who  shall  bring  the  same 
before  the  members  of  the  Society  for  election  at  any  regular  meeting. 

DUTIES  OF  AGENTS. 

Article  III.  It  shall  lie  the  duty  of  agents  appointed  to  use  their 
utmost  efforts  to  secure  kind  :  ml  penile  treatment  io  all  dumb  animals 
by  rigid  prosecution  of  violation  of  law  relating  to  the  same. 

Sec.  2.  The  agent  shall  be  empowered,  and  is  expected  to  use  his  best 
efforts  to  distribute  all  tracts,  papers  and  literature  placed  in  his  hands 
which  may  be  calculated  to  accomplish  the  work  for  which  the  Society 
is  organized.  ' 

Sec.  3.  The  agent  is  authorized.  If  in  a  locality  where  no  Society 
exists,  tp  organize  an  association  to  lie  governed  by  such  officers,  and 
such  action  as  will  most  effectually  abolish  cruelty  to  animals. 


CONSTITUTION  OF  A  VILLAGE  LYCEUM 


PREAMBLE. 

ROWTH  and  development  of  mind,  together  with 
readiness  and  fluency  of  speech,  being  the  re¬ 
sult  of  investigation  and  free  discussion  of 
religious,  educational,  political,  and  other  topics, 
the  undersigned  agree  to  form  an  association, 
and  for  Its  government,  do  hereby  adopt  the 
following 

CONSTITUTION. 


Article  I.  The  name  and  title  of  this  organization 
shall  be 

“The  Cambridge  Literary  Association,” 

and  its  object  shall  be  the  free  discussion  ol  any  subject 
coming  before  tlie  mee’ing  for  the  purpose  of  diffusing 
knowledge  among  its  members. 

Article  II.  The  officers  of  the  Assoc. ation  shall 
consist  of  a  Presidenl.  two  Vice-Presidents,  a  Corres¬ 
ponding  Secretary,  a  Recording  Secretary,  a  Treasurer 
and  a  Librarian,  who  shall  be  elected  an  nun  Uy  by  ballot, 
on  the  first  Monday  in  January  of  each  year,  said  offi¬ 
cers  to  hold  their  position  until  their  successors  are 
elected. 

Article  III.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President 
to  preside  at  all  public  meetings  of  the  Society.  The 
first  Vice-President  shall  preside  in  the  absence  of  the 
President,  and  in  case  of  the  absence  of  both  President 
and  Vice-President,  itsliall  be  tlie  duty  of  the  second 
Viee-Presideip  to  preside. 

Tlie  duty  of  the  Secretary  shall  lie  to  conductthe  cor¬ 
respondence,  keep  the  records  of  tlie  Society,  and  read 
at  each  meeting  a  report  of  the  work  done  at  the  pre¬ 
ceding  meeting. 

The  Treasurer  shall  keep  the  funds  of  the  Society, 
making  an  annual  report  of  all  moneys  received,  dis¬ 
bursed,  and  amount  on  band. 

It  shall  lie  ihe  duly  of  the  Librarian  to  keep,  in  a 
careful  manner,  all  hooks,  records  and  manuscripts  in 
the  possession  of  the  Society. 

Article  IV.  There  shall  lie  appointed  by  the  fres- 
ldent,  at  the  first  meeting  after  Ii is  election,  the  follow¬ 
ing  standing  committees,  to  consist  of  three  members 
Appointment  each,  namely:  On  lectures,  library,  finance,  and  print- 
o j  ing,  whose  duties  shall  he  designated  by  the  President. 

Committees.  The  question  for  debate  at  the  succeeding  meeting 
shall  be  determined  by  a  majority  vote  of  tlie  members 
present. 

Article  V.  Any  lady  or  gentleman  mav  become  a 
member  of  this  Society  by  the  consent  of  the  majority 

....  _  of  the  members  present,  the  signing  of  the  constitution 

Conditions  of  and  the  payment  of  two  dollars  as  membership  fee  It 
Membership,  shall  be  the  p.  ilege  of  tlie  Society  to  elect  any  nerson 
whose  presence  may  he  advantageous  to  tlie  Society  an 
honorary  member,  who  shall  not  be  required  to  pay 
membership  fees  or  dues. 


Name 

and 

Object. 


Officers  of 
the 

Society. 


Duties  of 
tlie 

Officers. 


Times  of 
Meeting. 


Collection  of 
Dues. 


Article  VI.  This  association  shall  meet  weekly, 
and  at  such  other  times  as  a  majority,  consisting  of  at 
least  five  members  of  the  association,  shall  determine 
The  President  shall  be  authorized  to  call  special  meet¬ 
ings  upon  the  written  request  of  any  five  members  of 
the  Society,  which  number  shall  lie  sufficient  to  consti¬ 
tute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

Article  VII.  It  shall  he  the  duty  ofthe  finance  com¬ 
mittee  to  determine  the  amount  of  dues  necessary  to  he 
collected  from  each  member,  and  to  inform  the  Treas¬ 
urer  of  the  amount,  who  shall  promptly  proceed  to  col¬ 
lect  the  same  at  such  time  as  the  comniittet 
nate. 


ue  committee  may  desig- 


At  each  regular  meeting  of  the  Society,  the  following  shall  be,  after 
calling  the  meeting  to  order,  and  the  opening  exercises,  the 

Order  of  Business. 

1.  Reading  of  the  minutes. 

2.  Jteport  of  the  Board  of  Directors. 

3.  Reports  of  Standing  and  Special  Committees. 

4.  Reports  of  officers. 

5.  Receiving  communications  and  bills. 

6.  Admission  of  new  members,  and  election  of  officers  at  the 
annual  meeting. 

f.  New  business. 

8.  Reports  of  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer 

9.  Adjournment. 


Article  VIII.  The  parliamentary  rules  and  general 
Parliamenta-  form  of  conducting  public  i  flings,  as  shown  in  Hill’s 
ry  Authority.  Manual  shall  be  the  standard  authority  in  governing 
the  deliberations  of  this  association. 


Penalty  for 
Violating 
Mules. 


A  rticle  IX.  Any  member  neglecting  to  pay  dues, 
or  who  shall  be  guilty  f  improper  conduct,  calculated 
to  bring  this  association  into  disrepute,  shall  be  expelled 
from  the  membership  of  tlie  Society  by  a  two-thirds 
vote  of  the  members  present  at  any  regular  meeting. 
No  member  shall  be  expelled,  however,  until  he  shall 
have  had  notice  of  such  intention  on  the  part  of  the  as¬ 
sociation,  and  has  been  given  an  opportunity  of  being 
heard  in  his  own  defense. 


Alterations 

and 

Amendments. 


Article  X.  Bv  giving  written  notice  of  change  at 
any  regular  meeting,  this  constitution  may  be  altered 
or  amended  at  the  next  stated  meeting  by  a  vote  of  two- 
thirds  of  the  members  present. 


248 


FORMS  OF  CARLS  FOR  PUBLIC  MEETINGS. 


I 


Calls  for  Public  Meetings. 


Forms  of  Wording  in  Calling  Public  Meetings. 


MONG  the  duties  of  the  projector 
of  a  public  meeting  will  be  the 
writing  of  the  “  Call,”  which  should 
be  clear,  distinct,  and  brief,  yet  suf¬ 
ficiently  explicit  to  enable  people 
to  know  when,  where,  and  for  what 
object  they  meet. 

The  following,  which  may  be 
varied  according  to  circumstances,  will  suffi¬ 
ciently  illustrate  the  general  form  : 


Firemen’s  Review. 

The  entire  Fire  Department  of  this  cityii  hereby  notified  to  appear 
on  dress  parade,  Saturday  afternoon,  at  1.30,  on  Broadway,  between 
Green  and  Spruce  streets,  provided  the  weather  is  pleasant,  and  the 
streets  dry.  If  the  weather  does  not  permit,  due  notice  of  postpone¬ 
ment  will  be  given. 

GEO.  H.  BAKER, 

Fire  Marshal. 


Woman  Suffrage  Convention. 

The  Friends  of  Woman  Suffrage  are  invited  to  meet  in  mass  conven¬ 
tion,  at  Dixon’s  Hall,  in  Chester,  June  14,  at  ten  o'clock,  A. M.,  at  which 
time  the  session  will  commence,  and  continue  two  days,  closing  on 
Friday  evening.  Hon.  Asa  Cushing,  Rev.  H.  W.  Cooper,  Mrs.  Gardner, 
Mrs.  Chas.  Fuller,  and  other  distinguished  speakers  will  be  present, 
and  participate  in  the  proceedings  of  the  convention. 


Democratic  Rally ! 

At  the  Couut  Room,  Monday  Evening,  Nov.  7,  at  8  o’clock.  The 
DEMOCRATS  OF  PAXTON,  Working  Men,  Business  Men,  and 
Citizens  generally, slth covd'uilly  invited  to  be  present.  Themeeting 
will  be  addressed  by  the  Hon.  JOSIAH  ADAMS,  Hon.  T.  M.  BAXTER, 

AND  OTHER  ABLE  SPEAKERS. 


Hot  for  Horse  Thieves ! 

All  Citizens  of  Jonesville  and  surrounding  country,  favorable  to 
protecting  their  stock  from  the  depredations  of  thieves,  are  txpected 
to  be  present  at  the  Eagle  School  House,  in  District  No.  10,  on  Saturday 
evening,  July  12,  at  8  o'clock,  sharp,  to  aid  in  forming  an  association 
that  will  give  horse  and  cattle  thieves  their  just  dues. 


School  Meeting. 

The  Friends  of  Education  are  requested  to  meet  at  the  house  of 
Solomon  Biggs,  in  Walnut  Grove,  Saturday  evening,  Sep.  1st,  at  7 
o'clock,  to  take  action  relative  to  opening  a  public  school  in  this 
vicinity.  The  meeting  will  consider  the  selection  of  directors,  the 
location  of  the  school  building,  and  the  propriety  of  opening  a  school 
this  fall,  before  the  building  is  complete. 


Old  Settlers’  Reunion. 

All  persons  in  Adams  and  adjoining  counties,  who  settled  here  prior 
to  1830,  are  requested  to  meet  at  the  Court  House,  in  Clinton,  Satur¬ 
day  afternoon,  June  10,  at  two  o’clock,  to  make  arrangements  for  an 
Old  Settlers’  Reunion,  to  be  held  at  such  place  and  time  as  the  meeting 
shall  determine. 


Railroad  Meeting. 

The  Midland  and  Great  Western  Railroad  Company  are  about 
locating  their  railway  through  this  county,  having  surveyed  three 
routes,  one  through  Hastings,  one  by  way  of  Brownsville,  and  the 
other  through  this  village,  passing  up  the  river  just  east  of  Fuller’s 
mill.  The  Company  propose  to  take  this  route  on  one  condition, 
naim  ly :  that  we  furnish  depot  grounds  and  right  of  way  through  this 
village. 

CHizens  of  Pikeville!  what  action  shall  we  take  in  this  matter? 
Shall  we  have  a  railroad  at  our  own  doors,  or  be  compelled  henceforth 
to  go  ten  miles  to  the  nearest  depot?  Eve'y  citizen  interested  in  the 
growth  of  onr  beautiful  village  is  requested  to  be  present  at  the  Town 
Hall,  next  Tuesday  evening,  May  7,  at  half  past  seven  o  clock,  to  con¬ 
sider  this  subject.  Let  there  be  a  full  expression  from  all  the  people 
at  this  meeting. 


RESOLUTIONS  SUITABLE  FOR  VARIOUS  OCCASIONS. 


249 


Fourth  of  July ! 

The  liberty-loving  citizens  of  Eagleville,  who  desire  to  participate 
this  year  at  home  in  a  genuine,  old-fashioned  Fourth  of  July  celebra¬ 
tion,  such  as  will  make  the  American  Eagle  proud  of  the  village  that 
hears  his  name,  will  meet  at  Allen's  Hall  next  Saturday  evening,  at  8 
o'clock,  to  consider  the  advisability  of  holding  such  celebration. 


Shall  We  have  an  Agricultural  Fair? 

Agriculturists,  Horticulturists,  Mechanics,  Artists  and  others,  favor¬ 
able  to  the  establishment  of  an  Agricultural  and  Mechanics’  Fair, 
are  dt  sired  to  meet  at  the  Town  Hall,  next  Monday  evening,  June  20, 
at  8  o’clock,  to  take  the  necessary  steps  towards  perfecting  such  organ¬ 
ization. 


Eight  Hour  Meeting. 

All  mechanics,  artisans,  laborers,  and  others,  who  favor  making 
eight  hours  a  ligal  day’s  work,  that  they  may  occasionally  see  their 
wives  and  children  during  the  winter  months,  in  the  day  time,  are  re¬ 
quested  to  meet  in  Boyd’s  Hall,  Monday  evening,  June  14,  at  8  o’clock, 
on  which  occasion  the  meeting  will  be  addressed  by  that  distinguished 
advocate  of  the  rights  of  the  working  man,  Hon.  Archibald  P.  Green. 


Temperance  Convention. 

The  Friends  of  Temperance,  independent  of  party  or  sect,  are  invited 
to  meet  in  convention  at  Fullerton  Hall  in  Fairbury,  Wednesday, 
Oct.  9,  at  10  a.m.,  to  consider  and  discuss  the  means  by  which  we  may 
arrest  the  present  increasing  tide  of  intemperance  in  this  vicinity,  by 
which  our  youth  are  corrupted,  our  Sabbaths  desecrated,  and  our  homes 
impoverished  and  desolated. 

Come  up  and  help  us,  sons,  husbands,  fathers  1  Come  up  and  aid  us, 
daughters,  wives,  mothers  1  We  want  the  influence  of  your  presence. 

Dr.  Carr,  the  eloquent  champion  of  temperance,  will  be  with  us. 
Mrs.  Arnold,  Mrs.  John  Berryman,  Rev.  Dr.  Williams,  and  others  will 
participate  in  the  discussions  of  the  convention,  and  Prof.  Carter,  the 
world-renowned  musician,  will  add  interest  to  the  occasion  by  leading 
in  the  singing. 

The  convention  will  continue  in  session  two  days,  being  addressed 
Wednesday  evening  by  Rev.  II.  D.  Williams,  and  on  Thursday  evening, 
in  the  closing  address,  by  Mrs.  John  Berryman. 


Vermonters  Attention ! 

All  Vermonters,  resident  in  this  city  and  vicinity,  who  are  favorable 
to  holding  a  Vermonters’  pic  nic  sometime  during  July  or  August,  are 
requested  to  meet  next  Wednesday  afternoon,  June  15,  at  Judge  Miller’s 
office  in  Canton,  to  arrange  time,  place,  and  programme  of  exercises 
for  that  occasion. 


ESOLUTIONS 


Appropriate  for  Many  Occasions. 


RESOLUTIONS  are  a  brief,  terse  method 
of  expressing  the  opinions  and  senti¬ 
ments  of  a  company  of  people  relative 
to  any  subject  which  it  is  desirable  to  discuss 
or  place  on  record. 

They  are  applicable  to  nearly  any  subject, 
and  should  be  characterized  by  the  utmost  brev¬ 
ity  consistent  with  a  clear  expression  of  the  idea 
sought  to  be  conveyed. 

Resolutions  Complimenting  a  Teacher. 

“At  the  close  of  Mr.  Hall’s  writing  school,  lately  in  session 
at  Springfield,  which  was  very  fully  attended,  numbering  over 
one  hundred  pupils,  Prof.  Hamilton,  Principal  of  Springfield 
Academy,  offered  the  following  preamble  and  resolutions, 
which  were  unanimously  adopted  : 

“  Whereas,  Prof.  Geo.  B.  Hall,  in  giving  instruction  in  pen¬ 
manship  to  a  very  large  and  interesting  class  in  this  place,  has 
given  most  unbounded  satisfaction  as  a  teacher  of  writing, 
therefore : 


“  Resolved ,  That,  as  a  teacher  and  penman  he  is  pre-eminently 
superior,  changing  as  he  does  the  poorest  scribblers  almost  invari¬ 
ably  into  beautiful  penmen,  during  his  course  of  lessons. 

“  Resolved ,  That  his  lectures  on  epistolary  correspondence,  punctua¬ 
tion,  use  of  capital  letters,  and  the  writing  of  business  forms,  of  them¬ 
selves  are  worth  infinitely  more  than  the  cost  of  tuition  in  his  schools. 

“  Resolved ,  That  we  recommend  him  to  the  people  of  the  entire 
country,  as  a  teacher  whose  schools  will  be  found  a  great  intellectual 
good  in  any  community  so  fortunate  as  to  secure  his  services. 

“  Resolve cf,  That-,  while  we  thank  him  for  the  very  efficient  instruction 
given  this  class  here,  we  tender  him  a  cordial  invitation  to  visit  our 
city  again,  professionally,  at  his  earliest  convenience.” 


Resolutions  of  Respect  and  Condolence. 

On  the  Death  of  a  Freemason. 

“At  a  regular  communication  of  Carleton  Lodge,  No.  156, 
A.  F.  and  A.  M.,  held  Feb.  10,  iS — ,  the  following  preamble 
and  resolutions  were  unanimously  adopted  : 

“Whereas,  It  has  pleased  the  Great  Architect  of  the  Uni¬ 
verse  to  remove  from  our  midst  our  late  brother  Benjamin  W. 
Rust :  and 

“  Whereas,  It  is  but  just  that  a  fitting  recognition  of  his 
many  virtues  should  be  had  :  therefore  be  it 


250 


RESOLUTIONS  APPROPRIATE 


“  Resolved ,  By  Carlcton  Lodge,  No  156,  on  the  registry  of  the  Grand 

Lodge  of - ,  of  Ancient  Free  and  Accepted  Masons,  that,  while  we 

how  with  humble  submission  to  the  will  of  the  Most  High,  we  do  not 
the  less  mourn  for  our  brotln  r  who  has  been  taken  from  us. 

“  Resolved ,  That,  in  the  dt  ath  of  Benjamin  W.  Rust,  this  Lodge 
laments  the  loss  of  a  brother  who  was  ever  ready  to  proffer  the  hand 
of  aid  and  the  voice  of  sympathy  to  the  needy  and  distressed  of  the 
fraternity;  an  active  member  of  this  society,  whose  utmost  endeavors 
were  exerted  for  its  Welfare  and  prosperity ;  a  friend  and  companion 
who  was  d<  ar  to  us  all ;  a  citizen  whose  upright  and  noble  life  was  a 
standard  of  emulation  to  his  fallows. 

“  Resolved ,  That  the  heartfelt  sympathy  of  this  Lodge  be  extended 
to  his  family  in  their  affliction. 

“  Resolved ,  That  these  resolutions  be  spread  upon  the  records  of  the 
Lodge,  and  a  copy  thereof  be  transmitted  to  the  family  of  our  deceased 
brother,  and  to  each  of  the  newspapers  of  Carleton.” 


On  the  Death  of  a  Member  of  any  Society,  Club,  or  Other 
Association. 

“Whereas,  in  view  of  the  loss  we  have  sustained  by  the 

decease  of  our  friend  and  associate, -  - ,  and  of  the 

still  heavier  loss  sustained  by  those  who  were  nearest  and 
dearest  to  him  ;  therefore,  be  it 

“  Resolved ,  That  it  is  but  a  just  tribute  to  the  memory  of  the  departed 
to  say  that  in  regretting  his  removal  from  our  midst  we  mourn  for 
one  who  was,  in  every  way,  worthy  of  our  respect  and  regard. 

“  Resolved,  Thatwe  sincerely  condole  with  the  familyof  thedeceascd 
on  the  dispensation  with  which  it  has  pleased  Divine  Providence  to 
afflict  them,  and  commend  them  for  consolation  to  Him  who  orders  all 
things  for  the  best,  and  whose  chastisements  are  meant  in  mercy. 

“  Resolved,  That  this  heartfelt  testimonial  of  our  sympathy  and  sor¬ 
row  be  forwarded  to  the - of  our  departed  friend  by  the  secretary 

of  this  meeting.” 


On  the  Death  of  a  Clergyman. 

“  Whereas,  the  hand  of  Divine  Providence  has  removed 
our  beloved  pastor  from  the  scene  of  his  temporal  labors  and 
the  congregation  who  sat  under  his  ministry,  and  profited  by 
his  example,  are  desirous  of  testifying  their  respect  for  his 
memory,  and  expressing  their  earnest  and  affectionate  sympathy 
with  the  household  deprived  by  this  dispensation  of  its  earthly 
head  ;  therefore,  be  it 

“  Resolved,  That  we  tenderly  condole  with  the  family  of  our  deceased 
minister  in  their  hour  of  trial  and  affliction,  and  devoutly  commend 
them  to  the  keeping  of  Him  who  looks  with  pitying  eye  upon  the 
widowed  and  the  fatln  rless. 

“  Resolved,  That  in  our  natural  sorrow  for  the  loss  of  a  faithful  and 
beloved  shepherd,  we  find  consolation  in  the  belief  that  it  is  Well  with 
him  for  whom  we  mourn. 

“  Resolved ,  That  while  we  deeply  sympathize  with  those  who  were 
bound  to  our  departed  pastor  by  the  nearest  and  dearest  ti.s,  we  share 
with  them  the  hope  of  a  r.  union  in  that  better  world  where  there  are 
no  partings,  and  bliss  ineffable  forbids  a  tear. 

“  Resolved,  That  these  resolutions  be  transmitted  to  the  familyof  the 
deceased,  as  a  token  of  our  rispet  and  veneration  for  the  Christian 
character  of  a  good  man  gone  to  his  rest,  and  of  the  interest  felt  by  his 
late  congregation  in  those  he  loved  and  cheridied. 


Resolutions  Complimenting  a  Public  Officer  upon  Retirement. 

“Whereas,  the  retirement  of  our  esteemed  fellow  citizen, 
_ ,  from  the  office  of - ,  presents  a  suitable  oppor- 


FOR  VARIOUS  OCCASIONS. 


tunity  for  expressing  the  esteem  in  which  we  hold  him  as  a 
faithful  and  courteous  public  servant ;  therefore,  be  it 

“  Resolved,  That  the  thanks  of  this  meeting  and  the  community  are 
due  to - ,  for  the  able  and  impartial  manner  in  which  he  has  uni¬ 

formly  performed  his  public  duties,  and  that  we  sincerely  regret  his 
determination  to  retire  from  public  life. 

“  Resolved,  That  he  carries  with  him,  on  leaving  the  position  which 
he  has  so  satisfactorily  filled,  the  regard  and  good  wishes  of  all  who 
had  occasion  to  transact  official  business  with  him. 

“  Resolved,  That  his  late  associates  in  office  regard  his  return  to  pri¬ 
vate  life  as  a  loss  to  them,  while  they  sincerely  hope  that  it  will  prove 
a  gain  to  him,  and  trust  that  his  future  will  be  as  bright  and  prosperous 
as  he  can  anticipate  or  desire. 

“  Resolved ,  That  the  secretary  of  the  meeting  be  requested  to  trans¬ 
mit  to  him  the  preamble  and  resolutions  adopted  on  this  occasion. 


Resolutions  Complimenting  a  Captain  of  a  Steamer  on  a 
Successful  Voyage. 

“  At  a  meeting  of  the  cabin  passengers  of  the  steamship 

- ,  Captain  - ,  arrived  at  thi-s  port  from - ,  on  the  — 

inst.,  the  following  preamble  and  resolution  were  unanimously 
adopted : 

“  In  token  of  our  grateful  remembrance  of  the  watchful 
seamanship  and  agreeable  social  qualities  displayed  by  Captain 

- and  his  officers  during  our  late  voyage  from -  to  this 

port ;  be  it 

“ Resolved ,  That  if  skill  in  navigation,  urbane  and  gentlemanly 
attention  to  the  wants  and  wishes  of  the  passengers,  and  a  sound, 
swift,  and  comfortable  vessel,  are  among  the  essentials  of  a  pleasant 
voyage,  then  we  have  reason  to  congratulate  ourselves  on  having 

crossed  the  sea  in  the  good  ship - ,  Captain - ;  that  we  tender 

to  him,  and  to  all  the  office  rs  of  the  vessel,  our  thanks  for  the  kindness 
with  which  they  administered  to  our  comfort;  that  we  commend  the 
ship,  her  appointme nts,  her  commander,  and  his  subordinates,  to  the 
favor  of  the  voyaging  public,  because  we  are  of  opinion  that  they 
d.  serve  it;  and,  that  we  hereby  request  the  gentleman  acting  as 
secretary  of  this  meeting  to  see  that  a  copy  of  this  testimonial  be 

placed  in  the  hands  of  Captain - .” 

(Signed  by - ,  etc.) 


Resolutions  Thanking  a  Conductor,  and  Commending  a 
Railway. 

“  At  a  meeting  of  the  passengers  on  the  Palace  Sleeping  and 

Dining  Car - ,  nearing  their  journey’s  end,  June  2,  1872,  at 

- ,  the  following  preamble  and  complimentary  resolutions 

were  unanimously  adopted  : 

“Whereas,  It  has  been  the  good  fortune  of  the  persons 
comprising  this  meeting  to  make  a  safe,  quick,  and  most 

delightful  passage  from - to - ,  over  the - railroad  ; 

therefore  be  it 

“  Resolved,  That  our  thanks  are  due,  and  are  hereby  tendered,  to  the 

Conductor  of  the  Palace  Car - ,  for  the  numerous  favors  received 

at  his  hand  throughout  the  journey ;  and  we  commend  him  for  the 
many  gentlemanly  and  agreeable  qualities  which  characterize  him  as 
a  man,  and  eminently  fit  him  for  the  position  he  now  holds. 

“  Resolved,  That  commendation  is  especially  due  the  railroau  com¬ 
pany  for  the  excellent  accommodations  furnished  travelers  in  their 
comfortable  and  luxurious  coaches,  and  the  superior  condition  of  the 
track  and  road-bed,  which  is  so  smooth  that  the  traveler  rides  over  the 
same  resting  with  almost  as  much  ease  and  pleasure  as  when  seated 
in  his  own  parlor. 


RESOLUTIONS  APPROPRIATE  FOR  VARIOUS  OCCASIONS. 


231 


“  Resolved,  That  the  beauties  of  scenery  and  the  curiosities  of  nature 
to  be  seen  by  the  tourist  over  the  road,  together  with  safety  in  traveling, 
make  the  journey  by  this  route  one  of  the  most  picturesque,  agreeable, 
and  safe  to  be  enjoyed  on  the  continent,  aud  as  such  we  commend  it 
to  the  traveling  public.” 


Resolutions  at  a  Temperance  Meeting. 

“  Mr.  Chairman  :  Your  committee  on  resolutions  respect¬ 
fully  submit  the  following  :  — 

“  Whereas,  The  saloons  of  this  city  are  being  kept  open  at 
all  hours  of  the  day  and  night,  in  violation  of  the  ordinances 
governing  the  same  ;  and 

“  Whereas,  Drunkenness  is  evidently  on  the  increase,  in 
consequence  of  the  total  lack  of  necessary  legal  restraint,  which 
should  close  their  doors  at  proper  hours  of  night,  and  Sundays  ; 
therefore,  be  it 

“  Resolved,  That  a  committee  of  five  be  appointed  by  this  meeting  to 
investigate  the  extent  of  this  violation,  and  report  the  same  to  the  city 
council  at  their  next  meeting. 

“ Resolved ,  That  we  call  upon  the  mayor,  aldermen,  and  city  mar¬ 
shal  of  this  city  to  enforce  the  law  relating  to  the  sale  of  liquors,  and 
we  hereby  remind  them  that  the  people  will  hold  them  to  strict 
accountability  for  allowing  the  ordinances  governing  and  restraining 
saloon  keepers  to  be  violated.” 


Resolutions  on  tbe  Departure  of  a  Clergyman. 

“  At  a  meeting  of  the  Fresbyterian  society,  held  in  the 
lecture  room  of  their  church,  on  Tuesday  evening,  the  ioth 
instant,  the  following  preamble  and  resolutions  were  adopted  : 

“Whereas,  Our  pastor,  the  Rev.  Hiram  G.  Morgan,  has 

received  a  call  from  the  First  Presbyterian  church  of  - , 

and,  for  the  purpose  of  accepting  the  same,  has  tendered  his 
resignation  as  pastor  of  the  Presbyterian  church  in  this  city  ; 
and 

“Whereas,  We  all  realize  that  none  but  a  selfish  interest 
can  prompt  us  to  retain  him,  when  a  broader  field  with  nobler 
opportunities  is  open  to  him  ;  therefore,  be  it 

“  Resolved,  That  we  accept  the  resignation  which  severs  our  relation 
as  pastor  aud  people  with  feelings  of  heartfelt  sadness. 

“  Resolved,  That  the  ten  years  of  faithful  service  rendered  by  him  to 
this  society  have  been  greatly  blessed  in  upbuilding  our  church,  increas¬ 
ing  its  membership,  and  creating  feelings  of  Christian  fellowship  and 
good  will  among  other  denominations. 

“ Resolved ,  That  for  his  ministering  to  the  temporal  wants  of  the 
poor,  and  the  spiritual  needs  of  all  ;  for  the  tender  solicitude  and 
earnest  sympathy  which  have  always  brought  him  to  the  bedside  of 
the  sick  and  dying;  for  his  efforts  in  behalf  of  the  education  of  the 
mass  s;  and  for  his  exertions  to  ameliorate  the  condition  of  suffering 
humanity  at  all  times  and  under  all  circumstances,  the  members  of 
this  parish,  and  the  people  of  this  city,  owe  him  a  debt  of  gratitude 
which  they  can  never  repay. 

“  Resolved ,  That,  in  parting,  our  kindest  wishes  will  ever  attend  him, 
and  that  we  recommend  him  to  the  parish  to  which  he  is  to  minister 
as  one  worthy  their  full  confidence  and  highest  esteem. 


Committee. 


Resolutions  on  the  Departure  of  a  Sunday  School  Teacher. 

“Whereas,  Mr.  Grant  Watkins  is  about  to  remove  from  our 
midst  and  sever  his  connection  with  this  school,  in  which  he 
has  so  long  and  faithfully  labored  as  teacher  ;  therefore,  be  it 
“  Resolved,  That  we  deeply  regret  the  necessity  of  losing  him  in  the 
Sunday  School  work,  and  most  fervently  wish  for  him  a  future  of 
active  usefulness  in  his  chosen  field  of  new  associations  and  interests, 
ever  praying  that  by  a  well  ordered  life  and  a  Christian  consecration 
he  may  at  last  unite,  with  all  the  truly  faithful,  in  sweeter  songs  of 
redemption  in  the  bright  hereafter.” 


Resolutions  Favorable  to  Forming  an  Association. 

“  Mr.  Chairman  :  Your  committee,  to  whom  was  referred 
the  duty  of  preparing  resolutions  expressive  of  the  sense  of 
this  meeting,  beg  leave  to  report  the  following : 

“Whereas,  Our  county  is  being  infected  by  a  band  of 
organized  horse  thieves  and  highwaymen,  making  property  and 
human  life  insecure  ;  and 

“Whereas,  The  safety  of  the  people  demands  that  some 
immediate  action  be  taken  looking  to  the  protection  of  life  and 
property  ;  therefore,  be  it 

“  Resolved ,  That  an  association  of  citizens  favorable  to  such  pro¬ 
tection  be  formed,  to  be  known  aud  styled  ‘  The  Grant  County  Protect¬ 
ive  Association.’ 

“  Resolved,  That  this  association  be  governed  by  five  directors,  chosen 
by  this  meeting.  Such  directors  to  choose  their  president,  secretary, 
and  treasurer  from  their  number,  any  one  of  whom,  upon  hearing  of 
the  loss  of  property  belonging  to  any  member  of  this  association,  shall 
have  authority,  upon  consulting  with  two  other  directors,  to  take  the 
necessary  steps  to  recover  the  same,  and  punish  the  thief,  the  expenses 
of  recovery  not  to  exceed  the  value  of  said  property. 

“  Resolved,  That  each  member  of  this  association  shall  pay  to  the 
treasurer  two  dollars,  as  membership  fee,  upon  signing  the  consti¬ 
tution,  and  shall  bear  his  share  of  the  necessary  expense  incurred  iu 
recovering  stolen  property,  and  convicting  thieves. 

“  Resolved ,  That  a  committee  of  three  be  appointed  by  this  meeting 
to  draft  articles  of  association  for  the  government  of  the  society,  regu¬ 
lating  dues,  times  of  meeting,  etc.,  for  each  member  to  sign,  essentially 
embodying  the  ideas  expressed  in  these  resolutions.” 


Resolutions  Remonstrating  against  a  Nuisance. 

“  Resolved ,  That  the  continuance  of  the  bone  boiling  establishment 
and  glue  factory  of  Messrs.  Smith*  Joins  in  the  midst  of  a  densely 
populated  neighborhood,  is  an  intolerable  nuisance,  which  is  incom¬ 
patible  with  the  health  and  comfort  of  those  who  reside  in  the  vicinity. 

“  Resolved ,  That  a  committee  of  three  be  appointed  by  the  chair, 
whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  apprise  the  authoritiis  of  the  existence  and 
nature  of  the  nuisance;  and,  in  case  such  action  shall  not  produce  its 
abatement,  then,  to  employ  counsel,  and  take  such  other  legal  steps  as 
the  case  may  require.” 


Resolutions  at  a  Stockholders’  Meeting,  in  Favor  of  a 
Certain  Route. 

“ Resolved ,  That  the' proposed  railroad  bridge  of  this  company,  at 
Jackson,  be  located  north,  rather  than  south,  of  the  village,  for  these 
reasons: 

“  1.  To  build  a  bridge  south  of  the  town  will  necessitate  placing  a 
depot  so  far  from  the  center  of  the  village  as  to  prevent  the  people 
of  Jackson  from  patronizing  the  road,  inasmuch  as  the  South  Western 
railway  already  has  a  depot  near  the  center  of  the  town. 


252 


PETITIONS  TO  PUBLIC  BODIES. 


“2.  The  south  line  will  require  more  than  double  the  amount  of 
trestle  work  for  the  bridge. 

“  3.  The  right  of  way  by  the  southern  route  is  much  the  most  ex¬ 
pensive.  Even  with  the  purchase  of  the  Jackson  foundry  grounds 
(which  will  remove  the  abrupt  curve  in  the  upp  r  rout. ),  the  right  of 
way  will  cost  less  than  by  the  south  survey,  to  say  nothing  of  bring¬ 
ing  the  depot  nearer  the  center  of  the  village,  and  lessening  the 
expense  of  trestle  work;  then  fore 
“  Resolved ,  That,  for  the  foregoing  and  other  reasons,  the  directors 
are  recommended  to  take  the  northern  instead  of  the  southern  route, 
for  the  proposed  railway  through  the  town  of  Jackson.” 


Resolution  Instructing  Members  of  the  Legislature. 

“  Resolved ,  That  we  are  opposed  to  the  present  oppressive  law  on  our 
Btatute  books  relative  to  stock  running  at  large,  and  we  hereby  pledge 


ourselves  to  vote  for  no  candidate  for  either  house  of  the  legislature 
who  is  not  pledged  to  its  speedy  rep  al. 

“  Resolved ,  That  the  secretary  is  instructed  to  furnish  a  report  of 
this  meeting,  together  with  this  resolution,  to  such  papers  as  will  bring 
the  subject  most  generally  before  the  people.” 


Resolution  of  Thanks  to  the  Officers  of  a  Convention. 

The  following  resolution,  presented  just  before  the  close  of 
a  convention,  is  put  by  the  member  who  makes  the  motion  —  it 
being  personal  to  the  presiding  officer. 

“  Resolved ,  That  the  thanks  of  this  convention  are  hereby  given  to 
the  president,  for  the  able",  dignified,  and  impartial  manner  in  which 
he  has  presided  over  its  deliberations,  and  to  the  other  officers  for  the 
satisfactory  manner  in  which  they  have  fulfilled  the  duties  assigned  to 
them.” 


ETITIONS 


A  PETITION  is  a  formal  request  or  sup¬ 
plication,  from  the  persons  who  p  resent 
or  sign  the  paper  containing  it,  to  the 
body  or  individual  to  whom  it  is  presented,  for 
the  grant  of  some  favor. 

It  is  a  general  rule,  in  the  case  of  petitions 
presented  to  Courts  that  an  affidavit  should  ac¬ 
company  them,  setting  forth  that  the  statements 
therein  made,  so  far  as  known  to  the  petitioner, 
are  true,  and  that  these  facts,  by  him  stated  as 
within  his  knowledge  and  that  of  others,  he 
believes  to  be  true. 

PETITIONS  TO  A  CITY  COUNCIL. 

The  people  of  a  town  or  city  very  frequently 
have  occasion  to  petition  their  town  authorities 
or  city  government  for  the  granting  of  favors  or 
the  enactment  of  laws. 

The  following  are  among  the  forms  of  petition 
to  a  City  Council. 


terminates  at  Adams  street,  through  blocks  Nos.  io  and  12  in 

Hall’s  addition  to - ,  to  Benton  street,  thereby  making 

Walnut  a  nearly  straight  and  continuous  street  for  two  miles, 
and  greatly  accommodating  the  people  in  that  portion  of  the 
city. 

(Here  insert  city,  state,  and  date.) 

[Signed  by  two  hundred  tax-payers ,  more  or  less.] 


Remonstrating  against  a  Nuisance. 

To  the  Mayor  and  Aldermen  of  the  City  of - , 

in  Common  Council  Assembled  : 

Gentlemen:  —  Your  petitioners  respectfully  represent 
that  during  the  past  summer  John  Jones  has  converted  the 
barn  located  at  No.  184  Monroe  street,  between  Van  Buren 
and  Jackson  into  a  slaughter  house,  which,  with  the  decaying 
offal  about  the  premises,  produces  a  stench  that  is  unbearable 
to  the  citizens  living  in  that  vicinity.  In  all  respects  the  affair 
is  a  nuisance  to  the  neighborhood,  and  we  ask  your  honorable 
body  to  have  the  same  removed. 

(Here  insert  city,  state,  and  date.) 

[Signed  by  one  hundred  persons ,  more  or  less,  residing  in  the 
neighborhood .] 


Asking  for  a  Policeman. 


For  Opening  a  Street. 

To  the  Mayot  and  Aldermen  of  the  City  of - , 

in  Common  Council  Assembled  . 

Gentlemen  :  —  The  undersigned  respectfully  solicit  your 
honorable  body  to  open  anu  extend  Walnut  street,  which  now 


To  the  Mayor  and  Aldermen  of  the  City  of  - •, 

in  Common  Council  Assembled  : 

Gentlemen  • — The  undersigned  citizens  and  tax  payers 

of - ,  feeling  that  life  and  property  are  very  insecure 

after  dark  in  portions  of  this  town,  respectfully  ask  your  hon- 


CELEBRATION  OF  PUBLIC  HOLIDAYS. 


253 


orable  body  to  appoint  a  night  policeman  to  have  supervision 
of  the  streets  and  alleys  from  Harrison  to  Walnut  streets,  on 
Broadway. 

(Here  give  city,  state,  and  date.) 

[Signed  by  one  hundred  tax-payers ,  more  or  l ess.\ 


PETITIONS  TO  THE  STATE  LEGISLATURE. 

Petition  from  Farmers,  asking  for  the  extermi¬ 
nation  of  the  Canada  Thistle. 

To  the  Honorable  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre¬ 
sentatives  of  the  State  of - ,  in  Legislature 

Convened  : 

The  undersigned,  citizens  of - County,  respectfully 

represent  that  this,  and  neighboring  counties,  are  becoming 
infested  with  that  pest,  the  Canada  thistle.  As  yet  they  are 
not  in  sufficient  quantity  to  be  beyond  control,  but  it  is  feared 
if  they  are  allowed  to  go  without  restraint  two  years  longer, 
they  will  be  so  spread  as  to  make  their  extermination  next  to 
impossible.  We,  therefore,  respectfully  request  your  honorable 
body  to  take  some  action  looking  to  their  immediate  subjection, 
thus  saving  the  farming  community  from  an  evil  which  cannot 
be  removed  if  allowed  to  exist  much  longer. 

(Here  give  county,  state,  and  date.) 

[, Signed  by  one  thousand  farmers ,  more  or  lessi\ 


Petition  from  Farmers,  relative  to  Stock  run¬ 
ning  at  large. 

To  the  Honorable  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre¬ 
sentatives  of  the  State  of - ,  in  Legislature 

Convened : 

Your  petitioneis,  residents  and  tax-payers  of - 

County,  respectfully  represent  to  your  honorable  body  that  the 
farmers  of  this  State  are  at  present  subjected  to  an  immense 
drain  on  their  resources,  by  being  compelled  to  build  thousands 
of  miles  of  fence,  not  for  their  own  use,  but  for  the  purpose 


of  preventing  the  encroachment  of  others.  At  a  low  estimate, 
it  is  costing  millions  of  dollars  every  year  for  this  needless 
fencing.  The  man  who  wishes  to  keep  stock  may  fence  the 
necessary  pasturage  for  the  same,  but  to  compel  the  farmer 
who  does  not  have  stock  in  any  considerable  quantity  to  keep 
up  miles  of  fence,  continually  to  rot  down  and  be  rebuilt,  is  an 
oppression  which  is  causing  many  farmers  to  remain  in  poverty, 
who  otherwise  might  be  in  comparatively  independent  cir¬ 
cumstances. 

We,  therefore,  petition  you  to  enact  a  law  that  will  prevent 
stock  of  every  description  from  running  at  large. 

(Here  give  county,  state,  and  date.) 

\_Signed  by  five  hundred  farmers ,  more  or  /rrr.] 


Petition  to  the  Governor,  asking  for  Pardon. 

To  John  M.  Palmer,  Governor  of  the  State  of  Illinois  : 
The  Petition  of  the  undersigned  Citizens  i  .specif ully  represents: 

That  on  the  ninth  day  of  July,  1871,  John  Jones,  of  the 
city  of  Chicago,  was  convicted  before  the  Criminal  Court,  in 
said  city  of  the  crime  of  manslaughter,  and  sentenced  therefor 
to  the  State  prison  at  Joliet,  where  he  now  remains,  for  the 
term  of  twelve  years  :  that  the  evidence  upon  which  he  was 
convicted,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  summary  appended,  was  not 
altogether  conclusive  :  that  previous  to  that  time  the  said  Jones 
had  maintained  the  reputation  of  being  a  peaceable  and  up¬ 
right  man  :  and  that  his  conduct  since  imprisonment,  accord¬ 
ing  to  the  letter  of  the  warden,  filed  herewith,  has  been  most 
exemplary.  The  said  Jones  has  a  family  who  need  his  support : 
and  under  the  impression  that  the  well-being  of  society  will 
not  be  injured  by  his  enlargement,  and  that  the  ends  of  justice, 
under  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  have  been  sufficiently 
answered,  they  respectfully  implore  executive  clemency  in  his 
behalf. 

(Here  give  town,  state,  and  date.) 

\Signed  by,  etc.,  etc.] 


Li  I 


c 


JJ  JJ  JJ 


EBRATIONS 


A  PLEASING  variety  in  the  routine  of  life 
is  an  occasional  celebration.  These  are 
given  often  by  certain  societies,  and  comprise 
festivals,  public  dinners,  picnics,  excursions, 
reunions,  etc. 

Fourth  of  July. 

A  very  appropriate  day  for  a  general  celebra¬ 
tion,  in  the  United  States,  is  the  Fourth  of  July. 

In  preparing  for  such  a  celebration,  it  is  first 
necessary  to  appoint  suitable  committees  to  carry 
out  the  details  of  the  work  incident  to  such  an 


occasion.  This  is  done  by  calling  a  meeting  of 
the  citizens  at  some  public  place,  11  for  the  pur¬ 
pose  of  making  arrangements  for  celebrating  the 
forthcoming  anniversary  of  American  Independ¬ 
ence  !  ”  which  meeting  should  organize  in  the 
usual  form,  by  the  appointment  of  president 
and  secretary. 

The  meeting  should  consider  the  feasibility 
of  such  celebration,  and,  if  it  is  deemed  advis¬ 
able  to  celebrate  this  anniversary,  should  appoint 
an  executive  committee  of  three,  to  have  genera] 
supervisionof  the  whole  affair,  to  be  assisted  by  : 


254 


PUBLIC  DINNERS,  PICNICS  AND  FESTIVALS. 


1.  A  finance  committee,  who  will  solicit  the 
necessary  funds. 

2.  A  committee  on  grounds,  to  select  a  suit¬ 
able  place  for  holding  the  celebration,  furnish¬ 
ing  speakers’  stand,  seats  for  people,  etc. 

3.  Committee  on  orator,  who  will  provide 
speakers,  reader  of  Declaration  of  Independence, 
etc. 

4.  Committee  on  music,  to  provide  band, 
singing  by  the  glee  club,  etc. 

5.  Committee  on  procession,  who  will  induce 
the  various  societies,  and  a  representation  from 
the  different  trades,  to  appear  in  street  proces¬ 
sion,  along  with  a  representation  of  the  different 
states  in  the  Union. 

6.  Committee  on  military  display,  who  will 
organize  any  military  exhibition  that  may  be 
thought  advisable,  take  charge  of  firing  guns, 
etc. 

7.  Committee  on  fireworks,  who  will  attend 
to  the  arrangements  for  such  exhibition  in  the 
evening. 

8.  Committee  on  amusements,  whose  espe¬ 
cial  duty  it  shall  be  to  organize  such  street  dis¬ 
play  of  burlesque,  etc.,  as  will  entertain  and 
amuse  the  people. 

The  executive  committee  may  appoint  the 
president  of  the  day,  the  necessary  marshals, 
and  arrange  for  additional  attractions  and 
novelties  calculated  to  secure  the  success  of 
the  celebration. 

Let  these  arrangements  be  made  three  or 
four  weeks  before  the  “  Fourth.”  Now,  let  the 
executive  committee  thoroughly  advertise  the 
list  of  committees,  and  what  it  is  proposed  to 
accomplish.  In  the  meantime,  the  finance 
committee  should  report  to  the  executive  what 
amount  of  money  may  be  relied  upon,  and  the 
committee  on  orator  should  report  the  names 
of  their  speakers,  while  the  various  other  com¬ 
mittees  will  rexiort  what  the  attractions  are  to 
be  in  their  several  departments. 

Then  the  executive  committee  should  pre¬ 
pare  their  posters  and  programmes,  descriptive 
of  what  strangers  from  abroad  will  see  who 
attend  the  celebration,  and  crowds  of  people 
will  come  from  near  and  far. 

It  is  not  necessary  for  many  people  to  be 


interested,  at  first,  in  the  celebration,  to  make 
the  same  a  success.  The  resolve  by  one  person 
to  have  a  grand  celebration,  who  will  call  a 
public  meeting,  associate  with  himself  two 
others,  as  an  executive  committee,  and  follow 
by  the  appointment  of  the  necessary  committees, 
publishing  the  whole  to  the  world,  and  going 
ahead ,  will  generally  make  a  very  successful 
celebration. 

In  the  smaller  towns  so  many  committees 
may  not  be  necessary,  but  having  a  good  Ex¬ 
ecutive  Committee,  the  work  is  made  much 
lighter,  by  being  distributed  among  a  good  many 
persons,  though  it  will  always  devolve  upon  two 
or  three  individuals  to  carry  the  affair  through 
to  a  successful  conclusion. 


Public  Dinners. 

The  same  regulations,  to  a  certain  extent,  as 
in  the  Fourth  of  July  celebration,  may  be  ob¬ 
served  in  other  public  entertainments,  though 
it  may  not  be  necessary  to  have  as  many  com¬ 
mittees. 

Where  it  is  resolved  to  give  a  public  dinner 
to  a  distinguished  man,  the  first  move  is  to 
extend  to  the  person  an  invitation,  as  numerously 
signed  as  possible.  If  he  accepts,  he  either  fixes 
the  day  himself,  or  leaves  that  to  the  ox>tion  of 
the  party  inviting  him.  In  the  latter  case,  they 
designate  a  time  that  will  best  suit  his  conveni¬ 
ence. 

Arrangements  having  been  made  thus  far, 
committees  may  be  appointed  on  table,  invita¬ 
tions,  toasts,  etc.,  the  affair  being  conducted 
according  to  the  etiquette  of  such  occasions. 

Picnics  and  Festivals. 

These  social  entertainments,  which  are  usually 
conducted  in  the  interest  of  certain  societies, 
are  mostly  pleasant  affairs  in  proxiortion  as  they 
are  agreeably  conducted  by  the  managers. 

They  should  be  especially  noticeable  for  the 
absence  of  all  formality,  jollity  and  mirth  reign- 
in0-  sux>reme.  If  another  committee  is  appointed, 
outside  of  the  executive,  let  it  be  a  committee 
on  fun. 


TOASTS  AND  SENTIMENTS  APPROPRIATE  FOR  VARIOUS  OCCASIONS. 


255 


AMONG  the  delightful  titbits  that  afford 
variety  and  merriment  on  certain  festal 
occasions,  may  be  toasts  and  sentiments,  thus : 

For  a  Christmas  Dinner. 

“Christmas  hospitality:  And  the  ladies  who  make  it  delightful  by 
their  mincing  ways.” 

“The  sports  of  the  holidays:  Sleighing  the  Dears ,  and  taking  com¬ 
fort  among  the  Buffaloes." 


For  the  Thanksgiving  Festival. 

“  Our  opinion  on  the  Eastern  Question:  We  agree  with  Russia,  that 
Turkey  ought  to  be  gobbled." 

“The  health  of  our  venerable  host:  Although  an  American  citizen, 
he  is  one  of  the  best  Grand  Seniors  that  ever  presided  over  Turkey." 

“Thanksgiving:  The  magnetic  festival  that  brings  back  erratic  wan¬ 
derers  to  the  Old  Folks  at  Home.” 

“The  thanksgiving  board:  While  it  groans  with  plenty  within,  who 
cares  for  the  whistling  of  the  wind  without.” 

“Thanksgiving:  The  religions  and  social  festival  that  converts  every 
family  mansion  into  a  Family  Meeting  House.” 


For  the  Fourth  of  July. 

“The  American  Eagle: The  older  he  grows  the  louder  he  screams, 
and  the  higher  he  flies.” 

“The  Union  of  the  States,  and  the  Union  of  the  Sexes :The  one  was 
the  beginning  of  man’s  independence,  the  other  is  the  end  of  it.” 

“Our-Standard  Sheet:  It  has  often  been  badly  mangled,  and  terribly 
scorched,  but  is,  nevertheless,  the  noblest  sheet  that  ever  covered  a 
hero  on  the  bed  of  glory.” 


“  The  Wooden  Wedding  of  our  Friends:  And  may  all  the  children  be 

chips  of  the  old  block." 

“The  Hero  and  Heroine  of  this  Wooden  Festival:  May  they  flourish 
like  green  bay  trees  in  thHr  youth,  and  retain  all  their  pith  when  they 
become  elders.” 


For  the  Tin  Wedding. 

“The  Golden  Rulcof  Matrimony:  Marry  the  first  time  for  love  —  the 
second  time  for  Tin." 

“The  Fair  Bride:  She  blushed  at  her  first  marriage,  but  she  shows 
more  metal  to-day.” 

“Tin  Weddings:  And  the  bright  reflections  to  which  they  give  rise.” 


For  the  Crystal  Wedding. 

“  Crystal  Weddings:  The  medium  through  which  the  bliss  of  endur¬ 
ing  affection  is  magnified ,  reflected ,  and  made  transparent  to  every¬ 
body.” 

“The  fifteenth  year  of  Wedlock:  A  matrimonial  Stage ,  chiefly  re¬ 
markable  for  its  Tumblers." 

“Our  Hospitable  Hostess:  And  may  it  never  be  her  fate  to  look  on 
life  'as  through  a  glass  darkly.’” 

“The  New  Married  Couple:  They  will  not  find  the  friendship  of 
their  friends  as  brittle  as  their  gifts.” 


For  a  Silver  Wedding. 

'■A  quarter  of  a  century  of  Married  Happiness:  The  best  five-twenty 
bond  in  the  world.” 

“The  Bridal  Pair:  Their  admirable  performances  in  double  harness 
well  entitle  them  to  the  plate.” 

“  Our  Kind  Entertainers:  Know  ail  men,  by  these  presents,  how  sin¬ 
cerely  we  love  them.” 


For  a  Wooden  Wedding. 

“  Our  Host  and  Hostess:  The  fire  of  affection  they  mutually  kindled 
five  y,ars  ago  has  not  gone  out;  on  the  contrary,  we  are  glad  to  see 
them  wooding  up." 


For  the  Golden  Wedding. 

“Matrimony’s  Pleasant  Autumn:  May  it  always  bear  golden  fruit.” 
“  The  Bridegroom’s  Prize:  Not  toys  of  gold,  but  the  more  attractive 
metal  by  his  side.” 


*  Selected  from  Barber’s  “Ready-made  Speeches.” 


256 


HOW  TO  ORGANIZE  AND  CONDUCT  PUBLIC  MEETINGS. 


^Public  ^Meetings. 


HOW  TO  CALL,  ORGANIZE  AND  CONDUCT  PUBLIC  ASSEMBLAGES. 


Duties  of  Officers,  Order  of  Business,  Introduction  of  Resolutions,  and  Parliamentary  Usages  in  the  Government 

of  Public  Gatherings. 


HE  people  of  every  community, 
in  order  to  introduce  laws, 
regulations,  and  organizations 
by  which  they  shall  he  gov¬ 
erned  and  benefited,  find  it 
necessary  to  meet  from  time 
to  time  in  public  assemblages. 
Thus,  before  a  school  can  be 
established,  it  is  necessary  to  have  a  meeting 
of  the  citizens,  to  take  the  preliminary  steps 
towards  obtaining  the  school.  Before  a  church 
organization  can  be  had,  a  meeting  of  persons 
favorable  to  such  proceeding  must  first  take 
place,  to  secure  sufficient  concert  of  action  to 
accomplish  the  object.  To  obtain  unity  of  sen¬ 
timent,  and  harmony  of  action,  in  the  carrying 
forward  of  any  important  enterprise,  the  people 
must  be  called  together,  and  the  minds  of  a  suf¬ 
ficient  number  directed  into  the  desired  channel 
to  effect  the  contemplated  purpose. 

In  educating  public  sentiment,  calling  the 
people  together,  and  introducing  the  resolutions 
that  shall  embody  the  sense  of  the  meeting, 
much  written  business  is  required  that  may 
properly  be  considered  here. 


To  show  the  manner  in  which  a  meeting  is 
convened,  called  to  order,  organized,  and  con¬ 
ducted,  we  will  take  a  political  gathering  as  an 
example. 

To  illustrate:  William  Jones,  who  lives  in  the 
town  of  Monroe,  being  a  zealous  politician,  is 
desirous  of  having  a  republican  meeting  in  his 
town,  just  before  election.  ‘  He.  therefore,  con¬ 
sults  with  John  Belden,  Arthur  Bennett,  George 
Moody,  and  others,  who  have  a  certain  influence, 
as  to  time  and  place.  Arrangements  are  also 
made  with  two  or  three  persons,  accustomed  to 
public  speaking,  to  address  the  meeting. 

Notice  is  then  given,  by  written  placards  or 
printed  posters,  as  follows  : 

“  Republican  Meeting. 

All  Citizens  of  Monroe,  who  favor  the  principles  of  the  REPUBLI¬ 
CAN  PAR  i  Y,  are  r  qiust  d  to  liivi  t  on  Tuuiisday  Evening,  Oct.  1st, 
at  the  TOWN  HALL,  at  Seven  O’clock,  to  take  such  actum  as  may 
be  deem  (1  b.st  to  promote  the  Success  of  Hie  Party  in  the  COMING 
ELECTION.  The  Mectimr  will  he  addressed  by  the  IIon.  WILLIAM 
SPENCER,  THOMAS  HOPKINS,  Esq.,  and  Others.” 

The  projectors  assemble  at  the  Hall  early,  and 
decide,  from  an  examination  of  the  audience, 
who  will  make  a  suitable  presiding  officer,  and 
secretary ,  or  these  persons  may  be  selected 


SELECTION  OE  OFFICERS  AT  PUBLIC  MEETINGS. 


257 


previous  to  the  meeting,  with  the  understanding 
that  they  will  be  present. 

Selection  of  Chairman. 

Half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour  is  usually 
given  from  the  time  when  the  meeting  is 
appointed,  for  general  conversation,  while  the 
audience  is  assembling.  At  half-past  seven, 
Wm.  Jones  steps  forward,  and  says  : 

“  The  meeting  will  please  come  to  order.” 

As  soon  as  the  audience  becomes  still,  Mr. 
Jones  continues : 

“  I  move  that  Samuel  Lockwood  act  as  Presi¬ 
dent  of  this  meeting.” 

Mr.  Arthur  Belden  says  : 

“  I  second  the  motion.” 

Then,  Mr.  Jones  puts  the  question  thus  : 

'  “  It  has  been  moved  and  seconded,  that  Mr. 
Samuel  Lockwood  act  as  President  of  this  meet¬ 
ing.  All  in  favor  of  the  motion  will  manifest 
the  same  by  saying,  4  Aye.’  ” 

As  soon  as  the  affirmative  vote  has  been 
expressed,  he  will  say  : 

“  Those  who  are  opposed  will  say,  4  No.’  ” 

If  the  44  Ayes  ”  predominate,  he  will  say  : 

44  The  4  Ayes  ’  have  it.  Mr.  Lockwood  will 
take  the  chair.” 

If,  however,  the  4  Noes  ’  are  in  the  majority, 
he  will  say : 

44  The  4  Noes  ’  have  it ;  the  motion  is  lost.” 

Thereupon,  he  will  nominate  another  person, 
or  put  the  question  upon  the  nomination  of 
some  one  else.  * 

As  soon  as  the  chairman  is  chosen,  he  will 
take  his  place. 

Appointment  of  Secretary. 

Mr.  Arthur  Bennett  then  says : 

44 1  move  that  Mr.  Hiram  Cooper  act  as  Secre¬ 
tary  of  this  meeting.” 

This  motion  being  seconded,  the  Chairman 
puts  the  question,  and  declares  the  result. 

*If  considerable  political  excitement  exists  in  the  cominuuily,  the 
opposite  party  will  sometimes  gather  in  large  force,  which  is  termed 
packing”  the  meeting;  will  vote  their  own  officers  into  place,  and 
conduct  the  meeting  according  to  their  own  wishes.  When,  however, 
a  meeting  is  called  in  the  interestof  a  certain  political  party,  it  is  con¬ 
sidered  disreputable  for  another  party  to  seek,  through  overwhelming 
force,  to  control  the  meeting  in  their  own  interest. 


The  meeting  is  now  organized.  The  Chair¬ 
man  will  direct  the  Secretary  to  read  the  call, 
or,  if  a  copy  of  the  call  is  not  to  be  obtained,  he 
will  ask  one  of  the  projectors  to  state  the  object 
of  the  meeting. 

O 

Order  of  Business. 

*  That  speech  being  concluded,  the  President 
will  say : 

44  You  have  heard  the  call,  and  understand  its 
object ;  what  is  the  further  pleasure  of  the 
meeting  ?  ” 

Mr.  Jones,  thereupon,  says  : 

44 1  move  that  a  Committee  of  three  be  ap¬ 
pointed  by  the  chair  to  draft  resolutions  express¬ 
ive  of  the  sense  of  this  meeting.” 

This  is  seconded. 

The  Chairman  then  says  : 

44  Gentlemen,  you  have  heard  the  motion ; 
are  you  ready  for  the  question  ?  ” 

If  any  one  desires  to  speak  against  the  motion, 
or  has  any  remark  to  make,  he  arises,  and  says : 

44  Mr.  Chairman.” 

The  Chairman  turns  towards  the  speaker,  and 
listens  to  him,  and  each  in  succession.  When 
they  are  all  done,  or  in  case  no  one  responds  to 
the  call,  he  puts  the  question  in  the  previous 
form,  and  declares  the  result. 

Committee  on  Resolutions. 

The  resolution  being  adopted,  the  Chairman 
says : 

44 1  will  appoint  as  such  Committee — William 
Jones,  Albert  Hawkins,  and  Henry  Peabody.” 

Where  a  motion  is  made  moving  the  appoint¬ 
ment  of  a  committee,  it  is  parliamentary  usage 
to  appoint,  as  the  first  person  selected  on  such 
committee,  the  mover  of  the  resolution. 

The  Committee  withdraws  to  prepare  the 
resolutions,  or  to  examine  those  previously  pre¬ 
pared  for  the  purpose. 

Upon  the  retirement  of  the  Committee,  the 
audience  will  call  for  the  leading  speakers  of  the 
evening  to  address  the  meeting.  When  the 
speeches  are  concluded,  the  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  comes  forward,  and  says : 


17 


258 


REPORTS  OF  MEETINGS  AND  GOVERNMENT  OF  CONVENTIONS. 


“  ]\Ir.  Chairman,  the  Committee  report  the 
following  resolutions.” 

He  then  reads  the  resolutions,  and  gives 
them  to  the  Secretary. 

The  Chairman  now  says  : 

“You  have  heard  the  resolutions.  What 
shall  he  done  with  them  ? 

Arthur  Bennett  says : 

“  I  move  they  be  adopted.” 

The  motion  is  seconded. 

The  Chairman  then  says  : 

“  The  question  on  the  passage  of  the  resolu¬ 
tions  is  now  before  the  house.  Are  there  any 
remarks  to  be  made  on  the  subject  ?  ”  * 

If  no  objections  are  made,  the  President  will 
put  the  question,  ami  declare  the  result.  The 
formality  of  appointing  a  Committee  on  Resolu¬ 
tions  may  be  avoided  by  the  resolutions  being 
introduced  and  read  by  one  of  the  projectors  of 
the  meeting. 

The  resolutions  adopted,  and  the  speeches 
concluded,  the  Chairman  will  ask  : 

“  What  is  the  further  pleasure  of  the  meet¬ 
ing  ?  ” 

Adjournment. 

If  there  be  no  further  business,  some  one 
moves  an  adjournment.  As  the  question  is 
not  debatable  the  Chairman  puts  it  direct.  If 
carried,  he  says : 

“  The  meeting  is  adjourned.” 

If  thought  best  to  convene  another  meeting, 
the  Chairman  will  declare  : 

“  The  meeting  is  adjourned  to  the  time  fixed 
upon.” 

The  foregoing,  it  will  be  seen,  by  varying  the 
call,  and  changing  the  business  to  suit,  will 
answer  for  most  political  gatherings,  or  any  pub¬ 
lic  meeting. 

If  it  is  desirable  to  make  the  proceedings 
public,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  to  fully 
write  up  the  business  of  the  meeting,  and  trans¬ 
mit  the  same  to  the  nearest  newspaper  favorable 
to  the  cause.  If  the  meeting  be  of  sufficient 

*  If  there  is  a  good  deal  of  husinep*  before  the  meeting,  the  chairman 
may  dispatch  suou  business  much  more  rapidly  byimmediately  putting 
a  question,  wlieu  moved  and  seconded,  without  inviting  remarks. 


importance,  it  maybe  well  for  him,  immediately 
after  being  chosen  to  fill  the  position,  to  move 
the  appointment  of  two  Assistant  Secretaries, 
who  will  aid  him  in  writing  up  the  proceedings 
for  two  or  three  newspapers. 


The  Secretary’s  Report. 


The  Secretary’s  report  of  a  meeting,  will,  of 
course,  vary  according  to  circumstances.  In  the 
record  of  the  foregoing  meeting,  it  would  read 
as  follows  : 


Pursuant  to  call,  a  meeting  of  the  Republican  citizens  of  Monroe 
was  held  in  the  Town  llali  on  Thursday  evening,  Oct.  10th,  Samuel 
Lockwood  being  chosen  president  of  the  meeting,  and  Hiram  Cooper 
appointed  secretary. 

On  motion  of  Mr.  William  Jones,  the  chairman  appointed  as  a  com¬ 
mittee  on  resolutions,  Messrs  Wm.  Jones,  Albert  Hawkins,  and  Henry 
Peabody. 

During  the  absence  of  the  committee,  the  meeting  was  very  ably 
addressed  by  Hon.  W.  Spencer,  of  Belmont,  who  reviewed  the  work 
that  had  been  done  by  this  party,  in  a  speech  of  some  forty  minutes. 

Mr.  Spencer  was  followed  by  Thomas  Hopkins,  Esq.,  of  Cambridge, 
in  a  half  hour’s  speech,  in  which  he  particularly  urg.  d  upon  all  Repub¬ 
licans  the  necessity  of  vigilant  effort  from  this  time  forward  till  the 
election. 

The  committee  on  resolutions  reported  the  following,  which  were 
unanimously  adopted. 

{Here  the  Secretary  inserts  the  Resolutions.) 

On  motion,  the  meeting  was  adjourned. 


Government  of  Conventions. 


While  the  foregoing  form  is  applicable,  with 
suitable  variations,  to  the  management  of  ordi¬ 
nary  public  meetings,  it  is  generally  necessary 
in  political  conventions,  which  contain  fre¬ 
quently  a  large  number  of  delegates  with  a 
great  diversity  of  interests  to  subseive,  seveial 
candidates  being  often  before  the  convention 
seeking  position,  to  make  first  a  temporary,  and 
afterwards  a  permanent  organization. 

Comprised,  as  the  convention  is,  of  delegates,  ^ 
who  are  representatives  from  constituencies 
of  different  parts  of  the  county,  or  state,  the 
assemblage  is  a  legislature  of  the  party,  and  is 
governed  by  nearly  the  same  rules.  The  strict¬ 
est  application  of  these  rules  is  often  necessaij, 
in  order  to  preserve  decorum  in  its  discussions, 
and  dignity  in  its  action. 

A  convention  may  be  called,  either  by  some 
committee  appointed  by  previous  conventions 
to  make  the  call,  or  it  may  be  convened  by 
invitation  of  the  leading  friends  of  a  particular 


GOVERNMENT  OF  MEETINGS  AND  CONVENTIONS - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


259 


cause,  or  measure.  The  call  should  contain 
some  general  directions  as  to  the  mode  of  elect¬ 
ing  delegates. 

The  night  before  the  convention  a  caucus  is 
generally  held  in  the  several  towns  of  the 
county,  for  the  purpose  of  selecting  delegates 
to  attend  the  same.  These  delegates  are  some¬ 
times  instructed  by  the  meeting  to  vote  for  cer¬ 
tain  men  or  measures,  in  the  convention. 

Two  sets  of  officers  are  chosen  in  the  conven¬ 
tion —  temporary,  and  permanent.  The  first  is 
for  the  purpose  of  conducting  the  business  pre¬ 
paratory  to  organization. 

The  temporary  chairman  is  chosen  in  the 
manner  heretofore  designated.  In  selecting 
the  permanent  officers,  it  is  usual  to  allow  the 
delegation  from  each  county,  district  or  town¬ 
ship,  the  right  to  name  one  member  of  the  com¬ 


mittee  on  permanent  organization.  In  order  to 
save  time,  it  is  common  to  appoint  a  committee, 
at  the  same  time,  on  credentials,  whose  duty  it 
is  to  ascertain  if  each  delegate  is  entitled  to  vote 
in  the  convention. 

During  the  interval  that  follows,  it  is  custom¬ 
ary,  while  the  committees  are  engaged  in  their 
labors,  to  call  upon  various  prominent  men  to 
address  the  gathering. 

The  officers  recommended  by  the  committee 
chosen  for  the  purpose,  are  generally  elected ; 
the  real  business  of  the  convention  can  now  be 
performed. 

It  is  customary  to  give  the  thanks  of  the  con¬ 
vention  to  its  officers  just  previous  to  adjourn¬ 
ment.  In  that  case,  the  member  who  makes  the 
motion  puts  the  question  upon  its  adoption, 
and  declares  the  result. 


PARLIAMENTARY  RULES.* 


HE  foregoing  illustration  of  the  method 
of  conducting  public  meetings  and 
conventions  Avill  give  the  reader  a 
general  idea  of  the  mode  of  procedure 
in  the  organization  and  management 
of  any  public  gathering ;  as  many 
questions  arise,  however,  concerning  parliament¬ 
ary  usage  on  disputed  questions,  the  following 
rules  of  order  will  be  of  interest  to  all  persons 
who  may  have  occasion  to  participate  in  the 
work  of  public  meetings : 

Duties  of  the  President  of  a  Meeting. 

The  presiding  officer  of  a  meeting  should  possess  acuteness 
of  hearing,  a  clear,  distinct  voice,  positiveness  of  manner,  self- 
possession,  and  a  clear  understanding  of  his  duties,  which  are 
as  follows : 

First,  if  the  meeting  be  temporary  in  its  character,  the 
president,  having  been  appointed  by  the  members  of  the 
congregation  present,  will,  after  taking  the  chair,  proceed  to 
state  the  object  of  the  meeting,  or  call  upon  some  member  m 
the  audience,  who  is  supposed  to  know  the  object  of  the 
gathering,  to  do  so. 


SELECTION  OF  A  SECRETARY. 

Should  no  one  move  the  appointment  of  a  secretary,  the 
president  will  suggest  the  necessity  of  a  recording  officer,  and 
will  call  upon  the  meeting  to  nominate  a  suitable  person  for 
the  position.  Upon  his  nomination  the  chairman  will  put  the 
same  to  vote  and  announce  the  result,  as  he  will  all  motions 
and  propositions  properly  presented,  that  may  necessarily  arise 
in  the  course  of  the  proceedings. 

In  making  a  statement  to  the  assembly,  or  putting  a  ques¬ 
tion,  it  is  customary  for  the  chairman  to  arise  and  stand  while 
doing  so,  though  he  may  retain  his  seat  if  much  more  conve¬ 
nient,  while  reading  any  communication  or  message  to  the 
meeting. 

ORDER. 

He  should  strictly  maintain  order,  or  call  upon  some  one  or 
more  persons  in  authority  to  do  so  ;  should  see  that  members 
of  the  meeting,  while  engaged  in  the  presenting  of  motions  or 
in  debate,  observe  the  order  and  decorum  enjoined  by  parlia¬ 
mentary  rules  ;  should  decide  all  questions  of  order ;  should 
appoint  members  of  committees  when  required  by  motion  to 
do  so,  and  should  not  leave  his  chair  unless  the  same  be  filled 
by  a  vice  president  (if  there  be  one)  or  by  the  appointment  of 
a  pro  tempore  chairman. 

QUORUM. 

When  presiding  over  a  deliberative  assembly,  such  as 
a  council  or  legislature,  his  actions  will  be  largely  governed 


*  Parliamentary  rules  are  called  ■parliamentary  from  the  fact  that  the  rules  and  regulations  that  now  govern  public  bodies,  throughout  this 
country,  are  substantially  those  that  have  been  long  in  use  by  the  British  Parliament  in  England. 


T 


260 


DUTIES  OF  CHAIRMEN  AND  SECRETARIES - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES 


by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  body  itself.  In  such 
cases  it  is  customary  for  the  chairman  to  ascertain  whether 
or  not  a  quorum  of  members  be  present.  Should  such  not 
prove  to  be  the  case  within  thirty  minutes  from  the  time 
appointed  for  the  opening  of  the  meeting,  it  will  be  in  ordeT  to 
adjourn  from  lack  of  a  quorum,  though  it  will  be  proper  to  send 
an  officer  in  authority  to  secure  the  attendance  of  a  sufficient 
number  of  members  to  make  a  quorum,  whereby  business  may 
be  transacted. 

At  any  time  during  the  session,  should  it  be  ascertained  that 
less  than  a  quorum  of  members  is  in  attendance,  the  chair¬ 
man  must  announce  the  fact,  and  suspend  the  transaction  of 
business,  as  the  proceedings  of  the  meeting  are  illegal  when 
less  than  a  quorum  is  present. 

Should  the  meeting  open  with  a  quorum  of  members,  some 
of  whom  should  afterwards  leave,  and  the  fact  be  discovered 
when  calling  the  yeas  and  nays  upon  any  question,  that  a  quo¬ 
rum  is  not  present,  the  meeting  should  adjourn.  It  will  be  in 
order  to  take  up  the  uncompleted  business  at  the  next  meeting 
exactly  at  the  same  point  it  was  when  the  absence  of  a  quorum 
was  ascertained  at  the  preceding  meeting. 

SIGNING  PUBLIC  DOCUMENTS. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  presiding  officer  to  place  his  signature 
to  all  documents  and  proceedings  of  the  assembly,  when  neces¬ 
sary,  in  order  to  authenticate  the  same. 

In  general,  the  chairman  being  created  by  the  meeting,  as  a 
representative  of  the  members  present,  his  duty  is  to  obey  their 
commands,  and  declare  the  will  of  the  assemblage  in  a  just  and 
impartial  manner. 

Duties  of  the  Secretary. 

The  secretary,  upon  taking  the  chair  at  a  temporary  meeting, 
will  provide  himself  with  the  necessary  stationery  with  which 
to  note  the  proceedings  on  the  occasion. 

READING  CALL,  ETC. 

He  will,  upon  request  of  the  president,  read  the  call  for  the 
meeting,  all  communications,  messages,  and  resolutions  that 
maybe  offered  ;  will  furnish  a  copy  of  the  proceedings  for  pub¬ 
lication,  if  desirable,  or  for  any  person  interested  who  may 
wish  to  examine  the  same  ;  and  will  preserve  the  record  of  pro¬ 
ceedings  for  presentation  and  examination  at  a  subsequent 
meeting,  if  held. 

WHAT  TO  MAKE  RECORD  OF. 

The  secretary  of  a  deliberative  assembly  will,  after  reading 
the  minutes  of  preceding  meeting,  make  note  of  and  enter  upon 
his  journal  the  substance  of  all  proceedings  and  enactments 
passed  by  the  assemblage.  All  discussions,  motions  proposed, 
and  other  matter  not  voted  upon,  are  not  entered.  Such  is  the 
rule  in  legislative  assembles.  In  other  meetings  it  is  frequent¬ 
ly  customary  to  present  a  report,  not  only  of  what  is  actually 
done,  but  also  an  outline  of  the  discussions  and  proceed¬ 
ings  in  the  meeting. 

PRESERVATION  OF  IMPORTANT  PAPERS. 

The  secretary  should  file  all  papers  of  importance,  after  hav¬ 
ing  read  the  same,  and  being  the  custodian  of  all  such,  should 


never  allow  any  member  or  other  person  to  remove  them 
without  permission  from  or  direction  of  the  assembly. 

CALLING  ROLL  AND  SIGNING  PAPERS. 

He  should  call  the  roll  when  ordered,  for  the  purpose  of 
either  noting  the  absentees  or  taking  a  vote  of  the  yeas  and 
nays.  He  will  inform  committees  of  their  appointment,  the 
nature  of  the  business  they  are  chosen  to  consider,  will  authen¬ 
ticate  all  proceedings,  acts,  and  orders  of  the  meeting  by  his 
signature,  and  will  issue  calls  for  special  sittings. 

It  is  customary  for  the  secretary  to  stand  while  reading  any 
extended  document  or  calling  the  roll  of  members  in  large 
assemblages,  and  to  retain  his  place  throughout  the  session  of 
the  meeting  unless  some  one  be  appointed  pro  tempore  to  act  as 
secretary  during  his  absence.  Where  one  or  several  assistant 
secretaries  are  chosen,  less  inconvenience  is  occasioned  by  the 
temporary  absence  of  the  secretary. 

The  Treasurer. 

The  office  of  treasurer,  while  often  distinct,  is  frequently 
coupled  with  that  of  secretary.  This  portion  of  his  duty  con¬ 
sists  in  entering  in  a  book  provided  for  the  purpose,  an  account 
of  all  moneys  received  and  disbursed  in  behalf  of  the  body 
which  he  serves. 

ORDERS  TO  PAY  MONEY. 

The  rule  is,  to  pay  out  no  moneys  without  an  order  bearing 
the  signatures  of  the  president  and  secretary,  or  the  chairman 
of  a  finance  committee,  who  is  empowered  to  audit  bills,  which 
orders  the  treasurer  should  carefully  preserve  as  vouchers. 

BONDS. 

It  is  further  customary  to  require  bonds  of  such  officer  for 
the  faithful  performance  of  his  duty,  where  any  considerable 
amount  of  money  is  handled,  he  being  also  required  to  yield 
possession  of  his  books  to  his  successor,  in  good  order. 

The  Committees. 

All  public  bodies  find  it  necessary,  in  order  to  systematize 
their  work  and  expedite  business,  to  appoint  certain  individu¬ 
als  of  their  number  to  have  charge  and  control  of  certain  de¬ 
partments  of  the  work,  relating  to  their  deliberations. 

SELECT  AND  STANDING  COMMITTEES. 

Where  appointed  for  a  particular  occasion,  the  committee  is 
known  as  and  called  a  select  committee  ;  where  appointed  at 
the  beginning  of  a  session,  to  consider  all  matters  of  a  certain 
nature,  it  is  termed  a  standing  committee. 

COMMITTEE  OF  THE  WHOLE. 

A  “  committee  of  the  whole  ”  consists  of  all  the  members. 
As  it  is  the  duty  of  the  standing  and  select  committees  to  pre¬ 
pare  measures  to  be  acted  upon  by  the  full  assembly,  so  it  is 
the  duty  of  the  “committee  of  the  whole  ”  to  consider  and  ar¬ 
range  the  preliminaries  of  the  business  that  the  assembly  is  to 
consider.  This  committee  can  act  with  much  less  formality 
than  is  consistent  with  the  customary  fc  rms  of  parliamentary 
usage  in  full  assemblage. 


DUTIES  OF  COMMITTEES - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


261 


Appointment  of  Committees. 

The  constitution  and  by-laws  of  an  association  usually  pro¬ 
vide  for  the  appointment  of  standing  committees,  who  sit  per¬ 
manently  during  the  session.  The  members  of  such  commit¬ 
tees  in  deliberative  assemblies,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  are 
appointed  by  the  presiding  officer. 

The  necessity  of  a  select  committee  is  usually  suggested  by 
some  member  of  the  assembly,  who  frequently  moves  that  a 
certain  number  be  appointed,  either  by  the  chairman  or  the 
meeting.  Should  this  committee  be  appointed  by  the  meeting, 
it  is  customary  to  select  by  majority  vote  one  at  a  time,  thus 
giving  the  assembly  ample  time  to  consider  the  fitness  of  each 
candidate  for  the  proposed  committee  ;  though  the  entire  num¬ 
ber  may  be  voted  upon  at  once,  if  thought  desirable,  to  save 
time. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  A  COMMITTEE. 

While  the  members  of  the  committee  possess  the  right  to 
select  their  chairman,  it  is  a  recognized  courtesy  to  select  the  first 
person  appointed  on  the  committee  as  chairman  of  such  com¬ 
mittee. 

The  necessity  of  appointing  a  new  committee  is  sometimes 
obviated,  if  there  be  already  a  committee  appointed,  by 
assigning  the  matter  to  be  considered  to  such  committee. 

VARIOUS  COMMITTEES. 

In  most  legislative  bodies  the  committees  appointed  by  the 
presiding  officer  at  the  opening  of  the  session,  are  sufficient  in 
number  to  appropriately  consider  any  subject  that  may  be 
brought  before  the  meeting.  Thus,  in  the  City  Council,  there 
is  usually  provision  made  for  the  appointment  of  a  committee 
on  “police,”  on  “  fire  and  water,”  on  “abatement  of  taxes,” 
on  “streets  and  alleys,”  on  “license,”  public  grounds,”  etc. 
Committees  are  also  appointed  by  legislative  assemblies,  whose 
duty  it  is  to  consider  everything  of  a  judicial  character,  mat¬ 
ters  relating  to  taxation,  public  institutions,  etc.  Any  matter 
arising  during  the  session,  decidedly  distinct  in  its  character, 
and  requiring  considerable  deliberation,  is  usually  referred,  by 
motion  of  one  of  the  members  of  the  assembly,  to  the  commit¬ 
tee  having  jurisdiction  over  that  kind  of  business. 

CALLING  THE  COMMITTEE  TOGETHER. 

When  a  committee  is  appointed,  it  is  usual  for  the  first 
named  member  to  call  such  committee  together  as  soon  as 
possible,  though  it  is  not  allowable  for  a  committee  to  hold  its 
meeting  during  the  session  of  the  main  body,  unless  ordered  to 
do  so. 

Committee  Reports. 

No  order  is  necessary  to  require  a  committee  to  report. 
Whenever  a  conclusion  is  arrived  at  by  the  majority,  a  report 
should  be  made  by  the  chairman  of  the  committee  to  the  main 
body.  The  minority  of  a  committee  can  also  present  a  report, 
by  obtaining  leave  to  do  so.  If  a  majority  cannot  be  obtained, 
or  an  agreement  made,  the  committee  should  report  the  fact  and 
ask  to  be  discharged.  Upon  being  discharged,  a  new  com¬ 
mittee  may  be  appointed  as  before,  or  the  matter  may  be  dis¬ 
posed  of  by  the  main  body. 


RECEIVING  THE  REPORT. 

When  a  report  is  made,  the  chairman,  or  person  appointed 
to  present  the  report  of  the  committee,  rises  in  the  assembly, 
and  states  to  the  presiding  officer  that  the  committee  which  he 
represents  is  ready  to  make  their  report  concerning  the  matter 
which  they  have  had  under  consideration.  The  person  making 
this  announcement  may  himself  move  that  the  report  be  re¬ 
ceived  and  (if  a  select  committee)  the  committee  discharged, 
though  it  is  more  usual  for  some  other  member  of  the  assem¬ 
bly  ;o  make  such  motion.  The  question  is  then  put  by  the 
presiding  officer  to  the  meeting,  as  to  whether  the  report  will 
be  received  then  ;  or,  if  not  then,  a  time  is  fixed  upon  when  it 
will  be  received. 

REPORT  IN  WRITING. 

The  person  making  the  report  usually  presents  the  same  in 
writing,  reading  the  document  in  his  place,  after  which  he  pre¬ 
sents  the  report,  and  all  papers  relating  to  the  subject,  to  the 
secretary  ;  or  the  report  may  be  given  to  the  secretary  to  read, 
after  which  the  meeting  will  consider  the  matter  of  its  accept¬ 
ance.  As  a  rule,  upon  someone  member  of  the  meeting  moving 
the  acceptance  of  the  report,  the  same  being  seconded,  the  presid¬ 
ing  officer  will  announce  the  report  accepted,  without  taking  a 
vote  thereon.  If,  however,  decided  objection  is  made,  a  vote 
by  the  meeting  will  be  taken. 

A  report  by  a  select  committee  being  accepted,  the  commit¬ 
tee  is  dissolved,  though  anything  further  arising  on  the  ques¬ 
tion,  the  matter  may  be  recommitted  to  the  same  committee. 
When  accepting  a  report,  it  is  common  for  a  member  to  move 
that  the  report  be  accepted  and  the  committee  discharged. 

Reports  may  be  made  by  the  simple  expression  of  opinion 
by  the  committee,  or  by  resolution  or  resolutions. 

Committee  of  the  Whole. 

When  it  becomes  necessary  for  the  assembly  to  form  itself 
into  a  committee  of  the  whole,  such  action  is  taken  on  motion 
of  some  member  of  the  meeting.  The  motion  being  carried, 
the  presiding  officer  appoints  a  chairman  of  the  committee, 
and  himself  takes  a  seat  with  the  other  members  of  the  assem¬ 
bly,  the  chairman  of  the  committee  taking  his  seat  with  the 
clerk  at  the  secretary’s  desk. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  COMMITTEE  OF  THE  WHOLE. 

The  chairman  appointed  by  the  presiding  officer  is  usually 
accepted  by  the  meeting,  though  the  meeting  possesses  the 
power  to  select  another  chairman,  should  the  members  see  fit 
to  enforce  the  privilege,  some  one  member  of  the  meeting  put¬ 
ting  the  question  on  the  selection  of  another  candidate. 

QUORUM. 

The  same  number  is  necessary  in  the  committee  of  the 
whole  to  form  a  quorum  as  in  the  main  body,  and  should 
the  number  be  less  than  a  quorum,  the  committee  is  com¬ 
pelled  to  rise,  when  the  chairman  informs  the  presiding 
officer  that  the  committee  is  unable  to  transact  business  for  want 
of  a  quorum. 

DISSOLVING  THE  COMMITTEE. 

While  the  committee  of  the  whole  is  in  session  the  president 
usually  remains  in  the  room,  so  that,  should  any  disturbance 


262 


RIGHTS  AND  DUTIES  OF  MEMBERS  OF  MEETINGS - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


arise  in  the  committee,  he  may  take  the  chair,  dissolve  the 
committee,  and  restore  the  body  to  order.  Should  such  action 
he  taken,  the  motion  must  be  put  as  before,  that  the  committee 
may  sit  again. 

The  secretary  makes  no  record  in  his  journal  of  the  proceed- 
ings  of  the  committee,  but  only  the  report  of  such  committee 
to  the  main  budy. 

COMMITTEE  OF  THE  WHOLE  CANNOT  ADJOURN. 

A  committee  of  the  whole  cannot  adjourn  ;  it  must  rise. 
Neither  does  it  take  the  ayes  and  noes,  nor  take  up  the  pre¬ 
vious  question. 

If  unable  to  finish  the  business  before  time  for  adjournment, 
the  committee  may  rise  ;  the  presiding  officer  will  resume  the 
chair ;  the  chairman  of  the  committee  will  report  progress  and 
ask  leave  to  sit  again,  which  leave  is  usually  granted  upon  mo¬ 
tion. 

REPORT  TO  THE  MAIN  BODY. 

Should  the  subject  be  concluded,  on  motion  the  committee 
will  rise,  the  president  will  resume  his  seat,  and  the  committee 
will  report  its  proceedings  and  conclusions  to  the  main  body, 
upon  the  motion  of  some  member,  as  with  other  reports. 

With  the  exception  that  members  may  speak  as  often  as 
they  can  obtain  the  floor  in  committee  of  the  whole,  the  same 
rules  apply  to  the  committee  of  the  whole  as  govern  the  main 
body. 

THE  SECRETARY. 

The  assistant  clerk  usually  acts  as  secretary  of  the  commit¬ 
tee  of  the  whole,  and  the  presiding  officer  of  the  main  body 
may  participate  in  the  proceedings  of  the  committee  of  the 
whole,  along  with  the  other  members  of  the  assembly. 

EXAMINATION  OF  MATTER  BEFORE  THE  COMMITTEE. 

In  the  case  of  any  communication  referred  to  a  committee, 
it  is  usual  to  proceed  to  have  it  read  by  the  clerk,  section  by 
section,  or  paragraph  by  paragraph,  he  noting  such  sugges¬ 
tions  as  the  members  may  see  fit  to  make,  and  adding  such 
amendments  as  may  be  thought  best. 

Should  the  paper  originate  in  the  committee,  erasures  and 
interlineations  may  be  made  on  such  paper,  in  such  number  as 
may  be  thought  best,  though  a  clean  copy  of  the  same  should 
be  made  when  completed.  Should  the  paper  originate  out¬ 
side  of  the  committee,  amendments  and  changes  should  be 
made  on  a  separate  sheet  of  paper.  When  the  amendments 
are  complete,  the  committee  should  rise,  and  report  to  the 
general  assembly. 

Duties  of  Members  of  a  Meeting. 

Having  defined  the  duties  of  the  officers  and  committees,  it 
is  equally  important  that  members  of  the  assembly  also  under¬ 
stand  their  duties  and  privileges. 

EQUALITY  OF  MEMBERS. 

An  assemblage  of  citizens,  meeting  in  deliberative  assembly 
is,  in  the  highest  sense  of  the  term,  a  representation  of 
a  free  and  independent  people,  standing,  for  the  time, 
upon  a  plane  of  exact  equality.  Every  member  of  the  meet¬ 
ing  will  assume  the  position  he  is  fitted  to  fill,  and  will  win 


the  esteem  and  respect  of  his  associates  there,  in  proportion  to 
his  worth,  perhaps  more  nearly  than  anywhere  else. 

APPRECIATION  OF  EACH  MEMBER’S  ABILITY. 

If  well  informed  in  parliamentary  usage,  the  fact  is  very 
clearly  seen.  If  possessed  of  a  high  degree  of  intellectual 
culture — -if  gifted  with  fluency  of  speech  and  readiness  in  de¬ 
bate —  the  fact  is  clearly  shown  on  such  an  occasion  as  this. 
Wealth  and  poverty  stand  side  by  side.  Eminence  in  position 
and  lowliness  of  condition  are  lost  sight  of  for  the  time,  and 
the  real  worth  of  the  speaker,  and  active  participator  in  the 
public  meeting,  is  revealed  in  the  proceedings  of  the  as¬ 
sembly. 

The  same  rights  being  accorded  to  all,  it  therefore  becomes 
each  member  to  exhibit  such  deportment  as  will,  in  the  highest 
degree,  promote  the  harmony  and  efficiency  of  the  meeting. 

ORDER  AND  DEPORTMENT  OF  MEMBERS. 

Upon  calling  the  meeting  to  order,  every  member  should,  if 
possible,  become  seated,  with  head  uncovered.  The  member 
w  ishing  to  speak  will  arise  and  address  the  presiding  officer, 
when  the  president,  upon  hearing  such  address,  will  call  the 
member  by  name,  or  indicate  him  by  position,  that  the  body 
may  give  attention  to  his  remarks. 

It  is  customary  for  a  member  to  stand  while  speaking,  if  able 
to  do  so,  and  the  rules  of  decorum  forbid  any  unseemly  con¬ 
duct  upon  the  part  of  other  members,  calculated  to  disturb  the 
speaker,  such  as  general  conversation,  laughing,  hissing,  or 
passing  about  the  room  between  the  speaker  and  the  presiding 
officer. 

Right  to  the  Floor. 

Two  or  more  persons  arising  to  speak  at  nearly  the  same 
time,  the  chairman  will  decide  who  was  first  up,  by  calling  the 
name  or  otherwise  indicating  such  person,  whereupon  he  pro¬ 
ceeds,  unless  he  voluntarily  withdraws  in  favor  of  another.  In 
case  the  president  is  unable  to  decide  the  matter,  it  should  be 
left  for  the  meeting  to  determine  who  is  entitled  to  the  floor. 
Readiness  of  discernment,  and  promptness  of  decision,  how¬ 
ever,  upon  the  part  of  the  chairman,  usually  render  this  appeal 
unnecessary. 

TREATMENT  OF  A  DISORDERLY  PERSON. 

In  cases  of  persistency  in  any  improper  course  of  action,  or 
breaches  of  decorum,  it  is  in  order  for  any  member  of  the 
assembly  to  make  complaint  of  such  offending  member  to  the 
chairman,  who  names  the  offender,  states  in  presence  of  the 
meeting  the  offence  complained  of,  and  offers  the  offender  an 
opportunity  for  explanation  of  his  conduct. 

WITHDRAWAL  FROM  THE  ASSEMBLY. 

If  the  offence  is  of  such  grave  character  as  to  require  the  ac¬ 
tion  of  the  meeting  upon  the  same,  the  member  so  offending 
should  withdraw,  though  the  privilege  may  be  given  him  of  re¬ 
maining.  It  is  optional  with  the  meeting  whether  the  member 
be  allowed  to  remain  or  not,  while  his  conduct  is  being  con¬ 
sidered  by  the  assembly.  In  no  case,  however,  should  he  vote 
upon  matters  relating  to  himself.  If  he  does  so,  the  vote 
should  not  be  received,  as  no  person  has  a  right  to  act  as  judge 
I  upon  his  own  conduct. 


INTRODUCING  BUSINESS  AT  PUBLIC  MEETINGS - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES.  203 


KINDS  OF  PUNISHMENT  INFLICTED. 

After  a  due  consideration  of  the  offense,  the  assembly  may 
reprimand  the  offender  ;  may  deprive  him  of  the  privilege  of 
voting,  or  speaking,  for  a  certain  length  of  time  ;  may  compel 
him  to  apologize,  or  suffer  expulsion  ;  or,  if  deemed  for  the 
best  interests  of  the  assembly,  may  expel  him  from  the  associa¬ 
tion. 

Speaking  to  the  Question. 

No  one  can  speak  more  than  once  to  the  same  question, 
without  permission  from  the  assembly,  even  though  he 
may  change  his  mind  on  the  subject ;  when  he  obtains  the 
floor,  he  may  speak  as  long  as  he  chooses,  unless  a  regulation 
exists  to  the  contrary.  The  person  introducing  the  subject, 
however,  after  every  one  else  wishing  to  speak  on  the  matter 
has  spoken,  may  close  the  debate. 

MAKING  EXPLANATION. 

A  member  may,  however,  be  permitted  to  make  an  explana¬ 
tion  relating  to  any  material  part  of  his  speech,  though  he  is 
not  allowed  to  review  the  same  at  length  for  the  purpose 
of  introducing  additional  arguments. 

RESPECT  DUE  THE  CHAIRMAN. 

Upon  the  chairman  rising  to  make  any  explanation  or  state¬ 
ment,  the  member  occupying  the  floor  at  the  time  should  re¬ 
sume  his  seat,  giving  the  president  an  opportunity  of  being 
heard. 

DESIGNATING  MEMBERS  OF  THE  ASSEMBLY . 

The  rule  of  a  well  conducted  meeting,  in  order  to  prevent 
personalities,  is  to  avoid  calling  any  person  by  name  during  a 
debate  in  assembly  ;  it  being  customary  to  designate  the  person 
referred  to  by  number,  or  as  the  member  from  such  a  state, 
such  a  county  or  district,  or  “my  opponent,”  “  my  colleague,” 
or  the  member  who  spoke  last,  etc. 

Impropriety  of  Personalities. 

To  secure  continued  harmony  among  members  of  a  public 
assembly,  everything  of  a  personal  nature  should  be  studiously 
avoided.  Any  allusion  to  the  personal  appearance  of  another 
member,  reference  to  his  peculiarities,  ridicule  of  his  private 
opinions  on  political  or  religious  matters,  is  all  very  ungentle- 
manly,  and  will,  in  the  end,  react  to  the  injury  of  the  person 
making  the  remarks.  Such  a  course  of  action  will  sometimes 
make  a  lifelong  enemy  of  the  person  alluded  to.  It  is  desirable 
for  each  member  of  the  assembly  to  secure  all  the  friends  in  the 
meeting  it  is  possible  to  obtain  ;  to  do  this,  he  should  treat 
every  member  of  the  meeting  as  he  would  wish  to  be  treated, 
under  like  circumstances.  The  speaker  should  confine 
himself  closely  to  principles  involved  in  the  subject  he  is 
treating,  though  he  may  criticise  the  position  taken  by  his  ad¬ 
versary.  Any  personal  allusions,  however,  should  be  of  a 
courteous  and  complimentary  character. 

NECESSITY  OF  THE  CHAIRMAN  PRESERVING  ORDER. 

When  a  member  fails  to  observe  the  rules  of  decency  and 
decorum,  becomes  personal  and  offensive,  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
chairman  to  call  the  speaker  immediately  to  order,  and  check 
such  language.  The  neglect  of  a  presiding  officer  to  do  this  will 


frequently  cause  a  body  that  meets  in  continuous  session  to  be¬ 
come  greatly  demoralized,  and  cause  it  to  lose  its  power  and 
efficiency  for  good. 

CALLING  TO  ORDER. 

When  a  member  is  called  to  order  by  the  president  he  should 
take  his  seat,  unless  allowed  to  explain.  In  case  the  meeting 
be  appealed  to,  the  question  is  decided  without  debate.  If  the 
body  is  not  appealed  to,  the  question  shall  be  decided  by  the 
chair.  If  the  decision  be  favorable,  the  speaker  is  allowed  to 
proceed  ;  if  unfavorable,  the  speaker  is  not  allowed  to  proceed 
without  permission  of  the  assembly. 

Introducing  the  Business  of  a  Meeting. 

The  officers  and  members  of  an  assembly  understanding 
their  duties,  they  are  then  in  readiness  for  the  transaction  of 
such  business  as  may  come  before  the  meeting,  or  any  work 
they  may  have  met  to  consider. 

In  legislative  assemblies,  generally,  the  order  of  business  is 
provided  for  in  the  by-laws  of  the  association,  and  generally 
comes  in  the  following  order: 

I.  The_  secretary  reads  his  record  of  the  preceding  meeting. 
2.  Reports  of  standing  committees.  3.  Reports  of  special 
committees.  4.  Special  orders.  5.  Unfinished  business.  6. 
New  business. 

Official  Form  of  Conducting  a  Meeting. 

The  rapidity  with  which  business  may  be  transacted  in  a  de¬ 
liberative  assembly  will  greatly  depend  upon  the  readiness  of 
action,  and  executive  ability  of  the  presiding  officer.  If  such 
officer  be  thoroughly  informed  in  parliamentary  usage,  quick 
and  positive  in  decision,  the  council  or  association  that  other¬ 
wise  would  be  detained  in  discussions  and  business  half  the 
day  or  night,  may  have  the  same  business  dispatched  in  an 
hour. 

PROMPTITUDE  OF  THE  PRESIDING  OFFICER. 

The  president  should  be  promptly  in  his  seat  at  the  minute 
appointed,  and  should  strictly  enjoin  upon  members  the  neces¬ 
sity  of  punctuality.  Thus,  much  time  is  gained  in  the  early 
part  of  a  meeting. 

Upon  taking  the  chair,  the  president  will  give  the  signal, 
and  will  say,  “  The  meeting  (or  council,  society,  club,  associa¬ 
tion,  as  the  case  may  be)  will  please  come  to  order.” 

READING  OF  THE  MINUTES. 

If  a  previous  meeting  has  been  held,  and  the  record  of  the 
same  has  been  kept  by  the  secretary,  the  president  will  say  • 

“  The  secretary  will  please  read  the  minutes.” 

The  minutes  of  the  preceding  meeting  should  be  as  brief  as 
possible,  and  plainly  state  the  work  transacted  at  the  last  meet¬ 
ing.  At  the  close  of  their  reading,  the  president  will  say: 

“  You  have  heard  the  minutes  read  ;  what  action  will  you 
take  on  them  ?  ” 

If  the  minutes  are  correct,  some  member  will  say  ■  “  I  move 
the  minutes  stand  approved.”  This  motion  is  seconded,  when 
the  president  says : 

“  It  is  moved  and  seconded  that  the  minutes  stand  ap- 


264  PRESENTING  PETITIONS;  CALLING  AYES  AND  NOES - PARLIAMENTARY  ROLES. 


proved  All  in  favor  of  the  motion  manifest  the  same  by 
saying  ‘  Aye  !  ’  ” 

“  Those  of  the  contrary  opinion,  ‘  No  !  ’  ” 

The  formality  of  a  vote  on  the  minutes  is  dispensed  with  in 
many  associations,  as  follows  : 

At  the  close  of  the  reading  of  the  minutes,  the  president 
says : 

“  You  have  heard  the  reading  of  the  minutes  ;  what  action 
will  you  take  thereon  ?  ” 

A  member  says,  “  I  move  that  the  minutes,  as  read,  stand 
approved.” 

The  president  says,  “  If  no  objection  is  offered,  the  minutes 
will  stand  approved.” 

The  president  will  then  promptly  call  for  reports  of  “  stand¬ 
ing  committees,”  if  there  be  a  standing  rule  to  that  effect, 

“  special  committees,”  etc.,  reports,  petitions,  etc.,  from  the 
members,  passing  in  under  each  head. 

New  Business. 

New  business  usually  comes  in  under  the  head  of  communi¬ 
cations  or  petitions,  and  is  presented  by  some  member  rising 
to  his  feet  and  saying  : 

“  Mr.  president  (or  Mr.  chairman).” 

The  attention  of  the  president  having  been  arrested,  he  will 
call  the  member  by  name,  or  designate  his  number,  and  an¬ 
nounce  his  willingness  for  the  member  to  proceed. 

TWO  PERSONS  RISING  AT  THE  SAME  TIME. 

If  two  members  should  rise  at  nearly  the  same  time,  the  presi¬ 
dent  will  determine  who  was  first  up.  If  his  opinion  is  ap¬ 
pealed  from,  the  matter  will  be  decided  by  a  majority  vote 
of  the  meeting.  Should  there  be  a  tie,  the  president  will 
vote  and  determine  the  matter. 

A  member  making  a  statement  relating  to  some  matter,  or 
presenting  a  communication  or  petition  in  writing  from 
some  person  or  persons,  such  communication  or  petition  should 
be  signed  by  the  petitioner  or  petitioners. 

Presenting  Petitions. 

The  member  who  presents  a  petition  should  be  so  informed 
of  the  character  of  his  petition,  as  to  be  able  to  make  a  plain 
statement  of  the  nature  of  its  contents,  and  whether  it  is 
worthy  of  consideration  or  not. 

The  person  presenting  the  petition,  or  some  other  member, 
may  move  that  the  communication  be  received,  and  referred  to 
the  committee  having  charge  of  that  class  of  business.  At  the 
same  time,  he  should  give  the  paper  to  the  secretary. 

His  motion  being  seconded,  the  president  will  say  : 

“If  no  objection  is  offered,  the  communication  (or  petition, 
as  the  case  may  be)  is  so  referred. 

The  secretary  makes  note  of  the  fact,  and  holds  the  paper  in 
his  custody,  until  given  to  the  proper  committee. 

IMMEDIATE  ACTION  ON  THE  PETITION. 

If  it  is  desirable  to  have  the  petition  acted  upon  at  once,  the 
person  presenting  it  offers  a  motion  to  that  effect,  and  upon  its 
being  seconded  it  is  put  to  vote  by  the  president,  as  follows : 

“  It  has  been  moved  and  seconded  that  ( here  the  president 
should  so  distinctly  state  the  question  that  all  may  understand  the 


proposition  before  the  meeting).  All  in  favor  of  the  motion  will 
manifest  the  same  by  saying  ‘  Aye  1  ’  ” 

When  the  ayes  have  voted,  he  will  say  : 

“  All  opposed  to  the  motion,  ‘  No  !’” 

Or  the  motion  having  just  been  made,  the  president  may 
say : 

“It  has  been  moved  and  seconded  that  (here  he  states  the 
question )  be  passed.  All  in  favor  of  the  same,  etc.” 

Calling  the  Ayes  and  Noes. 

Frequently  the  member  who  makes  a  motion,  for  the  purpose 
of  placing  the  ayes  and  noes  of  each  member  on  record,  will 
say : 

“  I  move  the  adoption  of  the  resolution,  and  that  the  clerk 
call  the  ayes  and  noes  thereon.” 

The  president  will  then  state  the  question,  and  say : 

“  The  clerk  will  please  call  the  ayes  and  noes.” 

As  a  rule,  unless  a  motion  receives  a  second,  the  question  is 
not  put  to  vote  ;  the  idea  being  that  if  a  motion  does  not  pos¬ 
sess  sufficient  popularity  to  secure  a  second,  it  is  not  worth  the 
while  to  take  up  the  time  of  the  assembly  in  putting  the  same 
to  vote. 

Stating  the  Question. 

A  motion  that  has  been  made  and  seconded,  has  next  to  be 
stated  by  the  president.  Until  it  is  so  stated,  no  action  can  be 
taken  thereon,  as  it  is  not  yet  before  the  meeting  for  discus¬ 
sion.  Having  been  stated,  and  being  before  the  meeting,  it 
can  only  be  withdrawn  by  motion  and  second,  the  same  as  it 
was  iniroduced. 

EXPLANATION  OF  THE  QUESTION. 

Whenever  any  member  fails  to  understand  the  question,  the 
president  should  state  the  same  for  the  information  of  the 
member,  if  desired. 

The  assembly  can  consider  but  one  question  at  a  time,  which 
should  be  disposed  of  before  another  question  can  be  intro¬ 
duced. 

INTRODUCTION  OF  MOTIONS. 

As  a  rule,  to  insure  the  passage  of  a  resolution,  it  is  safest 
for  the  person  introducing  the  same  to  have  the  proposition 
plainly  reduced  to  writing  ( see  chapter  on  resolutions).  Thus 
the  clerk  or  president  having  occasion  to  announce  the  motion, 
is  much  more  likely  to  bring  the  matter  clearly  before  the 
meeting. 

Whether  the  proposition  readily  receive  the  sanction  of  the 
assembly  or  not  will  depend  upon  the  following  conditions  : 

1.  The  assembly  should  completely  understand  the  objects, 
tendency,  and  character  of  the  resolution,  or 

2.  If  the  resolution  relate  to  a  matter  of  public  interest, 
and  is  obviously  a  subject  that  requires  immediate  atten¬ 
tion,  and  its  passage  will  be  of  very  decided  benefit,  an  assem¬ 
bly  will  be  apt  to  consider  it  favorably  at  once,  and  will  be 
likely  to  take  immediate  action  relating  to  its  passage. 

TEMPORARY  SUPPRESSION  OF  THE  QUESTION. 

If,  however,  the  body  deem  the  proposition  of  no  especial 
consequence,  or  wish  more  time  for  the  investigation  of  the 


HOW  TO  ADOPT  OR  DEFEAT  RESOLUTIONS - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES.  265 


subject,  or  an  opportunity  to  make  amendments  and  changes 
rendering  it  more  acceptable,  then  they  may  cause  its 
suppression,  at  least  for  a  time,  by  some  member  moving 
that  the  question  lie  on  the  table.  If  this  is  seconded,  this 
question  takes  precedence  of  any  other  before  the  assembly. 

If  this  motion  is  decided  in  the  affirmative,  the  main  ques¬ 
tion,  and  all  matters  relating  to  it,  is  removed  from  before  the 
meeting,  until  such  time  as  it  suits  the  convenience  of  the  as¬ 
sembly  to  take  the  matter  up. 

If  decided  in  the  negative,  the  business  relating  to  the  prin¬ 
cipal  motion  before  the  house  will  proceed,  as  though  the  mo¬ 
tion  to  “  lie  on  the  table  ”  had  not  been  made. 

Previous  Question. 

A  question  may  be  postponed  by  moving  the  previous 
question,  which  is  done  as  follows : 

Upon  a  motion  being  made  to  adopt  a  resolution,  it  is  allow¬ 
able  for  a  member  to  move  that  “  the  question  be  now  put.” 
This  last  motion,  which  is  termed  moving  the  previous  ques¬ 
tion,  becomes  the  immediate  question  before  the  house,  and  at 
once  shuts  off  debate  on  the  main  question.  When  the  friends 
of  a  measure  are  afraid  to  have  the  same  discussed,  it  is  com¬ 
mon  for  them  to  move  that  “the  question  be  now  put hoping 
to  have  strength  enough,  if  the  resolution  is  not  discussed,  to 
carry  their  point.  If  their  motion  is  carried,  then  the  original 
question  is  put,  and  immediately  disposed  of. 

It  is  common,  also,  for  the  party  anxious  to  defeat  a  measure, 
being  fearful  that  its  discussion  will  make  a  favorable  impres¬ 
sion  on  the  members,  to  move  “  that  the  question  be  now  put 
their  hope  being  that  the  members,  being  unacquainted  with 
the  resolution,  will  not  consent  to  its  adoption,  until  it  has  been 
more  thoroughly  discussed. 

POSTPONEMENT  OF  THE  QUESTION. 

When  it  is  decided  that  the  question  should  not  then  be  put, 
all  further  discussion  of  the  original  question  is  usually  post¬ 
poned  for  that  day.  This  depends  upon  the  standing  rule  of 
assembly,  however.  With  some  state  legislatures  it  is  the  rule, 
if  the  question  is  decided  in  the  negative,  to  resume  the  debate 
and  pioceed  with  the  discussion. 

Formerly,  in  the  English  parliament,  when  it  was  decided 
that  the  question  be  not  put,  the  question  could  not  be  brought 
up  again  during  the  session.  At  the  present  time,  however,  the 
decision  that  the  motion  shall  not  be  put,  effects  a  postpone¬ 
ment  only  until  the  next  day.* 

*  “The  operation  of  a  negative  decision  is  different  in  different 
assemblies;  in  some,  as  for  example,  in  Hie  house  of  representatives  of 
congress,  it  operates  to  dispose  of  the  principal  or  main  question, 
by  suppressing  or  removing  it  from  before  the  house  for  the  day; 
but  in  others,  as  in  the  house  of  representatives  of  Massachusetts, 
and  in  the  house  of  assembly  of  New  York  (in  the  former  by 
usage  only,  and  in  the  latter  by  rule),  the  effect  of  a  negative  decision 
of  the  previous  question  is  to  leave  the  main  question  under  debate  for 
the  residue  of  the  sitting,  unless  sooner  disposed  of  by  taking  the 
question,  or  in  some  other  manner. 

In  England,  the  previous  question  is  used  only  for  suppressing  a 
main  question ;  the  object  of  the  mover  is  to  obtain  a  decision  of  if  in 
the  negative;  and  the  effect  of  such  a  decision,  though  in  strictness 
only  to  suppress  the  question  forthe  day,  is,  practically  and  by  parlia¬ 
mentary  usage,  to  dispose  of  the  subject  altogether.  In  this  country, 
the  previous  question  is  used  chiefly  for  suppressing  debate  on  a  main 
question;  the  object  of  the  mover  is  to  obtain  a  decision  of  it  in  the 
affirmative;  and  the  effect  of  a  decision  the  other  way,  though  in  some 


Suppression  of  Questions. 

When  it  is  desirable  to  suppress  a  question,  or  prevent  its 
passage,  there  are  several  plans  resorted  to  by  parliamentarians. 
Among  these  are  : 

1st.  Moving  an  adjournment,  which  is  immediately  in  or¬ 
der;  and  if  the  hour  be  late,  will  oftentimes  be  passed. 

2d.  Moving  that  the  question  be  laid  on  the  table  for  the 
present  ;  the  argument  being  that,  on  a  subsequent  occasion 
the  meeting  will  have  more  time  and  better  opportunity  to 
consider  the  merits  of  the  question,  and  hence  will  be  better 
informed  concerning  its  merits. 

3d.  To  secure,  if  possible,  an  indefinite  postponement  of  the 
question,  which  virtually  defeats  it.  If  the  maker  of  the  mo¬ 
tion  for  postponement  is  fearful  that  the  question  is  so  popular 
with  the  assembly  that  the  members  will  not  submit  to  an  in¬ 
definite.  postponement,  he  will 

4th.  Aim  to  secure  at  least  a  postponement  to  a  certain 
time  in  the  future,  hoping  that  it  will  be  subsequently  forgotten, 
or  the  pressure  of  business  will  be  such  that  it  cannot  be  taken 
up  at  the  time  appointed. 

Or,  the  member,  trusting  to  the  unpopularity  of  the  ques¬ 
tion,  or  the  unwillingness  of  the  meeting  to  pass  a  measure 
without  due  consideration,  may  move  the  “  previous  question,” 
by 

5th.  Moving  that  the  question  be  now  put. 

The  member  may  suggest  indefinite  changes  in  the  question, 
sufficient  to  show  the  importance  of  some  amendment,  and 
thereupon 

6th.  Move  its  reference  to  a  committee  having  jurisdiction 
over  that  class  of  questions,  or  a  select  committee,  as  the  case 
may  be.  If  the  question  has  been  once  considered  in  com¬ 
mittee,  it  may  be  recommitted.  Or  the  member  may 

7th.  Move  an  amendment  to  the  question,  which  will  great¬ 
ly  change,  modify,  or  weaken  the  force  of  the  question. 

Should  all  these  means  fail,  and  the  question  be  put  and 
carried,  subsequent  light  on  the  subject  may  cause  the  mem¬ 
bers  to  change  their  opinions,  in  which  case 

8th.  The  question  may  be  taken  up  at  the  next  sitting  or 
any  subsequent  meeting,  and  be  reconsidered. 

To  Secure  the  Passage  of  a  Question. 

1st.  The  member  introducing  a  question  should  have  given 
the  matter  very  careful  and  considerate  attention  ;  being  thus 
thoroughly  informed  concerning  its  merits,  and  consequently 
able  to  fully  illustrate  and  represent  the  claims  of  the  measure 
he  advocates. 

2d.  Personal  acquaintance,  conversation,  and  explanation 
with  various  members  of  the  assembly  relative  to  the  question 
to  be  brought  forward,  will  aid  much  in  securing  favorable 
consideration  of  the  subject. 

3d.  The  introduction  of  the  motion  when  adjournment  is 

assemblies  operating  technically  to  suppress  the  main  question  for  the 
day  only,  is,  in  general,  merely  to  suspend  the  taking  of  the  question 
for  that  day;  either  leaving  the  debate  to  go  on  during  the  residue  of 
the  day,  or  the  subject  to  be  renewed  on  the  next  or  some  other  day. 
The  operation  of  an  affirmative  decision  is  the  same,  in  both  countries, 
namely,  the  putting  of  the  main  question  immediately,  and  without 
further  debate,  delay,  or  consideration.” —  Cushing's  Manual. 


266 


AMENDMENTS  TO  THE  QUESTION — PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


not  probable,  and,  if  possible  at  a  time  when  there  is  not  a 
sufficient  amount  of  business  before  the  meeting  to  make  an 
excuse  for  laying  the  question  on  the  table,  will  aid  in  having 
it  passed. 

4th.  The  motion  being  seconded,  the  member  introducing 
the  same  should  then  obtain  the  floor,  and  properly  present 
the  claims  of  the  question  to  the  members  of  the  assembly. 

5th.  If  the  meeting  is  adjourned,  the  question  laid  on  the 
table,  or  the  consideration  of  the  motion  postponed  to  a  cer¬ 
tain  time,  the  motion  should  be  promptly  brought  up  at  the 
first  opportunity. 

6th.  Should  the  matter  be  referred  to  a  committee,  the 
privilege  may  be  obtained  of  fully  acquainting  the  committee 
with  the  claims  of  the  question. 

7th.  Should  the  question  be  so  amended  as  to  entirely 
change  the  character  of  the  original  question,  and  thus  passed, 
the  member  may  subsequently,  under  another  name,  introduce 
a  question  embracing  essentially  the  same  principles,  indirect¬ 
ly,  as  the  original  question,  and  perhaps  secure  for  the  propo¬ 
sition  favorable  consideration. 

8th.  Another  trial.  Subsequent  events  may  so  change  the 
opinions  of  members  of  an  assembly  as  to  induce  them  to  vote 
favorably  upon  a  question  that  they  have  before  rejected. 

The  Disposal  of  Questions. 

Motions  and  questions  while  nearly  synonymous  in  parlia¬ 
mentary  usage,  are  somewhat  different  in  meaning.  To  move 
that  an  act  be  passed,  is  termed  a  motion.  The  subject,  how¬ 
ever,  to  be  acted  upon,  is  called  a  question.  The  action  of  the 
assembly  is  termed  a  resolution  or  vote.  The  motion  being  put, 
and  the  question  adopted  by  a  vote  of  the  assembly,  the  deci¬ 
sion  is  then  known  as  an  ordinance,  order,  law,  statute,  resolu¬ 
tion,  etc.  according  to  the  character  of  the  meeting. 

To  move  the  previous  question  by  moving  that  the  question 
be  now  put,  if  carried  in  the  affirmative,  causes  the  question  to 
be  put  immediately,  and  is  thus  at  once  disposed  of  without 
further  debate.  If  decided  in  the  negative,  the  question  was 
formerly  disposed  of  for  the  session.  At  the  present  time,  it 
disposes  of  the  question  for  the  day  only.  In  sonic  parliament¬ 
ary  bodies,  according  to  the  standing  rules,  the  debate  goes  on. 

The  effect  of  securing  a  postponement  of  a  question  with¬ 
out  date,  is  to  suppress  the  motion  entirely.  If  postponed  to 
a  certain  day,  it  can  be  taken  up  on  that  day,  or  as  soon  as  the 
business  of  that  day  is  completed. 

TUTTING  THE  QUESTION. 

In  putting  a  question  to  the  assembly,  after  it  has  been  care¬ 
fully  considered,  altered,  amended,  etc.,  as  the  case  may  be, 
the  presiding  officer  should  ask  if  the  assembly  is  ready  for 
the  question?  If  no  further  suggestions  are  offered  by  the 
members,  the  chairman  will  then  state  the  question,  and 
call  for  a  vote  of  the  members,  in  the  first  place  on  the  affirma¬ 
tive,  the  form  of  which  has  been  heretofore  considered. 

TAKING  UP  THE  QUESTION. 

A  question  having  been  postponed  to  a  certain  time,  the 
member  interested  in  the  question  has  a  right  to  insist,  at  the 


appointed  time,  that  the  question  be  taken  up.  No  delay  or 
debate  is  allowed  on  the  matter  of  taking  it  up.  'I  he  presid¬ 
ing  officer  will  then  put  the  motion  whether  the  meeting  pro¬ 
ceed  to  take  up  the  order  of  the  day.  If  the  decision  be 
favorable,  the  members  will  proceed  to  consider  the  business 
appointed  for  the  day. 

Referring  to  a  Committee. 

If  it  be  thought  best  to  refer  a  question  to  a  committee,  it  is 
done  on  motion.  Such  reference  to  a  committee  is  termed  a 
“commitment”  of  the  question.  If  to  a  special  committee, 
the  chair  may  name  such  committee,  or  they  may,  upon  request 
of  the  presiding  officer,  be  appointed  by  the  meeting.  Fre¬ 
quently,  the  person  moving  that  the  question  be  referred,  not 
desiring  to  be  on  the  committee  himself,  will,  with  the  motion, 
suggest  the  name  of  some  one  as  chairman  of  the  committee. 
If  no  objection  is  made,  such  person  may  be  selected. 

APPOINTMENT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE. 

It  is  more  common,  however,  for  the  person  interested  in  a 
measure,  to  move  its  reference  to  a  committee,  the  presiding 
officer  to  appoint  the  same.  If  it  be  a  select  committee,  it  is 
in  accordance  with  parliamentary  rule  for  the  presiding  officer 
to  appoint  as  chairman  on  the  committee,  the  mover  of  the  res¬ 
olution.* 

When  a  question  is  referred,  the  committee  may  be  instructed 
by  the  assembly  to  take  such  course  of  action  in  the  examina¬ 
tion  of  the  subject  as  is  desired,  and  report  upon  the  whole,  or 
portions  of  the  subject,  as  may  seem  advisable.  A  portion  may 
be  referred  to  one  committee,  and  the  remainder  of  the  prop¬ 
osition,  involving  a  different  principle,  may  be  given  to  an¬ 
other  committee. 

The  clerk  may  give  the  bill  to  any  member,  but  it  is  usual 
to  hand  it  to  the  one  first  named  on  the  committee. 

PLACE  OF  MEETING. 

The  committee  may  meet  where  they  please,  unless  ordered 
to  meet  in  a  certain  place  by  the  assembly  ;  and  can  meet  at 
such  time  as  they  desire,  when  the  main  body  is  not  in  session. 

Any  member  of  the  main  body  may  be  present  at  the  meet¬ 
ing  of  the  committee,  but  cannot  vote. 


Amendments  to  the  Question. 

The  committee  having  given  their  report  to  the  meeting,  or 
the  question  having  been  considered  by  the  assembly  itself, 
may  lack  yet  a  few  essential  points  necessary  to  make  the  same 
what  it  should  be  when  passed.  To  add  these  is  what  is 
termed  amending  the  question. 

DIVIDING  THE  QUESTION. 


Mr.  Cushing  recommends  where  a  question  contains  two  or 
more  parts  that  are  so  distinct  from  each  other  as  to  form  sep¬ 
arate  propositions,  some  of  which  the  assembly  may  favor,  and 
the  others  not,  that  the  motion  be  divided,  and  submitted  in 


*  “Though  the  majority  on  a  committee  should  he  favorable  to  a 
measure,  the  minority  may  lie  of  those  woo  are  opposed  10  it  in  some 
particulars.  But  those  totally  opposed  10  it  should  never  be  appointed  , 
and  if  any  one  of  that  view  be  named,  he  should  rise  and  state  the  fact., 
when  the  main  body  will  excuse  him  from  serving. ’  —  Uaurmau  s 


Assistant. 


REFERENCE  TO  COMMITTEES  —  PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


267 


parts  to  the  assembly,  for  their  approval  or  rejection.  This  is 
thought  a  more  expeditious  manner  of  disposing  of  the  same 
than  to  add  several  amendments  to  the  question,  the  result  in 
the  end  being  the  same. 

This  division  may  be  made  by  motion  ;  the  mover  designat¬ 
ing  in  his  motion  the  manner  in  which  he  would  have  the  di¬ 
vision  made. 

JUDGMENT  OF  THE  ASSEMBLY. 

It  is,  of  course,  for  the  presiding  officer  and  the  assembly  to 
consider  whether  the  question  is  of  such  a  complicated  nature 
as  to  require  such  division.  As  a  rule,  no  division  should  be 
made,  unless  the  parts  are  so  separate  and  distinct  that  either 
alone  would  form  a  separate  and  distinct  proposition. 

BLANKS. 

The  member  of  an  assembly  who  introduces  a  long  and  com¬ 
plicated  question,  containing  several  points,  yet  one  so  depend¬ 
ent  on  the  other  as  not  to  be  separable,  may  prepare  his  ques¬ 
tions  with  blanks  for  the  assembly  to  fill  up. 

The  proposition  before  the  meeting,  in  such  case,  may  con¬ 
tain  an  outline  of  all  that  is  required,  while  the  members  of 
the  assembly  will  very  readily  fill  the  blanks  with  the  time, 
amount,  cost,  or  whatever  they  may  wish  to  particularize. 

Amendments. 

Much  time  may  frequently  be  saved  in  a  deliberative  assem¬ 
bly  by  the  member  who  introduces  a  motion,  carefully  consid¬ 
ering  the  question  himself  before  presenting  it,  as  well  as 
learning  the  wishes  of  the  members  by  private  consultation. 
As  this  is  not  always  practicable,  however,  many  questions 
must  first  be  made  ready  for  being  voted  upon  by  being 
amended  in  the  public  assembly  itself. 

For  the  purpose  of  effecting  such  changes  in  a  question  as 
the  members  may  desire,  the  question  may  be  altered: 

1st.  By  an  amendment. 

2d.  By  an  amendment  to  an  amendment. 

As  there  must  be  a  line  drawn  somewhere,  parliamentary 
law  prevents  there  being  any  more  amendments  to  amend¬ 
ments  than  the  foregoing  ;  but  still  more  changes  may  be  made 
in  the  proposition  before  the  meeting,  by  alterations  in  the 
amendments. 

AN  AMENDMENT  TO  AN  AMENDMENT. 

To  illustrate  :  John  Smith,  member  of  the  assembly,  says. 

I  move  that  a  committee  of  five  be  appointed  by  this 
meeting  to  collect  funds  for  the  poor  of  this  town.” 

The  motion  being  seconded,  and  the  question  stated  by  the 
chairman,  William  Jones  says: 

“  I  move  an  amendment  ;  that  this  committee  to  collect 
funds  consist  of  seven  persons,  to  be  appointed  by  the  chair. 

The  amendment  being  seconded,  and  stated  as  before,  James 
Brown  says: 

“  I  move  an  amendment  to  the  amendment  ;  that  the  chair¬ 
man  of  this  meeting  appoint  seven  persons  a  committee  to 
collect  funds,  to  be  used  wholly  in  the  interests  of  the  poor  of 
the  west  division  of  this  city.” 

The  question  being  again  before  the  house  as  in  the  former 
case,  Walter  Harper  says: 


“  I  move  anothei  amendment ;  that  one  half  of  the  funds  col¬ 
lected  go  to  the  children’s  aid  society,  the  other  half  to  the 
general  poor  fund  of  the  entire  city.” 

The  chairman  here  remarks  that  the  last  amendment  is  out 
of  order,  as  there  can  be  but  one  amendment  to  an  amend¬ 
ment. 

He  further  says : 

“  The  amendment  to  the  amendment  is  first  in  order.  It  is 
moved  ”  ( here  he  stales  the  amendment  to  the  amendment ,  or 
calls  upon  the  mover  to  do  so,  puts  the  question  and  declares  the 
result ). 

If  the  motion  is  lost,  he  says  : 

“  The  next  question  in  order  is  the  amendment  to  the  ques¬ 
tion,  f  here  he  stales  the  amendment,  and  puts  the  same  as 
before).  Should  this  be  lost,  he  says  : 

“  The  question  is  now  on  the  original  motion.”  ( He  here 
states  the  question,  puls  the  motion  as  before ,  and  announces  the 
result .) 

Nature  of  Amendments. 

Amendments  cannot  be  made  to  privileged  questions  ;  such 
as  a  motion  to  adjourn,  the  previous  question,  or  to  lay  on  the 
table. 

An  amendment  to  an  amendment,  even  though  greatly  at 
variance  with  the  amendment,  will  still  be  in  order,  it  being 
left  to  the  discretion  of  the  assembly  to  determine  whether 
they  will  change  from  their  previous  action. 

SPEAKING  TO  AN  AMENDMENT. 

A  member  who  may  have  spoken  to  the  main  question,  may 
speak  to  the  amendment,  after  the  same  is  moved. 

If  it  is  desired  to  add  to  a  sentence  a  new  paragraph,  it  is 
important  that  the  paragraph  be  very  carefully  considered, 
being  made  as  perfect  as  possible,  as  it  cannot  be  changed  after 
being  adopted  in  that  form.  Or,  should  it  be  resolved  to  strike 
out  a  paragraph,  the  same  care  should  be  taken  to  have  the 
sentence  as  complete  as  may  be,  after  the  words  are  stricken 
out.* 

COMMITMENT  TO  A  COMMITTEE. 

When  a  long  and  complicated  question  is  before  the  house, 
if  there  be  a  standing  committee,  the  easiest  method  of  dis¬ 
posing  of  the  question  is  to  refer  the  same  to  such  committee. 
If,  however,  the  time  of  the  convention  will  admit,  and  there 
be  no  other  business  appointed  or  occupying  the  present  atten¬ 
tion  of  the  assembly,  it  will  be  in  order  for  the  members  to 
immediately  proceed  to  the  disposal  of  the  question,  by  the 
following  process  : 

ist.  By  amendments  striking  out  all  unnecessary  matter. 

2d.  By  the  addition  of  all  essential  matter. 

3d.  By  combining  two  or  three  propositions,  where  it  can 
be  done,  in  one. 

*  When  it  is  moved  to  amend  by  striking  out  certain  words,  and  in¬ 
serting  others,  the  manner  of  staling  the  question  is,  first  to  read  ttie 
whole  passage  to  be  amended,  as  it  stands  at  present,  then  the  words 
proposed  to  'he  struck  out;  next,  those  to  be  inserted;  and  lastly,  the 
whole  passage,  as  it  will  be  when  amended.  And  the  question,  if  de¬ 
sired,  is  then  to  be  divided,  and  put,  first,  on  striking  out.  If  carried, 
it  is  next  on  inserting  the  words  proposed.  If  that  be  lost,  it  may  be 
moved  to  insert  others.—  IlatsaU. 


268 


QUESTIONS  TO  I5E  CONSIDERED  FIRST - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


4th.  By  voting  separately  on  each  distinct  proposition,  un¬ 
til  all  are  disposed  of. 

WHAT  AMENDMENTS  ARE  IN  ORDER. 

An  amendment  may  be  made  to  the  question  ;  and  an 
amendment  to  that  amendment  is  in  order  ;  but  no  amend¬ 
ment  to  the  amendment  of  the  amendment  can  be  made. 

If  it  is  desired  to  introduce  a  change,  it  is  best  to  state  the 
objection  to  the  amendment  of  the  amendment,  and,  if  pos¬ 
sible,  defeat  such  amendment,  when  another  amendment  may 
be  introduced  and  possibly  carried,  in  the  place  of  the  one 
defeated. 

If  an  amendment  has  been  accepted  by  the  assembly,  it 
cannot  afterwards  be  altered  or  rejected,  but  the  amendment 
may  be  so  amended  as  to  present  the  question  in  the  desired 
shape. 

Thus,  if  the  amendment  consist  of  one,  two ,  three ,  and  it  is 
moved  to  insert  four ,  and  the  motion  prevails,  four  cannot 
afterwards  be  rejected,  for  it  has  been  adopted  in  that  form. 
Should  it  be  moved  to  strike  out  two,  three ,  and  the  motion  be 
lost,  two,  three,  cannot  afterwards  be  stricken  out,  as  the  meet¬ 
ing  resolved  to  allow  them  to  remain. 

The  only  alternative  now  left  the  meeting,  should  it  seem 
very  desirable  to  strike  out  two,  three,  is  to  make  the  proposi¬ 
tion  to  strike  out  one,  two,  three,  or  the  amendment  may  be  to 
strike  out  two,  three,  four. 

The  rule  in  parliamentary  practice  is,  that  while  certain 
words,  which  have  been  accepted  or  rejected,  cannot  after¬ 
wards  be  changed,  such  words  may  afterwards  be  adopted  or 
rejected,  if  accompanied  by  other  words.* 

Inserting  Clauses  and  Striking  Out. 

When  it  is  proposed  to  amend  by  adding  a  certain  para¬ 
graph,  and  such  paragraph  or  words  are  rejected,  such  para¬ 
graph  or  words  can  only  be  subsequently  added  by  the  adding 
of  other  words  with  the  same,  thereby  changing  the  sense  of 
the  words  intended  to  be  added. 

When  it  is  proposed  to  reject  certain  words  or  a  paragraph, 
and  the  meeting  vote  to  allow  such  words  to  remain,  those 
words  cannot  afterwards  be  stricken  out,  unless  other  words 
be  added  with  these  words,  thereby  changing  the  sense  of  what 
it  was  before  designed  to  strike  out. 

Amendments  Changing  the  Question,  by  Striking  Out 
Certain  Words  and  Adding  Others. 

The  following  changes  may  be  made  in  a  proposition  : 

I.  To  strike  out  certain  words  and  insert  nothing  in  their 
place. 

*  When  a  motion  for  striking  out  words  is  put  to  the  question,  the 
parliamentary  form  always  is,  whether  the  words  shall  stand  as  part 
of  a  principal  motion,  and  not  whether  they  shall  be  struck  out.  The 
reason  for  this  form  of  stating  the  question  probably  is,  that  the  ques¬ 
tion  may  be  taken  in  the  same  manner  on  a  part  as  on  the  whole  of  the 
principal  mo  ion;  which  jvould  not  be  the  case  if  Ihe  question  was 
stated  on  striking  out.;  inasmuch  as  the  q  lestion  on  the  principal  mo¬ 
tion,  when  if  comes  to  be  stated,  will  be  on  agreeing  to  it,  and  not  on 
striking  out  or  rejecting  it.  Besides,  as  an  equal  division  of  the  as¬ 
sembly  would  produce  a  different  decision  of  the  question,  according 
to  the  manner  of  staling  it.  it  might  happen,  if  the  question  on  the 
amendment  was  stated  on  striking  out,  that  the  same  question  won  d 
be  decided  both  affirmatively  and  negatively  by  the  same  vote.  The 
common,  if  not  the  only  mode  of  stating  the  ouestion,  in  the  legisla¬ 
tive  assemblies  of  this  country,  is  on  striking  out . —  Cushing's  Manual. 


2.  To  insert  other  words  in  the  place  of  those  stricken 
out. 

Amendments  may  then  be  made,  striking  out  a  part  of  the 
words  added,  with  others,  or  adding  words  stricken  out  with 
others. 

Fixing  Time,  Amount,  Etc.,  by  Amendments. 

In  determining  the  time  at  which  the  assembly  shall  convene 
in  the  future,  or  the  number  of  anything  desired,  the  rule  is 
not  in  the  amendment  to  fix  the  time  and  amount  at  so  short 
a  period  or  small  an  amount  as  to  be  certain  to  unite  the 
members  upon  the  proposition  at  first ;  as  to  adopt  a  less  would 
preclude  the  adoption  of  a  greater;  but  the  vote  is  to  be  taken 
on  the  greater,  and  recede  until  a  sufficient  number  of  votes 
can  be  secured  to  carry  the  amendment.* 

Privileged  Questions. 

Parliamentary  usage  has  determined  that  when  a  question 
is  being  debated,  no  motion  shall  be  received  except  the  fol¬ 
lowing,  which  are  termed  “  privileged  questions,”  and  come  in 
the  following  order : 

1st.  A  question  having  been  moved,  seconded,  and  put  by 
the  chair,  must  be  decided  by  a  vote  of  the  assembly  before 
anything  else  is  in  order. 

2d.  A  motion  to  adjourn  takes  precedence  over  all  others, 
for  the  reason  that,  otherwise,  the  assembly  might  be  compelled 
to  continue  in  session,  without  such  motion,  an  indefinite  time 
against  its  will.  This  question,  however,  cannot  be  enter¬ 
tained  after  a  question  has  been  actually  put.  and  while  the 
members  of  the  meeting  are  voting  upon  the  same. 

3d.  An  order  of  the  day  stands  next  in  precedence.  That 
is,  a  question  that  has  been  postponed  to  a  certain  hour; 
should  the  person  interested  in  the  question  move  that  it  be 
taken  up  and  disposed  of  then,  such  motion  is  in  order.  Thus, 
if  a  question  has  been  postponed  to  9  o’clock,  and  at  that  time 
it  is  moved  to  take  up  that  question,  even  though  there  be  an¬ 
other  question  before  the  house,  that  motion  must  be  received 
by  the  chair. 

4th.  The  previous  question  stands  next  in  order,  and  when 
moved  and  seconded,  must  be  put.  This  question  admits  of 
no  lesser  motion,  such  as  amendment  or  postponement  to  a 
certain  time. 


*  In  Senate,  January  25,  1708,  a  motion  to  postpone  until  the  second 
Tuesday  in  February,  some  amendments  proposed  to  the  constitution. 
The  words  “until  the  second  Tuesday  in  February”  were  struck  out 
by  way  of  amendment.  Then  it  was  nioved  to  add  “  until  the  fiist  day 
of  June.”  Objected,  that  it  was  not  in  order,  as  the  question  should 
first  be  put  011  the  longest  time;  therefore,  a  shorter  time  decided 
against,  a  longer  cannot  be  put  to  question.  It  was  answered,  that 
this  rule  takes  place  only  in  filling  blanks  for  a  time.  But  when  a 
specific  time  stands  part  of  a  motion,  that  may  he  struck  out  as  well 
as  any  other  part  of  the  motion;  and  when  struck  out,  a  motion  may 
be  received  to  insert  any  other.  Iu  fact,  it  is  not  till  they  are  struck 
out,  and  a  blank  for  the  time  thereby  produced,  that,  the  rule  can  begin 
to  operate,  by  receiving  all  the  propositions  for  different  times,  and 
putting  the  questions  successively  on  thelongest.  Otherwise,  it,  would 
be  in  the  power  of  the  mover,  by  inserting  originally  a  short  time,  to 
preclude  the  possibility  of  a  longer.  For  till  the  short  trme  is  struck 
out,  you  cannot  insert  a  longer;  and  if,  after  it  is  struck  out,  you  can¬ 
not  do  it,  then  it  cannot  he  done  at  all.  Suppose  the  first  molion  nad 
been  to  amend,  by  striking  out  “  the  second  Tuesday  in  February,” 
and  inserting,  instead  thereof,  “the  first  of  June.”  It  would  have 
been  regular  then  to  divide  the  question,  by  proposing  first  the  ques¬ 
tion  to  strike  out,  and  then  to  insert.  Now  this  is  precisely  the  effect 
of  the  present  proceeding;  only,  instead  of  one  motion  and  two  ques¬ 
tions,  there  are  two  motions  and  two  questions  to  effect  it;  the  motion 
beiug  divided  as  well  as  the  questiou.  —  Jefferson's  Manual. 


VOTE  OF  THE  CHAIRMAN  ;  A  TIE  VOTE  —  PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


269 


AMENDMENT  AND  POSTPONEMENT. 

If  an  amendment  and  postponement  are  proposed,  the  latter 
is  put  first,  because,  in  case  of  postponement,  the  amendment, 
at  the  time  appointed,  may  be  then  brought  up,  when  the  main 
question  is  again  considered. 

A  motion  for  postponement  being  followed  by  one  referring 
the  question  to  a  committee,  the  latter  must  be  put  first. 

Reading  Papers. 

A  motion  being  made  relative  to  reading  papers  which  relate 
to  the  principal  question,  must  be  put  before  the  main  ques¬ 
tion. 

In  referring  to  a  committee,  the  order  of  the  commitment 
is  as  follows : 

1st.  Committee  of  the  whole. 

2d.  Standing  committee. 

3d.  Special  committee. 

A  motion  being  made  and  seconded  cannot  be  withdrawn, 
though,  if  no  one  object,  the  chairman  need  not  put  the  ques¬ 
tion. 

A  motion  having  been  made  and  it  being  subsequently 
moved  to  commit  the  question,  or  to  postpone,  to  amend,  or  to 
lay  on  the  table,  the  motion  to  lay  on  the  table  comes  first. 
That  being  lost,  the  next  question  is  on  the  amendment.  Next 
comes  the  postponement  ;  then  the  commitment,  and  lastly, 
the  putting  of  the  question. 

POSTPONEMENT. 

If  it  is  moved  that  a  question  be  postponed  to  a  certain 
time,  the  time  appointed  can  be  amended,  and  the  amendment 
can  be  amended.  The  amendment  to  the  amendment  comes 
first,  and  the  amendment  before  the  main  question. 

It  being  moved  to  insert  or  strike  out  anything,  and  the 
matter  to  be  inserted  or  stricken  out  being  amended,  the 
amendment  must  be  put  first. 

DATES  AND  NUMBERS. 

Blanks  being  filled  with  different  sums  or  dates,  the  ques¬ 
tion  is  to  be  put  first  on  the  longest  time  and  largest  sum. 

A  disagreement  between  members  should  be  disposed  of  be¬ 
fore  the  putting  of  the  main  question. 

An  appeal  from  the  decision  of  the  chair,  or  a  motion  to 
withdraw  a  question,  must  be  acted  upon  before  the  putting  of 
the  main  question. 

Orders  of  the  Day. 

When  several  questions  have  been  postponed  to  a  certain 
day,  such  questions  are  termed  the  orders  of  the  day.  Upon 
a  motion  being  made  on  the  day  appointed,  that  the  orders  of 
the  day  be  taken  up,  such  motion  takes  precedence  of  any 
other  question  that  may  be  introduced  at  the  time,  and  being 
decided  in  the  affirmative,  must  be  first  put.  The  questions 
are  then  considered  in  the  order  of  their  priority,  in  their 
appointment  for  that  particular  day. 

A  question  which  has  been  postponed  to  a  certain  hour,  or 
which  lies  on  the  table,  it  is  regarded  discourteous  to  call  up 
in  the  absence  of  the  mover  or  against  his  wishes,  provided 
the  matter  has  reference  to  private  and  local  concerns  in  his 
particular  charge  ;  especially  if  the  delay  of  the  question  does 


not  particularly  interfere  with  the  order  of  business  before  the 
general  assembly. 

Decisions  as  to  Order. 

Whenever,  as  is  frequently  the  case,  disagreements  and  ques¬ 
tions  of  order  arise  among  members  of  an  assembly,  and  the 
chairman  is  appealed  to  as  the  arbitrator  in  such  case,  he  will 
himself  decide  the  matter,  and  the  expression  of  his  decision 
is  in  order  before  the  transaction  of  other  business.  If,  how¬ 
ever,  any  member  of  the  assembly  objects  to  the  ruling  of  the 
chair,  he  can  appeal  from  the  decision  of  the  presiding  officer, 
and  have  the  matter  decided  by  a  vote  of  the  meeting. 

1  n  such  cases  the  presiding  officer  will  put  the  question  on 
the  appeal  as  follows  : 

“  It  is  desired  that  an  appeal  be  taken  from  the  chair.  Do  the 
members  of  this  meeting  sustain  the  decision  of  the  chairman  ?  ” 

The  question  is  then  before  the  assembly  for  consideration 
and  debate,  in  which  the  chairman  will  take  part  if  he  desires 
to  do  so. 

Vote  of  the  Chairman. 

As  a  rule  in  most  assemblies,  on  ordinary  questions,  the 
chairman  is  not  expected  to  participate  in  the  debate,  but  sim¬ 
ply  to  make  statement  of  facts,  maintain  order,  and  facilitate 
the  business  of  the  meeting  by  affording  information  relative 
to  questions  in  order,  put  questions,  determine  the  vote,  etc. 
While  the  chairman  does  not  usually  vote,  he  nevertheless  re¬ 
tains  the  great  advantage  of  being  able  to  determine,  if  he 
chooses,  in  case  of  a  tie  vote,  what  the  majority  vote  shall  be. 

A  TIE  VOTE. 

In  legislative  assemblies,  such  as  councils,  legislatures,  etc., 
the  regulations  of  the  code  under  which  the  assembly  works 
sometimes  give  the  presiding  officer  the  privilege  of  voting  only 
in  case  of  a  tie  vote,  and  in  that  case  he  is  compelled  to  vote. 
In  all  other  meetings,  the  chairman  may  cast  his  vote  when 
a  ballot  is  taken.  This  privilege  he  does  not  usually  exercise, 
however,  unless  he  is  desirous  of  making  a  tie,  for  the  purpose 
of  preventing  the  passage  of  a  question. 

AN  EXAMPLE. 

Thus,  if  there  be  eleven  persons  to  vote  besides  the  chair¬ 
man,  and  the  vote  stands  six  for  the  adoption  of  the  resolu¬ 
tion  and  five  against,  the  chairman  may  vote  with  the  minori¬ 
ty,  and  thus  defeat  the  resolution  by  making  the  vote  a  tie. 

HE  MAY  VOTE  OR  NOT. 

Or,  in  case  the  vote  is  a  tie,  he  may  vote  with  the  opponents 
of  the  measure,  and  thus  defeat  the  proposition,  or,  if  unwilling 
to  have  his  vote  go  on  record,  he  may  decline  to  vote,  as  the 
question  is  defeated  in  either  case. 

Reading  All  Papers. 

When  papers  are  brought  before  the  meeting,  it  is  the  con¬ 
ceded  right  of  every  member  of  the  assembly  to  have  them 
read  at  least  once,  before  he  can  be  compelled  to  vote  on  them, 
though  no  member  should  insist  on  the  privilege  of  all  papers, 
accounts,  etc.,  being  read,  without  the  consent  of  the  other  mem- 


270 


MEMBERS  OF  MEETINGS  ENTITLED  TO  SPEAK  FIRST - PARLIAMENTARY  RULES. 


bers.  To  do  so  would  so  trespass  on  the  time  of  the  assembly 
as  to  seriously  prevent  the  transaction  of  business.  If,  however, 
it  is  evident  that  when  a  member  calls  for  the  reading  of  any 
document  pertaining  to  the  question,  that  his  object  is  infor¬ 
mation,  and  not  delay,  the  chairman  may  instruct  the  clerk  to 
read  the  paper  without  a  vote  of  the  members,  unless  the  same 
be  objected  to,  in  which  case  the  question  must  be  put. 

READING  SPEECHES. 

Neither  has  a  member  a  right  to  insist  on  the  clerk  reading 
any  book  pertaining  to  the  subject,  nor  can  the  member  him¬ 
self  claim  the  privilege  of  reading  a  document,  even  his  own 
speech,  without  leave  of  the  house,  if  the  same  be  objected 
to.  If  the  speaker,  however,  is  earnestly  desirous  of  affording 
more  light  on  the  subject,  without  consuming  time  unneces¬ 
sarily,  he  is  usually  allowed  to  proceed,  without  objection. 

If  the  time  of  the  assembly  be  taken  up  with  a  large  amount 
of  business,  it  is  customary  to  read  the  title  of  a  petition  or 
communication  to  be  considered,  and  refer  the  same  to  the  ap¬ 
propriate  standing  committee.  If,  however,  any  member  of 
the  assembly  insists  that  the  paper  shall  be  read,  his  right  is 
admitted  to  exist. 

Proper  Time  for  Speaking  on  a  Question. 

The  usual  plan  of  procedure  in  speaking  to  a  question  is  as 
follows  : 

ist.  A  motion  is  made  by  a  member. 

2d.  The  motion  is  seconded  by  another  member. 

3d.  The  question  is  then  stated  to  the  meeting  by  the  chair¬ 
man,  with  the  further  remark,  as  follows  : 

“  The  question  is  now  before  the  meeting ,  what  is  your  pleas¬ 
ure  in  reference  to  it." 

The  question  is  now  in  condition  for  debate.  Every  mem¬ 
ber  has  a  right  to  the  expression  of  his  opinion  once  upon  the 
subject,  either  for  or  against.  He  has  also  the  privilege  of 
talking  as  long  as  he  chooses,  even  adjourning  to  the  next  day, 
and  the  next,  in  legislative  assemblies,  unless  by  common  con¬ 
sent  a  regulation  has  been  imposed,  restricting  the  time  of 
speaking  to  a  certain  period. 

HINTS  TO  CEASE  SPEAKING. 

If,  however,  the  person  speaking  fails  to  secure  the  attention 
of  the  house,  it  should  be  a  sufficient  evidence  that  his  re¬ 
marks  are  without  influence  and  effect,  and  good  judgment 
will  dictate  that  he  should  resume  his  seat.  If  disorder  is 
caused  by  his  continuance  in  speaking,  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
chairman  to  preserve  decorum  in  the  meeting,  by  calling  the 
speaker  to  order,  and  requesting  him  to  take  his  seat. 

The  Member  Entitled  to  Speak  First. 

As  between  several  speakers  who  may  wish  to  speak  upon  a 
question  which  has  been  introduced,  the  person  making  the 
motion  is,  by  courtesy,  entitled  to  speak  first.  The  person 
moving  an  adjournment  is  entitled  to  speak  first  upon  the 
reassembling  of  the  meeting,  after  the  adjournment ;  and  of  two 
members  rising  at  the  same  time,  the  person  opposing  the 


question  has  a  right  to  the  floor  before  the  member  favoring 
the  proposition. 

LOSING  THE  RIGHT  TO  THE  FLOOR. 

A  speaker  having  resigned  his  right  to  the  floor,  thereby  for¬ 
feits  his  privilege  of  speaking  any  more  to  the  question  then 
under  discussion,  except  by  express  permission  of  the  assem¬ 
bly,  unless  for  the  purpose  of  offering  some  brief  explanation  in 
reference  to  his  former  remarks  on  the  question. 

The  question  having  been  put  in  the  affirmative,  and  a  vote 
taken  on  the  same,  any  member  who  has  not  yet  spoken  may 
speak  to  the  question  before  the  negative  is  put.  The  coming 
of  other  members  into  the  room  after  the  affirmative  of  the 
question  has  been  put,  when  the  negative  is  under  discussion, 
makes  it  necessary  to  put  the  affirmative  again. 

Times  of  Speaking. 

As  a  rule,  no  member  can  speak  more  than  once  to  the  main 
question.  Should  the  question  be  referred  to  a  committee, 
however,  he  may  speak  on  the  report  of  the  committee,  though 
the  question  is  the  same  as  before. 

Should  there  be  an  amendment,  he  may  speak  upon  that, 
though  it  may  involve  essentially  the  same  principles  as  the 
main  question  ;  and  he  may  also  speak  upon  an  amendment 
to  an  amendment.  Thus,  a  member  desirous  of  speaking 
to  a  question  again,  may,  by  moving  its  reference  to  a  com¬ 
mittee,  and  the  addition  of  amendments,  obtain  the  floor  sev¬ 
eral  times,  essentially  upon  the  same  question. 

Suspension  of  Rules. 

When  it  is  discovered  that  a  standing  rule  of  the  assembly 
is  in  conflict  with  a  question  of  very  considerable  importance, 
which  it  is  desirable  should  be  acted  upon,  it  has  become  the 
custom  to  suspend  such  rule,  for  the  purpose  of  passing  the 
question  ;  such  suspension  taking  place  by  motion,  being 
seconded  and  passed  by  a  majority  vote* 

Taking  a  Vote. 

There  are  several  methods  of  putting  a  question  to  vote  ; 
these  being  by  ballot,  viva  voce ,  by  calling  the  yeas  and  nays, 
by  raising  of  hands,  by  standing,  and  by  dividing  the  house, 
one  party  going  to  one  side  of  the  room,  the  other  to  the  op¬ 
posite  side. 

The  question  is  in  all  cases  put  first  in  the  affirmative,  and  if 
the  chairman  cannot  himself  determine  by  either  of  the  above 
methods,  in  consequence  of  there  being  a  large  number  of  per¬ 
sons  present,  he  may  appoint  certain  members  to  act  as  tellers, 
to  take  the  vote  in  different  divisions  of  the  house,  taking  the 
affirmative  vote  first. 

The  method  adopted  will  depend  upon  the  number  and  char¬ 
acter  of  the  audience,  and  the  size  and  convenience  of  the  room 
in  which  the  meeting  convenes. 

*  It  is  usual,  in  the  code  of  rules  adopted  in  deliberative  assemblies, 
and  especially  legislative  bodies,  to  provide  that  a  certain  number  ex¬ 
ceeding  a  majority,  as  two  thirds  or  three  fourths,  shall  he  competent 
to  the  suspension  of  a  rule  in  a  particular  case;  when  this  is  not  pro¬ 
vided,  there  seems  to  be  no  other  mode  of  disposing  wnn  a  rule  than 
by  general  consent.  —  Cushing's  Manual. 


HONORARY  MEMBERS  OE  MEETINGS  ;  THE  LADIES  ;  ADJOURNMENT 


271 


Concluding  Remarks. 

The  harmony  and  success  of  a  public  meeting  will  depend 
very  largely  upon  the  order  preserved  by  the  presiding  officer. 

If  the  assemblage  be  of  a  character  where  any  trouble  is  to 
be  apprehended,  it  is  well  for  the  projectors  of  the  meeting  to 
notify  officers,  having  authority  to  preserve  order,  to  be  in  at¬ 
tendance.  The  chairman,  however,  will  greatly  aid  in  the 
preservation  of  stillness,  by  requesting  all  persons  in  tn-  room 
to  come  forward  and  be  seated  in  his  near  presence  I  et  him 
see  that  every  seat,  if  possible,  is  filled  in  front.  A  magnetic 
connection  and  sympathy  exists  between  the  presiding  officer 
and  the  audience,  when  the  congregation  is  placed  closely 
around  the  chairman’s  desk,  that  is  favorable  for  the  president 
of  a  meeting.  Seated  near  the  chairman,  the  audience  can 
more  distinctly  hear  all  that  is  said,  they  will  take  a  greater 
interest  in  the  meeting,  and  hence  will  observe  better  order. 

HONORARY  MEMBERS. 

Veteran  members  of  the  meeting,  and  persons  who  have  won 
honorable  distinction  in  the  cause  that  the  meeting  assembles 
to  consider,  distinguished  past  presiding  officers,  and  other 
notabilities  whose  presence  will  lend  dignit  to  the  rostrum, 
the  chairman  may  appropriately  call  to  the  stand,  to  occupy  a 
seat  beside  him,  all  of  which,  well  managed  by  the  presiding 
officer,  tends  to  give  dignity,  respectability,  and  influence  to 
the  proceedings  of  the  assemblage. 

The  Ladies. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  work  on  parliamentary  usages, 
the  author  has,  for  convenience  sake,  made  reference  to,  and 
spoken  only  of,  the  masculine  gender.  Realizing,  however, 


that  the  time  is  now  at  hand  when  the  women  of  the  country 
will  take  a  much  more  active  part  in  public  affairs  than  they 
have  done  hitherto,  this  chapter  is  also  prepared  with  special 
reference  to  the  wants  of  conventions,  and  other  assemblages, 
composed  wholly,  or  in  part,  of  ladies  ;  the  only  change  re¬ 
quired  in  the  wording  being  the  personal  pronouns,  which 
make  reference  to  the  male  sex. 

Titles  of  Women  who  act  as  Officers. 

When  a  woman  acts  as  presiding  officer  of  a  meeting,  the 
person  addressing  her  should  say,  “  Mrs.  President,”  or  “  Miss 
President,”  as  the  case  may  be. 

The  presiding  officer  will  designate  the  speaker,  if  a  lady,  by 
name,  by  number  ;  or  as  the  lady,  the  number,  the  delegate,  the 
representative,  etc.,  as  may  be  most  convenient. 

The  titles  of  clerk,  secretary,  recording  officer,  treasurer, 
etc.,  are  the  same,  whether  applied  to  ladies  or  gentlemen. 

Adjournment. 

If  the  meeting  be  a  regular  session  of  a  legislature,  or  coun¬ 
cil,  and  it  is  moved  and  voted  to  adjourn,  such  adjournment  is 
understood  to  be  until  the  next  regular  meeting.  If  it  is  de¬ 
sired  to  meet  before  that,  the  meeting  will  adjourn  to  reassem¬ 
ble  at  the  time  specified. 

If  the  meeting  be  not  in  regular  session,  it  is  necessary,  if 
the  business  be  unfinished  at  the  time  of  adjournment,  to  ad¬ 
journ  to  a  certain  time.  If,  however,  the  business  for  which 
the  assembly  was  called  is  completed,  and  no  subsequent  as¬ 
semblage  is  necessary,  it  is  moved  and  seconded  to  adjourn, 
which  being  put  by  the  president,  and  carried,  the  meeting  is 
dissolved. 


272  WRITING  FOR  THE  NEWSPAPER. 


N  writing  for  the 
Press,  while  being 
explicit,  the  writer 
should  make  the  statement 


as  brief  as  possible. 

Though  in  ordinary  con¬ 
versation  talk  may  be  cheap,  in  the  newspaper, 
words  cost  money.  If  sent  by  telegraph, 
they  cost  for  transmission  ;  time  is  consumed 
in  their  examination  by  the  editor  and  proof¬ 
reader  ;  money  is  expended  in  putting  them  in 
type  ;  ink  and  paper  must  be  furnished  on  which 
they  make  their  impress  ;  and  time  is  to  be  occu¬ 
pied  by  the  reader  in  their  perusal ;  therefore, 
each  word  should  convey  as  much  significance 
as  possible. 

General  Directions. 

1.  If, unavoidably,  a  long  article  is  written  relating  to  a 
variety  of  subjects,  it  is  well  to  break  the  sameness  of  the 
appearance  by  sub-heads ,  scattered  through  the  article,  relating 
to  different  subjects  considered  in  the  composition. 

2.  Write  very  plainly,  on  white  paper  with  black  ink,  taking 
care  to  write  names  of  persons,  dates  and  places,  with  the 
utmost  distinctness. 

3.  Use  sheets  of  paper  about  six  by  nine  inches  in  size, 
numbered  in  their  order  if  more  than  one  sheet  be  used.  Very 
large  sheets,  on  the  compositor’s  case,  make  it  inconvenient  for 
the  type  setter. 

4.  Write  on  but  one  side  of  the  sheet.  Thus  the  paper 
containing  your  communication  may  be,  if  necessary,  cut  into 
parts,  and  distributed  among  several  compositors  who  will 
place  your  composition  in  type. 

5.  As  a  rule,  in  short  news  articles,  never  use  the  pronouns 
/  or  you.  A  plain,  succinct  record  of  the  news  is  all  that  is 
required.  If  necessary  for  the  writer  to  refer  to  himself,  it  is 
better  to  say  “Our  reporter”  or  "The  writer.” 


6.  Never  waste  time  in  complimenting  the  editor  or  his 
paper,  when  writing  a  letter  for  publication.  Commence  at 
once  with  the  subject  in  hand,  and  close  when  you  have  done. 

Local  Reporting. 

That  kind  of  journalistic  writing  most  easily 
taken  up,  and  yet  quite  difficult  to  do  well,  is 
that  of  presenting  in  attractive  form  a  judici¬ 
ous  report  of  home  news. 

Much  demand  exists  for  more  reportorial 
talent,  especially  on  the  country  newspaper. 
Thousands  of  exciting  incidents  and  events 
transpire,  the  details  of  which,  written  up  for 
the  press,  would  greatly  edify  the  readers  of 
the  country  journal,  the  editor  of  which,  know¬ 
ing  nothing  of  the  affair,  is  compelled  to  fill  his 
paper  with  foreign  news  of  less  interest  to  his 
subscribers . 

As  a  general  rule,  there  is  not  sufficient  local 
matter  to  be  obtained,  nor  space  to  be  filled,  in 
the  weekly  country  journal,  to  make  it  an  object 
for  the  publisher  to  employ,  at  a  weekly  salary, 
a  person  whose  exclusive  business  shall  be  col¬ 
lecting  local  news ;  and  yet  the  editor  is  desirous 
of  obtaining  all  the  important  home  intelligence 
there  is,  and  will  willingly  pay  for  such  as  he 
may  publish,  at  the  rate  of  from  $1  to  $5  per 
column,  when  an  arrangement  may  be  made  for 
the  correspondent  to  write  regularly.. 

Of  course  no  writer  should  expect  compensa¬ 
tion  until  it  is  clearly  shown  that  his  or  her 
writings  are  of  decided  service  to  the  paper  in 
which  they  are  published.  When  they  become 
so,  editors  and  publishers  readily  concede  the 
fact,  and  are  willing  to  pay  what  the  articles  are 
worth. 


SUBJECTS  FOR  LOCAL  NEWS. 


Important  Reportorial  Qualifications. 

The  reporter  should  be  truthful.  In  writing 
of  any  event,  great  care  should  be  taken  to  state 
the  actual  facts.  To  do  this,  the  reporter  should 
possess  the  energy  to  go  to  -the  scene  of  action, 
if  possible,  himself,  and  learn  the  exact  condi¬ 
tion  of  affairs.  It  is  often  unsafe  to  depend 
upon  hearsay. 

The  reporter  should  carefully  guard  against 
allowing  his  own  opinions  to  warp  or  bias  his 
report  of  the  sa}'ings  or  doings  of  others,  thus 
giving,  almost  without  his  being  conscious  of 
the  fact,  an  untruthful  representation.  A  plain, 
unvarnished  report  should  be  made,  and  nothing 
else. 

Much  discretion  should  be  exercised  in  the 
personal  mention  of  individuals.  A  dozen 
words,  thoughtlessly  written,  may  do  irreparable 
injury  to  the  reputation  of  an  innocent  person: 
a  paragraph  in  praise  may  add  to  the  life-long 
happiness  and  prosperity  of  the  individual  upon 
whom  it  is  bestowed.  As  a  general  rule,  while 
praise  may  be  personally  given,  if  wrongs  exist, 
it  is  better  to  speak  of  them  in  general  terms, 
rather  than  couple  them  with  names  of  the 
individuals  at  fault;  though,  if  the  person  be 
notoriously  persistent  in  a  course  of  wrong 
doing,  justice  demands  newspaper  exposure. 

Subjects  of  Local  and  General  Interest. 

ITEMS  FOR  THE  NEWSPAPER. 

For  the  advantage  of  the  inexperienced  writer, 
making  record  of  home  news,  the  following  par¬ 
tial  list  is  given,  containing  subjects  of  general 
interest  to  the  public. 

Accidents.  —  When,  where,  to  whom. 

Excursions,  Amusements,  etc.  —  When,  where  ; 

character  of  amusement,  etc. 

Births.  —  When,  where,  name  of  parents  and  sex  of  child. 

Burglary.  —  When,  where,  by  whom,  amount  stolen,  etc. 

Change  of  Business  Firms.  —  When,  and  names 
of  the  parties. 

Crops.  —  Present  condition  and  future  prospects. 

Crime  of  any  kind.  —  Names  of  offenders  ;  nature  of 
the  crime. 


273 


Churches. — Change  of  pastors,  revivals,  election  of 
church  officers,  etc. 

Dissolutions  of  Partnership.—  Names  of  parties, 
where  going,  what  to  do. 

Deaths.  —  Who,  when,  where,  cause. 

Discoveries.  —  Of  curiosities,  or  anything  new  or  valu¬ 
able. 

Distinguished  Arrivals.  —  At  the  hotels  or  else¬ 
where. 

Divorces.  —  Who,  when,  where,  cause.  When  and  where 
married. 

Elopements.  —  Names  of  parties  and  circumstances. 

Election  Intelligence.  —  Election  takes  place  when, 
candidates  to  be,  or  are  elected,  etc. 

Fires.  —  Whose  property,  when,  where,  cause,  amount  of 
insurance,  names  of  companies  insured  in. 

Facts  and  Figures.  —  Concerning  any  product  raised 
in  the  vicinity,  amount  sold,  profits,  etc. 

Festivals.  —  Held  by  whom,  for  what  object,  amount 
realized,  etc. 

Improvements.  —  By  whom,  where,  and  costs. 

Inventions.  —  Patents  granted  to  whom,  what  for,  nature 
of  the  improvement. 

Lectures.  —  Past,  or  to  come  ;  when,  where,  by  whom, 
substance  of  what  was  said. 

Marriages.  —  Who,  when,  where,  by  whom  married, 
where  gone  on  bridal  tour. 

Murders.  —  When,  where,  who,  by  whom,  object  of  the 
murder,  circumstances. 

New  Comers. — Their  business,  where  located,  where 
from,  etc. 

New  Manufactures.  —  In  prospect,  when,  where,  by 
whom  established,  kind,  etc. 

New  Buildings.  —  To  be  or  built,  erected  by  whom, 
for  what  purpose,  cost,  etc. 

Price  of  Staple  Commodities. —  In  the  market, 
prospect  for  the  future,  etc. 

Parties  Leaving  Town.  —  Who,  when,  where  going, 
business  going  into. 

Presentations.  —  By  whom,  to  whom,  where  given, 
what  presented,  why. 

Railroads. —  New  roads  in  prospect,  profits  of  present 
roads,  etc. 

Sales  of  Real  Estate. — By  whom,  to  whom,  who  will 
occupy,  amount  paid,  etc. 

Shows,  Exhibitions,  Fairs. —  Where,  when,  who 
gives  them,  character  of  entertainment. 

Schools.  —  Facts  and  figures  concerning  them,  change  of 
teachers,  improvements  needed,  etc. 

Secret  Societies.  —  Election  of  officers,  prosperity  and 
condition  of  the  society. 

strange  Phenomena.  —  In  the  heavens,  in  the  ele¬ 
ments,  on  or  in  the  earth,  where,  when. 

Suggestions  of  Improvements  Needed.  — 

Where,  when,  by  whom,  cost,  etc. 

Surgical  Operations.  —  By  whom  performed,  of  what 
character,  condition  of  patient. 


18 


274 


EVILS  RESULTING  FROM  ILLEGIBLE  PENMANSHIP. 


Sickness.  — Who  sick,  cause,  by  what  physician  attended, 
health  of  the  community. 

Telegraphs.  —  What  new  lines  are  to  be  established, 
present  cost  of  telegraphing,  etc. 

Violation  of  Law.  —  Whereby  parties  are  arrested 
and  fined,  what  offense,  when,  where,  etc. 

Writing  for  the  Metropolitan  Press. 

In  every  locality  something  will  occasionally 
transpire  the  details  of  which  will  he  of  general 
interest  to  the  public  at  large,  in  which  case  the 
publishers  of  papers  in  the  large  cities  will 
esteem  it  a  favor  for  some  person  to  give  them 
the  facts. 

Should  the  town  in  which  the  correspondent 
is  stationed  be  sufficiently  large,  and  the  news 
frequently  occurring  important,  the  publisher 
will  pay  an  accepted  regular  correspondent  for 
news  that  he  prints,  from  $1  to  #10  per  article, 
as  maybe  agreed  between  publisher  and  cone- 
spondent. 

Only  such  matter  is  desired  for  the  metropoli¬ 
tan  journal  as  will  interest  the  people  throughout 
the  entire  country.  Of  such  news  are  facts 
concerning  :  —  Enactments  of  Law.  Severe 
accidents.  Fires.  Crops.  Murders.  Elope¬ 
ments.  Burglary.  Schools.  Churches.  New 
manufactures.  Railroads.  Elections.  I Veather. 
Discoveries.  Inventions.  Strange  phenomena. 
Important  Statistics.  Personal  mention  of  dis¬ 
tinguished  persons ,  etc. 

RESULTS  OF  BAD  PENMANSHIP. 

Especial  pains  should  be  taken,  when  writing 
for  the  press,  to  write  legibly.  The  error  is  very 
common  with  some  authors  and  prominent  men, 
of  writing  in  a  manner  such  as  to  seriously  tres¬ 
pass  upon  the  time  and  patience  of  printers  and 
correspondents  upon  whom  they  inflict  their 
penmanship. 

This  fault  is  a  very  serious  one,  and  causes 
much  waste  of  time  and  pecuniary  loss  to  prin¬ 
ters.  Lawyers  frequently  prepare  their  briefs, 
clergymen  their  sermons,  and  others  their  copy, 
in  a  penmanship  so  entirely  illegible  as  to  com¬ 
pel  several  re-settings  of  much  of  the  same,  in 


type,  before  it  is  correct.  Of  course  this  loss 
of  time  must  be  borne  by  the  compositor,  and 
frequently,  with  those  printers  employed  in 
setting  type  by  the  thousand,  bad  manuscript 
entails  a  loss  in  their  earnings  of  several  dollars 
per  week. 

While  to  filch  from  the  pocket  of  the  printer, 
in  this  manner  may  not  be  deemed  so  dishon¬ 
orable  as  to  steal  his  purse,  the  result  is,  how¬ 
ever,  all  the  same. 

Again,  business  men  who  would  regard  it  a 
great  intrusion  for  another  to  trespass  on  their 
time  for  even  a  half  hour,  will  show  the  dis¬ 
courtesy  to  write  a  letter  to  a  correspondent 
which  may  consume  hours  and  even  days  of  his 
time  in  deciphering  the  same. 

This  evil  would  be  less  if  it  stopped  here. 
Unfortunately,  however,  it  goes  beyond  and 
afflicts  the  coming  penmanship  of  our  youth. 
The  boy  that  will  pick  up  the  half  consumed 
cigar  and  smoke  out  the  balance  of  the  stump, 
thinking  that  thereby  he  makes  a  man  of  him¬ 
self,  will  look  upon  bad  penmanship,  when 
executed  by  distinguished  men,  as  an  evidence 
of  genius,  and  is  not  unlikely  to  imagin?  himself 
a  great  man,  because  he  imitates  their  pot-hooks 
and  scrawls. 

Eminent  men  are  liable  to  have  faults.  If  the 
error  is  an  illegible  penmanship,  this  defect  is 
none  the  less  a  fault,  because  the  man  may  have 
distinguished  reputation  and  redeeming  qual¬ 
ities  in  other  directions. 

Young  writers  should  not  therefore  ape  bad 
penmanship  as  an  evidence  of  genius.  Of  tAvo 
articles  written  for  the  newspaper,  all  things  else 
being  equal,  that  one  stands  much  the  best 
chance  for  publication  which  is  most  plain  in 
penmanship.  Let  the  young  author  see  that  the 
composition  is  not  only  correctly  written,  when 
prepared  for  the  press,  but  that  it  is  so  perfectly 
legible  that  its  merit  may  be  readily  seen  upon 
examination. 


BOOKS  AND  BOOK  MAKING. 


275 


BOOK 


FOLIO. 


HE  accompanying  illustrations,  upon  this 
page,  represent  the  principal  sizes  of  books, 
namely:  Folio,  a  long  book  ;  Quarto  (4to),  nearly 
square,  (  shape  of  Hill’s  Manual  );  Octavo  (  8 vo  ),  the  general 
size  ;  and  Duodecimo  (  12 mo  ),  a  small  book,as  seen  below. 

FOLIO. 

The  standard  size  of  book  paper  is  25  x  38  inches ;  one  half 
of  the  sheet  being  19  x  25  inches,  which  folded  in  two  leaves, 
having  four  pages,  makes  a  book  of  the  size  called  a  folio. 

QUARTO. 

When  the  half  sheet  is  folded  in  four  leaves,  making  eight 
pages,  it  forms  a  quarto  in  size. 

OCTAVO. 

The  half  sheet  folded  again,  eight  leaves,  sixteen  pages, 
forms  an  octavo ,  or  folded  into  sixteen  leaves  forms  a  sixteenmo. 

DUODECIMO. 

By  folding  the  same  into  twelve  leaves,  making  twenty-four 
pages,  we  have  a  duodecimo.  Folded  into  eighteen  leaves,  or 
thirty-six  pages,  we  form  an  18wo ;  into  24  leaves,  and  we  have 
a  24 mo,  &c. 


Duodecimo,  “  l2mo.” 


OCTAVO,  “  8vo.” 


The  words  Post,  Crown,  Demy,  Royal,  etc.,  used  in  connec¬ 
tion,  as  Royal  Octavo,  designate  the  sizes  of  paper  of  which 
books  are  made.  See  table,  page  225. 

Modern  facilities  for  the  manufacture  of  paper  enable  pub¬ 
lishers  to  have  any  desired  size  made  to  order,  as  has  been 
done  in  the  case  of  this  book. 

The  marks  a,  b,  c ;  1,  2,  3;  1*,  2*,  3*,  1a,  &c.,  occasionally 
found  at  the  bottom  of  a  page,  are  what  printers  term  signature 
marks,  being  printed  for  the  direction  of  the  binders  in  folding 
the  sheets. 


The  art  of  covering  books  In  a  superior  manner,  was  in  use  long  before  the  art  of  printing 
was  discovered,  some  of  the  most  beautiful  and  elaborate  binding  being  executed  as  early  as  the 
11th  century.  Books,  which  were  in  manuscript,  in  those  days,  were  few,  and  so  very  valuable 
that  great  care  was  taken  in  their  preservation,  jewelers  and  other  artisans  engaging  in  the 
manufacture  and  ornamentation  of  their  covers. 

With  the  advanced  civilization  of  the  19th  century,  however,  the  superior  machinery  for 
book  binding  has  not  only  cheapened  the  cost,  but  the  facilities  in  some  large  establishments, 
are  such  as  to  enable  manufacturers  to  elegantly  bind,  in  muslin,  one  hundred  and  fifty 
copies  per  hour. 


276 


BOOK  AND  NEWSPAPER  TYPE. 


NAMES  OF  THE  DIFFERENT  SIZES  OF  BOOK  AND  NEWSPAPER  TYPE. 

The  poetry  and  other  matter  occupying  the  lower  portion  of  thf of  between ?he  Hues! 

Kimr  mauefhavin Wn«  to  leaded:  thus,  the  riding  matter  in  the  following  spaces  is  what  is  termed  solid 

and  leaded;  the  upperportion  being  solid ,  and  the  lower  part  leaded. _ 

This  page  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  n 
This  page  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newsp 

This  pao-e  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  fr 
This  pao-e  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type  from  tfn 
This  pao-e  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Brilliant  to  w 
This  pao-e  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type  from  Brilliant  to  Two-line 
This  p«  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Brilliant  to  Two-line  Small  Pica. 
This  page  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type  from  Brilliant  to  Two-lmo jS ’ 
This  pa-e  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Brilliant  to  Two-  me  Small  Pica.  A  B  ODE 
This  JUe  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Brilliant  to  Two-line  Small  Pica.  A  B  CDi  j  *** 
This  page  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Brilliant  to  Two-line  Small  Pica.^  F  j  2  g1/.3,,  7  8  9  J0  „  ,2 

This  page  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Bn  lant  to  wo- one  ma^  ^ita^  FGUIJKLMNOpQRSTUVWXYZ&  123456789  10 
This  page  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kinds  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Brilliant  to  wo-  me  D^FCHUKlMNOPQRgTOVWXYZi  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  10  11  12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

This  page  contains  a  specimen  of  fourteen  kind.  of  newspaper  and  book  type,  from  Brilliant  to  Two-line  bmali  no  . 


BRILLIANT. 


i  the 


and  if  ho  fail  ' 


promptly  « 


Experience  proves  th»t  the  apprentice  forealiado' 
in-lination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  it 
unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  caieless  hoy 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destin; 
it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not.  at  t 
are  indispensable.  Among  the 
ness  and  dispatch.  The  boy  1 
lad  who  keeps  the  shop  and  »U 

who.  in  addition  to  these  qualification.,  is  artir  ,  u 
those  with  whom  he  may  engage.  Tho  l  oy  should 
of  if  h.  i.  true  to  It,.  lru»«  iu,,»,.d  o 

success  as  a  tradesman  and  worthy  citizen,  he  should  not  only  toi  ~ 
wwhll.  cultivate  and  maintain  a  pure,  untarnished  morality  ;  upon 
■  is  he  should  avoid  bad  associates,  and  thoroughly  resolve,  u 
te.  truthful,  and  acrupulouaiy  houeat. 


i,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  a  twig  foretells  the 

,uo  . . II  graduate  a  steady,  skillful,  and  capable  man.  as 

peri  into  the  Inzy,  dissolute  fellow.  The  fact  is.  a  boy  is 
5  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  ho  is  put, 
•e  to  ho  a  master- workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry 
ghly  vulued  in  tho  apprentice,  are  punctuality,  order, 


s  the  ei 


a  of  Ins 


mployer.  The 


i  recollect  that  ore 
while  an  nppri 


he  may  he  railed  upon  ti 
and  employee.  To  ntta 


To  do  t 


i  commencement. 


i  he  economical,  prudent. 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

By  Wm.  C.  Bryant. 

How  shall  I  know  thee  in  the  sphere  which  keopa 
The  disembodied  spirit*  of  the  dead. 

When  all  of  thee  that  time  could  wither,  deep* 
And  perishes  among  the  dust  we  tread  1 


PEARL. 

Fxnerience  provss  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the 
bendTa  twit  Foretells  the  inclination  of  Hie  tree.  The  npntrht.  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  nra,luale"a  steady  skillful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  nllina:, 
careless  bov  will  ripen  into  the  lasy,  dissolute  fellow.  The  fact  is  a  boy  i.  measurably  the 
maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if  he  fail  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  wh  ch 
he  is  nut  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not  at  the  outset  determine  to  be  a  maUer- 
workuFan Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable .  Among  the  business  habits 
that  are  hiehlv  valued  in  the  apprentice  are  punctuality,  order,  neatness  and  dispatch.  I  he 
boy  who  isgpromptlv  at  his  work  in  the  morning  soon  wins  the  esteem  of  his  employer.  he 
fad  iTho  keeps  the  Shop  and  store  in  a  neat  and  orderly  manner  ere  long  becomes  a  valuab  e 
assistant  and  the  youth  who,  in  addition  to  these  qualifications,  is  active  in  the  dispatch 
“  business^  is  certain  to  make  himself  useful  to  those  with  whom  he  may  engage.  The  bo. 

Will  not  tliy  own  meek  heart  demand  me  there  ! 

That  heart  whose  fondest  throb  to  me  was  given  1 
My  name  on  earth  was  ever  in  thy  prayer, 

And  wilt  thou  never  utter  it  in  heaven? 


DIAMOND. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  1 b®“? 
twic  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skiUfu^ancl  capable  main  as  unmistakably  as  the  nerver.e,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  m  o  the 
la-zv  dissolute  fellow  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny  ;  and  if  he  fail  to 
acntiire^imaster-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  hs  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because  he  did  not .at  the 
outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workinau.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
Among  thTSness  habits  that  are  highly  valued  iu  the  ^ 

ness  and  dispatch  The  boy  who  is  promptly  at  his  work  in  the  morning  soon  wins  the  esteem to :  his 
employer  The  lad  who  keeps  the  shop  and  store  in  a  neat  and  orderly  manner  ere  long  becomes  a 
valuable  assistant,  and  the  yJmh  who.  in  addition  to  these  “  *fre T'h"  ahK£l“o 

business,  is  certain  to  make  himself  useful  lo  those  with  whom  he  may  engase.  The  boy  should  also 
recollect  that  ere  Ion*  he  may  be  called  upon  to  fill  the  place  of  employer,  if  he  is  true  to  urn  trusts 
imposed  upon  him  while  an  apprentice  and  omnlove,  To  attain  the  highest  success  as  a  tradesman 
worthy  citizen,  he  should  n 
ami  maintain  r 


j  those  with  whom  he  may  engage, 
to  fill  the  place  of  employer,  if  he  i 
apprentice  un4  employe.  To  attain  the  highest  success  :  ... 

i  ue  snouia  not  only  form  these  correct-,  habits  of  business,  but  he  should  carefully  cultivate 
i ’a  pure,  untarnished  morality;  upon  which  rests  all  permanent  happiness  and  success. 


For  I  shall  feel  the  sting  of  ceaseless  pain, 
If  there  I  meet  thy  gentle  spirit  not; 

Nor  hear  the  voice  I  love,  nor  read  again. 
In  thy  serenest  eyes,  the  tender  thought. 


AGATE. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice. foreshadows  the :  workman,  just 
Dinwiiir  no  tim  hr»tifi  a  i  wifr  foretells  tlie  inclination  of  the  tree.  I  lie  u  p 


man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  caiLicss  uwy  win  . i ycii . 
lazy,  dissolute  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  th®  maker  of  his  own 
destiny  and  if  he  fail  to  acquire  a  master  knowledge  ot  the  ti  ade  to  which 
lie  s  nut  it  will  mainly  be  because  lie  did  not  at  the  outset  determine  to  be  b 
master^wor kihan .  Good  morals  and, steady  industry  are  indispensable 
Among  the  business  habits  that  are  Highly  valued  in  the  appi entice  are 
punctuality,  order,  neatness  and  dispatch.  The  boy -who .is  proin ^ptly  at  h.8 
work  in  the  morning  soon  wins  the  esteem  ol  his  employer.  1  lie  laa  w no 
keeps  the  shop  and  store  in  a  neat  and  orderly  manner  we  long  becomes  a 

In  meadows  fanned  by  heaven’s  life-brcatliing  wind, 

In  the  resplendence  of  that  glorious  sphere. 

And  larger  movements  of  the  unfettered  mind. 

Wilt  thou  forget  the  love  that  joined  us  here? 


NONPAREIL. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the  workman, 
tnst  at  surely  as  the  bend  of  a  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 
skiliful.  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  utling, 
careless  hoy  will  ripen  into  the  lazy,  dissolute  fellow.  The  fact  is, 
a  bov  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  it  he  fail  to 
acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will 
mainly  he  because  he  did  not  at  the  outset  determine  to  be  a  master- 
workman.  Good  morals  and  steady  industry  are  indispensable. 
Among  the  business  habits  that  are  highly  valued  in  the  appren¬ 
tice  are  punctuality,  order,  neatness  and  dispatch.  1  he  boy  wbo  is 

The  love  that  lived  through  all  the  stormy  past, 

And  meekly  with  my  harsher  nature  bore, 

And  deeper  grew,  and  tenderer  to  the  last. 

Shall  it  expire  with  life,  and  be  no  more  ? 


MINION. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows  the 
workman,  iust  as  surely  as  the  bend  ot  a  twig  foretells  the  in¬ 
clination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad 
will  graduate  a  steady,  skillful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistak¬ 
ably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  the  lazy 
dissolute  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker 
of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fail  to  acquire  a  master-know  1- 
edmi  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it  will  mainly  be  because 
he^did  not  at  the  outset  determine  to  be  a  master-workman. 

A  happier  lot  than  mine,  and  larger  light, 

Await  thee  there;  for  thou  hast  bowed  thy  will 
In  cheerful  homage  to  the  rule  of  right, 

And  lovest  all,  and  renderest  good  for  ill. 


SIZES  OF  NEWSPAPER  AND  BOOK  TYPE.  277 

BREVIER. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  a  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient,  indus¬ 
trious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skillful,  and  capable  man, 
as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  the  lazy,  dissolute  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 
measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny;  and  if  he  fail 
to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is 

For  me,  the  sordid  cares  in  which  I  dwell, 

Shrink  and  consume  my  heart  as  heat  the  scroll, 

And  wrath  has  left  its  scar — that  fire  of  hell 

Has  left  its  frightful  sear  upon  my  soul. 

BOURGEOIS. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend  of  a  twig  fore¬ 
tells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady,  skillful,  and  capa¬ 
ble  man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless 
boy  will  ripen  into  the  lazy,  dissolute  fellow.  The  fact 
is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own  destiny; 
and  if  he  fail  to  acquire  a  master-knowledge  of  the  trade 

Yet,  though  thou  wearest  the  glory  of  the  sky, 

Wilt  thou  not  keep  the  same  beloved  name, 

The  same  fair,  thoughtful  brow,  and  gentle  eye, 

Lovelier  in  heaven’s  sweet  climate,  yet  the  same? 

LONG  PRIMER. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore¬ 
shadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  a  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The 
upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  graduate  a 
steady,  skillful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into 
the  lazy,  dissolute  fellow.  The  fact  is,  a  boy  is 

Shalt  thou  not  teach  me  in  that  calmer  home 
The  wisdom  that  I  learned  so  ill  in  this  — 

The  wisdom  which  is  love  —  till  I  become 

Thy  fit  companion  in  that  land  of  bliss? 

SMALL  PICA. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice  fore¬ 
shadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely  as  the  bend 
of  a  twig  foretells  the  inclination  of  the  tree. 
The  upright,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will  grad¬ 
uate  a  steady,  skillful,  and  capable  man,  as  un¬ 
mistakably  as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  hoy 

will  ripen  into  the  lazy,  dissolute  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  hoy  is  measurably  the  maker  of  his  own 
destiny  ;  and  if  he  fail  to  accpiire  a  master- 
knowledge  of  the  trade  to  which  he  is  put,  it 

PICA. 

Experience  proves  that  the  apprentice 
foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as  surely 
as  the  bend  of  a  twig  foretells  the  inclina¬ 
tion  of  the  tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 
industrious  lad  will  graduate  a  steady, 

skillful,  and  capable  man,  as  unmistakably 
as  the  perverse,  idling,  careless  boy  will 
ripen  into  the  lazy,  dissolute  fellow.  The 
fact  is,  a  boy  is  measurably  the  maker  of 

ENGLISH. 

Experience  proves  that  the  appren¬ 
tice  foreshadows  the  workman,  just  as 
surely  as  the  bend  of  a  twig  foretells 
the  inclination  of  the  tree.  The  up¬ 
right,  obedient,  industrious  lad  will 
graduate  a  steady,  skillful,  and  capable 
man,  as  unmistakably  as  the  perverse, 
idling,  careless  boy  will  ripen  into  the 

GREAT  PRIMER. 

Experience  proves  that 
the  apprentice  foreshadows 
the  workman,  just  as  surely 

as  the  bend  of  a  twig  fore¬ 
tells  the  inclination  of  the 
tree.  The  upright,  obedient, 

TWO  LINE  SMALL  PICA. 

Experience  proves  that 
the  apprentice  foreshad¬ 
ows  the  workman,  just  as 

surely  as  the  bend  of  a 
twig  foretells  the  inclina- 

278 


PROOF  READING. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  READING  PROOF. 

typographical  marks 

1  j  Though  several  differing  opinions  exist  as  to 
'the  individual  by  w^om  the  art  of  printing  was  / 
first  discovered ,  yet  all  authorities  concur  in 
admitting  Peter  Schoeffer  to  be  the  person  3 
who  invented  cast  metal  types,  having  learned 
(f  the  art  -oh  of  cutting  the  letters  from  the  Gut- 
®./  enbergs J  he  is  also  supposed  to  have  been 

the  first  whoengraved  on  copper  plates.  The'/-/ 
following  testimony  is  preseved  in  the  family,  8 

■%  t _  T? _ A  Tnnnfiifi  /-vf  A  ooViofpAnltnvfr  • 


by  Jo.  Fred.  Faustus, ^of^Ascheffenburg : 


<#s 


!!>□  >■  Peter  Schoeffer,  of  Gernsheim,  perceiving  q?  y 
li  \y  his  master  Fausts  design,  and  being  himself  ’ 


a a  ( desirous\ardently)  to  improve  the  art,  found 
out  (by  the  good  providence  of  God)  the 
method  of  cutting  ( incidendi )  the  characters 
in  a  matrix,  that  the  letters  might  easily  be 


EXEMPLIFIED. 

Though  several  differing  opinions  exist  as  to 
the  individual  by  whom  the  art  of  printing  was 
first  discovered ,  yet  all  authorities  concur  in 
admitting  PETER  SCHOEFFER  to  he  the 
person  who  invented  cast  metal  types,  having 
learned  the  art  of  cutting  the  letters  from  the 
Gutenbergs :  he  is  also  supposed  to  have  been 
the  first  who  engraved  on  copper-plates.  The 
following  testimony  is  preserved  in  the  family, 
by  Jo.  Fred.  Faustus,  of  Asclieffenburg: 

‘  Peter  Schoeffer,  of  Gernsheim,  perceiv¬ 
ing  his  master  Faust’s  design,  and  being  him¬ 
self  ardently  desirous  to  improve  the  art,  found 
out  (by  the  good  providence  of  God)  the 
method  of  cutting  ( incidendi )  the  characters  in 
a  matrix,  that  the  letters  might  easily  be  singly 
cast,  instead  of  being  cut.  He  privately  cut 
matrices  for  the  whole  alphabet:  and  when  he 
showed  his  master  the  letters  cast  from  these 
matrices,  Faust  was  so  pleased  with  the  con¬ 
trivance,  that  he  promised  Peter  to  give  him 
his  only  daughter  Christina  in  marriage,  a 
promise  which  he  soon  after  performed.  But 
there  were  as  many  difficulties  at  first  with 
these  letters,  as  there  had  been  before  with 
wooden  ones,  the  metal  being  too  soft  to  sup¬ 
port  the  force  of  the  impression :  but  this  defect 
was  soon  remedied,  by  mixing  the  metal  with 
a  substance  which  sufficiently  hardened  it.’ 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  CORRECTIONS. 

ACKELLAR’S  American  Printer  gives  the  follow¬ 
ing  rules  for  correcting  proof  which  will  be  found 
of  convenience  to  all  who  write  for  the  press  : 

A  wrong  letter  in  a  word  is  noted  by  drawing  a  short  per¬ 
pendicular  line  through  it,  and  making  another  short  line  in 
the  margin,  behind  which  the  right  letter  is  placed.  (See  No.  i.) 
In  this  manner  whole  words  are  corrected,  by  drawing  a  line 
across  the  wrong  word  and  making  the  right  one  in  the  margin 
opposite. 


A  turned  letter  is  noted  by  drawing  a  line  through  it,  and 
writing  the  mark  No.  2  in  the  margin. 

If  letters  or  words  require  to  be  altered  from  one  character 
to  another,  a  parallel  line  or  lines  must  be  made  underneath 
the  word  or  letter, — viz.  for  capitals,  three  lines  ;  small  capi¬ 
tals,  two  lines  ;  and  Italics,  one  line  ;  and,  in  the  margin  oppo¬ 
site  the  line  where  the  alteration  occurs,  Caps,  Small  Caps,  or 
Ital.  must  be  written.  (See  No.  3.) 

When  letters  or  words  are  set  double,  or  are  required  to  be 
taken  out,  a  line  is  drawn  through  the  superfluous  word  or 
letter,  and  the  mark  No.  4  placed  opposite  in  the  margin. 

Where  the  punctuation  requires  to  be  altered,  the  correct 
point,  marked  in  the  margin,  should  be  encircled. 


TYPOGRAPHICAL  MARKS  ILLUSTRATED. 


279 


When  a  space  is  omitted  between  two  words  or  letters  which 
should  be  separated,  a  caret  must  be  made  where  the  separa¬ 
tion  ought  to  be,  and  the  sign  No.  6  placed  opposite  in  the 
margin. 

No.  7  describes  the  manner  in  which  the  hyphen  and  ellipsis 
line  are  marked. 

When  a  letter  has  been  omitted,  a  caret  is  put  at  the  place 
of  omission,  and  the  letter  marked  as  No.  8. 

Where  letters  that  should  be  joined  are  separated,  or  where 
a  line  is  too  widely  spaced,  the  mark  No.  g  must  be  placed 
under  them,  and  the  correction  denoted  by  the  marks  in  the 
margin. 

Where  a  new  paragraph  is  required,  a  quadrangle  is  drawn 
in  the  margin,  and  a  caret  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  sen¬ 
tence.  (See  No.  io.) 

No.  II  shows  the  way  in  which  the  apostrophe,  inverted 
commas,  the  star  and  other  references,  and  superior  letters  and 
figures,  are  marked. 

Where  two  words  are  transposed,  a  line  is  drawn  over  one 
word  and  below  the  other,  and  the  mark  No.  12  placed  in  the 
margin  ;  but  where  several  words  require  to  be  transposed, 
their  right  order  is  signified  by  a  figure  placed  over  each  word, 
and  the  mark  No.  12  in  the  margin. 

Where  words  have  been  struck  out,  that  have  afterward 
been  approved  of,  dots  should  be  marked  under  them,  and 
Stet.  written  in  the  margin.  (See  No.  13.) 

Where  a  space  sticks  up  between  two  words,  a  horizontal 
line  is  drawn  under  it,  and  the  mark  No.  14  placed  opposite, 
in  the  margin. 

Where  several  words  have  been  left  out,  they  are  tran¬ 
scribed  at  the  bottom  of  the  page,  and  a  line  drawn  from  the 
place  of  omission  to  the  written  words  (see  No  15)  ;  but  if  the 
omitted  matter  is  too  extensive  to  be  copied  at  the  foot  of  the 
page,  Out ,  see  copy ,  is  written  in  the  margin,  and  the  missing 
lines  are  enclosed  between  brackets,  and  the  word  Out ,  is 
inserted  in  the  margin  of  the  copy. 

Where  letters  stand  crooked,  they  are  noted  by  a  line  (see 
No.  16) ;  but,  where  a  page  hangs,  lines  are  drawn  across  the 
entire  part  affected. 

When  a  smaller  or  larger  letter,  of  a  different  font,  is 
improperly  introduced  into  the  page,  it  is  noted  by  the  mark 
No.  17,  which  signifies  wrong  font. 

If  a  paragraph  is  improperly  made,  a  line  is  drawn  from 
the  broken-off  matter  to  the  next  paragraph,  and  No  Tf  written 
in  the  margin.  (See  No.  18.) 

Where  a  word  has  been  left  out  or  is  to  be  added,  a  caret 
must  be  made  in  the  place  where  it  should  come  in,  and  the 
word  written  in  the  margin.  (See  No.  19.) 

Where  a  faulty  letter  appears,  it  is  marked  by  making  a 
cross  under  it,  and  placing  a  similar  one  in  the  margin  (see 
No.  20) ;  though  some  prefer  to  draw  a  perpendicular  line 
through  it,  as  in  the  case  of  a  wrong  letter. 


MARKS  USED  IN  CORRECTING  PROOF. 


Q 

□ 

A 


Turn  letter. 


Indent  line  one  em  quadrat. 

Take  out  ;  expunge. 

The  caret  shows  where  the  letter  or  word  is 
omitted. 

Insert  space. 


Less  space. 


Close  up  entirely. 


Remove  type,  and  insert  a  space,  in  place  of  what 
is  remove:1.. 

Take  out  type,  and  close  up. 


X 

£ 

JL 


&ut. 

ir 

/ 

/-/ 

c  or  L 
^  or  -1 


Bad  type. 

Push  down  space. 

Plane  down  a  letter. 

No  paragraph- 

Placed  under  erased  words,  restores  them. 

Written  in  the  margin,  restores  a  cancelled  word 
or  words  that  have  dots  under  them. 

Begin  a  paragraph. 

Letters  stand  crooked. 

Should  be  a  compound  word. 

Remove  to  the  left. 

Remove  to  the  right. 

Carry  higher  up  on  page. 

Carry  down. 

Three  lines,  beneath  writing,  denote  capitals. 
Two  lines,  beneath  writing,  denote  small  capitals. 
One  line,  beneath  writing,  denotes  italics. 
Wrong  font  type. 

Transpose  letters,  words  or  sentences. 


C.  Lower  case,  or  small  letters. 
d.  O.  Small  capitals. 

Q  Period. 

(7)  Colon. 

f  Calls  attention  to  some  doubtful  word  or  sentence. 


j^vvdiW^  .  jCVe&a  eV^xu  ^VwvxivwVve^.OVvvo . 

IKoLttClDL  &_  C^., 

Stdft  S\., 
CVvte^ ,  YY&. 

PLAIN  ROMAN  LETTERS. 

ABCDEFGHIJKL 

MNOPQR8TUVW 

§P“  X  Y  Z  .  &  M  (E  ,J§ 

abode  fghijklmnopq 
rstuvwxyz.  aeoel2345 

6  7  8  9  0.  $  £ 


STANDARD  ALPHABETS. 


283 


ANTIQUE  POINTED  EXTENDED. 


1234567890. 

ONE-HAND  DEAF  AND  DUMB  ALPHABET. 


DORIC. 

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP 
QRSTUV  WX  YZ? 
abcdefghijklmnopqrs 
tuvwxyz&$123456789  0. 

POINTED  CONDENSED. 

ABCDEFCHIJKLMNGrQRST 

UHinztsiMimiP. 


I 


234 


OLD  ENGLISH  AND  MEDIEVAL  ALPHABETS. 


OLD  ENGLISH  TITLE  TEXT. 


a  U 1}  il  g  h  i  j  k  l  ii|  u  0  jj  jj  r  s  t  u  im  x  j|  e 


OLD  ENGLISH  FANCY  TEXT. 


MEDIEVAL. 


Bbri)ifg§ij61ntnopqFs(a 

totopg?.A&S4$§i?89B. 


ORNAMENTAL  INITIAL  LETTERS. 


288 


ORNAMENTAL  INITIAL  LETTERS. 


ORNAMENTAL  INITIAL  SCRIPT,  TOR  ENGRAVING,  FANCY  NEEDLE-WORK,  ETC.  289 


CORRECT  PUNCTUATION  IN  SIGN  PAINTING- 


291 


$ 

ISign  iPunctuation. 

§ ' * 

Illustrations  of  the  Proper  Wording  and  Punctuation  of  Sign  Writing. 


Unusually  Large  Marks  are  used  to  Distinctly  Illustrate  Punctuation. 


The  following  samples  of  Signs  will  be  found 
convenient  by  Sign  Writers  as  showing  correct 
punctuation. 


BANK. 


POST-OFFICE. 


JOHN  SMITH. 


JOHN  HENRY  SMITH. 


J.  H.  SMITH. 


JOHN  H.  SMITH. 


CHARLES  SMITH.  HENRY  JONES. 


C.  SMITH  &  H.  JONES. 


SMITH  &  JONES. 


The  period  (.)  is  used  at  the  end  of  every 
sentence,  even  if  it  be  but  one  word ;  as, 
Bank.  Merchant  Tailor.  John  Smith.  Will¬ 
iam  Jones ,  Dealer  in  Hats ,  Caps  and  Furs. 
The  period  is  also  used  to  show  the  omission  of 
letters,  at  the  last  of  a  name  or  word,  called 
abbreviation ;  as  Co.  for  Company ;  H.  J.  Smith 
for  Henry  James  Smith.  In  the  abbreviation 
of  Chas.,  Wm.,  Thos.,  Jas.,  Bobt.,  Bros .,  and 
Sami .,  while  the  rule  is  to  use  the  apostrophe, 
it  is  customary  to  use  the  period. 

The  comma  (,)  is  used,  in  sign  painting,  to 
show  the  omission  of  words.  This  is  shown 
in  the  following  sentences  : 

Brown  and  West  and  Co.  areDealers  in  Paints 
and  Oils  and  Class ,  and  so  forth. 

To  avoid  repeating  the  and  we  use  the 
comma,  thus : 

Brown ,  West  $  Co., Dealers  in  Paints ,  Oils , 
Class ,  $c. 

The  apostrophe  (’)  is  used  to  show  the  omis¬ 
sion  of  letters,  in  the  beginning  or  middle  of  a 
I  word,  thus:  't  is  for  it  is;  ’ twere  for  it  were; 


292 


CORRECT  PUNCTUATION  IN  SIGN  PAINTING. 


’73  for  1873;  comfy  for  company ;  pack' g  for 
packing ;  d's  for  days ;  ms  for  months ;  y  s  for 
years;  geril  ag't  for  general  agent ,  etc. 

The  apostrophe  is  also  used  to  show  the  pos¬ 
sessive,  thus:  Brown's  Bank.  If  the  owner's 
name  terminates  with  an  s,  the  apostrophe 
follows  the  s;  as,  Wells'  Bank ,  Briggs  Store. 
If  two  or  more  persons  are  spoken  of,  in  the 
possessive,  the  apostrophe  follows  the  s ;  as, 
Ladies'  Entrance;  Gents'  Parlor;  Tomlinson 
Brothers'  Bank.  If,  however,  the  person’s 
name  takes  the  character  of  an  adjective,  de¬ 
scribing  the  article,  no  apostrophe  is  required ; 
as,  Briggs  House  ;  Merchants  Bank. 

This  character  (<f)  stands  for  and ,  and  came 
originally  from  Et.,  Etc.  in  script,  the  Latin  ab¬ 
breviation  for  et  cetera — “  and  the  rest.’  The 
first  is  used  in  connecting  firm  names,  and  the 
other  at  the  end  to  avoid  details.  Thus, 
Smith  <f  Brown;  or  Smith ,  Brown  £  Co., 
Dealers  in  Groceries,  Provisions,  frc. 

Where  the  placing  of  a  period  or  other  mark, 
after  a  letter  or  figure,  would  decidedly  injure 
the  appearance  of  the  same,  good  taste  may 
suggest  that  such  mark  be  omitted.  See  Nos. 
44  and  42,  page  293. 

For  other  marks  in  punctuation,  see  page  52. 

A  light  faced  letter  Is  used  In  the  following  advertise¬ 
ments,  to  Illustrate  the  punctuation  conspicuously. 


S.  &  J. 

EDITOR. 

EDITOR’S  ROOM. 

SUPT’S  OFFICE. 

LADIES’  PARLOR. 


TREASURER’S  OFFICE. 


DRY  GOODS. 


MERCHANT  TAILOR. 


-JONES  SCHOOL. 


BRIGGS  HOUSE. 


METROPOLITAN  HOTEL. 


JONES’  STORE. 


FRESH  AND  SALT  MEATS. 


FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK. 


NORTH  AMERICA 

FIRE  &  MARINE  INSURANCE  COMPANY, 
ST.  LOUIS,  MISSOURI. 

CAPITAL,  -  -  -  -  $200,000. 

OFFICERS: 

J.  Hartley  Wells,  Pres't.  David  Briggs,  Sec’y.  | 


PROF.  A.  B.  COOK. 


DR.  HENRY  WING. 


SAML.  H.  SMITH,  M.D. 


1 


CORRECT  PUNCTUATION  IN  SIGN  PAINTING.  293 

FIRE  INS.  COMP’Y. 

44  BROWN  BROTHERS.  44 

A.  M.  EXPRESS  CO. 

42  BRAINARD’S  SONS.  42 

AMERICAN  PACK’G  CO. 

C.  S.  BELDON,  CLARK  &  CO. 

DRUGGISTS’  SUNDRIES. 

JONES  BROS.,  WEST  &  HOYT. 

F.  BURT,  SHAW  &  SONS, 

REAL  ESTATE  AND  LOAN  AG’TS. 

PAGE  BROS.’  BLOCK. 

WELLS,  WADE  BROS.  &  COOK. 

st.clair  bros.  &  sons, 

GEN’L  AGENTS. 

Me  micken  &  st.clair. 

D.  O.  WELLS,  BRIGGS  &  SONS, 

AG’TS  N.  W.  MANUF’G  CO. 

St.CLAIR  BROS.’  EXCHANGE. 

MEN’S  AND  BOYS’  CLOTHING. 

CHILDREN’S  UNDERGARMENTS. 

HIRAM  BROWN, 

DEALER  IN 

BOOTS  AND  SHOES. 

BENNETT  &  PETERS. 

STOVES  AND  HARDWARE. 

/ 

H.  O.  SMITH, 

DEALER  IN 

LUMBER. 

SMITH,  JONES  &  BLACK. 

HARDWARE,  CUTLERY,  ETC. 

HOYT  &  WEBSTER, 

DEALERS  IN 

PAINTS,  OILS,  GLASS,  ETC. 

MRS.  WM.  HENRY  WEST. 

MILLINERY  AND  FANCY  GOODS. 

C.  CLINTON  BROWN, 

ATTORNEY  AND  COUNSELOR. 

WILLIAMS  &  CO., 

DEALERS  IN 

HATS,  CAPS,  FURS,  ETC. 

DeLAND  &  Me  GANN. 

294 


PUNCTUATION  OF  SIGNS. 


BRIGGS,  WELLS  &  CO., 

SHNIEDEWEND,  LEE  &  CO., 

WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL  DEALERS  IN 

ELECTROTYPERS; 

BOOKS,  WALL-PAPER  &  STATIONERY. 

MANUFACTURERS  OF 

Labor-Saving  Slugs,  Metal  Furniture,  and  Superior 

JONES,  COX  &  CO., 

Finished  Leads. 

MANUFACTURERS  AND  DEALERS  IN 

NO.  hi  E.  MADISON  ST.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

HARDWARE,  CUTLERY  AND  STOVES  ; 

St.  CLAIRE  &  Me  CLURE, 

ALSO,  GEN’L  AG’TS  FOR 

Successors  to  HATCH  BROS.; 

AURORA  SILVER-PLATE  MANUF’G  CO. 

HEADQUARTERS  FOR  THE 

“COSMOPOLITAN,”  “STEWART,”  AND 

WEBB  &  GREEN, 

“WESTERN  HOME,”  COOKING  STOVES. 

GEN’L  AG’TS  FOR  THE 

NO.  44  MAPLE  ST.,  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 

N.  W.  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY  ; 

PUSH  ALONG  !  KEEP  MOVING  ! 

AND  DEALERS  IN 

CHAS.  Me  GILL, 

R.  R.  SUPPLIES,  PIG  IRON  AND  LEAD. 

THE  HOUSE -MOVER. 

0 

FIRE  AND  MARINE  INSURANCE. 

Address  P.  0.  Box  1,108,  or  Call  at  91  Peck  Ave., 

WESTERN  INSURANCE  COMPANY ; 

SALEM,  MASS. 

CLEVELAND,  O. 

BLACK  BROS.  &  CO.,  , 

PAID-UP  CAPITAL,  $2,000,000  IN  U.  S.  BONDS. 

WHOLESALE  CLOTHING  HOUSE  ; 

CHARLES  D.  SMITH,  Agent. 

HEADQUARTERS  FOR 

A.  E.  Small.  P-  D.  Cook. 

SMALL  &  COOK, 

GENTS’  FURNISHING  GOODS  AND  FURS. 

Attorneys  and  Counselors  at  Law  ; 

70  Broadway,  up  stairs,  ST.  CROIX,  ILL. 

ROOM  15,  STEVENS  BLOCK, 

The  Largest  Gents’  Furnishing  House  in  the  World. 

Off.ce  Hours:]  \  ™  *%**„“•  MILWAUKEE. 

OAK  HALL  CLOTHING  EMPORIUM, 

NORTHERN  LIGHT,  NO  8  ; 

Nos.  148,  150,  152  and  154  Prindle  St. 

MANUFACTURED  BY 

HOWARD’S  LARGE  OVEN, 

FRIDLEY,  St.  ANNE  &  BROTHER, 

Air-Tight,  Summer  and  Winter  Cooking  Stove. 

Elkhart,  Ind. 

PAT’D  MAY  4,  1871I 

PATENTED,  AUG.  :,  1870.  RE-ISSUED,  SEPT.  10,  1872. 

OSCAR  D.  HOWARD. 

engravers’  inscriptions,  representing  wording  and  punctuation. 


295 


Engravers’  Inscriptions. 


Wording  and  Punctuation  of  Inscriptions 
for  Engraving. 


Forms  of  Wording,  appropriate  in  marking  Rings,  Spoons, 
Pins,  Coffin-Plates,  Cane-Heads,  Watches,  Silver¬ 
ware,  etc.,  for  use  in  Presentation  on  the 
occasion  of  Weddings,  Marriage  Anni¬ 
versaries,  Birthdays,  etc.,  etc. 


STYLES  OF  LETTERING. 


SCRTPTIONS  to  be  engraved 
on  metal,  should  be  in  as  few 
words  as  possible.  It  is  import¬ 
ant  always  that  the  person  fur¬ 
nishing  the  copy  to  the  engraver 
should  write  the  words  to  be  en¬ 
graved  in  the  plainest  manner, 
not  even  omitting  the  punctua¬ 
tion.  Care  should  be  taken  to 


plainly  distinguish  the  I  from  the  J,  and  other 
letters,  that  in  script  are  likely  to  be  taken  for 
others.  Special  care  should  also  be  observed 
in  spelling. 

The  following  forms  of  wording,  styles  of 
lettering,  punctuation,  and  arrangement  of 
sentences  will  be  found  serviceable,  both  for 
the  engraver  and  those  persons  who  wish  to 
have  engraving  executed. 


296 


ENGRAVERS  INSCRIPTIONS  ;  WORDING  AND  PUNCTUATION. 


m 


AMiMt 

444 


4-$*1§riK0': 

OjL,IY  7.  '87I-0 


Aged  25  y’rs,  3  m’s. 


<^eSENT^ 

— TO — 

-  BY 

EMPLOYEES,  CAR  DEP’T, 

April  4th,  1873. 
Chicago,  Ill. 


iUftotljcr ; 


From  MART. 

CHRISTMAS,  1873. 


J 

From  Her  Mother. 

ISth  Birthday,  June  10th,  1873. 


25th  Anniversary  Wedding; 

-J/'/'/ij  4  g 7 <S  ; 


THEEK  MANY  PBEETOS, 


0|hs.  O.  Slilson; 

'Sfilwn  a.  ^fibienc/. 


fg  3pM+ 

December  26,  1869. 


OTTE. 

UHT 


1 1 


l^aruug  3j).  ^tntj 

FROM 

dftcz^Ce-i''  ■tZ'Pi<^/  cyffQo-gf/^e'i. 

2 1  st  Birthday. 


; PRESENTED  TO - 


Cff 


cm 


4  mu 


ipt 


flLr.  y\  ^roiu^iut]. 

Apr.  I,  1868. 


a 


cr 


&  V  c* 


Cf 

;  4  + 


^MAS. 


JANUARY  1,  1869. 


4^r8c  $•  I>Ut- 


Born,  May  12,  1835. 


fiiitt: 


Pretu  HER  ©HELBKEM, 

Christmas,  1872. 


~  S  Gj 


its,  pM|; 

ROM 

G$Q)'ez4M('  cUcdt-esyi-dj; 

AS  A  TOKEN  OF 

Esteem  and  Respect. 


FORMS  FOR  TOMB-STONE  INSCRIPTIONS 


SUAL  recent  wording  of  Tomb- 
Stone  Inscriptions  is  shown 
in  the  following.  In  com¬ 
parison,  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  modern  inscription  is  gen¬ 
erally  much  more  brief  than 
that  of  the  olden  time.  For¬ 
merly  it  was  customary  to  chisel  in  rude  letters 
epitomized  biographical  histories  of  the  de¬ 
ceased  on  the  tomb-stones  that  marked  their  last 
resting  place.  Among  such  are  many  quaint, 
curious  and  foolish  inscriptions  that,  so  far 


297 


^omfi-jfronf  Inscriptions. 


as  perpetuating  the  memories  of  the  deceased 
was  concerned,  had  better  never  have  been 
engraved  on  the  headstones. 

The  lesson  taught  in  these  examples  is,  that 
the  more  concise  the  inscription,  the  more  favor¬ 
ably  coming  generations  will  judge  of  the  hand¬ 
ful  of  dust  that  lies  beneath  the  leaning  tomb¬ 
stone.  The  most  approved  modern  forms,  ac¬ 
companied  by  epitaphs,  are  shown  herewith, 
together  with  the  correct  grammatical  wording 
and  punctuation  of  the  same.  The  following 
appropriately  accompany  the  inscription. 


Brief  Epitaphs. 


4«r 


^harlir. 


2EII  is  Mel 

1. 

(|one  Ifcine. 

(Cljrtst  te  mg  f^ope. 

Barling  jSnstrr. 

Sonr,  hut  not  forgotten. 

&lje  Hflorntng  atomttlj. 

|  £  Will  j| 

jjgifi  apint. 

lied,  ^aiitilrog  J 

^Iging  hnt  <^oing  Igotmp 

<j|)rtr  hi  tl{e  Rummer  jj|antl. 


|(>l  nrr’ll  tqret  ||  cr. 


^rlu;r£  shall  he  110  A^iglti  Ihrrc. 


pstni,  mi  tM 


298 


FORMS  FOR  TOMB-STONE  INSCRIPTIONS. 


tlltf* 


Sho  faltered  by  tB«e  wayside,  and 
the  Angels  tooU  her  home. 


The  Angels  called  Him. 


Minnie, 


INFANT  DAUGHTER  OF 


DIED  &?*<»$- 

Sept.  15th,  1873.  A3ED  1  Mo.  is  15  D’s. 

Beneath  this  stone,  in  soft  repose, 

Is  laid  a  mother's  clearest  pride; 

A  flower  that  scarce  had  waked  to  life 
And  light  and  beauty,  ere  it  died. 


isjMiq) 

Aged  60  Years.  August  3,  1870. 


I^arrirf  Siljpraa, 


ifenenson 


ACED  41  Years.  Oct.  4,  1872. 
“  I  Fear  not  Heath.” 


DIED 

November  1st,  1871.  AGED  5  Y’s  St  8  M's. 

■  ’Tin  a  little  grave,  but  O,  have  care. 

For  world-wide  hopes  are  buried  there, 
How  much  of  light,  how  much  of  joy, 
Is  buried  with  a  darling  boy." 


Hjamcji  I). II] eltl fit, 

CAPT.  OF 

51st  Regiment,  Illinois  Vols., 
Killed  at  the  Battle  of  Perryville, 

October  8th,  1863.  * 

Aged  51  Y’s,  6  M’s,  10  D’s. 


&RY  ELLEN. 


Bom  at  Keene,  N.  H.,  Jan.  8,  1805. 

Born  into  Spirit  Life  Sept.  6th,  1865. 

NOT  DEAD,  BUT  GONE  BEFORE. 


1§.  %l  ijjillmgs. 

December  1,  1872.  Aged  36  Years. 


DIED 

December  25th,  1870.  AQED  i  T’S,  3  M’S  It  1  D’S, 


WHO  DEPARTED  THIS  LIFE 

August  10,  1871.  Aged  50  Years. 
fc*  I  go  to  prepare  a  place  for  thee.” 


BORN,  DIED, 

Sept.  21st,  1841.  Nov.  21st,  1872 


He  Died  as  lie  Eived-a  Christian. 


$()o».  i#l.  Randall, 

-  *  DIED 

August  15,  1869.  ACED  61  Years. 

AMemberof  the  t.S.  Congress  for  20  Tears,  he 
died  as  he  lived,  a  pure  and  upright  man. 


Jilin,  j.  ijuliliat'il, 


Dec.  28th,  1873.  Aged  92  Y’s,  8  M’s. 

‘  Fqrewell  to  thee,  my  house  of  clay  ! 

Long  have  we  two  been  bound  together, 
But  I  forsake  thy  porch  to-day, 

And  yield  thee  up  to  wind  and  weather. 
Sleep,  sleep  at  last !  thy  sleep  shall  he 
My  rest,  my  strength,  my  victory  !” 


I  atiwst* 


Died  October  5,  1869.  ACED  61  Years. 


Wm  D.  | 

BORN  INTO  SUMMER  LAND 

Sept.  1st,  1872.  Aged  19  Y’s,  3  M’s. 

DARLING  SISTER  ; 

"  Yet,  though  thou  wcar'st  the  glory  of  the  eky. 

We  know  thou  it  keep  Hie  same  televeJ  name, 

The  same  fair,  thoughtful  brow  and  gentle  eye, 
Lovelier  in  h*-aven  s  sweet  climate,  yet ihe  same.' 


1%1-U  if.  palmer, 


ENTERED  SPIRIT  LIFE 

September  9,  1872.  Aged  38  Y’s,  6  M’s. 

“  O  land  beyond  the  setting  sun  ! 

O  realm  more  lair  than  poet's  dream  ! 
How  clear  tiiy  silvery  streamlets  run. 

How  bright  thy  golden  glories  gleam  1 
For  well  we  know  that  fair  and  bright, 

Far  beyond  unman  ken  or  dream, 

Too  glorious  for  our  feeble  sight. 

Thy  skies  of  cloudless  azure  beam.’’ 


ferine : 


The  angels  called  him  on  a  sunny  day, 
August  15th,  1872. 

AGED  5  Y'S,  6  M'S,  4  D'S. 

•*  We  shnll  all  go  home  to  our  Father's  house, 

To  our  Father's  house  in  the  sides. 

Where  the  hope  of  our  souls  shall  have  no  blight, 

And  our  love  no  broken  ties  : 

We  shall  roam  on  the  banks  of  the  River  of  Peace. 

And  bathe  in  its  blissful  tide  ;  , 

And  one  of  the  joys  of  our  heaven  shall  be, 

The  little  boy  that  died.” 


POETIC  SELECTIONS  SUITABLE  FOR  THE  EPITAPH. 


299 


Brief  Extracts  from  the  Best  Poems,  suitable  to  accompany  Tomb- 
Stone  Inscriptions. 


(VERY  inscription  on  tomb-stones 
may  appropriately  be  accom¬ 
panied  by  an  epitaph,  which 
should  be  expressive  yet  very 
brief.  Formerly  it  was  custom¬ 
ary  oftentimes  to  inscribe  seve¬ 
ral  stanzas  of  poetry  upon  the 
headstone.  With  the  improved 
taste  of  later  years,  however,  it  is  considered 
best  to  condense  the  epitaph  into  a  few  words, 
usually  not  exceeding  four  lines  in  length. 

The  following  appropriate  stanzas  for  epitaphs 
are  culled  from  the  best  poems  : 

1  We  saw  not  the  angels  who  met  him  there, 

The  gates  of  the  city  we  could  not  see. 

Over  the  river,  over  the  river, 

My  darling  stands  waiting  to  welcome  me.” 


Amiable,  she  won  all ;  intelligent,  she  charmed 
all;  fervent,  she  loved  all;  and  dead,  she 
saddened  all.” 


“  He  carries  the  lambs  in  his  bosom.” 


“  Rest  in  peace,  thou  gentle  spirit, 
Throned  above  — 

Souls  like  thine  with  God  inherit 
Life  and  love.” 


“  I  love  them  that  love  me,  and  they  that  seek  me 
early  shall  find  me.” 


“  Judge  not  the  Lord  by  feeble  sense, 
But  trust  Him  for  His  grace; 
Behind  a  frowning  providence, 

He  hides  a  smiling  face.” 


“  Not  thus  his  nobler  part  shall  dwell 
A  prisoner  in  this  narrow  cell ; 

But  he,  whom  we  now  hide  from  men, 
With  youth  renewed,  shall  live  again.” 


“  Death,  thou  art  but  another  birth, 

Freeing  the  spirit  from  the  clogs  of  earth.” 


“  Ay,  hold  it  true,  whate’er  befall, 

And  feel  it,  when  we  sorrow  most, 
’T.is  better  to  have  loved  and  lost, 
Than  to  have  never  loved  at  all.” 


300  EPITAPHS. 


“Shed  not  for  her  the  bitter  tear, 

Nor  give  the  heart  to  vain  regret; 
’T  is  but  the  casket  that  lies  here, 

The  gem  that  filled  it  sparkles  yet.” 


“Sheltered  and  safe  from  sorrow.” 


“  Ere  sin  could  harm,  or  sorrow  fade, 
Death  came  with  friendly  care ; 

The  opening  bud  to  heaven  conveyed, 
And  bade  it  blossom  there.” 


“  Happy  infant,  early  blest ! 

Rest,  in  peaceful  slumbers,  rest.” 


“  This  lovely  bud,  so  young,  so  fair, 
Called  hence  by  early  doom, 

Just  came  to  show  how  sweet  a  flower 
In  Paradise  would  bloom.” 


“  Suffer  little  children  to  come  unto  me.” 


“  There,  in  the  Shepherd’s  bosom, 

White  as  the  drifted  snow, 

Is  the  little  lamb  we  missed  one  morn, 
From  the  household  flock  below.” 


“  Sweet  flower,  transplanted  to  a  clime 
Where  never  comes  the  blight  of  time.” 


“  So  the  bird  of  my  bosom  fluttered  up  to  the  dawn, 
A  window  was  opened  —  my  darling  was  gone  ! 
A  truant  from  time,  from  tears,  and  from  sin, 

For  the  angel  on  watch  took  the  wanderer  in.” 


“O  Death!  where  is  thy  sting?  O  Grave!  where 
is  thy  victory?  ” 


“  From  meadows  fanned  by  heaven’s  life-breathing 
wind, 

In  the  resplendence  of  that  glorious  sphere, 

And  larger  movements  of  the  unfettered  mind, 
Come  darling,  oft,  and  meet  me  here.” 


“  A  happier  lot  than  ours,  and  larger  light,  sur¬ 
rounds  thee  there.” 


“  Gone  to  a  land  of  pure  delight, 
Where  saints  immortal  reign  ; 
Infinite  day  excludes  the  night, 
And  pleasures  banish  pain.” 


“  Though  I  walk  through  the  valley  of  the  shadow 
of  death,  I  will  fear  no  evil,  for  Thou 
art  with  me.” 


“Triumphant  smiles  the  victor’s  brow, 
Fanned  by  some  angel’s  purple  wing. 
Where  is,  O  grave,  thy  victory  now  ? 

And  where,  insidious  death,  thy  sting?  ” 


“  Thy  rod  and  Thy  staff, 'they  comfort  me.” 


“  Sweet  is  the  scene  when  virtue  dies ! 

When  sinks  a  righteous  soul  to  rest, 

How  mildly  beam  the  closing  eyes, 

How  gently  heaves  the  expanding  breast !  ” 


“  Here  I  lay  my  burden  down, 
Change  the  cross  into  the  crown.” 


“  I  shall  know  the  loved  who  have  gone  before, 
And  joyfully  sweet  will  the  meeting  be, 
When  over  the  river,  the  peaceful  river, 

The  angel  of  death  shall  carry  me.” 


“Because  I  lived,  ye  shall  live  also.” 


“  Life  is  real,  life  is  earnest, 

And  the  grave  is  net  its  goal ; 

‘  Dust  thou  art,  to  dust  returnest,’ 
Was  not  spoken  of  the  soul.” 


“  Of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  Heaven 


EPITAPHS. 


301 


“  Dear  is  the  spot  where  Christians  sleep, 
And  sweet  the  strains  that  angels  pour. 
O  !  why  should  we  in  anguish  weep  ? 
They  are  not  lost,  but  gone  before.” 


“  I  am  the  resurrection  and  the  life.” 


“From  darkness  and  from  woe, 

A  power  like  lightning  darts; 
A  glory  corneth  down  to  throw 
Its  shadow  o’er  our  hearts.” 


“  Heaven’s  eternal  year  is  thine.” 


“  Known  and  unknown,  human,  divine, 
Sweet  darling  hand  and  lips  and  eye ; 
Dear  heavenly  one,  thou  canst  not  die, 
Mine,  mine  forever,  ever  mine.” 


“  Death  loves  a  shining  mark.” 


“  Life’s  duty  done,  as  sinks  the  day, 

Light  from  its  load  the  spirit  flies ; 
While  heaven  and  earth  combine  to  say, 
How  blest  the  righteous  when  he  dies . 


“  He  giveth  his  beloved  sleep.” 


“  Gone  before  us,  O  our  brother, 
To  the  spirit  land  ! 

Vainly  look  we  for  another, 

In  thy  place  to  stand.” 


“  Her  children  rise  up  and  call  her  blessed.” 


“  She  was  but  as  a  smile, 

Which  glistens  in  a  tear, 

Seen  but  a  little  while, 

But,  oh  !  how  loved,  how  dear!” 


“We  loved  her.” 


“  We  only  know  that  thou  hast  gone, 

And  that  the  same  returnless  tide, 

Which  bore  thee  from  us,  still  glides  on, 
And  we,  who  mourn  thee,  with  it  glide.” 


“There  shall  be  no  night  there.” 


“  Green  be  the  turf  above  thee, 
Friend  of  my  better  days; 

None  knew  thee  but  to  love  thee, 
Nor  named  thee  but  to  praise.” 


“  I  know  his  face  is  hid 
Under  the  coffin  lid; 

Closed  are  his  eyes ;  cold  is  his  forehead  fair. 
My  hand  that  marble  felt, 

O’er  it  in  prayer  I  knelt; 

Yet  my  heart  whispers  that — he  is  not  here.” 


“  Far  off  thou  art,  but  ever  nigh ; 
I  have  thee  still,  and  I  rejoice.” 


“  To  us  for  sixteen  anxious  months, 
His  infant  smile  was  given, 

And  then  he  bade  farewell  to  earth 
And  went  to  live  in  heaven.” 


“  Where  immortal  spirits  reign, 
There  we  shall  meet  again.” 


302 


WHAT  IS  POETRY?  POETRY  DEFINED. 


spring-time  evening, 
>when,  with  heart  at¬ 
tuned  to  the  "lories 

O 

of  the  twilight  scene, 
we  listen  enraptured  to  the  closing  song  of  busy 
nature,  hushing  to  repose — this  is  poetry  ! 

The  coming  storm,  preceded  by  the  rushing 
wind ;  the  dark,  angry,  approaching  clouds, 
capped  with  the  flashing,  darting  lightning, 
with  the  low  muttering,  and  anon  the  deep- 
toned  thunder,  coming  nearer  and  nearer  in  its 
awful  grandeur  !  To  the  lover  of  the  grand  and 
sublime  —  this  is  poetry  ! 

The  silvery  cpiiet  of  the  moonlight  night, 
when  we  wander  amid  the  jessamines  and  roses, 
with  our  darling,  whispering  words  of  love, 
and  dreaming  of  the  future  —  this  is  poetry! 

The  midnight  hour  in  the  attic,  when,  through 
the  crevices  of  the  roof  and  windows,  we  catch 
glimpses  of  the  flashing  lightning,  and  listen, 
slumber,  and  dream  to  the  music  of  the  patter¬ 
ing  rain-drops  on  the  roof  —  this  is  poetry  ! 

The  roaring  cataract,  the  silvery  rivulet,  the 
towering  mountain,  the  dark  ravine,  the  open¬ 


Poetry  is  the  blossom  and  fragrance  of  all  human  knowledge,  human 
thoughts,  human  passions,  emotions,  language." — Colebidoe. 

ing  rosebud,  the  cherub  child,  the  waving  grain, 
the  modest  violet,  —  all  Ireathe  the  music  of 
poetry  ! 

The  beautiful  face,  the  gentle,  thrilling  pres¬ 
sure  of  the  hand,  the  kettle  singing  for  tea,  the 
joyous  meeting  of  the  husband  and  wife  on 
the  return  from  labor  at  the  twilight  hour,  the 
smile,  the  kiss  —  all  this  is  poetry  ! 

It  flashes  in  the  sky,  it  blossoms  on  the  earth, 
it  breathes  music  in  the  air,  delighting  the  eye, 
charming  the  ear,  and  filling  the  soul  with  in¬ 
effable  happiness  —  all  this  is  poetry  ! 

To  appreciate,  to  comprehend,  and  to  inter¬ 
pret  this  golden,  sunny  halo  of  beauty,  is  the 
gift  of  the  poet. 

Poetry  is  not  necessarily  told  in  rhyme.  It 
is  oftentimes  revealed  as  beautifully  in  prose. 
B.  F.  Taylor  illustrates  this  very  strikingly  in 
the  following  description  of 

The  Old  Church. 

“  Last  evening  we  were  walking  leisurely  along.  The  music 
of  choirs  in  three  churches  came  floating  out  into  the  darkness 
around  us,  and  they  were  all  new  and  strange  tunes  but  one  ; 
and  that  one,  it  was  not  sung  as  we  had  heard  it,  but  it  awa¬ 
kened  a  train  of  long  buried  memories,  that  rose  to  us  even  as 
they  were  before  the  cemetery  of  the  soul  had  a  tomb  in  it.  It 


VERSIFICATION  DEFINED  ;  BLANK  VERSE. 


303 


was  sweet  old  ‘Corinth’  they  were  singing  —  strains  that  we 
have  seldom  heard  since  the  rose-color  of  life  was  blanched' 
and  we  were  in  a  moment  back  again  to  the  old  church  ;  and 
it  was  a  summer  afternoon,  and  yellow  sunbeams  were  stream¬ 
ing  through  the  west  windows,  and  the  silver  hair  of  the  old 
deacon  who  sat  in  the  pulpit  was  turned  to  gold  in  its  light, 
and  the  minister,  who,  we  used  to  think,  could  never  die,  so 
good  was  he,  had  concluded  ‘  application  turd  exhortation, 
and  the  village  choir  were  singing  the  last  hymn,  and  the  tune  . 
was  ‘  Corinth.’ 

“  It  is  years  —  we  dare  not  think  how  many  —  since  then, 
and  the  prayers  of  ‘  David  the  son  of  Jesse’  are  ended,  and  the 
choir  scattered  and  gone  —  the  girl  with  blue  eyes  that  sang 
alto,  and  the  girl  with  black  eyes  that  sang  air  ;  the  eyes  of  one 
were  like  a  June  heaven  at  noon,  and  the  other  like  the  same 
heaven  at  night.  They  both  became  wives,  and  both  mothers, 
and  both  died.  Who  shall  say  they  are  not  singing  ‘  Corinth  ’ 
still,  where  Sabbaths  never  wane,  and  congregations  never 
break  up?  There  they  sat,  Sabbath  after  Sabbath,  by  the 
square  column  at  the  right-  of  the  ‘  leader,’  and  to  our  young 
ears  their  tunes  were  ‘  the  very  soul  of  music.’  That  column 
bears  still  their  penciled  names,  as  they  wrote  them  in  those 
days  in  life’s  June,  183 — ,  before  dreams  of  change  had  over¬ 
come  their  spirits  like  a  summer’s  cloud. 

“  Alas  !.  that  with  the  old  singers  most  of  the  sweeter  tunes 
have  died  upon  the  air  !  But  they  linger  in  memory,  and  they 
shall  yet  be  sung  in  the  sweet  reunion  of  song  that  shall 
take  place  by  and  by,  in  a  hall  whose  columns  are  beams  of 
morning  light,  whose  ceiling  is  pearl,  whose  doors  are  gold,  and 
where  hearts  never  grow  old.  Then  she  that  sang  alto,  and 
she  that  sang  air,  will  be  in  their  places  once  more.” 

More  frequently,  however,  the  poet  gives  ex¬ 
pression  to  his  emotions  in  rhyme,  such  form  of 
expression  having  the  advantage  of  musical 
sound,  accompanied  by  sentiment.  Unfortu¬ 
nately,  however,  much  of  that  which  passes  for 
poetry  is  hut  rhyme,  being  devoid  of  sense  or 
moral. 

For  the  assistance  and  guidance  of  those  who 
would  correctly  write  poetry,  we  give  herewith 
the  rules  of  versification,  accompanied  by  a  vo¬ 
cabulary  of  rhymes,  followed  by  a  number  of 
standard  poems  from  the  best  authors,  that  are 
models  in  their  respective  kinds  of  verse. 

Versification. 

ERSIFICATION  is  the  art  of  making 
verse.  Verse  is  rhythmical  language, 
keeping  time  like  music  ;  having  syl¬ 
lables  arranged  according  to  accent, 


quantity,  and  generally  rhyme ;  being  so  divided 
into  lines  as  to  promote  harmony. 

Two  kinds  of  verse  are  in  use  by  poets, 
namely,  blank  verse  and  rhyme.  Rhyme  is  char¬ 
acterized  by  a  similarity  of  sound  at  the  end  of 
one  line  with  another  ;  as 


“  Perhaps  in  this  neglected  spot  is . laid 

Some  heart  once  pregnant  with  celestial  .  .  .  fire  ; 
Hands,  that  the  rod  of  empire  might  have  .  .  swayed, 
Or  waked  to  ecstasy  the  living . lyre.” 

“  The  Assyrian  came  down  like  a  wolf  on  the  .  .  fold, 


And  his  cohorts  were  gleaming  with  purple  and  gold.” 

Blank  Verse. 

Blank  verse  is  the  name  given  to  a  kind  of 
poetry  without  rhyme,  which  was  the  form  that 
the  earlier  poets  almost  entirely  made  use  of. 
The  poetry  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans  was  gen¬ 
erally  without  rhyme,  and  not  until  the  Middle 
Ages,  when  introduced  by  the  Goths  from  the 
North,  did  rhyme  come  into  the  Latin  and  the 
vernacular  tongues  of  modern  Europe. 

Blank  verse  is  particularly  suited  to  the  dra¬ 
ma,  and  was  very  popular  in  the  sixteenth  cen¬ 
tury,  during  which  time,  and  the  beginning  of 
the  seventeenth  century,  Shakespeare  wrote  his 
plays.  The  following  from  Milton  s  “  Paradise 
Lost  ”  representing  Eve’s  lament  and  farewell 
to  Eden,  written  in  1667,  illustrates  the  power 
of  expression  in  blank  verse  : 

“  O  unexpected  stroke,  worse  than  of  death  ! 

Must  I  thus  leave  thee,  Paradise  ?  thus  leave 
Thee,  native  soil !  these  happy  walks  and  shades, 

Fit  haunt  of  gods?  where  I  had  hoped  to  spend, 

Quiet  though  sad,  the  respite  of  that  day 
That  must  be  mortal  to  us  both.  O,  flowers 
That  never  will  in  other  climate  grow, 

My  early  visitation  and  my  last 

At  even,  which  I  bred  up  with  tender  hand 

From  the  first  spring  bud,  and  gave  ye  names  ! 

Who  now  shall  rear  thee  to  the  sun,  or  rank 
Your  tribes,  and  water  from  the  ambrosial  fount  ? 

Thee  lastly,  nuptial  bower?  by  me  adorn’d 
By  what  to  sight  or  smell  was  sweet  !  from  thee 
How  shall  I  part,  and  whither  wander  down 
Into  a  lower  world,  to  this  obscure 
And  wild?  How  shall  we  breathe  in  other  air 
Less  pure,  accustom’d  to  immortal  fruits?” 


304  KINDS  OF  POETIC  FEET;  IAMBIC  VEKSE. 


Accent  and  Feet. 

Upon  careful  observation,  it  will  be  seen 
that  we  involuntarily  divide  a  line  of  rhythmi¬ 
cal  verse  into  meter,  by  a  sort  of  keeping  time 
with  hands  and  feet:  accenting  at  regular  inter¬ 
vals  certain  syllables,  thus  giving  the  peculiar 
musical  accompaniment  which  makes  poetry  at¬ 
tractive. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  feet  in  English  verse 
called  Iambus ,  Trochee ,  Anapest  and  Dactyl.  The 
distinguishing  characteristic  of  Iambic  verse  is, 
that  we  always  accent  the  second  syllable  in 
reading  the  same;  as  “  Behold,  how  grdat.” 

'  The  Trochee ,  like  the  Iambus,  consists  of  two 
syllables,  with  the  accent  on  the  first  syllable;  as 
“  Sde  the  distant  forest  d&rk  and  wiving.” 

The  Anapcst  has  the  first  two  syllables  unac¬ 
cented,  and  the  last  accented;  as  “  O’er  the  land 
of  the  free  and  the  hbme  of  the  brave.” 

The  Dactyl  contains  three  syllables,  with  the 
accent  on  the  first;  as  durable-,  brdvery. 

Meters. 

Verse  is  also  named  according  to  the  number 
of  feet  in  each  line ;  a  foot  in  Iambic  being  two 
syllables.  Monomcter  is  a  line  of  one  foot;  di¬ 
meter,  oi  two  feet;  trimeter,  oi  three  feet;  te¬ 
trameter ,  of  four  feet ;  pentameter,  of  five  feet ; 
hexameter ,  of  six  feet ;  heptameter,  of  seven  feet ; 
octometer ,  of  eight  feet. 

Examples. 

The  following  examples  represent  the  Iambic, 
Trochaic,  Anapestic,  and  Dactylic ,  in  the  differ¬ 
ent  kinds  of  meter.  A  straight  line  (“)  over  a 
syllable,  shows  that  such  syllable  is  accented. 
A  curved  line  (v)  indicates  the  unaccented. 

Iambic. —  One  foot. 

“  Thgy  go 
To  sow.” 

Iambic. — Two  feet. 

“  T5  me  |  thg  rose 
No  longer  glows,” 

“  Thgir  love  |  and  awe 
Supply  |  the  law.” 


Iambic. — Three  feet. 

“  Blue  light  |  nings  singe  |  thg  waves, 

And  thunder  rends  the  rock.” 

Iambic. — Four  feet. 

“And  cold  |  gr  still  |  thg  winds  |  did  blow, 

And  darker  hours  of  night  came  on.” 

Iambic. — Five  feet. 

“  Fbr  praise  |  t5o  dear  |  ly  lov'd  |  or  warm  |  ly  sought, 
Enfeebles  all  internal  strength  of  thought.” 

I  ambic. — Six  feet. 

“  His  heart  |  Is  sad,  |  his  hope  |  Is  gone,  |  his  light  |  Is  passed; 
He  sits  and  mourns  in  silent  grief  the  lingering  day.” 

Iambic. — Sevpn  feet. 

“  Thg  lof  |  ty  hill,  |  thg  hum  |  big  lawn,  [  with  count  |  Igss 
beau  |  ties  shine  ; 

The  silent  grove,  the  solemn  shade,  proclaim  thy  power  divine.” 

Note.— It  has  become  common  in  writing  modem  poetry  to  divide 
this  kind  of  verse  into  four  lines;  alternate  lines  having  four  and  three 
feet;  thus, — 

“  The  lofty  hill,  the  humble  lawn, 

With  countless  beauties  shine; 

The  silent  grove,  the  solemn  shade, 

Proclaim  thy  power  divine.” 

Iambic. — Eight  feet. 

O  all  |  yg  peo  |  pig,  clap  |  your  hands,  |  2nd  with  ]  trium  | 
ph2nt  voic  |  gs  sing  ; 

No  force  the  mighty  pow’r  withstands  of  God  the  universal 
King. 

Note.— It  is  common  at  present  to  reduce  this  verse  into  lines  of 
eight  syllables,  as  follows, — 

“  O  all  ye  people,  clap  your  hands, 

And  with  triumphant  voices  sing, 

No  force  the  mighty  pow’r  withstands 
Of  God  the  universal  King.” 

Stanza— Long,  Short,  and  Common  Meter. 

A  stanza  is  a  combination  of  several  lines  in 
poetry,  forming  a  distinct  division  of  the  poem  ; 
thus, — 

“  The  curfew  tolls  the  knell  of  parting  day, 

The  lowing  herd  winds  slowly  o’er  the  lea, 

The  ploughman  homeward  plods  his  weary  way, 

And  leaves  the  world  to  darkness  and  to  me.” 

A  Verse. 

Verse  is  but  a  single  line  of  a  stanza,  thus, — 

“  The  curfew  tolls  the  knell  of  parting  day.” 


LONG,  SHORT,  AND  COMMON  METER,  TROCHAIC  AND  ANAPESTIC  VERSE.  305 


Trochaic. —  Three  feet. 


Long  Meter. 

The  long,  short,  and  common  meters  are 
known  by  the  number  of  feet  or  syllables  found 
in  them.  Long  meter  stanzas  contain  in  each 
line  four  Iambic  feet,  thus  — 

“  Through  every  age,  eternal  God 

Thou  art  our  rest,  our  safe  abode  ; 

High  was  thy  throne  ere  heaven  was  made. 

Or  earth,  thy  humble  footstool,  laid." 

Short  Meter. 

Short  meter  stanzas  contain  three  lines  of  six 
syllables,  and  one  of  eight  syllables  —  the  third 
line  being  the  longest,  and  containing  four  Iam¬ 
bic  feet,  thus  — • 

“  Sweet  is  the  time  of  Spring, 

When  nature’s  charms  appear  ; 

The  birds  with  ceaseless  pleasure  sing 
And  hail  the  opening  year.” 

Common  Meter. 

Iambic  verse  of  seven  feet,  divided  into  two 
lines,  the  first  containing  four,  and  the  latter 
three  feet,  makes  what  is  known  as  common 
meter ;  thus  — 

“  When  all  thy  mercies,  O,  my  God  ! 

My  rising  soul  surveys, 

Transported  with  the  view,  I ’m  lost 
In  wonder,  love,  and  praise." 

Each  species  of  Iambic  verse  will  admit  of  an 
additional  short  syllable  ;  as 

Upon  amount  |  ain, 

BSside  a  fount  |  ain. 


Trochaic  Verse. 

The  accent  in  Trochaic  verse  occurs  on  the 
first  syllable.  The  foot  consists  of  two  syllables. 

Trochaic. —  One  foot. 

Changing. 

Ranging. 

Trochaic. — Two  feet. 

Fancy  |  viewing, 

Joys  ensuing. 


“When  thy  |  heart  Is  |  mourning." 

“  Go  where  comfort  waits  thee.” 

Trochaic. — Four  feet. 

“  Round  a  [  holy  |  calm  d if  |  fusing, 

Love  of  peace  and  lonely  musing." 

Trochaic. — Five  feet. 

All  that  |  walk  on  |  loot  or  |  ride  In  |  chariots. 

All  that  dwell  in  palaces  or  garrets. 

Trochaic. —  Six  feet. 

On  a  [  mountain  I  stretch’d  be  |  neath  a  |  hoary  |  willow, 
Lay  a  shepherd  swain  and  viewed  the  roaring  billow. 

Trochaic. —  Seven  feet. 

Hasten  |  Lord  to  |  rescue  |  me,  and  |  set  me  |  safe  frOm  | 
trouble. 

Shame  thou  those  who  seek  my  soul,  reward  their  mischief 
double. 

Trochaic. — Eight  feet. 

Note.— Trochaic  and  Iambic  are  frequently  found  combined  in  one 
stanza. 

Once  up  |  on  a  |  midnight  |  dreary  |  while  I  |  pondered  |  weak 
and  |  weary 

Over  many  a  quaint  and  curious  volume  of  forgotten  lore. 


Anapesiic  Verse. 

Anapestic  verse  contains  three  syllables  to 
the  foot,  with  the  accent  on  the  last  syllable. 

Anapestic. —  One  foot. 

"  On  th£  land, 

Let  me  stand." 

Anapestic. — Two  feet. 

“  But  his  cour  |  age  ’gan  fail, 

For  no  arts  could  avail.” 

This  form  admits  of  an  additional  short  sylla¬ 
ble  ;  as 

“  But  his  cour  |  age  g2n  fail  |  him, 

For  no  arts  could  avail  him.” 

Anapestic. —  Three  feet. 

O  ye  woods  |  spread  ybur  branch  |  Ss  apace, 

T6  your  deepest  rgcessgs  I  hie  ; 

I  would  hide  with  the  beasts  of  the  chase, 

I  would  vanish  from  ev6ry  eye. 


20 


DACTYLIC  VERSE;  POETICAL  PAUSES. 


Anapestic. — Four  feet. 

Mity  I  gov  |  6m  my  pass  |  ibns  with  ab  |  sbltite  sway. 
And  grow  wis6r  and  better  3s  life  wears  away. 

This  measure  admits  of  a  short  syllable  at  the 
end ;  as 

On  the  warm  |  cheek  Of  youth  |  smiles  and  ro  |  s6s  are  blend 

I  "mg- 


Dactylic  Verse. 

In  Dactylic  verse  the  accent  occurs  on  the 
first  syllable  of  each  successive  three,  being  on 
the  first,  fourth,  seventh,  and  tenth  syllables. 

Dactylic. —  One  foot. 

Cheerfully, 

Fearfully. 

Dactylic. — Tivo  feet. 

Father  all  )  glorious 
O’er  all  victorious. 

Dactylic. —  Three  feet. 

Wearing  a  |  way  in  his  ]  youthfulness, 

Loveliness,  beauty,  and  truthfulness. 

Dactylic  . — Four  feet. 

“  Boys  will  an  |  ticipate,  ]  lavish  and  |  dissipate. 

All  that  your  busy  pate  hoarded  with  care  ; 

And,  in  their  foolishness,  passion,  and  mulishness, 

Charge  you  with  churlishness,  spuming  your  pray’r.” 

Dactylic. — Five  feet. 

“  Now  thOu  dost  |  welcome  m6,  |  welcome  m6,  |  from  the  dark 
|  sea, 

Land  of  the  beautiful,  beautiful  land  of  the  free.” 

Dactylic. —  Six  feet. 

“  Time,  thbu  art  |  ev6r  in  |  motibn,  bn  |  wheels  of  the  |  days, 
years,  and  |  ages, 

Restless  as  waves  of  the  ocean,  when  Eurus  or  Boreas  rages." 

Dactylic. —  Seven  feet. 

“  Out  of  the  |  klngdbm  of  |  Christ  shall  be  |  gathered,  by  | 
angels  o’er  Satan  victorious, 

All  that  offendeth,  that  lieth,  that  faileth  to  honor  his  name 
ever  glorious.” 


Dactylic. —  Eight  feet. 

Nimrod  the  |  hunter  was  |  mighty  In  |  hunting,  and  j  famed  as 
the  |  ruler  of  |  cities  of  |  yore  ; 

Babel,  and  Erech,  and  Accad,  and  Calneh,  from  Shinar’s  fair 
region  his  name  afar  bore. 

Other  Kinds  of  Poetical  Feet. 

Besides  the  foregoing  there  are  other  kinds 
of  feet  that  sometimes  occur.  These  are  named 
the  pyrrhic ,  the  spondee ,  the  amphibrach ,  and 
the  tribrach.  The  pyrrhic  consists  of  two  short 
and  the  spondee  of  two  long  syllables.  The 
amphibrach  contains  three  syllables,  of  which 
the  first  and  third  are  short  and  the  second 
long.  The  tribrach  consists  of  three  short  sylla¬ 
bles. 

Examples. 

Pyrrhic. —  “  On  the  tall  tree.” 

Spondee. —  “  The  pale  moon.” 

Amphibrach.  —  “  Delightful,  Domestic.” 

Tribrach.-11  Numerable,  conquerable.” 

Poetical  Pauses. 

The  full  effect  in  reading  poetry  is  most  com¬ 
pletely  given  when  a  slight  pause  is  made  at 
the  close  of  every  line,  even  though  the  sense 
may  not  require  a  pause.  Frequently  a  pause 
for  sense  is  found  in  or  near  the  middle  of  the 
line,  particularly  of  long  lines,  in  which  it  im¬ 
proves  the  rhythm,  and  brings  out  the  meaning 
of  the  poem  with  much  better  effect.  This 
pause  is  called  the  ccesural  pause,  and  is  shown 
in  the  following  examples. 

Csesural  Pause. 

On  her  white  breast  [  a  sparkling  cross  she  wore — 
Which  Jews  might  kiss  |  and  infidels  adore. 

Her  lively  looks  |  a  sprightly  mind  disclose, 

Quick  as  her  eyes  |  and  as  unfixed  as  those  ; 

Favors  to  none,  |  to  all  she  smiles  extends, 

Oft  she  rejects,  |  but  never  once  offends. 

Then  her  cheek  |  was  pale,  and  thinner  |  |  than  should  be  | 
for  one  so  young  ; 

And  her  eyes,  |  on  all  my  motions,  |  |  with  a  mute  observance 
hung.” 

The  final  pause  occurs  at  the  end  of  each 
line  whether  the  sense  requires  it  or  not,  though 


VARIETIES  OF  POETRY  AND  KINDS  OF  POEMS. 


307 


it  should  not  be  too  distinctly  marked,  as  it  con¬ 
sists  merely  in  a  brief  suspension  of  the  voice 
without  any  change  in  tone  or  accent.  The 
following  example  shows  its  effect. 


ful  character.  Gray’s  “Elegy,  "Written  in  a 
Country  Churchyard  ”  is  undoubtedly  the  most 
complete  specimen  of  this  class  of  poetry  to  be 
found  in  any  language 


Final  Pause. 

Ye  who  have  anxiously  and  fondly  watched 
Beside  a  fading  friend,  unconscious  that 
The  cheek’s  bright  crimson,  lovely  to  the  view, 

Like  nightshade,  with  unwholesome  beauty  bloomed. 


Varieties  of  Poetry. 

EVERAL  leading  kinds  of  poetry  are 
named  as  follows :  Epic,  Dramatic, 
Lyric ,  Elegiac ,  Pastoral ,  and  Didactic. 

Epic  Poetry. 

Epic  poetry  pertains  to  the  narrative,  descrip¬ 
tive,  and  heroic  in  character,  and  is  the  highest 
and  most  difficult  of  poetry  to  write  well. 
Among  the  best  of  the  Epic  poems  may  be 
mentioned,  Homer’s  “Iliad”  in  Greek,  Vir¬ 
gil’s  “JEmeid”  in  Latin,  and  Milton’s  “  Paradise 
Lost  ”  in  English. 


Pastoral  Poetry. 

In  the  early  history  of  the  world,  throughout 
certain  portions  of  Europe,  a  distinct  occupa¬ 
tion  was  that  of  the  shepherd,  whose  duty  was  to 
care  for  the  flocks,  as  they  roamed  in  the  val¬ 
leys  and  among  the  hills.  Leading  thus  a  life 
of  dreamy  ease  among  the  charms  of  nature, 
the  shepherds  of  better  culture  took  readily  to 
the  writing  of  verse,  which  poetry,  usually  de¬ 
scriptive  of  rustic  life,  became  known  as  Pas¬ 
toral  poetry.* 

This  class  of  poetry  includes  the  poems  that 
relate  to  country  scenes,  and  the  quiet,  the  sim¬ 
plicity,  and  the  happiness  found  in  rural  life. 

Of  these  may  be  included,  in  modern  poems, 
“  The  Old  Oaken  Bucket,”  “  The  Sower,” 
“Twenty  Years  Ago,”  “  Maud  Muller,”  and 
others  of  like  character. 

Didactic  Poetry. 


Dramatic  Poetry. 

Dramatic  poetry  is  also  an  elevated  species  of 
poetry,  and  takes  nearly  equal  rank  with  the 
Epic.  This  kind  of  poetry  includes  the  dra¬ 
mas,  tragedies,  comedies,  melodramas,  apd  op¬ 
eras. 


Lyric  Poetry. 

Lyric  poetry,  as  its  name  indicates,  was  the 
kind  of  verse  originally  written  to  be  sung  as 
an  accompaniment  to  the  lyre.  This  class  of 
poetry  is  the  oldest  in  the  language  of  all  na¬ 
tions,  comprising,  as  it  does,  the  songs  of  the 
people.  In  the  Lyric  are  included  the  Songs, 
Hymns,  Odes,  and  Sonnets. 

Elegiac  Poetry. 

Elegiac  poetry  includes  the  elegies,  such  as 
Milton’s  “  Lycidias,”  Tennyson’s  “  In  Memori- 
am,”  and  poems  of  grave,  solemn,  and  mourn ¬ 


Didactic  poetry  pertains  chiefly  to  the  medi¬ 
tative  and  instructive,  and  includes  such  poems 
as  Bryant’s  “  Thanatopsis,”  Campbell’s  “  Pleas¬ 
ures  of  Hope,”  Thomson’s  “  Seasons,”  Pope’s 
“  E  say  on  Man,”  and  kindred  poems. 


Kinds  of  Poems. 

ARIOUS  kinds  of  poems  are  known  by 
certain  names,  which  are  defined  as 
follows : 

Sacred  hymns,  such  as  are  sung  in 

Paeans. —  Songs  of  jiraise  and  triumph. 

Ballads. —  An  easy  form  of  descriptive  verse, 
written  in  such  style  as  to  be  easily  sung  by  the 
people,  who  may  have  little  acquaintance  with 
music. 

*  From  the  Latin  word  pastor,  a  shepherd. 


308  NAMES  OF  DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  POEMS. 


Epigrams. —  A  short  poem,  witty  and  concise, 
treating  of  a  single  subject,  usually  ending  with 
an  unexpected,  ingeniously  expressed  natural 
thought. 

Sonnets. —  The  Sonnet  is  a  poetical  composi¬ 
tion,  consisting  of  fourteen  lines,  so  constructed 
that  the  first  eight  hues  shall  contain  but  two 
rhymes,  and  the  last  six  but  two  more  ;  and  so 
arranged  that,  in  the  first  part,  the  first  line  is 
made  to  rhyme  with  the  fourth,  fifth,  and  eighth 
— the  second  rhyming  with  the  third,  sixth,  and 
seventh,  while  in  the  second  part,  the  first,  third, 
and  fifth  ;  and  the  second,  fourth,  and  sixth  also 
rhyme  with  each  other,  as  shown  in  the  following: 

Autumn. 

“  The  blithe  birds  of  the  summer  tide  are  flown  ; 

Cold,  motionless,  and  mute,  stands  all  the  wood, 

Save  as  the  restless  wind,  in  mournful  mood, 

Strays  through  the  tossing  limbs  with  saddest  moan. 

The  leaves  it  wooed  with  kisses,  overblown 
By  gusts  capricious,  pitiless  and  rude, 

Lie  dank  and  dead  amid  the  solitude ; 

Where-through  it  waileth,  desolate  and  lone. 

But  with  a  clearer  splendor  sunlight  streams 

Athwart  the  bare,  slim  branches  ;  and  on  high 

Each  star,  in  Night’s  rich  coronal  that  beams, 

Pours  down  intenser  brilliance  on  the  eye  ; 

Till  dazzled  Fancy  finds  her  gorgeous  dreams 
Outshone  in  beauty  by  the  autumn  sky.” 

Cantatas. — The  Cantata  is  a  musical  composi¬ 
tion,  partaking  of  the  nature  of  an  anthem,  be¬ 
ing  intermixed  with  airs  and  recitatives ;  and 
may  be  adapted  to  a  single  voice,  or  many. 

Charades.  The  Charade  may  be  in  either 
prose  or  poetry,  and  contains  as  a  subject  a 
word  of  two  syllables,  each  forming  a  distinct 
word  ;  these  to  be  concealed  in  an  enigmatical 
description,  first  separately  and  then  together. 

Canzonets. — A  short  song  consisting  of  one, 
two,  or  three  parts  is  termed  a  Canzonet.  The 
following,  of  two  parts,  is  an  illustration. 

BLACK  EYES  AND  BLUE. 

Black  eyes  most  dazzle  in  the  hall ; 

Blue  eyes  most  please  at  evening  fall. 

The  black  a  conquest  soonest  gain  ; 

The  blue  a  conquest  most  retain  ; 

The  black  bespeak  a  lively  heart 

Whose  soft  emotions  soon  depart ; 


The  blue  a  steadier  flame  betray, 

That  bums  and  lives  beyond  a  day  ; 

The  black  may  features  best  disclose  ; 

In  blue  may  feelings  all  repose  ; 

Then  let  each  reign  without  control, 

The  black  all  mind —  the  blue  all  SOUL. 

Epitaphs. — An  Epitaph  is  usually  a  stanza  in 
poetry,  which  follows  the  inscription  on  a  tomb¬ 
stone.* 

Satires.  —  The  Satire  is  a  poem  used  in  ex¬ 
posing  folly  and  wickedness,  in  keen,  cutting 
words ;  holding  the  same  up  to  ridicule  and 
contempt. 

Parodies. — A  ludicrous  imitation  of  a  serious 
subject,  usually  in  rhyme,  is  termed  a  Parody  , 
as  follows  — 

“  Hands  that  the  rod  of  empire  might  have  swayed  — 
Close  at  my  elbow  stir  their  lemonade.” 

Prologues. — The  Prologue  is  a  short  poem,  in¬ 
troductory  to  a  play  or  discourse,  usually  re¬ 
cited  before  the  performance  begins. 

Epilogues. — The  Epilogue  is  a  short  poem, 
which  frequently  reviews  the  principal  inci¬ 
dents  of  the  play,  delivered  by  one  of  the 
actors  at  the  close  of  a  dramatic  performance. 

Impromptus. — An  Impromptu  is  a  poetical  com¬ 
position,  made  at  the  moment,  without  previous 
study. 

Acrostics. — An  Acrostic  is  a  stanza  of  several 
lines,  the  first  letters  of  which,  taken  in  their 
order  from  top  to  bottom,  make  a  word  or  sen¬ 
tence. 

Friendship,  thou  ’rt  false !  I  hate  thy  flattering  smile  ! 
Return  to  me  those  years  I  spent  in  vain, 

In  early  youth,  the  victim  of  thy  guile, 

Each  joy  took  wing,  ne’er  to  return  again  — 

Ne’er  to  return  ;  for,  chilled  by  hopes  deceived, 

Dully  the  slow-paced  hours  now  move  along  ;  ■ 

So  changed  the  time,  when,  thoughtless,  I  believed 
Her  honeyed  words,  and  heard  her  syren  song. 

If  e’er,  as  me,  she  lure  some  youth  to  stray, 

Perhaps,  before  too  late,  he  ’ll  listen  to  my  lay. 

*  See  chapter  on  Epitaphs. 


THE  POET’S  ASSISTANT  IN  MAKING  RHYME. 


309 


Vocabulary  of  iRhymes. 


The  Poet’s  Hand-Book  in  Making  Rhyme. 


ERE  WITH  will  be  found  a 
Vocabulary  of  Rhymes,  from 
“Walker’s  Rhyming  Diction¬ 
ary,”  exhibiting  the  various 
perfect  and  allowable  rhymes, 
which  are  so  arranged  that 
any  desired  word  in  rhyme  can 
be  readily  found. 

AB. 

Bab,  cab,  dab,  mab,  nab,  blab,  crab,  drab,  scab,  stab.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  babe,  astrolabe,  etc. 

ACE. 

Ace,  dace,  pace,  face,  lace,  mace,  race,  brace,  chace,  grace,  place, 
space,  trace,  apace,  deface,  efface,  disgrace,  displace,  misplace,  un¬ 
brace,  grimace,  interlace,  retrace,  populace, 'etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  bas  ■, 
case,  abase,  debase,  etc-  Allowable  rhymes,  grass,  glass,  etc.,  peace, 
cease,  etc.,  dress,  less,  etc. 

ACH. 

Attach,  detach,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  batch,  match,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  fetch,  wretch,  etc. 

ACK. 

Back, cack,  hack,  jack,  lack,  pack,  quack,  tack, sack, rack,  black, 
clack,  crack,  knack,  slack,  snack,  stack,  track,  wrack,  attack,  zodiac, 
demoniac,  symposiac,  almanac.  Allowable  rhymes,  bake,  take,  etc., 
neck,  speck,  etc. 

ACT. 

Act,  fact,  pact,  tract,  attract,  abstract,  extract,  compact,  contract,  de¬ 
tract,  distract,  exact,  protract,  utaef,  infract,  subtract,  transact,  cata¬ 
ract,  with  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ack,  as  backed, 
hacked,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs 
in  ake,  as  baked,  caked,  etc. 

AD. 

Add,  bad,  dad,  gad,  had,  lad,  mad,  pad,  sad,  brad,  clad,  glad,  plad, 
chad,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  cade,  fade,  etc.,  glede,  bead,  read,  etc. 

ADE. 

Cade,  fade,  made,  jade,  lade,  wade,  blade,  glade,  shade,  spade,  trade, 
degrade,  evade,  dissuade,  invade,  persuade,  blockade,  brigade,  espla¬ 
nade,  cavalcade,  masquerade,  renegade,  retrograde,  serenade,  ambus¬ 
cade,  cannonade,  pallisade,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  aid,  maid,  braid, 
afraid,  upbraid,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ay, 
ey,  and  eigh,  as  played,  obeyed,  weighed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  ad, 
bad,  etc.,  bed,  dead,  etc.,  bead,  mead,  etc.,  heed,  need,  etc. 

AFE. 

Safe,  chafe,  vouchsafe,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  leaf,  sheaf,  etc.,  deaf, 
etc.,  laugh,  staff,  etc. 

AFF. 

Gaff,  chaff,  draff,  quaff,  staff,  engraff,  epitaph,  cenotaph,  paragraph, 
etc.  Perfect  rhyme,  laugh.  Allowable  rhymes,  safe,  chafe,  etc. 

AFT. 

Aft,  haft,  raft,  waft,  craft,  shaft,  abaft,  graft,  draft,  ingraft,  handi¬ 
craft.  Perfect  rhymes,  draught,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs 
in  aff  and  iiugh,  as  quaffed,  laughed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  pre¬ 
terits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  afe,  -as  chafed,  vouchsafed,  etc. 

AG. 

Bag,  cag,  fag,  gag.  nag,  quag,  rag,  tag,  wag,  brag,  crag,  drag,  flag, 
knag,  shag,  snag,  slag,  wrag,  scrag,  Brobdignag. 


AGE. 

Age,  cage,  gage,  page,  rage,  sage,  wage,  stage,  swage,  assuage,  en¬ 
gage,  disengage,  enrage,  presage,  appendage,  concubinage,  heritage, 
hermitage,  parentage,  parsonage,  personage,  pasturage,  patronage,  pil¬ 
grimage,  villanage,  equipage.  Allowable  rhymes,  edge,  wedge,  etc., 
liege,  siege,  oblige,  etc. 

s  6  AID.  see  ADE. 

AIGIIT,  see  ATE. 

AIGN,  see  ANE. 

AIL. 

Ail,  bail,  fail,  hail,  jail,  mail,  nail,  pail,  quail,  rail,  sail,  tail,  wail, 
flail,  frail,  snail,  trail,  assail,  avail,  detail,  bewail,  entail,  prevail, 
retail,  countervail,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  ale,  bale,  dale,  gale,  hale,  male, 
pale,  sale,  tale,  vale,  wale,  scale, stale,  swale,  whale,  impale,  exhale, 
regale,  veil,  nightingale,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  peal,  steal,  etc.,  bell, 
cell,  etc. 

AIM,  see  AME. 

AIN. 

Cain,  blain,  brain,  chain,  fain,  gain,  grain,  lain,  main,  pain,  rain, 
vain,  wain,  drain,  plain,  slain,  Spain,  stain,  swain,  train,  twain,  sprain, 
strain,  abstain,  amain,  attain,  complain,  contain,  constrain,  detain, 
disdain,  distrain,  enchain,  entertain,  explain,  maintain,  ordain,  per¬ 
tain,  obtain,  refrain,  regain,  remain,  restrain,  retain,  sustain,  apper¬ 
tain  Perfect  rhymes,  bane,  cane,  dane,  crane,  fane,  jane,  lane,  mane, 
plane,  vane,  wane,  profane,  hurricane,  etc.,  demn,  arraign,  campaign, 
etc.,  fei"u,  reign,  etc.,  vein,  rein,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  lean,  mean, 
etc!!  queen,  seen,  etc.,  ban,  can,  etc.,  den,  pen,  etc. 

AINT. 

Faint,  paint,  plaint,  quaint,  saint,  taint,  acquaint,  attaint,  complaint, 
constraint,  restraint,  etc.  Perfect  rhyme,  feint.  Allowable  rhymes, 
cant,  pant,  etc.,  lent,  rent,  etc. 

AIR,  see  ARE. 

AISE,  see  AZE. 

AIT,  see  ATE. 

AIT1I,  see  ATH. 

AIZE,  see  AZE. 

AKE. 

Ake,  bake,  cake,  lake,  make,  quake,  rake,  sake,  take,  wake,  brake, 
drake,  flake,  shake,  snake,  stake,  strake,  spake,  awake,  betake,  for¬ 
sake,  mistake,  partake,  overtake,  undertake,  b,  spake.  Perfect  rhymes, 
break,  steak,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  back,  rack,  etc.,  beck,  deck,  etc., 
speak,  weak,  etc. 

AL. 

Cabal,  canal,  animal,  admiral,  cannibal,  capital,  cardinal,  comical, 
conjugal,  corporal,  criminal,  critical,  festival,  funeral,  g.  ueral,  hospi¬ 
tal,  interval,  liberal,  madrigal,  literal,  magical,  mineral,  mystical, 
musical,  natural,  original,  pastoral,  pedestal,  personal,  physical,  poet¬ 
ical,  political,  principal,  prodigal,  prophetical,  rational,  satirical,  re¬ 
ciprocal,  rhetorical,  several,  temporal,  tragical,  tyrannical,  carnival, 
schismatical,  whimsical,  arsenal.  Allowable  rhymes,  all,  ball,  etc.,  ail, 
mail,  etc.,  ale,  pale,  etc. 

ALD. 

Bald,  scald,  emerald,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  parti¬ 
ciples  of  verbs  in  all,  aul,  and  awl,  as  called,  mauled,  crawled,  etc. 

ALE,  see  AIL. 

ALF. 

Calf,  half,  behalf,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  staff,  laugh,  etc. 

ALK. 

Balk,  chalk,  stalk,  talk,  walk,  calk,  etc.  Perfect  rhyme,  hawk.  A  l- 
lowable  rhymes,  sock,  clock,  etc. 

ALL. 

All,  ball,  call,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  awl,  bawl,  brawl,  crawl,  scrawl, 
sprawl,  squall.  Allowable  rhymes,  cabal,  equivocal,  etc.  See  AL. 


310 


VOCABULARY  OF  RHYMES. 


ALM. 

Calm,  halm,  hecnlm,  psalm,  palm,  embalm,  etc.,  whose  ’plurals  and 
third  persons  singular  rhyme  with  alms,  as  calms,  becalms,  etc. 


ALT. 

Halt,  malt,  exalt,  salt,  vault,  assault,  default,  and  fault,  the  last  of 
which  is ,  by  Pope ,  rhymed  with  thought,  bought,  etc. 


ALVE. 

Calve,  halve,  salve,  valve. 

AM. 

Am,  dam,  ham,  pam,  ram,  cram,  dram,  flam,  sham,  swam,  epigram, 
anagram,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  dam,  lamb.  Allowable  rhymes ,  dame, 
lame,  etc. 

AME. 

Blame,  came,  dame,  same,  flame,  fame,  frame,  game,  lame,  name, 
tame,  shame,  iuflame,  became,  defame,  misname,  misbecame,  over¬ 
came,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes  aim,  claim,  maim,  acclaim,  declaim,  ex¬ 
claim,  proclaim,  reclaim.  Allowable  rhymes,  dam,  ham,  etc.,  hem, 
them,  etc.,  theme,  scheme,  etc.,  dream,  gleam,  etc. 

AMP. 

Camp,  champ,  cramp,  damp,  stamp,  vamp,  lamp,  clamp,  decamp, 
encamp,  etc. 

AN. 

Ban,  can,  dan,  man,  nan,  pan,  ran,  tan,  van,  bran,  plan,  scan,  span, 
than,  unman,  fore-ran,  began,  trepan,  courtezan,  partisan,  artisan, 
pdican,  caravan,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  bane,  cane,  plain,  mane,  etc., 
bean,  lean,  wan,  swan,  etc.,  gone,  upon,  etc. 


ANCE. 

Chance,  dance,  glance,  lance,  trance,  prance,  entrance,  romance, 
advance,  mischance,  complaisance,  circumstance,  countenance,  di  liv- 
trance,  consonance,  dissonance,  extravagance,  ignorance,  inhiri- 
tance,  maintenance,  temperance,  intemperance,  exhorbitauce,  ordi¬ 
nance,  concordance,  sufferance,  sustenance,  utttrance,  arrogance, 
vigilance,  expanse,  enhance. 

ANCH. 


Branch,  stanch,  blanch,  ranch,  haneb. 
paunch. 

F  AND. 


Perfect  rhymes ,  launch. 


And,  baud,  hand,  land,  rand,  sand,  brand,  bland,  grand,  gland, 
stand,  strand,  command,  demand,  countermand,  disband,  expand, 
withstand,  understand,  reprimand,  contraband,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes, 
wand,  fond,  bond,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in 
ain  and  ean,  as  remained,  leaned,  etc. 


ANE,  see  AIN. 

ANG. 

Bang,  fang,  gang,  hang,  pang,  tang,  twang,  sang,  rang,  harangue, 
clang.  Allowable  rhymes,  song,  long,  etc. 

ANGE. 

Change,  grange,  range,  strange,  estrange,  arrange,  exchange,  inter¬ 
change.  Allowable  rhymes,  revenge,  avenge,  etc. 

ANK. 

Rank,  blank,  shank,  clank,  dank,  drank,  slank,  frank,  spank,  stank, 
lank,  plank,  prank,  rank,  thank,  disrank,  mountebank,  etc. 

ANSE,  see  ANCE. 

ANT. 

Ant,  cant,  chant,  grant,  pant,  plant,  rant,  slant,  aslant,  complaisant, 
displant,  enchant,  gallant,  implant,  recant,  supplant,  transplant,  ab¬ 
sonant,  adamant,  arrogant,  combatant,  consonant,  cormorant,  pro- 
testant,  significant,  visitant,  covenant,  dissonant,  disputant,  elegant, 
elephant,  exorbitant,  conversant,  extravagant,  ignorant, insignificant, 
inhabitant,  militant,  predominant,  sycophant,,  vigilant,  petulant,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes,  faint,  paint,  etc.  See  AINT  and  ENT. 

AP. 

Cap.  gap,  hap,  lap,  map,  nap,  pap,  rap,  sap,  tap,  chap,  clap,  trap, 
flap,  knap,  slap,  snap,  wrap,  scrap,  strap,  enwrap,  entrap,  mishap,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes ,  cape,  tape,  etc.,  cheap,  heap,  and  swap. 

APE. 

Ape,  cape,  chape,  grape,  rape,  scrape,  shape,  escape,  mape,  crape, 
tape,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  heap,  keep,  etc. 

APH,  see  AFE. 

APSE. 

Lapse,  elapse,  relapse,  perhaps,  ancl  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third 
persons  singular  of  the  present  tense  in  ap,  as  caps,  maps,  etc.,  he  saps, 
he  laps,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons 
singular  of  verbs  in  ape  arid  eap,  as  apes,  he  apes,  heaps,  he  heaps,  etc. 

APT. 

Apt,  adapt,  etc.  Rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  the  verbs  in 
ap,  as  tapped,  slapped,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  par¬ 
ticiples  of  the  verbs  in  ape,  as  aped,  escaped,  etc. 

AR. 

Bar,  car,  far,  jar,  mar,  par,  tar,  spar,  scar,  star,  chair,  afar,  debar, 
unbar,  catarrh,  particular,  perpendicular,  secular,  angular,  regular, 
popular  singular,  titular,  vinegar,  scimitar,  calendar,  collender.  Per¬ 
fect  rhyme.  The  plural  verb  are.  Allowable  rhymes ,  bare,  prepare,  etc., 
pair  repair,  wear,  tear,  war,  etc.,  and  words  ending  in  er  or  or,  leaving 
lue  accent  on  the  last  syllable,  or  last  but  two. 

ARB. 

Barb,  garb,  etc. 


ARCE. 

Farce,  parse,  Mars,  etc.  Allowable  rhyme ,  scarce. 


ARCH. 

Arch,  march,  parch,  starch,  counL  rmarch,  etc. 

ARD. 

Bard,  card,  guard,  hard,  iard,  nard,  shard,  yard,  bombard,  discard, 
regard,  interlard,  retard,  disregard,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  parti¬ 
ciples  of  verbs  in  ar,  as  barred,  scarred,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  cord, 
reward,  etc. 

ARD. 

Ward,  award,  reward,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  hard,  card,  see  the  last 
article,  hoard,  lord,  bird,  curd,  and  Ihe preterits  and  participles  of  the 
verbs  in  ar,  or,  and  nr,  as  barred,  abhorred,  incurred,  etc. 

ARE. 

Bare,  care,  dare,  fare,  hare,  mare,  pare,  tare,  rare,  ware,  flare,  glare, 
scare,  share,  snare,  spare,  square,  stare,  sware,  prepare,  aware,  beware, 
compare,  declare,  ensnare.  Perfect  rhymes,  air,  hair,  fair,  lair,  pair, 
chair,  stair,  affair,  debonnair,  despair,  impair,  repair,  etc.,  bear,  pear, 
swear,  tear,  wear,  forbe-ar,  forswear,  ete.,  there,  were,  where,  ere,  e’er, 
ne’er,  elsewhere,  whate’er,  howe’er,  howsoe’er,  whene’er,  where’er, 
etc.,  heir,  coheir,  their.  Alloa  able  rhymes,  bar,  car,  etc.,  err,  prefer, 
and  hear,  here,  etc.,  regular,  siugular,  war,  etc. 

ARES. 

Unawares.  Rhymes,  theirs,  and  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  per¬ 
sons  singular  of  verbs  in  are,  air,  eir,  ear,  as  care,  he  cares,  pair,  he 
pairs,  heirs,  bear,  he  bears,  etc.  The.  allowable  rhymes  are  the  plurals 
of  nouns  and  the  third  persons  singular  of  verbs  which  are  atlowed  to 
rhyme  with  the  termination  ars,  as  bars,  cars,  errs,  prefers,  etc. 

ARF. 

Scarf.  Allowable  rhymes,  dwarf,  wharf. 


ARGE. 

Barge,  charge,  large,  targe,  discharge,  o’ercharge,  surcharge,  en¬ 
large.  Allowable  rhymes ,  verge,  emerge,  gorge,  forge,  urge,  etc. 

ARK. 

Bark,  cark,  dark,  dark,  lark,  mark,  park,  shark,  spark,  stark,  em¬ 
bark,  remark,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  cork,  fork,  etc. 

ARL. 

Snarl,  marl,  pari.  Allowable  rhymes,  curl,  furl,  etc. 

ARM. 

Arm,  barm,  charm,  farm,  harm,  alarm,  disarm.  Allowable  rhymes, 
warm,  swarm,  storm,  etc. 

ARN. 

Barn,  yarn,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  warn,  forewarn,  etc.,  horn,  morn, 
etc. 

ARN. 

Warn,  forewarn.  Perfect  rhymes ,  horn,  mom,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes,  barn,  yarn,  etc. 

ARP. 

Carp,  harp,  sharp,  counterscarp,  etc.  Allowable  rhyme,  warp. 

ARSH. 

Harsh,  marsh,  etc. 

ART. 

Art,  cart,  dart,  hart,  mart,  part,  smart  tart,  start,  apart,  depart, 
impart,  dispart,  counterpart.  Perfect  rhymes,  heart,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes,  wart,  thwart,  etc.,  hurt,  etc.,  dirt,  flirt,  etc.,  pert,  etc. 

ART  ( sounded  ORT). 

Wart,  thwart,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  short,  retort,  etc.  Alloivable 
rhymes,  art,  sport,  conrt,  etc. 

ARTH,  see  EARTH. 

ARVE. 

Barve,  starve,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  nerve,  deserve,  etc. 

AS. 

Was.  Allowable  rhymes,  has,  as. 

ASS. 

Ass,  brass,  class,  grass,  lass,  mass,  pass,  alas,  amass,  cuirass,  repass, 
surpass,  morass,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  base,  face,  deface,  etc.,  loss, 
toss,  etc. 

ASE,  see  ACE. 

ASH. 

Ash,  cash,  dash,  dash,  crash,  flash,  gash,  gnash,  hash,  lash,  plash, 
rash,  thrash,  slash,  trash,  abash,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  wash,  quash, 
etc.,  leash,  etc. 

ASH. 

Wash,  quash,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  cash,  dash,  etc. 

ASK. 

Ask,  task,  bask,  cask,  flask,  mask. 


ASP. 

Asp,  clasp,  gasp,  grasp,  hasp.  Allowable  rhymes,  wasp,  etc. 

AST. 

Cast,  last,  blast,  mast,  past,  vast,  fast,  aghast,  avast,  forecast,  over¬ 
cast,  outcast,  repast.  Perfect  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of 
verbs  in  ass,  as  classed,  amassed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  ace,  as  placed,  etc.  Nouns  and  verbs  in 
aste,  as  taste,  waste,  etc. 

ASTE. 

Baste,  chaste,  haste,  paste,  taste,  waste,  distaste.  Perfect  rhymes, 
waist,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ace,  as  faced,  placi  d, 


THE  POET’S  ASSISTANT  IN  MAKING  EHYME. 


311 


etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  cast,  fast,  etc.,  best,  nest,  etc.,  and  the  preter¬ 
its  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ess,  as  messed,  dressed,  etc. 

AT. 

At,  bat,  cat,  hat,  fat,  mat,  pat,  sat,  rat,  tat,  vat,  brat,  chat,  flat,  plat, 
sprat,  that,  guat.  Allowable  rhymes ,  bate,  hate,  etc. 

ATCH. 

Catch,  match,  hatch,  latch,  patch,  scratch  smatch,  snatch,  despatch. 
ATE. 

Bate,  date,  fate,  gate,  grate,  hate,  tate.  mate,  pate,  plate,  prate,  rate, 
sate,  state,  scate,  slate,  abate,  belate,  collate,  create,  debate,  elate,  di¬ 
late,  i state,  ingrate,  innate,  rebate,  r.late,  sedate,  translate,  abdicate, 
abominate,  abrogate,  accelerate,  accommodate,  accumulate,  accurate, 
adequate,  affectionate,  advocate,  adulterate,  aggravate,  agitate,  alien¬ 
ate  animate,  annihilate,  antedate,  anticipate,  autiquate,  arbitrate, 
arrogate,  articulate,  assassinate,  calculate,  capitulate,  captivate,  cele¬ 
brate  circulate,  coagulate,  commemorate,  commiserate,  communi¬ 
cate  compassionate,  confederate,  congratulate,  congregate,  conse¬ 
crate,  contaminate,  corroborate,  cultivate,  candidate,  co-operate, 
considerate,  consulate,  capacitate,  debilitate,  dedicate,  degenerate, 
delegate,  deliberate,  denominate,  depopulate,  dislocate,  deprecate, 
discriminate,  derogate,  dissipate,  delicate,  disconsolate,  desperate, 
deprecate,  educate,  effeminate,  elevate,  c  mulate,  estimate,  elaborate, 
equivocate,  eradicate,  evaporate,  exaggerate,  exasperate,  expostulate, 
exterminate,  extricate,  facilitate,  fortunate,  generate,  gratulate,  hesi¬ 
tate,  illiterate,  illuminate,  irritate,  imitate,  immoderate,  impitrate, 
importunate,  imprecate,  inanimate,  innovate,  instigate,  intemperate, 
intimate,  intimidate,  intoxicate,  intricate,  invalidate,  inveterate,  invio- 
late,  legitimate,  magistrate,  meditate,  mitigate,  moderate,  necessitate, 
nominate,  obstinate,  participate,  passionate,  penetrate,  perpi  trate,  per¬ 
sonate,  potentate,  precipitate,  predestinate, predominate,  premeditate, 
prevaricate,  procrastinate,  profligate,  prognosticate,  propagate,  re¬ 
criminate,  regenerate,  regulate,  r. iterate,  reprobate,  reverberate, 
ruminate,  st  parate,  sophisticate,  stipulate,  subjugate,  subordinate, 
suffocate,  terminate,  tolerate,  temperate,  vindicate,  violate,  unfor¬ 
tunate.  Perfect  rhymes ,  bait,  plait,  strait,  wait,  await,  great.  Nearly 
perfect  rhymes ,  eight,  weight,  height,  straight.  Allowable  rhymes , 
beat,  heat,  etc.,  bat,  cat,  etc.,  bet.  wet,  etc. 

ATH. 

Bath,  path,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  hath,  faith,  etc. 

ATHE. 

Bathe,  swathe,  lathe,  rathe. 

AUB,  see  OB. 

AUt'E,  see  AUSE. 

AUCH,  see  OACH. 

AUD. 

Fraud,  laud,  applaud,  defraud.  Perfect  rhymes,  broad,  abroad,  bawd ; 
and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  aw,  as  gnawed,  sawed,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes ,  odd,  nod,  etc.,  ode,  bode,  etc.,  also  the  word  load. 
AVE. 

Cave  brave,  gave,  grave,  crave,  lave,  nave,  knave,  pave,  rave,  save, 
shave,  slave,  stave,  wave,  behave,  deprave,  engrave,  outbrave,  forgave, 
misgave,  architrave.  Allowable  rhyme  ^  the  auxilliary  veib  nave. 
AUGH,  see  AFF. 

AUGHT,  see  OUGHT. 
jAULT,  see  ALT. 

AUNCH. 

Launch,  paunch,  haunch,  staunch,  etc. 

AUNCE,  see  ONSE. 

AUNT. 

Aunt,  daunt,  gaunt,  haunt,  jaunt,  taunt,  vaunt,  avaunt.  Perfect 
rhymes ,  slant,  aslant.  Allowable  rhymes ,  want,  etc.,  pant,  cant,  etc. 

AUSE.  ,  , 

Cause  pause,  clause,  applause,  because.  Perfect  rhymes ,  the  plurals 
of  noun*,  and  third  persons  singular  of  verbs  in  aw,  as  laws,  he  draws, 
etc.  Allowable  rhyme ,  was. 

AUST,  see  OST. 

AW. 

Craw,  daw,  law,  chaw,  claw,  draw,  flaw,  knaw,  jaw,  law,  maw,  paw, 
raw,  saw,  straw,  thaw,  withdraw,  foresaw. 

AWD,  see  AUD. 

AWK,  see  ALK. 

AWL. 

Bawl,  brawl,  drawl,  crawl,  scrawl,  sprawl,  squalJ.  Perfect  rhymes , 
ball,  call,  fall,  gall,  small,  hall,  pall,  tall,  wall,  stall,  install,  forestall, 
thrall,  inthrall. 

AWN. 

Dawn,  brawn,  fawn,  pawn,  spawn,  drawn,  yawn,  lawn,  withdrawn. 

AX. 

Ax,  tax,  wax,  relax,  flax.  Perfect  rhymes ,  the  plurals  of  nouns ,  and 
third'  persons  singular  of  verbs  in  ack,  as  backs,  sacks,  etc.,  he  lacks, 
he  packs,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  plurals  of  nouns,  and  third  per¬ 
sons  singular  of  verbs  in  ake,  as  cakes,  lakes,  etc.,  he  makes,  he  takes, 

ttC-  AY. 

Bray,  clay,  day,  dray,  tray,  flay,  fray,  gay,  hay,  jay,  lay,  may,  nay. 
pay,  play,  ray,  say,  way,  pray,  spray,  slay,  spay,  stay,  stray,  sway, 


affray,  allay,  array,  astray,  away,  belay,  bewray,  betray,  decay,  defray, 
delay,  disarray,  display,  dismay,  essay,  forelay,  gainsay,  inlay,  relay, 
repay,  roundelay,  virelay.  Perfect  rhymes ,  ne  igh.  weigh,  inveigh,  etc., 
prey,  they,  convey,  obey,  purvey,  survey,  disobey,  grey.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  tea,  sea,  fee.  See,  glee,  etc. 

AZE.  , 

Craze,  daze,  blaze,  gaze,  glaze,  maze,  raze,  amaze,  graze.  Perfect 
rhymes,  raise,  praise,  dispraise,  etc.,  praise,  paraphrase,  etc.,  and  the 
nouns  plural,  and  third  persons  singular  of  the  present  tense  of  verbs 
in  ay,  eigh,  and  ey,  as  days,  he  Inveighs,  he  obeys,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes,  ease,  tease,  seize,  etc.,  and  keys,  the  plural  of  key,  also  the 
auxiliaries  has  and  was. 

E  and  EA,  see  EE. 

EACE,  see  EASE. 

EACH.  „  , 

Beach,  breach,  bleach,  each,  peach,  preach,  teach,  impeach.  Nearly 
perfect  rhymes,  beech,  leech,  speech,  beseech.  Allowable  rhymes,  fetch, 

wretch,  etc.  _ _ 

EAD,  see  EDE  and  EED. 

EAF,  see  1EF. 

EAGUE.  . 

League,  teagne,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  intrigue,  fatigue,  etc.  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes,  Hague,  vague,  etc.,  leg,  beg,  etc.,  bag,  rag,  etc. 

EAK,  see  AKE. 

Beak,  speak,  bleak,  creak,  freak,  leak,  peak,  sneak,  squeak,  streak, 
weak,  tweak,  wreak,  bespeak.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  cheek,  leek, 
creek,  meek,  reek,  seek,  sleek,  pique,  week,  shriek.  Allowable  rhymes, 
heck,  speck,  etc.,  lake,  take,  thick,  lick,  etc. 

EAL. 

Deal,  heal,  reveal,  meal,  peal,  seal,  steal,  teal,  veal,  weal,  zeal, 
squeal,  repeal,  conceal,  congeal,  anneal,  appeal.  Nearly  perfect 
rhymes,  eel,  heel,  feel,  keel,  kneel,  peel,  reel,  steel  wheel  Allowable 
rhymes ,  hell,  tell,  etc.,  bale,  tale,  etc.,  bill,  fill,  etc.,  ail,  fail,  etc. 

EALM,  see  ELM. 

EALTH. 

Health,  wealth,  stealth,  commonwealth,  etc. 

EAM. 

Bream  cream,  gleam,  seam,  scream,  steam,  stream,  team,  beam, 
dream.  Perfect  rhymes,  fleam  scheme,  theme,  blaspheme,  extreme, 
supreme.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  deem,  teem,  beseem,  misdeem, 
esteem,  disesteem,  redeem,  seem,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  dame,  lame, 
etc.,  limb,  him,  etc.,  them,  hem,  etc.,  lamb,  dam,  etc.  See  AML. 

EAN. 

Bean,  clean,  dean,  glean,  lean,  mean,  wean,  yean,  demean  unclean 
Perfect  rhymes ,  convene,  demesne,  intervene,  mien.  Nearly  perfect 
rhymes,  machine,  keen,  screen,  seen,  green,  spleen,  between,  careen, 
foreseen,  serene,  obscene,  terrene,  etc.,  queen,  spleen,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes,  bane,  mane,  etc.,  ban,  man,  etc.,  bin,  thin,  begin,  etc. 

EANS,  see  ENSE. 

EANT,  see  ENT. 

EAP,  see  EEP  and  EP 

EAR,  see  EER. 

EARD. 

Heard  herd,  sherd,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs' in  er,  as  erred,  preferred,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  heard,  the 
preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ere,  ear,  and  ar,  as  revered,  feared, 
barred.  „ 

EALCH. 

Search,  perch,  research.  Allowable  rhymes,  church,  smirch,  lurch, 
parch,  march,  etc. 

EARN,  see  ERN. 

EARSE,  see  ERSE. 

EART,  see  ART. 

EARTH. 

Earth,  dearth.  Perfect  rhymes ,  birth,  mirth,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes, 
hearth,  etc.  .  ,  „  . 

EASE,  sounded  EACE. 

Cease,  lease,  release,  grease,  decease,  decrease,  increase,  release,  sur¬ 
cease  'Perfect  rhyme,  peace.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  piece,  niece, 
fleece,  geese,  frontispiece,  apiece,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  less,  mess, 
etc.,  lace,  mace  etc.,  miss,  hiss,  etc.,  nice,  vice,  etc. 

EASH,  see  ESH. 

EAST. 

East,  feast,  least,  beast.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  parti¬ 
ciples  or  verbs  in  ease,  as  ceased,  increased,  etc.  A  early  perfect  rhyme, 
priest.  Allowable  rhymes,  haste,  taste,  etc.,  best,  chest,  etc.,  fist,  list, 
etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  oj  verbs  in  ess  and  iss,  as 
dressed,  hissed,  etc. 

EAT. 

Bleat,  eat,  feat,  heat,  meat,  near,  seat,  treat,  wheat,  heat,  cheat, 
defeat,  estreat,  escheat,  entreat,  retreat.  Perfect  rhymes,  obsolete, 
replete,  concrete,  complete.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  feet,  fleet,  gleet, 
greet,  meet,  sheet,  sleet,  street,  sweet,  discreet.  Allowable  rhymes , 
hate,  grate,  hate,  etc.,  get,  met,  etc.,  bit,  hit,  etc.  See  ATE. 

EATO. 

Breath,  death,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  heath,  sheath,  teeth. 


312 


VOCABULARY  OF  RHYMES. 


EATHE. 

Breathe,  sheathe,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  wreath,  inwreath,  bequeath, 
beneath,  underneath,  etc.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes ,  seethe,  etc. 

EAVE. 

Cleave,  heave,  interweave,  leave,  weave,  bereave,  inweave.  Perfect 
rhyme--,  receive,  conceive,  deceive,  perceive.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes , 
eve,  grieve,  thieve,  aggrieve,  achieve,  believe,  disbelieve,  relieve,  re¬ 
prieve,  retrieve.  Allowable  rhymes ,  give,  live,  etc.,  lave,  cave,  etc., 
cud  l.ave. 

EBB. 

Ebb,  web,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  babe,  astrolabe,  etc.,  glebe,  etc. 

ECK. 

Beck,  neck,  check,  deck,  speck,  wreck.  Allowable  rhymes ,  break, 
take,  etc.,  beak,  sneak,  etc. 

ECT. 

Sect,  abject,  affect,  correct,  incorrect,  collect,  deject,  detect,  direct, 
disrespect,  disaffect,  dissect,  effect,  elect,  eject,  erect,  expect,  indirect, 
infect,  inspect,  neglect,  object,  project,  protect,  recollect,  reflect,  reject, 
respect,  select,  subject,  suspect,  architect,  circumspect,  dialect,  intel¬ 
lect.  Perfect  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and,  participles  of  verbs  in  eck,  as 
decked,  checked,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs  in  ake,  and  eak,  as  baked,  leaked. 

ED. 

Bed,  bled,  fed.  fled,  bred,  led,  red,  shred,  shed,  sped,  wed,  abed,  in- 
bred,  misled.  Perject  rhymes ,  said,  bread,  dread,  dead,  head,  lead, 
read,  spread,  thread,  tread,  behead,  o’erspread.  Allowable  rhymes, 
bead,  mead,  etc.,  blade,  fade,  etc.,  maid,  paid,  etc.,  and  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  ay,  ey,  and  eigh,  as  bayed,  obeyed,  weighed, 
etc. 

EDE,  see  EED. 

EDGE. 

Edge,  wedge,  fledge,  hedge,  ledge,  pledge,  sedge,  allege.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  age,  page, etc.,  siege,  oblige,  etc.,  privilege,  sacrilege,  sortilege. 

EE. 

Bee,  free,  glee,  knee,  see,  three,  thee,  tree,  agree,  decree,  degree,  dis¬ 
agree,  foresee,  o’ersee,  pedigree,  he,  me,  we,  she,  be,  jubilee,  lee. 
Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  sea,  plea,  flea,  tea,  key.  Allowable  rhymes,  all 
words  of  one  syllable  ending  in  y,  ye,  or  ie,  or  polysyllables  of  these  ter¬ 
minations  having  the  accent  on  the  ultimate  or  antepenultimate  syllable. 

EECE,  see  EASE. 

EECH,  see  EACH. 

EED. 

Creed,  deed,  indeed,  bleed,  breed,  feed,  need,  meed,  heed,  reed,  speed, 
seed,  steed,  weed,  proceed,  succeed,  exceed.  Perfect  rhymes,  kueatl, 
read,  intercede,  precede,  recede,  concede,  impede,  supersede,  etc.,  bead, 
lead,  mead,  plead,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  bed,  dead,  etc.,  bid,  hid, 
etc.,  made,  blade,  etc. 

EEF,  see  IEP. 

EEK,  see  EAK. 

EEL,  see  EAL. 

EEM,  see  EAM. 

EEN,  see  EAN. 

EEP. 

Creep,  deep,  sleep,  keep,  peep,  sheep,  steep,  sweep,  weep,  asleep. 
Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  cheap,  heap,  reap,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  ape, 
rape,  etc.,  step,  nep,  etc.,  hip,  lip,  etc. 

EER. 

Beer,  deer,  fleer,  geer,  jeer,  peer,  meer,  leer,  sheer,  steer,  sneer,  cheer, 
veer,  pickeer,  domineer,  cannoneer,  compeer,  engineer,  mutineer,  pio¬ 
neer,  privateer,  charioteer,  chanticleer,  career,  mountaineer.  Perfect 
rhymes,  here,  sphere,  adhere,  cohere,  interfere,  persevere,  revere, 
austere,  severe,  sincere,  hemisphere,  etc.,  ear,  clear,  dear,  fear,  hear, 
near,  sear,  smear,  spear,  tear,  year,  appear,  besmear,  disappear,  en¬ 
dear,  auctioneer.  Allowable  rhymes,  hare,  dare,  etc.,  preter,  deter, 
character,  etc. 

EESE,  see  EEZK. 

EET,  see  EAT. 

EETH,  see  EATH. 

EEVE,  see  EAVE. 

EEZE. 

Breeze,  freeze,  wheeze,  sneeze,  squeeze,  and  the  plurals  of  nounsand 
third  persons  singular,  present  tense,  of  verbs  in  ee,  as  bees,  he  sees. 
Perfect  rhymes,  cheese,  these,  etc.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  ease,  ap¬ 
pease,  disease,  displease,  tease,  seize,  etc.,  and  the  plurals  of  nouns  in 
ea,  as  teas,  pleas,  etc.,  and  the  polysyllables  ending  in  es,  having  the 
accent  on  the  antepenultimate,  as  images,  monarchies,  etc. 

EFT. 

Cleft,  left,  theft,  weft,  bereft,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  lift,  sf ft,  etc., 
and  the  third perso  :s  singular,  present  lease,  of  verbs  in  afe,  alf,  augh, 
and  iff,  as  chafed,  quaffed,  laughed,  whiffed,  etc. 

EG. 

Egg,  leg,  beg,  peg.  Allowable  rhymes ,  vague,  plague,  etc.,  league, 
teague,  etc. 

EIGH,  see  AY. 

EIGHT,  see  ATE. 

EIGN,  see  AIN. 


EIL,  see  AIL. 

EIN,  see  AIN. 

EINT,  see  AINT. 

EIR,  see  ARE. 

EIT,  see  EAT. 

EIVE,  see  EAVE. 

ElZE,  see  EEZE. 

ELL. 

Ell,  dwell,  fell,  hell,  knell,  quell,  sell,  bell,  cell,  dispel,  foretell,  ex¬ 
cel,  compel,  befell,  yell,  well,  tell,  swell,  spell,  smell,  shell,  parallel, 
sentinel,  infidel,  citadel,  refel,  repel,  rebel,  impel,  expel.  Allowable 
rhymes,  bale,  sail,  etc.,  heal,  peal,  etc.,  eel,  steel,  etc. 

ELD. 

Held,  geld,  withheld,  upheld,  beheld,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  pre¬ 
terits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ell,  as  swelled,  felled,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ale,  ail,  etc.,  heal,  seal, 
etc.  as  empaled,  waled,  etc.,  healed,  sealed,  etc. 

ELF. 

Elf,  pelf,  self,  shelf,  himself,  etc. 

ELK. 

Elk,  whelk,  etc. 

ELM. 

Elm,  helm,  realm,  whelm,  overwhelm,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  palm, 
film,  etc. 

ELP. 

Help,  whelp,  yelp,  etc. 

ELT. 

Belt,  gelt,  melt,  felt,  welt,  smelt,  pelt,  dwelt.  Perfect  rhyme,  dealt. 

ELVE. 

Delve,  helve,  twelve,  etc. 

ELVES. 

Elves,  themselves,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns  and 
third  persons  singular  of  verbs  in  elf,  and  elve,  as  twelves,  delves, 
shelves,  etc. 

EM. 

Gem,  hem,  stem,  them,  diadem,  stratagem,  etc.  Perfect  rhyme, 
condemn,  contemn,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  lame,  tame,  etc.,  team, 
seam,  theme,  fleern,  etc. 

EME,  see  EAM. 

EMN. 

Condemn,  contemn,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  gem,  hem,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes,  lame,  tame,  etc.,  team,  seam,  etc. 

EMPT. 

Tempt,  exempt,  attempt,  contempt. 

EN. 

Den,  hen,  fen,  ken,  men,  pen,  ten,  then,  when,  wren,  denizen.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes,  bane,  fane,  etc.,  mean,  bean,  etc. 

ENCE. 

Fence,  hence,  pence,  thence,  whence,  defence,  expense,  offence,  pre¬ 
tense,  commence,  abstinence,  circumference,  conference,  confidence, 
consequence,  continence,  benevolence,  concupiscence,  difference,  diffi¬ 
dence,  diligence,  eloquence,  eminence,  evidence,  excellence,  impeni¬ 
tence,  impertinence,  impotence,  impudence,  improvidence,  inconti¬ 
nence,  indifference,  indigence,  indolence,  inference,  intelligence,  inno¬ 
cence,  magnificence,  munificence,  negligence,  omnipotence,  penitence, 
preference,  providence,  recompense,  reference,  residence,  reverence, 
vehemence,  violence.  Perfect  rhymes,  sense,  dense,  cense,  condense, 
immense,  intense,  propeuse,  dispense,  suspense,  prepense,  incense, 
frankincense. 

ENCH. 

Bench,  drench,  retrench,  quench,  clench,  stench,  feneb,  trench, 
wench,  wrench,  intrench. 

END. 

Bend,  mend,  blend,  end,  fend,  lend,  rend,  send,  spend,  tend,  vend, 
amend,  attend,  ascend,  commend,  contend,  defend,  depend,  descend, 
distend,  expend,  extend,  forefend,  impend,  misspend,  obtend,  offend, 
portend,  pretend,  protend,  suspend,  transcend,  unbend,  apprehend, 
comprehend,  condescend,  discommend,  recommend,  reprehend,  divi¬ 
dend,  reverend.  Perfect  rhymes,  friend,  befriend,  and  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  en,  as  penned,  kenned,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ean,  as  gleaned,  yeaned, 
etc. 

ENDS. 

Amends.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  noutis  and  third  persons 
singular,  present  tense,  of  verbs  in  end,  as  ends,  friends,  he  mends,  etc. 

ENE,  see  EAN. 

ENGE. 

Avenge,  revenge,  etc. 

ENGTH. 

Length,  strength,  etc. 

ENSE  (sounded  ENZE). 

Cleanse.  Perfect  rhymes,  Ike  plurals  of  nouns,  and  Hard  persons 
singular, present  tense,  of  verbs  in  en,  as  hens,  fens,  he  pens,  he  kens, 
etc. 

ENT. 

Bent,  lent,  rent,  pent,  scent,  sent,  shent,  spent,  tent,  vent,  went,  ab¬ 
sent,  meant,  ascent,  assent, attent,  augment,  cement,  content,  consent, 
descent,  dissent,  event,  extent,  foment,  frequent,  indent,  intent,  invent, 


THE  POET  S  ASSISTANT  IN  MAKING  RHYME. 


313 


lament,  misspent,  o’erspent,  present,  prevent,  relent,  repent,  resent, 
ostent.,  ferment,  outwent,  underwent,  discontent,  unbent,  circumvent, 
represent,  abstinent,  accident,  accomplishment,  admonishment,  ack¬ 
nowledgment,  aliment,  arbitrament,  argument,  banishment,  battle¬ 
ment,  blandishment,  astonishment  armipoteut,  bell  potent,  benevo¬ 
lent,  chastisement,  competent  compliment,  complement,  confident, 
continent,  corpulent,  detriment,  different,  diffident,  diligent,  dispar¬ 
agement,  document,  element,  eloquent,  eminent,  equivalent,  establish¬ 
ment,  evident,  excellent,  excrement,  exigent,  experiment,  firmament, 
fraudulent,  government, embellishment,  imminent,  impenitent,  imper¬ 
tinent,  implement,  impotent,  imprisonment,  improvident,  impudent, 
incident,  incompetent,  incontinent,  indifferent,  indigent,  innocent,  in¬ 
solent,  instrument,  irreverent,  languishment,  ligament,  lineament, 
magnificent,  management,  medicament,  malcontent,  monument  negli¬ 
gent,  nourishment,  nutriment,  Occident,  omnipotent,  opulent,  orna¬ 
ment,  parliament,  penitent,  permanent,  pertinent,  president,  precedent, 
prevalent,  provident,  punishment,  ravishment,  regiment,  resident, 
redolent,  rudiment,  sacrament,  sediment,  sentiment,  settlement,  sub¬ 
sequent,  supplement,  intelligent,  tenement,  temperament,  testament, 
tournament,  turbulent,  vehement,  violent,  virulent,  reverent.  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes,  paint,  saint,  etc. 

ENTS. 

Accoutrements.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns,  and  third  per¬ 
sons  singular,  present  iense,  of  verbs  in  ent,  as  scents,  he  assents,  etc. 

EP. 

Step,  nep,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  leap,  reap,  etc.,  rape,  tape,  etc. 

EPT. 

Accept,  adept,  except,  intercept,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  crept,  slept, 
wept,  kept.  Alloa  able  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in 
ape,  eep,  and  eap,  as  peeped  reaped,  shaped,  etc. 

ERR. 

Err,  aver,  defer,  infer,  deter,  inter,  refer,  transfer,  confer,  prefer, 
parterre,  administer,  wagoner,  islander,  arbiter,  character,  villager, 
cottager,  dowager,  forager,  pillager,  voyager,  massacre,  gardener,  slan¬ 
derer,  flatterer,  idolater,  provender,  theater,  amphitheater,  foreigner, 
lavender,  messenger,  passenger,  sorcerer,  interpreter,  officer,  mariner, 
harbinger,  minister,  register,  canister,  chorister,  sophister,  presbyter, 
lawgiver,  philosopher,  astrologer,  loiterer,  prisoner,  grasshopper, 
astronomer,  sepulcher,  thunderer,  traveler,  murderer,  usurer.  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes,  bare,  care,  etc.,  ear,  fear,  etc.,  bar,  car,  etc.,  sir,  fir,  her, 
etc. 

EROII,  see  EARCH. 

ERCE,  see  ERSE. 

ERD,  see  EARD. 

ERE,  see  EER. 

ERGE. 

Verge,  emerge,  absterge,  immerge.  Perfect  rhyme ,  dirge.  Nearly 
perfect  rhymes,  urge,  purge,  surge.  Allowable  rhymes,  barge,  large,  etc. 

ERN. 

Fern,  stern,  discern,  concern.  Perfect  rhymes ,  learn,  earn,  yearn,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes,  barn,  yarn,  etc.,  burn,  turn,  etc. 

ERSE. 

Verse,  hearse,  absterse,  adverse,  averse,  converse,  disperse,  immerse, 
perverse,  reverse,  traverse,  asperse,  intersperse,  universe.  Perfect 
rhymes,  amerce,  coerce,  etc.,  fierce,  tierce,  pierce,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  farce,  parse,  Mars,  etc.,  purse,  curse,  etc. 

ERT. 

Wert,  advert,  assert,  avert,  concert,  convert,  controvert,  desert,  di¬ 
vert,  exert,  expert,  insert,  invert,  pervert,  subvert.  Allowable  rhymes, 
heart,  part,  etc.,  shirt,  dirt,  etc.,  hurt,  spurt,  etc. 

ERVE. 

Serve,  nerve,  swerve,  preserve,  deserve,  conserve,  observe,  reserve, 
disserve,  subserve.  Allowable  rhymes,  starve,  carve,  etc.,  curve,  etc. 

ESS. 

Bless,  dress,  cess,  chess,  guess,  less,  mess,  press,  stress,  acquiesce, 
access,  address,  assess,  compress,  confess,  caress,  depress,  digress, 
dispossess,  distress,  excess,  express,  impress,  oppress,  possess,  profess, 
recess,  repress,  redress,  success,  transgress,  adulteress,  bashfulness, 
bitterness,  cheerfulness,  comfortless,  comeliness,  dizziness,  diocese, 
drowsiness,  eagerness,  easiness,  embassadress,  emptiness,  evenness, 
fatherless,  filthiness,  foolishness,  forgetfulness,  forwardness,  froward- 
ness,  fruitfulness,  fulsomeness,  giddiness,  greediness,  gentleness,  gov¬ 
erness,  happiness,  haughtiness,  heaviness,  idleness,  heinousness,  hoary  - 
ness,  hollowness,  holiness,  lasciviousness,  lawfulness,  laziness,  little¬ 
ness,  liveliness,  loftiness,  lioness,  lowliness,  manliness,  masterless, 
mightiness,  motherless,  motion  less,  nakedness,  neediness,  noisomeness, 
numberless,  patroness,  peevishness,  perfidiousness,  pitiless,  poetess, 
prophetess,  ransomne'ss,  readiness,  righteousness,  shepherdess,  sor¬ 
ceress,  sordidness,  spiritless,  sprightliness,  stubbornness,  sturdiness, 
surliness,  steadiness,  tenderness,  thoughtfulness,  ugliness,  uneasiness, 
unhappiness,  votaress,'  usefulness,  wakefulness,  wantonness,  weapon¬ 
less,  wariness,  willingness,  willfulness,  weariness,  wickedness,  wilder¬ 
ness,  wretchedness,  drunkenness,  childishness.  Allowable  rhymes, 
mass,  pass,  etc.,  mace,  place,  etc. 

ESE,  see  EEZE. 

ESII. 

Flesh,  fresh,  refresh,  thresh,  afresh,  mesh.  Allowable  rhymes,  mash, 
flash,  etc. 

ESK. 

Desk.  Perfect  rhymes,  grotesque,  burlesque,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes, 
mask,  ask. 


EST. 

Best,  chest,  crest,  guest,  jest,  nest,  pest,  quest,  rest,  test,  vest,  west, 
arrest,  attest,  bequest,  contest,  detest,  digest,  divest,  invest,  infest, 
molest,  obtest,  protest,  retest,  suggest,  unrest,  interest,  manifest,  etc. 
Perfect  rhymes,  breast,  abreast,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs  in  ess,  as  dressed,  abreast,  expressed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes, 
cast,  fast,  etc.,  haste,  waste,  etc.,  beast  least,  etc.  See  EAST. 

ET. 

Bet,  jet,  fret,  get,  let,  met,  net,  set,  wet,  whet,  yet,  debt,  abet,  beget, 
beset,  forget,  regret,  alphabet,  amulet,  anchoret,  cabinet,  epithet,  para¬ 
pet,  rivulet,  violet,  counterfeit,  coronet,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  sweat, 
threat,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  bate,  hate,  etc.,  beat,  heat,  etc. 

ETCH. 

Fetch,  stretch,  wretch,  sketch,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  match,  latch, 
etc.,  peach,  bleach,  etc. 

ETE,  see  EAT. 

EVE,  see  EAVE. 

EUM,  see  UME. 

EW. 

Blew,  chew,  dew,  brew,  drew,  flew,  few,  grew,  new,  knew,  hew,  Jew, 
mew,  view,  threw,  yew,  crew,  slew,  anew,  askew,  bedew,  eschew,  re¬ 
new,  review,  withdrew,  screw,  interview,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  blue, 
clue,  cue,  glue,  hue,  rue,  sue,  true,  accrue,  ensue,  endue,  imbue,  im¬ 
brue,  pursue,  subdue,  adieu,  purlieu,  perdue,  residue,  avenue,  revenue, 
retinue. 

EWD,  see  EDD. 

EWN,  see  UNE. 

EX. 

Sex,  vex,  annex,  convex,  complex,  perplex,  circumflex,  and  the  plu¬ 
rals  of  nouns,  and  third  persons  singular  of  verbs  in  eck,  as  checks, 
he  checks,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  ax,  wax,  etc.,  and  the  plurals  of 
nouns,  and  third  persons  singular  of  verbs  in  ake,  ack,  eak,  eke,  ique, 
ike,  etc.  breaks,  rakes,  etc.,  he  takes,  he  breaks,  racks,  he  ekes,  pikes, 
he  likes,  he  pipes,  etc. 

EXT. 

Next,  pretext,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ex,  as 
vexed,  perplexed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs  in  ax,  as  waxed,  etc. 

EY,  see  AY. 

IB. 

Bib,  crib,  squib,  drib,  glib,  nib,  rib.  Allowable  rhymes,  bribe,  tribe, 
etc. 

IBE. 

Bribe,  tribe,  scribe,  ascribe,  describe,  superscribe,  prescribe,  pro¬ 
scribe,  subscribe,  transcribe,  inscribe.  Allowable  rhymes,  bib,  crib,  etc. 

ICE. 

Ice,  dice,  mice,  nice,  price,  rice,  spice,  slice,  thrice,  trice,  ad¬ 
vice,  entice,  vice,  device.  Perfect  rhymes ,  rise,  concise,  precise, 
paradise,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  miss,  kiss,  hiss,  artifice,  avarice, 
cockatrice,  benefice,  cicatrice,  edifice,  orifice,  prejudice,  precipice,  sac¬ 
rifice,  etc.,  piece,  fleece,  etc. 

ICH,  see  ITCH. 

ICK. 

Brick,  sick,  chick,  kick,  lick,  nick,  pick,  quick,  stick,  thick,  trick, 
arithmetic,  asthmatic,  choleric,  catholic,  phlegmatic,  heretic,  rhetoric, 
schismatic,  splenetic,  lunatic,  politic,  empiric.  Allowable  ihymes, 
like,  pike,  etc.,  weak,  speak,  etc. 

ICT. 

Strict,  addict,  afflict,  convict,  inflict,  contradict,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes, 
the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ick,  as  licked,  kicked,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ike,  eak,  cs 
liked,  leaked,  etc. 

ID. 

Bid,  chid,  hid,  kid,  lid,  slid,  rid,  bestrid,  pyramid,  forbid.  Allowable 
rhymes,  hide,  chide,  parricide,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of 
the  verbs  in  y  or  ie,  as  died,  replied,  etc.,  lead,  head,  mead,  deed,  need, 
etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ee,  as  freed,  agreed,  etc. 

IDE. 

Bide,  chide,  hide,  glide,  pride,  ride,  slide,  side,  stride,  tide,  wide, 
bride,  abide,  guide,  aside,  astride,  beside,  bestride,  betide,  confide,  de¬ 
cide,  deride,  divide,  preside,  provide,  subside,  misguide,  subdivide, 
etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ie  and  y, 
as  died,  replied,  etc.,  and  the  participle  sighed.  Allowable  rhymes, 
bead,  mead,  etc.,  bid,  hid,  etc. 

IDES. 

Ides,  besides.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  per¬ 
sons  singular  of  verbs  in  ide,  as  tide,  he  rides,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes, 
the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons  singular  of  verbs  in  ead,  id,  as 
heads,  he  leads,  etc.,  kids,  he  bids,  etc. 

IDGE. 

Bridge,  ridge,  abridge,  etc. 

IDST. 

Midst,  amidst,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  second  person  singular, 

(he  present  tense  of  verbs  in  id,  as  thou  biddest,  thou  hiddest,  etc.  Al- 
lowable  rhymes,  the  second  persons  singular  of  the  present  tense  of  verbs 
in  ide,  as  thou  hidest,  thou  readest,  etc. 

IE,  or  Y. 

By,  buy,  cry,  die,  dry,  eye,  fly,  fry,  fie,  hie,  lie,  pie,  ply,  pry,  rye,  shy, 
sly,  spry,  sky,  sty.  tie,  try,  vie,  why,  ally,  apply,  awry,  belie,  comply. 


314: 


VOCABULARY  OF  RHYMES. 


decry,  defy,  descry,  deny,  imply,  espy,  outvie,  outfly,  rely,  reply,  sup¬ 
ply..  untie,  amplify,  beautify,  .certify,  crucify,  deify,  dignify,  edify, 
falsify,  tortify,  gratify,  glorify,  indemnify,  justify,  magnify,  modify, 
mollify,  mortify,  pacify,  jietrify,  purify,  putrefy,  qualify,  ratify,  rectify, 
sanctify,  satisfy,  scarify,  signify,  specify,  stupefy,  terrify,  testify,  verify, 
villify,  vitrify,  vivify,  prophesy.  Perfect  rhymes ,  high,  nigh,  sigh, 
thigh.  Allowable  rhymes ,  bee,  she,  tea,  sea,  etc.,  pleurisy,  chemistry, 
academy,  apostasy,  conspiracy,  confederacy,  ecstasy,  democracy,  em¬ 
bassy,  fallacy,  legacy,  supremacy,  lunacy,  privacy,  piracy,  malady, 
remedy,  tragedy,  comedy,  cosmography,  geography,  geometry,  etc., 
elegy,  certainty,  sovereignty,  loyalty,  disloyalty,  penalty,  casualty, 
ribaldry,  chivalry,  infamy,  constancy,  fealty,  cavalry,  bigamy,  poly¬ 
gamy,  vacancy,  inconstancy,  infancy,  company,  accompany,  dittany, 
tyranny, villainy, auarchy,  monarchy,  lethargy,  incendiary,  infirmary, 
library,  salary,  sanctuary,  votary,  auxiliary,  contrary,  diary,  granary, 
rosemary,  urgency,  infantry,  knavery,  livery,  recovery,  robbery, 
novelty,  antipathy,  apathy,  sympathy,  idolatry,  galaxy,  husbandry, 
cruelly,  enemy,  blasphemy,  prophecy,  clemency,  decency,  inclemency, 
emergency,  regency,  progeny,  energy,  poverty,  liberty,  property, 
adultery,  artery,  artillery,  battery,  beggary,  bribery,  bravery,  delivery, 
drudgery,  flattery,  gallery,  imagery,  lottery,  misery,  mystery,  nursery, 
raillery,  slavery,sorcery,  treachery,  discovery,  tapestry,  majesty,  mod- 
csiy,  immodesty,  honesty,  dishonesty,  courtesy,  heresy,  poesy,  poetry, 
secresy,  leprosy,  perfidy,  subsidy,  drapery,  symmetry,  drollery,  prodigy, 
policy,  mutiny,  destiny,  scrutiny,  hypocrisy,  family,  ability,  activity, 
avidity,  assiduity,  civility,  community,  concavity,  consanguinity,  con¬ 
formity,  congruity,  diuturnity,  facility,  falsity,  familiarity,  formality, 
generosity,  gratuity,  humidity,  absurdity,  activity,  adversity,  affability, 
affinity,  agility,  alacrity,  ambiguity,  animosity,  antiquity,  austerity, 
authority,  brevity,  calamity,  capacity,  captivity,  charity,  chastity, 
civility,  credulity,  curiosity,  finery,  declivity,  deformity,  duty,  dexter¬ 
ity,  dignity,  disparity,  diversity,  divinity,  enmity,  enormity,  equality, 
equanimity,  equity,  eternity,  extremity,  fatality,  felicity,  fertility, 
fidelity,  frugality,  futurity,  gravity,  hostility,  humanity,  humility,  im¬ 
munity,  immaturity,  immensity,  immorality,  immortality,  immunity, 
immutability,  impartiality,  impossibility,  impetuosity,  improbity,  in¬ 
anity,  incapacity,  incivility,  incongruity,  inequality,  indemnity,  in¬ 
finity,  inflexibility,  instability,  invalidity,  jollity,  lenitv,  lubricity, 
magnanimity,  majority,  mediocrity,  minority,  mutability,  nicety, 
perversity,  perplexity,  perspicuity,  prosperity,  privity,  probability, 
probity,  propensity,  rarity,  rapidity, sagacity  sanctity,  sensibility,  sens¬ 
uality,  solidity,  temerity,  timidity,  tranquillity,  virginity,  visibility, 
university,  trumpery,  apology,  genealogy,  etymology,  simony,  sym¬ 
phony,  soliloquy,  allegory,  armory,  factory,  pillorv,  faculty,  treasury, 
usury,  augury,  importunity,  impunity,  impurity,  inaccuracy,  inability, 
incredulity,  indignity,  infidelity,  infirmity,  iniquity,  integrity,  laity, 
liberality,  malignity,  maturity,  morality,  mortality,  nativity,  necessity, 
neutrality,  nobility,  obscurity,  opportunity,  partiality,  perpetuity, 
prosperity,  priority,  prodigality,  purity,  quality,  quantity,  scarcity, 
security,  severity,  simplicity,  sincerity,  solemnity,  sterility,  stupidity, 
trinity,  vacuity,  validity,  vanity,  vivacity,  unanimity,  uniformity, 
unity,  anxiety,  gaiety,  impiety,  piety,  satiety,  sobriety,  society,  variety, 
customary,  melody,  philosophy,  astronomy,  anatomy,  colony,  glut¬ 
tony,  harmony,  agony,  gallantry,  canopy,  history,  memory,  victory, 
calumny,  injury,  luxury,  penury,  perjury,  usury,  industry. 

IECE,  see  EASE. 

IEF. 

Grief,  chief,  fief,  thief,  brief,  belief,  relief,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  reef, 
beef,  etc.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  leaf,  sheaf,  etc. 

IEGE. 

Liege,  siege,  oblige,  disoblige,  assiege,  besiege. 

IELD. 

Field,  yield,  shield,  wield,  afield.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  the  pre¬ 
terits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  eal,  as  healed,  repealed,  etc. 

IEN,  see  EEN. 

IEND,  see  END. 

1ERCE,  see  ERSE. 

IEST,  see  EAST. 

IEVE,  see  EAVE. 


IFE. 

Rife,  fife,  knife,  wife,  strife,  life.  Allowable  rhymes,  cliff,  skiff,  stiff, 
whiff,  etc. 

IFF,  see  IFE. 

IFT. 

Gift,  drift,  shift,  lift,  rift,  sift,  thrift,  adrift,  etc.,  and  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  iff,  as  whiffed,  etc. 

IG. 

Big,  dig,  gig,  fig,  pig,  rig,  sprig,  twig,  swig.  Allowable  rhymes , 
league,  teague,  fatigue,  etc. 

IGE,  see  IEGE. 

IGH,  see  IE. 


IGHT,  see  ITE. 

IGN,  see  INE. 

IGUE,  see  EAGUE. 

IKE. 

Dike,  like,  pike,  spike,  strike,  alike,  dislike,  oblique.  Allowable 
rhymes,  leak,  speak,  antique,  etc.,  lick,  pick,  etc. 


ILL. 

Bill,  chill,  fill,  drill,  gill,  hill,  ill,  kill,  mill,  pill,  quill,  rill,  shrill, 
fill,  skill,  spill,  still,  swill,  thrill,  till,  trill,  will,  distill,  fulfill,  instill, 
codicil,  daffodil,  utensil.  Perfect  rhymes ,  all  words  ending  in  ile,  with 
the  accent  on  the  antepenultimate  syllable,  as  volatile,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes,  byle,  chyle,  file,  feel,  reel,  etc.,  meal,  peal,  seal,  etc.,  and 
words  in  ble,  having  the  accent  on  the  antepenultii/iale  as  suitable,  etc. 

ILD. 

Child,  mild,  wild.  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs  of  one  syllable  in  ile.  nr  of  more  syllables,  provided  the  accent 
be  on  the  last,  as  piled,  reviled,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  ill,  as  filled,  willed,  etc.,  in  oil,  as  oiled, 
boiled,  foiled,  etc. 

ILD. 

Gild,  build,  rebuild,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs  in  tiled,  as  filled,  willed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  child,  mild, 
and  their  allowable  rhymes,  which  see. 

ILE. 

Bile,  chyle,  file,  guile,  isle,  mile,  pile,  smile,  stile,  style,  tile,  vile, 
while,  awhile,  compile,  revile,  defile,  exile,  erewhile,  reconcile,  beguile. 
Allowable  rhymes,  oil,  boil,  etc.,  bill,  fill,  etc. 

ILK. 

Milk,  silk,  bilk,  etc. 

ILT. 

Gilt,  jilt,  built,  quilt,  guilt,  hilt,  spilt,  stilt,  tilt. 

ILTH. 

Filth,  tilth,  etc. 

IM. 

Brim,  dim,  grim,  him,  rim,  skim,  slim,  trim,  whim,  prim.  Perfect 
rhymes ,  limb,  hymn,  limn.  Allowable  rhymes,  lime,  time,  climb,  etc., 
team,  gleam,  etc. 

IMB,  see  IM. 

IME. 

Chime,  time,  grime,  climb,  clime,  crime,  prime,  mime,  rhyme,  slime, 
thyme,  lime,  sublime.  Allowable  rhymes,  brim,  dim,  maritime,  etc. 

IMES. 

Betimes,  sometimes,  etc.  Perfect,  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns  and 
third  persons  singular,  present  tense,  of  verbs  in  ime,  as  chimes,  he 
rhymes,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  plurals  of  nouns,  and  third  per¬ 
sons  singular,  present  tense,  of  verbs  in  earn  and  im,  as  dreams,  brims, 
he  swims,  etc. 

IMN,  see  IM. 

IMP. 

Imp,  pimp,  limp,  gimp. 

IMPSE. 

Glimpse.  Rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns ,  and  third  persons  present 
of  verbs  in  imp,  as  imps,  he  limps,  etc. 

IN. 

Chin,  din,  fin,  gin,  grin,  in,  inn,  kin,  pin,  shin  sin,  spin,  skin,  thin, 
tin,  win,  within,  assassin,  javelin,  begin.  Allowable  rhymes,  chine, 
dine,  etc.,  lean,  bean,  etc.,  machine,  magazine,  etc. 

INCE. 

Mince,  prince,  since,  quince,  rinse,  wince,  convince,  evince. 

INCH. 

Clinch,  finch,  winch,  pinch,  inch. 

INCT. 

Instinct,  distinct,  extinct,  precinct,  succinct,  etc.,  and  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  ink,  as  liuked,  piuked,  etc. 

IND. 

Bind,  find,  mind,  blind,  hind,  kind,  grind,  rind,  wind,  behind,  un¬ 
kind,  remind,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ine,  as 
refined.  Allowable  rhymes ,  rescind,  prescind,  and  the  noun  wind,  as  it 
is  f  requently  pronounced,  also  the  participles  of  verbs  in  oin,  as  joined. 

INE. 

Dine,  brine,  mine,  chine,  fine,  line,,  nine,  pine,  shine,  shrine,  kine, 
thine,  trine,  twine,  vine,  wine,  whine,  combine,  confine,  decline,  define, 
incline,  inshrine,  intwine,  opine,  calcine,  recliue,  refine,  repine,  super¬ 
fine,  interline,  countermine,  undermine,  supine,  concubine,  porcupine, 
divine.  Perfect  rhymes,  sign,  assign,  consign,  design,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  bin,  thin,  tin,  origin,  join,  loin,  etc.,  and  polysyllables  ending 
in  in  a,  pronounced  in,  as  masculine,  feminine,  discipline,  libertine, 
heroine,  etc. 

ING. 

Bring,  sing,  fling,  cling,  ring,  sling,  spring,  sting,  spring,  swing, 
wing,  wring,  thing,  etc.,  and  the  participles  of  the  present  tense  in  ing, 
with  the  accent  on  the  antepenultimate,  as  recovering,  altering,  etc. 

INGE. 

Cringe,  fringe,  hinge,  singe,  springe,  swinge,  tinge,  twinge,  infringe. 

INK. 

Ink,  think,  wink,  drink,  blink,  brink,  chink,  clink,  link,  pink, 
shrink,  sink,  slink,  stink,  bethink,  forethink. 

INT. 

Dint,  mint,  hint,  flint,  lint,  print,  squint,  asquint,  imprint. 

IP. 

Chip,  lip,  hip,  clip,  dip,  drip,  lip,  nip,  sip,  rip,  scrip,  ship,  skip,  slip, 
snip,  strip,  tip,  trip,  whip,  equip,  eldership,  fellowship,  workmanship, 


THE  POET’S  ASSISTANT  IN  MAKING  RHYME. 


315 


rivalship,  and  all  words  in  ship,  with  the  accent  on  the  antepenultimate. 
Allowable  rhymes ,  wipe,  gripe,  etc.,  leap,  heap,  etc. 

IPE. 

Gripe,  pipe,  ripe,  snipe,  type,  stripe,  wipe,  archetype,  prototype.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes ,  chip,  lip,  workmanship,  etc. 

IPSE. 

Eclipse.  Rhymes ,  the  plurals  of.  nouns  and  third  persons  singular , 
present  tense ,  of  verbs  in  ip,  as  grips,  strips,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes , 
the  plurals  of  nouns ,  and  third  persons  singular,  present  tense ,  of 
verbs  in  ipe,  as  gripes,  wipes,  etc. 

IR,  see  UR. 

IRCH,  see  URCH. 

IRD,  see  URD. 

IRE. 

Fire,  dire,  hire,  ire,  lyre,  mire,  quire,  sire,  spire,  squire,  wire, 
tire,  attire,  acquire,  admire,  aspire,  conspire,  desire,  inquire,  entire, 
expire,  inspire,  require,  retire,  transpire.  Tyre.  Perfect  rhymes ,  friar, 
liar,  brier,  and  nouns  formed  from  verbs  ending  in  ie  or  y,  as  crier, 
dyer,  as  also  the  comparative  of  adjectives  of  the  same  sounding  termi- 
nalions ,  as  Higher,  shyer,  etc. 

TRGE,  see  ERGE. 

IRL. 

Girl,  whirl,  twirl.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  curl,  furl,  churl,  etc, 

IRM. 

Firm,  affirm,  confirm,  infirm.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  worm,  term, 
etc. 

IRST,  see  URST. 

IRT,  see  URT. 

IRTH. 

Birth,  mirth.  Perfect  rhymes,  earth,  dearth,  which  see. 

ISS. 

Bliss,  miss,  hiss,  kiss,  this,  abyss,  amiss,  submiss,  dismiss,  remiss. 
Allowable  rhymes,  mice,  spice,  etc.,  peace,  lease,  etc. 

IS,  pronounced  like  IZ. 

Is,  his,  whiz. 

ISE,  see  ICE  and  IZE. 

ISH. 

Dish,  wish,  fish,  cuish,  pish. 

ISK. 

Brisk,  frisk,  disk,  risk,  whisk,  basilisk,  tamarisk. 

ISP. 

Crisp,  wisp,  lisp. 

IST. 

Fist,  list,  mist,  twist,  wrist,  assist,  consist,  desist,  exist,  insist,  per¬ 
sist,  r. sist,  subsist,  alchemist,  amethyst,  anatomist,  antagonisr  annal¬ 
ist,  evangelist,  eucharist,  exorcist,  herbalist,  humorist,  oculist,  organist, 
satirist,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  iss,  as  missed, 
hissed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in 
ice,  as  spiced,  sliced,  etc. 

IT. 

Bit,  cit,  hit,  fit,  grit,  flit,  knit,  nit,  pit,  quit,  sit,  split,  twit,  wit,  whit, 
writ,  admit,  acquit,  commit,  emit,  omit,  outwit,  permit,  remit, submit, 
transmit,  refit,  benefit,  perquisite.  Allowable  rhymes,  beat,  heat,  etc., 
bite,  mite,  light,  etc. 

ITCH  and  HITCH. 

Ditch,  pitch,  rich,  which,  fitch,  bitch,  flitch,  hitch,  itch,  stitch,  switch, 
twitch,  witch,  bewitch,  niche,  enrich. 

ITE  and  IGHT. 

Bite,  cite,  kite,  mite,  quite,  rite,  smite,  spite,  trite,  white,  write,  con¬ 
trite,  disunite,  despite,  indite,  invite,  excite,  incite,  polite,  requite, 
recite,  unite,  reunite,  aconite,  appetite,  parasite,  proselyte,  expedite. 
Perfect  rhymes ,  blight,  benight,  bright,  fight,  flight,  fright,  height, 
light,  knight,  night,  might,  plight,  right,  tight,  slight,  sight,  spriglit, 
wight,  affright,  alight,  aright,  foresight,  delight,  despite,  unsight,  up¬ 
right,  benight,  bedight,  oversight.  Allowable  rhymes,  eight,  weight, 
etc.,  hit,  hit,  etc.,  favorite,  hypocrite,  infinite,  requisite,  opposite,  ap¬ 
posite,  exquisite,  etc. 

ITH. 

Pith,  smith,  frith. 

ITHE. 

Hithe,  blithe,  tithe,  scythe,  writhe,  lithe.  Allowable  rhyme,  with. 

IVE. 

Five,  dive,  alive,  gyve,  hive,  drive,  rive,  shrive,  strive,  thrive,  arrive, 
connive,  contrive,  deprive,  derive,  revive,  survive.  Allowable  rhymes, 
give,  live,  sieve,  forgive,  outlive,  fugitive,  laxative,  narrative,  prerog¬ 
ative,  primitive,  sensitive,  vegetive,  affirmative,  alternative,  contem- 
ilative,  demonstrative,  diminutive,  distributive,  donative,  inquisitive, 
enitive.  massive,  negative,  perspective,  positive,  preparative,  provoc¬ 
ative,  purgative,  restorative. 

IX. 

Fix,  six,  flix,  mix,  affix,  infix,  prefix,  transfix,  intermix,  crucifix,  etc., 
and  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  Hurd  persons  of  verbs  in  ick,  as  wicks, 
licks,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  plural  of  nouns  and  third  persons 
singular,  of  verbs  in  ike,  as  pikes,  likes,  etc. 

IXT. 

Betwixt.  Rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ix,  as  fixed, 
mixed,  etc. 


ISE  and  IZE. 

Prize,  wise,  rise,  size,  guise,  disguise,  advise,  authorize,  canonize, 
chastize,  civilize,  comprise,  criticise,  despise,  devise,  enterprise,  excise, 
exercise,  idolize,  immortalize,  premise,  revise,  signalize,  solemnize, 
surprise,  surmise,  suffice,  sacrifice,  sympathize,  tyrannize,  and  the 
plurals  ofnouns,  and  third  persons  singular,  present  tense,  of  verbs 
ending  in  ie  or  y,  as  pies,  lies,  he  replies,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  miss, 
hiss,  precipice,  etc. 

O,  see  OO  and  OW. 

OACII. 

Broach,  croach,  proach,  abroach,  approach,  encroach,  reproach. 
Perfect  rhyme,  loach.  Allowable  rhymes,  botch,  notch,  etc.,  mutch, 
hutch,  etc. 

OAD,  see  AUD  and  ODE. 

OAF,  see  OFF. 

OAK,  see  OKE. 

OAL,  see  OLE. 

OAM,  see  OME. 

OAN,  see  ONE. 

OAP,  see  OPE. 

OAR,  see  ORE. 

OARD,  see  ORD. 

OAST,  see  OST. 

OAT,  see  OTE. 

OATH,  see  OTII. 

OB. 

Fob,  boh,  mob,  knob,  sob,  rob,  throb.  Perfect  rhymes,  swab,  squab. 
Allowable  rhymes,  daub,  globe,  robe,  dub  etc, 

OBE. 

Globe,  lobe,  probe,  robe,  conglobe.  Allowable  rhymes ,  fob,  mob,  etc., 
rub,  dub,  etc.,  daub,  etc. 

OCE,  see  OSE. 

OCK. 

Block,  lock,  cock,  clock,  crock,  dock,  frock,  flock,  knock,  mock, 
rock,  shock,  stock,  sock.  Allowable  rhymes ,  oak,  poke,  cloak,  etc., 
look,  took,  etc.,  buck,  suck,  etc. 

OCT. 

Concoct.  Rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ock,  as 
blocked,  locked,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs  in  oak  and  oke,  as  croaked,  soaked,  yoked,  etc. 

OD. 

Clod,  god,  rod,  sod,  trod,  nod,  plod,  odd,  rod,  shod.  Allowable 
rhymes,  ode,  code,  mode,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs 
in  ow,  as  sowed,  did  sow,  etc. 

ODE  and  OAD. 

Bode,  ode,  code,  mode,  rode,  abode,  corrode,  explode,  forbode,  com¬ 
mode,  incommode,  episode,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  road,  toad,  goad, 
load,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ow,  as  owed, 
showed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  blood,  flood,  clod,  hod,  nod,  broad, 
fraud,  etc.  See  OOD. 

OE,  see  OW. 

OFF  and  OUGH. 

Off,  scoff,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  cough,  trough,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  oaf,  loaf,  etc.,  proof,  roof,  etc.  See  OOF. 

OFT. 

Oft,  croft,  soft,  aloft,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs 
in  off  and  tiff,  as  ruff,  scoffed,  etc. 

OG. 

Hog,  bog,  cog,  dog,  clog,  fog,  frog,  log,  jog,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes, 
dialogue,  epilogue,  agog,  synagogue,  catalogue,  pedagogue.  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes,  rogue,  vogue,  etc. 

OGUE. 

Rogue,  vogue,  prorogue,  collogue,  disembogue.  Allowable  rhymes, 
bog,  log,  dialogue,  etc. 

OICE. 

Choice,  voice,  rejoice.  Alloivable  rhymes,  nice,  vice,  rice,  etc. 

OID. 

Void,  avoid,  devoid,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in 
ay,  as  buoyed,  cloyed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  hide,  hide,  ride,  etc. 

OIL. 

Oil,  boil,  coil,  moil,  soil,  spoil,  toil,  despoil,  embroil,  recoil,  turmoil, 
disembroil.  Alloivable  rhymes,  isle,  while,  tile,  etc. 

OIN. 

Coin,  join,  subjoin,  groin,  loin,  adjoin,  conjoin,  disjoin,  enjoin,  pur¬ 
loin,  ri  join.  Allowable  rhymes,  whine,  wine,  line,  etc.  See  INE. 

OINT. 

Oint,  joint,  point,  disjoint,  anoint,  appoint,  disappoint,  counterpoint. 
Allowable  rhyme,  pint. 

OISE. 

Poise,  noise,  counterpoise,  equipoise,  etc.,  and  the  plurals  of  nouns, 
and  third  persons  singular, present  tense,  of  verbs  in  oy,  us  boys,  cloys, 
etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  wise,  size,  prize,  and  the  plurals  of  nouns,  and 
third  persons  singidar,  present  tense,  of  verbs  in  ie,  or  y,  as  pies,  tries, 
etc. 

CIST. 

Hoist,  moist,  foist.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of 
verbs  in  oice,  as  rejoiced.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  partici¬ 
ples  of  verbs  in  ice,  as  spiced. 


316 


VOCABULARY  OR  RHYMES. 


OIT. 

Coit,  exploit,  adroit,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  white,  light.  might, 
sight,  mite,  etc. 

OKE. 

Broke,  choke,  smoke,  spoke,  stroke,  yoke,  bespoke,  invoke,  provoke, 
revoke,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  choak,  cloak,  oak,  soak,  stroke,  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes ,  stock,  mock,  etc.,  buck,  luck,  etc.,  talk,  walk,  etc.,  look, 
book,  etc.  See  OCK  and  OOK. 

OL. 

Loll,  doll,  droll,  extol,  capitol,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  all,  ball,  etc., 
bawl,  etc.,  hole,  mole,  etc.,  dull,  mull,  etc. 

OLD. 

Old,  bold,  cold,  gold,  hold,  mold,  scold,  sold,  told,  behold,  enfold, 
unfold,  uphold,  withhold,  foretold,  manifold,  marigold.  Perfect 
rhymes ,  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  oil,  owl,  ole,  and  oal,  as 
rolled,  cajoled,  foaled,  bowled,  etc. 

OLE. 

Bole,  dole,  jole,  hole,  mole,  pole,  sole,  stole,  whole,  shole,  cajole, 
condole,  parole,  patrol,  pistole,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes ,  coal,  foal,  goal, 
sole,  bowl,  droll,  prowl,  roll,  scroll,  toll,  troll,  control,  enroll,  etc, 
soul,  etc.,  to  roll,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  gull,  dull,  etc.,  bull,  full, 
etc.,  loll,  doll,  etc.,  tool,  cool,  etc. 

-  ,  ..  OLEN. 

Stolen,  swollen. 

OLT. 

Bolt,  colt,  jolt,  holt,  dolt,  molt,  revolt,  thunderbolt.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  vault,  fault,  salt,  etc. 

OLVE. 

Solve,  absolve,  resolve,  convolve,  involve,  devolve,  dissolve,  revolve. 

OM,  see  UM. 

OME. 

Loam,  dome,  home,  tome.  Perfect  rhymes,  foam,  roam,  comb.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes,  dumb,  hum,  come,  bomb,  etc.,  troublesome,  etc.  See 
OOM. 

OMB,  see  OOM. 

OMPT,  see  OUNT. 

ON,  see  UN- 

ON. 

Dou,  on,  con,  upon,  anon,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  gone,  undergone,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes,  dun,  run,  won,  etc.,  own,  moan,  etc.,  lone,  bone, 
etc.,  Amazon,  cinnamon,  comparison,  caparison,  garrison,  skeleton, 
union,  jupou. 

OND. 

Pond,  bond,  fond,  beyond,  abscond,  correspond,  despond,  diamond, 
vagabond,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  on,  as 
donned,  conned,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles 
of  verbs  in  one,  oan,  and  tin,  as  stoned,  moaned,  stunned,  etc. 

ONCE,  see  UNCE. 

ONE. 

Prone,  bone,  drone,  throne,  alone,  stone,  tone,  lone,  zone,  atone,  en¬ 
throne,  dethrone,  postpone,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  grown,  flown,  disown, 
thrown,  sown,  own,  loan,  shown,  overthrown,  groan,  blown,  moan, 
known.  Allowable  rhymes,  dawn,  lawn,  etc.,  on,  con,  etc.,  none,  bun, 
dun,  etc.,  moon,  boon,  etc. 

ONG. 

Long,  prong,  song,  thong,  strong,  throng,  wrong,  along,  belong, 
prolong.  Allowable  rhymes,  bung,  among,  hung,  etc. 

ONGUE,  see  UNG. 

ONK,  see  UNK. 

ONSE. 

Sconse,  ensconse,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  once,  nonce,  askance,  etc. 

ONT. 

Font.  Perfect  rhyme ,  want.  Allowable  rhymes,  front,  affront,  etc., 
confront,  punt,  runt,  etc.,  the  abbreviated  negatives,  won’t  don’t,  etc. 

OO. 

Coo,  woo.  Xearly  perfect  rhymes,  shoe,  two,  too,  who,  etc.,  do,  ado, 
undo,  through,  you,  Irue,  blue,  flew,  strew,  etc-  Allowable  rhymes, 
kuow,  blow,  go,  toe,  etc. 

OOD. 

Brood,  mood,  food,  rood,  etc.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes ,  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  oo,  as  cooed,  wooed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes, 
wood,  good,  hood,  stood,  withstood,  understood,  brotherhood,  liveli¬ 
hood,  likelihood,  neighborhood,  widowhood,  etc.,  blood,  flood,  etc., 
feud,  illude,  habitude,  etc.,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in 
tie  ana  ew,  as  brewed,  strewed,  etc.,  imbued,  subdued,  etc.,  bud,  mud, 
etc.,  and  the  three  apostrophized  auxiliaries,  would,  could,  should,  pro¬ 
nounced  wou’d,  con’d,  shou’d,  etc.,  ode,  code,  and  the  preterits  and 
participles  of  verbs  in.  ow,  as  crowed,  rowed,  etc.,  also  uod,  hod,  etc. 

OOF. 

Hoof,  proof,  roof,  woof,  aloof,  disproof,  reproof,  behoof.  Allowable 
rhymes,  huff,  ruff,  rough,  euough,  etc.,  off,  scoff,  etc. 

OOK. 

Book,  brook,  cook,  crook,  hook,  look,  rook,  shook,  took,  mistook, 
undertook,  forsook,  betook.  Allowable  rhymes,  puke,  fluke,  etc.,  duck, 
luck,  etc.,  broke,  spoke,  etc. 

OOL. 

Cool,  fool.  pool,  school,  stool,  tool,  befool.  Allowable  rhymes,  pule, 
rule,  etc.,  dull,  gull,  etc.,  bull,  pull,  etc.,  pole,  hole,  etc. 


OOM. 

Gloom,  groom,  loom,  room,  spoom,  bloom,  doom,  etc.  Perfect 
rhymes,  tomb,  entomb,  and  the  city  Rome.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes, 
whom,  womb,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  come,  drum,  etc.,  bomb,  thumb, 
cloinb,  etc.,  plume,  spume,  etc.,  and  from,  home,  comb,  etc. 

OON. 

Boon,  soon,  moon.  noon,  spoon,  swoon,  buffoon,  lampoon,  poltroon. 
Allowable  rhymes,  tune,  prune,  etc.,  bun,  dun,  etc.,  gone,  don,  etc., 
bone,  alone,  etc.,  moan,  roan,  etc.  nee  ONE. 

OOP. 

Loop,  poop,  scoop,  stoop,  troop,  droop,  whoop,  coop,  hoop.  etc.  Per 
feci  rhymes,  soup,  group,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  dupe,  up,  sup,  tup, 
etc.,  cop,  top,  etc.,  cope,  hope,  etc. 

OOR. 

Boor,  poor,  moor,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  tour,  amour,  paramour,  con¬ 
tour.  Allowable  rhymes,  bore,  pore,  etc.,  pure,  sure,  etc.,  your,  pour, 
etc.,  door,  floor,  etc.,  bur,  cur,  etc.,  sir,  stir,  etc. 

OOSE. 

Goose,  loose,  etc.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  the  nouns  deuce,  use,  etc., 
profuse,  seduce.  Allowable  rhymes,  dose,  jocose,  globose,  etc.,  moss, 
toss,  etc.,  us,  pus,  thus,  etc. 

OOT. 

Root,  boot,  coot,  hoot,  shoot.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  suit,  fruit,  etc., 
lute,  impute,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  rote,  vote,  etc.,  goat,  coat,  etc., 
but,  hut,  soot,  etc.,  foot,  put,  etc.,  hot,  got,  etc. 

OOT1I. 

Booth,  sooth,  smooth.  Allowable  rhymes,  tooth,  youth,  sooth,  un¬ 
couth,  forsooth,  etc.  Though  these  are  frequent,  they  are  very  improper 
rhymes,  the  th  in  one  class  being  Hat,  and  in  the  other  sharp. 

OOZE. 

Oo^e,  noose.  Perfect  rhymes,  whose,  choose,  lose.  Nearly  perfect 
rhymes,  the  verbs,  to  use,  abuse,  etc.  Allowable,  rhymes,  doze,  hose,  etc., 
buzz,  and  does,  the  third  person  singular  of  do,  with  the  plurals  of 
nouns  and  third  persons  singular,  present  tense,  of  verbs  in  ow,  o,  oe, 
ew,  tie,  as  foes,  goes,  throws,  views,  imbues,  flues,  etc. 


OP. 

Chop,  hop,  drop,  crop,  fop,  top,  prop,  flop,  shop,  slop,  sop,  stop, 
swop,  top,  uuderprop.  Allowable  rhymes,  cope,  trope,  hope,  etc.,  tup, 
sup,  etc.,  coop,  etc. 

OPE. 


Sopv,  hope,  cope,  mope,  grope,  pope,  rope,  scope,  slope,  tope,  trope, 
aslope,  elope,  interlope,  telescope,  heliotrope,  horoscope,  antelope,  etc., 
and  ope,  contracted  in  poetry  for  open.  Allowable  rhymes,  hoop,  coop, 
etc.,  lop,  top,  etc.,  tup,  sup,  etc. 

OPT. 

Adopt  rhymes  perfectly  with  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in 
op,  as  hopped,  lopped,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  par¬ 
ticiples  of  verbs  in  ope,  upe,  oop,  and  up,  as  coped,  duped,  hooped, 
cupped,  etc. 

OR. 

Or,  for,  creditor,  counsellor,  confessor,  competitor,  emperor,  ancestor, 
ambassador,  progenitor,  conspirator,  successor,  conqueror,  governor, 
abhor,  metaphor,  bachelor,  senator,  etc.,  and  every  word  in  or,  haring 
the  accent  on  the  last,  or  last  syllable  but  two,  as  abhor,  orator,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes,  bore,  tore,  etc.,  boar,  hoar,  etc.,  pure,  endure,  etc., 
pur,  demur,  etc.,  stir,  sir,  etc. 

ORCH. 


Scorch,  torch,  etc. 
porch,  etc. 


Allowable  rhymes,  liircli,  smirch,  church,  etc., 
ORCE. 


Force,  divorce,  enforce,  perforce,  etc.  Perfect,  rhymes,  corse,  coarse, 
hoarse,  course,  discourse,  recourse,  intercourse,  source,  resource,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes,  worse,  purse,  etc.,  horse,  endorse,  etc. 


ORD. 

Cord,  lord,  record,  accord,  abhorred.  Allowable  rhymes,  hoard,  hoard, 
aboard,  ford,  afford,  sword,  etc.,  word,  surd,  bird,  etc.,  and  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  ore,  ur,  and  ir,  as  bored,  incurred,  stirred, 
etc. 

ORE. 

Bore,  core,  gore,  lore,  more,  ore,  pore,  score,  shore,  snore,  sore,  store, 
swore,  tore,  wore,  adore,  afore,  ashore,  deplore,  explore,  implore,  re¬ 
store,  forbore,  forswore,  heretofore,  hellebore,  sycamore.  Perfect 
rhymes,  boar,  gore,  oar.  roar,  soar,  four,  door,  floor,  anil  o’er  for  over. 
Allowable  rhymes,  hour,  sour,  etc.,  pow'r  for  power,  show’r/or  shower, 
etc.,  bur,  cur,  etc.,  poor,  your,  etc.,  abhor,  orator,  senator,  etc.  Ace 
OOR  and  OR. 

ORGE. 

Gorge,  disgorge,  regorge,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  forge,  urge,  dirge, 
etc. 


ORK. 


Ork,  cork,  fork,  stork,  etc.  Alto  liable  rhymes,  pork,  work. 


ORLD. 

World  rhymes  perfectly  with  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in 
url,  as  hurled,  curled,  etc. 

ORM,  see  ARM. 

Form,  storm,  conform,  deform,  inform,  perform,  reform,  misinform, 
uniform,  multiform,  transform.  Alluuuble  rhymes,  form  (a  seat)  and 


worm. 

ORN,  rhyming  with  HORN. 

Born,  corn,  morn,  horn,  scorn,  thorn,  adorn,  suborn,  unicorn,  capri¬ 
corn.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  participles  borne  (suffered),  6horn,  etc., 
(he  verb  mourn,  the  nouns  urn,  turn,  etc. 


THE  POET’S  ASSISTANT  IN  MAKING  RHYME. 


31T 


ORN,  rhyming  with  MORN. 

Rom,  shorn,  tom,  worn,  lorn,  love-lorn,  sworn,  forsworn,  overborn, 
forlorn.  Perfect  rhyme ,  mourn.  Allowable  rhymes ,  bom,  corn,  etc., 
urn,  turn,  etc.  _ „ 

ORSE,  see  ORCE. 

Horse,  endorse,  unhorse.  Allowable  rhymes ,  worse,  curse,  etc.,  re¬ 
morse,  coarse,  course,  corse,  etc. 

ORST,  see  URST. 

OR  l-,  see  ART. 

ORT,  rhyming  with  WART. 

Short,  sort,  exhort,  consort,  distort,  extort,  resort,  retort,  snort.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes ,  fort,  court,  port,  report,  etc.,  dirt,  shirt,  etc.,  wort, 
hurt,  etc. 

ORT,  rhyming  with  COURT. 

Fort,  port,  sport,  comport,  disport,  export,  import,  support,  trans¬ 
port,  report.  Allowable  rhymes ,  short,  sort,  etc.,  dirt,  hurt,  etc. 

ORTH. 

Forth,  fourth.  Allowable  rhymes ,  north,  worth,  birth,  earth,  etc. 

OSE,  sounded  OCE. 

Close,  dose,  jocose.  Perfect  rhymes,  morose,  gross,  engross,  verbose. 
Allowable  rhymes ,  moss,  cross,  etc.,  us,  thus,  etc. 

OSE,  sounded  OZE. 

Close,  dose,  hose,  pose,  chose,  glose,  froze,  nose,  prose,  those,  rose, 
compose,  depose,  disclose,  dispose,  discompose,  expose,  impose,  in¬ 
close,  interpose,  oppose,  propose,  recompose,  repose,  suppose,  trans¬ 
pose,  arose,  presuppose,  foreclose,  etc.,  and  the  plurals  oj  nouns  and 
apostrophized  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ow,  oe,  o,  etc.,  as 
rows,  glows,  foes,  goes.  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  verbs  choose,  lose, 
etc.,  and  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons  singular  of  verbs  in 
ow,  rhyming  with  now,  as  cows,  and  the  word  buzz. 

OSS. 

Boss,  loss,  cross,  dross,  moss,  toss,  across,  emboss.  Allowable 
rhymes,  the  nouns  close,  dose,  jocose,  etc.,  and  us,  thus,  etc. 

OST. 

Cost,  frost,  lost,  accost,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  woras 
in  oss,  as  mossed,  embossed,  etc.,  the  verb  exhaust,  and  the  noun  holo¬ 
caust.  Allowable  rhymes,  ghost,  host,  post,  compost,  most,  etc.,  coast, 
boast,  toast,  etc.,  bust,  must,  etc.,  roost,  and  the  preterits  and  parti¬ 
ciples  of  verbs  in  oose,  as  loosed,  etc. 

OT,  see  AT. 

Clot,  cot,  blot,  got,  hot,  jot,  lot,  knot,  not,  plot,  pot.  scot,  shot,  sot, 
spot,  apricot,  trot,  rot,  grot,  begot,  forgot,  allot,  besot,  complot, 
counterplot.  Allowable  rhymes,  note,  vote,  etc.,  boat,  coat,  etc.,  but, 
cut,  etc. 

OTCH. 

Botch,  notch,  etc.  Perfect  rhyme,  watch.  Allowable  rhymes,  much, 
such,  etc. 

OTE. 

Note,  vote,  mote,  quote,  rote,  wrote,  smote,  denote,  promote,  remote, 
devote,  anecdote,  antidote,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  boat,  coat,  bloat,  doat, 
float,  gloat,  goat,  oat,  overfloat,  afloat,  throat,  moat.  Allowable  rhymes , 
bout,  flout,  etc.,  hot,  cot,  etc.,  but,  cut,  etc.,  boot,  hoot,  etc. 

OTH. 

Broth,  cloth,  froth,  moth,  troth,  betroth.  Perfect  rhyme,  wrath. 
Allowable  rhymes,  both,  loth,  sloth,  oath,  growth,  etc.,  forsooth,  the 
noun  mouth,  and  the  solemn  auxiliary  doth,  to  which  some  poets  add 
loathe,  clothe,  but  I  think  improperly.  See  OOTH. 

OU,  see  Oo  and  OW. 

OUBT,  see  OUT. 

OUCH. 

Conch,  pouch,  vouch,  slouch,  avouch,  crouch.  Allowable  rhymes , 
much,  such,  etc.,  coach,  roach,  etc. 

OUD 

Shroud,  cloud,  prond,  lond,  aloud,  crowd,  overshroud,  etc.,  and  the 
preterits  anil  participles  of  verbs  in  ow,  as  he  bowed,  vowed,  etc.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ow,  as  owed, 
flowed,  etc.,  blood,  flood,  bud,  mud,  etc. 

OVE. 

Wove,  inwove,  interwove,  alcove,  clove,  grove,  rove,  stove,  strove, 
throve,  drove.  Allowable  rhymes,  dove,  love,  shove,  glove,  above,  etc., 
move,  behoove,  approve,  disprove,  disapprove,  improve,  groove,  prove, 
reprove,  etc. 

OUGH,  see  OFF,  OW,  and  UFF. 

OUGHT. 

Bought,  thought,  ought,  brought,  forethought,  fought,  nought, 
sought,  wrought,  besought,  bethought,  methought,  etc.  Perfect 
rhymes ,  aught,  naught,  caught,  taught,  etc.,  sometimes  draught.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes ,  not,  yacht,  etc.,  note,  vote,  etc.,  butt,  hut,  etc.,  hoot, 
root,  etc. 

OUL,  see  OLE  and  OWL. 

OULD. 

Mould.  Perfect  rhymes,  fob’,  old,  cold,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and 
participles  of  verbs  in  owl,  ol,  and  ole,  as  bowled,  tolled,  cajoled,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ull,  as  gulled, 
pulled,  etc. 

OUNCE. 

Bounce,  flounce,  renounce,  pounce,  ounce,  denounce,  pronounce. 

OUND. 

Bound,  found,  mound,  ground,  hound,  pound,  round,  sound,  wound, 
abound,  aground,  around,  confound,  compound,  expound,  profound, 
rebound,  redound,  resound,  propound,  surround,  etc.,  and  the  preterits 
and  participles  of  verbs  in  own,  as  frowned,  renowned,  etc.  Allowable 
rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  one,  oau,  and  un,  as 


toned,  moaned,  sunned,  etc.,  consequently  fund,  refund,  etc.,  and 
wound  ( a  hurt),  pronounced  woond. 

OUNG,  see  UNG. 

OUNT. 

Count,  mount,  fount,  amount,  dismount,  remount,  surmount,  ac¬ 
count,  discount,  miscount.  Allowable  rhymes,  want,  font,  don’t,  won’t, 

OUP,  see  OOP. 

UUR. 

Hour,  lour,  sour,  our,  scour,  deflour,  devour,  etc.,  rhymes  perfectly 
with  bower,  cower,  flower,  power  shower,  tower,  etc.,  pronounced 
bow’r,  tow’r,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  bore,  more,  roar,  pour,  tour, 
moor,  poor,  etc.,  pure,  sure,  etc.,  sir,  stir,  bur,  cur,  etc. 

OURGE,  see  URGE. 

OURNE,  see  ORN  anu  URN. 

OURS. 

Ours  rhymes  perfectly  with  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons 
present  of  verbs  in  our,  and  ower,  as  hours,  scours,  deflours,  bowers, 
showers,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons 
present  of  verbs  in  oor  and  ure,  as  boors,  moors,  etc.,  cures,  endures, 
etc. 

OURS. 

Yours  rhymes  perfectly  with  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons 
present  of  verbs  in  ure,  as  cures,  endures,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes ,  ours, 
and  its  perfect  rhymes  and  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  jjersons  pre¬ 
sent  of  verbs  in  oor,  ore,  and  ur,  as  boors,  moors,  etc.,  shores,  pores, 
etc.,  burs,  slurs,  stirs,  etc. 

OURSE,  see  ORCE. 

OURT,  see  ORT. 

OUKTH,  see  ORTH. 

OUS,  see  US. 

OUS,  pronounced  OUCE. 

House,  mouse,  chouse,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  nouns  close,  dose, 
jocose,  etc.,  deuce,  use,  produce,  etc.,  us,  thus,  etc.,  moose,  and  the 
noun  noose. 

OUSE,  pronounced  OUZE,  see  OWZE. 

OUT. 

Bout,  stout,  out,  clout,  pout,  gout,  grout,  rout,  scout,  shout,  snout, 
spout,  stout,  sprout,  trout,  about,  devout,  without,  throughout,  etc., 
rhymes  perfectly  with  doubt,  redoubt,  misdoubt,  drought,  etc.  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes,  note,  vote,  etc.,  boat,  coat,  etc.,  lute,  suit,  etc.,  got,  not, 
etc.,  nut,  shut,  hoot,  boot,  etc. 

OUTH. 

Mouth,  south,  when  nounshave  I  he  th  sharp.  The  verbs  to  mouth, 
to  south,  may  allowably  rhyme  with  booth,  smooth,  etc.,  which  see. 

OW,  sounded  OU. 

Now,  how,  bow.  mow,  cow,  brow,  plow,  sow,  vow,  prow,  avow,  al¬ 
low,  disallow,  endow,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  bough,  plough,  slough 
(mire),  etc.,  thou.  Allowable  rhymes,  go,  no,  blow,  sow,  etc. 

OW,  sounded  OWE. 

Blow,  'stow,  crow,  how,  flow,  glow,  grow,  know,  low,  mow,  row, 
show,  sow,  strow,  stow,  slow,  snow,  throw,  trow,  below,  bestow,  fore¬ 
know,  outgrow,  overgrow,  overflow,  overthrow,  reflow,  foreshow,  etc. 
Perfect  rhymes,  go,  no,  toe,  foe,  owe,  wo,  ob,  so,  lo,  though,  hoe,  bo, 
ago,  forego,  undergo,  dough,  roe,  sloe,  and  the  verb  to  sew  (with  the 
needle).  ^Allowable  rhymes,  now,  cow,  vow,  do,  etc.  See  the  last  article. 

OWL,  see  OLE. 

Cowl,  growl,  owl,  fowl,  howl,  prowl,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,BCow\, 
foul,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  bowl,  soul,  Loal,  goal,  etc.,  dull,  gull,  < 

OWN,  see  ONE. 

Brown,  town,  clown,  crown,  down,  drown,  frown,  grown,  adown, 
renown,  embrown,  etc.  Perfect  rhyme,  noun.  Allowable  rhymes, 
tone,  bone,  moan,  own,  and  the  participles,  thrown,  shown,  blown,  etc. 

OWSE,  see  OUSE. 

Blouse.  Perfect  rhymes,  brouse,  trouse,  rouse,  spouse,  carouse, 
souse,  espouse,  the  verbs  to  bouse,  mouse,  etc.,  and  the  plurals  of  nouns 
and  third  persons,  present  tense,  of  verbs  in  ow,  as  brows,  allows,  etc. 
A  Uowable  rhymes,  hose,  those,  to  C  ose,  etc. 

OX. 

Ox,  box,  fox,  equinox,  orthodox,  heterodox,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes, 
the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons  present  of  verbs  in  ock,  as  locks, 
stocks,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns,  and  third  persons 
present  of  verbs  in  oke,  oak,  and  uck,  as  strokes,  oaks,  cloaks,  sucks, 
etc. 

OY. 

Boy,  buoy,  coy,  employ,  cloy,  joy,  toy,  alloy,  annoy,  convoy,  decoy, 
destroy,  enjoy,  employ. 

OZE,  see  OSE. 

UB. 

Cub,  club,  dub,  drub,  grub,  rub,  snub,  shrub,  tub.  Allowable  rhymes, 
cube,  tube,  etc.,  cob,  rob,  etc. 

UBE. 

Cube,  tube.  Allowable  rhymes,  club,  cub,  etc. 

UCE. 

Truce, sluice,  spruce,  deuce,  conduce,  deduce,  induce,  introduce,  pro¬ 
duce,  seduce,  traduce,  juice,  reduce,  etc.,  rhyme  perfectly  with  i he 
nouns  use,  abuse,*  profuse,  abstruse,  disuse,  excuse,  misuse,  obtuse, 
recluse. 

UCH,  see  UTCH. 

UCK. 

Buck,  luck,  pluck,  suck,  struck,  tuck,  truck,  duck.  Allowable 
rhymes,  puke,  duke,  etc.,  look,  took,  etc. 


318 


VOCABULARY  OF  RHYMES. 


UCT. 

Conduct,  deduct,  instruct,  obstruct,  aqueduct.  Perfect  rhymes,  the 
preterits  unit  participles  of  verbs  in  uck,  as  ducked,  sucked,  etc.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  uke  and  ook, 
as  puked,  hooked,  etc. 

UR. 

Bud,  scud,  stud,  mud,  cud,  rhyme  perfectly  with  blood  and  flood. 
Allowable  rhymes,  good,  hood,  etc.,  rood,  food,  etc.,  beatitude,  latitude. 

UDE. 

Rude,  crude,  prude,  allude,  conclude,  delude,  elude,  exclude,  exude, 
include,  intrude,  obtrude,  seclude,  altitude,  fortitude,  gratitude,  inter¬ 
lude,  latitude,  longitude,  magnitude,  multitude,  solicitude,  solitude, 
vicissitude,  aptitude,  habitude,  ingratitude,  inaptitude,  lassitude, 
plenitude,  promptitude,  servitude,  similitude,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes, 
leud,  feud,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ew,  as 
stewed,  viewed,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  bud,  cud,  etc.,  good,  hood, 
blood,  flood,  etc. 

UDGE. 

Judge,  drudge,  grudge,  trudge,  adjudge,  prejudge. 

UE,  see  EW. 

UFF. 

Buff,  cuff,  bluff,  huff,  gruff,  luff,  puff,  snuff,  stuff,  ruff,  rebuff,  courter- 
buff,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  rough,  tough,  enough,  slough  (cast  skin), 
chough,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  loaf,  oaf,  etc. 

UFT. 

Tuft.  Perfect  rhymes ,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  uff, 
as  cuffed,  stuffed,  etc. 

UG. 

Lug,  bug,  dug,  drug,  hug,  rug,  slug,  snug,  mug,  shrug,  pug.  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes,  vogue,  rogue,  etc. 

LICE,  see  USE. 

UISE,  *ee  ISE  and  USE. 

UIE,  see  IE. 

UKE. 

Duke,  puke,  rebuke,  etc.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes ,  cook,  look,  book, 
etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  duck,  buck,  etc. 

UL  and  ULL. 

Cull,  dull,  gull,  hull,  lull,  mull,  null,  trull,  skull,  annul,  disannul. 
Allowable  rhymes,  fool,  tool,  etc.,  wool,  bull,  pull,  full,  bountiful, 
fanciful,  sorrowful,  dutiful,  merciful,  wonderful,  worshipful,  and  every 
word  ending  in  ful,  hao.ng  (he  accent  on  the  antepenultimate  syllable. 

ULE. 

Mule,  pule,  yule,  rule,  overrule,  ridicule,  misrule.  Allowable  rhymes, 
cull,  dull,  wool,  full,  bountiful,  etc.  dee  the  last  article. 

ULGE. 

Bulge,  indulge,  divulge,  etc. 

ULK. 


Bulk,  hulk,  skulk. 


ULSE. 


Pulse,  repulse,  impulse,  expulse,  convulse. 

ULT. 

Result,  adult,  exult,  consult,  indult,  occult,  insult,  difficult.  Allow¬ 
able  rhymes,  colt,  bolt,  etc. 

UM. 


Crum,  drum,  grum,  gum,  hum,  mum,  scum,  plum,  stum,  sum,  swum, 
thrum.  Perfect  rhymes,  thumb,  dumb,  succumb,  come,  become,  over¬ 
come,  burttiensome,  cumbersome,  frolicsome,  humorsome,  quarrel¬ 
some,  troublesome,  martyrdom,  Christendom.  Allowable  rhymes,  fume, 
plume,  rheum,  and  room,  doom,  tomb,  hecatomb. 

U.ME. 

Fume,  plume,  assume,  consume,  perfume,  resume,  presume,  deplume. 

UMP. 

Bump,  pump,  jump,  lump,  plump,  trump,  stump,  rump,  thump. 

UN. 

Dun,  gun,  nun,  pun,  run,  sun,  shun,  tun,  stun,  spun,  begun. 
Perfect  rhymes,  son,  won,  ton,  done,  one,  none,  undone.  Allowable 
rhymes,  on,  gone,  etc.,  tune,  prune,  etc.  See  ON. 

UNCE. 

Dunce,  once,  etc.  Allowable  rhyme,  sconce. 


UNCH. 

Bunch,  punch,  hunch,  lunch,  munch. 

UND. 


Fund,  refund.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs 
in  un,  as  shunned,  etc. 


UNE. 


June,  rune,  untune,  jejune,  prune,  importune,  etc.  Nearly  perfect 
rhymes,  moon,  soon,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  bun,  dun,  etc. 

UNG. 


Clung,  dung,  flung,  hung,  rung,  strung,  sung,  sprung,  slung,  stung, 
swung,  unsung.  Perfect  rhymes,  young,  tongue,  among.  Allowable 
rhymes,  song,  long,  etc. 

UNGE. 

Plunge,  spunge,  expunge,  etc. 

UNK. 

Drunk,  sunk,  shrunk,  stunk,  spunk,  punk,  trunk,  slunk.  Perfect 
rhyme,  monk. 

UNT. 

Brunt,  blunt,  hunt,  runt,  grunt.  Perfect  rhyme,  wont  ( to  be  accus¬ 
tomed). 

UP. 

Cup,  sup,  up.  Allowable  rhymes,  cope,  scope,  and  dupe,  group,  etc. 

UPT. 

Abrupt,  corrupt,  interrupt.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  participles  of  verbs 
in  up,  us  supped,  etc. 


UR. 

Blur,  cur,  bur,  fur,  slur,  spur,  concur,  demur,  incur.  Perfect  rhymes, 
sir,  stir.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  fir,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  pore,  oar. 

URB. 

Curb,  disturb.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  verb,  herb,  etc.  Allowable 
rhyme ,  orb. 

URCH. 

Church,  lurch,  birch.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  perch,  search.  Allow¬ 
able  rhyme,  porch. 

URD. 

Curd,  absurd.  Perfect  rhymes,  bird,  word,  and  the  preterits  and  par¬ 
ticiples  of  verbs  in  ur,  as  spurred.  Allowable  rhymes,  board,  ford,  cord, 
lord,  etc.,  and  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  ore,  oar,  and  or, 
as  gored,  oared,  abhorred,  etc.,  also  the  preterits  and  participles  of  verbs 
in  ure,  as  cured,  immured,  etc.  See  URD. 

URE. 

Cure,  pure,  dure,  lure,  sure,  adjure,  allure,  assure,  demnre,  conjure, 
endure,  manure,  enure,  insure,  immature,  immure,  mature,  obscure, 
procure,  secure,  adjure,  calenture,  coverture,  epicure,  investiture,  for¬ 
feiture,  furniture,  minatnre,  overture,  portraiture,  primogeniture,  tem¬ 
perature.  Allowable  rhymes,  poor,  moor,  power,  sour,  etc.,  cur,  bur, 

URF. 

Turf,  scurf,  etc. 

URGE. 

Purge,  urge,  surge,  scourge.  Perfect  rhymes,  verge,  diverge,  etc. 
Allowable  rhymes,  gorge,  George,  etc.,  forge,  etc. 

URK. 

Lurk,  Turk.  Perfect  rhyme,  work.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes,  irk,  jerk, 
perk. 

URL,  see  IRL. 

Churl,  curl,  furl,  hurl,  purl,  uncurl,  unfurl.  Nearly  perfect  rhymes, 
girl,  twirl,  etc.,  pearl,  etc. 

URN. 

Burn,  churn,  spurn,  turn,  urn,  return,  overturn.  Perfect  rhymes,  so¬ 
journ,  adjourn,  rejourn. 

URSE. 

Nurse.curse,  purse,  accurse,  disburse,  imburse,  reimburse.  Perfect 
rhyme,  worse.  A  llowable  rhymes,  coarse,  corse,  force,  verse,  disperse, 
horse,  etc. 

URST. 

Burst,  curst,  accurst,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  thirst,  worst,  first. 

URT. 

Blurt,  hurt,  spurt.  Perfect  rhymes,  dirt,  shirt,  flirt,  squirt,  etc.  Al¬ 
lowable  rhymes,  port,  court,  short,  snort,  etc. 

US. 

Us,  thus,  buss,  truss,  discuss,  incubus,  overplus,  amorous,  boisterous, 
clamorous,  credulous,  dangerous,  degenerous,  generous,  emulous, 
fabulous,  frivolous,  hazardous,  idolatrous,  infamous,  miraculous,  mis¬ 
chievous,  mountainous,  mutinous,  necessitous,  numerous,  ominous, 
perilous,  poisonous,  populous,  prosperous,  ridiculous,  riotous,  ruinous, 
scandalous,  scrupulous,  sedulous,  traitorous,  treacherous,  tyrannous, 
venomous,  vigorous,  villainous,  adventurous,  adulterous,  ambiguous, 
blasphemous,  dolorous,  fortuitous,  sonorous,  gluttonous,  gratuitous, 
incredulous,  lecherous,  libidinous,  magnanimous,  obstreperous,  odo¬ 
riferous,  ponderous,  ravenous,  rigorous,  slanderous,  solicitous,  timor¬ 
ous,  valorous,  unanimous,  calamitous.  Allowable  rhymes ,  the  noun « 
use,  abuse,  diffuse,  excuse,  the  verb  to  lcose,  and  the  nouns ,  goose, 
deuce,  juice,  truce,  etc.,  close,  dose,  house,  mouse,  etc. 

USE,  with  the  s  pure. 

The  nouns  use,  disuse,  abuse,  deuce,  truce.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  rerb 
to  loose,  the  nouns,  goose,  noose,  moose.  Allowable  rhymes,  us,  thus, 
buss,  etc. 

USE,  sounded  UZE. 

Muse,  the  verbs  to  use,  abuse,  amuse,  diffuse,  excuse,  infuse,  misuse, 
peruse,  refuse,  suffuse,  transfuse,  accuse.  Perfect  rhymes,  bruise,  and 
the  plural  of  nouns  and  third  persons  singular  of  verbs  in  ew,  and  ue, 
as  dews,  imbues,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  buzz,  does,  etc. 

USH. 

Blush,  brush,  crush,  gush,  flush,  rush,  hush.  Allowable  rhymes, 
bush,  push. 

USK. 

Busk,  tusk,  dusk,  husk,  musk. 

UST. 

Bust,  crust,  dust,  just,  must,  lust,  rust,  thrust,  trust,  adjust,  adust, 
disgust,  distrust,  intrust,  mistrust,  robust,  unjust.  Perfect  rhymes,! he 
preterits  and  participles  of  verbs  in  uss,  as  trussi  d,  discussed,  etc. 

UT. 

But,  butt,  cut,  hut,  gut,  glut,  jut.  nut,  shut.,  strut,  englut,  rut,  scut, 
slut,  smut,  abut.  Perfect  rhyme,  soot.  Allowable  rhymes,  boot,  etc., 
dispute,  etc.,  boat,  etc. 

UTCH. 

Hutch,  crutch,  Dutch.  Perfect  rhymes,  much,  such,  touch,  etc. 

UTE. 

Brute,  lute,  flute,  mute,  acute,  compi.  3,  confute  dispute,  dilute,  de¬ 
pute,  impute,  minute,  pollute,  refute,  repute,  salute,  absolute,  attribute, 
constitute,  destitute,  dissolute,  execute,  institute,  irresolute,  persecute, 
prosecute,  prostitute,  resolute,  substitute.  Perfect  rhymes,  fruit,  re¬ 
cruit,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  hoot,  etc.,  boat,  etc.,  note,  etc.,  hut,  etc. 

UX. 

Flux,  reflux,  etc.  Perfect  rhymes,  the  plurals  of  nouns  and  third 
persons  of  verbs  in  uck,  as  ducks,  trucks,  etc.  Allowable  rhymes,  the 
plurals  of  nouns  and  third  persons  of  verbs  in  ook,  uke,  oak,  etc.,  as 
cooks,  pukes,  oaks,  etc. 

Y,  see  IE. 


GEMS  OF  POETRY.  319 


Gems  that  Mankind  will  not  allow  to  die. 


ETERNAL  JUSTICE. 

BY  CHARLES  MACKAY. 


HE  man  is  thought  a  knave  or  fool, 

Or  bigot  plotting  crime, 

Who,  for  the  advancement  of  his  race, 

Is  wiser  than  his  time. 

For  him  the  hemlock  shall  distill, 

For  him  the  axe  be  bared  ; 

For  him  the  gibbet  shall  be  built ; 

For  him  the  stake  prepared  : 

Him  shall  the  scorn  and  wrath  of  men 
Pursue  with  deadly  aim  ; 

And  malice,  envy,  spite,  and  lies, 

Shall  desecrate  his  name. 

But  truth  shall  conquer  at  the  last, 

For  round  and  round  we  run, 

And  ever  the  right  comes  uppermost 
And  ever  is  justice  done. 

Pace  through  thy  cell,  old  Socrates, 

Cheerily  to  and  fro  ; 

Trust  to  the  impulse  of  thy  soul 
And  let  the  poison  flow. 

They  may  shatter  to  earth  the  lamp  of  clay, 
That  holds  a  light  divine, 

But  they  cannot  quench  the  fire  of  thought 
By  any  such  deadly  wine  ; 

They  cannot  blot  thy  spoken  words 
From  the  memory  of  man, 

By  all  the  poison  ever  was  brewed 
Since  time  its  course  began. 

To-day  abhorred,  to-morrow  adored, 

So  round  and  round  we  run, 

And  ever  the  truth  comes  uppermost, 

And  ever  is  justice  done. 


Plod  in  thy  grave,  gray  Anchorite  : 

Be  wiser  than  thy  peers  ; 

Augment  the  range  of  human  power, 

And  trust  to  coming  years. 

They  may  call  thee  wizard,  and  monk  accursed, 
And  load  thee  with  dispraise  ; 

Thou  wert  born  five  hundred  years  too  soon 
For  the  comfort  of  thy  days. 

But  not  too  soon  for  human  kind : 

Time  hath  reward  in  store  ; 

And  the  demons  of  our  sires  become 
The  saints  that  we  adore. 

The  blind  can  see,  the  slave  is  lord  ; 

So  round  and  round  we  run 
And  ever  the  wrong  is  proved  to  be  wrong, 

And  ever  is  justice  done. 

Keep,  Galileo,  to  thy  thought. 

And  nerve  thy  soul  to  bear  ; 

They  may  gloat  over  the  senseless  words  they  wring 
From  the  pangs  of  thy  despair: 

They  may  veil  their  eyes,  but  they  cannot  hide, 

The  sun’s  meridian  glow  ; 

The  heel  of  a  priest  may  tread  thee  down, 

And  a  tyrant  work  thee  woe  ; 

But  never  a  truth  has  been  destroyed  : 

They  may  curse  it  and  call  it  a  crime  ; 

Pervert  and  betray,  or  slander  and  slay 
Its  teachers  for  a  time. 

But  the  sunshine  aye  shall  light  the  sky, 

As  round  and  round  we  run  ; 

And  the  truth  shall  ever  come  uppermost, 

And  justice  shall  be  done. 

And  live  there  now  such  men  as  these  — 

With  thoughts  like  the  great  of  old? 

Many  have  died  in  their  misery, 

And  left  their  thought  untold. 


320 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


And  many  live,  and  are  ranked  as  mad, 
And  placed  in  the  cold  world’s  ban, 
For  sending  their  bright  far-seeing  souls 
Three  centuries  in  the  van  ; 

They  toil  in  penury  and  grief, 

Unknown,  if  not  maligned; 

Forlorn,  forlorn,  bearing  the  scorn 
Of  the  meanest  of  mankind  ; 

But  yet  the  world  goes  round  and  round 
And  the  genial  seasons  run, 

And  ever  the  truth  comes  uppermost, 
And  ever  is  justice  done. 


There  are  the  hopes  that,  one  by  one, 

Died  even  as  we  gave  them  birth ; 

The  dreams  that  passed  ere  well  begun, 
Too  dear,  too  beautiful  for  earth. 

The  aspirations,  strong  of  wing, 

Aiming  at  heights  we  could  not  reach  ; 
The  songs  we  tried  in  vain  to  sing ; 
Thoughts  too  vast  for  human  speech  ; 

Thou  hast  them  all,  Hereafter  !  Thou 
Shalt  keep  them  safely  till  that  hour 
When,  with  God’s  seal  on  heart  and  brow, 
We  claim  them  in  immortal  power  ! 


HEREAFTER.* 


«LAND  beyond  the  setting  sun  ! 

O  realm  more  fair  than  poet’s  dream  ! 
How  clear  thy  silvery  streamlets  run, 
How  bright  thy  golden  glories  gleam  ! 


Earth  holds  no  counterpart  of  thine  ; 

The  dark-browed  Orient,  jewel-crowned, 
Pales,  as  she  bows  before  thy  shrine, 
Shrouded  in  mystery  so  profound. 


The  dazzling  North,  the  stately  West, 
Whose  rivers  flow  from  mount  to  sea  ; 
The  South,  flower-wreathed  in  languid  rest, 
What  are  they  all  compared  with  thee? 


All  lands,  all  realms  beneath  yon  dome, 

Where  God’s  own  hand  hath  hung  the  stars, 
To  thee  with  humblest  homage  come, 

O  world  beyond  the  crystal  bars  ! 


Thou  blest  hereafter !  Mortal  tongue 
Hath  striven  in  vain  thy  speech  to  learn, 
And  fancy  wanders,  lost  among 

The  flowery  paths  for  which  we  yearn. 


But  well  we  know,  that  fair  and  bright 
Far  beyond  human  ken  or  dream, 
Too  glorious  for  our  feeble  sight, 

Thy  skies  of  cloudless  azure  beam. 


We  know  thy  happy  valleys  lie 
In  green  repose,  supremely  blest ; 
We  know  against  thy  sapphire  sky 
Thy  mountain  peaks  sublimely  rest. 


THE  PLANTING  OF  THE  APPLE  TREE. 


BY  WILLIAM  CULLEN  BRYANT. 


ffOME,  let  us  plant  the  apple-tree  ! 

J  Cleave  the  tough  greensward  with  the  spade  ; 

J  Wide  let  its  hollow  bed  be  made  ; 
jj  There,  gently  lay  the  roots,  and  there 
Sift  the  dark  mold  with  kindly  care, 

And  press  it  o’er  them  tenderly, 

As  round  the  sleeping  infant’s  feet, 

We  softly  fold  the  cradle  sheet ; 

So  plant  we  the  apple-tree. 

What  plant  we  in  this  apple-tree  ? 

Buds,  which  the  breath  of  summer  days 
Shall  lengthen  into  leafy  sprays  ; 

Boughs,  where  the  thrush,  with  crimson  breast, 
Shall  haunt,  and  sing,  and  hide  her  nest ; 

We  plant,  upon  the  sunny  lea, 

A  shadow  for  the  noontide  hour, 

A  shelter  from  the  summer  shower, 

When  we  plant  the  apple-tree. 

What  plant  we  in  this  apple-tree  ? 

Sweets  for  a  hundred  flowery  springs, 

To  load  the  May-wind’s  restless  wings, 

When,  from  the  orchard-row,  he  pours 
Its  fragrance  through  our  open  doors  ; 

A  world  of  blossoms  for  the  bee, 

Flowers  for  the  sick  girl’s  silent  room, 

For  the  glad  infant  sprigs  of  bloom, 

We  plant  with  the  apple-tree. 


And  sometimes  even  now  we  catch 

Faint  gleamings  from  the  far-off  shore, 

And  still  with  eager  eyes  we  watch 
For  one  sweet  sign  or  token  more. 

For  oh,  the  deeply  loved  are  there  ! 

The  brave,  the  fair,  the  good,  the  wise, 

Who  pined  for  thy  serener  air, 

Nor  shunned  thy  solemn  mysteries. 

*Pul)lished  originally 


What  plant  we  in  this  apple-tree? 
Fruits  that  shall  swell  in  sunny  June, 
And  redden  in  the  August  noon, 

And  drop,  as  gentle  airs  come  by. 

That  fan  the  blue  September  sky  ; 

While  children,  wild  with  noisy  glee, 
Shall  scent  their  fragrance  as  they  pass, 
And  search  for  them  the  tufted  grass 
At  the  foot  of  the  apple-tree. 

Harper’s  Magazine. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS.  321 

And  when,  above  this  apple-tree, 

Yet  the  poorer  of  the  twain  is 

The  winter  stars  are  quivering  bright, 

Cleon,  and  not  I. 

And  winds  go  howling  through  the  night, 

Girls,  whose  eyes  o’erflow  with  mirth, 

Cleon,  true,  possesseth  acres, 

Shall  peel  its  fruit  by  cottage  hearth, 

But  the  landscape,  I  ; 

And  guests  in  prouder  homes  shall  see, 

Half  the  charms  to  me  it  yieldeth, 

Heaped  with  the  orange  and  the  grape, 

Money  cannot  buy. 

As  fair  as  they  in  tint  and  shape, 

Cleon  harbors  sloth  and  dullness, 

The  fruit  of  the  apple-tree. 

Freshening  vigor,  I  ; 

He  in  velvet,  I  in  fustian, 

The  fruitage  of  this  apple-tree 

Richer,  man  am  I. 

Winds,  and  our  flag  of  stripe  and  star, 

Shall  bear  to  coasts  that  lie  afar, 

Cleon  is  a  slave  to  grandeur, 

Where  men  shall  wonder  at  the  view, 

Free  as  thought  am  I  ; 

And  ask  in  what  fair  groves  they  grew ; 

Cleon  fees  a  score  of  doctors, 

And  they  who  roam  beyond  the  sea 

Need  of  none  have  I  ; 

Shall  think  of  childhood's  careless  day, 

Wealth-surrounded,  care-environed. 

And  long  hours  passed  in  summer  play, 

Cleon  fears  to  die  ; 

In  the  shade  of  the  apple-tree. 

Death  may  come,  he  'll  find  me  ready, 

Each  year  shall  give  the  apple-tree 

Happier  man  am  I. 

A  broader  flush  of  roseate  bloom, 

Cleon  sees  no  charm  in  Nature, 

And  loosen,  when  the  frost-clouds  lower, 

In  a  daisy,  I  ; 

The  crisp  brown  leaves  in  thicker  shower  ; 

Cleon  hears  no  anthems  ringing 

The  years  shall  come  and  pass,  but  we 

In  the  sea  and  sky  ; 

Shall  hear  no  longer,  where  we  lie, 

Nature  sings  to  me  forever. 

The  summer’s  song,  the  autumn’s  sigh, 

Earnest  listener,  I ; 

In  the  boughs  of  the  apple-tree. 

State  for  state,  with  all  attendants, 

And  time  shall  waste  this  apple-tree. 

Who  would  change? —  Not  I. 

Oh,  when  its  aged  branches  throw 

Thin  shadows  on  the  sward  below, 

Shall  fraud  and  force  and  iron  will 

HANNAH  JANE.  * 

Oppress  the  weak  and  helpless  still  ? 

What  shall  the  tasks  of  mercy  be, 

BY  PETROLEUM  V.  NASBY. 

■jO-'  HE  is  n’t  half  so  handsome  as  when,  twenty  years  agone, 

Amid  the  toils,  the  strifes,  the  tears 

Of  those  who  live  when  length  of  years 

qSSj,  At  her  old  home  in  Piketon,  Parson  Avery  made  us  one  ; 

Is  wasting  this  apple-tree  ? 

The  great  house  crowded  full  of  guests  of  every  degree, 

“  Who  planted  this  old  apple-tree?  ” 

The  girls  all  envying  Hannah  Jane,  the  boys  all  envy- 

The  children  of  that  distant  day 

ing  me. 

Thus  to  some  aged  man  shall  say  • 

Her  fingers  then  were  taper,  and  her  skin  as  white  as  milk, 

And,  gazing  on  its  mossy  stem, 

Her  brown  hair —  what  a  mess  it  was  !  and  soft  and  fine  as 

The  grey-haired  man  shall  answer  them  : 

silk  ; 

“  A  poet  of  the  land  was  he, 

No  wind-moved  willow  by  a  brook  had  ever  such  a  grace, 

Born  in  the  rude,  but  good  old  times  ; 

The  form  of  Aphrodite,  with  a  pure  Madonna  face. 

’Tis  said  he  made  some  quaint  old  rhymes, 

On  planting  the  apple-tree.” 

She  had  but  meagre  schooling :  her  little  notes,  to  me, 

Were  full  of  crooked  pot-hooks,  and  the  worst  orthography  ; 

Her  “  dear  ”  she  spelled  with  double  e,  and  “  kiss  ”  with  but 

CLEON  AND  1. 

one  s  ; 

But  when  one ’s  crazed  with  passion,  what ’s  a  letter  more  or 

BY  CHARLES  MACKAY. 

less? 

\  LEON  hath  a  million  acres, 

She  blundered  in  her  writing,  and  she  blundered  when  she 

Ne’er  a  one  have  I  ; 

^  Cleon  dwelleth  in  a  palace, 

spoke, 

And  every  rule  of  syntax,  that  old  Murray  made,  she  broke  ; 

^  In  a  cottage,  I  ; 

But  she  was  beautiful  and  fresh,  and  I  — well,  I  was  young  ; 

Cleon  hath  a  dozen  fortunes, 

Her  form  and  face  o’erbalanced  all  the  blunders  of  her 

Not  a  penny,  I  ; 

tongue. 

■^Published  originally  in  Harper’s  Magazine. 

21 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


I  was  but  little  better.  True,  I ’d  longer  been  at  school ; 
My  tongue  and  pen  were  run,  perhaps,  a  little  more  by 
rule  ; 

But  that  was  all.  The  neighbors  round,  who  both  of  us 
well  knew, 

Said —  which  I  believed  —  she  was  the  better  of  the  two. 


At  last  I  was  admitted  ;  then  I  had  my  legal  lore, 

An  office  with  a  stove  and  desk,  of  books  perhaps  a 
score  ; 

She  had  her  beauty  and  her  youth,  and  some  housewVely 
skill, 

And  love  for  me  and  faith  in  me,  and  back  of  that  a  will. 


All's  changed:  the  light  of  seventeen ’s  no  longer  in  her 
eyes  ; 

Her  wavy  hair  is  gone  —  that  loss  the  coiffeur’s  art  sup¬ 
plies  ; 

Her  form  is  thin  and  angular  ;  she  slightly  forward  bends  ; 

Her  fingers,  once  so  shapely,  now  are  stumpy  at  the  ends. 

She  knows  but  very  little,  and  in  little  are  we  one  ; 

The  beauty  rare,  that  more  than  hid  that  great  defect,  is 
gone. 

My  parvenu  relations  now  deride  my  homely  wife, 

And  pity  me  that  I  am  tied,  to  such  a  clod,  for  life. 

I  know  there  is  a  difference :  at  reception  and  levde, 

The  brightest,  wittiest,  and  most  famed  of  women  smile 
on  me ; 

And  everywhere  I  hold  my  place  among  the  greatest 
men  ; 

And  sometimes  sigh,  with  Whittier’s  judge,  “  Alas  !  it 
might  have  been.” 

When  they  all  crowd  around  me,  stately  dames  and  bril¬ 
liant  belles, 

And  yield  to  me  the  homage  that  all  great  success  com¬ 
pels, 

Discussing  art  and  state-craft,  and  literature  as  well, 

From  Homer  down  to  Thackeray,  and  Swedenborg  on 
"  Hell,” 

I  can ’t  forget  that  from  these  streams  my  wife  has  never 
quaffed, 

Has  never  with  Ophelia  wept,  nor  with  Jack  Falstaff 
laughed ; 

Of  authors,  actors,  artists  —  why,  she  hardly  knows  the 
names  ; 

She  slept  while  I  was  speaking  on  the  Alabama  claims. 

I  can’t  forget —  just  at  this  point  another  form  ap¬ 
pears — 

The  wife  I  wedded  as  she  was  before  my  prosperous 
years ; 

I  travel  o’er  the  dreary  road  we  traveled  side  by  side, 

And  wonder  what  my  share  would  be,  if  Justice  should 
divide. 

She  had  four  hundred  dollars  left  her  from  the  old  estate  ; 

On  that  we  married,  and,  thus  poorly  armored,  faced  our 
fate. 

I  wrestled  with  my  books  ;  her  task  was  harder  far  than 
mine  — 

’Twas  how  to  make  two  hundred  dollars  do  the  work  of 


I  had  no  friends  behind  me  —  no  influence  to  aid  ; 

I  worked  and  fought  for  every  little  inch  of  ground  I 
made. 

And  how  she  fought  beside  me  !  never  woman  lived  on 
less  : 

In  two  long  years  she  never  spent  a  single  cent  for  dress. 

Ah  !  how  she  cried  for  joy  when  my  first  legal  fight  was 
won, 

When  our  eclipse  passed  partly  by,  and  we  stood  in  the 
~sun  ! 

The  fee  was  fifty  dollars  —  ’t  was  the  work  of  half  a  year — 
First  captive,  lean  and  scraggy,  of  my  legal  bow  and 
spear. 

I  well  remember,  when  my  coat  (the  only  one  I  had) 

Was  seedy  grown  and  threadbare,  and,  in  fact,  most 
“shocking  bad,” 

The  tailor’s  stern  remark  when  I  a  modest  order  made : 

“  Cash  is  the  basis,  sir,  on  which  we  tailors  do  our  trade.” 

Her  winter  cloak  was  in  his  shop  by  noon  that  very  day  ; 
She  wrought  on  hickory  shirts  at  night  that  tailor’s  skill 
to  pay  ; 

I  got  a  coat,  and  wore  it  ;  but  alas  poor  Hannah  Jane 
Ne’er  went  to  church  or  lecture  till  warm  weather  came 
again. 

Our  second  season  she  refused  a  cloak  of  any  sort, 

That  I  might  have  a  decent  suit  in  which  t’  appear  in 
court  ; 

She  made  her  last  year’s  bonnet  do,  that  I  might  have  a  hat : 
Talk  of  the  old-time,  flame-enveloped  martyrs  after  that  ! 

No  negro  ever  worked  so  hard :  a  servant’s  pay  to  save, 
She  made  herself  most  willingly  a  household  drudge  and 
slave. 

What  wonder  that  she  never  read  a  magazine  or  book, 
Combining  as  she  did  in  one,  nurse,  house-maid,  seam¬ 
stress,  cook  ! 

What  wonder  that  the  beauty  fled  that  I  once  so  adored  ! 
Her  beautiful  complexion  my  fierce  kitchen  fire  devoured  ; 
Her  plump,  soft,  rounded  arm  was  once  too  fair  to  be 
concealed  ; 

Hard  work  for  me  that  softness  into  sinewy  strength  con¬ 
gealed. 

I  was  her  altar,  and  her  love  the  sacrificial  flame  : 

Ah  !  with  what  pure  devotion  she  to  that  altar  came, 
And,  tearful,  flung  thereon  —  alas!  I  did  not  know  it 
then  — 

All  that  she  was,  and  more  than  that,  all  that  she  might 
have  been  ! 


nine. 


SELECTIONS  FKOM  THE  POETS. 


323 


At  last  I  won  success.  Ah !  then  our  lives  were  wider 
parted  : 

I  was  far  up  the  rising  road  ;  she,  poor  girl !  where  we 
started. 

I  had  tried  my  speed  and  mettle,  and  gained  strength  in 
every  race  ; 

I  was  far  up  the  heights  of  life  —  she  drudging  at  the 
base. 

She  made  me  take  each  fall  the  stump ;  she  said  ’t  was 
my  career  ; 

The  wild  applause  of  list’ning  crowds  was  music  to  my 
ear. 

What  stimulus  had  she  to  cheer  her  dreary  solitude? 

For  me  she  lived  on  gladly,  in  unnatural  widowhood. 

She  could  n’t  read  my  speech,  but  when  the  papers  all 
agreed 

'T  was  the  best  one  of  the  session,  those  comments  she 
could  read  ; 

And  with  a  gush  of  pride  thereat,  which  I  had  never 
felt, 

She  sent  them  to  me  in  a  note,  with  half  the  words  mis¬ 
spelt. 

I  to  the  Legislature  went,  and  said  that  she  should  go 

To  see  the  world  with  me,  and,  what  the  world  was  doing, 
know. 

With  tearful  smile  she  answered,  “No!  four  dollars  is 
the  pay  ; 

The  Bates  House  rates  for  board  for  one  is  just  that  sum 
per  day.” 

At  twenty-eight  the  State-house  ;  on  the  bench  at  thirty- 
three  ; 

At  forty  every  gate  in  life  was  opened  wide  to  me. 

I  nursed  my  powers,  and  grew,  and  made  my  point  in  life  ; 
but  she  — 

Bearing  such  pack-horse  weary  loads,  what  could  a  wo¬ 
man  be  ? 

What  could  she  be?  Oh,  shame !  I  blush  to  think; what 
she  has  been 

The  most  unselfish  of  all  wives  to  the  selfishest  of  men. 

Yes,  plain  and  homely  now  she  is  ;  she ’s  ignorant,  ’t  is 
true  ; 

For  me  she  rubbed  herself  quite  out  I  represent  the 
two. 

Well,  I  suppose  that  I  might  do  as  other  men  have  done  — 

First  break  her  heart  with  cold  neglect,  then  shove  her 
out  alone. 

The  world  would  say ’t  was  well,  and  more,  would  give 
great  praise  to  me, 

For  having  borne  with  “such  a  wife  ”  so  uncomplain¬ 
ingly. 

And'  shall  I  ?  No  !  The  contract  ’twixt  Hannah,  God, 
and  me, 

Was  not  for  one  or  twenty  years,  but  for  eternity. 


No  matter  what  the  world  may  think  ;  I  know,  down  in 
my  heart, 

That,  if  either,  I ’m  delinquent  ;  she  has  bravely  done  her 
part. 

There ’s  another  world  beyond  this  ;  and,  on  the  final 
day, 

Will  intellect  and  learning  ’gainst  such  devotion  weigh  ? 

When  the  great  one,  made  of  us  two,  is  torn  apart  again, 

I  ’ll  kick  the  beam,  for  God  is  just,  and  He  knows  Han¬ 
nah  Jane. 


THE  MOTHERLESS  TURKEYS. 

BY  MARIAN  DOUGLAS. 

HE  white  turkey  was  dead!  The  white  turkey  was  dead  ! 
||  How  the  news  through  the  barn-yard  went  flying  ! 
Of  a  mother  bereft,  four  small  turkeys  were  left, 

And  their  case  for  assistance  was  crying. 

E’en  the  peacock  respectfully  folded  his  tail, 

As  a  suitable  symbol  of  sorrow, 

And  his  plainer  wife  said,  “  now  the  old  bird  is  dead, 
Who  will  tend  her  poor  chicks  on  the  morrow  ? 

And  when  evening  around  them  comes  dreary  and  chill, 
Who  above  them  will  watchfully  hover?” 

“Two  each  night  I  will  tuck ’neath  my  wings,”  said  the 
Duck, 

“  Though  I ’ve  eight  of  my  own  I  must  cover  !  ” 

“  I  have  so  much  to  do  !  For  the  bugs  and  the  worms, 

In  the  garden,  ’t  is  tiresome  pickin’ ; 

I ’ve  nothing  to  spare  —  for  my  own  I  must  care.” 

Said  then  the  Hen  with  one  chicken. 

“  How  I  wish,”  said  the  Goose,  “  I  could  be  of  some  use. 
For  my  heart  is  with  love  over-brimming ; 

The  next  morning  that ’s  fine,  they  shall  go  with  my  nine 
Little  yellow-backed  goslings,  out  swimming  !  ” 

“  I  will  do  what  I  can,”  the  old  Dorking  put  in, 

“  And  for  help  they  may  call  upon  me  too, 

Though  I ’ve  ten  of  my  own  that  are  only  half  grown. 
And  a  great  deal  of  trouble  to  see  to  ; 

But  these  poor  little  things,  they  are  all  head  and  wings, 
And  their  bones  through  their  feathers  are  stickin’ !  ” 

1  Very  hard  it  may  be,  but,  Oh,  do  n’t  come  to  me  !  ” 

Said  the  Hen  with  one  chicken. 

“  Half  my  care  I  suppose,  there  is  nobody  knows, 

I ’m  the  most  overburdened  of  mothers  ! 

They  must  learn,  little  elves  !  how  to  scratch  for  them¬ 
selves, 

And  not  seek  to  depend  upon  others.” 

She  went  by  with  a  cluck,  and  the  Goose  to  the  Duck 
Exclaimed  with  surprise,  “  Well,  I  never  ! ’’ 

Said  the  Duck,  “  I  declare,  those  who  have  the  least  care, 
You  will  find  are  complaining  forever  ! 

And  when  all  things  appear  to  look  threatening  and 
drear, 

And  when  troubles  your  pathway  are  thick  in, 

For  some  aid  in  your  woe,  O,  beware  how  you  go 
To  a  Hen  with  one  chicken.” 


324 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


BETSEY  AND  I  ARE  OUT.* 


BY  WILL  M.  CARI.ETON. 


RAW  up  the  papers,  lawyer,  and  make  ’em  good  and  stout ; 
For  things  at  home  are  cross-ways,  and  Betsey  and  I  are  out. 
We  who  have  worked  together  so  long  as  man  and  wife, 
Must  pull  in  single  harness  the  rest  of  our  nat’ral  life. 


“  What  is  the  matter?”  say  you.  I  vow  !  it’s  hard  to  tell : 
Most  of  the  years  behind  us  we ’ve  passed  by  very  well ; 

I  have  no  other  woman  —  she  has  no  other  man, 

Only  we ’ve  lived  together  as  long  as  we  ever  can. 


So  I ’ve  talked  with  Betsey,  and  Betsey  has  talked  with  me  ; 
And  we ’ve  agreed  together  that  we  can ’t  never  agree  ; 

Not  that  we’ve  catclied  each  other  in  any  terrible  crime  ; 
We’ve  been  a  gatherin’  this  for  years,  a  little  at  a  time. 


There  was  a  stock  of  temper  we  both  had  for  a  start ; 

Although  we  ne’er  suspected ’t  would  take  us  two  apart  ; 

1  had  my  various  failings,  bred  in  the  flesh  and  bone, 

And  Betsey,  like  all  good  women,  had  a  temper  of  her  own. 

The  first  thing  I  remember  whereon  we  disagreed, 

Was  somethin'  concerning  heaven  —  a  difference  in  our  creed. 
We  arg’ed  the  thing  at  breakfast  —  we  arg’ed  the  thing  at  tea  — 
And  the  more  we  arg’ed  the  question,  the  more  we  did  n’t  agree. 


And  the  next  that  I  remember  was  when  we  lost  a  cow  ; 

She  kicked  the  bucket,  certain — the  question  was  only — How? 
I  held  my  own  opinion,  and  Betsey  another  had  ; 

And  when  we  were  done  a  talkin’,  we  both  of  us  was  mad. 

And  the  next  that  I  remember,  it  started  in  a  joke  ; 

But  full  for  a  week  it  lasted,  and  neither  of  us  spoke. 

And  the  next  was  when  I  scolded  because  she  broke  a  bowl ; 
And  she  said  I  was  mean  and  stingy,  and  had  n't  any  soul. 


And  so  that  bowl  kept  pouring  dissensions  in  our  cup  ; 
And  so  that  blamed  cow-critter  was  always  a  cornin’  up  ; 
And  so  that  heaven  we  arg’ed  no  nearer  to  us  got ; 

But  it  give  us  a  taste  of  somethin’  a  thousand  times  as  hot. 


And  so  the  thing  kept  workin’,  and  all  the  self-same  way  ; 
Always  somethin’  to  arg’e,  and  somethin’  sharp  to  say. 

And  down  on  us  come  the  neighbors,  a  couple  dozen  strong, 
And  lent  their  kindest  sarvice  for  to  help  the  thing  along. 

And  there  has  been  days  together  —  and  many  a  weary  week — 
We  was  both  of  us  cross  and  spunky, and  both  too  proud  to  speak, 
And  I  have  been  thinkin’  and  thinkin’  the  whole  of  the  winter 
and  fall, 

If  I  can ’t  live  kind  with  a  woman,  why,  then  I  wo  n’t  at  all. 

*  From  “  Farm  Ballads,’’  by  Will  M.  Carleton ;  published  by  Harper 
&  Brothers. 


And  so  I  have  talked  with  Betsey,  and  Betsey  has  talked  with 
me, 

And  we ’ve  agreed  together  that  we  can 't  never  agree  ; 

And  what  is  hers  shall  be  hers,  and  what  is  mine  shall  be  mine  ; 
And  T  ’ll  put  it  in  the  agreement,  and  take  it  to  her  to  sign. 

Write  on  the  paper,  lawyer  —  the  very'  first  paragraph  — 

Of  all  the  farm  and  live  stock,  that  she  shall  have  her  half ; 

For  she  has  helped  to  earn  it,  through  many  a  dreary  day, 

And  it’s  nothing  more  than  justice  that  Betsey  has  her  pay. 

Give  her  the  house  and  homestead  ;  a  man  can  thrive  and  roam, 
But  women  are  skeery  critters,  unless  they  have  a  home. 

And  I  have  always  determined,  and  never  failed  to  say, 

That  Betsey  never  should  want  a  home,  if  I  was  taken  away. 

There ’s  a  little  hard  money  that ’s  drawin’  tol’rable  pay  ; 

A  couple  of  hundred  dollars  laid  by  for  a  rainy  day  • 

Safe  in  the  hands  of  good  men,  and  easy  to  get  at  ; 

Put  in  another  clause,  there,  and  give  her  half  of  that. 

Yes,  I  see  you  smile,  sir,  at  my  givin’  her  so  much  ; 

Yes,  divorce  is  cheap,  sir,  but  I  take  no  stock  in  such. 

True  and  fair  I  married  her,  when  she  was  blithe  and  young  ; 
And  Betsey  was  al’ays  good  to  me,  except  with  her  tongue. 

Once,  when  I  was  young  as  you,  and  not  so  smart,  perhaps, 
For  me  she  mittened  a  lawyer,  and  several  other  chaps  ; 

And  all  of  ’em  was  flustered  and  fairly  taken  down, 

And  I  for  a  time  was  counted  the  luckiest  man  in  town. 

Once  when  I  had  a  fever —  I  wo  n’t  forget  it  soon  — 

I  was  hot  as  a  basted  turkey  and  crazy  as  a  loon  — 

Never  an  hour  went  by  when  she  was  out  of  sight  ; 

She  nursed  me  true  and  tender,  and  stuck  to  me  day  and  night. 

And  if  ever  a  house  was  tidy,  and  ever  a  kitchen  clean, 

Her  house  and  kitchen  was  as  tidy  as  any  I  ever  seen  ; 

And  I  do  n’t  complain  of  Betsey  or  any  of  her  acts, 

Exceptin’  when  we’ve  quarrelled  and  told  each  other  facts. 


So  draw  up  the  paper,  lawyer  ;  and  I  ’ll  go  home  to-night, 

And  read  the  agreement  to  her  and  see  if  it ’s  all  right. 

And  then  in  the  mornin’  I  ’ll  sell  to  a  tradin’  man  I  know  — 
And  kiss  the  child  that  was  left  to  us,  and  out  in  the  world  I  ’ll 

go- 

And  one  thing  put  in  the  paper,  that  first  to  me  did  n’t  occur  — 
That  when  I ’m  dead  at  last  she  shall  bring  me  back  to  her  ; 
And  lay  me  under  the  maples  I  planted  years  ago, 

When  she  and  I  was  happy,  before  we  quarrelled  so. 

And  when  she  dies,  I  wish  that  she  would  be  laid  by  me  ; 

And  lyin’  together  in  silence,  perhaps  we  will  agree  ; 

And  if  ever  we  meet  in  heaven,  I  would  n  t  think  it  queer 
If  we  loved  each  other  the  better  because  we  quarrelled  here. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


325 


HOW  BETSEY  AND  I  MADE  UP.* 


And  then  she  went  to  foolin’  a  little  with  a  cup, 

And  intently  readin’  a  newspaper,  a-holdin’  it  wrong  side  up. 


BY  WILL  M.  CARLETON. 


IVE  us  your  hand,  Mr.  Lawyer :  how  do  you  do  to-day  ? 
You  drew  up  that  paper  —  I  s’pose  you  want  your  pay. 
Do  n’t  cut  down  your  figures  ;  make  it  an  X  or  a  V  ; 

For  that  ’ere  wiitten  agreement  was  just  themakin’of  me. 


And  when  I ’d  done  my  supper,  I  drawed  the  agreement  out, 
And  give  it  to  her  without  a  word,  for  she  knowed  what ’t  was 
about ; 

And  then  I  hummed  a  little  tune,  but  now  and  then  a  note 
Was  bu’sted  by  some  animal  that  hopped  up  in  my  throat. 


Goin’  home  that  evenin’  I  tell  you  I  was  blue, 

Thinkin’  of  all  my  troubles,  and  what  I  was  goin’  to  do  ; 

And  if  my  hosses  had  n’t  been  the  steadiest  team  alive, 

They ’d  've  tipped  me  over,  certain,  for  I  could  n’t  see  where 
to  drive. 

No  —  for  I  was  laborin’  under  a  heavy  load  ; 

No  —  for  I  was  travelin’  an  entirely  different  road  ; 

For  I  was  a-tracin’  over  the  path  of  our  lives  ag’in, 

And  seein’  where  we  missed  the  way,  and  where  we  might  have 
been. 

And  many  a  corner  we ’d  turned  that  just  to  a  quarrel  led, 
When  I  ought  to ’ve  held  my  temper,  and  driven  straight  ahead  ; 
And  the  more  I  thought  it  over  the  more  these  memories  came, 
And  the  more  I  struck  the  opinion  that  I  was  the  most  to  blame. 


Then  Betsey,  she  got  her  specs  from  off  the  mantel-shelf. 

And  read  the  article  over  quite  softly  to  herself ; 

Read  it  by  little  and  little,  for  her  eyes  is  gettin’  old, 

And  lawyers’  writin’  ain ’t  no  print,  especially  when  it’s  cold. 

And  after  she’d  read  a  little,  she  gave  my  arm  a  touch. 

And  kindly  said  she  was  afraid  I  was  ’lowin’  her  too  much  ; 
But  when  she  was  through  she  went  forme,  her  face  a-streamin’ 
with  tears, 

And  kissed  me  for  the  first  time  in  over  twenty  years  ! 

I  don’t  know  what  you’ll  think,  Sir— I  didn’t  come  to  in¬ 
quire  — 

But  I  picked  up  that  agreement  and  stuffed  it  in  the  fire  ; 

And  I  told  her  we ’d  bury  the  hatchet  alongside  of  the  cow ; 
And  we  struck  an  agreement  never  to  have  another  row. 


And  things  I  had  long  forgotten  kept  risin’  in  my  mind, 

Of  little  matters  betwixt  us,  where  Betsey  was  good  and  kind  ; 

And  these  things  flashed  all  through  me,  as  you  know  things 
sometimes  will 

When  a  feller ’s  alone  in  the  darkness,  and  everything  is  still. 

“  But,”  says  I,  “  we  ’re  too  far  along  to  take  another  track, 

And  when  I  put  my  hand  to  the  plow  I  do  not  oft  turn  back  ; 

And  tain ’t  an  uncommon  thing  now  for  couples  to  smash  in 
two  ;  ” 

And  so  I  set  my  teeth  together,  and  vowed  I’d  see  it  through. 

When  I  come  in  sight  o’  the  house ’t  was  some  ’at  in  the  night. 

And  just  as  I  turned  a  hill-top  I  see  the  kitchen  light  ; 

Which  often  a  han  ’some  pictur’  to  a  hungry  person  makes, 

But  it  do  n’t  interest  a  feller  much  that ’s  goin’  to  pull  up 
stakes. 

And  when  I  went  in  the  house,  the  table  was  set  for  me  — 

As  good  a  supper ’s  I  ever  saw,  or  ever  want  to  see  ; 

And  I  crammed  the  agreement  down  my  pocket  as  well  as  I 
could, 

And  fell  to  eatin’  my  victuals,  which  somehow  did  n’t  taste 
good. 

And  Betsey,  she  pretended  to  look  about  the  house, 

But  she  watched  my  side  coat-pocket  like  a  cat  would  watch  a 
mouse  ; 


♦From  “  Farm  Ballads,”  by  Will  M.  Carleton  ;  published  by  Harper 
&  Brothers. 


And  I  told  her  in  the  future  I  wouldn’t  speak  cross  or  rash 
If  half  the  crockery  in  the  house  was  broken  all  to  smash  ; 

And  she  said,  in  regards  to  heaven,  we’d  try  to  learn  its  worth 
Ey  startin’  a  branch  establishment  and  runnin’  it  here  on  earth. 

And  so  we  sat  a-talkin’  three-quarters  of  the  night, 

And  opened  our  hearts  to  each  other  until  they  both  grew  light ; 
And  the  days  when  I  was  winnin’  her  away  from  so  many  men 
Was  nothin’  to  that  evenin’  I  courte  1  her  over  again. 

Next  mornin’  an  ancient  virgin  took  pains  to  call  on  us, 

Iler  lamp  all  trimmed  and  a-burnin’  to  kindle  another  fuss  ; 
But  when  she  went  to  pryin’  and  openin’  of  old  sores, 

My  Betsey  rose  politely,  and  showed  her  out-of-doors. 

Since  then  I  do  n’t  deny  but  there ’s  been  a  word  or  two  ; 

But  we ’ve  got  our  eyes  wide  open,  and  know  just  what  to  do  ; 
When  one  speaks  cross  the  other  just  meets  it  with  a  laugh, 
And  the  first  one ’s  ready  to  give  up  considerable  more  than  half. 

Maybe  you  ’ll  think  me  soft,  Sir,  a-talkin’  in  this  style. 

But  somehow  it  does  me  lots  of  good  to  tell  it  once  in  a  while  ; 
And  I  do  it  for  a  compliment  —  ’t  is  so  that  you  can  see 
That  that  there  written  agreement  of  yours  was  just  the  makin’ 
of  me. 

So  make  out  your  bill,  Mr.  Lawyer  :  do  n’t  stop  short  of  an  X  ; 
Make  it  more  if  you  want  to,  for  I  have  got  the  checks. 

I ’m  richer  than  a  National  Bank,  with  all  its  treasures  told. 
For  I ’ve  got  a  wife  at  home  now  that ’s  worth  her  weight  in 
gold. 


326 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


WEIGHING  THE  BABY. 

BY  ETHEL  LYNN. 

OW  many  pounds  does  the  baby  weigh, 

Baby,  who  came  but  a  month  ago  ; 

How  many  pounds  from  the  crowning  curl 
To  the  rosy  point  of  the  restless  toe  ? 

Grandfather  ties  the  handkerchief’s  knot, 
Tenderly  guides  the  swinging  weight, 

And  carefully  over  his  glasses  peers 
To  read  the  record,  “  Only  eight  !” 

Softly  the  echo  goes  around, 

The  father  laughs  at  the  tiny  girl ; 

The  fair  young  mother  sings  the  words, 

While  grandmother  smooths  the  golden  curb 

And  stooping  above  the  precious  thing, 

Nestles  a  kiss  within  a  prayer  ; 

Murmuring  softly,  “  Little  one, 

Grandfather  did  not  weigh  you  fair.” 

Nobody  weighed  the  baby’s  smile, 

Or  the  love  that  came  with  the  helpless  one  ; 

Nobody  weighed  the  threads  of  care 
From  which  a  woman’s  life  is  spun. 

No  index  tells  the  mighty  worth 
Of  a  little  baby's  quiet  breath! 

A  soft,  unceasing  metron.ome, 

Patient  and  faithful  unto  death. 

Nobody  weighed  the  baby’s  soul, 

For  here,  on  earth,  no  weights  there  be 

That  could  avail.  God  only  knows 
Its  value  in  eternity. 

Only  eight  pounds  to  hold  a  soul 
That  seeks  no  angel’s  silver  wing, 

But  shrines  it  in  this  human  guise  — 

Within  so  fair  and  small  a  thing. 

Oh,  mother,  laugh  your  merry  note, 

Be  gay  and  glad,  but  don’t  forget 

From  baby’s  eyes  looks  out  a  soul 
That  claims  a  home  in  Eden  yet. 

from  tbc  New  York  Ledger. 


THE  OLD  OAKEN  BUCKET. 


BY  SAMUEL  WOODWORTH. 


OW  dear  to  this  heart  are  the  scenes  of  my  childhood, 
When  fond  recollection  presents  them  to  view  1 
The  orchard,  the  meadow,  the  deep-tangled  wild-wood, 
And  every  loved  spot  which  my  infancy  knew  ; — 

The  wide-spreading  pond,  and  the  mill  which  stood  by  it, 
The  bridge,  and  the  rock  where  the  cataract  fell  ; 


The  cot  of  my  father,  the  dairy-house  nigh  it, 

And  e’en  the  rude  bucket  which  hung  in  the  well. 

The  old  oaken  bucket,  the  iron-bound  bucket, 

The  moss-covered  bucket  which  hung  in  the  well. 

That  moss-covered  vessel  I  hail  as  a  treasure 

For  often  at  noon,  when  returned  from  the  field, 

I  found  it  the  source  of  an  exquisite  pleasure, 

The  purest  and  sweetest  that  nature  can  yield. 

How  ardent  I  seized  it,  with  hands  that  were  glowing  ! 
And  quick  to  the  white-pebbled  bottom  it  fell ; 

Then  soon,  with  the  emblem  of  truth  overflowing, 

And  dripping  with  coolness,  it  rose  from  the  well ; 

The  old  oaken  bucket,  the  iron-bound  bucket, 

The  moss-covered  bucket,  arose  from  the  well. 

How  sweet  from  the  green  mossy  brim  to  receive  it, 

As,  poised  on  the  curb,  it  inclined  to  my  lips ! 

Not  a  full  blushing  goblet  could  tempt  me  to  leave  it, 
Though  filled  with  the  nectar  that  Jupiter  sips. 

And  now,  far  removed  from  the  loved  situation, 

The  tear  of  regret  will  intrusively  swell, 

As  fancy  reverts  to  my  father’s  plantation, 

And  sighs  for  the  bucket  which  hangs  in  the  well  ; 

The  old  oaken  bucket,  the  iron-bound  bucket, 

The  moss-covered  bucket  which  hangs  in  the  well. 


ON  THE  OTHER  SIDE. 

fYl'J'E  go  our  ways  in  life  too  much  alone  ; 

We  hold  ourselves  too  far  from  all  our  kind  ; 
Too  often  we  are  dead  to  sigh  and  moan  ; 

Too  often  to  the  weak  and  helpless  blind  ; 

Too  often,  where  distress  and  want  abide, 

We  turn  and  pass  upon  the  other  side. 

The  other  side  is  trodden  smooth  ;  and  worn 
By  footsteps  passing  idly  all  the  day. 

Where  lie  the  bruised  ones  that  faint  and  mourn, 
Is  seldom  more  than  an  untrodden  way  ; 

Our  selfish  hearts  are  for  our  feet  the  guide 
They  lead  us  by  upon  the  other  side. 

It  should  be  ours  the  oil  and  wine  to  pour 
Into  the  bleeding  wounds  of  stricken  ones  ; 

To  take  the  smitten,  and  the  sick  and  sore. 

And  bear  them  where  a  stream  of  blessing  runs 
Instead,  we  look  about  —  the  way  is  wide, 

And  so  we  pass  upon  the  other  side. 

Oh,  friends  and  brothers,  gliding  down  the  years, 
Humanity  is  calling  each  and  all 
In  tender  accents,  born  of  grief  and  tears  ! 

I  pray  you,  listen  to  the  thrilling  call ; 

You  cannot,  in  your  cold  and  selfish  pride, 

Pass  guiltlessly  by  on  the  other  side. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


327 


MAUD  MULLER.  * 


BY  JOHN  G.  WHITTIER. 


’AUD  Muller,  on  a  summer’s  day. 

Raked  the  meadow  sweet  with  hay. 

Beneath  her  torn  Jhat  glowed  the  wealth 
Of  simple  beauty  and  rustic  health. 


Singing,  she  wrought,  and  her  merry  glee 
The  mock-bird  echoed  from  his  tree. 

But,  when  she  glanced  to  the  far-off  town, 
White  from  its  hill-slope  looking  down, 


The  sweet  song  died,  and  a  vague  unrest 
And  a  nameless  longing  filled  her  breast — 


A  wish,  that  she  hardly  dared  to  own, 

For  something  better  than  she  had  known. 

The  Judge  rode  slowly  down  the  lane, 
Smoothing  his  horse’s  chestnut  mane. 

He  drew  his  bridle  in  the  shade 
Of  the  apple-trees  to  greet  the  maid, 

And  ask  a  draught  from  the  spring  that  flowed 
Through  the  meadow  across  the  road. 

She  stooped  where  the  cool  spring  bubbled  up, 
And  filled  for  him  her  small  tin  cup. 


And  blushed  as  she  gave  it,  looking  down 
On  her  feet  so  bare,  and  her  tattered  gown. 

Thanks  !”  said  the  Judge,  “  a  sweeter  draught 
From  a  fairer  hand  was  never  quaffed." 

He  spoke  of  the  grass  and  flowers  and  trees, 

Of  the  singing  birds  and  the  humming  bees  ; 

Then  talked  of  the  haying,  and  wondered  whether 
The  cloud  in  the  west  would  bring  foul  weather. 

And  Maud  forgot  her  brier-torn  gown, 

And  her  graceful  ankles  bare  and  brown, 

And  listened,  while  a  pleased  surprise 
Looked  from  her  long-lashed  hazel  eyes. 

At  last,  like  one  who  for  delay 
Seeks  a  vain  excuse,  he  rode  away. 

Maud  Muller  looked  and  sighed  :  “  Ah  me  ! 

That  I  the  J  udge’s  bride  might  be  ! 

‘  He  would  dress  me  up  in  silks  so  fine, 

And  praise  and  toast  me  at  his  wine. 


“My  father  would  wear  a  broadcloth  coat ; 
My  brother  should  sail  a  painted  boat. 


“  And  I’ d  feed  the  hungry  and  clothe  the  poor. 
And  all  should  bless  me  who  left  our  door.” 

The  Judge  looked  back  as  he  climbed  the  hill, 
And  saw  Maud  Muller  standing  still  : 

“A  form  more  fair,  a  face  more  sweet, 

Ne’er  hath  it  been  my  lot  to  meet. 

“  And  her  modest  answer  and  graceful  air 
Show  her  wise  and  good  as  she  is  fair. 

“Would  she  were  mine,  and  I  to-day, 

Like  her,  a  harvester  of  hay. 

“  No  doubtful  balance  of  rights  and  wrongs, 
Nor  weary  lawyers  with  endless  tongues, 

“  But  low  of  cattle,  and  song  of  birds, 

And  health,  and  quiet,  and  loving  words.” 

But  he  thought  of  his  sister,  proud  and  cold, 
And  his  mother,  vain  of  her  rank  and  gold. 

So,  closing  his  heart,  the  Judge  rode  on, 

And  Maud  was  left  in  the  field  alone. 

But  the  lawyers  smiled  that  afternoon, 

When  he  hummed  in  court  an  old  love-tune. 

And  the  young  girl  mused  beside  the  well. 
Till  the  rain  on  the  unraked  clover  fell. 

He  wedded  a  wife  of  richest  dower, 

Who  lived  for  fashion,  as  he  for  power. 

Yet  oft,  in  his  marble  hearth’s  white  glow. 

He  watched  a  picture  come  and  go ; 

And  sweet  Maud  Muller’s  hazel  eyes 
Looked  out  in  their  innocent  surprise. 

Oft,  when  the  wine  in  his  glass  was  red, 

He  longed  for  the  wayside  well  instead, 

And  closed  his  eyes  on  his  garnished  rooms, 
To  dream  of  meadows  and  clover-blooms  ; 

And  the  proud  man  sighed  with  a  secret  pain, 
“  Ah,  that  I  were  free  again  ! 

“  Free  as  when  I  rode  that  day 
Where  the  barefoot  maiden  raked  the  hay.” 

She  wedded  a  man  unlearned  and  poor, 

And  many  children  played  round  her  door. 

But  care  and  sorrow,  and  child-birth  pain 
Left  their  traces  on  heart  and  brain. 

And  oft,  when  the  summer  sun  shone  hot 
On  the  new-mown  hay  in  the  meadow  lot. 


I ’d  dress  my  mother  so  grand  and  gay  ; 

And  the  baby  should  have  a  new  toy  each  day. 


And  she  heard  the  little  spring  brook  fall 
Over  the  roadside,  through  the  wall, 


*  From  “  Poems  by  Whittier  published  by  Jas.  R.  Osgood  &  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


328 


In  the  shade  of  the  apple-tree  again 
She  saw  a  rider  draw  his  rein, 

And,  gazing  down  with  timid  grace, 

She  felt  his  pleased  eyes  read  her  face. 

Sometimes  her  narrow  kitchen  walls 
Stretched  away  into  stately  halls  ; 

The  weary  wheel  to  a  spinnet  turned, 

The  tallow  candle  an  astral  burned  ; 

And  for  him  who  sat  by  the  chimney  lug. 
Dozing  and  grumbling  o’er  pipe  and  mug, 

A  manly  form  at  her  side  she  saw, 

And  joy  was  duty  and  love  was  law. 

Then  she  took  up  her  burden  of  life  again, 
Saying  only,  “  It  might  have  been  !” 

Alas  for  maiden,  alas  for  Judge, 

For  rich  repiner  and  household  drudge 

God  pity  them  both  !  and  pity  us  all. 

Who  vainly  the  dreams  of  youth  recall  ; 

For  of  all  sad  words  of  tongue  or  pen, 

The  saddest  are  these  :  “  It  might  have  been  !” 

Ah,  well !  for  us  all  some  sweet  hope  lies 
Deeply  buried  from  human  eyes  ; 

And,  in  the  hereafter,  angels  may 
Roll  the  stone  from  its  grave  away  ! 


ROCK  ME  TO  SLEEP,  MOTHER. 

BY  FLORENCE  PERCY. 

ACKWARD,  turn  backward,  O  Time,  in  your  flight, 
Make  me  a  child  again,  just  for  to-night  ! 

Mother,  come  back  from  the  echoless  shore, 

Take  me  again  to  your  heart  as  of  yore  ; 

Kiss  from  my  forehead  the  furrows  of  care, 

Smooth  the  few  silver  threads  out  of  my  hair  ; 

Over  my  slumbers  your  loving  watch  keep  — 

Rock  me  to  sleep,  mother  —  rock  me  to  sleep! 

Backward,  flow  backward,  0  tide  of  the  years  ! 

I  am  so  weary  of  toil  and  of  tears  — 

Toil  without  recompense  —  tears  all  in  vain  — 

Take  them,  and  give  me  my  childhood  again  ! 

I  have  grown  weary  of  dust  and  decay  — 

Weary  of  flinging  my  soul-wealth  away  ; 

Weary  of  sowing  for  others  to  reap  — 

Rock  me  to  sleep,  mother —  rock  me  to  sleep  ! 

Tired  of  the  hollow,  the  base,  the  untrue, 

Mother,  O  Mother,  my  heart  calls  for  you! 

Many  a  summer  the  grass  has  grown  green, 

Blossomed  and  faded,  our  faces  between  ; 


Yet  with  strong  yearning,  and  passionate  pain, 
Long  I  to-night  for  your  presence  again. 

Come  from  the  silence  so  long  and  so  deep  — 
Rock  me  to  sleep,  mother  —  rock  me  to  sleep  ! 

Over  my  heart,  in  the  days  that  are  flown, 

No  love  like  a  mother’s  love  ever  has  shone  ' 

No  other  worship  abides  and  endures  — 

Faithful,  unselfish,  and  patient  like  yours  ; 

None  like  a  mother  can  charm  away  pain 
From  the  sick  soul  and  the  world-weary  brain. 
Slumber’s  soft  calm  o’er  my  heavy  lids  creep  — 
Rock  me  to  sleep,  mother  —  rock  me  to  sleep ! 

Come,  let  your  brown  hair  just  lighted  with  gold, 
Fall  on  your  shoulders  again  as  of  old  ; 

Let  it  drop  over  my  forehead  to-night, 

Shading  my  faint  eyes  away  from  the  light; 

For  with  its  sunny-edged  shadows  once  more 
Happy  will  throng  the  sweet  visions  of  yore  — 
Lovingly,  softly,  its  bright  billows  sweep  — 

Rock  me  to  sleep,  mother  —  rock  me  to  sleep  ! 

Mother,  dear  mother,  the  years  have  been  long, 
Since  I  last  listened  to  your  lullaby  song ; 

Sing,  then,  and  unto  my  heart  it  shall  seem, 
Womanhood’s  years  have  been  only  a  dream  ; 
Clasped  to  your  heart  in  a  loving  embrace, 

With  your  light  lashes,  just  sweeping  my  face, 
Never  hereafter  to  wake  or  to  weep  — 

Rock  me  to  sleep,  mother  — -  rock  me  to  sleep  ! 


KATIE  LEE  AND  WILLIE  GRAY. 


WO  brown  heads  with  laughing  curls, 
Red  lips  shutting  over  pearls, 

Bare  feet  white,  and  wet  with  dew, 
Two  eyes  black,  and  two  eyes  blue  ; 
Little  girl  and  boy  were  they, 

Katie  Lee  and  Willie  Gray. 


They  were  standing  where  a  brook, 
Bending  like  a  shepherd's  crook, 
Flashed  its  silver,  and  thick  ranks 
Of  green  willows  fringed  its  banks  ; 
Half  in  thought  and  half  in  play, 
Katie  Lee  and  Willie  Gray. 


They  had  cheeks  like  cherries  red  ; 
He  was  taller  —  ’most  a  head  ; 

She,  with  arms  like  wreaths  of  snow, 
Swung  a  basket  to  and  fro, 

As  they  loitered,  half  in  play, 

Katie  Lee  and  Willie  Gray. 


“  Pretty  Katie,”  Willie  said  — 

And  there  came  a  flash  of  red 
Through  the  brownness  of  his  cheek  — 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


329 


“  Boys  are  strong  and  girls  are  weak, 
And  I  ’ll  carry,  so  I  will, 

Katie’s  basket  up  the  hill.” 

Katie  answered  with  a  laugh, 

“  You  shall  only  carry  half 
And  then,  tossing  back  her  curls, 

“  Boys  are  weak  as  well  as  girls.” 

Do  you  think  that  Katie  guessed 
Half  the  wisdom  she  expressed  ? 


And  look  at  the  beauty  of  sunset  skies, 

And  the  sweeter  beauly  of  your  sweet  eyes. 

Never  again  !  for  the  dream  is  done 

That  a  word,  and  a  look,  and  a  touch  begun. 

Love,  if  we  always  could  dream,  ah,  then  ! 

The  words  are  as  sad  as  “  it  might  have  been  !  ” 

For  us,  there  is  nothing  but  memory, 

In  the  coming  days,  of  what  could  not  be! 


Men  are  only  boys  grown  tall  ; 

Hearts  do  n’t  change  much  after  all ; 
And  when,  long  years  from  that  day, 
Katie  Lee  and  Willie  Gray 
Stood  again  beside  the  brook, 

Bending  like  a  shepherd’s  crook  — 

Is  it  strange  that  Willie  said  — 

While  again  a  dash  of  red 
Crossed  the  brownness  of  his  cheek  — 
“  I  am  strong  and  you  are  weak  : 

Life  is  but  a  slippery  steep, 

Hung  with  shadows  cold  and  deep. 

“  Will  you  trust  me,  Katie  dear  — 

Walk  beside  me  without  fear? 

May  I  carry,  if  I  will, 

All  your  burdens  up  the  hill  ?  ” 

And  she  answered  with  a  laugh, 

“  No,  but  you  may  carry  half.” 

Close  beside  the  little  brook 
Bending  like  a  shepherd’s  crook, 
Washing  with  its  silver  bands 
Late  and  early  at  the  sands. 

Is  a  cottage,  where  to-day 
Katie  lives  with  Willie  Gray. 

In  the  porch  she  sits,  and  lo  ! 

Swings  a  basket  to  and  fro  — 

Vastly  different  from  the  one 
That  she  swung  in  years  agone  ; 

This  is  long,  and  deep,  and  wide, 

And  has  —  rockers  on  the  side  ! 


NEVER  AGAIN. 


EVER  again  will  the  roses  blow 
For  us  as  the  roses  we  used  to  know 

Oh  !  never  again  will  the  wide  sky  hold 
Such  wealth  of  glory  and  sunset  gold  ; 


And  never  again  will  I  whisper,  dear, 
The  pleasant  fancies  you  smiled  to  hear  ; 

And  never  again,  at  the  day’s  decline, 
Shall  I  sit  with  your  little  hand  in  mine, 


Love,  you  are  near  me,  and  yet  as  far 
As  the  round  earth  is  from  the  furtherest  star. 

Kiss  me  and  smile  in  my  eyes  once  more, 

Tho’  your  lips  should  quiver,  and  tears  run  o’er. 

Put  your  hand  in  mine  for  one  moment,  one, 
And  then,  good-bye,  for  the  dream  is  done  ! 


IF  I  SHOULD  DIE  TO-NIGHT 

BY  F.  K.  CROSBY. 

tF  I  should  die  to-night, 

■  My  friends  would  look  upon  my  quiet  face 
Before  they  laid  it  in  its  resting-place, 

^  And  deem  that  death  had  left  it  almost  fair ; 

And,  laying  snow-white  flowers  against  my  hair, 
Would  smooth  it  down  with  tearful  tenderness, 

And  fold  my  hands  with  lingering  caress  ; 

Poor  hands,  so  empty  and  so  cold  to-night  ! 

If  I  should  die  to-night, 

My  friends  would  call  to  mind,  with  loving  thought, 
Some  kindly  deed  the  icy  hand  had  wrought  ; 

Some  gentle  word  the  frozen  lips  had  said  ; 

Errands  on  which  the  willing  feet  had  sped  ; 

The  memory  of  my  selfishness  and  pride, 

My  hasty  words,  would  all  be  put  aside, 

And  so  I  should  be  loved  and  mourned  to-night. 

If  I  should  die  to-night, 

Even  hearts  estranged  would  turn  once  more  to  me, 
Recalling  other  days  remorsefully. 

The  eyes  that  chill  me  with  averted  glance 
Would  look  upon  me  as  of  yore,  perchance 
And  soften,  in  the  old,  familiar  way, 

For  who  could  war  with  dumb,  unconscious  clay  ? 
So  I  might  rest,  forgiven  of  all,  to-night. 

Oh,  friends,  I  pray  to-night, 

Keep  not  your  kisses  for  my  dead,  cold  brow. 

The  way  is  lonely,  let  me  feel  them  now. 

Think  gently  of  me  ;  I  am  travel  worn  ; 

My  faltering  feet  are  pierced  with  many  a  thorn. 
Forgive,  oh,  hearts  estranged,  forgive,  I  plead  ! 
When  dreamless  rest  is  mine  I  shall  not  need 
The  tenderness  for  which  I  long  to-night. 


330 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


THE  LOST  STEAMSHIP. 


BY  FITZ-JAMES  O’BRIEN. 

iSftfwO,  there  !  fisherman,  hold  your  hand  ! 
j|  |  Tell  me  what  is  that  far  away  — 

‘Vvlj  There,  where  over  the  Isle  of  Sand 

Hangs  the  mist-cloud  sullen  and  gray? 

See  !  it  rocks  with  a  ghastly  life, 

Raising  and  rolling  through  clouds  of  spray, 
Right  in  the  midst  of  the  breakers’  strife  — 

Tell  me,  what  is  it,  fisherman,  pray?” 

“  That,  good  sir,  was  a  steamer,  stout 
As  ever  paddled  around  Cape  Race, 

And  many’s  the  wild  and  stormy  bout 

She  had  with  the  winds  in  that  self-same  place  ; 
But  her  time  had  come  ;  and  at  ten  o’clock, 

Last  night,  she  struck  on  that  lonesome  shore, 
And  her  sides  were  gnawed  by  the  hidden  rock, 
And  at  dawn  this  morning  she  was  no  more.” 

“  Corre,  as  you  seem  to  know,  good  man, 

The  terrible  fate  of  this  gallant  ship, 

Tell  me  all  about  her  that  you  can, — 

And  here ’s  my  flask  to  moisten  your  lip. 

Tell  me  how  many  she  had  on  board  — 

Wives  and  husbands,  and  lovers  true  — 

How  did  it  fare  with  her  human  hoard, 

Lost  she  many,  or  lost  she  few?” 

“  Master,  I  may  not  drink  of  your  flask, 

Already  too  moist  I  feel  my  lip  ; 

But  I  ’m  ready  to  do  what  else  you  ask, 

And  spin  you  my  yarn  about  the  ship : 

’T  was  ten  o’clock,  as  I  said,  last  night, 

When  she  struck  the  breakers  and  went  ashore, 
And  scarce  had  broken  the  morning’s  light, 

Than  she  sank  in  twelve  feet  of  water,  or  more. 

“  But  long  ere  this  they  knew  their  doom, 

And  the  captain  called  all  hands  to  prayer  ; 
And  solemnly  over  the  ocean’s  boom 
The  orisons  rose  on  the  troubled  air  : 

And  round  about  the  vessel  there  rose 
Tall  plumes  of  spray  as  white  as  snow, 

Like  angels  in  their  ascension  clothes, 

Waiting  for  those  who  prayed  below. 

“  So  those  three  hundred  people  clung, 

As  well  as  they  could,  to  spar  and  rope  ; 

With  a  word  of  prayer  upon  every  tongue, 

Nor  on  any  face  a  glimmer  of  hope. 

But  there  was  no  blubbering  weak  and  wild  — 

Of  tearful  faces  I  saw  but  one, 

A  rough  old  salt,  who  cried  like  a  child, 

And  not  for  himself,  but  the  Captain's  son. 


“  The  Captain  stood  on  the  quarter-deck, 

Firm  but  pale,  with  trumpet  in  hand, 

Sometimes  he  looked  on  the  breaking  wreck, 
Sometimes  he  sadly  looked  on  land. 

And  often  he  smiled  to  cheer  the  crew  — 

But,  Lord  1  the  smile  was  terrible  grim  — 

’Till  over  the  quarter  a  huge  sea  flew, 

And  that  was  the  last  they  saw  of  him. 

“  I  saw  one  young  fellow,  with  his  bride, 

Standing  amidship  upon  the  wreck  ; 

His  face  was  white  as  the  boiling  tide, 

And  she  was  clinging  about  his  neck. 

And  I  saw  them  try  to  say  good-bye, 

But  neither  could  hear  the  other  speak  ; 

So  they  floated  away  through  the  sea  to  die  — 
Shoulder  to  shoulder,  and  cheek  to  cheek. 

“  And  there  was  a  child,  but  eight  at  best, 

Who  went  his  way  in  a  sea  we  shipped, 

All  tne  while  holding  upon  his  breast 

A  little  pet  parrot,  whose  wings  were  clipped. 

And  as  the  boy  and  the  bird  went  by, 

Swinging  away  on  a  tall  wave’s  crest, 

They  were  grappled  by  a  man  with  a  drowning  cry, 
And  together  the  three  went  down  to  rest. 

“  And  so  the  crew  went  one  by  one, 

Some  with  gladness,  and  few  with  fear; 

Cold  and  hardship  such  work  had  done. 

That  few  seemed  frightened  when  death  was  near. 
Thus  every  soul  on  board  went  down  — 

Sailor  and  passenger,  little  and  great ; 

The  last  that  sank  was  a  man  of  my  town, 

A  capital  swimmer  —  the  second  mate.” 

“  Now,  lonely  fisherman,  who  are  you, 

That  say  you  saw  this  terrible  wreck  ? 

How  do  I  know  what  you  say  is  true, 

When  every  mortal  was  swept  from  the  deck? 
Where  were  you  in  that  hour  of  death  ? 

How  do  you  know  what  you  relate?  ” 

His  answer  came  in  an  underbreath  — 

“  Master,  I  was  the  second  mate  1” 


THERE  IS  NO  SUCH  THING  AS  DEATH. 

FjfT  HERE  is  no  such  thing  as  death  — 
d  r  In  Nature  nothing  dies  ; 

From  each  sad  remnant  of  decay 
®  Some  forms  of  life  arise. 

The  little  leaf  that  falls. 

All  brown  and  sere  to  earth, 

Ere  long  will  mingle  with  the  buds 
That  give  the  flower  its  birth. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS.  331 

THE  VAGABONDS.  * 

Now  tell  us  how  many  drams  it  takes 

— 

To  honor  a  jolly  new  acquaintance. 

BY  J.  T.  TROWBRIDGE. 

Five  yelps,  —  that ’s  five  ;  he ’s  mighty  knowing  ! 

CV-TyE  are  two  travelers,  Roger  and  I. 

The  night’s  before  us,  fill  the  glasses  !  — 

AW  Roger’s  my  dog  —  Come  here,  you  scamp  ! 

Quick,  sir  !  I’m  ill,  —  my  brain  is  going  !  — 

CTto  JumP  f°r  lhe  gentleman,— mind  your  eye  ! 

Some  brandy,  —  thank  you,  —  there,  it  passes. 

Over  the  table,  — look  out  for  the  lamp  !  — 

Why  not  reform?  That’s  easily  said  ; 

rl  he  rogue  is  growing  a  little  old  ; 

But  I ’ve  gone  through  such  wretched  treatment. 

Five  years  we’ve  tramped  through  wind  and  weather, 

Sometimes  forgetting  the  taste  of  bread, 

And  slept  out  doors  when  nights  were  cold, 

And  scarce  remembering  what  meat  meant, 

And  ate  and  drank  —  and  starved  —  together 

That  my  poor  stomach ’s  past  reform  ; 

We  ’ve  learned  what  comfort  is,  I  tell  you ! 

And  there  are  times  when,  mad  with  thinking, 

A  bed  on  the  floor,  a  bit  of  rosin, 

I'd  sell  out  heaven  for  something  warm, 

A  bit  of  fire  to  thaw  our  thumbs  (poor  fellow  ! 

To  prop  a  horrible  inward  sinking. 

The  paw  he  holds  up  there ’s  been  frozen,) 

Is  there  a  way  to  forget  to  think  ? 

Flenty  of  catgut  for  my  fiddle, 

At  your  age,  sir,  home,  fortune,  friends, 

(This  out-door  business  is  bad  for  strings,) 

A  dear  girl’s  love,  —  but  I  took  to  drink  ;  — 

Then  a  few  nice  buckwheats,  hot  from  the  griddle, 

The  same  old  story  ;  you  know  how  it  ends. 

And  Roger  and  I  set  up  for  kings  ! 

If  you  could  have  seen  these  classic  features, 

You  need  n’t  laugh,  sir  ;  they  were  not  then 

No,  thank  ye,  sir,  —  I  never  drink  ; 

Such  a  burning  libel  on  God’s  creatures  ; 

Roger  and  I  are  exceedingly  moral  — 

I  was  one  of  your  handsome  men  : 

Are  n’t  we,  Roger  ?  —  See  him  wink  ! 

Well,  something  hot,  then,  we  won’t  quarrel, 

If  you  had  seen  HER,  so  fair  and  young, 

He’s  thirsty,  too,  see  him  nod  his  head  ! 

Whose  head  was  happy  on  this  breast ! 

What  a  pity,  sir,  that  dogs  can’t  talk  ! 

If  you  could  have  heard  the  song  I  sung 

He  understands  every  word  that’s  said,  — 

When  the  wine  went  round,  you  would  n’t  have  guessed 

And  he  knows  good  milk  from  water-and-chalk. 

That  ever  I,  sir,  should  be  straying, 

From  door  to  door,  with  fiddle  and  dog, 

The  truth  is,  sir,  now  I  reflect, 

Ragged  and  penniless,  and  playing 

I’ve  been  so  sadly  given  to  grog, 

To  you  to-night  for  a  glass  of  grog  ! 

I  wonder  I ’ve  not  lost  the  respect 

(Here ’s  to  you,  sir  ! )  even  of  my  dog  ; 

She ’s  married  since  ; —  a  parson’s  wife  : 

But  he  sticks  by,  through  thick  and  thin  ; 

’T  was  better  for  her  that  we  should  part, 

And  this  old  coat,  with  its  empty  pockets 

Better  the  soberest,  prosiest  life 

And  rags  that  smell  of  tobacco  and  gin, 

Than  a  blasted  home  and  a  broken  heart. 

He  ’ll  follow  while  he  has  eyes  in  his  sockets. 

Have  I  seen  her?  Once  :  I  was  weak  and  spent 

On  a  dusty  road  :  a  carriage  stopped  : 

There  is  n’t  another  creature  living 

But  little  she  dreamed  as  on  she  went, 

Would  do  it,  and  prove  through  every  disaster, 

Who  kissed  the  coin  that  her  fingers  dropped  ! 

So  fond,  so  faithful,  and  so  forgiving, 

To  such  a  miserable,  thankless  master  ! 

You ’ve  set  me  talking,  sir,  I’m  sorry  ; 

No,,  sir  !  —  see  him  wag  his  tail  and  grin  ! 

It  makes  me  wild  to  think  of  the  change  ! 

By  George  !  it  makes  my  old  eyes  water ! 

What  do  you  care  for  a  beggar’s  story  ? 

That  is,  there ’s  something  in  this  gin 

Is  it  amusing?  You  find  it  strange  ? 

That  chokes  a  fellow.  But  no  matter  ! 

I  had  a  mother  so  proud  of  me  ! 

’T  was  well  she  died  before  —  Do  you  know 

We’ll  have  some  music,  if  you’re  willing, 

If  the  happy  spirits  in  heaven  can  see 

And  Roger  (hem  !  what  a  plague  a  cough  is,  sir  ! ) 

The  ruin  and  wretchedness  here  below? 

Shall  march  a  little.  —  Start,  you  villain  ! 

Stand  straight  !  ’Bout  face  !  Salute  your  officer  ! 

Another  glass,  and  strong,  to  deaden 

Put  up  that  paw  !  Dress  !  Take  your  rifle  ! 

This  pain  ;  then  Roger  and  I  will  start, 

(Some  dogs  have  arms,  you  see  ! )  Now  hold  your 

I  wonder,  has  he  such  a  lumpish,  leaden, 

Cap  while  the  gentleman  gives  a  trifle, 

Aching  thing,  in  place  of  a  heart  ? 

To  aid  a  poor,  old,  patriot  soldier  ! 

He  is  sad  sometimes,  and  would  weep  if  he  could, 

No  doubt  remembering  things  that  were, — 

March  !  Halt  !  Now  show  how  the  rebel  shakes, 

A  virtuous  kennel,  with  plenty  of  food, 

When  he  stands  up  to  hear  his  sentence. 

And  himself  a  respectable  cur. 

*  From  **  The  Vagabonds  and  Oth>'r  Poems,'*  by  J.  T.  Trowbridge;  published  by  Jas.  R.  Osgood  &  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

332 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


I’m  better  now  ;  that  glass  was  warming. 

You  rascal !  limber  your  lazy  feet ! 

We  must  be  fiddling  and  performing 

For  supper  and  bed,  or  starve  in  the  street. 

Not  a  very  gay  life  to  lead,  you  think? 

But  soon  we  shall  go  where  lodgings  are  free, 
And  the  sleepers  need  neither  victuals  nor  drink  ; 
The  sooner  the  better  for  Roger  and  me  1 

TWO  LITTLE  PAIRS. 

TiY  MRS.  S.  T.  PERRY. 

O  little  pairs  of  boots,  to-night, 

Before  the  fire  are  drying  ; 

Two  little  pairs  of  tired  feet, 

In  a  trundle  bed,  are  lying  ; 

The  tracks  they  left  upon  the  floor 
Make  me  feel  much  like  sighing. 

Those  little  boots  with  copper  toes  ! 

They  run  the  livelong  day  ; 

And  oftentimes  I  almost  wish 
They  were  miles  away  ; 

So  tired  am  I  to  hear  so  oft 
Their  heavy  tramp  at  play. 

They  walk  about  the  new  ploughed  ground 
Where  mud  in  plenty  lies  ; 

They  roll  it  up  in  marbles  round, 

They  bake  it  into  pies, 

And  then,  at  night  upon  the  floor. 

In  every  shape  it  dries  i 

To-day  I  was  disposed  to  scold, 

But  when  I  look  to-night, 

At  those  little  boots  before  the  fire, 

With  copper  toes  so  bright, 

I  think  how  sad  my  heart  would  be 
To  put  them  out  of  sight. 

For  in  a  trunk  up-stairs  I ’ve  laid 
Two  socks  of  white  and  blue  ; 

If  called  to  put  those  boots  away, 

Oh  God,  what  should  I  do  ? 

I  mourn  that  there  are  not  to-night 
Three  pairs  instead  of  two. 

I  mourn  because  I  thought  how  nice 
My  neighbor  ’cross  the  way, 

Could  keep  her  carpets  all  the  year 
From  getting  worn  or  gray  ; 

Yet  well  I  know  she ’d  smile  to  own 
Some  little  boots  to-day. 

We  mothers  weary  get,  and  worn, 

Over  our  load  of  care  ; 

But  how  we  speak  to  these  little  ones 
Let  each  of  us  beware  ; 

For  what  would  our  firesides  be  to-night, 

If  no  little  boots  were  there  ? 


WHICH  SHALL  IT  BE? 

C^||-yHICH  shall  it  be  ?  which  shall  it  be?  ’’ 

I  looked  at  John  —  John  looked  at  me 
(Dear  patient  John,  who  loves  me  yet 
As  well  as  though  my  locks  were  jet,) 

And  when  I  found  that  I  must  speak, 

My  voice  seemed  strangely  low  and  weak. 

“  Tell  me  again  what  Robert  said 
And  then  I  listening  bent  my  head. 

“  This  is  his  letter  :  ” 

“  I  will  give 

A  house  and  land  while  you  shall  live, 

If,  in  return,  from  out  your  seven 
One  child  to  me  for  aye  is  given.” 

I  looked  at  John’s  old  garments  worn, 

I  thought  of  all  that  John  had  borne 
Of  poverty  and  work  and  care, 

Which  I,  though  willing,  could  not  share  ; 

I  thought  of  seven  mouths  to  feed, 

Of  seven  little  children’s  need, 

And  then  of  this. 

“  Come,  John,”  said  I, 

“  We’ll  choose  among  them,  as  they  lie 
Asleep  ;  ”  so  walking  hand  in  hand, 

Dear  John  and  I  surveyed  our  band. 

First  to  the  cradle  lightly  stepped 
Where  Lilian  the  baby  slept, 

Her  damp  curls  lay  like  gold  alight 
A  glory  'gainst  the  pillow  white, 

Softly  her  father  stooped  to  lay 
His  rough  hand  down  in  loving  way 
When  dream  or  whisper  made  her  stir. 

And  huskily,  John  said,  “  Not  her  —  not  her.  ' 

We  stooped  beside  the  trundle  bed, 

And  one  long  ray  of  lamp-light  shed 
Across  the  boyish  faces,  three, 

In  sleep  so  pitiful  and  fair  ; 

I  saw,  on  Jamie’s  rough,  red  cheek, 

A  tear  undried.  Ere  John  could  speak, 

“  He’s  but  a  baby,  too,”  said  I, 

And  kissed  him  as  we  hurried  by. 

Pale,  patient  Robbie’s  angel  face, 

Still  in  his  sleep,  bore  suffering’s  trace. 

“  No,  for  a  thousand  crowns,  not  him,” 

We  whispered,  while  our  eyes  were  dim. 

Poor  Dick  !  bad  Dick  !  our  wayward  son, 
Turbulent,  reckless,  idle  one  — 

Could  he  be  spared  ?  “  Nay,  He,  who  gave, 

Bids  us  befriend  him  to  his  grave  ; 

Only  a  mother’s  heart  can  be 
Patient  enough  for  such  as  he  ; 

And  so,”  said  John,  “  I  would  not  dare 
To  send  him  from  her  bedside  prayer.” 

Then  stole  we  softly  up  above, 

And  knelt  by  Mary,  child  of  love. 


SELECTIONS  EROM  THE  POETS. 


333 


“  Perhaps  for  her  ’twould  better  be," 

I  said  to  John.  Quite  silently 
He  lifted  up  a  curl  that  lay 
Across  her  cheek,  in  willful  way, 

And  shook  his  head,  “  Nay,  love,  not  thee,” 
The  while  my  heart  beat  audibly. 

Only  one  more,  our  oldest  lad, 

Trusty  and  thoughtful,  good  and  glad  — 

So  like  his  father,  “  No,  John,  no  — 

I  cannot,  will  not,  let  him  go.” 

And  so  we  wrote,  in  courteous  way. 

We  could  not  give  one  child  away  ; 

And  after  that,  toil  lighter  seemed, 
Thinking  of  that  of  which  we  dreamed, 
Happy,  in  truth,  that  not  one  face 
Was  missed  from  its  accustomed  place  ; 
Thankful  to  work  for  all  the  seven, 
Trusting  the  rest  to  One  in  Heaven. 


THE  LITTLE  BOY  THAT  DIED. 

BY  JOSHUA  D.  ROBINSON. 

AM  all  alone  in  my  chamber  now 
And  the  midnight  hour  is  near, 

And  the  faggot’s  crack,  and  the  clock’s  dull  tick, 
Are  all  the  sounds  I  hear  ; 

And  over  my  soul  in  its  solitude 
Sweet  feelings  of  sadness  glide  ; 

And  my  heart  and  my  eyes  are  full  when  I  think, 
Of  the  little  boy  that  died. 

I  went  one  night  to  my  father’s  house  — 

Went  home  to  the  dear  ones  all, 

And  softly  I  opened  the  garden  gate, 

And  softly  the  door  of  the  hall ; 

My  mother  came  out  to  meet  her  son, 

She  kissed  me,  and  then  she  sighed, 

And  her  head  fell  on  my  neck,  and  she  wept 
For  the  little  boy  that  died. 

And  when  I  gazed  on  his  innocent  face, 

As  still  and  cold  he  lay, 

And  thought  what  a  lovely  child  he  had  been, 
And  how  soon  he  must  decay  ; 

“  O  Death,  thou  lovest  the  beautiful !  ” 

In  the  woe  of  my  spirit  I  cried, 

For  sparkled  the  eyes,  and  the  forehead  was  fair, 
Of  the  little  boy  that  died. 

Again  I  will  go  to  my  father’s  house  — 

Go  home  to  the  dear  ones  all, 

And  sadly  I’ll  open  the  garden  gate, 

And  sadly  the  door  of  the  hall  ; 


I  shall  meet  my  mother,  but,  nevermore, 

With  her  darling  by  her  side  ; 

And  she’ll  kiss  me  and  sigh,  and  weep  again 
For  the  little  boy  that  died. 

I  shall  miss  him,  when  the  flowers  come, 

In  the  garden  where  he  played  ; 

I  shall  miss  him  more  by  the  fireside, 

When  the  flowers  have  all  decayed  ; 

I  shall  see  his  toys  and  his  empty  chair, 

And  the  horse  he  used  to  ride  ; 

And  they  will  speak,  with  silent  speech, 

Of  the  little  boy  that  died. 

I  shall  see  his  little  sister  again, 

With  her  playmates  about  the  door, 

And  I’ll  watch  the  children  at  their  sports, 

As  I  never  did  before  ; 

And  if,  in  the  group,  I  see  a  child 
That’s  dimpled  and  laughing-eyed, 

I'll  look  to  see  if  it  may  not  be 
The  little  boy  that  died. 

We  shall  all  go  home  to  our  Father’s  house  — 

To  our  Father’s  house  in  the  skies, 

Where  the  hope  of  our  souls  shall  have  no  blight, 
And  our  love  no  broken  ties  ; 

We  shall  roam  on  the  banks  of  the  River  of  Peace, 
And  bathe  in  its  blissful  tide  ; 

And  one  of  the  joys  of  our  Heaven  will  be 
The  little  boy  that  died. 

And  therefore,  when  I’m  sitting  alone, 

And  the  midnight  hour  is  near, 

And  the  faggot’s  crack  and  the  clock’s  dull  tick 
Are  the  only  sounds  I  hear, 

O  !  sweet  o’er  my  soul  in  its  solitude 
Are  the  feelings  of  sadness  that  glide, 

Though  my  heart  and  my  eyes  are  full  when  I  think 
Of  the  little  boy  that  died. 


HEAVEN  BY  LITTLES. 

EAVEN  is  not  reached  by  a  single  bound  ; 

But  we  build  the  ladder,  by  which  we  rise 
From  the  lowly  earth  to  the  vaulted  skies, 
And  we  mount  to  its  summit  round  by  round. 

I  count  these  things  to  be  grandly  true  ! 

That  a  noble  deed  is  a  step  toward  God  — 
Lifting  the  soul,  from  the  common  sod, 

To  a  purer  air  and  a  broader  view. 

We  rise  by  the  things  that  are  under  our  feet ; 
By  what  we  have  mastered  of  greed  and  gain, 
By  the  pride  deposed,  and  the  passion  slain, 
And  the  vanquished  ill  that  we  hourly  meet. 


3JA 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


THERE’S  BUT  ONE 


PAIR  OF  STOCKINGS  TO  MEND 
TO-NIGHT. 


N  old  wife  sat  by  her  bright  fireside, 

/tF  Swaying  thoughtfully  to  and  fro, 

l'1  an  ancient  chair  whose  creaky  frame 
Told  a  tale  of  long  ago  ; 

While  down  bv  her  side,  on  the  kitchen  floor, 
Siood  a  basket  of  worsted  balls  — a  score. 


The  good  man  dozed  o’er  the  latest  news. 

Till  the  light  of  his  pipe  went  out, 

And,  unheeded,  the  kitten,  with  cunning  paws, 
Rolled  and  tangled  the  balls  about  ; 

Yet  still  sat  the  wife  in  the  ancient  chair, 
Swaying  to  and  fro  in  the  fire-light  glare. 


But  anon  a  misty  tear-drop  came 
In  her  eye  of  faded  blue, 

Then  trickled  down  in  a  furrow  deep, 

Like  a  single  drop  of  dew  ; 

So  deep  was  the  channel  —  so  silent  the  stream- 
The  good  man  saw  naught  but  the  dimmed  eye-beam. 

Yet  he  marvelled  much  that  the  cheerful  light 
Of  her  eye  had  weary  grown, 

And  marvelled  he  more  at  the  tangled  balls ; 

So  he  said  in  a  gentle  tone, 

“  I  have  shared  thy  joys  since  our  marriage  vow, 
Conceal  not  from  me  thy  sorrows  now.” 

Then  she  spoke  of  the  time  when  the  basket  there 
Was  filled  to  the  very  brim, 

And  how  there  remained  of  the  goodly  pile 
But  a  single  pair  —  for  him. 

“  Then  wonder  not  at  the  dimmed  eye-light, 

There ’s  but  one  pair  of  stockings  to  mend  to-night. 

“  I  cannot  but  think  of  the  busy  feet, 

Whose  wrappings  were  wont  to  lie 
In  the  basket,  awaiting  the  needle’s  time. 

Now  wandered  so  far  away  ; 

How-  the  sprightly  steps,  to  a  mother  dear, 

Unheeded  fell  on  the  careless  ear. 


“  For  each  empty  nook  in  the  basket  old, 

By  the  hearth  there ’s  a  vacant  seat ; 

And  I  miss  the  shadows  from  off  the  wall, 

And  the  patter  of  many  feet  ; 

’T  is  for  this  that  a  tear  gathered  over  my  sight 
At  the  one  pair  of  stockings  to  mend  to-night. 

“  T  was  said  that  far  through  the  forest  wild, 
And  over  the  mountains  bold, 

W  as  a  land  whose  rivers  and  dark’ning  caves 
Were  gemmed  with  the  rarest  gold  ; 

Then  my  first-born  turned  from  the  oaken  door, 
And  I  knew  the  shadows  were  only  four. 

“  Another  went  forth  on  the  foaming  waves 
And  diminished  the  basket’s  store  — 


But  h:s  feet  grew  cold  —  so  weary  and  cold  — 
They’ll  never  be  warm  any  more  — 

And  this  nook,  in  its  emptiness,  seemeth  to  me 
To  give  forth  no  voice  but  the  moan  of  the  sea. 

“  Two  others  have  gone  toward  the  setting  sun, 
And  made  them  a  home  in  its  light, 

And  fairy  fingers  have  taken  their  share 
To  mend  by  the  fireside  bright; 

Some  other  baskets  their  garments  fill  — 

But  mine  !  Oh,  mine  is  emptier  still. 

“  Another  —  the  dearest  —  the  fairest  —  the  best  — 
Was  ta’en  by  the  angels  away, 

And  clad  in  a  garment  that  waxeth  not  old, 

In  a  land  of  continual  day. 

Oh  !  wonder  no  more  at  the  dimmed  eye-light, 
While  I  mend  the  one  pair  of  stockings  to-night." 


ABSENCE. 

BY  FRANCES  ANNE  KEMBLE. 

VT  shall  I  do  with  all  the  days  and  hours 
That  must  be  counted,  ere  I  see  thy  face  ? 
ow  shall  I  charm  the  interval  that  lowers 
Between  this  time  and  that  sweet  time  of  grace? 

Shall  I  in  slumber  steep  each  weary  sense  — 

Weary  with  longing?  Shall  I  flee  away 

Into  past  days,  and  with  some  fond  pretence 
Cheat  myself  to  forget  the  present  day? 

Shall  love  for  thee  lay  on  my  soul  the  sin 
Of  casting  from  me  God’s  great  gift  of  time  ? 

Shall  I,  these  mists  of  memory  locked  within, 

Leave  and  forget  life’s  purposes  sublime? 

O,  how,  or  by  what  means  may  I  contrive 

To  bring  the  hour  that  brings  thee  back,  more  near  ? 

How  may  I  teach  my  drooping  hope  to  live 
Until  that  blessed  time,  and  thou  art  here  ? 

I  ’ll  tell  thee  ;  for  thy  sake,  I  will  lay  hold 
Of  all  good  aims,  and  consecrate  to  thee. 

In  worthy  deeds,  each  moment  that  is  told, 

While  thou,  beloved  one  !  art  far  from  me. 

For  thee,  I  will  arouse  my  thoughts  to  try 

All  heavenward  flights,  all  high  and  holy  strains  ; 

For  thy  dear  sake,  I  will  walk  patiently 

Through  these  long  hours,  nor  call  their  minutes  pains. 

I  will  this  dreary  blank  of  absence  make 
A  noble  task-time  ;  and  will  therein  strive 

To  follow  excellence,  and  to  o’ertake 

More  good  than  I  have  won,  since  yet  I  live. 

So  may  this  doomed  time  build  up  in  me 

A  thousand  graces,  which  shall  thus  be  thine  ; 

So  may  my  love  and  longing  hallowed  be, 

And  thy  dear  thought,  an  influence  divine. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


335 


ELEGY  WRITTEN  IN  A  COUNTRY  CHURCHYARD. 

BY  THOMAS  GRAY. 

tHE  curfew  tolls  the  knell  of  parting  day  ; 

The  lowing  herd  winds  slowly  o’er  the  lea, 

The  plowman  homeward  plods  his  weary  way. 
And  leaves  the  world  to  darkness  and  to  me. 

Now  fades  the  glimmering  landscape  on  the  sight, 

And  all  the  air  a  solemn  stillness  holds, 

Save  where  the  beetle  wheels  his  droning  flight. 

And  drowsy  tinklings  lull  the  distant  folds  ; 

Save  that,  from  yonder  ivy-mantled  tower, 

The  moping  owl  does  to  the  moon  complain 
Of  such  as,  wandering  near  her  secret  bower, 

Molest  her  ancient,  solitary  reign. 

Beneath  those  rugged  elms,  that  yew-tree’s  shade, 
Where  heaves  the  turf  in  many  a  mouldering  heap. 
Each  in  his  narrow  cell  forever  laid, 

The  rude  forefathers  of  the  hamlet  sleep. 

The  breezy  call  of  incense-breathing  morn, 

The  swallow  twittering  from  the  straw-built  shed, 
The  cock’s  shrill  clarion,  or  the  echoing  horn, 

No  more  shall  rouse  them  from  their  lowly  bed. 

For  them  no  more  the  blazing  hearth  shall  burn, 

Or  busy  housewife  ply  her  evening  care  ; 

No  children  run  to  lisp  their  sire’s  return, 

Or  climb  his  knees  the  envied  kiss  to  share. 

Oft  did  the  harvest  to  their  sickle  yield, 

Their  furrow  oft  the  stubbjm  glebe  has  broke  ; 

How  jocund  did  they  drive  their  team  afield  ! 

How  bowed  the  woods  beneath  their  sturdy  stroke  ! 

Let  not  Ambition  mock  their  useful  toil, 

Their  homely  joys,  and  destiny  obscure  ; 

Nor  Grandeur  hear,  with  a  disdainful  smile, 

The  short  and  simple  annals  of  the  poor. 

The  boast  of  heraldry,  the  pomp  of  power, 

And  all  that  beauty,  all  that  wealth  e’er  gave, 

Await,  alike,  the  inevitable  hour  — 

The  paths  of  glory  lead  but  to  the  grave. 

Nor  you,  ye  proud,  impute  to  these  the  fault, 

If  memory  o’er  their  tomb  no  trophies  raise, 

Where,  through  the  long-drawn  aisle  and  fretted  vault, 
The  pealing  anthem  swells  the  note  of  praise. 

Can  storied  urn,  or  animated  bust, 

Back  to  its  mansion  call  the  fleeting  breath? 

Can  Honor’s  voice  provoke  the  silent  dust, 

Or  Flattery  soothe  the  dull,  cold  ear  of  death? 

Perhaps,  in  this  neglected  spot,  is  laid 

Some  heart,  once  pregnant  with  celestial  fire  — 
Hand,  that  the  rod  of  empire  might  have  swayed. 

Or  waked  to  ecstasy  the  living  lyre  : 


But  Knowledge  to  their  eyes  her  ample  page, 

Rich  with  the  spoils  of  lime,  did  ne’er  unroll ; 

Chill  Fenury  repressed  their  noble  rage, 

And  froze  the  genial  current  of  the  soul. 

Full  many  a  gem,  of  purest  ray  serene, 

The  dark,  unfathomed  caves  of  ocean  bear  ; 

Full  many  a  flower  is  born  to  blush  unseen, 

And  waste  its  sweetness  on  the  desert  air. 

Some  village  Hampden,  that,  with  dauntless  breast, 

The  little  tyrant  of  his  fields  withstood  — 

Some  mute,  inglorious  Milton  here  may  rest, 

Some  Cromwell,  guiltless  of  his  country’s  blood. 

The  applause  of  listening  senates  to  command, 

The  threats  of  pain  and  ruin  to  despise, 

To  scatter  plenty  o’er  a  smiling  land, 

And  read  their  history  in  a  nation’s  eyes, 

Their  lot  forbade  ;  nor  circumscribed  alone 

Their  growing  virtues,  but  their  crimes  confined  ; — 

Forbade  to  wade  through  slaughter  to  a  throne, 

And  shut  the  gates  of  mercy  on  mankind  ; 

The  struggling  pangs  of  conscious  Truth  to  hide, 

To  quench  the  blushes  of  ingenuous  Shame, 

Or  heap  the  shrine  of  Luxury  and  Pride 
With  incense  kindled  at  the  muse’s  flame. 

Far  from  the  maddening  crowd’s  ignoble  strife, 

Their  sober  wishes  never  learnt  to  stray  ; 

Along  the  cool,  sequestered  vale  of  life 

They  kept  the  noiseless  tenor  of  their  way. 

Yet  even  these  bones  from  insult  to  protect, 

Some  frail  memorial  still  erected  nigh, 

With  uncouth  rhymes  and  shapeless  sculpture  decked, 
Implores  the  passing  tribute  of  a  sigh. 

Their  names,  their  years,  spelled  by  th’  unlettered  Muse 
The  place  of  fame  and  elegy  supply  ; 

And  many  a  holy  text  around  she  strews. 

That  teach  the  rustic  moralist  to  die. 

For  who,  to  dumb  forgetfulness  a  prey, 

This  pleasing,  anxious  being  e’er  resigned,  — 

Left  the  warm  precincts  of  the  cheerful  day, 

Nor  cast  one  longing,  lingering  look  behind? 

On  some  fond  breast  the  parting  soul  relies, 

Some  pious  drops  the  closing  eye  requires  ; 

Even  from  the  tomb  the  voice  of  Nature  cries, 

Even  in  our  ashes  live  their  wonted  fires. 

For  thee,  who,  mindful  of  th’  unhonored  dead, 

Dost  in  these  lines  their  artless  tale  relate  ; 

If  chance,  by  lonely  contemplation  led, 

Some  kindred  spirit  shall  enquire  thy  fate  — 


336 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


Haply,  some  hoary-headed  swain  may  say, 

“Oft  have  we  seen  him,  at  the  peep  of  dawn, 

Brushing,  with  hasty  steps,  the  dews  away, 

To  meet  the  sun  upon  the  upland  lawn. 

“  There,  at  the  foot  of  yonder  nodding  beech, 

That  wreathes  its  old,  fantastic  roots  so  high, 

His  listless  length  at  noontide  would  he  stretch, 

And  pore  upon  the  brook  that  babbles  by. 

“  Hard  by  yon  wood,  now  smiling,  as  in  scorn, 

Muttering  his  wayward  fancies,  he  would  rove  ; 

Now  drooping,  woful-wan,  like  one  forlorn, 

Or  crazed  with  care,  or  crossed  with  hopeless  love. 

“One  morn  I  missed  him  on  th’  accustomed  hill. 

Along  the  heath,  and  near  his  favorite  tree  ; 

Another  came, —  nor  yet  beside  the  rill, 

Nor  up  the  lawn,  nor  at  the  wood  was  he  ; 

“  The  next,  with  dirges  due,  in  sad  array. 

Slow  through  the  church-way  path  we  saw  him  borne  ; — 
Approach  and  read  (for  thou  canst  read  )  the  lay. 

Graved  on  the  stone  beneath  yon  aged  thorn.” 

EPITAPH. 

Here  rests  his  head  upon  the  lap  of  earth, 

A  youth  to  fortune  and  to  fame  unknown  ; 

Fair  Science  frowned  not  on  his  humble  birth, 

And  Melancholy  marked  him  for  her  own. 

Large  was  his  bounty,  and  his  soul  sincere  ; 

Heaven  did  a  recompense  as  largely  send  : 

He  gave  to  misery  all  he  had,  —  a  tear  ; 

He  gained  from  Heaven  —  'twas  allhe  wished  —  a  friend. 

No  farther  seek  his  merits  to  disclose, 

Nor  draw  his  frailties  from  their  dread  abode, — 

(There  they,  alike,  in  trembling  hope  repose,) 

The  bosom  of  his  Father  and  his  God. 


YOU  AND  I. 


S'  F  we  could  leave  this  world  behind  — 

Its  gains  and  loss,  its  praise  and  blame, 
Nor  seeking  place,  nor  fearing  shame, 
Some  fair  land  quite  forgotten  find, 

We  might  be  happy,  you  and  I, 

And  let  this  foolish  world  go  by. 


No  paradise  of  love  and  bliss, 

No  dreams  of  youth  in  Eden  bowers, 
But  some  dear  home  of  quiet  hours, 
Where  all  of  life  we  would  not  miss, 
But  find  some  day  sweet  ere  we  die, 
And  let  this  cruel  world  go  by. 


It  will  not  be  —  we  are  too  weak 

To  snatch  from  Time  and  Life  one  day  ; 
But,  when  they  both  have  passed  away, 
O  Love  !  we  will  each  other  seek 
Where  none  can  part  us,  none  deny 
This  world  and  all  its  woes  gone  by. 


LITTLE  FEET. 


BY  FLORENCE  PERCY. 

g&L  - 

£y7TWO  little  feet  so  small  that  both  may  nestle 
Jp  In  one  caressing  hand  — 

Two  tender  feet  upon  the  untried  border 
Of  Life’s  mysterious  land  ; 


Dimpled  and  soft,  and  pink  as  peach-tree  blossoms 
In  April’s  fragrant  days  — 

How  can  they  walk  among  the  briery  tangles 
Edging  the  world’s  rough  ways  ? 


These  white-rose  feet,  along  the  doubtful  future, 
Must  bear  a  woman’s  load  ; 

Alas  !  since  woman  has  the  heaviest  burden, 
And  walks  the  hardest  road. 


Love,  for  a  while,  will  make  the  path  before  them 
All  dainty,  smooth  and  fair  — 

Will  cull  away  the  brambles,  letting  only 
The  roses  blossom  there. 

But  when  the  mother’s  watchful  eyes  are  shrouded 
Away  from  sight  of  men, 

And  these  dear  feet  are  left  without  her  guiding, 

Who  shall  direct  them  then  ? 

How  will  they  be  allured,  betrayed,  deluded, 

Poor  little  untaught  feet  — 

Into  what  dreary  mazes  will  they  wander, 

What  dangers  will  they  meet? 

Will  they  go  stumbling  blindly  in  the  darkness 
Of  Sorrow’s  tearful  shades  ? 

Or  find  the  upland  slopes  of  Peace  and  Beauty 
Whose  sunlight  never  fades? 

Will  they  go  toiling  up  Ambition’s  summit, 

The  common  world  above  ? 

Or  in  some  nameless  vale  securely  sheltered, 

Walk  side  by  side  in  Love  ? 

Some  feet  there  be,  which  walk  Life’s  track  unwounded, 
Which  find  but  pleasant  ways  ; 

Some  hearts  there  be,  to  which  this  life  is  only 
A  round  of  happy  days. 

But  they  are  few.  Far  more  there  are  who  wander 
Without  a  hope  or  friend 

Who  find  their  journey  full  of  pains  and  losses, 

And  long  to  reach  the  end  ! 

How  shall  it  he  with  her,  the  tender  stranger, 

Fair-faced  and  gentle-eyed, 

Before  whose  unstained  feet  the  world’s  rude  highway 
Stretches  so  strange  and  wide  ? 

Ah  !  who  may  read  the  future  ?  For  our  darling 
We  crave  all  blessings  sweet  — 

And  pray  that  He,  who  feeds  the  crying  ravens, 

Will  guide  the  baby’s  feet. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


337 


THE  WANTS  OF  MAN. 

BY  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS. 


N  1841,  a  Washington  correspondent  of  the  Albany 
Evening  Journal ,  writing  of  the  distinguished  indi¬ 
viduals  then  in  Washington,  says: 

“  John  Quincy  Adams  is  one  of  the  intellectual  prodigies 
whose  characters  distinguish  eras  of  time.  An  hundred 
years  hence  I  doubt  whether  the  American  annals  will 
show  more  than  two  names — Benjamin  Franklin  and 
George  Washington  —  brighter  than  that  of  Johr-.  Quincy 
Adams. 

“  Mr.  Adams  is  now  seventy-four  years  old.  But  years 
have  made  no  impression  upon  his  intellect.  That  is  still 
fresh  and  vigorous.  He  is,  as  has  been  so  frequently  stated, 
always  in  his  seat  ;  always  watching  the  course  of  business, 
and  always  ready  to  shed  light  upon  the  question  before 
the  House. 

“  The  Hon.  Mr.  Morgan,  whose  seat  is  near  to  that  of 
Mr.  Adams,  has  obtained  for  me,  with  permission  to  publish 
in  the  Journal ,  a  copy  of  the  poem  which  I  enclose.  It 
was  written  in  July,.  1840,  under  these  circumstances:  — 
General  Ogle  informed  Mr.  Adams  that  several  young 
ladies  in  his  district  had  requested  him  to  obtain  Mr.  A.’s 
autograph  for  them.  In  accordance  with  this  request,  Mr. 
Adams  wrote  the  following  poem  upon  *  The  Wants  of 
Man’  each  stanza  upon  a  sheet  of  note  paper.  What  Ameri¬ 
can  young  lady  would  not  set  a  precious  value  upon  such  an 
autograph  from  this  illustrious  statesman  ?  ” 

THE  WANTS  OF  MAN. 

“Man  wants  but  little  here  below, 

Nor  wants  that  little  long.” 

—  Goldsmith's  nermit. 


I. 


>AN  wants  but  little  here  below, 

Nor  wants  that  little  long.” 

’Tis  not,  with  me  exactly  so  ; 
t  But  ’tis  so  in  the  song. 

My  wants  are  many,  and,  if  told, 
Would  muster  many  a  score  ; 

And  were  each  wish  a  mint  of  gold, 
I  still  should  long  for  more. 


II. 

What  first  I  want  is  daily  bread, 

And  canvas  -backs,  and  wine  ; 

And  all  the  realms  of  nature  spread 
Before  me,  when  I  dine. 

Four  courses  scarcely  can  provide, 

My  appetite  to  quell ; 

With  four  choice  cooks  from  France,  beside, 
To  dress  my  dinner  well. 

III. 

What  next  I  want,  at  princely  cost, 

Is  elegant  attire  ; 

Black  sable  furs  for  winter’s  frost, 


And  silks  for  summer’s  fire, 

And  Cashmere  shawls,  and  Brussels  lace, 
My  bosom’s  front  to  deck, 

And  diamond  rings  my  hands  to  grace, 
And  rubies  for  my  neck. 


IV. 

And  then  I  want  a  mansion  fair, 

A  dwelling-house  in  style, 

Four  stories  high,  for  wholesome  air, 

A  massive  marble  pile  ; 

With  halls  for  banquets,  and  for  balls, 

All  furnished  rich  and  fine  ; 

With  stabled  studs  in  fifty  stalls, 

And  cellars  for  my  wine. 

V. 

I  want  a  garden,  and  a  park, 

My  dwelling  to  surround, 

A  thousand  acres  (blqss  the  mark  ! ) 

With  walls  encompass’d  round, 

Where  flocks  may  range  and  herds  may  low, 
And  kids  and  lambkins  play, 

And  flowers  and  fruit  commingl'd  grow 
All  Eden  to  display. 

VI. 

I  want,  when  summer’s  foliage  falls, 

And  autumn  strips  the  trees, 

A  house,  within  the  city’s  walls, 

For  comfort  and  for  ease  — 

But  here,  as  space  is  somewhat  scant, 

And  acres  rather  rare, 

My  house  in  town,  I  only  want, 

To  occupy —  a  square. 

VII. 

I  want  a  steward,  butler,  cooks, 

A  coachman,  footman,  grooms  ; 

I  want  a  library  of  well-bound  books, 

And  picture-garnished  rooms, 

Correggio’s  Magdalen  and  Night, 

The  Matron  of  the  Chair  ; 

Guido’s  fleet  coursers  in  their  flight, 

And  Claudes,  at  least  a  pair. 

VIII. 

Ay !  and,  to  stamp  my  form  and  face 
Upon  the  solid  rock, 

I  want,  their  lineaments  to  trace, 

Carrara’s  milk-white  block, 

And  let  the  chisel’s  art  sublime, 

By  Greenough’s  hand,  display, 

Through  all  the  range  of  future  time, 

My  features  to  the  day. 


338 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


IX. 

I  want  a  cabinet  profuse 
Of  medals,  coins  and  gems  ; 

A  printing-press,  for  private  use, 

Of  fifty  thousand  ems; 

And  plants  and  minerals  and  shells, 
Worms,  insects,  fishes,  birds  ; 

And  every  beast  on  earth  that  dwells 
In  solitude  or  herds. 

•  X. 

I  want  a  board  of  burnish’d  plate, 

Of  silver  and  of  gold, 

Tureens  of  twenty  pounds  in  weight, 

With  sculpture’s  richest  mold  ; 

Plateaus,  with  chandeliers  and  lamps, 
Plates,  dishes,  all  the  same  ; 

And  porcelain  vases,  with  the  stamps 
Of  Sevres  and  Angouleme. 

XI. 

And  maples,  of  fair  glossy  stain, 

Must  form  my  chamber  doors  ; 

And  carpets,  of  the  Wilton  grain, 

Must  cover  all  my  floors  ; 

My  walls,  with  tapestry  bedeck’d, 

Must  never  be  outdone  ; 

And  damask  curtains  must  protect 
Their  colors  from  the  sun. 

XII. 

And  mirrors,  of  the  largest  pane, 

From  Venice  must  be  brought ; 

And  sandal-wood,  and  bamboo  cane, 

For  chairs  and  tables  bought  ; 

On  all  the  mantel-pieces,  clocks 
Of  thrice-gilt  bronze  must  stand 

And  screens  of  ebony  and  box 
Invite  the  stranger’s  hand. 

XIII. 

I  want  —  (who  does  not  want  ? )  —  a  wife, 
Affectionate  and  fair ; 

To  solace  all  the  woes  of  life, 

And  all  its  joys  to  share. 

Of  temper  sweet  —  of  yielding  will, 

Of  firm,  yet  placid  mind, 

With  all  my  faults  to  love  me  still, 

With  sentiments  refin’d. 

XIV. 

And,  as  Time’s  car  incessant  runs, 

And  fortune  fills  my  store  ; 

I  want  of  daughters  and  of  sons 
From  eight  to  half  a  score. 

I  want  (alas  !  can  mortal  dare 
Such  bliss  on  earth  to  crave  ? ) 

That  all  the  girls  be  chaste  and  fair  — 
The  boys  all  wise  and  brave. 


XV. 

And  when  my  bosom’s  darling  sings 
With  melody  divine, 

A  pedal  harp,  of  many  strings, 

Must  with  her  voice  combine. 

A  piano,  exquisitely  wrought, 

Must  open  stand,  apart, 

That  all  my  daughters  may  be  taught, 
To  win  the  stranger’s  heart. 

XVI. 

My  wife  and  daughters  will  desire 
Refreshment  from  perfumes, 
Cosmetics  for  the  skin  require, 

And  artificial  blooms. 

The  civet  fragrance  shall  dispense, 

And  treasur’d  sweets  return, 

Cologne  revive  the  flagging  sense, 

And  smoking  amber  burn. 

XVII. 

And  when  at  night  my  weary  head 
Begins  to  droop  and  doze, 

A  southern  chamber  holds  my  bed 
For  Nature’s  soft  repose  ; 

With  blankets,  counterpanes,  and  sheet, 
Mattress  and  bed  of  down, 

And  comfortables  for  my  feet, 

And  pillows  for  my  crown. 

XVIII. 

I  want  a  warm  and  faithful  friend 
To  cheer  the  adverse  hour  ; 

Who  ne’er  to  flatter  will  descend, 

Nor  bend  the  knee  to  power  — 

A  friend  to  chide  me  when  I’m  wrong, 
My  inmost  soul  to  see  ; 

And  that  my  friendship  prove  as  strong 
For  him,  as  his  for  me. 

XIX. 

I  want  a  keen,  observing  eye, 

An  ever-listening  ear, 

The  truth  through  all  disguise  to  spy, 
And  wisdom’s  voice  to  hear  ; 

A  tongue  to  speak,  at  virtue’s  need, 

In  Heaven’s  sublimest  strain  ; 

And  lips,  the  cause  of  Man  to  plead, 
And  never  plead  in  vain. 

XX. 

I  want  uninterrupted  health, 
Throughout  my  long  career  ; 

And  streams  of  never-failing  wealth, 

To  scatter  far  and  near  — 

The  destitute  to  clothe  and  feed, 

Free  bounty  to  bestow, 

Supply  the  helpless  orphan’s  need, 

And  soothe  the  widow’s  woe. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  TELE  POETS. 


339 


XXI. 

I  want  the  genius  to  conceive. 

The  talents  to  unfold, 

Designs,  the  vicious  to  retrieve, 

The  virtuous  to  uphold. 

Inventive  power,  combining  skill ; 

A  persevering  soul, 

Of  human  hearts  to  mold  the  will, 

And  reach  from  pole  to  pole. 

XXII. 

I  want  the  seals  of  power  and  place, 

The  ensigns  of  command  ; 

Charged  by  the  People’s  unbought  grace, 
To  rule  my  native  land  — 

Nor  crown,  nor  scepter  would  I  ask, 

But  from  my  country’s  will, 

By  day,  by  night,  to  ply  the  task, 

Her  cup  of  bliss  to  fill. 

XXIII. 

I  want  the  voice  of  honest  praise, 

To  follow  me  behind  ; 

And  to  be  thought,  in  future  days, 

The  friend  of  human-kind, 

That  after  ages,  as  they  rise, 

Exulting  may  proclaim, 

In  choral  union,  to  the  skies, 

Their  blessings  on  my  name. 

XXIV. 

These  are  the  wants  of  mortal  man, 

I  cannot  want  them  long  — 

For  life  itself  is  but  a  span, 

And  earthly  bliss  a  song. 

My  last  great  want,  absorbing  all, 

Is,  when  beneath  the  sod, 

And  summon’d  to  my  final  call, 

The  mercy  of  my  God. 


WORDS  FOR  PARTING. 

BY  MARY  CLEMMER  AMES. 

^5  _ 

«WHAT  shall  I  do,  my  dear. 

In  the  coming  years,  I  wonder, 

When  our  paths,  which  lie  so  sweetly  near, 
Shall  lie  so  far  asunder  ! 

O,  what  shall  I  do,  my  dear, 

Through  all  the  sad  to-morrows, 

When  the  sunny  smile  has  ceased  to  cheer, 
That  smiles  away  all  sorrows  ! 

What  shall  I  do,  my  friend, 

When  you  are  gone  forever? 

My  heart  its  eager  need  will  send, 

Through  the  years  to  find  you,  never. 
And  how  will  it  be  with  you, 

In  the  weary  world,  I  wonder? 

Will  you  love  me  with  a  love  as  true, 
When  our  paths  lie  far  asunder? 

A  sweeter,  sadder  thing, 

My  life  for  having  known  you  ; 

Forever,  with  my  sacred  kin, 

My  soul’s  soul,  I  must  own  you  ; 

Forever  mine,  my  friend, 

From  June  till  life’s  December  ; 

Not  mine  to  have  and  hold, 

Mine  to  pray  for,  and  remember. 

The  way  is  short,  my  friend, 

That  reaches  out  before  us  ; 

God’s  tender  heavens  above  us  bend, 

His  love  is  smiling  o’er  us. 

A  little  while  is  ours, 

For  sorrow  or  for  laughter  ; 

I  ’ll  lay  the  hand  you  love  in  yours, 

On  the  shore  of  the  hereafter. 


THE  EVENING  BELLS. 


BY  THOMAS  MOORE. 


HOSE  evening  bells,  those  evening  bells  ! 
How  many  a  tale  their  music  tells 
Of  youth,  and  home,  and  native  clime, 
When  I  last  heard  their  soothing  chime. 


Those  pleasant  hours  have  passed  away, 
And  many  a  heart  that  then  was  gay, 
Within  the  tomb  now  darkly  dwells, 

And  hears  no  more  those  evening  bells. 

And  so  it  will  be  when  I  am  gone  ; 

That  tuneful  peal  will  still  ring  on, 

When  other  bards  shall  walk  these  dells 
And  sing  your  praise,  sweet  evening  bells. 


THE  SCULPTOR  BOY. 


HISEL  in  hand  stood  a  sculptor  boy, 

With  his  marble  block  before  him  :  — 
And  his  face  lit  up  with  a  smile  of  joy 
As  an  angel  dream  passed  o’er  him. 

He  carved  that  dream  on  the  yielding  stone 
WiLh  many  a  sharp  incision  ; 

In  Heaven’s  own  light  the  sculptor  shone, 
He  had  caught  that  angel  vision. 


Sculptors  of  life  are  we ,  as  we  stand, 

With  our  lives  uncarved  before  us  ; 
Waiting  the  hour  when,  at  God’s  command, 
Our  life  dream  passes  o’er  us. 

Let  us  carve  it  then  on  the  yielding  stone, 
With  many  a  sharp  incision  :  — 

Its  heavenly  beauty  shall  be  our  own  — 

Our  lives,  that  angel  vision. 


310 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


THE  CLOSING  SCENE. 

BY  THOMAS  BUCHANAN  READ. 

THIN  the  sober  realm  of  leafless  trees, 

The  russet  year  inhaled  the  dreamy  air ; 

Like  some  tanned  reaper,  in  his  hour  of  ease, 
When  all  the  fields  are  lying  brown  and  bare. 

The  gray  barns  looking  from  their  hazy  hills, 

O’er  the  dun  waters  widening  in  the  vales, 

Sent  down  the  air  a  greeting  to  the  mills, 

On  the  dull  thunder  of  alternate  flails. 

All  sights  were  mellowed  and  all  sounds  subdued, 

The  hills  seemed  further,  and  the  stream  sang  low, 

As  in  a  dream  the  distant  woodman  hewed 
His  winter  log  with  many  a  muffled  blow. 

The  embattled  forests,  erewhile  armed  with  gold, 

Their  banners  bright  with  every  martial  hue. 

Now  stood  like  some  sad,  beaten  host  of  old, 

Withdrawn  afar  in  Time’s  remotest  blue. 

On  sombre  wings  the  vulture  tried  his  flight  ; 

The  dove  scarce  heard  his  sighing  mate’s  complaint  ; 
And,  like  a  star  slow  drowning  in  the  light, 

The  village  church  vane  seemed  to  pale  and  faint. 

The  sentinel  cock  upon  the  hill-side  crew  — 

Crew  thrice  —  and  all  was  stiller  than  before  ; 

Silent  till  some  replying  warden  blew 

His  alien  horn,  and  then  was  heard  no  more. 

Where  erst  the  jay,  within  the  elm’s  tall  crest, 

Made  garrulous  trouble  round  her  unfledged  young  ; 
And  where  the  oriole  hung  her  swaying  nest, 

By  every  light  wind,  like  a  censer,  swung. 

Where  sang  the  noisy  martins  of  the  eves, 

The  busy  swallows  circling  ever  near  — 

Foreboding,  as  the  rustic  mind  believes, 

An  early  harvest  and  a  plenteous  year  ; 

•  Where  every  bird,  that  waked  the  vernal  feast, 

Shook  the  sweet  slumber  from  its  wings  at  morn, 

To  warn  the  reaper  of  the  rosy  east  ; 

All  now  was  sunless,  empty,  and  forlorn. 

Alone,  from  out  the  stubble,  piped  the  quail ; 

And  croaked  the  crow  through  all  the  dreary  gloom; 
Alone  the  pheasant,  drumming  in  the  vale, 

Made  echo  in  the  distance  to  the  cottage  loom. 

There  was  no  bud,  no  bloom  upon  the  bowers  ; 

The  spiders  wove  their  thin  shrouds  night  by  night, 
The  thistle-down,  the  only  ghost  of  flowers, 

Sailed  slowly  by — passed  noiseless  out  of  sight. 

Amid  all  this  —  in  this  most  dreary  air, 

And  where  the  woodbine  shed  upon  the  porch 
Its  crimson  leaves,  as  if  the  year  stood  there, 

Firing  the  floor  with  its  inverted  torch  ; 


Amid  all  this,  the  center  of  the  scene, 

The  white-haired  matron,  with  monotonous  tread, 

Plied  the  swift  wheel,  and,  with  her  joyless  mien, 

Sate  like  a  fate,  and  watched  the  flying  thread. 

She  had  known  sorrow.  He  had  walked  with  her, 

Oft  supped,  and  broke  with  her  the  ashen  crust, 

And  in  the  dead  leaves  still,  she  heard  the  stir. 

Of  his  thick  mantle  trailing  in  the  dust. 

While  yet  her  cheek  was  bright  with  summer  bloom, 
Her  country  summoned  and  she  gave  her  all ; 

And  twice  war  bowed  to  her  his  sable  plume  — 

Re-gave  the  sword  to  rust  upon  the  wall. 

Re-gave  the  sword  but  not  the  hand  that  drew, 

And  struck  for  liberty  the  dying  blow  ; 

Nor  him  who,  to  his  sire  and  country  true 
Fell  ’mid  the  ranks  of  the  invading  foe. 

Long,  but  not  loud,  the  droning  wheel  went  on, 

Like  the  low  murmur  of  a  hive  at  noon  ; 

Long,  but  not  loud,  the  memory  of  the  gone 

Breathed  through  her  lips  a  sad  and  tremulous  tune. 

At  last  the  thread  was  snapped  — her  head  was  bowed  ; 
Life  dropped  the  distaff  through  her  hands  serene  ; 

And  loving  neighbors  smoothed  her  careful  shroud, 
While  death  and  winter  closed  the  autumn  scene. 


LOVE  LIGHTENS  LABOR. 

30D  wife  rose  from  her  bed  one  morn, 

And  thought,  with  a  nervous  dread, 

)f  the  pile  of  clothes  to  be  washed,  and  more 
Than  a  dozen  mouths  to  be  fed. 

’s  the  meals  to  get  for  the  men  in  the  field, 

And  the  children  to  fix  away 
To  school,  and  the  milk  to  be  skimmed  and  churned ; 
And  all  to  be  done  this  day. 

It  had  rained  in  the  night,  and  all  the  wood 
Was  wet  as  it  could  be  ; 

There  were  puddings  and  pies  to  bake,  besides 
A  loaf  of  cake  for  tea  ; 

And  the  day  was  hot,  and  her  aching  head, 

Throbbed  wearily  as  she  said  : 

“  If  maidens  but  knew  what  good  wives  know, 

They  would  be  in  no  haste  to  wed  !  ’’ 

“Jennie,  what  do  you  think  I  told  Ben  Brown?” 

Called  the  farmer  from  the  well ; 

And  a  flush  crept  up  to  his  bronzed  brow, 

And  his  eyes  half  bashfully  fell, 

“  It  was  this,”  he  said —  and  coming  near, 

He  kiss’d  from  her  brow  the  frown  ;  — 

“  ’T  was  this,”  he  said,  “  that  you  were  the  best, 

And  the  dearest  wife  in  town.” 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS.  341 


The  farmer  went  back  to  the  field,  and  the  wife, 

In  a  smiling  and  absent  way 
Sang  snatches  of  tender  little  songs, 

She ’d  not  sung  for  many  a  day. 

And  the  pain  in  her  head  was  gone,  and  the  clothes 
Were  white  as  the  foam  of  the  sea ; 

Her  bread  was  light  and  her  butter  was  sweet, 

And  as  golden  as  it  could  be. 

“Just  think,”  the  children  all  called  in  a  breath, 

“  Tom  Wood  has  run  off  to  sea  ! 

He  would  n’t,  I  know,  if  he  only  had 
As  happy  a  home  as  we.” 

The  night  came  down,  and  the  good  wife  smiled 
To  herself  as  she  softly  said  : 

“  'T  is  so  sweet  to  labor  for  those  we  love, 

It ’s  not  strange  that  maids  will  wed  !  ” 


BIRTH-SPOT  MEMORIES. 


BY  GEORGE  D.  PRENTICE. 


M  H,  how  the  silent  memories  of  years, 

Are  stirring  in  my  spirit.  I  have  been 
A  lone  and  joyless  wanderer.  I  have  roamed 
Abroad  through  other  climes,  where  tropic  flowers 
Were  offering  up  their  incense,  and  the  stars 
Swimming  like  living  creatures  ;  I  have  strayed 
Where  the  softest  skies  of  Italy  were  hung, 

In  beautiful  transparency,  above, 

And  glory  floating,  like  a  lovely  dream, 

Over  the  rich  landscape  ;  yet  dear  fancy  still, 

’Mid  all  the  ruder  glow  of  brighter  realms, 

Oft  turned  to  picture  the  remembered  home, 

That  blest  its  earliest  day-dreams.  Must  I  go 
Forth  into  the  world  again  ?  I’ve  proved  its  joys, 

Till  joy  was  turned  to  bitterness —  I’ve  felt 
Its  sorrows,  till  I  thought  my  heart  would  burst 
With  the  fierce  rush  of  tears  !  The  sorrowing  babe 
Clings  to  its  mother’s  breast.  The  bleeding  dove 
Flies  to  her  native  vale,  and  nestles  there, 

To  die  amid  the  quiet  grove,  where  first 
She  tried  her  tender  pinion.  I  could  love- 
Thus  to  repose,  amid  these  peaceful  scenes 
To  memory  dear.  Oh,  it  were  passing  sweet, 

To  rest  forever  on  the  spot, 

Where  passed  my  days  of  innocence  —  to  dream 
Of  the  pure  streams  of  infant  happiness, 

Sunk  in  life’s  burning  sands  —  to  dwell 
On  visions  faded,  till  my  broken  heart 
Should  cease  to  throb  —  to  purify  my  soul 
With  high  and  holy  musings  —  and  to  lift 
Its  aspirations  to  the  central  home 
Of  love,  peace,  and  holiness  in  Heaven. 


OH  !  WHY  SHOULD  THE  SPIRIT  OF  MORTAL  BE  PROUD  ? 

[The  following  poem  was  a  particular  favorite  with  Mr.  Lincoln, 
and  which  he  was  accustomed  occasionally  to  repeat.  Mr.  F.  B. 
Carpenter,  the  artist,  writes  that  while  engaged  in  painting  his  picture 
at  the  White  House,  he  was  alone  one  evening  with  the  President  in 
his  room,  when  he  said:  “There  is  a  poem  which  has  been  a  great 
favorite  with  me  for  years,  which  was  first  shown  to  me  when  a  young 
man  by  a  friend,  and  which  I  afterwards  saw  and  cut  from  a  news¬ 
paper  and  learned  by  heart.  I  would,”  he  continued,  “give  a  great 
deal  to  know  who  wrote  it,  but  have  never  been  able  to  ascertain.” 
He  then  repeated  the  poem,  and  on  a  subsequent  occasion  Mr.  Car¬ 
penter  wrote  it  down  from  Mr.  Lincoln’s  own  lips.  The  poem  was 
published  more  than  thirty  years  ago,  was  then  stated  to  be  of  Jewish 
origin  and  composition,  and  we  think  was  credited  to  “Songs  of 
Israel.”] 

H,  why  should  the  spirit  of  mortal  be  proud? 

Like  a  swift-fleeting  meteor,  a  fast-flying  cloud, 

A  flash  of  the  lightning,  a  break  of  the  wave, 

Man  passes  from  life  to  his  rest  in  the  grave. 

The  leaves  of  the  oak  and  the  willow  shall  fade, 

Be  scattered  around  and  together  be  laid  ; 

And  the  young  and  the  old,  and  the  low  and  the  high, 

Shall  moulder  to  dust  and  together  shall  lie. 

The  infant  a  mother  attended  and  loved, 

The  mother  that  infant’s  affection  who  proved  ; 

The  husband  that  mother  and  infant  who  blessed, 

Each,  all,  are  away  to  their  dwellings  of  rest. 

The  maid  on  whose  cheek,  on  whose  brow,  in  whose  eye, 
Shone  beauty  and  pleasure  —  her  triumphs  are  by  ; 

And  the  memory  of  those  who  loved  her  and  praised, 

Are  alike  from  the  minds  of  the  living  erased. 

The  hand  of  the  king  that  the  sceptre  hath  borne  ; 

The  brow  of  the  priest  that  the  mitre  hath  worn  ; 

The  eye  of  the  sage  and  the  heart  of  the  brave, 

Are  hidden  and  lost  in  the  depth  of  the  grave. 

The  peasant,  whose  lot  was  to  sow  and  to  reap  ; 

The  herdsman,  who  climbed  with  his  goats  up  the  steep  ; 
The  beggar,  who  wandered  in  search  of  his  bread, 

Have  faded  away  like  the  grass  that  we  tread. 

The  saint  who  enjoyed  the  communion  of  heaven, 

The  sinner  who  dared  to  remain  unforgiven, 

The  wise  and  the  foolish,  the  guilty  and  just, 

Have  quietly  mingled  their  bones  in  the  dust. 

So  the  multitude  goes,  like  the  flowers  or  the  weed 
That  withers  away  to  let  others  succeed  ; 

So  the  multitude  comes,  even  those  we  behold, 

To  repeat  every  tale  that  has  often  been  told. 


342 

SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 

For  we  are  the  same  our  fathers  have  been  ; 

For  the  foe  had  crossed,  from  the  other  side, 

We  see  the  same  sights  our  fathers  have  seen, — 

That  day  in  the  face  of  a  murderous  fire, 

We  drink  the  same  stream  and  view  the  same  sun, 

That  swept  them  down  in  its  terrible  ire  ; 

And  run  the  same  course  our  fathers  have  run. 

And  their  life-blood  went  to  color  the  tide. 

The  thoughts  we  are  thinking  our  fathers  would  think  ; 

“  Herbert  Kline  !”  At  the  call,  there  came 

From  the  death  we  are  shrinking  our  fathers  would  shrink, 

Two  stalwart  soldiers  into  the  line, 

To  the  life  we  are  clinging  they  also  would  cling ; 

Bearing  between  them  this  Herbert  Kline, 

But  it  speeds  for  us  all,  like  a  bird  on  the  wing. 

Wounded  and  bleeding,  to  answer  his  name. 

They  loved,  but  the  story  we  cannot  unfold  ; 

“  Ezra  Kerr  !  ” —  and  a  voice  answered,  “  Here !  ” 

They  scorned,  but  the  heart  of  the  haughty  is  cold  ; 

“  Hiram  Kerr  !  ” — but  no  man  replied. 

They  grieved,  but  no  wail  from  their  slumbers  will  come  ; 

They  were  brothers,  these  two,  the  sad  winds  sighed, 

They  joyed,  but  the  tongue  of  their  gladness  is  dumb. 

And  a  shudder  crept  through  the  cornfield  near. 

“  Ephraim  Deane  !  ” —  then  a  soldier  spoke  : 

They  died,  aye  !  they  died  :  and  we  things  that  are  now, 

“Deane  carried  our  Regiment’s  colors,”  he  said; 

Who  walk  on  the  turf  that  lies  over  their  brow, 

“  Where  our  Ensign  was  shot,  I  left  him  dead, 

Who  make  in  their  dwelling  a  transient  abode, 

Just  after  the  enemy  wavered  and  broke.” 

Meet  the  things  that  they  met  on  their  pilgrimage  road. 

“  Close  to  the  road-side  his  body  lies  ; 

Yea !  hope  and  despondency,  pleasure  and  pain, 

I  paused  a  moment  and  gave  him  to  drink ; 

We  mingle  together  in  sunshine  and  rain  ; 

He  murmured  his  mother’s  name,  I  think, 

And  the  smiles  and  the  tears,  the  song  and  the  dirge. 

And  Death  came  with  it  and  closed  his  eyes.” 

Still  follow  each  other,  like  surge  upon  surge. 

’T  was  a  victory ;  yes,  but  it  cost  us  dear, — 

’T  is  the  wink  of  an  eye,  ’t  is  the  draught  of  a  breath  ; 

For  that  company’s  roll,  when  called  at  night, 

From  the  blossom  of  health  to  the  paleness  of  death, 

Of  a  hundred  men  who  went  into  the  fight, 

From  the  gilded  saloon  to  the  bier  and  the  shroud, — - 

Numbered  bat  twenty  that  answered  “  Here  !  ” 

Oh,  why  should  the  spirit  of  mortal  be  proud  ? 

ROLL  CALL. 

OVER  THE  HILL  FROM  THE  POOR  HOUSE.* 

BY  WILL  M.  CARLETON. 

J 

lORPORAL  Green!”  the  orderly  cried  ; 

tfnt  WHO  was  always  counted,  they  say, 

U 

“  Here  !  ”  was  the  answer  loud  and  clear, 

jjl  Rather  a  bad  stick  any  way, 

i 

From  the  lips  of  a  soldier  who  stood  near, 

Splintered  all  over  with  dodges  and  tricks, 

5  And  “  Here  !”  was  the  word  the  next  replied. 

(£2)5)  Known  as  the  “  worst  of  the  deacon’s  six  ;  ” 

I,  the  truant,  saucy  and  bold, 

“  Cyrus  Drew  !  ”  —  then  a  silence  fell  — 

The  one  black  sheep  in  my  father’s  fold, 

This  time  no  answer  followed  the  call ; 

“  Once  on  a  time,”  as  the  stories  say, 

Only  his  rear  man  had  seen  him  fall, 

Went  over  the  hill  on  a  winter’s  day  — 

Killed  or  wounded,  he  could  not  tell. 

Over  the  hill  to  the  poor  house. 

There  they  stood  in  the  failing  light, 

Toip  could  save  what  twenty  could  earn  ; 

These  men  of  battle,  with  grave,  dark  looks, 

But  givin’  was  somethin’  he  ne’er  could  learn  ; 

As  plain  to  be  read  as  open  books, 

Isaac  could  half  o’  the  Scriptures  speak, 

While  slowly  gathered  the  shades  of  night. 

Committed  a  hundred  verses  a  week  ; 

Never  forgot,  an’  never  slipped  ; 

But  “  Honor  thy  father  and  mother”  he  skipped. 

The  fern  on  the  hill-side  was  splashed  with  blood, 

So  over  the  hill  to  the  poor  house. 

And  down  in  the  corn,  where  the  poppies  grew, 

Were  redder  stains  than  the  nonnies  knew  : 

*  From  “Farm  Ballads,”  by  Will  M.  Carleton;  published  by  Harper 

And  cnmson-clyed  was  the  river  s  hood. 

&  Brothers. 

343 


SELECTIONS  FKOM  THE  POETS. 


As  for  Susan,  her  heart  was  kind 
An’  good  —  what  there  was  of  it,  mind  ; 

Nothin’  too  big  an’  nothin’  too  nice, 

Nothin’  she  wouldn’t  sacrifice 

For  one  she  loved  ;  an’  that  ’ere  one 

Was  herself,  when  all  was  said  an’  done. 

An’  Charley  an’  ’Becca  meant  well,  no  doubt, 

But  any  one  could  pull  ’em  about. 

An’  all  our  folks  ranked  well,  you  see, 

Save  one  poor  fellow,  and  that  was  me 
An’  when,  one  dark  an’  rainy  night, 

A  neighbor’s  horse  went  out  of  sight, 

They  hitched  on  me  as  the  guilty  chap 
That  carried  one  end  o’  the  halter-strap. 

An’  I  think,  myself,  that  view  of  the  case 
Was  n’t  altogether  out  o’  place  ; 

My  mother  denied  it,  as  mothers  do, 

But  I ’m  inclined  to  believe ’t  was  true. 

Though  for  me  one  thing  might  be  said  — 

That  I,  as  well  as  the  horse,  was  led  ; 

And  the  worst  of  whisky  spurred  me  on, 

Or  else  the  deed  would  have  never  been  done. 

But  the  keenest  grief  I  ever  felt, 

Was  when  my  mother  beside  me  knelt, 

An’  cried  an’  prayed  till  I  melted  down, 

As  I  would  n’t  for  half  the  horses  in  town. 

I  kissed  her  fondly,  then  and  there, 

An’  swore  henceforth  to  be  honest  and  square. 

I  served  my  sentence  — a  bitter  pill 
Some  fellows  should  take,  who  never  will  ; 

And  then  I  decided  to  “  go  out  West,” 

Concludin’ 't  would  suit  my  health  the  best ; 

Where,  h.ow  I  prospered,  I  never  could  tell, 

But  Fortune  seemed  to  like  me  well. 

An’  somehow,  every  vein  I  struck 
Was  always  bubblin’  over  with  luck  ; 

An’  better  than  that,  I  was  steady  an’  true, 

An’  put  my  good  resolutions  through. 

But  I  wrote  to  a  trusty  old  neighbor,  an’  said, 

“  You  tell  ’em,  old  fellow,  that  I  am  dead, 

An’  died  a  Christian  ;  ’t  will  please  ’em  more 
Than  if  I  had  lived  the  same  as  before.” 

But  when  this  neighbor  he  wrote  to  me, 

“  Your  mother  is  in  the  poor  house,”  says  he; 

I  had  a  resurrection  straight  way, 

An’  started  for  her  that  very  day  ; 

And  when  I  arrived  where  I  was  grown, 

I  took  good  care  that  I  should  n’t  be  known  ; 

But  I  bought  the  old  cottage,  through  and  through 
Of  some  one  Charley  had  sold  it  to  ; 


And  held  back  neither  work  nor  gold, 

To  fix  it  up  as  it  was  of  old  ; 

The  same  big  fire-place,  wide  and  high, 

Flung  up  its  cinders  toward  the  sky  ; 

The  old  clock  ticked  on  the  corner-shelf — 

I  wound  it  an’  set  it  a-goin’  myself ; 

An’,  if  everything  was  n’t  quite  the  same, 
Neither  I  nor  Manly  was  to  blame  ; 

Then  — over  the  hill  to  the  poor  house  ! 


One  bloomin’,  blusterin’  winter’s  day. 

With  a  team  an’  cutter  I  started  away ; 

My  fiery  nags  was  as  black  as  coal ; 

(They  some’at  resembled  the  horse  I  stole  ;) 

I  hitched  an’  entered  the  poor  house  door  — 

A  poor  old  woman  was  scrubbin’  the  floor  ; 

She  rose  to  her  feet  in  great  surprise 
And  looked,  quite  startled,  into  my  eyes  ; 

I  saw  the  whole  of  her  trouble’s  trace, 

In  the  lines  that  marred  her  dear  old  face  ; 

“  Mother  !  ”  I  shouted,  “  your  sorrows  are  done  ! 
You’re  adopted  along  o’  your  horse-thief  son. 

Come  over  the  hill  from  the  poor  house  !  ” 


She  did  n’t  faint ;  she  knelt  by  my  side, 

An’  thanked  the  Lord  till  I  fairly  cried. 

An’  maybe  our  ride  was  n’t  pleasant  and  gay, 

An’  maybe  she  was  n’t  wrapped  up  that  day  ; 

An’  maybe  our  cottage  was  n’t  warm  and  bright  ; 
An’  maybe  it  was  n’t  a  pleasant  sight, 

To  see  her  agettin'  the  evenin’s  tea, 

An’  frequently  stoppin’  and  kissin’  me  ; 

An’  maybe  we  didn’t  live  happy  for  years, 

In  spite  of  my  brothers’  and  sisters’  sneers, 

Who  often  said,  as  I  have  heard, 

That  they  would  n’t  own  a  prison  bird 
(Though  they  ’re  gettin’  over  that,  I  guess, 

For  all  of  them  owe  me  more  or  less  ;) 


But  I ’ve  learned  one  thing,  and  it  cheers  a  man 
In  always  a-doin’  the  best  he  can  : 

That  whether,  on  the  big  book,  a  blot 
Gets  over  a  fellow’s  name  or  not, 

Whenever  he  does  a  deed  that’s  white 
It ’s  credited  to  him  fair  and  right. 

An’  when  you  hear  the  great  bugle’s  notes, 

An’  the  Lord  divides  his  sheep  and  goats  ; 
However  they  may  settle  my  case, 

Wherever  they  may  fix  my  place, 

My  good  old  Christian  mother,  you  ’ll  see, 

\\'ill  be  sure  to  stand  right  up  for  me. 

So  over  the  hill  from  the  poor  house  ! 


344 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


A  MESSAGE. 

BY  EBEN  E.  REXFORD. 

Y ou  are  dying,  my  friend  ! 

OUR  bark  will  go  drifting,  ere  Jrreaking  of  day, 
Toward  the  shores  lying  over  the  shadowy  bay  ; 

And  at  morn  you  will  see,  rising  fair  through  the  mist, 
The  hills  which  the  sunshine  eternal  has  kissed. 

You  are  going  away  ! 

\  ou  will  meet  on  the  shores,  which  your  vessel  will  find, 
Dear  friends  who  sailed  outward,  and  left  us  behind  ; 

You  will  know  them,  and  clasp  them,  and  kiss  them  once 
more, 

Grown  young  again  there,  on  the  Beautiful  Shore. 

Dear  friend,  when  you  meet 
The  woman  I  loved,  on  the  shore  far  away, 

'Will  you  give  her  the  message  I  give  you  to-day? 

You  will  know  her,  I  know,  by  her  face,  that  was  fair 
As  the  face  of  an  angel,  and  beautiful  hair. 

And  her  eyes,  like  a  star, 

In  a  clear  summer  night,  shining  out  through  the  dew, 
Falling  down,  like  a  kiss,  from  the  furthermost  blue. 

And  her  voice  ;  when  she  greets  you,  you  ’ll  know  as  of  old, 
Her  voice,  and  her  face  in  its  tresses  of  gold. 

O,  tell  her,  my  friend, 

That  I  miss  her  so  much  since  she  left  me  that  night, 

When  the  mists  of  the  sea  drifted  over  my  sight, 

And  hid  her  in  shadows,  so  dense  and  so  deep, 

That,  remembering  the  time,  even  now  I  must  weep. 

And  tell  her  for  me, 

That  I  wait  for  the  morn,  which  for  her  has  begun, 

When  our  ways,  which  were  severed  on  earth,  shall  be  one  ; 
I  shall  come  to  her,  over  the  wide  solemn  sea, 

And  clasp  her,  and  claim  her  — that  tell  her  for  me. 

Friend,  you  will  not  forget? 

Already  your  bark  is  afloat  on  the  tide, 

That  shall  bear  you  out  over  the  waters  so  widej 
At  mom  you  will  see  her,  and  tell  her  for  me, 

That  I  love  her,  I  miss  her,  this  side  of  the  sea. 


CHANGES. 

’HOM  first  we  love,  you  know,  we  seldom  wed. 
Time  rules  us  all.  And  life,  indeed,  is  not 
vdvjThe  thing  we  planned  it  out,  ere  hope  was  dead  ; 
And  then,  we  women  cannot  choose  our  lot. 


Much  must  be  borne  which  it  is  hard  to  bear  ; 

Much  given  away  which  it  were  sweet  to  keep. 
God  help  us  all  1  who  need,  indeed,  His  care : 
And  yet,  I  know  the  Shepherd  loves  His  sheep. 


My  little  boy  begins  to  babble  now. 

Upon  my  knee,  his  earliest  infant  prayer  ; 

He  has  his  father’s  eager  eyes,  I  know  ; 

And,  they  say,  too,  his  mother’s  sunny  hair. 

But  when  he  sleeps,  and  smiles  upon  my  knee, 

And  I  can  feel  his  light  breath  come  and  go, 

I  think  of  one  (Heaven  help  and  pity  me  !) 

Who  loved  me,  and  whom  I  loved,  long  ago  ; 

Who  might  have  been  ....  ah  !  what,  I  dare  not  think 
We  are  all  changed.  God  judges  for  us  best. 

God  help  us  do  our  duty,  and  not  shrink, 

And  trust  in  Heaven  humbly  for  the  rest. 

But  blame  us  women  not,  if  some  appear 

Too  cold  at  times  ;  and  some  too  gay  and  light. 

Some  griefs  gnaw  deep.  Some  woes  are  hard  to  bear. 
Who  knows  the  past  ?  and  who  can  judge  us  right  ? 

Ah  !  were  we  judged  by  what  we  might  have  been, 

And  not  by  what  we  are  —  too  apt  to  fall  ! 

My  little  child  —  he  sleeps  and  smiles  between 
These  thoughts  and  me.  In  heaven  we  shall  know  all. 


WE  PARTED  IN  SILENCE. 


BY  MRS.  CRAWFORD. 

E  parted  in  silence,  we  parted  by  night, 

On  the  banks  of  that  lonely  river  ; 

Where  the  fragrant  limes  their  boughs  unite 
We  met  —  and  we  parted  forever  ! 

The  night-bird  sung,  and  the  stars  above 
Told  many  a  touching  story, 

Of  friends  long  passed  to  the  kingdom  of  love, 
Where  the  soul  wears  its  mantle  of  glory. 

We  parted  in  silence, —  our  cheeks  were  wet, 
With  the  tears  that  were  past  controlling  ; 
We  vowed  we  would  never,  no,  never  forget, 
And  those  vows,  at  the  time,  were  consoling  ; 
But  those  lips  that  echoed  the  sounds  of  mine, 
Are  as  cold  as  that  lonely  river 
And  that  eye,  that  beautiful  spirit’s  shrine, 

Has  shrouded  its  fires  forever. 

And  now,  on  the  midnight  sky.  I  look, 

And  my  heart  grows  full  of  weeping  ; 

Each  star  is  to  me  a  sealed  book, 

Some  tale  of  that  loved  one  keeping. 

We  parted  in  silence, —  we  parted  in  tears, 

On  the  banks  of  that  lonely  river  ; 

But  the  odor  and  bloom  of  those  bygone  years 
Shall  hang  o’er  its  waters  forever. 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  POETS. 


345 


RAIN  ON  THE  ROOF. 


OVER  THE  RIVER. 


BY  COATES  KINNEY. 


HEN  the  starry  vapors  gather  over  all  the  starry 
spheres, 

And  the  melancholy  darkness  gently  weeps  in  rainy 
tears, 

’T  is  a  joy  to  press  the  pillow  of  a  cottage  chamber  bed. 
And  listen  to  the  patter  of  the  soft  rain  overhead. 

Every  tinkle  on  the  shingles  has  an  echo  in  the  heart, 

And  a  thousand  dreary  fancies  into  busy  being  start ; 

And  a  thousand  recollections  weave  their  bright  hues  into 
woof, 

As  I  listen  to  the  patter  of  the  soft  rain  on  the  roof. 

There  in  fancy,  comes  my  mother,  as  she  used  to  years 
agone, 

To  survey  the  infant  sleepers  ere  she  left  them  till  the  dawn. 
I  can  see  her  bending  o’er  me,  as  I  listen  to  the  strain 
Which  is  played  upon  the  shingles  by  the  patter  of  the  rain. 

Then  my  little  seraph  sister,  with  her  wings  and  waving  hair, 
And  her  bright-eyed  cherub  brother  —  a  serene,  angelic 
pair, — 

Glide  around  my  wakeful  pillow,  with  their  praise  or  mild 
reproof, 

As  I  listen  to  the  murmur  of  the  soft  rain  on  the  roof. 

And  another  comes  to  thrill  me  with  her  eyes’  delicious  blue. 
I  forget,  as  gazing  on  her,  that  her  heart  was  all  untrue  ; 

I  remember  that  I  loved  her  as  I  ne’er  may  love  again, 

And  my  heart’s  quick  pulses  vibrate  to  the  patter  of  the  rain. 

There  is  naught  in  art’s  bravuras  that  can  work  with  such 
a  spell, 

In  the  spirit’s  pure,  deep  fountains,  where  the  holy  passions 
swell, 

As  that  melody  of  nature, —  that  subdued,  subduing  strain, 
Which  is  played  upon  the  shingles  by  the  patter  of  the  rain. 


BY  NANCY  AMELIA  PRIEST. 

Vc  VER  the  river  they  beckon  to  me, 

|j  Loved  ones  who’ve  crossed  to  the  farther  side; 

'<■  The  gleam  of  their  snowy  robes  I  see, 

^  But  thejr  voices  are  lost  in  the  dashing  tide. 

There ’s  one  with  ringlets  of  sunny  gold, 

And  eyes,  the  reflection  of  heaven’s  own  blue  ; 

He  crossed  in  the  twilight  gray  and  cold, 

And  the  pale  mist  hid  him  from  mortal  view. 

We  saw  not  the  angels  who  met  him  there, 

The  gates  of  the  city  we  could  not  see  ; 

Over  the  river,  over  the  river, 

My  brother  stands  waiting  to  welcome  me. 

Over  the  river,  the  boatman  pale 
Carried  another,  the  household  pet ; 

Her  brown  curls  waved  in  the  gentle  gale, 
Darling  Minnie  !  I  see  her  yet. 

She  crossed  on  her  bosom  her  dimpled  hands, 
And  fearlessly  entered  the  phantom  bark  ; 

Wc  felt  it  glide  from  the  silver  sands, 

And  all  our  sunshine  grew  strangely  dark. 

We  know  she  is  safe  on  the  farther  side, 

Where  all  the  ransomed  and  angels  be  , 

Over  the  river,  the  mystic  river, 

My  childhood’s  idol  is  waiting  for  me. 

And  I  sit  and  think,  when  the  sunset’s  gold 
Is  flushing  river,  and  hill,  and  shore, 

I  shall  one  day  stand  by  the  water  cold, 

And  list  for  the  sound  of  the  boatman's  oar  ; 

I  shall  watch  for  a  gleam  of  the  flapping  sail, 

I  shall  hear  the  boat  as  it  gains  the  strand, 

I  shall  pass  from  sight,  with  the  boatman  pale, 
To  the  better  shore  of  the  spirit  land. 

I  shall  know  the  loved,  who  have  gone  before, 
And  joyfully  sweet  will  the  meeting  be, 

When  over  the  river,  the  peaceful  river, 

The  angel  of  death  shall  carry  me. 


. 


' 


HIS  Book  is  attaining  an  immense  circulation, 
the  printing  of  the  seventeenth,  edition  having 
been  called  for  within  a  short  period  from  the 
time  of  its  first  publication ;  and  its  sale  is  con¬ 
stantly  increasing  with  unparalleled  rapidity,  the 
prospect  being  that  in  time  it  will  reach  nearly 
every  household  in  the  land. 


SPECIAL  feature  of  this  book  favorable  to 
agents,  is,  that  it  has  a  more  rapid  sale  in  any 
locality  the  more  fully  people  become  acquainted 
with  its  merits.  A  second  and  third  canvass  of  a 
town  is  more  profitable  to  the  agent  than  the 
first.  For  terms  to  agents,  address  Moses  War¬ 
ren  &  Co.,  Publishers,  103  State  St.,  Chicago,  Ill. 


COMMENDATIONS.  §*» 


The  following  are  brief  extracts  from  hundreds  of  similar  notices  received  from  the  press  and  the  people. 


WHAT  NEWSPAPERS  SAY. 


OPINIONS  OF  PROMINENT 
MEN. 


From  the  “  Statesman,”  Austin,  Texas. 

“  It  is  a  book  that  no  professional  or  business 
man  ought  to  be  without.” 


From  the  “  Churchman,”  San  Francisco, 
Cal. 

“The  work  is  having  the  rapid  sale  which  its 
intrinsic  value  should  inspire.” 


From  the  “  Women’s  Exponent,”  Salt 
Fake  City. 

“We  view  it  as  one  of  the  best  books  of  its 
kind  ever  brought  to  our  notice.” 


From  the  “  Detroit  Free  Press.” 

“This  book  disarms  criticism  by  carefully  re¬ 
fraining  from  promising  too  much,  and  as  care¬ 
fully  performing  all  that  it  promises.” 


From  the  “Daily  Times,”  Denver,  Col. 

“The  book  is  an  original,  elegant,  and  won¬ 
derfully  comprehensive  volume,  alike  indis¬ 
pensable  in  every  home,  counting-room  and 
office.” 


From  the  “  Republican,”  Red  Wing:, 
Minn. 

“No  one  can  imagine  the  amount  of  informa¬ 
tion  there  is  in  this  book  from  its  title.  It  is 
clearly  the  fundamental  principles  of  a  Com¬ 
mercial  College,  collated  and  bound,  so  you  can 
carry  it  home  with  you  to  be  studied  at  your 
leisure.” 


From  the  “  Chicago  Tribune.” 

“Prof.  Hill  has  done  an  excellent  service  in 
preparing  so  splendid  a  work.  With  it  at  hand, 
one  need  never  be  at  a  loss  for  the  form  to  do  al¬ 
most  any  ordinary  business  correctly,  or  to 
prepare  a  note  or  an  answer  to  the  many  and 
varied  calls  of  social  life.  We  predict  lor  it 
great  popularity  and  an  extensive  sale.” 


From  Hon.  Schuyler  Colfax,  late  Vice- 
President  of  the  United  States. 

South  Bend,  Ind. 

Mt  Bear  Sir:  I  have  examined  with  interest 
and  also  with  surprise,  your  “  Manual  of  Social 
and  Business  Forms,”  and  find  it  really  an  en¬ 
cyclopedia  of  information  of  all  kinds,  needed 
in  social  or  business  life,  admirably  arranged 
and  handsomely  illustrated,  forming  the  most 
comprehensive  and  satisfactory  work  of  the 
kind  I  have  ever  seen.  It  ought  to  be  in  every 
library  and  counting-room,  and  the  longer  it  is 
examined  and  used,  the  more  highly  it  will  be 
appreciated.  Yours  truly, 

„  SCHUYLER  COLFAX. 

Prof.  Thos.  E.  Hill,  Chicago,  Ill. 


From  Prof.  A.  Freese,  formerly  Sup’t 
of  Schools,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

“Hill’s  Manual  is  no  ordinary  affair.  This 
you  will  see  after  examining  it  five  minutes. 
For  a  young  man  who  wants  to  know  how  busi¬ 
ness  is  done,  how  to  put  things  in  good  shape 
and  the  right  shape,  this  book  is  invaluable 
He  could  afford  to  pay  $50  for  it,  in  case  he  could 
not  get  it  for  less.  If  I  could  have  found  such  a 
work  in  my  boyhood,  my  blunders  would  have 
been  less,  and  my  greenness  less  apparent  when 
I  struck  out  into  this  sharp  and  critical  world.” 


From  W.  W.  Chandler,  General  Agen 
Star  Union  Fine,  Chicago. 


Chicago,  III. 

It  is  indeed  a  wonderful  production,  and  I  am 
more  and  more  astonished  at  the  great  variety 
and  vast  amount  of  practical  information  it 
contains.  No  young  man  can  afford  to  he  with¬ 
out  a  copy,  and  the  information  it  contains  is 
equally  valuable  and  essential  to  every 
FAD Y  in  the  land.  An  ofer  of  a  hundred 
dollars  for  the  hook,  or  even  five  times  that  sum, 
would  not  buy  it  from  me,  were  it  an  impossi¬ 
bility  to  procure  another  copy. 

Hill’s  Manual  is  emphatically  the 

MOST  COMPLETE,  COMPREHENSIVE,  AND  RE¬ 
LIABLE  WORK  OF  THE  KIND  EVER  PUBLISHED, 
BEYOND  THE  SHADOW  OF  A  DOUBT. 


WHAT  AGENTS  SAY. 


From  J.  S.  Martin,  Gold  Hill,  Nevada. 

“I  have  canvassed  for  Hill’s  Manual  seven 
days,  and  taken  127  orders.” 


From  J.  W.  England,  Plain  City,  Utah. 

“The  book  takes  well,  and  the  more  it  is 
known  the  better  it  is  liked.” 


From  T.  F.  Graber,  Kenosha,  Wis. 

“  I  never  saw  a  book  that  I  could  canvass  for 
with  a  will,  before  I  saw  yours.” 


Wm.  H.  Shepard,  San  Francisco,  Cal., 

Writes:  “Our  canvass  in  Denver,  Colorado 
bids  fair  to  reach  350  subscribers.”  This  was 
the  second  canvass,  six  mouths  after  the  first. 


H.  B.  Mathews,  Aurora,  Ill., 

Says:  “This  is  the  best  hook  in  existence  for 
an  agent  to  sell  in  hard  times,  as  it  enables  peo¬ 
ple  to  save  money  and  make  money;  hence, 
they  cannot  afford  to  be  without  it. 


From  Mrs.  F.  Hoag,  High  Forest,  Minn. 

“  We  find  by  recanvassing  after  the  hook  has 
been  introduced,  we  can  double  on  our  sub¬ 
scribers,  and  we  intend  going  over  the  ground 
time  and  again.” 


From  Wm.  Rolpli,  Faporte  City,  Iowa, 

“  I  like  the  business  of  canvassing  for  Hill’s 
Manual  first-rate,  because  it  pays,  and  it  is  such 
a  work  as  I  consider  honorable  to  sell,  for  it  is 
equal  to  all  the  agent  can  say  for  it.” 


Chas.  S.  Attix,  Camp  Brown,  Wyoming, 

Inquires  concerning  the  agency  of  Hill’s 
Manual,  saving  that  many  who  have  seen  a  copy 
of  the  hook  in  his  possession  desire  it,  and 
adds:  “I  have  been  offered  ten  dollars  for  the 
copy  I  have,  hut  would  not  part  for  it  for  double 
that  amount.” 

(OVER.) 


OPINIONS  OF  THE  PRESS. 


The  newspapers  of  the  country  have  been  of  one  voice  in  the  praise  of  Hill’s  Manual.  The 
following  testimonials  are  a  few  of  the  hundreds  of  similar  character. 


IN  NEW  ENGLAND. 


From  tlie  Boston  Herald. 

“A  very  valuable  volume  is  ‘Hill’s  Manual 
of  Social  and  Business  Forms.’  It  is  a  large 
quarto,  handsomely  produced  as  far  as  externals 
are  concerned,  but  not  less  attractive  and  desira¬ 
ble  on  account  of  its  contents,  for,  from  its  pages 
the  self- instructing  student  can  become  familiar 
with  all  the  forms  in  general  use,  and  almost 
everything  that  a  person  should  know  in  this 
practical  age.” 

From  tlie  Nashua  (N.  H.)  Telegraph. 

“  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  ’  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
and  useful  books  ever  published.  It  is  a  book 
for  everybody,  man,  woman  and  child.  No  one 
can  fail  to  find  much  in  it  that  is  both  entertain¬ 
ing  and  instructive,  and  that  can  be  applied  to 
practical  use.  It  is  an  eminently  useful  book  for 
public  or  private  libraries,  and  a  most  valuable 
book  for  study  and  reference  by  every  man  in 
every  possible  business.  No  book  on  this  con¬ 
tinent  was  ever  gotten  up  with  such  exquisite 
taste  in  its  mechanical  execution,  and  certainly 
none  that  will  be  of  greater  value  to  the  masses 
of  men  and  women  —  old  and  young.  Whoever 
purchases  the  book  will  have  in  it  alone  a  valu¬ 
able  library  at  very  small  cost.” 

From  the  Suffolk  Co.  (Mass.)  Journal. 

“  Of  its  inestim  able  value  one  cannot  judge 
fully  without  examining  the  work.  Many  of  the 
most  eminent  men  in  our  country  have  given  it 
their  unqualified  praise,  having  bought  and  used 
it,  and  the  general  sentiment  among  them  is,  that 
having  once  possessed  it  and  become  acquainted 
with  its  worth,  they  could  hardly  be  induced  to 
part  with  it  at  any  price.  Among  those  in  this 
section  of  country  are  Gov.  Gaston,  Gov.  Rice, 
C.  G.  Atwood  of  the  Boston  Board  of  Trade,  G. 
A.  Somerby,  Esq.,  and  many  others.  The  lead¬ 
ing  educational  men  of  our  country  speak  of  it 
in  the  same  terms  of  praise.” 

From  the  Fall  River  (Mass.)  Border 
City  Herald. 

“  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms.* — This  is  a  valuable  new  work  of  real 
excellence,  and  forms  a  manual  comprehending 
instructions  and  examples  to  guide  the  scholar, 
the  man  of  business,  the  teacher,  and  the  general 
public  in  every  branch  of  enterprise  over  the  wide 
domain  of  human  effort.  The  work  is  of  the  most 
varied  character,  and  supplies  alike  the  wants  of 
the  old  and  the  demands  of  the  young  in  every 
phase  of  human  life.  We  assure  all  who  pur¬ 
chase  this  work  that  a  more  elegant,  useful,  and 
comprehensive  volume  of  instructions  and  ex¬ 
amples,  suiting  all  ages  and  conditions  in  life  in 
both  sexes,  has  never  been  laid  upon  our  tables.” 

From  the  Cambridge  (Mass.)  Chronicle. 

“  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms’  is  one  of  the  most  useful  volumes  ever 
placed  upon  the  desk  of  a  business  or  profes¬ 
sional  man,  or  upon  the  table  of  a  drawing-room. 
It  is  a  perfect  treasure  of  valuable  and  practical 
information  on  social  and  business  topics,  which 
are  of  immense  importance  to  every  one.  The 
items  confined  within  the  limits  of  the  book  em¬ 
brace  instructions  and  guides  for  the  city  officer, 
student,  politician,  clergyman,  physician,  clerk. 
In  fact,  every  person  who  is  in  business  or 
engaged  in  any  calling  whatever,  will  find  infor¬ 
mation  as  to  the  proper  manner  in  which  to 
write  any  document  entering  into  the  various 
social  and  business  relations  of  life.” 


IN  THE  MIDDLE  STATES. 


From  the  Phrenological  (N.  Y.)  Journal. 

“  This  work  is  exceedingly  comprehensive. 
The  author  has  evidently  aimed  to  cover  all  the 
departments  of  practical  life  in  which  the  pen  is 
an  essential  instrumentality,  and  his  endeavor 
has  not  failed  of  eminent  success  in  producing 
a  most  useful  book.  We  have  been  informed 
that  upward  of  50,000  copies  have  been  sold  in 
a  short  time  ;  and  no  wonder,  as  it  is  such  a 
work  as  an  agent  can  talk  about,  if  talk  be  at 
all  necessary  besidles  its  examination.” 

From  the  Akron  (Ohio)  Beacon. 

“Let  it  be  placed  where  young  people  may 
have  access  to  it ;  and  in  the  hands  of  every 
family,  where  children  can,  as  it  were,  grow  up 
with  it,  so  that  its  principles  may  become  a  kind 
of  second  nature  to  them,  and  many  a  stream 
will  be  bridged  which  would  otherwise  separate 
them  from  positions  in  both  social  and  business 
life,  which  by  nature  they  are  fitted  to  fill.  The 
work  certainly  belongs  to  the  list  of  articles 
which  should  be  considered  a  necessity  in 
every  household,  and  a  timely,  helping  hand  to 
those  of  mature  years.” 

From  the  Easton  (Penn.)  Free  Press. 

“  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  ’  is  a  work  of  which  no  writ¬ 
ten  description  can  give  a  properly  adequate 
idea.  It  must  be  examined,  that  its  merits  may 
be  appreciated.  The  author  seems  to  have 
studied  the  wants  of  almost  every  person  and 
family,  and  more  perfectly  met  these  wants  than 
it  would  seem  possible  to  do  in  volumes;  and 
yet  we  find  it  in  one  compact  book,  which  comes 
within  the  reach  of  all.” 

From  the  Syracuse  (N.  Y.)  Daily  Journal. 

“It  has  often  been  remarked  of  individuals 
that  ‘they  have  forgotten  more  in  a  minute’ 
than  others  have  learned  in  a  lifetime.  Whether 
the  remark  is  to  b>?  taken  is  a  compliment  to  the 
former  or  a  reflection  upon  the  latter,  matters  not 
particularly,  since  it  is  a  well-known  fact,  and 
one  most  frequently  and  sincerely  regretted  by 
everybody,  that  thousands  of  little  things  that 
contribute  to  daily  pleasure,  convenience  or 
knowledge  are  Absolutely  forgotten  and  beyond 
recall  at  the  very  moment  when  most  they  are 
needed.  What  heart  hurtling,  what  vexation  of 
spirit  would  be  averted,  what  incalculable  ma¬ 
terial  benefits,  even,  would  often  accrue  were 
there  at  our  elbow  some  monitor,  visible  or  in¬ 
visible,  embodying  in  its  inexhaustible  resources 
the  multum  in  parvo  which  forgetful  mortals 
crave. 

“Such  a  mentor,  nearly  if  not  altogether  in¬ 
fallible,  has  been  provided  in  ‘Hill’s  Manual  of 
Social  and  Business  Forms  and  Guide  to  Correct 
Writing,’  a  copy  of  which  lies  before  us,  and 
the  examination  of  which  suggests  the  fitness 
of  the  above  title.  Its  external  appearance  and 
internal  composition  fit  it,  in  all  respects,  to  be 
the  guide  of  young  and  old,  male  and  female, 
business  man  of  whatever  trade,  calling  or  pro¬ 
fession,  and  man  of  leisure,  dunce  and  scholar. 

‘  Hill’s  Manual  ’  best  speaks  for  itself,  for  its 
compactness,  brevity  and  comprehensiveness 
brings  within  'ts  severs  thousands  upon  thou¬ 
sands  of  items  of  information  in  daily  practical 
use,  the  topical  enumeration  of  which,  in  the 
general  index,  occupies  seven  pages. 

“The  book  is  a  marvel  of  patience  and  pains¬ 
taking  care.  It  is  the  work  of  years,  and  a  tri¬ 
umph  at  last.  No  more  useful  book  can  be 
found  in  existence.” 


IN  THE  WEST  AND  SOUTH 


From  the  Chicago  Evening  Journal, 
March  8,  1876. 

“The  people  of  Aurora,  Ill.,  yesterday  elected 
Thomas  E.  Hill  mayor  of  their  city,  without 
opposition.  The  press  and  the  people  unani¬ 
mously  declared  him  to  be  so  eminently  fitted 
for  the  place,  by  wealth,  public  spirit  and  enter¬ 
prise,  that  all  classes  united  in  choosing  him  for 
the  place,  irrespective  of  party  or  political  feel¬ 
ing.  Though  formerly,  for  several  years,  en¬ 
gaged  in  teaching,  Mr.  Hill  has  latterly  made 
journalism  his  profession.  He  is  best  known  to 
the  world,  however,  as  the  author  of  ‘Hill’s 
Manual  of  Social  and  Business  Forms,’  a  book 
which,  though  a  very  large  volume,  has  had  the 
remarkable  sale  of  over  50,000  copies  in  a  very 
brief  time.” 

From  the  Chicago  Evening  Post. 

“  One  of  the  most  useful  volumes  that  was 
ever  laid  upon  the  counting-room  desk  or  the 
drawing-room  table,  is  4  Hill’s  Manual  of  Busi¬ 
ness  Forms.’  It  is  a  perfect  treasury  of  knowl¬ 
edge  ;  a  complete  encyclopaedia  of  practical  in¬ 
formation.  Scanning  the  table  of  contents,  it 
is  puzzling  to  conceive  how  so  much  can  have 
been  crowded  into  the  confines  of  a  single  book 
—impossible  to  believe  that  the  half  which  is 
there  promised  can  be  fulfilled.  But  turning 
over  the  pages,  one  by  one,  observing  the  freight 
they  bear,  the  method  of  its  arrangement,  its 
variety  and  completeness,  incredulity  is  suc¬ 
ceeded  by  astonishment  and  admiration.  The 
work  is  a  marvel  of  ingenuity  and  industry,  a 
prodigy  of  patient  and  skillful  labor.” 

The  Preston  (Minn.)  Republican  says: 

“  Hill’s  Manual,  as  a  whole,  is  the  outgrowth 
of  many  years  of  preparation,  the  object  of  the 
author  being  to  give  in  a  concise  form,  and  in  one 
compendium,  much  that  has  been  heretofore  in¬ 
accessible,  and  also  much  that  could  be  obtained 
elsewhere  only  at  great  cost,  thus  placing  this 
important  information  in  convenient  form  for 
ready  reference,  within  the  reach  of  all.  In  the 
,  varied  departments  of  practical,  every-day  life, 
it  will  be  found  at  once  the  faithful’ tutor,  the 
reliable  guide,  and  tjie  safe  adviser. 

“  For  the  business  man  or  mechanic,  the  pro¬ 
fessional  man  or  farmer,  for  every  lady,  the  stu¬ 
dent,  the  young  or  old,  and  pre-eminently  for 
the  family,  the  work  has  never  had  its  equal,  as 
regards  real  practical  utility. 

“Meeting  an  existing  want  among  all  classes 
of  people,  the  sale  of  the  work  at  the  present 
time,  in  proportion  to  the  population,  has  rarely, 
if  ever,  been  equaled  by  any  other  work,  even 
in  the  most  prosperous  years  of  the  last  decade.” 

From  the  Eouisville  Commercial. 

“Hill’s  Manual. — We  learn  that  this  useful 
book  is  meeting  with  the  favor  it  so  well  de¬ 
serves.  It  is  a  peculiar  work,  in  the  respect  that 
no  description  will  give  a  person  a  true  idea  of 
it,  owing  to  the  diversity  of  subjects  treated  ; 
hence,  only  those  who  examine,  the  work  can 
really  appreciate  it.  We  are  all,  to  some  extent, 
specialists,  having  given  more  attention  to  some 
one  line  of  business  or  study,  leaving  other  mat¬ 
ters  of  equal  importance  but  partially  covered ; 
and  just  here  this  work  will  be  found  to  meet  a 
want  which  almost  every  one  has  felt.  It  cer¬ 
tainly  belongs  to  the  list  of  articles  which  should 
be  considered  a  necessity  in  every  office  and  li¬ 
brary,  and  is  a  helping  hand  to  those  of  mature 
years.” 


COM  M  E  N  DAT  IONS 

FROM 

DISTINGUISHED  EDUCATORS  AND  EMINENT  MEN. 

NO  work  of  an  educational  character,  of  late  years,  has  met  with  such  universal  approval  from 
teachers  and  learned  men  as  this.  While  the  book  is  most  warmly  welcomed  by  the 
illiterate,  it  is  equally  sought  for  by  the  educated.  Hundreds  of  testimonials  from  distinguished 
individuals  might  be  given  similar  to  the  following: 


From  Samuel  Fellows,  ex-State  Supt. 

Pub.  Schools,  Wisconsin. 

“I  am  highly  delighted  with  the  plan  and 
execution  ot  Hill’s  Manual.” 

From  Prof.  J.  G.  Cross,  Principal  of 
the  Northwestern  Business  College, 
Naperville,  Ill. 

“It  is  a  most  valuable  book,  which  ought  to 
be  multiplied  as  many  times  as  there  are  families 
in  the  United  States.  I  have  adopted  it  as  a 
book  of  daily  reference  for  our  business  stu¬ 
dents.” 

From  Theodore  B.  Boyd,  Principal  of 

the  Louisville  Commercial  College. 

“I  have  examined  ‘Hill’s  Manual  of  Social 
and  Business  Forms.’  and  am  surprised  at  the 
amount  of  useful  information  contained  in  one 
volume.  Prof.  Hill  seems  to  have  studied  the 
wants  of  every  one.  It  is  one  of  the  most  use¬ 
ful  books  that  was  ever  laid  upon  the  counting- 
room  desk  or  the  drawing-room  table.” 

From  D.  S.  Burns,  Supt.  Pub.  Schools, 
Harrisburg,  Pa. 

“I  know  of  no  work  that  contains  so  great  a 
variety  of  valuable  information  on  social  and 
business  topics  as  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  of  Social  and 
Business  Forms.’  I  think  it  a  work  of  special 
value  to  those  who  have  not  had  opportunities 
of  an  extended  school  course,  or  becoming 
familiar  by  contact  with  the  conventionalities 
of  society.” 

From  Wm.  Cornell,  Supt.  Pub.  Schools 
in  Fall  River,  Mass. 

“  I  most  cheerfully  recommend  “  Hill’s  Man¬ 
ual  of  Social  and  Business  Forms  ’  as  a  very  full 
work  on  the  various  ‘  Forms’  which  every  per¬ 
son  is  likely  to  have  occasion  to  use  in  his  rela¬ 
tions  with  persons  in  society.  A  thorough  study 
of  the  ‘  book  ’  by  our  young  men  and  women 
would  repay  them  by  their  acquiring  a  large 
fund  of  very  valuable  and  practical  knowledge 
from  its  pages.  It  should  meet  with  a  large 
circulation.” 

From  M.  M.  Ballou,  Distinguished  Au¬ 
thor,  formerly  Publisher  of  “  Boston 

Globe,”  “  Ballou’s  Monthly,”  etc. 

“  ‘Hill’s  Manual  ’  is  one  of  those  indispensa¬ 
ble  books  of  reference  which  both  business  men 
and  families  should  always  have  at  hand.  It  is 
such  a  natural  outgrowth  of  the  spirit  of  the 
age  to  condense  and  put  in  available  form  im¬ 
portant  information  upon  every  subject,  that, 
while  we  are  much  gratified  to  possess  this  vol¬ 
ume,  we  are  also  surprised  that  such  a  book  has 
not  before  been  produced.  It  is  exactly  what  its 
title  indicates,  a  book  of  ‘Social  and  Business 
Forms  ’ ;  but  it  would  require  too  much  space  to 
ive  even  a  synopsis  of  this  valuable  compen- 
ium  of  instruction  and  important  knowledge.” 


From  D.  P.  Lindsley,  Author  of  Linds- 
ley’s  System  of  Tachygrapliy,  Ando¬ 
ver,  Mass. 

“‘Hill’s  Manual’  is  really  the  most  compre¬ 
hensive,  thorough  and  elegant  volume,  treating 
on  ‘Social  and  Business  Forms,’  that  has  ever 
been  issued  in  this  country.” 

From  Gov.  Gaston,  of  Massachusetts. 

“  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms’  contains  much  valuable  a  fid  useful  in¬ 
formation.  I  think  it  well  meets  a  public  want , 
and  can  therefore  be  safely  and  properly  com¬ 
mended  to  public  favorr” 

From  President  McCollister,  of  Buch- 
tel  College,  Akron,  Ohio. 

“  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  ’  is  a  timely  book,  meeting 
a  public  want  which  has  not  been  filled  before. 
Every  family  should  own  this  book.  It  contains 
information  important  and  useful  to  all  classes. 
I  feel  all  who  examine  it  will  want  it.” 

From  Wm.  M.  Cubery,  of  Cubery  &  Co., 
Publishers  of  the  “  Pacific  Church¬ 
man,”  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

“‘Hill’s  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms’  is  not  only  a  luxurv,  but  a  necessity  — 
eminently  serviceable  in  the  social  circle,  and 
indispensable  to  the  man  of  business  who 
would  save  time  and  money.  I  keep  a  copy 
in  my  counting-room  for  ready  reference.” 

From  Stephen  Walkley,  Treasurer  of 
the  Peck,  Stow  &  Wilcox  Co.,  South¬ 
ington,  Conn. 

“  Hill’s  Manual  is  remarkable  as  containing  a 
great  variety  of  forms  for  numberless  little  things 
which  all  people  have  to  do  at  sometime  in  their 
lives,  but  which  most  people  do  so  seldom  that 
they  entirely  forget  the  methods  in  ordinary  use, 
and  do  them  awkwardly  or  not  at  all.  I  have 
known  even  well-educated  persons  travel  one  or 
two  miles  to  have  a  subscription  paper  drawn, 
just  for  the  lack  of  such  a  book  as  this.  I  am 
surprised  at  the  great  scope  of  the  work,  and 
have  yet  to  discover  any  social  or  business  form 
needed  by  people  in  the  ordinary  walks  of  life 
which  is  not  there  given.” 

From  Newton  Bateman,  ex-State  Supt. 
of  Public  Schools,  Illinois. 

“Knox  College,  Galesburg,  III. 

“  ‘Hill’s  Manual  of  Social  and  Business 
Forms’  is  the  best  and  most  complete  work  of 
the  kind  that  has  yet  fallen  under  my  notice. 
Indeed  I  do  not  see  how  it  could  well  be  more 
comprehensive  and  exhaustive  in  respect  to  the 
matters  of  which  it  treats.  It  contains,  in  com¬ 
paratively  small  compass,  an  immense  amount 
of  useful  information  upon  a  great  variety  of 
practical  matters,  general  and  special,  with 
which  every  person  in  every  community  ought 
to  be  acquainted.” 


From  Geo.  Soule,  President  of  Soule’s 
Commercial  and  Literary  Institute, 
New  Orleans. 

“I  am  pleased  to  say  that  I  regard  ‘Hill’s 
Manual  ’  as  one  of  the  most  valuable  works  for 
all  classes  of  society  which  the  nineteenth  cen¬ 
tury  has  produced.” 

From  Prof.  Worthy  Putnam,  Author  of 
Putnam’s  Elocution  and  Oratory,  Ber¬ 
rien  Springs,  Mich. 

“  -  have  bought  Hill’s  Manual  —  I  like  it  —  I 
admire  it;  and  so  says  my  household.  It  is  a 
little  encyclopaedia  of  use,  ornament,  and  knowl¬ 
edge  for  both  men  and  women.  It  is  a  gem  of 
authorship,  artistic  execution  and  usefulness.” 

From  the  venerable  Jared  P.  Kirtland, 
M.D.,  LL.D. 

“After  a  thorough  and  critical  examina¬ 
tion  of  ‘Hill’s  Manual,’  I  have  subscribed  for 
three  copies:  one  to  accompany  Webster’s  Una¬ 
bridged  Dictionary  on  my  writing  desk  for  my 
own  use,  the  others  for  my  two  eldest  great- 
grandsons.  *  *  *  It  should  be  in  the  posses¬ 
sion  of  every  class  of  persons,  from  the  young 
student  to  the  most  active  business  man  or 
woman.”  Jared  P.  Kirtland. 


President  Grant  Subscribes. 

The  agent  of  Hill’s  Manual  at  Long  Branch 
writes  :  “  By  ten  a.  m.  I  was  at  the  president’s 
cottage,  tipped  and  doffed  my  hat,  announced 
my  business,  when  the  president  promptly  said 
he  did  not  want  to  subscribe.  I  obtained  per¬ 
mission  to  show  it  to  him,  and  did  so  very  hur¬ 
riedly.  At  the  conclusion,  he  took  my  specimen 
copy,  paid  me  the  cash,  and  added  his  name  to 
my  autograph  book.” 

From  Major  Merwin,  Editor  “American 
Journal  of  Education,”  St.  Louis. 

“After  having  given  ‘  Hill’s  Manual  ’  a  very 
careful  and  thorough  examination,  I  do  not  hesi¬ 
tate  to  say  that  it  will  be  found  one  of  the  most 
useful  ana  practical  works  to  put  into  the  schools 
of  the  country  that  has  ever  been  published.  It 
is  a  fit  and  almost  indispensable  companion 
to  Webster’s  Unabridged  Dictionary  ;  con¬ 
taining  in  a  compact  form  just  those  things  every 
erson  who  transacts  any  business  needs  to 
now.  There  is  scarcely  a  subject  which  comes 
within  the  purview  of  any  individual,  either  in 
public  or  private  life,  but  what  is  explained  in 
this  elegant  volume.  If  it  could  be  consulted  in 
the  drawing  up  of  contracts,  nearly  all  the  mis¬ 
takes  which  occur  might  be  avoided,  and  the  ill 
feeling  and  litigation  growing  out  of  misunder¬ 
standings  would  be  a  thing  of  the  past.  I  wish 
every  person  in  the  State  could  be  supplied  with 
a  copy.” 


SOLD  ONLY  BY  SUBSCRIPTION,  and  not  at  Bookstores.  AGENTS  WANTED.  Address,  for  terms, 

MOSES  WABBEN  &  CO.,  Publishers, 

No.  103  State  Street,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


/ 


J 


